♦ o 
 

 
 
 o>' <f, '■ft'^^/,'^ 'Ca /^r ^-^ 
 
 
 v,/ 
 

1873. /*■ 0/6,L THE ^fE■W BOOK. 1878. 
 
 DR. CHASE'S 
 
 FAMILY PHYSICIAN, 
 
 FARRIER, BEE-KEEPER, 
 
 AND 
 
 SECOND RECEIPT BOOK 
 
 BEING AN ENTIKEI,Y 
 
 NEW AND COMPLETE TREATISE, 
 
 POINTING OUT, IN PLAIN AND FAMILIAR LANGUAGE, THE CAUSE, SYSIPTOMS, AND TREAT- 
 MENT, OF THE LEADING DISEASES OF PERSONS, HORSES, AND CATTLE, UPON 
 
 COMMO^^-SENSE PRINCIPLES ; giving instructions in relation 
 
 TO BUTTER AND CHEESE MANUFACTURING AND MANUFACTORIES, 
 
 ALSO FULL INSTRUCTIONS IN BEE-KEEPING, AND ENTIRELY 
 
 NEW METHODS OF HORSE-TAMING, OR HANDLING 
 
 VICIOUS HORSES, BREAKING COLTS, ETC.: 
 
 EMBRACING ALSO 
 
 A LARGE NUMBER OF ENTIRELY NEW RECEIPTS, 
 
 IN ALL DEPARTMENTS OF HOUSEHOLD AFFAIRS, AND EVERY BRANCH OF MECHANICAL 
 INDUSTRY, WITH FULL EXPLANATORY AND SUGGESTIVE NOTES, OF GREAT VALUB 
 TO THE PEOPLE— IN FACT, THE PEOPLE'S BOOK— CAREFULLY WRITTEN, 
 AND COLLECTED (FROM OVER NINE YEARS' EXTENSIVE CORRES- 
 PONDENCE UPON THESE SUBJECTS), AND COMPILED FROM 
 THE MOST AUTHENTIC, SCIENTIFIC, AND RELIABLE 
 SOURCES, ALPHABETICALLY ARRANGED, AND 
 
 FULLY ILLUSTRATED. 
 
 ^^ By dr. a.- W. chase, 
 
 Avilwrand former PublisJter of "Dr. Chases Recipes; or, Information for Everybody. 
 
 To Prevent Disease is better than to Cure. 
 
 ANN ARBOR, MICH.; J 
 
 PUBLISHED BY THE ANN ARBOR PRINTING AND PUBLISHING COMPAirr. 
 1873. 
 
^v 
 
 
 ^ ^^^v^ 
 
 Entered accordingr toJAct of Congress, in the year 1872, by 
 
 DR. A. W. CHASE, 
 
 In the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington. 
 
 INCORPORATED 
 
 AUGUST, 1872. 
 
 THE ANN ARBOR PRINTING AND PUBLISHING COMPANY, 
 
 Dr.,A. W. Chase, Prest. and Supt. 
 Prof. J. C. Watson, Vice-Prest. 
 
 ZiNA P. KiNR, Sec. 
 Col. H. S. Dean, Treas. 
 
 This Company was organized to do a general Printing and Publishing business, and 
 they respectfully solicit correspondence upon this subject, as they believe their facilities 
 for the speedy and artistic execution of all orders entrusted to their care, and for Oie 
 introduction of Books to the public, will give general satisfaction. 
 
 All orders for work, or for " Dr. Chase's Family Physician, Farrier, Bee-Keeper, 
 and Second Receipt Book" should be addressed to;tlie 
 
 Ann Arbor Printing anp Publishing Company, 
 Dr. A. W. Chase. Supt. 
 Ann Arbor, Mich., March 20, 1873. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 For many years it has been known to me that the People needed 
 and desired a book that should give them, in the plainest language, 
 an understanding of the various Diseases to which they are liable, and 
 also an understanding of how they might successfully manage such 
 Diseases with the remedies within their reach, and it has been my 
 highest ambition to place such a book in their hands. This knowl- 
 edge was gained largely through the publication of my first work, 
 "Dr. Chase's Recipes; or. Information for Everybody," which con- 
 tained information upon only a few Diseases, except in the form of 
 "Recipes." 
 
 The following quotation is a fair sample of letters sent me asking 
 for the publication of such a book. It is from a gentleman of Adams 
 County, Iowa. He says: "I have used your book for Jive and a half 
 years with good success in my family, and with my neighbors, to the 
 exclusion of the M. D's. I think you would confer a great and inesti- 
 mable blessing on the Country if you would publish a small, cheap 
 work on the subject of Medicine, as your 'Recipes' are not full enough 
 on that subject — does not treat of enough diseases — good, however, as far 
 as it goes ; Doctors curse it, but Families praise it. If you should get out 
 such a work as I speak of, I could sell a great many of them." 
 
 Yet, while I was carrying on the publication of that Work, 
 together with the publication of a weekly Newspaper and a 
 general "Job Printing office," notwithstanding I often received 
 letters from those who had the " Recipes," asking for such a 
 work, or for an additional amount of such information in. subsequent 
 editions of that work, I could not obtain time to accomplish so large 
 an undertaking. 
 
 But in 1869, the cares and labor of my business, employing about 
 fifty hands, so far prostrated my health, that I was laid aside with a 
 severe attack of "typhoid pneumonia," which so far effected my general 
 
Iv PREFACE. 
 
 health, that I deemed it best to sell out my business and the copy- 
 right of the books which I was publishing, xlud, after a few months 
 I took up my residence in Sauk Rapids, Minnesota, where I remained 
 nearly a year, which, together with proper treatment, so far restored 
 my health as to make it plain to me that I yet had duties or labom to 
 perform; {or idleness, when in health, to me, has always appeared to 
 be highly censurable. C > i equently, as my mind had always run 
 after information of a practical character, a "Second Receipt Book" was 
 the only thing that, to my mind, would fulfill the necessities of the case, hence, 
 this Work was undertaken, and by the blessing of Go<l,is now brought 
 before the People. 
 
 And, as it has always been my purpose to give the largest possible 
 amount of information for the least possible amount of money, I have em- 
 braced the Principal Diseases of Persons, Horses, and Cattle, their 
 Causes, Symptoms, and Treatment, together with many Receipts for 
 Families and Mechanics, upon subjects not embraced in my first booh 
 as well as much new matter upon some subjects that were embraced in that 
 work, to which my attention had been called from time to time, by 
 those who had that work, among which, especially, was that of Bee- 
 Keeping. 
 
 But, in order to embrace so large a range of subjects as are found 
 in this, my "Second Receipt Book," it has been necessary to use the 
 smallest type that could be easily read, and also to avoid all large head- 
 ings between subjects, and also to set the type "solid," i. e., not to put 
 strips of type metal (called leads,) between the lines — in other words, 
 to occupy all the space idth reading matter. In this way " Dr. Chase's 
 Family Physician, Farrier, Bee-Keeper and Second Receipt Book," 
 contains more reading matter than is usually sold for three to four 
 times as much money. 
 
 The Practice of Medicine, undoubtedly originated with the People, 
 from the necessities arising among them of relieving the sick of their 
 own families or neighbors. But, in time, it fell into the hands of 
 those who paid especial attention to nursing the sick, and finally to 
 physicians who gave their whole time to the sick. And for a long 
 time what was known in that line was written in the Greek and Latin 
 languages, these physicians taking advantage of this fact, still keep 
 their prescriptions in these "dead languages," so that the common 
 People shall not be able to learn what is known concerning the Treat- 
 ment of Diseases. And by this means they have monoplized the 
 Practice of Medicine, or kept it within themselves, as the masses of 
 the People could not take the time to learn the "languages." And 
 they, the physicians, have also ignored, or refused to accept, as facts, 
 all that might be found out by the People in doctoring themselves, re- 
 
jectiug them as "grandmother's prescriptions," that were entirely be- 
 neath their notice. But in doing this they have rejected very much 
 that is of great value. For instance, take a nurse who has given much 
 of her time to the care of the sick, might it not reasonably be ex- 
 pected that they would become acquainted with many domestic receipts 
 that could be depended upon in the cure of disease? If I could have 
 but one to take care of me when sick — the Nurse or the Doctor — I 
 should not hesitate for a moment to say, give me the Nurse. They 
 unintentionally acknowledge the same thing, for I have heard many 
 of them say "as much depended upon good nursing as upon the Doc- 
 tor." Every possible advantage has been taken in this "Second Re- 
 ceipt Book " of a very large accumulation of " Domestic Receipts," 
 which have come from "the People," and are hereby returned to 
 them. 
 
 As the foregoing remarks embrace the reasons for the publication 
 of "Dr. Chase's Family Physician, Farrier, Bee-Keeper and Second 
 Receipt Book," I shall endeavor to set forth in as few words as possi- 
 ble the especial advantages to be derived from it by those who may ob- 
 tain it and keep it by them. 
 
 First. It is written in plain language that all persons of ordinary 
 intelligence can understand ; and where it has been necessary in quo- 
 ting from others, or in our own writing, to give the technical terms of 
 the Schools, it is immediately followed, in brackets, with the proper 
 explanation, to avoid all necessity of turning to a Glossary or Diction- 
 ary for such explanation, by which more or less confusion and annoy- 
 ance has always been experienced. 
 
 Second. In giving the Causes and Symptoms of Disease in Persons, 
 it enables any one to avoid, as far as possible, the Cause, and thus 
 escape the disease, while by watching the approaching Symptoms they 
 will be lead to prepare themselves to combat them at the earliest pos- 
 sible moment, for want of an understanding of which, many valuable 
 lives have been lost, notwithstanding the means of cure were at hand, 
 or easily obtained. The same difficulty has been experienced in the 
 Treatment of the Diseases of Horses and Cattle, the Symptoms not 
 generally having been given by which a correct Treatment could be 
 determined upon ; but in this Work this has been done. 
 
 Third. In the Diseases of Horses and Cattle, I have taken the 
 Treatment as pursued by Dr. William Wallington, an English gen- 
 tleman of about ihirty years of successAil practice, who has adapted 
 his treatment to the diseases of this Country, and who uses the medi- 
 cines of this Country also. This part of th^ Work has been written 
 with him sitting by my side, from time to time, as found neces- 
 sary, to give a full and comprehensive view of the Causes, Symptoms, 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 and Treatment of all of the Leading Diseases of these, the most 
 important of our domestic animals. And, from my acquaintance with 
 him, and from my knowlege of his success, for some sixteen years, I 
 congratulate myself in having been able to obtain information, for 
 this branch of the Work, that is so entirely reliable. And I would call 
 especial attention to Dr. Wallington's Treatment of Umbilical Hernia 
 in Colts, and also to the subject of Heaves, difficulties which, hereto- 
 fore, have seldom been cured, but with him ahvays, or ever since he 
 adopted the plans herein given, which, together with many other 
 valuable items, or "Receipts," he has most cheerfully placed at my 
 service, as he says, "That they may do the greatest possible amount 
 of good." For he thinks, at least so he says, that every one of the 
 500,000 persons who have my First book will certainly obtain the 
 Second, which embraces so much larger an amount of subjects not 
 found in the other; hence, he has the more cheerfully given me valu- 
 ale " Receipts," in this line, that he had paid out considerable sums of 
 money for, or found out by his own extensive practice. He thinks 
 his average ride in his " Practice of Farriery " amounts to twenty-five 
 miles daily; and he drives a horse in it, which formerly had the 
 Heaves so badly that he could not be driven at all. He cured him, 
 and he has not shown a Symptom of them in /our years; all of which 
 are fully explained in this Work. 
 
 Fourth. The first part of the matter on the subject of "Bee-Keep- 
 ing and Bee Management was written expressly for this work, by Col. 
 J. B. Hoit, of Sauk Rapids, Minnesota, with whom I became acquainted 
 when living there, and who, from his own successful Management of 
 Bees, in that Northern climate, I knew to be able to give all necessary 
 instruction to enable any one to Keep and Manage as many as would 
 ordinarily be found profitable for Farmers and Mechanics to undertake 
 to keep. But the more I considered the matter the more important, did 
 I deem it to be necessary that this work should cover the whole ground 
 of "Bee-Keeping" and "Bee Management," hence, I obtained the 
 prize Essay, written by Mrs. Ellen S. Tupper, of Des Moines, Iowa, 
 formerly of Brighton, who, for many years past has been, and still is 
 considered one of our most successful writers upon this subject, as 
 well as one of our most praciicaZ Bee-Keepers. This Essay was writ- 
 ten for one of the Agricultural Associations, and won the prize — $300— 
 and was adopted and published by the Agricultural Department of our 
 Government, in their Reports for 1865 ; and to make it complete, I have 
 had her introduce into it [in brackets like these], all the improvements 
 made and changes since introduced in the line of Bee-Keeping. I 
 have taken this pains and expense from the fact that outside of the sub- 
 ject of the Diseases of Persons, I think there has been no subject upon 
 
PREFACE. Vll 
 
 which so much inquiry has been made as upon that of Keeping Bees. 
 And I take pleasure in adding that I fully believe, all needed informa- 
 tion upon the subjects of Bee-Keeping and Bee Management will be 
 found herein, to enable all who desire to engage in this branch of 
 industry to do so with the fullest assurances of success. And I would 
 take advantage of this opportunity to publicly thank these writers, 
 and all others who have in any way so willingly aided me in prepar- 
 ing this "Work, which has been so many times asked for, at my hands, 
 by the People to whom it is now most cheerfully Dedicated. 
 
 Fifth. The last revision and additions to my First Book were 
 made about ten years ago, since which time there have been very 
 great improvements made in the Treatment of Disease, and upon most 
 other Scientific and Mechanical subjects, which it has been my object 
 to embody in this "Work. 
 
 And, probably there is no branch of industry upon which more 
 improvements have been made than in that of Coloring. So great and 
 80 many have beeen the discoveries in the Art of Coloring within the 
 past ten years, I have (at a much larger expense than any one would 
 suppose, for it requires long practice to make good colorers) had Mr. 
 Hiram Storms, of this city, to write out expressly for this "Work, such 
 "Keceipts" as he has adopted and is daily using in the manufacture 
 of cloth, embracing all of the improvements entering into that class of 
 Coloring necessary for families; and, from which manufacturers may 
 also derive much valuable information. For Mr. Storms is a manufac- 
 turer of long and extensive experience, about forty years, whose taste, 
 or genius has led him to investigate and to keep pace with the Scien- 
 tific Improvements in his business, for his own satisfaction, as well as 
 for the benefit of his customers. And: 
 
 Lastly. I may add, no expense has been spared in Engraving for 
 the purpose of Illustrating such parts of this "Work as would be the 
 better understood by Illustration; nor has time or expense been 
 spared in ascertaining the facts regarding such subjects as have come 
 up for consideration during over two and a half years that I have been 
 employed in preparing this "Work for the Press, (the first six months, 
 working eighteen hours a day, and for the next four months, sixteen 
 hours per day), so that it should be, as nearly as possible, what might 
 reasonably be expected of an Author whose first work had already 
 passed into the hands of more than half a million of the People, there 
 being scarcely a city, village, or neighborhood north of the range of 
 Philadelphia, Cincinnati, and St. Louis, from Nova Scotia to California, 
 where may not be found one or more of "Dr. Chase's Recipes; or, 
 Information for Everybody." May I not rersonably hope, therefore, 
 that my "Family Physician, Farrier, Bee-Keeper, and Second Receipt 
 
Viii PREFACE. 
 
 Book," which embraces entirely new matter, and upon a much more 
 extended range of diseases, and other practical " Beceipts," containing also 
 about three times as much reading matter as the first book? I a^k again, 
 "may I not reasonably Jiope" that this work shall become almost an absolute 
 necessity in every Family throughout the length and breadth of our exten- 
 sive Country? And especially might this be expected if the People 
 would consider, for a moment, the comparative difference in the price 
 of THIS Work, which, with its over six hundred closely set pages sells for 
 only Two Dollars, while many of the Medical Books containing only 
 from SOO to 1000 pages, set with large type, large headings, and leaded 
 matter, purposely to make large books out of but little material, have 
 sold, generally, for from Five to Six Dollars! The anvantage being 
 about as three to one, in favor of this Work. 
 
 From the foregoing facts, which are as well understood by the 
 People as by myself, I have no hesitation in saying that I fully be- 
 lieve that Dr. Chase's Family Physician, Farrier, Bee-Keeper, and 
 Second Receipt Book will fulfill the utmost expectations of those for 
 whom it has been prepared — the People — and really become The 
 Book of the Million. 
 
 But notwithstanding the fact that the chief object in Writing and 
 Compiling this Work has been for the especial benefit of the People, 
 and to make it as useful to them as possible, yet the Physician and 
 other Scientific Men will find it to contain much that shall prove 
 useful and interesting to them. 
 
 This, as well as all other books, however much may be said by 
 their Authors in their favor, must stand or fall upon their own merits, 
 yet, I will add, that I send this one forth in the fullest belief, from my 
 experience I will venture to say, with the almost positive knowledge ih.aX 
 it shall " stand," and truly become Dr. Chase's Second Favorite to 
 Hundreds of Thousands of Families. 
 
 That the result shall prove my opinions to have been founded 
 upon a sound basis, for the mutual benefit of all concerned, is the 
 sincere desire of the Author, 
 
 A. W. CHASE AI. D. 
 
 Ann Arbor, Mich., March, 1873. 
 
IlS^TRODUCTIOISr. 
 
 Remarks Upon Disease in General, with Eeference to Cautionary 
 Means of Preventing, which is Better than Cure, and Having 
 Reference also to Cautionary Means of Restoring Health. 
 
 There is no subject of such vital importance to the human family 
 as that of health, and the best means of preventing sickness and of re- 
 storing health after disease has taken hold upon them. That very much 
 sickness may be prevented, or avoided, I have not a doubt. And I 
 do not think it at all derogatory to the character of the Creator — He 
 in His wisdom, having established the plan — to say that He works 
 upon the human family, in what are commonly called Providences, 
 by the use of means. If He does we may hope to do good in pre- 
 scribing medicines against disease, if not, it is only a useless under- 
 taking. 
 
 Can there be any doubt, however, as to the fact that if any con- 
 siderable number of persons are exposed to a long and terrible storm, 
 becoming completely wet through and chilled, then compelled to 
 camp down without the means of warming themselves and changing 
 their wet clothing for dry, the cold and storm continuing, many of 
 them will take disease more or less severe? When, if they could 
 have reached comfortable rooms, hot fires, changed their clothing, 
 toasted their feet by the fire, got into good warm beds, most of them 
 at least, after a night's rest, would have come out "as bright as a new 
 sixpence," and those who would not would have been such as were 
 feeble, or for some cause were pre-disposed to disease, because there 
 is certainly an inherent power in the healthy system to not only re- 
 sist disease but to throw it ofi", to a certain extent, when once begun. 
 The foregoing statements being admitted, or established, we have a 
 foundation upon which to build the Practice of Medicine, that no crit- 
 icism can overthrow, and I believe they are generally admitted, and 
 the observation of nearly sixty years has so firmly established them in 
 my own mind that I have no hesitation to proceed with my under- 
 taking; and, indeed, if this point, together with another of equal im- 
 portance — that of the specific (positive and certain) action of reme- 
 dies — had not long since been established in my own mind I should 
 never have published a Receipt Book of any description whatever. 
 
A. INTRODUCTION, 
 
 Notwithstanding there may be considerable difficulty in obtain- 
 ing such a knowledge of disease as to be always able to distinguish 
 exactly what the disease is of which a person may complain, yet this 
 does not so much dej^end upon scientific principles as it does upon ex- 
 perience and observation ; hence, good nurses, who have attended con- 
 siderably upon the sick, are often better prepared to distinguish dis- 
 eases than one who has been bred to the profession and is yet without 
 much practice. I do not mean to be understood to say that a medical 
 education is of no consequence, for it is of very great importance, but 
 it is not to be compared with practical experience. 
 
 And I beg to inform my readers that there will be but little diffi- 
 culty in distinguishing one class of diseases from another, and this, 
 in many cases, will sufficiently point out the course of treatment to 
 be pursued ; and it is my purpose to point out the peculiar symptoms 
 of particular diseases under their own proper head, so as to enable any 
 person, sufficiently competent to become a good nurse, to learn one dis- 
 ease from another, with but little difficulty, and also to point out the 
 various complications that most commonly arise in particular diseases, 
 so that with care and attention, the investigation will be found less 
 difficult than would at first be supposed. 
 
 The observation of age, sex, temper, constitution, and previous 
 disease, will be important points in the investigation, as well as in the 
 attempt to cure disease. 
 
 Peculiar constitutions predispose to peculiar diseases, and make it 
 important to treat them according to these peculiarities; for instance, 
 a delicate female, or a feeble child, who are confined to indoor exer- 
 cise only, can not bear the strong treatment of a robust and hearty 
 person who has been accustomed to outdoor labor. Then, again, 
 females are liable to many difficulties which do not afflict men, and 
 their whole system is more complicated, and their nervous system 
 more irritable, requiring greater caution, and they can not bear the 
 same stimulation or evacuations as the opposite sex; hence, it is 
 necessary to use the utmost care with them, until you are certain of 
 what they can bear — the same with children and very old people. 
 
 Fear and anxiety as well as a fretful disposition not only occasion 
 but aggravate disease. If the patient has confidence in the nurse or 
 physician, good progress in curing disease may be expected; if this 
 can not be obtained and held, 'tis better to obtain another if possible. 
 
 A knowledge as to the place where people have been living will 
 often help to determine the course to be pursued; for those who have 
 been living in marshy districts will be subject to a lower grade of dis- 
 ease than those inhabiting higher and purer sections; and those 
 living in cities are more subject to the same class of disease than those 
 living in the pure air of the country; and those who indulge in late 
 suppers and stimulating drinks are more subject to disease, that are 
 also of a more difficult character, because when you think you have 
 them safe, one indiscretion — perhaps kept from your knowledge as 
 much as possible at least — makes them worse than at first. I always 
 feel that such ought to take care of themselves, but as long as there is 
 life there is hopes of a reformation — alas! how often it fails. 
 
 Occupation and manner of life will often help to distinguish dis- 
 ease, and point out the best treatment — the outdoor laboring man 
 would need a stronger dose than one whose occupation was to sit upon 
 the shoemakers' or tailors' bench, even with the same disease. 
 
INTRODUCTION. SI 
 
 The present condition of the bowels and urinary organs, diet, 
 manner of life, what medicines has been taken recently, and whether 
 there is any particular condition (called by physicians idiosyncrasy,) 
 of the system which will not tolerate (admit of) the use of any special 
 medicine. 
 
 Very much may be done to prevent disease as well as to overcome 
 it when it begins to manifest itself; therefore^ especial attention must 
 be paid to this point in disease. Many persons suppose that every- 
 thing called medicine possesses wonderful power, or secret charm in 
 overcoming disease; and consequently if their friend has taken, or 
 ■will take some " patent medicine " that the proprietor — aware of this 
 fact — has given a wonderful name they must certainly get well, and 
 that right speedily ; but this is all a mistake, and often attended with 
 fatal consequences, by causing them to neglect well-tried means that 
 were within their own reach. 
 
 Medicines are, of course, useful, and occasionally even a patent 
 medicine may be just the thing needed ; but as its composition is a 
 secret, it is far better to depend upon things which are known to be of 
 value, and which they know will not aggravate (make worse) the dis- 
 ease they are seeking to relieve. 
 
 The digestive powers are always weakened or more or less dis- 
 turbed by disease; hence, the diet in sickness ought, in all cases, to be 
 of a light and nutritive character. In cases where disease has been 
 brought on by over-eating, abstinence alone, will often overcome the 
 difficulty. 
 
 In cases of inflammatory complications with fevers, pneumonias 
 (inflammation of the lungs), plurisy (inflammation of the pleura — the 
 membrane that covers the lungs and the whole inside of the chest, i. 
 e., above the diaphragm — midriff"), etc., etc., beef tea, gruels and infu- 
 sions or teas of mucilaginous plants, as arrow-root gruel, panado gruel 
 — made by boiling crumbs of bread to a pulpy consisteTice, and sweet- 
 ing to taste, etc., — this will espet-ially hold good in the! low or typhoid 
 fevers when the strength must be held up with beef tea, wines, or 
 brandy, etc. See my own case under the head of Typhoid Pneu- 
 monia. 
 
 A proper attention to diet in chronic disease will be found fully 
 as important as in acute — recent attacks — especially so in those of a 
 Dyspeptic character, from which low spirits, gas or wind in stomach 
 or bowels, weak nerves, and other hypochondriacal affections arise, 
 receive greater benefit from solid food, with a proper amount of 
 brandy or other good spirits after the meal, than from all the carmin- 
 atives and cordials that can be administered. See Dyt^PEPSiA. 
 
 The advantages of paying especial attention to diet in disease is 
 distinctly seen in the fact that in Scurvy none of the "patent" anti- 
 scorbuties of the mariners' chest can compare, in curing the disease, to 
 a restored vegetable diet. 
 
 And medical writers inform us that "in consumptions when the 
 humors (fluids of the body) are vitiated and the stomach so much 
 weakened as to be unable to digest the solid fibres of animals, or even 
 to assimilate the juices of vegetables, a diet consisting chiefly of milk 
 will not only support the patient, but will often cure the disease after 
 every other medicine has failed." This I can fully endorse substituting 
 fresh sweet cream for the milk, with the addition of a table-spoonful of good 
 brandy with each half pint; for I have often prescribed it in consuinp- 
 
Xii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 tion, and used it myself in typhoid pneumonia, and also in other 
 cases with the happiest results. 
 
 Great benefit will also be derived by a proper ventilation of the 
 sick-room, and for those who are able to take outdoor exercise, either 
 by walking, i;arriage, or horseback riding as their conveniencies and 
 strength will allow — herseback riding especially, has been reported to 
 cure many cases of incipient (beginning) consumptions. 
 
 In chronic diseases where there is a relaxed or soft condition of 
 the flesh, cold, or tepid bathing, as it can bo best borne, with gym- 
 nastic exercises, or field labor, as it can be done without fatigue, will 
 be very beneficial. 
 
 It is also of the utm.ost importance to avoid a costive condition of 
 the bowels, especially of a chronic (long continued) character. 
 
 And last, though not of the least importance, cleanliness — which is 
 said to be next to Godliness — is of the utmost importance ; and, in 
 fact, without it and attention to diet, it is of but little use to try to 
 cure disease, or to keep long free from it when well; yet T am not one 
 of those who believe in the "everlasting washing," as some have 
 taught it — every day, Winter and Summer, even in ice-cold water, but 
 in ordinary health, at least, once a week in Winter and twice a week in 
 Summer, in water that is comfortable to the feelings, not so cold as to 
 strike a dread upon the thought of bathing, nor so hot as to relax the 
 surface so but what it will even regain its pleasurable elasticity and 
 an increased feeling of comfort for having bathed, whether it be cool 
 or warm water. 
 
 It is but proper, in support of the foregoing opinions, that I should 
 give a few quotations from authors to whom great credit has been 
 given for wisdom and sound judgement in the means of prevridiag 
 disease as well as in restoring to health. 
 
 Graham, says: "I have seen hundreds of miserable dyspeptics 
 who had suffered almost everything for years; scores of those appar- 
 ently consumptive; many afliicted for years with fits and spasmodic 
 affections, or asthma, or sick-headache, in short, I have seen nearly 
 every form of chronic disecose, after resisting almost every kind of 
 medical treatment for months and years, yield in a very short time 
 to a correct diet and a well-regulated general regimen." 
 
 Cheyne, a celebrated English physician of about 100 years ago, 
 says: "It is not easily to be credited what wonderful effects, even in 
 the most desperate and universally-condemned-to-death diseases, I 
 have seen produced by an exclusively milk and grain diet; and even 
 these the thinnest and least in quantity the person could be tolerably 
 easy under from the pain of hunger, and continued for one, two or more 
 years. Epilepsy totally cured, universal lepers made clean, stone and 
 gravel laid quiet, cancers healed and palliated, ulcerated lungs made 
 sound, and schirrous (a cancerous, hardened) liver made pervious (so 
 that the fluids would pass through it), and all accomplished by a, total 
 obstinate and continued milk and grain or course flour diet. I firmly 
 believe, and am as much convinced as I am of any natural effect that 
 water drinking only, with a diet of milk, grain and fruit, duly con- 
 tinued and prudently managed with proper evacuations, air, and ex- 
 ercise, are the most infallible antidotes for all obstinate diseases of 
 body and mind. This regimen I have for the last twenty years pur- 
 sued." 
 
INTRODUCTION. XIU 
 
 It would seem from this last endorsement that Graham is not the 
 only one who believes in "Graham bread." 
 
 Beach, says: "Wheii the various functions (the special action of the 
 different organs of the body taken as a whole are called functions) of 
 the body are performed with ease and suffer no interruption, the body is said 
 to be in liealth; in a contrary case, it is diseased. Considering the many 
 dangers to which man is exposed, it is surprising that he should re- 
 main in health so long as he does, and our astonishment increases 
 when we reflect how often he escapes the dangers prepared by his 
 own hand. But Parental Nature, (the vis medicatrix nature of the an- 
 cient writers, the strength of power of our systems to correct and re- 
 store health under disease,) 'frequently repairs the injury unknown 
 to us.' To sit down supinely, (indolently, carelessly,) 'with the notion 
 that if the Majesty of Heaven wills us to die we certainly shall, not- 
 withstanding we use the means to prolong life; and, if He wills the 
 contrary, we shall live, notwithstanding we neglect the use of those 
 means, is a conduct as unscriptural as absurd.' Disease may be con- 
 sidered the consequence of the moral, or rather of the immoral con- 
 duct of man, in deviating from a line prescribed by his Maker." 
 
 It should be added here, that many times, of course, diseases 
 arise from our ignorance of Natures' Laws, and sometimes from expo- 
 sures, etc., which we could not avoid; hence, no actual guilt attaches 
 to the violator and sufferer. 
 
 Sir William Temple, says: " Temperance, though physician of 
 the soul as well as the body, the best guardian of youth and support 
 of old age, the tutelar godess of health and universal medicine of life 
 that clears the head and cleanses the blood, that eases the stomach 
 and purges the bowels, that strengthens the nerves, enlightens the 
 eyes and comforts the heart; in a word, that secures and perfects diges- 
 tion, and thereby avoids the fumes and winds to which we owe the 
 colic and those sharp humors (fluids) that feed the scurvy and gout, 
 and those slimy dregs and humors of which the gravel and stone are 
 formed within us, diseases to which mankind are exposed rather by 
 the viciousness than frailty of our nature, and by which we often con- 
 demn ourselves to greater torments and miseries of life than, perhaps, 
 have yet been invented by anger and revenge, or inflicted by the 
 greatest tyrants upon the worst of men. And, yet, so little notion 
 have the generality of mankind of the virtue of temperance that life 
 with them is nearly one continued scene of intemperance. 
 
 "How quickly does the pursuit of carnal pleasures, or the abuse 
 of intoxicating liquors ruin the best constitutions? Indeed these 
 vices too often go hand in hand, especially in cities. Hence it is that 
 we so often see the votaries of Bacchus, the god of wine, and Venus, 
 the god of beauty and love, even before they have arrived at the 
 prime of life, worn out with diseases and hastening with swift pace to 
 an untimely grave. Did men reflect upon the painful diseases and pre- 
 mature deaths which are daily occurring through these direful habits, 
 it would be sufficient, one would think, to make them shrink back 
 with horror from the indulgences even of their darling pleasures. 
 
 But the worst is "the innocent too often feel the direful effects of 
 it. How many wretched orphans are to be seen embracing dung-hills 
 whose parents, regardless of the future, spent in riot and debauch, 
 what might have served to bring up their offspring in a decent man- 
 ner! How often, too, do we behold the innocent but suffering mother 
 
XIV INTRODUCTION. 
 
 with her helpless infants pining in want, while the cruel father is 
 indulging his insatiate appetites. 
 
 "A life of irregularity and intemperance has the certain effect to 
 destroy persons of the best constitution even in the prime of life ; 
 while on the other hand, regularity and temperance will frequently 
 preserve men for a great length of time who are of a very delicate or 
 bad constitution and far gone in years. Whoever will read the life 
 Lewis Cornaro must be convinced of this. This Venetian had been 
 adicted to a life of intemperance up to his fortieth year, the con- 
 sequence of which was that a heavy train of infirmities had in- 
 vaded him and made great inroads on his constitution; and 
 after having, to no purpose, tried every means of relief that art 
 and medicine admitted of, he at last, by the advice of his physicians, 
 entered on a life of the strictest temperance by which he regained his 
 health and lived to the good old age of over 100 years. Daily obser- 
 vation has, indeed, fully convinced me that an elderly man, even of a 
 delicate constitution, who leads a regular and sober life, has a better 
 chance of a long one than a young man of the best constitution, who 
 invariably leads a disorderly one. 
 
 "But when it is considered that many serious disorders are attrib- 
 utable to an improper diet, and that in almost every complaint the due 
 direction of diet is, perhaps, of equal importance with the prescrip- 
 tion of medicine, it is highly blamable to neglect this power/uZ resource. 
 To delicate women and sickly persons, to pregnant women, and those 
 who are wet nurses, and to young children, restrictions on diet are 
 absolutely necessary." 
 
 Hippocrates, who is called "the father of medicine," has wisely 
 observed that if a man eats sparingly and drinks little, he is nearly 
 certain of bringing no disease upon himself, and that a moderate sup- 
 ply of food nourishes the body best, and the quantity of food which 
 nature really requires for her support is small, and he that lives tem- 
 perately and eats and drinks moderately at each meal, stands fair to 
 enjoy sprightliness, vivacity, and freedom of spirits. Persons who 
 are governed by temperance and regularity, are rarely hurt by melan- 
 choly or other affections of the mind. To have a clear head we must 
 have a clean stomach, for this is the grand reservoir in which the food 
 is first deposited, and thence its nutritive power is distributed through 
 all parts of the body." 
 
 One of the greatest errors that many people fall into is that of eat- 
 ing to much at a meal, distending the stomach and over-burdening 
 the digestive powers, causing the retention of food in the stomach 
 longer than the laws of health will permit ; hence, the food under- 
 goes fermentation giving rise to gas or "wind in the stomach" and 
 bowels, sour belchings of watery fluids, stupor, or sleepiness, head- 
 ache, and finally the horrors of dyspepsia. 
 
 Beach says: "He that consults his health must check his appetite, 
 and invariably rise from the table with the ability and disposition to 
 eat and drink still more than he has done without over-distention of 
 the stomach. He should also diligently apply himself to discover 
 what kinds of food are best suited to him. The best rule will be not 
 to take any thing but in such quantity as the stomach can easily di- 
 gest, and to make use of only those things, which from observation 
 and experience, the person has found to agree with him. The quality 
 as well as quantity is, therefore, to be taken into consideration. By 
 
INTRODUCTION. XV 
 
 repeated trials and experience any man may acquire a perfect knowl- 
 edge of his constitution, and ascertain not only what food, but like- 
 wise the liquor, that best agrees with his stomach, and in regulating 
 his diet, he may place a safer reliance on his own judgement than he 
 can on the opinion of his medical attendant, be he ever so skillful." 
 
 Attention to Diet and Temperance is not only necessary for the 
 preservation of health, but is of equal importance in the cure of disease ; 
 and very many diseases, especially of a dyspeptic character, may be 
 cured by these precautions alone. Therefore, all over-eating, by 
 which the coats of the stomach are distended beyond a healthful con- 
 dition, and w^hich is more likely to arise if one partakes of a great va- 
 riety of dishes, should certainly be avoided. Hence; the more simple 
 the diet the better, provided the food is of a healthy character. 
 
 Dr. Cheyne thinks that most of the chronic diseases, the infirmi- 
 ties of old age and short lives, are to be attributed to over-eating and 
 drinking ; and that they may be prevented or cured by proper atten- 
 tion to these points. 
 
 "But, if abstinence is not sufficient for the cure of disease, yet it 
 greatly assists the operation of medicines, and is a preventive against 
 a multitude of dangerous disorders. Several writers relate extraordi- 
 nary cures performed by it, and many instances of its extending the 
 time of human life. It is, indeed, surprising to what a degree of age 
 the early Christians of the East, who retired from persecution into the 
 deserts of Arabia and Egypt, lived healthful and cheerful, on a very 
 little food. Cassian assures us, that the common allowance for 24 
 hours was only 12 ounces of bread and mere water ; and adds, that on 
 this spare diet, Arsenius, tutor to the Emperor Arcadius, lived 120 
 years, and many others to nearly the same age. A man of the name 
 of Laurence preserved his life to 140 years, by temperance and labor. 
 And Spotswood mentions one man who attained the age of 175 years, 
 by means of proper abstinence." 
 
 " Wonderful cures, says Dr. Meuse, have been affected by simpli- 
 city of diet. The father of Prof. Cooper of South Carolina, was cured, 
 in London, of an asthma, to which he had been long subject, by an ex- 
 clusive diet of boiled carrots for tivo Greeks, as recommended by John 
 Wesley, in his 'Primitive Physic,' during this time he drank little 
 water. He remained well for 12 years ; but having returned to his 
 former generous living, he was again attacked. I have heard of 
 another cure by the same diet. 
 
 "The disease called 'broken wind,' (heaves) in horses, which is 
 no more than asthma in the human species, is cured in England, by 
 an exclusive diet of the same vegetables. 
 
 "A lady in Philadelphia was cured of a most severe rheumatism 
 by a diet of milk solely ; and Dr. Cheyne records that Dr. Taylor, a 
 contempory (living at the same time) with himself, was cured of epi- 
 lepsy by the same diet. 
 
 ''In eating our food, due care should be taken to chew, or masti- 
 cate it sufficiently, previous to its being swallowed. This is a point de- 
 serving of a very stri-ct attention, and may be deemed the j'lr-si process of 
 digestion, for without the solid parts of our food being well triturated 
 (ground to a fine powder in the mouth, which at the same time is in- 
 corporated with a due proportion of salivary secretion, a secretion 
 thrown out by the glands emptying into the mouth,) it cannot be con- 
 verted into healthy nutriment. 
 
Xvi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 "The simplicity of aliments, or food, and temperance are, in fact, 
 the abundant sources of health and life. It is sufficient, says Plu- 
 tarch, to have the taste of true pleasure to be temperate. Regimen 
 has the greatest influence, not only upon the physical (bodily), but on 
 the mental part of man." 
 
 These being the facts, as established by the observations of the 
 best men, all along down through the ages of time, to the present, are 
 they not of sufficient importance, to receive the strictest attention -of 
 all those who believe themselves responsible to their families, and to 
 the all-wise Creator, and of those who are not willing to suffer the 
 consequences of their faults, without complaint. Those who will not 
 pay attention to what has already been said upon these subjects would 
 not give heed "though one should rise from the dead;" and tell them 
 the same facts; hence, I need not follow this part of our "Work by 
 further remarks, or quotations ; and shall only add a few remarks on 
 the subject of vegetable, as compared with animal food. 
 
 Some claim that vegetable food only should ever be used; and 
 their principal argument i.s, that it is easier of digestion, and less 
 likely to putrify and ferment in the stomach than animal food; claim- 
 ing also that the bile is more healthy, and that the peristaltic motion 
 of the bowels is kept up (that motion of the bowels called also 
 vermicular, or a kind of clasping or contracting and relaxing of the 
 intestines in rings, passing the food forward from the contracted part 
 into the relaxed part below), preventing costiveness, which is_ the 
 source or cause of many diseases; and especially so when the diet is 
 largely made up of apples, peaches, pears, prunes, raisins, tamarinds, 
 plumbs, or berries, which are known to keep the bowels solvent, or 
 moderately loose; but I believe in a moderate and proper use of meat 
 as well as vegetables unless it be in particular cases of disease, for a 
 time, and that it is of just as much importance in some diseases to 
 have animal food, or its nutritive parts— what should we do without 
 beef tea in typhoid and other low grades of fever? Notwithstanding, it 
 was claimed by others long before Darwin was born, that no matter 
 whether we consider the teeth and jaws or the stomach, the human 
 race, closely resembles that of the monkey, all of which, in their nat- 
 ural haunts eat only vegetable food; but, 1 beg leave to say here, that 
 I no more believe that the human family originated from the monkey 
 than I do that we come "by chance" — without a Creator; but, that I 
 fully believe that man is the highest manifestation of the highest wis- 
 dom and skill of Him who made the Worlds, and holds them in their 
 whirling orbits, by His own Almighty power. And I also as fully 
 believe that it is pleasing to Him to see us, not only doing all we can 
 to promote our own health and consequent usefulness; but also that 
 He desires us to do the greatest possible amount of good we can to 
 others, and holds us responsible for any neglect, upon our part, in the 
 whole matter; and, it is upon this ground, and upon this belief, that 
 the writing of this Second Receipt Book was undertaken, and accom- 
 plished; believing that a greater good would be done to my fellow 
 creatures, than in any other way in which I could use the improved 
 health, that in His wisdom he had given me. 
 
 It is generally acknowledged that a majority of the Diseases to 
 which the human family are liable, Avould get well of themselves, 
 even without the assistance of the physician, or medicines, with 
 proper care, or nursing; for it is also a well established fact that there 
 
INTRODUCTION. XVll 
 
 ifl a principle in nature calculated not only to throw off disease; but 
 also to prevent an attack. The most carefully conducted experiments 
 have settled this fact beyond a doubt. Some physicians have called 
 this by one name and others by another. Nature is said to perform 
 these cures. 
 
 Dr. Williams, says : ' " In organized beings, a certain conservative 
 power, which opposes the operation of noxius agents, and labors to 
 expel them when they are introduced. The existence of this power 
 has long been recognized, and in former days it was impersonated 
 (named). It was the archseus of Von Helmont ; the anima of Stahl ; 
 the vis medicatrix naturse of Cullen, etc. But without supposing it to 
 be anght distinct from the attributes (property, or power) of living 
 matter, we see its frequent operation in the common performance of 
 excretion (the passages from the bowels, urinary organs, and the skin, 
 by sweat, is excretion — the excrements) ; in the careful manner in 
 which the noxious products of the body, and offending substances in 
 food are ejected from the system ; in the flow of tears to wash a grain 
 of dust from the eye; in the act of sneezing and coughing to discharge 
 irritating matters from the air passages, and in the slower, more compli- 
 cated, but not less obvious example of inflammation, effusion (passing 
 out) of lymph (a colorless fluid) and suppuration, by which a thorn or 
 other extraneous object is removed from the flesh. 
 
 " This vis conservatrix (strength to preserve health) is alive to the 
 exciting causes of disease, and in persons of full health it is generally 
 sufficient to resist^hem. How it resists them will depend upon what 
 they are. For instance, is cold the cause? This throws the blood 
 inwardly, which, by increasing the internal secretions and exciting the 
 heart to increased action, establishes a calorific (heat producing) pro- 
 cess which overcomes the cold. Is the cause improper food ? The pre- 
 serving power operates by discharging this speedily by vomiting, or by 
 diarrhea. Is it a malarious or contagious posion ? It is carried off by 
 an increase of some of the secretions. But, if this resisting power be 
 weakened, locally or generally, or if the exciting cause is too strong 
 for it, then the cause acts, and disease begins." 
 
 And now then, all that is required of the physician, or nurse, and 
 in fact, all that they can do is to aid these principles of action in the 
 system ; and to do this to the best advantage, makes the best doctor. 
 
 The questions to be settled, then are, what course does na/u?-e pur- 
 sue, to remove disease, and how can we best assist her in this work ? 
 
 In fevers, and acute, or recent inflammations this is accomplished 
 by a concentrated action of vital forces, causing an increased secretion 
 by the organs that in health, throw off these harmful materials from 
 the blood ; such as the kidneys, skin, and glands that open into the 
 intestinal canal — causing an increased flow of urine, perspiration, or 
 loosened action of the bowels ; but if the disease becomes pretty 
 active, or firmly established, one, or more, of these organs becomes 
 more or lass inactive ; and according to the degree of this inactivity 
 will be the severity of the case ; yet, if a favorable result is ultimately 
 obtained, whether by nature, or with the aid of medicine, the secre- 
 tion will be restored, and, probably largely increased, as the disease 
 declines ; and the prevailing opinion among medical writers is that 
 this increased secretion is not the necessary process of, but the resuU 
 of the cure. But these same authorities forget to inform us that the 
 system will, in about three-fourths of the cases, relieve itself of .disease 
 2 — DR. chase's second rkceipt book. 
 
XVlll INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In support of this position, I shall quote from Prof. Scudder's 
 "Domestic Medicine." This author is a professor in the Eclectic Med- 
 ical Institute, of Cincinnati, Ohio., and author of the "Eclectic Prac- 
 tice of Medicine," "Diseases of Women and Children," "Specific 
 Mediation and Specific Medicines," also a^ work on "Inhalation;" 
 and Editor of the " Eclectic Medical Journal," of the same place ; so 
 it may be seen that, at least, with Eclectics he is "a power." He says 
 upon the subject of "How does Nature remove Disease," and our 
 proper method of helping her to do it: 
 
 "Any one who carefully examines the properties and action of all 
 the most prominent articles of the materia medica, can not fail to be 
 convinced that a very large majority of them owe their beneficial 
 efi'ects either to a direct or indirect action in increasing excretion and 
 the elimination (throwing ofi") of morbid materials from the system. 
 Thus the classes of diaphoretics, diuretics, and cathartics, act directly in 
 this way, and are administered for this purpose. The entire class of 
 alteratives, also, undoubtedly owe their beneficial influence in most 
 part to their eliminating action. Emetics not only act directly as 
 eliminatives, by causing the evacuation of morbid secretions from the 
 stomach, but also indirectly by their sedative and relaxing efi'ects upon 
 the system when under a high state of excitement, this relaxation 
 being almost invariably followed by an increased action of the skin, 
 kidneys, and bowels. So with the prominent class of sedatives, 
 though not directly aflTecting the secretory apparatus, yet by their con- 
 trolling influence in lessening the circulation, high vascular excite- 
 ment is subdued, and secretion is the natural result. 
 
 "If we trace the course of any general disease where no treat- 
 ment has been pursued, Ave will find that increased secretion and 
 consequent elim i nation always precedes a change for the better; and 
 the same is true when even the most opposite remedies have been 
 used. Without this increased elimination does take place, death is 
 inevitable. Acting on these views, Eclectic physicians have been 
 very successful in treating the common acute diseases of this country. 
 Their attention has been especially drawn to the importance of due 
 attention to these emunctories, (any organ that carries ofi" useless or 
 injurioxTS matters) and a large portion of the treatment is directed to 
 stimulate elimination in this way. In addition to this, the fact gener- 
 ally recognized by them, that in disease there is always a depres- 
 sion of the vital force of the system, and that this should be kept up 
 by tonics and stimalants, has also added materially to their success. 
 
 "That nature is able to cure almost all curable diseases, is clearly 
 proved by the results of homoipathic treatment. There are but com- 
 parativel}' few who have any faith in their attenuations and dilutions, 
 and yet we find that more favorable results are obtained under this 
 plan than under the old depletive system. This well-known fact is 
 sufficient evidence that the sick will get well without medicine, and 
 that medicine said to be scientifically administered, is responsible for 
 no small percentage of deaths under regular treatment." (I am glad 
 to be able to say, of the "regulars" in the University of Michigan, 
 for some years past, great advance has been made from, or upon the 
 old blood-letting, and mercurializing system). 
 
 "If this be so, you might well ask me, what is the use of physi- 
 cians, or medicine? The province of medicine is undoubtedly to 
 place the system in such condition that it can resist disease, remove 
 
INTRODUCn'ION. XIX 
 
 such material as may endanger the integrity of its structure, and 
 repair such lesions of structure as may be produced. As examples: 
 the stomach has been overloaded with crude indigestible material, 
 its function is impaired, the entire system sympathizes, and the 
 person is sick; nature will sometimes remove the otiending material 
 by vomiting, at others, by the bowels; art (the nurse or physician) steps 
 in, gives an emetic, and the disease is at once arrested. The bowels 
 become torpid, secretion is arrested, and the material remains to some 
 extent in the blood, impairing the functions of the entire body ; the 
 natural powers of the system will be snthcient in a very large major- 
 ity of cases to re-establish the secretion, but days may be required; 
 art gives a cathartic, and the secretion is at once restored. The person 
 has been exposed to vegetable malaria. The blood is poisoned, and 
 fever is the result. In a very large majoritj^ of cases, nature is suffi- 
 cient to remove the disease, but weeks maybe required to effect it; 
 art steps in, and bj' the use of remedies to restore tJte secretions, and 
 quinine to restore innerrntion, (to the nervous system) and for its antag- 
 onistic action to the malarial poison, the disease is arrested in two or 
 three days. In continued fever, as we have already seen, the disease 
 will be removed by the natural powers of the system in 75 or 80 per 
 cent, of the cases, but a period of weeks will be required ; art fur- 
 nishes a special sedative, {veratrum vlride and aconite) which quiets 
 the excitement of the circulation, and relaxes the sj^stem, and reme- 
 dies which re-establish the secretions, and thus in a few days the 
 fever poison is removed. We do not in these cases save life but 
 in few instances, because but few would die if left to the natural 
 powers of the system. We do, however, shorten the period of sick- 
 ness two-thirds or three-fourths, save much suffering, and prevent 
 that great exhaustion and impairment of vitality which would fre- 
 quently result. In doing this, ice rest our claim as benefactors of 
 humanity. 
 
 "In other cases we set up a different action in tlie system, which 
 is but temporary, and unattended with danger, to relieve disease of 
 some important organ or part. We thus give stimulant cathartics in 
 inflammation of the brain and other organs, diverting determination 
 of blood from the part originality tliseased to the bowels, and thus 
 lessening or arresting the intlammatory action. For the same reasons 
 we use the sinapism, (mustard ])laster) blister, cups, or irritating 
 plaster. 
 
 "In others again we are enabled to emi)loy a specific, which acts 
 directly upon the diseased structure, restoring its healthy functimi, or 
 neutralizing the poison which is the cause of the diseased manifesta- 
 tion. As examples of this, ire m.ay instance the employment of the tincture 
 of muriate of iron in erysipelas, the use of belladonna in scarlet fever, the 
 drosera, (drosera Rotnndifolia — Sundew — a small plant growing in bogs 
 in Europe and America, near muddy shores, or ponds or rivers, etc.,) 
 in whooping-cough, and the cough of measles, the bromide of ammonium in 
 some cases of epilepsy, etc. It is true, doubtless, that in the strict 
 acceptation of the term, we have no specifics in medicine, but it is 
 only, as I believe, because our knowledge of disease and the action 
 of remedies is imperfect. 
 
 "In other cases we stimulate the various organs to a better per- 
 formance of their functions, (particular actions) and furnish to the 
 body the material for increasing its tonicity and repairing the waste 
 
XX INTEODUCTION. 
 
 of structure. For this purpose we use the bitter tonics, iron, phosphorus, 
 sulphur, the alkaline bases of the blood and tissues, acids, and fatty, 
 and albuminous, fegg-like) material that is easily appropriated. 
 
 "In all that we do, we keep constantly before us the physiological 
 action of the different organs or parts, and the normal, (healthy) 
 action of the body as a whole, and as far as possible, bend every 
 means to get such normal action. And finally, we carefully husband 
 our patient's strength and power, and prevent their unnecessary 
 expenditure or their direction in a wrong channel. This, it seems to 
 me, is the line of duty for the physician, and the only one in which 
 his efforts will be attended with success." 
 
 But before I enter upon the description of Medicines which may 
 be used, I wish to say a word about an item or two which may not be 
 used, i, e., bleeding and calomel; and I am very glad (for the sake of 
 humanity and for the honor of that class of physicians who delight to 
 be called '' the regulars," but who were the original Quacks, and who 
 now delight to call everybody else Quacks who does not bow to their 
 dictum, to be able to say, that generally, they do not resort to these 
 horrid practices, once, where they used to do so a hundrediim.es; in 
 other words they are becoming Eclectic as fast as they can become 
 acquainted with our truly valuable remedies. 
 
 " This Medicine was introduced in 1493, by Paracelsus, of Swit- 
 zerland, who was the great prototype (type or model, in this case the 
 leader) of all succeeding Quacks, as the Germans called all Quacks 
 who used it, from the name Quacksilver, given to it by them; but, in 
 the year 1871, — 378 years after it was introduced, and had, undoubt- 
 edly, killed its hundreds of thousands, it was announced, in the Medi- 
 cal Department of the Western Home, this Department being under 
 the management of R. A. Gunn, M. D., Professor of Surgery in Ben- 
 nett Medical College, of Chicago, "that the old theory of the use of mer- 
 cury as a medicine is exploded;" but I give the whole item, for the sat- 
 isfaction of those who have not yet seen it ; for there will be some, 
 no doubt, who will cling to it yet, like a drowning man is said to cling 
 to a straw. The announcement is as follows: 
 
 "The Use of Mercury as a Medicine. — For a long time public 
 opinion has been opposed to the use of mercury as a medicine ; and 
 whenever a physician would prescribe it in any K)rm, many objections 
 would be raised by the patient and his jfriends. 
 
 "Though the people looked upon it as a dangerous medicine, yet 
 in the worst form of a disease many would gladly take it as affording 
 the only chance for recovery, and the physician prescribing it also 
 looked upon his favorite calomel as his sheet-anchor in the cure of 
 disease. 
 
 "But a change has taken place, and we are now informed that 
 mercury does not possess any virtue as 'a medicine to act on the liver.' 
 Scientific investigation has demonstrated that mercury does not increase the 
 Jlow of bile from the liver, but, on the contrary, tliat it diminishes the quan- 
 tity of that secretion ; and hence the old theory of the use of mercury as a 
 medicine is exploded. As its action on the liver was all that its advo- 
 cates claimed for it, and as this supposed action is now disproved, it 
 it must necessarily be dropped from the list of remedial agents, and fall into 
 that obscurity its injurious effects have enforced. 
 
 " For the benefit of those who may not be acquainted with the fact, 
 we would state that a committee of seven of the ablest men of Europe 
 
INTRODUCnON. XXI 
 
 were appointed to investigate the action of mercury, and after contin- 
 uing their experiments over a period of three years, they proved 
 beyond the possibility of a doubt that the flow of bile from the liver 
 was diminished instead of increased by its use, and further, that its use 
 aluays produced an injurious effect on the system." 
 
 Such an acknowledgement as this coming from Prof. Gunn, form- 
 erly the Professor of Surgery in the Medical Department of the Uni- 
 versity of Michigan, and now holding the same position in the prin- 
 cipal Alopathic College west of here — Chicago — ought to be considered 
 sufficient to settle the question of the impropriety of the further use of mer- 
 cury as a medicine. It should never be used. It never should have 
 been used ; and it is cause for great rejoicing to the human family, 
 which has so severely sufi'ered from its use, that it has finally re- 
 ceived its "death stroke," even "in the house of its friends." 
 
 What has brought this about ? 
 
 For very many years, large numbers of the people had become 
 satisfied that it was a very injurious article to be used as a medicine ; 
 but until about fifty years ago, it had ruled supreme, in the hands of 
 the "regulars " that is, up to about that time, and for a few years later, 
 it was the " regular " destroyer of life and happiness to thousands who 
 sufi'ered it to be administered to them. 
 
 But about this time there arose an eminent physician, by the 
 name of Wooster Beach, whose eminence, at that time consisted in 
 curing his patients without the use of mercury or bleedhu/ ; and he pub- 
 lished the "American Practice," for family use, condemning, in the 
 strongest terms, both the lancet and mercury ; and he and his follow- 
 ers have persisted in that condemnation to such an extent, and shown 
 "a more excellent way," that finally, those who advocated their use 
 either from fear of losing their practice, or from a sense of duty, no 
 doubt sometimes one of these causes and sometimes the other, first 
 induced a consideration of the question— then finally, their good 
 sense caused them to gradually open their eyes to their utter unfit- 
 ness for the prominent places they occupied; but in the meantime 
 Eclectic Medical Colleges were opened for the edxicatiou of young 
 men for this Profession, until there is now over 5,000 well education 
 men in the practice of medicine, according to the rules of what is 
 now known among us as "American Eclecticism," in contradistinction 
 to the Alopaths who claim that they are the true Eclectics. I hope it 
 may prove so in the end; but tliere is too much illiberality as yet, 
 except in the smaller number, to claim such an honorable title. 
 
 Beach, with a few co-laborers, in the cause of medical reform, 
 established an Eclectic College at Worthingt-on, Ohio; but this was 
 not kept up but a few years; after which the Eclectic Medical Insti- 
 tute of Cincinnati, Ohio, was established and it has become, in my 
 estimation, at least, the best organized institution among us, and the 
 time is not far distant when there will be one, at least, of their rep- 
 resentatives in every neighborhood of our whole country; and if they 
 have as good success in their profession, as has generally attended 
 them heretofore, they will be welcomed by the people. 
 
 The "In.stitute" at Cincinnati was burned during the past year; 
 but it has been re-built and re-opened, with a better equipment, and 
 better success than before the fire. This is a mere statement of the 
 facts that has led on, from a small beginning, to the final triumph 
 over the use of mercury and the abuse of the lancet. For particulars 
 
Xxii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 about the Eclectic Medical Institue, and of the University of Mich- 
 igan, see the cuts in this Work illustrating these institutions. 
 
 To show our readers a little r>f ttie abuse of the lancet, I will give 
 a single quotation only, from Dr. Beach's Ainerica7i Practice. He 
 says: 
 
 "Dr. Sandwich, an English surgeon, has written a treatise recom- 
 mending, in the highest terms, the most copious depletions (bleedings). 
 He informs us that in every species of inflammation it is necessary, to 
 bleed in quick succession';' and that, 'unless we speedily repeat our 
 bleediuirs, we often actually increase the violence of the disease, and 
 convert what was mere congestion (unnatural accumulation of blood 
 in the part) into positive inflaxumation.' He, indeed, lays down the 
 following position as a practical maxim, (a condensed proposition, to 
 be regarded as an important truth): 'Whenever an inflammation is 
 not cured by the first bleeding, the operation should be repeated 
 every two, four, or six hours, until it is.'" 
 
 "Dr. Sandwich presents a case in point, viz.: of pneumonia 
 (inflammation of the lung), in which 30 ounces of blood were first 
 taken at 12 noon. At 8 o'clock 30 leaches were applied to the affected 
 gide. At 6 next day, 20 ounces more blood were taken ; in the evening 
 60 small leaches were applied to the side. On the third day, at 6, the 
 pulse being 110, 20 ounces of blood were taken, and a consulting phy- 
 sician sent for. The relief obtained at this time was not decisive 
 (the patient was not dead yet). The blood still showed no size ; nev- 
 ertheless, I was certain,"' says Dr. S., "that the disease was pneu- 
 monia, and anxiously pressed another bleeding, which was overruled. 
 Another consulting physician was accordingly sent for; but, in conse- 
 quence of a difference of opinion between the two, the jmtient was 
 not again bled until the afternoon of the 2d of April, when 22 oimces 
 were taken, with decided relief and syncope, (fainting, I should think 
 so). After this there was a suspension of ' hostilities' until the 6th, 
 when inflammation of the pericardium (the sark enclosing the heart) 
 was present, the patient consequently must be bled very freely, for 
 this was an inijxutant, or vital j)art, 50 ounces were accordingly taken 
 and the patient was in a state bordering on syncope for several hours, 
 (if he had not been stouter than eight-tenths of men he would have 
 died then). Early in the morning, however, 12 ounces more were 
 abstracted; and during the next 3 days the ])atient was in a state of 
 torpor, (numbness, loss of motion, or jmwer of motion). On the llth, 
 late in the evening there was a relapse, (cliange to consciousness, I 
 suppose) for at 4 o'clock in the morning, 12 leaches were applied, and 
 16 ounces of blood taken from the arm. And still he lived, some how 
 or other, until the 21st, when it was found necessary to take 16 ounces 
 more — on the 22d, 30 ounces — on the 25th, 24 good leaches were 
 apiiiied to the side, (I feel thankful that the heart-rending cause is 
 nearly through). At 8 o'clock on this day the patient was almost 
 exanimate (almost destitute of life), the face corpse-like, and the 
 pulse vermiinilar (worm-like in motion) and past enumeration.' The 
 debility the whole of the next day was extreme. On the next morn- 
 ing the memory was gone and the mind imbecile. Was," says 
 Beach, "ever a bullock more completely l)Ied to death?" 
 
 Did not such crying evils call for reformation? And I feel grate- 
 ful that a better day has dawned upon us; and that information of a 
 practical character is being scattered among the people so that they 
 
INTRODUCTION. XXIU 
 
 can, upon Common-Sense principles, take care of themselves, in at 
 least, nine-tenths of the cai^es ; and in the other case would send the 
 Doctor "a kiting," if he resorted to such a murderous treatment. 
 
 And, in closing these introductory remarks, I would ask if it 
 would be considered at all surprising that one, whose mother had 
 taught him through his whole early life never to touch calomel, but to 
 resort to the Common-Sense plans of treatment, should have a very 
 great desire on his part to help overcome the errors, or evils, as here- 
 tofore, described, and to spread such information as would help the 
 people to get along without continuing such abuses. This was our 
 own case exactly, and it was the teachings of this practical nature that 
 educated my mind to this work, as naturally "as a duck takes to 
 water" — a kind of second nature, as natural as life, which has always 
 made the ivork a pleasure, and not a hurden. If "Dr. Chase's Recipes: or. 
 Information for Everybody" has done any good; and if "Dr. Chase's 
 Family Physician, Farrier, Bee-Keeper, and Second Receipt Book" 
 shall do any good, I owe it, under God, to my excellent mother, who not 
 only showed me how to do what Common-Sense dictated to be done; 
 but also taught me to avoid what ought not to be done— especially, 
 never to bleed or give calomel. 
 
DOSES OF MEDICESTE FOR DIFFERENT AGES. 
 
 It must be plain to every one that children do not require such pow- 
 erful medicine as adults, or old people, and therefore it is desirable to 
 have some fixed method of determining or reguLiting the administra- 
 tion of Doses of medicine. Now we will suppose that the Dose for a 
 full-grown person is one drachm, (60 grs.) then the following pro- 
 portions will be suitable for the various ages given ; keeping in view 
 other circumstances, such as sex, temperament, habits, climate, state 
 of general health, and "idiosyncrasy," the peculiar condition of any 
 particular person : 
 
 Age. 
 
 Proportion. 
 
 Proportionate Dose. 
 
 7 weeks 
 
 
 or grains 4 
 
 or grains 5 
 
 or grains 7J4 
 
 or grains 10 
 
 or grains 15 
 
 or scruple 1 
 
 or drachm J^ 
 
 or scruples 2 
 
 7 months 
 
 one-twelfth . . 
 
 Under 2 years 
 
 one-eighth 
 
 " 3 ■' 
 
 one-sixth 
 
 " 4 " 
 
 one-fourth' 
 
 " 5 " 
 
 
 " 14 '• 
 
 one-half 
 
 " 20 " 
 
 
 above21 " 
 
 the full dose 
 
 " 65 " 
 
 or grains 55 
 
 '• 70 " 
 
 five-sixths 
 
 " 85 " 
 
 two-thirds 
 
 or grains 40 
 
 ABREVIATIONS USED IN THIS WORK. 
 
 Ess. 
 
 stands for 
 
 essence. 
 
 grs. stands 
 
 for grains. 
 
 qt. 
 
 " 
 
 
 quart. 
 
 scru. " 
 
 " scruple or scruples 
 
 pt. 
 
 i( 
 
 
 pint. 
 
 ex. " 
 
 " salvy extract. 
 
 lb. 
 
 
 
 pound. 
 
 fl. ex. " 
 
 " fluid 
 
 oz. 
 
 i< 
 
 
 ounce. 
 
 bu. 
 
 " bushel. 
 
 dr. 
 
 " 
 
 
 drachm. 
 
 doz. " 
 
 *' dozen. 
 
 drs. 
 
 (1 
 
 
 drachma 
 
 bbl. " 
 
 " barrel. 
 
 gr. 
 
 
 
 grain. 
 
 cwt. " 
 
 " hundred. 
 
 (xxiv) 
 
DR. CHASE'S 
 
 FAMILY PHYSICIAN, FARRIEK, BEE-KEEPER, 
 
 AND 
 
 SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 ABORTION. — Abortion, or what is more commonly called mia- 
 carriage, is the expulsion of the child from the womb before the 
 seventh month, after which, before full time, it is called premature 
 labor. It is more common at about the second or third menstrual 
 period after pregnancy; but it may occtir at any other time, more 
 especially if brought on by accident, as blows, falls, over-exertion, 
 frights, or great excitements of the mind, or from severe disease, etc. 
 If it occur in early pregnancy, the ovum (the undeveloped child and 
 membranes as a whole J often comes away together; but if consider- 
 bly developed or grown, the fetus, or child may be expelled first, and 
 the placenta (after-birth) afterwards. If it occur at or after the 
 seventh month, the child may live, and occasionally one has lived 
 from the sixth. 
 
 Causes.^Besides the Causes, above named, as likely to bring ou 
 Abortion at other times than the menstrual periods, it is sometimes 
 Caused by the abuse of spirituous liquors, excessive bleedings from 
 wounds, frequent cohabitation, vomiting, harsh purgatives, coughing, 
 sneezing, tight-lacing, jumping, rough motion in riding, extracting 
 teeth, uterine irritability, vaccination, and it may arise from the man- 
 ifestation in the child, of any hereditary disease from either of the 
 parents, etc.; and I am sorry to add, that if one-fourth of the reports 
 are true, now-a-days, it frequently occurs from design, by taking abor- 
 tives — may the Lord have mercy upon all who so far forget their obli- 
 gations to Him, and to their own health and their country, for but lit- 
 tle can be done for them after powerful drugs have been given for 
 such purposes; and, if they do live, nine-tenths of them will suffer 
 untold misery as a consequence. And it is truly surprising that there 
 should be so many men and women who look upon the idea of "get- 
 ting rid" of their offspring by an Abortion, as a matter of no great 
 wrong, notwithstanding that so far as I know, the laws of aU the States 
 make it murder, and make the penalty a penitentiary offense, and 
 
 25 
 
28 DR. chase's 
 
 make the physician and all assistants (with the knowledge of the fact) 
 equally liable, and that very justly I think. I have been asked, by 
 word or letter, more than a hundred times to aid in this nefarious 
 work, as people suppose that there are drugs that will produce an 
 Abortion as easily as a dose of physic may perform its set work with- 
 out danger, or much inconvenience. This is not so, as from the nature 
 of the object of the womb (to carry the child until, comparatively 
 speaking, it is ripe before it will contract and throw it ofl'j there is no 
 medicine that will do it except with great danger, and great sufiering, 
 and probably in 8 of every 10 cases as fatal to the woman as to the 
 child; and if it is not fatal to her, she need hardly ever expect to be 
 free of sufiering caused by the medicines used for such purposes. 
 Then permit me to say, never think of such a thing, for even in a 
 miscarriage brought on by accident, there is much more danger, and 
 consequent after sufi'ering, than there is in a regular child-birth at 
 full time. 
 
 Ssrmptonis. — The first Symptom to manifesttheprobability of an 
 Abortion will be a hemorrhage, or flooding, and the hopes of relief 
 will be somewhat in accordance with the amount of flooding in the 
 case; and this arises, generally, from the seperation of the placenta 
 from its attachment to the womb, and according also to the amount of 
 separation, and the length of time since pregnancy took place, wdll 
 the flooding be little or much, and, as above stated, be the ditficulty 
 of arresting the Abortion. There will also be a feeling of uneasiness 
 or weariness, back -ache, bearing down pains, and if pregnancy has 
 considerably advanced, finally labor-pains, and a greater or less dis- 
 charge of bright red, or arterial blood. 
 
 Treatment. — As soon as the flooding or pains would seem to 
 indicate that an Abortion may be ex})ected, the woman should take 
 the bed and keep the horizontal or lying-down position, and if there 
 is any considerable accumulation of feces (excrement in the bowels 
 from costiveness, etc.,) it will be well to give a gentle cathartic, as 
 citrate of magnesia, cream of tartar and sulphur, etc., and remain as 
 quiet as possible, keeping cool, but not cold, and using a light diet 
 that will have a tendency to aid the cathartic medicine and keep the 
 bowels cool, and if the bowels are very costive it will be well to aid 
 the movement by an injection of pretty strong warm soap-suds, 2 pint 
 or 3 gills, and this will be especially valuable if there has been habit- 
 ual costiveness; or, second, mucilage of slippery-elm and milk, of 
 each, 1 gill; sweet-oil, or goose-oil, or hens-oil, and molasses, of each, 
 1 table-spoonful; and saleratus, \ tea-spoonful; all made warm, and 
 injected at one time, and these gentle means must be j)ursued until 
 the bowels are opened. But if there is considerable flooding and pain, 
 the probability is tbat an Abortion may not be prevented, yet, what 
 can be done must not be neglected — let cloths wrung out of cold water 
 be laid upon the lower bowels, over the region of the womb, and they 
 may also be introduced into the vaginal orifice as high up as practical 
 to prevent, mechanically, the flow, and also to aid the contraction of 
 the blood-vessels of the womb; and it may also be proper when there 
 is considerable flooding to wet these clotlas for introducing into the 
 vagina, in rather strong alum water, and change them occasionally, but 
 the use of cold should not be carried to the extent of causing shiver- 
 ing and continued chilliness beyond a moment or two on their first 
 application. In case the cold produces this unpleasant chilliness, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 27 
 
 change to warm applications as a fomentation of hops, or any other 
 of the bitter herbs that may be on hand, as ivormivood, tansy, etc. 
 And at the same time, take half a dose of the siveating or diaphoretic 
 powders combined with the cayenne as directed nnderthat article, and 
 repeat, once or twice as necessary, and if the pain is severe, repeat in 
 30 minntes at first, then in an honr, and while this is being done, if 
 the })ain is not too great to allow it, let the ])atients' feet be put into 
 hot water for 15 to 20 minutes to aid the establishment of persi)iration, 
 and if the pain is too considerable to allow the feet to hang over the 
 side of the bed for this jmrpose, put a hot brick or stone wrapped in 
 cloths to the feet, or a bottle or two of hot water to the feet for the 
 same jwrpose as the conveniences at hand may allow. And if the 
 pain and flooding increase, ap})ly a mustard poultice to the lower part 
 of the back as long as it can be borne without blistering. And if the 
 flooding is still continued, give 15 or 20 drops of elixir of vitriol (kept 
 by druggists,) iii half of a small glass of water, rinsing the mouth to 
 remove the acid from the teeth, and rejieat this in 2 or 3 hours if 
 needed. A strong tea of the common weed, known as coWs tail (flea- 
 bane, erigeron Canadense,) or the oil of the same article, in doses of 
 4 to 6 drops dissolved in a little alcohol, and given in a little sweet- 
 ened water, or hlarJchernj root tea may be used, or heth root tea. If the 
 oil is used, it may be repeated in from 20 minutes to 4 hours, accord- 
 ing to the severity of the hemorrhage or flooding, and if any of these 
 articles cannot be obtained alum. mJtey or wine whey may be given in 
 moderate (luautities. This is made by bringing sweet milk to a boil, 
 then pouring in wine or powdered alum, sufficient to curdle and clear 
 it, and letting it settle without stiring it after it is curdled, and pour- 
 ing off the clear liquid and made palatable by the use of boiling 
 water and white sugar; but in these hemorrhages, use as little water 
 as you can, as it is the astringent action that is desired. If these 
 means fail to check the hemorrhage, and the waters are broken, then 
 the Treatment will l)e tlie same as in natural labor. The reason why 
 flooding is so considerable in A1)ortion is this, the womb does not con- 
 tract readily, only at "full term," to close up the mouths of vessels 
 that are left open by the seperation of the placenta from the side of 
 the womb, fi-otn which it and the child draws all their support during 
 the fuU time of uterine growth, and herein arises one of the great 
 dangers to the woman, of an attempt to produce an Abortion. And 
 were it not from the fact of this danger in producing an Abortion for 
 the wicked purpose of avoiding an exj)osure, by the unmarried of 
 their sin, and of avoiding the labor and care of raising children by 
 the married, to accomplisli which hundreds of them have written to 
 me to aid them in such an undertaking, not seeming to realize that it 
 is not only a sin against God, but against the laws, and that no honor- 
 able physician will attempt under any circumstances to aid in pro- 
 ducing an Abortion, except it be the family physivian, or one called to 
 the case, and he iniid in all cases call in another one for covnsel, when, 
 if upon this deliberate consultation uj)on examination, shall first de- 
 termine that a fully matured child could not be borne without abso- 
 lutely endangering the life of the mother, then it may be undertaken 
 before fully maturity. Then it is to save the labor of answeiing hun- 
 dreds more of letters upon this subject, and to let all know just what 
 must be done, if honor is at all to be regarded, that this subject has 
 been introduced. In c-ase of one or more Abortions it will be found 
 
28 DR. chase's 
 
 difficult to pass the female over the same period in the next preg- 
 nancy ; but to endeavor to do this, her general health must be pro- 
 moted by nutricious diet, tonics, etc., and an avoidance, as far as pos- 
 sible, of all pre-disposing (helping) causes. 
 
 ABSCESS, OR StrPPURATION.— The collection of matter 
 (pus) in any part of the body is called an Abscess, or Suppuration. 
 They generally come to a head, or point, externally, but occasionally 
 break, or arise internally. Whatever tends to obstruct the free circu- 
 lation of the blood through the part, may cause Abscess. The symp- 
 toms are inflammation, swelling, and pain, in the parts. The female 
 breast, at the time of child-birth, are quite olten afflicted with this 
 difficulty. 
 
 Treatment. — The first object on the manifestation of any of the 
 above symptoms should be to scatter it, or prevent its going on to , 
 suppuration ; and the first thing to do is to have the husband, or nurse, 
 to draw out all the milk, at least 3 times daily, giving as active a ca- 
 thartic as the condition of the woman will allow; and each time after 
 the milk has been drawn, the breast should have a good stimulating 
 liniment rubbed into it for a minute or two, to stimulate the gland to a 
 healthy action; and then apply the discutient ointment freely, each 
 time, after the liniment. Professor King, of Cincinnati, Ohio, informs 
 us in his American Obstetrics, that for 30 years he has pursued, suc- 
 cessfully, a similar course, using the cajeput liniment, made as follows: 
 
 "Oils of cajeput, sassafras, and olive, equal parts of each, and 
 camphor, by weight, equal in amount." Mix, and use as above; and 
 for the ointment, he uses a soap ointment, made as follows: 
 
 "Castile soap finely shaved, 3 ozs.; bees-wax, 1 oz.; nice lard, 2 
 ozs. ; Jamaica spirits (rum), 3 fluid oz. ; camphor gum, 3 drs. 
 
 "Dissolve the camphor in the spirits, and having melted all of the 
 other articles together and removed them from the fire, stir them until 
 cool; then add the spirits and continue to stir until cold, and box, for 
 use." It is to be applied by cutting a piece of linen the shape of the 
 breast, with a suitable sized hole for the nipple, to allow the child to 
 nurse, then warm the ointment to allow of its being spread upon the 
 cloth, and apply as warm as it can be borne; and every 4 to 6 hours 
 remove it and apply the liniment and warm and re-apply as before — 
 renewing the ointment upon the cloth every morning only, keeping 
 the woman quietly in bed, and supporting the breast by bandage, if 
 needed; and the diaphoretic ])Owder may be used to keep down pain 
 and nervousness, if required. Prof. King says that this ointment and 
 liniment "has been used with success in every case where it was ap- 
 plied at an early stage, or previous to suppuration; it removes all pain 
 and swelling in from 12 to 36 hours," and that he has "frequently 
 found it efficacious in cases where the patient had suff'ered severely 
 for 24 hours, and when I had every reason to believe that the suppu- 
 rative stage had actually commenced." He used it with constant suc- 
 cess for 14 years before he made it known to the profession. But in 
 ca-ses wh-ere for want of proper attention in time, suppuration has pro- 
 gressed considerably, and appears to be nearing the surface which 
 will be known by sharp shooting pains, shivering, restlessness, etc., 
 and by what is ("dUad flurtuatioi), ( ('. e., by a motion that would appear 
 by pressing upon a sui'k containing fluid, moving under the pressure 
 of the fingers then come back to its place again,) it will be best to have 
 it lanced, to let out the matter; then make a tent with a piece of old 
 
SECOND KKC'EIPl' BOOK. 29 
 
 linen of sufficient size and length, pointed-like, at one end, and place 
 it in the opening so that the outer surface shall not heal up until it 
 heals from the bottom. In eases of extensive suppurations, the pa- 
 tient's strength must be sustained by nourishing diet, beef-tea, best 
 port wine containing Peruvian bark, etc., as a tonic. What is valuable 
 as a Treatment of Abscess of the breast, will be applicable to other 
 parts as well. 
 
 ABBASION, OR BRUISE.— An Abrasion may be caused by a 
 glancing blow which merely removes the outer, or scarf-skin, or it 
 may be caused by chafing one part against another, in which case an 
 application of any of the preparations for chaps, etc., will be all that 
 is necessary, except to avoid the Cause as far as may be done; but 
 when it comes by a more direct blow, bruising considerably, as by a 
 blow of a hammer upon the finger, or nail, or a horse stepping upon 
 the foot, etc., the best remedy that I have ever foundj is to put the 
 bruised part, as soon as possible, into cold water, notwithstanding it 
 will cause an increase of pain, and keep it in for 5 to 10 minutes, then 
 take it out and wipe off the water, and put on, freely, any good lini- 
 ment, for the same length of time, then, after a few minutes, again to 
 the water, repeating also the liniment; then 3 or 4 hours after, do the 
 same again, for a few times during the first day ; and for a few days 
 thereafter, use the liniment only, 3 or 4 times daily. I have saved toe 
 and finger nails in this way, I have no doubt, that would have been 
 lost without it, besides saving the pain and inconvenience attending? 
 their lo ss. 
 
 AGUE. — For the Cause and Treatment of Ague, see Intkkmittknt 
 Fbver. 
 
 ANATOMY. — ^The word Anatomy comes from Greek words 
 which signify to cut iip; but the genei-al understanding of the word is 
 that it refers to the skeleton, or frame-work that supports, and gives 
 outline or dimensions to the system, in giving attachment to muscles, 
 tendons or cartilage, etc., as well as to protect the brain and internal 
 organs, to a very considerable extent, at least; while Physiology 
 explains the functions or particular action of each of the different 
 organs or parts of the system, and Hygiene treats of or explains hoir 
 to preserve or promote healthy action ; all of which I deem to be of 
 the utmost importance for every human being to know ; and I claim 
 that these branches should be taught in every public school in the 
 land; but as this has not been the case, in days gone by, I shall intro- 
 duce just sufficient illustrations upon these subjects to enable thos" 
 who have not had opportunities of acquiring such knowledge, to 
 understand the explanations necessarily found in this Work. 
 
 The human system is composed of six kinds of material, — bone, 
 cartilage, fiber, muscle, nerve, and fat, called by Anatomists tissue, 
 meaning a kind of weaving together of the minutest parts, or elements 
 of the organs of the body, as bony tissue, cartilagenous tissue, fibrous 
 tissue, muscular tissue, nervous tissue, and adipose tissue, (from the 
 Latin adeps, animal fat), or fatty tissue. These tissues which go to 
 make up the animal part of the human system, are constantly wear- 
 ing out and being re-placed by new tissue, or matter derived from the 
 food, drink, etc., received into the body ; and the worn-out matter is 
 as constantly being eliminated^ or carried out of the system under tho 
 name of excretions, by the skin, kidneys, and intestines, making a 
 complete change of the whole material of our bodies, it is claimed by 
 
30 DR. CHASE'S 
 
 Anatomists, as often as once in every seven years. Be this as it may, 
 in regard to our bodies, the mind will never wear ont, but it is the 
 responsible part of man, and by it, we must stand or fall before the 
 Wisdom of our Almighty Creator, Who, I fully believe, will hold us 
 to a strict account, according to our knoniedfje, provided we do not neg- 
 lect any opportunity of obtaining "knowledge," and if we do neglect 
 our opportunities. He will also hold us to the same strict account for 
 our neglect. 
 
 But, to return to the consideration of Anatomy, there is no doubt 
 with any Scientific man, of the fact that our bodies do wear out and 
 are undergoing this constant change; and, consequently, it is of the 
 greatest importance that this ejf'ete, (worn-otit) matter should be car- 
 ried out of the system as soon as possible after it has accomplished 
 its work, or in other words, is dead, for all dead animal matter tends 
 to decay, and will poison the blood and thereby injure the health if 
 it is not carried out at once. This shows the importance of a clean 
 and healthy skin, and a healthy and natural condition of the kidneys 
 and intestines, — points of absolute importance to the enjoyment of good 
 health ; then, if we are held accountable for our neglects, we must not 
 neglect our duties to our body, any more than to the mind. 
 
 Bones. — Bones are made up of both animal and earthy elements, 
 or matter — about one-third of the first to two-thirds of the latter. 
 The animal matter is jiropoi'tionally greatest in youth, the Bones 
 being then tough and strong, and heal more readily if broken ; while 
 in old age, the earthy matter is greater, making them more brittle, 
 and requiring a longer time, and more care to heal if broken. Healthy 
 Bone contains cartilage, blood-vessels, phosphate of lime, carbonate 
 of lime, fluate of lime, phosphate of magnesia, and soda, or chlor- 
 ide of sodium, which, to speak plainly, is common salt. There 
 are 2-16 Bones in the adult or full grown person, divided, or 
 described as long, flat, and irregular, and in their natural position, the 
 flesh having been removed, attached by their natural ligaments, ten- 
 dons, etc., is called a natural skeleton; but if these natural attachments 
 are removed and they are put together with ujire,as seen in the offices 
 of most medical men, is called an artificial skeleton. For a more par- 
 ticular description, names, etc., see Fig. 1, 
 
 The Skeleton is divided into three parts, head, trunk, and extremi- 
 ties; the head is again divided into cranium, the back and upper part, 
 and the /ace; the extremities into upper and lower, or arms and legs — 
 oh! excuse me, arms and limbs. If there is any more delicacy in say- 
 ing leg than arm, I have yet to learn the fact; it is only a. false deli- 
 cacy that exacts it. 
 
 The Bones are covered with a firm fibrous membrane called joer- 
 iosteum. The Bones of infants, before birth, are first jelly-like, then 
 cartilaginous; and after birth, still soft and yielding. The formation 
 of Bone is very peculiar. The blood and milk carry the material for 
 its formation ; and the first thing noticed in the formation of Bony 
 tissue is the appearance of a jelly-like mass, in the shape of the Bone 
 to be formed, then a blood-vessel appears in the center of the jelly, 
 and small particles, or the first elements of Bone are deposited, which 
 slowly proceeds, and at the same time, other vessels take up and carry 
 away, or use the jelly in the formation. 
 
 The Bones are situated about as follows: 60 in the Head, count- 
 ing 32 teeth; the cranium, or cavity for the brain being made up by 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 31 
 
 the joining together of 8 of the flat Bones; the face which inclu''es 
 the orbits, or cavities of the eyes, nose, and mouth, — 14 in number; 
 and 6 in the ears, 3 in each. 
 
 The trunk contains 62 Bones, 26 of which go to make up the spinal 
 column, called vertebra, (from vertere to turn, as the upper part of the 
 Fig. 1. 
 
 Fig. 1. 1, represents the skull ; 2, 
 the lower jaw ; 3, the vertebra of the 
 neck ; 4, the breast bone ; 5, 11, and 
 17, the ligaments of the shoulder, 
 elbow, and hip joints; 6, the breast 
 bone ; 7, the shoulder joints ; 8, the 
 humerus, or upper arm ; 9, the ribs ; 
 10, the elbow joint; 12, spinal col- 
 umn ; 13, the radius, or large bone of 
 the forearm ; 14, the ulna, or small 
 bone of the forearm; 15, the hip 
 bone ; 16, the lower part of the spi- 
 nal column; 18, the femur, or 
 thigh bone; 19, the knee cap, or 
 patella; 20, the ligaments of the knee 
 cap; 21, the knee joint; 22, 23, and 
 24, the tibia and fibula, or bones of 
 the lower part of the legs, corres- 
 ponding with the two bones of the 
 forearm ; 25, 26, and 27, the ligaments 
 of the ankles, feet, etc. 
 
 THE SKELETON AND OUTLINE OF THE BODY. 
 
 body can be turned considerably without moving the feet) the plural 
 being vertehrse., the lower portion of the column takes the name of 
 sacrum and coccyx, {i. e. the sacred Bone, and the cuckoo's bill, or 
 Deali, troni the fact that the lower extremity of the column resem- 
 Dles a cuckoo s biUj. The 7 upper vertebra are called cervical, from 
 
32 DR. chase's 
 
 the Latin cervix, the neck ; the next 12, dorsal, from dorsum, the back ; 
 and 5 are called lumbar, from lumhus, the loins; 24 ribs; I sternum, 
 (from a Greek word signifying the breast, or chest); 1 os hyoides, or hyoid 
 bone, (the name also comes from the Greek and signifies an arch, or 
 U shaped Bone). It is situated at the base or back part of the tongue, 
 the open part backward, giving suppoi-t to the tongue and trachea, or 
 wind-pipe. The sacrum forms an attachment upon each side with 
 one of the os innominata, nameless Bone, from the Latin os, a Bone, 
 and innominata, nameless), commonly called the hip Bones, which 
 form a hallow, or dish like cavity, by uniting in front, making quite a 
 prominence at the lower part of the bowels, called the pubis (mean- 
 ing puffed out, or fat, and also having reference to puberty, i. e., to 
 the growth of manhood, etc. This dish-shaped cavity contains the 
 bladder, womb, etc., and also supports the intestines. Upon, or in 
 the outer and under side of these Bones there is a cup-shaped cavity 
 called the acetabulum, (the Latin for a little cup or saucer-shaped disn 
 for holding vinegar, from acetum, vinegar). The acetabulum receives 
 the head of the femur, the thigh, hence, it is called the thigh bone. 
 
 The upper extremities contain, each 32 Bones — the shoulder- 
 blade, and collar bones, 1 in the upper arm, the humerus, (relating to 
 or belonging to the shoulder, same an femur relates to the thigh; the 
 lower or forearm has 2 Bones, the outer one is called the radius, 
 (meaning a staff, rod, or spoke of a wheel), and the ulna (having 
 reference to the elbow) being the inner and smaller of the two. The 
 wrists contain 8 Bones each, called carpal Bones, (from carpus, the 
 wrist). The hands contain 19 each, called metacarpal, (from Greek 
 words which signify beyond and the wrist) and also the fingers which 
 include the thumbs, the Bones of which are called phalanges, which 
 signified a square body of soldiers — and hence applied to the Bones 
 of the hands and feet in rows, etc. 
 
 The lower extremities contain 31 Bones each; then there are 8 
 sesamoid, or seed-like Bones, the knee-pan (called the patella, from its 
 resemblance to a small dish), is the largest of this class of Bones. 
 The femur, as above mentioned, relates to the thigh; then, the lower 
 part of the leg, like the forearm, has two Bones, the larger one called 
 the tibia, or shin-bone (from its resemblance to a pipe, or flute, which was 
 an<'iently made of Bone, and the smaller one called the fibula, (mean- 
 ing to fasten two things together), it being fastened to the tibia; then 
 the lieel Bone, or caZcis, (probably from the Latin calx, lime stone, or 
 the Greek word for stone, as it resembles the shape of a stone some- 
 what), wliich connects with the astragalus (the Greek for ankle, or 
 tarsus, the Latin for ankle, the same as carpus, for the wrist). The 
 astragalus also connects with the tibia, also with the colds, or heel- 
 bone, and with the metatarsal, or bones beyond the tarsus, or ankle; 
 then comes the phalanges, or rows of Bones m the feet and toes, mak- 
 ing up the sum total, as above named, of 246 Bones in the human 
 body. 
 
 The connection of these Bones together by Fibrous Liga- 
 ments, or Cartilage and Tendons, make what are called joints, the 
 Periosteum, or membrane covering the Bones, in the Joints, takes the 
 name of synovial membranes which furnish the synovial fluid, or joint 
 water as it is commonly called. This fluid keeps the joints moist and 
 allows their movements upon each other without injury to the Bones. 
 
 The Membranes also cover, or line all of the cavities of the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 33 
 
 body, and invert or cover all of the internal organs, taking the ad- 
 ditional names of Serous Mucous, and Cellular. The first covers the 
 brain, forms the lining of the abdomen and chest, covers the lungs, 
 heart, stomach and intestines, and in fact, all of the organs of these 
 cavities. This Membrane furnishes a serum, or fluid wliich moistens 
 the surface^! and enables them to move upon each other with ease 
 and comfort; but in case of inflammation is liable to adhere, or grow 
 together. li" this Membrane furnishes more fluid than is necessary, 
 by a diseased condition of the absorbents of the system, it accumu- 
 lates in the cavities and is called dropsy. The second lines the nostrils, 
 mouth, throat, air-passages to the lungs, stomach, and intestines, in 
 the last two of which it is formed into extra folds by which means 
 the surface is largely increased to prevent the too quick passage of the 
 food through them, giving time for digestion and absorption of the 
 nutricious parts of the food to build up and strengthen the system. 
 In health the color of this Membrane is a pink, or pale red, but when 
 inflamed, of a deep red. This Membrane furnishes a slim}^ and tena- 
 cious fluid called mucus, from words which indicate a cloudiness, as 
 seen in the mucus discharges in diarrhea. In a very weakened con- 
 dition of the system this Membrane allows the blood to exude, or 
 pass out through it, called hemorrhage, or bleeding, but it never ad- 
 heres, does not grow together no matter how severe the inflamma- 
 tion may be, nor how weakened the system. The last, or Cellular, or 
 cell-like. Membrane forms a kind of net-work between the various 
 muscles of the body, and also between the muscles and the skin. It 
 also throws out a fluid, which in some conditions of the system, is not 
 absorbed, constituting or establishing cell, or cellular dropsy, the 
 limbs becoming very much enlarged. 
 
 Muscles. — The Muscles are the parts called flesh, and in animals 
 of which we eat the flesh, it is called the lean meat. To look at a 
 Muscle, as a whole, it would be taken as a uniform mass of flesh ; but 
 upon a closer examination they are found to be composed of bundles 
 of fibres, each fibre being covered with a fine Membrane, and each 
 bundle of fibres also covered or bound up in the same kind of Mem- 
 brane, and finalljr the Muscle, as a whole, is also covered with the 
 same, giving a greater strength to the Muscles. As animals become 
 fat, the fatty portions are deposited between, or around the Muscles, 
 in the cellular tissue. They are generally found in pairs, i. e., one 
 upon one side of the body and one upon the opposite side, bearing the 
 same name. They are also placed in layers, one above another, by 
 which means strength and beauty of form are blended together in 
 harmony and usefulness. See Figures 2 and 3. 
 
 There are over 500 Muscles in the human body. They have a 
 firm attachment to the bones, and in the limbs, mostly by what are 
 called tendons, or the part having no flesh— the fibrous, or part having 
 the most strength — by which means, the various motions of the body 
 are brought about, by the simple act of the mind, or tvill, as it is more 
 commonly called. This class of Muscles are called voluntary, i. e., the 
 mind wills to do something, and this class of Muscles voluntarily car- 
 ries out the determination of the mind. But the Muscles of the heart, 
 lung;, stomach, and intestines, etc., act without any determination of 
 our will, no matter whether asleep or awake, the action of these muscles 
 goes on constantly, whether we will, or not, and hence, are called invol- 
 untary, showing the great wisdom of our Creator who would not 
 
 3 — DR. chase's second RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
S4 
 
 DR. chase's 
 
 put our lives in jeopardy, from our sleep, forgetfulness, or neglect 
 
 Fig. 2. 
 
 Fig. 2. Figures 1 
 and 2, rein-esent 
 the mui'cles of the 
 upper part and 
 Bide of the head : 
 3, of the eye ; -I, of 
 the mouth ; 5, oi 
 the side of the face, 
 and 6, of the side 
 of the neck ; 7, rep- 
 resents the breast 
 and colar bones, to 
 wliich the strong 
 muscles of the 
 breast and should- 
 er, 8 and 9 are at- 
 tached ; 10 and 11, 
 the mu.scles of the 
 upper arm, pass- 
 ing uniler a band 
 like a puUy to 
 bend the toreanu ; 
 12, 18,14, 1-J and l(i. 
 the muscles of tlic 
 forearms, tapering 
 'jif very beautiful- 
 ly in to the tendons 
 to bend the wrists 
 and fingers; 17, the 
 unular ligament, 
 or band that holds 
 the teiulons of the 
 arm liinily to the 
 wrist; IS.is a strong 
 tendinous muscle, 
 giving attachment 
 to the side muscle 
 19 ; while 20 inter- 
 locks among the 
 others; 21 to 2,X 
 and 28 to 32 show 
 the various mus- 
 cles of the lower 
 extremities ; and 
 27showsthe band- 
 like ligaments of 
 the ankles. 
 
 MDSCLES OF ONK MDK, UMUr^, ETC. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 35 
 
 Of course, the Muscles all have names, and some of them very 
 long ones ; but as the names of the Muscles are not as frequently used 
 as that of the hones ; and as the names are all in Latin, and many of 
 them very long, I have not deemed it best to enter into a full descrip- 
 tion of them; but at the same time I will give one or two as samples, 
 adding that any one who sees tit to take up the study, in Schools, or 
 ill Families, will do well to obtain Cutter's New Analytic Anatomy, 
 
 Fro. ?.. 
 
 Fig. 3. The fig- 
 ures oil the right 
 side of Fig. 3, rep- 
 resent the first lay- 
 er of Muscles ; and 
 those on the left, 
 the second, inter- 
 locking with some 
 of the third layer. 
 
 MUSCLES OF THE BACK. 
 
 Physiology and Hygiene, published in 1872, by J. B. Lippincott & Co.. 
 of Philadelphia, Pa. He ha.s taken a very practictd way, putting th> 
 names of the bones and mascles right upon them, making it very easj 
 to learn. It will pay for every fanuhj to obtain that Work; and it will 
 more than "pay" if every member of every family will study it. 
 
 The names of the Muscles generally indicate their use, for instance 
 the levator labii superior is aUcjuw nasi [It-cator to lift or raise; labii, the 
 lip; superior is, the superior, or upper; aleqme, the side, and nasi, the 
 
86 DR. chase's 
 
 nose; to elevate the upper lip and side of the nose), which goes to 
 show that the name was intended to represent the use of the Muscles. 
 Depressor labii mferioris (depressor, to depress or pull down; labii, the 
 lip; inferioris, inferior, or under; to depress the lower lip, etc., etc. To 
 follow this out, would be very interesting; but, not so practical as this 
 Work was intended to be. Let all who desire to follow up the study 
 of Anatomy, address and obtain the book above referred to. The 
 foregoing cuts merely show a few of the Muscles as they appear by 
 dissection. 
 
 It is a well-known fact that a proper, amount of exercise gives 
 strength to the Muscles, and greatly helps their development, and adds 
 to the general health of the system; but, it is as fully known also, that 
 rest is of the same importance, after a due amount of exercise. Horse- 
 men, or those who well understand the needs of a horse, will have 
 the groom to rub his legs well, after the fatigues of the day; it is of 
 the same importance to a person. Friction is used to alleviate cramp- 
 ing in the limbs; it is as good to prevent it, as to relieve it; and it 
 does this by causing a more free and full circulation of blood in the 
 skin, and in the Muscles. Those who can not, or who do not freely 
 exercise, or labor through the day, would add very much to their 
 vigor and strength by rubbing the surface of the whole system, with 
 a coarse, dry towel, every night and morning when they do not take a 
 bath, and at these times also, after the water has been wiped off. It 
 is a pleasure, also, that but few would forego, after giving it a fair 
 trial. 
 
 Circulation. — The passage of the blood through the system is 
 called the Circulation; and it is by this means that the system is built 
 up in the first place, and afterwards kept in health and strength by 
 the continued taking up and carrying off of worn-out matter, and the 
 renewal by the deposit of new material by means of the Circulation, 
 which we hope to make plain through the aid of the following cuts, 
 and explanations. 
 
 The Heart is the organ which starts the blood on its course, acting 
 as a, force pump, to push the blood out through the arteries; and as a 
 suction puvip, to draw it back throi;gh the veins. 
 
 The Auricles receive the blood as it is returned from the various 
 parts of the system, from which it is passed into the Ventricles, to be 
 again sent out on its errand of supply to the system. The walls of 
 the Auricles are not as thick as those of the Ventricles, as the Ven- 
 tricles require more strength, especially the right one; for it sends the 
 blood to the remotest parts of the body; the left one only to the lungs, 
 and hence, is not as strong as the other. 
 
 Harvey has received the full credit of discovering the circulation 
 of the blood, and the consequent usefulness of the Heart; but it 
 would appear from the following quotation that even Plato who lived 
 hundreds of years before Harvey, had a very philosophical idea of 
 the uses of the Heart and blood-vessels. He says: "It is the center, 
 or knot of the blood-vessels; the spring, or fountain of the blood, 
 which is carried impetuously round; the blood is the food of the flesh; 
 and for the purposes of nourishment, the body is laid out in canals, 
 like those which are drawn through gardens that the blood may be 
 conveyed, as from a fountain, to every j^art of the body." 
 
 Arteries. — The Arteries are strong, and yet quite elastic, mem- 
 branous pipes, or tubes, composed of three coats; the outer being eel- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 37 
 
 lular, the middle muscular, and the inner serous, being very smooth to 
 allow the free passage of the blood to the remotest parts of the 
 system. 
 
 Pie 4_ Fig. 4. The Heart is composed of very- 
 
 strong muscular fibre, and has four cavi- 
 ties, being divided as shown in Figure 4, 
 by the partition walls, represented Ijy the 
 figures 8, 10, and 13, which have openings 
 through them supplied with valves to 
 prevent the return of the blood as it is 
 being forced on its way; 7, 9, 11, and 14, 
 represent the cavities— 7, being the left 
 auricle ; 9, the left ventricle; 11. the right 
 ventricle; and 14, the riglit auricle (a»n'- 
 de, signifying ear, hence in animals we 
 speak of the deaf-ear of tlio heart, as it is 
 nof'supposed to hear, but simply resem- 
 bles the shape of the ear ; ^vhile ventricle, 
 a sack-shaped cavity, like the stomach, or 
 abdomen, from r«itec, the belly). Figure 
 1, represents the vena cava superior, or 
 upper vein that returns the blood to the 
 Heart, (vena meaning vein, cava, from 
 eatms, a hollovv^, and superior, upper — lit- 
 erally the ujjper hollow vein); 12, the 
 lower vena cava, or vein that returns the 
 blood from the lower part of the body 
 and lower extremities. These two veins 
 pour the blood into the right auricle: 2, 
 and 4, the pulmonary arteries, which 
 cany the blood to the lungs to be purified 
 by coming in contact with the air in the 
 air-cells of the lungs, after which it is re- 
 turned by till- pulmonary veins l.'i. A, and 
 6, to the" left diu-icle of the Heart, filling 
 the office nf arteries in carrying the puri- 
 fied blood. From the left auricle the blood 
 passes in til ti.f left ventricle, and thence 
 lo all parts ol the body, through the aorta 
 3,3; the arch, above, as will be seen in 
 Figure 5, throws off several branches to the head and upper extremities, and the de- 
 scending arota also branches oft" con.stantly ; and at the lower part of the abdomen, sep- 
 erates into two equal branches, one to each lower extremity, each of which is constantly- 
 branching otf until at the extremities of the toes, and surface, they become fine capil- 
 ary, or hair-like vessels, meeting with the same class of fine capilary veins, which re- 
 turns the blood to the Heart, to be again sent out, through its endless rounds, as long as 
 life shall last. The branching off of the arteries, and in of the veins, will be better under- 
 stood by looking at Figures 6 and 7 ; and Figtire 5 will give a fair view of the Heart in 
 its natural position, showing also the branches from the aorta, (this word comes from 
 Greek words which signify /roHi and to lift, lifting, then, or rising from the Heart). 
 
 The muscular, or middle coat of the Arteries passes around instead 
 of lengthwise; and from the elasticity, above mentioned, allows the 
 enlargement or swell-like movement as the blood is sent through 
 them, giving that feeling to the finger when held upon an Artery, 
 called "the pulse." 
 
 The Arteries are mostly deep-seated, no doubt, by the consider- 
 ate wisdom of the C'reator for the purpose of avoiding injury from 
 accident; for the cutting off of an Artery is more dangerous than the 
 cutting of a vein, as the pressure, or force upon the blood in an Artery is 
 greater than that in the veins. When an Artery is cut, the blood is 
 thrown in jets or spurts, at each beat of the heart, and always from 
 the side of the wound neji to the heart; while from a wounded vein 
 the blood oozes out steadily and con.stantly, and always from the side 
 of the wound farther est from the heart. 
 
 In case of the cutting off of any large bloodvessel, not a moment 
 
 THE STEUCTURE OF THE HEART. 
 
38 
 
 DR. CHASE S 
 
 is to be lost. Put the finojer or thumb, immediaiehj upon it, iu such a 
 way as to stop the flow of blood, until a physician, or some one can be 
 got who can catch up the end of it and tie some stout white silk, or 
 white linen tJiread around it, leaving the ends to hang out of the 
 wound, then close the wound with stitches, if necessary. 
 
 Fig. 5. Fig. 5. 1, 
 
 the riglit aur- 
 icle ; 2, the 
 left auricle ; 
 3, the right 
 ventricle ; 4, 
 the left ven- 
 tricle; 5, the 
 aorta ; 6, the 
 arch of the 
 aorta; 7, the 
 desce n d i n g 
 aorta; 8, the 
 right Kubcla- 
 V i a n vein, 
 [mih, under, 
 clavian, clavi- 
 cle.orshould- 
 LT-blado) ; 9, 
 the left sub- 
 clavian vein, 
 the hrir^t re- 
 turns the 
 blood from 
 the right arm 
 and the lat- 
 ter from the 
 lel't;these two 
 unite and 
 form the de- 
 scending ve- 
 il a u a v a, 
 which, in 
 fact, returns 
 all the blood 
 from the 
 head and up- 
 per extremi- 
 ties, wlidell, 
 the ascend- 
 ing vena ca- 
 va returns it 
 from the 
 lower pait of 
 the body,and 
 
 lower extremities, both emptjing into the right auricle; and 12, returns the blood from 
 the intestines, liver and spleen— the arrows indicating the way the blood flows; 13, ar- 
 teria inuominata (nameless artery; which divides into 14, the right carotid artcrj' (car- 
 otid comes from Greek w^ords signifying stupor, or heavy sleei). as it was believed that 
 this condition whs brought about by an increa.seti flow of blood to the head") which car- 
 ries the blood to the head, and Vj. the right subclavian artery, which carries it to the right 
 ann ; IG, the left carotid; 17, the left subclavian, canying the blood to the left arm ; 18, 
 is the pulmonary (this word conies from the Latin pulnumis, a lung,) arten% which 
 arises from the right ventricle and divides into 19 and 20 to supplv the "lungs; I'.t, it will 
 be seen, makes a beautiful curve under the arch of the aorta, passing to the right lung, 
 and 20, to supply the left; 21 and 22 are the piilmonarj- veuis which return the blood 
 from the lungs to the left auricle of the Heart. 
 
 In these cases where an Artery, or a Vein is cut off and tied up, 
 it would naturally be supposed that they ought to grow together 
 again; but instead of this, thr supply is carried by other vessels until 
 a passage way is provided by tlie formation of a new vessel around 
 
 THE HEART AND BLOOD VESSELS. 
 
SECOND RFXEII'T BOOK. 
 
 39 
 
 the wound, to carry the blood in its natural course, — another of the 
 wonders of Almighty wisdom and goodness. 
 
 The Arteries are enclosed in cellular tissue, the same as the muscles. 
 They are also generally accompanied by a vein, and also by a nerve, 
 all of which are bound together in a sheath of membrane the same 
 as the muscles are. It will also be observed that, like the muscles, 
 the Arteries, and also the veins, are found in pairs — one upon each 
 
 Fig. 6. 
 
 Fig. fi. 1, 1, Auricles of the heart; 2, and 3, 
 the Aorta sending oft' its branches to the upper 
 and lower extremities, kidneys and otlier in- 
 ternal organs ; 4, 4, the ventricles ; 6, 6, the 
 carotid arteries, going to the sides of the neck, 
 head, and face ; 7, 7, the brachial, or arteries of 
 the arms, (from hrarhium, an arm). The arter- 
 ies leading to the kidneys, are called renal, 
 (from renus, the kidneys). " The left kidney lies 
 a little lower than "the right, as shown in 
 the cut. 
 
 ARTERIAL SYSTEM. 
 
 side, taking the same name with the addition only of right or left, 
 as the cnse may be. The Arteries are shown lighter in color, in the 
 figures, or cuts, from the fact that Arterial blood is light colored, or 
 bright red, while the venous blood, from its loss of oxygen, and from 
 the impurities that it picks up in its course, becomes very dark, as 
 represented in Fig. 7. The only exceptions to this riile is, that the 
 pulmonary Arteries carry the impure blood to the lungs for purifica- 
 tion, bv receiving a new supply of oxygen; and the pulmonary veins 
 
40 
 
 DR. CHASE'S 
 
 carry the purified blood back to the heart, to be again sent out 
 through the Arteries. 
 
 Veins. — The Veins, of course, are tube-like, and are composed of 
 three coats the same as the arteries; but the coats are not so thick and 
 strong as they are in the arteries; as, before remarked, there is not 
 the same force upon the Veins, but rather a suction, or drawing force 
 
 Fig. 7. 
 
 Fig. 7. 1, 1, Auricles of the heart; 7, 7, Ven- 
 tricles; 2, 3, the descending and ascending 
 vena cavas, or large veins that empty the 
 blood into the right auricle; 4, 4, the I'emoral, 
 or large veins of he lower extremities (femoral 
 comes from /enwwis, the same from which /is- 
 mur, the thigh bone, is derived, having refer- 
 ence to the thigh) ; 5, 5, the brachial, (jr veins 
 of the arms; 6, veins of the neck, the large 
 ones are commonly called the jugulars, or jug- 
 ular veins. There are two of these upon each 
 side of the neck, one lying near the skin, and 
 the other deep-seated. The word jugular 
 comes, no doubt, from the Latin jugulum, the 
 collar bone, having reference to the throat; 
 hence, jugulate, to cut the throat, etc. The ar- 
 rows indicate which way the blood flows. 
 
 VEINOUS SYSTEM. 
 
 from the auricles of the heart having been emptied into the ventri- 
 cles, causing a kind of vacuum, to fill which, the blood flows back con- 
 stantly and readily, although slower than it passes through the arter- 
 ies This is accounted for, however, in the fact that the Veins are 
 considerable larger than the arteries, so that the slowness of motion 
 is made up by the larger stream. The Veins are supplied with valves 
 to prevent the blood from flowing backward. This, at first thought, 
 would appear to us to be unnecessary ; but, in case of accident, or cutting 
 off of a Vein this valve arrangement prevents the blood from flowing 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 41 
 
 Fig 
 
 Fig. 8. 1, 2, ] , Parotid glands ; 3, the carotid 
 
 arterj-, figure 3 is too I'ar over ; 4, and 5, ex- 
 ternal and Internal jugular veins, one laying 
 over the other; 6, the clavicle, or colar 
 bone cut otf; 7 and 8, subclavian artery and 
 vein, running one over the other, 9 and 10, 
 iimominata arterj' and vein, 9 and 3 it, will 
 be observed, are placed upon the same 
 vessel, 3 should have been a little to the 
 leit as we lace the cut, really to the 
 right, however, as all cuts are described; 
 11, vena cava de- 
 scendens, or descend- 
 ing vein— 11, is really 
 E laced upon the lung 
 ut the line leads to 
 the veui; 12, aorta; 
 13, pulmunaay arter- 
 ies, leading to the 
 lungs; 14, 14, the 
 heart; 15, tlie dia- 
 phragm, showing its 
 upward arching; 10 
 and 18, small arteries 
 and veins; 19, kid- 
 ney; 20, vena cava 
 ascendens, or ascend- 
 ing vein, the aorta 
 Ijing along side ; at 
 this point the veins 
 come in also from 
 the kidneys, and the 
 arteries to the kid- 
 neys leave the aorta, 
 both ot which are 
 seen to divide below, 
 to go to the lower ex- 
 tremities ; 21, the cut 
 edges' ot the walls of 
 the abdomen ; 2i and 
 2o, iis seen on the lelt 
 side of the body , lead 
 to the ureters or small 
 pipes that caxry the 
 urine from the kid- 
 neys to the bladder — 
 'J.ii — below ; 27, the cut 
 ends of the external, or outer, illiac 
 artery and vein, shown by 33 and 
 31, upon the opposite side, passing 
 through the wall of the pelvis, be- 
 low which they take the name ol 
 femoral, relating to tlie thigh, indica- 
 ted by 35 and 36 ; 37 and 3», Uie pos- 
 terior, or back tibial arteiy and 
 vein, and 39 and 40, the anterior, or 
 front tibials, or arteries and veins 
 of the lower part of the leg. To re- 
 turn to the arm; 25 and 26, show 
 the axillary artery and vein (from 
 axilla, the arm-pit) ; 27 and 28, the 
 brachial artery and vein (from bra- 
 c/iium. an arnp ; 29 and 30, the ra- 
 dial arterj- and vein ; and 31 and 3:: 
 tlie ulnar artery and vein, takiuL 
 their names from the bones of the 
 arm, the radial side being the up 
 per, or front, and the ulnar, th^ 
 lower, or back side. 
 
 [It was found necessary to cut 
 ott' a little at the bottom of this fig- 
 ure, as tlie engraver had exceeded 
 tlie leiigih of the page.] 
 
 \aTERI.\L AND VEINOnSCIKCULATION. 
 
42 nR. chase's 
 
 out, which is in the larger portion of the Veins, next the heart, and 
 that which is afterward poured in from other branches that empty 
 in between the wound and the heart. For, it will be remembered, 
 that the Veins become larger and larger as they near the heart, like a 
 river which is constantly receiving other rivers into it as it approaches 
 the sea — its mouth. The heart is the mouth of the Veins. 
 
 The Veins differ also from the arteries in being arranged in two 
 sets. One set, as before remarked, accompany the arteries; and, the 
 other set runs near the skin, as seen on the back of the hands, having 
 no arteries connected with them. The Veins coming from the stom- 
 ach, spleen, pancreas, and intestines, have this peculiarity also, that 
 instead of returning the blood directly to the heart, they unite into 
 what is called the portal Vein — vena porta — which carries the blood 
 through the liver, for a wise purpose, no doubt, but yet, the positive 
 object has not been satisfactorily settled by Anatomists, {porta, in 
 Latin signifies a gate, hence this is called the portal, or gate-way to 
 the liver). This blood together with that coming from the hepatic 
 artery, or liver artery {hej^aticus being the Latin for liver), is then re- 
 turned to the general circulation, or to the heart by the hepatic veins. 
 
 The Arterial and Venous circulation will be better understood by 
 observing Fig. 8, the true positions being shown, the passage of the 
 large vessels through the Diaphragm, and out through the walls 
 of the pelvis, or pelvic region, and down the thigh, behind the mus- 
 cles, shown also in the lower part of the limb again. The Heart and 
 its relations to the Diaphragm will also be seen ; also one of the Kid- 
 neys, Ureters, or pipes that carry the urine to the Bladder, etc. The 
 front walls of the Chest and Abdomen having been cut through and 
 removed, showing the ribs, as cut through, etc., etc. 
 
 The left extremities, arm and leg, show the graceful form of the 
 outer layer of muscles, swelling in the center, and diminishing in size 
 toward "the ends, by which the beauty of the form of the limbs, with- 
 out loss of strength, is so admirably perfected. The band-like liga- 
 ments of the wrist and ankle are also shown. 
 
 The Oapilaries, it has been before remarked, form the connect- 
 ing links between the Veins and Arteries. Although they take theii 
 name from what signifies a hair, yet, they are so small, that to exam- 
 ine them by a microscope, the hair will appear very large as com- 
 pared with the Capilaries— indeed they are so small that the finest 
 needle's point cannot be pushed into the skin without injuring many 
 of them, causing the blood to start at once. They are so small that, 
 in inflammation, the very minutest particles of the blood, or the ele- 
 ments of supply for the system that are carried in the blood, (dog up 
 these Capilaries, causing such an accumulation as to produce more or 
 less swelling, according to the extent, or severity of the cause of the 
 inflammation. 
 
 The Lungs and Respiratory, or Breathing Apparatus. — 
 The breathing apparatus begins properly with the nose, although many 
 persons get into the habit, unconsciously and wrongfully, of breathing 
 through the mouth. The next is the back part of the mouth, or 
 throat, technically called the pharynx, (the Greek for the throat, also 
 called the fauces); then the trachea, or wind-pipe, (coming from a 
 Greek word signifying rough, or rngged, because it is formed by car- 
 tilaginous rings wiiich hold it open "for the passage of the air to the' 
 Lungs), the upper portion of which is called the larynx, (in which 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 43 
 
 portion are found the organs of voice, tlie name having reference to 
 speaking, or a discourse); the trachea divides into hronchiul tubes 
 which lead into the Lungs, and continue to divide into very small 
 tubes, upon which, cluster the air-cells of the Lungs, like grapes upon 
 the sLem, only they are ultimately so small that there are supposed to 
 be 600,000,000 of them in the Lungs, {bronchi is the Greek word for 
 wind-pipe, hence, bronchial, relating to that pipe, or the air passages), 
 the division of which is fairly shown in Fig. 9. 
 
 Pyf; Fig. 9. This figure, or cut, makes a 
 
 fair showing of the dividing up of the 
 bronchial tubas, as they become less and 
 less in size as Ihey reach the outer por- 
 tions of the lungs. The front portions 
 were removed, in the drawing, to make 
 this showing. The heart is also seen in 
 its natural position, the point a little to 
 the lejl of the center and the large and 
 upper part of the lieart, upon and a 
 little to the right of the center, the same 
 as they actually appear in the lining, 
 human .system. The point of the heart, 
 and lower side, or bottom of the lungs 
 rest upon the diaphragm, or midriff, as 
 it is called in other animals. Diaph- 
 ragm is a Greek word signifying to 
 partition or fence oft' by a wall ; and, 
 nence it is applied to this muscle which 
 divides the chest, or upper part of the 
 internal cavity, from tlie lower part, 
 or from the abdomen. When the stom- 
 aeh and abdomen, or bowels are full, 
 and the lung-s not fully inflated with 
 11 ir, tliis dividing membrane or muscle 
 is arched considerably upwards ; but 
 when the lungs are full of air, the 
 (liayihragm is forced down, and thiis 
 the diaphragm , rib.-;, and outer miLScles 
 of the abdomen, help to cany on breath- 
 ing, or respiraiioir. Tlie central por- 
 tion of the lungs whci-e the bronchial 
 tubes are large, is called the root of the 
 lungs. The front part of the lungs, which are represented as having been removed, are 
 thin, and wlien in position fold over upon the lieart, and nearly cover it from view, 
 when the chest is laid open, I am indebted to the kindness of Prof. Scudder, of Cin- 
 cinnati, for this engraving, also for the one upon the Skin, and upon Bandaging ; all the 
 others were engraved expressly for this \^'ork. 
 
 The Lungs conform to the shape of the cavity of the chest, and with 
 the heart, filling the whole cavity, each one being cone-like in shape 
 at the upper part, and dish-shaped, upward in the center of the bot- 
 tom portion, as before mentioned, from the upward pressure of the 
 liver and stomach, which are pressed upward against the under side 
 of the diaphragm by the fullness of the abdomen, giving the under 
 side of the diaphragm much the shape of a washbowl inverted, or 
 turned bottom upward; and it is the rising up and the descending of 
 this arch of the diaphragm, that enlarges the cavit)^ of the chest, and 
 allows the expansion of the Lungs, as their lower surface, adhering 
 to the diaphragm, descends with it; and as the outer surface of the 
 Lungs adhere to the side walls of the chest, the air-cells are greatly 
 expanded thereby. This may be readily understood by folding a 
 piece of tough paper, several thicknesses, then cutting slits all around 
 its edges, then unfolding it and drawing it out, by taking hold of its 
 outer edges. The right and left Lung are separated from each other, 
 up and down, by a dividing membrane, called the mediastinum (from 
 
 TRACHE.V, LUNGS .\N1) lIEAK'l'. 
 
44 DR. chase's 
 
 the Latin medius, the middle,) which is stretched like a curtain, from 
 the center of the back-bone to the center of the breast-bone, joining, 
 however, with the pericardium, or membranous sack that encloses the 
 heart (from Greek words that mean about, and the heart), thus par- 
 titioning the chest into two cavities, and why may we not say three f 
 For the division, or sack containing the heart is as much a cavity, as 
 those containing the Lungs. The blood, in passing through the sys- 
 tem becomes loaded with carbonic acid, or gas, which is poisonous to 
 the system; but the membranous walls of the air-cells of the Lungs 
 are so very thin that when the blood enters the Lungs, this gas parses 
 out through the membrane freely, and the oxygen of the air passes 
 in, also, by which continued process, the purification of the blood is 
 kept up. 
 
 The Lungs are completely covered, or bound together by the se- 
 rous membrane, called the pleura (the Greek word for ribs, and also the 
 membrane that lines the chest; and as casta is the Latin for rib, they 
 are mixed up somewhat in this description), which is also doubled 
 over upon the costals, or ribs, taking the name here of pleura costalis, 
 and upon the Lungs, the name of pleura pulmonalis. The pleura is 
 also reflected upon or covers the upper surface of the diaphragm ; and 
 this membrane furnishes a sufficient amount of serum, or fluid to 
 keep the surface moist, which causes the two surfaces also to adhere, 
 or stick together, as a wet piece of leather will stick to a perfectly 
 smooth stone, even to raise a considerable weight, if the string, with 
 which the lifting is done, is properly attached to the center. This 
 power of adhesion of the walls of the chest to the membrane cover- 
 ing the Lungs and to the upper side of tlie diaphragm is what causes 
 the expansion of the air-cells as the breath is drawn in; for, at this 
 time the diaphragm contracts, drawing the bottom of the Lungs down 
 with it by this power of adhesion, permitting the air to enter the en- 
 larging cells, simply by the pressure of its own weight — 15 lbs. to the 
 square inch — as the Lungs have no power of themselves to contract, 
 or expand. The left Lung is not quite as large as the right, as the 
 heart takes up more room upon the left side than upon the right. 
 
 The Lungs are divided into lobes or folds, the left one being the 
 smaller, into two; and the right, being the larger, into three lobes, or 
 divisions, which may be noticed in the lights, as they are called in 
 our domestic animals. The drawing in of the breath is called inspi- 
 ration, and the outward passage is called expiration. 
 
 The Lungs, after breath has been once drawn in, are always 
 light and spongy, as a considerable portion of the air remains in them; 
 at least, sufficient to cause them to float in water, after death; which 
 fact has been so well established that it has determined many cases 
 of the murder of infants, which it had been claimed were still-born; 
 for, if the child has not breathed, t he Lungs are solid, and sink in water. 
 The average respirations per minute are about 18; amounting, in bulk, 
 or quantity of air, to an average of 25 cubic, or square iiiches of air to 
 each breathing; and in 24 hours to over 3,000 gallons, which it is sup- 
 posed carries into the system from one-half to thr(^e-foarths of a 
 pound of carbon, from which, with its combination witli the oxygen 
 of the air breathed, after the nitrogen has been taken up from it in 
 the system, produces, or aids in produi-iug, the carbonic acid, which is 
 so poisonous, or injurious to the health, when not taken up and car- 
 ried out by full and vigorous respiration. Bat, notwithstanding that 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 46 
 
 in ordinary breatliing there is only about 25 cubic inches of air drawn 
 in at each breath, yet, the elasticity, and sponginess of the Lungs is so 
 great that their capacity may be increased, by an etlort, or forced 
 breathing, to more than 200 cubic inches; and there are many writers 
 who consider that this forced breathing, for a minute or two at a time, 
 a few times each day, would materially improve the vigor of the 
 Lungs, and the general health, and to a certain degree, insure against 
 consumption. 
 
 Admitting the foregoing statements to be founded in fact, which 
 but few will doubt, the great importance of large school-rooms, pub- 
 lic-halls, and bedrooms will be easily understood, unless great care is 
 taken for ample ventilation, which but few of our older buildings 
 have been supplied with — it should be remedied by making such pro- 
 vision at once. 
 
 Carpenter, a careful Physiologist, has drawn the following conclu- 
 sions from the foregoing facts, and they are worthy of the fullest con- 
 sideration. He says: 
 
 "In all climates, and under all conditions of life, the purity of the 
 atmosphere, habitually resj^ired, is essential to that power of resisting 
 disease, which, even more than the habitual state of health, is a meas- 
 ure of real vigor of the system ; for, owing to the extraordinary ca- 
 pacity which the human body possesses, of accommodating itself to 
 circumstances, it not unfrequently happens that individuals continue, 
 for years, to breath a most unwholesome atmosphere, without appar- 
 ently suffering from it; and thus, when they, at last succumb," (sink 
 under, or give out under) "to some epidemic disease," (a disease com- 
 mon to, or affecting many of the people, at one time, in a community, 
 or neighborhood, the word epidemic coming from a Greek word which 
 signifies among the peojAe), "their death is attributed solely to the dis- 
 ease — the previous preparation of their bodies for the reception and 
 development of the zymotic poison " (a poison that works through, 
 or by fermentation, as in contagious diseases), "being altogether over- 
 looked. It is impossible, however, for any one who carefully exam- 
 ines the evidence, to hesitate for a moment in the conclusion, that the 
 fatality of epidemics is almost invariably in precise proportion to the 
 degree in which an impure atmosphere has been habitually respired." 
 He that gives heed to good counsel is wise, beyond his fellows. 
 
 Dig-estive Organs. — Next to a healthy and vigorous condition 
 of the respiratory apparatus, is a healthy and vigorous condition of 
 the Digestive Organs; and the Stomach is the leading, or principal 
 organ in the work of Digestion. Of course, the teeth, mouth, phar- 
 ynx, esophagus, or gullet, the liver, pancreas, lacteals, thoracic duct, 
 and the intestines, have more or less to do with digestion and assimi- 
 lation (the act of converting the food and drink to a similar condi- 
 tion with that of the body, and appropriating it to the uses of sup- 
 porting the body) ; but, still the Stomach, as before stated, is " the main 
 spoke in the wheel." The teeth chew, or masticate the food, while it is 
 held in proper position by the mouth; it then passes through the 
 pharynx and esojihagus to the Stomach, (esophagus comes from Greek 
 words signifying to eat, and to carry away). The Zwer furnishes the 
 bile, and also another fluid, or excretion, which passes through a 
 duet, or pipe that joins with the one from the gall-bladder, emptying 
 their united contents into the innerside of the duodenum, or second 
 portion of the Stomach, as seen at 4, in Fig. 9. The pancreas is a 
 
46 DR. chase's 
 
 whitish gland, situated across the spinal column, back of the Stomach, 
 which also furnishes a fluid, or excretion, supposed to be somewhat 
 similar in properties to that of the saliva, as it is similar to it in 
 appearanre, being clear, or water-like. This fluid empties into the 
 duodenum at the same point with the liver and gall-bladder, as seen 
 at 5, in Fig. 9. This pancreatic juice, as it is sometimes called, is con- 
 sidered to have an important connection with Digestion. The lacteals 
 are absorbent vessels that take up the chyle, a milky-like fluid from 
 the upper portions of the intestines and carry it to the thoracic duct, 
 by which it is CDUveyed into the blood. Lacteal and lacteous, come 
 from the Latin lactis, milk, pertaining to or having reference to a 
 milky fluid, is the meaning of the word; and it is this fluid that con- 
 tains the nutricious portions of the food, the more crude, or indigesti- 
 ble parts passing on and out by the intestinal canal. The thoracic 
 duct\ is connected with the Digestive system, or organs, by carrying 
 the chyle to the blood, as above described; the word signifying the 
 thorax, or chest — ^the part of the body above the diaphragm. The 
 duct, or pipe empties the chyle into the left subclavian vein, thus 
 mingling with the blood, it goes to build up the general waste of the 
 system which is constaiatly going on. Again we see the wisdom of 
 the Creator in so constituting the blood that it should not only build 
 up the system, but, also take up and carry out, through the kidneys, 
 skin, etc., the worn-out, or efi"ete matter of the system. Tf we had had 
 to make these provisions, in our lack of "wisdom," we should cer- 
 tainly have been compelled to have provided two sets of vessels, or 
 conductors. The connection of the zntes-imei- with Digestion will be read- 
 ily understood with but little further description. After the food has 
 been properly dissolved by the gastric juice, in the Stomach, it is 
 passed along the intestines, from which, as above described, the 
 absorbents, or lacteals take up the nutricious portions of the food io 
 nourish the system, while the useless, or refuse portions are excreted, 
 per rectum, under the name of feces, or "stools." 
 
 But I now return to the Stomach, the main organ of Digestion, a 
 fair view of its natural shape and arrangement in the body will be 
 seen in Fig. 10; and its connections and relations to the other organs, 
 will be seen more particularly in Fig. 11. 
 
 The Stomach is a muscular sack, or large expansion of the intes- 
 tinal canal. The form of it is very peculiar, the large end lying upon 
 the left side; and the small end passing, a little, the center of the 
 body, being turned by the peculiar shape of the liver which lies partly 
 upon the upper portion of the Stomach, and a part of it passing down 
 by the duodenum, turning it back-like, upon itself, where it crosses 
 back to about the center and under portion of the Stomach ?>, and then 
 folds or curves back and forth, under the name of the small intestines, 
 as seen in Fig. 11, where at 5, it enters the large intestine and ascends, 
 or passes up to about the bight of the lower part of the Stomach, where 
 it crosses over the body in front of the small intestines, under the 
 name of the "transverse colon," (from trans, across, and oertere, to 
 turn) ; then it passes down the left side, and from !), where it becomes 
 smooth and straight in its outlines, it is called the rectum (fi-om rectus 
 
 i'NoTE. — The Thoracic Duct was discovered by Eustachius. in 1563, in the horse; 
 he retiarded it as a vein, and called it tlie vena alba thoracis, { wiiite vein of the chest, 
 or thorax). The Lacteals were iirst seen by ^Vsellius, in 1G22. in u dog; and within the 
 next 10 years by Veslingiua, in man.— lK(7*«i. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 47 
 
 straight, as the old Anatomists believed it to be straight, this was prob- 
 ably before the day of dissections); and finally the "intestinal canal" 
 terminates at the lowest portion of the body technically called the 
 anus, closed by a muscle called the sphincter ani muscle, through 
 which the excrements, or feces, are expelled. 
 
 Fig. 10. 
 
 ^^ 
 
 THE STOMACH AND DUODENUM. 
 
 Fig. 10. 1, the cardiac orifice, or entrance; 2, the pyloric orifice, or entrance into the 
 duodenum, represented by the folds, or swelling and contracting portion, which in its 
 passage on behind the lower portion of the stomach, takes the name ; 4, represents the 
 gall-duct; and 5. the pancreatic-duct. The upper ciu^e is called the lesser curvature ; 
 and the lower side is called the great curvature. It is almost absolutely covered, it will 
 be seen, with a net-work of bloodvessels. 
 
 The Stomach is thicker in substance than the intestines, no doubt 
 to enable it to receive a larger amount of bloodvessels and nerves, to 
 enable it to do a larger amount of work. While the intestines have 
 only three coats, the Stomach has five— the inner or mucus membrane ; 
 then three layers, or coats of muscles, running in different directions, 
 one layer running lengthwise, or nearly so, and one layer passintr 
 around ; and one longitudinal, or obliquely around, although this is 
 generally set dov/n as only one coat; and the outer, which is the 
 aerous, and in the abdomen takes the name of peritoneal (fromptrt- 
 toneum, to stretch all around, or over), which not only covers the 
 Stomach, but also the whole intestines and inner walls of the abdo- 
 men, as the pleura does that of the chest. These muscles, during 
 Digestion are constantly contractingand relaxing, alternately, by which 
 means a constant motion is kept up to aid tlie process, and for the 
 purpose of pressing upon the glands that are found in the substance 
 of the Stomach for the supply of the gastric juice, as it is called, which 
 dissolves the food. The situation of" these glands is in the folds of 
 the inner, or mucus coat of the Stomach, as before mentioned; these 
 folds or tube-like glands give a much greater surface than would 
 otherwise have been given in the same space. 
 
 A well-known law of Digestion is, that the process does not com- 
 mence until all of the fluid taken witli the meal has been a'osorljed 
 
48 
 
 DR. chase's 
 
 or taken into the veins by the absorbents placed there for that pur- 
 pose; and it is also known that if any considerable amount of water 
 or other fluid is drank during Digestion, the process is very much 
 retarded; and if the fluid is very cold, it is entirely stopped. This 
 shows us why many dyspejAics can not take much of any fluid, as 
 water, tea, or coffee, during meals or at any other time, because these 
 absorbents are diseased, and can not take up the fluid, but leave it in the 
 Stomach, which delays, or obstructs the Digestion until the food sours 
 and causes the production of a gas that distends the Stomach to such 
 an extent as to cause great distress, risings and "belchings of wind," 
 etc, etc. If such persons, however, will use but little, or no fluid 
 with their food, and not until Digestion is over, they may get along 
 quite comfortably. 
 
 Fk;. U. 
 
 Fig. 11. 1, Esophagus; 2, and 3, the larger 
 lobes or divisions of the liver, raised up from 
 the stomacli and intestines; 4, the ascending 
 colon, or first part of the large intestines; 
 o, the coecum (from a word meaning &^md, 
 or liaving no opening, as this does not 
 open below, but hangs down like a pouch); 
 6, vermiform, or worm-like appendages, which 
 no luiman wisdom has yet found out the use 
 01 ; 7, tlio sMinll intestines, or illeum, meaning 
 liri^lnl, nr coiled and folded back and forth, 
 tlic upper part of which is called kjimuni, 
 which signifies to fast, as it is generally found 
 liuiity, the food passing quickly through it; 8, 
 llic rectum ; 9, 10, and 11, the transverse and 
 descending colon; 12, the spleen; 13, the 
 stomach; 14, the pancreas; 15, the pylorus, or 
 gale through which the dissolved food is pes- 
 liiittcd to pass, but undissolved food is not per- 
 mitted to pass this valve, or gat£-I;oepei-, which in 
 the meaning of the Greek word pylora';. 
 
 THE INTESTINAL CANAL. 
 
 It is not proper to eat a full meal when the system is much 
 exhausted from over-exercise, or when weakened by disease, or when 
 feeling "poorly," as is often remarked, from the approach of disease; 
 for, often, in ajiproaching disease, a full meal having been eaten, much 
 of it remains in the Stomach undigefited, as the "gate-keejier" will not 
 allow such food to pass, at least, until he is completely exhausted 
 by long watching. In such cases, an emetic had better be given to 
 empty the Stomach. 
 
 Besides the ordinary nerves of sensation and of motion, the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 49 
 
 Stomach has also a large supply of the Sympathetic, system of nerves, in 
 fact, both systems, or classes of nerves, as well as bloodvessels, arp 
 supplied, or furnished to the Stomach more plentifully than to any 
 other organ of the system, because it has proportionally, the 
 largest amount of work to perform. No matter what other organ is 
 affected, the Stomach s>;mpathizes with it; hence, if any other part of 
 the system is injured, to any extent, the person becomes "sick at the 
 Stomach," and fainting is the result. 
 
 The Liver. — ^The Liver being the largest organ of the body, and 
 also connected with the Digestive Organs, would seem to require a 
 little further notice, at my hands, than has, as yet, been given to it. 
 It is a gland, and in the adult, or full grown person, weighs about 4 
 pounds, is of a brownish-red color, and is appended, or attached to the 
 alimentary-canal, performing a double office, that of purifying the blood, 
 and also that of furnishing, or secreting the bile. It is about 12 inches 
 in length, and 4 to 5 in width. It is situated in the right side, at the 
 upper part of the abdomen; it is also divided into lobes, the same as 
 the lungs ; the lobes are called right and left. The right lobe is the 
 thickest and heaviest, hanging down apron-like in the right side, 
 reaching as low as the short ribs; the left lobe is thinner and lighter, 
 and spreads out over the Stomach, its upper surface being in contact 
 with the diaphragm. The Liver sometimes becomes diseased, becom- 
 ing very large and hard, called indurated, occasionally reaching the 
 enormous weight of 25 to 30 lbs. Almost every disease, in years gone 
 by, by the Alopaths, was laid to the Liver— the Liver was this, and 
 the Liver was that — and of course, calomel, or calomel and jalap, was 
 the remedy; often the first and the last; in many cases almo-.t tlie 
 only one given; and Dr. Scudder informs us that, "In the Southern 
 and Western States it was used in moderation, i. e., from 10 grs. to a 
 tea or a table-spoonful at a dose. Man\'," he adds, "followed the rule 
 of Prof. Cook, of Louisville, that if an apparent effect was not pro- 
 duced by the remedy the first day, double the dose the next, (juadru- 
 ple it the third, and so on, until, as wo have authentic accounts, 
 one-tourth, one-half, and in one case of bilious fever, over one jiound 
 had been introduced." Such maltreatment, no doubt, had much to do 
 in raising such an outcry against calomel, as to cause its final over- 
 throw. 
 
 The Liver is covered with the serous membrane, the same as all 
 of the other organs in the abdomen. The gall-bladder is attached to 
 the right lobe, upon the under side of the Liver. Besides tlie tmo 
 main lobes of the Liver, which have been already mentioned, there 
 are three other smaller lobes, making five in all; it is attached hy five 
 ligaments; and has, also, /?iv bloodvessls entering, into its structure 
 — the hepatic artery, hepatic veins, hepatic ducts, portal veins and 
 lymphatics, which are of the nature of absorbents, carrying a water- 
 like fluid, called lymph, the name having reference to a spring of clear 
 water; and also believed to mean something like the Greek word 
 nxjmph, or goddess of the water, as they were accredited as making 
 their home in the water — mermaids. 
 
 _ The Spleen.— The Spleen, although it is not known to have any 
 action in the process of Digestion, yet, as it is attached to the Stomach, 
 its description would seem to belong in this connection. The word 
 comes from a Greek word which signifies a lien, either a claim upon, 
 or to lie upon, as it lies upon, and is attached to the large end of the 
 
 4 — DR. CH.4i?E's SECOXn RECMPT BOOK. 
 
50 DR. chase's 
 
 stomach, in tlie left side, just below the diajihragm, its upper end 
 touching the diaphragm, and to which, as well as to the Stomach, it is 
 attached by small bloodvessels and areolar, or cellular tissue. Like 
 the liver, it is a gland, of a spongy nature, filled with bloodvessels, 
 but having no duct leading from it to show that it has any work to 
 perform, the otiice of which can be at all determined — its office in the 
 system is not known; and in some of the lower animals in which it 
 is called the melt, or milt, it has been removed without injury to the 
 animal so far as could be seen. 
 
 The Spleen, however, sometimes becomes enlarged, 'vh'^n it may 
 be felt under the short ribs of the left side. This ocmirs, after low 
 grades of fever, as typhoid, or typhus, ague, etc. What will purify 
 the blood and tone up the system, to health, will cure the dilficulty. 
 This would appear to me to indicate that this Drgan has something to 
 do in purifying the blood, the former of which it loses in the pecu- 
 liarly weakened state of the system under these diseases, and hence 
 the blood becomes obstructed in its passage through the Spleen. 
 
 The Absorbents. — Besides the arterial and veinous circulation, 
 there is another set of very small tubular, or pipe-like vessels, taking 
 the name of Absorbents, but are of two characters — Lacteals, and Lym- 
 phatics, according to whether they carry a milky fluid — the chyle, or a 
 watery fluid — the lymph. 
 
 The Lacteals commence upon the inner surface of the intestines 
 and absorb, or suck up tlie chyle, the milky-like fluid, formed from 
 the digestive process, and from which the blood is renewed, and the 
 general system built up, pouring the chyle, as before remarked, into 
 the thoracic-duct. And Dr. Gunn, in his "Domestic Physician," says 
 that he thinks it is a reverse action of the Lacteals, in cholera, by 
 which they pour back their contents into the intestines, or rather, I 
 should say, luant of action, in not taking up the chyle, leaving it to be 
 passed otf in the milky, and watery stools. 
 
 The Lymphatics come from all parts of the system, carrying a 
 watery-fluid, called Lymph, and emptying it into the tharacic-duct, 
 the same as do the Lacteals. Together, these are called the Absorb- 
 ents, or the absorbent system. The follov*'ing quotation from Dr. Guun's 
 work, just above mentioned, will give an excellent understanding of 
 the object and uses of these Aljsorbents. He says: 
 
 "The Lymphatics take up fluids from different cavities and parts 
 of the body, and carry them into th^ circulation, and it may, there- 
 fore, be readily supposed that they often prevent the occurrence of 
 dropsies. They may be compared to a greedy set of little animals, 
 ready to lay hold of and carry off ex'ery thing that comes in their 
 way. They seem to have no judgment as to what is good and healthy, 
 but will absorb poisonous and deliterious substances, as well as the 
 most nutricious. It is well known that mercury rubbed on the skin, 
 in the form of ointment, will be absorbed, and produce salivation as 
 effectually as if taken internally. Croton oil rubbed on the abdomen 
 produ(!es purging; and arsenic applied to cancers, and opium to burns, 
 have beed absorbed in quantities sufficient to poison the patients. 
 Blood effused under the skin, or nails, producing a dark appearance, 
 is removed by these little vessels. Their office seems to be that of 
 general usefulness, rea<l\' to take up and carry off any refuse material, 
 dead matter, or unhealthy deposit, in any part of the system." 
 
 Then in case of the inactivity of the Lymphatics, as known by 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 51 
 
 dropsies, a stimulant and tonic treatment which will restore general 
 health to all parts of the system, will certainly be called for. 
 
 The Thoracic Duct which forms the last or finishing part of the 
 Abstirbents, requires a word more of explanation before we leave the 
 Digestive Organs. It begins in the lower part of the abdomen, and 
 passes up, as before remarked, along side of the aorta and vena cava, 
 to the neck, upon the left side, at wiiich point it makes an acrh, like the 
 aorta downward, pouring its contents into the left subclavian vein, at a 
 point as high as the collar bone, b}' which means the chyle, the nour- 
 ishing part of the food, together with the venous blood, is conducted 
 directly to the heart, l)y which means the blood, as well as all other 
 parts of the system, is replenished or built up. 
 
 Nervous System. — The Brain, Spinal Cord, and the Nerves lead- 
 ing friim them make up what is known as the Nervous System. The 
 two first constitnto what Anatomists call the cerebrospinal center, the 
 f^pinal Cord being continuous with the Brain. The Brain, proper, is 
 divided into two portions, cere6?'Mm, and the cerebellum, as seen at 1 and 
 2inF:a. 12. 
 
 The Latin word cerebrum, ineans Brain, and cerebellum, little Brain. 
 Like ne irly all of the other organs of the body, the Brain is divided 
 into rigid and left portions; the cerebrum, or largi' and upper portion 
 of the Brain is divided, in its upper part, by a dip of the membrane 
 by which the whole Brain is enclosed. This membrane is called the 
 dura mater, literally meaning hard mother, although it is more com- 
 monly designated as strong mother; dura, however, comes from durus, 
 hard or firm, and mater, mother. Persons who have been educated in 
 a college or university, speak of the institution as their alma mater, or 
 fostering mother, and almost always remember them, somewhat with 
 the same respect that a dutiful child will remember their good and 
 kind mother who has done so much for them. 
 
 This membrane took this name of mater, or mother, because it 
 was, at first, thought to give rise to all the other membranes of the 
 body; and as there are two other membranes connected with the 
 Brain, and this one the stoutest and most firm, it would appear the 
 more natural to have been so named. The other membranes of the 
 Brain are the arachnoid, from arachnida, a spider, as this membrane is 
 much like a spider's web. The other is called pia mater, or tender 
 mother, as this, the inside membrane, is soft and full of bloodvessels, 
 and dips int > all of its convolutions, or lobes. These lobe-like con- 
 volutions of the Brain will be readily uuderstoodby all who have 
 taken out the brain of the hog, in cutting up that animal. The arach- 
 noid is the I'liMitral membrane, or covering of the Brain. 
 
 The "ricjht and loft portions" of the Brain, as spoken of above, 
 are sometimes called hi-mispheres, meaning half of a sphere, or globe; 
 but they are held in connection at the bottom, by a firm portion of the 
 Nerve Tissue, called corpus callosum, or hard body (from corpus, a body, 
 and callus, hard); hence, we have the word corpse, a dead body, etc. 
 
 The outer portion of the substance of the Brain, forfi'om one-fourth 
 to h:ilf an inch in depth is of a gray, or whitish-gray appearance, 
 called the cinrritious portion ffrom the Latin cinis, ashes), while the 
 inner portion is wliiter, or quite white, called the medullary, middle, 
 or mirrow-like portion i from medius, middle, and medulla, marrow). 
 
 The internal portions of the Brain, as before remarked, have 
 folds of tho membrane-;, also ;il>ove descril)ed, which pass between 
 
52 
 
 DK. CHASES 
 
 the various convolutions, and, in some other parts, are not as firmly- 
 attached to the sides of these little lobes, or convolutions, making 
 what are called cavities, although it is not to be supposed that there 
 Fig. 12. 
 
 .•RUMB.SC. 
 NERVOUS SYSTEM. 
 
 Fig. 12. 1, the cerebrum ; 
 •1, the cerebellum ; 3, 3, the 
 spinal cord; 4, the sciatic 
 nerve ; 5, 5, the interlocking 
 of the diflerent roots of the 
 nerves, as they are called, 
 which will be better under- 
 stood by observing FiG. 13. 
 
 The nerve fibres pass like 
 tlie circulative system to all 
 jjarts of the body, and are 
 di\ided up so finely that not 
 a pin's point can be put 
 down upon the skin witliout 
 causing pain, even by the 
 sliglitest pressure. Parts of 
 the flesh and bones, are rep- 
 rpsented as removed, to en- 
 able the larger nerve fibres 
 to be seen. 
 
 are any actual hollow places; but, rather openings, or separations; and 
 it is in these opening.s, in "dropsy of the brain" where the water ac- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 53 
 
 cumulates, the absorbents, in the membranes, being diseased, so they 
 do not tnke up and carry off the accumulations. 
 
 The Brain being a very soft and pulpy mass, the dividing mem- 
 brane which dips down into it from the top, and from the front and 
 back side of the skull to which it is also firmly attached, is supposed to 
 be for the purpose of supporting the weight, of the upper side from 
 pressing upon the lower, when a person is lying down ; at least, this 
 is undoubtedly one of its objects. 
 
 The cereheUnm, or lower portion of the Brain is very small ascom- 
 1^ , d with the upper and larger portions, about as 1 to 6, or 7 only; 
 for the upper and larger portions of the Brain projects over the roof 
 of the mouth, eyes, etc., to the forehead, while the smaller portion 
 lies only under the back part of the cerebrum, and back of the nos- 
 trils, and floor of the upper portion. There is a greater proportion of 
 the gray, or ash-colored matter in this smaller part of the Brain, as 
 compared with the large; and there is another peculiarity in the cere- 
 bellum, i. e., the white part is so arranged that when it is cut through, 
 up and down, it looks like the branches and leaves of a tree, called 
 the arbor vitx, or tree of life. There is a fold of the dura mater which 
 partly separate these two portions of the Brain. It is here called the 
 teiiforum, or tent; being, however, more like an awning, not cutting it 
 oflF entirely, as a tent would do. 
 
 The (Spinal Cord, also begins within the skull, or rather is a contin- 
 uation downward of Lhis portion of the Brain, which also, as above 
 remarked, is not entirely separated from the upper part of the Brain, 
 all are, therefore, • connected together by this portion of the Spinal 
 Cord, something of the shape and size of a man's thumb, called the 
 medulla oblongata, or long marrow (from the prefix ob and longus, long 
 and medulla, mam v, or pith). It is the commencement of the spinal 
 marrow, but lying within the cranium, and believed to have control 
 of the respiratory, or breathing apparatus. 
 
 T^e Spinal Cord.— The Spinal Cord is a continuation downward, 
 of the Brain, contained within the vertebra of the neck and back, ex- 
 tending down not more than about 18 to 20 inches, or to only a little 
 below what is called the "small of the back," where it terminates in 
 a roundish point, to the external appearance, but, in fact, the end is 
 split up into fibres, or fine nerves, so much so that it takes the name 
 of Cauda equina, or horse's tail {cauda, signifying tail, and equus, a 
 horse, pertaining to, or resembly a horse's tail). The gray and white 
 substances of the Spinal Cord are reversed to what they were in the 
 Brain, the gray being upon the inner side of the Cord; but the Cord 
 is divided, or partially so, into halves, backward and forward, making 
 right and left sides, and each half is also partially divided into three 
 lobes, or divisions, the furrows, or fissures, all running up and down- 
 ward in the Cord; but notwithstanding all these divisions in the outer 
 surface of the Spinal Cord, yet, the center or gray portion is not divi- 
 ded; the Cord actually being a whole, and also a whole with the 
 Brain, notwithstanding all these partial, or seeming divisions. From 
 thc;^e side lobes, or divisions of the Spinal Cord, the nerves of sensa- 
 tion and of motion, take their start., and extend to all parts of the body ; 
 or, rather it will be seen by referring to Fig. 13., that these Nreves ap- 
 pear to come out of the fissures, or furrows, which will also be plainly 
 ..sen in the same Fig. These Nerves leave the furrows in small fibres, 
 but soon unite together into one cord, which also soon unites with a 
 
54 DR. CIIASE,S 
 
 similar cord, or Nerve which comes from another furrow, as seen at 4, 
 Fig. 13, in all cases jiassing out downward, all leaving in pairs, one to 
 the right, the other to the'left— 31 pairs in all. Each Nerve, it will be 
 seen then, has <M'o roo<s— a root of sensation, called the i^emHive root; 
 and a voot of motion called the motor root. It is supposed that the roots 
 arising from the front side are the motors, and those from the back 
 part of the Cord are sensitives— thv Nerves that cause us to feel pain or 
 pleasure, and the others that enable us to move about, by the act of 
 the ivill, as previously spoken of. 
 
 Fig. 13. - . . . , 
 
 Fig. 13. 1. shows a secUon ot the spinal 
 cord, with uu'iiibninouis slieath, or coveriMg; 
 2, Uie nieinliiiuie folded back to .show the 
 furrows, or lissures of the cord, with the 
 fibers, or roots of the nerves startiii;; out from 
 them to unite into one bundle, o and b. then, 
 at4, to unite into one cord. TJiese nerves, 
 however, alter luiving formed the union, 
 send otf brandies, or iilamenls to all the or- 
 -^%!»^ gans and tissues ot the body. At 3, there is 
 ""^P noticed a spelling, or enlargement of the 
 nerve, called a ganglion. 
 NEVRES, MOTOR AND SENSITIVE ROOTS. 
 
 Besides the enlargement of the Spinal Cord in the cranium, called 
 the medulla oblongata, which throws off the- Nerves that control the 
 respiratory organs, there are two other enlargements; the yirs/ in the 
 lower part of the neck, at which point the brachial, or Nerves of the 
 arms are given off; and the second, in the lumbar region, or small of 
 the back, giving off the Nerves to the lower extremities. The gan- 
 gliov, or enlargement of the Nerve as seen at 3, in Fig. 13, is common 
 to most of the Nerves, and it is supposed to give additional strength, 
 or power to the Nerves, and from which branches are thrown off. 
 The membrane that covers the Spinal Cord, and the Nerve branches, 
 is a continuation of the pia mater, or the strong membrane of the 
 Brain. It also dips into the furrows, forming their divisions, the same 
 as it does in the Brain. The covering, or sheath of the Nerves is 
 called neurilemma, (from Greek words that signify a nerve, and a 
 sheath, or covering coat); hence, we have neuralgia, or pain in a 
 Nerve. 
 
 The Nerves themselves, are composed of the white substance 
 only, of the Brain, and Spinal Cord, none of the gray matter appear- 
 ing .in them; they run to every part of the body and mix, or com- 
 municate freely with each other on their course, continuing to divide 
 until they are so small as not to be seen by the naked eye. This 
 commingling together is verj' beautifully shown at 5, 5, in Fig. 12. 
 
 Besides the Nerves of sensation, and of motion as described above, 
 there is the Sympliathetic system of Nerves, also, which go to bind the 
 body into one harmonious whole; and this system of Nerves, although 
 originating in the Brain, and connected extensively with the Spinal 
 Cord, is believed to receive additional strength from its various gan- 
 glia, or swelling-like enlargements along the Spinal column, which 
 are always found at these points of connection. The Symi)athetic Nerve 
 communicates with all of the Nerves of the Brain, and also with the 
 Spinal Nerves, as thej' issue from the Brain, and from the Spinal 
 Cord; and. they accomi)any the arteries of sui)ply to all of the difl'er- 
 ent organs X)f the body. Thi- Nerve seems to 1h> set as guard over all 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 55 
 
 the different parts of the body, combining and harmonizing the 
 actions of the different organs, giving due notice if any part or organ 
 is injnred. Digestion, absorption, nutrition, or supply, the circulation, 
 and the respiration are all under its control; so that while we sleep, 
 these natural jjrocesses upon which life, itself, depends, go on just the 
 same as when we are awake, and it is very probable that this is the 
 main worii of this system of Nerves, to koi'p up the harmonious 
 action of all these involuntary processes of supply and waste. The 
 circulation, digestion, absorption, and secretion, must all go on 
 whether we are asleep or awaKe ; and without this watchful harmon- 
 izer, or sentinel, it is believed, that when the Brain lost its conscious- 
 ness, as in sleep, death would be the immediate result. 
 
 When any part of the system is out of order, or is injured, the 
 Sympathetic Nerve communicates its wants, or its condition to every 
 other part; but we realize this more particularly in the stomach, 
 which so often becomes sick, as we call it, upon the injury of some 
 other part, refusing to take food, seemingly, knowing that it could 
 not be digested while the strength of the whole nervous system is con- 
 centrated upon the injured, or inflamed part; and well would it be 
 for many people, suffering under injuries, or from inflammatory dis- 
 eases, if they would eat more sparingly, and only of gruels, or of some 
 other very digestible kinds of food. 
 
 Although the Brain is the seat, or center of nervous influence, 
 taking cognisance of pain in other parts, yet, it can be cut without 
 any sensation of pain. The Nerves of the eye and ear, are of this 
 clasa— Insensible ; while the Nerve fibers going to the skin are very 
 quick to recognize pain, and are, therefore, called sensible. Why this 
 should have been so arranged, perhaps, may be accounted for by the 
 extreme fineness of these organizations, if permitted to realize pain 
 from cutting, it would have been so very extreme; while it is known 
 to those who have submitted to surgical operations upon these organs, 
 especially the eye, do not find the pain to at all compare with what 
 they had expected from their natural delicacy. These organs, how- 
 ever, are very susceptible to lifjlit and sound. 
 
 In case of the cutting off, or of other destructive injury to the 
 Nerve, or Nerves leading to any organ, or part of the body, Wie func- 
 tion, or action of that organ is destroyed; and when it occurs to those 
 of any of the organs upon which life dej)ends, deatli is soon the 
 result. 
 
 Besides the sensible and insensible Nerves they are classed also under 
 the heads of voluntary and involuntary, i. e., the Nerves of the arms 
 and legs, especially, are under the control, or act of the will, and by 
 this control, motion — moving from place to place, labor, etc., is brought 
 about, or carried on volvntarily ; while the Nerves of the stomach, 
 heart, lungs, intestines, etc., are not under our control absolutely, 
 although, when awake, we can to a certain extent, control their 
 action, yet, they carry on these functions whether "we will or no," 
 and are, therefore, called involuntary — they act indejyendent of the will. 
 
 Besides the 31 pairs of Spinal Nerves, before mentioned, there 
 are 12 pairs originating in the Brain, passing out through openings, 
 or foramen, as they are called in medical works, (from the Latin 
 forare, to bore, or pierce — a little opening), through the floor, or base 
 of the Brain. The)'' are named and distributed in the following orders: 
 
 First Pair, the Olfactory, or nerves of smell; one to each side of 
 
56 DE. chase's 
 
 the nostrils, (the word comes from olfactum, to smell). Second, the 
 Optic, or nerves of sight; one to the retina of each eye, or that part 
 of the eye that reflects the image of what we see, (the word comes 
 from the Greek, meaning to see; hence, we have the worrf optics, 
 relating to the laws of light, optical instruments, etc.)- Third, the 
 ■motorcs uculoruni, referring to the motiuns of the eyes; they go to the 
 muscles of tlie eyes; also the Fourth, Patheticus, is distributed to the 
 muscles of the eyes; and is the means by which sympathy, as pity, 
 or grief, are manifested, (the word is the Latin for passion, as pity, or 
 grief, as shown by the eye). Fifth, the Trifacial, {Tri, three, and 
 fades, the face), because it is divided into three branches, and is dis- 
 tributed to the face, including the mouth, teeth, jaws, nose, and fore- 
 head. Sixth, the Abduceyites, {from, abducere, to draw away, or take 
 away; hence, we have also abduct, to steal and carry away), so called 
 because it is distributed to the outer muscles of the eye, to turn them 
 out, or away from the center. Seventh, the Fortiu Mollis, (portio, a 
 part, and mollis, soft), being a softer, or more pulpy nerve than usual, 
 and also divided, being distributed to the outer, or hearing portion oi 
 the ear — the auditory, or hearing Nerve. Bigrhth, the Faical, which 
 is distributed to the muscles of the face, while the trifacial was sent 
 to the more internal parts of the face. Ninth, the Glosso-Pharyngeal 
 (from glossa, the tongue, having reference also to glossiness, glisten- 
 ing, a speech, or writing, etc., to make appear fair, plausible; and 
 pharynx, the throat), is sent to the membranes of the tongue, throat, 
 and the glands of the mouth. Tenth, the Fneumogastric, (the word 
 coming from two Greek words, signifying the lung, or lungs, and the 
 stomach); and although the name only indicates the lungs and stom- 
 ach, yet, besides these, it is distributed also to the throat, liver, spleen, 
 and intestines; it is also called the par vagum, (which means little 
 wanderer, or equal wanderer, from par, equal, and vagari, to stroll, or 
 wander about), as it goes to so many parts. Eleventh, the Spinal 
 Accessory, (from spina, or spinalis, the spine, and accessorius, literally 
 to aid, or help ; but, it is used here, rather to indicate company, to 
 accompany), joining with the Glosso-Pharyngeal and Pneumogastric, 
 and is distributed to the muscles of the neck. Twelfth ; the twelfth 
 pair is called the Hypo- Glossal, {hypo, under, and glossa, the tongue, 
 under the tongue), and is distributed to the muscles of the tongue, by 
 which it has its motion. 
 
 The Spinal and Sympathetic Nerves have already been described, 
 in connection with the illustrations ; to give a general understanding 
 of their uses, and distribution, I think, although it is not to be sup- 
 posed that I could take up all of their relations, and connections; 
 the same is true of all of the branches of Anatomy; but if I have 
 given a sufficient description to enable the readers of this Work, to 
 understand the subject as it is connected with the diseases herein 
 treatcti upon; and also to awaken in the young sufficient iuterest to 
 indui c them to follow up the study, by obtaining other Works on 
 Anatomy, I have accomplished my fullest expectations; and I will 
 only add, that the single study of the Anatomy of the human system, 
 is sufficient in itself, to satisfy us that the wisdom of the Creator is too 
 great for our comprehension. There are many, verj^ many, things in 
 the organization of our system, that thousands of years of study has 
 not yet comprehended, or found out, and never will; but, yet, the 
 study is very interesting, and also very useful. Let no one neglect to 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK 57 
 
 obtain all possible knowledge npon this subject, for indeed, "we are 
 fearfully and wonderfully made." Let them also make good and 
 practical use of that knowledge, for their own, and the general good, 
 then they will not have lived in vain. With a hope that this desire 
 may be realized by all of our readers, we leave it for their consider- 
 ation, and proceed with other subjects, in their regular order. 
 
 For Illustration and Description of the Skin, and its functions, 
 
 see BATHING. 
 
 APOPLEXY. — The word Apoplexy is made up from Greek 
 words which signify a striking, or knocking down, from the feet that 
 the person attacked with it generally falls to the ground, losing all 
 the senses, and motions, except those of the heart and lungs. 
 
 Cause. — A rush of blood to the head, or brain, which some think 
 is hereditary, (coming from parents, or ancestors farther back). 
 Those who are most liable to the disease are of a full robust frame, 
 and generally fleshy, broad shouldered, large head, short neck, etc. 
 And those having it are also, generally, those who love good victuals 
 and a plenty of them, and if accustomed to the use of spirits, the 
 liability is so much the greater, and the attack is quite likely to come 
 on while the stomach is distended with a full meal. "Sun-stroke" is 
 considered by some to be of a similar nature, and it may be brought 
 on by excessive cold, which causes the blood to recede almost entirely 
 from the surface. 
 
 Symptoras. — Sometimes the attack is without warning, " striking 
 down," as the name implies, at once, and fatally ; but generally it will 
 be preceded by a dull pain in the head, giddiness and weakness, 
 especially on stooping, drowsiness, dimness of sight, loss of memory, 
 inability to speak plainly, flushed countenance, hot head, etc., etc. 
 But upon the attack the person drops in a mass, and lies entirely un- 
 conscious, breathing in a stertorious, or snoring-like manner. 
 
 Treatment. — The first thing to be done is to straighten the per- 
 son out, elevate the head a little, loosen the clothes, take ofl" neck ties, 
 open the collar, etc., and if in a house open the windows, and if out of 
 doors, keep back the crowd to allow fresh air, remove boots, or shoes, 
 and stockings and chafe the feet and legs, and as soon as possible get 
 them into hot water, apply cold water to the head, by wetting cloths 
 and laying them upon, after having carefully wet the hair and head 
 with it. If no hot water can be had at once, and there is mustard or 
 cayenne pepper on hand, chafe the feet and legs wdth either of them, 
 and a mustard plaster may be applied to the stomach ; but nothing 
 can be given internally, unless by injection, and this need not be done 
 unless these first directions are of no avail to restore consciousness; 
 then, and in that case, give an injection of salt, ground mustard, and 
 lard, or oil, of each a heaping tea-spoonful, in warm water, 1 pt., which 
 will have a tendency to draw the blood from the head, and aid in get- 
 ting a passage from the bowels; this may be repeated in half an hour 
 if deemed best. Let the hot water for the feet and legs be got ready 
 as soon as possible, and used thoroughly, for 30 or 40 minutes. And 
 after consciousness and comfort are again restored, a full cathartic may 
 be given, and such diaphoretics as will aid to keep the surface in a mild 
 and gentle perspiration. Avoid, in the future, all stimulating food, 
 that is, high seasoned food, and all stimulating drinks. And, as a 
 preventive, in persons predisposed to it, when they realize-any or all 
 of the above symptoms, let them use frequent cathartics, say twice a 
 
58 DE. chase's 
 
 week, plain food, no spirits, cool baths for the head, and hot ones for 
 the feet, out-door exercise, but avoiding fatigue, and many cases of 
 Apoplexy will be avoided. Sometimes this disease leaves its efi'ects in 
 the form of n paralized arm, or leg, and occasionally the whole side, 
 palsij, for wliich, but little can be done. Friction with any good stim- 
 ulating liniment, 2 or 3 times daily, with the other precautions as to 
 living, and electricity is believed by some to be beneficial in palsy. 
 
 ASTHMA. — This word comes from a Greek word which means, 
 I breath hard. It affects the lungs and bronchial tubes, and is gen- 
 erally of a spasmodic nature, and most frequently occurs, or is worse, 
 in the night than in the day. 
 
 Cause. — It is undoubtedly of a hereditary character, although, so 
 far as it can be known, it occasionally arises in persons spontaneously, 
 or apparently from direct cause ; and this is borne out by a friend of 
 mine, who has had it many years, and is qualified to judge under- 
 standingly of its cause. He believes it to arise from spinal irritation, or 
 disease, especially from an irritation of the upper portion of the spine. 
 It is, known, to be more likely to occur in damp situations than 
 upon high and dry locations. And it may be caused by a sudden 
 change, from dry to a damp atmosphere, and from the subsidence 
 (stopping gradually) of other diseases; but when it has once occurred, 
 it is seldom entirely cured ; but, occurs again, and again, from any of 
 the above causes, and from severe exercise, as ascending stairs, from 
 too full meals, violent passions, irritation from dust, smoke, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — The stomach is often oppressed from indigestion, 
 causing a distention bj^ the accumulating gas, heart-burn, fullness of 
 the head, pain over the eyes, sleeplessness, and a sense of tightness 
 across the chest, and sometimes nausea; the tightness across the chest 
 increasing until he (more men have the disease than women) 
 starts up from his bed and raises a window, for air, no matter how 
 cold, as though he expected to draw but a very few more breaths, and 
 takes breath by gasps, with a terrible wheezing noise, according to 
 the severity of the case, which, if nothing is done, will probably sub- 
 side toward morning, slowly and steadily, often with a free expectora- 
 tion, after which the patient may fall into a pretty quiet sleep. This 
 may continue, or rather relapse, every night for 3 or 4 nights, and in 
 well established cases, persons have been known not to take the bed, 
 nor have a com fort able night for many weeks. 
 
 Treatment. — If the spasmodic action is very considerable, and 
 has arisen soon after a full meal, let an emetic be at once administered, 
 if such an article is in the house (as it always ought to be where there 
 is a family of children, or an asthmatic person), in the meantime get 
 the feet into hot water for 15 or 20 minutes, followed with mustard to the 
 feet, to divert the blood from the lungs; and if an emetic is taken, a 
 tea of catnip, pennja'oyal, or some other diaphoretic article may be 
 given with it in place of clear warm water, but that may be used if 
 nothing else is at hand, for vomiting will be easier and with less of 
 the emetic, by using freely of some warm drink. See Emetics. 
 
 Tlie difficulty with asthmatic patients, in not being able to effect a 
 cure, or at least a very considerable benefit, is, that they will not con- 
 tinue the reme(ly sufficiently long to make a lasting inipi'ession, i. e., 
 to work an alterative efl'ect, to do which, the medicine must be taken 
 3 or 4 times dail\-, for a mnnth or two, or (Irree, as the previously short 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 59 
 
 or long ei^tablishment of the disease would seem to call for. Very 
 great benefit has been experienced by the use of the following : 
 
 Fluid extract of lobelia, 2 ozs. ; iodide of potash, 3 drs.; tincture 
 of capsicum, 2 drs. Mix, and see that the iodide is dissolved. Dose. — 
 A tea-spoonful after each meal, and at bed time. 
 
 Inhalation has recently come into extensive use for almost every 
 disease; and the probability is that there is no diseases that will de- 
 rive greater benefit from it than those connected with the lungs, bron- 
 chial tubes, and throat; and among them, the following alterative in- 
 halant will be found very valuable in Asthma, as well as in other dis- 
 eases requiring :iu alterative: 
 
 Alterative Inhalant. — Tinctures of lobelia, and ipecacuanha, of 
 each, 2 oz.; tincture of balsam of Tolu, 3 drs.; etherial tincture of co- 
 nium macuhituni (poison hemlock — the tincture is made by keeping 1 
 dr. of the powdered conium in sulphuric ether for 2 weeks), 1 dr.; 
 iodine, 4 grs.; iodide of potash, 8 grs.; alcohol, 4 ozs. Mix. To inhale, 
 put 2 tea--i)OOJifuls of this mixture into the inhaler, which see, with a 
 gill of hot water and inhale, or breath it 5 to 10, and finally 15 min- 
 utes, n- Vim become accustomed to it, 2 to 4 times daily. 
 
 The Inhalation of the vapor made by pouring boiling water, 1 
 gill, upon camphor gum broken fine, I oz., and inhaled the same as 
 the above ; or by pouring the boiling water on the same amount of 
 the balsam of Tolu, either one, will be found to give present relief. 
 Breathing the fumes arising from boiling tar in any old dish, often 
 gives relief. Smoking a mixture of tobacco and stramonium leaves, 
 will often do the same, a draw or two of the smoke maybe t^iken into 
 the lungs, as it can be borne, and benefits, or relieves. Breathing 
 the fumes arising from burning spongy paper which had been soaked 
 in a strong solution of niter with water, and dried, has given great 
 relief. It will burn readily, although slowly, from the presence 
 of the niter, without blazing. It can be put in a basin, and the head 
 held as near it as may be, or simply burned in the room. It may be 
 smoked as a cigar, or by pipe, drawing lightly of the smoke into the 
 lungs. 
 
 Chloroform, 15 to 30 drops on a handkerchief and breathed, or 
 inhaled into the lungs quite often gives decided relief. 
 
 Forced Breathing for the Relief of Spasmodic Asthma. — 
 Dr. J. S. Monell, of New York, reports through the Medical Recorder 
 of that city, of Aug. 15, 1866, that, in the previous December, he was 
 having, one night, a severe attack of Spasmodic Asthma, to which he 
 had been subject for 15 years. He was standing, or rather leaning, at the 
 foot of his bed, with his arms folded upon the foot-board for a pillow, 
 the forehead resting upon the folded arms; and while labnring for 
 breath, the thought occurred to him that he would stop breathing for 
 a few seconds, which he did, and after several trials obtained^ consid- 
 erable relief; after which he forced out all the breath that he could, 
 and determined not to draAv any more in until he was compelled to 
 do so. He succeeded in waiting several seconds; then drew in to the 
 fullest capacity of the lungs, and, with great effort, held it for several 
 seconds. And so continued to force the inspiration to its fullest ex- 
 tent, and then force the expiration in the same way for 15 minutes; 
 when, to his great delight, he found the spasm was entirely relieved. 
 He afterwards relieved similar attacks by the same means, in two 
 minutes. He afterward met with the same success with others, ex- 
 
60 DR. chase's 
 
 cept in one case, an old lady who had heart disease. It will require a 
 great effort to accomplish it, but, he assures us, that perseverence will 
 soon delight the patient with entire relief from the spasm. 
 
 I account for the relief of the spasms in Asthma by the foregoing 
 method of inthition or distention, in the following way: — the disease 
 being a nervous one, the nerves which are distributed to the little cir- 
 cular muscles, or rings, which encircle the tubes and air-cells of the 
 Inngs, cause these muscles to contract and thus shut off the air which 
 is necessary to purify the blood as it passes through the lungs, upon 
 the same plan that a ]Hirse string is drawn by the miser around the 
 mouth of his purse, so that only 3 cent pieces can get out, while all 
 larger monies are retained, except when some extra effort is made by 
 which 50 cents, or possibly, a dollar may be got out, but it snaps 
 back again " with a vengeance," while with muscular fiber, the re- 
 verse is the case; the more often that any sphincter (circular muscle) is 
 forcibly distended the sooner it loses its power of contraction ; and, 
 thus the relief is sure to be obtained; although the same cause may 
 afterwards bring on the same difficulty. I look upon this as positive 
 for relief for the time being. This agrees also, it will be observed, 
 with the idea of my friend, referred to in the commencement of this 
 subject, that Asthma arises from the irritation of the upper portion of 
 the spine, which distributes its nerves to the lungs, heart, etc. 
 
 In Cohen's Therapeutics (discover}' and application of remedies) 
 and Practice of Inhalation, I find a report which had been made by 
 Dr. Wistinghausen, in the I'etersburger Medical Zeitschrift, of a case 
 cured by Inhalation of Fowhu-'s solution of arsenic. A young girl, 15 
 years of age, whose motlier had died of consumption, had suffered 
 ifrom childhod with laryngeal and bronchial catarrh (a discharge of 
 mucus from the larynx and bronchial tubes) terminating in an in- 
 flammation and swelling of the substance of both lungs, with asth- 
 matic paroxysms (spasms). After the employment of many other 
 remedies, external and internal; after a residence of ^/!n'<? Summers 
 at Wielbaeh and Ems (celebrated watering places), and the resort to 
 local gymnastics during two Winters — all without benefit — she was, at 
 the suggestion of Prof. Eck (a celebrated Professor), placed under the 
 treatment, by Inhalation of Fowler's solution of arsenic (kept by drug- 
 gists). The dose was 10, 15, and 20 drops in distilled water, 1 oz., once 
 or twice a day. The same remedy had been administered inwardly 
 without advantage, as had also 1-20 to ] gr. of nitrate of silver, 4 times 
 a day. After 10 days of Inhalation, 10 minutes each day, the Asthma 
 ceased entlrelij, and the Inhalations being continued, did not return 
 during the severe and cold Winter and the variable Spring of 1861. 
 The patient could expose herself in all weathers without using the 
 respirator (an instrument made of fine wire to cover the mouth of per- 
 sons of weak lungs, the breath keeping the wire warm, warms the air 
 as it is drawn into the lungs) with which, until then, she could not do 
 without, even for a short walk, f^he could also join in the dance until 
 late into the ni'tht without any trace of fatigue, or shortness of breath, 
 though before onis treatment, the very excitement of receiving an in- 
 vitation to a ]iarty would bring on a severe attack of Asthma. The 
 other difficulties, however, were but Mttle improved. In all she in- 
 haled, 4 ozs. of the solution without any symptoms of poisoning by the 
 arsenic. Other cases are reported as benefited by the -ame treat- 
 ment. 
 
SKCOND RECEIPT BOOK. 61 
 
 Permanent cures are claimed to have been efTected with the 
 followiug preparation. That present relief may be obtained from i', 
 I know, and in all probability it will work some permanent cnrj ; but 
 no one thing will be found to cure absolutely in all cases, because there 
 will be found complications of other diseases, differing in difierent 
 persons : 
 
 Lobelia seed and skunk cabbage balls, of each, J oz. ; high cranberry 
 bark, 1 oz.; stramonium seed, and capsicum, of each, } oz.; alcohol, 1 
 qt. Mis, and in 2 weeks it will be fit for use, if shaken daily during 
 this time. Dose. — Half to 1 tea-spoonful 3 or 4 times daily as a cure; 
 and every 30 minutes for relief. 
 
 Bathing daily, is believed, by some, to be absolutely necessary to 
 enable the system to resist the tendency to take cold, which is almost 
 certain to bring on an attack of Asthma, with all who are accustomed 
 to the disear^e. Beginning with warm water, then a little cooler, and 
 finally cold, keeping this up until the little changes of the atmosphere 
 does not leave so quick an efi"ect upon the system. For my own part 
 I have never deemed it desirable to take a daily bath, except in 
 fevers, and then using more or less of spirits to stimulate the surface 
 to action ; but there are those who can stand a daily (!old bath. I 
 should prefer a daily sponging with a tincture of cayenne, ] oz. to 
 whisky, 1 qt., sponging the whole surface before dressing in the morn- 
 ing ; with this s})onging, and a cold or tijiid bath twice, or three times 
 a week, at most, with the continued use of some of the medicines rec- 
 ommended above, for a permanent cure, a decided and permanent 
 improvement may reasonably be expected. 
 
 Dr. Ray's Successful Treatment of Asthma. — I do not feel 
 at liberty to dismiss the subject of Asthma without calling especial 
 attention to the Ferrocyanuret of potash, more commonly called 
 Prusiate of potash. My attention was called to its use in this disease 
 by a communication from Dennis Ray, M. D., of Woodland, Cal., 
 published in the June No. 1871, of the Eclectic Medical Journal, of 
 Cincinnati, 0., in which he gives several cases in practice where this 
 article proved very successful, so much so, that I was induced to try 
 it in a very bad case, where, as the saying is, "every thing else had 
 failed," and although it has been in use, at this writing, only a short 
 time, it is giving very great satisfiiction, yet he has only used it three, 
 instead of five times a day. I am satisfied of its value, and most 
 cheerfully recommend its use in any similar cases to those reported 
 in Dr. Ray's communication, as I will give it entire, for the benefit of 
 all who may need it. The prescription I used for this case of Asthma, 
 is the one in Case V. below. He says: 
 
 "Notwithstanding the great obscurity of this article, and the 
 unimportant place assigned it in our Materia Medicas, I venture to 
 select it as the basis for a few remarks, drawn wholly from expe- 
 rience in practice. My attention was first drawn to the article by 
 reading a communication to the American Journal of Medical Science, 
 written by Dr. Smart, of Maine, in which he quoted some German 
 authority for its use. He spoke of having used it to some consider- 
 able extent in neuralgia. Asthma, and some bronchial affections, with 
 satisfactory results. More lately there have been published several 
 short articles in the Eclectic Medical Journal, of Cincinnati, upon its 
 use, which I hope will tend to stimulate a more general trial of 
 the salt. 
 
62 DR. ClIASF.'iS 
 
 "Although not fully eudorying the. doclrine (jf Todd and some 
 othern as to the origin of Asthma, hut being fully satisfied that this 
 article had great control over the nervous system, I made trial of it 
 in cases of Asthma with success. 
 
 "Then the question of its usefuh.iess in fnm'tional disease of the 
 heart, presented itself, far more pai'ticulai'ly in those ast^ociated with 
 a rheumatic diathesis. Trial was made with decided success. 
 
 "I also made many trials of its virtues in relieving that general 
 disturbed condition of the nervous system of females, so often mani- 
 fested at or near that critical period called "change of life," in almost 
 all of which it seemed to be just what was needed to give tone and 
 relieve irritability of the nervous system. Many cases of obscure 
 hysteria were successfully treated with it. Ca; as of palpitation of the 
 heart so often met with, and so often im]iroperly diagnosed as struc- 
 tural lesions of the organ, are almost always under the control of 
 judicious treatment ackiressed to stomach, bowels, nervous system, or 
 the organs of generation. Happily we have articles at our command 
 whiidi seldom fail to answer all these indications. 
 
 "With these preliminary remarks I now proceed to give a few 
 cases in practice. i 
 
 "Case I. — C. D., aged 36, had followed gold mining in the moun- 
 tains of California, during which time had frequent attacks of inflam- 
 matory rheumatism, followed by paljiitation of the heart, ringing in 
 the ears, vertigo, intermitting pulse; was frequently aroused from 
 sleep with a sense of sufl'ocation. Came to the valley for medical aid 
 — was treated by six or eight different medical men, (all Old School), 
 for a period of more than two years, most of the time unal)le to follow 
 his legitimate trade, (that of house carpenter). Finally called at my 
 office for advice, when the above history was given. Prescribed 
 Ferrocyanuret (Prussiate) of Potash with Aconite, which was taken 
 for eight days, with decided amelioration of all the distressing symp- 
 toms, after which Ferrocyanuret of Potash with a feAv drops of ether 
 were taken for a period of two months; all of which time patient was 
 earning four dollars a day at his trade, sleeping soundly at night, 
 ringing in the ears entirely relieved, pulse normalj (healthy). Dis- 
 continued medicine, and declared himself a well man. 
 
 "Case II. — Mrs. McD., widow, aged 30, seamstress, robust consti- 
 tution, but for many years subject to severe attacks of neuralgia upon 
 the slightest change in the atnios])here, even a change in the direc- 
 tion of the wind would often induce an attack. She would suffer 
 intolerable pains, either in her face, head, or limbs, the disease not 
 confining itself to any especial organ even in the same attack. 
 Called at my office for medical aid, when in additir^n to the above, 
 stated that her digestive organs were in good condition, bowels regu- 
 lar, catamenia (turns) appearing at regular intervals, and of natural 
 color and duration. Prescribed as follows: 
 
 Ferrocyanuret of Potash, 1 oz. ; water, 2 ozs. ; simple sirup, 6 ozs.; 
 sulphuric ether, -iO drops. Mix. Dose- — One tea-spoonful five time a 
 day, with constant improvement. No return of symptoms since. 
 Continued treatment for two or three months. The case being one of 
 nervous irritability, needed no other than a sedative treatment. 
 
 "Case III. — Mrs. B., aged 38, mother of many children, luid fi*e- 
 quent attacks of fiicial and cardiac neuralgia accompanied with fits of 
 hysteria (globus), constipated bowels and indigestion, with its train of 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 63 
 
 evils, and was fully impressed with the belief that she was the sub- 
 ject of an incurable heart disease. Prescribed Carbolic Acid for indi- 
 gestion, kept the bowels in a soluble condition, and for the other 
 symptoms, potash and ether, as in the preceding case. Patient pro- 
 gressed as favorr.bly as conid be desired, until she declared she had 
 no further need for treatment. 
 
 "Case IV. — P. C, aged 35 years, married, had no offspring, 
 blacksmith, strong and muscular, has suffered from heart disease for 
 eight years, and had much treatment for a mistaken condition of the 
 system. Diagnosed as structural lesion of the lieart. In this case, 
 the diagnosis had to be made by the rule of exclusion, as his diges- 
 tive organs were in perfe^tt condition, kidneys normal, and all the 
 functions of the body, except the heart, and the sound of that not 
 indicating any structural lesion. Yet the patient was the subject of 
 most intense suffering from palpitation, ringing in the ears, vertigo 
 by day and a sense of immediate suffocation at night, never sleeping 
 all night without more or less of these attacks, which always com- 
 pelled him to arise and seek fresh air. Now by the rule of exclusion 
 I have set aside almost all of the exciting causes of such a condition 
 as I have so faintly described, and of course to treat the case ration- 
 ally, I must arrive at some conclusion as to the cause. We have still 
 left however, one very fruitful source of such a condition, that of 
 excessive venery; and upon this I based my treatment. Now there are 
 two important indications to be fultilled, that of removing the excit- 
 ing cause, and sedation to the nervous system, and to accomplish 
 these objects, I contend that we have some "room for trading," one 
 of our favorite authors to the contrary, notwithstanding. Fortunately 
 we have one arti^'le capable of fuliilling both indications. To do this 
 it must be both antiphrodisiac (against sexual indulgence) and sedatirr, 
 (to allay irritability) and Ferrocyanuret of Potash is its name. This 
 with a few drops of sether was given in the before mentioned doses 
 for a period of several months, and all the old complaints were almcst 
 forgotton by the patient, but instead a new one was made. The 
 patient had no desire to attempt to propagute his species, which of 
 course will soon jjass off after the halt is omitted. 
 
 "OaseV. — Mrs. S., aged 48, has suffered for many years from 
 palpitation of the heart, with dyspnoea (difficulty of breathing) and 
 Asthma, had ofien been under treatment by different medical men of 
 some notoriety, but without permanent benefit, all of which was 
 made known on my first visit. Prescribed as follows: 
 
 Ferrocyanuret (Priissiate) Potassa, 1 oz. ; water, 2ozs. ; simple 
 sirup, 6ozs.; sul. ether, 1 dr. Mix. Dose. — One tea-spoonful five times 
 a day, for a period of three or four months, with entire relief both 
 of heart symijtoms and of the respiratory organs. 
 
 " Case VI. — J. M., aged 60, male, feeble from long indisposition 
 and much medication, subject to chronic bronchitis of long .standing, 
 expectorated freely a tough and glairy mucus, sometimes streaked 
 with blood, making constant efforts to clear his throat, troublesome 
 cough at night, much irritability of the throat, uvula elongated and 
 spongy. Called at my office, and gave the above history, stating that 
 he had lost all hope of relief, having often been treated before. Pre- 
 scribed as follows : 
 
 Ferrocyanuret of Potassa, 1 oz.; alcoholic extract of hyoscya- 
 mus, 1 dr.; water, 2 ozs.; simple sirup, 3 ozs. Mix. Dose. — One tea- 
 
64 DR. chase's 
 
 spoonful 5 times a day, which was taken for some months, with 
 gradual but permanent relief. 
 
 "In addition to the above uses, I have found this salt of much 
 value in the treatment of spermatorrhoea, also in nocturnal emissions, 
 (brought on by self-abuse. See Masturbation). And I am of the 
 opinion that it will yet be found to be of much service in the treat- 
 ment of chronic rheumatism, as in all cases where there is an excess of 
 fibrin in the blood." 
 
 ALTERATIVES. — It is proper, perhaps, for me to say, before 
 speaking of any one class of medicines in particular, to mention the 
 different classes that I have deemed it necessary to speak of in this 
 Work, for family use, aside from those embraced in the Receipts. 
 They may be classified under the fourteen following heads, coming in 
 their appropriate place in the alphabetical arrangement of the Work: 
 
 Alteratives, Antispasmodics, Astringents, Cathartics, Detergents, 
 Diaphoretics, Diuretics, Emetics, Emollients, Expectorants, Narcotics, 
 Sedatives, Stimulants, and Tonics. 
 
 Altei-ative Sirup. — The word Alterative comes from the Latin 
 altera, 1 change, meaning a medicine that will aid in restoring health 
 without causing any considerable evacuations from any organ in par- 
 ticular; but a medicine that shall improve the general health. The 
 following Alterative Sirup, or compound Sirup of Sarsaparilla, as 
 amended and improved by Prof. King, of Cincinnati, will be found 
 very valuable: 
 
 1. Take of the root^s of the small spikenard,! yellow dock, bur- 
 dock, and ground guaiacum-wood, of each, 10 ozs.; bark of the root of 
 sassafras, of Southern prickly-ash, elder flowers, blue flag-root, of 
 each, ^ lb.; alcohol, 2 qts.; crushed sugar, 16 lbs.; iodide of potash, 4 
 ozs. 
 
 Grind all of the roots and barks finely, and place them in a large 
 mouthed bottle, so they can be got out handily, and ])ut on sufficient of 
 the alcohol to cover them, and cork up and let stand 2 days; then 
 strain off, percolate (see Percolation), or filter ofl' 1 qt. by pouring on 
 more of the alcohol if necessary, and set aside the spirit tincture, 
 which this would now be called; then put the ingredients into a suita- 
 ble kettle and add 2 galls, of water, and boil from 1 to 2 hours; then 
 strain, or percolate off the liquid. If, in boiling you have more than 
 6 qts., evaporate to that amount; then add the sugar and dissolve it 
 by heat, removing any skum that may arise as it comes to a boil; now 
 remove from the fire, and when cool, add the tincture saved at the 
 beginning; and also the iodide, which should be dissolved in a little 
 of the tincture. This should make 2 galls, of Sirup. Half or one- 
 fourth the amount can be made as preferred. Bottle, cork, and keep 
 in a cool place. 
 
 Dose. — The dose would be from a tea-spoonful, to a table-spoonful, 
 in a little water, 4 times a day — at each meal, and at bed time. The 
 iodide is sometimes omitted in the making, and added, the proper 
 proportion, to each bottle as used — 1 oz. to 1 qt. is as strong as I use it; 
 but some use it 1 oz. to 1 pt. This Sirup is a valuable Alterative in 
 
 fThe small Spikenard, is the aralia nudicaulis, known also a.s the American Wild, 
 or False Sajsaparilla, growing in most of tlie Northern State-s. King says that he substi- 
 tuted this for the Honduras, as many physicians consider it to be the more active agent 
 of the two. Any articles that are well linowu, which I speak of a& I progress with this 
 Work, it will not be necessary to give the technical, or medical name, the object of which 
 is to avoid mistake, or in being misunderstood. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 65 
 
 scrofula, liver diflBculties, diseased bones, syphilis, diseases of the 
 skin, etc., etc., and, in fact, for every disease requiring an Alterative. 
 
 If any of these articles can not be obtained of the druggist near 
 you, they can get them from any of the druggists in Cincinnati, 0., or 
 of Tilden & Co., N. Y., and the same will hold good of any of the 
 concentrated remedies, recommended in this Work. And if any one 
 desires they can have druggists preixire this, or any other Sirup, 
 or article recommended in this Work. Of course, this, or any 
 other Sirup can be made without the use of alcohol; but 
 there are some of the valuable parts of nearly all roots 
 and barks that water alone will not bring out, and hence it is 
 best to use spirits of some kind to cover them and let them soak in 
 for a day or two ; then, if there is any condition of the system that 
 will not allow the use of spirits, they can be boiled with water, by 
 which 1 he spirit is all evporated, as spirit is so volatile that it flies off by 
 the use of heat — a good article of whisky will answer every purpose, 
 especially so, if the spirit is to be evaporated oft'— if no spirit is to be 
 retained in the Sirup, less quantities should be made at one time, as 
 the Sirup does not keep as long without, as with the spirit. If whisky 
 is used, however, in place of alcohol, the amount should be doubled 
 to get the proper strength. Besides the articles called for in the dif- 
 ferent Alterative Sirups, given in this connection, I shall mention a 
 few other articles that experience has prove to be valuable Altera- 
 tives. 
 
 2. The Oorapound Sirup of Stillingia, is very highly 
 esteemed as an Alterative, and is very extensively used. Its compo- 
 sition is as follows: 
 
 Take stillingia root (common names, queen's root, queen's delight, 
 yaw root, and silver leaf — this root was named after Dr. Stillingfleet) ; 
 root of corydalis (common names, wild turkey-pea, stagger weed, 
 squirrel corn, etc..) of each, lib. ; blue flag-root, elder flowers, and 
 wintergreen leaves, of each, k lb.; coriander seed, and prickly-ash 
 berries, of each, ]; lb.; crushed sugar, 12 lbs.; alcohol, 3 pts. ; iodide of 
 potash, .y lb. With this Sirup it is customary to use the iodide, as 
 here given, at the rate of 1 oz. to each pt. ; but less can be used if 
 thought best, and some like to combine 2 ozs. of blood-root with this. 
 The roots, flowers and berries are all to be ground, as in No. 1, and 
 treated in the same way, making 2 gals, of Sirup. 
 
 Dose. — The dose of this would he only 1 tea-spoonful to a table- 
 spoonful, 4 times daily, the same as the first; but if the iodide is used 
 only k oz. to the pt., or without any, the dose may be doubled. To be 
 taken in a little water. 
 
 This Sirup is highly recommended, and extensively used in 
 scrofulous disease, syphilis, diseases of the bones, liver and all gland- 
 ular enlargements, mercurial diseases, etc. An article of this name is 
 kept on sale, but I prefer to make it, or to have it made by my drug- 
 gist, then I know what I am taking, or giving. 
 
 3. American Ivy — Five Fingers. — Prof Scndder says the 
 bark of this vine is one of the most efficient Alteratives we possess, 
 both in scrofula and diseases of the breathing apparatus. In old ul- 
 cers, and chronic and obstinate eruptions upon the skin, the infusion 
 (tea without boiling) taken internally, and applied to the ulcers, 2 or 
 3 times daily effectually removes the disease. The twigs may be used 
 and the rough bark should be brushed off. 
 
 5— DR. chase's second receipt book. 
 
66 DE. chase's 
 
 Dose. — Of the infuyion, 3 or 4 table-spoonfuls. This is also known 
 by the names of wild-wood vine, false grape, Virginia creeper, 
 woodbine and five leaves. It climbs trees, sometimes 50 feet high, 
 in rich soils. 
 
 4. Elder Flowers.— The flowers of the white-pithed elder 
 makes a valuable Alterative Tea, for children, in skin diseases, as well 
 as in scrofulous conditions of the system. They are slightly cathartic 
 as well as having a tendency to produce sweating, improving the ap- 
 petite and digestion. The bark may be used for adults, with care, for 
 it is more cathartic in its action; and the bark of the root is cathartic 
 and diuretic, and is considerably used in dropsies; and the juice of 
 the berries may be pressed out and simmered to the consistence of 
 sirup, making a valuable laxative Alterative, in doses of 1 oz., or 
 thereabout. 
 
 5. Black Coliosh,"or Macrotys. — This article is not only used 
 as an Alterative, but is also a valuable article in Rheumatism, which, 
 see, and female complaints, where any obstructions are present. The 
 saturated tincture is used (i. e., when more of the root is put into alco- 
 hol than the alcohol will take up — as strong as it can be made). 
 
 Dose. — The ordinary dose would be about I tea-spoonful 4 to 5 
 times daily. King claims that in doses of 10 drops, every 2 hours, 
 gradually incre;ised to 40 or 60 drops or until its action on the brain is 
 observed, and continued for several days, will almost always cure 
 acute rheaumatism, permanently, especially if it is the first attack. 
 He recommeijded its use as early as 1844. 
 
 6. Iodide of Potassium. — This remedy is decidedly Alterative, 
 and is extensively used by nearly all classes of phj'sicians, in scrofula, 
 syphilis, diseased skin, and all diseases requiring an Alterative. Scud- 
 der says in doses of 2 to 4 grs. 4 times daily, it improves the appetite 
 and digestion, and is a specific antidote for the poison of lead. 
 
 Dose. — To obtain its full Alterative efi"ects, he says, is from 10 to 
 20 grs. in a water solution, or combined with Alterative sirups or de- 
 coctions. I should not give a dose above 10 grs. 4 times daily, unless 
 under the direction and watchfulness of a physician. This is especially 
 useful in goitre — bronchocele— an enlargement of the glands of the 
 neck, both as a wash and internally. Pierse says that iodine alone, 
 will absolutely cure this disease. It is also used in all scrofulous sores, 
 eruptions, chronic sore-eyes, syphilitic affections, especially mercurio- 
 syi^hilitic sore-throat, swelled breasts, enlarged liver, and most female 
 complaints as suppression of the menses (amenorrhea), female weak- 
 ness, or whites, (leucorrhoea), and in all cases where mercury has 
 left its effects upon the system, etc. 
 
 7. Sirup of Iodide of Iron. — This Alterative and tonic is 
 especially adapted to feeble and delicate persons. 
 
 Dose. — Is 1 tea-spoonful 4 times daily, in a little water, being care- 
 ful that it does not touch the teeth, or if it does, wash the mouth with 
 the TooTH Powder directly, as the iron darkens the teeth veiy quickly. 
 But this sirup had always better be bought of the druggist, as it is a 
 very particular sirup to make. 
 
 8. Indian Alterative Sirup. — " Some thirty years since, a half- 
 breed Indian, called Ben Smith, in the State of New York, made a 
 sirup, which gained cousidereble reputation as a remedy in syphilitic 
 diseases, and which sold rapidly for $3 per bottle; the following is the 
 formula, or receipt, lor its preparation: Take Indian hemp, Virginia 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 67 
 
 sarsaparilla, inner bark of white pine, of each, 1 lb.; mezereon (kept 
 by druggists), 4 ozs.; sheep laurel, i lb.; water, 4 gals.; white sugar, 8 
 lbs.; nitric acid, 40 drops to each qt., and tartar emetic, 20 grs. to each 
 qt. Place the plants in the water, boil for a few minutes; then grad- 
 ually evaporate, until about 2 gals, of decoction are left, then strain, 
 and add the sugar. To each qt. bottle of this sirup he added the 40 
 drops of nitric acid, and 20 grs. of tartar emetic, dissolved in a suffi- 
 cient quantity of spirits. 
 
 "Dose. — A wine-glassful 3 times a day. I have never been able to 
 ascertain the true bottanical character of the Virginia sarsaparilla. 
 This sirup has been found as efficacious in syphilis, when prepared 
 without the tartar emetic." — King. 
 
 If this sirup is so valuable in syphilitic complaints, which requires 
 the most decided Alteratives, it would certainly be found very valua- 
 ble in any disease requiring an Alterative. 
 
 Alterative Sirup.— The following Alterative Sirup was origina- 
 ted by Prof Edwin Freeman, of the Eclectic Medical Institute, of 
 Cincinnati, and published in the Eclectic Medical Journal, and will be 
 found very valuable for scrofula and disordered conditions of the sys- 
 tem arising, or resulting from it; and, in fact, for a general Alterative. 
 He says: 
 
 Take figwort root,f 2 lbs. ; blue flag, bayberry, and queen's root, 
 the roots of each, and of each, Ik lbs.; burdock root, and butternut, 
 inner bark of the root, of each, 1 lb.; mandrake root, } lb.; coriander 
 seed, and prickly-ash berries, of each, 6 ozs.; dilute alcohol, 1 gal.; 
 sugar, 10 lbs. ; best whisky, 2 qts. His directions and remarks are as 
 follows : 
 
 Extract with the dilute alcohol and then with water from the 
 first 7 articles. Evaporate down to 2j galls., and add the sugar, 
 the coriander seeds and prickly-ash berries. Boil for live minutes, 
 strain and add the whisky. I had this sirup made by T. L. A. 
 Greve, druggist, for a particularly bad case. Its good effect was at 
 once perceived and marked, restoring the patient. I have since nsed 
 it in a large number of cases with the same excellent effect. Other 
 physicians on my recommendation have used it, and attest to the 
 value of the combination. In selecting the articles I chose those 
 whose specific effects upon certain functions were well known and 
 established, and endeavored to combine them — so that the entire 
 glandular system might be reached. Its value is very great in certain 
 chronic functional derangements of the liver. In ague that resists 
 other remedies, I have combined this with quinine with the best 
 effect, accomplishiug the cure of my patient. If remedies have 
 
 t This plant isii.7iative of Europe, and grows also in various parts of the Tnited 
 States, in woods, hedges, damp copses, and banks, flowering, a dark purple, from July to 
 Oct., the Scrofularia Marilandica and Scrofularia Lanceolata, or the Carpenter's Square, 
 Healall, or Square Stalk, are varieties possessing similar properties. The leaveji and roots 
 are the parts used, and yield their strength to water or alcohol, or to lard, as an ointment. 
 It is Alterative, Diuretic, and Anodyne ; highly useful in diseases of the liver and skin, 
 scrofula, dropsy, as it is a general deobstruent to the glandular system when used in 
 infusion or sirup, i. e, it removes obstructions, and opens the natural passage of the 
 fluids, and secretions of the body ; or, in other words it is aperient, (from the Latin aperient, 
 to uncover, or open, from ah and pan're, to bring forth, or produce, being gently opening, 
 or laxative). Externally, as a fomentation or ointment, it is valuable in bruises, in- 
 flammation of the breasts, ring- worm, boils, painful .swellings, itch, and other eruptions 
 of the skin. The rooi in decoction, drank freolv, is said to restore the lochial dLscharge, 
 when suppres.sed, and to relieve the pains attending difficult menstruation. Dose of me 
 infusion, or sirup, made from this, alone, 2 to 4 fluid ozs.— King. 
 
68 DR. chase's 
 
 specific efi'ects, and I believe that tlie most of them have, although we 
 may not always use them properly, I can see the propriety of combin- 
 ing a number together as in this sirup, that all the organs may be 
 ?roperly aroused to their work and assist in the restoration to health, 
 'he human body is a complex organism, and the action of each organ 
 is different from the others, yet the complete structure is sustained by 
 the harmonious and simultaneous operations of all the parts. The 
 food which we eat contains all the elements of nutrition for the 
 tissues, and each goes to its proper place. If, however, we know that 
 any thing is wanting, as iron, lime, soda, phosphorus, etc., we may 
 reasonably supply it. But in very many cases we have not arrived at 
 that degree of knowledge or skill that we can determine it to a cer- 
 tainty, and the disease seems to be an accumulation of slight derange- 
 ments, one depending on another, which no one remedy will reach. 
 We do not, neither can we expect to effect a restoration speedily as in 
 acute disease, but it has to be done little by little, hour by hour, and 
 day by day, by a slow and gradual process, just as the tissues are 
 nourished. 
 
 Besides the Alteratives before mentioned, the ordinary roots and 
 barks known to nurses to possess such properties, can be made into 
 teas, or beers in the Spring of the year, and drank freely for a month 
 or two will have decided effects in changing the action of the system, 
 and improving the general health — and the cathartics and diuretics 
 have also more or less Alterative action upon the system, when used 
 according to indications, by failing health. It is always be&t not to 
 let any disease get firmly established before anything is done; but 
 take them when health 6e^ms to fail, and it will take less medicine, 
 and less powerful medicine, to turn again, the tide of health into the 
 correct channels. 
 
 9. Sulphur and Cream of Tartar. — Although, perhaps, these 
 articles are not properly considered Alteratives, yet, sulphur is so ac- 
 credited, and is also laxative, while the bitartrate of potash — cream of 
 tartar — ^is diuretic and laxative ; and the combination, in my estima- 
 tion, at least, is decidely Alterative and corrective of various difficul- 
 ties which may arise, especially in the Spring, from a kind of same- 
 ness of diet, and house confinement through the Winter, of delicate 
 persons and children ; and hence, I look upon the mixture with a very 
 favorable eye, and believe it has, and if properly used, will prevent 
 many permanent diseases that Avould otherwise arise. 
 
 Dose. — The mixture is generally made with twice as much cream 
 of tartar as sulphur; then mixed with common molasses or sirup, and 
 taken for 3 or 4 mornings in succession, in tea-spoonful doses for 
 children and weak persons, and stout adults twice as much; then skip 
 the same time, and take it up again. I do not believe that we have 
 two articles with which as much can be done to prevent disease as 
 with this combination. Their use may generally be continued until 
 the general health is decidedly improved. 
 
 10. Alterative and Tonic. — Fluid ex. of gentian, and fl. ex. of 
 
 Juassia, of each, 8 ozs.; iodide of potash, 1 oz. Dissolve and mix. 
 >0SE. — A table-spoonful, 4 times daily, in a little water after each 
 meal and at bed time. Used in syphilitic complaints, with the iodide 
 of this strength. In any of the common diseases requiring an Alter- 
 ative Tonic, half the amount of iodide only is used — the dose the 
 same. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 69 
 
 11. Another. — Fluid ex. of sarsaparilla, 1 pt. ; iodide of potash, ^ 
 oz. Dissolve and mix. Dose. — One tea-si^oonful, after each meal and at 
 bed time. The same iiiuy be done with the fl. ex. of stillingia, or any- 
 one of the Alterative articles mentioned above, or with a mixture of 
 4 ozs. each, of any 4 of them, should any one prefer to purchase these 
 extracts of the druggists, to making the sirups themselves, using the 
 iodide, J oz. to the mixture, as 4 times 4 ozs. make 1 pt. Dose. — The 
 same as for the single articles. 
 
 ANTISPASMODICS.— Any article that willcounteract, or allay 
 Bpasm after it has commenced, is called an Atispasmodic; and as 
 spasm depends upon some irritation of the nerves, whatever will re- 
 move the irritation or relax the system so that the irritation is not 
 felt, will be just the thing to use. Spasm may arise from the irritation 
 of the stomach, from over-eating, especially with children, in time of 
 green fruit, etc.; then an emetic should at once be administered; also 
 from worms, teething, etc.; but the probability is that, no matter from 
 what it may arise, as good an article as can be first given will be the 
 following: 
 
 1. Antispasmodic Tincture. — Made by using equal parts of 
 the tinctures of lobelia, capsicum (cayenne), and skunk cabbage root; 
 or make it directly by using, of each of the articles in powder, above 
 named, 2 ozs., and alcohol, 1 qt., and make by maceration and displace- 
 ment — which see — or let a druggist do it for you. 
 
 Dose. — For a child 2 years old, -J of a tea-spoonful in sweetened 
 water and give every 10 minutes until the spasm ceases; and if the 
 mouth can not be o])ened, open the lips and pass it through an open 
 space from the absence of teeth; and if it can not be done in this 
 way, put 1 tea-spoonful to 1 a tea-cupful of warm water and inject, and 
 repeat in 20 minutes if not relieved. King says it should be in the 
 hands of every physician. I say it should be in the hands of every 
 family, as well as physician. He says in hysteria, convulsions, and 
 tetanus, or locked-jaw, in which swallowing is difficult, it may be 
 poured into the corner of the mouth, and repeated as often as neces- 
 sary; it will find its way into the stomach — generally the efiect is al- 
 most instantaneous. He also says that, "in rigidity of the os uteri 
 (mouth of the womb), a tea-spoonful administered by mouth, or by 
 enema (injection) into the rectum, and repeated in 15 or 20 minutes, 
 will be found to produce a state of softness and dilatability witliout 
 the necessity of using the lancet, so highly recommended by a certain 
 class of practitioners, in such cases." 
 
 2. G-elsenainum (Yellow Gesamine) is a powerful Antispas- 
 modic, and relaxant, but requires to be used with care. 8cudder 
 uses it also to j^revent spasms. If he sees twitching of the mouth 
 and fingers, or extreme restlessness and contraction of tlie face, in 
 children, he gives 10 drops of the tincture every 2 hours, for a child 
 of 2 years, feeling confident of speedy and certain relief. It may be 
 used for the relief of actual convulsions, or spasms, in the same dose, 
 and repeated in 20 to 30 minutes, if necessary. It is a dec idcd febri- 
 fuge, (to remove fever) as well as Antispasmodic, and is extensively 
 used in fevers, especially in cases of great restlessness, and tendency 
 of blood to the head; but this will be explained under that head. 
 The specific, or ]>ositive action of the article, if given until its full 
 effects are experienced, is a clouded and double vision, and complete 
 prostration, with inability to open the eyes, which, however, pass ofi", 
 
70 DE. chase's 
 
 in a few hours, if its use is dropped off, as it shall be, if these symp- 
 toms ever arise. It is believed that this article has more complete 
 control over the nervous system, removing nervous irritability better 
 than any other article, and is recommended in neuralgia, nervous 
 headache, toothache, and locked-jaw, or tetanus; and in the last, as 
 positively certain. 
 
 3. High Cranberry (viburnum opulus). — The bark of the high 
 cranberry, King says, is a powerful Antispasmodic, and, in conse- 
 quence of this property, it is more generally known among American 
 practitioners by the name of cramp-bark. It is very effective in relax- 
 ing cramps and spasms of all kinds, as asthma, hysteria, cramps of the 
 limbs, or other parts in females, especially during pregnancy, and it 
 is said to be highly beneficial to those who are subject to convulsions 
 during pregnancy, or at the times of parturition (child birth), pre- 
 venting the attacks entirely, if used daily for the last two months 
 of gestation (pregnancy). The following forms an excellent prepar- 
 ation for the relief of these, or any other spasmodic attacks: 
 
 High cranberry bark, 2 ozs. ; scuUcap, the herb or leaves, 1 oz.; and 
 skunk cabbage, the root, 1 oz.; cloves, h oz. ; and capsicum, \ oz. ; 
 sherry, native, or home-made wine, 2 qts. 
 
 Bruise all the articles and place them in the wine for 2 weeks. 
 
 Dose. — From 1 to 2 ozs. 3 or 4 times daily. 
 
 4. The Scullcap is the (Scutellaria lateriflora) and the skunk 
 cabbage is the (symplocarpus foetida) of botanists, and both are power- 
 fully Antispasmodic, and the first is also tonic and nervine, the last 
 also expectorant, making with the aromatics a very valuable Antispas- 
 modic especially for the cases referred to. 
 
 5. Assafoetida is also possessed of Antispasmodic properties, 
 quieting nervous irritability, stimulating the stomach and bowels, and 
 also relieving flatulence and pain. It is used in the nervous spas- 
 modic diseases of women, and hysteria, infantile convulsions, croup, 
 hooping-cough, flatulent colic, chronic catarrh, and with morphine 
 and quinine, in sick, or nervous headache; and in profuse or painful 
 menstruation. 
 
 Dose. — In pill, 5 to 10 grs., and tincture, 30 drops to 1^ tea-spoon- 
 fuls, repeated as may be necessary, children in proportion to age. 
 It is not used in inflammations, where spasms arise, in children, from 
 the presence of worms, as soon as the spasms are relieved, verm- 
 ifuges, or worm remedies must be given. 
 
 6. "Warm Bath. — In case of convulsions, or fits, more especi- 
 ally in children, while any other remedies, at hand are being used, 
 do not overlook the great importance of a warm bath, because it is 
 mentioned last, but make all possible haste to have sufficient hot 
 water to nearly cover the little patient; and, if an adult, for the feet, 
 and mustard plasters to feet, arms, and legs, in either case, etc., and 
 keep them in the bath 15 to 20 minutes at least, 30 minutes are still 
 better, then take right into a warm blanket; and cold water, or wet 
 cold cloths to the head will be valuable also ; and warm water injec- 
 tions if no other Antispasmodic is at hand. 
 
 ASTRINQ-BNTS. — Astringents are such medicines as will not 
 only astringo, or contract the different organs, or vessels with which 
 they come in contact, but are also strengthening to these parts, giving 
 a healthy tone to the general system ; although there are articles 
 sometimes used in outward applications, as in cuts, etc., that have a 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK i i. 
 
 tendency to destroy the immediate parts that they come in contact 
 with, as the acids, etc., but the general understanding is, such articles 
 as relieve diarrhea, dysentery, mucus. discharges, hemorrhages, or 
 bleedings, etc. 
 
 2. Tannic Acid. — Tannic Acid is made from the nut galls of 
 commerce, but it is contained in nearly all of the Astringent vegeta- 
 bles that we have. It is valuable in diarrhea, and hemorrhages from 
 the stomach, bowels, lungs, etc., where the bleedings are not of a 
 very free character. 
 
 "Dose. — From i to 5 grs., repeated in i an hour to an hour or two. 
 It has been used in collapsed stages of Asiatic cholera, in doses of 10 
 to 15 grs., and repeated every 15 minutes until the discharges ceased; 
 then less often, with other appropriate treatment to strengthen the 
 patient. A solution of it with glycerine is a powerful styptic." — King. 
 
 3. G-allic Acid. — Grallic acid is not as good an Astringent for 
 local applications as the tannic, but is considered better than the 
 other, from the fact that it is more easily dissolved by the fluids of 
 the system, and thus has a more decided eflect upon internal bleed- 
 ings; for, in fact tannic acid is converted into gallic, in the system. 
 Scudder considers this one of our best remedies in hemorrhages; but 
 of no value in diarrhea. It does not produce costiveness like the 
 tannic. It is valuable in bleeding from the uterus, lungs, and 
 kidneys. 
 
 Dose. — From 5 to 15 grs. 3, 4, or 5 times daily, according to the 
 Beverity of the hemorrhages — it is not used in diarrhea. 
 
 4. Oak Bark. — The bark of the white oak is a powerful 
 Astringent — other species are more or less so, but this is the best, — it 
 is also antiseptic (preventing putresency, or decay, rotting, of the 
 food). It is useful in chronic diarrhea, chronic mucus discharges, as 
 in catarrh, etc., and in slight hemorrhages ; and wherever an astring- 
 ent is needed. 
 
 Dose. — Take the inner bark and tare it to pieces and put a small 
 handful of it into ^ pt. of boiling water, with a tea-spoonful of ginger 
 or all-spice, or any aromantic, as cinnamon, etc., as preferred ; and 
 when cold 2 to 3 table-spoonfuls every 1 or 2 hours. It is, however, 
 more generally used as a gargle in cases where the palate is elongated 
 and touches the back part of the tongue, sore-throat, etc.; and as an 
 astringent lotion for ulcers, with granulations; and for injections in 
 leucorrhea, and as a wash and injection in falling of the ani, as in piles, 
 etc., etc. 
 
 5. Tincture of Catechu. — Tincture of Catechu will be found 
 useful in chronic diarrhea, and dysentery. It is found in the drug 
 stores already prepared; but if it has become like jelly, at all, it is too 
 old for use. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful in some gum or elm mucilage, or sweetened 
 water. 
 
 6. Cranesbill. — Also known as spotted-geranium, wild-cranes- 
 bill, crowfoot, alum-root, etc,, is a powerful Astringent — used by infus- 
 ing in milk, in dysentery, diarrhea, and cholera infantum; and 
 wherever an Astringent is needed, externally, or internally, as in 
 bleedings, indolent ulcers, sore-mouth, sore-eyes, whites, as an injec- 
 tion, gleet, bloody urine, monorrhagia, (excessive flowof the menses) ; 
 diabetes; and all considerable discharges of mucus, as in catarrh, etc. 
 
72 DR. chase's 
 
 " Piles are said to be cured by adding of the powdered root, 2 ozs. to 
 tobacco ointment, 7 ozs., and applying to the parts 3 or 4 times daily." 
 King. 
 
 1. Blackberry Root and Red Raspberry Leaves. — The 
 root of the blackberry made into tea, sirup, or cordial forms a mild 
 Astringent, even for adults, and the wine, sirup, or cordial made from 
 the berries are also valuable in diarrhea, dysentery, cholera infantum, 
 or relaxed condition of the bowels ; and in slight bleedings; and the 
 decoction, or tea makes a valuable injection in any case where an 
 Astringent is needed, made from the root. Raspberry leaves in decoc- 
 tion with cream, allays nausea and vomiting. Tlie sirup made frora 
 the blackberries, is especially valuable in the griping pains attendant 
 upon dysentery — so would be the wine; but the sirup is undoubtedly 
 the best. The fruit of the raspberry makes a jam or sirup, that is 
 valuable as a drink in fevers, and until they gain full strength ; and 
 the blackberries, the same in all cases of disease where an Astringent 
 is needed, as above mentioned. See Blackberry Wine, Cordial, or 
 
 SlRTP, ETC. 
 
 8. Astringent Cordial, or Neutralizing- Cordial. — A very 
 
 valuable Astringent cathartic for diarrhea, and for general derange- 
 ment of the stomach and bowels, is made by taking of the best 
 rheubarb, peppermint herb, and bi-carbonate of potash, of each, 2\ 
 ozs.; oils of cinnamon and erigeron, (common names, flea-bane, 
 colt's-tail, horse-weed, pride-weed, butter-weed, etc.), of each, 1 dr.; 
 alcohol, iT pt. ; water, 1 qt. ; loaf sugar, 2 lbs. 
 
 Bruise the rheubarb and peppermint and steep in the water, and 
 strain through a stout jjiece of muslin to allow pressing out all the 
 fluid, and it might be well, after having pre.'-sed out all you can, to 
 open the cloth and put on as much boiling water as will make up for 
 evaporation and what will be retained in the dain])ness, and press 
 out again ; then dissolve the bi-carbonate in the fluid, and put in the 
 sugar and dissolve by heat to form the cordial or sirup; then, having 
 added the oils to the alcohol add it to the cordial. This should be 
 kept in every house, whether there are children or not, as it is as val- 
 uable for adults as for children. 
 
 Dose. — For adults, 1 table-spoonful, child 3 years old, 1 tea-spoon- 
 ful, in all irregularities of the bowels, and repeated every hour until 
 the stools become dark, then the dose may be lessened, until regular. 
 The 3 flrst articles named above, it will be seen, under the head of 
 Cathartics, makes a valuable regulating i^hysic. 
 
 g^°It will be observed that the treatment of the diseases of per- 
 sons, has gone before the introduction of any Miscellaneous Receipts. 
 This arrangement will be followed through the Work, under all of 
 the difi'erent letters of the Ali)habet. 
 
 A. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. A. 
 
 ANTS— To Destroy.— A correspondent of the Philadelphia 
 Ledger says : 
 
 "Take a large sponge, wash it well, press it very dry; by so doing 
 it will leave the small cells open — lay it on the shelf where they are 
 most troublesome, sprinkle some fine white sugar on the sponge, 
 lightly over it. Two or three times a day, take a bucket of boiling 
 water to where the sponge is, carefully drop the s^jonge in the scald- 
 ing water, and you will slay them by thousands, and soon rid the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 73 
 
 house of those troublesome insects. When you squeeze the sponge 
 in water you will be astonished at the number that had gone into the 
 cells." 
 
 APPLE BUTTER— To make with Cider.— Have a large brass 
 kettle, nicely cleaned by putting in a little vinegar and salt, rubbing 
 it about well, then washing out and wiping dry with a piece of flan- 
 nel. Fill the kettle with new cider, made from sweet apples, that has 
 not began to woi*k or ferment; and as it begins to boil, skim well, and 
 skim every time that additional cider is put in as it iigain begins to 
 boil. If the kettle will hold about 30 gals. IJ barrels of cider can be 
 boiled into it. When the cider is all in that you design to make ; the 
 apples having been pared, quartered, and cored — sweet apples are the 
 best — at the rate of li bushels for 1 barrel of cider, dip out sufficient 
 to allow putting in the apples and continue the boiling until the cider 
 is all in. And from the time that the apple-; and cider are all in, let 
 the boiling be slow, and the stirring constant, until there is only 10 
 gals, at most. 
 
 To stir the apple butter while making, it is best to take a board 2 
 or 3 inches wide and bore an inch hole through one end of it, and 
 round off the other end to fit the bottom of ilid kettle — the hole 
 being bored so as to allow a handle to pass over the top of the kettle 
 while the lower end stands upon the bottom, which will enable one 
 to stand back 3 or 4 feet or more from the fire ; for unless the stirrer is 
 kept moving about over the bottoin the butter will burn and be 
 spoiled; but if care is taken it will be very nice. Dip, while hot, into 
 stone jars; and when cold, cut white paper covers just to fit in the 
 jar, right down onto the butter itself; and wet the.-e papers in whiskey 
 before putting them in, and the work is complete. 
 
 I have always been very fond of what my folks call "cider ap]ile 
 sauce," i. e., boiled cider, 3 barrels to 1, kept P<r the purpose; then as 
 needed, simply stew the apples in the cidev. not enough to dissolve 
 the apples; but leaving the quarters whole — u is very nice. And the 
 boiled cider kept in this wa}^ makes an excellent addition to mince 
 pies, and for cider cake, etc., etc., and with cool water added, in Spring 
 or Summer, in fevers, it makes a palatable drink. 
 
 2. Apple Butter "Without Apples.— S. Miller, Bluffton, Mis- 
 souri, writes to the Western PGmolo'jht and Gardener, that grapes are a 
 drug in the market, and that wine is too cheap to pay for making. 
 So, what does the S. M. aforesaid do but press his grapes, boil down 
 the juice to \, and then slice in peaches. Just think of it, grape-juice 
 and peaches! He says it is "good to spread on bread." We know 
 that he has good bread to spread it on, for we have been at his ranch. 
 
 3. Purapkin Butter. — I remember having spent the Winter on 
 the Maumee river, some 40 years ago, and all the sauce we had was 
 " pumpkin butter." It was made by first boiling unpeeled pumpkin, 
 with sufficient water to start with, then exjiressing the juice and 
 boiling down to the consistence of boiled cider, then adding nicely 
 peeled pumj^kin, cut into small pieces, and stirring, and boiling down 
 to a proper tliickness — quite thick — as for apple butter, above. I 
 thought then it was very nice, and I think it still would be, in places 
 where cider and apples could not be got, as they could not there, at 
 that time. The cooler these are kept, and the more they are kept 
 from the air the less likely are they to work, or sour. 
 
 Although it was my purpose to keep up an alphabetical arrange- 
 
74 DR. chase's 
 
 ment in this Work, when things seem to belong together, like these 
 "butters," I will deviate from the original intention, as I have in this case. 
 
 4. Apples Spiced. — Take nice tart apples, pared and cored, 8 
 lbs.; sugar, 3j lbs. ; vinegar, 1 qt. ; cinnamon, bark, unground, 1 oz. ; 
 cloves, unground, | oz. Boil the sugar, vinegar, and spices together; 
 put in the apples when boiling, and let them remain until tender, 
 about 20 minutes. Take them out, and put them in a jar. Boil 
 down the sirup until it is thick, and pour it over. 
 
 5. Apple Parings — Dried for Jelly. — "Wherever and when- 
 ever apples are scarce, it is good economy to dry the nice parings, 
 especially of fine Fall apples, as thus dried they will make good 
 apple-jelly in Winter. I have tried it myself, and I can fancy that 
 the richly elaborated juices so close to the sunshine under the crim- 
 son and gold surface are more suitable for jellies than other parts 
 of the apple, as we know it to be so in the quince. The parings dry 
 nicely laid in plates under the cooking stove for the first day, then in 
 the sunshine. Keep in paper bags. The parings of russets are gener- 
 ally bitter." 
 
 So says some one in some paper. And as we used to make jelly 
 of green apple parings, when in Minnesota, and apples were worth 
 $12 per barrel, using it for jelly cake, I can fully endorse the idea of 
 saving them, by drying, where fruit is scarce. It is very delicious. 
 
 AQUA AMMONIA— Its Domestic Uses.— A " Housekeeper " 
 in the Michigan Farmer, says: "For washing paint, put a table-spoon- 
 ful in a quart of moderately hot water, dip in a flannel cloth, and with 
 this merely wipe over the wood-work ; no scrubbing will be neces- 
 sary. For taking grease spots from any fabric, use the ammonia 
 nearly pure, and then lay white blotting-paper over the spot and iron 
 it lightly. In washing laces, put 12 drops in a little warm suds. 
 To clean silver, mix 2 tea-spoonfuls of ammonia in a quart of hot 
 soap-suds, put in your silver and wash it, using an old nail-brush or 
 tooth-brush for the purpose. For cleaning hair-brushes, etc., simply 
 shake the brushes up and down in a mixture of 1 tea-spoonful of 
 ammonia to 1 pint of hot water; when they are cleaned, rinse them 
 in cold water and stand them in the wind or in a hot place to dry. 
 For washing finger marks from looking-glasses or windows, put a few 
 drops of ammonia on a moist rag and make quick work of it. If you 
 wish your house-plants to flourish, put a few drops of the spirits in 
 every pint of water used in watering. A tea-spoonful in a basin of 
 cold water will add much to the refreshing eff'ects of a bath, and for 
 those who have a sour, or sweat-smell, it will be an absolute remedy, 
 for some considerable time. Nothing is better than an ammonia- 
 water for cleansing the hair. In every case, rinse off the ammonia 
 with pure water." 
 
 2. Amtnonia in Snake Bites. — It is reported that in India and 
 Burmah, that there are over 8,000 persons die annually from the bites 
 of poisonous snakes. In over 900 cases, reported by an English sur- 
 geon. Aqua Ammonia was administered, internally, and over 700 of 
 them recovered, although the average time which had elapsed, after 
 the bite, before it was given, was 3} hours; and in those who died, 4^. 
 So that even after 3 hoars from the bite, reasonable hope might be 
 had of saving the patient. 
 
 Dose. — It may be given in doses of 5 to 30 drops, well diluted with 
 water. 
 
SECOND EECEIPT BOOK. 75 
 
 ARTICHOCKES— As Pood for Stock.— The plant known as 
 the Jerusalem Artichoke, is a species of the sun-flower; but bears a 
 tuber, or root which is very nutricious, and cattle and hogs are very 
 fond of them. They grow abundantly, and are preferred by cattle 
 and hogs to potatoes; and as they contain as much nitrogen as pota- 
 toes, and in a different form, being starch in the potatoe, and sugar in 
 the Artichocke, so that the frost does not injure them as it does the 
 potatoe, makfes them valuable to raise for stock. They are hard to 
 get out of the ground, however, when once started. They will grow 
 in poor soil, where potatoes would not do well. 
 
 AXLE, OR LUBRICATING- GREASE.— The Scientific AvieH- 
 can informs us that the following compound was patented in England, 
 and, that with 25 parts of black-lead mixed with it makes a good axle 
 grease for carts and carriages: 
 
 1. Tallow, 252 parts; oil, 333; soda, 14; potash, 12; and water, 389 
 parts, pounds, grains, ounces, or whatever weight shall be taken. The 
 potash and soda are first dissolved in the water; and the tallow and 
 oil mixed and kneaded to thoroughly incox-porate. It can be made in 
 small quantities for one's own use; or in large quantities, and boxed 
 for sale. 
 
 2. Another. — Fine black-lead, 1 lb.; lard, 4 lbs. Grind the two 
 articles together on a painter's stone, or else rub them thoroughly to- 
 gether with a spatula, upon a smooth board. 
 
 3. Booth's axle grease, patent expired, consists of common soda, 
 ^ lb.; tallow, 3 lbs., and palm-oil, 6 lbs., or if you prefer, palm-oil, 10 
 lbs. with no tallow ; water, 1 gal. Heat to 200* or 210" Fah. ; and mix 
 by constantly stiring; then remove from the fire and stir until cool, to 
 prevent any separation of the articles. 
 
 4. A thin composition is made with the same amount of soda 
 and water, with rape-oil, 1 gal.; and tallow, or palm-oil, -]■ lb.; mixed 
 by heat. The rape plant belongs to the cabbage tribe, but has a root 
 and seed like the turnip. Tlie oil is made from the seed. 
 
 6. For carriages having a nicelj^ turned bearing, or axle, in 
 warm weather, there is probably nothing better than castor-oil alone; 
 and for Winter, castor-oil mixed with about an equal amount of petro- 
 leum oil, which prevents the thickening of the castor-oil. This last 
 also makes a valuable lubricating oil for shafting journals. 
 
 BATHING. — There is no simple and so easily to be accomplished 
 thing which can be done to the human system, that is of so great an 
 importance as that of regular Bathing; and, yet, there is, probably, 
 nothing so greatly neglected. There are some persons whom I know, 
 that scarcely ever, even wash themselves, except their face and hands, 
 that they may ^^ appear unto others" to be clean, who, notwithstanding 
 this neglect of Bathing, enjoy a passible degree of health. What 
 does this prove? Simply nothing! For, if they may enjoy a fiiir de- 
 gree of health for 50 years, neglecting bodily cleanliness, with it, I fully 
 believe they might reach 70 to 80 years of healthful life. 
 
 The utility, or rather the necessity, of Bathing frequently can not 
 be doubted. It would be difficult to convey in a limited space, a 
 sufiiciently complete idea of this most powerful means of preserving 
 and restoring health. No wonder the ancients, and especially the 
 Romans, carried the practice of Bathing to such an extent! Why it 
 should have fallen into such disuse in modern times it is difficult to 
 determine; and the more so, as it is such an agreeable remedy and 
 
76 DR. chase's 
 
 preventive of disease, by lessening and regulating the heat of the 
 body, and the circulation of blood, tranquiiizingthe irritability of the 
 nervous system, and especially by cleansing the skin, thereby remov- 
 ing a primary source of disease. It invigorates the whole system, and 
 to an increase of bodily strength it adds exhilaration, and a delight- 
 ful serenity and cheerfulness of mind. 
 
 I have only to refer to the elementary teachings of physiology 
 for a knowledge of the uses of water in the animal economy. It en- 
 ters the blood-vessels, both by being absorbed from the mucous mem- 
 brane lining the digestive passages when taken as a drink, and by 
 permeating the skin in Baths. Happily there is no dissension to the 
 fact of the great benefit arising from the use of water in the form of 
 Baths. This is a point on which even doctors do not disagree, all con- 
 ceding their eflicucy in promoting and maintaining health. It can not 
 be doubted that a regular and judicious use of the Bath is a preven- 
 tive of many diseases; that they have cured many diseases is well 
 known, and it is highly probable that many forms of serious and dis- 
 tressing sickness, with which many persons are afflicted during a long 
 course of years, would be almost unknown among us, and the pain 
 from incurable diseases greatly mitigated, were Baths in general use. 
 There would be less suffering, more cheerfulness and vivacity, greater 
 length of days, and a more complete enjoyment of existence. 
 
 It is because the body is neglected that it does not better resist 
 the morbific actions of external agents, and becomes diseased. Like 
 a complicated machine, which, if exposed, soon becomes clogged with 
 dust, and thus compelled to discontinue its movements unless con- 
 stantly guarded against impediments, the human body needs constant 
 attention — much more than a mere artificial machine — since of all 
 organized structures it is by far the most complicated. 
 
 Bathing has been declared to be a law imposed by nature on all 
 perspirable creatures. Yet among the masses. Bathing is notoriously 
 uncommon, both in the United States and in Great Britain — far more 
 80 even than in some of the less enlightened portions of continental 
 Europe. It is but a few years since Dr. Comb, writing of England, 
 said: "We are far behind our continental neighbors in this respect — 
 they justly consider the Bath a necessity, we still regard it as a lux- 
 ury. I believe that in one hospital in Paris a greater number of Baths 
 have been administered to the poor during the last year than to th.^ 
 whole working population of Great Britain during the last ten years." 
 Since this was written, however, measures have been instituted in 
 London, Liverpool, and other cities, which neutralized in a great de- 
 gree, the force of the stricture implied in the last sentence. Though 
 he adds that "Baths are to be found in fifty places now where there 
 was one twenty years ago." 
 
 A recent English traveler in America writes: "In fact, I have 
 found it more difficult in traveling in the United States to proi-ure a 
 liberal supply of water at all times of the day and night in my bed 
 chamber, than to obtain any other necessity. A supply for washing 
 the face and hands once a day is all that is thought requisite." Doubt- 
 less he was not aware of the severe strictures of a fellow-countryman, 
 who in his advocacy of cleanliness, thus speaks of the prevalent 
 habits of his own countrymen: "Some disgusting economist of both 
 time and water reduced ablution to a habit of washing the hands and 
 face, leaving the clothing to hide whatever dust might accumulate on 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 77 
 
 the rest of the body ; and as though enamored of its ingenuity, their 
 descendants have never abandoned the same filthy and unwholesome 
 practice. 
 
 We may well ask why the people of the United States should de- 
 
 Erive themselves of tlie admirable appliances, on the score of both 
 ealth and enjoyment, to which all classes in many other countries, 
 and in opposite climates, have ready recourse. 
 
 In Russia the Bath is general, from the Emperor to the poorest 
 serf, and through all Finland, Lapland, Sweden, and Norway, no hut 
 is so destitute as not to have its f;imily Bath. 
 
 Equally general is the Bath in Turke}^ Egypt, and Persia, among 
 all classes, from the Pasha down to the poor camel driver. 
 
 The question of the utility of Bathing a*^ a hygienic (healthy) 
 measure might be supposed to be i^laced beyond all controversy by 
 the example of so many people in all ages of the world, and in the 
 greatest variety and contrast of climates. Physiology gives also its 
 confirmation of the necessity of Bathing, and to it I shall appeal by a 
 brief statement of the structure and functions of the skin and of its 
 intimate relations with the chief organs and tissues of the body. 
 
 The skin, the external tegument of the body, is principally the 
 seat of the sense of touch; through its sensibilit) we are apprised of 
 the temperature, density, and other properties of substances with 
 which we come in contact; through this medium the brain is actively 
 and constantly impressed by connecting nerves, and is, of course, not 
 a little dependent on the force and extent of these impressions. The 
 function of the skin is essential in keeping up the nutrition of the 
 body. It absorbs fluids and gases, and holds or gives otf the same; it 
 is an auxiliary of respiration and the regulation of animal heat. So 
 necessary is this function to the maintenance of life and health, that 
 if it Ije interrupted, as by covering the body with an impervious coat 
 of varnish, retaining the matter excreted through its pores, and pre- 
 venting the introduction of material absorbed, the animal dies very 
 soon. 
 
 The skin consists of two layers — the dermis, (from the French 
 derme the skin,) or true skin, and the external layer, the epidermis, or 
 cuticle, also called the scarf-skin. The dermis, or true skin, consists 
 of dense elastic tissue, with the numerous openings for the transmis- 
 sion of blood-vessels and nerves from its under surface, and of an in- 
 tricate M^eb-work of minute blood-vessels, sensory nerves, and lym- 
 phatic, or absorbent vessels, distributed over its iipper surface. It also 
 contains in its substance, the sebaceous follicles, or oil-foiming glands; 
 and the sudoriferous or sweat glands that lie beneath it, send their 
 ducts up through it, as seen in Fig. 14. From these latter glands is 
 constantly secreted the watery and saline fluid of perspiration. 
 
 The following minute estimates by Wilson in his "Treatise on 
 Healthy Skin," are curious and interesting, and show the importance 
 of the ofiice of the skin in maintaining health: 
 
 "Taken separately, the little perspiratory tube with its appendant 
 gland, is calculated to awaken in the mind a very little idea of the 
 importance of the system to which it belongs: but when the vast 
 numbers of similar organs composing this system are considered, we 
 are led to form some notion, however imperfect, of their probable in- 
 fluence on the health and comfort of tlie individual. I use the words 
 'imperfect notion' advisedly, for the reality surpasses imagination, and 
 
78 
 
 DR. chase's 
 
 also belief. To arrive at something like an estimate of the value of 
 the perspiratory t^ystem in relation to the rest of the organism, I 
 counted the perspiratory pores on the palm of tlie hand, and found 
 3,528 in a square inch. Now, each of these pores being the aperture 
 of a little tube about a quarter of an inch long, it follov^rs that in a 
 square inch of skin on the palm of the hand there exists a length of 
 tube equal to 882 inches, or 73A feet. Surely such an amount of drain- 
 age as 73 feet in every square inch of the skin — assuming this to be 
 the average of the whole body — is something wonderful, and the 
 thought naturally intrudes itself — what if this drainage wasob.structed? 
 Could we need a stronger argument for enforcing the necessity of at- 
 tention to the skin? 
 
 "On the pulps of the lingers, where the ridges of 
 the sensitive layer of the true skin are somewhat 
 finer than in the palm, the number of pores on a 
 square inch exceeds that of the palm, and on the 
 heel the pores are less in number, there being only 
 about 2,268 in a square inch. To obtain an esti- 
 mate of the total length of the tube of the perspira- 
 tory system of the whole surface of the body, I 
 think that 2,800 might be taken as a fair average of 
 the number of pores in the square inch, and 700, 
 consequently, of the number of inches in length. 
 Now, the number of square inches of surface in a man 
 of ordinary height and bulk is 2,500; the number of 
 pores, therefore, 7,000 000, and the number of inches of 
 perspiratory tube 1,750,000; that is, 154, S'63 feet, or 
 48,000 yards, or nearly 28 miles to each individual!" 
 
 The sebaceous, or oil-forming glands, which are 
 included in the above calculation of Wilson, are 
 small oblong bodies closely resembling the perspi- 
 ratory glands, and sometimes they are short, straight 
 follicles or pouches seated in the substance of the 
 skin. Their excretory ducts open into a hair folli- 
 cle. These sebaceous (from the Latin sebum, tallow, 
 having reference to the oily secretions of the se- 
 baceous glands) tubes are frequently the seat of a 
 curious parasite, or animalcule which are often 
 «T> OWT.AT. r,T A^^TT^c: fouud u\ great juimbors in those persons whose 
 DUCT &c ' skin is torpid in its functions. They are found in 
 
 ' , ■ ,. all ages, and in remarkable numbers during sick- 
 
 Magntfled 30 diameters, j^g^c 
 
 ductbSthtSiS; -^^ has be«^" ^ai(^> the skin both absorbs material 
 6,6, under surface of essential to the process of nutrition, and eliminates 
 the skin- c, c, fatty (throws off) waste and effete matter, which, if re- 
 itff'ittVif;^^! tho*ii,r ' tained, would cause disease. The fluid secreted as 
 face. The three lay- perspiration is commonly SO gradually formed that 
 ersofwhichtheskin'is the watery portion escapes in vapor on coming 
 composed, are shown. ^^ the surface, and is then called insensible per- 
 spiration, the oily portion remaining uj>on the surface, giving it 
 softness and pliability, in health. But daring severe exercise, or in 
 warm or damp atmosphere, and in some forms of disease, the fluid 
 collects in drops on the skin, and is then called sensible perspiration; 
 and this fluid so eliminated holds in solution various salts, viz: phos- 
 
 ^mmi 
 
 THE SKIN WITH 
 ITS SUDORIFOROUS, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 79 
 
 phates of soda and lime, carbonate of lime, chloride of sodium (com- 
 mon salt), sulphate of soda, chloride of ammonium ("sal ammoniac"), 
 and some potash, lactic (from lac, milk) and acetic acid; traces of iron 
 and animal matter have also been found. 
 
 These estimates include the excretion from the oil-forming (se- 
 baceous) glands, which are almost necessarily mixed with the perspi- 
 ration. 
 
 The average loss by exhalation from the skin during twenty-four 
 hours is estimated at 2^ lbs., about twice as much as by the lungs 
 during the same time. 
 
 This discharge from the skin is less active when the digestion is 
 impaired, and most abundant during the period of digestion, though 
 least so immediately after food is taken. 
 
 The skin is much influenced by the functions of other organs; 
 the organs, the functions of which most influence the skin, however, 
 are the kidneys. The cutaneous and urinary excretions are recipro- 
 cally vicarious (changeable), the deficiency of one being compensated 
 for by the other; and this not merely in regard to the amount of fluid 
 which they carry away from the blood, but also in respect to the solid 
 matter which they eliminate. It is said that at least 100 grains of 
 etfete, or worn-out matter are daily thrown off" from the skin, and any 
 cause which checks this excretion must increase the labor of the 
 kidneys, or produce an accumulation of poisonous matter in the blood. 
 Hence attention to the functions of the skin — which is at all times 
 important — is peculiarly required in the treatment of diseases of the 
 kidneys and urinary organs, and valuable in the treatment of any 
 disease. 
 
 Much more might be said of the anatomy and physiology of the 
 skin, and of its intimate relations through the nervous system and 
 contiguous tissues, with the other structures of the body ; but the 
 principal object is to show the necessity of keeping the skin clean, and 
 not interrupting its office, and I trust I have made plain that neces- 
 sity. 
 
 If the knowledge of these facts could reach the crowd of the un- 
 washed — certainly of the unhathed — both rich and poor, they surely 
 ought to feel some alarm at their danger, when they reflect that their 
 own skins must be pretty thoroughly coated, and its pores obstructed 
 by a thick investing layer, the residue of perspirable and sebaceous, 
 or oily secretions, mixed with detached scales of the cuticle, outer 
 skin, dust, and other matters floating in the atmosphere, all of which 
 have been allowed to accumulate for a term of years. And some per- 
 sons who would resent the imputation of uncleanliness, deceive them- 
 selves into a belief that, if they overcome one odor by another — the 
 animal by vegetable extracts and ,, perfumery," they comply with the 
 requirements of the toilet. They have yet to learn the important 
 lesson, that no distillation, though each drop should be as costly as 
 grains of a diamond, could avail either to cleanse or beautify without 
 the use of water, the universal solvent for all bodily impurities. No 
 disinfectant can take the place of cleanliness. 
 
 Cleanliness of body, which si next to Godliness, is in closer con- 
 nection with purity of mind than is generally supposed; and both 
 nuxst be associated with our ideas of personal beauty and loveliness. 
 The Grecian fiction of Venus being "ocean born,' is typical of the aid 
 which beauty derives from frequent ablution, or Bathing. 
 
80 DR. chase's 
 
 The list of diseased conditions resulting from a suspension of tke 
 functions of the skin would make a long catalogue — their name is 
 legion — but chiefly among these may be mentioned diseases of the 
 throat and lungs, as catarrh, bronchitis, pneumonia, etc.; diseases of 
 the kidneys, from imposing on them too much of the work the skin 
 ought to do, and the various formations of " gravel," " Bright's dis- 
 ease," diabetes, etc.; diseases of the digestive apparatus, as dyspepsia, 
 inflammations of the stomach and bowels, "liver complaint" — so 
 called — rheumatism, paralysis, various forms of troublesome cuta- 
 neous diseases, and all the long list of diseased states, resulting from 
 feeble and imperfect circulation of the blood; to restore which, by 
 Bathing, and promote the functions of the skin is one of the common 
 sense proceedings in the treatment of such derangements. 
 
 The most simple division of Baths in regard to temperature is 
 cold, warm and hot. The intermediate degrees are expressed by the 
 terms cool, temperate, and tepid, but they are of little practical value, 
 as the construction put on these names is exceedingly various — water 
 of 80" Fah. feeling cool to one and cold to another. 
 
 A cold Bath ranges in temperature from 33° Fah. to about 75" — 
 though a Bath below 50° is very cold ; the tepid and cool Baths range 
 from 75^^ to about 92° ; the warm Bath ranges from 92° to 98°, while a 
 Bath above 98° is properly called a hot Bath. 
 
 The measure of good produced by a Bath can not be arbitrarily 
 estimated by the amount of fluids absorbed or expelled. Neither do 
 Baths operate on the system as on a piece of inorganic matter by con- 
 stringing and relaxing tissues. Bathing calls into additional exercises 
 the heart and blood-vessels, especially the capilaries (the minute 
 blood-vessels), both of the skin and of all the internal tissues and 
 organs. These efi"ects are most obvious in the two extremes of the 
 scale of temperature, viz: the hot and cold Baths; the stimulation (in- 
 crease of the circulation) from the former being direct and immedi- 
 ate ; and the sedation (lessening the circulation) from the latter, being 
 secondary, following the reaction which should succeed the shock. 
 
 The time for taking a full Bath, either warm or cold, as a hygienic 
 measure, or for enjoyment — when the Bather can select his own time 
 — is when the stomach is empty, or nearly so, as before breakfast or 
 before dinner. When taken as a remedial agent, of course the prob- 
 able good to be derived outweighs any consideration of time. No 
 special instructions can be given that will take the place of that judg- 
 ment, essential to those who determine the choice of remedies in a 
 given case of sickness, or of the tact and discretion necessary to a 
 proper use of them. 
 
 The frequency of the Bath as a means of health depend on the 
 habits, occupation, and inclination of the individual, the season of 
 the year and the climate. Once a day is sufficiently often for all pur- 
 poses in any season or climate, while once, or twice, a week may be 
 often enough for most persons wlio do not have much free perspira- 
 tion. Persons who are traveling in dusty roads, or working in dusty 
 fields will find a daily, or rather an evening Bath absolutely essential 
 to health, as well as cleanliness. The temperature must be accommo- 
 dated to tlio individual. 
 
 The cold Bath is a powerful sedative, as must be evident when we 
 consider its range of temperature from 75° Fah. down to the freezing 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 81 
 
 point. But few persons, and they of the most vigorous, require or 
 ^ can endure to use it in the tliirty lower degrees of temperature. 
 
 Its primary (first) effect is that of a shock, with great depression 
 of the circulatory and nervous systems; its secondary effect, a reac- 
 tion which, in health, goes above the normal (healthy) standard, and 
 brings a glow to the skin from the increased capilary circulation, with 
 great exhilaration of the nervous system. Whenever a cold Bath is 
 not succeeded by these general results, or if a chill follow, or the sur- 
 face is left cold, it not only fails to produce a beneficial result, but its 
 effect must he injurious. In the higher degrees of its temperature, 
 and judiciously used, it is a valuable agent, and gives increased tone 
 and vigor to all the organs and tissues. The occasion however, must 
 be very rare when a full cold bath — i. e., by immersion — will be indi- 
 cated in the treatment of acute diseases ; but in the form of sponging, 
 it is highly useful in reducing the heat of the body both in local in- 
 flammation andin many forms of fever. The practice of immersing 
 infants and children in a cold Bath is not supported by reason, common 
 sense, or physiology. The more vigorous endure it, but are not made 
 stronger thereby ; the weaker are made more weak. The cold Bath, 
 whenever taken, should be followed by thorough friction of the skin 
 until a glow of heat is produced and when practicable, by active bodily 
 exercise. Of course the duration of the Bath must be short. The 
 cold Bath must not be taken if protracted exercise, or ^ibor have left 
 the body exhausted, or if the individual is suffering from great weari- 
 ness or fatigue. 
 
 The most popular form of Baths, however, both for their pleasur- 
 able and sanatary effects, those most used from choice by habitual 
 Bathers, and most agreeable to all who resort to Baths, are those of 
 medium temperature, or warm Baths. 
 
 The warm Bath causes a sensation of general warmth, which is 
 more obvious if the body has been previously cooled, languor, diminu- 
 tion of muscular power, increases perspiration, and when long con- 
 tinued, faintness and a tendency to sleep. Even in health, its effect is 
 most soothing and agreeal)le on both the circulatory and nervous sys- 
 tems, allaying excitement and calming the whole organism. Few 
 hygienic agents are in more direct harmonious relation with the wanta 
 of the animal system than that of regidar Bathing. 
 
 The diseased conditions in which the warm Bath is useful are also 
 numerous. A fow of the more important general conditions only will 
 be named here. The warm Bath is found especially useful in the 
 treatment of acute anasarca, (dropsy) or general bloating, in dropsy 
 following scarlet fever or measles, or from disease of the kidneys, in 
 the passage of calculi — either biliary or renal — ("gall-stones," or 
 "gravel"), by its relaxing power. In the same manner it assists in re- 
 ducing dislocated bones; in inflammation of the stomach, bowels, 
 kidneys and bladder; in eruptive and chronic skin diseases; in rheu- 
 matism, paralysis, hysteria, and the long list of infixntile diseases, 
 among which are cholera intixntum, convulsions, etc. 
 
 The hot Bath ranging from 98" Fah. upward, is a powerful, direct 
 stimulant, and, in its highest temperatures, should be used with cau- 
 tion. It causes a sense of heat, renders the pulse fuller and stronger, 
 accelerates respiration, occasions intense redness of the skin, and sub- 
 sequently copious perspiration, and finally relaxation. 
 
 It is seldom or never required when in health, and the range (rf 
 
 ^ — DR. chase's SErOND T;TrT:TPT BOOK. 
 
82 DR. chase's 
 
 its uses as a remedial agent is far less than the warm Bath. It is 
 principally employed in collapse, in paralysis, rheumatism, suppres- 
 sion of urine accompanied with great pain, gravel, cramps, bilious 
 colic, and some forms of chronic disease. 
 
 Practically, no other classification of the temperature of Baths 
 need be made than that which every person makes for himself, ac- 
 cording to his sensations, i. e., mirhi and cool — the /iO< and coM growing 
 out of the extention of these, and the temperate and tepid coming be- 
 tween them. 
 
 The transition Bath, or changing suddenly from an extreme tem- 
 perature, either hot, or cold, to one of an extremely opposite degree, 
 may be much more safely indulged in than is generally supposed, 
 especially with the precautions usually taken to avoid unpleasant 
 results, though its practical use is of only comparative importance. 
 
 The shower Bath I need not dwell on. If the head be the part 
 showered, it should be used with great caution, and but for a short 
 time, especially if the water be cold — neither should the water fall 
 from a great distance. 
 
 The douche Bath is simply a stream of water directed to any part 
 of the body desired, and is an excellent way to procure a local Bath. 
 
 The sitz, or hip Bath, is another form of local Bath, of great value 
 in determining blood to that part of the body — being generally used 
 warm or hot. 
 
 There are various forms and names of local and partial Baths, 
 unnecessary to describe in detail, as their use would be suggested 
 both as a means of health, and in the treatment of the sick — as 
 sponging, sprinlding and pouring water on the body, or on a part of it, 
 the temperature of which, as of all local Baths, can be regulated to 
 meet the object in view. 
 
 But it must be remembered that the full Bath, for most purposes, 
 is superior to all other forms, but especially as a promoter of health, 
 as not mere temporary contact with water, as washing, is needed, but 
 immersion of part or all of the body, for such a length of time as is 
 necessary to expose all i)arts of its surface to the cleansing and salu- 
 tary influence of the water. The use of the wash-tub or bowl is not a 
 substitute for the Batkmg-iiih, or Rnhher-Bath, as recently brought into 
 use. If the skin was an imjyervious coat like a varnished surface, it 
 would sufhce to //y;,s/( it; btit it has been shown to be a texture of con- 
 .siderable thickness, made up to a large extent of excretory and secre- 
 torg glands, of minute hlood-vesstls, and of millions of branches of the 
 principal nerves of sensaticm, which terminate on its external surface. 
 And here let me iin])ress on the reader that water, and water only, for 
 most purpos(>s of Bathing, constitutes tlu^ best Bath. Of all the various 
 "medicated" Baths, the most valuable medicament is the water; 
 some remedies h(>ld in solution maybe thus absorbed and jirove bene- 
 ficial, but the tonic and stimulant efi'ects of the water are most 
 ethcient. 
 
 It was not contemplated here, to attempt anything more than to 
 awaken attention to the value of Bathing as a j)romoter, preserver 
 and restorer of health. It is not to be understood that Bathing is a 
 cure-all; but rather, that Bathing is simply one remedy in the list of 
 curative agents, though a greatly neglected and important one; that 
 while Bathing is a vahiable auxiliary in the treatment of many cases, 
 it may not be indicated, or may be insulHcient alone, in others; that 
 
SECOND EECEIPT BOOK 83 
 
 Bathing does not directly nourieh the tissues, and therefore can not 
 take the place ot tonics, either in diet or medicine, but that it acts 
 more by helping to restore and maintain in a healthy state the functions 
 of the eliminative organs, the organs that secrete, and excrete or throw 
 off, and espet ;ally that great eliminator — the skin — and thus promote 
 digestion and assimilation, and give nervous tranquility and a sort of 
 equipoise, or even balancing of the whole system. 
 
 It is impracticable to enumerate all the individual cases of disease 
 benefited by Bathing; but in addition to those previously mentioned, 
 are those of local inflammations, fevers, congestions, spasms, colic, torpidity 
 and various chronic affections of the liver, kidneys and general organs of 
 digestion, deranged menstruation, diseases of the lungs and air passages 
 — as croup, catarrh, asthma — and many forms of skin diseases, injuries and 
 diseases of joints, etc. 
 
 In much general debility the Bath will not be indicated, except it 
 be used with great care and judgement. But it will be found much 
 safer and more beneficial than is popularly supposed, to cool the body 
 when excessively heated by fever, or by inflammation, and as safe, ordi- 
 narily, to warm it when excessively cooled. 
 
 As a general rule, a Bath, to be efficient, should be followed by pleas- 
 urable sensations, by exhileration and buoyancy of spirits, and by 
 elasticity and tranqviility of the nervous system, and increased force 
 of intellect. 
 
 To convince sensible people of the value of Bathing, either as a 
 hygienic or sanative agent, it is not necessary to enter into a detailed 
 and lengthy statement as to how it acts as a in-ophylactic (preventive) 
 remedy. Such an exhaustive consideration of the subject is not at all 
 necessary. 
 
 I give reasons enough for Bathing when I say it promotes cleanli- 
 ness; by virtue of this fact it is demanded; but I have given other 
 reasons, also which I trust, will <'ommend themselves to the. good 
 judgement of all who may read these pages. 
 
 "The man wIkj induces the American people to pay more atten- 
 tion to Bathing, and shall succeed in making it poi>ular, and shall 
 place before the whole people a practical plan by which all may enjoy 
 this great boon — now indulged in by the few, as a luxury — will have 
 conferred on his age and race a real good, that will entitle him to a 
 rank as a public benefactor and philanthropist, with the names of a 
 Howai-d and a Franklin." 
 
 That such will be the final result of the intr(jduction of the uni- 
 versal, or Rubber-Bath, by E. J. Knowlton, of our city, I fully be- 
 lieve. 
 
 I am aware that for many years, in the cities, and in some of the 
 more costly houses of the country, Bathing arrangements liave been 
 fully provided for; but in very many of the older class of houses, no 
 such conveniences will ever be introduced; and, hence, something like 
 Mr. Knowlton's Rubber Bath must be introduced, if ever the luxury, 
 or the necessity of a Bath is to be provided for; and if people wish to 
 continue to enjoy good health, or to make use of the best means to aid 
 in restoring health to the sick, the means of taking a full Bath must be 
 provided for in every house. 
 
 The following illustration will enable any one to understand the 
 workings, and advantages of this Bath, which is being introduced 
 into many sections of the United States, by his agents, so that where 
 
84 
 
 DR. chase's 
 
 it has been introduced, those who have not obtained it, and have no 
 other means provided for Bathing, can see it and judge for themselves, 
 of its value. Those desiring it in places where ithas.notbeen already 
 introduced, can address him for full particulars, as to the best means 
 of obtaining it. Its advantages, in the absence of regular Bathing- 
 
 VlG. W. 
 
 KNOWLTON S RUBBER BATH. 
 
 Rooms, in a house, can not 
 be over-estimated; and even 
 where Bathing-Rooms have 
 been fitted up with tubs, heat- 
 ing pipes, etc., there are times 
 of sickness when it is very 
 impoi'tant that the patient 
 should have a full Bath, yet it 
 is impossible to cary the pa- 
 tient from the sick-room, the 
 Rubber-Bath can be taken to 
 the bed-side, and the patient 
 laid carefully into it, with but 
 little inconvenience, but very 
 yreat benefit. This Bath has beexi in use in the vicinity of this city 
 Bboni five years, so that their durability has been fully established; 
 and I would not speak of it, if I did not know the advantages of reg- 
 ular Bathing, at least once or twice every week, even in health; and of 
 the absolute necessity of a full Bath, as occasion demands, in many diseases. 
 I need not enter into any description of how to use the Bath 
 represented by the above cut, for the reason that those who have 
 obtained them of Mr. Knowlton, or his agents, have already received 
 such instructions from him, and those Avho hereafter obtain one of 
 him, will also be instructed in their use. The main features, or 
 advantages of them, are: They require but a small quantity of water, 
 as compared with other plans, to take a full Bath; and they are easily 
 emptied out, and may be hung up beside the wall, or placed in a 
 closet, not occupying more room than an ordinary garment. 
 
 Hot-Alr Bath. — Such improvements have been made in the 
 manner of administering a hot-air Bath, as to make it a verjj^ conve- 
 nient and desirable method of getting up prespiration. It has been 
 the custom for a long time back, in domestic practice, to take the hot- 
 air Bath by means of burning alcohol in an open dish, which was 
 l^laced under a chair upon which the naked patient was sitting, being 
 covered with a blanket, or coverlet to keep in the heat; but occasion- 
 ally a saucer, tea-cup, or whatever other dish might be used to con- 
 tain the alcohol, which was set on fire, would break, causing the flame 
 to spread, burning the person, covering, carpets, etc., more or less, so 
 that many persons were fearful of using it. I had supposed, however, 
 that the objection arose as much from an unwillingness to "take a 
 sweat," as from the danger of burning; but a former book-keeper of 
 mine was taking dinner with me a few months back, this writing is 
 September 5th, 1872, who was telling me of his treatment of himself 
 for inflammatory rheumatism. He said he had "a fay time of it!" 
 He put the alcoliol into a tea-cup, and set it on fire, but the heat broke 
 the cup, allowing the flaming alcohol to spread over the carpet by 
 which it was spoiled for 2 or 3 feet in diameter, the coverlet burned 
 more or less, and the "gay time" came in by the flame at once encir- 
 cling his limbs, causing considerable smarting for some length of 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 85 
 
 time, notwithstanding he made " tall time," in bounding out of it, and 
 helping to subdue the fire without thinking whether he was naked or 
 clothed. He was well satisfied that he did not wish to risk another, 
 in that way. 
 
 But I was very glad to be able to inform him, at that time, of a 
 plan which I now give in this Work, that I had adojited and used the 
 present season, enabling any one to take the hot-air Bath very easily, 
 quickly, and with perfect safety. It is done by the use of an alcohol 
 lamp, made for the purpose, to hold about a pint, with 4 tubes, or 
 burners, as seen in our illustration, under the head of Sweating. See 
 also Dr. Johnson's Cure for Colds and Recent Catarrhs. I tried the 
 lamp, at first with one burner, but found that even two w^as not enough ; 
 so I had /our put in, and found it "just the thing." It gives plenty of 
 heat, but none too much. Pursuing the plan I have given in the 
 illustration, as above mentioned, the Bath will be found very satisfac- 
 tory, and efi'ectual, as well as safe. 
 
 ' Professor King, in his "American Dispensatory," on page 802, 
 edition of 1871, speaks very highly of the use of the spirit vapor-Bath, 
 or, as I here call it, the hot-air Bath. In speaking of its "history and 
 uses" he says: " A spirit vapor-Bath exerts a most powerful, yet ben- 
 eficial influence upon the whole system aiding very materially our 
 endeavors to remove disease. This highly valuable mode of pro- 
 ducing activity of the cutaneous vessels " (vessels of the skin) " has long 
 been practiced in many sections of the country as a domestic reme- 
 dial agent, and was introduced to the notice of the medical profession 
 by myself, about 25 years ago, since which it is in much use by phy- 
 sicians. The advantages to be derived from this method of producing 
 perspiration are very great, and it is not followed with any of those 
 injurious consequences which often attend tlie internal administration 
 of a sudorific. 
 
 "There is no danger of taking cold after this hot-air Bath, if a 
 patient uses ordinary precaution ; and if his disease will allow, he can 
 attend to his business on the next day the same as usual. In fact, the 
 whole is a very easy, safe, agreeable and beneficial operation, much 
 more so than a mere reading of the above explanation would lead one 
 to suppose. Chairs are now manufactured expressly for this purpose. 
 
 "This Bath is much employed by many physicians, and is highly 
 beneficial in colds, pleurisy, and all febrile and inflammatory attacks, 
 diarrhea, dysentery, sluggishness of cutaneous vessels, and in all 
 chronic diseases where there is an abnormal" (unhealthy) "condition 
 of the skin, in acute diseases, it may be repeated once a day, if 
 required ; in chronic diseases, once or twice a week, or once in a fort- 
 night, according to indications. 
 
 "Where it can be done, it is always preferable to Bathe the 
 patient with an alkaline wash, both before and after this vapor-Bath." 
 
 Of course, this endorsement and recommendation of the Bath, 
 has reference to the old open-dish style of taking it; but as I had 
 seen two or three notices in newspapers, of accidents arising from the 
 old plan; then the recital of the above mentioned ease, with so care- 
 ful a man as I knew this one to be, it gives me great pleasure to be 
 able to lay before the profession, as well as before the people, truly, 
 "the better way." He makes this remark, in his description of the 
 old method of administering it, "watching it, from time to time, to 
 see that the blankets are not burned.' He sives this further caution. 
 
86 DK. chase's 
 
 in another part of the description, "being very careful io pour no 
 liquor into the saucer while the flame exists, as there would be danger 
 of burning the patient, blanket, and perhaps the house." 
 
 The i^rincipal danger, however, consisted in the large size of the 
 blaze, heating t le dish and causing it to break, as above mentioned, 
 or from flaring about by the wind caused in raising the blanket, etc., 
 and, then it was too h(jt also, for comfort. All these dilii<-ulties are 
 overcome by my method; and I have not a doubt but what I'rof. King 
 will be as glad to adopt it as any other person. 
 
 The lamp is very convenient, also, for warming medicine in a 
 spoon, for children, in the night time, or for warming milk for a child 
 that has to be raised upon "tlie bottle," as there is no smoke to black 
 up the vessel, from burning alcohol. 
 
 I have called this a hot-air Bath instead of a spirit vapor-Bath, 
 because it is such in fact; the spirit does not evaporate, or rise in 
 vapor, but simply burns, and thereby heats the air, especially will 
 this be the case with the lanq'), and 1 believe also in the open dish, as 
 the vapor burns as it rises. A vapor-Bath is made by putting hot 
 irons, or stones into hot water, by which a vapor, or steam is [)i-oduced. 
 Persons must use whicliever they prefer, or have conveniences for 
 administering. 
 
 BEE-KEEPING AND BEE-MANAGEMENT.— When I first 
 made up my mind to introduce into this Work, information upon the 
 subject of Bee-Keeping, /rom ?/ie many letters ivhicli I had received from 
 the people asking for it, as I had no practical knowledge upon the sub- 
 ject myself, I at once wrote to Col. J. B. Hoit, of Sauk Eapids, Minne- 
 sota, whom I knew, from my residence there, to be qualified, from his 
 own success, to impart such knowledge to others as would enable them 
 to undertake Bee-Keeping for themselves with a full exi^ectatiou of 
 success. The following is his answer; and I know Avhereof I speak, 
 whe)i I sa.y it can be relied upon. Latitude, as the Col. says, has very 
 much to do with Bees, especially in Wintering them. North of a 
 range, East and West from the south boundary of the States of New" 
 York and Iowa, Bees can undoubtedly be Wintered better in cellars, 
 or houses prepared for that purpose, than to allow them to remain 
 out; while South of that range, it may be safe, perhaps to leave them 
 upon their stands over Winter. Where the nature of the soil is such 
 that cellars become filled with water, -which is the case in some sec- 
 tions of some of our Northwestern States, the latter part of the Col- 
 onel's letter will give a remedy for, unless a Bee-House has been pro- 
 vided. 
 
 I deem it important, however, before the introduction of the 
 Colonel's letter, to give a short description of the difi'erent classes of 
 Bees, as follows : 
 
 Description of the Different Classes of Bees.— The Queen. 
 — Every successfully working swarm contains one queen, or female 
 Bee, many thousand workers, and, during their working season, there 
 are also found many drones, or male Bees. 
 
 The most perfect affection is manifested by the whole family of 
 Bees for their Queen. And if by any means she is lost, the whole swarm 
 is thrown into the most perfect confusion; they will be seen running 
 hither and thither, over the combs and finally out of the hive, mak- 
 ing the most energetic efforts to discover her; and if they do not 
 succeed. ;ind have not the proper bniod for another Queen, lain by 
 
SECOND RECEII'T RnOK. 
 
 87 
 
 Fig. 16. 
 
 QUEEN BEE. 
 
 Fig. 17. 
 
 her, on hand, or are not furnished with siu-h brood, artificially, or are 
 not joined with anotlier swarm that has a Queen, the whole swarm 
 will soon jjerish. 
 
 The Queen is considered the most important person- 
 age in the colony; and scientific observation has estab- 
 lished the fact that the Queen is the only perfect female 
 Bee. She is considerable longer than either of the 
 other classes, and although she is larger around than 
 the worker, yet, her length gives her a slim appearance, 
 by which she is easily distinguished from either of the 
 others. And although her color is dark, yet, it is bright 
 and Rlriking, and having but little, if any, of the fine 
 hair seen upon the drone and worker. The underside 
 is of a yellowish, or golden color, and often a yellowish 
 band, or bands pass nearly around her; and especially 
 will this hold good with the Italian Queens. Her wings 
 are quite short, as compared to the length of her body ; 
 being also more pointed, or sharp, in the posterior, or 
 hind |)art of the body, which also has a little downward curve. 
 Although she has a sting, it is said she never uses it only to destroy a 
 rival Queen. 
 
 The Queen never leaves the hive, except to meet the drone, or 
 male Bee, in her fiight, for the purpose of impregnation, that she may 
 lay her eggs for the purpose of perpetuating the life of the colony, 
 and to furnish Bees for a neir colony also. 
 
 The "Worker. — Upon the Worker depends the sweets 
 of the hive, and the profits of their culture. As the 
 lives of the swarm, as well as the profits depend upon 
 numbers, for warmth, as well as for (voi-k, the Workers are 
 found to make up the mass— great majority of the hive. 
 T}iei/ manufacture the wax, with which they make the 
 comli ; they gather the honey and the Bee-bread ; tliey 
 nurse and feed the brood, or young Bees; tJwy keep off 
 intruders, and defend their homes with their stings; and 
 they gather a cement, called propoZi-s (which word is formed 
 from two Greek words, pro, before, and polls, a city; 
 hence, it literally means, "before the city." The ancients gave it 
 this name because the Bees use it to fortify their dwellings,) with 
 which they cover up all cracks and crevices in the hives, and cover 
 glass if used in making their hives, or boxes, if left so as to admit 
 light into the hives ; in fact, they are what their name implies — literally 
 the Workers — they do all the labor that is to be done. 
 
 It was formerly believed that the Workers were neither male nor 
 female, neuters; but more recently it has been determined by micro- 
 scopic- examinations that they are female, but of imperfect develop- 
 ment, yet sometimes so far developed that they do lay eggs; this is 
 not common, however; but their stings are fully developed, and they 
 know how to use them when occasion require^, although, as a gen- 
 eral thing, the Bee loses its life from the loss of its sting. The 
 mechanism of this means of defense, in the Bee, is very jjeculiar. 
 "It is moved by muscles whicli, though invisil>le to the eye, are yet 
 strong enough to force the sting, to the depth of one-twelfth of an 
 inch, through the thick skin of a man's hand. At its root, are situ- 
 ated two glands by which the poison is secreted ; these glands uniting 
 
 WORKER BEE. 
 
88 DR. CHASE 8 
 
 in one duct, eject the venomous liquid along the groove formed by the 
 junction of the two piercers. There are four barbs on the outside of 
 each piercer; when the Bee is prepared to sting, one of these piercers 
 having its point a little longer than the other, first darts into tlie flesh, 
 and being Ixed by its foremost barb, or beard, the other strikes in 
 also, and they alternately penetrate deeper and deeper till they 
 acquire a firm hold of the flesh with their barbed hooks; and then 
 follows the sheath, conveying the poison into the wound." 
 
 ■p, ,r. Drones. — The Drones, by some, are called the 
 
 J^IG. ib. '' gentlemen of leisure." In one sense this is true, 
 
 so far as labor is concerned, like the gentleman of 
 leisure, they never do any thing of that kind ; and 
 again they resemble this species of human drone, 
 they are always ready to go out as a lady's escort — 
 the Drone Bees go out with the Queen, on a fine 
 -unny day; and they "laze" around the hive all 
 of the balance of their lives which, as a mercy 
 to the Workers, is not permitt(;d to be very long; so 
 would it be better for the peace of society if the 
 human drone, the "gentleman of leisure," could 
 be soon driven from the place of his trysting, aa 
 Dryden says of this Bee : 
 
 " All with united force combine to drive 
 The lazy Drones from the laborious hive." 
 
 They are larger than the Worker, and shorter and more bulky 
 than the Queen ; naturally they are not as active as either of the other 
 classes. They are the males; and when the season of brooding is 
 over, from April to August, they have to yield to "the balance of 
 power," which is against them, in the great number of the Workers, 
 so that most of them are soon driven out, or killed ; being without 
 stings, they have no means of defense, and fall an easy prey to the 
 merciless stings of their enemies. I think our cuts give a fair repre- 
 sentation of their proportions and difterences of appearance. 
 
 Queen Cells. — In the commencement of the honey season, in 
 vigorous colonies that have been well supplied with honey, it will be 
 found that the comb is well filled with both ivorker and drone brood; 
 and the swarm, or colony will increase rapidly in numbers with an 
 expectation, accoi'ding to their instincts, of sending out new swarms: 
 but, to meet this demand, or rather that there may be a "governor' 
 ready and well qualified to go out with the netv colonies, there must 
 be provided a neiv Queen, hence, it becomes necessary to i^rovide 
 some Queen Cells; for the oi'dinary worker, or drone cells are not of 
 sufficient size to admit of growing a Queen in them. To provide for 
 this necessity, they choose, generally, the unfinished cells found upon 
 the edge of most comb, and lengthen them out, somewhat after the 
 form represented in Fig. 19. These common cells are lengthened out 
 and enlarged, and those upon the sides are turned downward; and as 
 soon as the Queen Cell has fairly reached its full size, in diameter, 
 and from a third to one-half its length, the Queen deposits the egg 
 for the new Queen, after which the cell is completed and sealed up, 
 and sometimes several of them are provided, eggs deposited, finished 
 and sealed up also. And when this work is accomplished, a swarm 
 may soon after be expected; provided that artificial sirarming in not 
 resorted to, as they do not wait for the hatching out and maturing of 
 
SECOND KECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 iii!in\i:i?iiri::;s^™?5| 
 
 a neiv Queen; but the old one goes out with the new swarm. Tliis is a 
 peculiarity of Bee life, for they know that the old hive has been pro- 
 vided for in the Queen brood, or eggs that were deposited by the old 
 Queen before she left. About 16 days from the time the egg has been 
 lain, a mature Qaeen will be found. Many of the old worker Bees 
 remain in the old hive. Although several Queen Cells have been 
 provided, and brood deposited in them, the iirst Queen that issues 
 from her cell, which she will do in 7 or 8 days from the deposit of the 
 egg from which she has emerged, notwithstanding she is still not 
 fully grown, her first work is to hunt out the other royal cells, and 
 biting a hole in the side, sting to death, thoae that would be her rivals. 
 But sometimes the workers, knowing that sutHcient brood has been 
 provided for two, or more swarms, tliey will set a guard, soldier-like, 
 to prevent the destruction of the other Queens. 
 
 •pj_ iQ Thus foiled in her plans of de- 
 
 ' * stroying her rivals, says Quimby, 
 
 "she gives utterance to a distinct 
 piping noise, and in 2 or 3 days 
 thereafter yields to the wishes of 
 the Bees, and issues with a 
 swarm. This performance is re- 
 peated as long as the Cells are 
 not destroyed. The Queen that 
 succeeds in putting the others to 
 death, remains, and becomes the 
 mother of the colony. It is often 
 the case that 2 or more Queens 
 hatch simultaneously, in which 
 case there is a deadly strife. 
 There seems to be an implacable 
 animosity in their very natures. 
 The young Queen, now left 
 with the colony, becomes fertil- 
 ized by connection with the 
 Drone in the open air, in about G 
 days after leaving the Cell. Two 
 or 3 days afterwards she will be- 
 gin her maternal duties. The 
 number of eggs that a Queen will lay in 24 hours is astonishing to the 
 novice. From repeated and careful observations, I have no hesita- 
 tion in saying that a good Queen will deposit from 2,000 or 3,000 eggs 
 daily. 
 
 If from any cause the supply of honey fails, so that it would be 
 injudicious for a swarm to issue, the Queen Cells are sometimes 
 destroyed by the Workers, and the Drones then also fall victims. If 
 they escape this massacre, it is only to be driven out and destroyed 
 later in the season. A few may linger as late as December. Remem- 
 bering the fact that the Workers are short-lived, it is easy to see that 
 if a colony loses its Queen during Summer, from any cause, its num- 
 bers will soon seriously diminish, unless there is provision made for 
 a successor. If a laying Queen dies, there will probably be brood in 
 all stages of development left in the hive. The Workers will select 
 Worker larvse about 3 days' old, convert 1 or more cells into Queen 
 Cells, and in 10 days thereafter will have a mature Queen." 
 
 QUEEN CELLS. 
 
90 DR. chase's 
 
 This providing for all of the various circumstances whicih arise in 
 Bee life, may be set down to the wisdom of an Almighty hand, that 
 we, His more important creatures, might be supplied, in our necessi- 
 ties, with a class of food, that should not only be very pleasant to the 
 taste, but nourishing to the system, and, withal, be good as a 
 medicine. 
 
 There are those who claim that the Bee is possessed of something 
 more than instinct (involuntary, or rmreasoning action), in other words 
 that they do reason ! Be that as it may, I do not deny it, but rather 
 claim that the Bee is not the only animal, other than man, that is pos- 
 sessed of what appears, at least, to most of us, to be a kind of reason- 
 ing power; but this does not by any means prove them to be i)OS- 
 sessed of such an amount as to constitute thom responsible beings; 
 but, yet, it does prove to my entire satisfaction that they were created 
 by a Wisdom that is so far superior to our own, that we, of right, 
 ought to be hold responsible to that Creative Wisdom. 
 
 The Queen Cell is made about 1 inch in length, and about one- 
 third of an inch in diameter; and it is claimed that the Queen brood 
 is fed on a different class of food to that which is fed to the other 
 classes of Bees — royal food. It is more than ]>robable. After the 
 season of raising Queens is over, it is believed also, that the Workers 
 gnaw the Cells away, leaving only the cup foundation, as it was at 
 first found, except it can be se6n that it has been enlarged. 
 
 The industry and perseverance of the Bee is as fully remarkable 
 as their instinct — as cheerful also, we would say of persons, as indus- 
 trious; and notwithstanding that some persons feel more or less fear- 
 ful of their stings, almost everybody is glad to see them come into 
 the garden, or bower, to gather their sweets. This is fully mani- 
 fested by the following lines of Professor Sniyth, with which I will 
 close my description of the ditferent classes of Bees, together with 
 that of Queen Cells, etc. He says : 
 
 " Thou cheerful Bee ! come, freely come, 
 . And travel round mj' woodbine bower ; 
 Delight rae with thy wandering hum, 
 
 And rouse me from my musing hour. 
 Oh ! try no more those tedious fields, 
 
 Come taste the sweets my garden yields; 
 The treasures of each bloorning vine. 
 
 The bud, the blossom, all are thine." 
 
 I will add only another thought to this subject: May our indus- 
 try equal that of the diligent and persevering Bee; and if our intel- 
 ligences fails to be suliicient for any emergency, "let us ask of God, 
 who giveth liberally and upbraideth not," so shall we be qualitied 
 forthe positions and conditions of life, remembering that herein con- 
 sists the chief diflference between intelligent and responsible beings, and 
 of those which may appear to have a reasoning instinct, thep are what 
 they are created, and there they remain; we may increa.se in knowl- 
 edge, not only through tliis life, Imt, through a never-ending existence 
 may learn more and more of that Creative Wisdom which will not 
 only hold us responsible for all lack in improvement, according to our 
 opportunities, but also for our failures iu not doing our duty according 
 to the teachings of the monitor — conscience — winch He has placed 
 within us, to fill the place of the instinct that he has given to His 
 creatures of a lower order of intelligence. 
 
 But, to return to the letter before referred to. The Colonel says : 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 91 
 
 Sauk Rapids, Minnesota, December 1st, 1871. 
 Dr. a. W. Cuase, — My Dear Sir: — You request me to give you my 
 method and experience in Bee-Keepingand Bee-Management. I will 
 try and do so in as brief a manner as possible, although I am not an 
 ex])ert in the art I have learned something every year by practice 
 and experience; and yet there is much to be learnetl. Different local- 
 ities and particularly the diflerent degrees of latitude have very 
 much to do with the system of Bee-Keeping, and they should be 
 studied and compared before adopting anj'^ new theory ; for instance, 
 a system that would be a perfect success in Texas or Tennessee, if 
 adopted in my latitude (45'^ North) would be an utter failure, or vice 
 verm. I think that this in a great measure accounts for the great con- 
 fusion of opinions among Bee-Keepers in regard to the proper size 
 and best Bee-Hive, and the mode of Wintering Bees, etc. Bees are 
 generally kept for profit ; and, unlike other stock, they are self-sus- 
 taining, not only providing their own food, but with judicious Man- 
 agement, will store a large sur])lus of honey ; and it is much easier to 
 give them the little attention needed than the trouble of caring for 
 cattle and sheep, etc., Bee-Keei)ing is a subject that interests every 
 farmer, and in a country so vast as ours, and capable of producing 
 millions of pounds of honey every year, which now goes to waste, and 
 the principles of gathering, which, if well understood, would be inti- 
 mately interwoven with all of the industrial pursuits of the country. 
 Many people entertain the vague idea that luck has much 1o do with 
 one's success. But such is not the fact. Although one may not know 
 it all, if he would take hold of it like any other l)usiness, he would 
 learn enough of its principles to guide him safely along, and by join- 
 ing the theory to practice he would soon become an expert in the art. 
 I have kept Bees in this" State (Minnesota) about 15 years, and have 
 been uniformly successful in natural swarms, storing of surjilus 
 honey and Wintering my Bees. I have fixiled mostly in artificial 
 swarming, and experimenting, or trying to tind out or get (what every 
 other Bee-Keeper wants to know, /. e., which is) the best Bee-Hive, 
 which has cost me some hundreds of dollars to learn that one-half 
 of the merits claimed for most of our patent Bee-Hives, when put in 
 practice by the Bee-Keeper, is not worth a brass pin, and only serve to 
 discourage or disgust a new beginner with the whole business. I do 
 not mean to condemn all patent Hives; some of them are good and 
 entitled to all of the merits claimed for them. The movable frames are 
 a great improvement ; and for all jnirposes, I think very favorably of the 
 Langstroth Hive. [I am told that the patents on the Langstroth Hive 
 expire this year. This note is written in by me, September 8, 1872. — 
 Author]. As a general thing, I think that our Hives are too large; 
 would prefer one to (contain a little less than 2000 cubic inches. I use 
 the honey boxes on top of my Hives. Honey boards with auger holes 
 for the Bees to crawl through to get into the boxes is a humbug. T 
 prefer large boxes to small ones, although the latter will sell the high- 
 est and best. My experience is that the Bees will fill a 25 lb. box 
 almost in the same time that they will a 5 lb. box — have had them 
 fill the former size the past season in 10 days, which satisfied me very 
 well. I took oft' from less than 40 swarms this year 1200 lbs. of choice 
 box honey, which has sold in this vicinity to the consumers at an 
 average price of 30 cents per lb., or $360.00. My time and cost of 
 boxes for the year would not exceed $15.00, which would leave a net 
 
92 DR. CHASE'S 
 
 sum of $345.00. Some of our Bee-Keepers in this State report liaviug 
 taken the past season 300 lbs. of honey from a single swarm, but I 
 presume that they used the "Honey Extractor," which I do not choose 
 to adopt, although it makes my account book small; but I cannot 
 change facts; and with my past experience, I am in no hurry to run 
 after or adopt new theories, although I may be called an "old fogy." 
 
 A good swarm of Bees, in the Spring should consist of 1 female, 
 or Queen Bee, a few males, or Drones, and from 20,000 to 40,000 
 neuters, or Workers. The swarming season in this latitude commences 
 about the 1st of June and lasts until the middle of July. In hiving 
 natural swarms the hive should be clean and cool, and as soon as the 
 Bees have entered, it should be put on its stand in a cool and shady 
 place ; the honey boxes should be turned bottom up for several days, 
 or until the Bees have put enough stores into the hive to last them 
 for the Winter; then if the yield of honey is good they may be 
 allowed to enter the boxes. I prefer natural swarms, and ] from 
 each old stock is better than 2 or 3. All must remember this fact, 
 that success, and all profits, depends on large, or strong swarms. 
 Weak swarms will be almost sure to become a prey to robbers, millers, 
 etc., if allowed to remain so long; but if taken in season, they can be 
 doubled up, or united with other swarms ; otherwise send them to 
 the brimstone pit at once; for an attempt to save them by feeding to 
 any great extent, will result in a failure 9 times out of 10, in this 
 latitude. But there are times when it should be resorted to in the 
 Spring of the year, when an old stock of Bees would perish of star- 
 vation, the same as a farmer would say by his cattle, between hay and 
 grass, also when several days of stormy, bad weather follows immedi- 
 ately after the issuing of a young swarm of Bees. In stu-h cases I 
 prefer to use good honey, pouring a few spoonfuls amongst the Bees. 
 Some of them may get daubed, but it won't hurt tliem any more than 
 it would so many children. White or rock candy is also good; but if 
 neither of tliese are at hand, dissolve sugar — white if you have it — 
 boil and skim it, and pour a little of the sirup around the Bees for a 
 few days. The entrance holes should be contracted in proportion to 
 the danger of robbers, or Bees in the immediate neighborhood, while 
 feeding is continued. 
 
 The Spring and Fall are tlie best time for transferring Bees from 
 gum or common board hives to moveahle-frame hives. For clamps to 
 hold the combs in place in the frames until the Bees fasten them, I 
 prefer to use strips of wood about one-eightli of an inch square ; and a 
 little longer than the frame is deep ; using small tough wireon the ends 
 of the clamps or sticks. When everytliing i.-; ready, I lay down 2 sticks, 
 with the wires wrapped around the ends of them on the table or 
 bench, then lay the frame over them; then turn the gum or hive 
 bottom up and clap a box over the hive; if it does not fit good, wrap 
 a blanket around lliem so as to c^lose the connection; then thump with 
 a small stick on the hive for 10 minutes or so, until the Bees have 
 filled themselves, and gone up into the box; then take away the 
 blanket and put the box gently on the ground; then draw the nails 
 or split tlie gum in 2 halves, care being taken not to injure the combs; 
 then witli a thin, sharp knife, cut out a sheet of the comb and lay it 
 on the frame, putting the upper edge of the comb within the upper 
 side of the frame, and then trim the other edges so that it will fit 
 down inti) the frame, then lay 2 sticks having no wires on, over the 2 
 
SECOND RECEIl^ BOOK. 93 
 
 that are underneath the comb, wrap the wire around them and put 
 the frame in the hive; care being taken to put the combs that were 
 in the center of the old hive in the center of the new one. The 
 combs all in and hive closed, take the box, and by a quick, downward 
 motion, shake the Bees out of the box, in front of the new hive, and 
 as soon as most of them have entered, put the hive on the old stand, 
 reducing the entrance holes, for a day or two, or until all of the waste 
 honey has disappeared. Closing the entrance holes is the only rem- 
 edv that I know of to prevent robbing. AVhere there are many Bees 
 kept, and much trouble, I close them until but 1 Bee can go out or in 
 at a time; and a swarm that can not take care of itself under that reg- 
 ulation is not worth keeping. Closing the entrance should always be 
 resorted to in the Spring and Fall. 
 
 I have always Wintered my Bees in my cellar, which has a very 
 dry gravelly bottom. Dampness is deatli to Bees, and, I believe, is 
 the sole cause of the dysentery, which so much is being written about. 
 I usually put them in about the 20th, of November, and take them 
 out about the 10th of April. In putting them in the cellar, I lay 
 down 2 pieces of scantling so as to leave at least 6 inches space 
 between the back of the hive and cellar walls. Place a row of hives 
 on the scantling with 3 inches inteival between hives; bottom boards 
 off, and entrance holes all open; then set the next tier on top of the first, 
 leaving the intervals as before stated; but breaking joints, as a mason 
 would say, i. e., setting 1 hive on 2; proceed in like manner with the 
 third tier. If a large number are to be stored, commence the next 
 row so as to leave at least 6 inches alley-way, so that "puss" can pass 
 down between each row, and look after the mice; by doing so I have 
 never been troubled with them. I have stored upwards of 100 swarms 
 in my cellar us above described, and the usual amount of provisions 
 and vegetables without any inconvenience to either. The tempera- 
 ture should be kept as near freezing as possible, and towards Spring 
 if it gets warm, carry doM'n a few bushels of snow or a lump of ice, 
 each day, until a change of weather, or it is time to put the Bees on 
 the Summer stand, which should be done some fine pleasant morning. 
 After the first day, the entrance holes must be closed, or reduced so 
 as to prevent robbing, until the Bees commence to bring in pollen or 
 wax on their legs as some would say, when the entrance holes can bo 
 opened and allowed to remain until the first frost in the Fall, when 
 the same precaution should be taken again. But in doing this, care 
 should always be taken not to close them so as to smother the Bees. 
 By placing the Bees, as above described, you can see their condition 
 and judge by the number tliat fall down between the intervals, how 
 they are Wintering without disturbing them. 
 
 If I were deprived of a dry cellar, or rather than put my Bees in 
 a cellar with a very large quantity of vegetables, I would adopt the 
 following plan, viz: Place the hive within about 6 inches of the 
 ground, at or as near the Summer stand as possible; open the entrance 
 holes which should be large ; if not, make them so, then drive 4 stakes, 
 one at each corner of the hive firmly in the ground, then twist a straw 
 rope — hay is better — and commence at the ground and wind around 
 the stakes firmly, and closely until you get above the top of the hive ; 
 then lay on a board and secure firmly, and let them remain until the 
 snow has about half gone off in the Spring, when the covering can be 
 removed and entrance holes closed as before directed, I have never 
 
94 DR. chase's 
 
 used a Bee-H mse, nor would I if one were given me. I prefer to 
 scatter my Bees around the yard in the warm sunn}' places — not the 
 young swarms— leaving several feetinlorvalhetwecii swaims. From my 
 experience, I do not believe that there is -a ly advauiuge derived fi'om 
 giving young swarms old comb, althougli it is clean and tree from 
 mould. A swarm of Bees put in a clean hive will build their own 
 comb, and ilo much better than a swarm nut in a hive with the comb 
 already ))uilt. I am aware that alm(jst all Bce-Keepers are of a diti'er- 
 ent opinion. I do not like to be constantly fussing and tinkering with 
 my Bees; it does more harm than good. They need but little care, 
 but that should be bestowed at the right time, and when needed. 
 A quick and jjracticed eye will soon see what is wanted in a stock of 
 Bees. I have kept the largest quantity of Bees in the highest lati- 
 tude of any man in the United States, east of the Rocky Mountains, 
 and have discovered that Bees can be smothered and starved to death, 
 but can not be killed in this latitude by freezing. 
 
 Yours truly, J. B. Hoit. 
 
 Although Col. Holt's instructions in Bee-Keeping, I think, are 
 sufficient to enable anj' one, of ordinary judgment, to succeed in 
 keeping what Bees might be necessary to furnish all the honey that 
 might be needed for domestic use, yet, as there has been so many in- 
 quiries made of me for information upon this subject; and, as there 
 are so many persons who desire to enter into this branch of industry 
 for a regular business I have thought it best to introduce an essaj^ 
 written by Mrs. Ellen S. Tupper, which so completely covers the whole 
 ground of Bee-Keeping and Bee-Management, as to satisfy all who 
 wish to engage in the business. And I can not introduce Mrs. Tupper 
 to our readers in any better way than by inserting the following item 
 from the New York Tribune, which will not only satisfy every one as 
 to her reputation and responsibility as a writer on Bee-Keeping, but 
 which also gives hints to others, who, like her, might find it a good 
 thing to leave the over-crowded Eastern States, and take up their 
 abode "in the "West," where industry, and perseverance, is sure to find 
 a rich reward. 
 
 Under the head of Bee-Cultuke for Women, it says: 
 In the year 1853, Alvan Tupper married a plain girl of strong com- 
 mon sense, who was born in Rhode Island, and had lived some years 
 with her parents in a humble way at Calais, Maine. He was not rich 
 and she was not rich, and labor was abundant all al)out Boston, where 
 they lived, man a drug, and cai)ital mighty. This did not suit Mr. 
 and Mrs. Tupper, so instead of submitting, and knuckling, and making 
 beaver overcoats at 50 cents each, and feeling that every mouthful of 
 sirloin they swallowed was so many cents gone, and trying to be happy 
 all the time on baked beans, and salt codfish, and boiled potatoes, and 
 hock soup, they determined, as 10,000 other young married folks should, 
 to leave the over-crowded East. So they went out to Iowa and bought 
 a quarter section of dark prairie land near Brighton. Her health was 
 not good. The raw air of Boston harbor had rasped her throat, and 
 to keep out of it she had stayed in-doors till she had headaches, and 
 grew sallow, and the blue lin(>s under her eyes turned purple. The 
 doctor told her, as he has told half a million just such sufferers, 
 that she must go out doors more, breathe fresh air, throw ofi" her 
 cares, and be cheerful. All very well for a medical man to say, but 
 how is such advice to be followed when the man must go out on his 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 95 
 
 acres and "work till the daylight fadeth," and the woman must wash 
 the breakfast things, and then churn, iind then bake, and then make 
 the beds, and then get dinner, and then sew till time to drive ujj the 
 cows and skim the milk and get the su])per, and then, when the last 
 dishcloth is wrung out, the poor thing has her children's feet to wash, 
 and feels like dropping down on tlie little bed with them, and when 
 they fiill asleep she falls a crying, and wishes she were a child again 
 and might always stay a child. Mrs. Tupper was not the woman to 
 stick in the mud of this Slough of Despond; she made a brave reso- 
 lution and acted on it. "I will go out doors; I won't die as maid of- 
 all-vvork in my own house; I will find employment out of doors, 
 and make it profitable enough to at least pay the board and wages of 
 a stout girl." So she bought a hive of bees. Then her prosperity be- 
 gan, and her health started on an ascending grade. The more she 
 stayed out among the hives the more her interest grew and the more 
 honey they made. The story of her success was spread, and many 
 came to ask her how it was. Then, to escape the weariness of telling 
 the same story over and over, she took up her pen and became a 
 writer on Bees. 
 
 On several occasions she has successfull}^ competed for premiums 
 offered by agricultural societies in essays on the culture of Bees. One 
 of these was adopted by the Department of Agriculture and appears 
 in the reports of 1865. For this article she received the stamp of gov- 
 ernmental approval in the form of SoOO. She is a woman of work, and 
 beside the care of her own busy brood of 100 hives, she has a place in 
 The Iowa Homestead, of Des Moines; Prairie Fanner, of Chicago; 
 Rural World, of St. Louis ; Hearth and. Home, and Bee-Keepers^ Journal, 
 of New York, which she regularly fills, with good sense and practical 
 information. 
 
 A few days ago the Bee-Keepers had a convention at Des Moines. 
 A good many came together and the assembly res6lved itself into a 
 committee of inquirj^ to put questions to a plain, modestly-dressed 
 woman who has won fame and competency by being expert in one 
 tasteful and beautiful industry. All the important information drawn 
 out came from Mrs. Tupper, and the sentences that follow are con- 
 densed from her answers: 
 
 Bee-Keeping is peculiarly adapted to woman. She will give more 
 attention to very essential details than man. Italian queens improve in 
 this country. The te ^t of an Italian queen is the peculiar mark im- 
 parted to her brood. Italian Bees are the most industrious workers, 
 starting in the morning an hour earlier than the black Bee; they will 
 make one-lhird more trips in a day than black Bees; heart's-ease or 
 smartweed afforded the best food for Bees; when feed is scarce it 
 would pay to furnish Alsike clover for food. Bees must have access 
 to water. Raising queens in any but the natural way causes a depre- 
 ciation of both brood and queens. 
 
 In dividing colonies, secure the live young queen for the new 
 hive. If to save honey is not the object, two hives can be made out of 
 one colony each Summer. Do not divide before the first week in May, 
 and not then unless the evenings are warm. Leave most of the young 
 Bees in the old hive. Avoid having workers enough in the new hive 
 to fill the cells before the new queen begins to lay. Do the changing 
 in the middle of a warm, sunny day, as then most of the stout, able- 
 bodied stingers are absent in the fields. Do not believe in forcing and 
 
96 DR. chase's 
 
 feeding Bees. Bees brought out prematurely by artificial means will 
 not be strong, and never live to make honey. I winter my Bees in a 
 large, dry cellar, kept ])erfectly dark. Do not regulate the tempera- 
 ture. The cellar should be cold enough to keep the Bees in a semi- 
 torpid state. Pi:t them in the cellar in December, and let them re- 
 main until Spring. The hives should have holes, that the Bees may 
 come out, so that they will not become restless and discontented. 
 Take no extra pains to ventilate the cellar. Out of 100 colonies kept 
 in this way, I do not have a pint of dead Bees in the Spring. I pre- 
 fer in-door wintering to out-door. One colony wintered out will con- 
 sume thirty pounds of honey, while one winter^'d in-doors will eat five 
 and a half pounds only. Bees wintered in-doors are as healthy in the 
 Spring as when put in the cellar. 
 
 Mrs. Tapper's Letter on Bee-Keeping'. — The following letter 
 of Mrs. Tupper, on Bee-Keeping is from the Hearth and Home. It 
 contains valuable hints, as well as positive instruction in the art, 
 given in answer to many inquiries upon the subject. The introduction 
 and letter were in the following words: 
 
 Mrs. Ellen S. Tupper, of Brighton, Iowa, well known as an exten- 
 sive and successful Bee-Keeper wrote as follows: "Many letters have 
 reached me the present Spring from persons who are interested in 
 Bee-Keeping, asking information on various points. Most of these I 
 have answei-ed, but some have neglected to give their address, and 
 these perhaps may be reached through you. One question repeatedly 
 asked is this: 'Will Bee-Keeping pay one who has no experience?* 
 To this I answer that it will undoubtedly, if one is contented to begin 
 in a small way and only increase as they gain knowledge and exper- 
 ience. Begin in this as in anything else — by degrees. Purchase one 
 or two stands of Bees, take care of them yourself and study their 
 habits, and experience comes as rapidly as the Bees increase. Be con- 
 tented to take the counsel of others as your guide until you know 
 something yourself by actual observation. No enterprise requires less 
 capital or experience in making a successful beginning. The trouble 
 with most who commence is, they find it so much easier than they 
 expected, that they are so(jn too confident and go faster than more 
 experienced Bee-Keepers dare advance. I have seen beginners often 
 who knew more the first season they kept Bees, than Quimby or Lang- 
 stroth ever taught them; but I usually remark they know less after a 
 year or two, and rely more on the experience of others. Another 
 question is: 'Is there any advantage in an improved hive over an old- 
 fashioned box hive?' I have no wish to decide upon the merits of 
 patent hives. Their name is legion^every one 'the best in all 
 respects' if you take the word of the patentee — while the 
 practical Bee-Keeper finds most of the so-called 'improvements' 
 worse than useless. Some form of movable-comb hive is absolutely neces- 
 sary to successful Bee-Keeping. The use of them makes the business a 
 certainty instead of guess-work. With them Bees can always be kept 
 understand] ngly, because their wants may be known and supplied — • 
 weak ones can be added or united with others, queenless ones sup- 
 plied with 'mothers,** and honey takeTi with ease from all that have a 
 surplus. Have the frames in as simple a form as possible, with no 
 moth traps, slides, or extra 'fixins.' 'Is there daiiger of overstocking 
 the country with Bees?' I have had no experience with E:istern Bee 
 pasturage, but am convinced that in the West and South the country 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 97 
 
 will never be overstocked. The honey resources are so abundant 
 that whenever one colony can do well, any conceivable number will 
 find more honey than they can gather while it lasts. I can not imag- 
 ine Bees enough to store the honey secreted here in the countless 
 blossoms of the sugar maple, the wild fruit, the linden, or the white 
 clover. If your Bees are not prosperous in a favorable season, seek 
 for the cause in the condition of the colonies rather than in a defi- 
 ciency of Bee pasturage. What is a honey extractor? It is an inven- 
 tion for taking the honey from the combs without injuring them, 
 after which they can be returned to the hives and the Bees refill 
 them. The Germans call it a 'honey slinger,' and this is the proper 
 name, as by the centrifugal force it 'slings,' the honey from the combs. 
 Its introduction is a great advance in Bee-Keeping, for by its use the 
 yield of honey from each hive is largely increased. At present this 
 noney does not sell as well as 'honey in the honey-comb,' but as it is 
 more widely known it will find favor." 
 
 Prize Essay — By Mrs. E. S. Tupper. — Bees, from the earliest 
 ages of the world, have been invested with peculiar interest, and have 
 claimed the attention not only of the unlearned and ignorant, but of 
 the student and naturalist. The mystery which so long enveloped 
 them and their habits added not a little to the zest with which their 
 history was investigated. 
 
 The discoveries of the last twenty years, however, have so eluci- 
 dated the laws of Bee instinct, that no important point is longer a sub- 
 ject of controversy or mystery ; and in the light now thrown upon the 
 subject no branch of moral economy can be more definitely regulated, 
 or conducted with such absolute certainty of success. 
 
 The Management of Bees can only be successful when conducted 
 with a perfect understanding of their natural history, and in accor- 
 dance with the instincts which govern them. In the Avords of one 
 of the most eminent apiarians in our country, "The business may be 
 viewed first, as a science having for its object the attainment of a cor- 
 rect knowledge of all that pertains to the life, habits, and instincts of 
 the Honey Bee; and, secojidly, as a practical art, which regards all the 
 attainments thus made, and to be made, as the only reliable founda- 
 tion of successful Management." The laws which govern these won- 
 derful little insects are peculiar to themselves, differing fi-om those 
 which govern everything else. They are simple, and one can Manage 
 them in almost any way so long as he does not go counter to their in- 
 stincts; but they are fixed and immutable, and when we deviate from 
 them in the smallest particular, loss must follow. To be successful, 
 then, in the practical art, the science on which it is founded must be 
 thoroughly understood. 
 
 All these laws have been so fully and clearly explained in various 
 able works on the subject that to enter on them here would be sui:)er- 
 fluous; this paper, therefore will treat only of the practical, and aim 
 to give direction and advice as to the Management of Bees, in such a 
 way that they shall every year, -whatever be the season, yield a profit 
 to their owner. 
 
 I shall recommend nothing that I have not fully tested, and give 
 no rules which I have not myself followed with profit. The business 
 requires but little capital, and so little strength that it may be made 
 an agreeable recreation for the man of toil, and a most remunerative 
 employment for invalids. There is no part of the work required 
 
 7 — DR. chase's second RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
^ DR. chase's 
 
 which is not suitable for women; and now, when many are lookin;^ 
 for new avenues of female labor, I would that I could induce some to 
 find health and pecuniary profit in this business. In almost every 
 part of the United States honey -producing plants abound; no other 
 country in the world is so rich in them, and yet this great source of 
 wealth is comparatively undeveloped. 
 
 By the official report of the Department of the Interior, it appears 
 that there was produced in 1860, in the whole United States, only 
 23,306,357 lbs. of honey, which is about half the amount of maple 
 sugar produced the same year. For the same year the lillle kingdom 
 of Denmark produced 4,758,260 lbs. of honey. The island of Cor- 
 sica paid, for many years, an annual tribute of 200,000 lbs. of wax 
 — which presupposes the production of from 2,000,000 to 3,000,000 
 lbs. of honey. The island contains only 20,200 square miles. In 
 the province of Attica, in Greece, containing only 45 square miles and 
 20,000 inhabitants, 20,000 hives were kept, and an average obtained 
 from each of 30 lbs. of honey and 2 lbs. of wax. East Friesland, a 
 province of Holland, containing 1,200 square miles, maintained for 20 
 years an average of 2,000 colonies to the square mile. 
 
 I mention these facts here to show what is done with Bees in 
 different parts of Europe. Now, if these results can be obtained 
 there, what may not be done among our rich plants, by a system of 
 intelligent Bee-Culture! No pait of the world is more rich in honey 
 (excepting, perhaps, California) than Iowa, and yet here, in 1865, were 
 found but 87,118 hives of Bees, or little more than 1^ to every square 
 mile. These hives yielded only 1,117,833 lbs. of honey and wax, 
 or about 13^ lbs. average to each hive. In view of facts like these, 
 how important to encourage, in every possible way, the increase of 
 Bees, and circulate facts regarding their intelligent culture. 
 
 Hives. — For 50 years Yankee ingenuity was busy in the construc- 
 tion of hives which should secure marvellous yields of honey and in- 
 crease of Bees. The idea was to invent something which should do 
 the work for them. All such inventions (and their name is legion) 
 proved failures, as might have been expected, since it is a fixed fact 
 that Bees will gather and store just as much honey in an old hollow 
 log or an old barrel, while all is right with them, as in any hive of any 
 patent. The object, then, in having anything else for them is not to aid the 
 Bees in storing honey or raising brood, but to assist the owner in getting the 
 surplus honey in the best form, tvithout injuring tJie Bees, and also to give 
 him the control of the interior of the hive, so that he can tell what is wrong 
 and apply the remedy. From the time of Huber such an invention has 
 been thought desirable, but it was not until our day that such a one 
 was made. 
 
 Between 1834 and 1845 several persons in Euro[)e and in this 
 country, invented hives in which the combs were to be built each on 
 a separate bar or frame, which could readily be lifted out at pleasure, 
 and thus a new era in Bee-Keeping was commenced. 
 
 [Since this Essay was written, as all are aware, great improve- 
 ments have been perfected in hives, of which it is quite unnecessary 
 to speak here.i 
 
 There is nothing in these hives which is intended to perform the 
 labor of the Bees, or their Keeper. They are simply aids to the work. 
 The great advantage which they possess is the command which they 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 39 
 
 give of every comb, placing it in your power to know certainly the 
 condition of your Bees. ; 
 
 In tlie common hive it is easy to tell when your Bees are prosper- 
 ous and all is right. It is equally easy to tell when something is 
 wronw, but not so easy to find out what that something is. You may 
 perceive that the Bees decrease, and suspect that they have lost their 
 queens; or notice that they work with less energy, and think possibly 
 (as is often the case) that they have too much honey stored in combs 
 where the young should be. But there is no way to ascertain, posi- 
 tively, and often before you decide the matter it is decided for 
 you by the colony becoming worthless. In the movable-comb 
 hive it is your own fault if you do not know positively all the 
 time that there is no trouble. If a hive is queenless it is soon 
 ascertained by examining the combs, where the presence or 
 absence of eggs determines the matter. In this case another queen, 
 or the egg from which to raise one, can be at once provided. If too 
 much honey has by some accident been stored in the centre combs, 
 one or more can be exchanged for empty ones, which the queen will 
 gladly fill with eggs to replenish the hives. 
 
 And here let me say that this trouble I find to be one of quite 
 common occurence. During a plentiful yield of honey the Bees, in 
 their eagerness to store it, often stint the queen for room in which to 
 deposit her eggs. I have often seen this in movable-comb hives, 
 where the remedy can be applied in a moment. This is only one 
 proof among manj that it is not always safe to trust to the instinct of 
 Bees any more than that of any other animal. 
 
 [Within a few years a machine has been invented, and is now 
 made in several forms, for extracting honey from the combs, which 
 are then returned to the Bees to be refilled. This extrator has made 
 a great change in Bee-Keeping, and also made necessary a remodel- 
 ing of hives, so that room for more frames may be given. It is easy 
 to obtain now three or four times as much honey from a colony by 
 means of the extractor as was obtained in the comb in the old way.] 
 
 (It should not be forgotten, however, or overlooked, that honey in 
 the comb, in nice boxes, will always keep the best, and also fetch the 
 largest price in the market; and, again, there is no danger of its sour- 
 ing, while there is considerable danger of its souring, if extracted. — 
 Author.) 
 
 Another advantage of these hives is the facility with which drone 
 comb can be removed, or its building prevented. One who has not 
 examined the matter would be slow to believe how much honey is 
 needlessly consumed every year in drone raising. Here, again, the 
 Bee instinct falls far short of reason. When Bees live wild, in isola- 
 ted situations, the rearing of many drones no doubt conduces to the 
 safety of the young queens; yet a preponderance of drone comb is, 
 I am convinced, partly accidental." Late in the season, if honey is 
 very abundant, and little brood being then raised, many colonies 
 construct drone comb to enable them to store faster than they can do 
 in worker combs. The next spring they do not, of course, tear it 
 down aud build others, and, being there, the queen deposits her eggs 
 in it, and drones are thus reared. It is also Avell known that colonies, 
 while queenless from any cause, build drone combs, if they build any, 
 and in the hives of such colonies there is a surplus for the next year. 
 Now, if 100 hives are kept together, and drones are raised in 
 
100 DE. chase's 
 
 one or two of them, it is enough for all. Therefore, it is easy to see 
 the economy of a hive in which drone raising can be restricted at 
 will, and the honey used in raising and afterwards in feeding them 
 may be saved. I say "restricted" for I have never found it best to 
 leave any hive entirely without drone comb. It is better to leave a 
 few inches in some central comb in every hive; otherwise, at the 
 swarming season, they will lengthen out the worker cells and raise 
 some drones. If they have room for a few it seems to satisfy them. 
 
 Again, the prosperity of the colony depends much on the age of 
 the queen. All must have perceived the difference in prosperity of 
 swarms side by side, in the same kind of hives and in the same loca- 
 tion; one will vigorously increase and store up honey, while the other 
 barely lives. In many cases this is caused by the difference in the 
 age of the queen, as any one will ascertain who takes the trouble to 
 murk the hives containing young queens. After the second year the 
 queen is far less prolific, and then much is gained by removing her, 
 which is easily done in these hives. It is objected by some that this 
 is "unnatural;" but I would ask, is it any more so than to kill a hen 
 after she is too old to lay many eggs, or to shear a sheep, or break a 
 colt? Why may we not use Bees contrary to their nature as well as 
 domestic animals? 
 
 The strengthening of weak swarms is also facilitated by these 
 hives. Such colonies will always be found where many Bees are kept, 
 and by the aid of these frames they may be built up into strong and 
 vigorous ones; honeiy, bee-bread, and young Bees being taken from 
 a stand well able to spare it, and given to those perishing from the 
 want of it. In this way many worthless swarms have been converted 
 into excellent colonies. In the Fall, all such weak swarms may be 
 united with strong ones, which are improved by the addition. In the 
 Spring, the same thing can be done, and your hives kept always equal- 
 ized and strong. Old or soiled comb can also be taken away when 
 you please. But the pruning of old comb, which is practiced by 
 many every year, is in most cases unnecessary. So long as it is free 
 from mould, it is good to store honey or to rear brood in. I invaria- 
 bly find, all other things being equal, that Bees winter better in old 
 comb than in new. Bees have been kept in the same comb twelve 
 years in succession, doing as well the last year as the first. When the 
 cost of honey in building new combs is considered, the advantage of 
 hives in which you can save all good pieces is very apparent. 
 
 It is not necessary to have these frames in a complicated hive; 
 nor in commending them do I mean to indorse the hundred-and-one 
 traps for the ignorant, which in many hives are added to them. A 
 plain tight box, well made of seasoned boards, in which the frames 
 can be hung, is all that is really necessary. Any amount^ of extra 
 outside finish may be added, and it always pays to have hives well 
 painted. 
 
 Size and Shape of Hive. — There is much diflference of opinion 
 among Bee-Keepers on these points; and this arises, I think, from 
 different ways in which Bees are wintered. About 2,000 cubic inchea 
 inside is, by exact computation, as much as can be filled by a queen 
 with brood, and allow room for bee-bread and honey for present use. 
 In the Fall, as the brood hatches, the empty comb is filled with honey, 
 and this size also admits of room for sufficient winter stores in any 
 season. I onoe thought that much less than tnis would Winter a col- 
 
SECOND RECKIPT BOOK. 101 
 
 ony ; but one season, when we had an early frost succeeded by a late 
 Spring, and my Bees gathered no honey for eight months, I am sure 
 that the size of my hives alone saved many colonies, as they had not 
 a pound to spare in May. 
 
 A little too much is no disadvantage, tor the more they have on 
 hand in the Spring the earlier and faster do they rear young Bees. 
 The form of the hive is more a subject at issue than the size. I have 
 used both shallow and deep frames, and am convinced that the latter 
 are preferable and would now make all frames as near 14 inches deep 
 by 12 inches wide, as possible; but when this shape is used, a bar 
 across to sujjport the comb TvJdle neio is very necessary. 
 
 Bees naturally cluster below their stores, and the heat of the hive 
 then ascends where the honey is, and it is free from frost when the 
 Bees go up to get it. In the shallow form, they are compelled to clus- 
 ter at the sides of tlie hive, and then, in severe weather, the honey is 
 always cold. I have seen whole colonies die in these hives, leaving 
 an abundance of honey. Tliey simply could not get it without freez- 
 ing. In the instances of this kind which have come under my no- 
 tice, too much draught had been allowed in the hive, by having the 
 entrance open below and the holes open on the top. To Winter safely 
 out of doom in any liive, tJie entrance siiould be closed so as to admit of the 
 passage of only one Bee at a time, arid the cap should be filled with straiv or 
 corncobs to absorb all moisture, and but one hole be left open. Winter pass- 
 ages, as they are called, should be made. These are holes an inch in 
 diameter, two or three inches from the top, made in each comb. 
 Through these the Bees can pass without being obliged to go over and 
 under the frosty combs, to reach their stores. I have found little 
 trouble in making Bees build straight combs. I may say I have 
 had none, for since the first season I have had no crooked 
 combs. The triangular guides regulate them usually, but ii 
 straight-worked comb can be obtained and pieces fastened in a 
 few frames of each hive, it will aid them. After one has a few hives 
 filled with straight comb, so that one frame can be given to each new 
 colony, there will be no further trouble, if pains 1oe taken. There 
 will be uneven places, or laieces of comb made thick; these should be 
 cut down and regulated as soon as perceived — using a knife dipped in 
 hot tcater for that purpose. It must be borne in mind that it is not 
 enough to have the combs so straight that they can be taken with 
 care out of their own hive and replaced there; to reap the full advan- 
 tage of the movable-combs, every one must be straight enough to fit 
 in any place in any hive. For this reason also, whatever form ox 
 movable-comb is used, they should all be alike; every frame should fit 
 every hive. One who has never tried it can not imagine the trouble 
 connected with the Management of 50 or 100 hives of diflerent sizes 
 and forms. 
 
 The matter of size, shape, and model should be decided with due 
 care, and after Bees are put into some of them no changes should he 
 made, even if they seem to be for the better. I would not be under- 
 stood as advising any one to make or use any form of movable-comb 
 hive without buying a "patent right." "The laborer is woi'thy of his 
 hire;" and when a lifetime has been spent in bringing to perfection 
 so valuable an invention as this, all the better for its simplicity, the 
 inventor has a right to his reward. 
 
 No one should attempt to make a hive withou a model, unless h& 
 
102 DR. chase's 
 
 has had sufficient experience in Bee-Keeping to enable him to know 
 just what he wants. In every case they should be well mude. The 
 first dozen movable-comb hives which I used I came near discard- 
 ing, simply, as I now know, because they were so badly made, of un- 
 seasoned lumber, that no part fitted as it should. 
 
 How to Chang-e Bees "Without Loss from Coironon to 
 Movable -Frame Hives. — The best time to do this is about the sea- 
 son of swarming, which season varies with the latitude and climate. 
 In the Northern States, June is the month of swarms; in the Middle 
 and Southern States they come with early and abundant bloom. 
 
 About the time when swarms are expected naturally, take the 
 hive which you wish to transfer, and blowing a little smoke into the 
 entrance, remove it a rod or more from its stand, leaving an empty 
 box or hive in its place, into which the Bees that are out in the fields 
 may gather. Invert (turn bottom up) the hive which you have 
 moved, and put over it an empty box or hive, as near the same size 
 and shape as possible, and stop all holes or cracks between the two 
 with grass or weeds that may be at hand, leaving no hole large enough 
 for a Bee to escape. Then with sticks keep up a sharp drumming on 
 the bottom hive, at which the Bees, alarmed, will fill their sacs with 
 honey and mount up into the upper hive. In from 20 to 30 minutes, 
 most of the Bees with their queen will be in the empty box on top. 
 The beginner need not fear driving too many ; let all go that will. 
 Then carefully set the box containing the Bees in a shady place, and 
 take the old hive back to the place where it stood. "While you have 
 been driving, many Bees will have come back to their home, and 
 finding it gone, will be roaming in and out of the empty hive in dis- 
 tress. These will at once rush into the old hive when it returns, and 
 gladly adhere to it; then remove it to a location some yards ofi", when, 
 as it contains many hatching Bees and eggs, the Bees will at once rear 
 a new queen to replace the one just driven out, and in a short time 
 be as prosperous as ever. Now place your new movable-comb hive, 
 with its entrances all open, on the old stand, and spread a sheet be- 
 fore it; on this sheet empty the Bees you have driven into the box, 
 and they will at once take up a line of march for the entrance of the 
 new hive; if they gather there, brush a few in with a wing or twig, 
 and they will call the others, who enter in a body and accept the new 
 hive as their home. 
 
 You have now a nice swarm in your new hive, which will work 
 as well as any natural swarm and quickly stock their hive. _ You have 
 besides your old hive, in which the Bees are rapidly hatching, and in 
 three weeks they will have a young queen and a goodly number of 
 Bees, hut no brood in the combs. Therefore in three weeks repeat the 
 process of driving out the Bees; and after this is done, split open the 
 old hive, or carefully take off the side, and fasten all straight nice 
 pieces of the comb into the frames of a movable-comb hive; — a little 
 melted resin will help hold them in place, or they may be kept in 
 place with thorns. Comb need not be rejected because it is old or 
 black, as, if it is straight and free from mould, it is quite as good to 
 rear Bees in, or to store honey for their use— indeed, it is proved that 
 old comb is better than new for these purposes. No drone-comb 
 should be put in the frames. This may be known by the larger size 
 of its cells. _ ... 
 
 Arrange the frames containing comb in the hive, set it in its 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 103 
 
 place, and empty the Bees on a sheet in front, as before described. 
 They will soon securely fasten the combs, and work on all the better 
 for this necessary disturbance. To the novice it may seem incredible 
 that Bees should be thus driven from liiA^e to hive and directed as you 
 please, but it is now done every day through the Summer, by hun- 
 dreds of Bee-Keepers, who find not only that it may be done without 
 loss, but great profit. After Bees are once in movable-comb hives, little 
 change need be made when all is well with them; their great advan- 
 tage consists in the power they give their owner to discover when 
 anything is wrong, und apply the remedy, as also the facility they afford 
 for taking surplus honej^ from the Bees in nice shape without trouble. 
 Storing- Honey in Boxes. — In Spring and early Summer, how- 
 ever much honey Bees may gather, they do not store it for future use; 
 seeming instinctively to know that sujiplies will then come from day to 
 day. At this season most of the stores that they gather are consumed 
 in the rearing of brood. After swarming-time they gradually decrease 
 the brood fearing, and then their instincts prompt them to gather, in- 
 dustriously, supplies for the Winter. If advantage be taken of this 
 instinct by their owners in all ordinary seasons, a surplus of choice 
 honey may be obtained. It is not uncommon for experienced Bee- 
 Keepers to secure an average of 100 lbs. from a number of colonies, — 
 and yields of 160 lbs. and sometimes more, have been taken from sin- 
 gle ones. This is independent of the necessary honey which must 
 be left with the Bees for Winter, and it is not taken in the old bar- 
 barous way, by killing the busy workers. Hives are so arranged 
 that, as the Bees choose to store their purest honey near the top of the 
 hives, it is here that the boxes are put on, in which it is desired to 
 have them store it. Nothing is gained by putting on these "supers," 
 as they are called, too earlj^ In cool Spring weather they are injur- 
 ious, for they allow the heat to escape from the main chamber, which 
 at that season is necessary to develop the brood. They may be placed 
 on usually about tlie time thnt fruit-trees blossom. Hives should be 
 so arranged that, when one set of boxes is partially filled, they may 
 be raised up and another placed below them, and then the Bees ex- 
 tend their combs into these new ones, and work in both at once. 
 They are often known in the height of the gathering season, to be 
 storing in 16 boxes at once, each box containing, when full, 6 lbs. As 
 one of these boxes is filled, it is removed quietly and an empty one 
 slipped into its place. If the full one is carried away from the hive, 
 or into a dark cellar and left for a time bottom upwards, the Bees will 
 all leave it and return to the hive; and a piece of cloth or paper can 
 be pasted over the entrance to the box, when it may be kept any 
 length of time. A box is more easily examined when one side at 
 least is made of glass; the honey also looks nicer when ofiered for 
 sale. It is thought less honey is stored in them, if partly of glass, 
 than when made wholly of wood, and also that the Bees work more 
 readily in boxes made large, so that one shall take the place of 
 four on a hive. For market, howver, the small glass boxes are always 
 best. If pieces of honey-comb, clean and fresh, are fastened in the 
 boxes with a little melted wax and resin, the Bees commence more 
 readily in them, — they seem to like a "start in life." Boxes that are 
 only partially filled, when frost puts an end to the gathering season, 
 should be taken off and carefully preserved for another year, when 
 the Bees will complete them. 
 
104 DB. chabe's 
 
 When there is a market at home for honey, it will be found best 
 to substitute sections filled with small frames, instead of glass boxes 
 on top of hives, for surplus honey. Other things being equal, the 
 Bees will store more honey in these frames than in boxes, and for 
 home market these little frames, containing from 1 to 2j lbs., will al- 
 ways be in great demand. Honey in them is not as easily shipped to 
 a distance. For home use also, this form is very desirable, and those 
 keeping only Bees enough to secure their own honey, will find this 
 the best way to have it stored. 
 
 Wintering Bees. — Bees are natives of warm climates and their 
 instincts are given them for their protection there. When kept where 
 the Winters are severe, or where they are variable with periods of 
 extreme cold, they should be protected in some way. Bees cluster 
 compactly together in Winter, and thus maintain their proper tem- 
 perature. It requires numbers to do this — a small cluster cannot keep 
 up the requisite heat for safety, they therefore freeze. If a ther- 
 mometer be thrust into the centre of a colony of Bees of a proper 
 size, on the coldest day of Winter, the mercury will rise to Summer 
 heat. The Bees are constantly changing, those in the centre moving 
 outwards and the others taking their places. If a Bee, in a cold day, 
 gets away from the cluster it is chilled and can not return. In the 
 coldest weather they remain in a semi-torpid state {semi, half), and 
 use but little honey. If a swarm is large enough, it can not perish 
 from cold, but many starve with a plenty of honey in the hive, if it is 
 located where they can not reach it. Many more are destroyed every 
 season by the moisture of the hive which accumulates in the warm 
 days, and which, by a sudden change of weather is turned to ice in 
 the entrances, thus shutting out the air. 
 
 T consider the requisites to successful Wintering in the open air 
 to be, abundant stores, with Winter passages through the combs, a 
 large colony of Bees, and upward ventilation secured without a 
 draught of cold air passing through the hive. 
 
 Under any circumstances it has been proved that Bees consume 
 much less honey when protected in Winter. A hive weighing GO lbs. 
 in the fall of 1863, Wintered out of doors, weighed only 15 lbs. the 
 1st of April, while 20 kept in the cellar the same three months lost on 
 an average, only 5 lbs. each. Again, 6 hives Wintered out of doors 
 lost an average of 29] lbs. each in three months, while 20 in the cel- 
 lar, the same length of time, lost an average of only 5| lbs. Figures 
 like these show clearly that it pays to protect Bees in Winter. 
 
 The time of the year when Bees consume the most honey is in 
 the Spring months, while raising brood fast. The more honey they 
 have on hand in March and April, the faster they will rear young 
 Bees, and the more workers will be ready to gather the harvest from 
 fruit blossoms. The Bee-Keeper who leaves his Bees only what 
 honey they can consume, being satisfied if they barely "live" through 
 the Winter, is as foolish as the farmer who allows the team on which 
 he depends for a Summer's work to be poor in the Spring and short 
 of feed. To do a season's work in good shape, a colony should have 
 plenty of old honey on hand until swarming time. To secure this 
 end, leave from 30 to 50 lbs. in each hive in the fall, and then protect 
 them in some way. 
 
 I have Wintered mine very successfully for six Winters, in a dry 
 and moderately warm cellar, where the thermometer usually is about 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 106 
 
 30° above the freezing point. Here they are perfectly quiet, not a 
 sound comes from them ; they seem to remain torpid. I try not to 
 keep them there over three months, but the want of a proper day in 
 which to put them out has obliged me twice to keep them in four 
 months, and no bad results followed. Where many hives are kept, 
 the honey saA'ed in one Winter will pay tlie expense of a house to 
 keep them in, if no good cellar is at hand. Such a house should be 
 dark and tight, and the hives placed on shelves one above another. 
 
 (For the proper manner of storing them in the cellar, see Col. 
 Hoit's Instructions, given in the first part of this subject. — Author.) 
 
 A warm, still day should be selected in which to put them out 
 again in Spring. Some are very careful to place them just where 
 they stood before, but this is not important. When leaving the hive 
 for their first flight every Bee marks its location, and if they do re- 
 member, as some assert, the old spot, they wisely prefer the new 
 place. 
 
 [Experience in Wintering the past cold Winter (1871 and 1872) in 
 some cases, and localities, has been in favor of leaving Bees on their 
 Summer stands, either protecting with chaff or a piece of blanket. I 
 mention tliis for the benefit of those who have no suitable cellar.] 
 
 Feeding Bees. — Tlie best substitute for honey that I have ever 
 found in feeding Bees is sugar candy. The sugar should be mixed 
 with water and boiled until it strings, and then cooled in thin cakes. 
 The Bees take no more of this than is necessary to sustain life, yet 
 will never starve v.iule they have it. I have tried feeding Bees to in- 
 duce them to rear drones early, and to stimulate them to swarm early, 
 but with no satisfactory results. AVhen I had few colonies, I have fed 
 weak ones to save them ; but find it poor economy, under any circum- 
 stances, to keep a stand of Bees, that require feeding — far better to 
 unite all the weak witli the strong ones. 
 
 In some sections of the country it is a great help to Bees to feed 
 them with rye meal before the first pollen-yielding flowers come. 
 AVhere I live thrre is generally found a great deficiency of Bee-bread 
 in the majority of hives in the Spring, and here the advantage of rye- 
 meal feeding can hardly be over-estimated. As soon as the Bees fly 
 freely in Spring, put the meal in shallow boxes or troughs, a rod or 
 two from the apiaiy, and attract the Bees to them by pieces of empty 
 comb laid near theln. They soon learn the way to it and take it 
 eagerly until flowers come, when it will be left untouched. I have 
 had one hundred and fourteen pounds of meal carried away in one 
 day. I have the rye ground and not bolted. AVheat flour will be 
 taken by them, but not as readily. Meal-fed Bees will send out lar- 
 ger and earlier swarms than others, because the abundance of Bee- 
 bread encourages the rearing of brood. 
 
 Artificial Swarming. — It is no longer a matter of doubt that 
 the natural swarming of Bees can be prevented entirely, and yet such 
 an increase secured as may be desired by artificial means. Some Bee- 
 Keepers still depend on natural swarming, but my experience teaches 
 me that the only sure way to keep Bees with a certainty of regular 
 profit, is to take the matter into one's own hands and secure a mod- 
 jrate yearly increase, and at the same time, more or less surplus 
 honey, according to the season. 
 
 All admit that early SAvarms are the most profitable ones. How 
 it may be in other sections of the counti-y I can not say, but in Iowa, 
 
106 DK. chase's 
 
 Bees prepare to swarm every year by the latter part of May. At that 
 season I find in every strong hive partly finished queen cells and 
 young drones; yet not one year in ten do we have more than an 
 occasional natural swarm at that season. The reason, I think, is this : 
 Near the last of May, we have almost every year, a few cold days, 
 and these cause the Bees to destroy their queen cells and to cease 
 preparations for swarming. When it is again warm some colonies 
 prepare anew and then throw ofi" late swarms, while others make no 
 further attempt that season. For the last 4 years I have made all 
 swarms the last week in May or first of June, and my new colonies 
 fill the hives in many cases before my neighbors' Bees swarm natur- 
 ally. The 2 or 3 weeks thus saved at the right time are of the utmost 
 importance. Natural swarming has other disadvantages besides 
 being late. The watching for their motions involves a great expense 
 of time and anxiety where many hives are kept. Every year, too, 
 many natural swarms go to the woods in spite of all care, while an 
 artificial swarm, properly made, never does. Some colonies will 
 refuse to swarm at all, and others will swarm until the parent hive is 
 worthless. 
 
 It is not difficult to make swarms in the common hive, but with 
 movable combs it is less trouble to make an artificial swarm than to 
 hive a natural one. 
 
 The danger is that one just commencing to use these hives is apt 
 to overdo the matter. It is so hard to convince any one without 
 experience, that he is not growing rich in proportion as his colonies 
 increase in number. If movable frames are not to do the person 
 using them more liarm than good, a thorough acquaintance with the 
 internal economy of the Bee-Hive is necessary. This is precisely 
 what beginners can not acquire at once, and yet they are often uncon- 
 scious of their ignorance. In this, as in every thing else, the more 
 one learns, the more he feels his deficiencies. I have usually found 
 that Bee-Keepers venture less the second year of their experience 
 than the first. I advise all who commence with the movable-comb 
 hives to be contented with a very moderate rate of increase until they 
 have experience to aid them. In this matter, truly, " He that hasteth 
 to be rich shall fall into a snare." 
 
 In the early days of my Bee-Keeping, I reasoned thus: Since 
 the queen is the only one that lays eggs, the more queens I have by 
 the first of June the faster my Bees are increasing ; for certainly 2 
 queens can multiply Bees fester than 1. I therefore aimed to have as 
 many as possible, early. I now see the matter in a very difi"erent 
 light; for while it is true that 2 queens can lay more eggs than 1, it is 
 not certain that thej'^ will. On the contrary, I find, invariably, that 
 the increase of brood is in proportion to the strength of the colony. 
 If a queen in a weak colony should lay many eggs, they could not be 
 reared when hatched, for want of honey and nurses. If many eggs 
 are laid in such hives, they are destroyed, some say eaten, by the 
 workers. The queens seem to have the power of increasing or 
 decreasing their laying at will. If a queen be taken from a small 
 colony and placed with a larger and more populous one, she soon 
 increases in size and lays freely. 
 
 Examine a weak hive, poor in stores in the Spring, and you will 
 find but few cells of brood, while a strong one in the same apiary and 
 under the same circumstances of season and weather, will have sheets 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 107 
 
 of comb filled with it in all stages. Exchange the queen in these 2 
 colonies, and 1 will increase and the other decrease her laying. If 
 this fact is borne in mind, it will be understood why one strong col- 
 ony will raise more l)rood than several weak ones, and that it is more 
 profitable, especially in Spring, to have many Bees in 1 hive than to 
 divide their strength as is frequently done. Under no circumstances 
 is there either pleasure or profit in weak colonies. The more of 
 them a man has the less he will like Bee-Keeping. 
 
 One plain rule should be borne in mind in artificial swarming: 
 "Never cripple the strength of the colony where the queen is to 
 remain." As soon as you do this her laying diminishes. If she is 
 driven from the hive with the new swarm, have the largest part of 
 the Bees with her in the new hive. If she is left in the old hive, 
 leave abundant stores and young hatching Bees with her, and she will 
 be stimulated to increase her laying to replace the Bees taken. It is 
 wonderful how many Bees, eggs, and brood can be taken from 1 queen 
 in a single season, if she is left in a strong hive, well provisioned. 
 
 Instead of dividing hives, as some do in artificial swarming, I 
 now prefer to take brood and Bees at different intervals from hives, 
 as they can spare them, and with these build up new colonies. For 
 instance, you have 6 swarms in movable-comb hives. No. 1 you will 
 not touch, but from the remaining 5 you take in succession 2 frames, 
 each from near the center of the hive, placing empty frames in their 
 stead. Shake the Bees off the frames, being careful that you take no 
 queen on them. 
 
 Place the 10 frames thus obtained in a neio hive; then remove No. 1 to 
 a new place, a rod or even move away, and set the hive containing the frames 
 in the place where that stood. This operation should be performed at a time 
 of day when many Bees are in the fields, and these as they return, ivill crowd 
 into the new made colony and labor in it as well as in their own. ' The col- 
 ony having no queen will proceed to raise one, as they will find plenty of 
 brood for the purpose. If, when just made, a young queen can be given 
 them, raised in a small hive, you have a safe, sure way of increase. The 
 hives from 2rhich the frames of brood are taken will not be crippled by it, 
 but, in many cases, luill be actually the better for it. 
 
 This operation can be i^erformed again in 2 weeks if desired. 
 The hive which you remove will not loose as many Bees as if it had 
 swarmed, but will soon be as populous as ever, and usually, will have 
 no inclination to swarm that season. 
 
 Two things are to be avoided in making new colonies. One is, 
 never to leave many Bees in a hive which is queenless, and raising a 
 queen. If there are too many Bees in a hive which has no queen, they 
 store honey in the combs where brood should be, and after the new 
 queen is ready to deposit eggs she is driven to the outer combs for 
 empty cells, and her brood can not be as well cared for. I have seen 
 many hives suffering from this cause. Again, never leave a queenless 
 colony large enough to build new comb,' as all the comb they build 
 until they have a (pieen will be, invariably, drone-comb. 
 
 Many ways of making new colonies without disturbing the queen 
 or diminishing her laying, will suggest themselves as one becomes 
 farailiar with the business. If care be taken never to weaken col- 
 onies containing queens, and if the young queens are reared for the 
 new swarm in small hives, the number of colonies can be increased 
 four-fold more safely than they mn bo doubled in natural swarming. 
 
108 DR. chase's 
 
 Whichever way you practice, do all of it early. Better far to leave 
 the Bees where they are than to make a swarm hite in the season. 
 
 Swarming-, vs. Non- Swarming-. — There has always been a 
 class of Bee-Keepers who have not cared to increase their Bees, but 
 have simply wished to keep a few colonies in the best way to obtain 
 honey for their own use, and who have neither the time nor disposi- 
 tion jiecessary to an extended business. To meet their wants, numer- 
 ous Bee palaces and non-swarming hives have been invented, which 
 have all proved failures. Great yields of honey have been 
 obtained in these hives for 1 or 2 years, and then the Bees usually 
 died out. The reason is obvious; for, if swarming is prevented, some 
 way must be provided to renew the queens every 2 or more years, for 
 swarming is the method by which nature arranges this. 
 
 The high price of lumber for hives, and the great demand for 
 honey, in 1864, made it a good time to try what could be done in the 
 way of restricting swarming, or preventing it altogether. I had tried 
 the non-swarming blocks in the Langstroth hive, but found it impos- 
 sible to make them of practical use. If kept close enough to prevent 
 swarming thsy interfered much with the flight of the workers; 
 besides, they did not in any case prevent the preparations for swarm- 
 ing, which consume much time and honey. 
 
 [Within the past year another improvement has been made in 
 Bee-Hive fixtures, without mention of which this part of the subject 
 is now incomplete. Mrs. Farnam's non-swarming attachment accom- 
 plishes the object which the movable-blocks and other non-swarming 
 inventions attempted to do, but failed. All of these, if they were so 
 adjusted as to keep the queen in, prevented the workers when loaded 
 from j)as8ing freely, and thus made confusion. 
 
 This attachment accomplishes the result by compelling the Bees 
 to go out one way and return the other — the way of egress being so 
 nicely adjusted that empty Bees j^ass out freely, yet no queen or drone 
 can escape. The loaded workers go in at another passage. 
 
 I find this most effectual in putting a guard over the hive so that 
 it can not swarm before I am ready to divide it, and one who wishes 
 no increase of numbers, but instead, more surplus honey, will find 
 this simple attachment to any hive invaluable. 
 
 In preventing a surplus of drones, it answers an excellent purpose'., 
 and I use it as a valuable aid in crossing stock, Avhen rearing queens. 
 With it I can shut in any drones I please, while choice ones of any 
 stock desired, fly freely]. 
 
 (^®°Any person desirous of testing the question of the "Non- 
 Swarming Attachment," for themselves, or of ordering the "Italian 
 Queen," can address the " Italian Bee Company," of Des Moines, 
 Iowa, Mrs. Ellen S. Tupper, and Mrs. Annie Savery, being the partners ; 
 and I will add, that I fully believe, that all who deal with "the Com- 
 pany," will receive perfect satisfaction at their hands. — Author). 
 
 Early in the Spring, I made some colonies very strong in num- 
 bers, and rich in stores, having them as strong as they usually are .in 
 June, hoping in this way to secure early box honey. I failed in this; 
 for though the Bees commenced working in boxes, they stored slowly, 
 and not a box was filled before Juno: but they all reared quantities of 
 brood, and were ready for very early swarming. 
 
 Ten of these doubly strong colonies I treated in this way: I took 
 from the center of each hive, everv week in June, a frame of brood 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 109 
 
 and honey, supplying its place with an empty frame. Two of these 
 swarmed in spite of this, and as the frames taken out were used in 
 forming new colonies, it would not have been called a " prevention of 
 swarming" if none had swarmed. Those that did swarm were, at 
 that time, storing in 16 boxes each, proving that Bees do not migrate 
 always for want of room. 
 
 In June, I took the queens from 20 of these strong colonies, 
 replacing them with young ones just commencing to lay, or with 
 queen cells ready to hatch. Not one whose queen I changed in this 
 way swarmed, but all worked on seemingly with new energy through 
 the season, care being taken to give them ample room in the main 
 hive for brood, and to change full boxes for empty ones as often as 
 necessary. The quantity of honey obtained from each of these hives 
 varied much. The least obtained from any one was 50 lbs.; the 
 greatest yield from any one was 96 lbs., the average of each being 62 
 lbs. The colonies which swarmed that year all made some honey in 
 boxes, the average being 15 lbs. The swarms from these also stored 
 honey, the average being 30 lbs. Thus we have an average of 45 lbs., 
 15 from the parent hive, and 34 from the swarm, from the swarming, 
 against 62 lbs. from the non-swarming hives. From the former a good 
 colony was obtained to offset the 17 lbs. more honey averaged from 
 the latter. These experiments were all made with the common Bees. 
 
 I had previously jiiade an ingenious calculation of this sort: 
 "The Bees consume 20 lbs. of honey in forming 1 lb. of wax. The 
 empty comb, in a hive the size I use, (2,000 cubic inches), weighs 3 
 lbs. Thus 60 lbs. of honey are consumed in making the empty cornb 
 alone to furnish the new hive. At least 60 lbs. more will be used in 
 storing the comb and raising the brood to populate it, and 30 more to 
 furnish it with Winter store. This gives 150 lbs. of honey spent on 
 the new colony. Supposing the Bees to have remained in the old 
 hive, this 150 lbs. might have been stored in boxes." Now this calcu- 
 lation is all true, but the fact remains that the Bees will not put as 
 much honey into boxes as they will gather to stock and store a new 
 hive. The empty home stimulates them ; their necessities drive 
 them; and they "work with a will" under such circumstances, as all 
 know who have noticed the untiring energy of a new swarm. 
 
 In the Summer of 1865, I tried this plan again on a larger scale, 
 giving to each of 37 hives, in May and June, a young queen in place 
 of an old one. Only 1 of these swarmed, and, in that instance, I was 
 quite sure that they destroyed the queen given them and raised 
 others, and this caused them to swarm. 
 
 Writers in Germany assert it as an established fact, "that chang- 
 ing an old queen in any hive for a young one of the current year, 
 before preparations for swarming have been made, will prevent it for that 
 year." I am not prepared as yet to say that this will always be effect- 
 ual, nor can I assign any reason satisfactory to my own mind why it 
 should prevent swarming. I have given the results of my experiments, 
 and they certainly go ftir to prove the fact. I would recommend all 
 who are Italianizing their Bees to try this plan, and see if like results 
 follow from their change of queens. If swarming can be prevented 
 in this way no better method need be sought, as it secures young and 
 healthy, queens in all hives. The rearing of queens and exchanging 
 them is a very simple matter, and if there is a demand for queens, 
 those taken away can be sold instead of being destroyed. 
 
110 DR. chase's 
 
 The price of honey and the demand for Bees in different places 
 must decide which is most profitable to raise, Bees or honey. In most 
 places I think Bee-Keepers will find it paj's best to secure a moderate 
 increase every year by making 1 swarm, very early, from 4 or 5 old 
 ones. In this way, quite as much, if not more, ■;<urplus honey will 
 be obtained as when there is no increase, and the value of the new 
 swarms (whatever that is in your locality) is just so much extra profit. 
 
 To the class of Bee-Keepers who prefer the non-swarming method, 
 a statement from the German Bienenzeitung (or Bee Journal) of Feb- 
 ruary 15, 1864, made by M. B. G. Klein; will be interesting. He lives 
 near Gotha, limits his apiary to 80 hives, restricts swarming as much 
 as possible, and unites such swarms as do come, with the colonies 
 found to be weakest in the Fall ; carefully preserves the combs, made 
 by them for use the next Spring, and Winters them in the shallow, 
 movable-comb hives; but does not say whether in doors or out. From 
 80 hives he obtained a prq/?< in 1861 (a very favorable year) of $601.00; 
 1862, (an exceedingly poor year) $76.87; 1863, (a good year) $246.96. 
 
 The average price of honey there is only about 8 cents per lb. of 
 our currency. Though this may seem a satisfactory profit, it is small 
 compared with what has been obtained from Bees when allowed to 
 multiply in this country. I can not give statistics of the amount of 
 profit from Bees in other States, but some results in Iowa far exceed 
 this. 
 
 E. G. McNiel, of Tipton, Iowa, says: "I shifted 6 colonies of 
 Bees out of logs into the movable-comb hive for a gentleman, in May, 
 1859; that year he increased to 24, and took 500 lbs. of honey. The 
 next Spring he began with 18 weak colonies and increased to 46; this 
 year (1860) he took off" 1,000 lbs. of honey. In 1861 he increased to 
 60 colonies, and took off 2,200 lbs. of honey. In 1862 he increased to 
 104 stands, but it being a poor season, he obtained only 1,500 lbs. In 
 1863 he increased to 160, and touk off" 3,000 lbs. of honey. Thus he 
 obtained 8,200 lbs. of honey and 154 colonies in 5 working seasons. 
 
 I am not prepared to give an acurate statement of each year's 
 gains, either in honey or stock, since I commenced Bee-Keeping; but 
 in the Spring of 1859 I purchased 4 hives for $20, 2 of which died 
 before flowers came. In the Autumn of 1865 I was offered $1,500 for 
 my stock of Bees, but declined selling, as they were worth much 
 more than that to me. Thus we have, in 6 seasons, an increase from 
 $10 to $1,500 in the capital alone, with no account of honey sold each 
 season, or of Bees sold repeatedly. 
 
 During the Summer of 1864, I sold from 22 hives $409.20 worth of 
 honey. Two of these seasons are called the poorest ever known in 
 Iowa. Wliat branch of agriculture or horticulture pays better than 
 this? 
 
 Uniting- Beas. — In the Fall, in every apiary, some weak stands 
 will be found. Some will have too few Bees, others too little honey. 
 In the old-fashioned Bee-Keeping, such colonies were destroyed by 
 fumes of burning brimstone and the honey and wax appropriated. 
 This is a very expensive way, l)ut, with the movable-comb hives, not 
 a Bee need be lost and all comb may be saved for the use of the Bees 
 in the future. All can see that it is poor economy to let Bees live 
 until they consume all the honey, and then die of starvation; better 
 the old way than this. But if 1 containing enough honey but too few 
 Bees, be united with 1 that has numbers and but little honey, they 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. Ill 
 
 make 1 valuable stand. So two weak ones united, make one good one; 
 for a large colony does not consume nearly as much honey, propor- 
 tionally, as a small one. In the Spring, too, in spite of all care, some 
 will be weak ; and these are much more profitable if united with 
 strong ones than if nursed until flowers abound. 
 
 Bees can be "easily united, and will work as 1 colony. Some 
 sprinkle both with sugar-water scented with peppermint, or other 
 strong odor, to give them the same scent, and then put both in 1 hive. 
 I find it easy to do it without this, and never have any difficulty in 
 the operation. 
 
 I alarm the Bees of both hives which I wish to unite, then leave 
 them a few moments to fill themselves with honey. I then put 1 of 
 them over an empty hive, (my hives have movable bottoms), take 
 each frame out, and shake or brush the Bees into the hive below. 
 When all are out, set the other in its place and proceed in the same 
 way. The Bees all brushed together thus in an empty hive are too 
 much frightened to quarrel. I then arrange all my frames containing 
 honey in 1 hive, and set it over the 1 in which the Bees are. They 
 all go up rapidly and take possession of the frames like 1 colony. 
 One of the queens, will, of course, be killed; so if you have any choice 
 between them, find out the 1 you care least for and destroy her. 
 
 Every empty comb should be saved; indeed, no piece of good 
 worker-comb should ever be melted for wax — -it is worth $5 a lb. in 
 honey boxes, or fastened into the frames for the use of the Bees. I 
 once tried an experiment which convinced me of the great saving in 
 providing Bees with empty comb when it is possible. I had 2 large 
 natural swarms come on the same day. One of them I put into an 
 empty hive, and the other into 1 well filled with comb. The 1 in the 
 empty hive filled it up for Winter, but stored no surplus honey. The 
 other not only filled the combs, but stored 52 lbs. of honey in 
 boxes. There was no apparent difference in the size or circumstances 
 of the 2 swarms. The value of the comb, m'?ited for wax, would not 
 have exceeded $1.00 at that time ; while the honey sold, at 15 cents 
 per lb., for $7.80. Straight worker-combs, in movable-frames, are bet- 
 ter than cash capital to a Bee-Keeper, and should be most carefully 
 saved. Combs must be kept until wanted for use in a cool dry place, 
 to guard against mould. Mice are very destructive to them, I hang 
 mine on a rack where mice can not get them, and where they have 
 abundant air. Two or 3 frames filled with worker-comb, given to a 
 swarm when it is first made or hived, are a great help, and cause them 
 to build all their combs straight. 
 
 Honey Resources. — Every Bee-Keeper should know the honey 
 resources of his range. They differ in different localities. My apiary 
 is near a river bottom, where the Bees have a large forest range, and 
 here there are few days from April to October in which they do not 
 find honey. In many localities, much may be done to increase the 
 yield of surplus honey by keeping buckwheat in blossom most of the 
 Summer. Gei-mans estimate the yield of honey from 1 acre to be 
 from 320 to 350 lbs. This crop, however, yields much more honey 
 some seasons than others. Bees do not like buckwheat when they 
 have anything else; and several seasons when I have had acres of it 
 sowed for them, I have obtained no pure buckwheat honey, while 
 another year the buckwheat sown from the last of July has added 
 many pounds to my surplus boxes. 
 
112 DR. chase's 
 
 White clover yields much honey for several weeks, and where it 
 abounds Bees are sure to do well. The Alsike or Swedish clover, 
 where it has been introduced, is of great beneliL. Black, or common 
 Bees can nut reach the honey in red clover ; tlie Italians can, and do, 
 under some circumstances. In the latter part of July, 1864, my com- 
 mon Bees were idle and losing weight daily; l)iit my Italians steadily 
 stored honey in boxes. I took oil' 26 lb. boxes from the Italian col- 
 onies!, while the others did nothing. It was evident tliat they were 
 obtaining it from some source not accessible to the common Bee. On 
 visiting holds of clover at various times I found it always swarming 
 with "yellow jackets." On account of the drought the blossoms 
 were smaller that year than usual. Late in September and early in 
 October, iu the same year, I had several boxes lilled by tlie Italians 
 after the common Bees had done storing; and this honey, I doubt not, 
 was obtained from the second croj) of red clover. In some sections, 
 rape and mustard, if sown for the purpose, would come in and fill up 
 in time of scarcity. 
 
 It is recommended by some to cultivate borage for Bees. It 
 undoubtedly has honey in it, and is a ftivorite with them. But there 
 are few regions of our country where it will pay to sow it. It is an 
 annual, and is easily grown. It is better than weeds that have no 
 honey, if that can be called praise. If any one watches his Bees 
 closely for 1 year, he will discover at what date they are idle, and he 
 should arrange for another season to have some honey-producing 
 plants in blossom just when they are needed. By this way one may 
 add many pounds to his surplus honey. 
 
 (Jtt@°"The "Italian Bee-Company," before referred to, furnish 
 seed of any, or all of the Bee-plants, known to be valuable. — Author.) 
 
 In Europe it is customary to move Bees from place to place, as 
 different crops come in bloom, and much attention is paid to raising 
 crops which, in addition to other value, yield honey. In few parts of 
 our country will this ever prove necessary. Wherever I am acquaint- 
 ed with the resources, it seems to me more necessary to have strong 
 colonies at the right time, if we would secure large honey crops. 
 
 The vicinity of Bees to Avater is a matter of more consequence 
 than would be supposed by one who is not acquainted witli their 
 habits. It is assei-ted that a colony of wild Bees is never found else- 
 where than near a stream, lake, or river. Bees use much water, both 
 in preparing Winter food for their young, and when they themselves 
 are secreting wax. If no water is near the apiary, shallow troughs, 
 with floats in them, should be kept constantly filled with water for 
 their use, and in this way much time and labor be saved them. 
 
 The Bee Moth.— The injury done by the Miller, or Moth, and 
 its progeny of worms has been overestimated. Undoubtedly, before 
 its advent, it was comparatively easy to care for Bees. Then weak 
 swarms could be saved and nursed into good stocks, while now they 
 are quite sure to be destroyed by Moths. In all my experience with 
 Bees I have never yet seen a good or valuable stand injured by worms. 
 I often find them in such hives, but the Bees gnaw them out and they 
 do no real harm. But if a hive becomes queenless, or reduced in 
 numbers, it is soon overrun. In every stock that I ever examined, 
 something was wrong before it became a prey for worms. 
 
 Much time and trouble may be saved to the Bees by looking out 
 and destroying every worm, especially in the Spring. As they have 
 
SECOND KECEIPT BOOK. 113 
 
 four generations in one season, every one destroyed, then, sensibly 
 diminishes the number. Many of them hide in " patent Moth-traps," 
 and it is a good plan to catch them ; but I have seen so many allowed 
 to hatch there before they were caught that I can not recommend 
 them. To careless Bee-Keepers, they are worse than useless; and 
 painstaking ones do not need them. I often hear it charged that the 
 Miller is much worse in movable-comb hives, and has "much in- 
 creased where those hives have been introduced." This may be, and 
 probably is true, though not from any fault in the hives. The princi- 
 ple they involve is a perfect protection against the Moth, but they 
 have made the multiplication of colonics so easy that, with young be- 
 ginners, many more weak colonies abound. Where a hive contains ' 
 more combs than the Bees can cover, the Millers have a fine chance; 
 and where a large hive has but a small colony in it, the other half is 
 a fine shelter for them. For those, and those only who have learned 
 by experience that the only safe way is to keep Bees strong in num- 
 bers, under all circumstances, the Miller has no terrors. Patent-hive 
 vendors who know nothing of the natural history of the Bee and care 
 less about it, so that by some plausible story they dispose of a right, 
 are the worst enemies of the Bees that I have every known. 
 
 Hundreds of valuable stocks have been ruined, within my own 
 knowledge, by being transferred from one hive to another in a wrong 
 way, or at a wrong season, or by being divided without regard to the 
 principles which should govern the matter to make it successful. When 
 we can enlighten people on the science of Bee-Keeping, and awaken 
 an intelligent interest in the subject commensurate with its impor- 
 tance, we shall develop one of our great natural sources of wealth to 
 an extent we have never yet approached. 
 
 The Italian Bee. — Has now been so generally introduced into 
 all parts of our country, and is received with so much favor, that it 
 may seem superfluous to touch upon it here; but as I still see various 
 queries as to its value compared with the common Bee, I may be al- 
 lowed to give some statistics. It is quite common to see accounts of 
 the great yield of honey from a single stand of Bees; but isolated 
 cases of this kind prove nothing. The only fair way to decide the 
 matter is to take Bees side by side with the others, under the same 
 circumstances of season, pasturage, age of queen, and IManagement. 
 This has often been done, and always with results overwhelmingly in 
 favor of the Italians. 
 
 In the Summer of 1863, I had but two stands of Italian Bees, and 
 those not pure. One of these stored 110 lbs. of honey, besides giving 
 three swarms. The other gave two swarms and stored 96 lbs. of 
 honey. All the swarms filled their hives, and some of them stored 
 honey in boxes. I had, the same season, 56 hives of common Bees; 
 but not one of these stored a pound of surplus honey, though a part 
 of them were divided. That was the poorest honey season ever 
 known in this section. 
 
 In the Summer of 1865, I averaged, from 9 Italian colonies, 
 119 lbs. each. The best of these shows the following record in my 
 journal: One full swarm taken from it the 20th of May; 156 lbs. of 
 honey taken in boxes; stored by the swarm, 70 lbs.; from the swarm 
 there came a swarm, August loth, which filled its hive and partly 
 filled 2 boxes. Thus we have 236 lbs. of honey, besides 2 large 
 swarms, from a single hive! The same summer I had 30 stands of 
 S~DR. chase's second receu't book. 
 
114 DR. chase's 
 
 common Bees, which I prevented from swarming, yet with no in- 
 crease from them. 1 obtained only 1,655 lbs. of honey, or on an aver- 
 age about 5(> lbs. to each. The largest yield from either was 90 lbs. 
 
 In 1865, I had an average of 93 lbs. from 6 Italian colonies, all 
 of which were divided once, and much disturbed by taking brood 
 from them to rear queens. During the same time I did not take 
 a pound of honey from any colony of common Bees, though I divi- 
 ded them all, and gave each an Italian queen. 
 
 I claim that facts like these are conclusive. All my Bees were 
 Wintered alike and all in the same kind of hives, were made as equal 
 in strength in the Spring as possible, and enjoyed the same range. I 
 might quote pages of testimony to the same effect from others; proofs 
 abound wherever the Bees have been tried in the same way. If I am 
 asked the reasons for so decided a difference, I can hardly give such 
 as are satisfactory. The Bees do not differ much in size, but the Ital- 
 ians are more industrious; they work earlier in the morning and in 
 colder weather. I am not prepared to say that they are more hardy. 
 If they Winter better, as some assert, I think it is because the queens 
 lay later in the fall, and thus keep the colony strong in numbers until 
 cold weather. They have access to flowers which are useless to the 
 common Bee. That their bill is longer, any one can prove to his sat- 
 isfaction in this way: Fill a tumbler-with diluted honey, or sugar sirup, 
 cover it with wire-cloth, or perforated tin; have it so full that the con- 
 tents touch the cover, and set it near Bees of both kinds. After the 
 black Bees have taken it as long as they can reach it through the wire, 
 the Italians will be found still upon it, filling their sacs and evidently 
 lowering it. 
 
 Not only do they store more honey, but their queens are much 
 more prolific than the black queens. It is wonderful how much brood 
 may be taken from one of these queens. From one hive, last season, 
 I took 32 frames of brood and eggs at different times from which to 
 rear queens, and from another, 36 frames, yet both hives are as strong 
 this fall as any of the common ones from which only one swarm had 
 iDeen taken. As 10 frames fill one of my hives, it will be seen that 
 this is equal to three full swarms from one, and more than three and 
 a half from the other. 
 
 Changing' from Common to Italian Bees. — The ease with 
 which this is accomplished brings Italian Bees within the reach of 
 all, in every part of our land. Pure queens are raised by reliable per- 
 sons and sent, as ordered anywhere with perfect safety. If it was 
 necessary to purchase and transport full colonies, the work of intro- 
 ducing the new variety would be much more difficult and expensive. 
 Now any one who is convinced that the Italians are profitable, can 
 order one or more Italian queens and from them raise others to sup- 
 ply all his hives. Manv and full directions have been given how to 
 Itiilianize, but still the" plain, simple way seems to be little under- 
 stood. Having been engaged in tlie work for some time, I shall try to 
 give some hints which may be valuable to those commencing it. 
 
 The queen being the mother of the whole colony, it follows that 
 if a pure Italian queen be given them instead of their own, all the 
 Bees reared after the change are Italians; and as the Bees already there 
 die off they are replaced by the others, and in a short time the stock 
 is fully Italianized. Bv a pure queen, I mean one of pure stock, and 
 which has been fertilized by an Italian drone. There has been much 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 115 
 
 stock reared in this country which is hybrid. By this I mean the pro- 
 geny of a pure Italian queen fertilized by a common drone. This in 
 the first generation, is hard to be distinguished from the pure; but it 
 soon degenerates. As the drones are invariably like their mother, 
 those reared from such hybrid queens are always pure. This fact 
 should be borne in mind, as it makes it comparatively easy to keep 
 the stock right. 
 
 [With seven years' additional experience, I am not inclined to 
 change my expressed opinion that the drones from a mother of un- 
 doubted purity are like herself. 
 
 Italianizing apiaries in the vicinity of black Bees has been ren- 
 dered much more easy since it has been found possible to secure the 
 fertilization of the young queens in confinement, and thus have them 
 meet the very drone desired. Numbers of our best apiarians are suc- 
 ceeding in this, and every year the matter is made more simple and 
 easy.] 
 
 The queen with which you commence should be pure beyond 
 doubt. Purchase of some one who will warrant her, and whose guar- 
 antee you can trust — remembering that in the beginning you will be 
 no judge of their purity. (It is questionable, in the Author's mind, 
 if any more reliable source can be found, from which to "purchase," 
 than of the company of which Mrs. Tupper is a member. See Direc- 
 tions, in another place.) The Fall is the best time to jjurchase your 
 queen, because she will then be ready for early operations the next 
 season. Introduce her into the best and strongest colony you have, 
 for safe-keeping through the Winter. If you have but a few colonies, 
 the work for the next Spring is very simple. About (he middle of 
 May, if you examine the hive containing your Iialian queen, you 
 will find drones in all stages. Then take the queen out and confine 
 her in a cage made b^ rolling a piece of Avire cloth, four inches square, 
 into a tube, tying it firmly, and putting a wooden stopper in each end. 
 Next remove from another hive its queen, ^and having killed her, in- 
 sert the queen cage between the two frames, and keep her there 48 
 hours. Then release her, and that hive has an Italian queen. The 
 one from which you took her will preserve her pure drones with care, 
 and immediately proceed to rear (Queens. In 10 days you will find 
 from 6 to 12 queen cells nearly ready to hatch. Then take the queens 
 from as many hives as you have queen cells and leave them queenless 
 about 10 or 12 hours. Then from one of the hives take a center frame 
 containing brood, cut a hole 2 inches in diameter; cut out one of 
 the queen cells from the hive containing them, with a little comb 
 each side of it, being very careful not to press or injure it in any way ; 
 dip the edges of it in a little melted wax ^and insert it in the Vrame, 
 and put it back in the hive. In 9 cases out of 10 this cell will be 
 gladly received by the Bees, and hatch in a few days. This process 
 can be repeated with as many hives as you have cells, and if done by 
 the last of May, or first of .Tune, you may be quite sure that these 
 young queens will be fertilized by Italian drones, because you uMl have 
 no others in your apiary so early in the .season. One or more cells must 
 be left in the hive where they are reared, that it may be sure of a 
 queen; and all your hives should be examined from time to time, 
 to see that the cell in each hatches, and then to be sure that the 
 young queens all lay at the proper time. I usually find them deposit- 
 ing eggs between the third and twelfth days after tliey hatch. If any 
 
116 DE. chase's 
 
 colony fails to secure a fertile queen in this way, insert into it, from 
 the hive which now contains your Italian queen, a frame containing 
 eggs, and from that they will rear others. Before doing this, look 
 over all the frames carefully to see that they have not commenced 
 cells from their own eggs. 
 
 After you have a fertile queen in each hive, watch tlie_ young 
 worker Bees as they hatch, and if all, or nearly so, are slender in form 
 and have 3 distinct golden rings, you may hope they are pure. If 
 there is a doubt about any one, you can exchange it for another at 
 your leisure. Bear in mind that the main thing the first season is to 
 get a young queen in every hive, reared from the one you purchased. 
 That accomplished, all your drones will afterwards be pure, and 
 young queens reared from that time forth will be sure to meet pure 
 drones. The following Spring your hives will have drones in them 
 two weeks in advance of all black Bees in the neighborhood; and if 
 yours are strong, and you make early swarms, the chances are much 
 m favor of your queens being purely fertilized. 
 
 The second season of your operations all doubtful queens should 
 be replaced; and if pains be taken you can easily have none but pure 
 queens in your hives while the original queen which you purchased 
 lives. I find the temper and disposition of the Bees a better test of 
 purity than their markings. The Italians are more easily Managed, 
 and less easily provoked to anger. If you open a hive of them and 
 lift out a frame, instead of flying in all directions and getting in a 
 rage, as do the black Bees, hardly a Bee leaves the comb — all ding to 
 it quietly until it is replaced. Where you find them thus clinging to the 
 comb you have one good mark of purity. 
 
 The only certain test that I rely upon is the color and markings of 
 a queen's royal children, or the queens reared from her. The female 
 Bee is invariably like the father, and the queeng are the only perfect 
 female Bees. If you rear queens from a queen, and they are well 
 marked and coloi'ed, you qjiay be sure she is purely impregnated. 
 
 I had a number of fine queens last season whose worker progeny 
 were so well marked that I had little doubt of their purity. Yet on 
 rearing queens from their eggs, they were not like tlieir mother, and 
 their eggs, when tested, produced queens hard to be distinguished 
 from common ones. This fact will explain why the Italians, in care- 
 less hands, so soon degenerate. There is no need of this if the queen 
 you purchase is pure, and you take pains the ^irsi season to put a queen 
 reared from her into every hive you have; and, in the second season, 
 to replace all which show impure marks. • 
 
 The most difficult part of this process, as I have described it, and 
 it is more easily done than described, consists in finding the old queen. 
 At swarming time, the best season to do it the hives are, or ought to 
 be populous; and to the beginner it seems a formidable operation to 
 look the frames over, and find one Bee among so many. Place an 
 empty hive by the side of the one you wish to examine; after open- 
 ing the latter'very gently, sprinkle it well with sweetened water. It 
 is better not to alarm them by the use of smoke when you wish to 
 find the queen. Begin near the centci-, and take out a frame, and 
 look carefully on each side of it. If she is not on it, put it in the 
 empty hive, and take out another, proceeding in the same way. If 
 the queen is found on neither of them, spread a sheet before the hive 
 which now contains the frames, and empty upon it the Bees that re- 
 
SECOND RFX:EIPT BOOK. J 17 
 
 main dinging to the hive. If she is among them you will see her as 
 she passes into the hive. If you do not find her, return the frames to 
 the other hive, examining them with care. I have often found the 
 queen on the first frame I took out ; and then, again, have taken them 
 all out three times before seeing her. There is little difficulty in find- 
 ing Italian queens; they are not disposed to hide, and their bright 
 colors make them very conspicuous. 
 
 Those who are Italianizing large apiaries, or rearing queens for 
 sale, need no advice in the matter, yet may be interested in some 
 items of my experience. I have succeeded better in rearing queens 
 in moderately large hives than in the small ones generally used for 
 the purpose. I now have my nucletis hives, containing three frames, 
 the size of my large hives. A hive containing 12 frames, which can 
 be divided into four pai'ts at will, is very convenient, the entrance 
 into two of the parts being at the ends, and in the others at the sides. 
 Such a hive is warmer than a single nucleus, which is important in 
 the early part of the year. 
 
 If such a hive contains a pure Italian queen, and she be taken 
 from it in May, there will be eggs in each of the four parts when the 
 dividers are put in and from 30 to 40 queen cells will be started at 
 once. In 10 days as many of these as you please can be cut out and 
 given to the hives, but 4 or more should be left in it. The young 
 queens hatched in these hives are very sure to mark their place when 
 they go out for their excursions, as the size and entrance make it 
 peculiar in appearance. 
 
 Much complaint is made that the whole colony is apt to go out 
 from a nucleus hive when the queen leaves for impregnation and does 
 not return; thus queen and all are lost. There is a sure remedy for 
 this: Bees never desert a hive large or small, while there is brood in 
 it. If, then, a frame containing eggs and larvpe be given to the small 
 colony from another hive, about the time the queen will hatch, the 
 Bees will not desert it. Some have trouble in n\aking the Bees build 
 more than one or two cells in these little hives. That is because they 
 do not have a large proportion of youvg Bees in them. The young 
 Bees of the current year are the ones that work the wax and build 
 queen cells. They may be seen before they are 24 hours old at work 
 on them. Keep plenty of Bee-bread and honey in the small hive, 
 and supply it with water and young and hatching Bees, and you will 
 have numerous cells. 
 
 Be always sure that, in the hives where you are rearing queens, 
 there are no eggs except from a queen of undoubted purity. It has 
 been declared impossible for Bees to remove their eggs from one cell 
 to another, but I now know that they do so. Last year I put into each 
 nucleus hive, a frame containing eggs, while the other coml>', full of 
 honey and Bee-bread, were those preserved from hives from wliicb 
 the Bees had been taken, and which had been all Wintered in a cold 
 room. By no probability could an egglinve l}een in these, yet re])eat- 
 edly were queen cells built in them, and perfect queens hatched from 
 them. I do not pretend to say how the Bees remove so delicate a 
 thing as one of those little eggs without injury; but is it really any 
 more wonderful than some of their other operations? 
 
 I have reared queens every week from the last of April to the last 
 of October, and could perceive no difference in size or coloring at the 
 different seasons; but out of 18 reared in April last, only 2 became fer- 
 
lis DR. CHASES 
 
 tile; and of 22 reared in October, all but 4 were lost, while nearly 
 all those reared in May, June, and July were impregnated. 
 
 I do not find the pure Italian queens larger in size than the com- 
 mon ones; but queens reared from a pure Italian mother, fertilized by 
 a common drone, are often very large and handsome. The colonies 
 of such queens are, in every respect, equal to the pure. All such 
 queens may be safely preserved, as their drones are pure. But no 
 queens should be raised from them, and if swarms issue from their 
 hives the queens should be taken from them and pure ones given 
 them, for nothing pure comes from a queen reared from such queens. 
 No one should be contented to stop short of giving a queen which will 
 produce pure drones the first seni^on, to every hive he has, whether it 
 be 1 or 100. This accomplished, your work is more than half done. 
 The importance of this is manifest, for you will then have no common 
 drones- in your apiary the second season. When this is the case you 
 can keep your own colonies strong, "swarm" them early, and have 
 little to fear from outsiders. 
 
 So long as you have common drones, a large proportion of your 
 queens will meet them. I raised 143 queens the first season, which 
 became fertile, and though I had many Italian drones in a dozen 
 hives, and suppressed the common drones as much as possible, only 
 26 of my young queens were fertilized by Italians. 
 
 It is said, and I doubt not with truth, that in all the Italian stock 
 brought to this country there is a taint of impurity. This is of little 
 consequence if we keep our stock pure. By exercising proper care, 
 we can not only keep them as good as the original, but also do much 
 to improve them. I have several young queens even more beautiful 
 than those I bought, and queens reared from them are as fine as any I 
 ever saw. Every one which does not produce pure drones should be 
 replaced as soon as this is discovered, and those which are only hybrid 
 may be changed before swarms are taken from them. All this re- 
 quires care and patience, but it pays well to take this care. 
 
 In no way can the yield of honey be so sensibly increased as by 
 introducing the Italian Bee into different localities. As it replaces the 
 old variety a great change will be observed. 
 
 I can not think it wise for those rearing queens to sell, to send out 
 any but those tested and prove pure. The practice of selling hybrid 
 queens, or of sending those not tested, to those who are commencing 
 in the business, promising to replace them if not pure, is a bad one. 
 The beginner, who, perhaps, has never seen an Italian Bee, can not 
 himself be a jtidge of purity, and in 9 cases out of 10 will be satisfied 
 with what he gets, and rear from it. Though he will find any mix- 
 ture of the Italian blood an improvement on his old stock, yet, in the 
 second generation, he will have nothing pure, and be disappointed and 
 discouraged. One had better pay a large price for a queen warranted 
 pure by one whose reputation is at stake in the matter than to get a 
 hybrid cheap, and find, in a year or two, that he has had all his trouble 
 for little or nothing. I would advise every one purchasing a queen to 
 clip her wings before putting her in a new home. It not only pre- 
 vents her leaving the hive with a swarm at any time, but you are al- 
 ways sure that she is the one you bought, for Bees often destroy a 
 queen for no apparent reason. 
 
 Best -way to Rear Italian Queens. — If you wish to rear queens 
 on an extensive scale, it is best to have 1 or more small hives to do it 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 119 
 
 in, as it saves the time of a full colon3^ A pint, or less, of Bees, will 
 rear as many and as perfect queens, as a large swarm. To induce 
 Bees to rear queens, it is necessary to have them queenless, and sup- 
 plied with the means of raising another. 
 
 Some use small boxes, such as those in which queens are tran- 
 sported, to rear queens in ; but I prefer small hives,— just large enough 
 to contain 2 frames, of the same size as I use in my large hives. 
 
 When wishing to rear queens, take a frame from the hive which 
 contains your pure Italian queens, and be sure that the comb has in it 
 eggs, young larvre, and hatching Bees. 
 
 Put this into a small hive, and with it another frame filled with 
 comb and a supply of honey and Bee-bread. Then move some strong 
 hive, which can spare a few Bees, a yard away from its stand, and put 
 your small one then in its place. This should be done at a time when 
 yotmg Bees are flying freely, as they are about noon of any bright, 
 warm day. Many of these young Bees will enter the new hive, and 
 finding it supplied with honey and brood, enough will remain and 
 start queen cells. If it is dry weather, a wet sponge should be placed 
 at tho entrance, which is all the care they will need for 8 or 10 days. 
 
 About that time it will be necessary to open the hive, and cut out 
 all the cells but 1, for when the first queen hatches, the others will 
 surely be de-^troyed. Tliese surplus cells should be cut out carefully, 
 and in ay be made useful by inserting them in the brood combs of 
 hives from which the black queens have been taken. They will hatch 
 there as well. ... 
 
 As in swarming, so in rearing queens, certain principles must be 
 borne in mind in order to succeed, but when these are well under- 
 stood, thoughtful persons can vary the operation as they please, if 
 they do not go contrary to these principles: 
 
 1st. The queen rearing or nucleus hive must always be well 
 stocked with youug Bees, since these are the ones that build cells or 
 work wax in any way. 
 
 2d. As these young Bees do not at first gather honey, or bring 
 water, tlio little hiVe should be supplied with these necessaries. 
 
 3d. Xo eggs frinn any queen but a pure one should be allowed in 
 the small hive, for Bees can move eggs from one cell to another. 
 
 4th. When you leave a young queen in these small hives until 
 she commences to lay, you should, about the time she hatches, give 
 that hive a comb with "a little brood in it. Unless this precaution is 
 taken, the whole of the Bees may leave the hive with the queen, 
 when she goes out to meet the drones, and so all be lost; but if brood 
 be given them, they will remain in the hive; Bees never desert young 
 brood. 
 
 If these directions are followed, it will be found very easy and 
 simple to rear queens for any number of colonies. 
 
 If tliese young queens are impregnated by black drones, they will 
 produce only what is called "hybrid" progeny. This, for purposes of 
 honey-storing, is equally good with the pure Italian stock, but it 
 soon degenerates. To secure pure stock, queens should be reared in 
 early Spring, for then Italian drones appear several weeks before 
 blac'k ones are reared, and the young queens are sure to be impreg- 
 nated by them. 
 
 Subduing Bees, Bee-Dress, etc.— I find a great difference 
 between the Italian and common Bees in their irascibility, (liability 
 
120 DR. chase's 
 
 to be excited to anger. — Author). The former are much more easily 
 managed. Still the timid will do well always to use some precau- 
 tious. Sprinkling with sugar-water is the best means of subduing 
 them when j^ou wish to open the hive. If you wish to find a queen 
 readily do not smoke them, as it induces her to hide; but for any other 
 examination of the hive it answers well. A wire hat with a deep 
 curtain to it, and a pair of rubber gloves with gauntlets, make a per- 
 fect protection against stings. The gloves are very expensive, as they 
 soon wear out from contact with the Bee-glue, or propolis, I find- a 
 pair of woolen mittens, with thumb and finger as knit for soldier's 
 use, quite as good protection. They should be dipped in cold water 
 before using. From these glue can be easily removed. A quiet, fear- 
 less manner, when among Bees, does much to prevent their anger. 
 No stand should ever be made angry ; they do not soon forget it, and 
 after they are once enraged they are difiicult to subdue. 
 
 Adaptation of the Business to "Women. — Health is to be 
 derived from it. The ancients called the Honey-Bee "Deborah, or 
 she that speaketh." Would that its gentle hum might now speak to 
 many women in our land, and awaken an interest in a pursuit so 
 interesting, and at the same time so profitable. The quick observa- 
 tion and gentle handling, so requisite in the business, belong pecu- 
 liarly to women, and there is no part of it which is laborious, or that 
 may not be appropriately performed by them. 
 
 It has proved to me of great benefit. I came west, twelve years ago, 
 under sentence of speedy death from one of New England's best physicians, 
 yet now rejoice in perfect health restored. More than to all other causes, 
 I attribute the change to the interesting occupation which has kept 
 me so much of the time in the open air, and pa?d me for being there. 
 I most heartily recommend it to others, who are seeking either health, 
 or a pleasant and profitable employment. 
 
 (The subject of Bee-Keeping being of so much importance, I have 
 deemed it best to give it a place in its regular alphabetical order, 
 •rather than among the Miscellaneous Receipts.) 
 
 Reports of Success in Bee-Keeping, from Ladies. — I taught, 
 school for 7 successive years, and my health nearly failed. I had an 
 invalid mother, dependant on my exertions, and must do something. 
 Mrs. Tnpper's essay fell in my way, and I read it with interest, and 
 before night I owned 2 hives of Bees. That was 4 years ago. Last 
 Summer I sold $965.00 worth of honey, and 3 stands of Bees. I now 
 have 44 good colonies of Italians. I don't teach. I stay at home with 
 my mother, take care of my garden and my Bees and they "take care 
 of me."^S. H., Missouri, in Bee-Keepcr^s Magazine. 
 
 [Could any better evidence be asked, for the soundness of my 
 judgment in introducing Mrs. Tupper's Essay into this Work. Let 
 others go and do likewise. Don't let the colored women outdo our 
 Yanl-ee women either. See next paragraph]. 
 
 Colored Woman's Report of Success in Bee-Keeping. — 
 I am a poor colored woman. I can not write myself. Three years 
 ago I learned from a woman near me a little about Bees. I had 4 
 hives then — now I have 27, and I have sold honey enough to buy me 
 a nice little lot, and I shall finish a house on it this year. I got a 
 little girl to write this to tell you that it is all a notion that Bees sting 
 colored people. I wish all of them had Bees. They can make money out 
 of them, and can keep them as well as chickens. — Bee-Keeper's Magazine, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 121 
 
 1. Bee Moths — Different Methods of Destroying-. — Molasses 
 mixed in vinegar, and set by the hive at night, and taken away in the 
 morning before the Bees begin to flj', as tliey would get daubed in it, 
 caught 1,000 Moths in 4 weelts. So says a correspondent of the New 
 York Evening Post. 
 
 2. Another. — Take a pan, or other shallow dish, and put some 
 oil into it, just at dark, as this is the time when the Bee Moth begins 
 his depredations. Now take a button and put a bit of cloth around 
 it, and tie it tightlj' on the upper side of the button; then trim off all 
 surplusage of the cloth, so as to leave a bit of a wick, like a candle. 
 Place this in the middle of the pan of oil, and light it. They "go for 
 the light" in preference to the hive, and falling into the oil, aie 
 destroyed. The plan of the light is undoubtedly better than the vin- 
 egar and molasses. If a common pint basin was used, with only a 
 gill or so of oil in the bottom, and the wicks trimmed pretty close, it 
 would consume but a ver}' little oil in the course of the night, and 
 the top being flaring, would not obstruct the light much, while the 
 height of the basin would also jirevent the wind from blowing out 
 the light. According to the number of colonies on hand, put more or 
 less of these about the grounds. 
 
 E-obbing — To Prevent. — If one hive, or swarm of Bees attempts 
 to Rob another, just lift the hive of the Robbers, and, with a stick 
 break up into their combs a little and they will quit their depreda- 
 tions and work at home repairs. 
 
 1. BEE AND WASP STING-S AND INSECT BITES— To 
 Cure. — Borax, 1 oz.; pulverized and dissolved in water that has been 
 boiled, and allowed to cool, h pt.; or if preferred it may be the same 
 amount of rose, elder, or orange water. 
 
 The Bites, or Stings are to be touched occasionally with the solu- 
 tion as long as anj irritation continues. 
 
 Some persons are very much troubled with swelling and irritation 
 from the Bites of gnats, and musquitoes, while almost everybody is 
 liable to the same from the Stings of Bees, etc., from an acid-like 
 poison, that is left in the wound. This alkali neutralizes it. Aqua 
 Ammonia will do the same, used of the same strength, 1 fl. oz. to 
 water, i pt. 
 
 2. A tea-spoonful of the borax solution to a J pt. of soft water 
 makes an excellent wash for the head in cases of trouble from dan- 
 drufi", and is more pleasant, for this purpose, if rose water is used in its 
 make. Twice a week will be sufiiciently often to use it until the scalp 
 is cleaned, then once a week, or once in two Aveeks, will keep it clean, 
 using a very little oil after each application to compensate for that 
 which the borax saponifies (turns into soap) in the hair, to prevent 
 harshness. 
 
 3. A table-spoonful of the ammonia solution in soft water, ^ pt. 
 makes an excellent wash for the armpits of those persons who have a 
 sour smell from excessive sweating. To be used once or twice a week, 
 or oftener if needed. 
 
 1. BLEEDING, OR HEMORRHAGE— Successful Reme- 
 dies. — In cuts and bruises, nose bleed, etc., where the Blood flows in 
 any considerable quantities, take the dust from the tea-canister, or 
 finely pulverized tea, if considerable is needed, with the dust ; or, the 
 scrapings of the inside of sole leather, and bind closely upon the 
 wound. 
 
122 DR. chase's 
 
 After the Blood has been stopped, laudanum may be applied by 
 wetting cloths in it to ally pain and prevent soreness — if no laudanum 
 is at hand, camphor spirits. 
 
 In cases where a large artery or vein has been cut, to make it 
 necessary to ligate (tie up) it will be best to send for a surgeon, at once; 
 and if it is an artey, which may be known by the spirting of the Blood 
 at every beat of the heat, place a finger or thumb upon the artery 
 between the wound and the heart, but close to the wound, and press 
 sufficiently hard to prevent the flow of the Blood, for if you do not, 
 the patient will probably die before the surgeon can arrive. Cut veins 
 flow in a steady ooze, or stream according to their size, and the press- 
 sure is required on the side of the wound from the heart, as the viens 
 carry the Blood towards (to) the heart. Do this fearlessly, in bad cases, 
 t. e. where the Blood flows in large streams, and hold on, no matter 
 bow long it may be, until the doctor arrives. 
 
 2. Nose Bleed — Simple but Efltectual Remedy. — In long con- 
 tinued Bleeding from the nose — in which cases the persons are gene- 
 rally in a low or poor condition of health — tannic acid in the dry 
 powder, applied by moistening linen, then dipping them or rubbing 
 the moistened cloths in the acid and passing them into the nostrils, 
 as high up as may be necessary to reach the point, has been found very 
 efl"ectual. If sufficient can not be made to adhere to the cloths, it may 
 be made into an ointment by using a very little lard ; then apply to the 
 cloths and insert as before. 
 
 3. But it would not be amiss in these days of reapers and moivers, 
 and other farm machinery, for familes to keep on hand a small bottle 
 of Styptic (an astringent that causes contraction of the blood vessels, 
 and stops bleeding) ; and the following, or No. 5 will be found very 
 valuable. 
 
 Monsel's Persulphate of Iron. — This article is kept by drug- 
 gists, and is also known as Monsel's Solution, because it was first intro- 
 duced to the public by Dr. Monsel, in 1852. Among eclectics it is also 
 known as the "Perchloride of Iron"" It is used in solution, but the 
 solution is of a sirupy consistence, and of a deep color. It is highly 
 recommended both by the " regulars," and " eclectics." The United 
 States Dispensatory, the organ of the old-school, makes the following 
 remarks upon it : 
 
 "It is very efficacious as a Styptic, and peculiarly adapted, through 
 the power of coagulating the blood, to cases of hemorrhage in incised 
 wounds (deeply cut wounds), or on surfaces in which it is specially 
 desirable to avoid irritation. The solution may be applied by means 
 of a sponge, or small brush, or a pencil of fine-spun glass, to the Bleed- 
 ing surface, or vessel. It has also been used internally ; and there is 
 little doubt that it would prove efficacious as a Styptic in hemorrhage 
 from the stomach and howeU, and by injection into the rectum in Bleed- 
 ing from that part. It may be given in doses of 5, to 15 grs." 
 
 The solution is so concentrated as it is kept by druggists, that 1 
 drop from a common vial is about eqiuil to 1 gr, 
 
 King, in his Eclectic, or American Dispensatory says of it: 
 
 "Perchloride of Iron is given in Solution, and is a powerful Styp- 
 tic. Internally it has been successfully administered in " epistaxis" 
 (nose bleed), "hemoptysis" (bleeding from the lungs), " liematemesis" 
 (bleeding from the stomach, known by vomiting blood), " Menorrhagia" 
 (profuse menstruation), "Uterine and other hemorrhages of a ])assive" 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 123 
 
 (moderate, not active) "character, the dose is from 5 to 10 drops in a 
 sufficient quantity of water, and repeating two, three, or even four times 
 a day." 
 
 Further along in his description of this article, he says : " Perchlo- 
 ride of Iron arrests arterial, or venous hemorrhage resulting either from 
 accident, or as a conseqeunce of Surgical opperations. Hemorrhage 
 from the bowels may be checked by an enema" (injection) "composed 
 of from 20 to 25 drops of a concentrated solution of Perchloride of 
 Iron to 7 ozs. of fluid." 
 
 The "fluid" may beany injection mixture, as gum water, flax-seed, 
 or slippery elm water. Eight ozs. make i pt. King continues : 
 
 "Hemorrhage from an abcess" (a collection of pus in any part) 
 may be checked by injecting a solution of 10 drops of the concentrated 
 solution to 7 fl. ozs. of wuter. Twenty drops to 3i fl. ozs. of water has 
 been successfully used as an injection in chronic gunorrhea or lucorr- 
 hea (the first a discharge of mucus from the urethra of the male, the 
 last, from the vagina of the female, caused by inflammation of the 
 parts), in weak and lymphatic subjects" (i. e. persons of a weak condi- 
 tion of body, pale and sickly countenance). 
 
 The more positive statements of Professor King as to the known 
 value of this article, in stopping the flow of Blood, may be accounted 
 for in the fact of their having been written some dozen years later 
 than the first. It is now known to be an almost positive remedy for 
 any profuse flow of Blood, internally in from 24 to 36 hours. For inter- 
 nal administration, it is well to sweeten the water in which it is given, 
 and if distilled water is used it is all the better. 
 
 For Bleedings from extracting teeth it is used by wetting lint and 
 pressing it down to the seat of the ruptured vessel. 
 
 4. Besides the foi-egoing, more positive treatment for hemor- 
 rhages, or profuse internal Bleedings, common table salt in half, to 
 a tea-spoonful doses every half-hour, or hour, is often given, with 
 mustard plasters to the feet, followed with a hot foot-bath, or any hot 
 application to the feet; a full ivarm hath may be given also if the gen- 
 eral circulation is at all impeded, which would be known by a cool, 
 or cold surface. Gallic acid in doses of from 3 to 5 grs. has also been 
 found very satisfactory. Ipecacuanha in the same doses is often used 
 until nausea is produced. A decoction of the bugle weed {lycopus 
 Virginicus) is also considered a valuable remedy in bleedings from the 
 lungs. Two ozs. of the dry weed to water, 1 pt. may be taken daily 
 for several days. Make by heat, but it is to be taken cold. The gen- 
 eral treatment, in all cases should be such as to restore general good 
 health. 
 
 5. Elixir of vitriol and tannic acid has been used very success- 
 fully as a hemostatic, or to stop Bleeding. The Elixir of vitriol is the 
 aromatic sulphuric add, prepared by druggists; and the manner of 
 using it is by using only sufficient of it to thoroughly moisten the 
 tannic acid, and apply freely to the wounded part, or bleeding vessel. 
 A cure is reported by Dr. A. P. Merrill, through the Medical Record, and 
 Medical and Surgical Reporter, where the celebrated Dr. Horace Green, 
 had cut off" a portion of the tonsils of a patient taken to him by Dr. 
 Merrill. The Bleeding occurred in the night, and had been profuse, 
 and considerable had been swallowed before the patient awoke. 
 He applied it freely and the hemorrhage was immediately and per- 
 
124 DR. chase's 
 
 manently stopped. He afterwards used it internally and for exter 
 nal hemorrhages, and in diarrhea, with great success. 
 
 The Dose of the Elixir Avould be from 10 to 30 drops, and of the 
 acid, 3 to 5 grs. for an adult, and for a child j gr. to 1 gr., and of the 
 Elixir, 1 to 5 drops, in water. 
 
 7. StjTPtic Po'wder. — Take copperas, 1 oz.; alum, ^ oz. Pulver- 
 ize each article, and mix; then put onto a shovel, or piece of earthen 
 and calcine, or heat, to a red heat, or until it softens down and 
 becomes dry again, forming a red mixture. It is now to be pulverized 
 very finely, and made into an ointment with a Itttle lard, or it may 
 be put into a vial and corked, to be mixed as used. It is applied to 
 Bleeding piles, in the form of an ointment; and to other external 
 Bleedings by sprinkling upon, or by moistening a little and applying 
 with lint. It is a powerful astringent, and Styptic, i. e., having the 
 power of stopping Bleeding, or, as physicians call it, hemorrhage. 
 
 Position, or the flexion, or bending of an arm or leg, in case of 
 deep wounds will often act as a hemostatic, i. e., stop Bleeding, very 
 quickly and permanently. The following cases were reported under the 
 head of 
 
 8. Hemostatic Effects Secured by Position, in the Eclectic 
 Medical Journal, by A. Jackson Howe, M. D., of Cincinnati, Ohio, will 
 explain the manner of proceeding. He says: ''On the 12th of .Tune, 
 1864, a lad 8 years of age, living on Hathaway street, was cut in the thigh 
 with a narrow chisel, thrown in a lit of anger by an older comrade. 
 The sharp end of the missile made a deep gash about 3 inches below 
 Poupart's ligament, and a little to the outside of the femoral artery. 
 The jets of arterial Blood and the location of the wound, indicated 
 that the profunda" (deep) "artery, or one of its large branches had 
 been severed. 
 
 " Pressure made upon the Avouud, before I arrived, had prevented 
 a fatal loss of Blood. After placing the thumb of an assistant upon 
 the femoral artery in a way to secure compression of the vessel where 
 it passes the pubic bone, I proceeded to pack the wound with pieces of 
 old cloth. Having filled the gap I laid a compress upon the plug, or 
 tampon, and bound the whole in place with a bandage. The dress- 
 ing for the time, effectually arrested the Bleeding; and I left the 
 patient in the care of faithful watches who received instructions to 
 summon me if they saw the bandage becoming stained with Blood. 
 Before midnight I 'received the startling message; and I hurried to 
 the bedside of my little patient. I found the tampon and bandage 
 saturated with Blood, the hue of which indicated its source. Must 
 the wound be unpacked, and the work, fiiithfully done at_ first, be 
 repeated — arid what would be the assurance that a more satisfactory 
 result might attend the second attempt? I queried whether anything 
 reliable could be effected by position. The emergency suggested a 
 trial. I flexed the leg against the thigh and then the thigh firmly 
 against the abdomen, when, to my surprise, the Bleeding instantly 
 ceased. The bandage to secure the compress was cut and removed, 
 but the plug of cloth remained in its ])lace. With a bandage which 
 extended in front of the leg below the knee, and around the bodjr 
 above the nates," (buttocksf" I retained the limb in the flexed atti- 
 tude for a period of 10 days or more. In the meantime suppuration 
 loosened the tampon, and granulation at the bottom and sides of the 
 wound pushed the packing outwards, so it could be easily removed in 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 125 
 
 parts. The limb was gradually extended from day to day ; and in 3 
 weeks from the time the injury was received no further care on my 
 part seemed necessary, and the patient was discharged. 
 
 " Bleeding from the plantar and tibial arteries can generally be 
 arrested by the forcible and continued flexion of the leg, as just 
 described. And when the maneuvre succeeds it saves the unsatisfac- 
 tory use of the tourniquet, and the trouble and danger of ligation. 
 
 " On the 25th of January, 1872, a young man by the name of Henry 
 Kemner, while at play with a fellow workman in a mattress factory, 
 received a deep cut in the anterior" (front) "aspect of the forearm, 
 just below the elbow, which severed the ulnar artery near its origin 
 from the brachial. It is needless to say that the Blood spurted in 
 frightful jets from the wound. A passing physician volunteered his 
 services, and attempted to staunch the Bleeding with the sulphate of 
 iron," (this may refer to the copperas, or to the persulphate of iron). 
 "The Styptic favored the formation of coagula, but the pasty mass 
 was not of sufficient firmness to arrest the fiow of Blood. When I 
 reached the patient he was ghastly pale and swooning. The doctor 
 suggested that I ligate the brachial somewhere above, and tendered 
 his assistance. Instead of following his suggestions I flexed the fore- 
 arm forcibly against the arm, when the Bleeding entirely ceased. 
 Adhesive strips and a bandage served to keep the limb in the flexed 
 attitude. The limb was kept in this position for 2 weeks, and then 
 allowed to be extended and used. At the time the patient was dis- 
 charged there was a perceptible pulsation in the ulnar artery at the 
 wrist. "Whether the pulse was produced by a returning current 
 through the palmar arch, I could not satisfactoiily determine. The 
 use of the arm is not impaired by the injury, or by the prolonged state 
 of flexion in the limb. 
 
 "This is not the first instance in which I have arrested dangerous 
 Bleeding from wounds of the forearm and hand, by holding the limb 
 in a forced state of flexion ; and since I put the method in practice I 
 have not failed to accomplish the desired object. 
 
 " In making this report I believe I am contributing something valuable 
 to the means of arresting hemorrhage. lam aware that the process of ele- 
 vating a Bleeding limb to slay the fow of Blood, has long been known to the 
 profession, but lam not familiar ivith authorities ivhich advise a forcible 
 flexion of a limb to arrest licmorrhages from severed arteries^ 
 
 9. The last paragraph of the foregoing report brought out the 
 foHowing explanation in the next number of the Journal, from Pro- 
 fessor Edwin Freeman, of tlie Eclectic Medical Institute, of Cincin- 
 nati, which fully confirms the practicability and success of the 
 treatment by position. He says : 
 
 "In tlie March number, 1872, of the Eclectic Medical Journal, there 
 is an article under the above heading, by A. J. Howe, M. D. The 
 writer, after reporting several cases, closes with these remarks: 'In 
 making this report I believe I am contributing something valuable 
 to the means of arresting hemorrhage. I am aware that the process 
 of elevating a limb to stay the flow of Blood has long been known to 
 the profession, but I am not familiar with »nthorities which advise 
 a forcible flexion of a limb to arrest hemorrhages from several arter- 
 ies.' I refer him to the following extracts: In the Half-Yearly Com- 
 pendium of Medical Science, Part VI, July, 1870, page 199, the follow- 
 ing occurs under the heading 'On Forced Flexion of the Limbs in 
 
126 DR. chase's 
 
 Traumatic Hemorrhage,' {i. e., hemorrhage from wounds). 'Dr. Adel- 
 mann, of Dorpat, quoted by L'Impariale, of Florence, strongly advo- 
 cates this practice, which he considers has, luifortunately, fallen into 
 oblivion.' He quotes numerous authoiities in support, such as Nelaton, 
 Ansiaux, Froniey, Malgaigne, Klote, Myrtl, Vidal de Cassis, and cites 
 a case of his own where forced flexion of the hand on the forearm 
 and the latter on the arm arrested hemorrhage from a wound of the 
 ulnar artery. Dr. Adelmann thinks that such flexion should be had 
 recourse to before other hemostatic means are emploj^ed ; that this 
 practice should be made known among the people at large, so that it 
 might be used before the arrival of the surgeon ; and that soldiers in 
 the field should be acquainted with it.' 
 
 "Also in Compendium, Part VIII., July, 1871, we find the follow- 
 ing: 'Mr. George T. Heath, in his address on surgery at the late 
 meeting of the British Medical Association, published in the British 
 Medical Journal, submitted the following results of his experiments 
 made on different individuals to determine the eff'ects of position 
 upon arterial hemorrhage. 
 
 "A. Upper extremity. — 1st. Forearm bent on arm by muscular 
 action of the individual experimented on. In persons with consid- 
 erable muscular development, pulse at the wrist entirely stopped. 
 
 "2d. Forearm bent on arm simply with the hand flat on the 
 shoulder. Pulse weak and indistinct sometimes but rarely quite 
 stopped. 
 
 "3d. Forearm bent on arm, with hand pronated," (bent at the 
 wrist). Pulse more weakened, sometimes stopped. 
 
 "4th. Forearm bent on arm, hand pronated and extended " 
 (bent at the wrist but held open). " Pulse usually quite stopped. 
 
 "5th. Forearm bent on arm, hand pronated and bent at wrist. 
 Pulse either almost imperceptible or quite stopped. 
 
 " Forearm bent on arm, with a roll of lint or cambric handker- 
 chief rolled up and laid in bend of elbow. Pulse always entirely 
 stopped. 
 
 "B. Lower extremity. — 1st. Leg flexed on thigh. Pulse in pos- 
 terior tibial artery much weakened. 
 
 "2d. Leg flexed on thigh, and thigh on abdomen. Pulse in pos- 
 terior tibial stopped altogether almost invariably. 
 
 " 3d. Leg flexed on thigh, with aroll of lint orcambric pockethand- 
 kerchief laid in the bend of the knee. Pulse stopped in some cases, 
 not always; but with flexion of thigh on abdomen also, pulse invari- 
 ablj' stopped. 
 
 "4th. Thigh flexed on abdomen, the trunk bent forward. Pulse 
 materially weakened. 
 
 "From these experiments, as well as from those cases of actual 
 Bleeding in which this method has been used, it may be fairly infer- 
 red that we possess, in overflcxion, a Blood-controlling agent of con- 
 siderable power, which can be apjflied on the shortest notice ; which 
 requires neither instruments nor apparatus other than can be obtained 
 in the poorest cottage; which can be put in force by any one ]iossess- 
 ing neither special kno^'ledge nor operative skill ; which is not dan- 
 gerous in itself, and which may be relied upon with certainty to 
 restrain Bleeding, at least temporarily, even when it may fail perma- 
 nently to arrest it." 
 
 I think, with the foregoing explanations, that not 1 case in 100 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 127 
 
 need be lost from hemorrhage, or Bleedings from wounds, although 
 no physicians may be near. 
 
 Bronchitis. — The names of the diseases terminating with itis 
 signifies an inflammation, so Bronchitis means an inflammation of the 
 throat and bronchial tubes which are the air passages into the lung , 
 and is caused by what is commonly called "taking cold," and this wi; 
 hold good in nearly all inflammations; and now then the iniportan 
 question to settle is, what is it to "take cold?" Whatever checks sen- 
 sible or insensible perspiration, and holds it in check so long that the 
 system has not the power to restore it again, is taking cold ! The skin, 
 when persons are in health, even when tlie person is not in exercise, 
 is constantly throwing off" the worn-out, or effete matter of the system, 
 the same as the kidneys are constantly, night and day, throwing off", 
 or secreting the urine which passes througli the ureters (small tubes) 
 to the bladder. This throwing off, by the skin, of the matter in a half- 
 fluid, or thickish state, is called insensible perspiration, and is taken 
 up by the clothes upon the covered portions of the body ; and on the 
 hands, face, etc., it evaporates so readily it is not seen. Long expo- 
 sure to cold, or even a short exposure, after severe exercise, checks this 
 perspiration, and a cold, more or less severe, according to the severity 
 of the weather, or the severity of the exercise, is the result, and the 
 Bronchitis will be more or less severe, according to these circum- 
 stances, and, consequently, is more common in cold weather than in 
 Summer; the same will hold good in all inflammatory diseases. Then 
 3 or 4 or half-a-dozen of these colds, neglected, give a chronic Bron- 
 chitis, chronic Catarrh, or an incipient (beginning) Consumption, ac- 
 cording to whether they settle upon the bronchial tubes, membranes 
 of the vose, and nasal connections, or upon the lungs. 
 
 Symptoms. — About the first Symptoms noticed will be i-hilliness, 
 hoarseness, soreness of the throat, slight cough, with a tightn.ess across 
 the chest, which, unless you can get to a warm place, or take hold of 
 work, to warm yourself up, will go on, until a slight fever will come 
 on to endeavor to restore the surface to its usual warmth ; but, it 
 would always seem that these efforts of the system are an over exer- 
 tion, for the fever goes above the common temperature; the breathing 
 becomes laborious, with a wheezing, or rattling in the throat and 
 bronchial tubes, by a clogging of more or less viscid, or tough 
 phlegm in the parts affected, which, after 2 or 3 days, if the case im- 
 proves, will become thick and mattery. Pain over the eyes, or in the 
 lower part of the forehead is generally present, and is made worse by 
 coughing. The tongue is generally white and covered with mucus, or 
 discharge from the throat and bronchial tubes. And if it is a bad 
 case, all of the secretions, urine, and feces, as well as the perspiration 
 will be more or less cut off, or lessened. 
 
 Treatment. — To properly introduce the Treatment, we will sup- 
 pose a case, similiar to which I have had many-a-one, — a man (for 
 men have these inflammatory diseases 10 times to women once) comes 
 home at night,with a cough, sore throat, etc.,indicating that he has taken 
 coM, and that it has settled upon the throat and bronchial tubes— take 
 no supper, but go right to work, as for comn*)n colds, and get up a 
 perspiration, by soaking the feet in water as hot as it can be borne, 
 and pouring in move hot, from time time to keep it hot, for 20 to 30 
 minutes, and if you have one of the alcohol lamps for siveating purposes, 
 set it to work at the same time, and take some hot teas to help the 
 
128 DR. chase's 
 
 work, and if there are no sweating herbs in thehouse, of course, there 
 is some whisky or other liquor, make about a pint of hot-stew, using 
 1 gill of whisky, with sugar and hot water; and drink one or two good 
 draughts of this while the feet are in the water, and the rest of it after 
 you get into bed, covering up warm so as to continue the sweating for 
 an hour or two, with hot irons, bricks or stones at the feet, as your 
 conveniences will allow; then, when the family go to bed, take agood 
 dose of physic, so it shall operate well by the next morning, and ten 
 chances to one you will not need much further treatment. Perhaps 
 some of the Sweating tincture, and a little of the cough sirup and a little 
 diuretic may be needed through the following day, or for a few days. 
 But, if this does not work such a decided improvement as to indicate 
 that no serious trouble remains, after the physic has operated, then 
 take an emetic, or repeat the previous process, at fartherst, on the fol- 
 lowing eveningjWhen the symptoms, fever, etc., would likely be worse 
 than through the day. But should you deem it best from the vio- 
 lence of the symptoms to take an emetic, one of the diaphoretic or 
 sweating medicines had better also be taken to keep a tendency to 
 the surface, according to the directions under that head. 
 
 But if these cases are neglected,they run on into a chronic, or long 
 standing disease, and become very troublesome to cure, and often set 
 up a chronic inflammation of the lungs, and finally consumption is 
 the result. 
 
 The Treatment of chronic Bronchitis must needs be of a similar 
 character; but, the emetic or sweating need not be repeated oftener 
 than once a week, nor the cathartic,and they need not both be taken the 
 same day ; but a cough sirup, or some cough medicine should be taken 
 daily ; and a diuretic be taken for a day or two each week, as the case 
 seems to demand, and a little essence of spearmint may be taken, a 
 few drops whenever the soreness or rawness of the throat is trouble- 
 some, keeping a vial of it handy to taste, night or day, without water; 
 or a drop or two of cedar oil maybe taken on a little sugar, and the 
 throat have some of it rubbed upon the outside as a liniment. The fol- 
 lowing combination of articles will fulfill all the indications needed, 
 except that of cathartic, which can be used by itself, once in a week 
 or 10 days: 
 
 Acetic tincture of bloodroot, tincture of black cohosh, and of the 
 balsam of Tolu, and wine of ipecacuanha, of each, ^ oz.; sweet spirits 
 nitre, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 Dose — A tea-spoonful, in a little water, 3 to 5 times daily accord- 
 ing to the amount of irritation present. 
 
 This plan to restore the general health, will in the nature of things 
 cure any inflammation, unless the system is so reduced that the recu- 
 perative, (reproducing and healing) powers are more than ordinarily 
 depressed. 
 
 Prof. Scudder, reports the following very satisfactory result in 
 a case of chronic Bronchitis, in the Electic Medical Journal, 1871. 
 
 ]\Ir. C has been an invalid for six years. He has a severe 
 
 cough and expectorates a very unpleasant muco-pus, to the extent of 
 probably two pints a day. His pulse is 110 per minute, temperature 
 100°, though he has been walking— pulse 90, temperature 99" on suc- 
 ceeding day. Skin dry, tongue coated with a yellowish, dirty fur, has 
 diarrhea, feet dropsical. On auscultation moist, blowing sound — gur- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 129 
 
 fling — throughout the entire chest; no evidence of tubercular deposit, 
 [ectic fever and night sweats. 
 
 Prescribed, to check diarrhea and improve digestion, nux vom- 
 ica. To quiet the cough, Drosera, f ; to check profuse secretion, hama- 
 raelis. I And as it was more convenient, gave them together in the 
 following proportion: Tinct. nux vomica, 2 drs. ; tinct. drosera, 4 drs.; 
 Pond's hamamelis, 10 drs. Mix. Directions, add two tea-spoonfuls 
 to a glass of water, and of that take a tea-spoonful every three hours. 
 
 The remedies fulfilled the indications as named as well as could 
 be expected, and there was a decided amendment after the fourth 
 day. At the end of the second week, he reported having gained five 
 pounds; no hectic, no night sweats, diarrhea checked, appetite good, 
 swelling going out of feet, just sufficient cough to remove the muco- 
 pus, which has also diminished to about one-fourth. 
 
 The improvement still continues, and there is a prospect for a 
 complete recovery. 
 
 Inhalations in chronic Bronchitis is of considerable value, and 
 our alterative inhalant will be found very satisfactory. Breathing or 
 Inhaling, as one may choose, the strong vapor of hoarhound and cat- 
 nip ij very soothing, and tends to direct the perspiration to the sur- 
 face, so of camphor. See Inhalation, and the Inhaler. 
 
 Laudanum, and tincture of lobelia, equal parts, a tea-spoonful to the 
 gill of hot water and inhaled, will aid expectoration and allay irritation. 
 
 BRONOHOOELE, Goitre, or Swelled Neck.— Is an enlarge- 
 ment of the thyroid gland, which is situated on the front part of 
 the neck, coming on very gradually, but steadily enlarging, unless met 
 with proper treatment. 
 
 Cause. — It is undoubtedly caused by a scrofulous tendency in the 
 system, which quite often locates itself upon this gland. 
 
 Treatment. — -If commenced with in season by a gentle cathartic, 
 and diuretic followed with an alterative, and the distyutient ointment to 
 the neck every day, repeating the cathartic and diuretic course once in 
 a week or 10 days, will soon correct the system, and carry it off, and 
 restore general health. An ointment made of the juice of the milk- 
 weed, which is claimed to be a certain cure for wens, is believed by 
 some to be valuable in Goiter in its commencement, but I have had 
 no opportunity to test it. 
 
 In cases of long standing, or in cases which the discutient oint- 
 ment does not improve within a few weeks let the following alterative 
 and ointment be used: 
 
 1. Alterative Tonic for Bronchocele. — Fluid ex. of sarsapa- 
 rilla, and gentian, of each, J pt. ; iodide of potash, and iodide of am- 
 monia, of each, ^ oz. Dissolve and mix, and keep well corked. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful after each meal, in a little sweetened water. 
 This will be valuable in any scrofulous ulcers, or swellings. 
 
 2. Ointment for Bronchocele. — Iodide of potash,^ oz.; iodine, 
 and sal ammoniac, of each, ^ oz. ; nice lard, ^ lb. Rub all the articles 
 
 t Note.— The drosera ^drosera rotundifolia) is the round-leaved sundew, a little 
 
 Elant growing along the edge of marshes and streams, or ponds, having little reddish 
 airs, making it look quite furry, all over the leaves, and these hairs have a bit of gum- 
 my fluid like a small dew-drop which glistens in the sun, which will enable any one to 
 know it from all other plants; the hairs may be quite long. The tincture is made from 
 the leaf. 
 
 JThe hamamelis, is the common witch-hazel, and the tincture is made from the 
 bark. The nux vomica is kept by druggists, and being good in diarrhea, as well as in con- 
 gtipation, may properly be called the regulator, in proper doses. 
 9 — DR. chase's second receipt book. 
 
130 DR. chase's 
 
 fine,and well with the lard.and keep boxed, or in a wide-mouthed bottle, 
 corked. Apply twice daily, by rubbing and warming in well, and 
 keep it up as long as may be necessary. It, like the alterative, will be 
 found valuable as a discutient (scatterer) of all scrofulous swellings, tu- 
 mors, etc. If the use of these preparations for a couple of months, 
 with an occasional cathartic, or attention to the general health, fail 
 to materially benefit the patient, they may be benefited by a daily 
 application of electricity, passed through the tumor, as powerful as 
 can be borne for 10 to 20 minutes at each time; but, unless the case 
 has been of very long standing, and enlargement become very hard, 
 the electricity will seldom be needed. * 
 
 3. Iodine Paint, or Tincture, for Bronchocele — New 
 Method of Cure. — The following new Iodine paint, originated with 
 the editor of the Canada Medical Journal, who makes the accompany- 
 ing explanations concerning it. Some persons may prefer it to the 
 above ointment, although its nature and action will be found very simi- 
 lar. He says: 
 
 "I have been requested by some professional confreres (associates) 
 to bring under the notice c f the profession, a new Iodine Paint, which 
 I have had prepared and used with satisfaction and success, in the 
 cases of glandular enlargements and scrofulous diseases, wherein 
 Iodine is called into requisition. In the hands of esteemed and emi- 
 nent practical surgeons, it has proved equally beneficial as in my own 
 practice, and they speak, or write in flattering terms of it to me. 
 
 "I rub down ^ oz. of Iodine and a like quantity of Iodide of am- 
 monium in a Wedgwood mortar, and gradually dissolve it in twenty 
 ozs. of rectified spirit (alcohol); to this I add 4 ozs. of glycerine, 
 shaking the solution well together. A very nice paint is thus ob- 
 tained, which has the following advantages: 
 
 "1. The Iodine is prevented escaping, owing to the combination 
 which, in the form of ordinary tincture, in warm weather it is very 
 apt to do. 
 
 "2. It preserves the Iodide of ammonium instead of Iodide of 
 potassium ; the former being a more powerful absorbent than the lat- 
 ter, which recent investigation has verified. 
 
 " 3. The action of the glycerine is soothing to the skin, keeping 
 it soft and pliable— a contrast to the shriveling ot cuticle produced by 
 the ordinary tincture in common use, which frequently acts as a 
 vesicant. But where absorption is desired, the part afi'ected and its 
 neighborhood influenced, as well as the system generally by Iodine, 
 and no local irritation required, this combination in form of paint 
 will be found superior to the old tincture. 
 
 " I have not conflned the use of the preparation alone to glandu- 
 lar swellings or scrofulous gatherings. I have employed it in chronic 
 cutaneous diseases, to nodes, over enlarged livers, diseased joints, to 
 hypertrophied parts or morbid (diseased) growths, and in cases where- 
 in it was necessary to alter an abnormal (unhealthy) action or pro- 
 mote absorption, and the result was uniformly satisfactory, and I think 
 I may safely say the eflTect of the Iodine was more really appreciable, 
 and more quickly demonstrated in its action on the system generally, 
 as well as by its absorbent properties locally, than the old tincture of 
 the British Pharmacopeia, minus its disadvantages." 
 
 Although the foregoing plans will generally prove very satisfac- 
 tory ; yet, there will occasionally be a case of such apparent obstinacy, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 131 
 
 or complication with weakness, or other disease, I will give the treat- 
 ment as practiced in Bengal, India; and also a case of the complicated 
 character, as followed in our own country ; and although the first 
 might prove rather severe as only one application, in one season, 
 would be required, it could better be borne than to allow its contin- 
 uance. It is as follows : 
 
 4. Bronchocele, or Groitre — Case as Practiced in Bengal, 
 India. — Dr. Mouat, of Bengal, states that upward of 60,000 cases of 
 Goitre hav^ been treated in that country on the following plan, which 
 generally effects a cure at once, or, if not. a second repetition next 
 year sutfices: Melt 3 lbs. of lard or mutton suet, strain; when nearly 
 cool, add 9 drs. of biniodide of mercury, taking care to make the 
 powder fine by trituration in a mortar. Work in a mortar until no 
 grains of red are apparent in the ointment, and put in pots for use, 
 takiuij: care alwavs to keep both powder and ointment from the rays 
 of the sun. Use as follows: About an hour after sunrise apply the 
 ointment to the Goitre with a spatula made of ivory, the quantity to 
 be according to the size of the tumor; rub it well in for at least ten 
 minutes. Let the patient then sit with his Goitre held well up to the 
 sun, and let him remain so as long as he can endure it. It is proba- 
 ble that about noon he will suflfer pain from the blistering efiect of 
 the ointment, although no pustules are raised on the skin. About 2 
 o'clock in the afternoon, the ointment should again be applied, as be- 
 fore, with the spatula very careful ; the patient is not to touch the oint- 
 ment with his hand, but allow it to be gradually absorbed, which ab- 
 sorbtion will be complete on the third day. 
 
 5. Bronchocele Connected -with Anemia, or General 
 "Weakness, Leucorrhea, etc. — A case of this character is reported 
 to the Eclectic Journal, by A. F. Pattee, M. D., of Boston, Mass., which 
 resulted so favorably, I will give it a place here. He says : 
 
 In the Spring of 1859, my attention was called to a case. A lady, 
 aged 39, one of a numerous and healthy family. She had married at 
 the age of 20, and continued to enjoy for many years a full share of 
 health. She was the mother of 4 healthy boys. For 3 years, before I 
 saw her, she had suff"ered from continued mental anxieties and dis- 
 tress, and had had profuse leucorrhea, which had affected her gen- 
 eral health considerably. For the last six months she had complained 
 of palpitation of the heart, which was greatly increased by excite- 
 ment, by going up stairs, by fast walking, and by everything that 
 caused a hurried circulation. At these times her face would be 
 flushed, while at other times it would be pallid. The eyes presented 
 an unusual appearance, looking wild and staring with a startled ex- 
 pression, the mucous membrane looked white and free from blood, 
 lips pale, but when the face was flushed, then the eyes and lids would 
 become injected. With these symptoms an enlargement of the 
 thyroid gland manifested itself. It was soft, smooth and elastic, and 
 of equal character throughout, presenting the form of the enlarged 
 gland, and had rapidly grown to its present size, that of six or eight 
 times the magnitude of the gland in health. The pulse at this time 
 generally ranged from 100 to 120 ; it was small and feeble, and on the 
 occasions of excitement accompanied by a murmur. The inordinate 
 action of the heai-t was felt beating in the head, abdomen, and in fact 
 most all parts of the body. She had sliortness of breath, ringing in 
 the ears, vertigo, dyspnea. On listening to the heart's action, the 
 
132 DR. chase's 
 
 contraction of the ventricles was prolonged and was attended by a 
 soft bellows murmur, and a thrill along the large arterial trunks. 
 
 The nervous system was in a high degree of excitement and the 
 stomach and intestines mu(!h deranged, the tongue covered with a 
 white, jiasty coating, offensive breath, and want of appetite, bowels 
 constipated. 
 
 The catamenial discharge was imperfect and irregular. In the 
 intervals leucorrhea prevailed; it was white, thin, and quite offen- 
 sive; there was no ulceration, erosion or other ulcerative disease of 
 the cervix. A variety of treatment had been for some time pursued 
 for the relief of these symptoms without avail. She had taken digi- 
 talis in large and small doses, mercury and valerian, opium and ipecac, 
 iodide potassa and iron, but all in vain, and the condition of the pa- 
 tient was alarming. A plan of treatment was adopted, which, after 
 being continued for many months, has resulted in recovery to the pa- 
 tient. This consisted of 10 gr. doses of the pyrophosphate of iron 
 after each meal, 15 drops tincture nux vomica before each meal, and 
 1 dr. tincture podophyllum at bedtime, and sponge the body every 
 morning with the following solution: Hydrochloric acid, 1 oz.; water, 
 90 ozs. ; a full diet of animal food, oatmeal pudding and milk, and a 
 sun-bath one hour every day. Under this plan the general system 
 gradually became invigorated, the whites subsided, the thyroidal 
 swelling diminished, and finally disappeared, the eyes regained their 
 natural look, and the general appearance is one of good health. 1 
 saw her but a month ago, and she was quite well. 
 
 BRUISES. — -If Bruises are large, and upon such parts a"^ can not 
 be put into a dish of cold water, let cloths be wrung out in cold water 
 and laid upon them, and, from time to time, apply freely of any good 
 liniment, as directed under the head of Abrasions, which see. Some 
 persons have a preferance to the tincture of arnica, wetting cloths and 
 laying upon them. 
 
 BURNS AND SCALDS.— A Burn or Scald, according to the 
 degree of heat of the article causing it, will destroy the surface, or 
 excite an inflammation ; for while the natural temperature of the body 
 is only 98" that of boiling water is 212'*, and red hot, or molten iron 
 several hundred degrees higher; but in case of a Burn or Scald from 
 water, only, if cold water can be immediately thrown upon the part, 
 but little inflammation will result; but if no cold water is at hand the 
 blistering will be likely to take place. In case, however, of the Burn- 
 ing of a child at table, when there are others present, don't stop to 
 remove clothing but dash on cold water at once to cool the clothes 
 and hot tea or coffee, as the case may be, lift the clothing up from the 
 skin as quick as possible, and put on more cold water if needed, oth- 
 erwise it will burn deep from what the clothing holds of the hot 
 fluid. Then remove clothing, and apply cold water by wetting cloths, 
 or what is still better, if you have it, cold milk, and Dr. Scudder thinks 
 that good cider vinegar is excellent, and re-wet by taking a piece of 
 sponge or folded cloth, so as to squeeze it out upon the cloths over the 
 Burn, as it is best to keep the air from the Burn as much as possible. 
 The danger arising from Burns will depend much upon the extent of 
 the surface Burned, and the depth of the injury — if very extensive 
 and deep, the patient may never rally ; or if flame, to any considerable 
 extent has been drawn into the lungs, the probability is that they can 
 not be saved ; but, as it is never possible to tell exactly what the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 133 
 
 result will be, all should be done that is possible to do. The cloths, 
 which have been wet in either of the fluids just above named, should 
 be kept wet by the use of a sponge, or a "sop" of cloths, squeezing 
 the water from the sponge, or "sop," upon the cloths as they lie upon the 
 Burn. The object of this is to prevent the air from coming in contact 
 with the Burned surface, by which inflammation is more likely to set 
 in, or, in other words, not to lift ofi" the dressings any oftener than is 
 absolutely necessary. A slippery-elm poultice is valuable in reduc- 
 ing inflammation; so also is scraped, raw potatoes. 
 
 2. The "Old School," regular, application for Burns was lime- 
 water and linseed-oil equal parts, applied by wetting cloths, as above 
 — some added also, an equal part of the spirits of turpentine (the lime- 
 water is made by using stone lime, 1 oz., water 1 qt., slacking the lime 
 with a little of the water ; then putting all into a bottle and shaking occa- 
 sionally for 3 houi-s, after which let it settle, and use the clear fluid, 
 by pouring it off" carefully as needed.) 
 
 3. Carbolic Acid in Burns. — Dr. Wilson reports through the 
 Lancet, that carbolic acid, 1 part, to 30 parts (^ oz. to 1 pt. will be 
 near enough) of the common oil and lime-water preparation above 
 given, prevents pus (matter), and heals more rapidly, and without 
 scar unless very deeply Burned. The same plan of keeping the linen 
 cloths wet with it, as I have recommended above, is adopted, which 
 he says more eff"ectually excludes the air, besides keeping down the 
 tendency to maturate, and also the tendency to mortification, in very 
 extensive Burns. 
 
 4. White of Eg-gs in Bums. — The Scientific American, in speak- 
 ing of some of the extensive Burns, as occurring now-a-days, says; 
 
 "The white of eggs has formed, of late, the most efficacious rem- 
 edy for Burns. Seven or eight successive applications of this sub- 
 stance soothes the pain and eff'ectually excludes the air. Thev are 
 undoubtedly to be beaten, to cause them to flow, or spread properly. 
 
 5. BURN SALVES.— Linseed-oil, 1 qt. ; red lead, h lb. ; spirits 
 of turpentine, 1 oz. 
 
 Heat the oil until it will scorch a feather; then, the red lead 
 being in fine powder, stir it in gradually, and when it is all taken 
 up by the oil, and the mixture has become black, remove from the 
 fire; and, when nearly cold, add the spirits of turpentine and con- 
 tinue to stir until it is cold. 
 
 This may be spread upon linen and applied to Burns, or any other 
 sore, as a healing salve, to be renewed as occasion requires. It will 
 prove highly useful. 
 
 But some may prefer the old Nevjremburg Plaster, as prepared by 
 the "Old German School of Medicine." 
 
 6. Take olive-oil, 1 lb.; red lead, \ lb.; rosin, J oz. ; yellow wax 
 (bees-wax), 1} ozs.; camphor gum, \ oz. 
 
 Heat the oil the same as for No. 5, then stir in the fine, or 
 pulverized lead, and continue the heat until it becomes dark, like 
 that, then remove from the fire, putting in the rosin while hot 
 enough to melt it, afterwards the wax, and finally the camphor, and 
 stir until cold. Use, the same as the other. 
 
 7. The Common Stramonium ointment is considered by some 
 veryvaluable in Burns. It is made by stewing the leaves of the stra- 
 monium in newlj'-made, unsalted butter, stirring, and add a little 
 bees-wax to give it the proper consistence of an ointment. 
 
134 DR. chase's 
 
 8. Biirn Salve. — Lard, 1 lb. ; bees-wax, 3 ozs. ; precipitated chalk, 
 (kept by druggists), 1 oz.; whites of 5 eggs. 
 
 Melt the lard and bees-wax together and stir in the chalk and 
 strain through coarse cloth. Beat the whites to a froth, and when the 
 Salve is so cool that it will not cook the eggs, stir in the froth. 
 Apply |Dy spreading upon old linen. Old cotton will do but it is more 
 irritable if it comes in contact with the Burned surface. 
 
 This receipt was given me by my neighbor, Michael Clancy, 
 whose iirst experience with it was upon himself — prescribed by an 
 old Scotch lady, at Providence, Rhode Island, where, some 30 years 
 ago, Mr. C. was Burned in Mr. Slater's furnace, in which he was at 
 that time at work. The Burn was terrible, by the spilling of a pour- 
 ing-dish of melted iron as it was being carried to pour into a mould, 
 the iron going into his boots, and making a perfect puddle around 
 him. Water was pumped upon the terrible Burns until the pain 
 somewhat subsided. He was then taken in and doctored according 
 to the common treatment, oil and lime-water, etc., but without any 
 prospect of recovery, until the old Scotch lady came to the rescue, 
 with this Salve, which cured him. And he says he has cured many 
 cases with it since. 
 
 The most implicit confidence may be placed in this Salve ; for Mr. 
 Clancy is well known in this community. And he has been very 
 desirous that a knowledge of it should be extended. 
 
 I think that about 2 ozs. of spirits of turpentine would add to its 
 virtue; and as the turpentine would have a tendency to make it a 
 little softer, it might be well if the turpentine is added, to add also 1 
 oz. more of bees-wax, which will keep it of a proper consistence for 
 use. If I should have occasion to use a Burn Salve again, this would 
 be the one for the first trial. A little carbolic acid could be added, so 
 could a little of the coperas, as suggested in the next receipt, below, 
 if fetor, or an appearance of mortification should be manifested. 
 
 9. New Remedies for Burns. — Two new remedies for Burns 
 are added to the list. The first is charcoal. A piece of vegetable 
 charcoal laid on a Burn at once soothes the pain, says the Gazette 
 Medicale, and if kept applied for an hour cures it completely. The 
 second one is sulphate of iron, (copperas). This was tried by M. 
 Joel, in the Children's Hospital, Lansanne. In this case, a child, 4 
 years of age, had been extensively Burned, suppuration was abun- 
 dant, and so offensive that they ordered the child a tepid bath, 
 containing a couple of pinches of pulverized sulphate of iron. This 
 gave immediate relief to the pain, and being repeated twice a day — 
 20 minutes each bath — the suppuration decreased, lost its odor, and 
 the child was soon convalescent. — Medical Press and Circvlar. 
 
 10. Burns and Scalds — Clinical Case. — By J. J. Littlefield, 
 M. D. Some 2 months ago, I was called to see Miss Mary Eckhart, 
 age 14, who had been Scalded by spilli-ng hot water upon her person. 
 The wound extended from the hips to the feet, so that the skin peeled 
 off in removing her garments. The thighs and legs were one exten- 
 sive blister, excepting one small patch on each knee. Behind each 
 knee and on the calves, the subcutaneous tissues (tissues immediately 
 under the skin) were deeply Scalded. I first saw her 48 hours after 
 the accident, and then learned that rigors and paitial collapse fol- 
 lowed the accident, but her parents administered cordials and applied 
 olive oil with cotton wool. She did not complain, neither did the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 135 
 
 parents become alarmed, until reaction began to take place, when she 
 was seized with convulsions, and became comatose, (drowsy and 
 insensible), in which state I found her. 
 
 I at once administered 20 drops of the tincture of gelseminum 
 first, and repeated every 20 minutes, until some 5 or 6 doses had been 
 given. In the meantime I dressed the Burned surface with the fol- 
 lowing: Glycero-carbolic acid, saturate 1 oz. ; simple cerate, 4 ozs. ; 
 bismuth sub-nit., Ih ozs. ; mixed and spread on linen, and the entire 
 Burned surf\ice covered with this dressing. (Let this ointment be 
 prepared by a druggist). In about 2 hours from the time I com- 
 menced treatment, she all at once came to herself and recognized 
 friends around her. She was then suddenly seized with severe pain 
 of the hypogastrium, (the lower part of the abdomen), which was 
 promptly dissipated by hot fomentations to the parts, after which she 
 never complained of a pain. No other dressing or treatment was 
 used. In 9 days from the time she received the Burns, she was able 
 to attend a camp-meeting at some distance. It has fallen to me to 
 administer to the excruciating sufferings of quite a large number of 
 persons thus unfortunate, and in every instance where I have used it, 
 the above treatment has given most prompt relief and a speedy cure. 
 I have used this treatment in instances of severe Burns, and have not 
 been disappointed with it. Each agent meets a most important indi- 
 cation. The gelseminum in controlling the reflex action of the cere- 
 bro-spinal system, the carbolic acid as a local anaesthetic, (to render 
 insensibility to the Burned parts), to the wounded or Burned nerves, 
 and the bismuth with the cerate, a most soothing covering for the 
 denuded surface, under which granulation and cutis, or skin forma- 
 tion goes on most rapidly. — The American Observer. 
 
 11. Liniment to Relieve Pain in Bums. — Equal parts of chlo- 
 roform and cod-liver oil, as a Liniment, or by wetting cloths in it and 
 laying upon the Burn, has been found eflectual in relieving the pain. 
 Moisten with it sufficiently often to obtain the desired effect. 
 
 12. Burns^A Case in Practice. — I shall give a case in prac- 
 tice, by 0. E. Tillson, M. D., of West Alexandria, Ohio, laudanum 
 being used to allay the pain. It was published in the Eclectic Medical 
 Journal, and he speaks of it so highly, I have thought it best to give 
 it an insertion. And I think that with the variety of prescriptions 
 here given, that there will be no cases, or situations, where a 
 selection can not be made, according to the articles which may be ob- 
 tained, that shall give entire-satisfaction. Mayer's ointment, called for 
 in the following Receipt, will be found under its proper head. He says : 
 
 About 7 o'clock, on the evening of Nov. 3d, 1871, J. B. aged 35 
 years, foreman in the steam grist-mill, half mile east of town, was sit- 
 ting in front of the furnace reading a newspaper; the packing of the 
 stand pipe blew out, forcing the water from the boiler down into the 
 furnace, the steam, hot ashes, and coals came pouring out directly in 
 his face, and before he had time to get out, he became dreadfully 
 Scalded; he walked to town and I was immediately sent for. On ar- 
 rival, found him walking the floor in great agony, his face and head 
 presenting anything but a pleasingappearance, being fearfully swollen 
 and looked as if it was literally roasted. On removing his clothing 
 the cuticle came away with it in large patches from his breast, legs 
 and arms; his hands were literally skinned. I immediately ordered 
 the following;; 
 
136 DB. chase's 
 
 13. Take aqua calcis (lime-water), and linseed oil, of each, 4 ozs; 
 laudanum, 2 ozs; mix. 
 
 Saturated cotton with this and dressed those parts where the cuti- 
 cule (skin) was removed; where it still remained I had it applied 
 frequently with a feather. Ordered lemonade with a little brandy in 
 it to be given him frequently to drink, placed him in bod and left a 
 morphine powder to be given him towards morning if failed to rest. 
 On my return in the morning found that he had rested pretty well 
 after midnight, his face seemed to be swollen worse, had some fever, 
 complained a great deal of his hands. Bowels were constipated, gave 
 him a cathartic of the invincible compound powder of jalap and sena, 
 left aconite, to be given occasionally through the day, continued lemon- 
 ade minus the brandy, as a drink, and his diet to be lohatever he want- 
 ed, renewed the dressing and ordered the local application applied 
 freely and frequently. I continued this treatment for three days, with 
 an opiate at night when necessary. I then changed the dressing to 
 the following, which is the best application I have ever used on a burn: 
 
 14. Take olive-oil, 1 pt. ; laudanum, 1 oz. ; bees- wax, ^ oz.; May- 
 er's ointment, J oz. Melt together. Spread on cloths and apply to 
 parts, renew the application twice a day. I continued this application 
 without any change until his sores were entirely healed, which was 
 in just twenty days. There was but little suppuration. I never wash- 
 ed the sores; used cotton or lint in cleaning the pus away, touching 
 them lightly. I think it a bad idea to wet or wash a sore — I was 
 going to say of any kind^as it destroys the granulations and impedes 
 the healing process; that's my opinion. 
 
 15. Varnish in Burns — Recent French Discovery. — Paris 
 was recently much interested in a remedy discovered by a workman, 
 who, to relieve the pain from a severe Burn, thrust his hand into a 
 pot of Varnish which happened to be at his side. The relief was so 
 sudden, and the healing of the wound so rapid, that the news spread, 
 with the result of bringing to him every one in the neighborhood 
 who had a Burn. Many wonderful cures are said to have been per- 
 formed at the time of the great explosion in Metz, last September and 
 the discoverer was summoned to Paris, to make some public experi- 
 ments. — Joy,rnal de Chimie, 1870. 
 
 16. Dr. G-idley's Ointment for Burns, and for Rheuma- 
 tism.— Old Dr. Gidley, of Spring Water, N. Y., used to claim that 
 there was nothing equal to the following Ointment for Burns, or for 
 Rheumatism : 
 
 The tops and flowers of the green may-weed, (anthemis cotula,) 
 known also as wild chamomile, and as dog-fennel, ^ lb. ; oil of origa- 
 num 4 ozs.; oil of savin, 2 ozs.; and spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. ; nice 
 lard, 4 lbs. The dry weed may be used by first pouring sufficient hot 
 water upon it to thoroughly moisten it. 
 
 Stew the may-weed in the lard until the leaves are crisp, but not 
 burned. Some prefer to tie the may-weed in a bag and press out the 
 juice, from time to time; but my preference is to put it directly into 
 the lard, and strain, and press out when crisped, as you can see just 
 when it is done. When cool, add the oils and turpentine and stir 
 until cold. 
 
 It is highly recommended for inflammatory swellings, old sores, 
 and the most speedy cure for Burns ever used, by those from whom 
 it was obtained. It will be found valuable. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 187 
 
 B. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. B. 
 
 1. Babbitt's Anti-Friction Metal— For Boxes. — This metal 
 is composed of copper, 3 lbs.; block tin, o lbs.; and antimony, 1 lb.; 
 and in this proportion for any amount desired. 
 
 First melt the copper, then add the tin, then the antimony; and 
 when all is melted, pour into bars, ready for use as desired, or pour 
 into journal boxes, if needed at the time. 
 
 2. "Where small shafts have got to be run at a very high rate of 
 speed, the journals invariably heat with any of the common metal 
 boxes. But in cases where they have been run as high as 7,000 revo- 
 lutions per minute, the following alluminum bronze has proved suc- 
 cessful: Copper, 90 parts; alluminum, 10 parts. The alluminum can 
 be obtained in the large cities of the metal dealers, 
 
 1. BAKING POWDERS.— Bicarbonate of soda, 9 ozs.; cream 
 of tartar and tartaric acid, of each, 4 ozs. ; fine wheat flour, 10 ozs. 
 
 The articles must all be thoroughly dry, and evenly mixed to- 
 gether; and they must be bottled, or boxed so as to keep them dry. 
 The expense is only trifling as compared with those kept " on sale." 
 Baking Powders shoyld always be mixed evenly into the flour being 
 used, before the wetting material — cold milk, or cold water — is put in. 
 Some people claim that sour milk can not be used with Baking Pow- 
 ders. This is a mistake. By using sufficient baking soda to neutralize 
 the acid of the milk, the biscuit will be all the richer by using sour 
 milk. 
 
 2. Another. — ^Bicarbonate of soda, 4 ozs.; tartaric acid, 3 ozs.; 
 nice rice flour, IJ ozs. To be used with the same precautions as 
 No. 1. 
 
 BAKED BEANS— Very Nice. — Put the Beans to soak early in 
 the evening, in a dish that will allow plenty of water to be used. 
 Change the water at bed-time. Next morning early, parboil 2 hours. 
 Then pour off nearly all the water; take raw pork, scored on top; put 
 the Beans in a deep diah, a stone-ware jar is very nice, the pork in the 
 middle, sinking it so as to have it just level with the surface. Add a 
 very little molasses, or a very little sugar, and bake at least 4 or 5 
 hours, raising the pork for the last hour so that it will take a nice 
 crisp on the top. 
 
 It has long been known that Beans are a healthy article of diet; 
 but it is not as well known that the reason of it is, that, like milk, 
 they contain nearly every chemical constituent, or element, necessary 
 to build up the whole system. It would be well if 10 bushels were 
 used to every ] bushel that are eaten, both for health, as well as for 
 dollars and cents. 
 
 BACON, CURING, SMOKING, ETC.— "Western Fashion.— 
 To cure pork for Bacon, nothing more is necessary than salting it witli 
 6 lbs. of salt to each 100 lbs. of pork, rubbing it over the flesh side, 
 and then piling the meat in a cool room, to remain without freezing 
 as many days as one ham weighs pounds. It is an advantage to tho 
 hams to add 4 ozs. of saltpeter per 100 lbs., which should be made fine 
 and sprinkled on before the salt is applied. It is also advantageous to 
 overhaul the pile once while salting, and rub the remaining salt over 
 the fresh-looking spots. Pickle is of no advantage in making Bacon, 
 unless you wish to make sugar-cured hams; and even if you desire 
 that, all you have to do is to apply a spoonful of molasses with your 
 
138 DR. chase's 
 
 hand to each fresh ham. The greatest error of Bacon curers is using 
 too much salt. Sugar, saltpeter and smoke, will preserve a ham with- 
 out salt. Smoking should be done with clean, sweet wood — the best 
 of all is hickory — and the meat should never feel the influence of the 
 fire. The best smoke-house ever built is a log-cabin, with open cracks, 
 the meat being hung to the rafters and the tire built on the ground. 
 A flat stone, or some green wood poles over the fire, to prevent the 
 possibility of a piece of meat falling so as to take fire, is a good pre- 
 caution. If Bacon is to be made " Western fashion," lay the carcass 
 of the hog upon the block and take off the head first. Then split the 
 body and take out the lard, backbone and ribs. Cut off and trim the 
 hams, also the shoulders, leaving the two sides full size, with straight 
 edges, the angular pieces taken ofi" going into the little portion of 
 corned pork or fresh, and the small trimmings into sausage-meat. 
 You then have two hams, two shoulders, two sides and the joles to 
 hang in the smoke-house. Build one or two fires a day, only in dry 
 weather, until your meat is smoked enough. The best way that we have 
 ever found to keep hams is to be sure to finish smoking before the bugs and 
 little meat-flies are astir in the Spring, and then draw over each Jiam a loose 
 cotton cloth bag, tying it around the hamstring, and then let them hang till 
 wanted in the kitchen, three months or three years after — the older the better. 
 Pork which is afterward to be barreled may be salted in bulk much 
 better than to put it into fresh brine. Some old Bacon-makers always 
 hang hams butt-end up. We never have been satisfied of its advan- 
 tage over the other and easier way. — • Western Man. 
 
 The foregoing from the "Western Man" will be found very satis- 
 factory. Having a couple of medium sized hogs to put down last 
 Fall, and not liking quite as much saltpeter in my pork as some do, I 
 took in these proportions, common barrel salt, 15 lbs.; white sugar, 2 
 lbs.; saltpeter, 4 ozs. ; and mixed them thoroughly and evenly to- 
 gether, the saltpeter being first pulverized, then I rubbed this mix- 
 ture well into the hams, shoulders, and joles, 3 times during 2 weeks, 
 before smoking. The sides, I rubbed well before putting into the 
 barrel, as I chose to barrel the sides in place of making Bacon of them. 
 After 3 or 4 days, what the juices of the meat and the dissolving salt 
 and sugar did not cover, I made a brine with the same proportions of 
 materials to cover all; and I am glad to be able to say at this writing, 
 Sept. 13th, that there is some of the pork just as sweet and nice as 
 when first put down; and that during the Summer and Spring past, 
 several pieces of it has graced a dish of "baked beans" as just above 
 described; but, unfortunately, I can not say as much for the hams, or 
 shoulders, they have long since "gone the way" of such articles, yet, 
 we, — the family — look forward, with watering mouths, to the Winter 
 and Spring, when again will be the time for their appearance upon 
 the table. In other words, I think I never tasted Bacon, or pork to 
 compare with it, at all favorably. It is claimed that by hanging hams 
 the large, or flesh end up, that the juices of the meat do not drip out 
 as freely as they do if the large end is down; but as "Western Man" 
 says, it will take a very fine taste to distinguish the difference. 
 
 BANDAGING— In Broken Limbs and Ulcers.— In broken 
 limbs, it is necessary to use the Bandage, and it has become quite 
 common also, in the treatment of Ulcers. They are more generally 
 made of cotton sheeting, being torn off in strips of 3 to 4 inches in 
 width, and sewed together until the required length is obtained, after 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 139 
 
 which they are to be rolled into solid rollers for the convenience of 
 passing them around the limb, and to enable the one who applies 
 them to draw them evenly at all stages of their application. In ap- 
 plying the Bandage it is necessary to begin at the extremity of the 
 limb, see Fig. 20, and every part of the limb must be covered evenly, 
 lapping about one-half of the Bandage upon the previous round, and 
 Fig 20 ^^^ order to keep it smooth and not run up or 
 
 " 1 down on the limb, it will be necessary to turn 
 
 the Bandage upon itself, as the cross lines in 
 the cut will show, wherever the form of the 
 limb causes the Bandage to pass either way 
 upon the limb from the center of the previous 
 round. In this way the pressure is even, leav- 
 ing no loose, or unbound place for an accumu- 
 lation of blood, which would cause pain, and 
 finally mortification. And it naust not be ap- 
 plied so tight as to stop the circulation, for 
 this would cause the same difficulty; the ob- 
 ject is to lessen the circulation, but not to stop 
 it entirely. 
 
 Most Ulcers, in their early stage, upon the 
 legs, or arms, may be cured by judicious Ban- 
 daging, and keeping the Ulcer and the Bandage 
 wet with cold water, or perhaps cold water | 
 and whisky ] as much, merely to stimulate a 
 little. This mixture I have found better than 
 water alone in dressings for cuts, bruises, etc., 
 requiring water dressings. Our Homeopathic 
 friends are very much in favor of the arnica- 
 lotion in place of the cold water. It is cer- 
 tainly a valuable remedy if used in sufficient 
 quantities to have its legitimate, or specific 
 eff"ects, say Ih drs. of the tincture to a tea-cup- 
 ful of cold water. A common tea-spoon holds 
 BANDAGING. about 1 dr. Mix by pouring back and forth 
 
 from one cup to another, then keep the Bandage wet with it. Of this 
 strength it does seem to have a specific eff'ect upon fresh bruises, fresh 
 cuts, etc. Two drs. of the tincture to alcohol, i pt. is highly recom- 
 mended in rheumatism of the joints, pains of the feet or limbs from 
 walking, etc., to be used freelv as a liniment. 
 
 BEEF— Scotch Method of Drying.— It is claimed that the 
 Dried Beef as prepared in Scotland, brings a better price in Europe 
 than that from any other country, and that American Dried Beef, 
 especially 'is not seasoned sufficiently high to meet with favor in 
 European countries. The Scotch prepare theirs as follows: 
 
 Take salt, 1 lb. ; pepper, 1 oz. ; cloves, i oz. ; the latter articles 
 being finely ground — keeping these proportions for as much as is 
 needed. 
 
 This mixture is to be rubbed daily into the meat, 5 or 6 days, which 
 has been cut into suitable sizes, then hang up to dry. I have no 
 doubt but what the majority of Americans would like it thus sea- 
 soned, in place of our custom of putting down in brine only, without 
 pepper or cloves. And with this method of preparing it, in sections 
 where Beef is plenty, it could be shipped to Europe with success. 
 
140 DR. chase's 
 
 Beef-Tea — Its Value in Sickness, and Manner of Making. — 
 Dr. Christison, the celebrated author on poisons and poisoning, claims 
 that Beef-Tea is the best combination of food and drink for most cases 
 of sickness, with which, I most fully agree, for I remember well, in 
 typhoid fever, when I could take no othei nourishment, or drink, I 
 could take the Beef-Tea prepared by my wife, and feel perfectly satis- 
 fied on both points. 
 
 In places where fresh Beef can be always obtained, I much pre- 
 fer to make the Tea fresh every day, to the preparations that are kept 
 on sale, for there is a kiml of a draw-back, or unpleasant taste to them. 
 
 1. To Prepare It. — -Take nice fresh steak, free of fat, 1 lb., and 
 cut it into pieces of 2 an oz. or so, and put into a suitable sized bottle 
 and cork it up, setting the bottle into a kettle, or basin of cold water, 
 to be placed on the stove, having placed a piece or two of chip, or a 
 small, thin piece of board on the bottom of the dish to set the bottle 
 upon to prevent it from breaking the bottle, or burning the meat, and 
 the amount of water put in must not be sufficient to tioat the bottle, 
 putting in boiling water, from time to time, to make up for what boils 
 away, and continue to boil until the meat has yielded its juices, or in 
 other words the strength has been extracted; then season with a very 
 little salt and pepper, if liked, and a tea, or a table-spoonful of this 
 may be given to a patient, when nothing else can be taken. It is best, 
 however, to add as much boiling water, to the extract, as you use of 
 that, which makes it a little more like drink, and also enables a very 
 weak stomach to relish it better, or rather to absorb it the better. A 
 little experience, or practice, will enable almost any nurse to make 
 this extract, or Bee-Tea. 
 
 2. Another method of making it is to take about the same 
 amount of perfectly lean, tender Beef, and cut it as in No. 1, and put 
 it into about a pint of cold water and bring it to a boil, and continue 
 the boiling until the Beef is perfectly done, by which time all juices, 
 or strength, of the meat will have been taken up by the water. Ad- 
 ditional boiling water may be put in to make up for evaporation, 
 making a pint of the Tea. In either case, only a very little salt, and 
 the slightest bit of pepper will be needed to make them palatable to 
 the sick. As the patient gains strength, a little cracker, or light 
 bread, not less than 2-i or 36 hours old, may be crumbed in, even be- 
 fore they might be able to swallow only the broth, or Tea, as an ad- 
 ditional nourishment would be extracted from them; and as they 
 still advance in health, the bread, or cracker can be eaten. 
 
 BEES — Young- Ladies' Report of Success, in Wisconsin. — 
 With those who have not been in the habit of keeping Bees, notwith- 
 standing there has been sufficient instruction given under that head 
 to enable any one to undertake it with success; yet, it is necessary to 
 convince them that it will prove profitable before they will engage in 
 it. And as there is nothing like actual facts to carry conviction, I 
 have deemed it best to give this report, although it was received too 
 late to be inserted in its regular connection. The letter, or report, was 
 addressed to the American Bee Journal, by Miss Kate Grimm, of Wis- 
 consin, whose father is extensively engaged in the Bee business. The 
 report came to me through the People's Journal, of Sept., '72, intro- 
 duced to the readers of the latter journal, with the following editorial 
 remarks: 
 
 It is simply in proof of what we have so often advocated in these 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 141 
 
 columns, viz.: that Bee-Keeping is a very profitable operation, and 
 very pleasant and proper business for ladies: 
 
 "Mr. Editor: — If your time is not too valuable and space not too 
 Bcarce, please insert the following short account of the last few months 
 with my Bees. 
 
 " It was on the 29th of May, that my father came home from his 
 Northern apiary, and told me that I was to take charge of it the next 
 day. It was nothing very unusual to me, because I have done so 
 yearly for the last 4 years, and therefore I was ready immediately to 
 enter my services. 
 
 "June and July had always been the most lonesome months of 
 the year for me, and so the former proved to be this year, but the lat- 
 ter was far different, as you will hear. 
 
 " When I first came here I had only 48 stocks to take care of, and 
 indeed I must say that it seemed almost impossible for me to stay 
 with so few, as I had been used to have at least over 100. 
 
 "During the month of June, I had 38 young swarms from the 48; 
 but still they were far from being enough to give me a chance to spend 
 all my time attending to them. 
 
 " When I came home one evening to report to my father (as I do 
 every Saturday), I complained to him of my few hives, and told him 
 that though they were very busy and doing their very best, I could 
 not be satisfied ; so he promised to send me more in a day or two. 
 Two days afterward I received a load Avith 18 hives; in about a week 
 another, and some days afterward a third one. Then I thought that 
 there would be more of a chance to be doing something, and so in- 
 deed there was. 
 
 "The stocks which father sent me were mostly young swarms, 
 some of which swarmed twice again, and some of them only once; 
 BO that after the 1st of July, I had 19 more young swarms, and a little 
 honey, as you will soon learn. 
 
 "June 30th, father was here to examine my hives, when he also 
 made 20 double hives, from which I was to extract honey about every 
 three days, as he thought that during that time they would be filled. 
 July 5th, I extracted my first half-barrel, which was 185 lbs. When I 
 was through with it, I felt pretty well tired out and thought it was 
 quite a task for one day ; but I had then no idea of what was still to 
 be done. July 8th and 9th, I extracted 1^ barrels, so that I then had 
 2 barrels. July 14th, I extracted 1^ barrels, and during the rest of the 
 week, 2.^ barrels; July 17th, 2 barrels; July 19th and 20th, 1 barrel; 
 and 4 or 5 days afterward filled the 10th barrel. By this time I had 
 given up the notion of 5 a barrel being a day's work. You will bear 
 in mind, Mr. Editor, that I was all alone, so that I not only extracted 
 the honey, but also took out the frames and put them in again. 
 
 " The room in which I lived all this time was so filled up with 
 barrels and boxes that I feared its breaking down, and was obliged to 
 have some of them removed to another apartment. 
 
 "This shows what can be done with Bees when there is a good 
 season and they are properly managed. I am very certain that those 
 20 double hives, which were mostly young swarms, gave me three 
 times as much honey as they would have given me had I not ex- 
 tracted the honey. Had there been two strong men, instead of a girl 
 of 17 years, to take care of more double hives, we might have had a 
 larger number of barrels of honey. 
 
142 DR. chase's 
 
 "With the honey extracted at home and at our Southern apiafy 
 (of which my elder sister takes charge), we will have nearly 35 bar- 
 rels of honey, each barrel containing 370 lbs. How much box noney 
 we will have I can not tell; but it will not be a little — perhaps 12,000 
 or 15,000 lbs. And all this honey was gathered by 290 hives — all that 
 my father had left after his Spring sales — with their increase, making 
 in all 014 hives. If the month of August should be as favorable for 
 Bees as it was last year, we may have another 5,000 lbs. of Fall honey. 
 
 "Does not this show thiat Bee-Keeping pays? Even if Bees did 
 sometimes sting me, so that I got almost discouraged, when the time 
 came again to put on or take off honey-boxes, or extract again (which 
 was almost every two days), I felt very much pleased that I could 
 again fill several barrels. I did not blame my Bees for stinging me, 
 and indeed would not have Bees wdiich do not sting, else mischievous 
 boys would come and steal the honey. 
 
 "I have not been absent from my Bees a single day for the last 
 few months ; but as the honey harvest is over now, I think I shall 
 again get leave to come home. 
 
 "Of course I can say very little about Bee business, for I only 
 take charge of my apiary during swarming and harvest time ; but I 
 am almost convinced that that is the time when the greatest amount 
 of work is required. I have had to work very hard sometimes these 
 last few weeks, but my work has indeed been rewarded." 
 
 Although this report would give its readers to understand that a 
 greater amount of honey may be obtained by the use of the "extrac- 
 tor," yet, I would not recommend it in all cases, by any means, as 1 
 believe that it is generally understood that honey thus extracted is 
 not likely to keep as well, nor does it fetch so large a price as that in 
 small boxes; every one must judge for themselves which plan to 
 adopt, from their nearness to market, and their speedy sales. But it 
 certainly shows the business to be both profitable, as well as the fact 
 that it is v>eU adapted to ladies. 
 
 I will add but a word more, and that is to honor the one who 
 made this report; she is worth more than her weight in gold. Yet it 
 is only what every young lady should be willing to do, according to 
 the circumstances in which she finds herself placed, i _e.,_ to make 
 themselves useful wherever they are, no matter whether it is in Bee- 
 Keeping, or keeping the house — both are alike honorable — but such ac- 
 tivity and intelligent industry are so seldom seen, now-a-days, I must 
 be excused for calling especial attention to their importance. Let 
 others <ro and do likewise. 
 
 BIRD SKINS, AND OTHER ANIMAL SUBSTANCES, 
 OR ANATOMICAL SPECIMENS— To Preserve.— The usual 
 method of preserving Bird Skins, is by arsenical soap, made as follows: 
 
 White soap, white arsenic, and freshly-slacked lime, of each, i 
 lb.; carbonate of potash, | lb.; powdered camphor, f oz. 
 
 Shave the soap, and mix the articles, adding only sufficient water 
 to form a paste. Apply carefully to all parts of the internal surface 
 of the skin before stuffing, or putting up. 
 
 2. Alcohol has generally been used to preserve Anatomical 
 Specimens; but, in the high price of alcohol, it has been found that 
 good commercial glycerine, and water, equal parts, with the crystals 
 of carbolic acid, 1 oz. to each gal. of the mixture, makes a reliable 
 preservative. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 143 
 
 3. To preserve the natural color of Specimens, take pure gly- 
 cerine, and add alcohol, i pt., and carbolic acid crystals, ^ oz. to 
 
 BEERS, POPS, ETC.— The small Beers are made without the 
 
 use of malt, simply using sugar and water, or molasses and water, as 
 the base, and roots or oil, as desired, for flavoring to suit the taste of 
 the sick, or to prevent the use of too large quantities of water, as a 
 small amount of acid, by the use of yeast as a ferment, or by lemons 
 or other fruit, or by both, has a tendency to quench thirst. 
 
 1. Ginger Beer. — Water 10 gals. ; nice lump sugar, 12.t lbs. ; 
 bruised ginger root, 4 lb. ; the whites of 6 eggs ; yeast, 2 table-spoon- 
 fuls; lemons sliced, 10; isinglass, i oz. 
 
 Put the ginger in some of the water to obtain the strength ; then 
 strain into the balance of the water, in which the sugar has been dis- 
 solved. The isinglass must be dissolved by heat, having been 
 soaked over night. The sliced lemons having been well squeezed, 
 may be added, and the yeast put in, the isinglass also. When all is 
 mixed, let stand 3 or 4 hours, then skim off the lemons and squeeze 
 out the juice, and strain all into a keg, or bottle, as preferred. 
 
 2. Another. — Water, 2 gals. ; ginger root, pulverized, 2 ozs. ; 
 white or brown sugar, 2 lbs. (white sugar makes it without color, and 
 brown gives color); ci-eam of tartar, ^ oz.; and 1 sliced lemon; yeast, 
 1 tea-cupful. 
 
 Put the water, ginger, and sugar into a kettle and boil for h an 
 hour ; then skim and pour into a jar with the sliced lemon and cream 
 of tartar; and when cooled, to be only a little warm, add the yeast, 
 and let it work 24 to 36 hours, strain and bottle, tieing the corks 
 firmly. Of course it can be left in a keg; but is nicer to be bottled. 
 
 3. Root Beer. — An excellent Root Beer containing all of the 
 alterative properties of sarsaparilla and sassafras, with the nice aroma 
 (flavor) of the wintergreen is made as follows: 
 
 Sarsaparilla root, and sassafra,s bark (dry), of each, } lb.; winter- 
 green leaf and stem, 3 ozs.; yeast, h pt. ; molasses, IJ gals. ; water, 16 
 gals. ; or enough to fill a common strong beer-barrel, if for draft, if 
 not, bottle. 
 
 Bruise the roots, bark, and leaves, and boil, to get the strength, 
 in 5 gals, of the water: then strain into the keg, if not to be bottled, 
 and add the molasses ; and when cooled, to 65*^ or 60°, put in the 
 yeast and let stand 2 hours, when the keg is to be filled with the 
 balance of the water. If it is to be bottled, this can be done in a tub, 
 or jar, covering over, to allow it to work for 5 or 6 hours, then bung, 
 or bottle as the case may be. It will be found a very valuable altera- 
 tive, for a Spring, or Summer drink. Dandelion, or any other root 
 desired, may be added, or substituted to suit any special case, in the 
 line of alteratives. 
 
 4. _ Ginger Pop. — Notwithstanding this article is called " Pop," 
 or "Ginger Pop," yet its proper place, I deem, is among the Small 
 Beers. It is made as follows : 
 
 White, crushed, or "A" No. 1, coffee sugar, 15 lbs.; finely bruised 
 ginger root, 7 ozs.; essence lemon, o oz. ; essence cloves, ^ tea-spoon- 
 ful; water, 15 gals.; yeast f pt. 
 
 Pour a few qts. of boiling water on the ginger and steep for an 
 hour, and strain into a tub; in which dissolve the sugar with 2 gals. 
 more of warm water (not above 65°, if hotter, reduce with cold water 
 
144 DR. chase's 
 
 to that heat), and add the yeast and essences, stir and let stand for 2 
 hours ; then add the balance of the cold water ; and cork tightly, for 
 use or sale. If this is properly done, it will "pop the question" 
 pretty loud in a day or two. 
 
 5. Spruce Beers. — In case of sickness a very convenient way to 
 provide an agreeable beverage, is to 
 
 Take water, 1 gal.; white sugar, i lb.; oil of spruce, 20 drops; 
 yeast 2 or 3 table-spoonfuls. 
 
 Drop the oil into a suitable jar, and having brought 1 qt. of the 
 water to a boiling heat, pour it upon the oil; then put in the sugar 
 and also put in the balance of the water, cold ; and see that the 
 sugar is dissolved, then add the yeast; then cover the jar with a 
 coar.se cloth, for 2 or 3 hours, or until you see that the Beer begins to 
 work, at which time it should be bottled in small bottles, if it is for 
 the sick, as it is not so good unless all is drank at the opening of 
 the bottle. The next morning it will be ready for use, if kept a little 
 warm over night; then a bottle or two can be placed on ice, or in cold 
 water, to make it cool enough for use. Any other oil, the flavor of 
 which may be prefered can be used in the same way. 
 
 6. The above spruce oil is from the common white spruce; but 
 there is a preparation kept by druggists known as "essence of spruce," 
 having a dark color, which is made by boiling the young branches of 
 the black spruce, and concentrating it for purposes of making Beer, 
 etc., which Prof. King, in his American Dispensatory, says: "enters 
 into the formation of Spruce Beer, an agreeable and salutary Summer 
 beverage, possessing diuretic and anti-scorbutic" (against scTirvy) "prop- 
 erties, and valuable on board ships." His instructions for making it 
 are as follows : 
 
 "Take of ginger, sassafras bark, and guiacum shavings, each, 2 
 ozs. ; hops, 4 ozs. ; essence of spruce, 10 ozs. ; water 4 gals. ; mix them 
 and boil for 10 or 15 minutes, then strain, and add 10 gals, of warm 
 water, 3 qts. of molasses, and 12 fl. ozs." (| pt,) "of yeast, and allow it 
 to ferment. When the fermentation is going on, put the fluid in 
 strong bottles, and cork them well." 
 
 This certainly makes a valuable alterative in any disease requir- 
 ing such a medicinal action upon the system, and also a very pleasant 
 drink, for common use in hot weather, if kept cool. 
 
 BELTING— The Kind that Saves Most Power.-Undoubtedly, 
 much power is lost by using the cheapest Belting material, rather than 
 to pay a little more and save all the power of the engine, or water- 
 wheel. The Scientific American reports some experiments that were 
 tried, before the editor, by the Treasurer of the New York Belting and 
 Packing Co., to settle a controversy which had been agitated there, on 
 that subject, which showed that rubber Belting run on a pulley cov- 
 ered with rubber, is decidedly the best thing. The test was made 
 by hanging a piece of the different Belts over a pulley and weighting 
 each end with a 32 lb. weight to keep them tight; then weighting one 
 end with other weights until the Belt slipped; and as any one can 
 test the same thing on a small scale, if they choose, it is only neces- 
 sary to give the result. The figures will speak for themselves, and 
 were as follows: 
 
 A leather Belt on iron pulleys slipped at 48 lbs. 
 " " leather " ^' 64. " 
 
 " " rubber " " 128. " 
 
SECXJND KECEIPT BOOK. 145 
 
 A rubber Belt on iron pulleys slipped at 90 lbs. 
 " " " leather '' " 128 " 
 
 " " rubber " " 183 " 
 
 Sometimes per.-ons think they need a larger engine, when the 
 only trouble is, they lose about half of their power by using loose 
 leather Belts. 
 
 It will be readily understood, no doubt, that the different kinds of 
 
 fmlleys are made by nimply covering iron pulleys with rubber or 
 eather, as the case may be. In the tirstS figures, the Belt was a 3 
 incli Belt of good quality, and in the last 3 the same size ofa3-ply 
 rubber was used, making a fair test. 
 
 Belting-— To Prevent Eating by Rats. — As it is best to oil 
 leather Belting occasionally, in places where it runs through floors or 
 in places that rats can get at it, 'tis best to use castor-oil for that pur- 
 pose, as they are "oj)posed to taking castor-oil," like most children, 
 unless "Madk Palatablk," which see. 
 
 BLACKBERRY CORDIAL.— Let the berries get fully rip© 
 before they are gathered, then mash them, and let the juice and 
 pomace remain together for 8 or 10 hours to give the Cordial a 
 liigher color and a richer taste than it would have possessed if the 
 juice had been expressed at once. Add to 1 gal. of juice, 2 lbs. of loaf 
 sugar; i oz. each of finely pulverized cinnamon and nutmeg, and 2 
 ozs. of powdered allspice. Some add a few ounces of crushed raisins 
 but they are not essential. Boil the mixture gently for 15 minutes; 
 and when cold, add h. pt. of fourth-proof brandy, or the best rye 
 whisky. Let the Cordial be stored in pint bottles, ^ pts. are all the 
 better, with the corks cut off even with the top, and covered with, 
 wax or pitch of any sort to exclude the air. It is always better to 
 store such Cordial in small bottles, because the contents of a small 
 bottle can be used up before it will spoil ; whereas, if a large bottle is 
 opened, if the Cordial is not used in a few days, it is liable to lose its 
 excellent flavor. — I'omeroi/'s Democrat. 
 
 It does not matter from whose "Democrat" this Cordial comes 
 from, it will be found highly beneficial in the bowel complaints of 
 grown persons as well as children. It may be used freely, or in quan- 
 tities to meet the requirements of the case. It is well to guard, how- 
 ever, against constipation, by continuing its use too long after an 
 amendment has begun. 
 
 Blackberry-Root Sirup — For Diarrhea and Summer Com.- 
 plaints of Children.— Small roots of the blackberry, ^ lb. ; allspice, 
 cloves, and cinnamon, of each, J oz.; white sugar ^ lb.; best rye 
 whisky, i pt. ; water, 2 qts. 
 
 Wash the roots and cut them into small pieces, bruise the next 
 3 articles, and jiut them and the root into the water and boil to a pt.; 
 then strain and press out all the liquid, add the sugar, and dissolve 
 by heat; then, when cool, add the spirits and bottle for use. 
 
 Dose. — A tea, to 1 or 2 table-spoonfuls, according to the age of the 
 child, every hour, until an improvement takes place, then every 2 
 hours, or so, as long as needed. 
 
 If tliere is much sourness of the stomach, a tea-spoonful of the 
 bicarbonate of soda may be put to 1 gill of the Sirup, and use as 
 directed above. 
 
 BLACKBOARD-SURFACE— For School House "Walls, 
 Plaster, and Paints. — Knowing that the Blackboard has become 
 
 10— DR. chase's second RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
146 DR. chase's 
 
 an indispensable article of school-furniture, I have deemed it quite 
 important to obtain the best i-omposition of plaster in finishing new 
 school houses, and also for paints that will make a good surface to be 
 used upon old walls, or upon the surface of well smoothed, soft pine, 
 or poplar lumber, that has been perfectly seasoned, or upon the sur- 
 face "of heavy pasteboard, for Blackboard purposes, so that children 
 can have them for home use ; or that will be applicable for office use also. 
 
 I am indebted to Wickersham's School Economy, J. B. Lippincott 
 & Co., Philadelphia, publishers, a copy of which ought to be in every 
 school, or district library, for the principal receipts on this subject. 
 The author is James Pyle Wickersham, A. M., principal of the Penn- 
 sylvania State Normal School, at Millersville, Pa. He says: 
 
 "A Blackboard should be placed immediately behind the plat- 
 form and extend its whole length, and elsewhere all around the 
 school-room whenever suitable blank wall can be taken advantage 
 of. I never heard a good teacher complain that he had more Black- 
 board surface than he could use. The teacher will want Blackboards 
 for his classes while engaged in reciting, and also for others who are 
 preparing to recite. Young pupils can be profitably employed in 
 drawing or writing on Blackboards while the teacher is hearing the 
 lessons of older pupils. 
 
 " The Blackboard may be 5 ft. wide and extend to within 2 ft. 
 of the floor. 
 
 "The best kind of Blackboards are made of slate. They can be 
 had 4 or 5 ft. square; but they are too costly for general use. If wood 
 is used, it must be well-seasoned pine or poplar, of fine quality, and 
 the Blackboards must be well made and carefully painted. 
 
 "A cheap and serviceable black-surface for walls may be made by 
 the following recipe: White finish, or white coating," (what plaster- 
 ers call putty), "4 pecks; beach or other fine sharp sand, 4 pecks; 
 ground plaster," (plaster of Paris), "4 pecks; lampblack, 4 lbs.; alco- 
 hol, or good whisky, 4 gals. 
 
 "This quantity," he Continues, "will make a mixture vsutficient to 
 cover 20 square yds. of surface. A little flour of emery will prevent 
 the mixture from 'setting' immediately, thus giving time to put it on 
 the wall with the necessary care. If emery is not used, only a small 
 quantity of the mixture can be put on at a time; and this is perhaps, 
 on the whole, the best plan." (I should have said, only one-fourth, 
 or a "small quantity of the mixture" should be made up at a time. 
 And it will be proper to explain here, which he has not done, that 
 the lamp-black must first be dissolved in sufficient alcohol, or 
 whisky, before it is attempted to be mixed, at least it will be more 
 evenly spread, if this is done). He goes on with the explanation of 
 the manner of using it as follows: 
 
 "The wall which is intended to be covered Mdth the black-sur- 
 face should be plastered like the rest of the room, with the exception 
 that the black mixture takes the place of the white coating, and is 
 put on in the same manner. After the black surface is on the wall, it 
 must be carefully dampened and rubbed, in order to fill up all the 
 pores, and make the surface hard and smooth. If the old surface be 
 well moistened, a new surface, composed of the same mixture, can be 
 applied. The slate-surface now prepared by manufacturers in Phila- 
 delphia, New York, Boston, and other places, is in some respects, 
 superior to any Blackboard-SurfAce known, except real slate " 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 147 
 
 The above, or the following j»aints will be much the cheapest, and 
 give good satisfaction. The same M'ork gives us the report of the 
 Chicago Board of Education, containing the following Blackboard- 
 paint : 
 
 "To make 1 gal. of the paint, take 10 ozs. of pulverized pumice 
 stone, 6 ozs. of pulverized rotten stone, | lb. of lampblack, and mix 
 them with alcohol enough to make a thick paste. Grind the mixture 
 very thoroughly in a clean paint-mill, and then dissolve about 14 ozs. 
 of shellac in the remainder of the gal. of alcohol, stir the whole 
 together, and the paint is ready for use. This Paint if well applied 
 will make a good surface." 
 
 And it can be kept in a well corked bottle without hardening. 
 
 Mr. Wicker^^ham clofies the subject of Blackboards as folloM's; 
 
 "A frame shoiild be placed around all Blackboards, with a trough 
 at the underside to catch the dust. Hooks should be attached to 
 them on which to hang pointers and rubbers. Prepared chalk and 
 talc are used for Blackboard pencils." 
 
 Liquid Blackboard Slating-. — The following receipt for Liquid 
 Slating was sent to the County Superintendent of Public Schools for 
 Washtenaw county, Michigan, Geo. S. Wheeler, by Prof. J. Estabrook, 
 Superintendent of the Michigan State Normal School, at Ypsi- 
 lanti, Michigan, and may be relied upon as good and practical. In 
 his letter to Mr. Wheeler, after other inquiries, he says: 
 
 "The following is the receipt for Blackboard Slating: Alcohol,! 
 gal.; gum shellac,! lb.; rotten stone, ivory black, and lampblack, of 
 each, 4 ozs." 
 
 "Put the gum shellac into the alcohol 24 hours before putting in 
 the other ingredients. After mixing" (supposing the shellac to be 
 all dissolved) "strain the whole through some kind of a strainer, 
 cloth or sieve. Make the wall smooth with sand-paper before put- 
 ting on the blacking. Two or 3 coats will be suihcient." 
 
 Blackboard Paint. — The following not only works well as a 
 Paint on walls, but also on pasteboard: 
 
 Lamji-black, 2 drs. ; spirits of turpentine, 4 ozs. ; furniture varnish, 
 2 ozs. 
 
 Rub the lamp-black well with the turpentine, and mix in the 
 varnish. One or 2 coats, according to the smoothness of the surface, 
 may be used. Boys can get a sheet of large pasteborad, or binders- 
 board, and paint it with this for home use. 
 
 1. BOOTS — "Water-proofing- and Softening-. — To have a fine 
 Boot soft, and at the same time Water-proof, is a very desirable thing 
 in wet and snowy weather; but it is easily done in the following 
 manner: 
 
 Neatsfoot-oil, and castor-oil, equal parts of each. Shake well. 
 
 This may be applied and rubbed in with the hand. The neats- 
 foot-oil penetrates the leather very easily and keeps it soft, while the 
 castor-oil remains upon and near'the surface, giving it a glossiness, 
 and resisting the entrance of water; and, if desired, enabling a coat 
 of polish-blacking to soon give a "shine" to the Boots. 
 
 This preparation was given to me by Mr. C. J. Brown, of Monroe, 
 Mich., an old gentleman, whose business for over 20 years has been 
 the making of tine Boots. And while he was making a pair for me, 
 he heard that I was getting out a Second Receipt Book, and mani- 
 fested a desire to contribute his "mite" towards it, so he gave me 
 
148 DR. chase's 
 
 this, and the one for Coarse Boots, below, and also the Blackixg for 
 THE Edge, which he had used during some 15 years, with entire satis- 
 faction. I used No. 1 during the Winter of '71, and found it perfectlpr 
 satisfactory. Some persons, however, may prefer to use the castor-oil 
 alone, as the Boot will take a little better polish, if desired at any 
 time, but the combination of the 2 oils, as above, makes the leather a 
 little softer. 
 
 2. "Water-Proof, for Coarse Boots. — Beef tallow, 12 ozs.; bees- 
 wax, 6 ozs.; resin, 1 oz.; neatsfoot-oil, and castor-oil, of each, 1 gill. 
 
 Mix by heat, and apply hot; or else heat it by tlie fire. Once in 
 8 to 12 days; according to the weather, snow, etc., will be sufficiently 
 often to apply either of these preparations. 
 
 3. Blacking Liquids, for Boots and Shoes — French Polish., 
 etc. — Molasses, 4 ozs.; sweet oil, f oz. ; ivory-black, 5 ozs.; vinegar 
 and lager beer, of each, 1 gill. ^ - 
 
 Rub the 3 first articles together until the oil is obliterated; then 
 stir in gradually, the vinegar and beer, and stir until the mixture is 
 complete, bottle and cork for use. To be applied, the Boots or Shoes 
 being clean and dry, with a bit of sponge upon a wire. 
 
 4. Oil-Paste" Polish Blacking, for Boots and Shoes. — Not- 
 withstanding that during the Winter, a water-proof Blacking may be 
 needed by those who work in the snow and water, yet, during the 
 greater portion of the year, a polish Blacking gives a Boot or Shoe, a 
 much more tasty and genteel appearance. And I think that those 
 who try the following one will be highly pleased with it, both in its 
 ^ne polish, and in its not injuring the leather, as the amount of vitriol 
 (sulphuric acid) is only sufficient to cut the oil which allows it to take 
 a polish — without, it would not polish at all : 
 
 Ivory-black, ^ lb.; molasses, ^ pt.; sweel oil, and oil of vitriol, of 
 each, 1 oz. 
 
 The ivory-black should be of the finest quality — a coarse gritty 
 article will not do. Mix the 3 first named articles thoroughly 
 together; then put in the vitriol, and stir briskl}', while it is foaming, 
 being sure to stir the vitriol into the whole of the mixture, as upon 
 this depends the polishing quality of the Blacking. Ajar, or large 
 earthen bowl makes a suitable dish for mixing it in, although if it is 
 made in large quantities, for boxing, and sale, it may be made in 
 wood. The mixing in of the vitriol makes a foaming, or yeasty ris- 
 ing of the mixture^ giving also considerable warmth. When it 
 becomes cool, by which time the foaming, or eflfervescence from the 
 introduction of the acid, will have subsided, it may be put up in 
 boxes, if it is being manufactured for sale. 
 
 5. Blacking for the Edge.— Alcohol, 1 qt.; tinct.of iron, 4 ozs.; 
 pulverized nut-galls, 2 ozs.; ex. of logwood, 3 ozs.; ink-powder, 1 
 paper. 
 
 Mix all together, and shake 2 or 3 times daily for a week or 10 
 days, by which time it will have fully extracted the strength from the 
 powder. This probably makes the very best Blacking, for Boot and 
 Shoe Edge, in use. 
 
 6. Boots and Shoes— Cement for Mending. — Raw gutta- 
 percha, 1 oz. ; resin, the size of a hen's egg; bisulphuret of carbon, 1 lb. 
 
 Dissolve the gutta in the bisulphuret; then add the resin; when 
 all is dissolved, bottle for use. The leather must be clean, and 
 Bcrappd a little to make it adhere. This of late years has been quite 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 149 
 
 an item with "street-corner peddlers." It holds a patch, upon fine 
 leather, very satisfactorily. 
 
 1. BOILING OIL— For Carriage Painting.— Linseed-Oil for 
 painting Carriages should not have as much driers in it as for ordinary 
 painting; and it hud best be done in an iron kettle set in an arch, so as 
 not to allow the fumes to come in contact with the flame. Sulphate of 
 zinc, 1 oz. only to each gal. of oil, adding it slowly, to prevent it from 
 foaming over, stirring well all the time it is being added, and when 
 tlie oil becomes "ropy," it is done. If too much driers are used, it 
 dries so quickly as to be liable to crack. 
 
 1. BREAD MAKING— From Yeast, Yeast Cakes, Salt- 
 Risings, etc. — The Bread question is of vital importance to every 
 family which do not use "bakers' Bread;" for it matters not how 
 good every thing else may be upon the table, if the Bread is poor, 
 there are but a very few persons who can make a good meal, and feel 
 satisfied. And the question with the lady-of-the-loaf is, how can I 
 make good Bread with the least labor and trouble? The leading ob- 
 ject of a Receipt Book is to give the most practical way of doing these 
 things, and if it does not, it (the Receijit Book) is a failure. I think, 
 ho\vc;ver, that a knowledge of the fact, that over 500,000 copies of my 
 Jirsl Receipt Book have been sold, may be taken as a fair evidence that 
 the second shall not prove a "failure," but rather give an assurance of 
 its success. 
 
 Tlien, for those living in towns, or cities, where good yeast can be 
 obtained, the least labor is to get, for a baking of 4 or 5 loaves, 2 cts. 
 worth (al)out j pt.) of yeast, in the evening, and put it into a 4 or6qt. 
 pan, in which is about 1 qt. of milk-warm water, and put in a tea- 
 8]X)onful of salt, and i tea-spoonful of baking soda; then sift in as 
 much nice flour as will make it the consistence of pan-cake batter; 
 now coverup by turning another pan over it, or a board, and, if it is 
 not extremely cold weather, let it sit on the table over night; but, if 
 very cold, sit it where it shall be moderately warm, and in the morn- 
 ing, not generally until after breakfast, it will be light and ready to 
 proceed with the mixing, which is done by putting in about a tabie- 
 spooufal of lard, then sifting in flour and stirring with a stiff spoon 
 until you can put it out upon a floured-table, or bread-board, and con- 
 tinue to work in more sifted flour x;ntil it has been brought to a proper 
 stiffness for baking; now divide into about 5 loaves, having molded 
 or kneaded it well, and place them in a warm jilace for about 1 hour, 
 or until it has risen, then place in a hot oven to bake; and, if these 
 things have been done with an ordinary care, you will have good 
 Bread. 
 
 In place of the fifth loaf, if that amount of the dough is. taken, and 
 a table-spoonful of butter worked into it, and molded into Biscuit, 
 and set to rise the same as the Bread, you will have them fit for a 
 king. 
 
 The oven should be watched so as not to scorch, or burn the bread, 
 and when fully done, take out, and with the finger, or a bit of clean 
 rag, rnb a little butter over the top crust, which keeps it from drying 
 up and becoming hard and unpalatable. 
 
 Those who use the Yeast-Cake risings will refer to that subject to 
 get their "yeastings," or sponge, then proceed as above; and those 
 who prefer, or those who live in the country, too distant to obtain 
 yeast, or wish to use salt-risings will be governed by the following 
 
150 DR. ch.vse's 
 
 directions of Mrs. Call, who had sufficient confidence in her plan to 
 send it to the Scientific American for publication. She says: 
 
 "In order to have good Bread, there are three things very essen- 
 tial — good flour, good risings, and a careful hand. Now if my lady 
 friends will comply with the following directions, I will guarantee 
 them as good Bread as was ever broken by mortal. "The day of hop- 
 yeast has gone by," (not in hotels in the backwoods). See Hop- Yeast 
 Improved. " It is not used by the country folks at the present day, 
 only by here and there a family." Here is her way of making Bread: 
 
 2. " "Water-Rising's, or Salt-Risings. — Take a quart pitcher 
 and a spoon — scald them thoroughly — till the pitcher ^ full of boiling 
 water from the tea-kettle, which has been drawn fresh from the foun- 
 tain. Let the water cool to the temperature of good hot dish-water" (not 
 so hot but what you can hold your hand in it;; "stir in sifted flour 
 sufficient to make them as thick as i)an-cake batter; add ^ of a tea- 
 Spoonful of salt and as much baking soda; cover them closely, set 
 them where they will keep qxiite warm " (in a dish of warm water is 
 a good way) ; "stir occasionally. They will rise in 5 or 6 hours. 
 
 3. "Wheat Bread. — Milk is the best wetting for bread — water 
 will answer." (Half milk and half water is my plan, and my folks 
 think that it is better than all nulk). "Stir the wetting into the flour 
 quite warm, then add the rising; stir it all together to make a sponge. 
 When sufficiently light, mix and mold into loaves. Let it rise again. 
 The oven should be hot enough to bake a common loaf of bread in 
 30 minutes" (it generally takes us about 1 hour) "without scorching 
 or hardly bi-owning in the least. Bread should never be cut until it 
 is 12 hours old, and then only what is to be eaten immediately; bet- 
 ter cut again than to have a plateful left. Who can bear to eat Bread 
 that has been sliced and dried a day or two?" 
 
 4. "Raised Biscuit. — Take some of the Bread dough, when 
 light, knead a piece of butter as large as an egg into dough enough to 
 fill a long tin — mold into small Biscuits — let them rise again; bake for 
 20 minutes" (until done). 
 
 5. "Indian Bread. — Take 2 qts. of Indian meal, pour on boiling 
 water enough to make the meal quite wet; when cool, add 1 qt. of 
 flour; i pt. of risings, a little salt, and I a cupful of molasses. Mix 
 altogether, put into large basins and let it rise; bake for 3 hours, with 
 a slow fire." 
 
 6. " Johnny-Oake. — A Johnny-cake, to be eaten with meat, 
 should be made as fullows: 1 tea-cupful of sweet milk and one of but- 
 termilk, a little salt, and a little soda; stir in meal enough to make a 
 soft batter; bake 40 minutes." 
 
 The yeast plan, above, is the way our family bread has been made 
 for years. Mrs. Call's plan will make good bread; but, as she says, it 
 requires "a careful hand." If the salt-risings is scalded too much, 
 either in the making, or in setting them into water that is too hot, or 
 too near the fire so as to over-heat them, or if they are too cold, "the 
 old-nick is to pay" — the hogs get the risings, or the Bread; but it can 
 be done, and has been many thousand times, and got very excellent 
 Bread; then "what has been done can be done again." Should any 
 one fail once or twice, let them "try, try again." When salt-risings 
 are set, if water settles upon the top, stir in a little more flour. 
 
 7. Potato Bread. — There are many house-keepers who use 
 Potatoes in Bread, from the facts that the risings come up better by 
 
SECOND RECEIPl' BOOK. 151 
 
 their use, and the Bread is sweeter and keeps moist longer. The plan 
 of proceeding with them is as follows: 
 
 For 4 or 5 loaves of Bread take 3 or 4 good sized potatoes — those 
 that are white and mealy are the best. Wash, peel, and slice up the 
 potatoes; then rinse, and put them into 1 qt. or a little more of water, 
 and boil them perfectly soft. Drain off the water into a qt. dipper, or 
 some measure to know that you have 1 qt. of this potato-water. Set 
 it by and mash the potatoes very fine, then pour in the water in which 
 they were boiled, and stir thoroughly together. Now if you use yeast, 
 it will require about 1 cupful (understand in all baking and cooking 
 receipts, when cupful is mentioned, a common tea-cupful is what is 
 meant), to be stirred into this potato-mixture, it having become so 
 cool by this time that the yeast shall not be scalded — if scalded it is 
 spoiled — then put in 1 tea-spoonful of salt, and ^ as much soda, and 
 sift in as much flour as will make it the consistence of pan-cake bat- 
 ter. This should be done in a pan of sufiicient size to hold all of the 
 Bread, or dough which is to be made in the morning; for it is the 
 most convenient way to make, or as it is called, "set your yeast over 
 night," as the cooking of the potatoes can be done at the same time 
 "tea" is being prepared. When the "yeastings" are thus prepared, 
 cover them up and set them in the cellar over night, by which they 
 are kept cool in Summer, and warm in Winter, and by the time that 
 breakfast is over, next morning, your sponge, or yeast will generally 
 be ready to mix the Bread. 
 
 Yeast-cake may be used in place of yeast, if any one choses; and 
 if it is used, while the potatoes are boiling, take about 1, or li of any 
 
 f;ood Yeast-Cake, which see, and break them up and put to soak in a 
 ittle moderately warm water, so it shall be soft by the time the pota- 
 to-mixture is ready, and stir in, the same as though yeast was used. 
 
 In the morning, when the sponge is light, if there is any sourness 
 manifested in the sponge, put in a little more soda, not more than 
 was used at first, and none unless there is sourness. Soda, when used 
 in any case, should always be pulverized and dissolved in a little 
 warm water. About as much more salt will be needed in the morn- 
 ing as was used at first ; then sift in flour, stirring it in with a stifi" 
 iron spoon, until it as as stifi" as you can well stir it, after which it 
 may be emptied from the pan, upon a floi»r-dusted Bread-board, or 
 table, and kneaded to the proper consistence. Now place it in the 
 Bread-pan and cover with a cloth, letting it stand until light, when it 
 should be molded into loaves, kneading in only so much more flour 
 as will enable it to be handled without sticking. If it is left rather 
 soft, the Bread will be lighter, and keep moister. About 1 hour 
 will bake it if the stove is in good condition, and the fire, or heat 
 as it should be to bake properly. This plan has also proved very 
 satisfactory with us. 
 
 8. Another.— The following plan of making Bread is from a 
 neighbor lady, Mrs. L. L. Trauger, wife of a man who has acted 
 as an agent in selling books for me for several years, so you may place 
 implicit confidence in the receipt, and besides this, it gives a plan 
 for making yeast, which will accommodate those who live where 
 bakers', or brewers' yeast can not be obtained. In 4 years' use of 
 it they have not had a failure in obtaining good Bread, I think, 
 therefore, that she is the "careful hand" that Mrs. Call says is 
 necessary to insure good Bread. The yeast is made as follows: 
 
•lO'S DR. CHAJSJIS 
 
 9. Hop-Yeast— Improved.— To make tlie Yeast, first wash, 
 peel and slice up what will make IV pts. of potatoes; tie up in a 
 cloth, a good single handful of hops, and boil the hops and sliced 
 potatoes together. Take out the hops and squeeze out all the water 
 from then), then drain oft' tJie water, for use, and mash the pota- 
 toes again with the water in which tlK-.y were boiled. Take 3 
 heaping table-spoonfuls of flour, and poiir upon it 3 qts. of boilin"-- 
 hot water, as for making starch. Now add 1 cupful of sugar; f Sf 
 a cupful of salt; 1 table-spoonful of ground ginger, and stir well 
 and mix with the potato-mixture; when only milk-warm, add 1 
 cupful of good brewers' yeast. Keep it warm until it is light- then 
 put It into a stone jar, and cover it well and pl:!ce in the cellar, so 
 It shall keep cool in Summer and not freeze in Wiiiter. 
 
 9)" ^"^"'^ iiiiide a yeast so nearly similar to tl-.is, while we were in 
 the Hotel, at 8aiik Rapids, Minn., which worked with such entire 
 satisfaction, that we know this may be depended upon. 
 
 10. To niake the Bread, proceed as follows: For 7 small loaves 
 take about tf of a common milk pan of sour milk (it will be iii.st a.s 
 good, even if it has thickened, or what is called "lobbed"), scald it 
 and pour off the whey to use in i)lace of water. When this is cooled 
 to "railk-warm," sift, and stir in the flour, and 1 cupful of the above 
 yeast, and let stand over night, as other risings. AVhen ready in the 
 morning, knead in the proper amount of sifted Hour to n'uike the 
 dough of the right consistence. Let stand in the pan to rise;, then 
 knead into loaves, and when properly risen again, bake. Mrs. Tranter 
 has made her Biead after this plan for4 years, withouta single failin-e 
 
 11. Boston Brown Bread.— Rye flour, 4 cups; wheat flour, 1 
 cup; corn meal, 2 cups; molasses, 1.} cup; salt, 2 tea-spoonfuls; cream 
 of tartar, 4 tea-spoonfuls; soda, 2 tea-spoonfuls; mix soft, with milk 
 or water if you have no milk. The sothi should be the last to stir in- 
 then put into a deep pan and steam 3 hours. Some persons may de- 
 sire a little more salt. 
 
 12. Graham Bread.— Graham flour, 5 cups, or sufik-ient to 
 make it of cake consistency; sour milk, 2 cups; molasses, ^ cup: sal- 
 eratiis and salt, of each, 1 tea-spoonful. Put the milk, molass(!s, and 
 sjilt into a pan; then inash the saleratus and dissolve it in a little of 
 tiie inilk, then stir it into the whole, and iinmediatelvstir in the flour. 
 Butter a 2 qt. pan and steam 2 hours. If von have no steamer, bake 
 in a ready oven. Dyspeptics will find this Bread, or the Biscuit, iuat 
 tlie thing; and it would be better for us all, if we ate more of it than 
 we do. 
 
 13. Graham Biscuit.— Proceed the same as for Bread, only it 
 will require enough more flour to make it stift' enough to rollout. 
 Butter the tin, and bake directly. 
 
 14. Indian Bread.— Butter-milk, 1 qt.; Indian meal, 4 cups; 
 wheat or rye flour, 2 cups; molasses, 1 cup; salt, 1 tea-spoonful; soda 
 or saleratus, 1 table-spoonful. Milk, molasses, and salt first mixed- 
 then the soda dissolved in a little of it, and mixed in; then the flour 
 ami lastly, the meal. Steam 3 liours, or bake 2 to 2.V hours. 
 
 _ 15. Biscuit.— As Biscuit so often take the place of Bread, I will 
 give the process of making them, in this connection. 
 
 Flour, 2 qts.; butter, the size of an egg, (of course, hen's egg), salt, 
 1 tea-si)oonful; baking powders, 2 tea-spoonfuls; baking soda, 1 tea- 
 spoonful; sour milk, suflicienU 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 153 
 
 Sift the flour and thoroughly, raix in the baking powder and the 
 salt, <lry; in warm weather work in the butter cold; but in cold 
 weather melt, and work in; mash the soda and put it into a cup and 
 put on sufficient of the milk to dissolve the soda, then pour it into 
 the flour anil mix, adding more milk until the flour is all wet up, 
 rather soft, as much so as you can roll out. Cut out, or mold, and 
 pUu'e in tins, and bake in a quick oven. Many persons claim that 
 sour milk, can not be used with baking powders; but we know it can 
 by using the soda, and makes a richer and nicer Biscuit. So they 
 may be made very nicely, also, without the baking powder, using the 
 soda and sour milk, and even sweet milk, or water does very well, 
 but either of them are to be used cold, especially so if baking pow- 
 der is used. INIost i^ersons eat hot Biscuit. I prefer mine the next 
 day after the baking — for taste, as well as for health's sake. 
 
 16. Bottle Yeast— Valuable for Families— Started "With- 
 out Yeast. — Flour, .} lb.; brown sugar, 2 ozs., or 2 a cupful; water, 
 1 gal.; salt, 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 Stir all together, and boil for 1 hour. Remove from the fire and 
 wheii cooled to milk-warmth, bottle and cork up tightly. In 24 
 hours it will be ready for use. It will be active, and may be used aa 
 other Yeast. This came from the chief baker to the "34th" New 
 York regiment during the war. He was formerly in service, as baker 
 to Lord Lyon. The sugar and the boiling establishes the Yeast, or 
 fermenting principle, and enables any one to have good Yeast when- 
 ever flour and sugar can be had, almost everywhere. It will often 
 throw out the corks unless jnit in very firmly, or are tied down. 
 
 IVFy family find better satisfaction in making Bread with this 
 Yeast, than by any plan of using hop or brewers' Yeast, as the Bread 
 is more like salt-risings Bread, whiter, more moist, and does not dry 
 up as fast as liop-yeast Bread. 
 
 They set the risings over night, using 3 or 4 good sized white 
 potatoes, nicely mashed and mixed in with the Yeast, setting it in the 
 cellar over night. In the morning they are generally ready to make 
 up the Bread, as in other plans, set to rise, then mold out and put in 
 pans, and when light bake as usual. 
 
 A Mrs. Hammond reports through Hearth and Home, her success 
 with Graham Bread, Gems, Brown Bread, and Parker-House Rolls, 
 (the Parker House is one of the best, if not Ihe Best Hotel in Boston), 
 whirh will be found of value to many persons, and by-the-way, per- 
 mit me to say that it would "pay" every farmer in our land to have 
 the Heartli and Home, or the American Agriculturist, of New York, as 
 a family adviser. Mrs. Hammond's remarks upon these Breads were 
 as follows: 
 
 "It was always a marvel to me how any one could relish Graham 
 Bread. But John was a dyspeptic, and truly believed 'bran Bread' 
 was the saving of his life; "yet he ate it as a holy father wears hair- 
 cloth, and goes to bed on a couch of spikes. I always sighed 'Poor 
 fellow!' when I saw him mumbling away at his dry slice, until after 
 a long course of experimenting we had sweet, nutritious Graham 
 Bread, which it was no gastronomic penance for either John or 
 myself to eat. Indeed, our breakfast-table is seldom without it, 
 either in the form of Gems or raised Biscuit. 
 
 "For this I sift the meal to lighten it, but use the bran, mixing it 
 thoroughly with the flour again. I know a housekeeper who gives 
 
154 DR. chase's 
 
 the bran to the horses! The object of buying Graham flour, with 
 this purpose in view, is not obvious. I have found no one who sifts 
 it, if intending to use the bran, but it certainly is much better sifted 
 and mixed together again. 
 
 17. "Graham Bread. — One quart of the meal, as prepared 
 above, a h cup of yeast, and a little salt. Mix with little more than a 
 pint of warm water. In Winter, inilk or part milk may be used. 
 In the morning add flour, but not enough to allow it to be kneaded. 
 If Biscuit are required, take a piece of the dough, flouring it and the 
 hands, and work it lightly into little round Biscuits. Fill a pan, 
 crowding the Biscuit a little. Leave it 1 hour in a warm place. 
 Bake in a hot oven. If a loaf is preferred, pour into a pan after the 
 flour has been added and thoroughly stirred in. Raise 1 hour before 
 baking. I have seen it suggested somewhere that the bran, ferment- 
 ing sooner than the flour, and before the sponge is raised enough, is 
 the cause of the usual sourness of this Bread; that adding the bran 
 when the sponge was nearly or quite light enough, would obviate 
 this. I would like to know if any one has any practical knowledge of 
 this method. My own judgment is that the molasses, considered 
 essential, causes the acidity, and I do not use it. 
 
 18. "Gheras. — To make this simple but nutritious and palatable 
 form of Bread, one requires a cluster of little iron patty-pans, with 
 which some readers are familiar, but more are not. They are found 
 now, I think, in all large places, and if not, can be readily cast at any 
 foundry. The pan at hand, make a thick batter of Graham meal, a 
 little salt and warm water, giving it a thorough stirring and beating. 
 The consistency of the batter is not so important an item as that the 
 Gem-pans should be heated just right when the batter is put in. It 
 should not scorch, but it should sizzle. Heat the pans, as the Gems 
 will be lighter and less crusty. Bake in a hot oven. When they will 
 slip out of the pan they are done. They are quite as nice warmed in 
 the oven when a day or two old as when just baked. They can be 
 made with milk and 1 egg to about a quart of the flour, but they have 
 not the pure wheaten flavor of the water Gems. 
 
 " If the following directions are closely observed, the housewife 
 will have Brown Bread unequaled, save by the famous 'Boston 
 Brown Bread,' see No. 10, above, and not surpassed by that. 
 
 19. " Bro"wn Bread. — Prepare the meal like the Graham ; sift, 
 but turn back the bran and use it. 
 
 "Two and a half cups of Indian meal; 1^ of rye— both measured 
 after being sifted; i cup of molasses; 1 cup thick sour milk; 2 cups 
 sweet milk; 1 tea-spoonful of soda. A cup of sweet milk and 2 tea- 
 spoonfuls of cream tartar can be used instead of the sour milk, with 
 equal success. Pour this batter into a 3 pt. pail, or any vessel of 
 about that size which can be covered tightly. Place it in a kettle 
 containing boiling water enough to come half-way up the sides of the 
 pail. Cover the kettle and keep it boiling oh hours. Set the Bread 
 in the oven 15 minutes, to dry off. Water miist be kept boiling, with 
 which to fill up the kettle as it boils away. It must be watched 
 closely, but when it is done the cook will be well repaid for her 
 trouble. Cut the slices round the loaf, and if you have a healthy 
 stomach, eat the Bread while it is warm. 
 
 "As a finale, I will give a receipt for the most delicious achieve- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 155 
 
 meut I have yet found in the way of Bread. This must be made in 
 the morning. 
 
 20. "Parker-House Rolls. — One quart of flour. Make a weW 
 in the center, heaping the flour high as possible about it. Pour in a 
 ^ cup of yeast. Warm ^ pint of milk, with a tea-spoonful of white 
 sugar, a lump of butter half the size of an egg, and a little salt. 
 Stir it in gently with the yeast, preventing it, if possible, from run- 
 ning over the flour. Place it in a warm room, but not a very warm 
 place. At noon, mix it and knead tlioroughly. Possibly a little 
 more flour may be required. Let this sponge rise until an hour 
 before you desire to bake the Rolls. Work it over again ; roll it out 
 half an inch thick ; cut it into strips about 4 inches wide, and per- 
 haps 6 long. With the hands, roll the two short sides towards one 
 another until the two rolls meet; pinch up the ends into the usual 
 form of Rolls; rub melted butter over the top, to give them a rich 
 brown when baked. Place them in the baking-pan so they will not 
 touch. Allow them to stand an hour, then bake in a quick oven. 
 
 "None of the above receipts are theoretical only; I have tested 
 them thoroughly, and she who may use them as a guide will surely 
 have a variety of nice, healthful Bread." 
 
 21. Corn Bread— Prize Receipt. — Orange Judd, who publishes 
 both the American Agriculturist and the Hearth and Home, is a very 
 enterprising and energetic man, and has always sought to give his 
 readers of eitlier of those journals, the most practical information 
 upon all subjects in agriculture, and domestic economy; hence, he 
 offered a Prize of §10 for the best loaf of Corn Bread. It was awarded 
 to Mrs. James O'Brien, of Cassick, Pa. The Receipt for making this 
 Bread is as follows: To 2 qts. of meal, add 1 pt. of Bread sponge; 
 water, suflicient to wet the wliole; add \ pt. of flour, and a table- 
 spoonful of salt; let it rise; then knead well for the second time, and 
 place the dough in the oven, and allow it to bake \l hours. 
 
 1. BREWING. — Brewing is the act of making Ale, Porter, or 
 Strong Beer, called Brewing;' and although in a Receipt Book, which 
 embraces such a variety of subjects, it would not be expected that a 
 full description of a first-class Brewery should be given. And it is 
 not necssary, for persons who design to go into Brewing for a life-husi- 
 ness, are expected ^irsi to learn the trade, as it is called, and secondly, 
 to obtain and study the best works which are devoted entirely to this 
 branch of industry, but it will not-be amiss to give a description of 
 such utensils, or articles used in Breweries, that must be obtained by 
 families which desire to make domestic Ale or Beer for 'home use, to 
 supply the place of those used bj^ large establishments. 
 
 First. — A large copper-boiler capable of liolding as much Beer, or 
 Ale as is intended to be made at one time, as the vorts (the extract of 
 malt used in Brewing), have to be boiled with the hops. Iron will 
 answer, and if, for family use, a kettle has to be purchased, I should 
 have one made of light-boiler iron, rivited together, capable of hold- 
 ing either 60 or 130 gals, according to the amount to be made at one 
 time: for this Avould do well for boiling vegetables for purposes of 
 feeding cattle, hogs, etc., when not in use for Brewing, and no danger 
 of breaking as with the cast cauldrons, although they will answer the 
 purpose. 
 
 Second.— A mash -tub, or mash -tun will be needed. In Breweries, 
 the mashing, or stirring, is done by machinery; but for family use 
 
156 DR. chase's 
 
 the mashing, or stirring of the malt, when the scalding water is put 
 npon it, can be done satisfactorily by hand, having an oar-like pad- 
 dle 3 or 4 feet in lengLh, for that purpose. The mash-tub should havo 
 a faucet, or plug c\o:-:e to the bottom for drawing off the worts. Also a 
 perforated false bottom. The false bottom should be loo.^e to allow 
 its being taken out for the purpose of scrubbing, or washing, as all 
 articles used in Brewing must be kept perfectly clean. Any mechanic 
 capable of making these articles will have seen sufficient of them to 
 know how to get tliem up, if you give liim the amount of malt to hi 
 used in a Brewing. 
 
 Third. — Shallow coolers, to cool the worts, 628, in large amounts, 
 and 65" in small, is about the proper temperature. By stirring often, 
 however, this cooling can be done in a tub or tubs, or a barrel sawed 
 in lialves, unless you desire to Brew large amounts at one time. 
 
 Fourth. — Large dippers for bailing, unless the boiler is furnished 
 with a faucet at the bottom for running oft' the worts; but buckets 
 and common dippers will do for family Brewing; and casks, of course, 
 to hold the Beer or Ale. A tunnel-tub, or pail (a pail with a tube in 
 the bottom) of a suitable size to go into the bung of the casks, for 
 filling. But, on the small scale, a common tin tunnel, or funnel, will 
 answer every purpose. 
 
 Fifth. — A hop-strainer, or coarse seive, and a thermometer, will 
 complete the apparatus necessary to provide for the Brewing. The 
 thermometer is an absolute necessity, as the water must be of a cer- 
 tain heat for mashing, and the worts of a certain degree of heat to 
 start the fermentation aright. 
 
 If these articles are jn'operly made they will last a life time with 
 proper care. With these articles all on hand, (or such as you design 
 to use in their place), and perfectly clean, by washing — scrubbing 
 with a broom — and clean boiling water, as the case may demand, the 
 malt having been coarsely ground, and good hops provided at the 
 rate of 1 lb. for each bu. of malt to be Brewed, and yeast, you aro 
 ready to begin operations. 
 
 And now, as to amount, for families, probably the amount to be 
 made will oftener be 1 barrel, than more or less; and, hence for: 
 
 2. Grood Ale for Family Use. — For 1 barrel of ;>6 gals., take 3 
 bushels of good malt, coarsely ground; good hops, 3 lbs.; good yeast, 
 2qts. ; and good soft spring water, is best, and it will require about 
 80 to 100 gais. to be on hand, as this will also make an extra 10 gals, 
 of pretty good Strong Beer, if desired, especialy so, if about 2 lbs. of 
 sugar and \ lb. of extra hops are added to the worts of an extra 
 mashing. 
 
 Now bring to the boiling point, 35 to 40 gals, of the water; and 
 then withdraw the fire, and let it cool to 180" Fah., if to be run into 
 the mash-tub by faucet and spout; but if the water is to be dipped 
 out and put upon the malt, with buckets, it should not be less than 
 185", as the bucket, handling, pouring, etc., will loose more heat than 
 by the I'unning process; for we want the heat in the .rtrsi mashing to 
 be not below 170'' nor above 175" — 32 gals, of water is the right 
 amount to place in the tub; then put in the 3 busv of malt, 1 bn. 
 at a time, mashing (stirring) well. The whole to be stirred in within 
 20 minutes, at fartherest; then cover the tub and allow it to stand 
 about 3 hours to extract the strength of the malt. During this time 
 have the same amount more of water made hot, for the second mash. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 157 
 
 Now draw off the worts into a suitable tub (supposed to be about 
 22 gals.), and then put on some 34 gals, of water, for the second mash- 
 ing, at not less than 180*^ and stirring well for 10 or 15 minutes; then 
 cover up as before, for 2 hours. 
 
 The balance of the water in the boiler, if about 15 gals., will be 
 now hot, for the </urd, or Beer mashing; which is now to be drawn 
 off, to clear the boiler for receiving the frst worts, to give a place for 
 drawing off the aecond, which are to be added to the first, in the 
 boiler, reaching 52 to 55 gals.; then, renew the fire to bring these 
 worts to a boil, as soon as may be, and at once proceed with the mash 
 for what the Eiig[ish call " Table-Beer." 
 
 Tlie mixed worts are to be boiled for h an hour before the hops are 
 put in; then add the hops and continue the boiling for 1 hour longer; 
 which, if too much worts have not been drawn off, would reduce them 
 to about 3(), or 37 gals.; now withdraw the fire again and let the hops 
 steep for 2 an hour longer; then draw off, or dip oft", as the case may 
 be, and strain through the hop-strainer, to remove the hops; and 
 when cooled to 62° on the large scale, or 65° for the one-barrel plan, 
 add the yeasr, 2 qts.. and mix well together. And in from 30 to 36 
 hours the fermentation will, probably, have been sufficient for putting 
 into the cask; this will be known, however, by the sinking, or be- 
 ginning to sink, of what is called the head (yeasty foam on top of the 
 Beer). 
 
 The bung is to be left out of the cask to allow the yeast to work 
 over for a day or so, and the cask may be filled from time to time with 
 what remained, or with the Tahle-Beer. 
 
 The English people, at the sinking of the head, rather when it 
 begins to sink, throw over the surface, flour and salt, at the rate of 2 
 ozs. of flour and 1] ozs. of salt to each barrel of Ale, and stir in and 
 turn, or put in a cask at once. 
 
 After the Ale is filled into the cask, or barrel, or kegs, if such are 
 used, in place of a barrel, it will still work, or ferment a little more 
 and run over the bung, and it must be kept filled up every hour or 
 two, from what worts that were kept over for that purpose, until the 
 fermentation is over or until the yeast does not work out at the bung 
 any more, when it should be bunged up tight. 
 
 3. The Beer-"Wort, or that from the third mashing, after the 
 strong worts are out of the way, is boiled for an hour; then the hops 
 from the Ale, with the h lb. additional hops, and the 1 lb. of sugar, 
 will be added and boiled for 30 minutes longer. 
 
 4. Strong Beer— For Table, or Family Use. — A very good 
 Strong Beer is made by using 1 bu. of malt for 1 barrel of Beer, with 
 hops, i lb. ; or, for h barrel keg, 5 bu. malt, \ lb. of hops. 
 
 Water for first iinash at 172°— mash h hour, cover the mashing-Uib 
 and stand I hour, draw oft". For the second mash, water to be 180° — 
 mash 5 hour, cover and stand 2 hours; and boil 2 hours; putting in 
 the iiops at the middle of the boiling. When cooled to 72°, put in 
 the yeast; and in 24 hours put into the keg for cleansing; bung down 
 when the fermentation is not quite worked out. This should not be 
 made in quantities to last more than 2 or 3 weeks, as the strength of 
 malt and hops will not keep it longer. 
 
 5. It may not be amiss in this connection, to say that a very 
 good and palatable Strong Beer can be made of shorts and bran, which 
 has been found to keep better in Summer, even than that made from 
 
158 DR. chase's 
 
 malt alone. This is supposed to be accounted for from the fact of 
 there being less sucharine (sweet) matter than is found in the malts. 
 As some families may desire to have some kind of Beer, in sections 
 of the country where malt and Brewers' yeast are not procurable (as 
 yeast-cake dissolved in warm water, or family yeast can be used for 
 this, although it is not equal to the other, yet, it answers a passible 
 purpose). I will give the proportions, and directions, which are as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 For 1 barrel of Beer, 30 to 35 gals., take good shorts, 2 bu. ; good 
 wheat bran, 1 bu. ; hops, f lb. ; yeast, 1 pt. ; or, brewers, or family yeast 
 to equal it in strength, or to cause a moderate fermentation, good mus- 
 tard, li ozs.; sugar, 4 ozs. 
 
 Have the water for the first mashing at 150'', and put in a part of 
 the shorts, say 2 first, and mash well then half of the bran and mash 
 ^stir) well again; then the balance in the same way. Let the mash- 
 ing, or stirring be continued 20 to 30 minutes; and cover up and stand 
 2 hours, and draw off; and make the second mashing at 165", and 
 cover and stand 1 hour only before drawing off. 
 
 Boil the first drawing of worts for 1 hour with half of the hops; 
 and the second for 1^ hours, as it is weaker; with the balance of the 
 hops, mustard and sugar, which have been boiled down to thick color- 
 ing, by burning a little, then putting in a little hot water to prevent it 
 from hardening when cold. This is merely for coloring with a little 
 "twang" from the mustard, which can be omitted if chosen, or can 
 be used without the burning, if there is no desire to imitate Strong 
 Beer color. 
 
 6. Brewing Light Ales, or Table Beer. — A very simple and 
 a very satisfactory manner of Brewing Light Ales, or Table-Beer was 
 recently communicated by G. S. P., of Mass., in answer to J. A. R's 
 query. No. 9, page 138, vol. XXVI, of the Scientific American. He 
 says: 
 
 "Let him take an ordinary firkin, put in a false bottom, full of 
 holes, about 1 inch above the real bottom. Then lay a layer of clean 
 straw over the holes. Then put in 8 qts. of good malt, and pour on it 
 4 gals, of hot water; after that has leached through pour on 2 gals, 
 more of hot water, and after that 1 gal. of cold water; then boil the 
 liquid of the 3 teachings 3 minutes, adding 1 qt. of good molasses and 
 4 ozs. of good hops. Stir it well; then strain it in a clean tub and, 
 when about milk-warm, add 1 J pts. of good yeast. Stir it well and let 
 it stand until it rises and begins to fall, then skim off the yeast on top 
 and save it for a future Brewing. Bottle in strong bottles and set in a 
 dark place, and you will have an excellent table-beer. Lessen the quan- 
 tity of malt if yoa want a weaker Beer. This Beer has been highly 
 recommended by physicians for invalids." 
 
 It strikes nie, if to "lessen the quantity of malt" if you want a 
 weaker Beer," that "you" might increase the malt "if you want" a 
 stronger Beer, with the same success. 
 
 7. Brewer's Yeast— Substitute For. — Coarsely ground malt, 
 2 lbs.; brown sugar, 1 lb.; yeast, } pt. ; water, 1 gal. 
 
 Take half of the water and bring to a boil; then pour it upon half 
 of the malt meal, and stir well. Let it stand 3 hours, strain off and 
 add the sugar, stirring it until the sugar is all dissolved; then put into 
 a stout 2 gal. jug, cover over and let stand where it will keep warm for 
 12, or 15 hours, at which time, scald and stir the balance of the malt 
 
SECOND RECEII'T BOOK. 159 
 
 mo!il with the other hulf of the water, and strain off as at first, and 
 add to tliat in the jug, together with the yeast, remembering, how- 
 ever, that when the yeast is added the mixture must not be above 75° 
 Fah. Shake well iuid let the jug stand open 2 days; then cork for 
 use, and keep cool. The reason of using a large jug, is to avoid loss 
 by its fermenting over. This will be found verv satisfactory. 
 
 1. BRICKLAYING— Proverbial, but "Correct Method.— 
 In ancient times, before books were known, information was spread 
 among the people by pithy sayings, or Proverbs, and often in rhymes. 
 The following were in use in England, in the "middle ages," on the 
 subject of Bricklaying, and except the first one, they will be found to 
 contain as sound sense for to-day, as for "the olden time:" 
 
 1. " Consult the stars and rule the planets well. 
 Before you build a house, or sink a well." 
 
 3. " A castle wall, to he stout. 
 
 Must be full of mortar, and grout." 
 
 3. "Bricks are never well set, 
 
 Unless they are, first, well wet." 
 
 4.. " If you would make a wall stand, 
 Use good lime and clean sand." 
 
 Walls are very liable to crack, unless, as it is now called, the joints 
 are well "slushed," i. e., are well filled with mortar; and no mortar can 
 be made fit for use with sand having a mixture of loam, or other dirt 
 in it. 
 
 1. BUTTER MAKINGr— Keeping and Preparing for Mar- 
 ket, Establishing Butter Factories, etc. — "In order to make 
 good Butter, that will keep, it is absolutely necessary to have good, 
 sweet pasturage, with an abundance of the best grasses, and a plenti- 
 ful supply of fresh running water. And the pasture shoiild have suf- 
 ficient shade trees to accommodate all the cows in hot weather. The 
 covs^s should not be those that give the greatest flow of milk, but the 
 richest ; yielding a large supply of orange-colored cream, and they 
 should be salted, at least twice each week, which will keep them in a 
 healthy and thriving condition, ensuring the largest profit. They 
 should never be driven fast, to or from the pasture, and never worried 
 by boys, or dogs, which tends to heat the milk and cause delay in the 
 process of churning, that some persons lay to witchcraft — the witch is 
 over-heating the cow, milk, or cream, etc. 
 
 "Always be regular in the time of milking, and have the same 
 men milk the same cows, as far as possible, and to milk them as quickly 
 and as cleanly as possible, as the last is the richest in cream. A clean, 
 cool, airy and light room, the more light the better, avoiding the sun, is 
 the most suitable place to set the milk; and racksare better than shelves, 
 as the air can circulate freely around the pans, cooling the milk more 
 quickly and evenly. A house cellar is getting to be considered a very 
 poor place to set milk ; and the milk nor cream should ever be placed 
 on the floor, or bottom, impure gasses occupy that portion of a cellar, 
 and are absorbed into the milk and cream giving them a bitter taste, 
 and consequently a poor Butter. 
 
 "Milk should never be disturbed after setting away until ready 
 for skimming; and this should be done as soon as possible after the 
 cream has risen, and always before the milk has curdled; and it is be- 
 lieved that more is lost than gained bv letting it set over 24 hours. 
 
160 DR. chase's 
 
 Keep the cream in stone jars, in a cool place in Summer, and in a 
 moderately warm place in Winter, and sprinkle a little salt on the 
 bottom of the jar; and always stir the cream from the bottom every 
 time additional cream is skimmed in ; and, further, never churn in 
 less than 12 hours after the last skimming, and as soon thereafter as 
 possible. 
 
 "The Butter should be worked in cold water and changed two or 
 three times, or until there is no coloring of milk about the water; then 
 press and work out all the water from among the Butter, and salt with 
 only I oz. of the best dairy salt to 1 lb. of the Butter; and the salt 
 must be worked evenly through the whole mass." 
 
 Mr. A. D. Burt, who has taken several premiums in the New York 
 State Fairs on his Butter, from whom the above has been condensed, 
 not leaving out anything, however, that is at all essential, as reported 
 through the New York Rural, says further, in regard to salting Butter: 
 "I differ much with many of our Butter- makers in the quantity of 
 Bait, but I have taken the first premium at our County Fair, in tlve 
 Fall, on June-made Baiter that xoas salted ivith half an ounce only, to each 
 poiuid, and packed immediately, without a second working, and that 
 Butter, when 13 months old, was just as sweet as when packed." 
 
 Always pack your Butter directly after the first working, as it 
 tends to make it streake<l to work it the second time; for, when cold 
 and hard it is difficult to work it uniformly. For liome use it may be 
 packed in jars; but, for the market, in the best oak firkins, which 
 must be first soaked in cold water, then scalded and steamed by pour- 
 ing boiling water into them, and covering for 20 to 30 minutes to keep 
 the steam in. Then pour off and rub the firkin thoroughly with salt 
 or soda, wiping out the surplus, and give it a slight rinse, and when 
 cool, it is ready to receive the Butter. And when the firkin, or jar, is 
 full, cover with good sweet brine, to keep out the air, and it is ready 
 for the market, or for keeping. 
 
 2. Butter to Preserve— Two Months even Without Salt- 
 ing, and to Prepare for Market. — A patent was taken out in Lou- 
 don for the following method of preserving Butter: 
 
 The Butter is first well beaten, in the usual manner, after churn- 
 ing; then placed between linen cloths and submitted to severe pres- 
 sure, for removing whey and water. It is now completely enveloped, 
 or covered with clean lohila paper, which has been coated, on both nides, 
 with a preparation of the white of eggs, in which 15 grs. of salt is 
 used, for each egg. This prepared paper is first dried; then, when 
 used, is to be heated before a fire, or with a hot iron (fire is undoubt- 
 edly the best), just before wrapping it around the Butter. In this 
 way Butter may be kept perfectly sweet, without salt, for two montJiS, if 
 placed in a cool cellar. 
 
 To the above, the Scientific American makes the following remarks, 
 with which I fullj"- agree: 
 
 "The submitting of Butter to pressure, as described, is a good plan, 
 and one which we recommend to all our farmers. They can easily 
 practice it with a small cheese-press." 
 
 Of course, this patent is all free in the United States, and I would 
 Buggest, in connection with this Receipt, that if farmers, or dairymen, 
 who make considerable Butter, will adopt this plan, with the addition 
 of salting properly, before the pressing is done; then wrapping tho 
 rolls in the cloth, prepared as above; then packing in barrels or boxes. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 161 
 
 for shipment to the cities, they would be able to get 10 to 20 cents 
 more on the pound, than is obtained for half the Butter that is sold; 
 and let me also say, that most of the Butter made and sold has en- 
 tirely too much salt in it. For salting Butter take the purest fine salt 
 you can get, 1 lb. with fine powdered sugar, 1 oz. for 16 lbs. of Butter, 
 intimately mixing the sugar and salt, and also the salt into the Butter, 
 80 there is no lumps of salt, nor any Butter that has not got its proper 
 portions of salt ; and if this Receipt alone does not many times pay 
 the expense of this Book to those who use it, I shall be most happy in 
 making it good to them. Let the grocer who sells it, put up his sign, 
 
 Dairyman 's Butter, putting a good price upon it, and, then let no 
 
 falling ofi" in care, ever occur, and a name will be established that will 
 cause most dairymen to soon increase the number of his cows. 
 
 Some of the Philadelphians have been considerably celebrated 
 for the excellence of their Butter; and notwithstanding they differ a 
 little as to the time inilk should set, etc., before being skimmed; yet, 
 I think as the Practical Farmer has taken the pains to investigate and 
 report their plan, it may be well to give it, as it contains some addi- 
 tional items of a practical character, on Butting-making. The editor 
 says: 
 
 "He finds that with the model dairyman, Butter-making is a matter 
 of business, and all the miniitie (smallest things) receive his personal at- 
 tention. The quality appears to depend on a number of very impor- 
 tant, though minute processes. Butter made from sweet cream will 
 not keep well, and until the milk sours, all the cream can not be ob- 
 tained, while, if left longer, rancidity (a strong, sour scent, as of old 
 oil) ensues. A small quantity of sour milk is, therefore, put into each 
 pan to hasten this process, unless the weather is such that the souring 
 of the milk takes place within the 36 hours, which is considered the 
 proper time for the milk to stand before being skimmed. The skim- 
 ming must be done at exactly the right time. The temperature, 62^", 
 is regulated by a thermometer. The cream vessels are kept in water 
 at a low temperature, and regularly, twice a day, are stirred thoroughly 
 with a wooden spatula. At churning time these cream pots are set 
 into a boiler of hot water, and stirred rapidly, with a stick, till the 
 temperature reaches 60", when they are immediately emptied into 
 the churn. See Cooling, or Warming Cream, below. When the But- 
 ter begins to break, a quantity of cold water is poured in, which tends 
 to harden it and cause a more thorough separation of the buttermilk. 
 This is then drawn off and more water thrown in, to wash out any 
 still remaining. After working and seasoning, the Butter is laid in 
 water, on a clean cloth for a coii})le of hours, when it is worked over 
 again, and finallj' prepared for market." 
 
 The following item from the Country Gentleman, not only corobo- 
 rates what has gone before, but also introduces some new thoughts in 
 avoiding odors, which, I think, are of sufficient importance to warrant 
 its insertion. It says: 
 
 3. Good Butter. — First. For making good butter, the first 
 thing is to have good sweet pasture, free from weeds or any growth 
 that will give a bad taste to the milk. Good upland grass is better 
 than coarse grass grown on wet places. Some dairymen think that 
 limed is better than unlimed land, but this is a matter of minor im- 
 portance. Others regard the practice of sowing plaster in Spring, and 
 repeating it early in Autumn, as tending to sweeten grass. 
 
 11— DR. CH.VSE's second EECEIPT BOOK. 
 
162 DR. chase's 
 
 Second. Good, well selected cow.s are the next requisite. 
 
 Third. Perfect cleanliness, from beginning to end, is indispensa- 
 ble — the most so, perhaps, of any one thing. No dirt or dust must 
 drop into the milk, for which reason the animals shoukl have a clean 
 place to lie on, and never be allowed to stand in mud or manure; ves- 
 sels all thoroughly washed — scalded whenever necessary to preserve 
 perfect sweetness — including pails, pans, pots, churns, workers and 
 tubs or firkins. They must first be washed with cold water; for if hot 
 water is used first, it will curdle the milk in the cracks or corners, and 
 prevent its washing out. 
 
 Fourth. A perfectly pure air is of great importance. Bad odors 
 will taint Butter. The dairy house should, therefore, be far away 
 from manure yards and everything else of the kind. Keep tobacco 
 smoke oti' the premises. 
 
 Fifth. Let the Butter be well worked, so as to press out all the 
 buttermilk. It is impossible to have a good article if this is not done. 
 Perhaps this is the most common cause of failure. If much milk is 
 left in, it soon ferments and makes rancid and worthless Butter. 
 
 Sixth. In laying down for Winter, use new firkins — never use 
 them a second time; and pots or jars must not be used, if they have 
 ever had bad Butter in them, or pickles or anything else that will 
 taint them— the taint can never be wholly removed. 
 
 Seventh. The best dairy salt is important. Butter in hot 
 weather must be covered and excluded from the air with saturated 
 brine (brine as strong as salt will make it). 
 
 4. Cooling, or "Warming Cream in Butter Making.— As it 
 has been found that churning can be done quicker and easier, if the 
 cream or milk is at about 62'' or 63" Fah., a very easy plan to accom- 
 plish this is to have a tin tube about 3 or 4 inches in diameter, and 18 
 inches to 2 ft. in length, with a handle at the upper, or open end; 
 then in Summer, to cool it, fill with ice and pass it around in the 
 cream until the right degree is obtained; and, in Winter, fill with Jiot 
 water, for the same purpose. The plan of putting hot, or cold water 
 into the churn for this purpose, is not good. I think this plan was 
 first reported through the Hearth and Home. 
 
 5. " Establishing a Butter Factory. — D. E. Brower, of Bucks 
 County, Pa., writes: 'The Farmers' Club of Doylestown, have request- 
 ed me to report on the propriety of establishing a Butter Factory. We 
 want facts bearing on the question.' Edward Norton, Esq., of Farm- 
 ington. Conn., — who has recently given consideraljle attention to the 
 subject — to whom we referred the matter, has favored us with the fol- 
 lowing: 
 
 "The /ads in regard to Butter Factories are simply as follows: 
 There arenow from 1,000 to 1,200 Butter and Cheese Factories in New 
 York ytate, of which at least half make someButter, and several hun- 
 dred make onhj Butter and skim-milk Cheese. The profit depends on : 
 
 First. The price received for the Butter and Cheese. 
 
 Second. The kind of skilled labor employed, and the conven 
 iences for business. 
 
 Third. The amount of milk furnished to the Factory, or, in other 
 words, the proportion of the expenses to the receipts from the sale of 
 Butter. 
 
 Fourth. The Butter will always bring from 5 to 10 cents a lb. 
 more than the a.verage of dairy Butter, on account of its uniformity, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 163 
 
 being made daily, and whole firkins packed at once. If the best But- 
 ter-makers are employed, it will bring from 10 to 20 cents above aver- 
 age, and steadily liold its price. 
 
 Fifth. So much skimmed Cheese is now made that the price 
 varies from 4 to 12 cents per lb., according to quality. Hence, 
 
 Sixth. A good Cheese-maker is necessary. For the Butter should 
 pay for the milk, and the Cheese pay all expenses. But in this, as all 
 other things, skilled labor is costly, for a good workman is always in 
 demand. Wages now vary from $.500 to $1,000 a season. 
 
 " The Factory will cost from $2,000 to $4,000. The simplest way of 
 finding a plan is to visit Orange, or Cortland County, New York, and 
 examine the Factories there. The prices of the requisite machineiy 
 may be learned of Gardner B. AVeeks, Syracuse, New York, Secretary 
 of the American Dairymen's Association, who will send a price-list. 
 
 " One vital necessity is a spring of cold water, sufficient to fill a 
 two-inch pipe at all seasons. 
 
 "To meet the necessary expenses, the milk of at least 300 cows is 
 needed. Otherwise, even with good prices, the dividends for milk 
 will be too small to satisfy the producers. 
 
 For example, if 109,000 quarts of milk earn 4 cents a quart, .... ^,000 
 Deduct expenses, 1,500 
 
 The producer receives 2)4 cents a quart, S2,500 
 
 300,000 quarts at 4 cents a quart, 12,000 
 
 Expenses, say, 2,000 
 
 The producer receives 3}-^ cents a quart S10,000 
 
 "And for every additional 100 cows, the expense of one laborer is 
 sufficient. In past years some Factories have netted 4 cents a qt. to 
 their patrons. Few probably did as well during the season of 1870. 
 In a new section the best mode of beginning is to organize a stock 
 company, the capitiil being taken by the farmers who send the milk 
 (the interest counting among the expenses). A Committee of Manage- 
 ment is then appointed, who choose the Superintendent, make sales, 
 etc." — Hearth and Home. 
 
 _ There is no doubt but what the idea of establishing Butter Fac- 
 tories is just as practical as that of Citeese F.vctories, which see. 
 
 6. Packing Butter— New and Successful Method.— Some 
 Michigan dairyman not long since reported his method of Packing 
 Butter. I am not positive as to what paper he first published it in, 
 nor of his name. The facts come to me through the Hearth and Home; 
 and, I think, it contains not only Common-Sense, but sound phi- 
 losophy, and will appear so reasonable to most Butter-makers that 
 they will adopt the plan. It is as follows: 
 
 He has oaken tubs, with heads at each end. They are 14 inches 
 in diameter at top, 9 inches at the bottom, and 16 inches high. In 
 packing, a cambric bag is made to fit the tub. The Butter is packed 
 in the tub as it stands on the small end — the sack being long enough 
 to extend above the edges of the tub— and is pressed down firmly un- 
 til within an inch and a lialf of the to]), when a circular cloth is laid 
 over it, the edges of the sack turned down over that, and a layer of 
 fine salt placed on it. The head is now put in its place, the tub turned 
 up, and the Butter in the sack, of coui-se, falling down to the bottom, 
 leaves a space all around it which is filled with brine poured through 
 
164 DR. chase's 
 
 a hole in the small end. When full the hole is corked up tight. The 
 Butter floats in the brine and is effectually preserved from the air, and 
 will keep for an almost indefinite period. 
 
 7. Butter Preserved Sweet for Seventeen Years. — It is re- 
 ported that a crock of Butter has been taken from a steamboat wreck 
 which had lain under water and sand for 17 j'ears; and that it was 
 found good and sweet, as the day it was made. 
 
 The suggestion would be to sink Butter in a cistern, well, or 
 sprins;, to use when needed. 
 
 BURNING OUT STUMPS.— In the North-west they have 
 adopted a new method of getting rid of Stumps. In the Fall they 
 bore 1 inch, or 1\ inch hole, according to its size, into the middle of 
 the Stump, 18 inches deep, and put into it from 1 oz. to IJ ozs. of salt- 
 peter, fill the hole with water and ping it up. In the Spring they take 
 out the plug, and put into the hole from i a gill to 1 gill of kerosene, 
 and ignite it. It will go on Burning without any blaze,until the Stump, 
 "root and branch" are consumed. 
 
 I have not had a Winter to test this since seeing the announce- 
 ment, but it can be easily and cheaply tested by those who have the 
 Stumps, which are not too old, to trv it ujion. 
 
 BROWNING- IRON AND STEEL— Without Heat.— The 
 Moniteur des Interets Materiels publishes the following Eeceipt for 
 giving a Brown color to the surface of polished Iron or Steel: 
 
 Mix 4 parts of water by weight; 1 part of gallic acid; 2 parts of 
 chloride of iron; 2 parts of chloride of antimony. The chloride pf 
 antimony (butter of antimony) should contain the least possible acid 
 in excess. 
 
 Dip a sponge in the mixture and rub the metal to be colored. By 
 repeating the process the color can be deepened at will. \y'ash thor- 
 oughly with water, and when the surface is dry, cover it with a light 
 coating of boiled linseed oil. See Gun Barrels, to Brown. 
 
 1. CANCER. ^Cancer is characterized, or known as a hardened 
 lump, or knotty tumor, and the treatment of Cancer is about as knotty 
 a subject for the |)rofession, as the Cancer itself; and unless the treat- 
 ment begins in the early stages of the disease there is but little hopes 
 of cure, er-^pecially when the large glands, like the female breast are 
 attacked; and when attacking the womb or ^ther internal organs, 
 there is but little hopes of a successful termination. 
 
 There is also an encephaloid, or medullary (brain-like, or marrow- 
 like) Cancer, a case of which was brought before the class, at the Eclec- 
 tic Medical Institute, of which I was a member in the Winter of '57-8. 
 The patient was a boy about 10 years old, and the Cancer began upon 
 the point of the shoulder, but had grown to the height of the top of 
 the head, crowding it over considerably, and extended down the arm 
 to near the elbow; and as well as I can now remember, I should think 
 if it had been separated from the patient would have weighed 25 lbs. 
 It had an open sore, not large, but red and irritable, bleeding upon the 
 slightest touch of any thing rough, or that would press much upon it. 
 Nothing was being done for it, only to keep the general constitution 
 in the best possible condition. If I remember correctly it had been 
 growing some 3 or 4 years. I hope never to see another. 
 
 Cause.— Some believe that Cancer is caused by a blow; but, I 
 think the majority of our most learned physicians, and writers, 
 believe it to arise from constitutional changes, and the deoosit of a 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 165 
 
 Cancerous matter, similar to the deposit of tubercular matter in the 
 lungs, constituting consumption. It occurs more often with women, 
 than men, and more frequently with the lirst, about the period 
 known as the "change of life," more persons having the disease com- 
 mence between 40 and 50 years of age, than at any other period of 
 life; very few cases are reported to have commenced before 20, and 
 there a few also reported to have began after 80. When situated in 
 the breast, there is, sometimes, gnarled or knotty branches that seem 
 to spread out from the hard body of the tumor, which has given the 
 name of Cancer (crab) from what is now more generally called 
 " roots," like the legs of a crab. 
 
 Sjanptoms.^Cancer of the breast generally begins in the form 
 of a cake, or hardening tumor, being much Jtarder than the ordinary 
 inflamed, or ulcerating breast, occurring at child-birth, and when pain 
 attends them, or begins, it will be of a sharp and lancinating charac- 
 ter. When it becomes an open sore, the edges will be very irregular, 
 also the surface will manifest the same irregularity, prominences, and 
 depressions, attended quite often with hemorrhage, or l)leeding, and 
 with a burning and sharp pain, from time to time. The edge of the 
 ulcer may turn out or in; and the discharge will be of a very offen- 
 sive and excoriating, or corrosive nature. When it occurs on the face 
 or other external surface, it is most generally rough, scaly, and, after 
 a little, will itch considerably, and finally become painful, but may 
 not make trouble, or cause much pain for years. But Cancer of the 
 breast, or womb, stomach, etc., generally comes to a more speedy 
 termination, and especially so if these are excised (cut out). 
 
 Treatment.— Dr. Allen, of Middlebury, Vt., reports the case of a 
 lady about 100 years old, who died from other disease, who had had 
 an open Cancer of the breast for over 30 years ; but it is not common, 
 even with those of a less age — a very few years, generally closes the 
 scene. It is one of the most loathesome and destructive diseases that 
 we have; and one, with which the least satisfactory results are 
 obtained ; and especially so of those attacking any of the internal 
 organs, and frequently so with the breast, as the axilla (arm-pit) is 
 often complicated, by its glands, with the disease, the patient being 
 literally destroyed by a slow and corroding, or eating poison, with but 
 little amelioration from medicines. As to exterpation, with the 
 knife, the almost universal testimony is against it, so far as any hope 
 is concerned of removing the entire disease. Dr. Monro, of England, 
 says, that of "about 60 cases" which he was present, at the cutting 
 out, only four remained free of the disease at the end of two years, 
 and he observes that in the cases of relapse, the disease was always 
 more violent, and made quicker progress, than in those who allowed 
 no operation to be performed. The reason why the whole disease 
 can not be readily removed is, that Cancer does not have any invest- 
 ing (covering) membrane, like other tumors, but it, as before 
 remarked, spreads out its legs into the surrounding tissues, and, con- 
 sequently, the surrounding tissues also run into the Cancer, leaving 
 no dividing line ; and, consequently, when they do cut them out, 
 they often cut off hard fibrous bands, running into other parts, which 
 form new starting points for the disease— they can not, generally, be 
 entirely dissected out, if the disease has made any considerable pro- 
 gress. These being the facts in the case, what can be done to allevi- 
 ate or cure Cancer? I have assisted in curing 2 cases only, but it is 
 
166 DR. chase's 
 
 all that have come under my immediate notice. One was upon the 
 forehead, and the other upon the face. They were of the rough, or 
 scaly kind referred to above. The plan pursued, and the medicine 
 used was as follows: 
 
 2. Dr. Hale's Cancer Remedy. — Arsenic, rochelle salts, white 
 vitriol, and sulphur, of each, equal parts, say, 1 dr. 
 
 Rub all down to a fine jiowder and mix to a salve with yolk of 
 eggs, to the consistence of cake-batter. Place it in a clean earthen 
 dish, and bake it, until dry and hard, like a well-baked cake. When 
 cold, pulverize it, and put in a vial and keep corked for use. In 
 applying take out enough, when made into salve again with yolk of 
 egg, to spread a plaster the size, or a little less than the size of the 
 Cancer, for it will have its eft'ect to the edge, causing a separation 
 from the healthy flesh, and this crack will go down to the depth of 
 the Cancer, as it kills it. And when killed, a]>ply an elm poultice 
 until the mass comes out. And if at any time the inflammation 
 caused by the Cancer plaster is too great to be borne, apply the elm 
 poultice until the inflammation is reduced, then apply the plaster 
 again, giving a mild cathartic also, if the poultice has to be applied 
 to reduce inflammation. The salve, or plaster must be kept on until 
 you are satisfied that the Cancer is all destroyed, or until you can dis- 
 cover that some root has penetrated in among the bones, past reach, 
 when the case becomes hopeless. In connection with, or rather 
 before is the correct plan, the application of the Cancer salve, let a 
 cathartic be given, and an alterative taken, beginning a week or two 
 before if it can be done, and follow up for several weeks, to correct 
 the general system. 
 
 In the 2 cases referred to, there was no difficulty in accomplish- 
 ing the undertaking, and one of the gentlemen is still living near 
 this city, and still well — the cure was done some 7 or 8 years since; 
 the other came from a distance, and I have never heard but what 
 that was equally satisfactory. Dr. Hale, who had charge of the cases, 
 was an old physician, of some 40 years' practice, before he died, and 
 while he practiced in this city, he was pleased to call me his especial 
 friend. I assisted him in difficult cases to the best of my ability, and 
 he gave me all of his prized prescriptions, to use during his life time, 
 and the privilege to publish, after his death. He died some 3 or 4 
 years ago, and I have now for the first time, made his receipt for Can- 
 cer known to the public. I am aware that there is a great prejudice 
 against the use of arsenic in Cancer, by many physicians, as well as 
 others; but with that prejudice I have nothing to do — the Cancer will 
 probably kill in a few years, at most, according to the violence of the 
 case, very soon, or a little farther off — if any one can do better, I 
 should be very glad— each one must judge for themselves. I shall 
 give the opinions of others, as well as my own, so that all may judge 
 understandingly. But for my own part I should not hesitate to use a 
 piece of "old nick himself," for a i)laster, if I could catch him, and 
 could be satisfied that there was sufficient virtue left in him to do the 
 least bit of good to the Cancer suff'erer. But M'hat ought to be done 
 in every instance is, on the ■yen/ /irs^ appearance of any swelling of 
 any part, or of the appearance of anj' scale or scabby spot upon the 
 Bkm, to begin the application, immediately, of a liniment, or discu- 
 tient salve or ointment to it; and at the same time to take a cathar- 
 tic, and other means, as an alterative tonic, to improve the general 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 167 
 
 health, then, if it is Cancer, it will be scattered and eliminated, 
 (carried) out of tlie system, at least for some considerable time; and 
 shoulii it again appear, repeat the course, and, if need be, continue it 
 longer, and thus save much sutfering and danger of being compelled 
 to resort to severer measures. This plan of immediate action in the 
 commencement of the disease is fully sustained by Dr. Beach, of New 
 York, who was one of the leading men in the opposition to the old 
 plan of bleeding, blistering, and mercury giving, and who attained to an 
 eminent reputation in the reformed practice. He says: 
 
 "When any gland has become enlarged, hardened, and shows a 
 tendency to be Cancerous, we should, from the earliest period, use our 
 utmost exertions to discuss (scatter), or at least to prevent its farther 
 enlargement. Applications of a discutient (scattering), and sedative 
 (allaying irritability and lessening pain), nature should be used luith- 
 out delay; and pressure, as lacing, etc., should be guarded against; 
 the bowels kept open with purgatives, from time to time; cooling diet, 
 and abstinence from all spirituous liquors, and other stimulants of 
 every kind. 
 
 "When the disease is in a state of tumor, let the following discu- 
 tient ointment be applied: 
 
 3. Beach's Cancer Discutient. — "Bark of the root of bitter- 
 sweet {solanum dulcamara), stramonium leaves [datura stramonium). 
 deadly night-shade (atropa belladona), yellow-dock root [rumex cris- 
 pus), pokeberry, or root (Phytolacca decandra), equal parts of each, 
 
 "Bruise the articles, cover with spirits, and simmer a few hours; 
 then add fresh butter (unsalted butter), sufficient when melted to 
 cover the whole; simmer moderately over embers until the strength 
 is extracted (until the leaves and roots are crisp); then strain and 
 cover in an earthen jar. Let the tumor be well bathed with this 
 ointment 3 or 4 times a day, before the fire, or any /(ca^ecZ substance 
 may be held a little distance from the part during the act of bathing. 
 After the tumor has been annointed, let a plaster be applied. Inspis- 
 sated (dried, or thick) juice of pokeberry is good; also cicuta, and 
 extract of hen-bane. 
 
 " Every-other-night, on going to bed, if there is any joain in the 
 tumor, steam with the following decoction : Take boneset, wormwood, 
 hoarhound, and hops; boil 2 or 3 hours in equal parts of vinegar and 
 water; throw the decoction and the herbs into a suitable vessel, to 
 which add a small quantity of soft soap; place the vessel underneath 
 the tumor, or i^arts affected, and let the steam be confined by a blan- 
 ket. Continue the application for 15 or 20 minutes each time, and if 
 it produces no perspiration, throw in a heated iron or brick. If the 
 tumor be in the breast, the articles may be put into a large bowl, and 
 placed directly under it. When the axilla (arm-pit) and arm are 
 swelled, let the steam be extended to these parts also. (My own 
 judgment would be to apply the herbs, not too wet, as a poultice, 
 especially if the tumor was in a place where the steam could not be 
 got very close to the parts, and even then, I believe the application 
 would be the better way). He continues: 
 
 "If the patient should suffer the most excruciating pain, this 
 treatment will mitigate (aleviate, or lessen) it, by eliminating (carry- 
 ing out) the Cancerous humors, removing the tension, swelling, and 
 inflammation connected with it, and rendering the parts more soft 
 
168 DR. chase's 
 
 and natural. During the use of these medicines the jiatient may 
 take the scrofulous sirup.f 
 
 Also give, in connection with this sirup, a pill made of the 
 extract of cicuta, containing 1 to 2 grs., twice daily; and, if no nausea 
 follows its use, to be gradually increased (I would sny, not above 3 
 grs.). The following may be tried: Take ydloic-dock root, 1 oz. ; com- 
 mon salt, 1 oz. ; and 1 pt. of best French brandy (substitute, now, for 
 that, alcohol of 76 per cent proof); keep the parts wet with it, instead 
 of the plaster. This is very discutient. A purgative should loe given 
 once, or twice a week. 
 
 "I wish," he says, " to impress on the mind of the person afflicted 
 with a Cancer of the breast, the importance and necessity of avoiding 
 the use of the knife and any corrosive plaster, especially before it ulcer- 
 ates, as both are sure to exasperate (make worse) the complaint, 
 which otherwise, if treated mildly, or even left to nature, might pro- 
 gress very slowly ; The knife and the plaster," he continues, " I have 
 found, by extensive experience and observation, to exasperate the dis- 
 ease, and hasten it on to a speedy and fatal termination, to say noth- 
 ing of the sufi'erings which they must occasion. If you do it, remem,' 
 her, it is at your peril; the opinion of quacks to the contrary, notwith- 
 standing." 
 
 Of course chloroform has since come in to relieve the pain of 
 cutting out, so that now a person can feel no pain, in cutting out, 
 against a painful and lingering sutfering, if they decide upon an eat- 
 ing, or destroying plaster. I saw an account of an English physician, 
 being 32 days in thus destroying, one, while as many minutes, or an 
 hour at most, with chloroform and the knife, would have taken it out; 
 then a day or two with a plaster would kill any remaining roots that 
 would have been reached, provided the plaster had been used from 
 the first. When all these things are known, then the persons afiiicted, 
 or their friends, must decide for themselves what plan to pursue. 
 
 Dr. Hale used the plaster given under his name No. 2, about 40 
 years, curing hundreds of patients; but, as a general thing, they were 
 of that class beginning in the skin — the scaly kind — and not of very 
 long standing. He gave me the history of a case upon the abdomen 
 of a lady, where she and her friends were very fearful that it would 
 eat through, but he assured them there was no danger, if there was, 
 he would stop the application; and the result was entirely satisfac- 
 tory. 
 
 But in case the discutient and corrective, or constitutional measures 
 above recommended should fail, which they sometimes will; to pre- 
 vent a continuance of the disease, and finally ulceration takes place ; 
 and the patient does not see fit to have the knife, nor plaster used, 
 means must be made use of to promote a discharge, and to keep down 
 excessive inflammation, then let them take cicuta leaves, if they can 
 be got, if not gimpson leaves and simmer them in soft water, until quite 
 soft, then thicken this mass with ground slippery elm bark, for a poul- 
 tice, once or twice daily, and continue to use such alterative and tonic 
 medicines as shall aid the constitution in resisting the disease. 
 
 Dr. Beach claims that if any caustic plaster is used, at all, that it 
 should be made by boiling the lye made from hichory ashes, to the 
 
 tNOTE. — Beach's scrofulous sirup was made from yellow-dock not, and bark of 
 the bitter-sweet root, of each, 2 lbs. to 6 qts. of sirup, made in tue usual way. I prefer 
 our alterative sirup. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK, 169 
 
 consistence of molasses or honey; to be spread, in a small quantity, 
 upon a piece of leather and apply to the part affected, and let it 
 remain until the pain produced by it subsides, or as long as the patient 
 can bear it ; then apply a poultice, daily. The effect is to cause a dis- 
 charge, by sloughing off of the ulcer, dimishing its surface. He claims 
 that instead of increasing the inflammation like other caustic plasters, 
 it absolutely diminishes it ; but I have had no experience with it, yet, 
 I find generally that his instructions can be followed with great hopes 
 of success. 
 
 In case of great fetor from an ulcer from Cancer, a yeast poultice, 
 may be applied, or a weak solution of chloride of lime, or a weak solu- 
 tion of carbolic acid ; and in cases of the womb, these weak solutions 
 may be injected for the same purpose. 
 
 There are many other corosive combinations which have obtain- 
 ed considerable reputation for curing Cancer, that is, to eat them out, 
 some of them painful, some claim to be " painless." Prof. King, of 
 Cincinnati, 0., in his celebrated work on " Chronic Diseases," which 
 ought to be in the hands of every physician, (what he has not said in 
 this large work, over 1600 pages, it is' not worth the while for any one, 
 at the present time to say, although the price, $15, will keep it out 
 of the hands of families), gives several of these formula, or Receipts, 
 but he does not "recommend them, nor vouch for their efficiency," 
 yet, I will condense, as much as I can, 2 or 3 of them that per- 
 sons may have a greater range of prescriptions, from which to select, 
 should they deem it best to try any one, foi their relief. 
 
 4. Brass Filings. — Apply by means of a ring of soft leather 
 stuck to the surface with white turpentine — the ring being a little 
 longer than the Cancer; then fill inside the ring with the filings, and 
 stick a piece of soft leather over the whole, with more of the turpen- 
 tine — the hole is to be just the size of the ulcer. Every day or two, 
 cleanse the ulcer with castile soap-suds, dry it and repeat the process, 
 as many times as needed, which "eats out" the Cancer with little or 
 no pain. The Prof, speaks of 20 cases, in which there appeared to be 
 permanent cures, by this plan. 
 
 5. Painless Cure for Cancer. — "Take of solution of persul- 
 phate of iron, and aqua ammonia, of each, 4 fl. ozs. ; soft water, h pt. ; 
 mix and allow it to stand until the precipitate is all settled ; then filter 
 through stri)ug muslin, and press it a little to remove as much water 
 as possible; and before the precipitate (the ])Owder that is left on the 
 cloth) has dried, add to it fresh lard to form an ointment. When 
 required for use, to 4 ozs. of this ointment add from 10 to 20 grs. of the 
 finely powdered arsenic, according to the size of the Cancer, or the 
 pain, etc., it produces, and rub thorougly together. A portion of this 
 ointment is to be applied daily, until the whole malignant growth is 
 reduced to a slough, and until a needle can be passed into it in various 
 parts, as far as to the healthy tissue, without causing pain or tender- 
 ness. The slough may be removed by slippery elm poultices. Heal 
 the simple ulcer left by frequently dressing it with solution of tannic 
 acid, and elm poultice containing some of the tannic acid, which heals 
 without granulation, and without leaving a cicatrix (scar); being care- 
 ful at each dressing to remove any 'roots' that may be seen on the 
 surface of the ulcer. If any malignancy (disposition to new Cancer) 
 is observed at any part, the ointment must be re-applied over it and 
 treated as before. Should an erysipelatious redness occur around the 
 
170 DR. chase's 
 
 Cancer, or should much pain be produced while using the ointment, 
 the quantity of arsenic must be reduced. If the Cancer is not open, 
 the skin may be removed with a cantharidal collodion (collodion 
 having cantharides in it) before applying the ointment." Tliis, Prof. 
 King says, "is stated to have efiected numerous cures of Cancer with- 
 out pain,iuid 'takingit out by the roots,' and 1 know," hecontinues, "of 
 several in whiirh apparently thorough cures were effected; but in 
 large, extensive, or lonstanding Cancerous ulcerations, it generally 
 fails. A cure by this method requires from 2 to (3 months, as the |)ro- 
 cess is a gradual one " (and, I should therefore judge, it being gradual 
 and painless if rightly managed, it would be oftener followed). 
 "Some persons who have built up a considerable reputation for cur- 
 ing Cancers, employ, in conjunction with this treatment, a solution 
 of potassio-tartrate of iron, or Fowler's solution of arsenic, internally." 
 This is 'undoubtedly the preparation of which so much has been 
 said, as being practiced in the larger cities, as the "painless Cancer 
 cure." 
 
 6. Red Oxide of iron, animal charcoal, of each, ] oz.; digitalis, 
 and sulphur, of each, •] oz. ; Canada balsam sufficient to form a thin 
 plaster. Spread a small quantity of this upon a linen cloth ; apply it 
 over the whole surface of the ulcer, and cover it with a common tar 
 plaster. Repeat daily, until the Cancer is destroyed — no pain follows 
 its use." 
 
 7. Recent maragold flowers and leaves, recent red clover flowcra 
 and leaves, blood root, and digitalis, of each in coarse powder, 2 oz.; 
 carbolic acid, 4 ozs. ; glycerine, 8 ozs, ; mix and allow to stand 14 days. 
 Apply some of this, on lint, to the Cancer every day. Said to be also 
 useful in lupus (an eati.ig Cancer of the skin, more often of the face, 
 from its eating like a wolf) and other cutaneous (skin) diseases." 
 
 8. Dr. Fell's Cancer Remedy. — Dr. Fell is an American gen- 
 tleman who went to London, if I am correctly informed, and obtained 
 the privilege of treating some cases of Cancer in the London Cancer 
 Hospital, wich he accomplished with very considerable success, with 
 the following remedy : 
 
 Chloride of zinc, o ozs.; finely-powdered blood root, 1 oz.; bay- 
 berry wax, 5 oz.; ex. of conium, and watery ex. of opium, of each, 3 
 drs. Mix together and form into an ointment (we are not informed 
 what he us-es with the mixture. Lard is generally used to form an 
 ointment, \mt \\h\te of egg, or gum water, we think, might be used). 
 Remove the skin with the cantharidal collodion ; and apply the oint- 
 ment to the raw tumor; when it forms an eschar (a dry slough, or 
 dead tumor, lump), cut lines, gashes, or furrows, in this dead mass 
 about half an inch apart, being careful not to injure the healthy tissue, 
 and then continue the application of the plaster. In connection with 
 this he alternates (one following the other), every 12 hours, with tho 
 following : 
 
 Glycerine, i oz.; spermaceti ointment, 4 ozs.; iodide of lead, 2 scru. 
 Mix, and form an ointment. Apply this over the ulcer every alter- 
 nate 12 hours. And in conjunction (associated) with these salves, he 
 gives internally, the following pill : 
 
 Pulverized blood-root, 2 scru.; ex. of cicuta, 4 scru.; iodide of arse- 
 nic, 4 grs. Mix, and make into 80 pills. 
 
 Dose. — One pill 3 times daily, after meals. 
 
 0. Prof. King informs us also, that carbolic acid has recently 
 
SBCOND RECEIPT BOOK. 171 
 
 been found to destroy Cancer cells (Cancer matter) under the micro- 
 scope ; and when applied to Cancer, that it is said to relieve pain 
 very much, destroy the fetor, and to bring about a healthy action. 
 (This is just what I should expect, from the very many uses to which 
 it has already been applied). It may be used with citric, or aectic 
 acids, or it may be applied to- Cancer, or other malignant growths, as 
 follows: 
 
 Carbolic acid 45 drops ; alcohol, J oz. ; soft water, 1 pt. ; — or car- 
 bolic acid, 1 part; pyroligneous acid of 8", 4 parts; soft water, 15 
 parts. Mix: 
 
 I have not given all of the notes of Prof. K. on the subject of 
 Cancer, only such as I have deemed applicable for general use. He 
 classes his notes on this subject in the following words: 
 
 "Perchloride of iron, used locally" (upon the Cancer) "and 
 internally, has been found very effectual in some cases of malignant 
 growths." 
 
 In closing my remarks upon this subject, I beg leave to again call 
 attention to the very great importance of immediate attention, even to 
 the slightest appearance of tumors, scaly appearances upon the skin, 
 and sore places that may occur, or come on upon any part of the sys- 
 tem. Begin to oppose it by the application, 3 or 4 times daily, of any 
 good liniment, and if that does not soon relieve, use a discutient oint- 
 ment, cathartic, and alterative tonics, bathing once or twice a week, all 
 to be done in such a manner as to improve the health and general 
 constitution; for, if "an ounce of preventive is worth a pound of cure," 
 in ordinary cases, it is worth double price against Caners. See Mis- 
 cellaneous Receipts for Cancer under C. 
 
 1. CANKER— Thrush, or Sore Mouth.— Canker is a disease 
 of the mucus membrane of the mouth, which may extend through 
 the whole alimentary canal, and if not attended to with proper treat- 
 ment in time, often becomes very troublesome. 
 
 Cause. — No positive knowledge as to its exact cause ; but 
 undoubtedly arises from a failure of the mucus membrane to throw 
 off, or excrete, some of the effete, or waste matter which it usually 
 does, retaining it in the membrane which causes a small ulcer; and 
 it maybe and probably, to a certain extent, is caused by a general 
 failure of the skin, kidneys, etc., to perform all of their respective 
 functions (particular work) in carrying off all of the waste, or worn- 
 out matter of tl\e jjjeneral system. 
 
 S3nnptoins.— The first symptom noticed will be little white 
 ulcers in the mouth, upon the tongue, etc., and finally uneasiness and 
 irritability of the stomach, with more or less burning or heat of the 
 same, according to the severity of the ca.se. The ulcer will be very 
 sore, and very painful if irritated by a bit of hard or rough food. 
 The skin will become dry, countenance pale, and cold surface, and 
 extremities; which to any one who will reflect, sufficiently indicates 
 (points out) the: 
 
 Treatment. — Give a gentle cathartic, bathe, or sponge the surface 
 once or twice a week, give some of the sweating medicines which shall 
 also excite the skin to action; and use a gargle of sage tea, gold-thread 
 tea, hyssop, sumac berries, etc., all in combination, or any one or two 
 of them, as can be got, with a little pulverized alum or borax, and 
 sweeten with honey; and if the sores get pretty bad, burn some alum, 
 then pulverize it and touch the sores with a bit of it upon a rag, or 
 
172 DR. chase's 
 
 by means of a small brush, or pencil such as the girls use to paint 
 their water colors with. Continue the general constitutional treat- 
 ment for a week or two, or longer as may be needed, giving light 
 nourishing diet, as bread and milk, thickened milk, bean soup, etc., 
 and there will be very seldom a case which this plan does not fully 
 relieve; but occasionally there will be one. I remeinber two of my 
 own brothers, while I was still young, who hud the difliculty continue 
 until the stomach and bowels were all implicated ; yet, I think, so far 
 as I can now remember, that but little constitutional treatment was 
 given them. They were cured, however, by taking a bit of tobacco 
 leaf from the old "twist-plug," about 2 inches square, or thereabout, 
 and putting it into a saucer of water, then gargling with it, and finally 
 swallowing a very small quantity of it, 2 or 3 times daily. It cured 
 the Canker, but it gave them a hanker, for tobacco. 
 
 2. Dr. Beach, informs us that during the revolutionary war, the 
 following gargle cured all cases of Canker and putrid sore mouth, which 
 was then very prevalent, and previously carried oQ' many persons : 
 
 White oak, and ivhite elm (not slippery elm) barks, bark of the 
 high blackberry root, and of the root of sumach, nanny-berry bark, 
 and sanicle, or black snake-root (black cohosh is sometimes called 
 black snake-root; but that is not what is meant, it is the [sanictda 
 Marilandica'] a small black root, growing in low wood-land thickets), 
 of each equal parts, bruise and boil, to make a strong tea or decoc- 
 tion ; then add a piece of alum, and sweeten with molasses (no w-a- 
 days we would say honey), bottle for use; gargle and wash the mouth 
 with it (and I shall say, swallow a little, each time). The complaint 
 may grow a little worse at first ; but it cured all. Dr. B. adds, it must 
 be excellent for all kinds of ulcers. 
 
 A tea of golden seal, geranium, and witch-hazel bark, together or 
 singly, with a little alum, are good as a gargle, and to swallow a little 
 of, if the disease has affected the throat and stomach. Restore the 
 general health, in this case, as in all others, as quick as possible. 
 
 1. CATHARTICS. — Cathartics are articles which act upon the 
 alimentary (aliment, food) canal, causing an extra amount of mucus,to 
 be poured into the different portions of the intestinal canal, and also 
 stimulate it, thus, to throw off, or evacuate all of the useless part 
 of the food. They are generally divided into 5 orders or classes, 
 in accordance with mildness, or severity of their action. The follow- 
 ing are among the niore commonly used in their various classes : 
 
 2. Laxatives.— Manna, cassia, prunes, honey, ripe fruits, olive 
 and almond oils. 
 
 3. Mild and Cooling- Cathartics. — Epsom salts, seidlitz pow- 
 ders, citrate of magnesia, sulphur, cream of tartar, magnesia, castor- 
 oil, etc. 
 
 4. Active Cathartics. — ^Rhubarb, sena, aloes, butternut, etc. 
 
 5. Cholagogue Cathartics. — This class, as its name indicates 
 (carrying oflFbile) work especially upon the liver, increasing the flow 
 of bile; among them, are the mandrake root, and podophyllin made 
 from it; Culvers physic, and leptandrin made from it. Calomel form- 
 erly occupied a position in this class; but it has died a natural death, 
 from old age, and the injuries he has committed upon the human 
 family, as acknowledged by its friends. See Calomel given up by its 
 
 FRIENDS. 
 
 6. Violent Cathartics.— As jalap, gamboge, scammony, croton- 
 
SECOKD RECEIPT BOOK. 178 
 
 oil, colocynth. elaterium, etc., which cause free watery evacuations, 
 acting with violence unless properly combined with stimulants and 
 aromatics. 
 
 For various purposes a combination of some from the various 
 classes makes a better Cathartic than to use them alone, the same is 
 the fact also with combinations of some in the same class. 
 
 7. Mild and Alterative Cathartics. — Sulphur, 1 oz. ; cream of 
 tartar, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 Dose. — One, or 2, to 4 tea-spoonfuls, according to the action desired, 
 or the purposes for which it is taken. As an alterative 1 to 2 tea- 
 spoonfuls, 3 mornings in succession ; then skipping 3, and so on, as long 
 as may be needed. As an active but mild Cathartic, 3 or 4 tea-spoon- 
 fuls may be taken at once, and repeated the next morning if it does 
 not operate. For a general Cathartic for children, from 2, or 3 years 
 to 10 or 12, and for feeble persons this is very valuable. 
 
 8. Neutralizing Cathartic Cordial.^Best rhubarb, and pure 
 carbonate of potassa (salts of tartar), of each, 1 oz.; golden seal, and 
 cinnamon, of each, ^ oz. ; pulverized sugar, 1 lb. ; best brandy, or 76 
 per cent alcohol, 1 qt. ; oil of peppermint, 20 drops. The rhubarb, 
 golden seal, and cinnamon must be ground, or pulverized, and half the 
 brandy, or alcohol, put upon them, and steep gently in a covered basin, 
 for 4 to 6 hours, making good with soft boiling water for the evapora- 
 tion (it is not expected to evaporate but little, if covered); then strain 
 and press gently, after which put on the balance of the spirits and 
 steep again for two hours, covered as before, and strain and press 
 again, then steep as before with water to fairly cover the grounds, 
 strain, press and mix the liquids; then add the potassa, sugar, and 
 peppermint oil, having put, however, a spoonful or two of the brandy, 
 or alcohol upon the oil before it was all used. This improvement 
 upon the original diarrhea Cordial was made by Dr. Hill, of Cincin- 
 nati, and furnished by him to Prof. King's American Dispensatory. 
 
 Dose — One table-spoonful, and repeat in 30 minutes, to 1 or 2, or 3 
 hours, according to the severity of symptoms. It is an exceedingly 
 valuable preparation in diarrhea, dysentery, cholera-morbus, cholera-in- 
 ^antum, in doses of 5- to 1 tea-si^oonful and it is also used in obstinate 
 constipation, acidity of the stomach, dyspepsia, piles, and as a laxa- 
 tive regulator in pregnane}'. In fiict, it is one of the best regulators of 
 the digestive organs and alimentary canal when they are irregular, 
 that we are possessed of. But, if there are any persons whose pecu- 
 liar constitutional conditions (as.- the Doctor would say, idiosyncrasy) 
 will not allow them to take spirits, it can be taken in powder. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful, to be repeated as for the Cordial; but, I do 
 not think its action is as good as in the liquid form. 
 
 9. Tonic Cathartic. — Best aloes, best rhubarb, and capsicum, 
 of each, \ oz.; white snake root {euptoriurn aromaticum), Yirginia snake 
 root {serpentaria), valerian root, canella alba bark, rasped quassia, of 
 each, .T oz. ; best rye whisky, 1 qt. All the articles are to be pulver- 
 ized and put into a bottle with the whisky, and shaken daily for a 
 week, when it will be fit fbr use. 
 
 Dose. — From 1 to 2 tea-ppoonfuls, according to the ease with which 
 Cathartics work on the patient,, 3 times daily, just before each meal, 
 until a good Cathiirtic action has taken place, after which, once a day, 
 if that will keep up a daily passage, if not twice daily, or, just suffi- 
 cient daily, to keep up a daily movement of the bowels. This is 
 
174 DH. chasb's 
 
 especially valuable in dyspepsia, or difficult digestion ; from which 
 those obstinate constipations generally arise, although in many cases 
 the person may not think they are dyspeptic. 
 
 Some people make great objections to the use of spirits of any 
 kind, in any way. This is jjist as unjust as it is to uphold it as a com- 
 mon beverage. Good spirits are a diffusable stimulant ; and the pecu- 
 liar arrangement of most of the roots and plants used in medicine do 
 not yield their important virtues to water alone. Alcohol of some 
 kind is necessary to extract their virtues, and it is also a great preserva- 
 tive against souring, etc., hence, I have no hesitation, although a good 
 templar,to use them as a medicine, and if any one uses my prescrip- 
 tions, just for the sake of the whisky, I should be perfectly willing 
 to pay for all they would drink in their medicinal combination; for I 
 always make them strong in the medicine, so that from a tea, to a 
 table-spoonful makes a dose, which will never, when so strongly tinc- 
 tured, excite, even an " old toper's," appetite for liquors. In connec- 
 tion with this Tonic Cathartic in dyspepsia, I also use the Aromatic 
 Tonic, which see. This Cathartic is as valuable for general purposes, 
 as it is in dyspepsia. 
 
 10. Oorapound Padophylin Pill — For the Liver. — Padophyl- 
 in, ^ dr.; ex. of leptandra (Culver's physic), 1 dr.; ex. of hyosciamus, 
 f dr.; ex. rhubarb, i dr.; cayenne, pulverized, i dr. Mix, thoroughly, 
 using a little gum mucilage, as needed, and divide into 60 pills. 
 
 Dose. — The dose will be from 1 to 3 pills, at bed time, to be 
 repeated the next night if they have not operated. This pill will be 
 found valuable in all liver difficulties, constipation, etc., and as a gen- 
 eral Cathartic. Experience has shown that the article of leptandrin, 
 from the manner of its preparation, does not possess the properties of 
 the root (leptandra), hence, the extract has been substituted in its 
 place. The hyosciamus is gently laxative, allays pain, soothes irrita- 
 bility, and with the cayenne, prevents griping, etc. In chronic con- 
 stipation, or liver derangement, 1 pill at night, continued until the 
 bowels have become regular, is a very good way to take these pills. 
 
 11. Anti-Bilious Pill. — As there are those persons who would 
 prefer a Cathartic after the plan of the old Anti-Bilious Pills. I have 
 thought it best to give one, as follows: 
 
 Best aloes, 5 drs. ; mandrake root, gamboge, colocynth, .and ex. of 
 gentian, of each, 1 dr.; capsicum, 2 drs.; castile soap, f dr.; oil of pep- 
 permint, 10 drops. 
 
 The soap is to be shaved fine and dried, and all of the articles to 
 be finely pulverized and sifted, or else the regular powdered articles 
 except the extract and oil, are to be used, now-days kept by druggists, 
 which must all be thoioughly mixed together and made in the usual 
 size — 3 gr. pills. 
 
 Dose. — From 2 to 6, although there are but few who will require 
 more than 4, and but few less than 3, to operate as a Cathartic. They 
 maybe used whenever a general Cathartic is required, by those who 
 prefer them to any other ijreparation; and by taking a large dose of 
 them, when a very active Cathartii; is needed, as in apoplexy, or other 
 head difficulties, a very thorough revulsive (withdrawing) action from 
 the brain. 
 
 Let it be remembered, by whoever shall gather mandrake root, 
 that only those plants which bear the fruit — " The May-Apple " — should 
 ever be used, because they are milder, that is, do not gripe like the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 176 
 
 male, or whole-steam kind. The bearing kind has a forked-stem, the 
 other runs np whole and has a top like an umbrella; the root of this 
 is harsli. 
 
 1. CHOLERA. — This disease, formerly known as Asiatic Chol- 
 era, has become so taniiliar in this country as to be distin<:!;uished by 
 the simple, yet terrible name — Cholera, lis lirst aj)pearance, in its ter- 
 ribly spasmodic and fatal character, was India, in 1817, — the year of 
 my birth. There liad, however, been some ravages in the English 
 army in Bengal, previous to this time; but by some it is believed to 
 have been by a disease more like our Cholera-Morbus. From 1817, it 
 made slow but steady progress Westward, extending in 1831 over near- 
 ly all Europe, reaching England as late in the year as October, and 
 America, in 1832, carrying oti' its vitims in Asia, by mii//ion.s-, and in 
 our country by thousands; who does not remember its terrible rava- 
 ges, and the terror preceding its approach? Notwithstanding the gen- 
 eral opinion that it originated in the filth of India, and that unclean- 
 ness in cities still liave mucli to do with its appearance, yet, in its 
 first visit here, every class of persons — old and young — rich and poor 
 — those living in viansions, as well as those in shanties, were alike sub- 
 ject to it. 
 
 Cause. — Notwithstanding the Cholera has paid us several visits 
 since 1832, and some of the most pliilosophic men of the age have 
 examined it in everj^ possible way, no positive conclusion has yet been 
 arrived at, as to its cause; but it is generally believed, however, to ',):• 
 contagious, yet upon this point there is also considerable disagree- 
 ment, however, there is a pretty general agreement in one thing, 
 that is, that the eating of such food as cucumbers, melons, cabbage, 
 unripe fruits, etc., as well as the use of intoxicating liquors, have a 
 great tendency to bring on the disease in the time of its prevalence, 
 and to bring on Cholera-morbus at almost any time, if not used 
 with proper care; and that exposures to cold, damp night air, and a 
 great fear that you will have the Cholera, are almost sure to bring it 
 on. I spent 6 weeks in Detroit, during Oct. and Nov. of 1832, while 
 the disease was raging there, without a fear, or a symptom of the dis- 
 ease. 
 
 Symptoms. — In some instances there has been a general warn- 
 ing given of its approach, by a derangement of the stomach, gas, or 
 wind in the bowels, fulness, or pain in the head, and other parts, con- 
 siderable thirst, and a tendency to diarrhea, sometimes only for a few 
 hours, and sometimes for a day, or two; and this has been general in 
 a community, but not always; and sometimes it comes with a crash — 
 carrying all before it; coming on with vomiting, purging, and cramps, 
 which usually begin in the legs, but soon reach the stomach and be- 
 come general, over the whole body; the tongue becoming pale, the 
 pulse feeble, breathing huiried, and the heart laboring with distress, 
 and the whole appearance manifesting great suffering; and finally 
 terrible thirst, as the excessive watery discharges have carried off the 
 watery, or more fluid parts of the blood; which, if no relief is give . 
 soon brings on the stage of cojllapse — great prostration, skin cold an ! 
 clammy, pulse scarcely ]>erceptible, eye sunken, and the face, hands, 
 and feet bec-ome dark colored as though the blood was becoming 
 clogged, which it undoubtedly is, by the draining off of its fluidity, by 
 the, now, involuntary discharges; and if the patient does not become 
 insensible from stu|)or, will crave more air, water, or ice. This stage 
 
176 DE. chasb's 
 
 may continue from an hour to a day, but very few ever recovering 
 from this terrible stage; almost the only hopes of benefit is by be- 
 ginning the treatment witli the beghming of the disease. 
 
 Treatment.— Alihough the general treatment of Cholera has 
 been very unsatisfactory, I believe it has been for the want of a com- 
 mon-sense consideration of the subject, and a common-sense prepara- 
 tion to meet it before its terrible pangs have made a lasting clutch 
 upon the system. In other words, as its tendency is to exhaust the 
 strength, and thereby ])roduce a coldness of surface, almost equal to 
 death itself, the first thing to do is to stimulate the internal as well as 
 the external surface; and, in time of Cholera, for each family, and 
 each individual who has come to the age of making their own calcula- 
 tion, to consider what they will do in case of an attack, and to have 
 on hand, always with them, what they have determined shall be used 
 in their own cases; then, when they realize that it is ujjon them, be- 
 gin at once, with the remedy, and but few cases will reach the stage of 
 collapse, whereas, heretofore, it has been the general result. To show 
 the reader that I speak understandingly about the neglect of attention 
 in the beginning of the disease, I will say that during the Cholera in 
 Cincinnati in 1849, there was a Cholera" hospital established there, 
 and in the report by the resident physician, J. H. Jordon, M. D., to the 
 Board of Health, at its close, he says that a large share of those who 
 died were brought to the hospital after they were in the stage of col- 
 lapse, many of them living less than an hour after their arrival. Let 
 me repeat then, make up your mind M^hat you will do if attacked 
 with the Cholera, in any time when it prevails, and be ready with the 
 remedy, on hand. If you do not wish to depend upon the remedies of 
 this Book, go to your physician and get a prescription, and instructions 
 from him how to do, and be readv to do it, if you hope for success. 
 
 Cholera being a disease that I have never had any i)ersonal prac- 
 tice in, except as an assistant in one sporadic (disease occurring in 
 a single) case, I shall depend upon those who have not only attended 
 to very many cases; but who also had the greatest success in its treat- 
 ment; and among them, I have no doubt, but what the name of Pro- 
 fessor T. V. Morrow stands pre-eminently high. He was one of the 
 early associates with Dr. Beach, in medical i-eform, and, for a long time, 
 a Professor in the Eclectic Medical Institute, of Cincinnati, and a very 
 successful practtitioner. So great was the confidence of Prof. Sher- 
 wood in the con-ectness of Morrow's plan of treatment of Cholera, 
 that after giving a sketch of his own plan, while lecturing before the 
 class, "I will now," he says, "present you with a synopsis of the 
 modes of treatment, recommended bj' certain practitioners, whose 
 extensive experience and eminent success in the management of this 
 dreadful malady, entitle their suggestions to much consideration." 
 
 "I will read first, extracts from a lecture delivered by the late 
 Prof^'^^"r Morrow, in this Institute, and published in the Eclectic 
 Medi'"/ .Invrnal, Vol. I., p. 277. as fdlldws: 
 
 "The treatment jmrsued in each individual case was regulated by 
 the condition of the patient at the time of being called. In a very 
 large majority of the cases that came under my notice the patients were 
 affected with diarrhea, great jirostration of strength, nausea and vom- 
 iting, with slight sjnisms. In the early })eriods of such cases, the 
 patient was directed to go to bed, if he, or she had not already done 
 80, and was directed to take freely of the: 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 177 
 
 2. "Cholera Cordial preparation, composed of equal parts 
 of rhubarb root pulverized, saleratus, and peppermint plant, powdered. 
 To i oz. of this mixture, boiling water, 1 pt. was added. After sim- 
 mering it for 2" an hour, it was well sweetened with white sugar, and 
 strained, and when nearly cold, 2 or 3 table-spoonfuls of French 
 brandy were added, and the patient was directed to take this Mwrm, 
 everij 15 or 20 minutes in doses of 2 table-spoonfuls, in connection with 
 the following: 
 
 3. " Tinctiire.— Made by adding 1 oz. each, of pulverized allspice, 
 cinnamon, cloves, gum guaiacum, and nutmeg, to 1 qt. of good French 
 brandy, in doses of from 2 tea-spoonfuls to 1 table-spoonful every 20 
 minutes, to an adult, placing immediately around the body of the 
 patient, liot bottles of water, hot bricks, or stones, and covering the 
 patient well, in bed, with a suitable quantity of warm clothing. This 
 course will soon produce a warm, copious perspiration, whi(^h should 
 be continuedfor 6, or 8 hours at least; and, if the case is a severe one, 
 a moderate moisture of the skin should be kept up a longer period. 
 
 "Tliis course usually puts a quietus (a final discharge, or acquittal) 
 on the nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea." (What more could be 
 asked)? 
 
 "This plan of management" he goes on to say, "is nearly posi- 
 tively certain of success, if properly carried out, in every case, in the 
 earlier stages of its progress" (you see it must not be put off. as I have 
 taken especial pains to point out), "and, as a general rule, there is but 
 little ditiiculty in carrying it into the desired extent of operation, in 
 fulfillment of the great indications for which it is intended." 
 
 What I deem to be just as good, yet a less troublesome way, for 
 family use would be to combine the two preparations, above given, as 
 follows: 
 
 4. Cholera Mixture. — Rhubarb root, peppermint plant, allspice, 
 cinnamon, cloves, nut meg and gum guaiacum, all pulverized, of each, 
 1 oz. ; brandy, 1 qt. ; soft water, 1 pt. ; saleratus 1^ ozs. ; sugar, 1 lb. 
 
 Put the roots, barks, plants, and gum into the brandy and shake 
 it daily for 2 weeks, strain and press out and bottle the mixture; then 
 add the water to the drugs and steep for an hour or two, and strain and 
 press out again and add to it the sugar and saleratus, and this to the 
 spirit mixture. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful every 15 or 20 minutes in a little hot water, 
 or hot spirits and water, as above, and all the other plans of hot bot- 
 tles of water, bricks, or stones, the same, as convenient ; but any one 
 choosing, can pursue the double, or two medicine plan, being careful 
 to give first a dose of one, then the other. 
 
 But to proceed, he says: "In those cases, however, which were 
 marked by strong spajsms, violent vomiting, and purging, from the com- 
 mencement, and which had not already passed into the stage of col- 
 lapse, or if this violent train of symptoms was present at the time of 
 seeing the patient, whether the attack commenced with them or not, 
 I usually commonced the treatment with an emetic of the following 
 compound:" 
 
 5. Cholera Emetic. — "The saturated (made as strong as can 
 be) acetous tincture of sanguinaria Canadensis (blood root); and of 
 lobelia intlata (lobelia), tinctured in the Kame manner (in vinegar;) 
 and of tne spirituous tincture of araliaspinosa (Southern prickly -ash), 
 equal parts of each, and give it in doses of from 1 to 2 table-spoonfuls, 
 
 12 — DE. chase's second receipt BOOK- 
 
178 DR. chase's 
 
 every 10 minutes, mixed in a little water, or hot tea, sweetened, till 
 the patient vomits freely 5 or 6 times. 
 
 "This, in all cases, seemed to exert a powerful controling 
 influence over the subsequent course of the symptoms of the numer- 
 ous cases in which it was used. Perspiration was much more readily 
 induced, and continued without the necessity of using a course of 
 measures so efficient as those first indicated, or rather under the same, 
 less vigorously applied." 
 
 6. Hunn's Life Drops For Cholera, etc. — This "preparation 
 composed of equal parts of the oil of peppermint, cloves, anise, and 
 cajeput," (say 1 oz. each) " with a quantity of alcohol, equal to one- 
 half of this mixture of the oils" (say 2k ozs.) "to cut them and allow 
 them to mix intimately, was found to possess a high degree of value 
 in the treatment of severe cases of Cholera. This, I understand, was 
 a favorite remedy in the treatment of this disease, in 1832, and was 
 extensively used by the late Dr. Anthony Hunn, a celebrated medi- 
 cal reformer, of Kentucky, and is still known by the name of ' Hunn's 
 Life Drops,' in some parts of the country. In several very severe cases, 
 this compound manifested great controling powers, in doses of from 1 
 tea-spoonful to 1 table-spoonful every 15 or 20 minutes, mixed with half 
 a glassful of hot brandy-sling. In one case in which the patient was 
 in a violent spasm in all of the flexor, muscles of the body, with the 
 thighs drawn up against the abdomen, and the legs against the 
 thighs, the neck and head forward against the breast, with a violent 
 state of contraction of the abdominal muscles, fwo tea-spoonfuls of this 
 compound were given with but little effect, but, this was followed, in 
 10 minutes by a table-spoonfed, which soon effected the desired relaxation, 
 and relieved the patient. The patient described che influence as very 
 powerful, and penetrating, even to the extremeties of his toes and 
 fingers. This powerful concentrated medical compound manifested 
 very superior powers in those cases in which the patient was rapidly 
 approaching the state of collapse, or even in the earlier periods of that 
 stage, accompanied at the same time with obstinate (continued nausea) 
 and vomiting, as well as protuse watery discharges from the bowels. 
 In several cases, after the relief of the spasms, nausea and vomiting, 
 an obstinate and moderaLely profuse (free and frequent) diarrhea 
 still continued; then, one-half, to a tea-spoonful of this preparation 
 was given with complete success. 
 
 "There were several cases of this complaint, in which, after vom- 
 iting, cramps, and pains were all relieved, the patient was annoyed 
 with a frequent desire to have a discharge, but could only pass a 
 little slimy mucus, similar to the discharges in dysentery. From 10 
 to 15 drops, of this mixture, were given every hour, with almost 
 invariable success in cas'^s of this kind. 
 
 " In 1 or 2 cases of collapse which were treated by me, I found 
 the sudorific (sweating) tincture a most valuable medicine, given in a 
 little hot catnip or peppermint tea. It quieted the deep-seated nau- 
 sea and distress, and restored the lost circulation with singular energy 
 and promptitude. 
 
 "The application of blankets over the whole body, as hot as could 
 be handled, often dippinp- them into boiling-hot water, was found to 
 exert a most beneficial influence. The rule adopted in reference to 
 their use, was to wring them partially dry after immersing them in 
 the water, and then apply them by wrapping them around the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 179 
 
 gatient's entire body, leaving the head and neck free, and covering 
 im over with dry bed clotliing, and allowing them to remain usually 
 15, or 20 minutes, when they should be taken off and nerv hot blankets 
 immediately applied as at first. Re-action and a copious perspiration 
 generally took place in the course of an hour, or two, after commenc- 
 ing these applications, especially when aided by the use of proper 
 internal stimulants, anti-spasmodics, and sudorifics" (all of which 
 are found in the " Life Drops" — King says : " Cajeput Oil is a power- 
 ful difi"usive stimulant, diaphoretic " [sweating-sudorific], "and anti- 
 spasmodic). 
 
 "The extra"A of plantago cordata,-f (water plantain, or heart-leaved 
 plantain), also manifested powers of no inconsiderable value, when 
 given in the form of pills cf^2 grs. or more at a dose, and repeated in 
 the course of an hour, in common cases not marked with sj-mptoms 
 of unusual severity, for the purpose of quieting the nausea and vom- 
 iting, and arresting the diarrhea." He closes the subject in tne fol- 
 lowing words: " The results which have been consequent ontlie course of 
 practice above indicated, have been highly satisfactory.^' — Jones & Slierwood's 
 Practice. 
 
 In the case of Cholera referred to above, in which I assisted, with 
 others, under the Doctor's directions, I cannot say what was used 
 internally ; but our part was to rub the surface with the hand, using 
 as much mustard upon the limbs, and the whole surface, as we could 
 stand it to breathe over, but the physician admitted to us that with- 
 out our part of the treatment his would have been of but little 
 account ; as knots would rise up almost in a moment, by the terrible 
 spasms ; and, for awhile, it seemed that as fast as we could work one 
 down another would arise; but, in from Ih to 2 hours, the spasms 
 yielded, and the case improved from that on. It is undoubtedly a 
 very valuable auxilliary (helper) in the treatment of severe cases, per- 
 haps not any better than the blankets wrung out of boiling-hot water, 
 and not as good, unless there are 3 or 4 assistants to apply the friction 
 with the mustard. Prof. Scudder, in his Domestic Medicine, on the 
 subject of cramps, in Cholera, says: 
 
 " The cramps are an exceedingly troublesome feature of the dis- 
 ease, and are best removed by friction with dry mustard. This is also 
 recommended to bring the circulation back to the surface, but with- 
 out the slightest effect, until the internal remedies commence to afi'ect 
 the system. The compound tincture of cajeput" (Hunn's Life Drops) 
 "is much the best local application, if it was not so costly." 
 
 I have only to saj'- here, if the cost of the treatment is to enter 
 into the consideration of trying to save the life of a patient, by no- 
 means make any effort at all; but if life is worth saving, "jiutthe best 
 foot forward," be ready, on the approach of Cholera into the region 
 round-about you, and when you have to treat it, do your best, if you 
 hope or expect success. The life drops are certainly a powerful tube- 
 facient (to make red — to bring the blood to the surface), or liniment, 
 and notwithstanding its expense, in Cholera, Cholera-morbus, or any 
 
 Note. — t King, in his American Dispensatoiy, says : " The root of Plantago Cordata 
 is astringent, anodyne, anti-spasmodic, and anti-emetic. The decoction and extract have 
 been successfully used in Asiatic Cholera, checking the disease in a short time; they 
 have likewise proved beneficial in dj'sentery. The plant is certainly deserving more 
 extended investigation. A poultice of the roots is recommended as an application to 
 old. indolent ulcers, bruises, wounds, etc. ; it allays inflammation, and reduces 
 swelling." 
 
180 DR. chase's 
 
 other spasmodic action, should be applied freely, externally, and, so 
 much a.s needed, internally. 
 
 In mild cases, and in cases generally that are to be began with 
 as soon as any symptoms of the Cholera appear, in the time of its 
 raging in the neighborhood, I have another, less expensive, but, if I 
 may judge from the explanation following it, a very valuable prepar- 
 ation for Cholera and Diarrhea, as follows: 
 
 1. Cholera and Diarrhea— English Remedy — Tested in 
 240 Oases Without a Failure. — Spirits of camphor, laudanum, and 
 oil of turpentine, of each, 3 drs. ; oil of peppermint, ^ dr. Mix, and 
 cork. 
 
 Dose. — ^For Cholera, 1 table-spoonful in a glass of warm, weak 
 brandy and water — for Diarrhea, 1 tea-spoonful, in the same way. 
 
 This prescription was sent to the Scientific American by W. W. 
 Hubbell, of Philadelphia, April 28, 1866, with the following explana- 
 tion of its trial by the "Liverpool Dock Committee," which was ap- 
 pointed in 1849, to attend to that part of the city, in the casesof Chol- 
 era that might occui-. And the Committee report "that 157 men of 
 the North Works, and 93 men of the Dock Yards, who had been at- 
 tacked by Cholera, or Diarrhea, had taken the medicine, and the vjhole 
 cf them had recovered. While lU men of the North Works, and 13 of 
 the Dock Yards, similarly attacked, but who had not taken the medi- 
 cine, had died. In not a single case had the prescription failed. Medical 
 men assert, and experience shows, that this is an excellent remedy, 
 and well worth being kept on hand by every family." 
 
 A child, according to the severity of the attack, and its age, may 
 take from 5 to 20 drops; and it might be repeated in from 30 minutes 
 to an hour also, according to the severity. But it must be remem- 
 bered, that in giving any preparation to children which contains lauda- 
 num, morphine, or opium, it can not be repeated as freely as it can 
 with grown persons, for their systems can not resist the poisoning in- 
 fluences of opium, comparatively with the adult. 
 
 8. Cholera Remedies— Successfully Used by the Rev. Dr. 
 Hamblin, of Constantinople, in Hundreds of Cases. — The fol- 
 lowing "invaluable medicine'' was communicated to the Boston 
 Traveller, by Henry Hoyt, in the following words: 
 
 "Rev. Dr. Hamblin, of Constantinople, saved hundreds of lives 
 by the following simple preparation during the terrible raging of 
 Cholera in that city a few years since. lu no case did the remedy fail 
 where the patient could be reached in sea.son. It is no less effective 
 in Cholera-Morbns and ordinary Diarrhea. A remedy so easily pro- 
 cured and so vitally efficacious should be always at hand. An ordi- 
 nary vial of it can be had for 25 cents or so, and no man sliould 
 be without it over night. The writer of this received the Receipt 
 & few days since, and having been seriously attacked with the 
 'Cholera-Morbus the past week, can attest to its almost magic influence 
 in affording relief from excruciating pain. He ardently hopes that 
 •every one whose eyes trace these lines will cut this article from the 
 paper and procure the medicine without delay. Its prompt applica- 
 tion v/ill relieve pain and presumptively save life: 
 
 Take one part laudanum; one part camphora«ted spirit; two parts 
 tincture of ginger; two parts tincture of capsicum. 
 
 Dose. —One tea-spoonful in a wine-glass of water. If the case be 
 obstinate, repeat the dose in 3 or 4 hours." 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 181 
 
 I should say, m a bad case, do not wait more than 1 to IJ hours 
 before repeating the dose, according to the severity of the case. 
 
 9. Cholera Treatment, as Practiced in India, by the In- 
 spector General of Hospitals. — Dr. Jolm Murray, the Inspector 
 General of Indian Hospitals, and an authority on the subject of Chol- 
 era, has communicated to one of the English journals an important 
 paper on this disease, from which the following is extracted: 
 
 "It is our duty to assist Nature and to relieve pain. In the stage 
 of malaise (the first symptoms), the poison is thrown off without any 
 violent, or very prominent symptoms by the natural functions of the 
 system. Our task here is to support the strength, avoid indigestible 
 food, and depressing causes. The only medicine that I have found 
 useful in this stage is a little quinine every day. The subsequent in- 
 dications of the treatment are to remove the abnormal symptoms as 
 they appear, of which the most early is Diarrhea. The first indica- 
 tion is to check this, and restore the case to the stage — simple Diar- 
 rhea; then remove the cause, and restore the natural secretions. Irri- 
 tating, or indigestible food, in the bowels, is the most frequent cause 
 of Diarrhea; and should this not previously have been discharged in 
 the evacuations it should be removed (I suppose by gentle cathartic), 
 and a recurrence of the looseness guarded against, as I have always 
 jfound it the most powerful exciting cause of collapse. I have found 
 this best carried out by a combination of opium, with carminatives 
 in the form of Cholera pill, composed of: 
 
 "Opium, 1 gr. ; black pepper, 2 grs. ; and assafoetida, 3 grs. 
 
 "It appears to check the looseness, and stimulate the secretions. 
 The pill does no harm if needlessly administered. It should be re- 
 peated should the looseness continue. It will cure most cases, and in 
 all restrain the symptoms until regular medical advice can be pro- 
 cured. This is a most important point in the use of this simple rem- 
 edy. It may be distributed to every house, and be available in a few 
 minutes, whereas the delay of a few hours may allow the disease to 
 advance beyond control. I know no better remedy fot this stage. 
 These pills have been distributed in tens of thousands in the towns 
 and villages in India with most satisfactory results. Some surgeons 
 prefer red to black pepper, and others add camphor to the opium 
 and assafoedtida, and report favorably of the combination. They are 
 distributed in the dispensaries, and are placed in the hands of the 
 police in India. In this country similar arrangements might be 
 made. 
 
 "In collapse, our power is limited by the circumstances that the 
 vital organs are insensible to the ordinary action of medicines. Ex- 
 perience shows that opium, astringents, and alcohol lie inert in the 
 collapsed stomach, though these are the ordinary remedies for pain, 
 looseness, and debility. It is also my experience that the free use of 
 these remedies at this stage causes death, either by preventing reac- 
 tion, or by causing local complications should reaction appear. 
 
 "There is another cause of death which is not generally under- 
 stood, but which it is not in the power of all sufferers or attendants 
 on the sick to check or prevent. I allude to the extreme danger of 
 assuming the erect posture, or even of sitting up in bed, during the 
 collapse, or the earlier stage of reaction. I have seen myself, and I 
 have heard of many cases, where fatal syncope instantly followed sit- 
 ting up in, or rising from the bed." 
 
182 DR. chase's 
 
 10. Oholera-Morbus Tincture. — When pain in the bowels, 
 and diarrhea arise from eating green fruits, or other vegetables, the 
 following tincture will be found very valuable, the rhubarb helping 
 to carry off the ofiending matter: 
 
 Sii'up of rhubarb, paregoric, and spirits of camphor, of each, equal 
 parts. 
 
 Dose. — One tea-spoonful every 1, 2, or 3 hours as needed, and if very 
 bad, for 2 or 3 times, give every 30 minutes. 
 
 And if the difficulty continues any considerable time, the old 
 French method was to give no food except chicken-broth. 
 
 OHOLERA-MORBUS.— The stomach and bowels are the seat of 
 this disease, although, as in Cholera, its effects soon extend to the 
 mus('les of the body and extremities. It is generally confined to the 
 Summer and Fall seasons of the year, but I have known it to occur 
 in the depth of a Minnesota Winter, for cause. 
 
 Cause. — This disease probably more generally arises from a con- 
 tinued over-eating of indigestible food in the latter part of Summer, 
 and beginning of the Fall, as fruit and vegetables not fully ripe; but 
 it may arise from a single eating of any one article, which from some 
 unknown reason may not agree with the stomach, at the time, as, for 
 instance, when I was in Minnesota, in the Winter, I had a very severe 
 case of it arising from eating parsnips, although ordinarily they 
 agreed with the patient ; but such cases are not common, in the Win- 
 ter; but in its proper season, hot days followed with cold nights, are 
 quite likely to bring it on, especially so, if there is any improper food 
 indulged in. Persons who are in feeble health, especially, should be 
 very careful during its season, for they are more likely than those in 
 robust health, to take the disease — avoid, then, all unripe, and other- 
 wise irritating kinds of food and drink, that are liable to run into 
 fermentation. 
 
 Symptoms. — Nausea, with pain in the stomach, or flatulency 
 (gas), may be the first sensations that anything is wrong; but they 
 will soon be followed with griping and pain in the abdomen, with 
 vomiting and purging, in turns; at first the passages will be watery, 
 but soon take on a dark, or bilious tinge, becoming more bilious as 
 the disease progresses: and all the symptoms becoming more severe 
 and intense, as the disease progresses; and although the thirst may 
 be great, scarcely any drink will be retained; the pulse becomes 
 small and feeble, the countenance becomes haggard, and the deepest 
 distress is manifested, a cold sweat finally breaks out, and the pros- 
 tration becomes extreme, which it would appear, sufficiently indicate, 
 or point out the case. 
 
 Treatment. — If it arises soon after a full meal, or the eating of 
 any one, or two articles in considerable quantity, the best thing is to 
 get that out of the way, by the Cholera emetic, given in the Cholera 
 treatment, above, unless the contents of the stomach, are thrown up 
 in the vomiting from the disease; in that case, give 2 or 3 doses of 
 Hunn's Life Drops, to warm up the stomach, then follow with the 
 Cholera mixture, or Cholera, cordial; or, if the regular neutralizing 
 cathartic cordial is on hand, which it always ought to be, give that, 
 until the disease is under control.' But, in ordinary cases, of not very 
 great severity and pain, the neutralizinr; cathartic, in full doses, repeated 
 once or twice, on short time, then at longer intervals, will be all that 
 is required. If the pain is very great in any case, init a mustard 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 188 
 
 plaster over the stomach, and if need be, one over the bowels also; 
 and give 20 to 30 drops of laudanum, with a few drops of the neutral- 
 izing medicine; and in case of very great distention of the bowels 
 from the presence of gas, let a catheter be introduced well up the 
 rectum to allow its free escape. The neutralizing medicine may be 
 vomited up once or twice, but hardly ever more, if it is, repeat in 5 
 minutes. If mustard is needed, and none on hand, take cayenne, or 
 red peppers and boil, or steep a spoonful or two in a basin of water, 
 and wring cloths out of it, hot, and apply and change in its place. 
 
 In case the disease seems to pass down from the stomach, and, 
 yet, appears to cause great distress in the bowels, give the following: 
 
 Injection. — New milk, or slippery elm mucilage, or common 
 gruel if neither of the others are at hand, to a pint of which add 
 molasses, ipt.; lard, 1 table-spoonful; laudanum, salt, and saleratus, 
 of each, 1 tea-spoonful, all well dissolved, and inject as warm as can 
 be borne, which soothe and relieve the pain, and allow a more free 
 exit of gas. In case of cramps, friction must be applied, with dry 
 mustard, if necessary, put in hot water, applying hot bricks, etc. 
 
 When the disease begins to pass off, and the patient craves food, 
 or drink, let milk-gruel, made with a little flour, elm-water, toast- 
 water, etc., be given, in place of indigestable, or hard food. 
 
 OHOLERA-INFANTUM.— The difference between infant Chol- 
 era, and that of the Asiatic, or full-grown Cholera, is the speed of the 
 latter and the lingering of the first. That the whole of them, includ- 
 ing the Qwlera-morhus, are somewhat akin, there is not much doubt. 
 Summer, and Fall, are the general periods of their approach ; and they 
 are all much worse in the city than country. Cholera-Infantum is more 
 often known as Summer- Complaint, perhaps than by any other name. 
 And in the cities has undoubtedly carried off more children than all 
 other diseases put together. 
 
 Cause.— As it is a disease more often occuring during the period 
 of teething, this has been very generally believed to have been the 
 principal cause oi the disease; but, more recently it is believed, by 
 many, as not the chief cause, and sometimes not at all the cause; for 
 children have it that are not teething. Hence it is thought to arise more 
 from the change in the system by the beginning of the child to eat solid 
 food; and often that of a crude, or indigetable kind, and especially so 
 if the child, or parents, are of a weakly and debilitated constitution- 
 impure air, arising from the thousands of decaying rubbage-heaps in 
 the city, producing debility: then, unripe fruit, cakes, candies, and 
 confectionery, as a special excitant, are the chief causes of the disease; 
 and if all were situated so that they could follow the indications here, 
 i. e., drop the crude and indigestable food, go to the free and healthy 
 country, I need not proceed to give the symptoms, or treatment ; 
 but every one must come as near to the indications as possible, that is 
 all they can do, and that is all they will be held responsible for. 
 
 Ssrmptoms. — As a general thing the first symptom noticed will be 
 a slight diarrhea; but when the attention of the parent is thus called 
 to it, the child will also be found pale, and more or less weak and 
 feeble; and the longer it is permitted to run, the greater the weak- 
 ness, and loss of flesh. The appetite is precarious, sometimes eating 
 voracously, then nothing at all, but nausea and vomiting pretty surely 
 following the taking of~any considerable amount of food, or drink, 
 either of which it may crave; and in some cases there is considerable 
 
184 i>R. chase's 
 
 fever, and the child becomes restless, and irritable, contented only on 
 being carried out of doors, in the daytime, and around the room of 
 nights. 
 
 Treatment. — First, see that the child has nothing to eat except 
 plain and nourishing food, no confectionery, nor unripe fruit, and no 
 fruit unless well roasted apples, if the craving for them is very great, 
 and the more out-door air, the better. Give the neutralizing cathartic 
 in tea-spoonful doses, once in 1, 2, or 3 hours as may be necessary to 
 control the acidity of the stomach, and correct the bowels. And the 
 
 Erobability is that there is no other combination of medicine that will 
 ave as good an effect, as long as the disease may continue, as this 
 regulator, which it has been truly called, as it corrects the acidity of 
 the stomach, and cleanses it and the bowels, and restores their tone by . 
 its astringent and tonic effects. Continue its use until the i^assages 
 become natural and healthy. In severe cases, the injection mentioned 
 in cholera-morbus, with only a little of the laudanum, may be used, 
 once, or twice daily, and will be found valuable; and in cases where 
 there is fever, known by a dry harsh feeling to the skin, use bathing, 
 or sponging, the water being of such a temperature as to feel comfort- 
 able to the child, and brisk friction, with a dry towel, or the hand, 
 after the surface has been wiped with a towel. Any other severe 
 symptoms that may arise, in any case, should be Treated the same as 
 in cholera, or cholera-morbus. An excellent diet, in these cases, is the 
 old-fashioned thickened-milk, made by boiling milk, and thickening 
 it with wheat flour that has been wet up with cold water, or cold milk, 
 not to a watery mixture, but a lumpy condition, and stirred in while 
 the milk is boiling ; but it must not be made too thick. Rice flour 
 makes a nice change also, for thickening the milk, or making a gruel, 
 {{good milk can not be had. With small children, great pains must 
 be taken to dry them, as often as any passage makes a necessity for 
 it — cleanliness is as much the mother of health, as of Godliness, as 
 some one has said. 
 
 COLIC— Colic, although mucli like cholera-morbus in some 
 of its points, differs from it in this: That it is generally attended with 
 costiveness instead of looseness of the bowels ; and, consequently 
 requires active cathartics, and a greater amount of stimulating car- 
 minatives to enable the stomach to retain the cathartics. 
 
 Cause.— It is supposed to arise from a want of the proper amount, 
 or quality of the bile, hence the costiveness, and irritation of 
 the stomach and bowels. 
 
 Ssrmptoms. — Severe pain in the bowels is one of the distinguishing 
 features of Colic, and there is often retching and vomiting, although 
 seldom any purging; but, rather, as aboye stated, great costive- 
 ness. The taste of the mouth will be bitter and acrid, or bitter and 
 nauseous. Pressure upon the bowels seems to give relief for a 
 moment, when if the pain was from inflammation it; would be tender 
 under pressure. While in cholera there is a lack of bile, in Colic 
 there is, generally, an over amount of bile, and such spasmodic con- 
 traction of the intestines, that the bile is thrown up, upon the stom- 
 ach (the bile duct, from the liver, empties itself a few inches below 
 the stomach, proper, and ordinarily passes along with the food that 
 has received its portion of gastric [stomach] juice into the intestines) 
 and is raised by vomiting, causing the bitterness of the mouth, and 
 for the want of which, the costiveness arises; and the chief cause of 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 185 
 
 which, probably, is a faihire of the skin and kidneys to properly 
 secrete, or carry off their proportion of the effete, or waste matter 
 of the system, throwing it all upon the liver to do, and which it refuses 
 longer to do, leads me to the consideration of some plan which 
 shall restore all these functions (special action) of the various organs, 
 in rebellion against their proper and legitimate work. 
 
 Treatment. — A tea of the wild yamf (dioscorea villosa) has been 
 found a perfect cure for Colic of the most painful kind. Hence, let 
 every family provide some of it for use. An oz. of the root may be 
 steeped in water, 1 pt. 
 
 Dose.— Give J pt. and repeat every J hour as long as necessay. 
 King says, of it: "In the absence of any positive knowledge concern- 
 ing the action of the dioscorea (it is always customary to write words of 
 any foreign language in italics, and also any other word that we 
 would call especial attention to), perhaps it would be better to say that 
 it is a specific (positive cure) in bilious Colic, having proved almost 
 invariably successful in doses of k pt. of the decoction, repeated every 
 J hour, or hour. No other medicine is required, as it gives prompt 
 and permanent relief in the most severe cases." 
 
 In the American Electic Practice of Medicine, by Jones & Sher- 
 wood, Vol. I., I tind the following corroborative testimony of the pos- 
 itive success of the yam in this disease. Prof. Sherwood says: "The 
 remedy upon which I rely in the treatment of bilious Colic is dioscorea 
 villosa. I have used it with entire success in all the cases that have 
 come under my care. In one case that had been previously treated 
 48 hours, with injections, fomentations, anodynes, and cathartics, 
 without success, the i^atient was relieved in k an hour by taking one 
 dose of the dioscorea. In another case, to which I was called in the 
 night, the patient, who had been suffering severely for 12 hours, was 
 perfectly relieved in a few minutes, and soothed into quiet sleep. It 
 has never been known to fail, and I should rely upon it with entire 
 confidence in all cases of this disease. The philosophy of its thera- 
 peutic action may not, as yet, be fully understood, or clearly explained. 
 That it is eminently adapted to the case is very certain, and that, after 
 all, is the main point in practice. You may be interested to learn," 
 he continues, "that the knowledge of its virtues was in possession of 
 the same old German, who has given name to ' Bone's Bitters,' and 
 who was also famous, in his neighborhood, for the treatment of bil- 
 ious Colic. The Receipt was obtained from him by a medical studeiit, 
 whom he had successfully treated in that disease, after he had been 
 given over by other pliysicians." 
 
 2. Prof. Scudder's Treatment of Oolic. — In the June No. 
 1871, of the Eclectic Medical .Journal, the Professor gives us the follow- 
 ing successful treatment of Colic, and as the remedy can easily be 
 obtained any time of year I give it an insertion. His heading is: 
 
 "Nux Vomica in Oolic. — For a long time I have prescribed 
 
 fThe yam, or Colic-root, has a small vine which runs over bushes and fences 
 in hedges and thickets, not very common in New England, but grows from Canada 
 to the South through the Central States. The stem is smooth, woolly, and of a red- 
 dish bro\vn color, and may he 10 to 15 feet long, the leaves of a light green. The 
 root is woody, lies just under the surface of the ground, of prett/ irregular size, with 
 both ends truncated (full size, like they were cut off;, from the size of a common 
 pencil to J^ inch in diameter, from a few inches to a foot, or two long, and may 
 nave 3 or 4 vines coming up from 1 root. Steep 1 oz. in 1 pt. of water and take 
 half for a dose. If needed, repeat in 34 an hour. Relieves Colic, and consequently 
 mnst be an excellent anti-spasmodic. 
 
186 DK. chase's 
 
 Nux Vomica for Colic, and have found its action very satisfactory. I 
 am satisfied there is no real ditference in Colic, so far as the pain is 
 concerned, the difference being not of kind, butof degree. Whether it 
 is the Colic of infancy, the ordinary Colic from indigestion, wind Colic, 
 cramp, bilious Colic, or from lead-poisoning, the pain arises from the 
 same pathological condition of the nerves disturbed by the coeliac 
 axis (meaning the sympathetic nerves of the abdomen). The causes 
 vary very greatly, and a Treatment directed to the removal of these 
 causes, must necessarily vary in difi'erent cases. But if we are pre- 
 scribing for the pain, we recognize it as one in all the difterent forms, 
 and if we find a remedy that will reach it directly in one it will in 
 all. 
 
 "Whilst I claim that Nux Vomica is a true specific to the condition 
 of the intestinal nerves producing the pain of Colic, I would not claim 
 it as curative in all cases, certainly not in lead Colic. The cause may 
 be so active and persistent as to continue the pain despite this direct 
 action upon the nerves, and a cure will only come from the removal 
 of the cause. 
 
 " For the Colic of infancy and childhood, I prescribe it constantly, 
 and in a large majority of cases it gives prompt relief. Not only pre- 
 sent relief, but when the Colic is habitual it sometimes efi'ects a radi- 
 cal cure. For a young child, one drop of the tincture to two ounces of 
 water would be the proper proportion. 
 
 " Dose. — from :^ to 1 tea-spoontul, repeated as often as necessary. 
 
 "We meet with cases of Colic in young persons about the age of pu- 
 berty, in which the pain is associated with variable appetite, impaired 
 digestion, poor blood, and consequently impaired nutrition. In these 
 cases Nux Vomica will usually remove the entire train of lesions, and 
 the child regains good health on its use alone. 
 
 "In common Colic, I never think of giving any other remedy 
 The prescription is: 
 
 "Take tincture of Nux Vomica, 10 to 20 drops; water, 4 ozs. 
 
 "Dose. — A tea-spoonful every hour. 
 
 "My experience in that form of Colic known as bilious is not suffi- 
 ciently extended, having used it in but five cases. One of these has 
 had repeated severe attacks, in which it has served the purpose full 
 as well as any other means I have ever employed. One has had two 
 attacks, both promptly relieved by this remedy. The other three, one 
 attack each. One of these last was subject to frequent attacks, some- 
 times lasting from 24 to 48 hours, and leaving her very much prostra- 
 ted. She had been under Homoeopathic treatment, and though the 
 remedies they employed relieved her at first, they had lost their 
 influence. Two doses of Nux as above, gave her relief, and she went 
 to sleep. 
 
 "I have prescribed it in mild cases of lead Colic only, but as it has 
 given relief in these I should very surely try it in severe cases, giving 
 sulphate of soda largelj' diluted until the bowels were moved. 
 
 " We have already called attention to the use of Nux Vomica in 
 acute and chronic diseases, the remedy being selected by one symp- 
 tom — umbilical pain. And singular as it may seem, we commonly 
 find that it proves the remedy for the disease in its totality (whatever 
 it may be), when this symptom is prominent. 
 
 "Thus we may see that in severe Colic, when the cause still per- 
 sists, we may obtain a cure from the influence of the remedy upon the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 187 
 
 nerves. For with good innervation the intestine speedily regains its 
 natural power, and is sufficient for the removal of the cause." 
 
 But if the yam is not at hand and the disease has arisen imme- 
 diately after having eaten a full meal, or any considerable amount of 
 any one article, an emetic is the first thing to be thought of, and to 
 settle and stimulate the stomach a little, to receive it, if you have 
 Hnnn's Life Drops in the house give a dose or two of it while the 
 emetic is preparing. If the Drops are not at hand, a very strong gin- 
 ger tea, or cayenne, red pepper tea, h pt. at least, quite strong, or spirits 
 of camphor, ess. of pepermint, in large doses, will warm up the stom- 
 ach, and enable it to retain the emetic until its relaxing properties 
 may have their effect on the stomach and system generallj' ; for what- 
 ever will relax the system will help the general disease. A full 
 dram of brandy, or other spirits, in hot water and repeated in 
 20 to 30 minutes, often relieves without other treatment; but 
 I would put in a tea-spoonful of black pepper if nothing else 
 was at hand, with each dose. If the case is very severe, and 
 there is not a convenience in the house for a hot-bath, let blan- 
 kets be wrung out of boiling water and wrapped around the whole 
 body, or at least over the stomach and bowels, and changed as soon 
 as they become at all cool, for 2 or 3 times. And as soon as the 
 emetic has operated and the stomach becomes a little settled give a 
 large dose of the Tonic Cathartic, 2 table-spoonfuls, at least, and if the 
 person is hard to operate upon with cathartics generally, repeat it in 
 2, or 3 hours ; and give an injection using laudanum in quantities of ^ 
 to 1 tea-spoonful with each injection, according to the severity of the 
 pain, and this may also be repeated unless, a passage, and general 
 relief is soon obtained. In case an injection is given, a table-spoon- 
 ful, or two of the Tonic Cathartic may also be put into it, until, a move- 
 ment of the bowels is obtained, with which the pain will subside. 
 
 COLDS. — We often hear a class of remarks about "taking Cold" 
 which are calculated to make us believe that those who make such 
 remarks disbelieve in such a thing as taking Cold — they say, "where 
 did you catch it?"— "what did you catch it for?" — "what are you 
 going to do with it? " etc., etc. Is there, then, such a thing as to take 
 Cold, and if so, what is it? 
 
 The true science of languge is to enable one to plainly understand 
 what ideas others wish to convey by the use of language; and the 
 fewer the words used, the better, provided one is perfectly understood. 
 I will suppose a man is engaged, upon a cold winter-day, chopping 
 wood, by which means he has caused a free perspiration to have 
 broken out over his whole surface, when a neighbor comes along, and 
 one, or both of them are blessed with the gift of "gab," consequently 
 they begin to talk, the chopper stops work and leans over the fence, 
 the wind does not stop blowing notwitstanding the man has stopped 
 chopping, his coat is still off also. They talk over the last neighbor- 
 hood scandal, politics, price of pork, and produce generally, for half an 
 hour, or an hour ]ierhaps, his sweating has stopped, his skin has 
 become dried up and shriveled, he begins to feel a sense of fullness, 
 or pain in the head, difficult breathing, perhaps sneezing also, with a 
 stuffed up feeling in the nose, etc., etc., and to save the time and 
 words necessary to tell all of the above symptoms, he says, "I have 
 taken Cold," which covers the whole ground. But, now, if he does 
 not at once take a course to restore the circulation to the surface, and 
 
188 DR. chase's 
 
 re-establish perspiration, there will be, after a little, a slight mucus 
 secretion from the nose, throat, and lungs, perhaps, and cold shiver- 
 ings, with flushes of heat, alternating, with more or less severity; 
 according to the severity of the change. It does not follow that Colds 
 may not be taken only after severe exercise; for it matters not how 
 this change is brought about — -it may te by riding in the cold, or even 
 walking, when the weather is so severe that the exercise does not 
 hold the warmth to the surface, sitting in a current of air, a cold 
 room, or in any way which throws the secretion that the skin usually 
 throws oflf, in upon any internal organ; only, when it settles upon the 
 nose and throat it is called "a Cold," although tJiere, it is an inflamma- 
 tion, but when it settles upon the lungs, or their surrotinding mem- 
 brane, the pleura, it takes the name of "inflammation of the Lungs," 
 or "pleurisy," "inflammation of the bowels," "kidneys," "stomach," 
 etc., etc. 
 
 Weakly, or debilitated persons are more likely to take Cold than 
 those of a more robust and healthy constitution, but the most healthy, 
 by long exposures, or exposure to very severe storms, or changes, may 
 also be attacked by inflammations, and, if they are, the consequences 
 are often more severe than in the invalid; so the greater liability is 
 ofl'set by the greater severity. As the cause and symptoms have already 
 been set forth, it only remains to give the 
 
 Treatment, which consists in restoring the circulation to the 
 surface, and by holding it there for a sufflcient length of time to 
 overcome the tendency to recede, or " strike in." This is best done 
 by exciting a free perspiration, together with such medicines as have 
 a tendency to excite the skin to carry on its legitimate work, i. e., to 
 throw off sensible perspiration (sweat), or insensible perspiration 
 (that which is so slow that it is not 6bserved). The diaphoretic, or 
 sweating pourler, or any of the hot teas that a person may have at 
 hand, in connection with the sweatiny process, as given below, or any 
 of the aids to sweating, as found under their various heads. 
 
 The old "grandmother plan" was to soak the feet in hot water, 
 give hot hemlock, catnip, or other hot teas, at bed-time, which if per- 
 sued with sufficient vigor was excellent. Then came the plan of the 
 "rum sweat," or alcoholic sweat, which Prof. King, of Cincinnati, 
 0., introduced to the medical profession some 2n years ago, which was 
 done by burning alcoliol in an open dish; but the heat was very 
 great upon the lower limbs and up the sides, from the great surface of 
 the blaze ; and some were afraid of it as dangerous in setting fire to 
 the clothes, and accidents have occasionally arisen from its use, but I 
 am very glad to announce a perfectly safe and successful way. It is as 
 follows : 
 
 2. Dr. G-. Johnson's (London, England) Cure for Colds, 
 and Recent Catarrh. — Dr. Johnson is the Professor of Medicine 
 in King's College, and gave his plan to his class, in the Winter 
 of '69-70, from which the Scientific American in March, 1870, gave the 
 following quotation: 
 
 "The popular domestic treatment for a Cold, consists in the use 
 of a hot foot-l)ath at bed-time, a fire in the bed-room, a warm bed, 
 and some hot drink taken after getting into bed, the diax:)horetic 
 (sweating) action being assisted by tin extra amount of bed clothes. 
 Complete emersion in u warm bath is more efficacious than a foot 
 
SECOND RECETPT BOOK. 180 
 
 bath; but the fn-e action of the skin is much more certainly obttiined 
 by the influence of hot air — most surely and profusely, perhaps, by 
 the Turkish bath. The Turkish bath, however, is not always to be 
 had and even when it can be had, its use in the treatment of recent 
 Colds, or Catarrh, is attended with some inconvenience. In particu- 
 lar, there is the risk of a too speedy check of the perspiration after 
 the patient leaves the bath. Ho that, on the whole, the plan which 
 combines the greatest deijree of ejficimcy with universal appllcahility , eon- 
 sists in the use of a simple hot air bath, which the patient can have in his 
 own room. All that is required is a spirit lamp with sufficiently large 
 wick. Such lamps are made of tin and sold by most surgical instru- 
 ment makers. 
 
 "The lamp should hold sufficient spirit (alcohol) to burn for half 
 an hour. The patient sits, undressed, in a chair, with the lamp between 
 his feet, rather tlian under the chair, care being taken to avoid setting 
 fire to the blankets, of which an attendant then takes 2 or 3 and folds 
 them around the patient from his neck to the floor, so as to enclose 
 him and the lamp, the hot air from which passes freely around the 
 body. In from 15 to 30 minutes, there is usually a free perspiration, 
 which should be kept up after this, for a time, by getting into bed 
 between hot blankets. I have myself gone into a hot air-bath, suf- 
 fering from headache, pain in the limbs, and other indications of a 
 severe incipient (beginning) Catarrh (Cold in the head), and in the 
 course of half an hour I have been entirely and permanently freed 
 from these symptoms, by the action of the bath. 
 
 "Another simple and efficient mode of exciting the action of the 
 skin consists of wrapping the undressed patient in a sheet wrung out 
 of hot water, then, fold over this, 2 or 3 blankets. The patient may 
 thus remain 'packed' for an hour or two, until free perspiration has 
 been excited." 
 
 3. If this "rum sweat," as it was formerly called in this country, 
 is good to break up a cold when it settles, or seats itself in the head why 
 should it not be just as good to break it up when it seats itself upon 
 the lungs, or pleura, taking the name of inflammation of the lungs or 
 of pleurisy, or any other part, as the case might be? — it certainly is. 
 
 I have found, however, that the common lamp with one or two 
 wicks, makes too little heat, as the old saucer plan made too much, 
 so I have had one made with four burners, the tubes being only about 
 one-fourth of an inch in size, this gives exactly the desired heat, so 
 it can be continued as long as desired, without burning the limbs or 
 endangering the blankets. See Sweating. Process. 
 
 And now then, I wish to ask again, if the foregoing plan will 
 cure Colds, or Catarrhs, as they are more generally called, and I know 
 they will, why may they not just as efliciently cure inflammation of 
 the lungs, or pleura (pleurisy), or any other inflammatory diseases? 
 They certainly will, if taken in time, and the perspiration is kept up 
 for 20 to 40 minutes in the bath, then by "hot slings," or "hot teas," 
 for an hour, or two, in bed, the course will not have to be repeated 
 in one case out of ten, if the cure is applied \,h.% first day, or eveniny, on 
 which the Cold is "taken." But, in case a Cold, or Catarrh, or an 
 attack of pleurisy, or inflammation of any other part is not broken 
 up by the flrst process, repeat it after a lapse of 6 to 12 hours, accord- 
 ing to the severity of pain, oi the tenacity of "grip" manifested by 
 the disease. 
 
190 DR. chase's 
 
 And in chronic, or long standing cases, this process will be found 
 valuable to break up old habits of the system, to begin with, and to 
 repeat occasionally. 
 
 But the consequences of "checking perspiration" are so often 
 fatal, unless the above, or some other plan, is at once resorted to, "to 
 break up the Cold," as it is properly called, I have felt constrained to 
 quote a few cases from Dr. Hall's Journal of Health, and to exhort all 
 who may find themselves under any similar conditions, to loose no 
 time in adopting some plan of sweating and its accompanying treat- 
 ment, whether it be night, or day, if they wish to avoid the end of 
 such cases as ?re given below. If they do not attend to it at once, and 
 stick to it until x>erspiration is again established, the consequences may prove 
 equally alarming. Upon this subject Dr. Hall says: 
 
 "If while perspiring, or while something warmer than usual, 
 from exercise, or a heated room, there is a sudden exposure to a 
 still, cold air, or to a raw, damp atmosphere, or to a draught, whether 
 at an open window, or door, or street-corner, an inevitable result is a 
 violent and instantaneous closing of the pores of the skin, by which 
 waste and impure matters which were making their way out of the 
 system are compelled to seek an exit through some other channel, 
 and break through some weaker part, not the natural one, and harm 
 to that part is the result. The idea is presented by saying that the 
 'Cold' has settled in that part. To illustrate: A lady was about get- 
 ting into a small boat to cross the Delaware; but wishing first to get 
 an orange at a fruit-stand, she ran up the bank of the river, and on 
 her return to the boat found lierself much heated, for it was Summer, 
 but there was a little wind on the water, and her clothing soon felt 
 cold to her; the next morning she had a seveie Cold, which settled' 
 on her lungs, and within the year she died of consumption." 
 
 "A stout, strong man was working in a garden in May; feeling a 
 little tired, about noon, he sat down in the shade of the house and 
 fell asleep; he waked up chilly; inflammation of the lungs followed, 
 ending after 2 years of great suffering, in consumption. On opening 
 his chest, there was such an extensive decay that nearly the whole 
 lungs were one mass of matter. 
 
 " A Boston ship-owner, while on the deck of one of his vessels, 
 thought he would 'lend a hand,' in some emergency; and, pulling off 
 his coat, worked with a will, until he perspired freely, when he sat 
 down to rest awhile, enjoying the delicious breeze from the sea. On 
 attempting to rise, he found himself unable, and was so stiff in his 
 joints, that he had to be carried home and put to bed, which he did 
 not leave until the end of 2 years, when he was barely able to hob- 
 ble down to the wharf on crutches. 
 
 " A lady, after being unusually busy all day, found herself heated 
 and tired toward the close of a Summer's day. She concluded she 
 would rest herself by taking a drive to town in an open vehicle. The 
 ride made her uncomfortably cool, but she warmed herself up by an 
 hour's shopping, when she turned homeward; it being late in the 
 evening, she found herself decidely more chilly than before. At 
 midnight she had pneumonia (inflammation of the lungs), and in 3 
 months had the ordinary symptoms of confirmed consumption. 
 
 "A lady of great energy of character lost her cook, and had to 
 take her place for 4 days; the kitchen was warm, and there was a 
 draft through it. When the work was done, warm and weary, she 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 191 
 
 went to her chamber, and laid down on her bed to rest herself. This 
 operation was repeated several times a day. On the fifth day she had 
 an attack of lung fever; at the end of 6 month she was barely able to 
 leave her chamber, only to find herself suffering with all of the more 
 prominent symptoms of confirmed consumption; such as quick pulse, 
 night and morning cough, night sweats, debility, short breath, and 
 falling away. 
 
 "A young lady rose from her bed on a November night, and 
 leaned her arm on the cold window-sill, to listen to a serenade. Next 
 morning she had pneumonia, and suffered the horrors of asthma for 
 the remainder of a long life. 
 
 " Multitudes of women lose health and life every year, in one of 
 the two following ways: By busying themselves in a warm kitchen 
 until weary, and then throwing themselves on a bed, or sofa, without 
 covering, perhaps in a room without fire; or by removing her outer 
 clothing, and perhaps changing her dress for a more common one, as 
 soon as they enter the house after a walk, or a shopping. While the 
 rule should be invariably to go at once to a warm room and keep on 
 all of the clothing at least j?i;e to ten minutes, or until the forehead is 
 perfectly dry. And, in all weathers, if you have to walk and ride on 
 any occasion, do the riding first." 
 
 Let it not be thought that the above cases are isolated, or uncom- 
 mon ; for such cases are occurring in almost every city and village, 
 daily ; in country neighborhoods, perhaps not so often, but occasion- 
 ally; for, I speak from what I know, by over 50 years of observation, 
 that they are too true; but, let it be as distinctly understood, that if 
 these very cases, nine out of every ten, if not 99 out of every 100 of 
 them, were treated with the "Swe.a.ting Process," as above describ- 
 ed by Professor Johnson, as illusti-ated also under the head of Sweat- 
 ing, which see, I say at least nine-teyiths of them w"Ould, in a few 
 days, if not in a few hours, have been all right again—^vhoever neglects 
 a Cold does it at the peril of their lives, or to the destruction of health. 
 
 3. Chronic Catarrh — A Very Successful Remedy. — The 
 following remedy has been found very successful in the treatment of 
 those difficult cases: 
 
 Iodine, the size of a common bean; alcohol, 1 dr.; soft water to 
 fill a 2 oz. vial. , 
 
 Put the iodine and alcohol into the vial and shake until dissolved ; 
 then put in the water. 
 
 To Use. — Have a small, or ear syringe, and first inject warm water 
 to wash out the nostrils and throat: then inject 1 syringeful to each 
 nostril, daily, will cure, as far as it can reach the inflamed surface, 
 within from 1 to 3 weeks according to the length of time the disease 
 has been standing; at least it has done so in cases that were so bad as 
 to make people vomit from the bad matter that reached the stomach 
 on rising in the morning. 
 
 I have given this Receipt just as I obtained it, of a gentleman in 
 whom I can put implicit confidence, as to its efi'ects upon himself, and 
 others, and I have no doubt of its having done what he says ; and, I 
 have given it for the reason that I know that the thousand-and-one 
 remedies for Chronic Catarrh generally fail ; but I have great hopes that 
 much benefit will arise in the use of the iodine; and if complicating 
 diseases which persons may have, as dyspepsia, rheumatism, derange- 
 
192 DR. chase's 
 
 ment of the liver, as costiveness, etc., are properly treated, in connec- 
 tion with the iodine, I think these hopes will be realized. 
 
 But it must be remembered that a Chronic Catarrh is a chronic 
 inflammation of the membranes lining the nasal passages, and that in 
 all inflammations there is a concentrated, or larger than a usual 
 amount of blood to the parts; hence, an equalization should be un- 
 dertaken by restoring the skin, kidneys, liver, etc., to their healthy 
 action, by proper bathing and friction to the surface, proper diuretics, 
 cathartics, etc., to ensure success — the same if any chronic inflamma- 
 tion, of any part, the same as in an acute one, or one brought on by 
 a recent cold — why not? Is this unreasonable? Certainly not. 
 
 COSTIVENESS.— This condition of the system is generally only 
 a symptom of some derangement of the digestive organs, for a correc- 
 tion of which, see Dyspepsia, and the Miscellanous Eeceipts. 
 
 CONSUMPTION. — Consumption, properly speaking, is the 
 decay, or wasting away of any organ of the body, or of the body itself; 
 but it has become common to apply it to a diseased condition and 
 wasting of the substance of the lungs only. 
 
 Cause.— It is understood to be an hereditary disease; but it un- 
 doubtedly also arises in persons of an enfeebled and debilitated con- 
 dition of the system, especially of the blood; from neglect or mis- 
 treatment of other diseases; from frequent "colds" which check per- 
 spiration and throw their efi'ects upon the lungs; intemperance in 
 living; tight lacing; heated ball-rooms, then into the cool air half-a- 
 dozen times, perhaps, in an evening; sedentary habits; confinement 
 in close and ill-ventilated rooms in factories, etc.; long continued 
 watching and anxiety; disappointments; over indulgences of the 
 passions; and by a deposit of tubercle (small particles of diseased mat- 
 ter which readily passes into a still greater degree of disease), first in 
 the u]>per portion of the lungs, or lung, as the case may be, then ex- 
 tending, perhaps, to the whole extent of the lungs. 
 
 Symptoms. — The Symptoms of Consumption are too well known 
 to require any lengthy description. If the disease arise from an in- 
 flammation of the membrane covering the substance of the lungs and 
 forming the air-cells, the first Symptom will be a slight or more severe 
 pain, according to the degree of the inflammation, generally, at first 
 in the upper portion of the lungs; but, if from tuberculous deposit, 
 cough will be the first Symptom— a short* dry hacking and tiiesome 
 cough; and finally pain in the breast, or whole of the lung, or lungs, 
 slight fever, heat in the hands and feet, face, etc. The cough will be 
 the woi'st in the morning, and the fever worst in the afternoon, per- 
 haps, after having felt more or less chilly. (Is it not, then, a periodi- 
 cal disease, and, if so, why will not the anti-periodics help it, or cure 
 it?) The appetite fails, the features have a sharp and contracted ap- 
 pearance, a sense of weight and constriction of the chest, or breast, 
 and finally, perhaps, bleeding from the lungs, diarrhea, pain in the 
 abdomen, hectic fever, i. e., constant fever, with considerable thirst, 
 all of which Symptoms, as the disease advances, become aggravated, 
 or worse, the nails curve over the end of the fingers, the voice be- 
 comes weak and more or less hoarse; and, finally the limbs become 
 bloated, or swollen, and the person may die suddenly from congestion 
 (accumulation of blood) in the lungs, or linger and die merely for 
 want of breath, from the decay of all tiie vital or life-giving substance 
 of the lungs. 
 
SECK)ND RECEIPT BOOK. 193 
 
 Treatment. — "Weakness being the most common cause of Con- 
 sumption, such medicines as will restore strength will greatly aid the 
 cure of Consumption; for there are abundance of evidence, in the ex- 
 amination of the lungs of dead persons, and also of living witnesses, 
 to show that very many cases have been cured ; and what has been 
 done can be done again. In the village of Sauk Rapids, Minnesota, I 
 learned while living there, there are, undoubtedly, more than a dozen 
 persons living, who went there from 2, Or 3 to 15 years ago, with their 
 lungs so badly diseased that they only hoped to live, that are now en- 
 joying excellent health. The same is true of very many other towns 
 in that State, and probably none more so than St. Paul. But I shali 
 refer to this subject again. 
 
 If a "cold," or a succession of colds are taken which cause a 
 soreness of the lungs without exciting sufficient inflammation to be 
 called ''inflammation of the lungs," the Treatment should be the 
 same as for a more decided inflammation, i. e., take a sweat, on retiring 
 at night — the alcohol lamp, feet in hot water, hot teas, etc., are the first 
 requisite, sponging and friction to the skin with a little sal-soda in the 
 water, or what is better, is the cayenne pepper in whisky, |^ oz. to the 
 qt., or more, if that amount of pepper does not excite the skin to suf- 
 ficient action to make it smart a little, using it night and morning, 
 with out-door exercise, drawing in full breaths, the mouth being 
 closed ; then clasp the nose and gently blow so as to distend, or fill 
 every pore, or cell of the lungs. Doing this for several breaths, and 3, 
 or 4 times daily, will be found very valuable. And to obtain strength 
 the most nutritious and easily digestable food must be used, in mod- 
 eration. Most people eat twice as much as they need, which, instead 
 of giving additional strength, as they suppose, gives less strength, be- 
 cause it gives the stomach over-work, thereby weakening the digestive 
 powers. A moderate amount only, of nutritious and easily digested 
 food, known to agree with the patient, must be used. Some physi- 
 cians consider young and tender beef to be the only meat suitable for 
 Consumptives, rare, at that; but I have found no inconvenience to 
 arise from the moderate use of lean, tender mutton, young and tender 
 chickens, broiled game, soft-boiled eggs, oysters, raw, or cooked, but 
 raw is best if the stomach will tolerate them, and fresh milk, with a 
 little good whisky in it will aid digestion. Cream, as a general thing 
 has been found too rich for the stomach. 
 
 But the sweating process must only be used in the forming stages 
 of the disease, in fact, it is only in the earlier states of Consumption 
 that Treatment may be expected to do any considerable good. After 
 night-sweats have set in, the skin must be stimulated by the cayenne 
 sponging, as above mentioned, and friction, but no artificial sweating, 
 which, to a certain extent will reduce the strength, if continued too 
 long; but a warm bath, twice a week, at 90'' to 100°, followed with 
 brisk rubbing with a flesh-brush, or coarse towel for 15 minutes, will 
 give great activity to the skin and help it to throw off the matter that 
 otherwise is thrown upon the lungs. 
 
 As soon as the soreness is somewhat relieved by the sweating, etc., 
 in the early stages, then take the following: 
 
 2. Pulmonic Sirup. — The roots of common, or garden spikenard, 
 elecampane, comfrey, blood-root, and dandelion, bruised, and hops, of 
 each, 4 ozs. ; tamarack bark with the coarse outside, scraped off, and 
 also bruised, if dry, 2 lbs.; if green, 4 lbs.; the best whisky, 3 qts.; 
 
 IS — DR. chase's SFX'OND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
194 DR. ch.^se's 
 
 strained honey, 6 lbs. ; muriated tincture of iron, sufficient quantity 
 (see below). The roots are all to be dry except the dandelion, which 
 is not as good to be dried. 
 
 Put the liquor upon the bruised mass and let stand 3 or 4 days, 
 and put into a stout muslin cloth and strain and press out 2 qts. which 
 bottle and set aside. Then put 2 or 3 gals, of soft water upon the mass 
 and boil for 2 or 3 hours, and strain out the liquid, put on enough 
 more water to cover the dregs and boil again for an hour or so, then 
 strain and press out all the fluid, the two watery fluids should measure 
 6 qts., if much over that boil down to that amount, and add the honey, 
 and the spirit that was set by, at first. White sugar may take the 
 place of honey, if the honey can not be had, but the honey is 100 per 
 cent the best. To each pt. bottle of this, as used, put in muriated 
 tincture of iron, 1 oz. ; and shake well. 
 
 Dose. — From 1 to 2 table-spoonfuls, as the stomach will bear it 
 without belching it up, every 2 or 3 hours. This will be found very 
 valuable in the treatment of all afl"ections of the lungs, allaying 
 coughs, relieving the constriction, or tightness across the chest, and 
 assists expectoration, and also giv-es color and tone to the blood, and 
 through the blood to the general system. It will be found a very re- 
 liable preparation for all conditions, or stages of Consumption, or 
 coughs. 
 
 I have my doubts of there being any better preparation, as a 
 lung sirup, but there are those who have had excellent satisfaction 
 from other sirup'^, or cordials, and there is one among them which I 
 judge, from its composition, to be much better than most others, and 
 so well satisfied am I of its value, I have thought best to give it a 
 place. It is from Warren's Household Physician, by the late Ira War- 
 ren, A. M., M. D., of Boston. He thought so highly of it and used it 
 so extensively in his practice that he made it in quantities of 16 gals, at 
 a time, I have thought best, however, to take ozs. for lbs. in the pre- 
 scription, which will make 1 gal. in phrce of 16. Those desiring an 
 "alopathy" work of 800 pages for $6, can address the publisher, Ira 
 Bradley & Co., 20 Washington street, Boston. It is one of the most 
 sensible works from that school, for families, that I have seen. The 
 prescription is as follows: 
 
 3. Wild-cherry bark, ground, 10 ozs.; ipecac root, 1^ ozs.; blood- 
 root, Ih ozs.; squill-root, bruised, | oz.; pulverized liquorice root, 2^ 
 drs.; cochineal, bruised, 1 dr.; anise-seed, 2 ozs.; fennel-seed, ^ oz. ; 
 orange peel, 1 oz. ; acetate of morphia, f dr.; alcohol (76 per cent), 2 
 qts.; soft water, 2 qts.; pulverized white sugar, 40 ozs.; sulphuric acid, 
 ^ dr. (If these figures are multiplied by 16, the amounts would agree 
 with the original. Druggists may desire to make it in these large quan- 
 tities). 
 
 Grind all the articles to a coarse powder, except those directed to 
 be braised, or pulverized, and put them all to the alcohol, except the 
 wild-cherry bark, the water, sugar, and sulphuric acid. Let them 
 stand 1 week, shaking, or stirring thoroughly, twice a day. Then, 
 having kept the wild-cherry 2 days, in a covered vessel with water 
 enough upon it to wet it through, place it in a percolator (a colander 
 with a piece of muslin over it will do), and run 2 qts. of water 
 through it. Add this to the alcohol and other ingredients. Let the 
 whole stand 3 days longer, stirring as before, twice a day. Draw off, 
 and filter through paper (through cloth in the colander, for fe,milies, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 195 
 
 will do). Now add the sugar, and lastly the sulphuric acid. The 
 acid is intended mainly to improve the color, by acting chemically 
 upon the cochineal. The color is a fine cherry-i-ed, tinged with 
 orange. I very much prefer this to any of the "patent" pectorala 
 that are kept on sale by druggists. 
 
 Dr. Warren says of it: "Upon no other preparation of medicine I 
 have ever compounded have I bestowed as much thought and care as 
 upon this. For five years I was incessantly experimenting, making 
 and trying new combinations, and this is the result." And in his re- 
 vised edition, he adds: "The assertion pi-eviously made that this is 
 the best cough preparation ever made; I see no cause to modify in 
 the smallest degree. Were it kept in every apothecary shop, and were 
 physicians to prescribe it in pulmonary" (lung) "complaints, adding 
 a little sirtip 0/ squill, or nine of ipecac when a more expectorant" (in- 
 creased discharge from the lungs or throat) "eff"ect is wanted, or a lit- 
 tle more vaorphine if a greater narcotism" (relieving pain and pro- 
 ducing sleep) "is sought, it would save them much trouble in com- 
 pounding cough sirups, and give them much more satisfactory results. 
 I have compared its eflects, again and again, with the best other 
 preparations in use, and I pledge my word that it will succeed in 
 twice as many cases as any other compound that may be chosen. Let 
 physicians try it; and I will be responsible for every hair's breadth in 
 which they find this proportion of successful results abridged." 
 
 It is, no doubt, an exceedingly valuable corcfia?; but notwithstand- 
 ing its high praise by its originator, I do not by any means prefer it 
 over and above the use of my pulmonic sirup, above given, but as there 
 are places where the tamarack-bark cannot be easily obtained, and as 
 there are those who prefer the cherry above all other preparations, I 
 have deemed it but just to all parties to give it a place, together with 
 his sensible remarks as to its superior value over the "patent" com- 
 pounds found in the shops. 
 
 4. Dr. Hale's Cough Tinctixre.— Wild cherry bark, black co- 
 hosh root [macrotiis racrmosa), and liquorice root, of each, 2 ozs.; 
 blood-root, 1 oz.; good wliisky, Ih pts. ; soft water, 1 pt.; white sugar, 1 
 lb.; wines of ipecac aiid antimony, of each, 2 ozs.; (I greatly prefer, 
 for my own use, tincture of lobelia, 1 oz. in place of the wine of anti- 
 mony, but alopaths will prefer the wine of antimony, each can suit 
 themselves). 
 
 Let the roots and bark be coarsely bruised, and put into the 
 whisky for 48 hours, then strain and gently press to obtain 1 pt. of 
 spirit, which set by, and put the water upon the roots, and gently 
 steep, in a covered dish, for 2 or 3 hours, and strain and gently press 
 out the liquid, in which dissolve the sugar, then add the spirit tinc- 
 ture, first set aside, and also the wine of ipecac and tincture of lo- 
 belia. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful whenever the cough is troublesome. In re- 
 cent colds, attended with considerable cough, take a tea-spoonful 2, or 
 3 times, once in J to 1 hour, before retiring, and it will ordinarily start 
 a gentle perspiration, and very greatly help any other means of 
 relief. 
 
 Dr. Hale, the originator of this Receipt was a successful prac- 
 tioner for over 40 years, and made this his dependence as a cough 
 medicine. Others also have used it with very great success. 
 
 After having written the foregoing, on the subject of Consump- 
 
196 DR. chase's 
 
 tion, I took up my Eclectic Medical Journal, for December, 1871, and 
 was very much pleased to find a very learned, and satisfactory com- 
 munication upon the cause and apj)ropriate hygienic and climatic treai- 
 ment of this disease from L. S. Lowry, M. D., of Claremont, 111., 
 Avherein, he shows, very satisfactory to me at least, that the deposit 
 of tubercle in the lungs (the real cause of Consumption, for it takes 
 on inflammation, ulceration, and the consequent destruction of the 
 substance of the lungs), is caused by a degeneration, or failure of the 
 vital principles of life, to such an extent that they do not furnish 
 nutrition of a sufficiently high order of vitality to supply the waste 
 of the system, and consequently the strength fails, which is known 
 to be the case, and also shows that these deposits of tubercle are of a 
 fatty consistence, taken up from the already supplied fat of the tissues 
 which cause the great emaciation of Consumptives, instead of, as 
 generally believed, going to sustain life; and also argues, and I fully 
 believe, that every dose of cod liver-oil, or other fatty oils, or food, 
 goes to supply, or feed this very deposit, instead of, as believed, going 
 to support life, actually shortens it by causing a greater deposit of 
 tubercle to be made than would be without it. I should have 
 been glad to have given his whole argument, through which he comes 
 to the following conclusions; but as this work does not go into lengthy 
 ■argumentative discussions, but takes advantage of what is made by 
 them, which, on their face, seem to contain the common-sense princi- 
 ples of nature. I will give you his conclusions, and then close the 
 subject with a few remarks as to what his arguments and summing 
 up would appear to require at the hands of those who are afflicted 
 with the disease, or who know that they are predisposed to it by 
 transmission from their parents. His conclusion is in the following 
 words: 
 
 "After diligently searching for the cause of phthisis (Consump- 
 tion), we have found that but the one condition alone remains to 
 attribute it to, viz. : Perverted nutrition, and of the variety known 
 as ftitty degeneration. The cause, then, being fully understood, the 
 Treatment no longer remains empirical, but can be rationally and 
 specifically employed. And as I will only consider its hygienic and 
 climatic modes of Treatment, I will leave its therapeutical manage- 
 ment with the profession. My reasons for so doing are that I have 
 seen very nearly every remedy recommended, employed in its Treat- 
 ment, and in no case have I witnessed a single cure from their 
 administration. But from proper hygienic measures, with a change 
 of climate, I have seen flow most happy i-esults. 
 
 "In the Treatment of all diseases, there is no one item of greatei 
 importance than the diet. In fiict much depends on the degree and 
 kind of nourishment the individual has received, and does receive, 
 should he become the subject of any grave disorder or disease. 
 Therefore the dietetic management of the patient is one grand fea- 
 ture in the Treatment of phthisis. Without proper attention to this, 
 success will seldom crown our efforts. Indeed a strict observance to 
 hygienic rules will many times accomplish a cure without any other 
 means being employed.' I will only consider the diet of the inhab- 
 itants of the temperate latitudes, as" nature has made ample provision 
 for both the frigid and torrid zones. 
 
 "Notwithstanding the rapid emaciation attending this disease, 
 there has almost alwavs been an error committed in its hygienic 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 197 
 
 mode of Treatment. AYith the emaciation there is a transformation 
 of adipose tissue, and instead of being employed in the procevss of 
 combustion as is generally supposed, it is taken up by. the circulation 
 and used in the cellular deposit of tubercle. And I am satisfied that 
 this error in diet has many times lessened the patient's chances of 
 recovery, from the fact that the agents usually employed as ai-ticles of 
 food, contain both oils and fats, the very elements that should be 
 used but sparingly in a diet for those suffering from phthisis, In 
 order to fully elucidate this subject I will refer briefly to the identity 
 of oils and fats. To do this I had as well quote from Youman's New 
 Chemistry, page 349, section 061, where he says, 'The fats and fixed 
 oils are a class of compounds having nearly the same chemical com- 
 position and properties. They are composed of carbon, hydrogen, 
 and oxygen; the hydrogen being usually in exce.ss with but a small 
 proportion of oxygen.' Now physiology teaches that it is the hydro- 
 carbonaceous elements of the flood that are consumed, in order to 
 maintain a normal temperature of the body. And in phthisis, the 
 general circulation is never actively employed, owing to its increase of 
 fibrin, therefore an oleaginous diet would certainly augment the dif- 
 ficulty. » 
 
 "In regard to diet it may be said, in general tei-ms, that it should 
 be highly nutritious, consisting of a good proportion of animal food, 
 but containing a very small per cent of fat. With this precaution in 
 selecting a diet, I am fully convinced that a cure can often be effected 
 even within the temperate latitudes. A temporary residence in some 
 of our AVestern States, as northern Michigan, Minnesota, and Wis- 
 consin, with proper attention to hygienic measures, where the depo- 
 sition of tubercle is but slight, will many times effect a permanent 
 cure._ But should the p<itient have become the subject of confirmed 
 phthisis, it is but making bad worse to remain longer in the temper- 
 ate latitudes. We are now brought to the consideration of the cli- 
 matic treatment of tubercular Consumption. We have glanced from 
 one extreme to the other and found where the disease does, and does 
 not exist — hemmed it in, as it were, and confined it to the temperate 
 latitudes alone; nothing now remains but to select a climate that will 
 benefit, and radically cure those suffering from phthisis. And to 
 render the consideration of this important subject easy, we have but 
 to keep before us the cause of this grave disease, viz.: an excess of 
 fatty matter in the serum of the blood. A climate favoring the com- 
 bustion of this element of the circulation in order to maintain a nor- 
 mal temperature of the body should be sought, at least for the tem- 
 porary residence of the invalid. Such has been the wise provision 
 of nature, that in this particular, as well as in every other, she has 
 furnished us with a climate well adapted in every respect to the 
 wants of the sufferer. This we will find only in the higher latitudes, 
 as the south temperate and torrid regions of the globe are decidedly 
 objectionable on account of the intense heat, and their endemic dis- 
 eases (diseases peculiar to these hot climates). 
 
 "While the inhabitants of the torrid zone appear to enjoy a 
 special exemption from phthisis, yet they are continually harassed by 
 a disease, that is possibly more fatal in its character than phthisis in 
 the temperate latitudes. The yellow fever attended by the black 
 vomit is very malignant in its rounds, and where the constitution of 
 the individual is already greatly debilitated by disease, he can survive 
 
198 DR. chase's 
 
 but a short time. So peculiar to that latitude is this disease, that it 
 is known only as an endemic (peculiar to that section), and certain 
 thermometrical conditions are absolutely necessary for its develop- 
 ment, as it is never known to occur, unless the thermometer has indi- 
 cated TO'' to 80°, for several days and even months. It scarcely ever 
 is found further north than 40° of north latitude, its ravages being 
 confined almost entirely to the torrid zone, or adjacent borders of the 
 temj^erate latitudes. 
 
 "The great mortality attending this disease is mostly due to the 
 rapid decomposition of that vital fluid, the blood, it being so tlior- 
 oughly decomposed, that it will scarcely coagulate after standing sev- 
 eral hours in an open vessel. It is from among strangers visiting that 
 latitude, that a large per cent of the mortality is derived. Those from 
 our Northern climates, as the English, Irish, and Scotch always suffer 
 the most, which is probably owing to their national habits, and modes 
 of life. The disease is violent, and its progress I'apid in those of 
 robust and healthy constitutions, while those of feeble vitality almost 
 always perish in its onset. 
 
 "The disease being endemic then, the cause must necessarily be 
 found to be in perpetual existence. And while it is so very fatal in 
 its character, especially to tliose of debilitated constitutions, the Con- 
 sumptive would certainly survive but a short time after transplanta- 
 tion. The sad inroads already made upon his constitution by phthisis 
 would render him doublj' liable to yellow fever, besides the incessant 
 heat there, as indicated by the thermometer, would not require the 
 consumption to any great extent of the hydro-carbonaceous elements 
 of the blood in order to maintain the temperature of the body regu- 
 larly at 98° F. Thus it will be seen that the great heat of that lati- 
 tude, together with that terrible scourge, yellow fever, which so rap- 
 idl)' devitalizes the blood, would make it objectionable for the Con- 
 sumptive; for he is already laboring under a disease that has impaired 
 to a considerable extent the circulating medium, and it is certainly 
 evident that a climate like that found in the warmer latitudes would 
 hasten that fearful result, 'which divorces soul and body, a distant and 
 indistinct foretaste of that dread cup which we must all one day 
 drain.' 
 
 "Traveling northward into the higher latitudes of the temperate 
 zone, we find a climate that is pretty well suited to the cure of i^hthi- 
 eis, providing the depo;-^ition of tubercle is not too great. In fact any 
 climate that has a sufficient elevation above the level of the sea, no 
 matter whether it be mountainous and clad in perpetual ice and 
 snow, or a level plain decked in nature's fields of living green, will 
 always be found invaluable in the cure of Consumption. Bat tvhere 
 the disease is of long standing, and. the patient has inherited a tuberculous 
 diathesis, with a considerable impairment of the lungs by tubercular depos- 
 its, a residence in the Arctic regions is necessary in order to efl'cct a cure. 
 This, then, is the climate for the Consumptive, as it requires the com- 
 bustion of all the oleaginous matter of the blood in order to main- 
 tain a normal temperature. 'I would by all means advise the Con- 
 sumptive of this country to take up a residence in Russian America, 
 or in Canada; and the Consumptives of Europe a temporary abode in 
 Russia, or Russian Asia, but never by any persuasion to be lured from 
 home and friends, but to find a grave beneath the shades of the poetic 
 vine and olive.' — Battson. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 199 
 
 "Before dismissing the subject I will say, although my experience 
 has been limited in the treatment of this disease, yet from all my 
 observations I am led to believe that the whole difficulty originates 
 in the blood, and taking this view of the matter, I am firmly of the 
 opinion that the only rational method of treatment for this 
 aflfection is one of hygiene and climate. My views are but the result 
 of a few years of careful investigation ; however, I ask for them a 
 calm and patient consideration, and if not consistent with facts that 
 have been established, nor supported by future observations, let them 
 share the fate of all other errors." 
 
 It wil) be observed that Dr. Lowry, in speaking ot a residence 
 in the South, refers to it as a permanency, in which I full}' agree with 
 him, but, for those who are able, in means (money), to go to Florida, 
 or Cuba, or Texas, or Mexico, for the months of December, to March, 
 when the yellow fever does not rage, then in Minnesota, or the north- 
 ern portions of central Canada, for the Summer, I believe, yet I may 
 be in error, that it would be preferable, at least for the tirst year, than 
 to remaining in the North, through the severe cold of the Winter. I 
 have spoken of INIinnesota and central Canada, for the reason that it 
 appears to me that the region of Lake Superior, or the easterly shores 
 of Canada, from their consequent dampness, are not equal to those 
 sections where the air is drij and pure as it is in the sections pre- 
 viously named. Permanent residence in the South, for Consumptives, 
 I do not recommend; but, I do think that what is now known of the 
 advantages of a permanent residence in IMinnesota, as herein given, 
 and also through various other sources, calls loudly upon all who 
 know themselves, or any member of their fiimily to be predisposed 
 to this disease, to make all reasonable efforts to transfer their resi- 
 dences to these regions where Consumption is not the terrible monster 
 that it is in the Middle States, yet it is a free country. Any one prefer- 
 ring death in an old home, to that of a longer life among strangers, has 
 the right to choose for themselves. I have given what I "know to 
 be facts in many cases, and what I believe will receive the general 
 assent of physicians, as well as that of the people. The pecuniary 
 condition ol some M'ill not allo\v them to avail themselves of the 
 advantages of a northern climate, and there will be others who will not 
 read these pages until it be too late to take such advantage. To such 
 may the joys of the religion of our Lord Jesus Christ, come home 
 to tJheir hearts, as it will, to all who truly believe in Him, and have 
 the acknowledgement of their own conscience, that they have done 
 what they ougJd to have done, under the circumstances in which they 
 are placed — nothing more can be asked, or required of any one. But, 
 let me add that I am not to be understood as recommending any one 
 to go to the far North — Arctic regions — at all, Minnesota, or that range. 
 East, or West, is as far North, as my knowledge permits me to recom- 
 mend any one to go. 
 
 5. Inhalation. — If attention to diet, the gentle sweating twice a 
 week, the alkaline bathing (bathing with sal-soda or weak lye in the 
 water), the frii'tion to the surface, night and morning, with the cay- 
 enne tincture; and the use of sirup, cordial, or tincture, as any one 
 shall choose to take, does not, within a reasonable time, or pretty 
 soon, begin to give a very perceptable relief, it will be well to add to 
 them the principle of Inhalation (to l^reathe into the lungs) of such 
 remedies as would have a tendency to soothe and heal, or cause to 
 
200 DR. chase's 
 
 throw off offending matter, or stimulate to healthy action, were they 
 applied to an outward ulcer, or inflammation. If poultices, liniments, 
 salves, ointments, etc., are good to apply upon the surface, should it 
 not be just as reasonable to suppose that it would be good to apply 
 appropriate medicines directlj- to the lungs, or throat, or deep bron- 
 chial tubes, as can easily be done by^ Inhalation? It is certainly rea- 
 sonable, it has, and may again prove a valuable assistant! And they 
 may be used in connection with the other Treatment, and especially 
 should be, if the stomach will not tolerate any of tlie cough medi- 
 cines. Any of these articles may be Inhaled that are used in the 
 cough remedies, except, for Inhalation it is better without the sugar, 
 which rather prevents than helps to atomize the medicines. 
 
 In the commencement of lung or throat diseases, the Alterative In- 
 halent would be the one to use; but if the phlegm becomes more vis- 
 cid (sticky and glutinious) and the cough is dry and hard, then use the 
 expectorant, and if soreness, or pain, accompany, use the soothing and 
 febrifage, and if expectoration is too free, at any time, use the astring- 
 ents, etc., according to instructions under the liead of Inhalation. 
 
 It is claimed that in the avanced stages of Consumption, i. e., after 
 fever has set in, that the rapid breathing causes too great an oxyda- 
 tion, or heat of the blood, literally burning up the patient with oxy- 
 gen, to prevent which nitrogenized substances, as milk, cod-liver oil, 
 spirits, etc., are recommended, the nitrogen of these substances consum- 
 ing the oxygen, relieving the fever. Milk should be used as freely as 
 the stomach will allow, without becoming acid or sour; and if milk of 
 full strength can not be freely used, it may be made into milk porridge 
 by putting half as much water with it, as of milk, and thickening a 
 little only, with flour stirred into cold water first, then into the boiling 
 milk, with a bit of salt also. It may be drank as a beverage, and it 
 may be eaten with bread, for ISreakfast and supper, having the nicest 
 tender meats for dinner, or if very feeble, beef-tea for dinner, with 
 such other food as suitably correspond with the meats, or beef-tea; 
 but never eat an over-full meal. Should this ever occur, or should 
 pain, or heat arise in the stomach, or gas, from over-eating, or from 
 over-exercise after eating, take a spoonful or two of such spirits as may 
 be at hand, or best agrees with the patient, which will soon work re- 
 lief by stimulating the stomach to work off its over-loaded condition. 
 Exercise in the open air, is as important as the diet, if not more so. 
 
 Lichig claims that the spirit circulates free, in the blood and over- 
 comes, or devours the oxygen. Others claim that ague districts have 
 a simular effect upon Consumptive patients, or rather, that in those 
 districts the air has a larger proportion of hydrogen, carbon, and sul- 
 phur, all of which have an affinity for the oxygen and consume it in 
 the system; for it is claimed that but few, if any, in districts of ague 
 and intermittent fevers, ever have the Consumption. And it is very 
 j)robable that in the high latitude of Minnesota, where the air is light 
 and pure, that there is less oxygen than in the medium districts, or 
 more Northern of the Middle States, where Consumption is so preva- 
 lent. Holland and Egypt are low flat countries, and are celebrated as 
 being free from Consumption. Even the old Roman physicians used 
 to send this class of patients to Egypt to recruit their health. "Cicero, 
 the celebrated orator, who, in his youth, was threatened with Con- 
 sumption, as the hollow temples and sharp features of his remaining 
 bust abundantly testify, traveled into Egypt for the recovery of his 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 201 
 
 health." And he undoubtedly regained it, or there would have been 
 no busts to testify as to tlie fact. 
 
 Travel.— Patients that can not be relieved, or cured by the Treat- 
 ment, hints and suggestions, above given, have not alternative left, 
 but to linger on, and fall victims to tlie disease, or to goto "more 
 genial climes." From my knowledge of the successful recovery of so 
 many Consumptive patients by a residence in Minnesota, I most cheer- 
 fully, and anxiously recommend the Northern and Western part of 
 that State as the place for Consumptives. My residence there, a little 
 short of a year, completely cured one of my lungs which had become 
 very weak and painful from a severe typhoid pneumonia, of the Spring 
 before. 
 
 There was a gentleman living at Sauk Rapids, during my resi- 
 dence there, who came into the State, from Maine, 10 years before, 
 with his lungs so bad that hemorrhage liad taken place several times 
 before he left home, and he was in so critical a condition of health, on 
 this account, that a brother was sent with him, lest there might be a 
 fatal termination on the way. They rented a few acres of land, a few 
 miles below St. Paul, and he done what little he could the first season. 
 The second season they rented a farm and worked it, successfully ; 
 then the brother went back, but he worked the place another year, 
 and went home well. But after remaining in Maine a year, liking 
 Minnesota the best, he went back, and when I knew him he was as 
 hale and healtliy a young man as I would ever wish to know. And 
 while there, I learned of so many other cases who were also cured by 
 that climate that it is as well established fact, in my mind, as any- 
 thing can be in this world, that North-Western Minnesota is the place 
 for Consumptives. But let me say, whoever goes there for that rea- 
 son, do not put off the going until you are just ready to die at home. 
 If you go, go early in the disease, and you are almost positively cer- 
 tain of being materially benefited, if not absolutely cured. 
 
 The Northern Pacific Railroad is now hastening its way through 
 that State, and on to Pugets Sound, and probably, along the whole 
 line of that road the climate will be found equally beneficial to the 
 health of this class of invalids. The only drawb:ick that would ap- 
 pear to me to be in the case, is the extreme cold of the Winters, yet 
 the air is so dr} and pure, they claim, there, that this is not a draw- 
 back, but a help. Those who are able, in the matter of money, might 
 make this State their Summer home, and Florida or Texas for Win- 
 ter. 
 
 I will mention only one more case. I had a gentleman with me, 
 as editor, for some years, but whose Consumptive tendencies increased 
 upon him so much, in the Fall of 18(58, he made up his mind he would 
 go to Minnesota, notwithstanding I told him it would be a dangerous 
 undertaking, he might even die on the road. He was a walking-skel- 
 eton — cough, cough, cough, was the constant sound in his room, in the 
 ofiSce, for he had ambition and would not give up his labors. He left 
 in December, I think, and I expected to hear of his death on the 
 road ; but he went to Sauk Rapids and spent the Winter there with 
 an acquaintance, and in the Spring, he went to St. Paul, and got a sit- 
 uation on one of the papers, sometimes setting type and sometimes 
 reporting local items, at which he proved so successful, he was re- 
 tained in that line. I heard from him only a month or two ago, about 
 three years after he left this city, Ann Arbor, Michigan, still at his 
 
202 DR. chase's 
 
 woi-k. I look upon this case to be as near to a miracle, as anything 
 that ever came under my notice. I will add, however, that his diges- 
 tive powers were excellent, and he was a great lover of oysters — raw 
 oysters — which, no doubt greatly assisted the recuperative (tending to 
 recovery) powers of his system. 
 
 After writing the above, in May, 1872, I thought I might obtain 
 additional information as to the correctness of the opinions that Min- 
 nesota was the place for Consumptives, by addressing this gentleman, 
 asking his judgment after over 3 years residence there, to which he 
 replied, that he "thought it had been somewhat over-estimated; yet, 
 he said that <)lthough he had considerable cougli still, he was able to 
 attend to his duties as local editor on the St. Paul Dispatch; and that 
 during the past severe Winter, he had reported the proceedings of 
 the Legislature during the session, over 90 days, without the loss of a 
 day, and, if it was not for his cough, he should feel very comfortable." 
 Then I heard no more from him until the present month, October, 
 when a letter coming from a friend there, says: "Allan Campbell 
 died here, to-day," — -thus showing that although this gentleman went 
 therein a condition of health, making it absolutely dangerous for him 
 to be on tire road, and so bad that none of his accjuaintances consid- 
 ered it possible for him to live but a very sliort time, yet through the 
 benefits of that pare atmosphere, he lived, and labored, nearhj four years, 
 which, more than anything else, confirms all of my former opinions 
 in favor of Minnesota as the place for Consumptives, the only drawback 
 being the severity of the Winters, making it necessary to use great care 
 during the Winter season. 
 
 The Dispatch of Oct. 9th, comes to us with the following so just a 
 tribute to the worth of Mr. Campbell, the gentleman referred to, and 
 which so fully coroborates our statements in the case, and, withal, is 
 so short, that notwithstanding it is not customary to give such notices 
 in Books of this character, yet, all things considered, I deem it per- 
 fectly proper, thus to honor the man by which means, I also confirm 
 previous positions laid down upon this subject. The Dispatch says: 
 
 "Mr. Allan Campbell, for nearly three years and a half editorially 
 connected with the Dispatch, died at his residence this morning of 
 Consumption, at the early age of 33 years. In Januar}^ 1869, he came 
 to Minnesota for his health, spending the first few months at Sauk 
 Rapids. The following April he came to St. Paul and was employed 
 upon the Dispatch up to the 6th of last August, when his disease be- 
 came so far advanced that he was obliged to abandon work, and stead- 
 ily failed until the final end. He died easily and peacefully, looking 
 at the dread destroyer so bravely and calmly that he some days ago 
 specified details for his own funeral. 
 
 " Mr. Campbell was a native of Cleveland, Ohio, and the greater 
 portion of his life was spent in that city. He was editorially connect- 
 ed with both the Cleveland Plain Dealer and Leader, retiring from the 
 position of niglit editor on the latter journal October, 1865, in order to 
 assnn:ie the editorial management and control of the xVnn Arbor (Mich.) 
 Courier. This, and indeed all his other positions, he filled with great 
 acceptability and only relinquished it to come to Minnesota on ac- 
 count of failing health. 
 
 "His death is not only a loss to his immediate-friends but also to 
 the public, for we can say with no disparagement to others, that, but 
 for infirm health, he would have risen to the very front rank of jour- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 203 
 
 nalists in the North-west. He more than gave satisfaction to his em- 
 ployers and ])roved himself a competent, able, and versatile journal- 
 ist. His warmest friends were those who knew him best and could 
 appreciate iiis worth. In fact, he won friends wherever he made ac- 
 quaintances, and we doubt whether any resident of the city, in the 
 same length of time, attached more warm friends to him than did the 
 subject of this brief sketch. 
 
 "A wife and daughter survive him and his brother and sister 
 from Iowa, his only remaining immediate relatives were enabled to 
 be present and make his closing hours as comfortable as human means 
 could devise." (Minnesota, no doubt, added oh yrs.to his life.— Author.) 
 
 COUGHS AND COLDS.— Everybody is liable to "take Cold," 
 and but few pei-sons avoid them altogether, although the weak and 
 debilitated, and those whose employments lead them from warm to 
 cold situations, or rooms, are much more liable to them than others. 
 
 Cause. — The Cause of Coughs are neglect of Colds, brought on 
 by whatever checks perspiration, and thereby turns in upon the 
 lungs, or throat, what should have been carried off by the skin. 
 
 Symptoms.— The Symptoms of a Cold, the neglect of which 
 is pretty sure to leave a Cough, are pain, or weight, or both, in the 
 head, tightness of the chest, difficult breathing, fullness and stuffing 
 of the nose, watery, or slightly inflamed eyes, sore throat, finally 
 Cough, cold shiverings, and flashes of heat; and also, if neglected, an 
 increase of mucus from the nose, throat and lungs, from the beginning 
 of an inflammation upon the membranes of those parts; and, in 
 severe cases, perhaps considerable fever. 
 
 Treatment. — For the proper Treatment, see Catarrh from Re- 
 cent Colds, to Cure, remembering, that if a Cold is neglected, or im- 
 properly Treated, a Cough is the certain result, and if that is neglect- 
 ed, Consumption, sooner or later, is pretty certainly the consequence. 
 
 If there are any who can not, or will not go into the siveating ope- 
 ration, let a full dose of physic be taken at bed-time, and a mixture of 
 good vinegar, butter, an>l honey, with a little black pepper, or ginger, 
 be taken 3 or 4 times during the evening, as hot as it can be borne, at 
 the same time, during the evening let the i"eet be toasted by the fire 
 for an hour, at least, before going to bed, then hot bricks, or a hot flat- 
 iron to the feet, which together, will excite more or less perspiration, 
 and perhaps prevent a Couo;h; but if it does not and a Cough comes 
 on, the following sirap sliould be taken: 
 
 2. Ooug-h Elixir. — Oil of anise, and oil of sweet almonds, and 
 balsam of fir, of each, t oz.; laudantim, and tinctures of ipecac, digit- 
 alis and lobelia, and tincture of balsam of Peru, of each, 1 oz.; tincture 
 of blood-root, and tincture of balsam of Tolu, of each, 2 ozs. ; best al- 
 cohol, 2 ozs.; strained honey, j lb. Put the alcohol into a suitable 
 sized bottle and add the oils and fir, and shake well to cut the fir, then 
 add the tinctures and honey, and shake again to cut and mix the 
 honey. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful 3 to 6 times daily according to the severity 
 and tightness of the Cough. It will be found an exceedingly valuable 
 preparation. It should be kept in every family. But, should these 
 Coughs become firmly seated, from neglect, or the frequent occurrence 
 of Cold, the treatment will more properly come under the head of 
 CoNSUMPTroN, but, even, in that diseu-^e, this sirup would be found val- 
 uable. Avoid full meals, in these Colds. Rather let broths, gruels, or 
 
204 DR. chase's 
 
 milk porridge with light bread, form the diet for a few meals, at 
 least. 
 
 The following is from Dr. Hall's Medical Journal, and fully corobo- 
 rates my ideas, as to the improj/riety of full meals after a Cold has 
 been taken, and although I go in for active persjiiration, there are 
 those who may choose the milder way as recommended by Dr. Hall, I 
 will give his explanation of how to treat a Cold, which if well treated 
 will save the trouble of having to treat a Cough. He says: 
 
 "A bad Cold, like measles and mumps, or other similar ailments, 
 will run its course, about 10 days, in spite of what may be done for it, 
 unless remedial means are employed within 48 hours from its incep- 
 tion (commencement). Many a useful life may be spared to be in- 
 creasingly useful, by cutting a Cold short off, in the following safe and 
 simple manner: On the.^7'si day of taking a Cold, there is a very un- 
 pleasant sensation of chilliness. The moment you observe this go to 
 your room and stay there; keep it at such a temperature as will entire- 
 ly prevent this chilly feeling, even if it requires 100° of Fah. 
 In addition, put your feet in water half-leg deep, as hot as you can 
 bear it, adding hotter water, from time to time for 15 minutes" (I 
 would say 20 to 30), "so that when you take your feet out, the water 
 shall be hotter than when you put them in ; then dry them thorough- 
 ly, by wiping, and put on warm, thick woolen stockings, even if it be 
 Summer, when Colds are the most dangerous (I do not agree with 
 this, only that, in Summer, persons are less likely to attend to them), 
 and, for 24 hours, eat not an atom of food, but drink as largely as you 
 desire of any warm teas, and at the end of that time, if not sooner, 
 the Cold will be effectually broken without any medicine whatever." 
 
 If I had not the alcohol and spirit lamp, I should certainly take 
 this method; and even with the spirit lamp, the feet being put into 
 hot water, makes a quicker, and more effectual jjlan Jof introducing 
 perspiration. 
 
 Some persons think that drinking cold water is better than hot 
 teas. It will do very well with persons of a robust, or healthy consti- 
 tution; but persons of a weak and debilitated habit of body had bet- 
 ter use the hot teas, or hot punches not sufficiently strong to give 
 head-ache — ginger tea, is excellent. 
 
 CROUP. — Croup is an acute inflammation of the upper air-pas- 
 sages leading into the lungs, technically called the larynx, usually oc- 
 curring with children, but adults, and sometimes those that are quite 
 old have it. It is usually divided into three classes,— mwcoits, pseiido- 
 memhraneoihs (with false membrane), and spasmodic, but so far as treat- 
 ment is concerned, it is about the same, notwithstanding the finely 
 drawn dividing lines. 
 
 Cause. — As the disease is more prevalent in Winter and Spring, 
 than at any other periods of the year, and is attended with more or 
 less inflammation, its Cause is set down, like other inflamrnatory dis- 
 eases, to " taking Cold," or in checking perspiration, which fact of 
 itself should be definitely understood to point out the remedy — re- 
 store a healthy perspiration. 
 
 Symptoms.— Sometimes tbe first knowledge, of Croup will be to 
 have a child wake up in the night, with diflacult breathing, and a 
 whistling, or hoarse, ringing congh, with mucus in the throat to give a 
 fear of suffocation. If the child is old enough to speak, the voice will 
 partake of the whi.stling, or piping sound of the cough; and there may 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 205 
 
 be a spasmodic closure of the ei>iglottis (cap-like valve that covers the 
 air-passage) so that great efforts, or catches are made for breath. But, 
 in other cases, these Symptoms come on more gradually, being worse 
 at night, yet not so hard as to cause very much alarm ; but the danger 
 is only so much the greater, the enemy is, as the saying is, "laying 
 low" that he may make a fatal blow, which, in foct he too often does ; 
 for this slowly accumulating disease is certainly the worst form of 
 Croup — having the false membrane, which, if not relieved early in 
 the disease, will finally choke the patient to death, probably, within 4 
 or 5 days. 
 
 Treatment. — As indicated above, the Treatment is to relax the 
 system to relieve spasm, if any exist, and to restore or establish per- 
 spiration. And for this purpose there is no plan so quick as the spirit 
 lamp, or hot air bath, provided the child is large enough to sit in a 
 chair and be covered with a blanket, the same as for grown persons. 
 At the same time let a tea-spoonful of the acetic emetic tincture, in the 
 same amount of simple sirup, or molasses, be given, if the child is 4 or 
 5 years old, and if of other ages, in proportion, repeating in 30 or 40 
 minutes, once, or twice, or until the mucus is sufficiently loose to 
 make it appear necessary to throw it off; then, repeat every 15 minutes 
 until vomiting takes place, which will relieve the urgent symptoms, 
 and perhaps entirely relieve the case. After the child has been in 
 the hot-air bath for 15 or 20 minutes and sweating has been well 
 established, remove to the bed, and with hot bricks or irons to the 
 feet and sides, and cloths wrung out of hot vinegar and water, equal 
 parts, wrapped around the throat, let the perspiration be kept up 
 slightly, for an hour or two, renewing the vinegar and water cloths to 
 the throat as fast as they become cool; and if the child is old enough 
 to do it, it should also breathe the vapor of vinegar and water 5 nain- 
 utes at a time every 15 or 20 minutes, until relieved. If the child is 
 too young to take the hot-air bath, a hot foot-bath with mustard in it 
 must be adopted, and sponging the surface, the child being under 
 cover of blankets, then heat, by bricks, or bottles of hot water, or 
 something of this kind, to get up the same condition — perspiration. 
 The sponging may be from the hot vinegar and water, out Of which 
 the cloths for the neck are wrung. 
 
 In that kind of Croup which approaches more slowly, the pseudO' 
 membraneous,, the cloths must be kept up around the neck, and the 
 other means also used, moderately, to keep the system relaxed, just 
 keeping up a little nausea, until the false membrane has become so 
 loose that an emetic may throw it off, then give the emetic in full 
 dose, and repeat, sufficiently often to vomit the patient. And if dan- 
 ger still continues, the neck and chest may be bathed thoroughly with 
 the pain-killer liniment, in connection with the other Treatment; or, 
 the following soap-liniment will be found valuable : 
 
 1. Soap Liniment. — Sweet oil, 2 ozs.; aqua ammonia, 1 oz.; spir- 
 its of turpentine, i oz.; spirits of camphor, | oz. Mix. This forms a 
 white, or creamy-like Soap, sufficiently soft to be shaken out of the 
 bottle into the hand, and yet sufficiently hard not to run, so it can be 
 carried right to the spot desired, and rubbed in freely, and covered 
 with flannel until a little irritation, as from a mustard plaster can take 
 its place. It will be found valuable, in rheumatism, or any swelling, 
 or tumor requiring external excitants. 
 
206 DR. chase's 
 
 In this latter class of cases, Prof. Scudder uses the acetoii-n (vine- 
 gar) tinctures of lobelia and blood-root, molasses, of each, 1 oz.; and 
 finely pulverized chlorate of potash, 1 dr., inixed. The dose being, 
 for a child of 2 or 3 years old, 1 tea-spoonful every 5 or 10 minutes, 
 until nausea is induced, then not so often. No fluid is to be given 
 with this, that it may have the desired effect upon the throat; but 
 not inducing vomiting until the looseness indicates that there is 
 something to throw from the throat. If the pulse is high, he gives 
 the proper dose of veratrum, the tincture, and he claims there are no 
 other agents of equal value, and that no preparations of the emetic 
 articles should be used, "excejH the acetous tinctures." 
 
 Dr. Beach tells us of a Mrs. Martin, of New York City, whose 
 child was subject to Croup, who bathed the throat and chest with a 
 stimulating liniment, at the time it came on in the night, and gave a 
 dose of physic, which in half an hour, had always relieved. 
 
 I now come to speak of Inhalation, which for several years past, 
 both in Europe and America has been extensively used and experi- 
 mented with, in Croup until it has become a well established fact, 
 that the Inhalation of the vapor of hot water by itself; and also hav- 
 ing lime combixied with it; and also sulphuric ether has singly, or in 
 combination, or alternating first one then the other, has saved many 
 patients; but, to show the great loss of life by this disease, I will men- 
 tion that in the city of Philadelphia alone, where they make Doctors 
 every year by the hundreds. Dr. Warren informs us that in 10 
 years, no less than 1,150 children died of Croup; and in England, no 
 less than 4,336 died of the same disease, in one year. It might be 
 expected then, that as the /aZse-membranous Croup, is so frequently 
 fatal, every possible method that would give a reasonable hope of 
 success would be tried, and lahalation is among them. 
 
 In a work on Inhalation by Prof. Scudder, he introduces the sub- 
 ject of CVoitp, in the following words: "This means of treatment is 
 employed with decided advantage in Croup, in fact, in some cases, I 
 place much reliance upon it. Spasmodic and the milder forms of the 
 mucous Croup is readily treated with the common means, though 
 even here, the vapor of water, or of water and vinegar will be found 
 of assistance. 
 
 " For 10 years past I have never treated a severe case of mucus, or 
 membranous Croup, without making Inhalations of vapor an impor- 
 tant means. It allays the irritation an<l produces relaxation of the 
 intrinsic (inner) muscles of the larynx" (upper part of the trachea, or 
 "wind-pipe, embracing the organs of voice), and this lessens the difii- 
 culty of breathing" (and he might have added, and speaking). "And 
 increasing secretion, it ])romotes expectoration in the mucous variety, 
 and lessens the pseudo (false) membranes, in the other. An infusion 
 of hops, of camomile, or tansy, acidulated with vinegar, may be employ- 
 ed instead of water." 
 
 2. The lime-water should be used of full strength, } oz. of stone 
 lime to distilled, or pure water, 1 pt. It should be Inhaled for 15 
 minutes, at least, and repeated every hour at first, then every 2 or 3 
 hours as the case demands. 
 
 European experiments have shown that the false membrane will 
 dissolve in 15 minutes by being placed in lime-water. 
 
 When there is any trouble in getting a free Inhalation of the 
 lime-water by the ordinary Inhaler, let a small piece of stone lime be 
 
SKCOND RECEIPT BOOK. 207 
 
 placed in a saucer, or some suitable dish, and a little hot water upon 
 it, throw a blanket over the head of the child and hold the dish 
 under the blanket, so the fumes, or steam must be breathed by the 
 child. 
 
 Many cases are reported, of success in the use of the lime-water; 
 but I will mention one case only, reported by Dr. A. Geiger, of Day- 
 ton, 0., to the Medical and Surgical Reporter, of Philadelphia, as found 
 in Cohen's Therapeutics and Practice of Inhalation. After reading 
 the various reports of successful cases. Dr. Geiger continues: "I deter- 
 mined to try the effects of the lime in the next case of diptheria, or 
 pseudo-mf^mbranous Croup, occurring in practice. The first case that 
 presented itself was one of Croup, in a boy about 4 years of age, son of 
 Irish parents, residing some 2 miles from the city. The boy had 
 already been sick 2 days before my visit. When called, I ordered the 
 father to take out with him, some unslacked lime, which he did. Upon 
 my arrival at the house, I found the patient sitting up in bed ; severe 
 and distressing dyspnaja" (difficult breathing); the face and body cov- 
 ered with perspiration from his efforts to get his breath. The usual 
 harsh, dry Cough, the symptoms all indicating the last stages of pseudo- 
 membranous Croup, I determined to try alone the effects of the lime, 
 as I saw no hope in any other treatment. But in what way could I bring 
 it in contact with the membranous formation to dissolve it? I hit upon 
 the following expedient: I placed some unslacked lime in a saucer, 
 and then, after throwing a cloth over his head, held the saucer under, 
 80 that he was compelled to breathe the fumes arising from the lime 
 in the process of slacking, I retained it for a few minutes, and then 
 removed it. The breathing was some easier, and directly he expec- 
 torated" (raised) "a large quantity of tough mucus and phlegm, and was 
 very much relieved. In this process, the steam arising from the lime 
 in the process of slacking, contains, in it, particles of lime which are 
 thus, by Inhalation, brought in contact with the membrane in the 
 wind-pipe. I ordered lime-water and milk to be used internally, and 
 the Inhalations to be repeated in the same way, whenever the symp- 
 toms of suflocation were severe, and that the father should report to 
 me in the morning, the boy's condition. 
 
 "He came in, the following morning, and said 'he was much bet- 
 ter; that the night before, after again Inhaling the fumes of the lime, 
 he had vomited up a lot of tough stuff, and got better right away.' I 
 prescribed a cathartic to be given him, and the fumes of the lime if he 
 choked up again. I saw the patient no more. The father reported, 
 from day to dav, that he was getting better, and finally that he could 
 'eat as much as ever.'" 
 
 So many other cases are reported, of success, both in Croup and 
 Diptheria, that ni:» farther doubt remains as to the propriety of using 
 the lime Inhalations. 
 
 In places where the lime can not be obtained, the hot vinegar and 
 water Inhalations should not be neglected, as often as the difficult 
 breathing seem to demand it; and if there is any difficulty in having 
 the child use the Inhaler, it can be done by covering the head as in 
 the case with the lime, by covering the head with a blanket, and 
 holding a cup of hot water and vinegar under it and droping into the 
 dish, from time to time, a small hot stone which will throw off a 
 steam, or vapor, sufficient to answer every purpose, or the breathing 
 may be done through a cup-shaped sponge which has been dipped 
 
208 DR. chase's 
 
 into the hot mixture and the most of the fluid squeezed out, cooling 
 the side toucliing the face by touching it to cold water, or by a ring of 
 cloth, around the mouth and over the nose, so that all the breath 
 comes through the hot sponge. 
 
 3. Sulphuric Ether has also been Inhaled, in Croup, with very 
 considerable satisfaction. A tea-spoonful might be used with the hot 
 water, a gill, as under the directions for inhaling, and i tea-spoonful 
 has also been given internally, at the same time. An etheral solution, 
 or tincture of balsam, made with 1 dr. of the balsam, to 1 oz. of sul- 
 phuric etlier, in the same quantity, 1 tea-spoonful, has also been used 
 successfully. Of course, any of these Inhalations must be repeated as 
 often as the breathing is very diffiult. 
 
 4. Alum Emetics, or alum in connection with lobelia, has been 
 used in many cases where other emetics were not at hand. Half a 
 tea-spoonful to a tea-spoonful, according to the age of the child, of 
 pulverized alum in 3 or 4 table-spoonfuls of water may be repeated 
 every 15 or 20 minutes until vomiting takes place. With care and 
 judgment, all can be done with the foregoing instructions that is 
 known upon the subject at the present day, except as found in the 
 Miscellaneous Receipts. Almost every old lady has got some plan of 
 treating Croup, which to her, is better than any other w^ay, or any- 
 thing else. All that I would say farther upon the subject, is this, let 
 every head of a family where there are children liable to it, fully con- 
 sider what plan they will pursue, according to their best judgment, 
 from the knowledge they have, and have, on hand, ready for use, what 
 they purpose to use in case the disease makes its appearance; for it is 
 no time to read up and consider after the time has come to act, then 
 no time is to be lost, whatever you do, sJtould be done quickly. 
 
 CARBUNCLE. — The subject of Carbuncle was over-looked in its 
 proper alphabetical place, yet the subject is of so considerable impor- 
 tance, I have deemed it best to put it in here, rather than among the 
 Miscellaneous Receipts. 
 
 Carbuncle is much like a boil; but it is larger, and ho much more 
 severe and intense in its inflammation and pain, that they quite often 
 prove fatal under ordinary treatment. Although the inflammation 
 and swelling are severe, they do not rise up pointed, like a boil; but 
 spread more over the surface. Governing a space from 2 to 3 inches to 
 that, sometimes, of the top of a quart bowl. They most frequently 
 occur upon the neck, or shoulders, or other portions of the back, etc. 
 They go througii the same process of development as a boil, termina- 
 ting the same, if they terminate favorably, but with a much larger 
 core, or in fact, most frequently with several cores. They seldom 
 occur in persons under middle age, or at least, not before adult age. 
 Upon the head, or neck, they are the most dangerous. 
 
 Cause.— The Cause is believed to be debility, or a breaking down 
 of the constitution. 
 
 SsnmptomB.— Extensive swelling of the cellular tissue immed- 
 iately under tlie skin,, with a burning, and smarting pain, of a livid, 
 or bluish purjjle color, having a tendency togangrene, or mortification, 
 the matter exuding being often of an acrid, or corroding, and fetid 
 character. 
 
 Treatment.— The Treatment is almost as varied as the praction- 
 ers. Some poultice at once, and some scarify, or cut down upon them 
 with a cross-cut, laying them open to aid the discharge, or oozing out 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 209 
 
 of the poisonous matter by means of poulticing. Others apply caus- 
 tics as soon as there are any openings. 
 
 In their commencement, if the spirits of turpentine saturated 
 (made as strong as can be with salt) is kept upon the place by means 
 of wetting fla-nnel cloths folded 3 or 4 thicknesses, it may scatter it; 
 then constitutional Treatment would be required to carry off the of- 
 fending matter from the system, such as cathartics, tonics, diuretics, 
 etc. But if it is not scattered, then poulticing with tiax-seed meal, 
 and slippery elm bark, or with smartweed, and if a tendency to gan- 
 grene, yeast should be mixed with any poultice used ; and an active 
 cathartic given, and repeated sufficiently often to keep the bowels 
 oi>en. And if it continues long, to redure the patient's strength, wine, 
 or other stimulants, with beef-tea, or other nourishing food must be 
 given to sustain them. 
 
 Dr. Gunn has recommended, for an occasional use in place of the 
 fresh poultices, the following: 
 
 2. "Spirits of turpentine, 2 table-spoonfuls; the yolk of an egg; 
 1 tea-spoonful of pulverized gum camphor, with sufficient wheat flour 
 t'o form into a paste, on a bit of muslin, or oiled silk." 
 
 Pyroligneous acid (an acid saved, or made from charring wood, 
 either in a coal-pit, or by burning wood in tight cast-iron cylenders 
 made for the purpose, on the same principle that our common gas, in 
 cities, is made from, thus, burning coal), and the tincture of myrrh, 
 upon an elm and yeast poultice, has been used to correct the tendency 
 to mortification, or gangrene. Carbolic Acid, which see, Avould, how- 
 ever, take its place now. 
 
 Caustic potash, or nitrate of silver has been considerably used, 
 also, for the same purpose, not as a poultice, but as an actual caustic, 
 by putting the stick into the orifices for a moment. 
 
 3. But, in very bad cases, Prof. Scudder has introduced the 
 eclectic, and more satisfactory way — more satisfactory because more 
 successful; and I can not better introduce his plan, than to give a 
 case he reports, editorially, in the Eclectic Medical Journal. He was 
 called to a case of a man at 70 years of age, who had been suffering 
 for 4 days with a Carbuncle on. the back of his neck. The physician 
 had been using sulphate of zinc, 2 drs. to water, 1 pt. as a cooling 
 lotion, applied by wetting cloths in it and laying upon, changing, etc. 
 Prof. Scudder says: 
 
 "On examination, find the neck very much swollen from the 
 occipital knob" (the prominence at the back part of head, which is 
 called occiput, from the Latin, caput, the head) "to the first dorsal' 
 vertebra " (first vertebra of the back) "and from ear to ear, intensely 
 red, hot, and tender, except a spot as large as a half dollar, which 
 shows the peculiar suppuration of Carbuncle. Pulse full, 110, bowels 
 constipated, skin dry, urine high colored, tongue contracted, dry. and 
 covered with a very thick grayish-white fur. Very restless, has not 
 slept for 3 days. 
 
 "Prescribed— Take tinct. veratrum, viride, l dr.; water, 4 ozs. ; 
 a tea-spoonful every hour. After the first day, alternatelv with the 
 veratrum; tinct. nux vomica, 20 drops; tinct. Pulsatilla^ 20 drops; 
 water, 4 ozs. By the third day the pulse was down to 70, skin soft, 
 and moist, tongue moist and inclirted to clean. Ordered hot milk 
 from the commencement, with some stimulants, can now take it with 
 14— DE. chase's second receipt book. 
 
210 DR. chase's 
 
 some appetite. Ordered now a pill of opium, 1 gr.; capsicum, J gr., as 
 often as required to procure good sleep. 
 
 "Locally, pencil the part that is red with strong tincture of vera- 
 trum,viride; apply to the centre where suppuration has commenced; 
 the permanganate of potash,t 5 dr. ; water, 4 ozs. The redness and 
 swelling rai)idly disappeared under the use of the veratrum, and by 
 the sixth day, the disease was confined to the suppurating centre — 
 3 inches in diameter. No pain. 
 
 "Thus a case which was regarded, by. those who saw it, as almost 
 necessarily fatal, was brought to a successful termination by most 
 simple means — without the use of the knife, or escharotics" (caustics). 
 
 This being the success of the present treatment, people must 
 judge for themselves which plan to follow. 
 
 I will only add, in conclusion, a little circumstance which always 
 comes to my mind when I see, or hear a Carbuncle spoken of: 
 
 When I was about 25 years of age, a gentleman of my acquaint- 
 ance engaged in the iron foundry business solicited me to enter into 
 a partnership with him, which I was about to do. But before any 
 articles of agreement had been made out, he was taken with this dis- 
 ease^ on the shoulder, and in spite of all the doctors could do, he 
 died. I had not read medicine then, and I can not say, if I had, that 
 the termination would have been different. I mention it more to 
 show the dangerous character of the disease, than any thing else ; it 
 cast much gloom, however, over the neighborhood, as well as upon 
 my own feelings, as he was a man much resj)ected, and but recently 
 married — sometimes a very little thing changes a man's course, for 
 life, at other times, the circumstance may be more serious, yet, it only 
 makes a similar change in one's purposes. 
 
 O. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. C. 
 
 OASES. — In introducing a subject of so much importance to a 
 good housekeeper, and one that will be referred to so often as that of 
 making Cakes, permit me, first, to say, for health's sake, and especi- 
 ally that of children, the frequent use of very rich Cake is not to be 
 allowed. Then, let some of the plainest and most simple forms be 
 adopted, changing from one to another. 
 
 1. General Directions — First. — Without a good oven— one 
 that can be heat of an even heat throughout, and especially the bot- 
 tom — but little satisfaction will be experienced. This will hold good 
 in baking bread, also. 
 
 Second. — Soda, or saleratus should always be mashed and dis- 
 solved before putting into the Cake mixture; but, very many per- 
 sons, certainly so in cities, are now in the habit of using baking pow- 
 ders in their place, which should always be put into the flour and 
 sifted in, together, at the end of the operation. 
 
 (King, in his American Dispensatory, says of this article: "It has likewise been 
 found a very efficacious local application in phlegmonous erysipelas" (i. e., of an 
 inflammatory character, from phlegmon, an inflammation beneath the skin, of a 
 burning; character), " hospital gangrene, and Carbuncle." He says, of it, also, that 
 " In V7eak solutions, it is a stimulant and disinfectant. It has proved very useful in the 
 treatment of various offensive and infectious " (catching) " diseases, as in foul. Indo- 
 lent, and jtangrenous ulcers, or abscesses, leucorrhea. ottorrhea" (inflammation of 
 the eir, with ulceration), " cancerou? ulcers, ozena, etc., (an ulceration of the nose, or 
 nostril, of a fetid character;i "destroying the fetid odor in these cases, checking exu- 
 berant granulations" (superfluous, or over abundant. "^Tiat is commonly «called 
 "proud-flesh"^ "inducing a healthy appearance of the ulcerated surfaces." 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 211 
 
 Third. — Eggs should always be well beaten with the sugar, but- 
 ter, milk, flavoring extract, or spices, fruits, etc., unless otherwise di- 
 rected in the Receipt; and as a general thing it is best to have the but- 
 ter, lard, or drippings, (that which falls from meat in roasting, but, 
 of late, is applied to all gravies in which meat is fried) melted, as 
 they give less trouble in mixing. In cold weather, however, the 
 milk, Dutter, sugar, etc., may be put in a basin, or pan, and set on the 
 stove to warm them together, then beat to a cream before mixing in 
 the other articles. Eight eggs well beaten are equal to 10, not well 
 beaten, for giving lightness to Cake. At the end of the operation put 
 the baking powder into so much of the flour as you know will be 
 required, and sift it in ; then use more, if needed to obtain the 
 desired consistence. 
 
 Lastly. — Bake in a moderately hot oven, to allow the Cake to 
 rise before the top is browned, or set, unless a "quick oven" is called 
 for. Cake having much fruit in them, especially chopped fruit, are 
 liable to stick to the tins, unless a buttered paper is put in first. 
 
 The careful observation of these rules M'ill save trouble and 
 annoyance in Cake-making. 
 
 2. Tea Cake, or Cup Cake. — Sugar, 1^ cups ; butter, \ cup 
 (in all cases the usual sized teacup is meant) ; sour milk, 1 cup ; eggs, 
 3 ; soda, 1 tea-spoonful ; extract of vanilla, lemon, or nutmeg, as pre- 
 ferred, 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 Dip common Cake dishes about half full, and place in the oven 
 at once, as mentioned under the General Directions, above. If done 
 early in the afternoon, they will be ready for " tea." 
 
 3. Another. — Butter, i cup; sugar, 1 cup; flour, 1 J cups; eggs, 
 2; sweet milk, j cup; soda, J tea-spoonful; cream of tartar, 1 tea- 
 spoonful. 
 
 In any case of making Cake with sweet milk, or water, calling 
 for soda, and cream of tartar, as in this one, baking powders, i large, 
 or rounding tea-spoonful may take its place, with the same succevss; 
 but with sour milk, a little soda must first be mixed with it to neu- 
 tralize the acid, then the baking powder will do equally well. 
 
 4. Lady Cake. — Flour and sugar, of each, 1 lb.; butter, J lb.; 
 whites of 15 eggs; baking powder, 6 tea-spoonfuls. 
 
 Thoroughly mix the flour and baking powder, by sifting; then 
 cream the flour with the butter. Now, having beaten the eggs, and 
 thoroughly mixed them with the sugar, mix all, and bake in a mod- 
 erate oven. 
 
 6. Honey Oake. — Melt 1 cup of butter, and mix it with honey, 
 2 cups ; ginger, 1 table-spoonful; 1 nutmeg, or a grated rind of 1 
 lemon, and a little flour. Dissolve a heaping tea-spoonful of salera- 
 tus in a cup of water, and add to the mixture. Then add flour till 
 stifl" enough to roll out ; and bake the same as ginger bread. 
 
 6. Wedding^ Oak©. — Flour, and butter, of each, 4 lbs.; sugar, 
 8 lbs. ; citron, 1 lb. ; English currants, 4 lbs. ; raisins, 3 lbs. ; nutmeg, 
 1 oz. ; lemons, 4; cream, 1 pt. ; eggs, 30; saleratus, ^ table-spoonfm. 
 
 Work the butter and sugar to a cream, add the beaten egga, 
 grated nutmeg, prepared fruit, chopped lemons, cream, and saleratus, 
 then the oiftsd flcur. Bake in large, or small pans, as preferred, 
 
 7. Mn. Pride'o "Weddingr Cake.— Butter, 1 lb.; sugar, ij lbs.; 
 flour, 1 lb.; oggo, 12; raisins, seeded, chopped, and floured, 3 lbs.; 
 Engliali currants, washed, dried, picked, and floured, 2 lbs.; citron, 
 
212 DE. chase's 
 
 cut thin and small, 1 lb.; Maderia wine, 1 glass; brandy, 2 wine-glass- 
 fuls; rose-water, 1 wine-glassfnl; grated nutmegs, 2; finely ground 
 cinnamon, 2 tea-spoonfuls; mace and cloves, finely ground, of each, 
 1 tea-spoonful; currant jelly, well beaten, a little less than 1 pt. 
 
 Follow General Directions, No. 2, above. Bake about 4 hours in 
 a moderate oven. 
 
 Mrs. Pride reported this to the Hearth and Home, except that she 
 used 2 glasses of rose-water, and 2 of well-water without the wine, or 
 brandy; but some one else has improved its taste and keeping qualities 
 by their addition. I expect, however, that the old lady would disown 
 the Cake now, for she is reported as " decidedly a total-abstinenct 
 woman, and opposed to brandy, or cider, even in mince pies." But 
 the idea of flouring the chopped fruit, to prevent it from sticking 
 together, enabling it to be tlie more evenly mixed through the Cake, 
 is certainly good. The Cake is very nice. 
 
 ^Q. Patriot Cake. — Flour, sugar, and raisins, of each, 1 lb. ; but- 
 ter, h lb.; cream, or rich milk, J pt*; wine, and brandy of each, J gill.; 
 eggs, 4; soda, 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 9. French. Cake. — Eggs, 1 doz.; loaf sugar, 1 lb.; peel of 1 
 lemon; wheat, and rice flour, of each, h lb.; sweet almonds, 4 ozs. ; 
 bitter almonds, 1 oz.; orange-flower water, 1 table-spoonful. 
 
 The yolks and whites of the eggs are to be beaten separately, the 
 sugar is to be pounded and sifted; the lemon peel is to be grated; the 
 wheat flour is to be dried and sifted, and the rice flour is' also to be 
 sifted; and the almond, both kinds, are to be thoroughly beaten into 
 ji pulpy mas.s, in a mortar, then the orange-flower water put in with 
 them an<l thoroughly rubbed together; and then the whole to be 
 mixed, stirring as the diff"erent ingredients are put in. The pan to be 
 papered, with white paper that has been buttered, and baked for 1 
 hour. 
 
 Some may think this a large amount of labor for a Cake. It is 
 well known that the French people are celebrated for getting up very 
 nice articles of food. Then, if we would have their nice dishes, we 
 must take the same labor that they do, or we can.not hav,e them. Let 
 every one suit themselves, my place is to suit all — something, in other 
 words, for each. 
 
 10. French Loaf Cake. —Sugar, 1 lb. ; butter, f lb. ; flour, i- lb. ; 
 feggs, 8; milk, 2 table-spoonfuls; soda, ^ tea-spoonful; 1 goo(5 sized 
 lemoUj grated and ciiopped. 
 
 Mix the sugar and butter, then the yolks, and after, the whites; 
 then the lemon and liour, and lastly, the soda and the milk, having 
 been mixed, are put in. 
 
 11. Hartford Loaf Cake. — Flour, 2]- lb.s. ; sugar, 1} lbs.; butter, 
 IJ- lbs.; nutmegs, 2 or 3; mace, \ oz. ; eggs, 2; milk, 1 pt. ; raisins, 1 lb.; 
 distiller's, or other good yeast, 1 gill. ; brandy, wine, and other fruit if 
 desired, to taste. 
 
 Rub the butter into the flour, at night, and have the milk warm, 
 and add the yeast, and mix in thoroughlj'^, and set to rise. In the 
 morning, when light, add the other articles, heat thoroughly^ and put 
 in pans, and after an hour, bake. 
 
 12. Our Family's Raised Cake. — When making bread, in the 
 morning, the hop-yeast, or other sponge-risings being light and nice, 
 take out 1 cupful, and add sugar, 1 cup; butter, | cup; chopped raisins, 
 
SKCOND KECKirr BOOK. 21,3 
 
 1 cup; 1 egg; cinnamon, cloves, or nutmeg, of either, h tea-spoonful; 
 soda, 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 Stir as stiffly as you can with a spoon, let rise until light, and bake 
 f to 1 hour, according to the heat of the oven. It is very satisfactory, 
 and but little extra labor. 
 
 13. Cookies. — Grandmas are always expected to have Cookies 
 ready for the "children," when they call to spend the afternoon, with 
 their mothers; besides this, they are very commonly found on the 
 table, and quite-often, not very good, yet they are one of the easiest 
 Cakes made, if you know how. 
 
 Take sugar, 2 €ups; melted butter, 1 cup; eggs, 2; sour milk, IJ 
 cups; soda, Ij tea-spoonfuls. 
 
 Stir the sugar, butter and eggs to a cream, then put in the_ milk, 
 and soda. Flour to make as soft a batter as can be rolled — herein lies 
 the secret of su(;cess. 
 
 14. Another. — Butter, 1 cup; sugar, 1 cup; sweet milli, 1 cup; 
 eggs, 2; baking powder, 1 rounding tea-spoonful. Use sufficient 
 flour only to make as soft as you can roll out and cut. 
 
 15. Jelly Cake. — Thin cream, sugar, and flour, of each, 1 cup; 
 eggs, 2; saleratus, i tea-spoonful, or soda, 1 tea-spoonful (the soda is 
 the most used, of late); extract of lemon, or vanilla, 2 tea-spoonfuls. 
 If too thin, use a little more flour, and if the cream is very sour, it 
 will require a little more saleratus, or soda. 
 
 This will be baked in thin Cakes, and laid up with any jelly you 
 choose, between the layers, and frosted, or not, as any one chooses. 
 
 16. Lemon Jelly Cake. — Sugar, 1 cup; flour, 1 cup; eggs, 3; 
 melted butter, 1 table-spoonful; soda, 1 tea-spoonful; cream of tartar, 
 
 2 tea-spoonfuls; milk, 1 table-spoonful. Bake in 4 Cakes. 
 
 In place of jelh', take water, 1 cup; 1 egg; sugar, t cup; 1 egg; 
 corn starch, 1 table-spoonful; the juice of 2 lemons; mix thoroughly 
 and put between the Cakes. 
 
 17. Orange Jelly Cake. — Flour, 2 cups ; sugar, 2 cups ; cold 
 water, -j cup; juice and grated peel of 1 orange; yolks of 5 eggs, and 
 whites of 4; salt, a little; soda, i tea-spoonful; cream of tartar, 1 tea- 
 spoonful. 
 
 Follow General Directions, No. 2, in making. Bake in 4 jelly 
 tins and lay up by taking the white of the egg, saved for that jnirpose, 
 and beat it w"ell with pounded sugar (pulverized sugar) until stiff; 
 then grate in the peel of anotlier orange, and squeeze in the juice of 
 the same, to ])ut between the layers. 
 
 18. Cocoa-nut Variety. — Jelly Cake may be made by beating 
 up the white of eggs and sugar, as you would for frosting. <inly it does 
 not need quite as much sugar as for frosting, then stir in sufficient of 
 dessicated (dried) cocoa-nut (kept by most grocers), to make it as thick 
 as it will well spread, putting this between the layers, spreading it 
 thickly, or not, as you wish the taste of the cocoa-nut to appear. It is 
 very nice. The Cake is made the same as No. 15. 
 
 19. Cream Variety. — Jelly Cake will be made by first beating 
 
 3 eggs toa froth, with sugar, ^ lb., and flour, h lb., in which bfi king- 
 powder, 3 tea-spoonfuls have been mixed, by sifting. Baked in thin 
 Cakes as No. 15, and laid up with the following cream: 
 
 Cream, or rich milk, 1 qt., sweetened to taste, and thickened with 
 corn starch, 1 table-spoonful, and flavored with extract of lemon, of 
 vanilla, which is to be poured between the layers, in place of the jelljf. 
 
214 DR. chase's 
 
 or in place of cacoa-nut. Thus it will be seen that with a little in- 
 genuity — genius — great varieties of Cake, or other things, can be made, 
 and prove very satisfactory. 
 
 This, or any of the others may be made to take on a different ap- 
 pearance, occasionally, by beating up the whites of eggs and sugar, as 
 for frosting, and spread over the top layer, and slightly browning in 
 the oven, or by making a complete frost, leaving it without browning. 
 I first saw, and learned how to make this last variety of Cake, while 
 waiting at one of the Chicago depots, for the connection of trains, im- 
 mediately after the "great fire." 
 
 20. Kansas Luncheon Oake. — Flour, 2 lbs. ; powdered sugar, 
 J lb.; English currants, mashed and dried, 6 ozs.; citron,! oz. ; butter, 
 I lb.; baking powder, 1 table-spoonful; salt, 1 table-spoonful; eggs, 4; 
 milk suflicient. 
 
 Rub the butter into the flour, then the sugar, citron, currants, salt, 
 baking powder, etc., and beat the eggs and mix in with the milk to 
 make the batter not very stiff. Half fill buttered, and flour dusted 
 tins,andbakein rather a quick oven, to a light brown. — Kansas Herald. 
 
 21. Soft Molasses Ginger-Bread — Good Molasses, 1 pt. ; but- 
 ter, \ lb.; soda, 1 table-spoonful; ginger, 1 large table-spoonful, or to 
 suit the taste ; flour sufficient. 
 
 Melt the butter, and pour into the molasses; mix in the soda 
 until it froths; then stir in the ginger, and flour to make it so stiff as 
 ■will handle well with a spoon. Bake h, or | hour. 
 
 22. Buns, or S"weet Cake. — Flour, 1 qt. ; milk, 1 pt.; butter, 
 Jib.; eggs, 2; sugar, 1 cup; English currants, \ cup; yeast, 3, or 4 
 table-spoonfuls. 
 
 Warm the milk, and mix in the yeast, butter, and flour, and set 
 to rise 3, or 4 hours; then mix the beaten eggs, sugar, and fruit into 
 the dough, and let rise again 2 hours. And when light, make into 
 email Buns, or Biscuit, and put them close together, in baking tins, 
 and when light again, brush the tops over with a mixture of milk 
 and molasses, and bake in a quick oven. 
 
 23. Another. — New milk, 3 cups; yeast, and sugar, of each, 1 
 cup; flour enough to make a stiff batter. Rise over night. In the 
 morning, mix 1 cup of butter with another cup of sugar ; 1 grated 
 nutmeg; 1 tea-spoonful of saleratus, or IJ of soda, or 2 of baking pow- 
 der, and mix in with sufficient more flour to make all as stiff as for 
 bread. Let rise again, then mould, or cut out, and when again light, 
 bake in a quick oven. 
 
 24. Indian Griddle Cakes. — Three handfuls of Indian-meal; 
 1 tea-spoonful of soda; 1 tea-spoonful of salt, 4 of sugar; pour on 
 boiling water, stirring briskly to the thickness of stiff mush ; pour on 
 cold milk till it is as thick as gruel ; then add sifted flour to the con- 
 sistency of Griddle Cakes — thick or thin as preferred. They can be 
 varied by the addition of 1, or 2 eggs beaten and added last. 
 
 25. Buckwheat Griddle Cakes.— Sift together 1 qt. of buck- 
 wheat flour, and 1 tea-cupful of corn-meal. In cool weather make up 
 a moderately thin batter with luke-warm sweet milk; salt to taste. 
 In warm weather it is best to use water — the milk would sour; add 
 ^ a tumbler of good lively hop-yeast, (hop-yeast is best for buck- 
 •wheat); make it up in a jar (covering closely) at 9 o'clock at night. 
 The next morning beat in 3 eggs; let it set 15 or 20 minutes; just 
 before frying, stir in 1 tea-spoonful of soda, first sprinkling it over the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 215 
 
 batter. Soda is unnecessary if the batter is perfectly sweat. Eggs 
 are not essential, but are an improvement. A mixture ot 4 parts of 
 buckwheat — 2 of Graham, and 1 of Indian — makes a more healthful 
 Cake and more spongy. 
 
 26. Another. — There are those who prefer a mixture of wheat 
 flour and meal with their buckwheat flour for Griddle Cakes ; then 
 
 Take buckwheat flour, 4 cups; wheat flour, 2 cups; corn-meal, 1 
 cup; salt, 2 tea-spoonfuls; yeast, 1 cup, and sufficient warm water to 
 make a pouring batter; mix, and let rise over night, and bake in the 
 morning. Leave a pint of the batter to set the next lot, and you 
 need not use anymore yeast the whole season. Keep the "stock" 
 cool when not wanted. If the batter turns sour, stir in, just before 
 using, a tea-spoonful of baking soda dissolved in cold water. 
 
 27. Rye Batter, or Griddle Cakes.-^Warm 2 tumblers of 
 sweet milk, containing 1 tea-spoonful of salt; 2 eggs, well beaten; 
 Btir into rye-meal, beginning with a pt., and add more, till of proper 
 consistency for dropping upon the griddle ; add 1 tea-spoonful of 
 soda, sifted with the meal ; 2 tea-spoonfuls of cream of tartar, also. 
 Eye and corn-meal Cakes should be made thin ; flour Cakes moder- 
 ately stifi". 
 
 28. "Wheat Flour Batter, or Griddle Cakes. — Mix at night, 
 4 pt. bowlfuls of flour, or half white corn-meal; 1 tea-spoonful of 
 salt; 2 J bowls of tepid-warm milk; ^ tumbler of yeast. In the morn- 
 ing, add 1 egg, well beaten, also add milk if too thick; the Cakes must 
 be spongy. 
 
 29. Hominy Cakes. — Boiled hominy, 1 pt., well mashed; J pt. 
 of sifted flour; 1 egg; 1 table-spoonful of melted lard, or. butter; sweet 
 milk enough to make a rather thin batter; 1 tea-spoonful of soda, 
 sifted with the flour, and 2 of cream of tartar. Drop the batter, small, 
 on a griddle. 
 
 30. MuflQns. — Milk, 3 pts.; 4 eggs; small tea-cup of yeast; piece 
 of butter, size of an egg, melted in a little milk ; 1 tea-spoonful of 
 salt; add sifted flour till as thick as buckwheat batter; 8, or 10 hours' 
 rising; cook either in Muffin rings, or pour directly on the griddle in 
 thin Cakes. Powdered sugar and ground cinnamon served with the 
 Cakes improve them. 
 
 31. MufBns, or Griddle Cakes. — Sweet milk, 1 pt.; eggs, 2; 
 butter, the size of an egg; salt, 1 tea-spoonful; baking powder, 1 tea- 
 spoonful; Graham, and common flour, one-half of each to make them 
 as thick as common Cake batter. 
 
 Bake in Muffin rings, or without them, upon a hot griddle. 
 Choice and light. 
 
 32> Short-Cake. — Sifted flour, 4 cups; 1 tea-cupful of cream; 
 1 pt. of milk; even table-spoonful of butter; 1 tea-spoonful of salt; 
 1 tea-spoonful of soda ; 2 of cream of tartar, sifted with flour. Roll 
 as soft as possible ; cut small, thick Cakes with a form, and bake on 
 the griddle. 
 
 33. Velvet Cake. — There is quite a tendency, of late, to have 
 nice and smooth naines applied to things, as well as to have nice 
 things; hence we have Velvet Cake, Velvet Cream, etc., as follows: 
 
 Flour, and sugar, of each, 1 lb.; butter, J lb.; eggs, 4; cold water, 
 1 cup; cream of tartar, 1 tea-spoonful; soda, ^ tea-spoonful; flavor 
 with any of the extracts preferred, 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 Beat the butter and sugar to a cream, having dissolved the soda 
 
216 DR. "chase's 
 
 in a little of the water, add it; and having sifted the cream of tartar 
 with the flour, and thoroughly mixed them, sift them into the mix- 
 ture, adding the balance of the cold water, and beat together; the 
 eggs also having been beaten separately first, then together, stir them 
 in, and the flavoring extract, beating the mass well, for a minute, or 
 two. This will make a couple of the "nice" Cake,' and will require 
 baking about 1 hour. Raisins, seeded, chopped, and floured, may be 
 put in if desired. And it can be baked in layers and laid up with 
 chocolate frosting in place of jelly. The Frostincf,- or Icing, made as 
 under that head, then grating in as much "nice" chocalate as desired, 
 giving another "nice" variety; and still another variety by using the 
 dessicated cocoa-nut, kept by grocers, in place of the chocolate ; or the 
 meat of the common cocoa-nut can be scraped, or grated and dried, 
 doing very well, but not equal to that prepared with sugar by the 
 regular manufacturers, and kept on sale, as referred to above. 
 
 34. Cocoa-nut Cake. — Milk, 1 cup; flour, 3 cups; sugar, 2 cups; 
 eggs, 3; cocoa-nut, grated, 1 (or the sale article to equal it); cream of 
 tartar. 2 tea-spoonfuls; soda, 1 tea-spdonful. 
 
 Beat the butter and sugar to a cream ; sift the cream of tartar, 
 with the flour, into the mixture, adding the milk with the soda dis- 
 solved in it; and then add the beaten eggs, having beaten the yolks 
 and whites separately, mixing them in quickly, and then stirring in 
 the cocoa-nut, and baking about 1 hour, being careful not to jar the 
 stove while baking, as the cocoa-nut causes a brittleness of the mix- 
 ture, and, if jared, allows the escape of the gas which makes the 
 lightness, or porousness of the Cakes; and, if the grated cocoa-nut is 
 used, the Cake will be lighter if it is grated the day before, to allow it 
 to drain and dry a little. The cocoa-nut should not be put in until 
 ready to put into the oven. 
 
 35. Cocoa-nut, and other Frosting for Cakes. — Grate a 
 cocoa-nut; then make the Frosting by beating the whites of 3 eggs to 
 a high froth ; having pounded in a mortar, and sifted, f lb. of pulver- 
 ized sugar, beat it in with 1 tea-spoonful of extract of vanilla, lemon, 
 or peach, as preferred, and continue to beat it until it is light— remem- 
 ber the longer it is beaten, the harder and move firm it will be — then 
 add about n of the grated cocoa-nut, and mix thoroughly. If too stiff 
 to spread, add a very little water by which means it will spread easily 
 and smoothly; then sprinkle over the balance of cocoa-nut, which 
 gives it a snow-flake appearance. 
 
 36. For Common Frosting. — One lb. of sugar should be used, 
 in the same manner as No. 35. 
 
 37. Frosting and Ornamenting Cake. — For a middhng sized 
 Cake, take the whites of 2 eggs, thoroughly beaten, then stir and beat 
 in pulverized sugar until quite thick. The more beating the harder 
 will be the Frosting.- 
 
 While the Cake is a little warm, dip of the Frosting with a spoon 
 upon the highest j)art of the Cake, and, with a knife, spread it down 
 toward the lower edge until properly covered; then set it in the oven 
 for a nunute or two to hai'den; and if notsufliciently clear and white, 
 put on another light coat of the Frosting, and return to the oven tQ 
 dry. After the Frosting is dry, it can be ornamented, if desired, by 
 taking a piece of white writing paper, rolled as a funnel, the little end 
 having a hole the size of a small gijose .quill, to allow the Frosting to 
 run out in a small stream; then put a finger to stop the hole and fill 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 217 
 
 it with the Frosting rubbed down smoothly, and made a little thin, 
 with water. Now, by carrying tliis funnel over the Cake, and remov- 
 ing the finger you can write, "Merry Christmas," or "Happy New 
 Year," or any name, or date, or other ornament you choose — if done 
 carefully, it will look well. 
 
 38. For Chocolate flavor, in laying up Jelly Cake, grate a nice 
 article of it, and use in place of cocoa for the inside, saving some of 
 the Frosting clear, for the top, as the color is inore tasty. 
 
 39. Lemon Cake. — Sugar, 3 cups; butter, 1 cup; eggs, 5; 1 
 lemon; milk, 1 cup; flour, -1 cups. 
 
 Rub the sugar and butter to a cream, with the yolks of the eggs, 
 then the milk and well beaten whites of the eggs; then sift in some 
 of the flour, stirring well ; then the juice and grated rind of the lemon, 
 finishing with the balance of the sifted flour. Bake in shallow pans, 
 from 2 to f of an hour. 
 
 40. Sponge Cake.— Eggs, .4 ; white sugar, 1 cup; flour, 3 cups; 
 sweet milk, .} cup; baking powder, 1 large tea-spoonful; extract of 
 lemon, vanilla, or nutmeg, as preferred, 1 tea-spoonful; salt, a small 
 pinch. 
 
 Beat the eggs well, then beat in the sugar, and add the milk, 
 flavoring, and salt. Put the baking powder into the flour, and sift, 
 and stir in, and beat all well together; put into pans and bake in a 
 quick oven. It will be very light and si)ongy. This may be baked in 
 thin layers, and used as Jelly Cake; and if it is desired, while the 
 layers are warm, one side may be covered with "jell," and rolled, to 
 be sliced ofl' when cold. 
 
 41. Another. — Sugar, -4 lb., and put into it J tumbler of cold 
 water, and bring it to a boil to form a clear sirup; when cool, having 
 beaten the yolks and whites of eggs, separately, add the yolks, stirring 
 them well; flavoi with the peel of a lemon, and add the juice of the 
 same; add the whites of the eggs, and then sift in ^ lb. of flour. It is 
 claimed that this Cake will keep moist much longer than usual, on 
 account of the boiling of the sugar. 
 
 42. Another. — Sugai-, 1 cup; flour, 1 cup; eggs, 2; sweet milk, 
 4 table-spoonfuls; soda, A tea-spoonful; cream of tartar, 1 tea-spoon- 
 ful, or baking powders, i large tea-spoonful. 
 
 These Cakes take their name from their resemblance to a Sponge, 
 both in lightness and toughness, if properly made, and properly 
 baked, as they are quite tough, notwithstanding their lightness, as 
 no shortening is used. 
 
 43. Another.— White sugar, 1 lb.; eggs, 10; flour, J lb.; juice of 
 J, and rind of 1 lemon. 
 
 Break the eggs into the sugar aud thoroughly beat together; then 
 the flour, lemon juice, etc. Beautiful, is the word of description. 
 
 44. Dough-Nuts.— Sour milk, 3 cups; soda, 1 tea-spoonful; 
 eggs, 2; sugar, 1| cups; baking powder, and salt, of each, 1 tea-spoon- 
 ful; 1 grated nutmeg; melted butter, or melted lard, from the kettle, 
 2 table-spoonfuls; flour, about 2 qts. 
 
 Dissolve the soda in the milk, add the sugar and eggs, the butter, 
 or lard, and stir, or beat all the articles together; then sift in flour to 
 make as soft a dough as can be moulded, and rolled out. Cut into 
 strips, and twist, or tie into knots, or any other shape desired. Fry 
 in lard as hot as it can be without burning, which prevents its too 
 great absorption into the Cake, making it indigestible — a good light, 
 
218 DR. chase's 
 
 Dough-nut is a very healthy kind of food — a "greasy" one is very 
 unhealthy. 
 
 My family find this plan quicker and more satisfactory than 
 the old plan of raising the dough with yeast. If no sour milk is on 
 hand, sweet milk may be used, by doubling the amount of baking 
 powder, not using the soda ; and water will answer, by using more 
 butter, or lard to make up for the richness of the milk, and an extra 
 egg to make up for the lightness arising from the mixing of soda 
 with sour milk. 
 
 For variety's sake, and also to help keep these Cakes soft, 
 about h lb. of the dessicated cocoa-nut may be mixed with the ingredi- 
 ents before the flour is stirred in. 
 
 45. Crullers. — Crullers is only another name for Dough-nuts, 
 as above, the word probably coming from the German Krulle, mean- 
 ing curled; hence, a Cruller is a curled Cake, or crisped, or boiled in 
 lard. 
 
 Take sweet milk, 1 qt. ; sugar, 1^ pts. ; flour, J pt. ; baking powder, 
 3 tea-spoonfuls; nutmeg, or cinnamon, or a little of both if preferred. 
 
 Mix all together nicely, then sift in as much more flour as to 
 allow it to roll out, but they are better not to be made very stiff. 
 Have the lard hot when they are put in. 
 
 46. Chocolate Cake. — Pulverized sugar, 1^ cups; butter, J 
 cup; eggs, 5; sweet milk, 5 cup; flour, Ih cups; cream of tartar, 1 tea- 
 spoonful; soda, J tea-spoonful; extract vanilla, or lemon, 1 tea- 
 spoonful. 
 
 Beat the whites of 3 of the eggs thoroughly, as if for frosting, then 
 beat the sugar into them, and take out some of it for frosting with; 
 then beat in the balance of the eggs, and add grated Chocolate, 1 
 even cupful; then sift and stir in the flour. Bake and frost with 
 what is used for that purpose. 
 
 47. Cream Cake. — Sugar, 1 cup; good rich cream, 1 cup; eggs, 
 2; soda, 1 tea-spoonful; flour, 2 cups; salt, 1 tea-spoonful. Make 
 according to General Directions, No. 2. 
 
 48. Another. — Cream, 1 cup; sugar, 1 cup; flour, 1 cup; eggs, 
 3; soda, J tea-spoonful cream of tartar, 1 tea-spoonful; a little salt. 
 Made in the usual way. 
 
 49. White, or Silver Cake. — Whites of 8 eggs; flour, 3 cups; 
 white sugar, 2 cups; butter, h cup; sweet milk,f cup; baking powder, 
 1 rounding tea-spoonful ; extract of lemon, 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 50. Yello'W, or Gold Cake. — Yolks of 8 eggs; flour, IJ cups; 
 sugar, 1 cup; butter, | cup; sweet milk, h cup; baking powder, 1 tea- 
 spoonful; extract of vanilla, 1 tea-spoonful. Mix and bake according 
 to General Directions, which see. 
 
 61. Fruit Cake. — Flour, sugar, and butter, of each, 1 lb. ; Eng- 
 lish currants, and raisins, of each, 2 lbs.; citron, 1 lb.; eggs, 10; any 
 good wine, 1 cup; brandy, ^ cup, or 2 cups of wine without the 
 brandy; those who choose to have no wine, or other spirits, will use 
 a cup of sweet milk and a cup of water in their place; nutmeg and 
 cinnamon to taste, or use the extracts, 1 table-spoonful, each. 
 
 English currants should always be carefully picked over to free 
 them from gravel, then washed and drained; and the seedless raisins 
 are preferable, in saving time to seed them, chopped and dusted with 
 flour, as they mix thus, more evenly through the mass. Citron must 
 be cut into thin slices and chopped fine, when it may be mixed evenly 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 219 
 
 through the mass, or put in layers. Mix according to General Direc- 
 tions; and bake by putting a buttered paper on the pans. 
 
 52. White Mountain Cake. — Butter, ^ cup; sugar, 2 cups; 
 flour, 3 J cups; milk, 1 cup; eggs, 2; cream of tartar, 2 tea-spoonfuls; 
 soda, 1 "tea-spoonful. 
 
 Beat all together, without separating the eggs — put the soda in 
 the milk, and siir the cream of tartar in the flour. Bake as Jelly 
 Cake; but in place of jelly, between the layers, put the following 
 
 Frosting. — Beat the white of 1 egg to a stiff froth, and stir in 
 pulverized sugar, 7 tea-spoonfuls. Flavor with extract of lemon, or 
 vanilla. 
 
 53. Q-inger Snaps. — Molasses, ^ lb. ; brown sugar, and butter, 
 of each, \ lb.; flour, 1 lb.; ground ginger, and caraway seeds, of each, 
 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 Rub the butter into the flour, then mix in the molasses, sugar, 
 ginger, and caraway seeds. Work all well, and form into Cakes the 
 size of a "quarter." Place upon a baking tin, and bake in a moder- 
 ate oven, for 20 minutes, when they will be dry and crisp. — Warren's 
 (English) Modern Cookery. 
 
 54. Currant Cake. — Butter, J cup; sugar, 2 cups; milk, 1 cup; 
 English currants, 1 cup; soda, 1 tea-spoonful; cream of tartar, 2 tea- 
 spoonfuls; flour, sufficient to make a pouring batter. 
 
 55. Sno"w-Ball Cake. — Sugar, 1 cup; sour cream, 4 table-spoon- 
 fals ; eggs, 2 ; salt, a little ; flour, to roll out. Cut into small round 
 Cakes, and fry in hot lard ; and while hot, roll in powdered sugar. 
 
 56. Crumpets. — Eggs, 4; white sugar, 2 cups; butter, or lard, 
 1 cup; soda, 1 tea-spoonful, dissolved in J cup of cold water; nut- 
 meg, to taste; flour to roll out like cookies, rolling thin, and cutting 
 into small Cakes. Sprinkle them well with powdered sugar, and bake 
 in a quick oven. As the ladies say : They are " splendid." 
 
 In Crumpets, the sugar is upon the outside rather than on the 
 inside. 
 
 57. Corn Starch Cake. — Whites of 5 eggs; butter, 1 cup; 
 sugar, 2 cups; sweet milk, 1 cup; corn starch, 1 cup; flour, 2 cups; 
 cream of tartar, 1 tea-spoonful; soda, \ tea-spoonful. See General 
 Directions. 
 
 58. Raisin Cake. — Raisins,! lb.; flour, sugar, and butter, of 
 each, 1 lb.; eggs, 6; a wine-glass of brandy, in which rose leaves had 
 been steeped, by standing; 1 small nutmeg; 1 small tea-spoonful of 
 soda, saleratus, or baking powder. 
 
 Beat the butter to a cream ; beat the yolks of the eggs with the 
 sngar, then the flour; now stir in the creamed butter, and having 
 whipped the whites to a froth, stir them in, and the brandy and 
 spices, and the soda, or saleratus dissolved in a spoonful of hot water ; 
 now beat all until light and creamy; then add the raisins, they having 
 been stoned, chopped, and covered with a cup of the flour, to cause 
 them to mix evenly. The tin must be lined with buttered paper, 
 and baked in a quick oven. 
 
 59. Canadian Cake. — Flour, f lb.; pulverized sugar, \ lb.; 
 fresh butter, | lb.; English currants, \ lb.; eggs, 5; orange-flower 
 water, 1 table-spoonful; 1 table-spoonful of wine, or brandy; the 
 grated peel of | a lemon. 
 
 Sift the flour and sugar together, and rub in the butter, and the 
 beaten eggs, orange-flower water, wine, or brandy, and the currants; 
 
220 DR. chase's 
 
 beat all until light and creamy. Put into tins lined with buttered 
 paper. Put in only thin, as it will rise well. Bake in a quick oven. 
 It may be iced, if you mark it off into squares, or diamonds, for cut- 
 ting, before icing. 
 
 60. Plain Short Cake. — Flour, 1 llx; butter, or other shorten- 
 ing, 2 lb.; sugar, 3 ozs. Mix, and roll out thick, and bake about j an 
 hour. It may be done without sugar; and soda, or baking powder may 
 be used, if preferred. , 
 
 61. Apple and Peach Cake. — Dried apples, Soups; molasses, 
 2 cups; sugar, 1 cup; raisins, 1 cuj ; thick sour cream, 1 cup; eggs, 2; 
 soda, 1 tea-spoonful; cinnamon, cloves, and nutmeg, to taste ; flour to 
 make a stiff batter. 
 
 Soak the. apples over night; in the morning chop them fine, and 
 cook them slowly in the molasses for 1 hour; when cooled, })ut in the 
 sugar, raisins, beaten eggs, cream with the soda in it, etc., and bake in 
 a moderate oven. This gives moi.stness, and a peculiar flavor to Cake, 
 that is very satisfactory. 
 
 Peaches that were peeled, before drying, may be used in the 
 same manner. 
 
 62. Jumbles. — Made the same as Cookies above, only niaking 
 a little stifi', and when cut out, roll the top in pulverized sugar, before 
 baking. 
 
 63. Hickory-nut Cake. — Hickory-nut meats, 1 J cups; butter, 1 
 cup; sugar, 2 cups; flour, 4 cups; sour milk, 1 cup; eggs, 3; soda, 1 
 tea-spoonful. 
 
 Have the meats i-hopped, or broken fine, and roll them evenly 
 with half of the flour, mixing the other articles first, in the usual 
 way, then mix in the nut-flour, and bake, in a moderate oven. 
 
 64. White Sponge Cake. — Whites of 8 eggs; white sugar, IJ 
 cups; flour, 1 cup; cream of tartai", 2 tea-spoonfuls. 
 
 Mix sugar, flour, and cream of tartar together ; then beat the 
 whites of the eggs until stiff, and mix in, as quickly as possible, with 
 the hand. 
 
 65. Coffee Cake.— Nicely made coffee, 1 cup; brown sugar, 1^ 
 cups; butter, 1 cup; molasses, 1 cup; raisins, or English currants, 1 lb.; 
 flour, 5 cups; soda, 1 large tea-spoonful, dissolved in the coffee; cin- 
 namon and cloves, of each, j tea-spoonful; nutmeg, ^ of 1. 
 
 Mix and bake in a moderate oven. 
 
 66. Hard-Times Cake. — Last though not least best of all, is a 
 Cake for Hard-times: 
 
 Butter, sugar, molasses, and soiir milk, of each, 1 cup ; flour, 4 
 cups; eggs, 3; soda, 1 tea-spoonful. Sweet milk may be used; then 
 baking powder, the same amount, in place of the soda. 
 
 If the "times" should imi)rove, spices, or extracts of any flavor 
 desired, may be used, with fruits also, as raisins, or English currants, 
 to suit the taste, or the times. 
 
 CAMPHOR ELIXIR— For Cold-Sores, Chaps, Pimpled 
 Face, etc. — The value of Camphor in salvy mixtures for Cold-Sores, 
 Chaps, etc., is very great, as well as pleasant in its application. The 
 following will be found a good combination: 
 
 1. Almond oil, and rose-water, of each, by weight, lib.; cam- 
 phor gum, 2 ozs.; white wax, spermaceti, and rosemary, of each, 
 1 oz. 
 
 Melt the wax, spermaceti, and Camphor gum, in the oil, by gen- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 221 
 
 tie lieat ; then, while a little warm, add the rose-water and stir briskly 
 until thoroughly mixed ; then add the rosemary and mix again. 
 Pomade bottles, which have moutlis to admit the linger, are suitable 
 for keeping it in. For families, take one-half, or one-fourth the 
 amounts. It can be made softer by lessening the wax and spermaceti, 
 and harder by inci"easing them. It will be found a very valuable em- 
 brocation (to moisten and rub as with a liniment) for bruises, and 
 common sores, pimpled faces, etc., especially on the delicate skin of 
 ladies, and children, who shrink from the application of liniments, 
 or from their smarting and irritation when first applied. 
 
 2. Another. — A salve is made by taking sweet oil, 3 ozs. ; sper- 
 maceti, 4 ozs.; pulvei'ized camphor, 1 oz. 
 
 Dissolve by gentle heat and stir while cooling, to keep the parts 
 from separating. Apply whenever any irritation is manifested. 
 
 CAMPHOR — Its Uses. — Gum Camphor readily dissolves in al- 
 cohol, and also in common whisky, although not to the same extent, 
 or strength. See Camphor SpifvIts, No. 6, below. 
 
 1. bamphor Spirits, or Spirits of Camphor, — Alcohol, 1 pt.; 
 camphor gum, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 It is used externally for sprains, swellings, pains, stitches, etc. It 
 is applied by pouring into the hand and rubbing on freely, then wet- 
 ting soft flannels and laying upon the parts, and covering to prevent 
 evaporation ; and re-wetting as fast as the parts become dry. This 
 Camphor Spirits is probably as good an application as can.be made to 
 the female breast to dry up the secretion of milk, when it is desired 
 to wean a child, or when, from any cause it becomes necessary to lessen 
 the flow of milk. 
 
 2. Camphor Liniments. — Spirits of camphor, 2 ozs. ; laudanum, 
 ^oz.; spirits cf turpentine, 1 oz.; Castile soap, in powder, -V oz. ; alco- 
 hol, 3 ozs. Set in a warm place for 2 to 3 days, and if the soap is not 
 all dissolved strain it, or heat it. 
 
 In bad cases of whooping cough, and for chronic bronchial 
 affections this Camphor Liniment may be applied warm, to the 
 throat, chest, and spine. 
 
 3. Camphorated Oil. — Olive oil, 1 pt.; camphor, 2 ozs. Mix, 
 and dissolve by gentle heat. 
 
 In chronic rheumatism, sore throat, inflammation of the lungs, 
 etc., this will be found a powerful rubefacient (to make red), or exter- 
 nal stimulant, drawing the blood to the surf;xce from the painful part; 
 and it should be covered, the parts, with flannel, the same as the 
 Spirits, or Liniment, above; in fact, it would be the better, in apply- 
 ing any liniment, or stimulating oil, to cover the parts which increases 
 the heat and prevents evaporation; but with very strong liniments, or 
 oils, be careful not to cause a blister, unless the pain is very severe; 
 and even then, I prefer not to blister; but just to make as much 
 counter (outside) irritation as I can short of blistering. 
 
 4. Camphorated Oil Liniment — Very Po-werful. — Take the 
 Camphorated oil and spirits of turpentine, of each, 2 ozs.; laudanum 
 and aqua ammonia, of each, 1 oz. Well shaken. 
 
 This will be found very valuable in rheumatic pains of the I'-ins 
 of long standing; or for any chronic (long standing) pains. 
 
 5. Another valuable liniment for chronic pains, or afftA.oi<.ns, is 
 made as follows : 
 
 Alcohol, 1 pt. ; camphor gum, 1 oz. ; cayenne, pulverized, ^ oz.,; 
 
222 DR. chask's 
 
 lobelia, herb, or seed pulverized, ^ oz. Set in a warm place and shake 
 occasionally for a few days; then strain, or pour oflF free from the sed- 
 iment. 
 
 Rub well into the parts affected, and it will generally relieve and 
 ease the pains readily. 
 
 6. Camphor Spirits — Successfully Used in Relapse, or 
 Settling of Mumps. — When a mere boy of from 8 to 10 years only, I 
 think, I heard my grandfather, one evening, telling my father of a 
 case where a young man had had the Mumos, and a week, or two, 
 after, he "took cold," and they "settled," as it is called, i. e., the testi- 
 cles became swollen to such an extent that surgeons were at the house 
 for the purpose of castration (removing the testicles to save life); 
 when, at this stage of the affair, a stranger called in, and finding out 
 the condition of things, he told the father of the young man, that, 
 if allowed, he could save the operation ; but some doubt being ex- 
 pressed by the physicians, he asked for 30 minutes only, in which, if 
 they were not satisfied they could proceed. This time was granted; 
 and before it had expired, they were informed, and were also satisfied 
 that no operation would have to be made. 
 
 The plan of the stranger was to take champhor spirits, 1 oz. of 
 gum to 1 pt. of whisky (which was the "old fashioned way" of making 
 it, in the country, at least 40 or 50 years ago), poured into a basin, and 
 the scrotum (the sac containing the testicles) placed in the basin, by 
 holding the baain in such a position as to allow it; then with the hand 
 bathe the parts, thighs, abdomen, etc., freely and thoroughly, and in 
 a few minntes, the swelling began to go down, and a perfect cure was 
 the result. 
 
 This, I believe, was my first Receipt, and well for me, at about 16, 
 that I had heard it and remembered it; for at about that age, I also 
 had the Mumps, and, some two weeks after, having taken cold, they 
 settled, CJR in the above case, and my father and brothers being all 
 from home, delicacy would not allow me to tell my mother my con- 
 dition; and no there was but very little Camphor in the house, I took 
 a pint flask and walked to town, f of a mile only, but in great pain, 
 and got a pint of whisky and an ounce of Camphor gum and broke it 
 up fine and put it in and shook it often, on my way home, besides the 
 motion of walking, so that when I got home, the gum was mostly dis- 
 solved; then I got a quart basin and went to the corn-field, near by, 
 and took the above course, with the same result — entire relief. 
 
 And although, in a life of nearly 60 years, I have not had an oc- 
 casion to use it in a similar case, yet, I have given it here, not only 
 that it might be used in all such cases coming to the knowledge of 
 any one into whose hands this Book may fall, but also to show the 
 value of Camphor Spirits, ecpecially for swellings. It is indeed, a 
 very valuable article. 
 
 And i Tould aak the critically inclined, if I am not justified from 
 the tuccesa of my first trial, in adopting the "Receipt" business, as my legiti- 
 mate life buaineao. 
 
 C ^JcTOSIi BEMBDIE3 — MiccQllaneous. — A short time since, 
 or I thi:ih in 1870, or 71, there T?as a new article introduced into the 
 United Statsi:;, from South America, called cundurango, under the 
 ausplcae, or countenance of the Government, by a Dr. Bliss, of Wash- 
 ington. And for a time, great hopes vrers entertained that an abso- 
 luto 5j)vcyic (positive cure) had been found for Cancer. It was re- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 223 
 
 ported that the mother of Schuyler Colfax was cured by this article ; 
 but I have recently (in the Summer of 1872) seen it announced in the 
 papers, that this lady died of Cancer, which goes far in establishing 
 the doubts which had begun to be disseminated that no dependence 
 could be placed in it; but, rather that the leading object of its intro- 
 duction was to obtain $50, or $100 per pound for the article, at which 
 it was held. Much has been said on both sides of the question; but 
 time, alone, will determine its value, or worthlessness. 
 
 But Cancer is such a terrible disease, and there are so many Rem- 
 edies recommended for it, I have deemed it best to introduce among 
 the Miscellaneous Receipts, such other Remedies as have been found 
 valuable by those who have tried them, whose standing is such as to 
 warrant any hopes of success by the use of the articles they recom- 
 mend. The following is Dr. D6clat's Remedy for Cancer of the 
 Tongue : 
 
 1. Cancer of the Tongue — Remedy. — Dr. Weisse reported to 
 the Medical Society, of the County of New York, that D^clat had, in 
 1865, published a work on new applications of carbolic acid, in which 
 he mentioned 2 cases of Cancer of the Tongue, treated by this agent, 
 and 10 cases whose treatment was not then completed. He has since 
 issued a work giving reports of 39 cases of Cancer of the Tongue, 12 
 of which were of doubtful diagnosis (not positively known to be 
 Cancer). His local treatment consisted in applying, in spray (proba- 
 bly by inhalation); to the ulcerated surface, a solution of 5 parts of 
 the crystalized carbolic acid in 10 parts of alcohol and 100 parts of 
 water. In some cases, w"here a whitish fur covered the ulcer, he 
 employed a caustic solution of equal parts of the crystals and the 
 strongest, or absolute alcohol. Internally, he gave a solution of 1 
 part of the acid in 200 parts of simple sirup. 
 
 DosK. — One fl. dr. every 3 or 4 hours. 
 
 If this quantity produced nausea, as was sometimes the case, the 
 dose was diminished. The Remedy acted as a local anasthetic (ren- 
 dering insensible to pain), promoted sleep, and improved the appe- 
 tite. Sometimes when the patient was in a bad condition, he gave 
 the bicarbonate of potassa, or soda, in connection with the carbolic 
 acid, as recommended by Broca. Occasionally, also, he combined 
 with the acid, the arsenite of soda, or the bichloride of mercury. By 
 this treatment Dr. D^clat had succeeded in curing all of the doubtful 
 cases, and ten out of 15 v/here the diagnosis was positive. In 5 of these 
 latter cases the treatment failed completely. In 2 only, of the 10 
 undoubtedly Cancerous cases, relapses occurred, but they were after- 
 wards successfully met by the same treatment. In some of the cases 
 clearly diagnosed, the treatment was continued for a year and upward, 
 before the cure was pronounced complete. — Medical Recorder. 
 
 The great difficulty with many persons, is, if they are not cured 
 in a month, or less, the Remedy is certainly good for nothing, and 
 something else must be tried, while the true principle is, if you do not 
 get worse, the sign is good — stick to it 3, or 4 months, at least, before 
 giving up, even if no improvement appears. And it looks very curi- 
 ous to me, if the carbolic acid will cure Cancer of the Tongue, why it 
 should not cure Cancer of any other part. I should certainly try it, 
 if occasion offered. 
 
 2. Cancer Salve — Patent. — The Scientific American gives a 
 report in 1838, of a patent having been granted to G. W. C. Gamble, 
 
224 DR. chase's 
 
 of Millersburg, Iowa, for making the following salve for Can- 
 cers : 
 
 "Take ashes made from dry, or green, red oak bark, 20 lbs.; the 
 ashes of the root, with its bark, of ' bitter-sweet,' dry, or green, 5 lbs. ; 
 and green poke root, mashed, 5 lbs. 
 
 "To_ prepare the Salve, take a wooden vessel of suitable size, with 
 perforations at the bottom, being such as is used to run oft' ash lye. 
 Into this vessel put about 5 lbs. of the oak bark and bitter-sweet 
 ashes, which should have been evenly mixed, in the proportions 
 above given ; then put in the mashed poke root, and follow with the 
 remainder of the ashes. To this mixture add sufficient water to 
 moisten, but not to drip. Let stand 24 hours. Then run it ofl" by 
 adding water until the strength of the ashes is exhausted. The 
 extract will now be put in a metal vessel and boiled to the consistency 
 of a Salve. Put in bottles with ground glass stoppers, and it is ready 
 for use." 
 
 Mr. Gamble can be addressed for permission and instructions to 
 use it, by those who have occasion to give it a trial. It would be used 
 as a caustic Salve, no doubt, destroying the tumor, by which means it 
 would be removed, then healed as other sores. The patent will 
 expire in 1882. 
 
 3. Cancer Ointment — Gilman's — Patent Expired. — A patent 
 was also granted in 1836 (expired in 1850) to E. Gilman, of Ohio, for 
 the following Ointment for the cure of Cancers: 
 
 Finely pulverized copperas (sulphate of iron) made into an Oint- 
 ment with mutton suet. 
 
 It is to be spread on linen cloth, and renewed every 10 hour.s. 
 And the Cancer is to be washed, before renewed, with a decoction of 
 spikenard (made by steeping spikenard root in water) in which a 
 little soda has been dissolved. 
 
 4. Drs. Bone and Henry's Cancer Salve. — King's American 
 Dispensatory informs us that "Dr. Bone and Dr. Henry, two celebrated 
 botanic practitioners of some 30, or 40 years ago, made considerable 
 use of this article in the treatment of some forms of cutaneous" 
 (skin) "disease, indolent iilcers, and even Cancers; the following is 
 the formula" (Receipt) "they employ3d: 
 
 "Simmer 1 lb. of the inspissated" (thickened by evaporation) 
 "juice of poke leaves, for a short time, on hot ashes, until the watery 
 portion has evaporated; then place it in an iron dish, add to it 1 lb. 
 of fresh" (unsalted) "butter, and \ pt. of finely pulverized gun-pow- 
 der, and place it over a fire, where it must be kept until it is so far 
 dried that the mixture will flash once, or twice; or if it should take 
 fire instead, it must be immediately smothered. Remove it into a 
 glazed pipkin" (jar), "and let it remain on hot ashes until it is well 
 incorporated, when it may be transferred into pots" (small jars), 
 "and covered whith alcohol to prevent it from moulding. This 
 Salve, applied twice a day, is reported to destroy Cancer to its extreme 
 fibres, or roots." 
 
 5. Mormon Cure for Cancer. — It is reported that a Mormon 
 has discovered a Cure for Cancer. It consists of a lemon poultice, 
 applied twice daily. 
 
 It is really to be hoped that this may prove more satisfactory to 
 those who need a Cancer Cure, than "Jo Smith's" discovery of the 
 "Mormon Bible " has to the world at large. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BC)f)K. 225 
 
 Indeed, it is very probable that a lemon ponltice may prove a 
 valuable corrective of these ulcerative conditions of the svstem. 
 
 6. CANKER AND NURSING SORE MOUTH— Remedy. 
 — Take epsom salts, gun-powder, borax, alum, copperas, and sulphur, 
 of each, 1 tea-spoonful; soft water, 1 qt. 
 
 The alum and copperas, will be burned, or heated on a shoA'el, 
 and pulverized; then all mixed and bottled for use. Shake when 
 used. Hold a little of the wash in the mouth, for half a minute, and 
 gargle the throat with it twice dailj'. And at the same time take a 
 little sulphur and cream of tartar for 3 or 4 mornings, to correct the 
 blood. It has cured bad cases after a failure of the "regular" Rem- 
 edies. Our word gargle, probably comes from the German word, gar- 
 gel, (the throat). 
 
 CANNING FRUITS.— There is a very large amount of Fruits 
 Canned at the present time, both by families, as also by regular Can- 
 ning establishments; and as a general thing, it is to be presumed that 
 those who go into it for a business will take all possible pains to in- 
 form themselves of the best methods, and keep their jjlans as much a 
 secret as possible, that they may compete with other establishments 
 by getting out the best flavored, or best Iceeping Fruit', but, yet, families 
 need not despair of being able to put up Fruit that will both taste well 
 and keep well; for there are but very few points to observe to accom- 
 plish these two things. 
 
 First. — Then, it is needed to obtain a jar tliat will absolutely ex- 
 clude the air; and in our experience we find no difficulty with the 
 "Hero," "Gem," or "Mason." 
 
 Second. — As nearly all kinds of Fruit require some sugar with it 
 when eaten we have found the best satisfixction in putting from \ to i 
 lb. with each lb. of fruit, when put up, for instance any Fruit such as 
 the old English red cherr)', which is pretty sour, we put 5 lb. of sugar 
 to 1 lb. cherries, after stoning; and strawberries, plums, gooseberries, 
 wild grapes, currants, Siberian crab, sour pears, etc., will require about 
 the same; while for blackberries, raspberries, whortle, or huckleber- 
 ries, peaches, etc., only require ^ lb. — tomatoes, none. And for those 
 sweeter kind of small Fruits that require but little sugar, the boiling, 
 or heating need not be continued as long as for the more acid kind.s, 
 which are also generally the more juicy, the longer boiling helps to 
 overcome the tendency to work, or sour and spoil after being canned 
 — 5 to 10 minutes with the sweeter Fruits, and 15 to 30 minutes with 
 the more acid, or sourer kinds. 
 
 1. To Can. — When the Fruit is all rfeady, for families who only 
 put up a few qts. at a time as they ripen, take a large and deeji tin 
 pan and put a layer of sugar over the bottom, then a layer of Fruit, 
 and so on, fill in the pan nearly full, or what you have, observing the 
 above rules for sugar, and boiling; after they have stood with the 
 sugar among them for an hour or two, set the pan on the stove to heat^ 
 up, and observe not to stir the Fruit any more than is necessary, with 
 a broad ended spatula, or paddle, to know that the Fruit does not burn, 
 or stick to the bottom; and at the time the Fruit is put over, the jars 
 should be set into the warming oven, as now found on nearly all 
 cooking stoves, so that when the Fruit is sufficiently boiled, the jars 
 will alsp be hot; then fill in the Fruit and juice in regular proportions, 
 and put on the rubber ring and screw on the top, all being so hot that 
 a towel, or napkin will be needed to hold the jar for screwing down 
 
 15 — DR. ch.^e's second eeceipt book. 
 
228 DR. chase's 
 
 the top, and set aside, on the table, tintil all are filled. Let stand, 
 then, until cool, when the top must be again screwed tight, and the 
 jars of Fruit removed to the cellar and set on shelves, in the order of 
 time, they are put up, and in a few days, it is best to go over the jars 
 again and give an additional turn to the screw top. 
 
 We have now in the cellar (October), rasj^berries, strawberries, 
 whortleberries, cherries, and peaches which were put up last year, 
 just as good as when put up, in fact, by tlie taste we can not tell them 
 from those put up the present season. Careful observation of the 
 above rules is all that is necessary to insure success. 
 
 2. Canning Peaches — Improved Method. — The Ohio Farmer 
 gives us an improved method for Canning Peaches, as follows: 
 
 "It is a steam closet, made like an upright case of drawers; has a 
 door which can be fastened at top, middle and bottom, by shutting 
 upon bolts having key-holes to fasten like store-window blinds, with 
 keys, the door being listed" (as a door for Winter, to keep out cold) 
 "to make it steam-tight. The Peaches are peeled, cut in halves, put 
 in square tin pans to slip upon cletes upon two sides of the steam 
 closet, the closet tilled, the door closed and keyed, and steam let on 
 with a powerful fizz, for 2 or 3 minutes, then shut off, tlie doors opened 
 and the i)ans set upon tables, where girls pick up the pieces with forks 
 and put them in cans; the cans thus filled are passed along to the end 
 of the tables where there is a cauldron of rich sirup made with 
 crushed white sugar, a dip of which is poured in to fill the holes 
 among the Peaches, and the cans are sealed up. 
 
 "Tliis steaming is much better than the old boiling process, as the 
 watery juices are got rid off", also the acid juices which are secreted 
 under the rind of the Peach, all of which, being left in the pans, are 
 poured into a vat and converted into Peach brandy. By this steaming, 
 also, the shi-inkage is taken out, and the Fruit goes into the cans as 
 clear and white as we see it in 'prize-jars' at the 'fairs,' while the 
 sirup that takes tlie place of the watery juices makes a rich sauce 
 when they come to the table." 
 
 Of course, the saving made by the brandy part of the operation, 
 ■would amount id nothing unless the business was carried on upon 
 an extensive scale — in that case the plan, no doubt, is very valua- 
 ble. 
 
 Canning Apples for Spring and Summer Use. — Mrs. " M. G.," 
 writes to the Hearth and IloniP; 
 
 "I have always found in my housekeeping that there was a time 
 in the earlj^ Summer, before the ripening of small fruits or the 
 appearance of early Apples, when it was rather difficult to meet the 
 table demands for 'sweetmeats.' If fortunate enough to have large 
 supplies of fruit to can during the Autumn, this difficulty is of course 
 obviated. But sometimes fruit and sugar are too dear to 'put up" in 
 large quantities' For several years we have used in our family what 
 we all think a very good substitute for these Summer and Autumn 
 fruits, and one that is easily and cheaply obtained. In the Spring, I 
 collect many of our cans which have been emptied during the Win- 
 ter, and fill them with Apples prepared thus: Take fair Greenings, 
 Wihter Pippins, Si)itzenbergs, or Northern Spies — any will do, though 
 I prefer the Greenings and Spy to any other. Pare and halve, and 
 after taking the core out, place in a vessel of cold water. This pre- 
 vents them from turning dark. Then make a sirup of about J lb. of 
 
SECON'D RECEIPT BOOK. 227 
 
 white sugar to 1 lb. of fruit, and about 1-^ tea-cupfuls of water. Cut 
 oranges in slices about ^ inch thick, and allow 2 slices to each lb. 
 Though sometimes, when the oranges are large, or the peel green, a 
 less quantity is better, as too much orange will give them a bitter 
 taste. Put the sirup and orange in a porcelain kettle, and heat until 
 it boils, carefully removing all scum. Then put in the Apples and 
 boil them until a fork will run through them easily. In the mean- 
 time, be very careful not to stir or break the apples. By turning the 
 kettle gently, all danger of their burning at the bottom will be pre- 
 vented, and when there is plenty of sirup, the Apples will float on the 
 top, and there will be no need of even this precaution. When done, 
 put the pieces carefully in the cans with a fork, or spoon, pour on the 
 sirup, and seal quickly. 
 
 "Some complain that the Apples will boil to pieces. When the 
 sirup is made rich enough I never encounter this difficulty. Apart 
 from its convenience and easy preparation, it makes a beautiful dish. 
 The effect of the large halves of Apples, with iiere and there a slice 
 of orange, is quite tempting, and I think you will find the taste is not 
 to be despised; and that during the early Summer no small amount 
 of Canned Apples can be found very useful, in supplying a table 
 deficiency which often at this season worries one's wits not a little." 
 
 There is no doubt about the correctness of this ladv's reasoning. 
 
 1. CARBOLIC ACID— Its Make and Uses in Medicine, in 
 the House, and on the Farm. — Carbolic Acid is an oily liquid, 
 without color, a burning taste, and an odor of creosote, which it also 
 much resembles. It is obtained from coal tar; and is made to an 
 advantage only by large manufacturers. 
 
 Although an article of recent discovery as compared with the 
 more common acids, it has already been extensively used for sanitary 
 purposes (relating to a sound, or healthy condition) in medicine, 
 agriculture, and manufactures. It is a very valuable disinfectant and 
 antiseptic, i. e., removes, or neutralizes the cause of contagious dis- 
 eases, and overcomes the tendency to putrefaction, acting directly 
 upon the minute particles, to the presence of which, fermentation 
 and its consequence, putrefaction, are attributed, destroying them,, 
 and thus purifying the air; and it is considered better for these pur- 
 poses than chlorine, permanganate of potash, or "Condy's Fluid," (a 
 disinfectant preparation), because these latter act upon all organic 
 substances, while the Carbolic Acid acts only upon the causes of putre- 
 faction ; and it is of greater economy, as it requires but a very small 
 quantity to prevent decomposition. It is so very volatile (disposi- 
 tion to rise and tioat in the air) it meets with these germs of disease,. 
 in the air, and destroys them; hence, it was used extensively in 
 Europe, during the cholera, and the cattle plague, also. Even the 
 2000 (two thousandth) part would prevent the decomposition, fermen- 
 tation, or putrefaction of urine, blood, solution of glue, flour paste, or 
 feces, for months. And its vapor alone will keep meat, in a confined 
 place, for weeks, and protect if from flies. 
 
 2. Its Caustic properties are also valuable in medicine. Be- 
 sides being used in carbuncle, quinsy, diptheria, hemorrhoids, fistula, 
 and purulent (pus, thick mattery) sores; preventing all disagreeable 
 smell and keeping them in a healthy condition. 
 
 3. In agriculture it is considered very valuable for scab and 
 foot-rot in sheep ; and a very weak solution of it is recommended to be 
 
228 DK. chase's 
 
 applied upon cattle and horses which are troubled with flies and 
 other insects. For the scab in sheep a solution of Carbolic soap, 
 0.17 of it is considered sufficient strength to dip the sheei) into, and 
 1 minute sufficient time to hold him in; but for the foot-rot, an oint- 
 ment made with the crude Acid and grease, placed in a stone trough 
 and the sheep driven through it, is the manner of application in 
 Europe. 
 
 But it would appear to me to be necessary to catch every sheep 
 and be sure that some was placed between the hoofs and wherever 
 the disease may be seen. 
 
 4. A ■weak solution of this Acid, applied to dogs "with fleas" 
 is considered a certain remedy ; and powdered camphor mixed with 
 it and painted around the cracks where cockroaches are troublesome 
 will be effectual in clearing them out, or killing them; in fact, Car- 
 bolic Acid in some form, as soap, etc., is becoming almost a "universal 
 panacea" for all animal ills. 
 
 5. It is considered also an efi'ectual method of preventing the 
 growth of weeds in garden walks, a weak solution applied with a 
 Avatering pot — 1 part to 1000, or 2000 parts of water. Even flies and 
 musketoes are said to avoid its odor, and may be driven away by it. 
 The pure Acid is very poisonous, and in that shape, or of solutions of 
 considerable strength must be handled with care. 
 
 6. Carbolic Acid also combines with iodine and prevents the 
 stains upon clothing, and, upon the skin where it has been incon- 
 venient to use that article on this account, as shown by the follow- 
 ing: 
 
 "The Journal des Connaissance Medicates, publishes a letter ad- 
 dressed to Dr. Coppe on Dr. Percy Boulton's late discovery of the 
 action of Carbolic Acid on iodine. 'The inconvenience attending 
 the external application of iodine and its preparations is so serious 
 that physicians are often compelled to abandon a remedy, the thera- 
 peutic efficacy of which is undoubtedly, almost unequalled in the 
 materia medica'" (making it possible to use the combination of Car- 
 bolic Acid and iodine, in cases of Goiter, or Bronchocele of ladies, 
 without coloring the skin of the neck, or staining the clothing, where- 
 as with the iodine, alone, both of these difficulties arise, to their very 
 great annoyance.— Author). "The great objection to the external use 
 of this remedy is, that it leaves marks both on the linen and on the 
 skin. This is a sufficient motive for seeking some means of getting 
 rid of this drawback, especially in the case of ladies. Dr. Percy 
 Boulton's method consists in adding a few drops of phenic (Carbolic) 
 Acid to the iodine solution to be employed. This addition renders 
 iodine perfectly colorless, so that it may be applied, with impunity. 
 But this combination has another advantage. It appears from that 
 practitioner's observations, which I can affirip, that, so administered, 
 Carbolate of Iodine, which is the new substance in question, is not 
 •only one of the most powerful antiseptics" (opposed to putrefaction) 
 "we possess, but is intrinsically a more efficatious agent than iodine 
 alone. I have used this compound under the form of injections, 
 igargles, and lotions, in all cases in which iodine is prescribed. In 
 ;sore throat, ozena (a putrid ulcer in the nostril) abscess in the ear, 
 etc., this preparation is a sovereign remedy; since, besides its disin- 
 fecting qualities, it modifies the mucus membrane, causes all local sen- 
 sibility to disappear, and cures the patient much sooner, than if either 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 229 
 
 of the two agents were used separately. The formula I employ is as 
 follows : 
 
 7. "Compound tincture of iodine, 3 gms. (a gramme is equal to 
 about 15.T grs.); pure liquid carbolic acid, 6 drops; glycerine, 30 gms.; 
 distilled water, 150 gms. 
 
 "The writer then enters more particularly into the properties of 
 Carbolic Acid, but with which our readers are already acquainted. 
 Its efficacy as a disinfecting agent in the case of sores is well known; 
 it may be prescribed in all cases in which tar water is administered, 
 and is, we trust, now pretty generally adopted for disinfecting pur- 
 poses in hospitals and barracks." — Scientific American. 
 
 It will thus be seen that, at home and abroad, Carbolic Acid is 
 very highly esteemed; and is truly worthy of very great confi- 
 dence. 
 
 8. Carbolic Acid for "Wounds. — After the above was written, 
 I came across the following communication of Dr. F. C. Calvert, 
 F. E. S., to the Pharmaceutical Journal, which goes so strongly to show 
 the value of the Carbolic Acid, that I deem it best to give it in full. 
 It is as follows : 
 
 "Although Carbolic Acid has long been known to possess power- 
 ful antiseptic properties, its use has been delayed in medicine owing 
 to the difficulty experienced in obtaining it in any considerable quan- 
 tities, and in a state of purity, as well as to the caution required in in- 
 troducing .new substances into that branch of science. The success, 
 however,which has lately attended its applicalion, will tend greatly to 
 increase its importance as a therapeutic agent." (An agent to aid in 
 restoring health). "It has been used with marked advantage in the 
 Manchester Royal Infirmary by several of its distinguished physicians 
 and surgeons. Thus Dr. Henry Browne has given it in solution for 
 chronic diarrhea, with very satisfivctory results. Dr. Roberts has ap- 
 plied it with great success in the dose of 1 drop, in cases of vomiting, 
 even after creosote had failed ; he has also found it beneficial in cases 
 of vomiting from dyspepsia, which disease is especially marked by 
 pain after food has been taken. Mr. J. A. Ransome has used it for 
 ulcers and other ofi'ensive discharges. Mr. Thomas Turner, in a note 
 which he has communicated to me, speaks of Carbolic Acid in the 
 following terms. • 
 
 "It may be advantangeously used as a solution of 1 part of acid in 
 7 parts watei, in fetid, or ill-conditioned, idcers. It alters the action of 
 the blood-vessels, causing a purulent" (pus, thick matter) "instead of 
 a sanious" (a thin reddish, unhealthy matter) "discharge, and des- 
 troys almost immediately the ofiensive smell of the secretion. The 
 ulcers having a con\rnunicution with carious" (ulcerated) "bone, or 
 even necrosis" (dead, or mortified bone), "it has, in its diluted 
 state a good effect when injected into the sinuises" (crooked open- 
 ings ) "leading to the diseased bones. When there is mere carious, or 
 ulceration of the bone, it benefits the healing process, and in necro- 
 sis, it promotes the exfoliation" (to separate and come off in scales) 
 of the dead portion. In gangrenous" (tending to mortification) "and 
 all disagreeable smell and putresency" (tendency to become rotten) 
 "and may render the discharge innocuous" (harmless, safe) "to the 
 contiguous" (adjoning, near) "living and unaffected tissues" (flesh). 
 "In its dilute state, therefore, it is a great boon to patients labor- 
 ing under that class of diseases. 
 
230 DR. chase's 
 
 9. "Mr. Heath, house-surgeon of the Infirmary, has used it with 
 2 parts of water, as a lotion in sloughing wounds" (wounds wliere dead, 
 or mortified flesh separates from tlie living) "and has found that in a 
 short time after its application, it entirely arrests the sloughing pro- 
 cess, and produces a healthy appearance. 
 
 10. Dr. Whitehead has used, with advantage, Dr. Robert Angus 
 Smith's solutions of sulphites and Carbolates of lime and mag- 
 nesia. 
 
 11. "In July, 1859, M. Velpeau drew the attention of the French 
 Academy of Sciences to the value of the mixture of coal-tar and sul- 
 phite of lime, of MM. Come and Demeaux, in the healing of ulcers 
 and other offensive wounds; and, it may be added, that this mixture 
 was used with great advantage in the French army, after the great 
 battles of Magenta and Solferino. 
 
 12. " In the following month I forwarded a note to the French 
 Academy, pointing out, that from experiments I had made with the 
 various substances exisiting in coal-tar, it was highly probable that 
 Carbolic Acid was the active agent of the coal-tar mixture used by 
 MM. Come and Demeaux; and that much more certainty might be ex- 
 pected if the Carbolic Acid was substituted for the coal-tar in their 
 mixture, for the composition of coal-tar varies according to the nature 
 of the coal used, and the temperature employed in its preparation. 
 I also suggested that it was probable that the powerful antiseptic" 
 opposed to putrefaction) "properties of Carbolic Acid prevented the 
 decomposition of the sinrounding parts, and thus tended to restore 
 the wounds to a healthy state, and to remove the cause of infection. 
 
 13. "Before quitting this part of the subject, I beg again to call 
 the attention of physicians to a fact which I have betore published in 
 one of my papers, namely, that the addition of 2 or 3 drops of this 
 Acid to 1 pt. of freshly-made urine, will preserve it from fermenta- 
 tion, or any marked chemical change for several weeks. 
 
 "I have also applied it, lately, to foot-root, which annually carries 
 off large numbers of sheep; and I have been given to understand that 
 the remedies hitherto adopted in this disease have been only partially 
 successful. I think that, if my experiments are further confirmed, it 
 will prove a great boon to the farmers of this country." (If good for 
 the farmers of England, why not then prove valuable to the farmers 
 of the United States? It certainly will, and already has. See further 
 on. — Author). 
 
 14. He closes in the following words: 
 
 "This Acid has also been applied by me, during the last twelve 
 months, to the preservation of gellatine" (liquid glue, or jelly) solu- 
 tions and preparations of pa.ste made with starch, flour, and similar 
 substances, and of skins, hides, and other animal substances. In fact, 
 its antiseptic powers are so great that it is the most powerful preven- 
 tive of putrefaction with which I am acquainted. It appears also to 
 act strongly as an antiferment" (opposed to fermentation); "for I 
 have proved, on an extensive commercial scale, that it prevents, as 
 stated by me in a paper published in 1855, the conversion of tannic 
 into gallic acid and sugar. It also arrests lactic (milk) fermentation. 
 I am now engaged in a series of experiments to discover if that power 
 extends to alcoholic, butyric" (derived from butter) "and acetic" 
 (vinegar) "fermentation." 
 
 16. I now come to speak of the use of Carbolic Acid in the Uni- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 231 
 
 ted States. The Journal of Applied Chemistry inakes the following 
 remarks of its use. It says: 
 
 "In i^asting wall-papers, posters, etc., especially where successive 
 layers are put on, there arises a most disagreeable eflluvia, which is 
 particularly noticeable in damp weather. The cause of this is the de- 
 composition of the paste. In close rooms it is very unwholesome and 
 often the cause of disease. In large manuf\xctories, where large quan- 
 tities of paste are used, it often becomes sour and ofiensive. Glue, 
 also, has often a very disagreeable odor. If, wdien making paste or 
 glue, a small quantity of Carbolic Acid is added, it will keep sweet 
 and free from offensive smells. A few drops added to mucilage, or ink 
 prevents mold. In white-washing the cellar and dairy, if an ounce of 
 Carbolic Acid is added to each gallon of wash, it will prevent mold 
 and prevent the disagreeable taints often perceived in meats and milk 
 from damp apartments. 
 
 16. "Another great advantage in the use of Carbolic Acid in paste 
 for wall-paper and in white-wash is, it will drive away cockroaches and 
 other insect pests. The cheapest and best form of Carbolic Acid is 
 the crystals, which dissolves in water, or liquifies at an excess of tem- 
 perature." 
 
 I should think that 1 oz. to a pailful of wdiite-wash would be 
 plenty. It is certainly valuable in the white-wash for hen-houses, to 
 kill, or drive away the lice that get' into the cracks in the poles of the 
 roost, and in the walls. 
 
 17. The Hearth and Home makes the following remarks upon 
 the uses of Carbolic Acid. "Possibly no article of late discovery 
 is of equal value to the farmer with this. Being destructive to all 
 forms of insects, it furni.!,hes a barrier to their increase, which will 
 tend much to deliver us from their ravages. It also destroys the min- 
 ute fungus which produces mold,and those mysterious germs by which, 
 as is claimed, diseases are spread from one individual to another. 
 Used in a proper form it will serve as a wash for trees and plants, de- 
 stroying the insects which infest them and their eggs. It will rid ani- 
 mals of all parasites ; lice, ticks, and scab, are all destroyed by it. It 
 is an excellent application to all festering sores, or wounds. In 
 cases of the rinderpest it was the only substance used that was of 
 positive use in preventing infection. Such being the valuable proper- 
 ties of this article, it should be in the hands of every farmer.^ For 
 his convenience it is put up in preparations that may be conveniently 
 ■used. Id the shape of Carbolic soap; it is easily applied as a wash ; in 
 the 'disinfecting powder,' it may be used in all cases where a dry ap- 
 
 Elication is needed ; and in the 'sheep-dip and vermin-destroyer,' it can 
 e used in cases were strong liquid applications are necessary." 
 
 Johnathan Cruzan, M. D., of Brush Creek, Fayette County, Iowa, 
 reports a case of its curing emesis (vomiting), to the Eclectic Medical 
 Journal, under the head of 
 
 18. "Carbolic Acid in Emesis (Vomiting). — I ask you to no- 
 tice one thing in the Journal, if you think it best, that is, Carbolic 
 
 Acid a specific" (a positive cure) "for Emesis. Mrs. M. E , a short 
 
 time ago, was taken with severe Vomiting, continued for 24 hours, at 
 whichtime I was called. Found her in a state of great prostration. 
 I gave my prescriptions for some time, and they seemed to avail 
 nothing. I at last gave a very weak solution of Carbolic Acid in 1 
 tea-spoonful doses. Th'^rstdose appeared to arrest the Vomiting. 
 
262 DR. CHASE S 
 
 Since then I liud one other case in the same state. I immediately 
 gave the acid, and one dose arrested it. Tlie question is, is Carbolic 
 Acid a specific for Vomiting?" 
 
 19. Prof. King saj'S of it: "Internally, pure, crystalized Carbolic 
 Acid has been advantageously employed in obstinate vomiting, pains 
 following meals, flatulency, diarrhea, from eating articles causing fer- 
 mentation, scarlatina anginosa" (malignant scarlet fever), "offensive 
 breath, etc." 
 
 Dose. — Five grs. of the crystals to 5 fluid ozs. of water, given in 1 
 to 2 tea-spoonful doses, repeated 2, or 3 times daily. This is the prob- 
 able strength of what Dr. Cruzan calls "a very weak solution," above, 
 and of which he made 1 tea-spoonful the dose. 
 
 20. Carbolic Acid in Poisonous Doses— Antidote.— It should 
 be known, however, by the people, who will be led to use it quite ex- 
 tensively, that it is a corosive poison, in large doses, which might occur 
 by accident; hence, great care should be used in keeping the crystals, 
 or a strong solution of it about the house; and it will not be amiss, 
 here, to give an antidote for it, so far as antidotes are now known for 
 it: 
 
 Antidote for Carbolic Acid. — "Next to the stomach-pump, in 
 poisoning with this Acid, the best Antidote is large doses of olive, or 
 almond oil, witJi a little castor-oil. Oil is a solvent, and therefore a 
 diluent of Carbolic Acid, and may' be used to stop the corrosive effect 
 of the Acid, when its action on the skin is too violent." — Journal of 
 Cutaneous Medicine. 
 
 It will be understood that the oils, above mentioned, may be given 
 internally, as well as applied externally, in case of an accidental over 
 dose. 
 
 21. King- further says of its use: "In burns and scaZcfs, Carbolic 
 Acid affords immediate relief, also in bites and stings of insects. One 
 part of the acid to 6, or 7 parts of olive-oil, applied with lint, and 
 covered with tin-foil, or oiled-silk, will be found useful in cases of 
 severe burns, or scalds. 
 
 22. Carbolic Salve. — Lard, 1 oz. ; Carbolic Acid, in crystals, 8 
 grs.; simple cerate, -]- oz. Rub them together by putting in a little of 
 the Acid at a time, and working thoroughly together. 
 
 Carbolic Salves are being made and sent out for sale as wonderful 
 "cure-alls," but the probabilty is that this preparation will be found 
 equal to most of them. It may be used in chaps, burns, scalds, bruises, 
 sores, tetter, ringworm, and other diseases of the skin, especially 
 'those having any bad fetor, or smell arising from them. 
 
 CARPETS, CLOTHING, etc.— To' Clean, or Renovate.— 
 When Carpets, or Clothing become soiled by grease spots, etc., the 
 following mixture will be found a valuable Renovator: 
 
 Take rain water, .1 gal.; old soft soap, } pt. ; aqua ammonia, -lozs. 
 
 Put in a bottle and cork for use, shaking occasionally, until it is 
 thoroughly mixed. If no old soft soap is to be had, use o lb. of Cas- 
 tile-soap, shaved in thin slices, and if it does not dissolve readily by 
 shaking, in a day, or two, heat slightly until dissolved. 
 
 When a Carpet becomes soiled by upsetting lamps, gravy, etc., it 
 is best to take them up and dust well ; then pour on a quantity of this 
 mixture and cleanse the spot; after which wash the s})ot with warm, 
 soft water, and dry thoroughly ; and if it shows at all, apply again. 
 The ammonia very much aids to turn the oil, or grease into a soap, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 233 
 
 and thereby, the oil, or grease, in the spot helps to wash itself. The 
 same with Clothing. See Ciilorofom, also as a Solvent. 
 
 CARRIAGE VARNISH— Pale and Good.— One of the best 
 Varnishes for Carriage work is made by mixing boiled linseed-oil, 
 hot, 2^ gals., with pale African copal gum, 8 lbs., melted in an iron 
 vessel of suitable size to hold all, and to allow the mixture to have 
 slowly stirred into it ] lb. of sulphate of zinc, and the boiling con- 
 tinued until it becomes ropy, or stringy; then removed from the fire 
 and thinned down to a proper consistence, for use, with turpentine. 
 It dries in in a few hours, and is durable. 
 
 CARROTS— The Best Vegetable for Cattle and Horses. — 
 The Aincricun Stock Journal says: "The Carrot is tlie root esteemed of 
 all roots for its feeding qualities. When analyzed, it gives but little 
 more solid matter than other roots, 85 per cent being water; but its 
 influence in the stomach upon the other articles of food is most favor- 
 able, conducing to the most perfect digestion and assimilation. The 
 result, long known to practical men, is explained by chemists as re- 
 sulting from the presence of an article caWed pectine" (to make fast or 
 stiff) "which operates to coagulate, or gelatinize vegetable solutions, 
 and this favors digestion in all cattle. Horses are especially benefited 
 by the use of Carrots. They should be fed to them frequently with 
 their other food." 
 
 1. CASE-HARDENING IRON— Different Processes.— 
 Make a paste of prusiate of potash, pulverized, by using flour, equal in 
 amount, and a little water. Cover the articles to be hardened, with a 
 coat of the paste and let it dry. Raise the article to a low red heat 
 in a clear fire, and plunge into cold water. The flour assists only in 
 forming the paste, antl causing its adherence to the Iron. 
 
 This will be found valuable in Case-Hardening buggy and light 
 wagon axles, and other journals of such a shape as not to allow the 
 boxing up arrangement, explained below, for smaller articles, as 
 found in the Scientific American of Jan. 12, 1867, embracing full and 
 ample instructions, to suit different circumstances. 
 
 Permit me to say here, that for mechanical and scientific informa- 
 tion, 1 do not think we have in the United States, a newspaper to com- 
 pare at all favorably, with the Scientific American, and I have this 
 much more to add to this statement, and that is, no mechanic, or gen- 
 tleman following Scientific pursuits ivho expects to keep up loith the improve- 
 ments of the day can afi'ord to be -ivithout this valuable paper. 
 
 Its remarks upon this subject are as follows: 
 
 2. "This simple process, so useful to the mechanic, is not 
 always understood even by workmen of considerable experience. 
 
 ''The efiect of Case-Hardening is to convert the surface of Iron to 
 steel. It is, in fact, a process of cf?>ieH/o//o)i"( the physical properties 
 of the body being changed by a chemical combination with the pow- 
 der), "differing mainly from the manufixcture of true steel, in the diff- 
 erent lengths of time emplc^jred. True Case-Hardening is eflected by 
 packing the article to be hardened, in a box with ground, or broken 
 bones, particles of horns, ratrhide, and even tanned, leather. The box 
 should be of cast-iro7i, of any convenient form, large enough to receive 
 the article to be Case-Hardened, and to admit of its being surrounded 
 with the material used. It ought, really, to be covered, and luted" 
 (cracks covered with a clay mortar) "air-tiglit, although tolerably 
 good results may be obtained if it is left open. The box with its con- 
 
234 DR. chase's 
 
 tents is placed in a furnace, the fire of which should surround it. 
 The fuel may be anthracite, or coke, but preferably charcoal. The 
 lonorer the heat is kept up the deeper will be the action of the cement- 
 ing" (Case-Hardening) "materials. Edesays that in half an hour after 
 the box, and its contents, are thoroughly heated, the coating of steel 
 will be scarcely the thickne.ss of a sixpence; in an hour, double that, 
 etc. 
 
 "But this proce.ss is lengthy and not always convenient. Fre- 
 
 ?uently all the mechanic requires is a thin coating of indurated" 
 hard) "metal on the outside of the article, which will not be subject 
 to ordinary abrasion" (wearing, or rubbing off), "or the action of the 
 file. For this purpose prusiato of potash is largely employed and has 
 become an article of commercial importance. It is a ferrocyanide" 
 (from the hatin ferrum, iron) "of potassium, and is made from animal 
 matters containing nitrogen, as blood, hoofs, hides, woolen rags, hair, 
 leather, and animal offal, charred in retorts" (cast-iron cylinders 
 admitting of great heat) "and then fused" (melted) "with potash. 
 The mass is then drawn, cooled, filtered, and dried for crystalization. 
 The result is a crystalized" (like ice,) "yellow mass." This is pul- 
 verized for use. 
 
 "In Case-Hardening with prusiate of potash, the article of 
 wrought, or cast-iron is heated in a furnace, or forge, to a light 
 red, the powdered prusiate then sifted on, when it fluxes" (melts), 
 "and the article may be immediately removed and i)lunged into cold 
 water. Re-heating it is of no benefit, but really a detriment. One 
 application of the prusiate is sufficient." 
 
 It appears to me that the above, recent improvements, will aid 
 every mechanic to adapt himself to every Case-Hardening job that 
 may offer. 
 
 3. Another — English Patent. — Prusiate of potash, salammoni- 
 ac, and saltpeter, equal proportions by weight, powdered and kept on 
 the forge; then a tempering pickle is made with salammoniac, 4 ozs. ; 
 prusiate of potash and saltpeter, of each, 2 ozs. dissolved in each gal. 
 of water used in the tempering pickle; then heat the articles to a red 
 heat only, and roll it in the powder until eveiy part of the surface is 
 covered with the flux (melted oowder); then put into the pickle, or 
 tempering bath, as above, until cold; which the patentee, G. J. Farm- 
 er, of Birmingham, England, claims will Case-Harden deeper than 
 the older way of putting a paste of the potash on the article. 
 
 There is an undoubted advantage in the tempering-bath, or 
 "pickle" as he calls it, explained more fully under the head of Temper- 
 ing Mill Picks, which see. 
 
 It was probably not patented in this country, if it was, it has now 
 expired. 
 
 OASTOR-OILi— Made Palatable. — Septimus Piesse, a celebra- 
 ted French perfumer, established in London, informs us that Castor- 
 Oil is made quite palatable by the follomng plan: 
 
 "Castor-oil, 3 ozs.; nice soft soap, 1 dr." (1 tea-spoonful); "simple 
 sirup, 1 dr.; oil of cinnamon, 6 drops." 
 
 Rub the soap with the sirup in a mortar, and gradully add the oil, 
 rubbing constantly until it is all added and well mixed; then add the 
 oil of cinnamon and rub well together. 
 
 Any person, like rfiyself, who can not use cinnamon, can use any 
 other essential oil that they may prefer, in its place. This amount of 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 235 
 
 soap will have no bad effects in any case, but aids greatly in overcom- 
 ing the nausiousness of the Castor-Oil — it makes, an electuary, that 
 but few children, or grown persons, would object to take. The 
 dose would be the same as for tlie Oil alone. 
 
 1. CATARRAH REMEDIES.— Iodine, 10 grs.; alcohol, 1 dr. 
 Put in a 2 oz. vial; and when the iodine is dissolved, fill the vial with 
 soft water. 
 
 A little of the mixture is to be injected into the nostrils, with a small 
 syringe, '6 times daily. This has proved very successful. An altera- 
 tive containing iodine, taken internally Avill be a desirable thing, in 
 treating any obstinate chronic disease. This Receipt is from a neigh- 
 bor of mine who has tried it several times, with success. 
 
 2. Another. — The following Remedies for Catarrh were pub- 
 lished in the Household, of Brattleboro, Vt., and are highly recom- 
 mended ; and if the first fails in any case, they should certainly receive 
 a trial. Although the first writer has only given us his initials, yet, 
 there is quite a philosophical reason advanced in support of the 
 Remedy. In writing to the editor he says: 
 
 "Sometime ago we heard that sulphur and whisky was an infalli- 
 ble remedy for Catarrh, and know several persons who were entirely 
 freed from it by its use. We remember one young man who was 
 studying tor the ministry, but was so afflicted with this malady that 
 his presence was intolerable. His sight and hearing were much im- 
 paired, and his voice was little better than a husky growl. He had 
 employed the most skillful physicians, but without avail, and consid- 
 ering himself incurable had decided to abandon the study of his 
 chosen profession. But finally an old lady, who was fortified with a 
 remedy for every disease, promised to cure him in a given time if he 
 would follow her directions, which were these: 
 
 "Take LV ozs. of sulphur and 1 jjt. of the best Bourbon whisky; 
 place in a bottle together, and take, after shaking thoroughly, 1 large 
 spoonful for 3 mornings, forcing it up about the palate and keeping it 
 in the throat us long as possible. Then omit three mornings, which 
 gives the medicine time to act upon the system aiid take again. Or, 
 as the old lady said, 'take three and skip three' till the pint was con- 
 sumed. He did so and was cured. But as we have never seen the 
 Remedy in print we conclude he wasn't as mindful of suffering hu- 
 manity as he should have been." 
 
 (I would certainly advise, here, that the throat be first well rins- 
 ed, by gargling with the same, and spitting it out, as to swallow the 
 matter would be very bad policy — double the amount and you come 
 out the same. — Author). 
 
 "The other day we were reading an ably written article on fungi, 
 in which the writer says that sulphur is death to many specie of fun- 
 goidal growth. The reason of sulphur being a remedy for Catarrh oc- 
 curred to us at once. 
 
 "This disease is known to be a chronic inflammation of the mu- 
 cus membrane of portions of the head and throat, occasioned, many 
 believe, by the inhalation of the invisible spores of fungi whicn float 
 in the air" (literally/ungri is a species of mush-room, or toad-stool ; but 
 in medicine it relates to what is commonly called proud-flesh, or 
 granulations of an unhealthy character) "the invisible spores of 
 fungi," (would refer to such small particles of matter as would be in- 
 haled causing the disease). "Now if sulphur is death to the fungus 
 
236 DR. chase's 
 
 which destroys the tree and vine, why may it not be to other species? 
 The value of this Kimple remedy is worth testing at any rate; tor Ca- 
 tarrh, unless removed, is likely to terminate in bronchial consump- 
 tion, and is never a pleasent comjianion." 
 
 3. The other is as follows: 
 
 "Dear Editor: — I received the first number of the Household , and 
 found the question asked by "L. M. D.," how to cure Catarrh in the 
 head. I have a Receipt which, if used thoroughly, will cure the worst 
 cases. It is simply this: Steep a little while oak bark in water, and 
 use by snuffing the tea up the nostrils. This is a never failing 
 remedy." M. I. Dart. 
 
 I have no doubt but what the oak-bark would be found valuable 
 in recent cases of Catarrh; but in cases of long standing I should not 
 expect an entire cure from it. Its effects would be to constringe, or 
 close up the mouths of little vessels that discharge the offending mat- 
 ter into the nasal passages, throwing it back upon the system ; then a 
 gentle cathartic, of an alterative character would be required to carry 
 it off, and to change the action of the system. The old ladies' Sul- 
 phur and Whisky, given in No. 2, above, will fill both indications. It 
 may be taken according to her plan of "take three and skip three," 
 morniiisrs, following it up for some considerable time, if necessarv. 
 
 CATERPILLARS ON" TREES AND SHRUBBERY— To 
 Destroy. — Tie a cotton, or linen cloth on the end of a small, slim, 
 pole, sufficiently long to reach their nests; then wet the rag with 
 kerosene oil, light it with a match, and hold it under the nest, which 
 is immediately consumed by the blaze of the oil, and the Caterpillars 
 come tumbling through the fire, to the ground; and are thus effect- 
 ually destroyed. I have burned as many as 8 nests, that were near to- 
 gether, with one lighting. It takes but a short time to go over quite 
 an orchard. The time to do it is whe^i seen. 
 
 CATCHUP, OR CATSUP— From Tomatoes.— It is believed 
 that these words are of East Indian origin, and were formerly applied 
 to pickles, in that country; but more recently have been a{)plied to a 
 sauce made from Tomatoes, walnuts, mush-rooms, etc. In the United 
 States, however, there is but little Catchup made, except that from 
 Tomatoes; and there are about as many ways of making it as there 
 are housekeepers, in the land, yet there are but few dishes upon which 
 the "goode-wife" fails more often than upon this. 
 
 1. We — my family — are now using a very nice article of this 
 sauce made in the following manner: With each | bu. of Tomatoes, 
 washed and sliced, slice in also 5 good sized, washed, and peeled 
 onions, which were boiled together for an hour, or more, or until they 
 were all soft; then set bj' to cool; after which they were rubbed 
 through a sieve; and to each qts. of this prepared mixture Avas put 
 in, salt, 2 table-S])Oonfnls; cloves, cinnamon, and allspice, of encli, 1 
 table-spoonful; black, and cayenne pepper, of each, 1 tea-spoonful; 
 brown sugar. 1 tea-cupful; and good vinegar, 1 pt. ; then cooked it 
 away fully one-half. It is rather thick, but it will keep all the better. 
 
 I had always disliked the idea of oniijns in Catchup; but as the 
 lad)' acquaintance who sent me this Receipt, for the new Book, said: 
 "If you doubt tliis being good, come down and see us, and we will let 
 you try some of it. It is pronoTinced, by all that have tasted it. the 
 best they have ever eaten." But as she lived at some little distance, in a 
 neighboring city, and as I had not the time to spare to make the <le- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 237 
 
 sired visit with my wife, although we had been for a long time ac- 
 qnainted, and formerly neighbors, we concluded to make our Catchup 
 for this j^ear, 1872, from her Receipt, except the salt, there was none 
 in the original — the result is, not only entire satisfaction, but rather 
 an exultation in the superior taste, and appearance of the article. It 
 is a bright color, and no particular spice predominating; and I would 
 say to any one doubting the propriety of making it, if they prefer, 
 first, "come down and see us, and we will let you try some" — we shall 
 keep it on hand — even children are fond of it. 
 
 The same lady sent me two other Receipts, one for Whooping 
 Cough Sikup, using beets in its preparation and one for a Cough 
 Sirup, which see, using tar in its make, assuring me that she had tried 
 them and, knew their value; and although I have not had an oppor- 
 tunity to test these, I am satisfied of their value, judging from their 
 composition, for having given a life-time to the consideration of this 
 class of subjects, I think, at least, that I can tell the value of a Receipt, 
 as quick as I read it; at any rate, if experience is valuable is any line 
 of thought, it certainly is in making a good Receipt Book, for it is im- 
 possible that an opportunity can be had for testing to an absolute cer- 
 tainty, every Receipt, hence, the necessity for experience, and sound judg- 
 ment. 
 
 CATHARTIC ELECTUARIES, AND TASTELESS IN- 
 FUSIONS, CASTOR-OIL, AND SENNA— For Children.— An 
 Electuary signifies something that is liked in the line of medicine, or 
 literally, to be licked up; hence the following plan of preparing Castor- 
 Oil so as to be liked, by those who have to take it, will at the same 
 time add slightly to its power of action. None need be afraid of the 
 soap, for it is often used in making cathartic pills, and in small quan- 
 tities, is not at all injurious. The plan is as follows: 
 
 1. "Castor-oil, 3 ozs.; white soft soap, or Castile soap, 1 dr.; sim- 
 
 {)le sirup, 2 drs. ; oil of cinnamon, and rose, or any other essential oil 
 iked better, 6 drops, of any two kinds. 
 
 " Rub the soap with the sirup, in a Wedgwood mortar, or bowl, and 
 gradually add the Castor-Oil, stirring until it is thoroughly mixed, then 
 add the cinnamon, and other flavoring oil and stir well. By these 
 means, a gelatinous (jelly like) Electuary is formed which is rather 
 palatable than otherwise, and nearly equals, bulk for bulk, Castor-Oil 
 in strength. The quantity of potash present, in a dose, is only a 
 homeopathic dose, and consequently not likely to produce a bad result in 
 any case, even when it should be contra-indicated" (It will add to its 
 cathartic action). 
 
 "Stuncke, states that Castor-Oil saponifies (makes soap) readily 
 with alkalies, and gives, with soda, a solid white soap, which in the 
 form of pills, is a certain and agreeable purgative." 
 
 Then, I would say. if any one prefers, they can use a dr. of soda 
 in the Castor-Oil in place of the soap, with about the same result. 
 
 2. Senna Electuary, or Sirup. — Take Senna, manna, cardamon 
 seed, and cream of tartar, of eat'h, 1 oz.; white sugar, ^ lb. 
 
 Bruise the senna and cardamon seed, then pour boiling water, 1^ 
 pts., upon them, in a dish that can be covered, and steep an hour, or 
 two, the dish being covered, then strain and press out, after which add 
 the cream of tartar and sugar, dissolving by heat, to form the Sirup. 
 Bottle for use. 
 
 Dose. — The dose for a child would be from a tea to a table-spoon- 
 
238 DR. chase's 
 
 ful, according to age; and for an adult, a wine-glassful, once in 1 to 2 
 hours until 3 doses have been given, then double the time between 
 doses, until its cathartic effects are obtained. It is a safe and certain 
 cathartic, valuable in fevers and inflammatory diseases, and for preg- 
 nant females, and debilitated patients needing cathartic action — 
 especially recommended in erysipelas. 
 
 3. Senna — Tasteless Infusion for Infants. — Dr. Brandies, of 
 Europe, says: To put Senna into cold water, in a covered dish, and 
 let it stand 12 hours, is especially useful for infants; as this process 
 only dissolves the cathartic and coloring matter, having the essential 
 oil; the fatty matter, and the irritating resin, which are only soluable 
 in hot water; but, prepared in cold water it is almost tasteless, and 
 entirely so, if mixed with a little tea or coffee. — Archives Generales de 
 Medecine. 
 
 I have no doubt of its value, thus prepared, and recommend it to 
 avoid the griping occasioned by giving it as commonly preixared, as I 
 know that strong, cold coffee, will almost absolutely cover the terri- 
 ble bitter of quinine. 
 
 4. Cathartic Tincture for Children and Dyspeptics. — 
 Take Alexandria senna, 2 ozs.; jalap, 1 oz.; fennel seeds, 1 oz.; whisky, 
 or best brandy, 1 qt. 
 
 The jalap and fennel seeds should be burned, powdered jalap may 
 be used; then mix all and let stand a Aveek, or 10 days, shaking daily, 
 when it will be fit for use, and may be strained, or allowed to stand 
 upon the dregs, as it will settle and remain firm in the bottom of the 
 bottle. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful, or 2 to a child, according to age from 4 to 
 10 grs. in a little sweetened water — a table-spoonful to a grown person. 
 It might be strained, and about 2 lbs. of white sugar added to it, by 
 gentle heat making an agreeble sirup. The dose would tlien neces- 
 sarily liave to be a little increased. But it will be well to test the dose 
 with children, beginning with a little less than the ordinary dose, and 
 let experience (an excellent teacher) show the proper dose, as different 
 persons require different doses to give the same amount of action. 
 
 This will be found a mild, yet effectual cathartic, particularly val- 
 able for children, and grown persons of a dyspeptic, or other weak 
 habit of body. It will also be found as pleasant to the taste, as effectual, 
 in cleasing the system. 
 
 CEME3NTS— For General Use. — A Cement that is made with 
 tut verj little trouble, and that will prove satisfiictory for general 
 purposes, is made as follows : 
 
 1. Dissolve gum-arabic, i oz., in water, a wine-glassful, by put- 
 ting it, boiling hot, upon the bruised gum; when fully dissolved, stir 
 in very finely powdered plaster of Paris to make a thick paste. Apply 
 with a brush to the edges of the articles to be mended, and press 
 them firmly togsther until it sets a little, and keep them in position 
 until dry. This will be as good for toilet articles as for any kind of 
 table dishes. The Cement being white, of itself, it will scarcely be 
 noticed; but any mended dishes should not be put into hot water for 
 any considerable time. 
 
 2. Another. — Isinglass, 1 dr.; water, 1 oz.; alcohol, 1 oz.; gum 
 mastic, ^ dr. ; gum ammoniac, } dr. 
 
 Soak the isinglass in the water for 24 hours, then boil it down one- 
 half and add one-half of the alcohol and strain through linen while- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 239 
 
 hot; and then melt the mastic and ammoniac in the other half of the 
 spirit, and mix the solutions thoroughly, and bottle for use. It can 
 be used to mend any mendatie Article, by warming the edges and 
 giving a light coat — too much is genei-ally used. 
 
 3. Oement for Leaky Tin Roofs. — We applied a Cement of 
 white-lead paint, whiting, and dry, white sand, to a small tin roof, 5 
 years ago, that leaked like a seive; it soon became nearly as hard as 
 stone, has never peeled off, and has kept the roof, since then, per- 
 fectly tight. It was put on about the consistence of thin putty. — 
 Scientific American. 
 
 4. Slater's Cement for Stopping- Leaks Around Chimneys. 
 — Linseed-oil, whiting, ground glass, and brick-dust, all made very 
 fine. It is good — ^a good one for joints of steps, at door fronts. 
 
 5. Another. — A very durable and cheap plan to prevent leaks 
 about chimneys is to go to a painter and get his "paint skins," (a skin 
 that forms on paint left standing for some time) with as much lin- 
 seed-oil, and boil them together; and while hot, thicken, to a proper 
 consistence, with clean sand, and apply at once. 
 
 6. Cement for Leather Belts. — A thick solution of isinglass 
 with ^ its bulk of mastic varnish makes a very considerable help in 
 holding large belts before riveting. No. 5 will probably be preferred. 
 
 7. " Cement— Proof Against Wet.— To make a Cement that 
 will be proof against damp, or wet : Take pure India rubber, 1 oz. ; 
 naptha, 1 qt. 
 
 Cut the rubber in strips and put into the naptha, and stir the mix- 
 ture often, until the rubber is perfectly dissolved. Let it stand about 
 2 weeks, until it acquires the consistency of cream; then having 
 weighed the mixture, put it into an iron kettle, and add twice as 
 much shellac, by weight, as of the mixture, and heat, stirring all the 
 time, until melted and well mixed ; then pour upon marble slabs, to 
 cool, in the form of sheets. 
 
 Wlien needed for use, melt it in the iron pot, by bringing it to a 
 heat of about 250° Fah., and apply with a brush ; laying weights upon 
 the belts to press them as close together as possible. 
 
 Heat may be used to hasten the process, if great care is taken to 
 avoid the naptha from taking fire, as it is very inflammable. The 
 safest plan is without heat. 
 
 8. Cement for Cracks in Cast-Iron Kettles. — J. M. Benthall 
 informs the Scientific American that he had used a Cement of glycer- 
 ine, oxide of lead, and red lead, for mending a large cast-iron kettle 
 that had been fractured across the bottom by allowing water to freeze 
 in it, with the happiest results. It takes some little time to dry, but 
 turns almost as hard as stone, and is fire and water-proof. The 
 method was as follows: 
 
 " Take litharge, and red lead, equal parts, mix thoroughlj', and 
 make into a paste with concentrated glycerine, to the consistency of 
 soft putty. Fill the crack, and smear a thin layer on both sides, so as 
 to completely cover the surface. Rub off this layer, if desired, when 
 nearly dry, by using an old knife, or chisel." 
 
 9. Cement for Iron, or Stone. — The ifechanic's Magazine men- 
 tioned a year, or two ago an excellent Cement for fixing iron, or stone, 
 made by mixing together commercial glycerine and fine well-dried 
 litharge. ^ It appears this Cement was discovered by Professor Hirzel, 
 of Leipsic. As a Cement for joining chemical apparatus, it ofi'ers 
 
240 DK. chase's 
 
 many advantages, for it is unaffected by chlorine, hydrochloric acid, 
 sulphur vapor, sulphurous acid, nitric acid, and, indeed, resists most 
 corrosive vapors. Further than this, it withstands the solvent action 
 of alcohol, ether, sulphide of carbon, and all hydrocarbon vapors. 
 It hardens in from ten to thirty minutes if mixed of the consistence of a thick 
 dough, and sets under water as quickly as in air. Moreover, it will stand 
 a very much higher temperature than any oil Cement, something like 
 600°. The Cement can be used in steam engines, pumps, and founda- 
 tions for machinery. The proportion of glycerine and litharge to be 
 taken must depend somewhat upon the consistency of the Cement, 
 and its proposed uses. An excess of glycerine would retard the set- 
 tings, as it does not readily evaporate. This new use of glycerine 
 adds another application to a substance that only a few years ago was 
 thrown away. 
 
 The following, from another source, I think from the Scientifie 
 American, confirms and supports No. 9 : 
 
 10. " Grlycerine Cement. — A Cement, said to be capable of use 
 where resistence to the action of both water and heat, is required, is 
 composed by mixing ordinary glycerine with dry litharge, so as to con- 
 stitute a tough paste. For uniting the joints of steam pipes and other 
 similar applications, this preparation is said to be very satisfactoiy." 
 
 11. Cement for Plastering Cisterns on the G-round. — Where 
 the ground is not too gravelly, or sandy, so as to cave, or fall in, a good 
 Cistern can be made by plastering on the dirt, or ground, as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 Good water-lime, 1 bu. ; good clean sand, 2 bu. ; or in these pro- 
 portions. 
 
 Mix evenly when dry; then wet up and make into mortar, or 
 Cement, only what can be put on before it sets. 
 
 12. Cement for Emery-Wheels. — ^A gentleman having 15 
 years' experience as a machinist, saj^s there is nothing better than 
 common glue — the best — for putting emery onto wheels, or belts. 
 Using emery of the grade of coarseness desired. 
 
 13. Cement for Mending Boots and Shoes. — Take chloro- 
 form, as much as you choose, and put small bits of pure gutta-percha 
 into it to dissolve to the consistence of honey. 
 
 It is well to do this in a bottle to prevent evaporation. Upon fine 
 boots, or shoes, of pliable and soft leather, small patches may be put 
 upon them that will give very good satisfaction. First prepare the 
 patch by paring the edges very nicely; then scrape it and the place 
 to which it is to be applied, to remove dirt and grease, then apply the 
 Cement, to each surface, thoroughly, then heat the surfaces to soften 
 the Cement, and then put on the patch and press it firmly to the boot, 
 or shoe for a moment, until it sets. If neatly done it will hardly 
 show, at all; and it will remain very permanent unless it is held to 
 close to the tire. 
 
 This has been one of the devices followed by street-corner ped- 
 dlars to make money. "Only 25 cents a bottle — who will have the 
 next?" has ofcen greeted my ear, in my travels. And they would 
 ask only $5, or $10 for the Receipt. 
 
 14. Cement for Marble and Alabaster. — Ransome informs 
 us that a valualile Cement for marble, and alabaster (of which vases 
 are usually made) is composed as follows: 
 
 Stir up to a thick paste, by means of a solution of silicate of soda 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 241 
 
 (water glass); 12 parts Portland cement; 6 parts prepared chalk; 6 
 parts fine sand; 1 pari of infusorial* earth. 
 
 An irregular piece of coarse grained marble was broken off" by 
 means of a hammer, and the surface coated by a brush with the above 
 paste, and the fragment inserted in its place. After 24 hours it was 
 found to be firmly set, and it was difticult to recognize the place of 
 fracture. It is not necessary to apply heat. 
 
 I do not deem it absolutely essential to obtain the "infusorial 
 earth," which, in some places might be difficult to obtain, yet worm 
 feces from decayed wood, would answer the same [nirpose if it is 
 essential. 
 
 15. Aquarium, or Fish-Tank— Directions for Making, 
 and Cements For. — Mr. N. Hallock, of Long Island, in answer to an 
 inquiry through the Scientific Americnn, makes the following 
 statement: 
 
 "Messrs. Editors. — Your correspondent wants a good Cement for 
 an Aquarium, or Fish-Tank. The following I have used 5, or (> vears: 
 
 "One part, by measure, of litharge; 1 of plaster of Paris; ] of fine 
 beach sand; and J part of fine powdered rosin; mix all together. 
 This may be kept for years, while dry, in a well corked bottle; when 
 used, make into a putty, with boiled linseed-oil; a little patent drier 
 may be used. It will stand water, at once, either salt, or fresh. 
 
 16. A Cheap Aquarium is made as follows: 
 
 " Cut a narrow groove in a board the size you wish ; set 4 pieces 
 of glass on edge in the grooves, put a piece of zinc in the bottom. 
 Make a light frame, with grooves to correspond, for the top ; pass a 
 rod through the frame down the inside of the corners, through the 
 bottom, and screw up tight; put the Cement in all the corners and 
 joints, and you will have an Aquarium at a very trifling cost." 
 
 The principle is correct and if care is used in Cementing all of 
 the joints and holes, there can be no failure. 
 
 17. Another. — "White lead, and red, in equal parts mixed to a 
 putty consistence with boiled linseed-oil. 
 
 The frame of the Tank should be made of tin or zinc, properly 
 secured to prevent spreading, and the joints well Cemented and 
 allowed to dry a day or two, according to the atmosphere. 
 
 18. A Cement to stop Cracks in Q-lass Vessels to Resist 
 Moisture and. Heat.— Dissolve caseinef in cold saturated solution of 
 bf)rax and with this solution paste strips of hog's or bullock's bladder 
 (soltened in water) on the Cracks of Glass, and dry at a gentle Heat; 
 if the vessel is to be Heated, coat the bladder on the outside before 
 it has become quite dry, with a paste of a rather concentrated solution 
 of silicate of soda and quicklime t or plaster of 'Pa.riii."^Scienlific Amer- 
 ican. 
 
 • The mAoorirt is the lowest cla.ss of animals, found in water, or watery infusion^ 
 which have been left to stand for some time. Their organization is so low that they are 
 propagated by budding out upon the parent stock — no distinction of sex having been 
 discovered in them. The Portland Cement, and tlie prepared chalk, and sand, made 
 very fine, will answer every purpose, without the other. 
 
 fCasiene comes from the Latin caseus. cheese. It is that part of milk that turn' 
 to curd: hence, broken dishes have been, and may be mended by tieing together firmly 
 and boiling them in milk. 
 
 J Quicklime is freshly burned and freshly slacked lime. The solution of Silicate of 
 Soda is to be thickened with lime, or plaster of Paris. 
 16— i>R. chase's second receipt book. 
 
242 DR. chase's 
 
 19. Pitch and G-utta-Percha Cement. — Take an iron dish, or 
 kettle, and melt, by heat, common Pitch (such as used for picthing 
 seams on boats, or vessels), 2 ozs. or lbs. according to the Cementing 
 you wish to do ; and Gutta-Percha half as much. 
 
 When melted stir well and pour into cold water, until cold; then 
 wipe dry and keep for use, of course, melt again when used, so much 
 as IS needed. 
 
 This will hold, very firmly, if a dark color is not objectionable, 
 wood, glass, stone, ivory, porcelain, parchment, leather, hair, paper, 
 silk, woolen, cotton, feathers,' and all other things, except those seeking 
 a divorce. 
 
 12. Turkish Cement— For "Water Pipes, etc.— Fresh hydraulic 
 lime (water-lime), any quantity, according to the work to be done, 
 and half as much pounded brick, or pounded tile, finely sifted, — by 
 measure — and chopped tow to make it like our common hair mortar. 
 Mix dry, as wanted for use ; then wet up with linseed-oil (if it is boil- 
 ed it will dry quicker) to the consistence of common mortar. 
 
 They use common earthen-ware pipes with socket-joints, to carry 
 water from springs to reservoirs, and use this Cement for the joints. 
 It makes them water-tight. 
 
 21. For Common mortar they use the hydraulic lime and 
 pounded tile, sifted, in equal parts, with the chopped tow, and wet up 
 with water — thoroughly mixing while dry, before wetting up, in eith- 
 er case. 
 
 22. Very Hard Cement is made with well-burnt brick pow- 
 dered very fine, 93 parts ; and finely pulverized litharge, 7 parts. Mix 
 dry, and then wet up to the consistence af mortar with linseed-oil. 
 
 When used for joints in stone flagging, the stone, or marble 
 should be wet first to prevent the oil from leaving the mixture too 
 quick. It has been used for terraces, lining basins, for watering 
 stock, etc., etc. ; and would make a valuable Cement around chimneys, 
 first giving a coat of thin paint, to cause it to take hold of the dirty 
 brick and shingles, or other roofing 
 
 CESSPOOLS.— See Disenfectants. 
 
 1. Chai'lotte Russe, — Russian isinglass, 1 oz.; nice sweet milk; 
 ^ pt.; 4 eggs ; sweet wine, 1 gill ; white sugar, 3 ozs.; thick cream, 1 pt. 
 extract of lemon, or vanilla, and sponge cake. 
 
 Boil the isinglass in the milk, slowly, to reduce it one-half, and 
 when cool, strain it, and add tlie flavor, and pour it into the beaten 
 yolks of the eggs and sugar ; then put over the fire again to thicken, 
 but not to boil. Having beaten the cream to a froth with the wine, 
 mix all, and add the beaten whites of the eggs; and having lined a 
 deep dish with slices of sponge cake, pour in the "Russe." 
 
 2, Another plan is to use milk, 1 pt.; arrow-root, ^ lb.; thick 
 cream, 1 qt.; flavor as in No. 2. 
 
 The arrow-root is to be rubbed smooth with a little of the milk, 
 cold, then thicken into the balance of the milk, with heat ; and add 
 the flavor, and while still warm, mix it into the cream whipped, and 
 pour into sponge cake same as the first. 
 
 In either case, if in warm weather, to set the dish into ice. to get 
 cold, makes an improvement, and if made with care will be very 
 nice. 
 
 CHEESE MANUFACTURING— Its Processes and Pro- 
 gress, — The following quotations, the first from, the Scientific American 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 243 
 
 of 1863, and the second from the PcopW s Journal of 1871, will not only 
 show the Process of Manufacture, but also show its Progress, and, I 
 trust, give an additional impulse to Cheese-making, and also to the 
 Manufacturing of Butter, which has been left too much in the back- 
 ground; for it is, undoubtedly, susceptible of being adopted as a Man- 
 ufacture, in Butter-factories, as much so as that of Cheese; aa in that 
 case, the expense of milk-rooms and other fixtures to take every 
 needed advantage, can so much better be afibrded, than by the home- 
 manufacturer, who only has a few cows. It seems to me that tlie 
 Butter branch needs more attention than it is receiving at the hands 
 of those most interested — the farmers. But, as I have discussed that 
 subject under its appropriate head, which see, I will proceed to the 
 point of Manufacturing Cheese. The following will show that even 
 as late as 1863, the Manufacture of Cheese was at rather a low ebb. 
 The editor says: 
 
 "We were lately informed by a very intelligent farmer of North- 
 ern New York, that the Manufacture of Cheese, when properly con- 
 ducted was a very profitable business; 'but,' he added, 'there's more 
 bad Clieese than bad Butter made, and there's more than enough of 
 that.' For some years past, large quantities of the best American 
 Cheese has found a ready sale in Great Britain; in some sections of 
 which, Clieese is used to a great extent, as an article of daily food, by 
 both rich and poor. We have been credibly informed that almost all 
 the best American Cheese is exported — the inferior qualities being 
 kept for home use. A few remarks on the subject will not be un- 
 profitable at present, as this is the season (August) when most of our 
 farmers set about making Cheese. 
 
 "The principal substances in milk are the fatty, or Butter parts — 
 milk-sugar, and caseine. The latter is really the Cheesy part; but 
 Cheese of the hesi quality likewise contains a considerable portion of 
 the Butter, and some of the milk-sugar. The Cheesy portion of milk 
 is separated from the liquid by coagulation (thickening) — a chemical 
 operation, which is performed to-day as it was hundreds of years ago. 
 The mode of producing this result was undoubtedly an accidental 
 discovery. 
 
 1. ' It consists of stuffing the stomach of a sucking calf, an unweaned 
 lamb, or a kid, with salt, and suspending it in a dry situation for several 
 months. 
 
 "This prepared stomach, called the rennet, when steeped in water, 
 produces a decoction " (watery extract) "whicli posseses the power of 
 thickening milk — decomposing it, and separating the caseine from the 
 liquid, or whey. 
 
 2. " The tnost convenient way to prepare the rennet for use, is 
 to place the stomach in a stone-ware jar with 2 handsful of salt; pour 
 about 3 qts. of cold water over it, and allow the whole to stand for 
 5 days; then strain and put it into bottles. A table-spoonful will coagu- 
 late about thirty gals, of milk. 
 
 "The milk of which Cheese is made, is heated to about 90° Fah. 
 To every 30 gals, a table-spoonful of the rennet is added and stirred. 
 In froHi 15 to 60 minutes the milk becomes coagulated — the caseine 
 separating in a thick mass. The rennet possesses the chemical prop- 
 erty of producing lactic acid" (lactic acid comes from the Latin lac, or 
 lactis, milk) "by acting on the sugar in the milk. The acid unites 
 
244 DR. chase's 
 
 with the soda in the milk, which holds the caseine in solution; when 
 the caseine, which is insoluble, separates, forming the curd. 
 
 "The quality of Cheese depends chiefly upon the milk of which 
 it is made ; the best, containing a considerable portion of the constit- 
 uents of Butter. 
 
 "The Stilton Cheese of England, and the Brie Cheese of France, 
 have a world-wide reputation ; and are made from fresh, sweet 
 milk, mixed vnih cream, skimmed from milk of the preceding even- 
 ing. 
 
 "The Cheshire, double-Gloucester, Chedder, Wiltshire, and Dun- 
 lop Cheese of Great Britain " (the Dunlop is more particularly of 
 Scotland), "is made of sweet unskimmed milk, as is also the best 
 Holland and American Cheese. It is frequently, however, made from 
 milk obtained at two separate milkings, though it is believed that the 
 Aes< Cheese is made from that procured at 07je milking; as it is sup- 
 posed that cream, which has been separated from cold milk after 
 standing several hours, can not be intimately mixed with the milk again; 
 and that, consequently, much of it will be removed with the whey. 
 7'his is a very important consideration for those engaged in the production 
 of Cheese. 
 
 "Skim-milk yields nearly as much Cheese as sweet milk, as it 
 contains all the caseine. 
 
 "The Dutch, the Leyden, and the hard Cheese of Essex and Sus- 
 sex counties, in England, are made of milk thrice skimmed ; and they 
 are excellent for sharpening teeth, and would try the temper of a good 
 Amepican axe. 
 
 "In making Cheese, a thermometer should always be used to 
 test the heat of the milk, which should neverhe raised above 95° Fah., 
 otherwise the curd will be hard and tough. If the milk is cold — much 
 below 90° Fah. — the curd will be too soft, and difficult to free from the 
 whej'. Perha|)s the best and safest way to heat the milk is in a tin 
 vessel, placed in a cauldron of icatcr heated tn 95°. to which temperature the 
 milk should be raised before the rennet is added. Whenever the milk is 
 fully coagulated, the whey should be strained from it. 
 
 "In Cheshire, — famous for its Cheese — great attention is paid to 
 the removal of the whey; which is done very slowly , and unth slight 
 pressure until the curd is pretty hard; the latter is then cut fine, in a 
 machine, and prepared for the i)ress. 
 
 "The curd of the celebrated Stilton Cheese is not cut at all; it is 
 pressed very gently till all the whey drains out, so as to retain all the 
 Butter in it. 
 
 " In Belgium, a rich Cheese is made by adding Butter, ^ oz., and the 
 yolk of an egg to every pound of cut curd. 
 
 "About 1 oz. of the best salt is mixed with every 2 lbs. of the cut 
 curd, which is then placed in a cloth secured in the Cheese-hoop, and 
 submitted to pressure; and the quality of Cheese depends on having 
 all the whey pressed out; to do which, it is turned upside-down several 
 times, and allowed to remain in the press until no more whey can be got 
 out of it. 
 
 Cheese, when taken from the press, should be rubbed over the 
 entire surfoce with good Butter, and placed in a cool, airy room, upon 
 a smooth, flat stone, or polished slab of marble, if possible. It requires 
 to be examined, and turned daily, for some weeks afterwards, and 
 occasionally rubbed with Butter. Annotto is frequently employed to 
 
SECOND RECKIPT BOOK. 
 
 245 
 
 color the outside of Cheese, but this is a practice which ought to be 
 condemned" (and I am glad to say, not much done of late). 
 
 "Cheese of an inferior quality, may be inoculated, to some extent, 
 with the flavor of any rich Cheese, by introducing a small portion of 
 the latter, into the interior of the former, with a common Cheese- 
 scoop. Old Chesse sells in England at several cents per lb. higher 
 than new Cheese. It acquires, by age, that peculiarly sharp pungent 
 taste so pleasing to the palate of the Britisher." 
 
 This shows about the condition of the Cheese trade 10 years ago ; 
 and undoubtedly was the means, by its hints, and suggestions, of 
 doing much to bring up the Cheese manufacturing business to its pres- 
 ent superior standing, as represented by the following statistics, given 
 by the People's Journal, of Philadelphia, for 1870. Under the head of 
 Cheese, it says: 
 
 "Butter and Cheese-making has been a diffused industiy in many 
 countries, from the earliest times; but it remained for American in- 
 ventiveness to give concentration to tlie work and show the nations 
 how best to do it. In 1853, we exported to England 1,000,000 lbs. of 
 Cheese; in 1860, we sent her o0,00U,000 lbs. In the same year we im- 
 ported nearly 1,500,000 lbs. to supply our own requirements; but in 
 1870, so ample and excellent had our supplies become that we did not 
 require to import a pound. 
 
 "It is comparatively but a few years since farmers in New York 
 State, seeing the waste of labor necessarily consequent on each small 
 farmer being his own Manufacturer of Cheese and Butter, commenced 
 to form labor-saving co-oj^erative factories, where one set of workmen 
 would do the work of many, and where, by affording superior facili- 
 ties and giving special attention, the quality of the product might be 
 improved. The movement was completely successful, and at this day 
 the number of these co-operative factories in the State is more than 
 nine hundred, with a supply of milk from 250,000 cows; every 3,000 
 cows affording 1,000,000 lbs. of Cheese, valued at $140,000, or more than 
 300 lbs. of Cheese, and 300 gals, of milk for each cow. Of this large 
 number of factories: 
 
 
 Factories. 
 
 Cows. 
 
 
 Factories. 
 
 Cows. 
 
 Oneida county has . 
 
 ... 94 
 
 30,000 
 
 Erie county has . 
 Oteego •' " . 
 
 . . . !:>4 
 
 20,000 
 
 Jefferson " 
 
 ... 72 
 
 25,000 
 
 ... 40 
 
 15,000 
 
 Herkimer " " 
 
 . . • 70 
 
 25,000 
 
 Orange " " 
 
 . . . 44 
 
 14.000 
 
 Madison " " 
 
 ... 66 
 
 20,000 
 
 Other eouuties have 
 
 . . .440 
 
 11U,(XI0 
 
 Oswego " " 
 
 ... 58 
 
 15,000 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Totals 
 
 
 
 
 . . . !I44 
 
 240,000 
 
 As to the other States: 
 
 Factories. Cows each. 
 
 Ohio has SO 500 
 
 Illinois " 50 400 
 
 Wisconsin " 34 250 
 
 Vermont " 32 400 
 
 Massachusetts 26 250 
 
 Factories. ( '(jws e'ch. 
 
 Michigan has 22 400 
 
 Pennsylvania " 14 200 
 
 Other States, " 25 
 
 Canada, " 34 
 
 Totals, 317 
 
 "So that on this continent we have now, after a comparatively 
 few years of work, nearly 1,300 Cheese and Butter factories, supplied 
 with the milk of more than 300,000 cows, and producing about 100,- 
 000,000 lbs. of Cheese annually. Our export of the product of this 
 new industry, or old industry in a new form, was last year the large 
 amount of 57,000,000 lbs., valued at $8,000,000, while the whole export 
 from Britain, of her Cheese, is little over 3,000,000 lbs. Even the 
 
246 DR. chase's 
 
 Dutch, who have made a specialty of Cheese for centuries, and who 
 in their varieties adapt their article to many tastes and markets, ex- 
 ported last year only half the quantity we did. When this experi- 
 ment was commenced the Eui-opean Cheeses had all their special 
 markets and special customers, who took them regularly, and would 
 not be induced readily to make a change, while the previous character 
 of American Cheese was not in its favor, but rather the contrary. We 
 had, therefore, nothing to look to for success but the superiority of the 
 article at the price, and in less than twenty years, with everything 
 rather against than for us, we have surpassed England in the world's mar- 
 kets, and are at tltis day selliny nineteen times as much Clieesc as she is able 
 to do, with all her prestige and previous fame as a Cheese producer! In all 
 the history of i)rogress there is no parallel to this adaptation of fitting 
 means to needed facilities. Switzerland, from a kind of necessity im- 
 posed upon it by the peculiarities of the Alpine pastures, had had a 
 kind of cooperative Cheese-making before we commeuced it; but it 
 was and is of small account. Our cooperative arrangements enabled 
 many single workers with but indiflerent success, by that union which 
 is strength, to become a great jiower for supplying the w6rld with two 
 prime articles of family consumption, and for doing it iccll. Our 
 triumph, however, is not yet quite complete. Before it is so we have 
 got to do one of two things, or both ; that is, to produce a Cheese 
 which will surpass in its attractive qualities the favorite products of 
 all other countries, or to poduce Cheeses so nearly approaching these 
 favorites in qualities as to compete with them successfully. 
 
 "Among the chief of these favorite Cheeses is Stilton, the high- 
 est-priced, which is made chiefly in Leicestershire, England, from the 
 sream of one milking being added to the new milk of the next. The 
 weight seldom exceeds 12 lbs., and two years are required to ma- 
 ture it. 
 
 "Parmesan, the most famed of Italian Cheeses, is a product of the 
 richest pastures of the Milanese territory. It is made from skim-milk, 
 weighs 180 lbs. each, and requires the milk of 100 cows for each 
 Cheese. 
 
 "Cheshire Cheese, one of the very best of English Cheeses, is the 
 product of the poorest land. Its weight is often as high as 100 lbs.; 
 and 1 lb. of Cheese to each cow daily throughout the year, is consid- 
 ered a fair average yield. 
 
 "Gouda, the best Holland, is a full milk Cheese and weighs about 
 15 lbs. 
 
 "Gruj'fire, a celebrated Swiss variety, possibly owes much of its 
 distinguishing character to the peculiarity of the Alpine pasture. It 
 is made of milk skimmed, or not skimmed, according to the kind of 
 Cheese desired. 
 
 "Chedder Cheese is made chiefly in Somersetshire from milk in 
 which all its own cream is retained, and Gloucester is made from milk 
 deprived of part of its cream. "Double" and "single" Gloucester, 
 are terms applied in reference to size and not as to qualitj^ the one 
 being twice the tickness of the other. 
 
 "Dunlop Cheese is the choicest Scottish product, and made much 
 in the same wav as Cheshire. 
 
 "The Suffolk Cheese is made from skim-milk, and weighs 25 to 
 30 lbs. 
 
 "The Edam Cheese of Holland owes not a little of its popularity 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 247 
 
 to its smallness and form. In making it at certain seasons the milk 
 is partly skimmed; the Cheese is colored a yellowish red for the En- 
 glish market and red for the French; the weight is about 4 lbs., and 
 each cow in Summer is expected to yield 200 lbs. skim-milk Cheese 
 and 80 lbs. of Butter. 
 
 "The Roquefort is the chief Cheese of France. It is made from 
 the milk of sheep and goats half of which has been skimmed; its 
 weight is 4 to 5 lbs., and it is believed to owe much of its peculiar 
 character to the ?i«iMraZ t-awifs, or fissures in the neighboring rocks, 
 where the ripening is performed, and which are constantly filled with 
 cold air from subterranean recesses. 
 
 "These special favorites are those which bring the best prices, 
 and Wisconsin has commenced the right policy for America, by ascer- 
 taining how these favorites are made, and making them so as if pos- 
 sible even to surpass the genuine original article in its peculiar excel- 
 lence. It only requires a few intelligent, peisevering men, or women 
 to set themselves to do it, in order to secure that in a very few years 
 we sliould be sending Stilton's to Leicester and Edam's to Holland, and 
 the best variety everywhere. In all dairy management, in order that 
 the maximum of success may be attained, the whole of those things 
 from which profits accrue and M'hich dovetail, or fit into each other, as 
 it were, must be carried on simultaneously. 
 
 "A very large part of Cheese, and possibly the best paying part, is 
 made from skim-milk. 
 
 "A Butter Factory should always accompany the Cheese Factory, 
 and is perhaps, the best paying part of the farmer's work. Again, the 
 whey of every two cows will keep, or nearly keep, one pig, and there- 
 fore, a pork department is a necessity, and one in which the produce 
 is nearly all profit and good prices always readily realized. 
 
 "Again, some cattle will pay better to fatten for the butcher than 
 to milk, and there should be a beef department for this purpose. The 
 feeding of such cattle is scarcely a perceptible addition to the expense 
 of the establishment, and the price on sale is a very substantial 
 gain." 
 
 Let us go on then, until we not only make better Cheese than all the 
 rest of the world; but more of it also, and bring up Butter to the high 
 standing to tvhich oar Cheese has already attained; then shall we have 
 reason to hold up our heads on the Butter question, while, as yet, the 
 majority cii our Butter is quite inferior. 
 
 2. " To Oheesemakers— An English Groan, Encouraging to 
 American Manufacturers. — The following groan, as recorded in 
 the English Mdk Journal, for September, 1871, in regard to the intro- 
 duction of American Cheese into their market, is very significant and 
 should encourage our Cheese Manufacturers to increased eftbrts to 
 beat them in their own markets. The Journal says: 
 
 " We would draw especial attention to our report of the Cheese 
 market this month. We do not think there is any cause for alarm, 
 yet the ])resent state of the Cheese trade is significant. Such words 
 as 'the American are absorbing all the demand,' 'Dutch, like Eng- 
 lish, is being driven out of consumption,' have, to say the least, not a 
 very cheerful tone. We can not question the authority of the very 
 eminent firm of Cheese Factors from whom we obtain our monthly 
 reports. We have no wish to create a panic among English Cheese- 
 mongers, but we can not suppress the information aflbrded us, and 
 
248 DR. chase's 
 
 therefore print it verbatim et literatim. There is no very immediate 
 danger in tlie American competition ; but it behoves us to be on the 
 alert, and to produce Cheese at the least possible expense, and of the 
 very best quality. The success of America is to be attributed to the 
 extensive organization of her Cheese Factories, whereby division of 
 labor is eifected, a large working capital used in the Manufacture of 
 Cheese, and an uniform good make produced, by converting milk into 
 Cheese on a large scale; and by the employment of skilled labor 
 under the superintendence of scientific, enterprising commercial men. 
 The system which has done so much for America can undoubtedly do 
 a great deal for us, and enable us to maintain our ground against all 
 comers. We therefore watch, with a daily increased interest, the suc- 
 cess of Cheese Factories in our own country," (England). 
 
 All I can say to this, is, let them "groan" so long as we can beat 
 them in making their own choice brands of Cheese. 
 
 3. Swiss School of Milk Production and Manag-ement. — 
 The Simss Mountain Union, which has for many years been interested 
 in the Milk business, has issued a circular in Avhich it claims that 
 the Milk production and the care of the mountain pastures are the in- 
 separable factors of the nation's wealth. The only article of export is 
 Cheese, which was exported in 1868 to the value of 18,674,832 francs, 
 and in 1869, to 21,453,796 francs. The increase of Milk products in 
 other parts of the world is alluded to. American Factory Cheese, an 
 imitation of the English Cheshire, is rivaling its prototype in its home 
 market. Sweden and Denmark have established extensive dairies, 
 while Holland, which controls, the Cheese trade of the world, has 
 established at Utrecht a perpetual exhibition of daixy utensils, etc., 
 for the instruction of dairymen. The Austrian minister of Agricul- 
 ture has given two annual prizes for the benefit of Cheese Factory 
 associations, while in Vorarlburg, Tyrol, Bavaria, Italy, and Prussia, 
 the latest facts, principles, and improvements are disseminated by 
 means of itinerant lecturers, fairs, exhibitions, and publications. It 
 is proposed in Switzerland to adopt this policy in the organization of 
 a School of theoretical and practical instruction in Milk production 
 and Manageinent. For this purpose, funds are to be raised from the 
 cantons, agricultural societies, and individuals. Great results are 
 anticipated from this enterprise. — Scientific American. 
 
 4. Cost of a Small Cheese Factory. — Hoping that what has 
 been said upon the subject of Manufacturing Butter and Cheese will 
 induce some farmers to desire to engage in it, I will give them an 
 idea of the* necessary expense to make a fair beginning ; and prob- 
 ably the following from the Manufacturer and Builder, will show the 
 items with more satisfaction, and in less words than most of the arti- 
 cles which have been given. It says : 
 
 " For 100 cows, a building 60x26 feet, with 16-foot posts, making it 
 two stories, would be required. Take 24 feet from the lower story for 
 a ' make-room,' leaving the remainder and the upper story for ' curing 
 rooms.' The upper story should be partitioned the same as the lower. 
 The 24-foot room over the 'make-room' should be plastered and fur- 
 nished with stoves suitable for curing early and late Cheese. The cost 
 depends upon the price of lumber and labor, which difl'er in dilferent 
 localities. A rough, substantial building which will answer in every 
 respect in most localities, would cost $1 ,000. If finished with paint, etc., 
 $1,300. It could be furnished with vat, tank, presses, hoops, scales, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 249 
 
 etc., for $300, making in all $1,300 for rou^h building, and $1,600 for 
 the finished one. For 200 cows the same sized building would answer. 
 For vat and fixtures, $500, making, in all, $1,500 for rough, and $1,800 
 for finished building. This is the size of many that were built in 
 this State " (New York) "this season. Stock companies are formed 
 by those interested taking one or more shares, which may be $50, 
 or $100 each. A committee is chosen by the shareholders, who 
 superintend the building of the Factory, hiring of help, etc. A dairy 
 of 100 cows can be. managed by a man of experience with additional 
 help, which could be hired at from $2 to $3 per day and board. 
 For 200 cows he would want an additional hand, which n-iight be a 
 woman, and inexperienced. The question is often asked : How 
 many cows must a Factory number to pay? For an individual to 
 build a Factory to work up milk for others at $2 per hundred, which is 
 the common price of making and furnishing the Cheese all boxed and 
 ready for market, he would want 300 cows, or more, to make it a pay- 
 ing business." 
 
 I will close this subject with only a word more, and that is this, 
 let no one enter into this business unless he has the necessary expe- 
 rience himself, or can take time to go to a first-class Factory and learn 
 all the particulars, or is sure that he can get an experienced liand to 
 manage it. With the necessary knoivledge it i.^ a paving business. 
 
 CHESTNUTS— To Plant for Timber and the Fruit —In re- 
 gions of country where timber is scarce, probably, there is no other 
 tree that will give as good satisfaction in speed of growth, and value 
 of timber as the Chestnut; and although it is best to plant the Nuts' 
 where you desire them to grow, for purposes of cutting for the timber, 
 at tlie same time you can plant a few, near the house, to be cared foi- 
 more particularly for the sake of the Nuts, 
 
 The following item from the Hearth and Home, will satisfy the 
 people as to the advantages, and probable success of the undertaking. 
 It says : 
 
 "No timber is better worth planting in fence-rows, kitchen yards, 
 waste places, or in regular plantations than Chestnut. For posts, 
 rails, pickets, stakes, or lumber, no timber is more salable, grow.s 
 quicker, or realizes a better proportionate price. For shade. Chest- 
 nut-trees are excellent; dense, spreading, and handsome in foliage. 
 Once planted, they need no further attention, and when cut down 
 reproduce themselves abundantly by means of si)r6uts. We have cut 
 Chestnut sprouts eight years old, that were large and long enough for 
 four round posts, or six, when the two Iowcm- ones were split, and one 
 rail besides. At this age they are large enough to split into two heavy 
 rails, worth, now, six to eight cents each in a timber country. We can 
 not just now think of any crop that would pay better than a few 
 acres of thrifty Chestnut sprouts. There is but one disadvantage, 
 which is that Chestnuts don't stand transplanting well. They should, 
 therefore, be planted where they are desired to grow. Probably the 
 best way to make a plantation is to plow the ground in the Fall, and 
 mark out furrows six feet apart each way, and at the intersections 
 drop three Nuts; cultivate the ground one year, then seed down to 
 grass. The grass and the shade together willkeep out weeds, and the 
 close planting will cause the young trees to shoot up straight and 
 lengthy. In five years a good many rails can be cut out, leaving one 
 tree at each place. In a few yeai-s the plantation will need thinning 
 
250 DR. chase's 
 
 again, and sprouts will have taken the place of those first cut 
 out." 
 
 CHLOROFORM— As a Solvent and Anesthetic, or Produ- 
 cing' Insensibility to Pain, and as a Renovator. — Chloroform is 
 the best known solvent for camphor, resins, sealing wax, and gutta 
 percha; it also dissolves the vegetable alkaloids, strychnia, morphia, 
 quinia, etc., in large proportions, and is very useful as a local anes- 
 thetic in allaying the i)ain of toothache; as a solvent it zvill remove 
 greasy spots from fabrics of all kinds, but its chief use is as an anes- 
 thetic (rendering insensibility), of which kind of medicinal agents it 
 is the type. There are several other volatile organic bodies which 
 possess similar properties, but none, so far as we have been able to 
 discover, produce the total unconsciousness and muscular relaxation 
 that follow the inhalation of Chloroform. 
 
 It has been customary to pour Chloroform upon a handkerchief 
 and hold it a little distance from the face, in administering it, but the 
 English surgeons have more recently adopted the plan of laying the 
 handkerchief over the face, and dro]) it on, drop by drop, claiming 
 that it is less dangerous; and, they have reported a case that was kept 
 in this way, 10 hours without injury. The danger, undoubtedly, 
 arises from the patient getting too large an amount at once, by the old 
 plan, when, by the new, or "drop by drop," plan, the amount, although 
 sufficient, is nut an over-dose. 
 
 1. CHOLERA, CHOLERA-MORBUS, COLIC, AND PAIN- 
 FUL DIARRHEA— " Very Valuable" Remedies.— Oils of ca.je- 
 put, cloves, peppermint, and anise, of each, 1 oz. ; alcohol, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 Dose. — From 10 drops to 2 tea-spoonfuls, according to the severity 
 of the case, as explained below. 
 
 "This is a very valuable stimulant and ajitiispasmodic preparation, 
 and has been successfully used in Coli(;, cramp, of the stomach, or 
 elsewhere, flatulence" (gas, or wind, in the stomach, or bowels), 
 "pains in the stomach, or bowels. Painful Diarrhea, Cliolera-Morbns, 
 Asiatic Cholera, and in all cases where a stimulant and antispa.>modic 
 action" (opposed to spasms) "is desired. 
 
 "During the Cholera of 1849-50-51, it was extensively used iu 
 Cincinnati, for the purpose of overcoming violent spasmodic action, in 
 the dose of lto2fl. drs." (1 dr. is about 1 common tea-spoonful), "every 
 10, or 15 minutes; one or two doses generally succeeded in relieving the 
 pains and spasms when all oilier means failed. 
 
 "The ordinary dose is from 10 to 30 drops, in simple sirup, muci- 
 lage of slippery-ehn, or in hot brandy and water sweetened. Care 
 should be taken not to introduce too mucli of this preparation into 
 the stomach at any one time, as a large amount of it would produce 
 inflammation of the stomach. It is, however, a very valuable agent, 
 when jtroperly used, oneZ s/iowZd be always kept by every pliysician and 
 druggist." — King. 
 
 Tills was formerly known as Hunn's Life Drops. 
 
 2. Another— Dr. Bond's Cure, of Philadelphia.— Dr. Bond, 
 of Philadelphia, used to depend mainly upon the following emetic, 
 in Cholei-a: 
 
 Salt, 1 table-spoonful ; and cayenne pepper, 1 tea-si)oonfnl ; put 
 into luke-warm water, i pt., and given for a dose. 
 
 To be repeated ifa cure was not speedily effected. In cases 
 where much fruit, or other green stuff, as cucumbers, melons, etc., 
 
SECOND RKCEIPT BOOK. 251 
 
 had been eaten, or was the cause of the commencement of Cholera, 
 this would be very o;ood. 
 
 CHOL.AGOGUE, OR BILIOUS TONIC— Quinine, 1 dr. ; oil 
 of wintergreen, 1 tea-spoonful; oil of peppermint, 5 drops; oil of 
 lemon, 15 drops; alcohol, ^ pt. ; water, ^ pt. ; sulphuric acid, 30 drops. 
 Mix well, then add red Peruvian bark, finely pulverized, 2 ozs. ; rheu- 
 barb root, also finely pulverized, 1 oz. ; simple sirup, or molasses, to 
 make all 1 qt. Those who are acted upon easily by cathartics can not 
 bear more than half of this quantity of rheubarb. Let such liaA'e it 
 made accordingly — the object of its use is to just keep the bowels 
 solvent, not loose like diarrhea. 
 
 The quinine, oils, and acid, should be put into the alcohol first, 
 then the water, and afterwards the bark and rheubarb, and then the 
 sirup ; or what would be a little more palatable, would be to steep the 
 Peruvian bark and rheubarb root in as little water as will answer, then 
 strain ofi" into the mixture and steep again, to get all the strength, by 
 pressing out the second time; then make up the qt. with sirup, as this 
 avoids the sediment of the bark and root in the taking of the medi- 
 cine,as some people object to taking the medicine with the powders in 
 it. It may be taken at once, if well shaken ; or, if shaken 2, or 3 times 
 daily for a week, after that it may be taken without shaking, as the 
 strength of the Peruvian bark and rheubarb, will, by that time, be 
 extracted. 
 
 Dose. — For an/idult, 1 to 2 tea-spoonfuls 4 times daily, at meals 
 and bed time; for a child of 12 years, half dose. If very bilious and 
 costive, take a full cathartic dose of rheubarb, or such other cathartic 
 medicine as you are in the habit of using, or prefer, to move the 
 bowels freely. 
 
 This will be found a very valuable tonic in all cases requiring one ; 
 and will break up 99-100 of all the agues, and remittent fevers, in a 
 few days, if not, repeat the cathartic, and continue the Cholagogue 
 until the work is accomplished — never try to "wear out the ague;" it 
 will either wear you out, or make you "the worse for wear." Repeat 
 at intervals of a week, 2, or 3 times; and in nearly every case, a per- 
 manent cure will be effected, if the medicine is taken for 3, or 4 days 
 at each repetition. 
 
 1. CIDER— Its History, Manufacture and Best Methods 
 of Keeping, in Europe and the United States.^Cider and perry 
 are of great antiquity. Plinney speaks of them as the wine of apples 
 and pears. The Moors of Biscay, first introduced the manufacture of 
 Cider into Normandy, from which it exfended itself' into other 
 French provinces, and finally to England, Germany, Russia, and 
 America. And at the present time, that made in Normandy, Her- 
 fordshire, England, and in the neighborhood of Newark, N. J., is con- 
 sidered the best. 
 
 2. The mere mechanical manner of making Cider is too well 
 known to need any particular description; and the only caution, or 
 hint necessary to be given, here, is that the plan of putting water 
 upon the straw, or pomace, as practiced by many, is not to be allowed 
 if you desire to make good Cider, and wish to have it keep well — no 
 water at all should be used. 
 
 3. Very much of the excellence of Cider, also, depends upon the 
 temperature of the cellar in which the Cider is placed for fermenta- 
 tion; but as a general thing, except by regular Manufacturers and 
 
252 DR. chase's 
 
 dealers in the article, this point is entirely overlooked. As soon as 
 the apple-juice is i)ressed out, it should be poured through a common 
 wire sieve, coarse cloth strainer, or something of this character (a 
 hair cloth sieve is the best of all), to free it from large pieces of pomace, 
 straws, etc., then be immediately put into a cool cellar, where the 
 temperature is not above 50° Fah.; for, if left, as it frequently is, in 
 the Cider mill, or some other situation, exposed to the full heat of 
 Autumn, much of the alcohol that is formed by the fermentation, 
 which decomposes the sugar, that is in the fruit, and turns it into the 
 formative process of vinegar making by the absorption of the oxygen 
 of the air, giving the Cider a peculiar roughness, called sour, after 
 which only "topers" like it, while, on the other hand, if it is put into 
 the cool cellar, of the temperature of about 50° Fah., nearly the 
 whole of the natural sweetness of the fruit is converted into alcohol, 
 which remains as such, helping to preserve the Cider, instead of un- 
 dergoing the process of acetification — like acid. 
 
 Leibig informs us that "the acetous" (acid making) "fermenta- 
 tion, or the conversion of alcohol into vinegar proceeds most rapidly 
 at a temperature of 95° Fah., and at lower temperatures the action be- 
 comes slower, until at 46° 50^ Fah., no such change takes place." 
 
 Vinegar manufacturers, as well as Cider makers will do well to 
 give heed to these facts, if they wish to make good articles with the 
 least possible trouble, or labor; for independently of tlie differences in 
 fruit, the difference of temperature at which Cider is allowed to ferment, 
 is the principal cause of the superiority of the Cider made by one per- 
 son over that of another, in the same neighborhood. One puts his in 
 a cool cellar, and the other, perhaps lets it stand in the mill, or barn, 
 where it soon becomes sour, passing the possibility of ever being 
 made what is called good Cider, i. e., sweet and palatEfble. 
 
 4. It is well known that a rough tasted, sour apple, even crab- 
 apples, make the best Cider. This arises from the presence of more 
 malic acid (from the Latin malum, an apple — apple acid), the pres- 
 ence of which prevents, or greatly impedes the conversion of the alco- 
 hol, which arises by the fermentation, into acetic acid, or vinegar; 
 but .«>till splendid Cider may be made out of the more common apples, 
 if tlie caution of the low temperature is observed in its fermentation. 
 
 5. It is as important that apples should lie in the orchard, or in 
 the barn, for a couple of weeks, to mellow and mature, after they are 
 gathered, as it is that they should be ripe when gathered, for by this 
 meKowing proce.^s, mucluof the mucilage, or sw'eetness of the apjiles, 
 is decomposed, and changed into alcohol and carbonic acid, by which 
 the flavor and keeping qualities of the Cider is much improved ; and 
 also, that all rotten apples should be thrown out, for they give a bad 
 flavor to the Cider, and also prevent the pomace from settling before 
 racking off", by which means the clarification, or cleansing of the 
 Cider is perfected. Unripe apples should also be avoided, as they 
 contain scarcely any sugar, or saccharine matter, while they also add 
 to the tendency of tlie Cider to become sour. 
 
 6. The question is often asked, why does not apple-juice make 
 as good a wine as that made from grape-juice? The answer is as sim- 
 ple as the (question- — because the juice of apples does ??o/_contain as 
 much sugar in jiroportion to the amount of acid and nitrogenized 
 matter as grape-juice iloes; but this can be remedied to a very great 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 253 
 
 extent by the addition of sugar; and West India sugar is said to be 
 the best. 
 
 But, since writing the above paragraph, I have been down into 
 my cellar and tested the condition of Cider, and Cider Wine, that I 
 put up last November (this writing is October 25, 1872), with common 
 crushed sugar, and I find both of them very nice indeed. The Cider 
 was allowed to work two weeks with the bung out before the sugar 
 was added; it was then thoroughly dissolved and put in, and the 
 bungs driven. What I call Cider, I put in h lb. to each gal., and to the 
 wine 1 lb. to each gal. using neiu barrels, and not having even racked, 
 or drawn off the Cider as yet, that however, is a little sourer than I 
 like, but not more so than many would prefer, but the wine is splendid, 
 yet, a year i>r two more will add to its richness, even 5, or 10 years 
 will still improve it if bottled. At the same time I was testing the 
 Cider and Cider wine, I tested also *a tomato wine which my wife 
 made twelve years ago, from the pure juice of the tomato with sugar, 
 1 lb. to each qt. and it is now equal to any port, at least for me, but 
 some persons who dislike the tomato-flavor might not like it as well. 
 This proves that sugar, and a cool cellar with clean casks, or barrels to 
 store Cider in, will make good Cider, or good Cider wine, and, also, 
 that other fruits as well as apples, and grapes contains the elements, 
 or foundation for a good wine, so that any family who needs a wine 
 may make.it, of the strength desired, according to the amount of 
 sugar added, and the amount of vnter not added, for I would not have 
 a drop of water used in making either. The wine although not bot- 
 tled, was racked, oi drawn off, and the barrel cleansed of the sedi- 
 ment, at the time the sugar was added, after two weeks fermenta- 
 tion. 
 
 Cooley, in his "Cyclopedia of Practical Receipts" (English) says: 
 "I have tasted Cider made in this way" {i. e., by adding good 
 West India sugar), "and that had been stored in fresh emptied 
 rum puncheons, that had all the pungency and vinosity of foreign 
 wine." 
 
 I think that the ^ lb. of sugar to the gal. would be as much 
 as most persons would desire, but tlie more that is used the more 
 alcohol, or spirit strength will be developed. 
 
 7. English Method of Keeping, or Management of Cider. 
 — The same author, Cooley, informs us, under the head of the 
 Management of Cider, that it "should be stored in a cool place, 
 and should not ])e drank before it becomes sufficiently mature. To 
 improve the flavor of a hogshead" (Ho gals.) "li gals, of good 
 brandy, or rum are frequently added, with 2 ozs. of powdered 
 catechu, dissolved in water, 7 lbs. of good moist sugar, or honey, i 
 oz. each of bitter almonds and cloves, and 4 ozs. of mustard seed. 
 These must be well rummaged" in (stirred well with a suitable stick, 
 in the bung hole), "and occasionally stirred up for a fortnight, 
 after which, it must be allowed to repose for B, or 4 months when 
 it will usually be found as bright as wine. Should this not be the 
 case it must be fined with a pint of isinglass finings,* or a dozen eggs, 
 and in a fortnight more it vvill be fit for use. If the Cider be pre- 
 ferred pale, omit the catechu, and instead of the isinglass, fine with 
 
 * Isinglass finings are made by steeping 1 oz. of isinglass in water, 1 pt., then thin- 
 ning this with a qt. or two of the Cider, or wine, in which it is *o be stirred, or as the 
 English man calls it, "rummaged in." 
 
254 DR. chase's 
 
 a quart of skimmed milk. If wanted of a light reddish, or rose 
 tint, use ^ oz. of powdered cochineal,* and omit the catechu" (but 
 a very little alum would be needed to set the color of the cochi- 
 neal). 
 
 8. "Preparatory to bottling Cider, it should be examined, to see 
 whether it be free and sparkling. If not it should be .clarified in- a 
 similar way to beer" (with the isinglass, eggs, or milk, as explained 
 in No. 7, above, and in the notes), "and left for a fortnight. The 
 night before it is intended to put it into bottler, the bung should be 
 taken out of the cask, and left so until the next day, when it may be 
 bottled, but not corked down until the day after, as if this be done at 
 once, many of the bottles will burst, by keeping. The best corks, and 
 champagne-bottles should be used, and it is usual to wire and cover 
 the corks with tin-foil after the manner of champagne. A few bottles 
 may by kept in a warm place to 'ripen, or a small piece of lump sugar 
 may be put into each bottle before corking, if the Cider be wanted 
 for immediate use, or for consumption during the cooler portion of 
 the year, but for warm weathei", or for long keeping this is inadmissa- 
 ble. The bottled stock should be stored in a cool cellar, when the qual- 
 ity will be greatly improved by age. Cider for bottling," he closes by 
 saying, "should be of good quality, and at least 18 months old." 
 
 9. I am well satisfied, however, and especially so, unless the cel- 
 lar is very cool, in which it is kept, that Cider should be drawn off 
 from the pomace and the barrel cleansed as soon as the fermentation 
 ceases, and the pomace has settled, leaving the Cider clear. This, it 
 will be observed below, is the plan at Newark, New Jersey, where, in 
 all probability, more attention is paid to the Manufacture of Cider, 
 than in any other place in the United States; and there are some 
 manufacturers there yet who make a very nice article; but, it will be 
 seen also by the following item from the Newark Advertiser, that the 
 trade is being largely interferred with by base counterfeiters. They have, 
 heretofore, held a very high reputation for the manufacture of a pure 
 article, taking great pains in the selection of their fruit, using only 
 perfectly ripe apples which have been allowed full time to mature, or 
 mellow after being gathered, freeing them from rotten apples, 
 even washing them when there were many rotten a])ples to stick 
 to the surface of the sound ones, by which means thi^y have been en- 
 abled to ship large amounts to England, at a paying price; but now 
 the counterfeiters there, and the Cider doctors in England, are becoming so 
 extensive, that the "New Yorkers," it would seem, have but a poor 
 chance for even a pure apple champagne — swindling being the order 
 of the day. The article referred to, runs as follows: 
 
 "Those engaged in the business of Manufacturing Cider, say that 
 the quantity made this year" (1870) "will exceed the total amount 
 that has been made within the last 12 years; and, judging from the 
 amount turned off at some of the largest presses near Newark, the 
 whole produced in Essex county can not fall short of 1 ,000,000 gals. 
 This, of course, is the result of an enormous crop of apples. They 
 lie now in the orchard^ piled up by the cord. 
 
 "The Cider made in tliis vicinity during the season up to the first 
 of the present month" (November) "has been put in large casks for 
 
 *If the Cochineal Coloring is used, steep the amount given, in water, 1 pt. strain 
 It, and thin it with some of the Cider, or wiuo, before putting it in, the same as the 
 "ifiinglaas finings." 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 255 
 
 vinegar, and is sold in Newark to inn-keepers, grocers, and saloons in 
 small casks. From this time forward, however, the bulk of the crop 
 will be prepared for a beverage, stored for bottling, or sold to wine 
 markets. Our largest Manufacturers have more orders than they can 
 fill for pale Cider, as that makes the best champagne. All Cider for 
 drinking is allowed to ferment, and just when the fermentation ceases it is 
 racked off into another cask. If allowed to stand after fermer^tation it 
 sours. It goes through the racking process three, or four times, till all 
 the sediment is extracted. Fish sounds" (the air-bladder from which 
 isinglass is made) "and isinglass in a state of solution at the last rack- 
 ing give it the requisite clearness for champagne, and convert it into 
 what is known as clarified Cider. 
 
 "To get champagne, all that is necessary is to give the Cider the 
 quality of grape-juice, which contains sugar, carbonic acid and alco- 
 hol. Granulated sugar is dissolved, and the solution, with a little 
 alcohol, is put into the cask. Then an apparatus similar to a soda- 
 water fountain is set to work. A copper cylinder, containing whiting, 
 or chalk, has over it a little globe connected with it by a tube. The 
 globe contains vitriol, which, being dropped upon the whiting in the 
 cylinder, generates carbonic acid gas" (this is the same plan that is 
 pursued in making the carbonic acid gas that gives life and sparkling 
 activity to the "pops" so extensively sold in the cities, the plan is 
 correct, and the gas is healthy). "Another cylinder, with a crank-, 
 receives the Cider, and the gas being let in through a tube, the crank 
 is turned and the gas thoroughly mingled with the Cider ; after which 
 it passes through a long pi])e into bottles stood in a machine which 
 forces in the corks without admitting the air. The mixture, after 
 receiving proper French envelopes, is neatly packed in baskets and 
 carted to Broadway and other stores, where it is retailed from $8 
 upward, per dozen quart bottles. Cheap European winen are gener- 
 ally mixed with the Cider in this process; and an immense quantity 
 of champagne manufactured in this country is made from Rhine wine 
 and Cider. 
 
 " A well-known and reliable bottler in Newark states that he was 
 solicited a few years since to enter into this business, and made 
 acquainted with the whole secret, but declined. A 30-gallon cask of 
 Cider at 20 cents per gallon, costing $6, by this process, 3'ields in 
 champagne $360, with a trifling reduction for loss, labor, Viottles, etc. 
 Reliable men in bottling Cider say that it is their belief that nine-tenths of 
 the champagne drank in this country is Manufactured from our nativc'.Cider. 
 Large cargoes of poor Cider are taken to England, sugared, mingled 
 with bad, low-priced wines, and receive an infusion of logwood, or 
 other coloring matter, and come back to us as neatly bottled port and 
 other colored wines. Wine that becomes dead and sour, is fixed up 
 by mixing in Cider, which produces fermentation. This business is 
 carried on extensively in this immediate vicinity, Brooklyn, New 
 York, etc. 
 
 "Our Newark bottlers complain that of late years, bottling pure 
 Cider has not paid them, on account of the great competition of a 
 villainous mixture made and sold for bottled Cider. The long ropes 
 of dried apples that used to grace the rafters of every farmer's kitchen 
 and furnish abundant and cheap material for pies, when green apples 
 were scarce, formerly sold by the bushel, are now doled out by the 
 pound at the price of foreign dried fruits. The bogus Cider makera 
 
256 DR. chase's 
 
 buy up all the dried apples within their reach and soak them. The 
 water is fixed up with alcohol, simple sirup, and carbonic acid, bot- 
 tled and sold for Cider. These bottlers are able to undersell those who 
 make the genuine. What is called champagne Older is a jmre article 
 clarified with fish sounds, ismglass, etc. Laying down the bottles makes 
 the fluid lively, but it often bursts the bottles. Good, pure bottled 
 Cider is a delightful beveniwe, and diff"ers as much from the trash 
 sold as such, as pure wine differs from the English manufactured port. 
 The casks should be kept in a cool place, and, after being racked four 
 times, should be bottled before the apple blosoins appear in May. 
 Some idea of the Newark Cider business at the jiresent time may be 
 gained from the statements of half a dozen mill owners that they will 
 each manufacture fifty thousand gallons before the season is over." 
 
 10. Cider, to Keep, or Benjarain Beecher's Champagne. — 
 Let the Cider be made as late in the season as practical, using a rea- 
 sonable proportion of sweet apples if you can, and positively avoiding 
 all rotten apples, and not using a drop of water in making it. Put it 
 into casks, or barrels and let it ferment and settle; then draw it off 
 from the sediment, or pomace, and put into clean casks again. Novj, 
 for every 110 gals, of Cider, dissolve, in some of the Cider, not in 
 water, fish, isinglass, J lb., and stir it well into the cask and let it set- 
 tle, then draw off again, into clean casks; after which, bottle and 
 •cork, wiring down and tin-foiling the nose of the bottle, like Cham- 
 pagne, if it is desired to sell it. But let this be remembered, if any 
 of the casks from which you are drawing off your Cider, are to be 
 used again, which of course they will be, pour out all the sediment 
 and strain it for vinegar, being careful not to draw down so close to 
 the sediment, or pomace, as to get any of that stirred up with the 
 Champagne Cider, and rinse out the cask with the pure Cider, then 
 use the rinsing Cider also, for vinegar — using no water that shall in 
 any way come in contact with the Champagne. 
 
 This instruction is from a Mr. S. Tomlinson, of this city, formerly 
 of St. Louis, Mo., who received it from Mr. Benjamin Beecher, of New 
 Haven, Conn., several years ago. Mr. Tomlinson had been in the 
 habit of spending a month, or so, every year, for several years, at 
 West New Haven, and some other boarders had brought over several 
 baskets of Mr. Beecher's Champagne, and through them, an intro- 
 duction was gained, and the instructions obtained by the man living 
 in the "Far West," as St. Louis was then admitted to be, as it would 
 not interfere with his enterprise at home— so these things go around- 
 about way to reach home again. The plan is good; for the pomace 
 must be got rid of, and no water used, if you wish to keep Cider 
 within a reasonable degree of acidity — in other words, no very good 
 thing may be had without labor, and more, or less expense. 
 
 I have this day, October 28th, 1872, tasted of Cider, or Cham- 
 pagne, whichever you please to call it, prepared a year ago by Mr. 
 Tomlinson, according to the above directions, which is very nice 
 indeed, proving to my entire satisfaction, the correctness of the plan. 
 
 11. In the Scientific American, of September 25, 1869, I find the 
 following, which will not only explain itself, but will give a sound 
 and practical advice and experience on Cider, and Cider Manufacture, 
 and I will add, its uses also. It was as follows : 
 
 "The season for the Manufacture of Cider is at hand. As it is an 
 important product, and many a good crop of apples is wasted in mak- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 257 
 
 ing an inferior qnality, simply from the want of a little practical 
 knowledge, tlie following hints from the Working Fanner" (a New 
 England publication) "will be found reasonable and sound:" 
 
 "'In general, we may say that the same principles that govern the 
 Manufacture of wine hold good in making Cider; for Cider is wine 
 made from apples instead of grapes, and deserves the name of wine 
 certainly av; much as the fermented juice of currants, raspberries, and 
 other fruits that we dignify with this name. To be more particular, 
 no good Cider can be made from unripe fruit. We should laugh at 
 the man who should undertake to make wine out of green grapes. 
 It is just as foolish to make Cider out of green apples. Sugar is 
 essential in all fermentation. As fruit matures the starch which they 
 contain'" (in a green state) "'is converted into sugar; and only when 
 mature is the fruit tit for eating and conversion into wine. Provi- 
 dence has made all unripe fruit un])alatable, so that neither man nor 
 beast should be tempted to eat it in its green state.'" (Our editor here 
 very wisely left children out of this c;itegory — very many of them 
 Bufi'er from eating unripe fruit). '"In unpropitious seasons the Avine 
 grower adds sugar to the expressed juice of his grapes, in order to 
 supply the deticiency of saccharine matter and perfect the fermenta- 
 tion; and few, if any, of the grapes of New England contain enough 
 sugar to make a good wine without its addition. Cane sugar, how- 
 ever, never gives a flavor equal to that naturally produced in tlie fruit. 
 The nearest to i)erfect ripeness, therefore, we can bring our apples, 
 the better will be our Cider. We have tried adding sugar to the juice 
 of apples, and tind that it improves the quality of the Cider as much 
 as it does wine. If sugar is added to the juice of any fruit, it should 
 be of the purest kind. It is a common mistake to supj)0se that the 
 flavor of Muscovado'" (unrefined, or raw) "'sugar will work off during 
 the vinous fermentation; it is continued even into the acetous fer- 
 mentation, and deteriorates the quality of the vinegar. 
 
 " ' As a second rule, no rotten apples, nor bitter leaves, nor stems, 
 nor filth of any kind, should be ground for Cider. The wine-maker 
 who seeks a reputation for a superior article looks well to the condi- 
 tion of his grapes before he allows the juice to be expressed. We do 
 not like to cat rotten apples; and they are no better for (Iri)ik than for 
 food. No wonder that a prejudice should exist against Cider in the 
 minds of those who have seen the careless way in which it is some- 
 times made. We have heard it called, and not inaptly, the expressed 
 juice of ^l:orms and rotten apples. Perhaps if we could see the process 
 of manufecturing cheap wines, our prejudices against them would be 
 equally strong. There is no economy in such carelessness. If Cider 
 is worth making, it is worth making well ; and then, with a good con- 
 science, we can ask a good price, and be su7'e of getting it too; for a 
 good article is always in better demand than a poor one. 
 
 "'Much Cider is injured by being pressed with musty straw. In 
 this respect, the little hand-mills have the advantage, for they require 
 no straw ; and there is little straw so bright and clean as to be totally 
 free from dust and an unpleasant odor. We very much question 
 whether straw is of any advantage in the large power mills. It 
 doubtless aids in conducting the juice, but it also absorbs not a little; 
 and the danger of a liad flavor from it is so great that we should dis- 
 card it altogether. The press can be made small, and of brick, or 
 some other hard timl)er, that will not contaminate the Cider. Two 
 17 — Du. chase's second reciopt book.. 
 
258 DR. chase's 
 
 presses are really necessary for each mill, so that the pomace can be 
 exposed to the air in one, while it is being pressed in the other, and 
 thus acquire a deeper color. 
 
 '"Perhaps the most essential requisite for good Cider is the casks 
 in which it is to be preserved. Few old Cider barrels are fit to put 
 Cider into again. We have seen them soaked in running water for 
 days, and still retain the seeds of putrefatttion. 
 
 " 'Fresh slacked lime we have found one of the best disinfectants; 
 but we prefer a new oak barrel, or one in which whisky has been 
 kept. We have heard that linseed-oil barrels were recommended, as 
 the oil would rise to the surface, and prevent rapid fermentation. 
 They are good for those who like them. We prefer to shut off the 
 air at the right time with a good tight bung. 
 
 " 'Cider, like every other blessing, must be used with moderation. 
 As the sweetest things can become the sourest, so our greatest bless- 
 ings can be perverted into great curses. We feel bound to speak 
 well of a bridge over which we have crossed safely ; and Cider has 
 bridged us over a severe attack of jaundice, and we find it an excellent 
 aid to digestion. If the experience of others differs from ours, we will 
 not quarrel with them, but agree to differ.' " 
 
 12. The American Agriculturist says that "if Cider is not made 
 until just before Winter, and is afterwards kept near the freezing 
 point, it will remain sweet and excellent; but to make a good fer- 
 mented Cider that will keep a year, or more, without becoming too 
 sour is not a difficult matter. The first thing is to exclude all de- 
 cayed fruit, but it should be quite ripe. Not a drop of water should 
 be used in the process of manufacture. The sweeter the juice, the 
 stronger the Cider, and the better it will keep. Put the barrel imme- 
 diately in a cool cellar — the cooler the better. The fermentation may 
 go on slowly, or rajiidly, practice dift'ering in this respect. In the 
 former case the liquid is treated in all respects like wine. The cask 
 has a bung in which is fixed, air-tight, a tin tube bent at right angles, 
 or a piece of India-rubber tube. The free end of the tube, in either 
 case, dips into a dish of water. This arrangement allows the gasses 
 liberated in fermentation to pass out, and the end of the tube being 
 covered with water, air can not pass in. The bubbling of the gas 
 through the water shows how the fermentation is progressing. When 
 this has nearly ceased, the Cider is racked oft* into clean, sulphured 
 casks, which are to be full and bunged tightly." 
 
 13. The Wine Maker's Manual recommends that if the Cider is 
 not very sweet that 20 lbs. of sugar be added to a barrel; and if quite 
 sweet, according to the goodness of the apples used, 10 lbs. of sugar to 
 each barrel, gives alcoholic strength and aids in its preservation. 
 
 14. Solon Robinson, who has figured largely for years past, in 
 the "Farmer's Club," of New York, in answer to a correspondent oi 
 that club, " said that the way to keep Cider good, is to get it clean by 
 repeated racking and fining with isinglass, and then putting it up in 
 new, clean, and tight barrels. He had drank Cider put uj) in this way 
 which was 17 years old, and it was equal to wine, it was the finest 
 Cider he ever saw." 
 
 15. Notwithstanding the length that this subject has reached, I 
 feel constrained to add another item from the Scientific American, as to 
 making: 
 
 Pure "Wine of Apples. — "Being aware" (says the editor) "that 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 259 
 
 much wine sold for genuine champagne was manufactured from Cider, 
 we informed a correspondent, a short time since, of this fact in an- 
 swer to his enquiry. The following letter was elicited by the reading 
 of the letter referred to : " 
 
 "'Messrs. Editors: — I am well aware that imitation wines are now 
 extensively made, in the State of New Jersey, from the juice of the 
 apple, and more from the Harrison apple than from any other variety, 
 and the most of it is made at Newark. Those knowing ones are cor- 
 rect with regard to its being a mixture of j)oisonous drugs, not fit for 
 the human stomach. 
 
 " 'Having been in the horticultural business for over 40 years, I 
 have had an eye single to those spurious wines from the juice of the 
 apple. 
 
 " 'It is gratifying to me to think that when you come to taste and 
 test my wine — which I send you accompanying this letter — you will 
 find a wine, a pure article, free from all drugs, and not an imitation. 
 The sample I send you is 18 months old, and made after the following 
 process: 
 
 "'Take pure Cider made from sound, ripe apples, as it runs from 
 the press. Put 60 lbs. of common brown sugar into 15 gals, of the 
 Cider and dissolve it, then put the mixture into a clean barrel and 
 fill the barrel up to within 2 gals, of being full, with the Cider; put 
 the cask in a cool place, having the bung out for 48 hours; then put 
 in the bung with a small vent, until fermentation wholly ceases, and 
 then bung up tight; and in 1 year the wine will be fit for use. This 
 wine requires ?io racking; and the longer it stands on the lees, the 
 better.'" Sterne Bronson. 
 
 Elkhart, Ind. 
 
 The editor of the Scientific American adds the following comment: 
 
 "It will be observed that our correspondent has, for the benefit 
 of all concerned, described the method of making pure Cider Wine; 
 and it is for us to say something regarding the sample he sent us. It 
 is a good Cider Wine, — the best we ever tasted. If it had any fault, it 
 consisted in being a very little too sweet. This can be remedied by 
 using less sugar than the above named amount. A barrel of Cider 
 contains 31 gals. Wine from currants can be made in the same manner 
 exactly." 
 
 Thus I think I have given such an explanation of the correct 
 principles upon which Cider must be made and managed, if it is ex- 
 pected to keep well, that the people may charge the failure to them- 
 selves, if they do fail to have good Cider, and that which loill keep for 
 years and still improve, as a beverage. 
 
 16. But I should not have taken so much pains to enable the 
 people to make good Cider, if there was no higher aim for it than as 
 a beverage; but Cider is a, valuable medicine; and under certain con- 
 ditions of the system, is highly recommended as such. It has been 
 known and recommended, by many physicians, for many years past, 
 as particularly valuable in dyspepsia and in inaction of the liver ; and 
 under these heads will be found m> own experience in its use; and 
 that I may not appear to stand alone in recommending it, where I be- 
 lieve it to be good, I will quote the opinion of John King, M. D., Pro- 
 fessor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, in the 
 Eclectic Medical Institute, of Cincinnati, Ohio, as given by him in his 
 American Dispensatory, eighth edition, page 690. He says: 
 
260 DR. ctiase's 
 
 "Older forms not only a refreshing and agreeable drink for pa- 
 tients with ferer, but actually exerts a salutary medicinal influence, 
 CvS'pecially when the tongue is coated brown, or black. I have used 
 Cider, in which horse-radish has been steei:)ed, as an eflicatious remedy 
 in dropsy, for more than twenty-three years; and it is now used in the 
 preparation of a valuable agent for this disease, the Compound Infusion 
 OF Parsley. Cooked apples form an excellent local application in opthal- 
 mic" (eye) "inflammation, erysipelations, inflammations, sore and 
 swelled throat in scarlatina, ulcers, etc." (See Dropsy, for the Com- 
 pound Infusion of Parsley.) 
 
 It may not be amiss to state here, that at this writing, I have been 
 using Cider, a common table-tumblerful with each meal only, for 
 about S months, with very decided advantage for dyspepsia and inac- 
 tion of the liver, giving me a better state of general health than I 
 have enjoyed within the last 3 years. 
 
 17. I find also that Alexander Frear, in the New York Independ- 
 ■ent, takes a decided stand in favor of Cider in dyspepsia and bilious 
 complaints, the same things have been known and acted upon by 
 others also, for many years. He says: 
 
 "For many bilious complaints, sour Cider is a specific" {positixo 
 cure), "and in such cases is one of the good things to be received with 
 thanksgiving. Cider guzzlers are an abomination, but, if dyspeptics 
 will take a little with their dinner, they will find digestion greatly 
 aided. We go in for the manufacture of a good, pure article, and, in 
 the use of it, to let our moderation be known to all men." 
 
 18. Cider in Rheumatism. — The Medical Reformer speaks of 
 Cider in Rheumatism as follows: 
 
 "I have been using Cider in acute rheumatism with much satis- 
 faction. I think more of it than of lemon-juice. Either new or old 
 Cider ansAvers equally well. It sometimes purges. I sometimes com- 
 bine a little laudanum with it. 
 
 "As a beverage, it is the most healthy known. To the stomach, 
 it is — in moderate quantities — the most genial of all drinks. It 
 should be more generally used. As rheumatism probably depends 
 upon a foulty retrogression" (going backwards) "of the products from 
 the muscular tissue, Cider may hasten this, and thereby remove it." 
 To which the editor of the Scientific American adds: 
 
 "As a beverage for a dyspeptical person its recuperative" (health 
 restoring) "qualities can be endorsed without mental reservation. 
 Foreign wines and Scheidam Schnapps are vile stuffs in comparison 
 with genuine American Cider." 
 
 In closing the subject of Cider, Cider Wine, etc., I have this only 
 to add in regard to its Manufacture and Keeping, and that is 
 this: I believe the chief difficulties in Keeping Cider are, that nearly 
 all manufacturers use water in laying up and pressing, the "cheese," 
 as it is called, and that many of them also add water to it after it is 
 made, or else use a larger amount in pressing; and that many, if I 
 may not say, most of the barrels, into which it is put, are musty and 
 <infit for use. 
 
 Notwithstanding all that has been said in favor of the use or 
 Cider as a beverayc, and for medicinal use, yet, there is a word of cau- 
 tion to be given in connection with it: Those who have ever been in 
 the habit of using intoxicating liquors to excess, must not allow them- 
 selves to even touch Cider, or the Champagne made from it, for there 
 
SECOITD EECEIIT BOOK. 261 
 
 is no spirit that will so quickly excite the appetite for them again, as 
 that of Cider; theji let such beware of it as well as of every other kind oj 
 liquors, forno resolution to the contrary can stand against actual participa- 
 tion — then, again, I say let snch "touch not, taste not, handle not." 
 
 19. Cider Barrels— To Clean from Mold and Mustiness.— 
 Make suthcient lime water, say a bucketful of water, and lime the 
 size of a man's list, dissolved and settled; taking the clear liquid, and 
 put into the musty, or moldy barrel, and also put in a common trace- 
 chain, or two, and shake and rinse well, so that the chain, as well as 
 the water shall reach every part, to chafe off the mold, then pour off 
 the water for another Barrel, or two, according to the foulness; then 
 put in pure water and rinse well; then rinse with whisky — 1 gal. will 
 do for 4 Barrels, leaving 1 qt. in each, shaking about occasionally, un- 
 til the Cider is put in. Much Cider that is put into old Barrels would 
 be far better if proper care was taken to clean them, in this manner, 
 before usiug. 
 
 1. CHICKEN HEAD-CHEESE.— Take 2. or 3, or more nice 
 tender Chickens, joint them, split open the back, and keel, as the 
 breast-bone is souietimes called, then boil them very tender, and re- 
 move all the meat from the bones, and chop finely, when cold, place 
 the chopped meat, highly seasoned, with salt, pepper, and a little but- 
 ter, as you would common Head-Cheese, then pour in enough of 
 the liquor they were boiled in, to make it moist, put it into a flat 
 dish, or pan, putting another dish upon it, bottom downward, then 
 weight it as usual. AVhen cold, it makes a very nice relish, at tea, 
 and to put into lightly buttered biscuit for sandwiches for pic- 
 nics, etc. 
 
 2. Chickens and other Fo^wls — To Prepare their Flesh for 
 the Dinner, or Tea-Table. — The Hearth and Home gives us a gen- 
 teel way of i)reparing the Flesh of Fowls, so that ladies, or gentle- 
 men, in the presence of ladies, will have no delicacy in being 
 "helped to Chicken," or Turkey. It says: 
 
 "Cut the carcase in pieces by removing wings, legs, and neck. 
 Sej)arate the light-colored meat attached to the 'wish-bone' from 
 the 'keel-bone,' split the back, put all the pieces into a pot, and boil 
 them until the fle-h will easily cleave from the bones. Then pick 
 the flesh into small jDiei-cs, cut the skin into narrow strips, putting 
 the flesh, as it is separated from the bones, into a cake-tin. A tin 
 about five inc^hes square by ten long will hold the flesh of a Turkey, 
 or Goose. A one quart tin basin will be sufficiently large for the flesh 
 of a Chicken, or two. Let the dark meat and skin be evenly mingled 
 with the light-colored flesh. Season to suit the taste, as the frag- 
 ments are ])ut into the tin receptacle. Now procure a piece of clean, 
 flat stone, of any sort, or a hard brick, of suitable size to press the 
 meat down into the tin, after which lay a square piece of tin on the 
 meat, press it down firmly with the flat stone, place the tin with its 
 contents in the oven, and apply the same heat as for roasting the car- 
 case of a fowl. After it is cooked tlirougli, turn the contents of tho tin 
 on a meat-plate, and,Avith a sharp carving-knife, slice it, as cake is cut, 
 in pieces. Dressing may be ])i'epared in another dish. 
 
 "By this mode of cooking, the entire dish is cooked uniformly 
 througii. As the light meat is mingled with the dark, and is free from 
 bones, every person at tlie table will experience a wonderful relief at 
 the recoiling thought that he, or she, may be helped to a piece that does 
 
262 DR. chase's 
 
 not really coincide with their ohoice and taste. A lively cook will 
 be able to pick the bones of a fowl neatly in fifteen minutes. The 
 foregoing mode of cooking poultry is a complete remedy for any 
 embarrassment one may dread in consequence of picking a Chick- 
 en-bone while at the table spread for genteel and cultivated peo- 
 ple. If preferable, the tlesh may be stewed, or fried, instead of 
 being roasted." 
 
 1. CISTERNS AND FILTERS— Directions for Making.— 
 The American Farmer gave the following communication, from John 
 Wilkinson, landscape gardener and rural architect, upon this im- 
 portant subject, which will especially be of value to farmers; as 
 most city people now make a regular brick wall to their Cisterns, 
 and arch them over, it may not be so important to them. He 
 says: 
 
 "A Cistern of the dimensions that I shall describe will hold 
 1,000 gals.; and will cost but $8, and its capacity may be doubled for 
 less than 50 per cent additional cost. One of this size will be found 
 sufficient for famers' families generally, and will insure soft water, 
 which is rare in wells. 
 
 "The following are the directions for excavating the Cistern: 
 Stake, and line out a plat near the house 8 by 18 feet; excavate this 1 
 foot deep; then set the lines in Ih feet on all sides" {this leaves a 
 foundation for covering); "then excavate all within tlie lines, or 5 by 
 15 feet to the depth of 14 feet in the middle, making the middle level 
 some 9 inches in width, sloping the banks on all sides and ends to 
 the lines last placed, which will make a section of pit, either way,_V 
 shaped, except that the 9 inches of the bottom will be level. In dig- 
 ging the banks use care not to disturb the dirt not thrown out. When 
 the digging is completed, plaster the bottom, the level part, with a 
 good coat of Portland Cement mortar, and place a board on it to stand 
 on to do the balance of the work, cutting the board in two equal parts, 
 before laying it on the cement. This done, plaster, with the cement 
 mortar, the entire surface on the ground to the lines last named, then 
 remove half of the board, and stand on the balance, and build a 4 
 inch wall across the pit, about in the middle, laying the brick, which 
 should be soft, common salmon brick, in the cement, but no< plastering 
 either side. Lay the wall to the line, then remove the balance of the 
 board and plaster where it lay. The Cistern is now complete, save the 
 covering; this may be done by laying plank over the whole excava- 
 tion, first plastering the top recess to keep out worms; or split-logs, 
 from the woods, will do in place of the plank, laying them flat side 
 down, and closing their joints with mortar to keep out worms also. 
 The pump-pipe, however, should first be laid into one end; and the 
 Avater fj'om the house led in at the other end, before it is covered, or in 
 the covering. This done, return earth enough to cover the surface, at 
 least, 1 foot higher, in the middle, than the surrounding ground ; level 
 it off" neatly and sward it, and you have a complete Filtering Cistern 
 for 8 to 12 years." 
 
 2. This plan of building a brick wall across a Cistern has now 
 been followed for some time, and has given very good satisfaction, 
 and a wall may be built just as satisfactorily across a Cistern that has 
 been walled up with brick. The cement with which the cross-wall is 
 laid up will sufficiently attar-h. or fasten, it to the side walls so that it 
 will stand perinanently. Th,' w.iter critnintr in on one side, and the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 263 
 
 FILTERING CISTERN. 
 
 pump being upon the other, the water must go through the soft, or pale 
 colored brick, before it reaches the pump, and consequently must 
 be pure; but, a very ingenious neighbor of mine, a Mr. Lawson, 
 who is also the inventor of the Hernial Truss, which is also illustrated 
 in this Work, has adopted the following plan which he has used now 
 over a year with entire satisfaction : 
 
 •p r,-, "The plan it will be seen by 
 
 ^ ^^- ^^- the illustration. Fig. 21, is to dig 
 
 a hole near one side of the Cis- 
 tern, about 2x3 feet square be- 
 low the bottom of the Cistern, 
 and to the depth of about 2 
 ft., then in this box-like place he 
 builds up a pump chimney, or 
 partition, three-sided, the Cis- 
 tern wall making the fourth, or 
 completing the chimney, leav- 
 ing a little hole in the center of 
 this chimney-wall next to the 
 filtering material B, into which 
 a large sponge is to be placed, 
 from the Cistern side, before the 
 gravel, charcoal, etc., are put in. 
 The sponge must be so large 
 A, the Cistern; C, the Pump Chimney; B, that it will not go through. The 
 the Filtering material. g„j ^^.^Hs ^f ^he chimney are 
 
 not represented; and the 3 feet way of the hole is toward the center 
 of the Cistern, and is all walled up with brick and plastered with 
 cement, like the balance of the Cistern. Tlie chimney is built up 
 only 1 foot from the Cistern wall, and plastered as it is built, with, 
 cement, so that all the water must enter through the Filter, sponge, 
 etc., before it reaches the pump. If the Cistern is already built, into 
 which this arrangement is to be jjlaced, and a wood pump is to be 
 used, the chimney must go up plumb; but if a lead, or block-tin pipe 
 is to be used, it matters not about that, it may keep the same distance 
 only from the wall. When the chimney, or pump-partition is done, 
 and the Cistern ready for the water, put in the sponge, then a few 
 inches of nice peljbles, then a foot or so of properly pulverized char- 
 coal, then a layer of gravel to till up to the top of the well-wall, which 
 it will be seen comes a foot, or more above the l)ottom of the Cistern, 
 so that the sediment may not be as likely to trouble the Filter." 
 
 Those who do not use Cistern water for drinking purposes may. 
 perhaps, like the soft-burned, unplastered partition of brick best, but 
 certainly for drinking, the illustrated plan of Mr. Lawson, is decidedly 
 preferable. 
 
 3. A Mr. F. W. Coe, of Virgennes, Vt., in writing to the Agri- 
 cultural Club, of New York, the proceedings of which are published 
 in the American Agriculturist, says that he had used Filtered Cistern 
 water over 20 years, both for drinking and cooking jiurposes, first 
 using a box with charcoal, pebbles, and gravel, to Filter the water 
 through before it entered the Cistern; but that did not give him entire 
 satisfaction, the water smelling sometimes, in very hot weather; but, 
 he continues: 
 
 "About six years ago I sold my home and built anew. In one 
 
264 DR. chase's 
 
 corner of my cellar I built a large square stone Cistern. Across on» 
 corner of this Cistern I laid a four-inch brick partition in cem-ent, 
 one brick laid upon another with cement between, but none on sides. 
 The brick are what the masons call salmon brick, not the hardest, or 
 softest kind. The water is conducted direct from a slate roof into the 
 main Cistern, and jjasses through the pores of the brick j^artition, in 
 the corner, rising to a level with the water in the Cistern within a few 
 hours after a heavy rain, and as it comes from tlie conductoi with 
 considerable full and force, it agitates the whole body of water, help- 
 ing to keep it pure and sweet. In this corner apartment is a block-tin 
 inch pipe, leading to the pump. If a quart of water is pumped from 
 this corner, another quart finds its way through the pores of tiie brick 
 to supi^ly its place; and thus through the day, as water is hourly being 
 used, or taken from this corner apartment, there is a constant circula- 
 tion, or movement of the Avater passing through the brick to supply 
 the consumjition, thereby tending to free it from all impurities. I 
 have used tins brick partition for a Filter over five years, and give it 
 a decided preference. The water has always been clear, and appar- 
 ently pure, being made so in part by its almost constant motion in 
 connection with the Filtering. The brick apjicar to be as sound to- 
 day as when first laid." 
 
 I have heard these cellar Cisterns objected to as not being suffi- 
 ciently su])stantial, but fire years, in this case, did not discover any- 
 thing out of the way in the Cistern, or the phm of Filtering. Out of 
 the variety of plans here given, every man must adopt the one that 
 he thinks the best adapted to the circumstances under which he is 
 placed, or conveniences at hand. 
 
 Many persons will prefer to use the Kedzie, or some other house 
 Filter instead of one in connection with the Cistern; but, notwith 
 standing a Filter may be used in the house for drinking water, it will 
 be found very convenient for cooking purjioses, even to have one in 
 the Cistern, especially so when it can be done for such a trifling 
 expense. 
 
 1. CLAY, OR EARTH POULTICES— Valuable in Small- 
 Pox, Stings, Insect Bites, Rattlesnake Bites, et<5. — The <SciVn- 
 tific American, of July G, 1872, published the following remarks upon 
 the subject of Clay, or Earth Poultices in Small-Pox, or rather the 
 dusting of finely pulverized jiipe Clay over trie faces of patients, suf- 
 fering severely from this disease. It says: 
 
 "The value of P^ai'th as a disinfectant and deodorizer is well 
 known; liml tJie treatment of ulcerated sores and gangrenous uonnds with 
 it is Ifccoming verg general. A new application has lately been described 
 by Dr. E. 8. Bunker, who states that he has recently used Clay as a 
 dressing for the face in two cases of cotifluent* »Small Pox, dusting it, 
 in fine powder, over the faces of the patients as soon as the piLstules 
 be(;ome fairly developed. This formed a clean, dry, wholesome scab, 
 absorbing the infeciious material, and scaled ofi" during convales- 
 ocuice, leaving the underlying skin in its natural and normal state. 
 The painful itching, which is one of the worst characteristi(;s of the 
 
 •■■The literal nicaiiiiifr of confliiatt, is to ran, or flow tosctlier, as the coming to- 
 ceflior of (wo ^tivanis, forming ono; in medicine it lias reference to the extending of 
 bl'itclies, iiiinples. or jiustnlcs, as in Small-Pox, v.YW they come together, forming a 
 general .sore over tlie whole surfiiee, so far a.s outward appearance is concerned, Uio 
 swelling and the scal)S being general, althongli tlio centers of the original sores, or 
 puhtiiles, may show a deeiKT pit after healing. 
 
SECOKD RECEIPT BOOK. 266 
 
 disease, was entirely abated. The Earth used was fine pipe 
 Clay." 
 
 If this simple remedy will allay the terrible itching of this ter- 
 rible disease, which causes patients to tear their facas, even in their 
 sleep, giving sonic, such unsightly appearances, and of the fact there 
 is no reasonable doubt, it is certainly a valuable discovery. 
 
 2. Further contidence may be derived from the next number 
 of the same journal, as the previous article brought out the following 
 statement from Mr. (iallup, of Ohio, upon the other points of the sub- 
 ject as given in our heading. It says: 
 
 "In further illustration of the value of Earth for external appli- 
 cation, mentioned on page 9 of our last number, a correspondent, Mr. 
 II. Gallup, of Norwalk, Oiiio, sends us the following:" 
 
 '"As the season of Bites of reptiles is near, I send you a simple 
 and easily obtained remedy for Stings, or Bites. It is a plaster of 
 Clay, or instead of Clay, common swamp, or gutter mud, applied as 
 soon as possible to the wound. I have tried it on myself. In one case 
 I was Stung, by a numerous swarm of the yellow hornets, in many 
 places in my neck and arms. I went to a swamp, near, the poison, 
 being so severe that my sight was much eflected. I immediately 
 applied the mud, and in half an hour, I went to mowing again, with 
 only a small sore lumi^ round each Sting. I knew a neighbor Who 
 was Bitten by a liattlesnake some miles from home; his companion 
 left him and Avent for help as soon as possible, it being just night. 
 He was not able to return until morning. When going, he met the 
 man returning, with the poison conquered. He had got to a swamp, 
 dug a hole with his tomahawk, inserted and buried the Bitten place 
 in the mud. That was all.'" 
 
 The foregoing plans of using Clay, or Earth Poultices would seem 
 to indicate them to be of recent origin; but, if I mistake not, the plan 
 is, at least 1872 years old; for in John IX, 6, 7 verses, I see that Jesus 
 — the Great Physician — "spat upon the ground, and made Clay of the 
 spittle" (more probable nov.% it would be translated, vxlh. the spittle) 
 "and He annointed the eyes of the blind with the Clay; 
 
 "And said unto him. Go, wash in the pool of Siloam, which is by 
 interpretation. Sent. He went liis way, therefore, and came seeing." 
 
 "So it would ajipear also to have been as successful in those days 
 as now. That He — Clirist — was just as able to cure the blind man 
 without the Clay as witli, I have not a doubt, but possibly it was His 
 purpose to call our attention to the value of the prescription. And 
 no doubt. He could have cured the man just as well witiiout having 
 eaid, "(io, Avash" etc., but it was his purpose also to shoAV us tliat He" 
 — Ciod — works by the use of means, temporarily, as well as spiritually 
 — let us all, thei-efore, u-orf:, "wliile the day" — life — "lasts" whetli- 
 cr it be in making Clay Poultices to save the bodies of our fel- 
 low beings fiom sull'ering, or whether it be to teach, or set Christain 
 doctrines and exani])le before our fellows to save tliem Spiritually; 
 for the most bumble <'an do something for the good of others. 
 
 CLEANSING WOOL— New and Valuable Method.— Tho 
 Journal of tin' tSocictif of Arts, publishes a valuable Receipt for Cleans- 
 ing AVooi, invented and introduced by MM. Baerle & Co., of Worms, 
 in Germany. The jNIethod consists in the use of soluble glass, which 
 ehould be obtained of tiie druggists, with water, in place of soap, or 
 old urine, as heretofore practiced. It is claimed to be simple and 
 
266 DR. chase's 
 
 economical, and only requires to be once experimented upon to estab- 
 lish its superiority. The plan is as follows: 
 
 "Take 40 parts of water at the temperature of 50° to 57° Centi- 
 grade;* and 1 part of soluble glass. 
 
 "Plunge the Wool into the mixture, stirring it about for a few 
 minutes by hand, then rinse it in cold, or tepid water, and it will be 
 found completely white and void of smell. The Wool, after this 
 operation, remains perfectly soft, and loses none of its qualities, even 
 when left for several days in the solution of the silicate, and being 
 waslied in hot water. Sheep may also be washed with the same 
 preparation, care being taken to cover the eyes of the animals with a 
 bandage, to i)erform tlie washing with the solution instantaneously, 
 and to remove the surplus with tepid water. In the case of Combed 
 Wool, the Wool should first be steeped in the solution above given, 
 and afterwards in another bath, composed of 80 parts of water, at 37° 
 Centigrade, and 1 part of soluble glass". 
 
 CLOCK-OILi. — I see it going the rounds of the newspapers that 
 "A verv nice Oil for Clocks, is the refined, or pure glycerine, as it 
 does not stiffen by cold," but it is a mistake, glycerine will not only 
 stiffen by considerable cold, but it dries to a greater, or less degree, 
 which makes it gummy ; hence, not suitable for Clockwork, nor 
 watches even nut-oil is preferable to glycerine. Jewelers use the 
 purified porpoise-oil, which is very fluid, does not gum, nor stiffen by 
 any ordinary temperature. Five cents worth of it will last a family 
 as many years. Jewelers, only, keep it. 
 
 1. OOOKROAOHES— " Dead Shot."— Alexander Sheldon, a 
 chemist of Buffalo, informs the Sciodtfic American, that although these 
 pests "laugh at i:)yrotheum" (a patent article for their destruction) 
 "and other poisons, yet," he says, "allow me to state in your paper 
 this fact, which is but little known, viz.: powdered borax sprinkled 
 liberally, wherever they most do inhabit, is a dead sJiOt on them. I 
 account for it in this wise, that the borate of soda" (borax) "being a 
 si.(ieet alkali, is, like St. John's little book, 'sweet to the mouth, and 
 bitter to the belly.' " 
 
 There is but little doubt of the efficiency of borax where it can 
 be placed in their haunts, but some may not choose to use it, and in 
 some places it might not be obtained, or could not well be used, I 
 therefore, give a few other effectual remedies; for a Cockroach is 
 quite like Paddy's flea, "when you put your finger on him, he isn't 
 there." 
 
 2. Cockroaches are very much inclined to devour a flour paste. 
 Then, to meet this appetite of theirs, wilh something that will destroy 
 them, take a pint cup, say, 5^, or t full of water, and dissolve a tea- 
 spoonful, or two of sugar in it, and also 10 cts. worth of phosphorus, dis- 
 solving the phosphorus by heat; then mix in sufficient flour to make 
 
 *But few persons in this country use the Centigrade tliermometer ; hence, the 
 propriety of an explanation of the difference between tliat and Falircinheit, usually 
 written Fah. The word Centigrade comes from centum, 100, and fjradus, a degree, 
 and, therefore, starting its Zero, or 0, as it does, at the freezing point, it divides 
 the degrees between that and boiling into 100°, wliile Fahreinheit, the inventor of the 
 thermometer, generally used in this country, and also in England, starts his Zero, or 
 at 32'-' below freezing^ and divides from freezing to boiling into ISO"^; then, 1" Centi- 
 grade, isl and 8-10° Fahreinheit— 50° to 57° Centigrade, therefore, equals 122° to 134° Fah- 
 reinheit, for the 32° below freezing in Fahreinheit, are to be added to the count. 37° 
 Centigrade, equals 98° Fahreinheit. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 267 
 
 a paste of buttery consistence, after which, add lard ^ as much bulk as 
 there is of the paste ; the lard prevents it from drying up. 
 
 Now, from time to time, spread of this paste, observing that all the 
 ingredients are kept thoroughly incorporated, upon pieces of shingles, 
 or bits of board, or on broken glass, and lay them, nights where these 
 animals can get at them, and but little further trouble will be experi- 
 enced from them. Keep the cats and dogs out of the room, after this 
 is laid about for the night, as they may be injured by licking it up, as 
 it is not unpalatable for them. 
 
 3, Roaches are also very fond of sweetened water. Then set a 
 basin, or two, half filled with it, at night, with a bit, or two of shingles 
 or thin board leading up from the floor onto the basins,or pansso they 
 can get into the dishes and they "'go for the sweet," to their death,, 
 by drowning — hundreds in a single dish have thus "found a watery 
 grave " in one night. 
 
 4, Another plan is to spread thin bits of bread with butter ; 
 then dust Paris green upon the butter, only a little, over the whole 
 surface, and they will give up to this poison, even quicker than our 
 out-of-door enemy— potato bugs. 
 
 6. Another Certain Remedy. — Another man gives his " Cer- 
 tain Remedy," in the following words: 
 
 ''Take red lead and Indian meal, equal parts of each, and make 
 into a thick paste with molasses. Set it where they ' do most fre- 
 quent,' and they will not 'most frequent' very long." 
 
 COLDS— Ancient Method of Cure. — The Evening Post says 
 the following plan for the cure of Colds has been in use since 1340: 
 
 Piitte yoiir feet in hot water, 
 
 As high as your thighes ; 
 Wrappe your head up in flannelle, 
 
 As low as your eyes ; 
 Take a quarte of rum'd gruelle, , 
 
 When m bedde, as a dose; 
 Witla a number four dippe, 
 
 Well tallow your nose. 
 
 This will be found as valuable and practical, at the present time, 
 except perhaps, as to the depth of the foot-bath, and the amount of 
 "rum'd gruelle," perhaps a pint of that would be sufficient now-a- 
 days, if made tolerably strong, repeating the treatment one, or two 
 nights, until the cold is broken, i. e., looh^ened. 
 
 COLD-CHISEL — To Make at Home. — Farmers and gardeners 
 frequently need a good Cold-chisel for light work, such as cutting oflF 
 rivets, nails, or pieces of hoop-iron. A piece of bar-steel, and the 
 forging it into proper shape, will cost from fifty cents to one dollar. 
 Those persons who want the use of a Cold-chisel only once a week, or 
 so, do not always have the money to spare for a tool that they have 
 but little use for. Therefore, to get a cheap Chisel, that will subserve 
 all the iiuri)oses required, make use of a large, flat file that has been 
 worn out. Break otf one end, so that a piece will be left about eight 
 inches long; heat it in a charcoal-fire to near redness, and let it cool 
 gradually. Then the steel will be soft. Now grind one end square and 
 true for the head-end, and form the cutting edge by grinding at the 
 other end. Thrust the cutting end in a charcoal-fire, in the cook- 
 stove, until one-inch in length is red-hot. Now cool half an inch of 
 the edge in cold water, which will render the edge quite too hard. 
 Watch the color of the steel as the different shades appear near and 
 
268 DR. CHASE'8 
 
 at the cutting edge, and as soon as you see a light straw-color on the 
 surface, approaches the cutting edge, plunge the Chisel into cold water. 
 By this means, you will get a Cold-chisel sufficiently hard on the edge 
 to cut iron, and so soft and tough in the part above the edge that it will 
 bend rather than break. 
 
 1. COLD CREAMS— For Irritation of the Skin, Chaps, 
 Cracks, etc. — Neat's foot-oil, or alinond-oil, ^ lb.; spermaceti, 3 ozs. ; 
 white wax, j oz.; rose, or orange-flower water, 2 pt. ; ess. of bergamot, 
 \ oz. 
 
 Put the oil, spermaceti, and wax into a tin basin to melt, that will 
 set in one of larger dimensions containing water, like a glue k«ttle, or 
 otherwise place the basin on a stove drum, or in a stove oven, having 
 only sufficient heat to melt the ingredients without burning them. 
 When melted, beat the mass with a clean, flat wooden spatula until 
 of a uniform appearance; then add the perfumes, and beat again, to a 
 uniform mass. Sweet-oil, or nice white lard, from a young hog, might 
 be substituted for the neat's foot-oil, or almond-oil, with very good 
 satisfaction. 
 
 2. Another. — Almond-oil, ^ oz. ; glycerine, \ oz. : spermaceti 
 and powdered camphor, of each, 1 dr.; oil of rose, 3, or 4 drops. 
 
 Melt the spermaceti in the oil, and add the camphor and glycer- 
 ine. Put into a wide-mouthed bottle, that will admit the finger, in 
 which you have dropped the oil of rose. Keep corked, for use, as No, 
 1. Glycerine has proved a very valuable addition to preparations for 
 the skin, as it keei)s the surface soft and pliable, as well as to promote 
 a healthy action of the skin. 
 
 3. Chapped Hands, or Lips — Ointment for. — Sweet-oil, .S 
 ozs.; spermaceti, 4 ozs.; pulverized camphor, 1 oz. 
 
 Mix together in a clean earthen vessel, by gentle heat, and apply 
 by warming a little, night and morning. Butter just churned and 
 unsalted may be subs ituted for the sweet-oil — same quantity. 
 
 4. Deer's tallow, 4 ozs.; glycerine, 1 oz. ; and pulverized cam- 
 phor, }t oz. ; honey \ oz.; carefully incorporated together by gentle 
 heat, or by rubbing with a knife, or spatula on a ])late, or in a Wedge- 
 wood mortar, makes a very healing ointment for chaps, sore lips, etc. 
 See Heiin'ia, or Chafing of Trusses, also. 
 
 5. Butter freshly churned and unsalted, M'ith \ its bulk of nice 
 strained honey, mixed together, make a nice ointment for the same 
 purpose. 
 
 COLD PINK, OR. TURKEY HEAD-CHEESE.— After mak- 
 ing the lii'st meal off of a large turkey, cut all the meat that is left from 
 the bones, and with the gizzard, liver, etc., chop it all as fine as pos- 
 sible. Having cooked a quart, or so, of ripe cranberries to be very 
 soft, mash them up and squeeze out the juice, and mi.K it with tlio 
 chopped turkey; then put into a bowl, or pan, and put a dish upon it, 
 the same as for hog's hoad-cheese, and press it. Servo cold by slicingf 
 in the usual way. Some would prefer the cranberry sauce sweetened 
 as for sauce, but children are not as likely to relish sweets, with meat. 
 See CuiCKi^N" IIeao-Ciif.kse. 
 
 COLIC — Vei-y Successful Remedy. — Colic is generally an 
 acute pain in the bowels, or coUju, bcMug situated, most often, in that 
 part of the colon, or largo intestine tluit crosses the abdomen in the 
 region of the navel, or jierliaps a little above the center of the abdo- 
 men; and most persons believe it to arise from some disarrangement, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 269 
 
 or bad condition of the bile.* An especial friend of mine, living in 
 Detroit, has suffered very raiicii witli Colic, but recently when suffer- 
 ing excruciatin<i;ly with this difficulty, he called a physician who <:javo 
 him the following prescription, — of course it would not do to call it a 
 Receipt — that would lower the Doctor's estimation of himself; but 
 the pills gave the geutleman such immediate and perfect relief, that, 
 when he knew I was preparing this Work, said, as 1 called upon him, 
 he desired tliat it should be given to the public through it; and from 
 my knowledge of him, after I was informed of its action, I was also 
 anxious to obtain it. This explanation will enable my readers to 
 understand the remarks of his letter which enclosed the " prescrip- 
 tion," which is as follows: 
 
 "Take pulverized opium, and sulphate of morphia" (morphine), 
 "of each, 2 grs. ; pulverized camphor, and capsicum, of each, 5 grs. 
 Make into 10 pills, with a thick solution of gum." 
 
 Dose. — One pill will generally give relief. If not materially bene- 
 fitted, give another, after 1 to 2 hours — of course, this is for an adult. 
 
 The following are the remarks referred to in the letter: 
 
 "Please find prescription, as desired by you, which I hope will 
 alleviate the pains of some mortal as it has done for me. If so, I 
 shall bo well paid for the labor I have taken to get it for your forth- 
 coming Book. Hoping it may prove profitable to you, and a blessing 
 to mankind, I remain, yours etc., ." 
 
 Not having asked the privilege of giving the name, I have not felt 
 at liberty to do it, and it would also be considered a breach of etiquette 
 to give the name of tlie prescriber; but I will vouch for the standing 
 of both, and further, I can, from my knowledge of the nature of the 
 prescription, most cheerfully recommend it, in Colic, cholera-morbus, 
 cholera, painful diarrhea, etc. I have not lately, if ever seen a better 
 combination of medicine for the relief of these difficulties. 
 
 COLORED LIG-HTS— Red, Green, and Blue Fire, for Rooms, 
 W"itliout Sulphurous Odor. — In public exhibitions where it has 
 been necessary to use diflerent Colored Lights, the use of Sulphur in 
 their make has caused a very disagreeable Odor of the Sulphur. This 
 has been overcome by a German chemist, J.R. Braunschweiger, in the 
 following Receipts: 
 
 1. Red Fire. — Nitrate of strontia, 9 parts ; chlorate of potash, 1 J 
 parts; shellac, 3 parts. 
 
 2. Green Fire. — Nitrate of baryta, 9 parts ; chlorate of potash, 
 \\ parts; shellac, 3 parts. 
 
 3. Blue Fire. — Ammonium sulphate of copper, 8 parts; chlorate 
 of potash, 6 parts; shellac, 1 part. 
 
 The shellac must be coarsely pulverized and evenly mixed with 
 the sti-ontia, baryta, or the ammoniated sulphate of copper, before the 
 chlorate of potash is mixed in; and it must be remevibercd, ihni the 
 chlorate of potash must not be rubbed hard, in mixing; for the reason 
 that it is explosive. When the first articles are well mixed the chlor- 
 
 *The Bile, in itself, ia a bitter and nauseous tastin? fluid, secreted by the liver, 
 of a preenLsh yellow appearance, rather thick and sticky, or tenacious in its proper- 
 ties, even when in good condition ; but, when in a bad condition these properties 
 are all intensified, and consequently its effects are, if not corrosive, certainly very 
 iiTitating. The French word cholere, the \AtXn cholera, and tlio Greek X6.Cos, all sig- 
 nify the same thing; hence, wo have the worAs choler, cho'.eate, rknleic. diotci^tcrine, eta., 
 which signify some degree of anger, or passion; and as the bile, was anciently exjn- 
 siderod as tlio seat of anger, or wrath, it has naturally led to the retention, and no 
 doubt justly, of the Idea, that Colic arises from a vicious, or unhealthy condition of the bile 
 
270 DR. chase's 
 
 ate, which will come in fine crystaline pieces, can be mixed by pour- 
 ing it from one paper to another, or with a spatula, being careful not 
 to gi-ind the spatula down upon the mixture. Let the chlorate be 
 kept in a bottle by itself, and mix it only as used. This caution is to 
 avoid spontaneous explosion, or combustion. 
 
 In speaking of parts, as these Receipts are given, it matters not 
 whether you take lbs., ozs., drs., or spoonfuls, as the measure, or 
 weight — keep the proportions is all that is necesary, taking the 
 weight, or measure that gives you all you wish to make. These Fire- 
 works can be set ofi" in any good sized room without suffocation from 
 the Sulphurous acid which is set free by burning the ordinary Col- 
 ored Lights, most, if not all of which have Sulphur, in their composi- 
 tion. 
 
 1. COLOGNE, OR PERFUME— For the Hair.— Oils of lem- 
 on, neroli, orange, and rose geranium, of each, 12 drops; tincture of 
 cardamon-seeds, 1 oz.; cologne alcohol, 1 pt. Mix. 
 
 These, and all other preparations for the Hair should be bottled 
 and kept corked. 
 
 2. Another. — Oil of bergamot, 40 drops; oil of neroli, 12; oil of 
 orange, 22; oil of rosemary, 6; essence of lemon, 45 drops; alcohol, ^ pt. 
 
 Any Cologne is nicer to use cologne, or deodorized alcohol, but in 
 small towns where that is not generally kept by druggists, the com- 
 mon 76 per cent alcohol, will do very well. 
 
 3. Mrs. Q-en. 's, Oologrie. — Oils of bergamot, lemon, laven- 
 der, neroli, and rosemary, of each, .V oz.; magnesia, ^ oz. ; musk, 10 
 grs. ; alcohol, 2 qts. Mix, shake well and filter, through filtering 
 paper. 
 
 COLORING — Domestic and Manufacturing Processes. — 
 When I concluded to write a 7icw Book, I, at the same time, resolved 
 that it should embrace such a variety of items as should make it gen- 
 erally useful, and that in all branches in which I had not practical 
 knowledge and experience, myself, I would have written expressly 
 for the Book, by those who had such experience ; and this plan I have 
 fully carried out. Then, having had about 17 years acquaintance with 
 Mr. Hiram Storms, of this city, who is not only a Manufacturer of 
 woolen goods, but who has worked with his own hands, in the Art of 
 Coloring, for about forty years, I knew him to be the man for this part 
 of the work, if I could get him to undertake it; this I have accom- 
 plished by paying him what many would consider a large sum, for it. 
 Coloring being an Art, or mechanical branch of labor that but very few 
 ever become truly first-class workmen in ; as, perhaps, more depends 
 upon the details, or attention to the little things connected with its 
 management than most persons are willing to give to it, and hence 
 they remain poor workmen all their lives; but when they see a man 
 who always shows bright, clear Colors upon his cloths, they are willing 
 to pay large prices for his Receii)ts. Mr. Storms has several times been 
 paid," by Manufacturers, from .|3U to $50 for only 4, or 5 Receipts now 
 embodied in this Book. Knowing these things to be facts, I have 
 paid his price, for the benefit of the purchasers of this Book; and 
 knowing that mtich depends, as above stated, upon the attention to 
 the little things in Coloring, I charge all who expect to have good, 
 bright, clear Colors, that they, too, must be careful to follow Mr. Storm's 
 instruction in all particulars. He has written so plainly, and particular- 
 ly, however, that no one need have any fears to undertake their own 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 271 
 
 Coloring, but may reasonably expect to be well satisfied with their 
 work, when it is done; for he has accomplished his undertaking to 
 my entire satisfaction, embacing the most reliable Receipts, and the 
 most recent improvements in Coloring, adapted, alike, to Manufactur- 
 ers as well as to Domestic purposes; all that Manufacturers have to do, 
 is to increase the proportion of dye-stuff to correspond with the 
 amount of goods to be Colored. He says: 
 
 "N. B. — All goods for Coloring should be perfectly clear of dirt 
 and grease-spots, otherwise the Colors will not be bright nor uniform, 
 but will show spots of less depth of Color. After washing the goods, 
 rinse well in warm water to remove all the alkali, otherwise your 
 Colors will be dull and dirty in appearance. 
 
 " Be sure also, in Coloring vujol, or woolen goods to give them plenty 
 of time in the dyes, as the nature of wool is such that it has to be boiled 
 for some considerable time to open the fibers to allow the dyes to pene- 
 trate their substance, otherwise the Color is merely on the outside, 
 and will fade, or wash off, which gives it the appearance of fading 
 and is the chief reason why Colors on wool are not more permanent. 
 Silks, however, are of such a nature that they will Color in a very few 
 minutes, 5 to 10, and with only from I to i as much dye-stuffs to the lb. 
 of goods as wool requires; but wool must have the full time which I 
 have set down to them. By paying attention to these instructions 
 and alivays using sufficient soft water to cover the goods handsomely, you 
 will have permanently bright and beautiful Colors. 
 
 1. " To Prepare Tin for Acids. — Melt the pure Tin in an iron 
 ladle, then pour it into cold water while the Tin is very hot. Hold it 
 as high as you can to pour it and pour in a small stream, which will 
 leave the Tin like feathers, and it is called feathered, or grain Tin. 
 The Acids will then take a quick hold of it, and it will be the quicker 
 ready for use. 
 
 2. " Coloring Acid, or Muriate of Tin.— To Make for Scar- 
 lets. — Take sulphuric, and muriatic acid, of each, 3 ozs. ; of the pre- 
 pared Tin, No. 1, 1 oz. 
 
 ■' Put the Sulphuric Acid in a glass jar ; then slowly add the Muriatic, 
 after which, feed in the feathered Tin, a little at a time, until it is all dis- 
 solved. This is theMuriateofTin,and it is better than that made where 
 they use different proportions of the Acids, as most do in making it. 
 
 3. "Indigo Compound, or Chemic — for Blue and Green. — 
 Sulphuric acid, 6 ozs. for each 1 oz. of indigo to be be used. Use the 
 best indigo, and pulverize, and put it into a glass jar; then pour on 
 the Acid, and stir it for an hour. This never spoils by age. 
 
 (Remember in using any of the Acids to avoid getting it upon 
 your clothing, and to not leave them where children can get at them 
 ibr they will destroy children, as well as clotliing. — Author). 
 
 4. "Colors on "Wool — Scarlet. — Cochineal and muriate of 
 tin, of each, 1 oz. ; cream of tartar, i oz.; goods, 1 lb. This may be 
 Colored in a clean iron kettle, but not in a wash-boiler. The lead 
 that is on the inside will spoil the Color. Put into your kettle, 1 pail- 
 ful of soft water for each lb. of goods. When it is luke-warm, put in 
 your cochineal, which should be well pulverized. When it is scald- 
 ing hot, put in your tartar and acid, or muriate of tin, and stir well, 
 then enter your goods which should be wet from the rinsing, and 
 boil for 1 hour, stirring, or handling all the time to prevent spots. 
 Rinse in clean water and dry. 
 
272 DR. chase's 
 
 5. "Crimson. — Alum and cream of tartar, of each, 1 oz.; cochi» 
 neal, ^ oz. ; goods, 1 lb. Fill your kettle with soft water, add your 
 pulverized cochineal, bring the water to a boil, enter the goods and 
 boil h an hour. Take out the goods and air them. Cool tlie dye and 
 add the alum and cream of tartar, and enter the good.s again and boil 
 1 hour. If not dark enough add a little saleratus, or soap. Wash 
 clean, and dry. 
 
 "Let it be remembered that these Coloring Receipts are calcula- 
 ted to make permanent Colors, and the better the goods are washed, 
 after Coloring, with good suds, and rinsed, the brighter will be the 
 Colors, as the washing only fetches of!" the loose part of the dyes, 
 which would crock, and make the Colors look dead, and dull, while 
 the soap helps to set the Color; so do not be afraid of washing out 
 the Colors that have taken hold of, or entered into the fibers of the 
 •goods — there is no danger of that. 
 
 6. " Scarlet with Lac* — For each lb. of goods, take lac, and 
 muriate of tin. No. 2, of each, 2 ozs. ; cream of tartar, 1 oz. ; yellow 
 oakf bark, h oz. Put them all in a kettle and boil k hour. Cool your 
 •dye a little and put in your goods and boil 1 hour, and rinse well. 
 
 7. "Madder Red. — For each lb. of goods, use alum, 4 ozs.; 
 cream of tartar, 1* ozs. ; Dutch madder, J ^ lb.; bran, ^ bu. Put the 
 bran into a clean barrel, and pour on hot water enough, as the bran 
 will take up considerable, let stand until it sours — strain and press out, 
 use the water for your dye. Boil }'our goods for 2 hours in the alum 
 and tartar, with water sufficient to cover the goods well, then empty 
 the kettle and rinse the goods. Fill the kettle now with the bran- 
 water, and put in the INIadder. As soon as it is luke-warm, jnit in 
 your goods, stir, or handle them often for k hour; then take them out 
 and air them; then put them in again and gradually increase the heat 
 so that in 1 hour it may just reach a boil; but the moment it begins to 
 boil, take out the goods, and wash them thoroughly in strong suds, 
 rinse well, and dry, and you will have a beautiful bright color. 
 
 8. " Yellow with "Fustic. — To each lb. of goods, alum, 4 ozs.; 
 cream of tartar, 1 oz.; fustic, 1 lb. 
 
 "Boil your goods 1 hour, with the alum and tartar, in sufficient 
 water to cover the goods well. Then empty your kettle and fill with 
 clean water, and put in your fustic, and bring your kettle to a boil, 
 and put in your goods and boil 1 hour, and rinse. 
 
 9. ' ' Yellow with Oak Bark, Sumac, or Peach-Tree Leaves. 
 — Yellow may be made with an}^ of the following ingredients, using 
 the same amount of tartar and alum as in No. 8, and 1 pailful of yel- 
 low-oak bark, peach-tree leaves, or sumac bark, and boiling until the 
 
 *Rtick-Lae is the production of an insect ciilled the coccks larca, found mostly 
 xipon the banyan tree. When this F,ar is l)oilo<l in an all:ali, we get the secd-lac, and 
 theU-lar. nsefl extensively in making aleoliol vurnislies, sealing-wax, and lacquers for 
 tin and brass wares. It* is the original, tliat is used in coloring. 
 
 tin any place where the yellow oak bark does not grow, or either of the other 
 oak barks, the quercitron {quernix Ihirtoria) wliicli is kept by all those who deal in dye- 
 Ftulfs. will take its place, so it will do in tlie place of i^ustic. When a pailful of the 
 oak barks are called for, meaning tlie green, inside bark, 1 lb. of the quercitron, or 1 
 lb. of the dry oak barks will be as strong ils the pailful of green— quercitron comas from 
 tlio T>atin qurrcm, an oak. It is the black, or dyer's oak, growing over most part of Uio 
 United States. 
 
 t Madder Is cultivated both in France and ITolland. but that raise<l in Holland, 
 called Dutch Madder, is much the lx>.st. Mr. .Storms uses the best only; if others want 
 good and dui'able colors let them follow his iiistructious, and they will be satisfied. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 273 
 
 strength is well extracted from -whichever is used. See note after No. 
 6, for a substitute for oak barks. 
 
 10. "Orange. — For Orange, proceed as for yellow; then add to 
 the yellow dye a little madder, at a time, until the shade you desire is 
 obtained. 
 
 11. "Dark Green. — Color your goods a good yellow with No. 8, 
 or 9, as your choose; then add to the dye, the following, chemic, or in- 
 digo compound, l^o. '6, until the shade required is obtained, of course, 
 always taking out the goods when any additional dye is put in, to pre- 
 vent spotting the goods. 
 
 12. "Green on Woolen -with Bark. — Take 1 pail of hickory 
 bark, or the rinds from the nuts, and boil for 2 hours; then add blue 
 vitriol, 2 ozs., for each lb. of goods. Dissolve the vitriol before put- 
 ting it in. Boil the goods 1 hour, and air them, and boil again. If 
 not green enough, add alum, 2 ozs., with more bark. The quercitron 
 is a substitute for hickory bark as well as for oak. 
 
 13. "Blue. — For each lb. of goods, take alum, 4 ozs.; and cream 
 of tartar, 2 ozs. Boil 1 hour. Empty the kettle, rinse the goods, and 
 refill your kettle with clean water and bring to a scalding heat, and 
 add, of chemic, or indigo compound. No. 3 — until the color suits. 
 
 14. " Prussian Blue. — For each lb. of goods, take oil of vitriol, 
 and Prussiate of potash, of each, 2 ozs.; red tartar (it fs the crude tar- 
 tar, or argol, from which the cream of tartar is made), 4 ozs. Put the 
 above ingredients into a kettle with sufficient water to covei the goods, 
 and put them in as soon as it is luke-warm. Keep them in for 2 
 hours; then make it boil for ^ hour, and you will have a beautiful 
 Color. To make it more durable, empty your kettle and fill with 
 clean water, and 4 ozs. of alum, for each lb. of goods, and boil for 1 
 hour. If not dark enough, add logwood to suit, and boil again. 
 
 15. "Tan Color. — For each lb. of goods, use camwood, 4 ozs,; 
 madder, 2 ozs. Boil 10 minutes; then put in the goods and boil 1 
 hour; then add copperas, ^ oz., and boil h hour longer, and if not dark 
 enough add more copperas, and boil again. 
 
 16. " Snuff Color. — For each lb. of goods, have camwood, 2 ozs.; 
 and fustic, ^ lb. Boil your camwood and fustic for i hour in suffi- 
 cient water to cover the goods; then put them in and boil 1 hour. 
 Take out the goods and add blue vitriol, ^ oz., and copperas, 1 oz., and 
 boil the goods 1 hour, and rinse well. 
 
 17. "Dark Brown. For each lb. of goods put into your ket- 
 tle camwood, 4 ozs.; fustic, J lb. Boil ^ hour; then put in the goods 
 and boil for 1 hour. Then add blue vitriol, J oz., and copperas, 2 ozs., 
 and boil 1 hour, and rinse. 
 
 18. "Madder Bro"wn. — For each lb. of goods, 2 ozs. each, of 
 madder, and camwood; fustic, 4 ozs., and boil I hour. Boi! tlie goods J 
 hour. Take them out and air, then boil again for 1 hour. Now add 
 blue vitriol, and copperas, of each, 1 oz. and boil 1 hour more, and if 
 not dark enough, add more copperas, and rinse. 
 
 19. "London Brown. — For each 20 ozs. of goods, take cam- 
 wood, 7 ozs. Boil the goods aiid camwood together for 2 hours; then 
 add blue vitriol, 2 ozs. and boil i hour. If not dark enough add more 
 vitriol, and a little copperas, and put in again. In any case where it 
 is desired to have a very dark Brown, add a little soft soaj^, say i gill, 
 or 1 oz. of saleratus will do the same thing, or ^ pt. of coid ashes from 
 the stove clear of coals, will do as well. Manufacturers using the 
 
 18 — DR. chase's second eeceipt book. 
 
274 DR. chase's 
 
 ordinary sized dye-kettle may throw in a shovelful of ashes with the 
 same success. 
 
 20. ""Wine Color. — For each lb. of goods, take camwood, 7 
 ozs., and boil ^ hour. Put in the goods and boil 1 hour ; then add 
 blue vitriol, 3 ozs., and boil 2 hour. If not dark enough add more 
 vitriol, and boil again. 
 
 21. "Maroon,* or Brownish Crimson. — For each lb. of goods 
 take blue vitriol, 1 oz., and boil the goods in it for'^ hour. Of course, 
 in all cases as heretofore explained, use sufficient water to cover the 
 goods well, then add cudbear,! 1 oz., and boil J hour more. If not 
 dark enough add more cudbear. 
 
 22. "Black. — Black is one of the most substantial and useful 
 Colors that is made. It is used as both ornamental and useful, and is 
 worn from the cradle to old age, by the lowest and the highest grades 
 of society; still, the manner of Coloring a permanent, and unfading 
 Black, is but little understood by the people. I shall give a few Re- 
 ceipts only, which if followed carefullj', will, under all circumstances, 
 enable families, or manufacturers, to make a permanent and beautiful 
 Black : 
 
 "For each lb. of goods, or wool, take logwood chips, ^ lb., or 
 extract of logwood, 1 oz. ; madder, 1 oz. ; fu.stic, i oz.; or yellow oak 
 bark, or what is still better, if convenient, is butternut bark, in place 
 of the fustic. Boil for 1 hour, then boil the goods for 1 hour, stirring, 
 or handling continually; then take out the goods and add copperas, 
 1 oz., and boil 1 hour; then take out the goods and add copperas, J 
 oz., and saleratus, 1 oz., and run the goods another ^ hour; then scour 
 out the goods in strong suds. This may seem to be considerable 
 labor, but if a good, bright, durable Black is desired, it must be sub- 
 mitted to. Don't spare the soap, in washing it out, then rinse 
 well. 
 
 23. "Black on "Woolen -with Bark. — Take 1 pailful each, of 
 butternut, black-walnut, and white-oak barks. Boil them 1 hour; then 
 put in the goods, and boil 1 hour more ; then take out the goods and 
 bark, and add cop])eras, 2 oz., and boil again." (See note after No. 6 
 for a substitute for oak bark. — Author.) 
 
 24. "Black on "Woolen with Different Barks. — "VVitch-hazel, 
 soft-maple, and black-oak barks, of each, same as No. 23, and boil the 
 bark 1 hour; then boil the goods 1 hour; then take out, as before, 
 and put copperas, 1 oz., and blue vitriol, J oz., and boil again. 
 
 25. "Shawls and Other Old Goods— To Re-Color.— "When 
 it is desired to Cohir Shawls black, the old Colors need 7iot be extracted, 
 or drawn, but simply after having been thoroughly washed, to put 
 them into the black dyes, as other goods; but to make the new Color 
 a brown, it will be necessary to extract the old Colors, as seen under 
 that head. No. 43, and also, if there is any cotton in the Shawl, they 
 must be 1nrst prepared, by di{)ping into coj)peras and blue vitriol, 1 oz. 
 of each, to 1 pail of water, for each lb., and then into lime water also, 
 otherwise the Colors will fade, on the cotton part of the Shawl. 
 
 * A Maroon is a Brownish CYimson, or cliestnut color, taking the name from the 
 French marron, a large chestnut, .sometimes also called a claret. 
 
 t Cudbear is prepared from a species of moss, I think, found in Scotland, and, ' 
 perhaps, takin^j its name from rorcor. or corcur, meaning scnrlct, or a purplish crim- 
 son; and Webster rather concludes that the name may have been a corruption of 
 Cuthbert, Dr. Gordon's given name, who introduced the article to public notice as a 
 dye. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 275 
 
 26. "Scouring' 'Wool. — Fill your wash boiler with soft water 
 and put it upon the stove, adding soft soap, and salt, of each, 2 qts. 
 and bringing to a boil. Put into a tub, or barrel, 5, or 10 lbs. of Wool, 
 and pour the liquor from the boiler upon it. Let it stand until quite 
 cool, take out, drain, and rinse until the rinsing water is clear. The 
 same liquor will do for a new batch of Wool by heating it again. 
 Never ruh, or pound Wool, as it 'fulls' and spoils it." (Manufacturers 
 will see, also, Cleansing Wool. — Author). 
 
 27. "Silks — Same Colors as on Woolens. — Silks may be Col- 
 ored in any of the woolen dyes, by the same processes, except that 
 less dye-stufis, less heat, and less time are required, remembering also, 
 that Colored Silks require even less dye-stuff than white Silks. 
 
 28. "Coloring Cotton G-oods. — To give permanent and bright 
 Colors to Cotton goods the processes, or rather the preparations must 
 be different from woolen, as their natures are entirely different — 
 wool takes the Color into the fiber, but Cotton only upon the outer 
 part of the fiber, and must, therefore, be well prepared, if you desire 
 permanent Colors, which shall not run at the first washing, and that 
 the sun shall not change by a few days' exposure. 
 
 "First, then, make a liquor with sumac, and yellow-oak bark, of 
 each, ^ pailful to 1 pailful of water, by boiling 1 hour, adding as much 
 water as evaporates; then steep the goods, in this liquor, for a few 
 hours; then dip them 5 to 10 minutes in luke-warm copperas water, 4 
 ozs. to a pailful; then into luke-warm lime water, a piece of stone 
 lime the size of your fist, to a pailful; then put them in the sumac 
 liquor again, for 2, or 3 hours. This will give you a foundation for a 
 good, permanent Color. The Goods will be wrung out well, in passing 
 from one liquor to the other. 
 
 29. "Black. — For each lb. of Goods, use logwood, 8 ozs. and 
 white-oak bark, 4 ozs. Boil 1 hour, and dip the Goods in this k hour; 
 then air and dip again. Of course, the Goods having been prepared 
 as above, in No. 28. 
 
 30. "G-reen. — Prepare as above, then dip in an indigo dye, or 
 add the indigo compound, No. 3, and dip until it suits. 
 
 31. "Tan. — Boil equal parts of sumac, yellow, and white-oak 
 barks, 1 pail of green bark to 1 pail of water, for 1, or 2 hours; and 
 steep the goods in this liquor 4 hours ; then dip in the copperas water 
 and the lime water; then into the liquor again, and then into the 
 copperas and lime waters, as given in No. 28, until the Color suits. A 
 substitute for the above barks would be hemlock, white, or black ash, 
 or the two combined. 
 
 32. " Yello"w. — For 1 lb. of prepared Goods in all cases, sugar 
 of lead If ozs. dissolved in hot water; also bichromate of potash, 1 oz., 
 dissolved in cold water, by mashing and stirring, then dip the Goods 
 first into the hot, lead water, then wring out and dip into the cold 
 bichromate water, alternating from one to the other, wringing each 
 time until the Color suits. This will work equally well on carpet 
 rags, as on new goods. 
 
 33. "Orang-e.— Take the Yellow Goods, Colored by the last 
 Receipt, No. 32, and dip it into lime water until it suits. 
 
 34. "Green.— Take the Yellow of No. 32, and put some of the 
 indigo compound, No. 3, in clear water, and dip into that until it suits. 
 If on 2, or 3 dippings, it is not suflficiently deep in Color, put in a little 
 more of the indigo compound. 
 
278 DK. chase's 
 
 35. "Another Orange. — For each lb. of goods copperas, 6 ozs. 
 to 3 gals, of water, in a kettle, make as hot as you can handle the 
 goods with the hand; havin» dissolved bichromate of potash, ^ lb. in 
 a tub, dip first into one then into the other, until pleased by the shade 
 of the Color. This will become brighter and brighter, by washing. 
 It is proper to remark, here, that in Coloring small amounts of goods, 
 more dye-stuffs are needed, proportionally than for largo amounts. 
 
 36. "Drab, or Bro"wn. — Prepared cotton goods may be Colored 
 any shade from a light drab to a dark brown by first dipping them into 
 bichromate water, \ lb. to a pailful for ^ hour; then into a liquor of 
 catechu, 4 ozs., to 1 pailful of water, boiled, and used hot, for ^ hour 
 also. The bichromate water to be used cold. The length of time 
 dipped will govern the shade. 
 
 37. "Purple. — Color the prepared goods a light blue, in the 
 common blue-dye tub, or with the indigo compound, No. 3, then dip 
 them in a logwood dye until the shade suits. 
 
 38. "Drab.— White-ash bark, 1 pailful, and boil 1 hour. Take 
 out the burk and boil the goods 1 hoar, then darken by dipping into 
 copperas water, 4 ozs. to the pailful, until the Color suits. Soft maple, 
 or witch-hazel barks are a substitute for the white-ash, when that 
 can not be got. One lb. of dry bark takes the place of 1 pail of green. 
 
 39. "Yello-w Drab.— Take 1 pailful of white-ash bark, and 
 yellow-oak bark, k pailful. Boil 1 hour; then take out the barks and 
 boil the Goods 1 hour; then darken with copperas water, 4 ozs., to 1 
 pailful, until it suits. 
 
 40. " Slate Drab.— White-ash bark, 1 pailful, and i lb. of log- 
 wood, and boil 1 hour, then remove the bark and logwood, and boil 
 the Goods 1 hour— in all cases the Goods having been prepared— then 
 •darken with blue vitriol, 1 oz., and copperas, 1 oz., to 1 pailful of 
 water, until the shade suits. 
 
 41. "Madder Drab.— For each lb. of goods, in all cases, unless 
 otherwise mentioned, take Madder, 2 ozs. ; white-ash bark, 1 pailful. 
 Boil h hour. Take out the bark, and boil the goods 1 hour. Darken 
 with copperas, first by putting in a piece the size of a hickory nut. 
 If not dark enoucfh, take out the goods and add more, until pleased. 
 
 42. "Red Drab.— White-oak bark, 1 pailful, camwood, ^ lb. 
 Boil 1 hour. Eemove the goods and darken the dye with copperas 
 and blue vitriol, of each, the size of a hickory rmt, at first, and boil 
 the goods again, and if not sufficiently dark, take out the Goods, and 
 add a little more of each, to suit. 
 
 43. "Extracting Colors from Old Goods.— For each pailful 
 of water, boiling hot, add about 2 table-spoonfuls of oil of vitriol, and 
 put in the goods for about 10 minutes; and if the Color does not start, 
 take them out, and add another spoonful of oil of vitriol, and put in 
 for the same length of time ; and as some Colors do not start as, read- 
 ily as others, if by the second steeping this Color does not start, repeat 
 the operation, by adding a little more of the vitriol at a time, until 
 the Color does wash out readily ; after which thev may be Colored 
 again, the same as though they had never been Colored." 
 
 Ann Arbor, Michigan, November 1st, 1872. 
 
 Having written the foregoing Coloring Receipts expressly for Dr. 
 
 Chase's New Receipt Book, for value received, I hereby give him my 
 
 entire right and interest in them as their Author, which he may 
 
 secure to himself by copyright, the same as though he had written 
 
SECOND RECEIPr BOOK. 277 
 
 them, and I further certify to their being the same as I am constantly 
 using, and with which I have succeeded in making entirely satisfac- 
 tory Colors. H. STORMS. 
 
 Aside from the Coloring Receipts which Mr. Storms has written 
 for me, as above, I have a few others, obtained from various sources, 
 some from valuable friends, who have used them for considerable 
 time, which, as they are different from the others, I have thought 
 best to give them, as the old plan of the "Dye tub in the corner" may 
 still be preferred by some, it will be found among them. Certainly 
 the old-fashioned blue can hardly be beaten for depth, or durability 
 of Color. 
 
 And as that old, time-honored, tub sometimes gets "a witch in it," 
 a word of explanation is required to get her out, of course witches are 
 always women, i. e., sometimes the Color does not "take." The diffi- 
 culty is, it needs more strength of alkali — urine is alkaline — and com- 
 bines with the indigo and is weakened by constant Coloring, so much 
 so, it needs more alkaline strength ; then make a lye from good wood- 
 ashes, strain it and add of it to the "blue dye tub," a little at a time, 
 until the Color "sets" on your hand and will not wash off, then it 
 will work again, all right. 
 
 44. Old Style— bark Blue on "Wool. — Families which desire to 
 Color a Dark Blue on Wool, that will be good and permanent, must 
 use indigo and urine; for Blue from any other thing will not be as 
 permanent nor as pretty. 
 
 The Bengal indigo is the best, and may be known by its dark 
 blue shade, having also a coppery hue. For use it must be thoroughly 
 pulverized, and put into urine, or about 6 qts. of bran may be covered 
 with sufficient soft water to yeald 1 gal. besides what the bran takes 
 up. This may be strained, after fermentation, and added to 4 gals, of 
 urine; using indigo, 4 ozs. ; keeping these proportions for any amount 
 needed, and set the tub, or earthen jar, in which the dye is made, in 
 a warm place, and cover it, and stir it occasionally for o or 6 days, as 
 it must undergo a fermentation in the urine mixture, before the "indi- 
 go will yeald up its Color. This will be known by the dye assuming a 
 dark green shade, in appearance. The Wool may now be put in loose 
 and stirred occasionally, for an hour; then lifted and wrung out, in 
 the tub, as it will also Color more of a lighter shade. The Wool will 
 be a dark green when wrung out; but by hanging up, it absorbs oxy- 
 gen from the air, giving the deep Bhie ; then it may be washed in 
 cold water and dried, for carding. If a Dark Blue is required on all 
 of the Wool to be Colored, and it is required to Color considerable, you 
 can prepare two tubs of dye ; and for the 2, or 3 last batches, first dip 
 them into the tub wheie the first was Colored, to take up all of the 
 indigo possible, in the dye, airing between the dippings. 
 
 The Wool, to take Color, must be free fi-om grease, it is well, there- 
 fore to wash it thoroughly just before dipping, as the Wool being wet, 
 takes the Color more evenly. 
 
 45. Another Dark Blue nay be dyed on Wool by the use of bi- 
 chromate of potash, alum and logwood. 
 
 For 5 lbs. of Wool, dissoh/e 2 ozs. of the bichromate, and alum 1 
 oz. in siifRcient water to co\er the Wool, or goods, by boiling; the 
 Wool being free of grease and wet, put into the liquor and boil for an 
 hour, stirring with a stick occasionally; then lifted out and allowed 
 to drip, air and rinse, while the bichromate liquor is thrown away, 
 
278 DR. chase's 
 
 and replaced with clean water; and 2] lbs. of logwood chips, sewed 
 up in a bag, and boiled for 1 hour; then the Wool is put in and the 
 boiling continued for 1 hour more; after which it is to be lifted out 
 and aired, washed and dried. The extract of logwood 6 J ozs. can be 
 Butstituted, if preferred, for the "chips," and this last plan will make 
 a passable Blue; but not so permanent, or pretty, as the first. 
 
 46. Green on "Wool, or Silk, -with Picric Acid. * — Dissolve 
 the Picric Acid in water, and add sufficient sulphuric acid to make the 
 mixture a little sour; and then add the imported carmine of indigo 
 according to the shade of green desired. The indigo compound, No. 3 
 ■will do very well. 
 
 For Silk add a little alum, to the dye. 
 
 47. Pink on Silk. — Use a small quantity of Brazil-wood liquor 
 with sufficient muriate of tin to make the dye a sharp sour, using a 
 clean kettle, and handling the goods intliis until the desired shade is 
 obtained then lift and wash in cold water; then run through soap suds, 
 and wash again. The suds gives the necessary blue tinge required 
 for a Pink shade. 
 
 48. Old Silk Ribbons, to Renovate and Re-Color.— A Ma- 
 roon. — Hard, or "lute string" Ribbons cannot be satisfactorily Reno- 
 vated; but, plain, soft Silk, and figured Ribbons can be made to take a 
 beautiful Maroon. Pink, light blue, or salmon Colored, may be Reno- 
 vated and Re-Colored to give entire satisfaction. Open out all their 
 plaits, or folds, and sew them together. 
 
 In a tin pan of clean soft water, dissolve sufficient soap by cut- 
 ting into thin slices, to make it feel quile slippery to the fingers, then 
 bring it to a boil, and, if not sufficiently soapy, at first, add a little 
 more; then boil the Ribbons in the suds for '60 minutes, keeping the 
 Ribbons, or silk under the suds, which removes any grease and dis- 
 charges, or dissolves out the old Colors. Wash, to remove all the 
 Boap. Now stretch out and fold down. Dissolve alum, 1 oz. to .soft 
 water, 2 qts., or in this proportion to Color the goods, in a stone-ware 
 vessel, using liot water to dissolve the alum; and when cool to milk- 
 warm, handle the Ribbons for a few minutes, tlien leave them to lie 
 looseiy in this alum water for 1 hour; then take out and rinse, gently, 
 in clean cold water, when they are ready for the dye, proper; made 
 of hypcrnic — red dye-wood — 4 ozs. to sufficient water, say 2 qts. to cover 
 the goods, boiling the dye-wood for 15 minutes, and pouring the clear 
 liquid into a stone-ware vessel and liandle the Ribbons for 10 min- 
 utes, in this dye, or until they are of a deep red color ; then take out 
 and add a small quantity of extn:ct of logwood dissolved in hot water 
 to the dye, and stirred, and the Uibbons handled again, in this mix- 
 ture for 10 minutes more, or until the Maroon shade suits you. Last 
 of all wash in cold water and hang up to dry. Must always be suffi- 
 cient dye, or water used to cover the goods well. 
 
 To dress, or gloss them, have a little gum Arabic dissolved in 
 water, weak, and sponge them on tlie right side, and, with a hot iron, 
 smooth them on the wrong side. Families, as well as merchants that 
 have old Ribbons on hand which do not sell on account of being 
 "out of style," can, for a trifle, per yard, make them of value; and 
 milliners also, can turn this to good account. 
 
 49. For Carpet Rags— Yello-w. — For 3 lbs. of rags, or cloth, 
 
 * Picric Acid is a mixture, or Acid liaving magnesia and iron in combination, of a 
 greenish shade, somewhat similar to copperas in appearance, only more fibrous. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 279 
 
 sugar of lead, 6 ozs., dissolved in hot water, in brass, or tin; and, the 
 rags having been washed, if they need it, if not, being wet and just 
 wrung out, dip them in tlie lead-water, and have ready, bichromate of 
 potash, 3 ozs., dissolved by mashing and stirring in a tub of cold water, 
 sufficient in both cases, only to cover the goods nicely; then dip the 
 goods from the lead water to the bichromate water, wringing out the 
 dye, each change. It takes quickly; but if not sufficiently deep the 
 first round, dip again, as before, until the Color suits. 
 
 And, if you desire different shades of rags, have sufficient in this 
 Color to take a part of them for an : 
 
 60. Orange, made by dipping these yellow rags into lime water, 
 made by dissolving lime in cold water and let settle; then pour off the 
 clear and heat it for the dipping — gives you a nice Orange. And, 
 for: 
 
 51. G-reen, take some of the yellow and dip into the blue dye, 
 following, after you have Colored your blue, makes a beautiful 
 green. 
 
 52. Blue. — For 3 lbs. of goods, dissolve copperas, 3 ozs., in suffi- 
 cient water to cover the goods, in an iron kettle, and boil the rags 
 therein; then, in a brass kettle, dissolve Prussiate of potash, 2 ozs. 
 in sufficient water, and add to it, after the potash is dissolved, oil of 
 vitriol, 1 oz.; and dip the rags in this also — repeating if need be. The 
 green is made by dipping the yellow in this, as above mentioned. 
 
 These 4 colors are from a lady carpet-weaver who has used them 
 over 3 years and knows them to be good. If they will Color rags,they 
 would Color warp-yarn, or cloth as well ; but, of course, they would 
 not have the permanency to stand the sun, like Mr. Storm's Colors, 
 which receive the several preparations — they are suitable for Carpets, 
 or indoor-wear. 
 
 53. Murexide and Analine Colors. — It is but proper, before 
 closing the subject of Coloring, to refer to a class of Colors of more 
 recent discovery, or, perhaps to speak more correctly, to say, of more 
 recent use — the Murexide* and Analine. 
 
 Although I shall not enter into the plan of using these Colors par- 
 ticularly, I will refer to an improvement made in the use of theMurex- 
 ides, on fine woolen goods, as given by the Glasgow Practical Mechanic's 
 Journal. It says: 
 
 " The wool after being cleansed is boiled for an hour in an acidu- 
 lated" (made a little sour) "bath of tartaric, citric, or oxalic acid, or 
 the Muriate of Tin" (as found in the Receipts above) "with the acid 
 slightly in excess. After this the wool is steeped in cold Murexide 
 for about 2 hours, when it assumes a beautiful amaranth Color. To the 
 solution, a small quantity of dissolved corrosive sublimate is now 
 added, when the wool assumes a most beautiful crimson shade." 
 
 This will enable those who have been using the Murexides to 
 avail themseves of the improvements 
 
 *MuREX is a Latin word, referring to a purple fish, and Murexide is tlie pur- 
 purate of ammonia, a very nice purple, coming either from the fish, or from the pur- 
 purin. a purple Coloring found in madder. Purpuric acid is the production of nitric 
 acid upon lithic, or uric acid, the first may be from an alkaline mineral, called lithium 
 but it IS often u.sed synonymously, or meaning the same as uric acid which is derived 
 from urine; but all come back to the startiiig point— purple— a very beautiful, but 
 rather fleeting, or fading Color. But few, if' any, now, are able to make as pretty 
 and as permanent a purple, as was anciently done for the royal purple, worn only by the 
 nobility — we only get an approach to it. 
 
280 DB. chase's 
 
 54. Analine Colors— On Silk, or "Wool. — For xinaline* Colors, 
 no mordant is needed; but cotton needs to be prepared with an infu- 
 sion of sumac. The Analine Colors are dissolved in alcohol and used 
 warm, the goods being perfectly clean. 
 
 Thus it will be noticed, that cotton goods, as Mr. Storms says, 
 must have the sumac preparations. 
 
 1. CONCRETE BUILDINGS IN THE UNITED STATES 
 AND EUROPE— Their Cheapness, Security, and Methods of 
 Construction. — The word Concrete comes from the Latin con, with, 
 or against, and crescere, to grow; then to grow, or put together a mass 
 of stone chippings, pebbles, etc., and Cement them together with a water- 
 lirae mortar, making a whole, or perfect solid mass, was formerly, in 
 architecture, the meaning of the word; and, at first, it was resorted 
 to only in soft, or wet and spongy foundations where a stone, or brick 
 wall could not be well built from the settling of some portions of the 
 wall, more than others, causing the building to crack, whereas, with 
 thg chippings of stone, pebbles, etc., being first pounded into the soft 
 and wet ground, then more of them mixed up with water-lime mor- 
 tar, or Cement; by which means a firm and solid foundation was ob- 
 tained that did not crack, nor give way from the weight of the Build- 
 ing. Then the true signification of the word Concrete is the putting 
 together a mass of such substances as will unite, or Cement together 
 and make a perfect union — in fact, an artificial stone. And the article 
 most generally used for the Cementing part of this purpose, now, and 
 probably also the best, is the Portland Cement. 
 
 The failure, in the United States, where first cost is considered of 
 greater importance than durability, has arisen from the use of com- 
 mon, lime, instead of the Portland Cement, or other good water-lime. 
 If it is desired, then to have durable Buildings, and such as will have 
 the necessary strength, not to fall while Building, we must do as they 
 do in Europe, go back to the Portland Cement in place of common 
 lime; and no further trouble will be experienced; and this will hold 
 equally good upon the outside plastering, or "stuccoing," as it is often 
 called, as upon the Building of the walls. The common lime does 
 well for inside work, and for the joints in brick, or stone walls, when 
 only an edge of it is exposed to the air; but when the whole surface 
 is exposed, as in outside plastering, it, iu a measure, loses its Cementing 
 power, otherwise, does not possess such power at the first, which is 
 the more probable. 
 
 Although Portland Cement should be used iu putting up Concrete 
 Buildings, yet, even if mechanics are employed to do the work, from 
 30 to 40 per cent of the cost of Building would be saved, as compared 
 with brick, or frame Buildings, but if only one mechanic is employed, 
 who should be capable of knowing when the mortar, or Cement is 
 properly made, and of carrying uj) the corners plumb, etc., and the 
 rest of the work done with eommoii laborers, the saving would be 
 about 50 per cent, or only about onc-ltalf the ordinary expense of 
 Building. 
 
 After the foundation is all complete, the walls are carried up by 
 
 * Analine lias reference to analysis, or a separating into elements, or firet princi- 
 ples, as the Analine Colors are sepaVatcil from coal tar, an'l other substances that, at 
 first thought, would not be supposed to contain any such principles, or elements. 
 They also, arc not as durable as the old plan of Coloring as given by Mr. Storms, 
 altlior^h they arc very striking anc' pretty, at first. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 281 
 
 means of plank boxes, or frames; (if a thing may be called a box that 
 has neither a top nor a bottom nailed, or fastened upon it) the plank 
 being not less than 2 inches thick, screwed together, or rather as 
 many inches apart as the wall is to be thick, by the use of screw-bolts, 
 2, or 3, or 4 feet distant from each other at the bottom, and clamps at 
 the top, as most convenient, which any carpenter would know how to 
 make who might be called upon for that purpose, who would also get 
 up the door and window frames of the same width of jamb that 
 the walls were to be thick, so that the plank come neatly up to the 
 window frames, at the same time they are not at all in the way. 
 These plank may be from 12 to 18 inches wide, according to the size 
 of the house to be built, and the help to be employed, as one filling 
 of these plank, or boxes, daily is all that can be done properly, for it 
 is best to give the Concrete ample time to set, or unite with the cob- 
 ble, stone, chippings, broken brick, or gravel that may be used in the 
 walls — raising them in the morning, and covering them, when filled, 
 to prevent a too speedy drying out by the sun, or wetting from rains. 
 If help enough is employed, one tier of the width of the plank, may 
 be added, daily, to the height of the walls. 
 
 2. The great fire in Chicago, about a year ago, awoke a very con- 
 siderable discussion among the newspapers about a fire-proof, as well 
 as a cheap material with which any class of Buildings might be Con- 
 structed. The Scientific American made the following remarks, which 
 it will be seen coroborates our position, as well as adds some nevr 
 items of practical value. It said : 
 
 "The recent fire in Chicago has called forth a general discussion 
 on the subject of fire-proof Building, and Building in general, and al- 
 though we have said much at different times on the subject of Con- 
 crete Building, the present seems a favorable opportunity for calling 
 our reader's attention again to this important i^ubject. 
 
 "Slowly but surely, in spite of many failures on the part of ex- 
 perimenters, is the truth becoming established that artificial stone can be 
 made as durable as most naturcd stones. There have been many hum- 
 bugs practiced, but these, though they have hindered progress, have 
 not totally checked it. The artificial stones made by the Sorel, Frear, 
 and Ransome processes, and those made with Portland Cement, are 
 all good, reliable stones. Of these, however, only the latter can be 
 used in situ" (it means here, tipon the spot, instead of "in its original 
 situation," which is the literal translation of the sentence) "for Con- 
 crete walls, and it is of the latter that we propose to speak more par- 
 ticularly in this article. 
 
 "The erection of Concrete Buildings, or at least partially Concrete 
 Buildings, promises, we think, a complete solution of the problem of 
 cheap Building for working men. Of all materials, we know of none 
 that compares with thePortland Cement for this purpose. It has proved 
 its value in extensive works in Europe, where, in addition to the 
 usual eff"ects of weather, it has had to endure the constant action of 
 sea water. It hardens perfectly in a few hours, and. forms, with sand, 
 a Concrete, rivaling, in hardness and compactness, the best Building 
 Btones in use. It can, by the addition of coloring matters, be given 
 tints resembling brown sandstone, or Nova Scotia stone, ^chile it is far 
 more durable than either. It is much cheaper than bricks and mortar, 
 and can be easily molded in ornamental forms. It possesses far 
 greater strength than ordinary brick work, and looks better when fin- 
 
282 DR. chase's 
 
 ished. It is as well adapted to inside as outside work, and may be 
 wrougnt into floors and })artitions. It is incombustible and as imper- 
 vious to water as any stone in use. 
 
 "With all these advantages, it is steadily making progress against 
 prejudice, and we have not the slightest doubt that it is destined to a 
 far greater popularity in the future than it enjoys at present. 
 
 "This Cement unites readily with sharp, clear sand, gravel, broken 
 bricks, pebbles, flat stones, cinders, etc.; and water limes may, in some 
 climates, be economically used in connection with it. 
 
 "To erect Buildings of this Concrete requires only the skilled 
 labor necessary to place properly the frames, in which the Concrete is 
 molded, and the frames of doors and windows. For warehouses, it 
 admits of the use of iron for pillars and braces, while everything else, 
 floors, partitions, ceilings, etc., maybe of Concrete. It is estimated by 
 an expert of this city that 100 cubic feet of Portland Cement Concrete 
 wall can be constructed for $22.75. 
 
 "If plastering is used on interior walls, only one coat is required, 
 so that this item of cost is considerably lessened. 
 
 "For sidewalks this Cement also furnishes a cheap and beautiful 
 material, which can be formed in blocks on the spot, presenting a per- 
 fectly uniform surface, rivaled only by cut stone. 
 
 "The rebuilding of Chicago furnishes an admirable field for the 
 employment of Concrete; and we trust that, as economy must be con- 
 sulted, our Western friends will be induced to turn their attention to 
 the system, as it off"ers advantages possessed, as we believe, by no 
 other." 
 
 3. The People's Journal, of Philadelphia, in speaking upon this 
 subject, at about the same time, referring more particularly to the 
 fire-proof part of the demand, in large cities, and large warehoues. 
 Bays : 
 
 "The buildings proposed are to be of Concrete throughout. The 
 floors are to be an artificial stone made of Cement and sand. Iron 
 is to be used alone for supporting the floors and roof, and for bracing 
 the Building. 
 
 " Concrete Buildings already have had their capabilities fully tested 
 by use. The public Buildings at Cherbourg, Marselles, Toulon, Wool- 
 wich, Dover, Alderney and Eddystone, together with several on our 
 own coast, are Built of Concrete. It is frequently used in England as 
 foundation walls. The immense sheds of the Metropolitan Railroad 
 Company at West Brampton, the College of Surgeons, and Wellington 
 Barracks, and many houses in Pall Mall, Lincoln's Inn Fields, St. 
 Jame's Park and elsewhere in London, are built of it. In Spain and 
 in the south of France it is used in the Construction of common 
 houses. In Sweden and Northern Germany it is largely used for 
 Building purposes, the dwelling houses Built of it having double walls, 
 which protect the inmates from vermin, and produce a more equable 
 inside temperature." 
 
 It is not expected that farmers, or people of but moderate means, 
 will adopt the iron beams, or the Cement floors, to make their dwell- 
 ings absolutely fire-proof, this being necessary only, in warehouses, and 
 other large Buildings in the cities; but it is believed that farmers, 
 who have their own teams to do the hauling, cobble-stones, gravel, 
 and perhaps sand also, upon, or near their places of residences, and 
 have farm help, to assit in putting up the walls, can Build these Con- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 283 
 
 Crete dwellitisrs, at, even a considerable less out-lay than given above, 
 by the Scientific American, the Cement being the largest expense out, 
 so far as the walls are concerned. 
 
 4. The Aberdeen Journal, in giving an account of Concrete Build- 
 ing as practiced in Scotland, gives the following instructions: 
 
 "VVhen operations are to be commenced, a quantity of packing, 
 which may consist of rough stones of an) shape, the more rugged the 
 better, which forms the first layer of the Building, is thrown in, care 
 being taken to keep the packing 1 inch from the face of the work, so 
 that it may not show through it. When the 18 inches of packing are 
 filled up, the Concrete, which is in a semi-liquid state, like mud, is 
 poured into the box and percolates down through the stones, thor- 
 oughly filling all cavities, and binding the stones and rubble together 
 so tightly that the whole forms one solid mass. For a day, the por- 
 tion of wall thus made lies encased within the boxes. By that time 
 it has become quite dry, and the box, or frame is taken ofl' and lifted 
 up another 18 inches, the bottom of the frame resting where the top 
 was before. Thus another box is formed above the piece of finished 
 wall, and identically the same process which we have described is 
 repeated, stones and rubble being thrown in, and the liquid Cement 
 being poured over them. In this way 18 inches of Building are fin- 
 ished each day if the weather be good, so that in the course of a week 
 the walls of a cottage 8 or 9 feet high are strongly and firmly Built." 
 
 I must say here, however, that I do not think the idea of filling 
 the box, or frame in which the walls are made, entirely full with 
 stone before putting in the grout, or liquid Cement, is good, for in 
 such cases, I have seen that some obstruction prevented the Cement 
 from filling all of the crevices. The better way, I believe, is to fill 
 only one-half full, then put in the Cement, all around the Building, by 
 which time it will be sufficiently set to allow filling in the other half, 
 and grouting up again,, by which means a more perfect job, or filling 
 of the crevices will b^ accomplished. 
 
 After giving some other items that would be of no particular in- 
 terest to my readers, the Journal proceeds to say: 
 
 "The outside walls, when built, are finished with a coating of Con- 
 crete, about a ^ of an inch thick, a little finer in the quality than that 
 used for the ordinary Building, which gives a smooth finished appear- 
 ance to the structure. No supports are requisite for the lintels of the 
 doors, or windows, because after the Concrete is hardened, it is stronger 
 than any support of wood, or stone. 
 
 "Houses finished in the way we have described are much cheap- 
 er than those built in the ordinary way, the saving being from 35 to 
 40 per cent. The buildings, at the same time are more comfortable, 
 because, being impervious to moisture and heat, they are warm and 
 dry in Winter, and cool during Summer. The rooms can be papered 
 over the bare walls, no lath, or plaster being required, though a coat- 
 ing of plaster in no way affects the Concrete, if it is preferred. 
 
 "An important element, of course, in the process of building is 
 the Concrete, or Cement itself. It is burnt down from stone some- 
 what the same way as lime, but, of course, is of ai? entirely different 
 nature. When the Cement is to be used, it is mixed with rough sand, 
 generally for ordinay purposes in the proportion of 8 pailfuls of sand 
 to 1 of Cement. The two are mixed simply in the ordinary way, 
 water being poured over the sand and Cement until they are in a 
 
284 DR. chase's 
 
 semi-liquid state. When the sand is sharp and shelly, the Concrete 
 can be made in proportion of 9 pailfuls of sand to 1 of Cement; while 
 in other cases again, where the sand is of a soft, inferior description, 
 1 pailful of Cement is necessary to 7 pailfuls of sand." 
 
 5. In some parts of Europe where they have plenty of river 
 gravel, which they prefer to other gravel, as it is freer from loam, or 
 dirt, they use of this clean nice gravel, 7 bu.; clean, sharp sand, 1 bu. ; 
 and Portland Cement, 1 bu.; mixing it thoroughly, while dry, then 
 wetting it, and mixing it into a nice mortar, and lay it up in frames, 
 as in the United States, except that, as remarked, at the commence- 
 ment of this subject, our people have used common lime, and 
 even less of that than they do of Cement in Europe. 
 
 These proportions, 7 of gravel to 1 of sand, and 1 of Cement, may 
 be taken as a fair thing where a good and durable Building is de- 
 sired. 
 
 6. In putting on the joice, it is best to have every fourth, or 
 fifth one to go about half way through the wall, having a 2-inch hole 
 bored through the end, and a pin of about 1 foot in length, driven 
 through them, to act as an anchor to stay the walls from spreading; 
 the same anchoring should be made across 3, or 4 of the joice side- 
 ways, the same as is done in brick Buildings, by means of iron rods 
 bent up at the end going into the wall, inside of which a piece of 
 wood a foot, or two long may be laid, in such a way as to act as an 
 anchor, in the wall as the pin does in the end of the joice; the iron 
 strips to be pierced with nail holes at the proper distance to nail them 
 across, as ai)ove mentioned, to 3, or 4 of the joice. 
 
 7. A fair idea of the (!0st of putting up these Concrete walls may 
 be got from the following communication of a correspondent of the 
 Country Gentleman. He says: 
 
 "I find that cobble stone packed in Cement mortar, between 
 boards laid" (stood on edge) "on the wall, raised as fast as it sets, 
 makes a cheap and substantial Building. It is rough coated" (plastered) 
 "on the outside; blocked off, and colored in imitation of stone. No 
 finish can excel this in beauty, or durability. In the country, such fin- 
 ish blends harmoniously with the landscape, is pleasing to the culti- 
 vated eye, and winning to the senses. I Built an ash-house, and 
 smoke-house 8 feet square by 7 feet high, Cemented bottom, and 
 beautifully finished, for $12. It answers every purpose for such a 
 Building. I Built a boiler and hog-house, 18 feet square by 12 feet 
 high, and finished on the outside, at an expense of $50. I can keep 
 corn in it clear of rats. I Built a drying Iiouse for a keg-manufacturing 
 company, 18x22 feet, by 10 feet high, at a cost of $100. It has sus- 
 tained a great heat, sufficient to have tired a wooden Building, and it 
 answers every purpose. Apples could be dried in such a house to 
 good profit. The stone were gathered from the adjacent grounds, 
 and were of all sizes to fit in a 10 and 20-inch wall" (I should say, 
 never build one of these Concrete walls less than 12 to 15 inches 
 thick). "Farm Ininds (;an work on such walls, having a, master mason 
 to direct the labor. Where stone are plenty. Buildings of this ma- 
 terial can be rearitd for one -half lite cost of wood. For dwelling houses, 
 strips of boards are laid up in the wall, to nail upright strips for lath- 
 ing upon, to give an air-ciianiber to avoid dam])ness." 
 
 Along the road-sides and cross-fence I'orners of liundreds of 
 farms, i have seen sulficient stone laying, from the size of a man's 
 
SECOND RECEIHT BOOK. 286 
 
 fist to that of his head, and I am sorry to say over many fields also, 
 to Build a dwelling, and all of the necessary smaller Buildings re- 
 quired for the convenience of the place, and most all, if not quite all, 
 of such Buildings very much needed to be re-Built, or otherwise Built 
 for the first time; yet, when they come to Build, they would ignore all 
 of their own materiul and by brick, or Build a more perishable, as well 
 as a more expensive house — a frame. If such a course is still pursued, 
 after the reading and proper consideration of the foregoing remarks, 
 I shall be very much mistaken, which I sincerely hope will not be the 
 case. 
 
 CONSUMPTION AND CLIMATE.— I notice the following 
 item making the rounds of the newspapers, as coming from Hall'B 
 Journal of Health : 
 
 "We have long considered it one of the inhumanities of man, to 
 man, in so glibly advising persons to go from home to distant places, 
 involving, many times, ruinous expenses, especially when it is given as a 
 last resort — advice often given when everything possible has been 
 done and tried without efficacy, merely on the ground that possibly it 
 might make some change for the better, while the overshadowing 
 probabilities are that death will be the result anyhow. Any man who 
 is considered by an intelligent physician to have actual Consumption, ougJit 
 by all means to stay at home." 
 
 My reason for i-eferring to this disease in these Miscellaneous 
 Receipts is to call attention to what I consider the main error in this 
 item, for I believe it is calculated to do harin instead of good ; it has 
 only one redeeming point in it; and that is the first sentence which I 
 have written in italics — "espcially when it is given as a last resort." 
 This is sensible, if persons have waited so long before making a 
 change of climate, fnnn the Central, or Eastern States, to that of Min- 
 nesota, or some other place of a higher latitude, where the air is light, 
 dry, and pure, that it is "the last resort," it is probably too late for an 
 ultimate recovery; but the last sentence in the article. I consider an 
 absolute error, and I have sufficient data upon which to found a differ- 
 ent opinion; for I have been there, with an observing eye, and seen 
 the result so often to be entirely different from Dr. Hall's expectation. 
 I say exactly the reverse of his hist point — tlie time to go is just when "an 
 intelligent physician " says that a person has "actual Consumption," and 
 not wait longer, for if you do, it lessens the chance of " the last resort," 
 and may not restore to health ; but even then, a benefit may be derived, 
 t. f., a person may live several months, or even years longer, by the 
 change; but if they wait until just ready to die, and can take no nour- 
 ishment except, perhaps a little beef-tea, as one did who came to the 
 Russell House, at Sauk Rapids while I was there, they may only live 
 a couple of weeks, as he did; but ratlier start as soon as it is knoivn to 
 be Consumption, and ten, yes, I believe twenty ch.B.nce^ to one that great 
 benefit will be derived. 
 
 And as further evidence of the correctness of my views, I shall here 
 introduce a letter from Mr. Allan Campbell, whose case was referred 
 to in th.Q regidar discussion and treatment of Consumption and whose 
 death is noticed on page 202. As at that writing, I was not able to 
 find his communication, I had considered it so important I had laid 
 it by so safely I could not put my hand upon it. He, being a good 
 ■writer, and sensible man, and having gone there "as a last resort," at a 
 time when he was so low that his friends, and myself among the num- 
 
286 DR. chase's 
 
 ber, hardly expected him to live to reach there, it being in the midst 
 of Winter, and yet his surviving for nearly /our years, when if he had 
 remained in Michigan, I do not believe he would have lived as many 
 months,! think his testimony will be just what is needed to set this 
 whole matter of a Minnesota climate at rest; for he does not claim that 
 Minnesota is an absolute aire-all, for Consumptives, but says he "can 
 not entirely endorse the enthusiasm of many in that respect, though 
 in former years the Climate may have warranted all that has been 
 said — having been, I am informed, much more even in temperature, 
 and dryer," showing that he would honestly give every advantage of all 
 doubts that might arise in any one^s mind, from what he believed to be an 
 actual chanye in the temperatures, or more recent variableness in the climate; 
 while my own opinion still is that the variableness is not a permanency 
 but rather, as we say accidental, or occurring only occasionally, as in 
 the of Winter 1871-2, which was very severe, while '70-'71, he says was 
 like an Ohio Winter, or mild and gentle. But I will let him speak 
 for himself, remarking, that in any re-setting of this, the "New Book" 
 as he calls it, his letter will appear in its appropriate place. He said: 
 
 Office of St. Paul Daily Dispatch, April 3, 1872. 
 Dr. a. W. Chase, Ann Arbor, Michigan. 
 
 My Dear Doctor — Your letter was long delayed on the way to St. 
 Paul, in some unaccountable manner, and since its receipt, I have 
 been so extremely l)usy, both day and evening, that even now it is 10 
 o'clock at night before your letter is commenced. 
 
 In regard to my health; I have passed through the Winter, 
 which has been unusally severe, "as well as could be expected," having 
 been at the ' office ' every day for the whole live months, though 
 many times sorely tempted to succumb ; but on the whole I am no 
 doubt better for perseverance. One, or two days, however, when the 
 thermometer stood 20° belew zero, I did not go out after reaching the 
 "office." Though not by any means strong, as a sample of endurance, I 
 will state that for 60 days, commencelng January 1st, I reported the 
 daily proceedings of the Legislature. 
 
 My case, as you are aware, is a singular one. I do not seem to be 
 any stronger than when you last saw me. My lungs, however, I am sat- 
 isfied are greatly better ; indeed, a physician who examined them about a 
 year ago, said there was "nothing the matter with them," The great 
 difficulty I now experience is shortness of breath — something like 
 asthma; must move solwly in walking, and a short distance tires me 
 out. The old cough continues with all its force, especially morning 
 and evening. I have taken no medicine, trusting to time and care. 
 
 Much has been written in praise of the climate of Minnesota for 
 Consumptives; but I can not entirely endorse the enthusiasm of many 
 in that respect, though in former years the climate may have warrant- 
 ed all that has been said — having been, I am informed, much more 
 even in temperature and dryer. Tlie Winter of 1870-71 reminded me 
 much of a Northern Ohio Winter, but last Winter the changes were 
 frequent and great. A noteworthy change was 50° in 24 hours. You 
 know my condition when I came here, and of course I am better now. 
 But the question arises in my mind: — was the climate the cause of 
 this improvement, or would I have reaped the same benefit by going 
 elsewhere and taking a three months' rest, as I did here? And I 
 finally say "no." (His reasoning, here, I believe to be absolutely cor- 
 rect. — AuTUOR.) There is no doubt that any one coming here as I 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 287 
 
 did, not allowing themselves to 'fret' about their condition, and at- 
 tending to business in spite of wind and weather, will, partially, at 
 least, regain their health. 
 
 I have endeavored to honestly express my opinion of the climate of 
 Minnesota. It evidently does not possess the life-giving qualities to 
 so great an extent as in former years. Yet there are many Winter days 
 here, when the inhalation of the pure air seems to give one neiv life — 
 exhilerates, intoxicates one, as it were; those are the days that have 
 given Minnesota its fame and that lift the invalid out of the slough of 
 despond into ivhich he is so prone to fall. 
 
 Your letter was the first word I have heard from Ann Arbor since 
 you last passed through St. Paul, and you may be sure I was very glad 
 to hear from you. If not too much trouble will you send me a copy 
 of the Courier and also a copy of the University Chronicle. 
 
 I wish your new Book all the success the old one has attained, and 
 I doubt not it will achieve it. Of course, I am interested in the Courier, 
 and regret that it has passed from your hands. In thinking of old 
 times and associations, I become more and more interested; and if 
 you could spare time from your duties, which I know are pressing 
 now, to write me again, it would pe appreciated. I am very pleasant- 
 ly situated on a rising daily paper, which suits me, and have a neat 
 little place about a mile from the office, in the finest neighborhood in 
 the city. My wife has one of the public schools about a block from 
 my residence. So much for 'personal.' My regards to Mrs. Chase 
 and all inquiring. 
 
 Yours truly ALLAN CAMPBELL. 
 
 Thus it may be seen, that with honesty of heart, he has given his 
 opinion, for "the new Book," as he calls it, being very cautious lest 
 he might be in error, causing some fellow being to be disappointed 
 in his expectations, should he go there hoping to improve his health. 
 Taking this letter, together with our remarks here, and under the 
 head of Consumption at page 192, I am willing to allow every one to 
 judge, for themselves, what course they should pursue, charging them, 
 again, if they do go to Minnesota, don't put it ofl' until the last foot is 
 " on the brink of the grave." 
 
 Always being willing to give eVery man credit for the good things 
 he may say, or do, I will close the subject with a very sensible remark 
 from the same journal that this heading began with, wherein Dr. 
 Hall says: 
 
 " That the best things to take in any and all cases of Consumption, are 
 exercise, substantial food, and out-door air in large but due proportions ; 
 and that, without those, no case of Consumptive disease has ever been success- 
 fully treated by any man, liainy or dead." — See Cough Mixtures, 
 Sirups, etc. 
 
 1. COOKING FOOD FOR STOCK— "SATlien it Pays, and 
 WHen Not. — Cooking Food for Stock will doubtless pay where every- 
 thing is convenient, and where well-bred Stock is kejjt and liberal 
 feeding is required. But not one farmer in a thousand is ready for 
 the work. His farming, his Stock, and his system of feeding are not 
 up to it. There are many other things of far greater importance for 
 him to attend to. To plow under clover in the Summer and steam 
 corn-stalks in the Winter shows great ignorance of the fundamental 
 principles of good agriculture. It will seldom, if ever, pay to Cook in 
 order to save Food; but it will frequently pay to Cook in order to save 
 
288 DR- chase's 
 
 digestion. It will not pay to Cook Food for store cows ; but it might pay 
 well to Cook for milch cows that are capable of turning more food into 
 milk than they can digest. It will not pay to Cook Food for breeding 
 sows that can eat and digest more Food than they req^uire; but it will 
 pay well again to Cook for a lot of well-bred young pigs which are to 
 be got ready for the market, and that are capable of converting into 
 flesh more corn-meal than they can digest in the raw state. — American 
 Agriculturist. 
 
 These remarks upon a subject that is being "harped" upon in 
 nearly every issue of the half-way agricultural papers, are the most 
 satisfactoryof any thing that I have seen, and coming from a paper 
 so well known and so highly respected as the American Agriculturist, 
 will carry great weight in settling this important question. 
 
 2. And, no doubt, the following experiment of Mr. Clay, of old 
 Bourbon County, Ky., will be found worthy of great consideration in 
 settling the propriety of 
 
 "Cooking for Fattening Pigs. — Samuel H. Clay, of Bourbon, 
 has been experimenting in feeding several lots of hogs, changing 
 them from raw to Cooked, and from ground to ungrouud Food, with 
 the following results: 
 
 One bu. of dry corn made 5 lbs. and 10 ozs. of live pork; 1 bu. of 
 boiled corn made 14 lbs. and 7 ozs. of pork ; 1 bu. of ground corn, 
 boiled, made in one instance 16 lbs. and 7 ozs., in another nearly 18 lbs. 
 of pork. Estimating corn at 90 cts. abu., and pork at 8 cts. a lb., we 
 have as the result of 1 bu. of corn, 45 cts.' worth of pork; of 1 bu. of 
 boiled corn, 115 cts.' worth of pork; and of 1 bu. of ground and boiled 
 corn, 13(5 cts.' worth of pork." 
 
 The following statement of John S. Bowles, of Hamilton County, 
 Ohio, to Jos. Harris, which I have taken from the People's Journal, 
 of Philadelphia, gives some new thoughts, which may stimulate some 
 to a more profitable plan than they are pursuing in their farming oper- 
 ations. Mr. Harris prefaces Mr. Bowles's letter in these words: 
 "There is nothing I like better than to read such letters. If farmers 
 would talk less, and read, write, and think more, agriculture would 
 make greater progress. Mr. B. says: 'I still stick to hogs in spite of 
 low prices. I have now exactly l(fe head. I endeavor to have a lot of 
 about 30 ready for market every three months all the year round. 
 Horse-power thrashing machines are out of date in this neighborhood. 
 Steamers have efiectually driven them away. I should have never 
 run a thrashing machine, but I wanted an engine to shell and grind 
 and Cook my corn, and I thought it might as well earn something at 
 thrashing as"not. In shelling corn, fuel costs me nothing, as the cobs 
 alone run the engine. I am inclined to think that Cooking Food for 
 young hogs has another advantage besides the mere* saving of grain 
 and saving of time in fattening them. I think they are less liable to 
 disease. At any rate, I know that I have fewer hogs die, in proportion 
 to the number kept, than any other farmer in this vicinity ; and I have 
 fewer die now than before I commenced to Cook, four, or five years 
 ago, although I keep three, or four times as many.' This is quite in 
 accordance with what I should expect. Most of the swine diseases 
 arise from indigestion. Clean and ventilated quarters, with regularity 
 in feeding, giving no more than they will eat up clean, and then let- 
 ting them have a comfortable bed, where they can lie down quietly 
 and digest their food, and turn it into pork — these are the essential 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 289 
 
 conditions in feeding pigs profitably. And anything that will facili- 
 tate digestion will have a tendency to keep them healthy, and, jaro- 
 vided they are of the r-ight sort and have all the food they can digest, 
 they will grow with great rajiidity. I suppose Cooked grain is more 
 easily digested than uncooked, and I regard this as the one great rea- 
 son why it pays to Cook grain for pigs. It is no use wasting money in 
 Cooking food for ill-bred, slow-growing hogs, that can digest food as fast, 
 or faster than they can assimilate it — or, in other words, faster than 
 they could convert it into pork." 
 
 Experiments like these are what settle the question. There is no 
 doubt in my mind, nor ever has been, but what great advantage 
 would be derived in Cooking Food for fattening Stock ; but, on the 
 other hand I have always felt satisfied that for store Stock the differ- 
 ence on the amount required to keep them thrifty, does not pay for the 
 labor of Cooking. But where, like Mr. Bowles, you live so near to a 
 market as to be able to turn ofl' the fat hogs every 3 months, or as often 
 as they become fat, it will undoubtedly pay to Cook Food all the 
 time. 
 
 3. There is Great Economy also in fottening animals, in feed- 
 ing them all they will consume ; if 5 bus. of corn can be eaten in a 
 month, it is true Economy to give it to him, rather than to be two 
 naonths about it, for that necessary to sustain life for the extra month 
 is saved, and is equal to clear profit. 
 
 4. Cooking Potatoes for Swine. — The following item from 
 the Hearth and Home, is undoubtedly correct both as to propriety of 
 Cooking Potatoes for Swine, and to the impropriety of planting "small 
 Potatoes." It says: 
 
 "As the season for digging Potatoes is at hand, it is well to con- 
 sider the most economical mode of dealing with the small ones. Often 
 farmers are so mistaken as to save them for seed ; but as the seed is, 
 so will the crop be. Plant small Potatoes, and the crop Jwill be 'small 
 Potatoes.' Small Potatoes may be fed tc hogs in such a manner as to 
 return a fair value. But they must not be fed raw. The result of all 
 the experiments we have heard, or read of, as well as of those made 
 by ourselves, shows that Potatoes*are much more profitable when 
 Cooked than when fed raw. The extra labor and fuel are well paid 
 for. A good plan is to boil them in a large iron kettle, set in an arch 
 made of rough stone (which economizes fuel), and boil a few bushels 
 at a time. When Cooked they are dipped out, with all the water, into 
 a barrel, and a peck of corn-meal mixed with each bu. of Potatoes. 
 The meal is thus thoroughly scalded. When the mess is cold, it may 
 be fed. If two barrels are kept, one will be always cool, and will be 
 somewhat fermented, while the other is preparing. We would not 
 advise any warm feed to be given to hogs. It has generally resulted 
 in producing a diseased state of the liver, and consequently unwhole- 
 some pork. Fermented Food, on the other hand, seems to be agree- 
 able to them, and wholesome." 
 
 5. I think, Horace Greeley-like, that it is perfectly proper, here, 
 to tell the people "what I know about farming," for I, too, know 
 something ''about farming," having been raised on a "hardpan"- 
 farm, in Western New York, where, if a man, in an early day, upon 
 those hardpan-hills, raised sufiicient corn to bread his family, and to 
 give a finishing touch to the fattening of his familv-pork, "he done 
 well. 
 
 19— DR. chase's second receipt book. 
 
290 DR. chase's 
 
 My father's plan was as follows: As field-peas and pumpkins would 
 do better there than even corn, he would plant plenty of the latter 
 with his corn, and sow all of the former that would be necessary to 
 help fatten his hogs, and for seed the next year. 
 
 The plan of feeding was this: As soon as the peas were "full," we 
 boys took our scythes and cut, or rolled them up into heaps the size of 
 a pitchfork full, and threw them to the hogs, in an adjoining pasture, 
 all they would eat; and later in the season, as pumpkins ripened, 
 carry out, and break up pumpkins for them also; and still later in the 
 season, as peas and oats, which were always sowed with them, got 
 ripe enough to grind, and Potatoes also got ripe, Potatoes and pump- 
 kins were boiled together, and the peas and oats ground for the pur- 
 pose of ••thickening the boiled Potato and pumpkin mixture to a good 
 mush, which was fed to the hogs, all they would eat until within 2, or 
 3 weeks of "killing-time," when corn meal took the place of the other; 
 and the consequence was, we always had good, and well-fattened pork, 
 while many would content themselves with the lean pork of the 
 "fence jumpers," which, fifty years ago, in that region at least, was the 
 "best breed of hogs." Where peas will do well, there is no better 
 way to "start," and to keep hogs in a thriving condition. I might 
 mention also, that the Potato raised there, at that time, for feeding 
 purposes, was what was known as the "Long Red," or "Hog Potato." 
 I have not seen them in the West, but they were a great producer, 
 growing large, and long, and yealding well, and were a good Potato 
 for Summer use, except an inch or two of the stem end, I believe, 
 which would always be watery. 
 
 COOKING RICE.— It is so seldom that I have found Rice 
 properly Cooked, that I will mention our way of doing it: After wash- 
 ing and soaking well, boil it until every grain is Cooked through and 
 swelled to its biggest capacity, salt to taste, and set away in the cellar 
 to cool. For supper, have a well sweetened, rich milk, or cream sauce, 
 with a little nutmeg grated in, or lemon extract, as you choose. For 
 the sick, or for children, there is nothing better, except it may be the 
 following plan of: 
 
 COOKING THICKENED MILK.— Rub an egg, or 2, or 3, ac- 
 cording to the size of the family, into sufficient flour to make a thick, 
 lumpy mass, and drop this into boiling Milk, of the morning's Milk- 
 ing to insure its freshness, and when properly Cooked, set it away to 
 cool, and serve the same as the boiled rice. If there are any whose 
 taste would not relish either of these dishes, they can either throw 
 themselves, or the dishes, to the pigs. I think, however, that but few 
 would complain of getting them too often. These dishes are very 
 nearly allied to hulled corn, in Winter, both for taste and health. 
 
 1. CONSTIPATION— A gentleman who has suffered much, for 
 years, with Constipation, and who found it necessary to pay attention 
 to her slightest indications for "a movement," lest the feeling should 
 subside, and be forgotten, and thereby the difficulty be increased in- 
 stead of being overcome, which it is by this attention, sends me the 
 following hints and suggestions, in complete form, the remembrance of 
 which will be easy and beneficial: 
 
 " When ' Dame Nature ' asks an erit, 
 Make no effort to choke Her in ; 
 
 Health and comfort, both, forbid it, 
 Hie away then, the work begin." 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 291 
 
 It is important also to take some opening medicine like the fol- 
 lowing: 
 
 2. Pill for Constipation. — Take the salvy extracts of jalap, 
 colocynth, rheubarl), and Castile soap, of each, 1 dr., and ex. of hyos- 
 ciamus, f dr. ; oil of anise, or carraway, 30 to 40 drops. 
 
 Make into 60 pills, and take 1 after dinner each day, until a daily 
 movement is brought about, and if 1 pill does not accomplish in a 
 week, or 10 days, take 2, until this is established, then 1 as often as 
 needed, to keep it up, see also No. 9 and 10, under the head of Cathar- 
 tics. 
 
 And when taking any opening medicine, the diet should be as 
 much of a liquid, or loosening character, as the conveniences at hand 
 will allow. A few figs, eaten daily, after meals, or with the meals, have 
 overcome prettv obstinate cases. 
 
 COPPER ""WIRE— For Mending Harness, Trace Chains, 
 Thills, etc. — Something to Mend with — that is the great need of U3 
 all, especially of those who live in the country, and whose traps are 
 sometimes "rattle-traps," and have a way of breaking at inconvenient 
 times. An old officer of the C<iast Survey, who had spent thirty years 
 in field service, once told us that he never went from camp in the 
 morning without having a spool of Copper Wire in his wagon, and 
 that, as a consequence, he necer had a breakdown that he could not 
 repair on the road, or in the woods, or wherever he might be. Har- 
 ness, wagons, tools, everything almost, that is subject to breakage, 
 may be stoutly mended with Copper Wire, which is flexible and 
 tough. 
 
 Tlie best size for such use as we are now considering is the size of 
 a rather large knitting-needle, of which a piece two yards long may 
 be coiled up to about the size of a watc^h, so as to be carried in the 
 pocket — the end being wound around the coil, to keep it in place. 
 This will, then, always be at hand ready to mend a broken tool. 
 
 A longer piece of the same wire, tightly wound on a spool, or on a 
 stick, may be always kept in the wagon to repair any damage to it, 
 or to the Hai'uess. Such a spool as carpenters use for a chalk-line will 
 carry enough for any purpose. If the tongue of a buckle breaks, its 
 place may be supplied by use of the wire. We recently broke the 
 spring of a carriage, when far from home, and soon mended it, so that 
 it was used safely until there was an opportunity to have it repaired, 
 more than a week later. 
 
 We have sometimes, while plowing, mended a broken Trace- 
 Chain in two minutes' time, saving a two hours' trip to the blacksmith 
 to have an S-hook put in; and a broken whiffletree has been so bound 
 as to be made strong enough for a season's work without leaving the 
 field. In short, there is hardly anything that can be mended with a 
 string, or a rope that can not be much better done with Copper Wire; 
 and no farmer who has once learned its utility, would willingly be 
 without it. 
 
 If the supply is kept on a stick, or a spool, it should be wound on 
 80 evenly and tightly that it will lie perfectly solid, to allow a good 
 strain to be given as it is wound around a broken spade-handle, or 
 anything else that is to be mended. For this reason, the Wire as it 
 comes from the store, should be fastened by an end to a nail in the 
 fence, or otherwise, so that it can be drawn taut. One turn of the 
 Wire near the fence should then be taken around a hammer handle, 
 
292 DR. chase's 
 
 or other smooth piece of hard wood, which being drawn back in 
 such a way as to make the Wire slip tightly around it, will remove all 
 kinks, and leave the Wire smooth and straight. By the same pro- 
 cess, a Wire that has been once used can be again made smooth, to 
 be >vound on the spool for future use. — -American Agricidtimst. 
 
 1. CORN— To Have the Earliest Ripening'. — A fact worthy of 
 note to farmers in the Northern States, in the raising of Corn, has of 
 late been fully demonstrated in the Corn-growing districts of the 
 Western States, viz.: that seed taken from the butt end of the ear will 
 ripen evenly and at least three iveeks earlier than if taken from the 
 top, or smaller end of the same ear. 
 
 I am sorry that the name of the paper that this was clipped from 
 was not taken; for it is but proper that due credit should be given, as 
 it also gives additional confidence. It is a ivell known fact, however, 
 that an inch, or so should always be broken from the tip of an ear of 
 Corn, for planting; and, I have no doubt that if 2, or 3 inches were 
 broken from the top end, so much the better would it be; for the butt 
 kernels obtain their supply first, and are more vigorous than those at 
 the top end; and still another advantage may be gained by going 
 through the field, before husking time, and selecting out the large^ 
 and earliest ripened ears, for, this is also well known to give consid- 
 erable advantage in the early ripening of the next season's crop. 
 
 2. Oorn Hulling' — Directions for Preparing. — One of the lux- 
 uries of American life is Hulled Corn; yet, not one family in ten ever 
 enjoy it. It is particularly acceptable in the Spring of the year, when 
 old vegetables are on the decline, and new ones have not yet come into 
 use. When the farmer burns wood, a white-ley may be made in a 
 few minutes; or cobs may be burned and a ley made of the ashes, 
 into which put the Corn to be Hulled, which should be large, white- 
 flint, and let it remain until the Hull will slip easily, and then rinse 
 it thoroughly in cold water, rubbing it with the hands till all the Hulls 
 are washed off. Feed the Hulls and chits which come out, to the pigs, 
 or hens, and boil the Corn for yourself until it swells to th^ee times its orig- 
 inal size, and is as soft as bread. You may prepare and boil a gallon at 
 once for half a dozen, and what is not eaten at first may be warmed 
 over just as you would potatoes. Those who have no wood ashes, or 
 cobs to make weak ley of, may Hull Corn by using a table-spoonful of 
 saleratus to a quart of Corn, in water enough to cover it. In either 
 case the ley must be made hot after the Corn is put in to loosen the 
 Hull, and if it is not carefully washed it will taste of the ley unpleas- 
 antly. 
 
 This is valuable, fried, having been cooked so soft that it may 
 be made into balls, by the use of a little flour and an egg, or two, or 
 the same as the Hominy below, which is only crushed, or broken 
 Corn, and hence, very appropriately connected here. 
 
 3. Fried Hominy. — Take boiled Hominy, hot, or cold. If cold, 
 warm it; add a piece of butter, a little salt, half a pint of cream, or 
 rich milk, and enough flour to .stiffen it — one, or more eggs. Fry on 
 a. griddle, after cutting it in thin slices. 
 
 4. Corn Raising— Salt as a Manure. — I will now close the 
 Corn subject by quoting the Americari Agriculturist s report of the discus- 
 sion, in the New York Farmers' Club, upon the use of Salt in the cul- 
 tivation of Corn, and other plants, in the following words : 
 
 "J. B., Spring Mills, N. Y., wrote telling how a large crop of Ctorn 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK, 293 
 
 was raised : 'The ground, sand, gravel, and loam, first had 3G loads 
 of Manure to the acre. Then was plowed 8, or 10 inches deep, thor- 
 oughly pulverized, then planted with the rows each way, spatting the 
 hills with the hoe as planted ; then, as soon as possible after the 
 planting was done, he ai:)plied a composition of Salt, gypsum, and 
 ashes, thoroughly mixed together at the rate of 1 bu. of Salt, 2 bus. of 
 gypsum, and 4 bus. of leached ashes, to hvo acres. Two rows left with- 
 out any of this composition were cut up, shocked, and husked, as 
 were the 2 adjoining rows by themselves, and both weighed. The 
 result was 38 per cent gain by the use of the composition, and the 
 increase in fodder was worth enough to more than pay cost.' Mr. Reade 
 — On sandy soil, I think, within 5 years. Salt v/ill be used more exten- 
 sively than any other fertilizer. Salt is very good when used with 
 plaster and lime. Mr. Whitney — When salt is applied to sandy land, 
 it decomposes, and forms hydrochloric acid, which dissolves the silica 
 of the soil, and prepares it for absorption by the plant. This silica 
 gives stiffness and gloss to the stalk, and also forms an essential part 
 of the kernel. In England, Salt is used as a Manure for mangel wur- 
 zel, at the rate of from 300 to 500 lbs. to the acre. The smaller quan- 
 tity generally produces the best results. It is a valuable top-dressing 
 for rich lands where the grass grows rank. No reliance is to be placed 
 upon its use for cereals," (meaning here wheat, rye, etc), "or upon a 
 stiff clay soil. It would be well for farmers to try experiments with 
 Salt mixed with ashes, lime, plaster, l)arn-yard Manure, and cubic 
 nitre.* Mr. Williams — -The Pennsylvania fruit-growers seem to think 
 that the use of Salt in nurseries keeps the trees in a healthy condi- 
 tion, and i^revents blight. 
 
 6. "Action of Salt in Plants. — Mr. Whitney also said : 'There 
 is no doubt that Salt dissolves many other matters besides silica, and 
 helps to carry them into the circulation of Plants with more readiness 
 than the organic solutions commonly present in the soil. Salt differs 
 from ammonia, potash, and other constituents of Plant-nutrition, in 
 this, that whereas ammonia, potash, etc., are assimilated and com- 
 bined to form new vegetable matter, the Salt in solution often circu- 
 lates through the Plant without being assimilated at all, and can be 
 obtained by proper analysis as pure as when it was applied to the 
 ground, having undergone no change whatever.'" 
 
 6. Another New York farmer was in the habit, for a long time 
 of applying Salt to his wheat land at the rate of 280 to 300 lbs. pei 
 acre. He found it had a tendency to cause the crop to mature earlier, 
 gave a brighter straw, more plump and heavy grain, and of course, a 
 larger yield. He thought 400 lbs. might be applied to the acre with 
 greater advantage. He sowed his wheat in September and the Salt 
 immediately after the wheat, but said: " Were I to be guided by the- 
 ory alone, I would say, sow before the wheat and harrow in with it." 
 
 For other crops, Salt may be sown after the ground is broken up 
 and just preceding the sowing, or planting of the crop. 
 
 1. CORNS— Sir. Humphrey Davy's Cure. — Potash, 2 parts; 
 salt of lemon, sometimes called salt of sorrel, 1 part; each in fine 
 powder. Mix and lay' a small proportion on the Corn, for 4, or 5 
 nights, binding on with a rag. 
 
 2. Another. — Take sheep-sorrel, mash, press out the juice, and 
 
 ♦Cubic Nitre is the nitrate of soda, found native in Peru and Chili, hence, 
 kno'wn also as Chili saltpeter. — Webster. 
 
294 DR. chase's 
 
 dry it on a plate, in the sun, or stove, to a thick salve; then put a 
 very little pulverized potash in it, and bind a very little of the mixture 
 upon the Corn, with a bit of cloth, 2, or 3 nights, or as long as may be 
 necessary, till the Corn turns black, showing that it is killed; then 
 leave it to come out of itself. If too much is put on it will make a 
 sore. Should there be so much used in any case, as to cause pain, 
 to any considerable extent, lessen the amount. AVhen the Corn is 
 killed, leave off the salve, and also leave off "tight boots." 
 
 3. Corns — Removal and Cure. — Probably there is no little 
 thing which causes many people as much annoyance, and in some 
 cases actual pain, as Corns upon the toes, or bottom of the foot. The 
 following sensible Cure is given by the Edinburgh Medical Journal. It 
 Bays: 
 
 "Hard Corns may be carefully picked out by the aid of a small, 
 sharp-pointed scalpel, or tenotomy knife" (a knife used to" cut ten- 
 dons with, but any good knife will do), "and if well done, the Cure is 
 often radical, always perfect for the time. But they may be as 
 successfully removed by wearing over them for a few days a small 
 plaster made by melting a piece of stick diachylon" {emplasirum 
 r)lumbi — lead plaster), "and dropping it on a piece of white silk. The 
 Corn gradually loosens from the subjacent healthy skin, and can be 
 readily pulled, or picked out. Soft Corns require the use of astrin- 
 gents, such as alum dissolved in white of egg, or the careful applica- 
 tion of tincture of iodine. Prevention, however, is in regard to them 
 better than Cure, and can be readily attained by daily friction with 
 cold water between the toes." 
 
 And I would add, by wearing boots, or shoes that do not give any 
 unnecessarv pressure. 
 
 1. COSMETICS— Their Uses and Manufacture— Em- 
 bracing- Pearl Po"wders, Rouges, Milks and Emulsions, 
 Pomades', Hair-Dyes, Depilatories for Removing' Superfluous 
 Hair, Tooth-Powders, Toilet Soaps, etc. — Hunt's Merchant's 
 Magazine first published the facts contained in the following essay on 
 Cosmetics, but it was very long in its historical part, so much so that 
 the Scientific American condensed all the practical facts in the case, and 
 gives them to us in the following plain and practical form, the italics, 
 however, are my own, that the masses of the people may at "a glance," 
 see the points aimed at: 
 
 "Under the title of Cosmetics, may be comprehended all substan- 
 ces, or preparations for the purpose of preserving, or restoring beauty. 
 Their purpose is to change the appearance of the skin, the hair, and 
 the teeth. A countless number of preparations are used, yet, they are 
 mostly mixtures of a comparatively small number of substances. 
 
 " Cosmetics were used by the daughters of ancient Juda, and the 
 classical dames of Greece and Rome, and now by the fair-sex gen- 
 erally. The preparation of Cosmetics was, at one time, a secret art, of 
 high repute, and some kinds were sold at almost fabulous prices. The 
 
 f)reparation le blanc de perlcs, V huile dc perlcs, made in France, in the 
 a.st century, were asserted to be formed by rej^ucing pearls to powder 
 in the first case, and dissolving thorn \n vinegar in the second. These 
 preparations were said to possess most marvelous properties in the re- 
 storation of youth and beauty, while from their great costliness they 
 were almost exclusively limited to the toilet of the royal household. 
 But ere long it came to pa.ss that these royal preparations had many 
 
SECON'D TtECEIIT BOOK. 295 
 
 counterfeits. The 'pearl powders' of modern Cosmeticists" (manufac- 
 turers of Cosmetics), "generally consist of white oxide of bismuth, or 
 equal parts of this substance with common chalk and oxide of zinc. Le 
 blanc de perles has, indeed, long since, ceased to indicate the origin of 
 the substance so called. And 'Ze Wane de Troyes' ' le blanc de Mendon,' 
 'le blanc de espagne,' etc., now like le blanc de perles, etc., only indicate 
 des blancs. that is to say 7vhite Cosmetics — substances and compounds 
 of very different properties. 
 
 "As nothing is more flattering than the art of preserving beauty 
 and adorning tlie exterior of our persons, it is not surprising that 
 the use of Cosmetics is one of the most universal practices of 
 civilized nations. Indeed, neai'ly allied to the use of Cosmetics, among 
 civilized communities, are tlie practices of uncivilized jjeople, in scari- 
 fying and grotesquely painting their countenances for the same pur- 
 pose" (improving their appearance, although to us, they look more 
 horrid, instead of being improved). 
 
 "Perfumery, too, enters into the category, for the same sense of 
 smell seeks gratification scarcely less than the sense of sight. Although 
 they may, for a time, soften the skin, give gloss to the ?iair, and tint to 
 the cheek and the lip, the time is but liastened when the lily and the 
 rose 
 
 "'Give place to a leaden hue, 
 
 And the lips of carmine, to a livid bhie.' 
 
 "Many tons weight of Cosmetics, in the form of toilet powders, 
 are, doubtless, used annually in this country alone. These are gen- 
 erally composed of various starches, prepared from wheat, rice arrow- 
 root, and various nuts mixed with different proportions of talc" (a soft 
 magnesian mineral, having a soapy feel), ''oxide of bismuth, and oxide 
 of zinc, scented with various aromatics. 
 
 2. "Pearl Po'wd.er, according to the common acceptation of the 
 term, consists of equal parts of oxide of bismuth, and oxide of zinc, with 
 16 parts of French chalk. 
 
 3. " French Blanc is levigated" (ground to the finest powder), 
 "talc passed through a silk sieve. This, when well prepared, is proba- 
 bly, the he&i face powder made, in as much as it does not discolor from 
 cutaneous exhalation, or from an impure atmosphere. Calcined talc" 
 (talc reduced to the finest powder by heat and pulverization), "is also 
 extensively used under various names, and is unobjectionable; but it is 
 less unctions" (oily) "to the feel, and more likely to be seen than 
 genuine French blanc. 
 
 4. " Rouges are usually made by mixing coloring matter with 
 either of the above named powders. The finest kinds are made by 
 mixing carmine and i^reno/i^Zanc, in different proportions, say, car- 
 mine one part, to Blanc eight to twenty parts, as you choose, in orde' to 
 produce different shades of color, for different complexions. Rouges 
 are sold in the form of powder, cake, and paste, or pomade. Common 
 pink saucers are made by washing safflower" {Carthamus tinctorius) 
 "in water, until the coloring matter is removed, and then dissolving 
 out the carthamine" (coloring principle), "by a weak solution of car- 
 bonate of soda" (sal-soda purified). "The coloring is then precipitated 
 into the saucers by the addition of sulphuric acid to the solution. 
 They are applied to the cheeks with a bit of wool. Spanish wool, and 
 Orepon Rouge are made by the same process. Preparations containing 
 lead are very dangerous" (they should never be used). 
 
 * 
 
 f 
 
296 DR. chase's 
 
 "In France, where the conservators of public health constitute an 
 intelligent portion of every municipality, prosecutions for selling 
 fatally deleterious Cosmetics are common. And it has been clearly 
 proven by some of the most scientific men of France, that the health 
 and lives of many distinguished artistes" (opera-dancers) "and women 
 of fashion have been sacrificed by the use of poisonous Cosmetics. 
 
 5. " Milks and Emulsions are nearly allied to paints. Many 
 seeds and nuts, when divested of their outside covering, reduced to a 
 pulpy mass being thoroughly rubbed up with water, may be made to 
 resemble milk. This appearance is due to the minute mechanical 
 division of the oil of the nuts thus treated. But all such substances 
 are exceedingly liable to decomposition" (sjDoiling), "and unless 
 'fixed' by the addition of other matter, they quickly spoil. .They 
 can generally be fixed for a short time, by the addition of a small 
 portion of alcohol and aromatic oils'^ and these additions, if well pro- 
 portioned, may serve to render such compounds, desirable and inno- 
 cent Cosmetics. 
 
 6. "Pomades frequently contain the acetate and carbonate of 
 lead, corrosive sublimate, and einnabar; in which cases they possess in- 
 jurious qualities" (use only such, then, as you know to be without 
 them — in other words, follow our Receipts). 
 
 7. "Hair-Dyes and Depilatories, as a class of Cosmetics, are 
 perhajjs, far more ancdent and extensive than that of any other. A 
 recent traveler states that, among other curiosities found in the Egyp- 
 tian tombs of Sahara, was a piece of a reed containing a quantity of 
 powder such as is used even at this day by the Egyptian women to 
 color the eyelashes. It is supposed to be the same custom as that referred 
 to by the Prophet Jeremiah, when he writes that, 'Though thou rend- 
 est thy face'" (or thine eyes) "'with painting, in vain shalt thou make 
 thyself fair'" (Jer. v. 30). "'In Constantinople certain Armenians de- 
 vote themselves to the preparation of Cosmetics, and among the most 
 celebrated of these is a black Dye for the Hair. The preparation of 
 this Dye, however, is kept secret. It is in the form of a paste, and is 
 applied by rubbing it on the Hair, or beard, with the hands. After 
 a few days the hair assumes a beautiful glossy black. 
 
 "Most of the lotions and perfumes prepared by apothecaries 
 and Hair-dressers in this country, as in France, consist, in com- 
 pounds holding in solution different proportions of litharge" (lith- 
 arge is the protoxide of lead, and consequently dangerous in Hair 
 preparations), "lime, and nitrate of silver. Some of the most popular 
 of the French Dyes are sold under such names as Z' Eau de Perse, 
 I- Eau d' Egypte, V Eau de Chypre, V Eau de Chene, etc. They contain 
 from one-eleventh, to one-seventh per cent of sidphuret of potassiitm, 
 nitrate of silver, or quick lime with minute proportions of oxide of 
 lead and carbonate of iron. What is sold by our own apothecaries 
 as ' vegetable Dye ' consists of nitrate of silver, 1 oz. to rooe-water, 1 pt. 
 put up in colored bottles" (as light decomposes, or metali/,es t-hv si;\ or, 
 colored glass keeps out the light. It will do just as well in a dark 
 place, and common soft water, except for flavor, is as good as rose- 
 water). "The directions for the use of this Hair-Dye are, first to free 
 the Hair from grease by washing it with pearlash-water, or soda-^vafer" 
 (not the drinking soda — weak sal-soda water is the kind), "and after 
 the Hair is perfectly dry, apply the Dye by means of a brush. It does 
 not 'stick,' or 'set,' for several hour.s, but may be hastened by expo- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 297 
 
 sure to sun-shine" (I have known a lady to use this, then take a walk 
 in the garden, bareheaded, to 'set' it). "Other preparations are ac- 
 companied with a mordant" ('setter'), "which usually consists of a 
 strong solution of sulphuret of potassium; still others with ammonia, 
 this substance being added to correct the, otherwise, bad odor of the 
 sulphuret of potassium ; it is commonly called ' inodorous Dye.' (See 
 Hair-Dye, in Three Numbers). "French 'Brown Dye' is composed of 
 sulphate of copper" (blue vitriol), " ammonia, and Prussiate of potassia; 
 this is exceedingly poisonous, but is said to be a very fine Dye. 
 
 8. "Depilatories are substances used to 7-emove superfluous hairk- 
 from the surface. Ladies generally consider the growth of hair on the 
 face, arms, and neck, as prejudicial to beauty. Depilatories are always 
 composed of strong alkalies, and usually those which are the most in- 
 jurious, sulphates of arsenic and lime. Le Russina des orientaux, which is 
 one of the most esteemed of preparations, consists of a solution of 
 quicklime" (by quicklime, it is generally understood lime recently 
 burned, but any lime which has not lost its causticity, by exposure to 
 air, is quicklime) "and orpivient" (sulphuret of arsenic), "and a test of 
 its good quality, when prepared, is, that it will remove the barbs of a 
 feather. It is, indeed, a powerful caustic, and its use requires great 
 care. An analogous" (like) "preparation is generally kept by our 
 apothecaries, and is in common use by Hair-dressers. The formula " 
 (Receipt) "for its preparation is: 
 
 " Best lime, slacked, 3 lbs.; orpiment, i lb." (the same proportion 
 would be best lime, 3 drs. ; orpiment, I dr.). 
 
 "Mix by means of a drum sieve" (sieve that shuts up). "Pre- 
 serve the same for sale in well'corked bottles. 
 
 "Directions for use. Mix with a sufficient quantity of water to render 
 it of a creamy consistence, lay it over the Hairs to he removed, for a few min- 
 utes, or until the smarting renders it necessary to remove it." 
 
 (Where too much irration is caused, in any case, treat it the same 
 as for burns.) 
 
 9. "Tooth Po^wders. — Soaps and washes, when properly made, 
 greatly assist in preserving a healthy condition of the teeth, and there- 
 fore, contribute to the act of the mastication" (chewdng), "and so pii->- 
 mote healthy digestion. The ill-effects resulting from the accumula- 
 tion of 'tartar,' on the teeth, is well known to most persons, and in 
 certain conditions of the system, the secretions of the mouth ai-e also 
 well known to exercise an injuI:ious effect upon the teeth. The daily 
 employment of a cleansing dentrifice will not only remove the often- 
 times injurious remains of food, but will also generally prevent the 
 accumulation of tartar, or other injurious secretions." See Tooth 
 Powders. 
 
 10. " Cosmetic Soaps, are usually made by remelting the com- 
 mon white, curd Soap" (curd Soap is made of pure tallow and caustic 
 soda) "of commerce, and mixing, with it, aroma,tic and coloring sub- 
 stances, according to the quality required. The favorite variety of 
 toilet Soap, supposed, by some, to be made of the oil of sweet al- 
 monds, and therefore, called almond soap, is generally made accord- 
 ing to the following formula : 
 
 "Finest curd soap, 100 lbs. ; finest oil soap, 14 lbs.; finest marine 
 soap, 14 lbs.; otto of almonds, li lbs.; otto of cloves, I lb.; otto of car- 
 raway, i lb. First melt one-half of the curd soap, and then add the 
 marine; when this is well 'cTutched," (stirred inj, "add the oil soap, 
 
298 DR. chase's 
 
 and finish with the remaining curd. When the whole is well melted 
 and thoroughly mixed, add the perfumes, quickly mix them, and 
 turn into the molds. The finer qualities of scented soap are made by 
 adding the perfume after the melted soap has become nearly cold. 
 Honey soap is made of yellow soap and fig soft soap, scented with the 
 otto of citronella. It contains no honey " (some does). 
 
 "Finally in the choice of Cosmetics, of whichever class, those 
 knovm not to be injurious should always be chosen, in preference to 
 those not known, or of doubtful qualities, however agreeable to the 
 senses. And it should constantly be borne in mind, tliat lohatever is a foe to 
 health, is an enemy to beauty." 
 
 The following Cosmetics will be found valuable for the skin, 
 breath, etc. : 
 
 11. Milk of "Wax for the Skin. — There are quite a proportion 
 of the ladies who have a very thin and active Skin, i. e., the blood 
 circulates in the Skin freely ; and as the common yellow soaps con- 
 tain a large amount of alkali, they irritate these delicately organized 
 surfaces, especially the face, so much so that a very unpleasant rough- 
 ness is almost always present. Persons of this class will find a great 
 satisfaction in the use of the following combination, instead of the 
 common soaps, for toilet purposes: 
 
 Pure white wax, oil of sweet almonds, spermaceti, and any nice 
 white bar soap, of each, 2 oz. ; rose-water 1 J pts. ; and ess. of lavender, 
 6 ozs. If any one should prefer the flavor of camijhoi to that of lav- 
 ender, they can substitute camphor spirits for the ess. of laven- 
 der. 
 
 Shave the soap fine and put it into a suitable dish, to set inside 
 of a pan of hot water, and put about j pt. of the rose-water with the 
 Boap, and set it where the heat shall dissolve the soap ; then add the 
 oil, wax, and spermaceti, stirring well; then as soon as the wax melts, 
 add the balance of the rose-water, a little at a time, and last, the lav- 
 ender, or camphor, whichever flavor suits you best; or alcohol may 
 be used, if no perfume at all, is desired. 
 
 12. Milk of Almonds for the Complexion. — A very nice 
 Cosmetic is prepared with 
 
 Sweet almond meatg, or pits, ^ lb. ; nice white, or curd soap, J oz. ; 
 rose-water, 1 qt. 
 
 Pour boiling water over the almond meats, for 3, or 4 minutes ; 
 then pour oft" and put on cold water for a minute, or two; then pour 
 off again, and, with the fingei-s slip ofi" the skin of all the meats; 
 now rub them, and the soaps in a mortar, or bowl to a fine pulp for 10, 
 or 15 minutes; then begin to add the rose-water, and rub to a milky 
 appearance; then strain and bottle for use. To be applied after wash- 
 ing by means of a towel, or cloth. 
 
 13. Perfumed Breath. — There are those who, from indiges- 
 tion, or some other disease, have an unpleasant breath: this can easily 
 be remedied, for especial occasions, nothing will entii'ely cure, except 
 to cure the disease, by chewing a little orris-root, cloves, (cloves, how- 
 ever, are so much used to cure a whisky breath, their use might lead 
 to a suspicion of your use of that article,) cinnamon, or orange peel, 
 or the following tincture ; 
 
 Alcohol, 1 gill; and cloves, nutmeg, cinnamon, carraway seeds, 
 orris-root, and orange peel, of each, 1 dr.; all to be bruised and put 
 into a ^ pt. bottle with the alcohol, and corked ; then shake it night 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 299 
 
 and morning; for a week, or 10 (lays — strain and i)r6ss out; then add 
 lavender and otto of rose, of each, 5 drops. 
 
 A few drops of this on sugar and eaten, will make the breath 
 very pleasant for some considerable time. A few drops of it upon the 
 handken^hief would not be a bad perfume, especially if the lavender 
 and rose were increased one-half 
 
 Notwithstanding that IIaie-Dyes, Hair-Oils, Hair-Restoratives, 
 ETC., i-eally belong, as a class, to Cosmetics, and therefore, might be 
 given here, in this connection, yet, others will be found under their 
 proper heads, which see. Freckles, however, have so much more of 
 an intimate relation with the Complexion, I will give them in this 
 connection. 
 
 14. Freckles— To Remove. — 1. — Rose-water, 1 pt. ; alum, pul- 
 verized, and lemon-juice, of each, 1 oz. Apply at night. 
 
 15. 2. — Tinct. of benzoin, 4 ozs. ; tinct. of Tolu, 2 ozs. ; oil rose- 
 mary, 1 dr. Put 1 tea-spoonful of this mixture to rose-water, 4 ozs. 
 
 16. 3. — Flake-white, 2 ozs.; bay-rum, and rain water, of each, 
 i pt.; glycerine, and vinegar of rouge, of each, \ oz. ; oil of bergamot, 
 I dr. Heat the water hot, and put in the flake-white, and stir until 
 dissolved, and add the other articles. 
 
 A bit of sponge is the proper thing to apply either of the Freckle 
 lotions with, on retiring at night. Shake this latter one well, when 
 using. 
 
 It is not to be presumed in all cases, that Freckles can absolutely 
 be removed. They may, however, in many cases, be permanently 
 improved by the first one, and in cases where Freckles are many in 
 number, and deep in shade, the last will help to cover them so they 
 shall not attract particular attention — the second is a valuable per- 
 fume. 
 
 COUGHS— In Recent Colds— Immediate Relief— Cough 
 Sirups, Balsams, Lozenges, Tinctures, etc.— Probably there is 
 no disease, or perhaps it would be better to say, no disturbance of the 
 regular functions, or actions of the human system arising so often, or 
 that so much effect the health as that of Colds, by which an inflamma- 
 tion, either slight, or more severe, is set up in the throat, or bronchial 
 tubes to a greater or less degree; and that degree is determined very 
 much by the treatment, or by an entire neglect of treatment, more 
 than most people are aware of; hence, almost every one has a remedy. 
 This may account for the number of preparations that will be found 
 in this connection. Every person must determine for themselves, 
 from the nature of the articles used, as well as by the articles on hand, 
 or handily obtained, as to which of the remedies they will resort to 
 in any case that may arise with them. With this explanation I will 
 remark, that for a Cough arising from a recent Cold, when the Cough 
 is constant, from a ti(^kling sensation in the throat, on myself, or 
 children, I have found the tirst preparation to be a quick and absolute 
 relief. 
 
 1. Cough Mixture. — Take the white of an egg and beat it well; 
 then make it pretty thick with fine white sugar. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful, or 2, accoiding to the age of the child, and 
 the severity of the Cough. Children take it readily, and it relieves 
 the Cough immediately. I have found it as eff"ectual with grown per- 
 sons as with children. Keep it covered up, as it dries up, or hardens 
 pretty quickly upon the tea-cup unles.s covered from the air. When 
 
300 DR. chase's 
 
 any one has a CoM, they are liable to wake up in the night and Cough. 
 At such times, give a tea-spoonful, or 2, of the medicine, and they 
 will soon fall asleep again, at least I have not yet known a fiiilure. 
 
 The philosophy of it is, the albumen of the egg covers the mucus 
 membrane of the throat from the irritation of the air, and relieves the 
 Cough, thereby. 
 
 2. Cough. Drops. — Alcohol,! oz.; oils of anise and almonds, 
 balsams of Tolu* and fir, of each, 1 dr. Mix. 
 
 Dose. — From 10 to 30 drops for a child, according to age; and from 
 30 drops to a tea-spoonful for an adult, to be taken in a little sweeten- 
 ed water, or mucilage of flax-seed, or slippery-elm; or in the egg 
 mixture. No. 1, as preferred. Assists expectoration and allays tickling 
 irritation. 
 
 3. Oough Sirup, -with Honey. — Nice, clear honey, olive-oil, 
 lemon-juice, and sweet spirits of niter, of each, 1 oz., fl. measure. 
 Mix. 
 
 Dose. — In fevers and inflammations, in doses from half to 1 tea- 
 spoonful, M'henever the Cough is troublesome, will be found a very 
 excellent Sirup. 
 
 The plan of using a tea made with the Honey-bee, originated 
 with the Indians. They use a gill of the strong infusion everv half 
 hour in strangury (where the urine is made, drop by drop, only), and 
 when it is entirely sui)])ressed, or stopped. The infusion is made by 
 steeping 20 to 30 bees in water, 1 pt. 
 
 4. Another. — The following Cough Sirup, from a lady corre- 
 spondent of the Germantown (Pa.) Telegraph, which, she says, she has 
 "tried many times, with success." It will be found soothing, and, un- 
 doubtedly relieve Coughs from recent Colds, very quickly: 
 
 "This excellent remed}' for a Cough is made thus: Boil 1 oz. of 
 flax-seed in 1 qt. of water for } an hour; strain and add to the liquid 
 the juice of 2 lemons, and h lb. of rock candy. If the Cough is ac- 
 companied by weakness and a loss of appetite, add h oz. of powdered 
 gum Arabic. Set this to simmer for ^ hour, stirring it occasionally. 
 Take a wine-glassful when the Cough is troublesome. 
 
 5. Tar Sirup for the Lungs, Coughs, etc. — Take a tea-cupful 
 of common Tar, such as the farmers use for their wagons, and loaf 
 sugar, 2 lbs. ; water, 1 qt. 
 
 Put them into a tin dish and see that the sugar is dissolved; then 
 boil 2 hours, and remove from the stove and let it stand until cold, 
 without stirring, then pour off' the Sirup. 
 
 The lady friend who sent me this, for the New Book, says, "it is 
 excellent for a Cough of any kind, and pleasant to take." I know 
 that Tar has been highly recommended for Lung difficulties, and I 
 should prefer this to the Tar preparations kept on sale. The same 
 lady sends the f(jllf)wiiig: 
 
 " 6. Wliooping Cough Sirup. — Take nice blood-beets, wash and 
 slice thin, placing a layer of them in a tin basin, and sprinkle thicxiy 
 
 * Balsam of Tolu, is a South American production, coming from the province 
 of Tolu, in Colombia, hut there is still doubt as to whether, or not, it is from the 
 same tree that furnishes the Balsam of Peru— eitlier, are stimulant, tonic, and expec- 
 torant, but from its more agreeable flavor, it is preferred to that of Peru, in Cough 
 preparations. King savs that this Balsam dissolved in ether, and the vapor of it in- 
 haled, is reputed beneficial in Coughs and bronchial ali'oetions of long standing. He 
 says, also, that 2 parts of Balsam of Tolu, 3 of almond-oU. 4 of gum Arabic, and 16 of 
 rose-water, make an excellent liniment for sore, or irritable nipples. 
 
SECOND RECETPT BOOK. 301 
 
 with brown su2;ar, filling the busin with alternate layers of beets and 
 brown sugar. Set in an oven and let it cook slowly, until the coloring 
 matter of the beets is extracted; then pour off the Sirup. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful, 3, or 4 times daily. This, she adds, "Is 
 good also, for I have tried them." Such Receipts, coming from ladies 
 who are raising families of children, who know of what they speak, 
 I put very much confidence in, especially so, when I have known 
 them, as in this case, for many years. 
 
 7. Another Whooping ' Oough. Sirup. — Tamarack balsam, 1 
 tea-spoonful ; honey, 1 lb. ; nice butter, 5- lb. Melt the butter and use 
 sufficient heat to melt the balsam in the butter, then add the honey, 
 thoroughly mix. 
 
 DosE.^For a child of 2 to 3 years old, i tea-spoonful ; and for any 
 one older, 1 tea-spoonful, 3 to 5 times daily, according to the severity 
 of the Cough. This is from a near neighbor, who has given much at- 
 tention to doctoring his own family, as well as his neighbors; and to 
 horses also, and he recommends this very highly, having used it many 
 times. 
 
 8. Morris's Ooug-h Balsam. — Press into a bowl, lemon-juice, i 
 pt. and wash 3 fresh eggs and put them into the lemon-juice, without 
 breaking, for 24 hours; then beat all well together, strain into a bottle 
 and add strained honey and best rye whisky, of each, J pt., and bal- 
 sam of fir, J oz. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful, 3, or 4 times daily. This is recommended 
 very highly by a neighbor and friend. It does not difi"er much from 
 the following, except in the absence of the lemon juice: 
 
 9. BrOMrn's Cough Balsam. — .Jamaca rum, h pt. ; candied honey 
 that is grained like sugar, 1 lb. ; Turlington's Balsam of Life,* 3 ozs. 
 Put into a bottle and shake until all is dissolved. 
 
 Dose. — One tea-spoonful, before breakfast and dinner, and on re- 
 tiring at night. This has been used successfully, over forty years, in 
 Coughs, consumption, whooping Coughs, etc., by C. J. Brown, of Mon- 
 roe, Mich. He obtained it of the surgeon. Dr. Hugh Caldwell, of Mon- 
 treal Hospital, who Mr. B. says used more than 500 bottles of it in one 
 year. 
 
 Mr. Brown related to me several cases of cure of Cough, with this 
 Balsam, one especially, of a young lady, who was very low; her 
 friends considering her case to be consumption, and very doubtful if 
 anything could ever help her; but, if I mistake not, as it was about 
 a year ago that he told me of the circumstance, and gave me the 
 
 ♦"Turlington's Balsam, a well known remedy," says King, in his American Dis- 
 pensatory, eighth edition, 1871, page 1216, " is composed of Benzoin, six ounces ; Liquid 
 Storax, hoo ounces; Socotorine jUoes. half an ounce; Peruvian Balsam, one ounce; 
 Myrrh, half an ovnce ; Angelica-Root, two drnchms ; Balsam of Tolu, hvo ounces; Ex- 
 tract of Liquorice, two ounces ; Alcohol, four pints. Mx, digest for ten days, and 
 strain. — Jownal of Philadelphia, College, of'Pharnuicy, V., 28," (meaning volume and 
 page\ To which he add.s : " It is an improper application to fresh wounds." I have 
 spelled out the amounts of the articles here, and capitalized and italicised also in 
 the same manner that is followed in the Dispensatory, which will show how much 
 more matter can be put in by using figures as I do. This Balsam may be used as an 
 expectorant in old Coughs and Catarrhs, and as a stimulating application to old 
 obstinate ulcers. To " digest " means to keep gently warm — to dissolve by heat. All 
 the articles pulverizable. should be finely pulvexized before adding to the alcohol ; 
 and the heat should not be so great as to cause the cork to fly out of the bottle, as 
 then the alcohol would evaporate. Turlington's Balsam must not be mistaken for 
 the Compound Tincture of Benzoin, sometime-s called Friefs Balsam, which has some 
 articles) in common with Turlington's, but still is-, vary dissimilar— that is recom- 
 mended for frxsh wounds,— this is' not. 
 
302 DR. chase's 
 
 Receipt, taking one prescription only, in the amount above given, 
 entirely cured her, to the very great astonishment of her friends. 
 
 10. Another — Cough Balsam. — Whisky, 1 q^t.; pulverized 
 sugar, 2 lbs.; laudanum, tincture of lobelia, and strong spirits of cam- 
 phor, of each, 1 oz. 
 
 Place the whisky and sugar in a jug, or suitable sized bottle, then 
 put the bottle in a kettle of cold water and boil the water for 1 hour, 
 shaking well when put together, and once, or twice while boiling; 
 then take out the bottle, and while cool, add the other articles. 
 
 DosK. — -A table-spoonful 3, or 4 times daily. The gentleman who 
 sent me this for insertion in this Work, said it had cured even con- 
 sumption, after all other remedies had failed. It will prove a valua- 
 ble Balsam for Coughs. 
 
 11. Cough Lozenges. — Best quill, or refined liquorice, 6 drs. j 
 benzoic acid,* 2 drs.; pulverized alum, 4 drs.; pulverized opium, ^ dr.; 
 oil of anise, 10 drops. 
 
 Dissolve the liquorice in water and evaporate to a proper thick- 
 nessj then stir in the powder and oil, and divide into 5 gr. Lozen- 
 ges. 
 
 Dose. — In ordinary Cough, use 1, by putting in the mouth, to dis- 
 solve at leisure. Will be found very satisfactory. 
 
 12. Cough and Sore Lungs— A Remedy. — To 1 qt. of water, 
 add 1 large handful of strong hops. Let the water boil till reduced 
 to 1 pt.; then thoroughly strain the water from the hops; rinse out 
 the kettle with warm water; replace the hop water, or tea, in the ket- 
 tle; carefully stir in 1 lb. of heavy brown sugar, and bring to a sim- 
 mering heat; then i-emove from the fire and add =} pt., (or a pint will 
 do no harm) of the best Jamaca rum. When cold 'tis fit for use. One, 
 or 2 tea-spoonfuls is a dose. Take as often as you require it. It is the 
 best preparation for Lung difficulties I have ever used. 
 
 J. M. PERKINS. 
 Ann Akkor, November 2, 187L 
 
 Thus I close the subject of Cough and Lung Remedies; and I feel 
 constrained to say that I do not believe that I have ever seen a collec- 
 tion to compare at all favorably with these — they are reliable, because 
 upon common-sen.'ie principles, i. e., contain no hurtful, or injurious 
 drugs. 
 
 CRACKED WHEAT AND OAT GRITS— Valuable Arti- 
 cles of Diet. — Cracked Wheat and Oatmeal, or Grits, as sometimes 
 called, are among the best of articles of Diet. Why do we see them 
 HO seldom upon the breakfast or supper table? Perhaps it is because 
 they are so cheap. If they were expensive, we should all find out 
 that they were a luxury. These substances contain plenty of gluten, 
 
 • Benzoic Acid is prepared from Benzoin, which is a balsamic rosin, or resin, as 
 Bome call it, which exudes from the Benzoin, or Benjamin Tree, of the Island of 
 Summatra. The Acid is stimulant to raucns surfaces; hence, used in Coughs, and 
 Catarrhs, or Colds " afTecting the head," as it is called; and the Alum, although in 
 large doses, it is cathartic iu its action, yet, in small doses it restrains immoderate 
 secretions, that often arise in Colds. In speaking of Alum, Prof. King says: "I hava 
 found much advantage from the use of the following preparation in trouhlesome 
 Omiglis, especially when' attended with tickling, or irritation of the fauce-s, larynx, etc.: 
 Take of a saturated solution of Alum " (water made as strong with Alum, as it will 
 dissolve) "sirup of balsam of Tolu, of each, 2 fluid ozs. ; camphorated tincture of 
 opium' (paregoric), "1 fluid' oz. The dose for an adult is a table-spoonful 3, or 4 
 times a day, or whenever the Cough is very troublesome. Several practitioners to 
 whom I have recommended the preparation, have found it very efficacious." 
 
SECX)ND RECKIPT BOOK. 303 
 
 oils, and phosphorus; they are very nourishing, both for children and 
 adults; and when properly boiled, with the addition of salt, and eaten 
 with sugar and cream, or milk, they are also delicious. Mary, bring 
 on the Oatmeal and Cracked Wheat. — Hearth and Home. 
 
 I can fully endorse the call, for Mary, or rather, Katy, to "bring 
 on the Oatmeal, or Cracked Wheat," because I know they are both 
 palatable and healthy, beyond the general appreciation of the people 
 — "sugar and cream" for me, with them. 
 
 CRANBERRY SAUCE AND JELLY.— The domestic grow- 
 ing of Cranben-ies has become one of the most advantageous crops of 
 the farm. The Tribune, in times past, has printed long essays upon 
 this subject. Cranberries are sour, acrid, unpalatable and unwhole- 
 some, in a raw state, and but little better as they are usually cooked.. 
 We have often seen them hastily scalded, sweetened, and brought to 
 the table floating in their juice, not one-half of them cooked enough 
 to burst the skin. Bah! what food! But how different when properly 
 cooked. Put them, with only water enough to prevent burning, in a 
 tinned sauce-pan, and stew until by stirring, the whole becomes a 
 homogeneous mass, with no semblance of whole berries, and then add 
 clarified sirup, previously prepared, and stir, while boiling a few min- 
 utes. When cold, you have delicious Cranberry Jelly. — N. Y. IVibune. 
 
 1. CROUP— Paris Remedy. — At a meeting of the Paris 
 Academy of Sciences tlie disease of Croup — so common among chil- 
 dren — formed the subject of very important remarks. Dr. Jodin 
 "stated that it was a parasitic ali'ection" (a fungus-like growth), "and 
 of all simple remedies, capable of removing these parsitical growths, 
 the perchloride of iron, is, by far, the best. It penetrates through the 
 fungus, modifies the hemorrhagic state" (tendency to bleed), "which, 
 always exists in the effected parts, and in their neighborhood ; and,. 
 lastly obliges the i^atient to expectorate" (raise phlegm), "by which, 
 means the false membrane is expelled, and an immediate cure 
 effected." 
 
 It may be proper to explain here, that although there is a ten- 
 dency to bleeding of the throat in severe cases of Croup, it is, gen- 
 erally, only the white portions of the blood that escapes — not the red 
 — which at once forms the coat on the inside of the throat, known by 
 the name of "false membrane;" hence, in mild cases, where there is 
 but slight inflammation, the tendency to hemorrhage does not set in, 
 or, at least, in such considerable amount as to form the membraneous 
 coat. 
 
 Dose. — -The proper Dose of this perchloride of iron, for children 
 would be from 1 to 3 drops in water, according to the age and strength 
 of the child ; an adult, might take 5 to 10 drops, in Croup, or in hemor- 
 rhages, and repeat in 2 to 3, or 4 hours. 
 
 It is a very valuable article in Hemorsh.\ge, or direct bleedings, as 
 a Styitic, which see. 
 
 2. Simple, but Effectual Remedies. — Professor Gunn, of Ben- 
 nett Medical College of Chicago, in editorial charge also of the Medi- 
 cal Department of the Western Home, a journal of that city, says of 
 Croup : 
 
 "In this disease, so common among children, and occurring so 
 frequently when a medical attendant can not be had, we have found 
 the following to have the most marked effect in relieving the distress 
 in the common form of the disease: 
 
304 DR. chase's 
 
 "Oil of wintergireen, 10 drops; oil of lobelia, 10 drops; dilute alco- 
 hol, 1 oz. The.se ingredients to be mixed, and from 1 to 10 drops given 
 every 15, or 20 minutes, until the jjaroxy.sm passes off, which it usually 
 does in a ver}' short time." 
 
 3. Simple Remedy for Croup. — A lady correspondent of the 
 Maine Farmer says the following is an effective remedy for Croup: 
 Half a tea-spoonful of pulverized alum in a little molasses. It is a 
 simple remedy, one almost always at hand, and one dose seldom fails 
 to give relief. If it should, repeat it after 1 hour. 
 
 4. Another. — -A medical coi-respondent — a physician — of the 
 N. H. Journal of Medicine, in speaking of the use of alum, in this dis- 
 ease, says: "I have used it about th7-ee years, giving about 10 grs. every 
 10 minutes. Using also tartar emetic, or hive-sirup, freely, until 
 vomiting takes place. The latter, he claims, subdues the inflamma- 
 tion, and the alum acting as a revulsive, i. e., changing the action of the 
 parts, or turning the action to other parts of the system, thereby re- 
 lieving the throat. 
 
 5. Another. — The yolk of an egg, well beaten, and made thick 
 with white sugar, has relieved the Croupiness, or hoarseness in this 
 disease, very quickly, by removing the phlegm from the throat. 
 
 This can be got ready very quickly, and may be used freely, 
 especially if medicines have to be sent for, after the attack ; as very 
 many people do not deem it of sutiicient importance to be provided 
 with such Remedies as they would prefer to use but have to go for 
 them after they should have been administered. This allows a dis- 
 ease to get the start, and in too many cases, the Doctor can only catch 
 up wdth the patient; and he — the patient — is soon laid away safely. 
 Let all, who are raising a family of children, be provided for every 
 possible emergency. 
 
 1. CURING HAMS.— The plan of Wm. H. Bennett, of War- 
 wick, R. I., for several years, has been as follows: 
 
 "First take the cask in which the Hams are to be salted, and 
 smoke it for j an hour over a slow fire made of walnut chips" (T have 
 no doubt 'walnut' means what, in the West, is called hickory, as in 
 N. Y., and no doubt in New P^ngland, the two kinds of hickory are 
 spoken of as the 'sweet walnut,' and 'bitter nut'). "Then make a 
 pickle for 200 lbs. of Hams by dissolving 14 lbs. of Turk's Island salt, 
 I lb. of saltpeter, and 2 qts. of molasses in sufficient water to cover the 
 Hams when placed in the barrel. This pickle is skimmed while the 
 salt is being dissolved at a scalding heat. When cooled, this brine is 
 poured upon the Hams, in the barrel, and they are allowed to lay in 
 it until they are salted. They are then lifted out, hung up to dry, and 
 afterwards rubbed over with a composition of fine salt, black, and red 
 pepper, and some ground cloves. When this operation is performed, 
 they are sewed up in bags, and hung np with shanks downwaixl. A 
 dry, cool attic chamber is the best place to keep them. Hams, thus 
 preserved, have a very excellent flavor, and do not require to go through 
 the smoking process." 
 
 To the above, the editors of the Scientific American who first pub- 
 lished the Receipt, gave the following endorsement: 
 
 "The simple smoking of the cask will have the effect of com- 
 municating a mild smoky flavor to the meat. 
 
 "Of this we are confident, because we have seen it done, and can 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 305 
 
 endorse Mr. Bennett's experience in regard to this feature of the pro- 
 cess. We believe his practice is a good one." 
 
 2. Another. — Two, or 3 years later, Jan. 6, 72, the Scientific 
 American, also published the following Receipt for Curing Hams, the 
 editors stating also that they had "tried it, and knew it to be excel- 
 lent:" 
 
 "To 1 gal. of watei-, take I2 lbs. of salt; ^ lb. of sugar; 2 oz. of salt- 
 peter, 2 oz. of potash. 
 
 "In this ratio, the pickle can be increased to any quantity desired. 
 Let these be boiled together until all the dirt from the sugar rises to 
 the top and is skimmed oflt\ Then throw it into atub to cool, and when 
 cold, pour it over your beef, or pork, to remain the usual time, say 4, 
 or 5 weeks. The meat must be well covered with pickle, and should 
 not be put down for at least 2 days after killing, during which time it 
 should be slightly sprinkled with i)Owered salt}>eter, which removes 
 all the surface blood, etc., leaving the meat fresh and clean. Some 
 omit boiling the pickle, and find it to answer well, though the opera- 
 tion of boiling purifies the i)ickle by throwing oflF the dirt always to 
 be found in salt and sugar." See also, under the head of Bacon, my 
 jjlan of Cueing Hams, etc. 
 
 CURRANT WORMS— To Kill.— Keep watch of the bushes 
 and as soon as the worms are hatched out and begin their work of 
 eating the leaves, dust the bushes thoroughly with powdered white 
 hellebore, using for the purpose, a common flour dredging box, or a 
 good sized pepper box. Once dredging will be sufficient for one set 
 of worms. If others should appear, by the hatching of more eggs, 
 repeat the oj^eration any time during the season. 
 
 If the amount of bushes are not very extensive, it would be well 
 to look for the eggs by taking hold of the top of the bush and pulling 
 it over so as to see the underside of the leaves, where the eggs will be 
 found; and pick oft' such leaves as have any eggs upon them, and 
 burn them, or mash the eggs. In this way very many will be destroy- 
 ed. Do this as soon as the leaves come out, and keep it up, from time 
 to time, dusting the powdered hellebore over any that hatch out and 
 come upon the top of the leaf This is labor, to be sure, but it must 
 be done so long as theAVorm. infests a neighborhood, if Currants are 
 to be expected. It has been abundantly proven that the white helle- 
 bore dusted upon them will destroy them. 
 
 1. CURCULIO ON PLUMS— A Prevention, also Prevent- 
 ives Against Frosts. — The Curculio,* for several years past, has 
 been very destructive to the Plum crop; and many plans have been 
 tried to Prevent it. Among others, a correspondent of the Scientific 
 Americmi, says ''he y^raps Plum Trees below the lower limbs, with 
 cotton, which he keeps wet with camphor and spirits of ammonia. 
 He wets the cotton twice a week, and the result has been a good crop 
 of Plums and no Curculio." A correspondent in another journal 
 says : 
 
 "I have seen various methods for keeping these insects off Plum 
 
 * The Curculio which troubles the Plums is one of a numerous family of beetles, 
 or weevils, which infest, or attacks corn, wheat rice, etc., as well as the Plum. They 
 have a beak, or bill-shaped mouth, pointed, something like the bill of a bird, by 
 means of which they olten, almost entirely destroy whole fields of wheat, rice. etc. 
 The technical, or Latin names of the different varieties, are as follows: The SUophi- 
 liis conotrachdus nenttplior attacks the Plum ; the SiUmhUun oryzce, destroy rice, com, 
 etc., and the iiiiophilus gra7>asia, Is the wheat wheevil. 
 20 — DE. chase's second receipt book. 
 
306 DR. chase's 
 
 t 
 
 Trees, but none so simple or yet so effectual as the following: Soak 
 corn cobs in sweetened water until thoroughly saturated, then suspend 
 them to the limbs of the trees a little while after blossoming, being 
 sure to burn the cobs after the fruit ripens, as they will be found full 
 of tlie young insects. A good plan is to change the cobs every few 
 weeks. My theory is this— that the insects deposit their eggs in the 
 cobs in preference to doing so in the young Plums. The first season I 
 tried it upon one, or two only, and in the Summer was rewarded by a 
 gooil crop of as line Plums as ever ripened, while those on the other 
 trees fell off wIumi about half grown. I have since tried it more 
 thoroughly and have never known it to fail." 
 
 2. Plums— To Save from Late Frost. — A Methodist clergy- 
 man recently told me of a simple plan to save Plums from being 
 destroyed by Late Frosts, as, for some reason they are more easily 
 killed by Fr(jsts than other fruit. He was taking tea with a friend, 
 in a season when Plums had nearly all been killed by Frost, yet, this 
 gentleman had plenty of this nice fruit upon his table, which lead to 
 an in(|uiry as to his Plums not having been thus killed. The explan- 
 ation was as simple as peculiar. lie placed a tub of water upon 
 opposite sides of the tree, upon the ground, and threw a small rope 
 over the top of the tree, placing the ends of the rope in their appro- 
 priate tub of water, supposing at least that there was an electrical 
 action thus established through the top of the tree. Whether this 
 was the fact, or whether the absorption of the cold by the water, was 
 not the reason of success, farther experiment, only, can decide; but 
 that it was one, or the other, there is no doubt. 
 
 Throwing a sheet, or bed comforter, or spread, over the top of the 
 tree, with a little stone weighted to each corner, to prevent the wind 
 from blowing it off, would be equally effectual. This would prevent 
 an upward ventilation, thus saving the fruit from Frost, no matter 
 what the kind. For a few trees about the house, it would be but 
 little trouble; but, for large orchards, the labor would be too consid- 
 erable, probably, to be followed out, yet, its success, so far as followed, 
 is a fixed fact. 
 
 1. CUCUMBERS- Salting for Long Keeping- and Pickling. 
 — Cucumbers for Pickling should not be permitted to grow only to 
 moderate size, and should be cut off with a knife, leaving at least J 
 inch of stem; for if broken off, there is quite freciuently a bit of the 
 end torn from the Cucumber, causing decay, or softening to begin at 
 that point. If there are any that are dirty, they may be taken sepa- 
 rately, in the thumb and finger, and carried quickly through clean 
 water to rinse off the dirt; but they should not be stirred, "hurly 
 burly" in a tub of water, as more, or less bruising would be caused 
 thereby, greatly endangering their keeping; it would be better, if 
 large numbers need rinsing, to pour water over them, freely, in a 
 basket. Then: 
 
 Put a layer of Salt } to J of an inch thick on the bottom of the 
 barrel, or keg, as the case may be, then a layer of Cucumbers, and so 
 on, alternating. Salt and Cucumbers, but no water; and when the 
 morning cutting has all been put in, lay a cloth over them, and the 
 next morning, go on in the same way until the barrel is full; then 
 the cloth, and some boards, or barrel head, and a stone, or weight to 
 keep them under the brine; for the water, or juice of tlie Cucumber 
 will come out sufficiently, generally, to cover them, if laid closely 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 307 
 
 together, and they keep better than if water is added; but if need be, 
 a little brine maj^ be put on if they are not all covered with brine in 
 a week from the time the la^t are in, sntficient to cover all. If kept 
 in a cold cellar they would undoubtedly keep for years; and may be 
 shipped, if the barrel is full and pro})erly headed. I have seen an 
 account of one man having 1,G00 barrels, thus prepared for market, in 
 one season. 
 
 2. For Pickling, take as many as desired, from this Salt-Pickle 
 and put them into fresh water, and soak them 4, or 5 days, changing 
 the water morning and evening, until sufficiently freshened; then 
 drain off all the water and pour over them scalding Spiced Vinegar, 
 which see, or use common vinegar, and put in pepper corns, allspice, 
 cloves, etc., or not, as you desire — the better the vinegar, the better 
 will be the Pickles; and if, at any time, they appear to become moldy, 
 or lack in sharpness, take ofi' the skum, pour off the vinegar, and re- 
 scald and put over tliem again, or, if this is weak, throw it away, and 
 use new, us at first. 
 
 Some persons recommend a table-spoonful of alum and a cup of 
 Salt, to each gal. of vinegar, claiming that the alum, especially, makes 
 them green, and also gives them crispness, where there is any soft- 
 ness shown in the Pickles — if, however, at any time, there are soft, or 
 decaying ones, they should be taken out, and thixjwn away. If they 
 are Pickled, that is put in vinegar, in any considerable quantities at a 
 time, they will, in warm weather, require considerable watchfulness, 
 and re-scalding, or re-newal of the vinegar, unless put up air-tight. 
 
 It is important to obtain the best quality of common barrel Salt, 
 and to use plenty of it, otherwise, they will soften and spoil — no 
 danger of getting too much. All the inconvenience of using more 
 Salt than is actually needed, is, that a little more soaking will be re- 
 quired to fit them for the vinegar; but, it is better to take this trouble 
 than to lose them for the want of enough. We have now followed 
 this plan for tiro vears, with entire success. 
 
 1. CUSTARDS -Plain, to Boil.— Milk, 1 pt.; white sugar, 4 
 table-spoonfuls; flour, 1 table-spoonful; butter, the size of a walnut; 
 1 egg. 
 
 Place the milk in a suitable sized basin, and place it in a pan of 
 water, upon the stove, and when it begins to boil, stir in the butter, 
 sugar, flour, and beaten egg, and continue to boil the Custard for 2, or 
 3 minutes. 
 
 2. Another. — A Custard may be made the same as the above, 
 except the flour, substituting another egg for the flour, grating in 
 nutmeg, or using the extract of vanilla, or lemon, and setting in the 
 stove oven, for cooking, or by placing in a steamer, as you choose, or 
 to suit other work being done on the stove. 
 
 3. Custard— To Bake.— Make as either of the above, and Bake 
 as a whole, or, it may be dipped into tea-cups, or regular Custard-cups 
 and Baked, to avoid the dipping out to serve at table. May use as 
 high as 4, or 5 eggs, if you choose, to 1 pt. of milk ; and some persons 
 choose also to use half as much wine, as milk, or wholly wine, with 
 the inner rind of a lemon, and the expressed juice, also. The innei 
 peel is to be boiled tender, if used, so it can be expressed, to get the 
 full flavor. They may be Baked, or boiled, or steamed, any of them, 
 as you choose; and a little lemon peel may be grated on the top oi 
 the dish, if preferred. 
 
808 DR. phase's 
 
 CUTTING- TIMBER— To Avoid Powder-Post.— Notwith- 
 standing; the old tradition that "Timber, to last long without decay, 
 should be Cut in the old of the moon, in Feb.," yet, experience has 
 fully shown that Aug., Sept., and Oct., are the best months in which 
 to Cut, whether it be Timber for buildings, carriages, barrels, barrel- 
 hoops, plane-stocks, or for making machinery. Timber Cut in these 
 months becomes firmer and heavier, and does not "Powder-Post," 
 while that Cut in Winter is almost invariably destroyed by the Pow- 
 der-Post worm. 
 
 OUT-WORMS— To Outwit.— The Maine Farmer tells us 
 that they had "Outwitted the Cut-Worm for 2 years, in a very simple 
 manner. We take pieces of newspaper, 6 inches square, tear a slit in 
 one side to the center, and put around the cabbage plants, bringing 
 the slit edges together, and place a pebble, or a little earth on the 
 corners, and the work is done. A raised platform of paper is thus 
 formed around the plant, through which the Worm can not penetrate. 
 We dill not lose more than 2, or 3 plants from that cause the last two 
 years. We always think it a great point gained when an effectual 
 safeguard can be obtained against the ravages of insects, and we re- 
 gard this as one of the discoveries of the age." 
 
 1 fully agree with the Farmer, and had I have known it, when in 
 Minnesota, where upon their light sandy soil, the Cut-Worm is very 
 destructive, I should not have lost half of the plants set out, for 
 which I had paid 75 cents per 100. Let dirt enough be put on to keep 
 the edge of the paper close to the ground; and no doubt it will be as 
 effective with tomatoes and other plants liable to their rapacious appe- 
 tites, as with cabbage. 
 
 iDEAFNESS.— There is so much of enjoyment and happiness de- 
 pending upon the ability to hear well, that a considerable anxiety 
 arises, at once, on inability to hear the slightest sound; and although 
 there are but few who are entirely deaf, as compared with the mass 
 who can hear, yet, there are quite a good many whose hearing is 
 more, or less effected. 
 
 Causes.— Inflammation is undoubtedly the general Cause of 
 Deafness; and this, as in other inflammations, almost always arises 
 from having taken cold, and neglected to properly treat it, or to re- 
 move its effects from the system. This inflammation may be in the 
 outer canal, (meatus) leading into the ear; or it may be of the mem- 
 brane streatched across this canal, called the membrana tympani (dinim 
 of the ear) from its resemblance of a drum head. This closes up the 
 passage from the outer ear. Then there is an inner opening which 
 has a tube leading into it from the fauces, or upper back part of the 
 mouth, called the Eustachian tube (from Eustachius, it« Italiandis- 
 coverer). Any of these parts are liable to inflammation; and it is 
 well that it makes but little difference where an inflammation is situ- 
 ated, only so fiir as the convenience, or inconvenience^ of making 
 local applications are concerned, as the general treatment is the same. 
 What will break up an inflammation in one place, will generally 
 accomplish the same in any other part, or, at least, benefit by begin- 
 ning an improvement. Deafness may also be left as a consequence of 
 scarlet fever, measles, etc. 
 
 SyTuptoms.— The Symptoms, or sensations realized, on the ap- 
 proach of an inflammation and consequent Deafness, if the inflam- 
 mation is not subdued, will be a feeling of fullness of the parts, un- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 309 
 
 easiness, and perhaps pain, more, or less, according to the severity of 
 the attack; and which, if not relieved, may go on to severe pain, and 
 finally, ulceration, with general fever and prostration; and great rest- 
 lessness, from its nearness to the brain, which is very likely to be 
 efi'ected, in severe cases, unless soon relieved. There will be also a 
 hardening of the cerumen, or wax of the ear, from the heat of the 
 inflammation. 
 
 Treatment. — Although this inflammation effects only a small 
 portion of the system, the Treatment must be as thorough and active, 
 in acute, or severe cases, as if it was one of the larger organs that was 
 efi'ected. 
 
 Let an active sweat be taken, and let this be repated at least once 
 a day \\\ acute cases, and once a week in chronic cases until relief is 
 obtained — there is no plan, in my judgment quite equal to the spirit, 
 or hot-air bath; but, according to the choice of the patient, or the 
 conveniences at hand, for taking a sweat, must each case be governed 
 by ; and, in connection with the sweating process, a diaphoretic, or 
 sweating medicine must be given that will have a tendency to keep 
 up a little perspiration, such as a tea of the Virginia snake-root {ser- 
 ventaria), and of pleurisy-root {asdepias tuberosa), equal parts, say J- 
 oz. of each, to water, 1 pt., drank in the course of the day, and contin- 
 ued as needed. Or the following may be prepared and kept on hand 
 for all purposes of a 
 
 1. Diaphoretic, or Sweating Tincture. — Virginia snake-root, 
 pleurisy-root, of each, 1 oz.; ipecac, safi'ron, and camphor gum, of 
 each, i oz. ; dilute alcohol, 1 pt. Bruise all the roots, and mix the 
 whole, and let stand a week, or 10 days, shaking daih^, when it will 
 be ready for use, and can be strained, or filtered, or used from the dregs, 
 as preferred. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful every 1 to 3 hours, according to its tendency 
 to keep up a moderate perspiration. This diaphoretic being free from 
 opium, with children, and those not used to taking opium, '\^ ill be 
 preferred, and can be used more freely, if needed. 
 
 An occasional purgative will also be needed, and such other gen- 
 eral treatment as will restore to, or help to maintain general good 
 health. AV'arm water may also be poured from a spoon into the ear, 
 every day, once or twice, and retained for a time, as it will soften the 
 wax and help to allay inflammation. But in case of ulceration of the 
 ear, causing the ear to discharge a fetid matter: 
 
 2. Take hen's oil, and glycerine, of each, i oz.; muriated tincture 
 of iron, I oz., with a very little carbolic acid in the mixture, and drop 
 2, or 3 drops of the mixture into the ear 2, or 3 times daily, after having 
 used the warm water thoroughly. 
 
 In case of Deafness arising from an inflammation of the inner 
 ear, nothing can be done in the line of local api)lications, except the 
 washing, but the general treatment should be thorough, and such as 
 will restore general health ; and some think it a great advantage to 
 make and keei> up a blister with cantharides, just back of the ear. 
 
 Perhaps I take too much for granted, as being understood, when 
 I say: "The general treatment should be thorough, and such as will 
 restore the secretions and the general health." But I would be un- 
 derstood to say: Take a sweat; take a cathartic; take a diuretic if 
 needed; take a tonic, or a tonic and alterative together, repeating the 
 sweat, cathartic, and diuretic, as needed, once a week, or so; sponge. 
 
SIO DR. chase's 
 
 or use friction upon the surface daily, and continue the use of the 
 alteratives and tonics, etc., until a healthy change has been brought 
 about. This, I trust, will be sufficiently understood, not to need re- 
 peating again; as jiersons must to a greater, or less extent, use their 
 own judgment and good sense, in treating disease — ^if the general 
 principles are understood, they can do this for themselves, better than 
 to road the large amount of matter that would be necessary to explain 
 every little variation which may arise in the complications of disease 
 — what will give general health, will benefit any and all particular 
 diseases. See Deafness among the Miscellaneous Receipts, under D. 
 
 DE3COOTIONS. — Decoctions are that class of medicines, more 
 commonly called teas, made by pouring boiling water upon the arti- 
 cle, or mixture of articles, as the case may be, which it is desired to 
 use; then boiling, or steeping until the strength is obtained. Roots, 
 barks, berries, etc., should ordinarilj^ be ground, or braised, so as to 
 obtain the strength of the inner as well as the outer portions. Leaves 
 will yeald their strength without bruising. With Decoctions, the 
 same as tinctures, I always make them of good strength, IJ to 2 ozs. 
 to the j)t. of water. 
 
 DELIRIUM TREMENS.— This disease, called mania a potu, or 
 madness from drink, has its came sufficiently indicated by its name, 
 although it does sometimes arise from an over use of opium. It 
 undoubtedly arises from the irritation to the brain from the free cir- 
 culation of the spirits in the blood, thus exciting the mania, or mad- 
 ness, although it maj' not, in all cases, cause an actual madne.ss, or 
 raving, but only a restless irritation of the mind. The leading 
 
 Symptoms are constant talking, or muttering, motion of the 
 hands, and perhaps of the body also, trembling, quick pulse, constant 
 sweating, but never sleeping, fearful of being injured, and yet liable 
 to injure others in fear that they are about to injure him; although, 
 as a general thing, it is snakes, or devils, or some of the creeping in- 
 sects that he most fears. 
 
 I remember "sitting up" one night many years ago, with a man 
 suffering with this disease; and sometime along in the night he had 
 become quiet and still, so that I was sitting near the foot of the bed, 
 and had taken up a book and was reading, for a moment, with my 
 side and back a little toward him; when, the first intimation that I 
 had of his restlessness again, was a punch of his thumb in my side 
 witli the yell: "There's the devil! there's the devil!! there's the 
 devil!!!" with such terror in his voice, which, with the punch in the 
 side, so took me by surprise that I first touched terra fir ma, about 6, or 
 8 feet from where I sat, as much excited as he was, himself, not much 
 doubting, for the moment, but what the "old fellow" had come, in 
 good earnest, for us both, and certainly not caring much under the 
 excitement, if he did take the patient at once. He had raised him- 
 self so gradually, or easily into the sitting position, that I had not heard 
 amove. I mention it ti) show that they are not to be trusted for a 
 single inoinont alone; for in these ravings the} are liable to injure 
 themselves by jumping out of a window, or in any other way, to free 
 themselves from the-ie imaginary enemies. 
 
 Treatment. — Recent experience has shown the warm bath, for 
 from .3 to 8, or 10 hours, with cold applications, to the head, have 
 proved a very successful remedy. Patients have often fallen asleep in 
 the bath. Chloroform inhalations by jiutting 10 to 20 drops, at a time 
 
SECOND RECEirT BOOK. 311 
 
 upon a handkerchief, may be held over the mouth and nostrils, suffi- 
 cient to obtain quietness, but not complete prostration, or insensi- 
 bility. 
 
 Morphine, 3 grs.; quinine, 24 grs.; capsicum, i oz. Mix intimate- 
 ly and divide into 12 powders, and give 1 powder in i glass of his ac- 
 customed spirits, and water equal parts, every hour, for 3 or 4 hours, 
 then every 2, or 3 hours, will be found to quiet the nerves and at the 
 6anie time give tone to the system and stimulate the stomach to take 
 up and appropriate the nourishment which should be given in the 
 form of beef-tea, milk, gruel, etc., at regular intervals, although no ap- 
 petite will be manifested until the restlesness is allayed. In case that 
 medicines are vomited up, an emetic may be given, after which tiiey 
 will probably be kept down without trouble. No fears need be had 
 about the large amount of capsicum given, as it has been used in 
 doses as large as 1 dr. 
 
 In cases where Delirium comes on while a man is still carrying on 
 his longcontined debauch, there will generally be a greater determin- 
 ation of blood to the head, than in the ordinary cases arising after a 
 debauch has been discontinued for a short time; then, there must be 
 the most active derivative (drawing power) treatment, such as the feet 
 in water as hot as it can be borne, with mustard in it, mustard plasters 
 to the feet, and back of the neck, sponging with strong cayene 
 whisky, an active cathartic, etc,, which will draw the blood from the 
 head ; then follow with the quieting treatment, as at first recommend- 
 ed. Opium in 3 gr. pills, about the size of a common pea, every 3 
 hours was the former and more common treatment. 
 
 An infusion of scuUcap (seutellaria lateriflora), has been used success- 
 fully in obtaining sleep. It is to be taken freely, if used at all. 
 
 King, in speaking of the properties and uses of this article says: 
 "Scullcap is tonic, nervine, and antispasmodic. This is one of those 
 valuable agents," he continues, "which a certain class of physicians 
 consider inert" (inactive, no power as a medicine), "yet it has proved 
 especially useful in chorea" (St, Vitus dance), "tremors, intermittent 
 fever, neuralgia and all nervous affections. In Delirium Tremens, an 
 infufiion, drank freely, will soon produce a calm sleep, etc." 
 
 DIABETBS.^Dr. Warren begins his description of this disease 
 by calling it "a kind of diarrhea of the kidneys," which pretty accu- 
 rately gives its characteristic, or leading symptom. If he had said, "a 
 kind of svveet diarrhea," it would have covered the whole ground; for 
 notwithstanding there are a few cases in which there is no consider- 
 able amount of sugar in the urine, yet, generally there is. 
 
 Causes. — The Causes of the disease are set down tc be "excess- 
 ive use of spirituous liquors, debility, cold, diuretic medicines, poor 
 diet, depressing passions, and an impoverished, or poor condition of 
 the blood;" but, I am well satisfied that the cause of the disease is a.s 
 much in the dark as the treatment, as there is but very little success in 
 treating the disease. If the absolute Cause was known, the treatment 
 would be as positive — avoid the Cause. But as it is not a frequent 
 disease, I have never had occasion to treat it, therefore I can only re- 
 port a few cases as given by others, where success has been reached. 
 
 Treatment. — I will only preface these reports by saying, that, 
 whatever will help to maintain, or regain, as the case may be general 
 good health will benefit the disease. 
 
 Then, the spirit vapor bath, once, or twice a week, with daily 
 
312 DR. chase's 
 
 spongings with the cayenne whisky, and friction to the skin, will 
 greatly aid in keeping that very important function in order; for the 
 surface is large and, in health, throws off a large amount of waste 
 matter, which if left in the system will soon derange it. 
 
 The bowels must be kept in order with the neutralizing cathar- 
 tic, or some other gentle cathartic as rheubarb, etc., either of which 
 must be used in small quantities at a time, 2, or 3 times daily, so as not 
 to disarrange the stomach by their excessive action. 
 
 Perspiration must be aided, of a healthy character, by using 
 a good diaphoretic and sudorific (diaphoretics aid to throw off effete, 
 or worn-out matter, called insensible perspiration, while sudorifics, aid 
 the sensible perspiration, or sweating) and an anodyne which are 
 especially needed in this disease,which will be found combined under 
 the head of Diaphoretic Powders, which see. 
 
 The diet, in Diabetes, is to be restricted to the fresh meats, poul- 
 try, eggs, fish, game, butter and cheese, etc., not using the ordinary 
 vegetables, for potatoes contain a large amount of starch which is 
 turned directly and readily into sugar, while parsnips, beets, etc., con- 
 tain the sugar ready formed, or the sugar principle. The ordinary 
 greens, appear to be allowable, custards made without sugar, and 
 blanc-mange made with cream, not with milk. Brown bread, in 
 place of*that made from wheat, rye, or corn. And for drinks, tea, or 
 coffee with milk, or sugar, claret, sherry, spring water, plain brandy 
 and water, weak beef-tea, mutton broth, soda water, water made a 
 little sour with cream of tartar, or tartaric acids; and it is recom- 
 mended not to drink large quantities at a time, but rather to sip a lit- 
 tle and often to keep down the excessive thirst, and not to use spirits 
 only when absolutely necessary to keep up the strength of the patient. 
 Kimff: Cfironic Diseases. 
 
 Exercise in the open air is very desirable, avoiding all sudden 
 changes by wearing light flannel next the skin, and clothing warmly, 
 avoiding, especially, damp feet; and also avoiding all indulgences of 
 the passions, saving the strength to prolong life, if life is an object, 
 which to most people it is; then be as careful in all of the foregoing 
 suggestions as possible, for they contain the Avisdomof "the books." 
 
 1. Oases. — Dr. John King, in his work above named, says : " I have 
 treated four cases of Diabetes mellitus" (sweet, or honey-like) "suc- 
 cessfully by the internal administration of nitrate of ammonia in 
 doses of from 10 to 20 grs. repeated 3 times a day, and given in solu- 
 tion. In 2 of these cases there was cataract in both eyes, which dis- 
 appeared after having continued the use of the solutions, or 6 weeks" 
 (Would it not do it again?). "In conjunction with this agent, I also, 
 employed the following pills, alternating" (changing) "them every 4 
 weeks: 1. Take citrate of iron and strichnia" (this is a preparation 
 kept by druggists already mix6d), "sulphate of quinia, each, 45 
 grs.; opium, from 60 to 90 grs.; mix, and divide into 90 pills, and 
 give 1 pill for a dose, repeating 3, or 4 times a day. 2. Take bro- 
 mide potassium, 270 grs.; ex. of conium maculatum, and ex. Ox 
 aletris, of each, 90 grs.; mix, and divide into 90 pills; and admin- 
 ister the same as the first." (^As these pills must necessarily be 
 made by a druggist, I have not given the common names). "Ren- 
 net wine was prescribed, to be taken after the breakfast and din- 
 ner meals, and the usual attentions bestowed upon the skin, kid- 
 neys, bowels, diet, etc." See my instructions above, as to these items. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 313 
 
 2. Dr. "W. L. Lay, of Branford, Conn., reports a case to Dr. 
 Beach, of having "cured a very difficult case of Diabetes, which had 
 resisted every other mode of treatment, by means of diet, which con- 
 sisted of boiled" (I more than suspect, I believe, a mistake is here 
 made, I think it should be broiled) "beef-steak, well cooked, and thor- 
 oughly chewed, or masticated, without bread, or vegetables of any 
 kind ; this was taken 3 times a day in small quantities, with very lit- 
 tle drink." 
 
 3. Dr. "Warren says : That Peruvian bark, and wild cranberry 
 leaves, 1 scru. each, pulverized ; and opium, J gr., mixed and taken 3 
 times daily, is a good remedy in this disease. 
 
 4. Aramonio- Saline Treatment of M. Mialhe. — The Eclectic 
 MedicalJournal furnishes the following report by Dr. W. R. Basham, 
 of the success of the plan discovered by M. Mialhe. I have no ex- 
 perience in its use, but would certainly give it a trial, if the previous 
 recommendations should fail in any case. The report is as follows: 
 
 "It has been found, by analysis of Diabetic blood, that there is a 
 great deficiency of certain alkaline salts. These* salts are absolutely 
 necessary in order that the sugar which is formed in disease, just as 
 in health, should be burnt off at the lungs. M. Mialhe, who dis- 
 covered the above fact, considers this deficiency the primary cause of 
 the Diabetes. Whether this is so, or not, there is no doubt that such 
 deficiency must react upon the disease. Accordingly, treatment di- 
 rected to supply this deficiency is likely to prove of service, and in ac- 
 tual practice such is found to be the case. 
 
 The best saline mixture is composed of carbonate of ammonia, 
 10 grs.; phosphate of ammonia, 10 grs.; carbonate of soda, 10 grs. ; 
 tincture of ginger, a few drops; 3 times a day, in 1 oz. of water. 
 
 This mixture is very grateful to the patient, it relieves thirst, and 
 mitigates the morbid appetite. The tongue generally becomes moist, 
 the urine diminislies in quantity, and contains less sugar. In one 
 case, which may be taken as an average one, the ainount of sugar was 
 reduced from 30 grs. to the oz. of urine to grs., and the amount of 
 urine from 14 to 4 pts. 
 
 DIAPHORETICS.— Under the head of Diaphoretics, are inclu- 
 ded all medicines that increase the secretion of the skin, i. e., to re- 
 move from the blood such particlesof worn-out matter a<,in health, pass 
 oft' by the skin so gently as not ordinarily to be noticed, yet it amounts 
 to quite a considerable every day — these are in contra-distinction 
 from sudorifics, which are actual sweating medicine-, causing perspi- 
 ration more or less free, according to the auiouat, or kind taken. 
 
 Among the Diaphoretics most commonly used by physicians and 
 families that practice upon common-sense [triaciples, may be mentioned 
 the foUowin.;, as I consider them, the most .valuable in the order 
 named, as follows: 
 
 1. Diaphoretic Po^wders. —Cream of tartar, 1 oz. ; ipecac, 1 dr.; 
 gum camphor, 2 drs.; gum opium, J dr. Purchase these articles all 
 pulverized, if druggists have them that they know to be genuine, if 
 not, the camphor must be pulverized by putting a little alcohol upon 
 it, then rubbing in a mortar until it is pretty line, when a little of the 
 cream of tartar may be put in which will helo to pulverize the cam- 
 phor, after which add the opium which has been pulverized, then the 
 pulverized ipecac, and finally the balance of the cream of tartar; mix 
 all very thoroughly, and bottle and cork for use. 
 
314 DR. chase's 
 
 Dose. — Half a tea-spoonful 3 to 5 times daily, or more often for 2, 
 or 3 times, in cases of severe pain. To be given in a little sirup, or 
 molasses, or hot teas if sweating is intended. 
 
 This is especially valuable in diabetes from the fact that a Di- 
 aphoretic is needed to excite the skin to gentle action, and because it is 
 believed that opium lessens the secretion, or formation of sugar, by the 
 liver, which is found so abundant in the urine, although, in tins 
 disease, there is seldom any pain whatever. And it is also especially 
 valuable in all diseases of a painful character, and where there are 
 large secretions of mucus, as in colds, diarrhea, dysentery, cholera- 
 morbus, rheumatisms, fevers, inflammations, after pains, painful men- 
 struation, and to quiet nervous excitement, or irritation, and to pro- 
 cure sleep. 
 
 I think this prescription was first published, and nearly the same 
 as now used, by Dr. Beach, one of the first men who in earnest, and 
 with perseverance, wrote against and done all in his power to over- 
 come the terribly destructive practice of bleeding, and gorging with 
 calomel, of Alopathic, or Old School physicians, as followed by them 
 30 or 40 years ago. They now call themselves "The Regulars." Well, 
 I am glad to acknowledge that between the Eclectics and Homoeo- 
 paths, the first continually crying out against their terrible abuse of 
 constantly "bleeding" and "calomelizing," and the latter, giving 
 "nothing," as compared with their extremely large doses, they have 
 now become more entitled to their claimed title "regulars," yet they, 
 for some little time, have been trying to steal the name of their prin- 
 cipal opponents— Eclectic— but, they have much yet to abandon, as 
 well as adopt, to entitle them to so honorable a name. I shall be as 
 glad as any one, however, to see them abandon all "old fogy" systems, 
 and adopt the common sense plans as shall enable us to all walk and 
 work as Eclectics — choosing all the good and throwing all the bad 
 away. See Eclectic, or Eclecticism. 
 
 2. The following articles will also be found among the valuable 
 Diaphoretics, pleurisy root {aselipias tuber osa), ginger root, pennyroy- 
 al, Thompsons Composition, kept by druggists generally, catnip, sage, 
 and the warm foot-bath, spirit vapor-bath, hot fomentations, hot 
 sheet-packing, etc., etc. 
 
 About 1 oz. of any of the herbs may be steeped in water, 1 pt. to 
 be drank more or less freely as actual sweating, or simple, or slight 
 perspiration is intended. The ginger, or the composition, need not 
 be used in more than half that quantity, as they are more stimulating 
 and penetrating in their action, and also very ethcient in recent, or 
 severe colds. The pleurisy root is very valuable in all acute inflam- 
 mations, soothing to the nervous system, as well as a certain Diaphor- 
 etic. The pennyroyal is generally stimulating with its Diaphoretic 
 powers; and Prof. Scudder says "it is one of the best remedies known 
 in arresting the discharge after child-birth, a proof of its power and 
 utility in other atlections." 
 
 3. To Obtain Simple Diaphorc'dc tendencies from these 
 medicines, ])owders, and teas, or decoctions, it is only necessary to 
 take the teas cold and in doses of a gill, or so 3, or 4 times daily ; and 
 the Diaphoretic Powder in cold tea, or molasses 3, or 4 times daily; 
 but, by taking them hot, and in large, or more frequent doses, they 
 actually become sudorific, or powerful means of getting up actual 
 sweating, hence it will not be necessary to add but little under the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 315 
 
 head of Sudorifics; and wliat further is said upon that head may 
 mostly be said liere, as well as there. 
 
 Ill tlie use of any of the baths, as a general thing they are not 
 half as eific'iently performed as they should be. When a foot-bath is to 
 be taken, have as deep a bucket as you can, and fill it just so that the 
 feet and legs will not run it over, the water being as hot as it can be 
 borne, and as soon as it does not feel hot, dip out a dipperful, and put 
 in another of boiling water to raise the heat as higli as it can be al- 
 lowed, and keep this up for, at least, 20 to 30 minutes, taking any of 
 the Diaphoretic Teas, hot, as preferred, or a do-e of the Powder in hot 
 tea, and follow with hot teas, to accomplish what you have under 
 taken^a free and effectual sweat — then take the bed, and keep up 
 the use of teas, an hour, or so, as needed. And if the patient is to fee- 
 ble, or any other reason why they may not sit up, wrap them in sheets 
 wrung out of hot water and cover warm, and place hot stones, irons, 
 bottles of hot water, or in places where corn is plenty, ears of corn 
 boiled and wrapped and laid all along the sides of the body, limbs, 
 etc., will soon start a perspiration which maj' be made as effectual, or 
 as slight, as the case demands; but remember this, "whatever is worth 
 doing is worth doing well," — it holds tZoitWy good in medicine. I do 
 not mean to be understood that anything is to be overdone, but done 
 well. 
 
 Whatever will cause a healthy action of the skin will also come 
 under the head of Diaphoretics, or Sudorifics, as bathing in plain, or 
 stimulating baths, frictions with, or without stimulating mixtures, 
 sweating tinctures hot-air, or spirit vapor-bath, moderate exercise, 
 etc., etc. See Fomentations. 
 
 DIARRHEA. — The meaning of the word Diarrhea is a pouring 
 through, which it often, abundantly and freely does, most commonly, 
 however, during the warm weather of Summer and Fall. 
 
 Cause. — Its most common cause, undoubtedly, is an over eating 
 of the vegetable, or more, or less unripe fruits of the season. It may 
 arise also from exposure to cold, or to extreme heat, or from over- 
 loading the stomach, even with digestable food, from great fear, or 
 anger, from confinement in illy ventillated rooms, use of acid drinks, 
 as beers, sodas, etc., or from teething, with young children. 
 
 Symptoms. — The meaning of the word indicates the prominent, 
 or leading symptom, or literal "pouring out" of the contents of the 
 bowels, with a rumbling sound in the bowels, before and during the 
 evacuation ; and there may be a sense of weight, or heaviness also, 
 with more, or less griping, and occasionaly, nausea and vomiting, but 
 then it partakes more of the nature of cholera-morbus. 
 
 Treatment. — It matters but little, from what cause it may have 
 arisen, there will be found a determination of blood to the stomach, 
 liver, or intestines, in other words, the general system is not in har- 
 mony, the skin and kidneys probably are not doing their part of the 
 work of eliminating (carrying off) the waste matter of the system. 
 Then, if it has arisen from over-loading the stomach, the best thing 
 to do is to take an emetic, which not only takes the irritating matter 
 up out of the way, instead of allowing it to go down, tearing and irri- 
 tating as it goes, but also has a great tendency to excite the skin and 
 general system to a healthy action, which may be aided by a warm- 
 bath, or by the daily sponging with the cayenne and whisky, and 
 plenty of friction, warm clothing, especially if it is a cold and damp 
 
316 DR. chase's 
 
 time. But, if the patient refuses the emetic, and there is nausea, 
 put a mustard plaster over the stomach, and give a large dose of the neu- 
 tralizing cathartic, and repeat it in moderate doses, once an hour until 
 the bowels are evacuated of the irritating food; then, repeat the dose 
 ■at 2, or 3 hours apart to regulate the bowels, which it will do, very 
 generally. 
 
 But in case the discharges are very green, or bilious, the podo- 
 philin pill may be taken to regulate the liver a little moi*e thoroughly, 
 although this will seldom be needed. 
 
 1. If the Neutralizing Cathartic does not seem to restrain 
 the frequency of the discharges, as might be deemed sufficiently, 
 within 24, or 36 hours, take 4 ozs. of thilt article; ess. of cinnamon, 
 and peppermint, of each, ^ oz. ; and paregoric, 1 oz. Mix, and add to 
 that, 1 oz. of Hunn's Life Drops. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours, according to the 
 necessities of the case, with either of the additions. 
 
 But, if there is considerable griping attending the passages, the 
 following 
 
 2. Injection had better be given after each passage: Castor 
 and sweet-oils, of each, 1 oz.; flax-seed tea, or slippery-elm tea, 1 pt. ; 
 laudanum, J tea-spoonful. Mix thoroughly, and inject warm. Or, 
 castor-oil, J gill; molasses, and water, of each, ^ pt. ; laudanum, 20 to 
 40 drops. Mix and inject warm; and if there is no castor, or sweet- 
 oil at hand, half the amount of melted lard may take their place, but 
 not quite equal. If no laudanum, or paregoric is at hand, 3, or 4 
 poppy heads may be stee[)ed in the water, strained, and take the jilace 
 of them, but, like the lard, not quite so certain in their action, but 
 very good. 
 
 3. Compound Blackberry Root for Diarrhea, will be found 
 very valuable: Take blackberry root, washed, cut fine and bruised, 
 and the dried fruit, of each, 4 ozs. ; bayberry bark, 2 ozs.; crane's bill 
 (geranium) root, and cinnamon barks, of each, 1 oz. ; gum myrrh, 
 and fennel seed, and cloves, of each, i oz.; pulverized sugar, ^ lb.; 
 brandy, or best rye whisky, 1 pt. 
 
 Bruise all the articles and put them to 3, or 4 qts. of soft watei, 
 and half of the whisky, and simmer for ^ a day, or until about hall 
 the water is evaporated; then strain and press out, and boil down to 
 a pt. and add the ,8ugar while hot ; and when cold, add the J pt. ol 
 spirits left. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful, every hour, for 2, or 3 times, then once in 
 3, or 4 hours, as needed, especially valuable with children, in Doses 
 from 5 to 30 drops, according to age, and if over 5, or 6 years old, a 
 tea-spoonful may be given for a Dose. 
 
 4. Burned Rheubarb for Diarrhea, has been successfully 
 used in many cases: Take 1 oz. of the pulverized root and burn it to 
 a black dust, or ashes, in an iron dish, over coals, stirring carefully to 
 make it all alike. 
 
 Dose. — Half a tea-spoonful 3, or 4 times daily, in a little molasses, 
 or sirup. Dr. Gunn says he has cured 9 out of 10 cases with this article. 
 
 This is undoubtedly very astringent. I should fear too much so 
 for general use; at any rate, no matter what other remedies I use, I 
 always use the neutralizing cathartic first, then, if I deem it necessary, 
 between the doses of that article, I use any of the others as the case 
 demands. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 317 
 
 The diet, however, be it always remembered, must be restricted 
 to absolutely healthy articles; ri(;e boiled iu milk, or milk boiled and 
 thickened with a little flour, are as good as anything that can be 
 taken for the time being; warm break, or bread baked the same day 
 must not be eaten. Mutton is the best meat, and mutton broth, with 
 rice boiled very tender, in it, may be used also, a little tiour thicken- 
 ing having been also stirred in; but a little chipped, dried beef, with 
 dry crackers eaten slowly, to allow sufficient saliva to flow for swal- 
 lowing, may be used, with satisfaction; but cold water should be 
 avoided. Cold flax-seed tea, or cold slippery-elm mucilage may be 
 taken, a little at a time. 
 
 5. It has been reported that old rustv, well-smoked bacon sliced 
 and sufficient of it fried to obtain J pt. of the grease, into which slice 
 2, or 3 good sized onions, and stew out all the juice, then pour off, 
 pressing out all the juice from the onions, and taken in doses of 1 
 t3a-spoonful daily, or i tea-spoonful twice, daily, has cured, invariably, 
 the old "Mexican," and "California Diarrhea," when all other reme- 
 dies failed. 
 
 6. Dr. Gunn, of Louisville, Ky., in his New Domestic Physician, 
 reports a case of a friend of his who cured himself of a most inveter- 
 ate (obstinate) Diarrhea, of several months standing, after trying 
 everything else he could hear of, by simply eating once a day, as his 
 dinner, a slice of raw smoked bacon-side (in fact it is not called bacon 
 unless it is smoked), a raw onion, and plenty of salt, and bread. It 
 required only 2 weeks to effect the cure. The Doctor adds: "The 
 remedy is not bad to take, if one is hungry." 
 
 I have given these cases, not absolutely for their singularity, or 
 the surprise they will cause in the minds of many persons; but, be- 
 cause the disease may occur in places where no other remedy can be 
 obtained, then, I would certainly recommend their trial. 
 
 1. DISOUTIENTS— To Drive Away Tumors, Swellings, etc. 
 — Ointment. — Take the bark of the root of the bitter-sweet {solarium 
 dulcamara ; this is sometimes also called woody night-shade, because 
 it has a woody vine and a woody root); the roots of yellow dock and 
 poke; the leaves of the deadly-night-shade (atropa belladonna); 
 the poison-hemlock {conium macidatum), and of Venice turpentine, of 
 each, 3 ozs.; stramonium seed, bruised, 1 oz.; lard, l^- lbs.; good whisky, 
 1 qt. 
 
 Bruise the roots, bark, and leaves, and cover them nicely with the 
 whisky, and steep them in a covered dish for 5, or 6 hours, or set in a 
 warm place for 24 hours; then add the lard and increase the heat 
 until the articles are all crisped, and strain and press out all the lard, 
 or Ointment through stout muslin, adding the Venice turpentine, and 
 stirring until cold, boxing for use. 
 
 This Ointment is exceedingly valuable in Discussing (dispersing, 
 or driving away) indolent Tumors (having little, or no pain), scrofu- 
 lous Tumors, Swellings of the glands, etc., or for any Swelling of any 
 part of the system arising without any direct injury to the paits. It 
 should be well rubbed in for 15, or 20 minutes and heat in by the 
 stove fire, or by a heated iron, held as near as it can be borne, at least 
 3 times daily, the parts being covered with cotton, or flannel accord- 
 ing to the season, or chilliness of the parts, secured by proper banda- 
 ges. It originated, I believe, with Dr. Beach, of Ne\v York city, but 
 it has been somewhat modified, of late, by Prof Joh» King, of Cin- 
 
318 DE. cuase's 
 
 einnati, 0. ; but it is extenyively used by Eclectics, or the American 
 School, of practitioners, who care more for curing disease than they do 
 for the lionor of belonging to the "old fogies, who, generally will 
 have nothing to do with any medicine which does not come through 
 the books." See an explanation under the head of Gall-Stones. 
 
 2. Discutient Liniment. — Aqua ammonia, pyroligneous acid, oil 
 of origanum, spirits of turpentine, and sweet-oil, of each, 1 oz. Mix, 
 and bottle fi>r use. 
 
 Apply t(j all kinds of hard and indolent Tumors, gatherings, and 
 hard Swellings, to Discuss, or scatter them; also to callous enlarge- 
 ments of the bones. Use freely as a Liniment. — -Gunn's Nevj Domestic 
 Physician. 
 
 The Ointment is the most powerful Discutient; but the Liniment 
 may be used in the milder cases, or alternated with the Ointment in 
 obdurate, or bad Swellings, or enlargements. 
 
 1. DIURETICS— Cordial.— Take of the leaves of the trailing 
 arbutus (epigcea repens, known also as winter-pink, gravel-weed, moun- 
 tain-pink, ground laurel, mayflower, etc.), queen-of-the-meadow, and 
 marsh-mallow roots, bark of the dwarf-elder root, wild-carrot root, 
 or seed, the root of the common pod milk-weed, juniper berries, and 
 cleavers, often called goose-grass, and spearmint herb, of each, 1 oz.; 
 good gin, and soft water, of each, 1 pt.; strained honey, 1 lb. 
 
 Bruise the roots, barks, etc., and put all into a dish that can be 
 closely covered, with the gin and water, and steep for 4, or 5 hours, 
 and strain and add the honey. If any one, or two of the articles 
 can not be obtained, proceed the same with the others.] 
 
 Dose. — It may be taken freely, a gill, or so, 3, or 4 times daily, ac- 
 cording to the condition, or necessity of the patient. It may be taken 
 every hour, in suppression of the urine, or severe pain of the urinary 
 organs in gravel, etc., for 3, or 4 times, then less often. It will be 
 found valuable, in dropsy, gravel, suppression, inflammations of the 
 kidneys, bladder, uretha, etc., etc. 
 
 2. JDiuretic Elixir. — Juniper berries, and spearmint herb, of 
 each. 2ozs. ; best gin, 1 pt. ; loaf sugar, 4 ozs. 
 
 Bruise the berries and break up the herb fine, and put into a suit- 
 able bottle with the gin, and shake daily for a week, or 10 days, and 
 Btrain, and add the sugar. If, however, there is need to use it sooner, 
 Bteep in a covered dish 4, or 5 hours, strain and add the sugar. 
 
 Dose. — A tea to a table-spoonful 3, or 4 times daily, for a day, or 
 two, will be found to increase the flow of urine very materially, and 
 for all ordinary purposes will be all that is needed, as it is mild and 
 effectual. 
 
 3. The Fluid extracts of uva iirsi, and buchu, of each, 1 oz. 
 Mix. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful in a little sweetened water, 3, or 4 times 
 daily. 
 
 This combination will be found a valuable Diuretic in chronic 
 inflammations of the urinary organs, and especially so when the 
 urine passes involuntarily. 
 
 4. Acetate of Potash, 1 oz. ; water, 8 ozs.; simple sirup, 2 ozs., 
 mixed, will be found an excellent Diurectic, in fevers and inflamma- 
 tions, headaches, etc., as it helps to carry ofi" the urea, or solid matter 
 that should be carried off by the urine. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful every hour, 2, or 3 hours, as required. Prof. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 319 
 
 Scudder, claims this to be also a valuable alterative, curing "scrofula 
 and similar diseases when other remedies fail." He gives us a substi- 
 tute for those living far from a drugijist — ^"a table-spoonful of salera- 
 tus with cider vinegar to render it slightly acid, and water to 
 make 4 ozs." 
 
 Dose. — Same as above. 
 
 5. Hot Fomantation, or hot cloths across the bowels, in reten- 
 tion of urine are very valuable in connection with any of the above 
 remedies, or any other simple remedy known to any one, and at 
 hand. 
 
 6. Diuretic Liniment.— Oils of juniper, horsemint, and spear- 
 mint, of each, 1 oz.; be -t alcohol, t) ozs., mixed and rubbed into the 
 back, over the kidneys, will be a valuable aid to other Diuretics, in 
 diseases of these organs — rub in thoroughly, 3, or 4 times daily. 
 
 DROPSY. — This disease takes ditferent names according to the 
 part of the system in which the serous, or watery part of the blood 
 may be deposited. If in the cellular tissue which lies immediately 
 under the skin (as farmers are aware; for, when they skin an animal, 
 if they lift up, or pull on the skin, it seems to be attached to the body 
 only by a loose cell-like mi?mbranous tissue which they cut, thereby 
 avoiding the danger of cutting the skin). In this tissue it takes the 
 name, anasarca. In the cavity of the bowels, ascites. In the chest 
 (that part above the diaphragm— the breast) it is called hydrothorax. 
 In the brain, hydronephalas. In the scrotum, hi/drocele. Then there is 
 ovarian Dropsy, Dropsy of the heart, womb, etc., etc.; but they all 
 come under the general head of Dropsy, and, as a general thing, re- 
 quire very similar treatment, as it will be seen below. 
 
 Cause. — Tiie Cause of Dropsy is undoubtedly debility, weakness 
 of the parts, which may arise from almost any other disease, as scar- 
 let fever, fever and ague, diseases of the liver, dysentery, excessive 
 bleedings, whether by the lance, or from internal organs, as the lungs, 
 or womb, inflammations, rheumatims, etc., or from any disease that 
 produces general debility; and it may arise from pressure upon blood- 
 vessels, as in pregnancy, aneurisms, tumors, etc., and some think more 
 frequently from drunkenness than from any other one Cause. Dropsy 
 of the heart sometimes arises from ossification (becoming bony) of 
 the valves of that organ; and it may arise from structural change of 
 the kidneys, in either of which cases but little, if anything can be 
 done for it. Long continued bowel complaints of children may pro- 
 duce it, and, if so, generally of the head — hydrocephalus. 
 
 Dr. Beach says that "a morbid" (unhealthy) " state of the stomach 
 and bowels has been supposed by some to be a predisposing Cause; 
 but of all the Causes which contribute to the production of this dis- 
 ease, cold plays a most conspicuous part." 
 
 I suppose he introduces the word "cold" to give an apparent rea- 
 son for introducing the suieating process as a cure; but I claim that it 
 is not necessary that an obstruction of the stomach, or bowels, or skin, 
 or any other organ should have arisen from "a cold" to make it proper 
 to use a vapor-bath to remove such obstruction. I care not from what 
 Cause an obstruction may arise in the skin, especially, nothing is bet- 
 ter calculated to relieve it than a vapor, or hot-air bath ; and the 
 skin in Dropsy, is almost always inactive, dry, and harsh. 
 
 Recent observations in physiology have shown us that the veins 
 have considerable to do in the work of absorption. The serous mem- 
 
320 DR. chase's 
 
 branes which line all the large cavities of the body are constantly 
 secreting a serous, or watery fluid which keeps their surfaces moist 
 and allows the various organs in the cavities of the bodj"^ to move 
 upon each other without injury by friction; and it is the part of the 
 small capilaries, or veins of these parts to take up (absorbj and carry 
 off this fluid, after it has performed its work of lubrication (making 
 slippery), otherwise these cavities would soon be filled up, which is 
 actually the case in Dropsy — stimulate and restore the general health, 
 and Dropsy is cured, when taken in time. 
 
 Symptoms. — General debility will nearly always be present, on 
 the approach of Dropsy, although perhaps it may not attract any 
 considerable attention until a deposit of the watery fluid has com- 
 menced. The skin will almost always be dry and shriveled in ap- 
 pearance, and harsh to the feel, the shriveling, or contraction of the 
 skin closes, or partially so, the capilary vessels, or veins of the skin 
 pi'eventing a free circulation of the blood, and above all things else, 
 calling for heat and vapor, or moisture, to relax them and help to re- 
 store health, as the treatment will show. There will also be scanty 
 and high colored urine, pale countenance, and if a cut, or scratch oc- 
 curs, the blood will be found pale and watery. The feet and legs 
 will begin to swell and feel colder than usual, if it is cellular Dropsy, 
 which will extend up the legs, and perhaps over the whole surface, 
 arms, face, eye-lids, etc., the skin of the legs, especially, have been 
 known to crack open from the pressure of accumulating water, or 
 water may be deposited in the cavity of the bowels, or chest, or head, 
 according to which ever part is the weakest, consequently the most lia- 
 ble to disease. Then what will restore, or give general health, will 
 cure the disease if it is at all curable, i. e., if it has not existed so long 
 as to have reduced the system beyond the possibility of being restored 
 to healthy action. In this disease, as in all others, the safety is in be- 
 ginning to aid nature early in her needs of help. 
 
 The water begins to leak through a mill-dam, which, if attended 
 to at once, takes but little to stop the leak; but if long neglected, the 
 dam is all washed away. The same holds good in disease; but here 
 the contrast ends, for a new dam can be built; but when life is totter- 
 ing, from long neglect, but little, or no good can be done, and we must 
 wait to the "resurrection morn" to see the new life. 
 
 Treatment. — It is very fortunate that it matters but little what 
 part of the system the water maybe deposited in, if taken early in the 
 disease, the disease not having arisen from ossification of the valves 
 of the heart, nor from a change of structure of the kidneys by albumi- 
 nuria , or Bright's disease, the Treatment needs to be about the same, 
 and the prospect will be fair to restore health. 
 
 1. I find it of the utmost importance to attend to the condition 
 of the skin. Excite it to a healthy action by any mode of free perspira- 
 tion preferred by the patient, whether it be by the spirit-bath,_ or by a 
 tub, or kettle of hot water, with hot stones, hot bricks, or irons, as 
 may be the most handy, jiut into the hot water to throw off steam,the 
 naked patient sitting in a chair, covered with suitable blankets to 
 keep the steam aroixnd the person as it rises, the feet in moderately 
 hot water which is to be kept hot by dipping out the cool and adding 
 more hot, from time to time, for 15, or 20 minutes; and to be repeated 
 every day until, with the other Treatment, the water is beginning to 
 be carried ofl', then 2, or 3 times a week, as needed. Sponging the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 321 
 
 whole surface daily, with the capsicum and whisky, with considera- 
 ble friction by means of a brush, hand, or coarse towel, which greatly 
 helps the circulation of the blood in the skin, and thus very greatly 
 relieves the difficulty. Then use over the loins, or kidneys, the fol- 
 lowing: 
 
 2. Cajeput Liniment — For the Loins in Dropsy.— Oils of 
 cajeput, juniper, sassafras and_spearmint, of each, 1 oz.; strongest alco- 
 hol, 4 ozs. Mix, and apply and rub. or heat in well, 2, or 3 times at 
 each application, and at least 3 times daily, unless too much irritation 
 is produced. ^ 
 
 At the same time cathartiS that will help carry off large watery 
 discharges must be given. The following will be found effectual and 
 sa,tisfactory : 
 
 3. Jalap, ^ oz.; cream of tartar, 1 oz. ; powdered elaterium, 4 
 grs.; powdered capsicum, 1 dr. Mix intimately together and divide 
 into 20 powders. 
 
 Dose.— Take 1 powder in a little sirup, or molasses, morning, noon 
 and night, and if this does not cause as free a cathartic action as the 
 patient can well bear, take another at late bed time, until a free and 
 full cathartic action has been brought about, which may be repeated 
 every 3, or 4 days, as needed. In places where the druggists do not 
 keep the elaterium, pulverized senna, 1 oz, may be used in its place; 
 then to be taken by putting a tea-spoonful into a tea-cui) and pouring 
 on 3, or 4 tea-spoonfuls of hot water, with a little sugar, and stirring, 
 and when sufficiently cool to be drank for a Dose, and repeated once, 
 or twice, at least, as above until a free evacuation is obtained; and 
 every 3, or 4 days also as directed for the other preparation. 
 
 4. Some may prefer the following pill: 
 
 Scammony and gamboge, pulverized, of each, 12 grs.; croton oil, 
 8 drops; elaterium, 2grs. ; extract of strammonium, 3 grs. Mix very 
 intimately and make into 15 pills. 
 
 Dose. — Two pills may be taken at first, and repeat 1 pill every 2 
 hours until a free cathartic action is produced. To be repeated again 
 in 4, or 5 days, as long as needed. 
 
 If any consideraljle weakness is brought about by the sweating 
 and cathartic action, tlie patient must have stimulants, as brandy, or 
 wine, and nourishing food. 
 
 5. After a free cathartic action has taken place, diuretic action 
 must be also established with 2, or 3 of the following articles, or some 
 of the regular diuretics, mentioned under that head: 
 
 Dwarf-elder (arolia hispida, sometimes called, wild elder, bristle 
 stem, etc.), parsley root, King says this is "veiy useful in Dropsy, es- 
 pecially, that following scarlet fever, or other exanthamtous" (erup- 
 tive), "diseases," juniper berries, spearmint, horse-radish, "infused in 
 cider and drank freely, the patient being warmly covered will produce 
 a free discharge of urine and sweating, and has cured cases of Dropsy 
 in a few weeks, repeating it every night, or as the strength of the pa- 
 tient would allow." — Am. Dis. — Queen of the meadow, Indian hemp, 
 {apocinum cannabinum], and white mustard seed, root of the whortle- 
 berry, etc., will be found among the best medicines for Dropsy that we 
 have. 
 
 There are those who think that only 1 diuretic article ought to be 
 used at a time; but I think that not less than 3 should be combined; 
 for it is not yet possible to tell positively which one might be the 
 21— DR. chase's second receipt book. 
 
822 DR. chase's 
 
 beet for any particular case; hence, as they will work in harmony, 
 one not interfering with the action of the other, time, which, in dis- 
 ease is exceedingly valuable, is saved, as the one which may be chosen, 
 sometimes might not prove as satisfactory as some other. 
 
 6. Dr. Bgach recommends the following combination: Queen-of- 
 the-meadow, and horse-radish root, of each, 1 oz. ; milk-weed {asdepias 
 syriaca, I give the techncial, or medical name if I think tbere is a 
 chance for confusion, or not understanding which is meant), juniper 
 berries, and prickly-ash bark, of each, 2 ozs.; and white mustard, J 
 oz. Bruise all the articles separately.mix and add to good sound ci- 
 der,! gal. Steep if needed imitiediate*, or let stand a week, or 10 days, 
 shaking daily-^3, or 4 hours steeping will do as well. 
 
 Dose. — A wine-glass, or about i tea-cupful 4, or 5 times daily, or, as 
 much as the stomach will bear without souring, or raising it. If it 
 will not bear the cider, steep a single handful of it daily in water, 1 
 pt. and drink it at proper inteYvals. 
 
 7. Dr. King, ih his valuable work on chronic diseases previsously. 
 referred to, says: "For a constant drink, it will be better for the pa- 
 tient to use some diuretic infusion, or decoction, as equal parts of 
 dwarf-elder and juniper berries; or equal parts of spearmint, parsley 
 root, elder bark," (our common sweet elder) "and Indian hemp root; 
 or, equal parts of queen-of-the-meadow root, dwarf-elder, and Indian 
 hemp. The infusion, or decoction of either of these compounds may 
 be drank pretty freely whenever diuresis" (passing the urine in large 
 quantities), "or quenching the the thirst is desired." I give my pref- 
 erence for the last named combination. To make the infusion, or 
 decoction, pour on boiling water, and steep in a covered dish, for an 
 hour, or two. 
 
 8. The value of the Indian hemp, and of the bath, or principle 
 of sweating, as also recommended will be further confirmed by the 
 following letter from a Mr. Lynn, of the Irvin Institute, published in 
 the Christian Advocate, showing how his wife was cured of Dropsy, 
 after the physicians of his own town, and two eminent (?) ones of New 
 York, had given up that a cure could not be effected. He says: 
 
 "We had used a great variety of remedies prescribed by our phy- 
 sicians, without benefit, and finally submitted to the operation of tap- 
 ping, under the direction of Dr. Palmer, when 3 gals, of water were 
 drawn off in 5 minutes. This afforded immediate relief; but the 
 water collected again, and in about 3 weeks, the bloat, or enlargement, 
 was nearly as great as before. She was advised by a friend who had 
 suffered by this disease, to use the Indian hemp, medically called, apoc- 
 ynum cannabinum. She commenced drinking a decoction of this veg- 
 etable medicine, which proved very beneficial in checking the pro- 
 gress of the secretion of water, and greatly improved her general 
 health. Just at this time. Sister O'Brien sent us word from New 
 York, to use the vapor-bath, which she had known to be efficacious 
 in some desperate Dropsical cases, in England. I had a convenient 
 apparatus made, and commenced the use of it twice a day, 15, or 20 
 minutes each time; and in combination with this valuable remedy, she 
 used the Indian hemp. In about 2 weeks there was an apparent im- 
 provement of general health and strength ; and in 2 months more the 
 Dropsical affection had entirely disappeared; and her general health is 
 decidedly better than it has been for some years." 
 
 I believe the spirit, or hot-air bath will do just as well; but if any 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 323 
 
 one thinks best, they can use the old plan of putting the feet into a 
 bucket of hot water, and placing a tub of hot water under a chair upon 
 which the undressed patient sits, a blanket, or coverlet, or two, cover- 
 ing the whole except the head of the patient. Then, from time to 
 time, put a small stone, or half a brick, or a small piece of iron, either 
 of which must be just hot enough to raise a steam that it can be borne 
 by the patient. After this process has been borne as long as you 
 think best, let the patient arise, and draw the blanket around them 
 closely, and take the bed, covering well for a few minutes until the 
 bed is warm, then the blanket may be pushed down and taken out 
 without checking the perspiration, or causing a chilliness to the 
 patient, which should always be avoided in sweating. 
 
 Prof. Scudder, in his work, published in 1870, on "Specific Medi- 
 cation and Specific Medicines," i. e., medicines that have a certain 
 curative action, in speaking of the Indian hemp, on page 73, says: 
 "The apocinum" (Indian hemp) "is a true specific for that atonic" 
 (weak) " condition of the blood-vessels, that permits exudation" (pass- 
 ing out through the pores of the watery parts of the blood), " causing 
 Dropsy. I have employed it in my practice for some 8 years, and it 
 has not failed me in a single case, where the diagnosis was well 
 made," i. e., when the cmise of the disease had been properly distin- 
 guished, as against structural change of the heart, or kidneys, as be- 
 fore mentioned, from which no help is possible." He continues- 
 
 "It is a positive remedy for Dropsy, whether it takes the form of 
 asdema" (cellular, or swelling of the limbs) ^'anasarca" (of the abdo- 
 men, or bowels), "or Dropsy of the serous cavities, when there is no 
 obstruction of the circulation, and no febrile action. We would not 
 expect it to effect a cure of Dropsy from heart disease, or ascites from 
 structural disease of the liver," (or kidneys) "neither would we when 
 there was a frequent hard pulse, and other evidences of febrile" 
 (feverish) "action... Still in these cases, if we can partially remove 
 the obstruction in the _first case, and after an arrest of febrile action 
 in the second, the apocynum will move the deposit." 
 
 The Dose and proper method of giving the Indian hemp* is to 
 take 1 oz. of the powdered bark of the root, and boil it in water, 1 pt. 
 and take from 1 to 2 table-spoonfuls 3, or 4 times a day. See note for 
 its description and properties. Prof. Scudder is in the habit of mak- 
 ing an alcoholic fl. ex. by taking the recently dried root, 8 ozs. to alco- 
 hol of 76 per cent, 1 pt. ; then, for a Dose, he puts 1 to 2 drs. (1 to 2 tea- 
 spoonfuls), of this to water, 4 ozs. (a medium sized tea-spoonful), and 
 gives 1 tea-spoonful every 3 hours. 
 
 "Dr. Griscom states that this agent has four different and distinct 
 operations upon the sy.stem, which it almost invariably produces, viz : 
 1st, nausea, or vomiting; 2d, this is followed by increased alvine" 
 (alimentary) "discharges, which are succeeded, 3d, by copious per- 
 spiration, and in many instances, 4th, by diuresis" (increased flow of 
 
 * Note. — The Indian hemp is a species of milk-week, growing from Maine to 
 Florida, ^omng plentiful in Ky., especially plentiful there, as I should judge, as 
 King's Dispensatory, informs us that the bark of the stem, there, is used to make 
 rope of a very durable character. The bark of the root, however, is the part used in 
 medicine as stated above. The stem is 3, or 4 ft. high, and when bruised throws out 
 a milky juice that becomes hard like opium, by the heat of the sun. It blossoms 
 from May to August, and should be gathered during this time. It loses its value by 
 being long kept; hence, every year should furnish its own supply. It yealds its 
 properties to water, and only partially so to alcohol. 
 
324 DR. chase's 
 
 urine). "In a full Dose it occasions considerable sickness at the 
 stomach, lessens the pulse, and produces an inclination to sleep, prob- 
 ably from some somniferous" (sleep-producing) "principles.in it^copi- 
 ous vomiting soon ensues, and the other effects, as above stated." 
 
 The Dose recommended in Dropsy, is not so large as to produce 
 these effects, at least, it is not intended to do so; but I have deemed 
 it very important that this knowledge of its effects should be under- 
 stood by the i3eople, so that if, in any case, such effects should arise 
 from some peculiarity of the person (idrosincrasy), or of the system, 
 it should be known from whence it arose, so the Dose could be less- 
 ened, and the distance between Doses a little increased. Dr. King 
 gives it as his opinion that the decoction is the better way to give it, 
 find also, in the Dose above named. 
 
 9. The bark of the wild, or common grape vine, burned to 
 fishes, and given in wine, 1 tea-spoonful, to \ table-spoonful of the 
 ashes to a wine-glass of Catawba wine, 3 times a day, has cured very 
 severe cases of ascites, or Dropsy of the abdomen. 
 
 Dr. Gunn, in his new work gives the history of a very remarkable 
 case cured by this means, introducing the subject by the following 
 very sensible remarks upon the "vegetable kingdom," as being the 
 place to find a cure when "other medicines have failed." He says: 
 
 "The discoveries of each succeeding day convince us of the im- 
 portance of attending more strictly to the various herbs, roots, barks, leaves, 
 etc., of the vegetable kingdom; for I am fully convinced of their being 
 essential in the cure of many diseases, in which other medicines hare 
 Jailed. A wise and benificent Creator has given to every herb, and 
 leaf, medicinal virtues; He has made nothing in vain; the most un- 
 inviting and noxious weeds frequently give relief in almost hopeless 
 cases — those which have baffled the profound skill and most powerful 
 energies of genius. A case of this kind occurred in Louisville, Ky., a 
 few years since. A lady of wealth, Mrs. L., distinguished for her 
 charities, and commanding the regard and affectObn of all who knew 
 her, was afflicted with this disease — Dropsy, or ascites. She was 
 attended by some of the most distinguished physicians of that city: 
 Dr. Richmond, her family physician, Professors Gross, Cochran, Rog- 
 •ers, and Knight, with the consultation of many other professional 
 gentlemen, who pronounced her case incurable. She had been tapped 
 6, or 7 times, and the enormous quantity of 30 gals, of water drawn 
 from the abdomen ; the last operation drawing off nearly 6 gals. In 
 this dangerous and critical situation," says Dr. Gunn, "I was called in 
 to see her. It was with great difficulty, froan the quantity of water 
 secreted in the abdomen, that she could be moved; and, indeed, the 
 slightest motion of the body produced great distress, and almost suf- 
 focation. The discovery of a new, and though a simple one, a powerful 
 remedy in curing this disease, induced me to undertake her case; and 
 I thank God that I have it in my power to divulge this method of 
 ■cure, which may be the means of restoring hundreds, perhaps thous- 
 ■ands, to health and vigor, and aid in arresting the progress of this 
 ■most distressing and too often fatal disease. 
 
 "The remedy for this complaint, though apparently a simple one, 
 has produced some surprising and unexpected cures. Take the bark 
 of the common" (by which he un(loul)tedly means the wild) " grape 
 vine, and burn it to ashes, stirring it occasionally until it is thor- 
 oughly burnt. Till' dose is a tea-spoonful to half a table-spoonful in a 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 325 
 
 wine-glass, or more of Catawba wine, 3 times a day, increasing, or 
 diminishing the dose and wine as it can be borne on the stomach. 
 The bowels to be kept open by salts, or compound powder of jalap, ela- 
 terium, or some mild pnrgative; <n- actively purged, ac^cording as the 
 patient is of a weak, or strong habit of body ; the jalap evacuates 
 copiously by reducing the swelling of the abdomen; it should be 
 given 2, or 3 times a week. The vapor-bath, as before described, was 
 used once, or twire a day, as its administration could be borne in the 
 treatment of her case; and I am now forcibly impressed with the 
 opinion that a judicious course of this kind of treatment will consti- 
 tute the very best in Droi)sical diseases. I should recommend the food 
 to be nourishing, digestible animal food, with gentle stimulants, por- 
 ter, ale, etc. All drinks should be taken cold, in small quantities, and 
 frequently repeated. C'ider and gin ai'e good for many persons; but 
 this is greatly dependent on former habits, and the constitution of 
 the patients. 
 
 "In 2 months from the commencement of this Treatment, Mrs. L. 
 was reduced to her natural size, and restored, through the blessing of 
 God, to perfect health. When she attended the First Presbyterian 
 Church, Rev. J. C. Breckenridge, pastor, of which she was a member, 
 she excited great astonishment at her unexpected recovery. As it 
 was important (hat great care should be taken to prevent a return of the 
 disease, I prescribed tonics to restore the general system, and advised 
 her to visit the Sulphur Springs of Va., for all waters that contain sul- 
 phur, or iron, will prove benetlcial in improving and restoring the 
 general health, as they act directly upon the kidneys, increase the 
 flow of urine, and give new activity to these important glands. She 
 returned from the Springs in tine health, was married to a most ami- 
 able and worthy gentleman, and lived for many years in the social en- 
 joyment and happiness of her amiable family, and fi-iends; and died, 
 at last, of cholera, and has gone from this earthly sphere to that 
 serene abode of peace and hope where there shall l)e no more sick- 
 ness and death, there to enjoy that glorious and blessed home of her 
 Father and Redeemer for evermore." May this be the ultimate at- 
 tainment of all who may read this Work, is the earnest prayer of the 
 writer, who as firmly believes that there is such a state, as he believes 
 in his present existence; and who, not like some expects to sit down 
 there to an everlasting rest; but rather believes that Heaven shall be 
 worthy of its name, by permitting those who are sutiiciently fortunate 
 to attain to it, to be up and doing, i. e., to pass from world to world, 
 being freed from the clog of this earthly body, as quick as thought 
 now passes, to learn more and more of God's wisdom and goodness in 
 the creatiou of the world's throughout the emensity of space, and 
 to occasionally pass before His visible presence, and to fall down and 
 worship Him that sitteth on the throne, and thus to do homage, from 
 time to time as we speak of occurrences here, to the Father, the Son, 
 and the Holy Spirit forever, and forever — to become "Si)iritualists," 
 "indeed, and in truth." If to attain to such a spiritual life as ♦^his, 
 beyond the tomb, is not a sufficiently high aim for us here, then may 
 some truth be opened to our minds that shall cause us to look still 
 higher; but to sit down and " rest," as many speak of doing in Heaven, 
 would be no heaven for me. Him who has loved work and aetivit't/ 
 hare, will look for activity there, and only be satisfied when he attains 
 to it; and I will close this wandering paragraph by adding, that las 
 
326 DR. chase's 
 
 fully believe that those only will attain to this happiness there, who 
 have learned to love and serve God here, by doing good to his fellow- 
 creatures because it was ri(7/i<, as I believe in my present existence; 
 and that those who do not begin tJte work here, will become as wretched 
 and miserable, in the future world, as the others will be happy — the 
 very nature of things, enlightened by God's Word, perfectly satisfies 
 me of the correctness of these positions. And I have thought it not 
 amiss to make this record for the satisfaction of those who may read 
 this Work, to know our belief and hopes, as the line of thought was 
 introduced by our quotation from Dr. Gunn. If an)' shall think that 
 I shall be disappointed in glorious anticipations, I will only add that 
 the Bible teaches me that "eye liath not seen, nor ear heard, neither 
 have entered into the heart of man, the things whicli God hath pre- 
 pared for them that Zoce Him. But God hath revealed them into us 
 by His Spirit; for the Spirit searcheth all things, yea the deep things 
 of God." If it hath not entered into man's Ireart to conceive the 
 glorious things prepared for those "that love Him," I have no doubt 
 that it will be ten thousand times more extatic and glorious than even 
 my poor expectations. "So mote it be." 
 
 But to return to one of the ills of this life, Dropsy, I think but lit- 
 tle more need be said. With the articles generally recommended, 
 together with the specifics, Indian hemp, and ashes of the common grape 
 vine, and tlieir accompaning helps, cathartics, sweating, liniment, tonics, 
 etc., I feel that very much suffering may hereafter be ayoided, in this 
 disease. 
 
 It is claimed also, that the inner bark of white, or common sweet 
 elder, 3 single handfuls steeped, or boiled, rather, in milk, 1 pt., and 
 water, 1 pt. to 1 pt. and half of the quantity drank, night and morn- 
 ing, daily, has cured many cases of Dropsy. I suppose, of course, 
 that the treatment should embrace all of the first mentioned, or ordi- 
 nary treatment, as cathartics, bathing, sponging, etc., but I have no 
 knowledge of its success; yet it is simj^le, and easily tried and cannot 
 result in anything worse than delay, or loss of time, in giving it a 
 trial. 
 
 Cayenne pepper, horse-radish, mustard, porter, ale, wine, or gin 
 bitters, etc., may be as freely used with a nourishing animal diet, as 
 the different constitutions of the patients will allow, in treating 
 Dropsy. 
 
 The question may be asked, here, why do not the "alopaths," or 
 as they prefer to call themselves, the "regulars" cure Dropsy? The 
 answer is as plain and as simple as the question, because they regularly 
 ignore, or reject all medicines that do not come through their books! 
 If they would take the remedies herein described, and use them, they 
 could cure as well as the American, or reformed practitioner. Let 
 every man who is going to practice medicine, obtain the books of all 
 the different practices, and read them, and select and use the reme- 
 dies that experience shows to have cured many times, and he will then 
 as rcjuarly cure, as he now " taps," and allows the patient to die. 
 
 DYSENTERY— Bloody-Flux.— The last and most common 
 name sufliciently indicates the nature of this disease. It is an in- 
 flammation of the mucus, or lining membrane of the large and termi- 
 nal portion of the intestines, called the colon and rectum. Some think 
 this disease is contagious (catching), it is certainly sometimes epi- 
 demic (effects many people in a neighborhood at the same time). All 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 327 
 
 ages are subject to it, and all seasons, but the Fall, is the more com- 
 mon season. 
 
 Cause. — Anything that obstructs the healthy action of the skin, 
 checking perspiration at a time when this disease is prevalent, or 
 likely to prevail, will be the more likely to settle upon this portion of 
 the intestines which is now pre-disposed to disease, which throws the 
 morbid, or unhealthy, worn-out matters which should be thrown off 
 by the skin, upon the intestines, thereby irritating and infiainming 
 them, as found in this disease. Damp and chilly night air, wet 
 clothes, unwholesome food, sudden change of weather, and some 
 think an over amount of acid in the secretion from the liver, from 
 perhaps, frequent eating of unripe, or acid fruits, or vegetables, over 
 drinking of cold, perhaps, ice-water when heated, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — There is commonly a loss of appetite, costiveness, 
 and a sense of chilliness and shivering as if going to have ague, or 
 fever, heat of the skin with dryness of the same, more frequent pulse 
 than usual, with a beginning of pain in the lower intestines follow- 
 ed with griping and desire to evacuate the bowels, but probabl-y 
 passing only a small amount of frothy, and perhaps more, or less 
 bloody mucus, or it may be a more watery passage also api)earing to 
 be mixed with more, or less blood. If there is any fecal, or food mix- 
 tures with the passages, they are in hard lumps, but more generally 
 without them, showing that the upper bowels, stomach, and liver, are 
 not in a healthy condition. Quite frequently, from the straining in 
 endeavoring to eti'ect the passages, the rectum may be forced down, 
 and protrude externally more, or less, adding much to the suffering 
 of the patient. More, or less fever is also likely to attend the disease, 
 and add to its danger, although this may subside, still leaving the dis- 
 eased condition of the bowels in a more chronic form. The passages 
 are often very foetid, and should be at once removed from the room 
 if the patient is not able to go out for that jturpose, and in bad cases 
 they had better not take this labor upon themselves, but should be 
 kept quiet. 
 
 Treatment. — Although I stand alone in this, knowing that the 
 secretions of the skin are very deficient, I always give the spirit-bnth, 
 from 10 to 15 minutes, only, followed with the cayenne and whisky, 
 sponging, and dry and hard rubbing of the surface, to restore and ex- 
 cite the skin to a healthy action, thereby drawing the blood from the 
 intestines; the siDonging and friction to be repeated daily, but the 
 bath not more than once a week; mucilaginous injections, as flax-seed 
 tea, or slippery-elm tea, introduced with a large syringe, while warm, 
 and to be repeated as the case demands, and if considerable pain and 
 griping exist, put in a tea-spoonful of laudanum to a pt. of the injection. 
 And at the same time, although active, or severe purgatives are not 
 called for, yet, a mild one, that is calculated to gently move the stomach 
 and upper intestines to action, and at the same time to neutralize 
 the acidity of the bile, is almost imperatively called for, and will be 
 found in the neutralizing cathartic cordial, in comparison to which, says 
 Dr. Beach, "all other medicines sink into insignificance; it has a 
 specific effect which no other known agent possesses, and it seems as 
 though the Author of Nature had designed it for this and similar dis- 
 eases." 
 
 If the cathartic cordial is not on hand,a6 it ought tobe,the following 
 may be used : Best Turkey rheubarb root, saleratus, peppermint plant, 
 
328 DR. chase's 
 
 and cinnamon bark, of each, 2 oz. Pulverize all of these articles sepa- 
 rately, then mix thoroughly, and to a full, or rounding, table-spoonful 
 of this mixture pour on boiling water, 2 pt., and steep well, strain and 
 press out, and sweeten with white .sugar to be palatable, and, if there 
 is no fever, or but little, add best brandy, 2 table-spoonfuls — if much 
 fever leave out the brandy. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful of this must be given every hour, until 
 you are satisfied that the upper bowels have moved, by the presence 
 of fecal, or food matter with the passages; after this only o, or 4 times 
 daily will be needed to correct the tone of the system, changing the 
 fetor, relieving the griping and tenesmus, or pain in the rectum, and 
 producing a healthy action throughout the whole intestines. 
 
 Of course the injections must be faithfully attended to as the pain 
 and restlessness of the bowels demand; and to keep up a little ten- 
 dency to the skin, give any of the diaphoretic, or sweating remedies, in 
 the form of teas, from time to time,andif no sleep can be enjoyed, a lit- 
 tle laudanum, 10 to 30 drops as the pain demands, may be put into the 
 teas 2, or 3 times, as required. In case of considerable fever, sponge 
 the surface as often as needed by warm water that has a little sal-soda 
 in it, or some weak lye, made by putting some hot water into a hand- 
 ful, or two of ashes, and strained off, or with bay-rum, 01 other spirits, 
 as the conveniences and circumstances of the patient will allow. It 
 is not desired to get up, or to keep up any considerable perspiration, 
 only a slight tendency that way, which enables us to know that the 
 skin is able and willing to do its share of the regular work. And if, 
 at any time, there is any very considerable pain in the bowels, let hot 
 fomentations of liops,tansey, hoarhound, or any similar bitter herbs, be 
 applied and changed as often and as long as pain demands it, using 
 the other remedies faithfully as recommended; and if much drink is 
 craved, let it be of a mucilaginous kind, as slippery-elm bark, flax- 
 seed tea, sweetened, or sassafras bark, and pith of small sassafras rods, 
 or limbs. 
 
 And, if in any case, the passages should become putrid, or ex- 
 tremely offensive, let yeast, a table-spoonful, or two be added to a 
 drink of boiled milk, properly sweetened, and given every 2, or 3 hours, 
 or oftener, and also injected freely, in milk, or slippery-elm, or flax- 
 seed tea, as you have convenient, holding fast to the neutralizing ca- 
 thartic, or its substitute, as given above; and but little fears need be 
 had but what the termination will be speedily favorable if the symp- 
 toms are watched with ordinary care, and met immediately by the 
 proper remedy, as above given. Many very bad cases have been 
 cured by this course, even after considerable abuses with old-fash- 
 ioned remedies. 
 
 But, if any considerable head-ache should at any time be expe- 
 rienced in this disease, the acetate of potash as directed under the head 
 of Diuretics, may be given sufficiently to increase the flow of urine for 
 a day, or so at a time, according to the increase, or lessening of this 
 Symptom. 
 
 Comfrey Root, is very useful in Dysentery, diarrhea, and cough, 
 and in all pulmonary affections, leucorrhea, and female debility. It 
 may be boiled in water, or wine, or made into a sirup. 
 
 Dose. — One to 4 table-spoonfuls 3, or 4 times daily. An injection of 
 the mucilage in Dysentery, or diarrhea, made with water, will be found 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 329 
 
 very valuable. And the bruised root is used on bruises, sore throats, 
 ulcers, etc., with great satisfaction. 
 
 Oastor-Oil and paregoric, sweet-oil and laudanum, burnt 
 brandy, burnt rlieubarb, leptandrin, podophyllin, morphine, etc., etc., 
 have all been highly extolled in Dysentery, but my experience, and 
 the experience of many others, satisfies rae that it is not at all neces- 
 sary to multiply remedies, beyond those already given. 
 
 The Diet should be of the miklest and most nourishing kind, as 
 boiled milk with a bit of flour thickening, making a kind of porridge, 
 or thickened-milk, rice boiled in milk, or rice flour, if it can be got 
 scalded with water then boiled in milk, or boiled milk, with very 
 light and nice bread crumbled in it, of a daj', or two old, etc., etc., 
 until the strength begins to mend, then avoid everything likely to 
 produce a relapse, which is almost ahvavs worse than the first attack. 
 
 Dysentery in Small Children. — Prof. Scudder reports his suc- 
 cess with Dysentery of Small Children. His success is so uniform 
 that it is only necessary to give 1 case to have a general understand- 
 ing of the treatment. I quote from his "Case Book." Case No. XI. ^ 
 "Dysentery. — G — , set eight months, had Diarrhea commencing in the 
 morning, but in the evening the stools became small and bloody, at- 
 tended witli tenesmus. Pulse 130 and hard, surface hot, very restless, 
 nausea with occasional retching. Discharges about every 10 minutes. 
 Child regarded by the parents as in a dangerous condition, one hav- 
 ing died in the same house from the same disease the week previous. 
 
 "Prescribed at 11 p. m.: Tinct. of aconite, 5 drops; tinct. of 
 ipecac, 15 drops; water, 4 ozs. 
 
 " Dose. — A tea-spoonful every hour. 
 
 "No Dysenteric di.scliarges after 4 a. m., next morning, and the 
 child was well tlie second day." 
 
 The ipecac is believed to be certain, or specific in its action upon 
 mucus surfaces, and the internal surface of the intestines is mucus, 
 and the aconite lowers the circulation, and thus reduces fever. A 
 child 2 to 4 years old might be given twice the amount. An adult 
 might take a table-spoonful as a dose, of the above strength, or multi- 
 ply the drops bv 4, then take the same dose — a tea-spoonful. 
 
 DYSPEPSIA— Indigestion.— The common, or last name, given, 
 sufficiently indicates the location and nature of Dypepsia. Altho I'jh 
 the stomach is the principal seat of this disease, yet the whole alime i- 
 tary canal, from mouth to rectum, including the liver, are more, or 
 less complicated and aflTected, according to the severity of the disease, 
 or the length of time it may have existed. 
 
 Cause. — It appears strange to the Dyspeptic that some persons, 
 those in good general health, sound digestive organs, and whose labor, 
 or business gives them plenty of out-door exercise, and the organiza- 
 tion of whose minds allow them to take the world easy, can eat almost 
 every kind of food in more than ordinary quantities; while they, poor 
 Dyspeptics, can scarcely eat the mostdigestable foodjwithout the great- 
 est distress. 
 
 The leading Cause of Dyspepsia, is undoubtedly, over-eaiing at, 
 and between meals, finishing the day, perhaps, with an oyster supper, 
 or a festival supper, for some benevolent object (which of course, must 
 be patronized because benevolent in its object), drinking more ice-cold 
 lemonade and eating more ice-cream, with all the rest, than ought to 
 be eaten in a month, eating highly-seasoned and highly-dressed meats 
 
330 DR. chase's 
 
 hot-bread, pastry, and spices ; drinking 2, or 3 cups of strong coffee, or 
 tea; swallowing the food only half chewed, or rather rinsing it down 
 with the tea, or coffee; excitement of the passions; sedentery habits 
 (from sedent, to sit) ; want of proper out-of-door exercise, etc., etc., so 
 much so the only wonder to me is, that there is not much more Dyspep- 
 sia than there is. 
 
 But for the better understanding of indigestion, or Dyspepsia, it 
 will I trust, not be considered out of place, or improper in this con- 
 nection to give a discription of 
 
 Digestion. — On the reception of food into a healthy stomach, 
 that organ at once begins to pour out what is called the f/a-s^ric juice 
 (from the Greek, gastros, stomach, hence, gastritis, inflammation of the 
 stomach), by which it is converted into a soft, grayish mass called 
 chyme. The contractile powers of the stomach expels the chyme, from 
 time to time, during the digestive process into the duodenum (from 
 duodeni, meaning twelve, or about 12 inches long), which is properly 
 the first part of the intestines. Here it receives the bile from the liver, 
 and the pancreatic juice from the pancreas (this word is also from the 
 Greek, signifying flesh, or all flesh. It is situated behind the stomach, 
 and in the lower animals is called the sweet-bread). These two fluids 
 acting together upon the chyme , as it is'poured out from the stomach, 
 converts the appropriate portions of it into chyle, a milky, or- white ap- 
 pearing fluid, and leaves a yellowish residue, or sediment, to pass along 
 the intestines. The chyle is sucked, or taken up by a class of small 
 tubes, or absorbents, which are thickly spread over the inner surface of 
 the intestines, which are more properly called lacteals (from lac, milk), 
 because of their white, or milky appearance when carrying away the 
 chyle. These absorbents, or lacteals all empty their contents into the 
 thoracic duct, (from thorax, a chest, as the upper portion of the body is 
 called). It runs up along the spine, and empties the chyle into the left 
 sub-clavian vein, just under the clavicle, or collar-bone, (from sub, under, 
 and clams, a key, as the clavicle, collar-bone, acts as a key between the 
 breast-bone and the shoulder-blade), near the point where the sub- 
 daman vein reaches the right side of the heart, thus mixing the chyle 
 with the venous blood, just as it enters the heart. 
 
 The chyle is thus emptied into the venous blood first, because it 
 is necessary that it pass through the lungs, for the purpose of receiving 
 the oxygen of the air with which it is there mingled by the respira- 
 tion, or breathing, the same as the venous blood requires, by which 
 they are together changed into red, or arterial blood, and are now 
 ready to be sent by the heart, through the arteries, to the whole sys- 
 tem, for its building up and general support. This change of the 
 chyle into blood by its passage through the lungs is called sanguifica- 
 tion, from sanguis, blood, and facere, to make, literally with us, making 
 blood, which it is thus seen is made by each organ furnishing its 
 share of secretion. To begin with, the salivary glands of the mouth 
 secrete the saZira to moisten the food ; the stomach secretes the gas- 
 tric juice; the liver secretes the bile; the pancreas secretes the pancreat- 
 ic juice; the kidneys secrete the urine; the skin secretes the insensible 
 perspiration; and the spleen is supposed to furnish some important 
 help in the matter of support to the system; all these as a whole, 
 are called the secretions, and the special work of each organ, in fur- 
 nishing these secretions, is called the function of that organ. This 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 331 
 
 will, we think, enable any one the better to understand the work of 
 Digestion, and of the general system. 
 
 The yellow matter left in the duodenum, above mentioned, by 
 the se]'aration of the chyle from the chyme, is considered to furnish 
 no nourishment to the system, but is looked upon as the ofl'al, refuse, 
 or waste; but, as it passes along the whole length of the intestinal 
 tube, or canal, it undoubtedly has more, or less of virtue, or value ab- 
 sorbed from it, for some beneficial purposes to the system, at least, 
 its appearance is c<msiderably changed before it is passed off from 
 the body as feces, or dregs of the food. Yet, it may be that the 
 change arises more from the emptying into the intestinal canal of 
 other waste from different portions of the system, by a class of absorb- 
 ents of a somewhat similar character to the lacteals; only they are for 
 carrying out of, instead of into the bloodj; but still there is another 
 reason why I believe there are absorbents to take up from the intes- 
 tines and pour into the blood, i. e., this, in ulceration of the bowels, 
 or any disease by which putrid, or especially bad matter is retained 
 an undue time in the bowels, the blood becomes so much the more 
 viciated, and the disease the more dangerous; hence the necessity for 
 such medicines as shall mildly and gently empty the intestines in 
 all such cases, instead of the Homoeopathic plan of no cathartics. In 
 other words, in my opinion, after food has given all the support to 
 the system that it contains, the sooner it is then discharged, the bet- 
 ter; at least, in ordinary circumstances, to cultivate a daily passage, 
 which, in Dyspepsia, is almost absolutely necessary. 
 
 Fortunately for the world, but as it would seem, unfortunately for 
 Alexis St. Martin,' a French Canadian, of only 18 j^ears of age, while a 
 soldier in the U. S. Army, and in service at Macinaw, accidentally re- 
 ceived a gun-shot wound on the 6th of June, 1822, in the left side, 
 blowing off the skin and flesh the size of a man's liand, breaking 
 some of the ribs, tearing the lower part of the left lung and penetra- 
 ting the stomach, tearing and injuring the parts very much, as it 
 was a buck shot charge, it made a very bad wound ; and Dr. Beaumont, 
 the Surgeon in charge, who gives the account, afterwards instituted a 
 plan of experimenting upon the principles of Digestion, from which 
 very decided advantages may be derived; as it will be seen from his 
 explanation that it healed up leaving an opening from which gastric 
 juice, or food could be taken, and the process of Digestion could be 
 watched. He says: "On the 5th day sloughing took place; portions 
 of the lung, hones, and the stomach separated, leaving an opening in the lat- 
 ter large enough to admit the whole length of the finger into its cavity, and 
 also a passage into Ids chest half as large as his fist. After one year, tJie 
 wound closed, leaving the orifice into the stomach, which remained open, two 
 and a half inches in circumference. For some months the food 
 could be retained, only bj^ wearing a compress; but finally a small 
 fold of the villous" (velvety projections as seen in the stomach of the 
 cow, as in tripe) "coat of the stomach began to appear, which grad- 
 ually increased till it filled the apperture" (opening) "and acted as a 
 valve, so as to completely prevent any efflux" (flowing out) "from 
 within, but to admit of being easily pushed back by the finger from 
 without." 
 
 Dr. Beaumont, seeing the advantages that might be taken of the 
 condition of St. Martin, for the benefit of the world, by experiment- 
 ing ujwn him, and traveling and exhibiting him to the medical 
 
332 DR. chase's 
 
 classes of the various colleges, and publishing a book giving the exper- 
 iments, made an arrangement with him, at an expense of about $2,000, 
 and retained al:)out him for that purjiose as long as it was necessary 
 to accomplish his object. 
 
 And, I might properly add here, before giving the conclusions 
 arrived at by the experimeijts of Dr. Beaumont upon the exposed 
 stomach of St. Martin, that they were still further confirmed, about 
 20 years after, by a visit to New York, from Montreal, where he took 
 up his residence, after leaving the service, or rather the exi)eriment- 
 ing of Dr. Beaumout. The visit was made for the purpose of adding 
 something to his own funds, by visiting the colleges, and scientific 
 meu there, as he had made his living by manual labor, supporting a 
 large family. The recent examinations, did not materially contro- 
 vert, or change the conclusions previously arrived at. The last visit, 
 and experiments were made under the care of a Dr. Buntine, as will 
 be seen in No. 11, under this head. 
 
 The conclusions arrived at by Dr. Beaumont from the experi- 
 ments, above spoken of, have been so considerably condensed yet so 
 fully given in the plainest language and so fully corresponding with my 
 own views, byDr.Gunn,in his new Domestic Pysician, that I willquote 
 from him, instead of attemi)iug to further cmdense them. He says: 
 
 "By the experiments made by Dr. Beaumont, we are informed 
 that the perfect identity (sameness) of Digestion with chemical solution 
 has been established ; the gastric juice removed and put into a phial, 
 was just as successful in reducing food to chyle, as when left to oper- 
 ate in the stomach. For as Digestion essentially is a solution of the 
 aliment" (food) "[in the gastric juice, it follows that whatever promotes 
 the free and healthy secretion of that juice, will favor Digestion, and, 
 on the contrary, whatever impedes, or impairs it, will impair, or im- 
 pede the Digestive process. It thus becomes important to ascertain 
 the conditions under which it is secreted most freely and healthily. 
 
 "The circumstances under which Dr. Beaumont obtained gastric 
 juice, of healthy quality and in large quantity, from St. Martin's 
 stoma(;h, and which consequently may he considered as most favorable to 
 Digestion, were moderate and regular living, due exercise in the open air, 
 cheerful activity of mind and feeling, and dry, bracing weather. After 
 excess, on the contrary, in rating, or drinking, fatigue, passion, tempo- 
 rary irritation of disease, or in damp weather, the secretion was im- 
 paired both in quality and quantity. 
 
 "If, as there is every reason to believe, the gastric juice, or secre- 
 tion, is naturally proportioned to the real wants of the system at the ' 
 time, it is very easy to understand why it is most copious after mod- 
 erate and regular living, and least so after intemperance. 
 
 "When a moderate meal is eaten, a sufficiency of juice is speedily 
 secreted for its solution, Digestion goes on rapidly, the coats of the 
 stomach retain their usual healthy appearance, and after an interval of 
 repose" (remember this all you who are always eating large meals, 
 and also between meals — the stomach must have rest, as well as man, 
 or beast), "a fresh supply of juice is ready to be poured out, when 
 wanted for the Digestion of the next meal. Of these facts Dr. Beau- 
 mont had ocular" (actual sight) "evidence. But, when food was 
 eaten to excess, the portion left undissolved" (because only a proper 
 proportion for a reasonable meal is supplied) "by the gastric juice, be- 
 gan to ferment, and acted as a local irritant, just as any other foreign 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 333 
 
 body would do, and produced an inflammatory action on the inner 
 coats of the stomach, which necessarily interferred with the gastric se- 
 cretion, and thereby impaired the j^owrr of Digesting when it other- 
 wise would have done well. 
 
 "From the relation which Dr. B. believes to exist between the 
 quantity of gastric juice, which the stomach can secrete, and the actual 
 wants of the system at the time, it follows that the power of Digestion 
 varies considerably under diflerent circumstances, even in the same in- 
 dividual. In youth, for example, and during convalescence from ill- 
 ness, and after much exercise, when copious materials are required 
 for both nutrition and growth, the gastric secretion seems to be very 
 abundant, and hence the vigorous appetite, and easy Digestion of 
 early life. But, after maturity, when the living fabric is complete in 
 all its parts, and when the restless activity of youth is exchanged for 
 the staid and comjiaratively sedentary pursuits of middle age, and 
 when, therefore, no such abundance of nutritive materials are re- 
 quired, the secretion of gastric juice is much diminished in quantity, 
 which is the chief cause of the proportionally diminished power of 
 Digestion. 
 
 "Keeping this relation in mind, we ought, clearly, on the ap- 
 proach of maturity, to place ourselves in accordance with our altered 
 needs, and diminish the quantity of food, more, or less, according to 
 our labor, or more sedentary habits, as the case may be, adapting our 
 mode of living to our sedentary habits, diminishing the quantity of 
 food, in due proportion between supply and expenditure, which, alone, is 
 compatible with the continuance of health. This precaution is, how- 
 ever, very generally neglected. Retaining a lively sense of the pleas- 
 ures of a youthful constitution and Digestion, the grown man changes 
 his habits but continues his full meals, and when he feels the accumu- 
 lating weight of excess pressing more and more heavily upon him, in- 
 stead of taking the hint, and restricting himself to what he requires, 
 he begins to bemoan his weakness of stomach, and to wonder why he, 
 who once never felt that he had a stomach, should now become a mar- 
 tyr to his complaints. From an extensive practice, I am confident that 
 a large proportion of the severe Dyspeptic eases which occur, in what 
 are considered regular-living men, on the approach of manhood, or 
 between 20 and 40 years of age, are fairly attributed to this cause, and 
 might be avoided by the exercise of a rational foresight, and I have known 
 several who have suffered severely in this way for years, lament sin- 
 cerely the ignorance which betrayed them into this error. 
 
 "There are many persons no doubt constitutionally, too devoted 
 to intemperance, in eating and drinking, to be corrected by anj' such con- 
 siderations" (all that can be done for such is to let them suffer the 
 consequences, for, if the cause of disease can not, or will not be removed, 
 but very little good can be done in any case) ; "but there are also many 
 misled, less by force of appetite, than by ignorance, who may profit 
 by this remark. The other conditions most influential in diminish- 
 ing the gastric juice are bodily fatigue, strong mental emotions, such as 
 anger, and febrile excitement. Hence the absolute necessity of avoiding 
 full meals under such circumstances, and never eating a second, till the 
 .stomach has had time to recover from the labor of Digesting the one 
 preceeding; for it requires an interval of repose just as much as the 
 muscles do. 
 
 " In attacks of fever, the coats of the stomach were often observed 
 
334 DK. chase's 
 
 by Dr. B. to present a somewhat dry and inflamed appearance, follow- 
 ed sometimes by an irruption of wliitish vessicles" (small pimple- 
 like elevations filled with fluid). '"In this state, the gastric juice is 
 generally sparingly .secreted, and somewhat alteretl in quality. Hence 
 the impaired power of Digestion, and the generally impaired appetite 
 in fever, and the folly of giving solid food, which serves only to in- 
 crease the irritation and impair still further, the already diminished 
 gastric secretions. 
 
 " In many slight fits of indigestion, appearances of this kind pre- 
 sented themselves, and were easily removed by a short abstinence, 
 and a little laxative medicine. 
 
 " Many persons who obviously live too freely, protest against the 
 fact, because they feel no immediate inconvenience, either from the 
 quantity of food, or from the stimulants" (liquors) "in which they 
 habitually indulge, or, in other words, because they experience no 
 pain, sickness, or headache, nothing perhaps, except slight fullness 
 and oppression, which soon go off. Observation and facts, however, 
 show that the conclusion drawn is entirely false, and that the amount 
 of real injury is not felt at the moment, because, for a wise purpose, 
 nature has dei)rived us of any consciousness either of the existence of, 
 or state of the stomach during health. In accordance with this, Dr. 
 B's experiments prove that extensive erythematic" (an unhealthy 
 redness) "inflammation of the mucus coat of the stomach was of fre- 
 quent occurrence in St. Martin, especially after excesses in eating, or 
 drinking, even when no marked general symptoms was present to in- 
 dicate its existence. Occasionally, febrile heat, nausea, headache, 
 and thirst, were complained of, but not always. Had St. Martin's 
 stomach, and its inflamed porches, not been visible to the eye, he too 
 might have pleaded that his temporary excess did him no harm ; but 
 when they presented themselves in such legible characters, that Dr. B. 
 could not miss seeing them, argument and supposition were at an end, 
 and the broad fact could not be denied. 
 
 "These experiments, made upon himself, unintentionally by St. 
 Martin, occasioned by fits of intemperance, show the effects of ardent 
 spirits upon the coats of the stomach, and afford an instructive lesson 
 to all who are willing to receive and enforce it, that nature is not to 
 be outraged, and its functions disturbed by the use, or rather the 
 abuse, of spirituous liquors, or by eating to excess, as it must be seen 
 by my readers, to which I invite their attentive consideration. 
 
 "That the very acrid" (biting and corroding) "nature of the cor;- 
 tents of the stomach, occasionally witnessed during the existence of 
 the eruption, in the case of St. Martin, is a proof at once of the great 
 disturbance in the function" (special action) "of the stomach, and of 
 the necessity of avoiding everything but the mildest nourishment till 
 health is restored. It is quite common, however, for a patient im- 
 mediately after complaining of the acrimony of the last meal, to sit 
 down to the table and eat as heartily of all sorts of food as if he 
 was in perfect health. When this case fully and conclusively shows 
 that it can not be done with impunity" (without punishment — the 
 punishment must follow). 
 
 "The gastric juice is absolutely necessary to Digestion. It is 
 caused to flow into the stomach as soon as any substance is introduced 
 into that organ, whether it be a piece of leather, or a beef-steak. 
 This juice contains an acid, and the more indigestible any article of 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 335 
 
 food is, the greater amount of sourness" (acidity— biting and harsh- 
 ness) "does the gastric juice contain; hence, when persons eat some- 
 thing that does not agree with tiiem — not easily Digested — they say 
 it soured on the stomach, or complain of heart-burn. The use to make 
 of this knowledge is, that whatever article of food is followed by sour 
 stomach, or heart-burn, should be avoided altogether, or taken in di- 
 minished quantity. But do not forget that different stomachs bear 
 different things; and what disagrees with you to-day, may agree very 
 well next week, or next month and the Dyspeptic stomach — like a 
 spoiled child — must be humored, however fickle it may seem. 
 
 "Sometimes, however, shall I not say nearly always, people eat so 
 much that there is not gastric juice, or acid enough to Digest the food; then 
 it ferments, produces belching, coliky pains, sick stomach, sick head- 
 ache, and the like — therefore, common vinegar, which has more of 
 the properties of the gastric juice than any other substance" (lactic 
 acid has since been found next to the gastric juice, in properties), "is 
 often used to very great advantage to aid the Digestion of articles 
 which are known to be ditficult of Digestion, especially by persons 
 who have weak stomachs." 
 
 After giving the foregoing conclusions deducted from, or arrived 
 at from the experiments upon the exposed stomach of Alexis St. Mar- 
 tin, Dr. Gunn sums up what he considers "the principal and general 
 causes of Dyspepsia" in such striking language, and yet so true to 
 general facts,that I will give|them,at the risk of repeating my previously 
 expressed opinions ; for they must be sufficiently fixed in the minds of the 
 people to be avoided, if it is at all desirable to enjoy health, or to restore it 
 when lost through these causes. He says: 
 
 "The principal and general causes of Dyspepsia, and the whole 
 train of distressing complaints resulting therefrom, are produced from 
 the present fashionable habits of luxury and intemperance both in eating and 
 drinking, such as spirituous liquors, high-seasoned meats, excessive use 
 of tea, and coffee, hot bread, spices, pastry, tobacco in every form, irreg- 
 ular evacuations, excessive venery" (sexual indulgencies), "swallow- 
 ing food without chewing it sufficiently, over-loading the stomach, de- 
 rangements of the liver and spleen" (the derangements of these 
 organs arise from these very excesses), "want of exercise and pure 
 air, the depressing passions, or great anxiety of the mind, and what- 
 ever has a tendency to debilitate the lining membrane of the storiiach, 
 so as to prevent it from the healthy performance of its functions" 
 (digestive powers). 
 
 Symptoms. — The Symptoms in Dyspepsia vary according to the 
 stage of the disease, or rather the extent of the irritability of the 
 stomach. At first, the appetite will vary, sometimes being ravenous, 
 but, more generally weak, or not desiring food at all. On eating, 
 there will be distension, from accumulating gases, uneasiness, windy 
 and acid eructations, and colicky pains also, accordingtothe disturb- 
 ance, and the amount eaten; the mind languid and irritable; white 
 fur on the tongue ; constipation generally, with a very vivid aiid strik- 
 ing knowledge that you have a stomach, and that so far as feelings 
 are concerned, you wish you had not, especially so if you have con- 
 siderably overeaten. Occasionally there may be looseness of the 
 bowels, instead of constipation, showing the irregularity of the sys- 
 tem ; and as the disease progresses, the stomach becomes tender to 
 the touch, and the mind more gloomy and foreboding of evil conse- 
 
336 i>R. chase's 
 
 quenees. In the times of looseness of the bowels, it will he noticed 
 that pieces of improperly masticated food pass off without being dis- 
 solved by the gastric' juice, which is either wanting, or not of a healthy 
 character. The person finally becomes poor in flesh, countenance be- 
 comes haggard and has a disti-essing appearance ; the skin is shriv- 
 eled and harsh to the feel; and the surface and extremities are 
 almost constantly cold and chilly, and life becomes too great a burden 
 to be borne by some; hence, suicide is often the end. While, on the 
 other hand, if the stomach and the general system is in a healthy- 
 condition, and a person takes a regular and reasonable meal, they 
 soon feel a genial sense of support and sujiply, with just a sense of 
 pleasant fullness, in place of the previous hunger and emptiness felt 
 before the meal ; and the exhaustion felt from the labor and exercise 
 gives place to a healthy vigor, tlie whole system glowing with re- 
 newed strength and animation ; the pulse becomes a little fuller, 
 stronger, and a little more frequent; the nervous system is more 
 calm, and often inclined to rejxise, or to a short nap, from which if 
 taken, one arises with still greater renewed vigor ; the skin is a little 
 warmer from the quicker passage of the invigorated blood ; and the 
 mind fully in sympathy with the body, feels a renewed hilarity from 
 the strengthened and invigorated blood as it flows through the brain, 
 exciting it to its fullest capacities of power and strength for renewed 
 mental, or bodily labor ; in fact the whole being, body and mind, are 
 ready for a new "race. Not so with the Dyspeptic — -the difl'erence will 
 be realized more readily by again reading the Symptoms, as given 
 above. 
 
 Treatment. — Persons of good common sense, after carefully read- 
 ing and fully Digesting, in the mind, all that has been said, above, on 
 indigestion, its causes and symptoms, and, who are not already confirmed 
 Dyspeptics, can see at a glance, what the Treatment is, or should be 
 for them — stop all over-indulgence, and for a time, at least, eat short of 
 a full meal, take proper exercise, etc., and they will get well without 
 any medicine at all ; for there is a principle of restorative power in 
 the system that is better than any medicine in diseases where too 
 great, or too long a continued departure has not been made from the 
 normal, or healthy condition. 
 
 At least all that would be of special value in the line of Treat- 
 ment would be bathing, or sponging the surface, followed by friction; 
 and some stimulation to the surface, as with cayenne and spirits, or 
 considerable friction with a g<iod brush, every night, for such a time 
 as returns the blood to the surface, by the aid of the exercise, and the 
 choice of suidi diet as will aid to remove the costiveness, and restore 
 the healthy tone of the stomach — remembering that so long as any 
 overeating, or drinking is done, or any excesses indulged in, just so 
 long you will have the Dj^spepsia, no matter what the Treatment.. 
 This leaves it entirely optional with those who are not yet confirmed 
 Dyspeptics, to have it, or not, just as suits them best — if good victuals 
 and excesses are better than health, I, at least, have no right to com- 
 plain ; but they will not remain long together. 
 
 But, in More Advanced Cases, the Treatment must be tonic, 
 restorative, stimulative, and alterative to the secretions, which will invig- 
 orate the stomach, and blood, and, through them, the whole system; 
 and for the purpose of giving tone to the stomach, correcting acidity, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 337 
 
 and producing healthy secretions, if overeating, and all other excesses 
 are abandoned, will be found very successful 
 
 1. Alterative, Stimulant, and Restorative Tonic. — Take 
 gum myrrh, columbo, gentian, and rheubarb roots, cubeb pepper, Peru- 
 vian bark, of each, 1 oz.; alcohol of 76 per cent., 1 qt. 
 
 Bruise, or grind all the articles, and mix with the alcohol, and 
 shake daily, for a week, when it may be used ; or a druggist can per- 
 colate and have it ready in 48 hours ; or it can be steeped in a closely 
 covered, small >in pail, or stew dish, and be ready in 1 day, by leav- 
 ing it upon the dregs. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful in a little water, tea, or coffee, as preferred, 
 15, or 20 minutes only before each meal. 
 
 2. A Three-G-rain Pill of sesqui-oxide of iron, which drug- 
 gists will make for you, should be taken, at the same time, with the 
 alterative, stimulant, and restorative tonic, with which it forms a very 
 valuable part. 
 
 3. And, if there is obstinate costivencss there may be added to 
 the above tonic bitters, aloes, 1 dr., or rheubarb ^ oz. additional; but I 
 rather prefer the aloes; and in this case of severe costiveness, half 
 of the cubeb pepper might be omitted until the costiveness is over- 
 come. 
 
 4. If there is considerable sourness of the stomach, or raising 
 of wind, or tasting the food in the eructations, or belchings, or heart- 
 burn, take a i tea-spoonful of super-carbonate of soda in a table-spoon- 
 ful, or two of water. 
 
 In cases where Dyspepsia has existed for some time, so that a con- 
 siderable debility of the stomach and perhaps the whole system has 
 taken place, although the foregoing tonic, before meals, will enable 
 the Digestion to proceed favorably for an hour, or two, yet it will per- 
 haps fail, and a tightness across the chest will be experienced, with a 
 little pain, or uneasiness, especially in cases where an undue amount 
 is eaten, or of coffee, or tea is drank, with the acid eructations again 
 beginning, which the soda does not fully allay, the following aromatic 
 tonic must be resorted to : 
 
 5. Aromatic Tonic. — Peruvian bark, canella alba, Virginia 
 snake root, chamomile flowers and valerian root, of each, 1 oz. ; rasped 
 quassia IJ ozs. ; cardamon seeds, f oz. ; alcohol 76 per cent., 1 qt. 
 
 All to be bruised, mixed and treated the same as the altera- 
 tive tonic , above, and dose the same, but this may be repeated 
 after an hour, or so, if the first dose does not carry you safely over 
 the meal, which it generally will if only a moderate meal of easily- 
 digested food has been eaten. The first dose will be taken about 2 
 hours ordinarily, after the meal. But it must not be taken any longer 
 than uneasiness, or indigestion manifests itself after eating. It should, 
 however, be on hand, in case of need. 
 
 Perseverance and watchful care with this Treatment will be 
 rewarded with success, provided, too long a departure from a healthful 
 courseof living has notbeen indulged in. Youmay desire to know what 
 I mean by perseverance. Simply this, if a case has been a year, or two 
 in being ripened into Dyspepsia, do not expect to be cured in a 
 month, nor two, unless every improper indulgence is absolutely and deci- 
 dedly abandoned, and then, in some cases it must take 2 or 3 months, 
 or more, according to carefulness in avoiding errors, and judgment in 
 using the medicines. 
 
 22— DB. chase's second receipt book. 
 
338 DR. chase's 
 
 6. Dr. Edward Cone, formerly of Dresden, and latterly of Co- 
 lumbus, O., with whom we were for many years acquainted, and have 
 known his reliability, in a small work published by him entitled a 
 "Synopsis of the Treatment of Fever, Indigestion, Neuralgia, and 
 Tubercular Diseases," gives an account of a form of indigestion 
 wherein there is great relaxation of the stomach, and as I think this 
 our " Second Receipt Book," may have a circulation sufficiently ex- 
 tended among the people, as to bring it in contact with the disease in 
 that form, although I have not had a case of this form to come under 
 my own observation, I feel constrained to give our readers the benefit 
 of the knowledge of a man of so extended an experience as I know 
 Dr. Cone to be. And as his concluding remarks on the subject of Dys- 
 pepsia, generally, are so in agreement with what we have before 
 said, I shall quote from him, both to substantiate my own position, 
 and to give the other form of the disease, in which I have not had 
 an opportunity for ob-servation. He says: 
 
 " There is one form of indigestion that we beg leave to detail the 
 symptoms of, as we have not seen a sufficient description of it to . 
 enable a person to detect it. We allude to relaxation of the stomach 
 — it may occur — and we have seen it in persons of all ages, but it 
 occurs most frequently in elderly persons; its characteristics are great 
 distension of the stomach — so much so that the organ can be felt 
 occupying the whole upper portion of the abdomen, pressing the liver 
 on the right and the spleen on the left side, upwards against the 
 diaphragm, and extending downwards sometimes to a considerable 
 distance belowthe navel, presenting to the touch when it is distended 
 as it is most of tlie tim» to a considerable extent, a large, firm, irreg- 
 ular globe, that will bear pretty firm pressure without much pain. 
 We have not known any of these cases to be attended with much 
 nausea, or vomiting; the appetite is generalh^ capricious, and the op- 
 pression and distress in the region of the stomach does not exceed 
 that of many common cases of Dyspepsia ; the bowels are generally 
 torpid, but not always ; the kidneys generally secrete a small quantity 
 of imperfect urine ; but the great source of difficulty is in the chest, 
 heart and brain — the distension is so great as to push the diaphragm 
 up, and press so firmly on the lungs and heart as to produce the great- 
 est possible difficulty in breathing — the patient is wholly unable to 
 make a deep inspiration ; is harrassed with a short, half suppressed, 
 stitching cough ; he is unable to lie down at all in many instances, 
 and in others he can remain in the recumbent position only for a 
 short time, and there is generally an entire inability to lie on one 
 side. These cases are generally supposed to be dropsy of the chest, 
 dropsj' of the sack of the heart, enlargement of the heart, or ossifica- 
 tion of the valves of the heart, absce.ss, asthma, etc. The pulse is gen- 
 erally very irregular, but almost always intermitting, sometimes run- 
 ning several beats pretty regularly, then an entire interval f/)r the 
 space of one, or two pulsations; the jugulars will become tui-gid, the 
 countenance flushed and livid, when the heart will contract spasmod- 
 ically, and there will be one, or two full strong pulsations, then there 
 will be a number of small feeble pulsations again. We have never 
 observed the small feeble pulsations to be less than 7, or more than 
 18; but when they are 12, or, as in one instance, 18, the circulation is 
 very much embarrassed, and the breathing is so difficult that the 
 patient has a constant sense of suflbcation, and even in the Winter 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 339 
 
 season has the windows and doors open, and requires to be fanned 
 most assiduously to keep life in him, In some instances the brain is 
 not much disturbed, and in others we have seen, from the impeded 
 condition of the venous circulation, many of the symptoms of apo- 
 plexy, and in one instance the attending physicians most strenuously 
 opposed our stimulating and tonic treatment, on the ground that the 
 patient was threatened with apoplexy. This j^atient, though 72 
 years old, recovered perfectly. But in other instances we have seen 
 the most settled melancholy, and have known strong-minded men to 
 say that their life was a burthen, that they could not bear, and that 
 they coveted death so ardently that they feared they would commit 
 suicide ; and we have Treated cases where attempts had been made at 
 self-destruction, and have frequently witnessed all the vagaries of the 
 hypochondriac in these cases. There is generally more or less drop- 
 sical effusion in these cases ; generally the lower extremities are 
 more, or less dropsical ; but we have seen cases of universal dropsy in 
 this form of disease so much so that the lower extremities have 
 burst open from the knee to the instep, and water constantly ooze 
 from the fissures. This condition, of which we have only given an 
 imperfect sketch, is one of most intense suffering. Though there is 
 not a great deal of acute pain, it is one of intense anxiety, with the 
 greatest oppression of all the vital powers, with a constant sense of 
 impending danger, with suffering depicted in every feature. 
 
 "Indigestion is generally supposed to depend on a variety of causes, 
 as inflammation of the mucous, or lining membrane (either acute, sub- 
 acute, or chronic) of the stomach, organic, or functional disease, as 
 inflammation, schirrous, or torpor of the liver, torpor, irritation, con- 
 gestion, or inflammation of the small, or large bowels, and so on. But 
 the real cause of indigestion is indicated by the remedies that operate 
 most efficiently in its cure, and these are gently stimulating tonics 
 combined with those articles that will stimulate healthy secretions, 
 the real state of all the organs, either directly, or indirectly concerned 
 in the process of digestion being that weakness, debility, or feeble- 
 ness. Hence the torpor and general inability to perform their respec- 
 tive offices. And the cause of indigestion in a majority of cases 
 (where there is not cancer, or other structural disease of the stomach) 
 is, in the first place, over-taxing the digestive ability of the stomach 
 (which, of course,, is relative, for what would be a heavy task for one 
 stomach, would be light work for another) either by indigestible food 
 or imposing on it a watery, vapid and innutricious diet, which 
 though the stomach may reduce to chyme, and thus do its part, yet 
 when the process is completed, there is no healthy chyle, and the 
 system is not nourished. Such crude diet gives the stomach double, 
 or treble labor to manage it, yet it gives but little, or nothing on the 
 score of nourishment back to the stomach in return. Hence the 
 stomach, and consequently the whole system, lose their tone and 
 vigor; and when thus debilitated, they must be subjected to some 
 stimulus, or invigorating influence, or their health will not be 
 restored. To be sure, some will say, correct all the vices and adverse 
 influences to which the stomach has been subjected, and give it 
 nothing but healthy influences, and it will recover its wonted vigor 
 and health. This will do if there be but temporary derangement, 
 and a very considerable degree of vigor remain ; but if the stomach 
 be verj' much enfeebled it will not regain its tone without the aid of 
 
340 DR. chase's 
 
 judicious remedial influences. Just as reasonably expect an impov- 
 erished and worn out soil to become fertile and productive witbout 
 any extraneous influences, as to expect the stomach to recuperate its 
 lost energy without aid, or assistance. 
 
 "The Treatment for indigestion, as we have said elsewhere, should 
 be tonic, restorative, stimulating and alterative to the glandular 
 secretions, and calculated to invigorate the stomach, blood, and the 
 whole system. 
 
 "Treatment. — We now come to the Treatment of that form of indi- 
 gestion that we have denominated relaxation and distension of the 
 stomach. This condition is clearly the result of a want of nourish- 
 ment of the system, producing the greatest degree of laxity, or relaxa- 
 tion of the muscular fibres of the stomach, and as it is almost entirely 
 unable to digest food, most of what is received into it enters into 
 their chemical affinities, gas is extricated, and as the stomach is so 
 very feeble and flabby, it yields to the distension of gas and fluids, 
 instead of contracting and throwing them ofi', either by vomiting, or 
 eructation. The indication for cure in these cases we think to be 
 very plain, |and thus far to us they have been entirely satisfactory. 
 Our Treatment is, very actively stimulating tonic and strengthening ; 
 we entirely discard the semblance of apoplexy, or any symptom of in- 
 flammatory action, and push a stimulating Treatment thoroughly on 
 our patient, until we get the stomach aroused to action and able to 
 digest at least animal food. For this purpose we prescribe the an- 
 nexed : 
 
 "Take gum aloes, rheubarb, best capsicum, of each 2 drs.; 
 white snake root, Virginia snake root (serpentaria), valerian root, ca- 
 nella alba bark, rasped quassia, of each ^ oz. 
 
 "Put the whole into a bottle, and add one quartof best rye whisky, 
 if to be had, 20 per cent above proof, or a quart of best French brandy. 
 
 " Dose.— From 1 to 2 tea-spoonfuls three times a day, just before 
 meals. 
 
 "The patient should use as little vegetable diet as possible, and as 
 much animal as he can relish ; such as broiled ham, broiled beef- 
 steak, roast beef, or mutton, soft boiled eggs, or the muscular parts, of 
 game, or most kinds of fowl ; he can take a moderate share of stale 
 bread, or of hot, mealy, Irish potatoes : but in most instances anything 
 that contains much starch will enter into fermentation, and result in 
 injury, and we often quaintly remark to our patients, in reply to the 
 inquiry, "what can I eat?" "Eat,, sir? why, sir, live like a dog — the 
 nearer the better." Give the above medicine in tea-spoonful doses, un- 
 til the bowels shall become open and regular, (and we believe we have 
 never seen a case of this kind where they were not constipated), but 
 be careful that you do not purge, and as soon as the bowels become 
 regular, give this preparation in smaller doses, so as merely to secure 
 one operation per day ; and if there be no dropsical effusion we give 
 nothing else but the "above until the digestion is again established; 
 but in most instances there is more, or less dropsical efl"usion, and 
 generally a very sparse secretion of urine, and for the purpose of 
 ■exciting the action of the absorbents and kidneys, we give the sub- 
 joined : 
 
 "Take dried squill root, pulverized gentian root, 2 drs. each ; 
 nitre, or salt-petre, | oz. ; sesqi-oxiue iron, 1 oz; cream of tartar, 3 ozs. 
 
 "Triturate (rub) the squills and nitre in a mortar, until the squill 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 341 
 
 is finely pulverized ; then add the other articles, and mix all together; 
 and the patient should take from one-third to two-thirds of an even 
 tea-spoonful of this every four hours, or if it do not run off by the 
 bowels, he can take a full tea-spoonful of it. Its operation on the 
 kidneys and absorbents will be promoted by the patient drinking 
 freely of a strong tea of the bark of the water-willow {salix latifolia). 
 This course of Treatment should be continued until all dropsical 
 appearances are subdued, when it should be discontinued, and the 
 patient should commence the use of the compound of iron, prescribed 
 in the Treatment of indigestion in general, and should use it as there 
 directed, and should use the invigorating tincture, as occasion may 
 require ; or in place of the aromatic tincture, recommended in the 
 Treatment of indigestion in general, to be used two or three hours 
 after meals, and should continue the use of these two articles until 
 his health is entirely restored, which will require from one to three 
 months, or possibly longer. And permit me here to remark that bad 
 and fearful as these cases appear to be, they seldom resist the above 
 Treatment for any great length of time, unless the patient was in a 
 dying state when put on the Treatment, when, of course, it would avail 
 nothing. 
 
 "Where the bowels are obstinately costive, no other laxative should 
 be used except rheubarb, as it possesses the very rare property of 
 strengthening, or imparting tone to the action of the bowels; and if 
 rheubarb should not be sufficient, in moderate doses, to move the 
 bowels, or if the patient can not take it, the bowels should be moved 
 by an injection administered every morning; for this purpose, warm, 
 or even cold water, in considerable quantities, generally answers, if 
 administered at the same time each day, and the best time, every- 
 thing else being equal, is immediately after breakfast, each morning; 
 but if it should not be sufficiently stimulating to produce the desired 
 effect, add a table-spoonful of table salt to warm water, 1 pt., which 
 should be used at the same time every day, until the bowels become 
 more open, or quite regular, when simple water may again be used 
 for this purpose. The patient should not let any business, pleasure, 
 company, or anything else interfere with this duty, but it should be 
 attended to with the most scrupulous exactness, and soon it will be- 
 come a habit; and by indulging this habit constantly, he will be rid 
 of one of the most unpleasant effects of indigestion, an effect too 
 which tends to aggravate and continue a most distressing disease of 
 which it is the result." 
 
 The Doctor's idea of eating " like a dog," of course, means to eat 
 mostly animal food, in which case, however, the very greatest care 
 must be taken to chew it well, and not to take more than the stomach 
 can dispose of without distress, with the Treatment. 
 
 7. In Many Cases, where " everything else has been tried," as 
 the remark is often made, simple apple cider, an ordinary ^ pt., 
 tumbler of it taken with each meal, in place of tea, or co flee, has 
 worked wonders in the cure of Dyspepsia, when proper care was 
 adopted in selection of food, and in not overeating. In my own 
 case, I followed this plan for 3, or 4 months with the happiest results. 
 
 8. Dr. Halstead's old plan of treating Dyspepsia was once very 
 popular, and has, at least, benefitted many cases. It was to draw in a 
 full breath, then to strike with the open hands upon the stomach and 
 abdomen, and kneading the bowels ; in other words, taking exercise 
 
342 DE. chase's 
 
 •without the trouble of walking, or labor; but a few cases of hemorrhage 
 having occurred from the lungs, where consumption was also 
 apparent, brought this practice into disrepute ; but with care in such 
 cases, it would be a valuable assistant to other treatment. 
 
 0. Dr. Beach informs us that a Mr. McChesney cured himself by 
 the use of yellow-dock tea, made by boiling 1 oz. of the root in water, 
 1 qt. to 1^ pts., and taking one gill, night and morning. It purges 
 gently, or regulates the bowels, and is alterative. He adds: It has 
 cured other Cases also. 
 
 Although I have already spoken of the necessity of attention to 
 the diet, in avoiding all that is known to injure, and to eat only a 
 moderate amount at a meal, yet, I feel constrained to add, that, there 
 is no other disease in which these precautions are so absolutely necessary as 
 in Dyspepsia, and if proper care is given to these precautions, and to 
 the various treatments, and suggestions herein given, I have but little 
 fear of our readers being troubled any considerable length of time 
 with indigestion, especially, if they will observe this, my last rule: 
 Always leave the table wldle you have quite a desire for more food. 
 
 lb. Digestability of Different Kinds of Food Oompared. — 
 It is but proper in connection with the subject of Dyspepsia, and the 
 experiments upon Alexis St. Martin, previously referred to, to give 
 our readers the benefit of the Comparative Digestability of Food, as 
 tiettled by those experiments, when his stomach was in a healthy 
 condition, and when he was following his ordinary labor. 
 
 It was found that rice, soused tripe, and pig's-feet soused, each 
 boiled, required only 1 hour for full and complete Digestion — eggs, 
 whipped, raw ; trout, and salmon, fresh, boiled, or fried ; barley soup, 
 and mellow sweet apples, raw, 1 h. 30 m. — venison steak, broiled, 1 h. 
 35 m. — brains, and sago, boiled, 1 h. 45 m. — tapioca, barley, or milk, 
 boiled ; beef's liver, fresh, broiled; eggs, fresh, raw; codfish, cured dry, 
 boiled; mellow sour apples, raw, and cabbage, with vinegar, raw, 
 (cold slaw) 2 h. — milk, uncooked, and fresh eggs, or wild turkey, 
 roasted, 2 h. 15 m. — tame turkey, boiled, 2h. 25 m. — gelatine, boiled, 
 tame turkey, goose, or sucking pig, roasted ; fresh lamb, broiled ; meat 
 and vegetables, hashed, warm ; beans in the pod (string beans that are 
 tender), boiled ; sponge cake ; parsnips, boiled ; Irish potatoes, roasted, 
 or baked, and raw cabbage head, 2 h. 30 m. — fricasseed (cut into pieces 
 and fried) chicken; baked custard, or fresh beef, with salt only, 
 boiled, 2 h. 45 m. — sour, and hard apples, raw, 2 h. 50 m. — fresh oysters, 
 raw, 2h. 55 m. — fresh eggs, soft boiled; striped bass, fresh, broiled ; 
 fresh beef, lean, rare, roasted ; beef-steak, broiled ; pork, recently 
 salted, raw, or stewed ; fresh mutton, broiled, or boiled ; bean soup, 
 or chicken soup ; corn-cake, or apple dumpling, boiled, 3 h. — fresh 
 oysters, roasted; pork-steak, broiled; recently salted pork, broiled ; 
 fresh mutton, roasted, and corn-bread, 3h. 15m.— fresh sausage, 
 broiled, 3 h, 20 m.— fresh flounder, or fresh catfish, fried ; fresh oysters, 
 stewed ; fresh beef, dry, roasted ; fresh beef, boiled, eaten with mus- 
 tard ; old strong cheese, raw ; mutton soup, or oyster soup ; fresh baked 
 wheat bread;; flat turnips, or Irish i^otatoes, boiled ; fresh eggs, hard 
 boiled, or fresh eggs, fried, 3 h. 30 m. — green corn, beans, and beets, 
 boiled, 3 h. 45 m. — salted salmon, boiled ; fresh, lean beef, fried ; fresh 
 veal, broiled ; fowls, or ducks, broiled, or roasted ; beef soup, with 
 vegetables, and bread, or heart, fried, 4 h.— salt beef, old and hard, 
 boiled ; recently salted pork, fried ; soup from marrow-bones and 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 343 
 
 cartilage, 4 h. 15m. — pork, recently salted, boiled; fresh veal, fried, 
 or wild ducks, roasted, or cabbage, with vinegar, boiled, 4 h. 30 m. 
 — pork, fat and lean, roasted, oh. 
 
 Notwithstanding these figures may be taken as a fair guide for 
 those in health, who are also taking regular manual exercise, or 
 working in the field, or shop, it must not be supposed that a dyspep- 
 tic' stomach will Digest them in the same time; on the contrary they 
 will find, quite often, that some of these articles may not Digest with 
 them at all, or at least, give considerable uneasiness, flatulence, or 
 pain, so that they will be compelled to feel their way ; although it is 
 believed that much assistance will be derived from the foregoing list, 
 in making a selection of food, and in the manner in which it should 
 be cooked, in order that it may be the easiest Digested. 
 
 11. The second exjieriments upon Alexis St. Martin, referred to 
 before, as being given under the care of Dr. Buntine, in New York, 
 were described by the Scientific American, and, as before remarked, 
 differ but little with the first, so that the facts, as before set foi'th, 
 are strengthened, nay, rather established. The description was 
 given under the following head : 
 
 " 12. Digestion — Observations Upon, from the Case of 
 Alexis St. Martin, whose Stomach is Open to View. — Alexis 
 St. Martin, noted in the annals of medical science, and whose case is 
 described in all of out elementary works on physiology, as having, 
 when a soldier, shot himself accidentally, in such a manner as to lay 
 open his stomach, and expose ilie entire process of Digestion to view — 
 upon which Dr. Beaumont made a valuable series of observations — 
 has been in our city for a few weeks, lately, being brought from 
 Montreal by Dr. Buntine. A number of our physicians have been 
 experimenting upon him with different kinds of food, with the view 
 to ascertain the time required to Digest them. A thermometer intro- 
 duced into his stomach, through the opening, rose to 101° Fah. 
 
 " The carrot requires from 5 to hours to Digest ; while rare beef 
 will thoroughly Digest in li hours. Melted butter" (all butter is 
 melted soon after reaching the stomach) "will not Digest at all, but 
 floats about " (useless, if not injurious, especially in large quantities). 
 " Lobster is easy of Digestion. Upon the application of the gastric 
 juice to a piece of purple tissue paper, the color at once faded " 
 (proving the gastric juice to be, at least, a little acid). 
 
 " In relation to the patient's health. Dr. Buntine observed that 
 it had been uniformly excellent, having, since his recovery, from the 
 first effects of the wound, supported a large family by his daily labor. 
 
 "These experiments do not differ materially from those made by 
 Dr. Beaumont, 20 years ago. He is, at present, a little upwards of 50, 
 of a spare frame ; but, apparently, capable of considerable endurance. 
 He is in excellent bodily health, and has much vivacity of manner. 
 The opening in his stomach has had no injurious efiect upon his 
 health, nor has it prevented him from pursuing active and severe 
 labors. If, however, he does not keep a compress to the aperture, in 
 drinking water, or swallowing anything else, the whole contents of 
 the stomach will pass out through the opening." 
 
 This case is certainly a very remarkable one. The healing of the 
 wound, and then the system allowing, or tolerating such a tampering 
 with, the thrusting of thermometers into the stomach, taking out food 
 in all stages of Digestion, etc., etc., for so many years, is wonderful 
 
344 DR. chase's 
 
 indeed, abundantly showing the wisdom of the Creator, in so consti- 
 tuting us that we may survive such terrible wounds as St. Martin 
 received ; but, even, after its liealing up, tliat it should admit of such 
 extensive experiments, whereby the whole human family might re- 
 ceive benefit, and instruction. As the Psalmist says. CXXXIX. 14 : 
 "I will praise thee ; for I am fearfully and wonderfully made ; marvel- 
 lous are thy works, and that my soul knoweth right well." 
 
 13. Lactic Acid and Pepsin, it will be seen, below, are 
 recommended by some in Dyspepsia, as it will be seen under the head 
 of Digestion Assisted; but, as I have not had any experience in their 
 use, I will first give you the manner in which it is used, or recommend- 
 ed to be used, as found in King's American Dispensatory. He says : 
 
 "It" (lactic acid) "is not employed in medicine in its uncom- 
 bined state, but is used in the preparations of lactate of iron, and 
 lactate of quinia. According to Pereira this acid was introduced into 
 medicine by Magendie, who suggested its employment in dyspepsia 
 and in phosphatic urine. It has recently been advised in gout. 
 
 " The Dose is from ^ dr. to 2 drs., in sweetened water, or in the 
 form of lozenges. It is better to take the acid during, or immediately 
 following meals. Added to Pepsin, as prepared for therapeutical" 
 (medicinal) " use, this acid renders it still more valuable as a solvent 
 of the food received into the stomach." (Some of our readers may not 
 be aware that Pepsin is made from the gastric juice of the ox, and is 
 considered, by some, as a valuable assistant in the digestion of food 
 for dyspeptics). "According to Bricheteau and Adrian, the false 
 membranes of diptheritis, croup, pseudo-membraneous bronchitis, 
 etc., are soluble in a solution of Lactic Acid, forming a translucent" 
 (admits rays of light through it, although not entirely clear) " liquid 
 with almost imperceptible fragments of gelatiniform substance float- 
 ing upon its surface and looking like froth ; while acetic, citric, 
 formic, and chromic acids have no such action " (formic acid for- 
 merly made from ants; chromic acid is made from the metal 
 called chromium). "They recommend, in croup, diptheria, etc., a 
 gargle compound of Lactic Acid, 5 parts, water, 100 parts, and orange 
 sirup, 30 parts," (it maybe drops, or tea-spoonfuls, as any one chooses, 
 to be taken internally in frequent doses of a tea-spoonful, or so), " in 
 conjunction with the use of the same, without the sirup, in the form 
 of spray thrown upon the aflTected parts," (in other words, by inhala- 
 tion. It would undoubtedly be found good). 
 
 14. "Digestion Assisted. — No branch of chemistry has, of late 
 years, made greater progress than that relating to the functions 
 (special work of the different organs) of the human body. By the 
 analysis of the blood we learn that it contains iron and soda; the 
 brain yealds phosphorous ; the hair contains sulphur, etc. It is ob- 
 vious, therefore, that these materials play a certain part in our well- 
 being, and, that if they are not supplied to the frame by our daily 
 food, the result will be a derangement of our organization', which will 
 exhibit itself in the shape of a disease of some kind, or other. 
 
 Imperfect Digestion is one of the commonest diseases of a seden- 
 tary life. Now it has been shown by Mr. W. Bostic that lactic acid 
 would Assist Digestion in those persons who suffer from dyspepsia; 
 and experiments have confirmed the truth of his theory. No sooner 
 was lactic acid administered to a patient troubled with dyspepsia, 
 than the stomach resumed its labor. Further to illustrate this fact, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 345 
 
 the process of Digestion can be exhibited out of the stomach. Pieces 
 of butchers' meat, fowl, tish, etc., being put into a solutioji of lactic 
 acid, and maintained at the temperature of the body, comj)]etcly dis- 
 solved and become fluid, forming an artificial chyme ready for the 
 absorbent vessels. Lactic acid takes its name from the Latin lactis, 
 milk, because it is the acid found in sour milk. No wonder, tnen, 
 that the highbinders of Scotland and North Wales, who drink butter- 
 milk, are a hardy race of people, and never troubled with indigestion, 
 for buttermilk is little else than a weak solution of lactic acid." — Sep- 
 timus Piessp. 
 
 My father was a man who always claimed a good share of butter- 
 milk at every churning as a drink, preferring it to tea, or coffee with 
 his meals, and always enjoyed excellent health — whether the butter- 
 milk made him healthy, or whether those only, who enjoy good 
 health, can use it, the foregoing facts seem to settle with more than 
 ordinary certainty. Between lactic acid and pepsin, or rather the 
 lactate of iron, or quinia, and pepsin, using one, then the other, a week, 
 or two, with great care in never overeating, where the foregoing, 
 more common°treatment fails, great benefit may still undoubtedly be 
 secured. 
 
 15. Magnolia Bark, or Fruit, in recent cases of dyspepsia, the 
 bark, or cones containing tlie Fruit, made into a tea, or tincture, by 
 abandoning the cause of the difficulty, will greatly assist the cure. There 
 is the Magnolia glauca, known as the sweet Magnolia, swamp sassa- 
 fras, and in the South, as the white-bay, or sweet-bay ; and the Mag- 
 nolia acuminata, or cucumber tree of New York and the South, and 
 Magnolia tripetala, or umbrella tree ; and then there is the poplar tree 
 of Michigan and Ohio, and probably of other Western and Northern 
 States, used for lumber the same as the cucumber is, all have very sim- 
 ilar prope^rties, and are considered as valuable tonics, and also anti- 
 periodic, having cured intermittent fever, or ague, after the Pei-uvian 
 bark for some peculiarity of the system, had failed. If a laxative and 
 sweating effect is desired, take the tea warm; if taken cold, its efi'ect 
 is tonic and anti-periodic. 
 
 Dose of the tea, a wine-glassful 5, or 6 times daily.— iTing^. 
 
 The tincture made by adding 3, or 4 of the broken up cones 
 and seeds to brandy, or 76 per cent, alcohol, after a week, or 10 days, 
 may be taken in tea-spoonful doses with hopes of success, in dys- 
 pepsia, or chronic rheumatism. 
 
 16. There are occasional cases of Dyspepsia, which the London 
 Lancet, in reporting several cases of, calls the "Dyspepsia of Liquids," 
 in which fluid of any kind does not seem to be absorbed from the 
 stomach, but rather accumulates there, and on motion, " swashes 
 around," as they say, making it very disagreeable and distressing. In 
 all such cases, all liquids, as water, tea, coffee, milk, etc., must be 
 abandoned to as great an extent as possible, before any treatment 
 will have anj' beneficial effects ; in fact, more depends upon the 
 dry diet than upon other treatment. This, to a certain extent, will 
 prove valuable in all cases of a Dyspeptic character. 
 
 17. Tonic for Dyspepsia, Fevers, etc. — There is probably no 
 single article of medicine combining so many necessary properties for 
 the weak and debilitated condition of Dyspepsia and Fever patients, 
 as that of the Wahoo, the technical, or Latin name of which is euony- 
 mu8 atropurpureus, known also as the Indian arrow-wood, spindle- 
 
346 DR. chase's 
 
 tree, burning-bush, etc. It grows in many parts of the United States, 
 from 8, or 10, to 15, or 20 feet high. The bark of the root is the part 
 used. Kind's American Dyspensatory says, "it is Tonic, laxative, 
 alterative, diuretic, and expectorant; in infusion, sirup, or extract, it 
 has been successfully used in intermittents, Dyspepsia, torpid liver, 
 constipation, dropsy, and pulmonary affections." These facts are so 
 satisfactorily explained by L. H. Redd, M. D., of De Soto, 111., in a 
 communication to the Eclectic Medical Journal, I will give my readers 
 the benefit of his knowledge, manner of preparation, etc. He says : 
 
 "Some years ago I called attention to this agent, and gave direc- 
 tions how to prepare it for use. Having used the euonymus very ex- 
 tensively, I feel fully competent to give the best mode of preparing it 
 for use as well as pointing out the conditions indicating its use. Hav- 
 ing used the decoction, sirup and fluid extract, and a saturated tinct., 
 I am well satisfied that the best preparation of the euonymus is a 
 saturated" (as strong as can be made) " tinct. of the green bark. In 
 strength it is fully equal to the best fluid extracts that I have pur- 
 chased ; it costs about 25 cents a pt., instead of $1.50 to $2.00 per pt., 
 as the fluid extract, which is a very important item to the physician, 
 if not to the druggist; it is a beautiful straw-colored, unirritating, not 
 unpleasant preparation, while many of the fluid extracts are black, 
 dirty, nasty, irritating fluids — vile stuff", not equal in medicinal power 
 to a decoction of the green bark. 
 
 " Mode of Preparation. — Take the green, or recently dried bark, 
 break it into small pieces so that it may be closely packed into a large 
 jar, fill the jar 'chuck-full;' now pour your diluted alcohol into the 
 jar until the bark is fully covered, let it stand about 2 weeks, and ex- 
 press the fluid from the bark, and you will have the most beautiful 
 and valuable preparation of euonymus ever made. According to this 
 form, 1 lb. of the bark will make 1 qt. of tinct. 
 
 " Dose.— Ten to 30 drops 3 times a day. 
 
 " Properties and Uses. — Under the old classification, the euon- 
 ymus was set down as a mild, unirritating Tonic, cathartic, diuretic, 
 and alterative, and before the age of humbugs terminating in in and 
 ine, it was highly prized as a most valuable medicine, and is no less 
 valuable now. What are the specific" (positive, or certain) " uses of 
 euonymus? After a malarial* Fever has been arrested, it is one of 
 our best agents to prevent a relapse. I usually give 30 drops 3 times 
 . a day in a wine-glassful of water. In malarious districts we frequently 
 meet cases of atonic Dyspepsia" (Dyspepsia arising from general weak- 
 ness, or debility), "the bowels are costive, and the liver and spleen 
 congested. In such cases the euonymus is the remedy. I have cured 
 ■some cases of Dyspepsia from irritation of the stomach with euonymus 
 after the failure of other treatment. In several cases of this kind 
 following, or rather associated with malarial fever, tongue red, pa- 
 pillae" (the little nipple-like elevations forming the whole surface of 
 the tongue) "elevated, great tenderness in the epigastrium" (stomach 
 and upper partof the abdomen), "and right hypochondrium" (rightside 
 of the abdomen), "bowels costive, anorexia," (no appetite, but not 
 loathing food) "skin dry, pulse accelerated, euonymus was the rem- 
 edy in doses of 30 drops, as above. The euonymus appears to exert a 
 
 * Malaria, Malarial, and Malarius, come from Latin words which signify tainted, or 
 bad air. It may be animal, or vegetable Malaria, but that in low fiat sections of the 
 country which is believed to produce fevers, or ague, is considered to be of a vege- 
 table character. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 347 
 
 special influence on the respiratory and circulatory systems, and may 
 be used with advantage in asthma, emphysema," (bloating of the 
 flesh) " and as a Tonic in other pulmonary diseases, also in hypertro- 
 phy" (enlargement) "of the heart. It is not surpassed by any other 
 agent, where the bitter Tonics are required. As a Tonic it is fully 
 equal, if not superior to 'bark.'" (By "bark," here, is meant, Peru- 
 vian bark.) 
 
 The number of explanations required in a paragraph like this, to 
 enable the people to understand the Latin terms used by physicians 
 in describing medicines and diseases, as well as the diflerent parts of 
 the body, will show the importance of a plainly written Work like 
 this — these terms are called technical, meaning peculiar to any branch 
 of the Arts, Professions, or Mechanical Trades. Although I have en- 
 deavored to keep my own writing free from these " technical terms," 
 I have not felt like dropping any other writer's technicalities, lest 
 they might accuse me of making them appear unscientific, yet, I have 
 felt constrained to explain them, and as there is no other way so per- 
 fect as that of (brackets), I have adopted that plan, although in some 
 terms requiring a long explanation, it may lead to confusion, unless 
 the reader will adopt the plan of going back, after having read the 
 explanation, and read the subject again without reading the ex- 
 planation. In this way, you get the perfect sense of the original 
 writer without the loss of time, or annoyance of turning to " Web- 
 ster's Unabridged," especially so if you have not got one in the house, 
 nor a $10 bill to spare, to buy one with. 
 
 D. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. D. 
 
 DANDRUFF.— Simple Remedy.— The accumulation of Dan- 
 drufi", upon the scalp, or among the hair, is not only annoying, by 
 causing an intolerable itching, compelling persons, troubled with it, 
 to be perpetually scratching ; but its falling upon the collar and 
 shoulders, of a nice dress coat, leads strangers to believe one to be 
 negligent of personal cleanliness, which is not the case, often, at least 
 as its constant falling will soon make quite a show upon a black coat, 
 especially. The question, then, is how to get rid of it? 
 
 John L. Davis, in the American Journal of Pharmacy, says that 
 after being annoyed with it for years, trying the various alcoholic and 
 castor-oil solutions, also the borax and carbonate of potassa prepara- 
 tions, the latter of which, althougli it proved effectual in preventing 
 the Dandruff, yet, his hair became thinner and thinner, and he be- 
 lieved would finally have fallen " out altogether." As a " last'resort," 
 he says : " The belief that Dandruff arises from a disease of the skin, 
 although physicians do not seem to agree on this point, and the 
 knowledge that the use of sulphur is frequently attended with very 
 hap.py results in such diseases, induced ine to try it in my own case. 
 
 " A preparation of 1 oz. of flour of sulphur and 1 qt. of water was 
 made. The clear liquid was poured ofl', after the mixture had been 
 repeatedly agitated during intervals of a few hours, and the head was 
 saturated with this every morning. 
 
 "In a few weeks every trai'e of Dandruff" had disappeared, the hair 
 became soft and glossy, and now, after a discontinuance of the treat- 
 ment for 18 months, there is no indication of the return of the disease. 
 I do not pretend to explain the moihiK operandi" (mode of operation) 
 "of the treatment, for it is well known that sublimed sulphur is almost, 
 
348 DK. chase's 
 
 or wholly insoluble, and the liquid used was destitute of taste, color, 
 or smell. The effect speaks for itself. Other persons to whom it has 
 been recommended have had the same results, and I communicate 
 the result of my experiments in the belief that it may be valuable 
 and acceptable to many who have suffered in the same manner as 
 myself." 
 
 DEAFNESS.— Simple and Effectual Remedy.— Garlic juice, 
 expressed by mashing and pressing out through muslin, glycerine, 
 and oil of sweet almonds, equal quantities of each, ^y, a tea-spoonful. 
 
 Shake together, in a phial, several times, or until there is only two 
 portions of it, after standing — then shake when used — at first each 
 of the 3 parts remain distinct. Put 3, or 4 drops into the effected ear, 
 daily, until cured. I have found it very effectual. Possibly onion 
 juice would have the same effect, but I have not tried that. 
 
 DENTRIPIOES.— See Tooth Powders. 
 
 DIARRHEA. — Valuable and Effectual Remedies. — In the 
 Summer season, Diarrheas, or intestinal troubles, more commonly, 
 however, called " bowel diseases," are about as frequent as " coughs 
 and colds," in Winter, and like these last mentioned difficulties, 
 almost everybody has his remedy, With eclectics, within the last few 
 years, there has come into use, or perhaps I should say, has been 
 introduced, three articles, not previously much used for these pur- 
 poses, and, I believe, mostly by Prof. Scudder, of the Eclectic Medical 
 Institute, of Cincinnati. I refer to the tinctures of nux vomica, 
 aconite, and ipecacuanha, for short, called " ipecac." I will first intro- 
 duce his remarks, through the Eclectic Medical Journal, of which he is 
 the editor, to "the profession," I believe in the June number, 1872. 
 Under the head of " Intestinal Troubles," he says : 
 
 " As we are reaching the season of " bowel diseases," it may be 
 well to give them a few thoughts. With Spring, vegetables, green fruits, 
 and new potatoes, overwork, and an incautious use of cold water, comes 
 colic. Diarrhea and cholera morbus, and an increase of work for the 
 doctor. If we can refit our armamentum medicorum," (armament of 
 medicines) " and get better remedies, now is our time to think of it. 
 
 1. " For the common coMc of the season, more frequently the result 
 of overwork and consequent indigestion, than anything wrong in 
 the ingesta." (food) " we have a capital remedy, which will be new — 
 at least, for this purpose — to most of our readers. It is nux vomica, 
 and in this case we make the following prescription : 
 
 "Take tinct. nux vomica, 5 drops ; water, 4 oz. ; a tea-spoonful re- 
 peated every 15 minutes until relieved. Of course, when we have 
 evidence of irritant material in the bowels, we give the old-fashioned 
 compound powder of jalap and senna. 
 
 2. "Many cases of the Diarrhea of Spring and Summer, are the 
 result of overwork and cold, muco enteritis" (inflammation of the 
 mucous, or internal surface of the small intestines). "The symptoms 
 are very distinct, and the remedy certain. 
 
 "Take tinct. aconite, 5 to 10 drops; tinct. ipecac, 15 drops; water, 
 4 oz. ; a tea-spoonful every hour. 
 
 "The dysenterg- of early Summer arises from like causes, is in fact 
 an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the large intestines, 
 muco colitis, and I never think of prescribing anything but the aconite 
 and ipecac, unless there is a malarial influence requiring quinine. 
 
 3. " When the season is a little further advanced, we have an 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 349 
 
 atonic Diarrhea, marked by free, large, watery evacuations, and an en- 
 feebled circulation and innervation. I prescribe for this : 
 
 "Take tinct. nux vomica, 5 drops ; tinct. ipecac, 10 drops; water, 
 4 oz. ; a tea-spoonful every hour. 
 
 "Cholera morbus is a common disease of this period, and some of 
 the cases we meet will be pretty severe. None should terminate 
 fatally if the physician does his duty. I like the old prescription, 
 compound tincture of cajeput, in half to one tea-spoonful doses, until 
 the patient is relieved of nausea, vomiting, Diarrhea and cramps. 
 The remedy is so good, no one should forget to add it to the remedies 
 in the saddle-bags, or pocket-case. If we have not this, we may treat 
 our patient with small doses of nux and ipecac, frequently repeated. 
 If we have nothing with us, common salt, to stop the vomiting, and 
 black pepper, for the Diarrhea, will be supplied from the kitchen, and 
 are good remedies." 
 
 The abov« medicines, however, are more likely to be used by 
 physicians, or those who pay considerable attention to the treatment 
 of these difficulties, as the nux vomica and aconite, if taken accident- 
 ally, or intentionally, in large doses, would become more dangerous 
 than the original disease ; but in the doses mentioned, they will be 
 found effectual, and satisfactory ; yet, the following Receipts are more 
 in accordance with common practice, i. e., with persons who have not 
 studied medicine regularly : 
 
 4. Diarrhea Tincture — Very Valuable. — Tincture of rheu- 
 barb, 1 oz. ; spirits of camphor, laudanum, and tinct. of ginger, and 
 ess. of cinnamon, of each, ^ oz. ; tinct. of capsicum, \ oz. Mix and 
 shake when using. 
 
 Dose. — Half a tea-spoonful, on sugar, or in a little sweetened 
 water, and repeat every 30 minutes, in severe cases, until relief from 
 pain is obtained; then every hour, or two, as needed, until the evacua- 
 tions are lessened and improved in appearance. The friend from 
 whom this was obtained, was first cured with it, after a long siege, 
 and afterwards cured many others. If used with judgment, it will oe 
 found a very valuable medicine. 
 
 5. Diarrhea, or Cholera Tincture. — The following Cholera 
 Tincture was extensively used by the troops in the " Mexican War," 
 and was reported, through the Philadelphia Inquirer, as " exceedingly 
 valuable" in Diarrhea, Cholera, etc.: 
 
 " Laudanum, spirits of camphor, ess. of peppermint, and Hoffman's 
 anodyne, of each, 1 oz. ; tinct. of ginger, I oz. ; tinct. of cayenne," 
 (as Nasby would say, " which is " capsicum), " 1 dr. Mix all together. 
 
 "Dose. — A tea-spoonful in a little water, or ^ a tea-spoonful, and 
 repeat it in an hour afterward, in a table-spoonful of brandy. 
 
 " This preparation," continues the Inquirer, " will check Diarrhea 
 in 10 minutes, and abate other premonitory symptoms of Cholera 
 immediately. In cases of Cholera, also, it has been used with great 
 success to restore reaction by outward application." 
 
 I would add, that I feel perfectly satisfied that it can be depended 
 upon to give satisfactory results, if repeated occasionally, in part, or 
 in full, as the case seems to demand. Some persons prefer the ess. of 
 wintergreen to that of peppermint, or cinnamon ; in such cases, let 
 the wintergreen be substituted for either of them ; the difference in 
 action will not be perceptible, especially, as against the peppermint. 
 
360 DR. chase's 
 
 6. Use of Sugar in Diarrhea. — Drs. Behrend and Sieber 
 recommend the meidcinal use of Sugar as a curative means of great 
 value in Diarrhea, and several other affections of children, and they 
 relate two cases of Diarrhea — one a child, aged 3 years, and another 
 in a child, aged 4 years — in which v oz. of powdered white Sugar, 
 given every hour, soon gave a favorable turn to symptoms of extreme 
 gravity, which had long resisted all the ordinary means of cure. 
 Other evidence of a similar character is promised, and it is believed 
 that there are many conditions of Diarrhea, particularly those in 
 which there is putrefactive tendency in the alvine secretions, where 
 Sugar will, in all probability, prove a most valuable remedy. 
 
 In these putrefactive cases (tending to death by mortification) I 
 should, by all means, use the Sugar, not, however, neglecting other 
 proper treatment. 
 
 1. DIPTHERIA — Successful Treatment.— We have received a 
 Receipt for the cure of Diptheria, from a physician who says that of 
 1,000 cases, in which it has been used, not a single patient has 
 been lost. 
 
 The treatment consists in thoroughly swabbing the back of the 
 mouth and throat with a wash made thus : Table salt, 2 drs. ; black 
 pepper, golden seal, nitrate of potash, (nitre) and alum, of each, 1 dr. 
 Mix and pulverize ; put into a tea-cup, which half fill with boiling 
 water ; stir well, and then fill up with good vinegar. Use every | 
 hour, 1, 2, and 4 hours, as recovery progresses. The patient may 
 swallow a little each time. 
 
 Apply 1 oz. each of spirits of turpentine, sweet oil, and aqua 
 ammonia, mixed, to the whole of the throat, and to the breast- 
 bone every 4 hours, keeping flannel to the part. — N. Y. Tribune. 
 
 It is, undoubtedly, an exceedingly valuable treatment. 
 
 2. Successful " Treatment in New Jersey. — The standing 
 Committee of the Medical Society of the State of New Jersey, made 
 the following report upon this disease, and its Successful Treatment, 
 which was published in the Medical and Surgical Reporter, and as this 
 report agrees so generally with the present understanding of the dis- 
 ease, I copy it entire : 
 
 " Diptheria is regarded, in all the reports, not as a local aflFection, 
 but as a blood disease, and of a specific" (certain') "character, dis- 
 tinct, in the opinion of most of the observers, from scarlet fever and 
 croup. Its diagnostic" (distinguishing) "symptom is expressed in 
 its name " (the name means a membrane ; hence, in this disease, it is 
 understood that a false membrane, as in croup, is formed only in this 
 disease, it is more in patches, than as a whole.) "The membrane, or 
 membraneous exudation forms patches, and becoming, more, or less, 
 continuous over the vellum jxtlati" (velvet-like palate) " fauces, and 
 adjacent parts, includes, in the more severe and mostly fatal cases, the 
 larynx and trachea. It prevails epidemically " (affecting many people 
 at a time), "either by infection, or contagion, or under malarious 
 influences, just as scarlet fever, and other exanthemata " (diseases 
 having eruptions, or spots on the surface). " It is, however, not 
 attended with an eruption. It is, with few exceptions, a disease of 
 low grade" (producing debility, weakness), "requiring tonic, and 
 not depleting measures. It prevails in high, well-drained and non- 
 malarious districts, as well as low, marshy regions, and lastly, though 
 not less important on that account, it is, though often fatal, a disease 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 351 
 
 as readily controlled by judicious and careful treatment as any other 
 grave, or bad, disease. Dr. Bacon, of Cumberland, reports 8 deaths 
 only in 200 cases ; Dr. Kosenberger, of Hunterdon, reports 3 deaths in 
 80 cases ; Dr. Southard, of Essex, 4 deaths in 40 cases. This is a mor- 
 tality of only about 4 per cent. Others report a moderate prevalence 
 of the disease, but in a mild form. 
 
 " The views of the reporters in regard to the treatment are re- 
 markably uniform. Indeed, no one can read their reports without 
 being impressed with the fact that there are well-established and 
 well-defined principles of treatment which direct the physician in 
 his management of the unhealthy condition. 
 
 " The Treatment recommended is constitutional and local. 
 When asthenia" (weakness, debility) "characterizes the affection, as 
 was the case in most districts noticed, tonics and stimulants, with 
 beef tea, and other supporting measures were adopted and recom- 
 mended as usually successful. The tinct. ferri sesquichloridi" (tinc- 
 ture of the sesquichloride of iron), "15 drops in water, every 3, or 
 4 hours, with chlorate ofpotassaand quinia, brandy, and biandy with 
 milk ; chloric ether, etc., are the articles chiefl} recommended. For 
 the local affection" (throat difficulties), " nitrate of silver in solution, 
 20 to 50 grs. to 1 oz. of water ; sulph. of zinc and tannic acid were 
 used with more, or less benefit. The disease, though new here as an 
 epidemic, yet,' there can be no doubt it has always occurred sporad- 
 ically" (in single and scattered cases). "This is the opinion based 
 upon the experience of the Committee." I should much prefer the 
 gargle, or preparation as in No. 1, to that of the nitrate of silver, just 
 above given. 
 
 As to the constitutional character of the disease. Professor Pepper, 
 of the University of 'Pa., says : 
 
 " Diptheria is not a local affection ; it must be owing to some par- 
 ticular condition of blood. The Diptheretic exudation is not confined 
 to the throat. A blister on the leg of a person will become covered 
 with the deposit, and the patient may become attacked with severe 
 and constitutional affections, and die sometimes, independently of the 
 local disease, when the blood is in this diseased condition." — Scientific 
 American. 
 
 This will account for some deaths, when the throat was improv- 
 ing, and the death, consequently, surprising. 
 
 " 3. Dr. Bowles, of Beardstown, 111., reports through the Eclectic 
 Medical Journal, a large number of cases of Dyptheria successfully 
 treated with the tinct. of phytolacca decandra, poke-root. It is used in 
 strength, by different physicians, ranging from 4, or 5 to 50 drops of 
 the tinct. to a common i pt. tumbler of water, and given in doses of 
 from ^ to 2 te^ji-spoonfuls at a time, and using it also as a gargle. I 
 will quote only a few cases, out of the many given : 
 
 "4. MissB., get. 20, Nov. 8th, had severe chill at night, with great 
 pain in back of head, back and limbs, followed with fever and sore 
 throat. 10th, was called to see her; found her suffering verj' much with 
 great headache, worse in back part, back and limbs aching fearfullj^, 
 tonsils verj' much swollen, and covered with grayish pseudo (false) 
 membrane, tongue very red at tip, coated white, great prostration, ca'^ 
 not stand, and if she raises up in bed, she immediately faints away. 
 Prognosis unfavorable. Gave Phytolacca, 4 drops at a dose every 
 
352 DR. chase's 
 
 hour, and a gargle of same between. Morning, decidedly better. 
 Continued same treatment for 3 days, when false membrane cameoflF, 
 and 5th day discharged her cured. Took a large spoonful of beef tea 
 every 2 hours. Had no other remedy. It was remarkable to see how 
 quickly the fever abated under its influence. 
 
 "5. Mrs. B., get. 31. Nov. 16th. Throat commenced to feel sore 
 in morning, followed by high fever all day, right tonsil very much 
 swollen ; at noon commenced to see white substance forming on the 
 tonsil. Was called 10 p. m., found right tonsil covered completely 
 with white pseudo-membrane, fauces and soft palate very much in- 
 flamed, deglutition almost impossible, loss of appetite, great frontal 
 headache, bowels moved every 2 hours, with severe pain in umbilical 
 regions, great prostration, vertigo" (dizziness) "so great that she can 
 not walk. Pulse 127, soft. Gave Phytolacca 4 drops every hour, and 
 a gargle of same every hour, consisting of 50 drops in tumbler water. 
 18th, very much better ; pulse, 100, throat does not feel near so sore, 
 false membrane beginning to come ofi", back and limbs ache but 
 slightly, headache nearly gone ; continued same treatment 3 days. 
 Discharged her cured. Diarrhea stopped second day. 
 
 "6. Mrs. G., set. 21, nursing a babe. Dec. 11th, throat com- 
 menced to feel sore, very restless night. 12th, slight headache with 
 severe pain in back and legs, very chilly all the time, throat very 
 sore, both tonsils very much swollen and covered in patches with 
 dark-colored pseudo-membrane, deglutition" (chewing) " very difii- 
 cult, face very much flushed, great prostration, can not sit up any, so 
 faint and weak, bowels regular. Gave Phytolacca 4 drops every ^ 
 hour, with gargle of same. 13th, feeling very much better; fever all 
 gone, back and legs do not ache any, throat feeling very sore, tonsils 
 very red and swollen, covered in patches with the pseudo-exudation, 
 deglutition very painful. Continued same treatment once an hour. 
 14th, feeling quite well; pseudo-membrane off from both tonsils, 
 large holes eaten into tonsils, can swallow quite well. Continued 
 same treatment every 2 hours, discharged her cured next day. Babe 
 nursed her throughout, did not take disease. Attended a lady once 
 before who did the same with babe, and it did not take the com- 
 plaint of mother. 
 
 1. DISINFECTANTS— Cheap and Effectual.— A Disinfect- 
 ant is that which will purify, or destroy such matter as would infect, 
 or cause sickness, or have a tendency to that end. I have generally used 
 common stone lime for water-closets, sinks, etc.; but I see by the fol- 
 lowing item from the Industrial Monthly, that common copperas is 
 held in high esteem for all such purposes. It says : 
 
 "One lb. of green copperas, dissolved in 1 qt. of water, and scat- 
 tered down a water-closet, will eff'ectually concentrate and destroy 
 the foulest smells. On board ships and steamboats, about hotels and 
 other public places, there is nothing so nice to purify the air. Simple 
 green copperas, dissolved under the bed in anything that will hold 
 water, will render a hospital, or other places for the sick, free from 
 unpleasant smells. For butcher's stalls, fish markets, slaughter- 
 houses, sinks, and wherever there are offensive putrid gases, dissolve 
 copperas and sprinkle it about, and in a few days the smell will pass 
 away. If a cat, rat, or mouse dies about the house and sen'ls forth 
 an offensive gas, place some dissolved copperas in an opeii vessel 
 near the place where the nuisance is, and it will purify the atmos- 
 phere. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 353 
 
 2. For Pest-houses, or rooms and buildings where persons with 
 the eruptive fevers, as small-pox, scarlet fever, or measles, have been 
 suflfering, sulphurous acid, arising from burning sulphur in the room, 
 is considered one of the best Disinfectants in use. The plan of pro- 
 ceeding, is to close up all ventilations, as lire-places, stove-pipe holes, 
 cracks, etc., then in a kettle, or upon the hearth, to sprinkle s-ufficient 
 sulphur upon the burning coals to fill the room with the sulphurous 
 acid, or fumes arising from it, and leave the room, at once, closing 
 the door, and throwing down an old cloth at the bottom, to prevent 
 the escape of the gas, or the ingress of the air; then leave the room, 
 thus closed, over night, or it,*^ equivalent of time. 
 
 3. The Bromo-Chloraluin,* the new disinfectant, is claimed 
 to possess remarkable powers in cleansing privy-vaults, sinks, etc., 
 but its expense will keep it out of general use, at least, until it can be 
 reduced in price. 
 
 4. Dry Earth has recently been found out to possess extraordi- 
 nary properties of absorbing bad odors ; hence the patented Earth- 
 closets, which have proved very satisfactory. In the Philadel- 
 phia hospitals, also. Dry Earth has not only been found to destroy all 
 the bad odors in the wards, or divisions of the hospital, but also to 
 absorb the septic, or infecting matter of wounds, upon the same prin- 
 ciple as explained under the head of Clay, or Earth Poultices, 
 which see. 
 
 5. Chlorine Gkis is a very eflfective Disinfectant, and is easily 
 made by moistening say, 2 ozs. of the black oxide of manganese, in 4 
 ozs. of oil of vitriol, and 2 ozs. of water, all to be placed in a shallow, 
 or low earthen, or stone-ware dish. Gas will be liberated, or set free, 
 for several days, or until the manganese is all decomposed. 
 
 6. Carbohc Acid diluted with w^ater, 1 dr. to 1 qt., or even of 
 a less strength, and cloths dipped in it and hung about the room, or 
 sprinkled about, will completely Disinfect, or remove all bad odors, 
 except its own, which time, and a free circulation of air will do. 
 
 1. DROPSY. — Horse-radish root, steeped in cider and drank as 
 hot as it can be borne, and in as large quantities as can be borne, has 
 cured several cases, by following it up for a few weeks. It is to be 
 taken at night, only, covering up the patient warmly. It causes a free 
 flow of urine, as well as perspiration. 
 
 2. — Another— Russian Remedy. — A Russian medical journal 
 recommends lemons, as beneficial in the most hopeless cases of 
 Dropsy. The 1st day, 1 lemon was given, after taking the peel off, 
 and cutting it up into small pieces, in sugar; 2d and 3d days, 3 were 
 given ; and afterwards 18 every day. Meat was given for nourish- 
 ment. In every case the water came off the 7th day. 
 
 I should expect but few to be able to take half of the last named 
 amount ot lemons daily, 
 
 3. Di^talis in Dropsy. — G. C. Pitger, M. D., of Detroit, 111., re- 
 ported through the Eclectic Medical Journal, several cases of Dropsy 
 successfully treated by the use of Digitalis. He says: 
 
 * Bromo-diloralum is a peculiar compound of bromine, chlorine, etc., both of which 
 axe closely related to bad odors. Bromine oomes from a Greek word, which means a bad 
 smell, while Chlorine signifies a greenish color. The compound is made from the sesqul- 
 Chloride of aluminum, sesqui, meaning half more, of three parts of Chlorine to twoot 
 aluminum, which is a metal, forming the metallic base of alumina, an earthy mineral, or 
 & sesqui mineral, being composed of //iree parts of oxygen to iwo parts of aluminum, and 
 so chemistry goes its wonderful rounds, revealing from time to time, something valuable, 
 to supply our needs, as well as to satisfy our curiosities. 
 23— DB. chase's second receipt booel 
 
354 DR. chase's 
 
 "Daring the Summer and Fall of 1865, we h:id an epidemic of 
 scarlet fever in this county, and a great many of the cases were very 
 severe. I treated it almost exclusively with belladonna, andwith um- 
 form success, but a few cases were followed with Dropsy, which 
 proved to be the most troublesome feature of the disease. Amongst 
 others, my little girls were attacked, and the eldest, then eight years 
 old had all the symptoms of scarlatina anginosa. followed by general 
 Dropsy. For this Dropsical condition we resorted to all the best 
 means recommended by the profession without any benefit. We call- 
 ed counsel, changed the treatment from time to time, but without any 
 change in the symptoms for the better. We had made up our minds 
 to give up the case, and had in our own imagination bidden our loved 
 one farewell. About this time Digitalis* was suggested, and with 
 but little confidence I prepared an infusion of foxglove as follows: 
 
 "Take foxglove" (leaves), "1 dr. ; wild cherry-tree bark" (green) 
 "1 oz. ; juniper berries, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 "Make ^ a pt. of infusion by adding boiling water, and keeping it 
 nearly boiling hot for an hour, then strain and sweeten with cx'ushed 
 sugar, and when cool add ^ a pint of best Holland gin. 
 
 "Of this preparation I gave my little girl 1 tea-spoonful every 6 
 hours. The spoon we used in this case held about a drachm and a 
 half, and now let me say that after the second dose we discovered 
 quite a change in our patient for the better. Now imagine our feel- 
 ings. From a state of gloom, darkness and despair, we thought we 
 saw a ray of hope. We continued the treatment, and in 2 days time 
 the symptoms for the better were marked; and without further trou- 
 ble or additional means our patient made a rapid recovery. Now this 
 "Was no little case of a few days' standing. Not at all. For days and 
 weeks we had tried in vain to overcome this tendency to Dropsy; 
 and many times during the progress of the disease it seemed as 
 though disssolution was inevitable. 
 
 " We know that this Dropsy following scarlet fever is generally 
 looked upon as a small matter, and a little of this and a little of that 
 recommended with full confidence of beneficial results, but when we 
 come to manage a case that really needs our skill, it is not so easy 
 a thing to manage after all. Let me say right here that if you want 
 trouble in your family, just subject your scarlect fever patients to reg' 
 ular medicine, as taught by Condie, West, Wood, Flint, or Watson. I 
 know what I am talking about by actual experience, and while I make 
 no great pretensions myself, I have implicit confidence in Specific 
 Medication, and an utter contempt for the " destructive art of healing," 
 as generally taught by Allopathy. 
 
 '"Digitalis Purpurea is the Latin, or technical name, and foxfjlove, is the common, or 
 English name. It is a native o f Europe ; but has been introduced into the United States. 
 The leaves are generally used, but the seeds are more active and elficient. In large dose.s, 
 it Is poisonous, but in medicinal doses, it is a diuretic and sedative (lessening the heart's 
 action, lowcringthe pulse, etc). It would be well, I think, in cases like that of "Mr. H.," 
 last given above, where it .■should be continued for 10 days, or two weeks, to stop its use for 
 a week or 10 days, after which it might be again resumed, as its effects are sometimes, 
 what is called "accumulative, ?'.e., if long continued, its legitimate action, or poisonous 
 effects may manifest themselves, known by irritation of the stomach, nausea, vomiting 
 and free evacuations of the bowels. Then stop its use, as above sugscested, and give an 
 emetic, in case of an over-dose, using warm water, or other warm drinks freely, and if 
 dizziness, or dimness ofsight, give wmes, or other spirituous stimulants, which will soon 
 set all to rights ; but if properly used, there is no danger of this difficulty ; and it has been 
 explained, that no one should ever catch themselves on a "pin-liook," by carelessness, in 
 itsu.«e. If persons know the nature of articles being used, it puts them on their own re- 
 sponsibility. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 355 
 
 "While speaking of Digitalis, I will ini-tance another case, or two, 
 and make no farther reference to Dropsical cases following scarlet 
 fever, of which I could report several. 
 
 "In 1867, a young lady from this neighborhood went to Ohio on a 
 visit to some of her friends, and while there was taken seriously ill, 
 the more prominent symptoms of the case being anasarca" (general 
 Dropsy). "Remember Dropsy is a symptom, not a disease. She was 
 treated ' regularly.' The report came back to her friends that she 
 could not, in all probability, recover. Her mother came to me for ad- 
 vice. I remarked that it was impossible for me to determine the par- 
 ticular lesion upon which the Dropsy depended, but that if all the 
 usual means had been resorted to without benefit, and she so re- 
 quested, I would make her a prescription, stating, at the same time, 
 that we could, in all probability, do her some good. The old lady 
 was very anxious, and having implicit confidence in our skill in this 
 relation, requested me to fix up the prescripticn at once. I accord- 
 ingly wrote out the formula, as above given, Digitalis, wild cherry, 
 juniper berries, etc., and the mother sent it out by the first mail, 
 requesting her friends, in the accompanying letter, to procure the 
 remedies immediately, and give them according to directions, and 
 that she would be there in a short time to explain the matter. In a 
 few days the old lady started, and wlien she arrived at the residence 
 of her friends, she found that they had received her instructions, and 
 were already using the remedy. The young lady was quite sick, but 
 they had implicit confidence in their medicine, and in a few days the 
 symptoms for the better became apparent, and without further diffi- 
 culty, or additional means, this case made a rapid recover}'. 
 
 " Now you may say this was a kind of guess work, and so it was ; 
 but Digitalis met the indications in the case, was the true specific, and 
 I'd give all I make, in one year's practice, if I could always guess when 
 this remedy was indicated, for it is one of the most reliable remedies 
 we have. You may think the wild cherry and juniper berries had 
 something to do in these cases, and so they might ; but my impres- 
 sion now is, after several years' experience, that the whole thing is 
 due to the one remedy — Digitalis. 
 
 " About six weeks ago, while at the hotel in our county seat, I 
 met an old friend — not a relative, or former patron — who resides 
 about 2 miles from me, and during our conversation he related to me 
 a peculiar difficulty under which he had been laboring for many 
 years. To begin with, I'll just state that this man is about 45 years 
 of age ; bilious, lymphatic temperament ; temperate habits ; weighed 
 at that time, 275 lbs. ; and withal, he is a man of very superior intel- 
 .lect. His statement was about this: '"Doctor I feel quite unwell. 
 I've not been well for several years ; sometimes feel better, some- 
 times worse. I'm growing more fleshy every year. I've been troubled 
 with some kind of kidney disease for a long time ; am bilious nearly 
 all the time ; anti-bilious remedies scarcely give me temporary relief, 
 and leave me worse than they found me. The least exertion makes 
 me puff and blow like a wind-broken horse. I feel dull and stupid all 
 the while; have no energy as I used to have.' " He said considerable 
 about his condition, not necessary to mention here, after which I gave 
 him an examination, and said: 'Mr. H., I'll tell you what you 
 need. You need just one remedy. It won't cost you much, and if you 
 will use it, you shall have the benefit of my judgment, in your case. 
 
J DK. chase's 
 
 gratis.' He said: 'Well, doctor, what is it?'" I answered: 
 * ' You need Digitalis.' ' Digitalis ! ' " said he ; ' why do you pre- 
 scribe that ? ' I responded : To meet the indications in your case, 
 sir, and my word for it, if you will procure the remedy in the form of 
 the officinal tincture'" (kept by druggists) " 'and take it in doses of 10 
 to 15 drops, 3 times a day, you'll receive more benefit from its use 
 than from all the medicine you've taken for 10 years.' He went 
 straightway to the drug store, and bought an oz. of the tincture, and 
 commenced using it at once. He called at my office yesterday, and 
 made the following report: 'Well, doctor, that Digitalis did the work 
 for me, and I've told more than 20 doctors about it, (by the way, Mr. 
 H. is quite a business man, and is around considerably), and now, sir, 
 if you believe me, in 30 days from the time I commenced using the 
 remedy, I had got rid of 28 lbs. of my surplus, and I felt better every 
 day from the beginning, and now feel splendid — better than I have 
 felt for years, and you see my clothes, that would barely meet on me, 
 are entirely too large ; and now, doctor, I can run all over this farm 
 with you, without the least inconvenience. It is almost incredible, 
 but actually so, that a great work has been wrought in my case, and 1 
 feel like a new man.' " 
 
 DRUNKENNESS, TO CURE.— The following Receipt came 
 into use in England, through John Vine Hall, who was the father of 
 the celebrated divine. Rev. Newman Hall, and of Capt. Vine Hall, 
 of the Great Eastern. After habitual Drunkenness, for a long time, he 
 finally succeeded in curing himself by this prescription, of an emi- 
 nent physician : 
 
 "Sulphate of iron, 5 grs. ; magnesia, 10 grs. ; peppermint water, 
 1^ drs. ; and spirit of nutmeg, 1 dr.; the whole taken twice, daily. It 
 is tonic and stimulant, and has proved beneficial in numerous cases, 
 there; but I am not aware of its having been used in the United 
 States, yet it can not hurt any one ; and if anybody needs help, it is him 
 who has become a slave to his appetite for strong drink, and de- 
 eires to abandon its use. 
 
 1. DYSENTERY, OR BLOODY FLUX— Remedies.— Take 
 a tea-spoonful of epsom-salts, and dissolve them in a little water, 
 adding 10 drops of laudanum, and give for a dose, every 4 to 6 hours, 
 as may be necessary to relieve the pain, applying externally, to the 
 bowels, mustard plasters, or horse-radish leaves, until the inflam- 
 mation of the bowels attending Dysentery, subsides. If salts are not 
 at hand, castor-oil may be used in its place. 
 
 2. C. W. Selleck^ M. D., of St. Clair, Mich., reports to the editor 
 of the Edectir Journal, what he has found perfectly successful in the 
 treatment of Dysentery, as well as a criticism upon the idea of run- 
 ning, after neio hobbies, in medicine, when old plans do not fail — 
 when they do fail, in my own opinion, as well as in that of Dr. 
 Selleck, it is time enough, then, to look up the new. He says : 
 
 "Prop. Scudder — Dear Sir: — I have been noticing the many ef- 
 forts made to get a specific" (positive) "treatment for Dysentery bv 
 the diff'erent members of our School, and after testing them all and 
 finding them failures, wish once more to call the notice of our School 
 to a little old fogyism, as it is called, and try to impress upon the 
 minds of our practitioners that when leaving what is good, and our 
 experience tells us that in the past it has been successful, for some 
 new hobby that we are not only running risks with the lives of our 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 357 
 
 patients, but we are hurting the cause that we are trying to build up. 
 We must have principles to work by, and when we have a principle 
 established, let our organs keep these principles before the School, so 
 all may work together. 
 
 " A few years ago Eclecticism taught us that Dysentery was caused 
 by a certain virus, or irritating matter, which was generated in the 
 stomach. This was to be neutralized first, and then carried off. And 
 to do this a specific treatment was given, which I have followed for 
 at least fifteen years without one single failure. Nor do I ever expect 
 a failure if I can see a patient while there is vitality enough left for 
 medicine to act upon it, where Dysentery is the only thing I have to 
 contend with. I always begin with the following: 
 
 "Take leptandrin, salicine, of each 1 dr.; Castile soap, made fine, 2 
 drs. ; make into 5 gr. pills. Give 2 once in 2 hours, until there is a 
 change in the passages from the bowels. Aconite to control the fever. 
 If there is not a change in 12 hours, (which, by the way, I have never 
 seen fail but twice) I then give crystalized nitrate of silver, 2 grs. 
 Make into 5 powders. Give 1, once in 2 hours until there is a change, 
 or all to be taken. Give the latter in mucilage of gnm Arabic, then 
 give the first again, and there is no such word as failure in the"cure 
 of Dysentery. 
 
 "The treatment here given is for adults of course. I know many 
 will cry out against these old notions being rehearsed in the Journal, 
 but when I see my brother practitioners losing cases all over the 
 country by trying to ride some new hobby, when I, by following 
 closely the" teachings, or principles given in the past, cure every case 
 of the same kind, and at the same time and under all circumstances, 
 I cannot help concluding that they are wrong. The principle then is to 
 neutralize the poison and remove it, and soothe and heal the denuded and 
 infiamed bou-el. The Castile soap will do the first and last, the leptan- 
 drin the second, while the salicine comes in as a tonic to tone and 
 strengthen the bowels 'to a performance of their proper functions 
 after the irritation is removed. If there have been failures with this 
 treatment, will some brother report them, as I have never met with 
 one." 
 
 DYSPEPSIA— Constipation, etc.— Prof. King informs us that 
 there is a gentleman, not a physician, near Cincinnati, who has 
 gained considerable notoriety in the treatment of Dyspepsia, Consti- 
 pation, loss of appetite, piles , etc., by the use of a powder made of 
 equal parts of sulphur, rosin and the inner skin of a chicken's gizzard, 
 dried and pulverized. 
 
 Dose. — Five to 10 grs. 3, or 4 times daily. It may be t;'ken in a 
 little sirup, or molasses. This skin has been recommended by old 
 nurses, for many years, for Dyspepsia. It is believed, however," that 
 the use of gizzard skin for these difficulties was first introduced by 
 the Indians, they having used those of the pigeon, and perhaps other 
 birds of a similar character. I have not before seen this combination 
 recommended, but I believe it will prove valuable. 
 
 Dyspepsia and Diarrhea. — Special Food for. — Raw meat has 
 not only been recommended as a Food in Dyspepsia and Diarrhea, 
 but also as being a valuable remedy in itself; and especially so in 
 diseases of a consumptive character. 
 
 Raw meat is a remedy, or rather aliment of great value in cases 
 of Dyspepsia, in which indigested Food causes irritation of the bowels 
 
858 DR. chase's 
 
 and attacks of Diarrhea. It seems to furnish the most efficient kind of 
 nutriment with least inconvenience from bnlk,or other injurious qual- 
 ity, and is digested and absorbed with as little fecal remains as any other 
 Food. In cases of acute Summer Diarrhea in children, raw meat is in 
 itself both a remedy for the Diarrhea and a ?ii(<ri?7!(.'ni for the child; 
 also in the Chronic Diarrhea of children and in the habitual Diar- 
 rhea associated with " marasmus,"* and, lastly, in the cases of ohMinate 
 vomiting of pregnancy, whether associated with Diarrhea, or not, it is 
 frequently of the greatest service. It must be prepared by pounding, 
 or scraping raw beef, or mutton, so as to get out the red soft muscular 
 substance as free as possible from all tendinous fibre and fat. It must 
 be a soft pulp, giving no feeling of resistance when squeezed between 
 the fingers. The beef should be perfectly fresh, and nice, cutting it 
 very fine, after freeing it from all the fat and stringy fibres, then 
 pounded to a pulpy mass, and seasoned with a very little salt and 
 pepper. I have had several cases wherein it proved very satisfactory. 
 I believe Dr. Druitt, an English surgeon and author, has the credit of 
 first introducing this article to the notice of the profession. 
 
 Dutchman's Temperance Lecture — Short, but Sound 
 Common Sense. — As it does everybody good to "laugh and grow 
 fat," I have thought I could not close with the letter D better than 
 by giving a "Dutchman's" thoughts on the subject of Temperance ; 
 and if it will give one person additional strength of principle to 
 resist the temptation "to drink," it will pay for the space it occupies. 
 He says: 
 
 " I shall tell you how it vas I drunk my lager; den I put mine 
 hand on my head, and dere vas one pain. Den I put mine hand on 
 my body, and dere vas pain. Den I puts my hand on my pocket, 
 and dere vas notting. So I jine mit de Demperance. Now dere is no 
 pain \n my head, and de pain in my body vas all gone away. I put 
 mine hand on mine pocket, and dere vas 20 dollars. So I stay mit de 
 Demperance beeples." 
 
 Boys, go and "jine mit de demperance," and "stny mit de demper- 
 ance beeples," if you wish to keep your heads free from pain, and 
 your pockets filled with cash. 
 
 ELECTRICITY— The Advantage of its Use in Treating 
 Some Chronic Diseases. — The following treatise upon the use of 
 Electricity in Chronic Diseases, was written by Mrs. S. E. Morrill, M. 
 D., of Cincinnati, O., and was published in the Eclectic MedicalJournal, 
 and I am satisfied that the principles advocated are correct, although 
 I have had but little personal experience with it, but I have observed 
 its use by others, and believe that there is much more benefit to be 
 derived from it, than is generally acknowledged by any of the differ- 
 ent Schools of medicine; and I fully agree with Mrs. Dr. Morrill, in 
 the necessity to "combine Materia Medica, Electricity, and Hydro- 
 pathy," ?. e., medicine, electricity, and water — the first, perha})s, as altera- 
 tive, and cathartic, and also to aid the second in toning u]) the system, 
 and the third to cleanse the surface, thus enabling the skin to do its 
 legitimate work of throwing ofl" eifete, or worn out matter from the 
 eystem. It is not expected, by any means, that every family will pur- 
 chase an Electrical Machine ; but that in peculiar cases of Chronic 
 
 *Maraxmtts comes from a Greek word, literally meaningto quench, or put out, like 
 putting out a fire ; but, in medicine, it signifies a wasting away of the flesh, and strength, 
 and yet, without any special disease being actively present, a consuming, or wa.sting of the 
 flesh. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 359 
 
 Diseases, where either the patient who may be treating their own 
 case with but little, or no apparent advantage, or whether it be a 
 physician who is having, perhaps, no better success; then, if he has 
 no"Electrical Machine, let one be got, and try it in connection with 
 the other general treatment, as I believe, with great hopes of success, 
 and as the present prices range only from G, or 8 to 12, or $15, their 
 cost will not be sufficient to prevent their use. 
 
 With an additional remark upon the subject of the Mrs. Doctor, I 
 will introduce her treatise. I think it is cause of great congratulation 
 that so many ladie-; are of late, coming forward, and braving the ridi- 
 cule and scoVn that students, calling themsdves gentlemen, are disposed 
 to heap upon them, at least in some of thcMedical CoUegeswhere ladies 
 have l)een permitted to enter. I say, shame on the man who is net 
 willing to aid them in such a laudable undertaking ; and I will say to 
 the ladies, persevere; like Eclecticism, the jirinciple is founded upon 
 truth, and consequently it must prevail. There are many of the gen- 
 tlemen physicians, who cannot write half as intelligible a treatise 
 on any medical subject, as Mrs. Dr. Morrill has done upon the cura- 
 bility of Chronic Diseases and their Successful Treatment with Elec- 
 tricity," which was the full heading under which she wrote. She 
 says : 
 
 " There are many diseases considered incurable by the medical 
 faculty. Every physician knows, or ought to know, in what class of 
 diseases he, or she is the most successful, and to this particular class 
 should devote all of his, or her energies, and not like a patent medi- 
 cine proclaim themselves an infallible cure for all diseases. An inva- 
 lid should remember when a physician tells him that his disease is 
 incurable, he bases his assertions on his own experience. There 
 ought to be three distinct classes in the medical profession — that is, if 
 a physician wishes to become eminent and successful : — the surgeon, 
 the physician in aciite, and the physician in chronic diseases. In an 
 Electrical point of view, the two latter are perfect antipodes ; thus acute 
 diseases arises from a positive, and chronic diseases from anegative con- 
 dition of the system. To be successful the treatment must be per- 
 fectly unlike, because they arise from entirely dissimilar conditions 
 of the system. Neither does the successful physician ride one hobby; 
 different constitutions require different kinds of Treatment. 
 
 " The world is full of ' pathies,' not one of which is sufficient in it- 
 self to meet the exigencies of diseased mankind. I do not rely on one 
 kind of Treatment, but combine materia medica, electropathy and hy- 
 dropathy. If one will not cure, I bring the whole to my aid, and find, 
 with perseverance, the foe I battle with is generally conquered. I 
 am aware it is attempting a great deal to advance any new theory of 
 medical Treatment. Here under our free and republican government, 
 a physician is not considered orthodox who dares to look to the right, 
 or left for new agents to relieve the sufferings of men and women. 
 Happily for suffering humanity, our neighbors across the broad At- 
 lantic have been more liberal and broader in their investigation. If 
 it were not for these lovers of science, the therapeutical value of the 
 Electrical discoveries of Galvan, Faraday, Cross and others, would 
 not have been tested in the Universities and hospitals in France, Eng- 
 land and Germany. Galvanism and other forms of Electricity are 
 now extensively used in the Old World, and according to Faraday, 
 Golding Bird, Smee, and other distinguished medical writers, with 
 
360 DR. chase's 
 
 the most flattering results in chronic diseases. The more the subject 
 is investigated the clearer will we see the value of Electricity as a 
 therapeutical agent. Golding Bird says: 'I feel most anxious to 
 press its employment upon the practising physician, and urging him 
 to have recourse to it as a rational but fallible remedy, and not to re- 
 gard it as one expected, or capable of eflfecting impossibilities.' 
 Neither should a cure of a disease for which it is applied be antici- 
 pated in a miraculously short space of time. Disease in an organ pro- 
 duces change in the condition of the organ diseased, and time must be 
 allowed for the process of absorption and deposition necessary to 
 bring the organ back to its normal condition. Medicine produces 
 physical impressions on the system, but never heals disease; the cur- 
 ative power is in the vital, or Electrical forces of the individual. If 
 there is not nervo-vital force sufficient in the system to cure the dis- 
 ease, it will pass from an acute condition into what we term chronic, 
 or negative state. When we find this condition we must vitalize with 
 chemical Electricity by giving general treatment with a galvanic bat- 
 tery, and by so doing we can bring the disease back to an acute, or 
 positive condition, then by the help of remedies cure the patient. 
 
 "It is not an easy matter to give directions for the popular use of 
 Electricity; so much depends upon the constitutional peculiarities of 
 the patient, that no chart can be safely put into the hands of those 
 who have not made physiology, anatomy and pathology a study. So 
 much depends upon the diagnostic skill of the operator and nis, or 
 her judgment in making the application, the proper course for a phy- 
 sician to do is to make Electrical therapeutics a special study, placing 
 himself under a competent teacher. To be successfulas an Electrician 
 requires a great deal of study and experience. Those itinerant Elec- 
 tricians that are perambulating the country giving shocks to the ]>eo- 
 ple, are doing more harm than good. The current is applied by this 
 class of men with a power too intense for even a healthy person to en- 
 dure. The remembrance of these shocks is one of the worst things I 
 have to contend against. They get the impression that I cure by a 
 succession of shocks. Ladies often get so nervous before the first 
 treatment, it takes all my magnetic power to control them until I get 
 the sponge upon them. Then they always admit that my Electrical 
 manipulations are more agreeable than otherwise. Some parts of the 
 body are more sensitive than others ; while a strong current is neces- 
 sary to eff'ect some organs, a weak current is required to have a bene- 
 ficial eflfect on others. To the experiencd Electrican the exact locality 
 of the disease will be readily detected by the operator and patient 
 without asking a question, and I contend if it possessed no other rec- 
 ommendation, this alone should make it an object to every physician. 
 I wish I could impress upon the practicing physician the importance 
 of this potent agent in all chronic diseases, especially for female dis- 
 eases. For uterine displacements it has a mechanical action that 
 can not be obtained any other way. Mechanical Treatment is as neces- 
 sary to eflfect a cure of prolapsus uteri, as it is in a broken limb. 
 Medical skill has never yet discovered any mechanical means that 
 could reach those relaxed ligaments. It was accidental that I have 
 found an infallible power that will never fail if rightly used, to replace 
 the worst displacements, whether retroversion, antiversion, or prolap- 
 sus; the last, if uncomplicated, can be cured permanently in a week's 
 time. It will cure congestion, ulceration, cancers, tumors and all morbid 
 
SKCOND RECEIPT BOOK. 361 
 
 growths of the pelvic organs. Local Treatment alone will cure un- 
 complicated prolapsus, stiff joints, or contracted muscles, but it is ab- 
 solutely necessary to give general treatment for the permanent cure 
 of any diseased organ. I do not believe it possible to produce any 
 radical cure by any kind of local treatment. It is well known that 
 abscesses, or tubercles in the lungs, or ulcers in any part of the body, 
 denote impure blood. Local application is necessary in connection 
 with the general treatment, while the slow but sure work of purifica- 
 tion is going on internally. In chronic diseases of long standing, the 
 nerves leading to the diseased organ are generally paralyzed, and it 
 takes three treatments to vitalize those nerves so that they will take 
 on their own individual Electricity. 
 
 " In connection with mj Electrical Treatment for uterine troubles, 
 I give some simple wash. I never use strong astringents, such as 
 nitrate of silver, or sulphate of zinc, nothing stronger than tinct. of 
 myrrh, and I have never failed in curing any uterine disease, where 
 they would give me a month's time. Patients sometimes come and 
 take 4 or 5 Treatments, and because their trouble is aggravated, get 
 frightened and stop Treatment. If they will wait until after the crisis, 
 then they improve so fast I can generally hold them till the cure is 
 permanent. It takes about 2 weeks to get past the crisis. It depends 
 somewhat upon the constitntion and nature of the disease. While I 
 am giving general Treatment, I have most of my patients take malt 
 and salt baths twice a week. That carries off the poison that has 
 been thrown to the skin by the Electrical Treatment. 
 
 " A lady called on me that had been treated by a phj'sician for 
 fibroid " (fibrous) " tumor. It was involved in the walls of the uterus. 
 He was giving her local Treatment alone, not even medicine. If she 
 had continued that Treatment alone, she would have died. She was 
 suffering from general debility. Her stomach and liver were in a 
 very bad condition. The tumor was being discussed, but what be- 
 came of it? Of course, it was being absorbed and carried back into 
 the blood, and common sense " (here is good sense) "ought to teach us 
 it must be carried out of the system, or death would follow such 
 foolish kind of Treatment. I gave her general Treatment, ordered 
 baths, wet compr".sses worn at night over the abdomen, gave her mild 
 cathartics, and she stopped flooding, menstruation became normal " 
 (healthy) "and she gained 15 pounds of flesh in 2 months, and the 
 tumor disappearing. All kinds of tumors and cancers can be ab- 
 sorbed," (I would say, probably they can, in their early stages); 
 " ovarian much sooner than fibroid ; also polypus in any part of the 
 body. In the last 6 months, I have caused to be absorbed full 12 lbs. 
 of a solid tumor, and the patient is now so well,' the tumor does not 
 trouble her at all. She would not know she had it, if we could not 
 feel it. 
 
 " Is it not a glorious thing that this class of. diseases can be cured 
 without the knife, and your patient's general health, good after the 
 first month's Treatment? I took a tumor off from the lower lid of 
 Mr. H.'s eye, of this city, with 18 Treatments. The surgeon was to 
 have taken it off with the knife. We little know the power of this 
 agent. Some physicians will give a few local Treatments, and because 
 they can not perform miracles, they give it up. ' Don't give up the 
 ship.' While there is life there is hope. If 20 Treatments won't cure, 
 give 100. I gave 60 Treatments to cure a case of diabetes, complicated 
 
362 DR. chase's 
 
 with neuralgia. The hidy had not hiin down for 6 weeks on account 
 of neuralgic pains in her limbs and back, in the region of the kid- 
 neys. All the sleep she obtained was sitting in a large chair. But 
 perseverance, Electricity and malt baths, cured her. Mrs. R., of 
 Dayton, came to me for Treatment, a year ago last May. I gave her 4 
 Treatments, She, feeling worse, got frightened, and stopped treat- 
 ment. She says to me; ' I like yon, but I do not like your thunder 
 and lightning.' Her physician told her, if she had taken it 5 min- 
 utes longer, it would have killed her. (Of course, she thought a man 
 must be wiser than aivoman). After being Treated by him all Summer, 
 and receiving no benefit from calomel, and other horrid drugs, she 
 came to me again, in October last. She says: ' I V:)elieve I will try to 
 overcome my fear of Electricity. If you can only cure me, so I can have 
 a child, I will be the happiest woman living.' She said she had taken 
 a pill every night for 2 years, to move her bowels. She said there 
 was some obstruction. Upon making an examination, I found a 
 stricture just within the anus, and on passing my finger by the stric- 
 ture, I found the rectum, as far as I could reach, full of ulcerations. 
 Upon further examination, I found prolapsus uteri, ulceration, and 
 congestion of the uterus. There was also a prolapsus of the bladder, 
 making a vaginal cystocele. — The lungs and all the excretory organs 
 very much diseased. I supposed the ulceration of the bowels was 
 caused by mercury, so I ordered her to dissolve j tea-spoonful of 
 charcoal in I a glass of water, and to drink that amount every morn- 
 ing. That kept her bowels open until I could get her liver active, 
 and stricture cured, and also to antidote the mercury. I first put my 
 wits to work to cure the stricture, never having any instructions in 
 regard to it. I knew I must use the relaxing current direct upon the 
 stricture, for the first 3 Treatments. I used the rectum electrode, then 
 the vagiiuil electrode, which is about the size of a rectum speculum, 
 for 3 Treatments ; the positive, or relaxing current direct to the stric- 
 ture, at the same time passing the negative current over the several 
 nerves for 15 or 20 minutes, each day'; then finished up with a gen- 
 eral Treatment, consun\ing an hour's time for the whole Treatment. 
 The 6 Treatments cured the stricture. The patient was lying on the 
 lounge for the lectuni Treatment, but, for general Treatment, sitting in 
 a chair. Tiie next thing to do was to replace the uterus, which I did 
 with 5 Treatments, by inserting an electrode in the vagina, and giving 
 general Treatment. I replaced the bladder by contracting the liga- 
 ments that held the bladder, as I do for prolapsus uteri" (falling 
 down of the uterus). "I had consumed now about 2 weeks' time, 
 gave a Treatment each day, an hour long. I then gave her a Treat- 
 ment every other day, for H weeks. At the end of 6 weeks, she had 
 gained 12 lbs. I theii left Dayton for Cincinnati. She bought a bat- 
 tery, and continued to use it herself. I will quote from a letter she 
 wrote me a few weeks ago: 
 
 " 'I will not be able to go to Cincinnati to fee you this fall — you 
 can guess why. — I have gone to house-keeinng.'" 
 
 EMETICS. — Emetics not only empty tlie stomach of its contents, 
 but tliey give a shock to the whole nervous system, and prepare the 
 way for the proper action of other remedies, by exciting the skinand 
 all the other organs, in a measure, to their more regular secretions, 
 promoting perspiration which prevents the accumulation of blood 
 upon any particular organ (except the stomach itself for the time be- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 363 
 
 ing,) giving tone to the stomach, liver, spleen and other connecting 
 organs, greatly assisting to break up recent attacks of disease, and also 
 to begin an amendment in diseases of long standing ; but, of late, they 
 have fiillen into considerable disrepute, from their unpleasantness, 
 which causes many to submit to disease rather than to take Emetics 
 — of course , such can take their choice. But where an excessive nieal 
 has been eaten, or in cases of poisoning, they are still resorted to with- 
 out much complaint. And there are about as many forms, or formu- 
 las, as there are physicians. I shall only give a few of those in more 
 common use. 
 
 1. Emetic Po^wder, as now used by Eclectics. — Lobelia, 3 
 drs.; blood root, and skunk cabbage, of each, 1^ drs.; ipecac, 2 drs.; cap- 
 sicum, ^ dr. 
 
 All of these articles are to be finely pulverized, and intimately 
 mixed, and kept in a well corked bottle for use. 
 
 Dose. — The proper way to take this Emetic is to put 2 medium 
 sized tea-spoonfuls of the powder into a tea-cup with 4 table-spoonfuls 
 of hot water ; and as soon as it is cool enough, stirring, 2 or 3 times, stir 
 up again and take one taVjle-spoouful, or one-fourth of the amount, 
 every 15 minutes, following each dose with warm boneset tea, or warm 
 water, the tea however is the best, for the boneset has Emetic proper 
 ties of itself. The warm water however, is the most palatable. 
 
 This may be used in all cases where an Emetic is needed, as itjwill 
 vomit easily, and quickly, without causing cramps, or prostration as 
 sometimes occurs where the lobelia was used alone, in its early his- 
 tory. 
 
 2. Dr. Scudder,one of our best Eclectic physicians, having a very 
 extensive practice in Cincinnati, 0., in his Domestic Medicine, says : 
 
 " We employ a combination of lobelia epicac, bloodroot, and skunk 
 cabbage, of each, 2 ozs.; capsicum, i oz. Pulverize and mix. It is the 
 most thorough and ethcient Emetic that I have ever employed in 
 acute affections, as fevers, and inflammations. It first produces nausea, 
 the patient being very sick, relaxation of the entire system takes 
 place, equalizingthe circulation of theblood," (one of thechief objects 
 of an Emetic in fevers and inflammations), '' and completely evacuating 
 the contents of the stomach. Add a heaping tea-spoonful of the pow- 
 der to f of a tea-cupful of Vjoiling water ; let it stand 15 minutes, when 
 it will be ready for use. Give it in table-spoonful doses every 5 or 10 
 minutes until it operates freely ; an abuvlant supply of warm water, 
 or gently stimulating tea being taken to render its action easy. Its ad- 
 ministration may be continued half an hour, or hour, or until the 
 necessary effects are jn-oduc'ed." 
 
 The utmost confidence may be placed in Dr. Scudder's recomenda- 
 tions, as will be gathered by various references to him, and his nu- 
 merous publications, in different parts of this Book. 
 
 There are many physicians, however, that prefer to use it in the 
 form of tincture, also dropping the epicac, avoiding, thus, the drugs, 
 which are drank, in the use of the powder. The tincture may be made 
 as follows : 
 
 3. Emetic Tincture.— Lobelia, skunk cabbage, and bloodroot, 
 of each, bruised, 2 ozs.; alcohol, 76 per cent H pts. Bottle and shake 
 daily for a week, or 10 days. 
 
 Dose.— A large tea-spoouful of this tincture may be given every 10 
 minutes, in boneset, or any warm herb tea, until as free vomiting is 
 
364 DB. chase's 
 
 produced as desired; drinking once, or twice of the tea between dosea 
 also. 
 
 This will be found a valuable expectorant also, in all kinds of 
 coughs, in the same dose, repeated only once in an hour, or 2, or 3 
 hours, according to the severity of the cough. 
 
 Again there are those who prefer the tincture to be made with 
 vinegar, using only a small amount of alcohol, as a help to preserve it. 
 It is made as follows : 
 
 4. Acetous Emetic Tinctxire. — Take the roots, lobelia, etc., 
 the same amount as for the alcoholic tincture No. 3, and bruise them 
 and place them in distilled, or pure cider vinegar, 1 qt. and keep 
 warm for several days ; or what will do just as well, will be to steep 
 all in a closely covered dish, that keeps in the steam, for a few hours, 
 then strain and press out ; or for druggists, percolate, then add best 
 alcohol, 2 ozs. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful in boneset, or any of the aromatic teas, 
 repeat every 15 minutes, drinking the tea freely, until vomiting takes 
 place. As an expectorant, ^ to 1 tea-spoonful, repeated in 1 to 2 — 3, or 4 
 hours according to the desired effect. King informs us that this 
 makes an excellent application in erysipelas, and tetter. It is more 
 especially used as an Emetic, and gargle in croup, and all throat dis- 
 eases, as diptheria, scarlet fever, etc. 
 
 5. Eemetic and Catliartic Po-wder. — Dr. Bone's. — Old Dr. 
 Bone, a celebrated botanic physician in the commencement of the 
 viedical reform, made great use of ipecac, powdered ; given in doses of 
 ^ tea-spoonful, mixed in molasses. He gave it in dropsy, obstructed 
 menses, jaundice, and liver difficulties. 
 
 Emetics.— Directions in Giving. — In all ordinary cases of 
 giving these Emetics, it is best to use freely of boneset, pennyroyal, or 
 Thompson's Composition tea, or warm water, according to the deter- 
 mination of the patient to make the action of the Emetic easy, or to 
 have the taste of the mouth more agreeable, which ever may be used, 
 let 5 pt, or so, be drank, before the Eemetic is begun. The pennyroyal 
 is the pleasantest, to me, at least, more so than warm water; but 
 each one must judge for themselves, or be governed by what they 
 have at hand, or can purchase of the druggists. If the amounts men- 
 tioned, in any case, does not give 2, or 3 free vomitings, it is best to 
 use half as much more, and continue the teas more freely in connec- 
 tion with the Emetic, until 2, or 3 free evacuations of the stomach 
 have taken place. Then have some gruel ready to drink, which will 
 sooth the stomach and strengthen the patient, who should keep as 
 quiet as possible for an hour, or two. 
 
 EPILEPSY, OR PALLING SICKNESS.— Dr. King claims 
 that this is not a disease, of itself, but a symptom only, of a' diseased 
 condition of the nervous centers — brain, or spinal cord. No matter 
 what may be claimed, by any one, for all acknowledge the whole sub- 
 jec to be wrapped in great mystery, and but very few claim that any 
 special good can be done for such cases, only what will improve the 
 general health. 
 
 All that I shall attempt to recommend in these "fits," or "fallings," 
 is to place the person upon the bed, if one is present, if not, straighten 
 them out, remove, or loosen ;ny clothing that may be around the 
 neck, loosen the waist girting, if a lady, and be careful that the tongue 
 is not caught between the teeth so as to be injured. A cork, or 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 365 
 
 a thick piece of leather might be placed between the teeth for this 
 purpose, if there is any grinding of the teeth, otherwise the- tongue is 
 pietty certain to be injured. And care must also be taken to prevent 
 the patient from injury by any spasmodic action, while insensible; 
 and refer the case, for examination, to the best neighborhood phy- 
 sician, if you see fit. He may ascertain some cause, which may 
 be avoided, thereby helping the case. The only thing that can be 
 done during the spasm, is, in some cases where it would otherwise be 
 of long continuance to open the lips and give the Emetic Tincture, or 
 some anti-spasmodic medicine, by putting it inside the lips, if the 
 teeth are set, that it may find its way to the stomach, causing a more 
 speedy relaxation of the system. Friction of the limbs, and a cloth 
 wrung out of cold water and laid upon the neck and breast, will be 
 all that can otherwise be of any especial benefit. 
 
 Eat only food that is easy of digestion, in moderate quantities, 
 take gentle exercise, keep out of dangerous positions, where injury 
 from fiilling would be likely to occur, and use gentle medicines that 
 are known to promote the best condition of health generally, as a 
 gentle cathartic once in a week, or two, occasional bathing, and fric- 
 tion of the surface, gentle tonics, and perhaps alternating the cathar- 
 tic, with an emetic, one a week from the other, for 2, or 3 times each, 
 then allowing as much time between a repetition, as they were used, 
 say 4 weeks. Nothing of greater benefit in the present state of medi- 
 cal knowledge can ordinarily be done. 
 
 ERYSIPELAS: St, ANTHONY'S FIRE.— This disease is a 
 true inflammation, affecting the skin, or surface of the system first, but 
 it occasionally affects the deeper seated tissues, with considerable 
 swelling, and sometimes gathering and forming deep ulcers of an ex- 
 ceedingly painful and burning character, when it takes the name of 
 phlegmonous Erysipelas,, from Greek words which signify a burning in- 
 flammation beneath the skin. 
 
 The surface will show a shining red inflammation, with swelling, 
 itching, smarting and burning irritability, very distressing to bear. It 
 is most frequently confined to the face, neck, and head, and here it is 
 more generally of a surface, or superficial character, but may also in- 
 volve the cellular tissue which lies immediately under the skin. The 
 deep seated, or phlegmonous Erysipelas, more frequently attacks the 
 fleshy parts of the legs, or hips, gathering and breaking, leaving deep 
 ulcers, of a distressing character. It may effect other parts of the 
 body, or linjbs, and still be confined to the surface, but not so com- 
 monly. 
 
 In the progress of the disease, more especially when it is confined 
 to the face and head, it is apt to form little blisters, or vessicles, (the 
 doctors call them, as you know it would not do to call them by words 
 that the common people would understand), which contain a yellowish 
 matter, sometimes watery, and sometimes tough and sticky, adhereing 
 to the parts, and if the blisters are pretty close together, forming a 
 scab over the whole surface, the swelling perhaps closing the eyes, 
 and the patient suffering with pain in the head, fever, great thirst, 
 restless, and occaisonally delirious. 
 
 On other parts of the body, or limbs, it is not so common for the 
 blisters to appear, but the itching and burning may be intense and ex- 
 cruciating; and occasionally it seems to "strike in," as it is said of 
 measles, causing sickness and irritability of the stomach, for a time, 
 
366 DR. chase's 
 
 then again appearing upon the surface. The lioad and face attacks are 
 considered the most dangerous, they certainly are the most distressing. 
 
 In confirmation of our position as to the disease beinea '"true in- 
 flammation" I will quote from the "American E-lectic Practice of 
 Medicine" by Jones and Sherwood, wherein thi^y say : 
 
 " Erysipelas may with great propriety be consicU-red the most per- 
 fect type of irijtamiimtion, taken in it.^ literal sl'h.h\ that we can refer to. Al- 
 though it is, without doubt, a constituiional disease, or symptomatic " 
 (a symfitom only ) " merely of ome abnornuil " (unhealthy) " condi- 
 tion of the system, or of the blood, it more perfectly answers to the 
 idea conveyed V)y the term inflammation, than any other known in- 
 flammatory affection. It is cbaracterized by a circumscribed, fiery 
 redness of" the skin, accompanied by a hurning senmtion, and generally 
 terminating in resiration," (raising blisters on the skin), "or of ulcer- 
 ation (he might well have added), " it is associated witJi, or preceeded 
 by constitutional derangement and fever." 
 
 Cause. — Although the disease is generally believed to arise from 
 a deranged and unhealthy condition of the blood, it undoubtedly has 
 a definite starting point, like other inflammations, as " a cold," or 
 check to perspiration. Causing a retention of some of the various se- 
 cretions in the blood which are ordinarily carried off by the kidneys, or 
 skin; or it may be by an over- heating of the blood, which is equally 
 bad; or by derangement of the digestion whereby the blood becomes 
 viciated, or bad, from want of the pi'oper supplies. It is undoubtedly 
 contagious also, if the matter from any sore, arising in the disease, is 
 got into a wound, or upon an abraded surface, the skin being actually 
 broken the person will be likely to have it; and it often arises from 
 wounds, especially in hospitals, so that surgical operations can not be 
 performed without Erysipelas setting in; hence, attendants, or nurses 
 need to be very careful not to allow the matter to touch any wound, 
 or sore, upon themselves. 
 
 With some persons Erysipelas is hereditary, they having an at- 
 tack, or two, every year ; and with such, in case of frost-bites, or other 
 sores, or wounds, it will usually manifest itself in the Spring of the 
 year, until the wet season is past. Such should be very careful to 
 keep themselves in the best possible general health. 
 
 Symptoms. — The usual Symptoms of fever most generally ac- 
 company, or go before this disease — aching of the limbs, languor, 
 debility, loss of appetite, bad taste in the mouth, bowels costive, and 
 finally chilliness and heat alternating, or a distinct chill, followed by 
 fever ; and there may be nausea and vomiting, with severe pains in 
 the head, or back, or both, and perhaps sore throat ; and after a day, 
 or two, seldom at the commencement of the disease, a reddish spot 
 upon the fiice, head, or neck, or some other part, but more generally 
 here, as before remarked, will be discovered, which will increase in 
 redness, and size, and finally develope the full intensityof the disease, 
 as first mentioned. The redness, and swelling may extend generally 
 around the starting point, but quite often extends more in one direc- 
 tion, shown by a leading red streak, at first, light in color, but deep- 
 ening, as it advances, swelling extensively, and finally manifesting 
 the full intensity of the disease. The color of the matter filling the 
 blisters, or the surface of the skin on parts of the body where the blis- 
 ters do not arise, somewhatdetermines the condition of the blood, as I 
 believe ; but if it does not, it certainly determines the degree ofinflam- 
 
BECX)ND KECEIPT BOOK, 367 
 
 mation, for the higher the color of the matter, or surface, the less the 
 inflammation, or the better the condition of the blood ; and the 
 darker, the more intense the inflammation ; or, in other words, the 
 more viciated the blood. 
 
 Treatment. — It being a well established fact, then, that Erysip- 
 elas is an mjiammation, and that the blood is out of order, it becomes a per- 
 fectly plain case what the Treatment ought to be — equalize the circulation, 
 and restore the general health, by purifying the blood. 
 
 2. In the commencement of fever symptoms, a sweat, emetic, 
 and cathartic, judiciously administered, and accompanied with an 
 appropriate diuretic, as the acetate of potash, will quite often work 
 such a derided change in the condition of the system, as to en- 
 tirely break up the disease, if not,they are tobe repeated at proper inter- 
 vals, say every day, or every second, or third day, according to the se- 
 verity of the symptoms. And, as there may, at first, be some consid- 
 erable uncertainty as to what the character of the approaching disease 
 may be, it is perfectly appropriate, nay, is almost absolutely necessary to 
 begin in time, with this class of Treatment. Some authors insist upon 
 it in all cases where much lassitude, or weakness, and pains in the 
 limbs, or back, are experienced, while others begin the Treatment 
 with cathartics and pass by the sweating and emetic ; but I insist upon 
 a thorough sweat, if I cannot be allowed to give an emetic. And the use 
 of the spirit lamp, I find to be the handiest and easiest plan of giving a 
 sweat, I adopt that plan, and make a thorough work of it ; then give 
 the emetic, if the patient will submit to it. The emetic powder is as 
 good an emetic as can be used for general purposes, to be kept always 
 on hand ; and the acetous tincture, for children, and croupy diseases. 
 Then the senna, compound infusion, is mild, and appropriate for any 
 grown person, or child, hence may always be used in the commence- 
 ment of disease without fear of agravating it. The acetate of potash is 
 very appropriate as a diuretic in all diseases attended with symp- 
 toms of fever ; hence, proper in Erysipelas ; yet none of these points 
 sliould be pushed to excess, but, rather, a moderate action onlj' should 
 be sought. They mav be repeated howevei', on the 2d, 8d, or 4th 
 day, as the case may demand, as above recommended. Sudorific, 
 or sweating medicines may also be given in moderation, to keep a 
 tendency to slight perspiration. 
 
 It is not deemed necessary, here, or when speaking of the Treat- 
 ment of fevers, or inflammations to repeat how a sweat, or an emetic, or a 
 carthartic, or a diuretic medicine shall be given, but when they are 
 spoken of, persons who have not already become familiar with them, 
 should refer to them under their appropriate heads, and study them 
 until they become familiar with them; then they can fully under- 
 stand the descriptions without the necessity of constant repetitions. 
 And for a better understanding of these explanations, I shall occas- 
 sionally refer to this disease — Erysipelas — as a guide in fevers and in- 
 Uammations. 
 
 An Alterative drink should be made for the patient, to be 
 used as often as drink is required, of the bark of the sassafras root, 
 dandelion and burdock roots, and white-elderflowers— dandelion root 
 should always be fresh dug, as drying injures it. Let the tea be made 
 palatable with sugar, or honey, and not made very strong ; and if the 
 disease is not broken up within o, or 4 days, one of the alteratives with 
 \ to h oz. of iodide of potash to 1 pt. be taken 3, or 4 times daily until 
 the disease yields to the Treatment. 
 
368 DR. chase's 
 
 In all cases of fever, to any considerable extent, in any disease, 
 
 let the surface be sponged 2, or 3 times daily, and in the night also if 
 very much fever, with bay-rum (a fragrant and cooling liquor obtained 
 by distilling ihe leaves of the bay-tree — a species of laurel, laurus no- 
 bilis.) The patient can take the sponge into the hand after the gen- 
 eral sponging is done, and from time to time, clasp it in one hand, then 
 the other, and pass it frequently over the face and back of the hands, 
 neck, etc., according to his strength, and the heat of the fever thus 
 receiving a very grateful sensation of coolness and satisfaction not to be 
 otherwise obtained ; besides this, it is well known, that what in any 
 manner checks the fever and gives comfort to the patient is so much 
 gained towards breaking up the disease, and also in increasing the 
 patients strength to hold out against its ravages. When suffering with 
 the fever in typhoid pneumonia, myself, I found it the must soothing 
 and grateful to my feelings of anything that was done. 
 
 2. Dr. Beach says he has seen a single vapor bath to remove all the 
 heat, swelling and itching in Erysipelas. It is certainly a valuable assist- 
 ant ; and if the head is involved, put the blanket so as to cover the 
 head,yet, of course, keeping a breathing place — the mouth and nose 
 not covered, or at least taking outside breath as often as necessary. I 
 deem the restoration of the secretion from the skin to be of the very 
 greatest importance ; and consequently it must be restored to a heathy 
 action, in as much as its great extent materially assists to carry off 
 such a large amount of effete, or worn-out matter from the system. 
 
 3. Local Applications. — It was at one time supposed that an 
 absolute specific (.positive, or certain cure) had been found in the muri- 
 ated tincture of iron; but experience has shown that unless the general 
 healthy secretions are all well restored, there is nothing as a Local Ap- 
 plication, that can be depended upon as an absolute cure; but when 
 they are properly restored, the Local Applications become very valua- 
 ble ; and none more so than the muriated tincture of iron, internally, 
 as well as externally. As an external application let this tincture be 
 combined with an equal amout of glycerin, and apply with a soft piece 
 of cloth, or camels hair pencil, all over and even extending beyond 
 the inflamed part; but, if there are already blisters, avoid touching 
 them with it. Apply every 3 or 4 hours, keeping the inflamed part 
 covered with cloths wrung out oi slippery-elm water, intoaqt. of which 
 a table-spoonful of the muriated tincture may be put; but if the iron 
 should irritate, ar increase the irritation, and cannot consequently 
 be borne, use the slippery-elm water alone, as it will be found cooling 
 and soothing to the heated and burning surface ; but Dr. Scudder 
 thinks if we have any specifics at all, in disease, the muriated tincture 
 of iron is one, in Erysipelas. 
 
 Sulphate of Iron in Erysipelas.— Mr. Hulke at the Middlesex 
 Hospital, has lately tested the great efficacy of Iron Sulphate in exten- 
 sive Erysipelas. He uses it as a lotion of 10 grs. to 1 oz. of water, ap- 
 plied warm on a rag ; and believes it actsasa locaVstyptic, astringent, and 
 sedative, as well as a constitutional tonic. In circumscribed Erysipe- 
 las on small surfaces, he applies the ordinary coating of collodion and 
 castor-oil. He deprecates the application of flour to any part, as a 
 source of dirt, blebs, " (blisters) " and maggots. So many cases of 
 Erysipelas have lately occurred in and around the hospital, that he 
 thinks it must be caused, in wounded and weak patients, by a delete- 
 rious atmospheric influence. What the nature of this influence is, he 
 is unable to say. — British Medical Journal. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 369 
 
 Perhaps some persons may not know that ferri sulphas, Sulphate of 
 Iron, Sulphate of protoxide of Iron, and green vitriol, all mean one and the 
 same thing — copperas. Prof. King speaks of it as having been used in 
 the form of an ointment, with lard, in Erysipelas; but in solution, as 
 above, may be the better way. 
 
 4. At the same time, the muriated tincture of iron may be given 
 internally in doses of 10 to 20 drops in half a glass of water, repeated 
 once in 3 hours; and if the preliminary, or first directions have been 
 properly carried out there will generally be but little to be feared. 
 
 5. But in case the fever is not subdued, and should continue 
 in any considerable degree, let the febrifuge, — veratrum and acconite 
 — be used to reduce the pulse and assist to overcome the febrile activi- 
 ty. See Febrifuge. And when the fever remits (goes off) for some 
 part of the day to any considerable extent, so as to leave the patient 
 without much fever for several hours, in the 24, have ready some qui- 
 nine and prusiate of iron ready to give on the next remission : 
 
 6. Quinine 16 grs.; prusiate of iron 12 grs. Mix and divide into 
 4 powders, and give one every 22 to 3 hours, according to the time the 
 patient is without fever; so as to give this amount in the time, if the 
 stomach will bear it, as in fevers. 
 
 7. Cranberry Poultices made by boiling the Berries soft, and 
 to such a consistence as to be proper for apiilying to the surface of the 
 inflamed parts, in Erysipelas, have been highly recommended. To 
 be renewed as often as necessary. It might be thickened, a little, with 
 slippery-elm powder, such as kept by druggists ; or if no Cranberries, 
 nor any tinct. of iron at hand, the slippery-elm poultice may be used; 
 and if there is a tendency to gangrene (mortification), as shown by the 
 very dark appearance, the elm powder had better be made into a 
 poultice by using brewers yeast in place of water ; and if the throat is 
 very sorein any complication ofthe disease, gargle with the }-east and 
 swallow a little of it also, every hour or two and watch closely, in these 
 bad cases, and change the poultices as often as needed if you hope or 
 expect to succeed. And if the disease has located upon the legs, and 
 has been characterized by deep and extensive swellings, as it some- 
 times is, and then the dark, or gangrene tendency manifests itself, the 
 yeast should be thickened with about equal parts ofthe flour of slip- 
 pery-elm and of finely pulverized charcoal which is a great anti-septic 
 (septic comes from a greek word which means to make putrid — to 
 mortify). This combination — and if no elm can be got, the next best 
 thing is flaxseed boiled to a soft consistency and used with the yeast 
 and charcoal — proves a most excellent anti-mortificationist in all 
 sloughing ulcers, by stimulating the parts to throw off the mortifying 
 parts and correcting the putrid, or death-like smell that arises from the 
 sore. 
 
 9. Henry's Herbal says that beech drops, 8 ozs.; in water 4 qts, 
 boiled to 2 qts., are very beneficial in Erysipelas, and canker in the 
 throat. The directions are, after proper evacuations, as under our 
 first instructions, to divide the decoction and sweeten one part to the 
 taste and take a teaspoonful of it 4 times daily ; and to wet linen 
 cloths in the other and keep them upon the inflamed parts, until it is 
 well. 
 
 10. Dr. Beach. says that he cured a case in the city of New York, a 
 Mr. Youle, of the Mechanics and Traders Bank, after all of the com- 
 mon remedies had been tried in vain for over 2 months, and after 3 
 
 24— DR. chase's second receipt book. 
 
370 DE. chase's 
 
 of the prominent physicians had ftiiled to relieve. The steaming and 
 poulticing and fomenting had also failed ; he then tried the pussy tvillow, 
 or black willow bark, pounded and mixed with cream, applid 3 times 
 daily, under which it improved, and although it sloughed nearly to the 
 bone in some places, he got well. After the pain subsided under the 
 use of the willow bark poultice, he substituted the elm poultice made 
 with milk, and finally the black, or healing salve. He reports another 
 very l)ad case he cured with the common remedies — a girl, where 
 sloughing of each leg occurred, nearly reaching the bone also. 
 
 11. The Tincture of lobelia and bloodroot, equal parts,with as 
 much good cider vinegar as of both of the Tinctures have been recom- 
 mended to use as a wash and to keep the inflamed parts wet 
 with, by laying on cloths. The common smart weed {polygonum 
 punctatum — a big name for a little weed) made into a decoction, and 
 may weed [anthemis cotula\ also called dog-fennel, has been used for 
 the same purpo.se, as a wash and to keep the parts wet with. 
 
 12. When any case runs on for several weeks, or in cases where 
 it is known to be in the system, by its occasional manifestation, show- 
 ing the blood to be tainted with the disease, let a cathartic be taken 
 once a week, and any good alterative, of this Work, or any one pre- 
 fered, with the addition of the iodide of potash, as recommended 
 under the head of alteratives, 3, or 4 times daily until the system is 
 thoroughly renovated, or for 3 months at least. 
 
 I often speak of more than one article, or manner of Treatment, 
 The object is to give our reliance ; but in some places the articles may 
 not be got, or not handily ; then it is well to know the next best 
 thing ; hence, I have deemed this plan but proper, so that according 
 to opportunities and circumstances, every one may have something at 
 hand with which to combat the disease — the muriated tincture of iron 
 I think, however, in this disease, should be obtained and used, if 
 among the possibilities. 
 
 13. Prof. Gunn, of Bennett Medical College, Chicago, recommends 
 through the Western Home, the use of chloroform as a wash to prevent 
 the spread of Erysipelas, and iron and carbolic acid internally. He 
 says : 
 
 " In this disease a great variety of articles have been used as local 
 applications to arrest, or control the inflammatory action in the part 
 afl'ected ; but after a careful trial in a number of cases, we are con- 
 vinced that chloroform is the best agent within our reach to promptly 
 arrest the spread of any Erysipelatous inflammation. As a constitu- 
 tifuial treatment we have combined iron and carbolic acid, and the 
 result has been highly satisfactory. The following is the formula : 
 
 "Tincture of iron, .} oz.; carbolic acid, i dr.; water, 2^ ozs. Mix." 
 
 " Dose.— Give a tea-S2500nful 3 times a day, largely diluted with 
 water." 
 
 EXPECTORANTS. — These medicines are, now-a-days, more 
 generally, classed under the head of cough sirups, mixtures, etc.; but 
 I will give 1, or 2 here, and refer the reader to the above class 
 and to emetics for others, as emetics, if taken in small doses, are Ex- 
 pectorant. Expectorants are such medicines as promote the discharge 
 of mucus, or other matter from the lungs and throat, and if taken 
 sufficiently free, evacuate the stomach also, thus coming under the 
 head of emetics. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 371 
 
 1. Expectorant Tincture. — For Children and Infants. — 
 J. King's. — Lobelia herbj bloodroot, .skunk-cabbage root, wild ginger 
 root (asarum Canadense, fnWed also Indian ginger, colt's-foot, and Can- 
 ada snake-root), pleurisy-root {asclepias tuberosa — kept by druggists), 
 of each, in moderately fine powder, 1 oz.; water, or vinegar, I prefer 
 good vinegar, 1 pt.; alcohol, 70 per cent, 3 pts. 
 
 Mix and shake 2, or 3| times daily for a week, or 10 days, and fil- 
 ter ; or if it is made by druggists maceration and percolation will 
 make it in 48 to GO hours ; but families can use it from the drugs, being 
 bottled and corked, just as well, at last, pressing out of the drugs and 
 carefully straining. 
 
 This Tincture forms an excellent emetic for Children and Infants, 
 and may be safely used in croup, whooping-cough, bronchitis" (in- 
 flammation of the throat and bronchial tubes leading to the lungs), 
 " asthma, convulsions, and in all cases where an emetic is required. 
 It will likewise be found beneficial as an Expectorant, or nauseant, in 
 coughs, pleuritic affections, asthma, pertussis" (whooping-cough,) and 
 whenever Expectorants are indicitted" (needed.) "It is a most valu- 
 able compound. 
 
 Dose. — "In croup, for children 1 yr. old, give ^ table-spoonful in a 
 table-spoonful of molasses, and repeat it every 15 minutes until it 
 vomits; after which, 1 tea-spoonful every hour, or two, as required — 
 the vomit to be repeated 2, or 3 times a day. A child from 2 to 6 
 months old, ma}' take from ^ to 1 tea-spoonful for a dose ; less than 2 
 months old from 15 to 25 drops, to be repeated every 10 minutes if 
 vomiting is required ; from 3 to G yrs. old may take a table-spoonful, 
 in molasses, or warm water, every 10 minutes until it vomits. Warm 
 boneset" {eupatoriumpcrfoliatum — also called thoroughwort,) tea, ought 
 always to be given in order to facilitate" (help) " its operation as an 
 emetic." 
 
 I have explained in other places that the boneset contains emetic 
 properties of itself, hence is a valuable assistant in giving emetics; 
 but it is not an absolute necessity — warm water will do, or pennyroyal, 
 or other warm teas. 
 
 "For cough, asthma, etc., to promote Expectoration and remove 
 tightness across the chest" (breast); " and in all ordinary cases where 
 an Expectorant is required, adults may take 1, or 2 tea-spoonsful in J 
 a wine-glassful of slippery-elm tea, 3 to 5 times a day, or as often as 
 required. Children from 1 yr. to 10, may take from ^ to 1 tea-spoon- 
 ful in the same manner, and for those less than 1 yr. from 10 to 30 
 drops. Should the above doses vomit, they should be lessened, except 
 when vomiting is required. The stomach and bowels must be kept 
 regular in allcasa^, by gentle medicines. — American Dispensatory. 
 
 2. Expectorant Sirup. — Hoarhound herb, comfrey, garden 
 spikenard, elecampane, black cohosh, skunk cabbage, and ginseng, 
 the dried roots, of each, \ lb. (It can be made of the green articles 
 just as well by using about h lb. each) ; best rye whisky, or alcohol, 
 7G per cent, 2 qts.; soft water, 2 qts.; nice strained honey, 1 qt. ; com- 
 pound tincture of myrrh, (Thompson's No. 6), acetic tinctures of blood- 
 root and of lobelia, and the ess. of anise, of each 8 ozs. 
 
 Bruise the roots and herb, and put upon them sufficient of the 
 whisky, or alcohol to cover them well, and if there is no especial rea- 
 son to hurry the making, let them stand a week, or 10 days, shaking, 
 or stirring daily, if in more haste, put them into a dish that can be 
 
372 DR. chase's 
 
 covered closely and keep hot, by setting it in a dish of hot water 
 through the day and evening; the next morning strain and press 
 out the spirit and bottle and set by, while the water is put on to the 
 ^rugs and kept hot 5, or 6 hours in the same way ; then strain off and 
 press out as before, and add the other articles when there is just suflB- 
 cient heat to well dissolve the honey, adding the balance of the spirits 
 if not all used to cover the roots, and mix all with tincture first strained 
 off. 
 
 Pose. — A table-spoonful may be used 3, or 4 times daily, or more 
 often if a cough is very troublesome ; and it would not be amiss to 
 repeat it sufficiently often, one day in each week, to cause nausea, 
 and if to moderate vomiting so much the better, stopping it then for 
 5, or 6 hours, and taking freely of gruel when the vomiting is over. 
 In the commencement of coughs, or consumption, this Expectorant 
 will be found very valuable, to be used as occasion requires. 
 
 3. Expectorant Elixir.— Sirup of Tolu, 1 oz.; sirup of squills, 
 and paregoric, or each, i oz,; wine, of ipecac, ^ oz.; mucilage of gum 
 Arabic, 2 ozs. Mix. 
 
 Dose. — A tea-spoonful as often as the cough shall demand it. 
 See Cough Sirups, Mixtures, Tonics, &c., for other Expectorants, or 
 amities, as they are all of an Expectorant character. 
 
 EYE REMEDIES— CARE OF THE EYES, &c.— When too 
 late, and the mischief is done, we learn to take care of our Eyes. No 
 part of the body is more trifled with than these delicate organs ; 
 they are overworked, strained, exposed to bad light, improperly used, 
 deprived of their proper rest, etc., etc. When there is no inherited 
 weakness, the eye can as easily be kept healthful as any part of the 
 bodily frame. In order to do this, we suggest to our readers to have, 
 -when using the eye, plenty of sunlight in the day, and plenty of ar- 
 tificial light in the night. Have a steady light if possibe, and avoid 
 the blaze which flickers and wavers. Take the light from above 
 rather than from below, or in front of the eye— just above the head, 
 on one side, or the other, so that it may come over the shoulder, and 
 illuminate the space between the eye and its work. Avoid working 
 continuously until the eyes are fatigued ; do not use them when they 
 are tired, stop any kind of employment when any wearied, or painful 
 sensation is experienced in the nerve, or in the lids ; give them plenty 
 of rest, not only by suflicient sleep at night, but also rest in the day. 
 Wash them with cold water several times a day ;_ this will restore 
 A'igor, cleanse away impurities, and prevent corruption. Do not rub, 
 or handle the eyes, this weakens their force, makes them more sensi- 
 tive to the touch of dust, reddens their surface, and subjects them to 
 inflammation. Refrain from using foreign substances UDon the Eye, or 
 its coverings, and maintain good digestion.— 1/edicaZ Independent. 
 
 Certainly the greatest care should be taken of the Eyes ; for when 
 ■deprived of our sight, the world is a great blank to us, and dispair is 
 the first thought of the mind— Oh ! what shall I do? My hopes are 
 blighted just as I was about to realize them ! 
 
 Let these thoughts have their bearing in showing everyone the 
 necessary care of their Eyes, as one of the chief, if not the chief organ 
 by which we derive our greatest daily pleasure. 
 
 But notwithstanding we may all give further heed to the instruc- 
 tion for the care of our Eyes, there will cases of inflammations, weak- 
 
SECOND RKiEIPT BOOK. - 373 
 
 nesses, irritations, etc., arise which will call for careful treatment. 
 Among the most common diseases of the Eye, is an 
 
 Inflammation of the Edge of the Lid's— (op^Aa^mm tarsi). — This 
 Inflammation is of the small glands which, in health, furnish a fluid 
 which moistens the Eye and enables the lids to move upon the ball, or 
 the ball to roll about, when the Lids are closed, with pleasurable ease ; 
 but in Inflammation, this fluid becomes more or less sticky and gluti- 
 nous (like glue), so that in the morning, as one awakes, it is found dif- 
 ficult to open the eyes. 
 
 Cause. — As a general thing, it is considered that the digestion is 
 bad, and consequently the person more, or less debilitated, which 
 causes these Inflammations. Although too constant reading, working 
 in a dusty business, or j^lace, or foreign bodies in the Eye, may be the 
 direct Cause, if from the latter, however, the Inflammation is more gen- 
 eral, afi"ecting the coats of the ball of the Eye, and inside of the Lids, as 
 well as the Edges. After a few days the Inflammation often goes down, 
 of itself, leaving a dandruff' kind of scales upon the Lids, and perhaps 
 upon the brows also, but, sometimes, on the other hand, there is a 
 more intense Inflammation, and ulceration is the consequence, the 
 Eye-lashes falling out. The 
 
 Symptoms have been sufficiently enumerated in the description 
 and C'ftw,s'( not to need further explanation. 
 
 Treatment. — If the digestion is known to be out of order, means 
 must be used, to secure, or correct that difficulty; and such a general 
 course taken as directed for InfJammation, sweating, bathing, cathartics, 
 alteratives, tonics, proper bodily exercise, and rest for the eyes, togeth- 
 er with the use of any of the following preparations, as deemed best 
 from the condition. Of course, for a mild case, a gentle cathartic, and 
 the use of the first eye-water will be all that is needed. If the Inflam- 
 mation is excessive, and ulceration feared, or actually commenced, 
 besides the general Treatment, a flaxseed poultice, or slippery-elm 
 poultice combined with sassafrass, the bark of the root, equal parts of 
 each, mashed, or made fine, and softened by pouring boiling water on 
 them, and continued until the Inflammation subsides, then use any of 
 the gently stimulating eye-waters, found below. 
 
 2. If anything has been lodged in the Eye, it must be found 
 first, by taking hold of the lashes of the lower lid and drawing it out 
 over a pencil, or a round, smooth, small stick, causing the person to 
 look upward, and the opposite way, if upon the upper lid ; and 
 whatever may be found, may be removed by wrapping a couple of 
 thicknesses of a silk-handkerchief over a pin head, and if it is not 
 stuck in the lid, or eye-ball, it will stick to the silk and be easily re- 
 moved. If it has penetrated into the coats of either lid, ©r the ball, 
 take a pen-knife and detach it, or losen it with that, then remove it 
 with the silk, if it does not adhere to the knife. 
 
 3. Styes, are quite often troublesome upon the lids. General 
 treatment to improve the health, will usually remove the cause; and 
 poultices, as above, andopeningas soon as there is matter known to ex- 
 ist, then a stimulating eye-water is the course to pursue with them, 
 the same as in boils of any other part. 
 
 4. Eye-"Water and other Prescriptions for "Weak and In- 
 flamed Eyes. — Blue vitriol, (sulphate of copper, also called blue stone, 
 by some persons), white vitriol (sulphate of zinc), fine table salt, loaf 
 sugar, and morphine, of each, 5 grs.; distilled, or soft water, 5 ozs. — 
 
874 DR. chase's 
 
 Mix, and when all is dissolved, strain through fine muslin. Druggists 
 will filter it, and make in large quantities. Some physicians prefer to 
 add an equal quantity of sugar of lead ; but I prefer it without the 
 lead. 
 
 This will be found valuable in all cases of Weak, Sore, or Inflamed 
 Eyes. Apply it from 3 to 5 times daily, according to the severity of 
 the case. It will be found valuable for domestic animals, as well as 
 for persons. 
 
 5. Another. — Salt alone, 2 to 5 grs. to the oz. of soft water, 
 used as other Eye-waters, together with a general alterative treatment, 
 with rest to the Eye, and rest to the body, has been successfuly used 
 in many bad cases. Rest to the Eye means not to read. 
 
 6. Another. — A neighbor has used the following Eye-water, suc- 
 cesssfully, for many years : sulphate of zinc, table salt, and white su- 
 gar, of each, 2 grs.; morphine, 1 gr.; the white of 1 freshly lain egg, 
 and soft water, 1 oz. 
 
 Boil the egg, and take it from the shell, removing also, the yolk; 
 then mix the zinc, salt, and sugar with the white, placing them in a 
 thick bit of muslin, pressing and squeezing out all of the oily liquid 
 you can, working it sufficiently to dissolve all of the salts. Put into a 
 phial with the water and morphine, for use. To be used as other Eye- 
 waters. The gentleman who gave me this considered it the best 
 Eye-water in use ; and I am well satisfied of its value. 
 
 7. Essence of Peppermint, \ oz. ; soft water, f oz., applied as 
 other Eye-waters, has cured very obstinate cases of chronic inflamma- 
 tion and weakness of the Eyes. It is gently stimulating and cooling. 
 If the Eyes are painful, laudanum, 1 dr. may be added. It might be 
 still more reduced if necessary in very weak Eyes, or used a little 
 stronger when it can be borne. The same will hold good and should 
 be considered, in case of any Eye preparation — as the patient can 
 bear it, so use it. 
 
 8. The Pith of Sassafras, a tea-spoonful in soft water, 1 oz. 
 has been found very soothing, and softening as an application in the 
 glutinous condition of Inflammations of the Ej^e. 
 
 9. Hops and Poppy Heads, the heads being thorougly mashed, 
 and boiled in water makes a good poultice in Inflammations of the 
 Eye, and the water, a good wash, or Eye-water; and if there is con- 
 siderable matter, put as much pulverized alum to an oz. of the water 
 as may be taken up on :| inch of the point of a common pen-knife, 
 and wash the Eyes with it twice daily. 
 
 10. Eye-Salve. — White vitriol, and table salt, of each, 5 grs.; 
 morpliine, 2grs. ; nice, unsalted lard, or freshly churned and unsalt- 
 ed butter, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 To be applied by rubbing a little between and upon the lids. 
 
 11. Eye Granulations — Remedy. — In case of Granulations of 
 the Eye from InflammatiDn it is tlie custom to use some article of a caus- 
 tic, or destroying nature to cut them oft'. The word Granulation comes 
 from granule, a little grain, from the Latin graninn, a grain. They are 
 little grain-like elevations that form u])on the inner surface of the 
 Eye lids, from excessive, or long continued Inflammation. Some Eye 
 doctors use the nitrate of silver, in stick form, but a better preparation is 
 blue vitriol, 4 grs.; borax, I gr., which maj' be powdered, and mixed; 
 then aiijilied with a hair ])encil, a little of the very fine powder, being 
 upon a bit of glass. The lid is to be turned back, and the least bit 
 touched to each granule, daily. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 375 
 
 This may be used in stick, or pencil form,by triturating, or rubbing 
 the two articles, powdered, in the same proportions as above given, 
 briskly in a mortar. The heat caused by the friction and combina- 
 tion, melts the powders, or brings out the water of crystalization, 
 which enables them to unite in a mass, or salve, that can be readily 
 formed into pencil form. When dry it can be shaved to a suitable 
 M ape at the end, to enable the operator to touch the Granulations as 
 he pleases. 
 
 12. These same articles may be used as an Eye-water; blue vit- 
 riol ("which is," as Nasby used to say, "sulphate of copper"), 3 grs.; 
 borax, 1 gr.; morphine, 1 gr. ; and soft water, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 Apply with the finger, or by dropping 1, or 2 drops, at a time, into 
 the Eye. 
 
 13. Eye-"Water.— Sulphate of zinc (white vitriol), and act. 
 blumbi (acetate of lead), of each, 3 grs. ; sulphate of morphia, (mor- 
 phine) 1 gr. ; soft water, 1 oz. Mix. Drop in the Eye, 3 times a day. 
 
 14. Another. — In 1 oz. of rain water put a lump of white vitriol, 
 as large as a common pea, with G times as much common salt, and 
 shake well, in a vial, and it is ready for use, as No. 1. 
 
 Each of the persons who gave me the above Eye-waters, from their 
 use, considered them " excellent." That was their word of praise. 
 
 EXCRETIONS— Explanations.— The word comes from the 
 French, and means throwing otf of effete, or worn out matter from the 
 system — used in contra-distinction to secretions, which is done by the 
 various organs of the body, taking up from the blood such parts as 
 will go to build up and add new vigor and strength to the various 
 parts of the body, leaving the useless matter, or Excretions to be 
 thrown ofi". The alimentary canal carries off the waste matter of the 
 food together with the wornout, or effete matter which is poured into 
 it through the ducts, or tubes from the various organs of the body — as 
 a whole, known as Excrements, or night-soil. The kidneys secrete and 
 Excrete the urine; the skin, or the little glands therein. Excrete the 
 insensible perspiration, together with a large amount of solid matter 
 which is absorbed by the clothes, or dries upon the surface, calling for 
 bathing, or washing the whole surface of the body at least once a 
 week in health, and more often in sickness, according to the nature of 
 the disease, as will be seen under the head of Bathing. Of course 
 other organs of the body throw off Excretory matter. I have named 
 only the more prominent ones. 
 
 In a medium sized person of ordinary health, the intestinal canal 
 will throw off, daily, about 6 ozs. of fecal matter — feces, or excre- 
 ments — one-fourth, or thereabouts, of which will be solid, and the bal- 
 ance of a watery, or fluid nature. The kidneys, under the same condi- 
 tions will pass about five times as much, in Summer, and still more in 
 the Winter; but a considerable less amount of the urine is solid, as 
 compared with the feces. The skin is accredited to throw off a larger 
 proportion of the waste matter of the system than any other organ; 
 and it has been proved that if the skin was sealed up so as to admit 
 of no exhalation, or escape through it, of these wornout matters, n 
 person would die in a very few minutes; and that if the kidneys 
 were locked uj) — no secretion of urine — for one day only, death would 
 also occur; and that although death would not so soon occur for the 
 want of the regular action of the alimentary canal, yet, it is highly 
 important that all these Excretory and secreting functions should be 
 
376 DR. chase's 
 
 maintained in as regular condition as possible, for if there is not a 
 daily discharge from the bowels and kidneys, as well as a free and 
 healthy action of the skin, these effete matters, are re-absorbed into 
 the circulation, poisoning the blood and thereby producing fevers, in- 
 flammations, or tumors, or some other more, or less complicated dis- 
 ease. For an explanation of Secretions, see Digestion under the head 
 of Dyspepsia. 
 
 E. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. E. 
 
 EARACHE.— SUCCESSFUL REMEDY.— Earache is quite 
 often cured by dropping equal parts of sweet-oil and laudanum, warm 
 into the ear, and applying hot salt i'^ flannel bags, so as to keep the 
 part constantly warm. Hen's oil will do equally well ; and I believe 
 it is not as likely to form a skin, as painters say, in drying, as the 
 sweet-oil. Shake as used. Three, or 4 drops at at a time will be suf- 
 ficient. 
 
 Another. — In severe cases of Earache take chloroform and laud- 
 anum, equal parts of each. Mix, and keep corked, for used. Shake 
 when used, and drop 2, or 3 drops into the ear ; then place a bit of 
 cotton wool into the Ear to prevent the chloroform from evaporation, 
 or moisten the cotton with it. It has proved very successful ; al- 
 though with small children, the cholorform may cause a little smart- 
 ing for a short time. Be careful not to get too much of it on the 
 cotton, if you do, and it causes more smarting than can be borne, 
 take out the cotton and it will soon evaporate, and thus stop the ir- 
 ritation. 
 
 This last, with tincture of arnica, equal in amount to either of the 
 others makes a valuable liniment for all ordinary purposes. 
 
 ECLECTIC, OR ECLECTICISM.— EXPLANATION.— The 
 word Eclectic comes from Greek words which signify to pick out, or 
 to choose out, or from that which already exists, and, in the com- 
 mencement of what is now known among us, as the "American Ec- 
 lectic Practice of Medicine," it was made as much a part of the prac- 
 tice to reject what was considered, or rather known to be bad practice, 
 as it was to choose out, and continue the good plans already adopted in 
 the general practice of medicine, say from 25 to 50 years back. And 
 as it is common in our country, at least, to have fathers, as well moth- 
 ers, Wooster Beach, M. D., of New York, may be corectly styled the 
 father of Electicism. Morrow, Baldridge, I. G. Jones, and others, di- 
 rectly became co-laborers in the work, and these were soon followed 
 by those whose names are still a power in this School, or branch of 
 medicine, among whom are King, Scudder, and Freemen, who still 
 hold Professorships in the Eclectic Medical Institute of Cincinnati, 
 0., which, " Institute," may as truly be called the mother of Electicism, 
 as that Dr. Beach may be the fttlin: And as I have had several oc- 
 casions to refer to this Institiite, and may to some extent hereafter, 
 in this Work, and as I honestly believe that every young man who is 
 qualifying himself for the practice of medicine, will follow it more 
 understandingly, and with better success, by attending, at least, one 
 course of lectures in this Institute, I deem it very proper to make these 
 remarks in this connection, and also to give an illuMration, as seen 
 in Fig. 22, of the College Building, the Charter, for the establishment 
 of which, was obtained from the Legislature of Ohio in 1845, and the 
 
SECOND EECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 377 
 
 Institute was .soon put into working order, or rather I might say, was 
 continued, for Prof. Morrow and others had been for some time giv- 
 ing lectures, in the city of Cincinnati, to such young men as desired 
 to join the new, or Eclectic School of Medicine. My own diploma, 
 from this Eclectic Medical Institute, bears date of Jan. 27th 1858, after 
 
 Fig. 22. 
 
 NEW ECLECTIC MEDICAL INSTITUTE, CINCINNATI, OHIO, DEDICATED OCT. 5, 1872. 
 
 having previously taken a course of lectures in the Medical Depart- 
 ment of the University of Michigan, an illustration of which .i seen 
 in another part of this Work. And this is the course I recommend to 
 all who design, or prefer to practice as an Electic, and in honor, I 
 must say that if graduates of all other Schools of Medicine would take 
 
378 DR. chase's 
 
 one course of lectures in the " Eclictic Institute," as it is generally 
 called, it would abundantly pay them for the time and expense — the 
 time would be 16 weeks, and the expense, besides board, would be only 
 about $100. 
 
 The building, however, which had been occupied as the Eclectic 
 Medical Institute for a little over twenty-five years was burned, and re- 
 built, or rather an entire new one built in 1871, which will account for 
 the word new, in the title of the Illustration, as shown in Fig. 22. 
 
 The building stands upon Court Street,and as the cut shows an ex- 
 act representation of the exterioi-,or outside appearance of the Institute, 
 it may be seen that its dimensions are ample to accomodate all those 
 who may resort to it for the purposes of medical education. Its classes, 
 I think, average from about 150 to 200 students; and it holds two terms, 
 or courses of lectures of sixteen weeks, each year, beginning with Octo- 
 ber and February. 
 
 The Dedication of the new building is an event long to be remem- 
 bered by those in attendance; and I regretted very much that I could 
 not have been there, but I could not leave the setting up of these 
 pages, which was going on that time, to the care of others. Dr. Scud- 
 der, who is an active Professor in the Institute, and who is also the 
 editor of the Eclectic Medical Journal, in speaking of the occasion 
 says: 
 
 "It was the largest gathering of our jiractitioners ever held, and the 
 good feeling, and enthusiasm for future progress, were cheering 
 evidences that Eclecticism in Medicine has a vigorous life. 
 
 "Men came a thousand miles to see the new home of their old 
 alma mater, and unite in wishing it prosperity." 
 
 After the organization of the Alumni, the previous graduates of 
 the Institute, into a society for mutual benefit in Medical Science, 
 Prof Scudder, Prof King, and others gave addresses of an historical 
 and congratulatory character, which I should have been very glad to 
 have laid before my readers, as a whole, but the nature of this Work 
 will not allow it. 
 
 Prof. Scudder, in his address, made a comparative allusion to the 
 gathering of so many of the former graduates of the Old Institute who 
 had been working together with her, so faithfully, for a little over 
 twenty-five years, and now came to the Dedication of the New Institute, 
 as being the "Silver Wedding of Eclecticism." 
 
 And as a man and wife who have been living and laboring to- 
 gether for twenty-five years, generally have numerous children and 
 friends to meet with them at their silver wedding, who take on new 
 courage, and new hope for an equal success as thej^ push out towards 
 the golden wedding of married life, which with them, is an uncertainty, 
 so may the more than six thousand men who have received a medical 
 education in Eclecticism within the last twenty-five years, join in the 
 hopes, and make still greater efforts for the increase of their num- 
 bers, and the still greater triumph of their principles between this 
 time and that of their "golden wedding" which is sure to take place, 
 for principles never die. But I will express a hope, at least, that the 
 celebration of the "golden nuptials" shall not occur by the burning 
 of the Institute just now Dedicated to the noble cause of medical im- 
 provement. 
 
 For the length of time since the introduction, of the 7iew, or 
 American Eclectic Principles of Medicine, and for the names of those 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 379 
 
 who commenced the movement, see the Introduction, page XXI, of 
 this Work. I will close the snbiect with a few paragraphs from the 
 address of Prof. King, delivered upon the occasion, above referred to; 
 and would only add that the School of Medicine which pays the 
 greatest attention to the truths so ably set forth in the following re- 
 marks is sure " to he triumphant.'' He says : 
 
 " It is highly probable that the struggle for ascendency still exist- 
 ing between the Old and New Schools of Medicine may terminate 
 during the rising generation — and that School, alone, can expect to be 
 triumphant — can expect to be the people's choice — that can exhibit and 
 maintain in one unbroken and intimate connection, the most cor- 
 rect science, the greatest skill, and the most uniform success, 
 
 "If we fall behind great names, high authority, antiquated teachings 
 and customSjOr scholastic prejudices, as screens to conceal from our mental 
 vision the glorious rays of truth and wisdom that emanate from other 
 sources than our own — we can not expect to be the victors. If we 
 imagine that knowledge can be grafted upon the human mind, as one 
 tree upon another, or that it can be imbibed by mere contact, as with 
 sponge and water — we must not expect to be the victors. If we vain- 
 ly suppose that Heaven has specially favored us witli all truth and 
 knowledge- in medical matters to the exclusion of every one else — we 
 must expect to be vanquished. To win, in the great medical struggle 
 for ascendency now going on in the civilized world, we must study — 
 we must labor — we must investigate. Instead of limiting our thoughts 
 and investigations within circumscribed bounds, or rules, regardless 
 of their correctnes.s, or falsity, the usual result of past medical teach- 
 ings, we must train ourselves to cultivate and maintain the utmost 
 freedom of mental action — to listen with patience and respect to the 
 views and opinions of others, no matter how seriously they may con- 
 flict with our own — to test their soundness, and adopt them if correct, — or 
 if false, to pass them by without regard to theories, pre-conceptions, 
 sects, interests, popular favor, or anything, save a knowledge of truth, 
 and truth alone. Like the industrious bee, we must not contine our- 
 selves to the circumference of our own hive, but must roam abroad, 
 carefully gathering knowledge and truth wherever found, and pre- 
 paring from them the cera" (the Latin for wax) "and honey, — the 
 strength and beauty of Medical Eclecticism. In a word, we must be 
 true to each other and to ourselves. Then, gentlemen, we may confi- 
 dently anticipate that our cause will be the triumphant one, and the 
 new temple we have this evening Dedicated to it, will not have been 
 erected in vain. 
 
 " The presence of the ladies in our midst, on this occasion, a com- 
 pliment which demands our grateful recognition, reminds us that in 
 the success and progress of our cause woman has always manifested a 
 lively interest, for upon these and the qualifications of its adherents, 
 very often depend, not only her own safety in times of danger, but, 
 still more frequently, the safety of those dearer to her than life itself. 
 To her we owe our present existence, — the cultivation of our infantile 
 plastic minds, preparing us for the contests of matured age, and giv- 
 ing to us impressions that can never be effaced by the finger of Time, 
 the remembrance of which, even in advanced years, calls up the most 
 grateful and pleasing associations. Without woman, how blank, how 
 dreary would be life ! 
 
 " When prostrated by disease, how tender anxious, and vigilant 
 
360 DE. chase's 
 
 are the attentions bestowed by the true mother, wife, or sister; her 
 kindly, sympathizing words are a source of encouragement and con- 
 solation ; and our physical, or mental sufferings are alleviated by the 
 gentle osculations of her fair hands. The hour of anguish, of grief, or 
 of misfortune, loses its bitterness, its severity, under the influence of 
 her smiles and afiection, and the darkncf^s that surrounds us becomes 
 golden sunshine. True woman is the polar star of man's existence, 
 guiding him onward in the road to virtue and happiness; she is man's 
 richest treasure,— the lovely link that binds him eternally to his 
 Maker !" 
 
 Let young men, then, who contemplate the study of medicine, look 
 well to these things in making up their minds which School they will 
 ado])t as their own — laying aside all prejudice, or preconceived opin- 
 ions, and give Truth a chance to assert her rights, and they need have 
 nothing to fear, as Scientific Truth is nothing more, nor less than what 
 I call, in the title page of this Book, Common Sense Principles, or in 
 other words, use a sound practical judgment, or what would appear to 
 an intelligent and unbiased mind to be the correct course to pursue, 
 upon a close and careful examination. Eclectics are willing to siand, 
 or fall, as Common Sense shall dictate upon a careful consideration of 
 the subjects, here set forth as the TrutJt. 
 
 For particulars as to the exact fees, cost of board, required quali- 
 fications, etc., address the Dean of the Institute, and he will send a 
 Catalogue, and all needed explanations, without expense. 
 
 EDGE BLACKING— See Blacking for the Edge. 
 
 EFFERVESCING DRINKS— For Fever Patients, or for 
 Summer use. — To make an Effervescing Drink, for persons suti'eriug 
 with Fever, Avho always desire an abundance of cooling drinks, or for 
 common Summer use, take the carefully expressed and well strained 
 juice of raspberries, strawberries, currants, or other small fruits, of 
 either kind, 1 qt.; and boil it into a sirup with 1 lb. of pulverized — 
 loaf sugar; to this add U ozs. of tartaric acid, when cold put it into a 
 bottle and keep it well corked, when required for use, fill a half pint 
 tumbler three-fourths full of cold water, and add 2 table-spoonfuls of 
 the sirup. Then stir in briskly, a small tea spoonful of bicarbonate of 
 soda, and a very delicious drink will be formed ; drink while Efferves- 
 cing. The color may be improved by adding a very small portion of 
 cochineal to the sirup at the time of boiling. 
 
 These will be found very grateful to the palate and stomachof those 
 convalescing from disease, especially from Fevers ; for, physiological 
 research has fully established the fact that acids promote the separa- 
 tion of the bile from the blood, which is then passed from the system, 
 thus preventing Fevers, the prevailing diseases of Summer. All Fev- 
 ers ar " bilious," that is, the bile is in the blood. Whatever is antag- 
 onistic to Fever is " cooling." It is a common saying that fruits are 
 "cooling" and also berries of every description; it is because the 
 acidity which they contain aids in separating the bile from the blood, 
 that is, aids in purifying the blood. Hence the great yearning for 
 greens, lettuce, and salad in the early Spring, these being eaten with 
 vinegar; hence, also, the taste for something sour, for lemonades, on 
 an attack of Fever. 
 
 2. The same may be done by taking 2, or 3 oranges, or lemons, 
 if their flavors are preferred, or at seasons of the year when there are 
 no small fruits. 
 
SECOND RECEIIT BOOK. 381 
 
 Take 3 oranges, or lemons, and pare off with a sharp knife, just 
 the outside, then slice them into water, 1 pt.; add sugar, 1 lb., and boil 
 into a sirup, as above, then strain, and use the same as the No. 1. 
 
 3. Fruit Jellies.— A spoonful, or 2 stirred into a tumbler of cool 
 water, makes a very refreshing and nourishing drink for the sick, or 
 as a beverage in cases of extra thirst. 
 
 4. Effervescing Powder.— Put tartaric acid, 25 grs. into one pa- 
 per ; and, into another colored paper, put bicarbonate of soda. 30 grs. 
 dissolve these in separate tumblers J full of cold water, into one of 
 which a couple of table-spoonfuls of simple sirup, which see, has been 
 added, then pour in the other, and drink while EfFervenscing. Any 
 number of these Powders may be made at a time. The object of the 
 different colors of paper is, that no mistake will be made. If no 
 sirups are on hand, a tea to a table-spoonful of sugar may be first dis- 
 solved in one of the tumblers of water. 
 
 Speaking of fevers, and of the well-established fact that the bile may 
 be separated from the blood by the use of the acids of fruit and vege- 
 tables, it is but proper to add, the eating of fresh and perfectly ripe fruit 
 in Summer and Fall will have the same tendency ; but the use of 
 water, or other drinks, to any considerable extent, with them is not 
 good. Sour milk is claimed to have the same tendency ; but sweet 
 milk, it is believed, has rather a tendency to increase '' biliousness," 
 while buttermilk acts much the same as watermelons; increasing 
 more particularly the flow of urine. 
 
 I have never known any one injured by eating watermelons; but 
 I have known some invalids to be "set back" by eating too much 
 fruit ; making it necessary, I should say, to use one's best judgment 
 and discretion in their use. A ripe, sound apple will digest in an hour 
 and a half, if the stomach is healthy and not over-loaded ; but for an 
 apple to decompose, ferment, in the stomach, or elsewhere, it throws 
 off 600 times its bulk of gas. Hence, any one can account for the 
 " distress in the stomach " sometimes experienced when the condition 
 of the stomach, with " dyspeptics," is such that the fruit does not di- 
 gest, but is decomposed, and distends the stomach with its gas, and 
 finally runs off by diarrhea, etc. Then, I say, let care, prudence, and 
 'udgment, always be your companion and friend, especially if you de- 
 sire to retain health, or to regain it, when lost. 
 
 EGG-S.- Their Preservation for Family Use, or for Ship- 
 ping-. — There is probably no subject of domestic economy that has at- 
 tracted more interest and consequent exi)eriment than that of the 
 Preservation of Es:gs in their seasons of plentifulness, for seasons of 
 scarcity. As in the Preservation of fruit, however, two things are 
 necessary, i. e., that they be kept at a low temperature, and to prevent 
 the access of air ; but with Eggs, it is absolutely essential also that 
 they never have been exposed to a high temperature, certainly not 
 above 90° Fah. and it does not do well either to keep them in a place 
 at all below freezing, as that injures the flavor, as well as excessive 
 heat. 
 
 1. Extensive Dealers in Eggs, in this country and England, 
 build brick vats in the basements of warehouses, watei -tight, in which 
 they place lime-water, made by slackening lime and adding water 
 until they have a good strength, then drawing off the clear water into 
 the vats, in which they place the Eggs and keep them under the wa- 
 
382 DR. CHASE'b 
 
 ter. This brick vaulting, in a cellar, or basement, helps to keep the 
 Eggs cool, and the lime-water excludes the air. But, 
 
 2. There has been some very recent ex[)eriments in Germany, 
 under the superintendence of the Agricultural Department, which, 
 there, it would seem, takes hold of minor, though not less important 
 matters than our own, and has, I am fully satisfied, worked out a sat- 
 isfactory and important, if not absolutely the best method of Preserv- 
 ing Eggs. These experiments were reported by a Mr. Atwater, from 
 Berlin, to the Ilcdrth and Home, in publishing which the editor also 
 makes some very important suggestions, and explanations. They are 
 as follows : 
 
 " It is by no means necessary that scientific experiments be ela- 
 borate and complicated in order that they may be convincing and 
 useful. An illustration of this fact is given in some accounts that 
 have lately appeared in certain German and French scientific jour- 
 nals of experiments that a couple of Germans have been making upon 
 a very simple subject, and in a very simple but scientific way. 
 
 " The object of the experiments was to test sundry methods for 
 Preserving Eggs — a very practical subject, as housewives and grocers 
 often know to their cost. The injury which the Egg sutlers in stand- 
 ing consists essentially either in the drying up, or decomposition of 
 the contents, or both combined. In the first case, the moisture simply 
 evaporates out through the shell ; in the second, the oxygen of the 
 air penetrates the shell, acts upon the contents, and produces the 
 chemical change which we call rotting. The apparent remedy would 
 be then to devise a means to keep the the moisture in and the air out. 
 
 " Says one of the experimenters above referred to : ' Various 
 means are recommended for preserving Eggs, some of which are good, 
 others poor. When immersed in milk of lime the Eggs keep well, 
 but assume an unpleasant taste. The same is true of salt water, 
 which likewise penetrates the shell and injures the flavor. In ashes, 
 or bran they do not always keep well, and finally when exposed di- 
 rectly to the air, they dry up, and in time become totally ruined. It 
 has been recommended, in order to prevent the drying up and the ac- 
 tion of the air, to smear the outside with water-glass, white of Eggs, 
 glue, or fat. To test the utility of these , methods, some experiments 
 were tried in my house. A number of Eggs were kept immersed for 
 a long time in milk of lime (ordinary burnt lime in water), others in 
 a thin paste of pulverized chalk and water, while others were smeared 
 with diluted white of Egg, or with water-glass. The Eggs which were 
 covered with white of Egg kept very well and retained the purest 
 flavor. Those immersed in the milk of lime also kept well, bat as- 
 sumed a peculiar taste, resulting from the penetration of the milk of 
 lime through the shell. The ones in the thin chalk-paste, as well as 
 those smeared M'ith water-glass,had, after a few weeks, a decidedly un- 
 pleasant taste and odor. This latter was especially true in the case 
 of the chalk-paste.' 
 
 " The Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station in Carlsruhe 
 has published in the Journal Cfdmie et de Pharmacie an account of some 
 experiments which were more successful^inseed-oil and poppy-seed 
 oil lightly rubbed over the shell with the finger being the means 
 used. Twenty-two Eggs were taken for the experiment : 10 were 
 smeared with linseed-oil, and 10 with poppy-seed oil, while the re- 
 maining 2 were left in the natural condition. They were then all 
 
SECOND KECEIPT BOOK. 383 
 
 spread out, side by side, upon a layer of sand a quarter of an inch 
 thick, and allowed to remain 6 months exposed to the air. The 
 weights of the Eggs were taken at the commencement of the experi- 
 ment, again at the end of 3 months, and finally at the lapse of 6 
 months, when all were opened. 
 
 "Those which had lain in the natural condition, not treated with 
 oil, had lo-:t in 3 months, Hi, and in 6 months, 18 per cent of their 
 weight. On opening, they were half empty, and had the smell of 
 rotten Eggs. The rubbing on of oil had, however, had a good effect. 
 Those treated with poppy-seed oil had lost 3 per cent of their weight 
 in 3 months, and 4t per cent in 6 months, and were, on opening, 
 full, and liad no bad smell. With linseed-oil, the case was still bet- 
 ter — the loss of weight being 2 per cent in 3 mouths, and 3 in 6 — were 
 quite full when opened, and had the smell oi fresh Eggs. 
 
 " The explanation of these results is perfectly clear. Neither the 
 chalk-paste nor the water-glass sufficed to keep away the oxygen, by 
 whose action the contents of the Egg becomes putrified. The milk 
 of lime sufficed to keep the oxygen out, but itself penetrated through 
 the shell, and injured the taste of the Egg. In the latter of these 
 cases, there was, of course, no loss of water from evaporation. The 
 rubbing on of white of Egg and oil did not entirely prevent the 
 escape of moisture, but at the same time did not permit the access of 
 a sufficient amount of oxygen to materially decompose the Egg. The 
 moral of these experiments would be— to preserve Eggs, rub them 
 over lightly with white of Egg, or better, linseed-oil, sufficiently to 
 saturate the pores in the shell, and let them stand until needed for 
 use. " W. 0. Atwater. 
 
 Berlin, December, 1870. 
 
 Thus it appears that all that it is necessary to do to have plenty 
 of fresh Eggs in Winter, is to gather them daily, from the nests, to 
 avoid the heat of Summer upon them, for any considerable length of 
 time, and also to prevent such hens as have a disposition to " set," 
 from thus spoiling them, then to oil them with linseed-oil, and after 
 this to place them in a cool cellar, and for " six months" at least they 
 will be as good as a fresh laid Egg. I think, however, that for what 
 families would need for their own use, it would be but little additional 
 trouble to pack them in salt, after the oiling, as salt is of a very cool- 
 ing nature, and would help to keep the Eggs cool, and for dealers, they 
 might pack them directly in oats, after the oiling to have them ready 
 for shipping at the proper time, without additional repacking. 
 
 Notwithstanding that I am satisfied that the foregoing methods of 
 preserving Eggs would prove satisfactory , yet, I will introduce 2 or 3 
 more items, which, although a little difi'erent, may prove equally 
 effectual. 
 
 3. French Method of Preserving- Eggs.— M. Burnouf recom- 
 mends to an agricultural journal of France, the Le Belier, to dissolve 
 in two-thirds of warm olive oil, one-third of bees-wax, and cover each 
 Egg completely with a thin layer of this pomade with the end of the 
 finger. The Egg-shell by degrees absorbs the oil and each of its pores 
 becomes filled with the wax, which hermetically seals them. M. Bur- 
 nouf affirms that he has eaten Eggs kept two years in this manner, in 
 a place not exposed to too great extremes of temperature. He thinks 
 also " that the germ may, in the same manner, be preserved for a con- 
 
384 DR. chase's 
 
 siderable time., Would not the linseed-oil be better than the olive, 
 or sweet-oil, as that would leave more of a coat, or skin, ujionthe sur- 
 face than the sweet-oil , the bees-wax however, would supply the nec- 
 essary coating. 
 
 4. A Farmer s wife tells the Scientific American that "Eggs can be 
 kept 2 years by dipj)ing them in a solution made of quiek-lime 
 "(good stone lime) " and salt ; then packing in salt." She says : 
 
 "Take 1 lb. of lime, 1 lb. salt, and 1 gal. of water; and put the 
 lime and the water in an old bucket, that you can keep for the pur- 
 pose, .stirring it until it is all dissolved, then add the salt. Keep it 
 in the cellar; and when cool after the slacking of the lime, as it 
 heats by slacking, it is ready for use. As the freshly laid Eggs are 
 brought in, daily, stir up the mixture and dip in the Eggs, and see 
 that they are all covered with the solution, which must be stirred 
 from the bottom occasionally, while dipping and packing; then pack 
 them small end downward, in salt. AVhen wanted for use, or for 
 market, a little warm water will wash them clean. Some dip Eggs in 
 boiling water, some grease them ,and pack them in bran. I pack them 
 as above, in August, as I can gather them, and have them in Spring 
 just as good as fresh. They must all be kept in a cool cellar, a little 
 moist rather than dry." 
 
 The lady seems to be posted on the question of keeping them 
 cool, and of gathering them daily ; and there is no doubt, in my 
 mind, but what the lime and salt solution, together with the packing 
 of them directly in salt forms a coat something of the nature of a 
 varnish, which excludes the air, especially as when closely packed 
 in the salt but little air, at most, can come in contact with them. She 
 is undoubtedly more of a philosopher than she supposes herself to be. 
 It will probably be found equal to the oil. 
 
 5. The Ohio Farmer informs us that in "August, they placed a 
 thick layer of salt on the bottom of a large sap-bucket; oiled the eggs 
 with fried meat fat, and place them in the salt in such a way as to pre- 
 vent touching each other, little end down ; then a layer of salt, then 
 Eggs again, until the bucket was full, set in the cellar, used the last in 
 the following May, and found them as good as fresh and need be — not a 
 bad one amongst them." 
 
 If any one fails in preserving Eggs from Summer laying, for Win- 
 ter use, w'ith all these Receipts before them, there can be but one 
 reason for it. and that is this, that they do not make the attempt. We 
 have kept them very satisfactorily in salt alone, then certainly the 
 other aids will increase the chances of success. There is however, an- 
 other method of having, 
 
 6. EGGS— Fresh Laid, in "Winter— Method of Feeding.— 
 Take as many hens as you require Eggs, per day, and give them daily, 
 finely chopped meat, a warm place to run in, and plenty of water, with 
 a frequent supply of cabbage leaves, potatoe pealings, or small raw po- 
 tatoes, etc., in the line of green stuff", and gravel, or chalk, or broken 
 oyster shells, and no matter what breed, they will give you " Fresh 
 Laid Eggs " every daj^. Summer, or Winter. 
 
 7. Also Best Method of Summer Feeding. — A Mr. E. Dwight 
 of Hudson, Mich. , claims to have discovered the secret of obtaining 
 the largest supply of Eggs in Summer, or Winter, no doubt, if the feed 
 was set in a warm place so as not to freeze, and he made his plan 
 known through tlie Germantown (Pa.), Telegraph, in the following 
 words : 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 385 
 
 " I fed my hens plenty of corn and got but few Eggs. I reasoned 
 upon the matter, and happened to tliink that the constituent parts of 
 milk and the white of Eggs were much alike. Now, it has long been 
 known to milk-meu that wheat middlings and bran are about the best 
 of any feed to make a cow give milk ; why not the best to make hens 
 lay Eggs? I tried it, and since then have had no trouble. My mode 
 of preparing the feed is to mix about 5 parts of bran with 1 of mid- 
 dlings. In the morning I wet up with water about 4 qts. of the mix- 
 ture in a large tin pan, taking pains to have it rather dry, though all 
 damp. This I set in a warm, sunny spot, south of their shed, and they 
 walk up, take a few dips, don't seem to fancy it like corn, and start off 
 on a short hunt for something better, but always coming round in a 
 short time for a few more di])S from the dish of bran. There is but lit- 
 tle time during the whole day but one, or more are standing by the 
 pan and helping themselves. I am careful to mix for them just as 
 much as they will consume during the day. At night, just before they 
 repair to the roost, I generally throw them about a pint of shelled 
 corn, well scattered, so that each one can get a few kernels. If your 
 hens don't incline to eat at first, sprinkle a little Indian meal on it. I 
 would like all who comjalain of not getting Eggs to try my jjlan, and I 
 think thcv will never be sorry." 
 
 METHOD OF FEEDING FO'WL.— Pursued by The Cotin- 
 try Gentleman. — Perhaps some may not be aware that The Country 
 Gentlev^an, referred to here, is an agricultural papier. The Cultivator 
 and Country Gentleman, but for short, is called the Country Gentleman. 
 It is printed at Albany, N. Y., and is a reliable paper for Cultivators 
 of the soil to have as a weekly visitor. Upon the subject of "How to 
 Make Hens Lay"— It says : 
 
 " People would better understand this matter if they considered 
 for a moment a hen to be, as she is, a small steam engine., with an 
 Egg-laying attachment, and thus there must be a constant supply of 
 good feed and pure water, to keep the engine and its attachment up 
 to its work. In addition to keeping before hens, w^ho have complete 
 liberty, a constant supply of pure water. Summer and Winter, I have 
 found that during the cool and cold weather of Fall, "Winter and 
 Spring, a dough, compounded as follows, fed 1 day and then intermit- 
 ted for 2 days, to produce excellent results : 
 
 " To 3 gals, of boiling water, add ^ an oz. of common salt, a tea- 
 spoonful of Cayenne pepper and 4 ozs. of lard. Stir the mixture until 
 the pepper has imparted considerable of its strength to the water. 
 Meantime the salt will have been dissolved and the lard melted. 
 Then while j et boiling hot, stir in a meal, made of oats and corn, 
 ground together in equal proportions, until a stiff mush is formed. 
 Set away to cool to a milk warmth. Before feeding, taste to see that 
 you have an overdose neither of salt nor pepper, and to warrant the 
 hens being imposed upon with a mixture not fit to be eaten. The 
 hen mush should not be saltier than to suit your own taste ; nor so 
 hot with pepper that you could jiot swallow it, were so much in your 
 broth. Beware of too much salt, too much lard and too much pepper; 
 and beware too, where the seasoning is not too high, of feeding this 
 dough too long at a time. Let the hens be fed 1 day fully with it, 
 then let it be omitted and the ordinary feed given 2 days, and so on, 
 ami the result will be satisfactory. Take notice — Hens fed in this way 
 will be a good deal less inclined to set than when fed in the ordinary 
 manner. 
 
 25— DR. chase's second EECEIPT BOOK. 
 
386 DR. chase's 
 
 FO"WTiS. — Thebest for Eggs, and G-eneralPurposes. — Every- 
 thing taken into consideration, I believe there is no better Fowl than 
 the Brahmas. They are good layers both Summer and Winter, and 
 I think will thrive on as little feed as any breed we have which I am 
 acquainted with. I have a flock of about eighty light Pea Comb 
 Brahmas, which I give only half an ear of corn once a day, and the 
 scraps from the table and they have laid all Winter. They are a very 
 easy Fowl to raise, and very hardy. The Brahma is a good sitter and 
 mother, and for a table Fowl they have no equal. Their flesh is very 
 white, tender and juicy, and fully as good for the epicure, in my opinion 
 as a turkey ; and a good fair Brahma is as large as a small turkey, 
 weighing at maturity from 8 to 14 lbs. 
 
 The Brahma, when well bred, is a handsome Fowl. Take a flock 
 of about 75 Brahmas on the lawn pasturing, and they look more like 
 a flock of sheep than Fowls, and then to see them marching into the 
 roost at night-fall, one after another, is a sight worth seeing. They 
 are a very docile Fowl, and bear confinement well ; for they are not 
 of a roving nature. They cannot fly over a common board fence, for 
 their bodies are heavy and their wings very short and rounding at the 
 point, so that they cannot support the body. But still there are other 
 Fowls with good points as well as the Brahmas ; but my honest opin- 
 ion is that the pure Brahma is fairly entitled to claim to have more of 
 them than any other breed of Fowls we have, and if any one of our 
 readers have any breeds which they think are better than the pure 
 light Pea-Comb Brahma, everything taken into consideration, we 
 would like to hear from them. — Western Farmer. 
 
 The Brahmas are undoubtedly becoming the general favorite for 
 Eggs, and for the market. 
 
 Eggs — To Pickle. — Hard-boil as many Eggs as will fill such ajar as 
 you wish to keep them in. When cold, remove the shell and fill the 
 jar, laying them closely. Then, having made some of the Spiced Vine- 
 gar, which see, scalding hot, cover the Eggs with it, and seal uy) the jar 
 for a month, when they will be fit for use. Should they at any time, 
 after being opened, appear to be "flat." or not sufficiently sharp, re- 
 new the vinegar. Fruit jars that have been emptied during the Fall 
 are very handy to use for this purpose. Eggs, thus Pickled, make an 
 excellent relish with cold meats. 
 
 Those who do not prepare the " spiced vinegar," can take the 
 best common vinegar sufficient, and put in some pepper-corns, all- 
 spice, cloves, and n. few pieces of cinnamon, all unground, and scald- 
 ed in the vinegar, which will do very well. A few pieces of broken 
 ginger-root may also be used, if desired. And if you do not get out 
 sufficient of the flavor of the spices, in the scalding, put some of each 
 into the jar, or jars, wliich will give the desired strength. 
 
 FELON — REMEDY.— A Felon, or whitlow is an inflammation 
 of the finger, or toes, but more generally of the fingers, or hand, most 
 commonly occurring upon the last joint, called phalanx, which, if its 
 progress is not soon stopped, terminates in suppuration, and often in 
 the destruction of the joint. 
 
 Cause. — Although it is generally believed that a Felon is caused 
 by a bruise, yet, there is no doubt but what they also start by some 
 obstruction under the periosteum (the membrane covering all bones) 
 the same as all other inflammations begin, by some obstruction to the 
 free flow of the blood. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 387 
 
 Symptoms. — Deep seated and severe pain, with a stinging and 
 pricking sensution, followed by throbbing and finally swelling and 
 general inflammation of the parts. 
 
 Treatment. — It is undoubtedly a good plan to soak the finger in 
 hot water, or hot ley, and if it was tlije whole hand, or even the whole 
 body, it would be all the better ; for, what will break up other inflam- 
 mations will break up this disease ; but taking the experience of a 
 friend, who has suff"ered with several of them, 1 believe that next, af- 
 ter soaking the finger, or hand in hot water, the best thing to do is to 
 apply a blister, made by applying the common s])anish-fly blister salve, 
 upon the spot, covering a good surface, and keeping it on until it rais- 
 es a blister, it may be a day, or 2, or 3 days ; but, if the surface is well 
 softened by first soaking^in hot water, it will work, although some 
 times it works slowly, as the amount of disturbance underneath the 
 periosteum is so great that it takes some time to draw ofl", or rather to 
 change the internal inflammation to the surface by the counter-irrita- 
 tion, as it is called, with the fly l)lister. 
 
 But, if the pain, pricking and throbbing do not soon subside, as 
 the blister begins to draw and finally works out, it may be taken for 
 granted that the Felon had got too much of a start to be overcome ; 
 and then, the next thing to do is to make a salve, as follows: 
 
 Felon Salve. — Take a handful, each, of Indian turnip (arum tri- 
 phyllum), also called wake-robin, Jack-in-the-pulpit, etc., and of blue 
 flag {iris versicolor), the roots, and stew them in hog's lard sufficient to 
 stew well. When done, strain and press out, and add tar, 4 table- 
 spoonfuls, and Castile soap, half as much, simmer together, and apply 
 this until the Felon breaks. After the Felon has broken, add rosin, 
 beeswax, and tallow to this Salve for a dressing Salve. 
 
 And in cases where a Felon has made any considerable progress 
 before anything has been done, begin with the Salve at once, and 
 follow up, as above. 
 
 When great pain and an extensive swelling has taken place, a 
 very great relief will be experienced by boiling several of the bitter 
 herbs, as catnip, tansy, hops, hoarhound, and wormwood, in a con- 
 siderable quantity of water, then removing the kettle from the fire, 
 and throw a blanket over the kettle, and placing the hand under the 
 blanket so as to be well steamed for 20 or 30 minutes, 2 or 3 times 
 dailv. 
 
 FEBRILE DISEASES.— OR GENERAL FEVER.— Any dis- 
 ease attended with feverishness comes under the head of Febrile 
 Diseases. The word.comes, undoubtedly from theLatin febris (Fever), 
 or from the French fcrvere (to be hot, toboil, to glow with heat). Fever 
 has been considered a disease of itself: but the more recent and 
 Common Sense view is, that it is only a symptom of disease ; and also 
 that it is a favorable symptom, or an effort of the system to correct it- 
 self, and that if properly aided by the laws of health (hygeine), and 
 the "common sense principles" oi medicine there will be but very few 
 deaths arising from Fever, or from inflammatory diseases which are 
 alwa}'s attended with more, or less Fever. 
 
 Notwithstanding the great variety of Fevers, and inflammatory 
 diseases attended with Fever, they may be correctly divided into only 
 two classes, idiopathic, and sympathetic, the last usually called sympto- 
 matic. The word idiopathic, as understood by physicians in relation 
 to disease, relates to a pecidiar, or certain condition of the system, in con- 
 
388 DR. chase's 
 
 tradistinction of idiosynrrasy which sigiiiiies a peculiarity of the per- 
 son ; therefore, the ^iVs^ class always arises from a diseased condition 
 of the fluids of the body, and the second from injury, or obstruction in, 
 or to the solids' of the system, as burns, bruises, broken bones, etc., 
 or in cases of colds affecting different organs by which an inflamma- 
 tion is set up, as pleurises, pneumonies, inflammations of the brain, 
 boils, and carbuncles, or any other swellings, etc., etc. 
 
 Causes. — In further explanation, I would say that whatever may 
 be absorbed into the blood, from the atmosphere by the miasma (very 
 fine particles of any putrifying matter of an animal, or vegetable char- 
 acter) floating in the air, all of which are noxious (injurious to the 
 health) ; or effete (worn-out) matter of the system which may be left in 
 the blood through a full, or even a partial silppression of any of the 
 secretions, or a lon» retention, in the body, or any of the excretions, by 
 which their absolution into the blood again takes place, are among </(<> 
 fruiifid sources of the idiopathic, or first class of Fevers. In support of 
 this position, in regard to the cause of Fevers, I will quote from Prof. 
 Scudders " Eclectic Practice of Medicine," as follows : 
 
 "What change in the fluids of the body will give rise to Fever? 
 I know of but one, and that is the presence of some material that has 
 so far lost its vitalization " (life giving power) " that it cannot be ap- 
 plied to the nutrition" (support, or nourishing) "the textures, or 
 serve any purpose in the animal economy. Such material may be 
 generated within the body, or it may be introduced from without." 
 
 The two following illustrations, I trust will be sufiicient to satisfy 
 most persons of the correctness of this position, that the poisoning of 
 the blood will produce Fever. Even the smallest quantity of small- 
 pox virus, or poison, when jjlaced in contact with the blood, by vac- 
 cination, multiplies and increases itself by a law of its own nature 
 (given to it by the hand of Divine wisdom) until a sense of lassitude 
 and weakness comes upon the person, with loss of appetite, dis- 
 eased vitality, arrest of the secretions to a greater, or less extent, until 
 the powers of the system seem to be hardly sufiicient to circulate the 
 "blood ; but finally the recuperative powers (powers tending to recov- 
 ery) inherent, or belonging to the system, come to the rescue, and 
 re-action, or Fever is set up and the poison is thrown upon the surface, 
 and kept there by this re-action, in the form of a pustule, or little ulcer, 
 until the skin is renewed under it, and it is thus excluded, or re- 
 moved from the blood, and the patient recovers; while, on the other 
 hand, if the poison is introduced by taking the small-pox, itself, it is 
 increased to so much greater extent that very many persons loose 
 their lives under its effects. 
 
 Again : — A person has been laboring, or playing to such an ex- 
 tent as to cause much excitement of the system, calling for an iinusual 
 amount of secretions, and excretions, manifested by the free perspiration, 
 and an increased flow of urine, etc.; and as a natural consequence, 
 from the increased exercises, there has been a large amount of ma- 
 terial of the body worn-out ; but, now the game is finished, or the nec- 
 essary labor is accomplished, and the person sits down to rest without 
 sufliciently re-clothing himself to avoid "taking cold," and the result 
 is, the perspiration and other secretions are checked to such an extent 
 that the worn-out matter is retained in the blood, and the blood is 
 driven from the surfiice to some internal organ, and a pleurisy, or 
 
SECOND KECEIl'T BUUK. 389 
 
 some other infiamiuatiou is set up, and a Fever is established to en- 
 deavor to correct tlie diliiculty which has arisen in the blood and 
 other tiuids of the body. 
 
 The Second, or sympathetic class of Fever is the result of injury to 
 some part of the body, as mentioned above, by burns, bruises, wounds, 
 etc., or, from an inflammation of some of the different organs, or parts 
 of tlie system, which are all more, or less connected together by the 
 system of sympathetic nerves distributed throughout the body, as ex- 
 plained under that head. But fortunately for the human family, con- 
 trary to the early established, long continued, and still prevailing 
 ideas among that class of physicians calling themselves regidars, that 
 the ditlerent named varieties of Eever, demanded a decidedly different 
 treatment, yet, were only treated upon the calomel and blood-letting plan, 
 " common sense" has come to the rescue of Fever patients, and by a 
 successful practice of nearly flfty years, has established the fact that 
 Fever is a unit, i. e., it is a favorable symptom of diseased blood or injured 
 body, and comes to assist in the relief of those difficulties, and calls for 
 help of such a uniform, or regular character, that the treatment need vary 
 but very little in any of its varieties — in other words, whatever will pu- 
 rify the blood, by eliminating it (thrusting out, throwing off) from the 
 system, by restoring the secretions, passing oS regularly the excretions, 
 and equalizing the circulation will cure, or remove Fever. Of course, 
 however, we are willing to acknowledge that, from the long continued 
 success of the American Eclectics, in treating Fever and other diseases 
 without calomel, or blood-letting, and from the success that naturehaa 
 had under the " little-jjill " treatment of the homeopaths the " regu- 
 lars " — Alopaths — have, to a very large extent at last, abandoned their 
 life destroying practices of always using calomel and the lancet, so that 
 they, of late, have much better success than formerly. 
 
 Remote Causes of Fever. — As very much may be done to 
 prevent disease ('"prevention is better than cure") by avoiding the 
 cau^e, it will be very prosier, I think, to enter a little more fully into 
 an explanation on the more remote causes of Fever before 1 enter 
 upon its symptoms and treatment. 
 
 Whatever Cause, then, that w^ill produce a variation from a con- 
 dition of health, will, generally, have a tendancy to produce Fever; 
 jierhaps none more so than coZc/ and da77i7J?iess, especially when both 
 occur together and are continued for an j'' considerable length of time. 
 To avoid danger from these soiu-ces then, let nothing but absolute 
 necessity compel any one to expose themselves to the chilly damp- 
 ness of the mornings, or evenings, in low and marshy situations, es- 
 pecially so, unless sufficient exercise is being taken to overcome the 
 chilliness and keep up perspiration. In the high latitudes, like the 
 Northern parts of Canada, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota, and so 
 on, in the same range, to the " far West," w'here the air is dry, a much 
 greater degree of cold can be borne, without injury, than can be sus- 
 tained in the lower and more marshy situations of the Central, or 
 Southern States. 
 
 Heat is also a fruitful source of Fevers, especially so in the last 
 mentioned class of States. Lying upon the ground, even in the noon 
 hour, as some make a practice of, is most certainly, a very dangerous 
 invitation for disease to visit those who do it. 
 
 Marsh, or Vegetable Miasma, is considered to be a direct 
 Cause of Fevers, and is to be avoided largely, at least, by not being 
 
890 DR. chase's 
 
 exposed, as above mentioned, to the morning, or evening fogs of low, 
 marshy districts. 
 
 Animal Miasma is also a source of Fevers, as shown in the 
 neighborhood of battles, where the slaughter of men and horses has 
 been so great that decay and decomposition takes place before they 
 can be buried ; hence, should be avoided, even on the small scale — 
 every dead animal, no matter how small, should be buried. 
 
 Miasma, or Effluvia of the sick, especially those laboring un- 
 der a low grade of Fever, as typhus, either from the body, or that 
 arising from the excretions, is considered decidedly injurious, and in 
 some cases even contagious (catching), to avoid which the most thor- 
 ough spongings of the body, 2, or 3 times daily, according to the con- 
 dition of the patient, with cool, or tepid water, broken with weak-lye 
 bay-rum, camphor spirits, or something that shall cleanse the surface 
 and stimulate the skin to vigorous action, and thereby help to restore 
 a healthy secretion from the surface ; and the removal from the room, 
 and from the house, at once, of all, or any of the excretions; and also 
 the airing, or ventilation of the room, that any injurious effluvia thus 
 arising may be at once cleared from the air, otherwise it comes again 
 into immediate contact with the blood, through the lungs, and keeps 
 up the already poisoned condition of the system. With these expla- 
 nations and cautions, I pass to the 
 
 Symptoms of General Fever. — After the languor, weakness, 
 and restlessness of a day, or two, or more, as the case may be, as men- 
 tioned in the commencement of the subject, above, the first striking 
 Symptom of an approaching Fever will be a chill of greater, or less se- 
 verity and continuance, according to the greater, or less disturbance 
 of the system, which will, to a certain extent, indicate the severity of 
 the Fever, if nothing is done to mitigate, or relieve the suffering from 
 the attack ; the skin becomes pale and shrunken, or contracted in its 
 appearance, and sometimes one is led to think that a stream, or streams 
 of cold water are being poured down the back. And as soon as this 
 chilliness begins to subside, the circulation begins to increase; greater, 
 or less heat of the surface is produced, the strength is gradually di- 
 minished, and considerable thirst is manifested, the pulse also being 
 increased in frequency and hardness. By a frequent pulse, I mean one 
 faster than in health, which is from sixty to eighty; and by a hard 
 pulse, one that resists the pressure of the finger with more than a 
 healthy force, as though it was bound to pass under the finger, no 
 matter how hard the pressure. There may also be considerable dis- 
 tress of the stomach and other internal organs; and also great aver- 
 sion to making the least exertion, of body, or mind, the patient will- 
 ing to lie down and caring but little whether anything is done for his 
 relief, or not ; but, let it be known, and remembered, that the greater 
 the indifference to their own welfare, the greater the necessity for im- 
 mediate attention to the case. 
 
 If the Fever is permitted to run on without relief it .soon dimin- 
 ishes the secretions, urine, perspiration, etc., and parches and dries 
 up the skin, and generally dries up and hardens the feces, causing 
 costiveness and its accompanying injurious effects by retaining the 
 poison in the system, calling for the following course of treatment 
 which will restore and harmonize all of the functions (the appointed 
 action) of all of the diflerent organs of the body, without which good 
 health cannot long be maintained. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 391 
 
 Treatment of General, or Continued Fever. — The true prin- 
 ciple of Treating any disea.^e is to begin willi it just as soon as possible 
 after the symptoms, or manifestations of a departure from a healthy- 
 condition indicates its approach ; for, in ordinary, or common cases, 
 mild means, gently, but quickly applied, will restore the secretions, 
 and thus throw ofi' the apj)roaching disease; and especially will this 
 hold good in Fevers, and also in inflammatory diseases. 
 
 S-weating. — If no time is lost in commencing the Treatment, as 
 soon as the languor, weakness, and restlessness, which always manifest 
 themselves on the approach of a Fever, but a gentle yet an efficient 
 perspiration is established, with the other accompanying Treatment, 
 the disease will not in one case out of ten, if in one case to one hundred, 
 ever become established, " but, taken by the foretop and uncer- 
 emoniously pitched into the streets," scarcely even to make a feeble 
 effort to return, at that time, at least. For an explanation ofthe plan 
 of " taking a sweat," see Sweating, remembering at the same time, 
 that according to the severity, or mildness of the symptoms which in- 
 dicate the approach ofthe disease, should be the length of time, vary- 
 ing from 15 to 30, or 40 minutes, to keep the patient in the Sweating 
 bath, and also the length of time that an increased amount of clothing 
 should be kept over the patient after they are i)laced in bed, before 
 wiping them and putting on dry under clothing, as there explained. _ 
 
 Emetics. — After the sweating has been accomplished, if there is 
 any considerable Haust'a at the stomach with an effort to vomit, aid 
 this effort by giving an Emetic that shall only act gently and mildly 
 upon the jjatient, as described under the head of Emetics, which will 
 generally, entirely remove the nausea, and greatly aid in removing 
 the cause ofthe ai)i)roaching Fever. 
 
 Cathartics. — Also after the action of the emetic has subsided, 
 and bed time approaches, let a mild and gentle Cathartic be given, 
 which shall, during the following morning, carry off any accumulating 
 excretions which have been poured into the intestines from all the va- 
 rious organs whose actions have been considerably increased by the 
 sweating and emetic j^rocesses ; for the intestines have a complete set 
 of little tubes opening into them from the various parts of the body, 
 by which the worn-out, orefiete, or poisonous matter of the blood is 
 carried out ofthe system ; but, if not carried out, is again absorbed, 
 thereby adding to the diseased condition ot the system. 
 
 Strengthing Food. — After the administration of the above plans 
 of Treatment, supposing them to have had the desired efl'ects, the pa- 
 tient will fee\iheni}vet^i<\ty of Strengthening food; but, let italso be borne 
 in mind that the approaching disease, and the Treatment,, have both 
 had a tendency to weakeyi the digestive powers, and consequently, the 
 food, which may at first be given, should be of a liquid form, as well as 
 nourishing, or strengthing in its character. If any should be craved 
 before the operation ofthe cathartic, let it be corn meal gruel, as this 
 will aid the operation of the medicine, after which it may be beef-tea, 
 or arrowroot, and a tea to a table-spoonful of wine, or brandy, or a lit- 
 tle beaten egg with a little fresh milk and a little spirits in it, as may 
 be on hand, toast-water, etc., — never, however, overloading the stom- 
 ach with solid Food, or taking it in any form at first. 
 
 As a general thing, the above plan will prevent an attack of Fever, 
 or inflammation ; and the object of having a book of this kind in the 
 house,istobe able to take these precautions " in time ;" forif they are 
 
392 DR. chase's 
 
 neglected for 3 or 4 days, and then perhaps you have to send 5 to 20 miles 
 for a physician, and in a sickly time, be, perhaps, 24 hours in getting him 
 there, as I have often known, the disease has become pretty thoroughly 
 established, and consequently a longer time will be required to over- 
 come it, and a somewhat different and additional Treatment will also 
 be required. 
 
 Treatment after the Establishment of Fever. — We will there- 
 fore, now consider that the symptoms of approaching Fever have been 
 neglected and actual re-action — Fever — has been Established ; tlie skin 
 has become hot and dry ; the urine scanty and high colored ; the bow- 
 els constipated ; the mouth has a bad taste and has become dry ; the 
 tongue is coated with a yellowish coat of a furry-like appearance, with, 
 perhaps, slight nausea, or may be an irritable stomach ; considerable 
 thirst; pulse frequent, perhaps full and hard ; and probably a sense of 
 oppression, or weight at the stomach, aiid pain in the head, back, and 
 limbs, and a general prostration of the strength of the patient has tak- 
 en place; and, if nothing is done to relieve them, these symptoms will 
 all increase in intensity and severity for 3 or 4 days, after which time, 
 if there is no complications by an inflammation of any particular or- 
 gan, there will be but little, or no further change seen until the 8th or 
 9th day, the blood will become so thoroughly poisoned that the low, 
 or typhoid symtoms will be established, and much greater danger will 
 arise in the case. 
 
 But, as a general thing, this Fever may be broken up before the 
 typhoid character shall be developed ; first, by lessening the frequency 
 of the pulse, which lessens the heat of the body; second, by a course 
 that shall establish the excretions; and, third, to give strength to the 
 system. 
 
 First, then, to lessen the frequency of the pulse, give a tea-spoon- 
 fid every half hour, of the following Febrifuge mixture : 
 
 Febrifuge. — Tinct. of veratrum viride, 1 dr. (1 ordinary tea-spoon- 
 ful, 60 drops), tinct. of aconite, ^ dr.; water 20 tea-spoonfuls ; and simple 
 sirup, 10 tea-spoonfuls, mixed and given as above, from one, to tivo, or 
 even three, or four days, as the case may demand, or until a slight per- 
 spiration has taken place, and at least a little increase is discovered in 
 the secretion of urine, and also permanent lessening of the pulse is 
 easily distinguished, which, although it will be slow will be positive and 
 permanent, at the same time an increased strength of the pulse will also 
 be experienced, provided, also, that, during this time, the whole surface 
 of the patient has been sponged, 4 to 6 times every 24 hours, with a 
 weak-lye water, or spirits and water, or spirits of camphor, whichever 
 is most convenient, and wiped dry each time, without exposing the 
 body too much, during the sponging. 
 
 Second, as the foregoing Treatment will be found to give a com- 
 fortable circulation, and to cool and soften the skin, the establish- 
 ment of the secretions of the skin will be aided by giving any of the 
 mild Diaphoretic teas, as found under that head, with occasionally, as 
 the patient may desire it, cool lemonade, or orangeade, or any of the 
 Effervescing Drinks, which see, alternately with the teas, and 
 the kidneys will be further aided in the secretion of urine, by 
 giving once in 2, or 3 hours, or oftener, or further apart, as the case 
 may demand, of the acetate of potash mixture, as found under the 
 head of Diuretics ; and also a gentle cathartic, or an injection of salt 
 in warm water, to aid in carrying off any accumulating feces, which 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 393 
 
 "would otherwise irritate the bowels and continue the poisoning of the 
 blood by re-absorption into it. 
 
 Third, and lastly, to strengthen the nervous system and support 
 the general strength of the patient, according to his, or her natural ro- 
 bustness, or weakness of body, let from 1 to 2 grs. of quinine be given 
 every 2, or 3 hours, which will increase the natural strength, and also 
 prevent debility, or weakness from the sweating and increased flow 
 of urine and the increased secretions of the other organs of the body 
 — in other words, restoring and maintaining the general health. 
 
 In all cases, however, where the tongue is heavilg coated with 
 the yellowish fur, with sickness and considerable oppression of the 
 stomach, the _/i?-s< and 6c5i thing to do is to give an emetic, otherwise 
 the low, or typhoid symptoms will soon be set up, and great prostra- 
 tion of strength will speedily occur. After the action of the emetic, 
 should the irritability of the stomach continue let a mustard plaster 
 be applied, over the stomach and to the feet and the salt and water 
 injection be given until a tolerable free evacuation of tlie bowels has 
 taken place ; then the foregoing general Treatment may be followed 
 with great hopes of ultimate success, remembering, however, in all 
 cases of disease, no matter what it may be, the extremities (feet and 
 legs — hands and arms) must be kept warm, by the use of flannel wrap- 
 pers, hot irons, bottles of hot water, ears of boiled corn (any, or all of 
 which must be properly wrapped with cloths to prevent burning), 
 friction, etc., etc., as the case may demand. 
 
 Also, in all cases of Fever, any complications that may arise, as 
 diarrhea, costiveness, nausea, pains in the head, or pains, or inflam- 
 mation of any organ, must be controlled by the usual remedies and 
 plans, the same as though they occured by themselves and independ- 
 ent of any Fever, or other disease. 
 
 Although the description and Treatment, above given, would en- 
 able most persons, of ordinary judgment, to understand and cure all 
 ordinary, or common Fevers ; yet, it may be best for me to give a 
 more particular description of the more common divisions of febrile 
 diseases, as followed by most writers at the present time, although the 
 general Treatment must necessarily be very nearly similar. I shall 
 make only the following distinctions, or divisions of "the subject, giving 
 the more particular symptoms which distinguishes one Fever from an- 
 other, and also any difference of Treatment that may be required under 
 each appropriate head : 
 
 Typhus, or Typhoid Fever, Remittent, orBillious Remittent — Intermit- 
 tent, or Fever and Ague, and Yellow Fever, First, however, a word of 
 explanation as to themeanijig of the words, or names used to describe 
 the different varities of Fever, because it is no use for any man to 
 talk, or write, unless he is understood ; and for this very reason I have 
 adopted and carried out this plan throughout this whole Work (for 
 but few will have medical dictionaries by them, by which only, could 
 the meaning of very many medical terms be ascertained ; and even 
 in a glossary, if added at the back of the book, according to the pres- 
 ent custom of those who write medical books for the people must nec- 
 essarily be short, and will over look, or not give many terms used 
 in the work) : 
 
 Typhus comes from stupere, and means to be struck senseless ; 
 hence, in our language, means a lessening of the sensibility — a low 
 and depressed condition of the nervous system, as found in this, or Ty- 
 phoid Fever. 
 
394 DR. chase's 
 
 Typhoid, means like-typhus — a lowgrade of Fever, or a weakening 
 
 of the vital powers of the system. 
 
 Remittent, means to become less severe ; hence, in Fever, to have less 
 Fever at some certain period of each 24 hours. 
 
 Intermittent, signifies an entire cessation, or stopping for a certain 
 period, as in Ague and Fever. 
 
 Typhoid Fever. — It will be proper to state here that it matters 
 not what kind of Fever may be set up in the system, whether idiopathic 
 (peculiarity in the condition of the system), or whetherit be sym/>(om- 
 atic (arising from sympathy, from injury, or inflammation), if it is per- 
 mitted to run sufficiently long, the low, or Typhoid character will be 
 established, i. e., the blood and other fluids will be poisoned, and their 
 decomposition (disintegration, or destruction) will be commenced ; and, 
 as the excretions are more, or less retained in the system from the slug- 
 gishness of all the excretory organs, at the same time also the secretions 
 are for the same reason, imperfectly carried on, a rapid breaking down, 
 (crushing, or destruction) of all the tissues (the elements, or first princi- 
 ples of organization) of the bod), and this worn-out, or effete matter is 
 retained in the blood, causing the further prostration of the general 
 system, as shown in all Typhoid, or long continued Fevers. 
 
 Especial Causes of Typhoid Fever. — The predisposing and es- 
 pecial Causes which produce Typhoid symptoms at the beginning of the 
 disease, are admitted to be animal miasmata (animal matter in a state 
 of decomposition), and such other things as particularly depress and 
 weaken the vital powers, or energies of the system, and especially so 
 in those persons of a weak and feeble habit, or condition of body, 
 which is natural, or may arise from dyspepsia, or from other causes 
 that prevent the assimilation (the converting into the substance of the 
 organs) of the food to the support, or building up of all the organs of 
 the body. The immortal Liebig says that " An annimal substance in 
 the act of decomposition, or a substance generated from the compo- 
 nent parts " (the parts of which the body is composed) of a living 
 body by disease, communicates its own condition to all parts of the 
 system capable of entering into the same state, if no cause exists in 
 these parts by which the change is counteracted, or destroyed." This 
 accounts for the rapid spread of Typhoid Fever in jails, hospitals, the 
 neighborhoods, of battle-fields, from dissecting wounds, and from the 
 room of a person suffering with Typhoid Fever, whose neglect, or the 
 want of a correct knowledge of the fact, or where for the wantjof prop- 
 er assistance, the room is left unventilated , the excretions are not re- 
 moved, and the whole filth arising from the diseased person is allowed 
 to remain in the room, thus Ci)ntinuing, or adding impurities to the 
 air, by which the j)atiunt, and all others coming into the room are 
 corupelled to breath into the lungs, thus, at once introducing these im- 
 purities into the blood, to again perform their legitimate work of further 
 destruction.. 
 
 Of course, this form of tlie disease may also arise from vegetable 
 miasma in connection with some peculiar feeble, or debilitated con- 
 dition of the system of anyperson, as from a want of strength, arising 
 from dyspepsia, or inflammaiion of the stomach, when the food does but 
 little good for the want of j)roper digestion and assimilation, or from 
 the mismanagement of other diseases, by which these difficulties, or 
 any other considerable feebleness of the system is brought about. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 395 
 
 Symptoms' — It is not necessary to repeat here, all of the Symp- 
 toms of Fever, as at first given, but simply to remark, that the devel- 
 opment of Typhoid Fever may occupy 2, 3, or 4 days, and that if the 
 languor and feebleness, or the restlessness and depression are very 
 considerable, and also accompanied with considerable debility, gid- 
 diness and dulness, with an impaired appetite and nausea, and also 
 considerable oppression at the stomach, and still the patient very in- 
 different about his, or her own condition, with, perhaps, some sore- 
 ness and stiffness of the muscles, and finally coldness of the hands 
 and feet, it may be set down as approaching Typhoid, and that relief, 
 or assistance has already been neglected too long ; and now, most 
 likely, reaction (Fever) will be set up, the pulse become quick and 
 sharp, ranging from 80 to 120 per minute, tongue covered with a dirty 
 fur, bad tatste in the mouth, urine scanty, although the bowels may be 
 natural, or they may be costive, or they may be loose. The heat of the 
 surface may be considerable, or it may be only slightly increased, with 
 cold extremities ; the eyes dull and heavy ; the countenance also dull 
 and expressionless, or it may be flushed ; the head, perhaps, confused 
 and giddy ; and, if the disease is not relieved, delirium, or iyphomania, 
 as physicians call it, will, in a few days, be established ; and, in this 
 disease, if permitted to run any considerable length of time Peyer's 
 glands (.^malls glands situated in the lower part of the intestines, called 
 Peyer's, because first described by him), almost always become in- 
 flamed and ulcerated (sometimes eating entirely through the intes- 
 tines causing death) consequently the additional Symptoms of diarrhea 
 and tympanitis (swelling, or bloating of the bowels) are found to mani- 
 fest themselves. 
 
 In 10, or 12 days there may be an eruption of rose-colored spots 
 upon the abdomen, and little pimples upon the neck and chest filled 
 with a watery fluid, giving them an appearance of drops of sweat, 
 therefore called sudamina (sweat drops) ; the tongue may become red 
 and sore, or dry and almost black; the teeth becoming covered with 
 sordes (from the Latin sordere, to be dirty, or foul), delirium also tak- 
 ing place ; and the ulceration in the intestines having accomplished 
 its work of eating through, the patient may sink at once. But if the 
 disease proceeds unfavorably into the third week, the delirium be- 
 comes low and muttering, with great exhaustion, the patient sliding 
 down in the bed, spasms, or twitchings of the muscles, bowels pass- 
 ing more, or less blood, with reddish purple spots upon the surface. 
 But, upon the other hand, if recovery may be expected, the counte- 
 nance will improve and heighten, the })ulse become moderate, the 
 tongue clear oil", and the excretions, or discharges will assume a more 
 healthy appearance. 
 
 Treatmient. — Typhoid Fever, especially calls for early and correct 
 Treatment, as the tendency is so great to the poisoning of the blood, 
 and consequently the whole system, by the breaking down of the 
 tissues, or organized parts of the system whereby the whole of the 
 fluids of the body become loaded with these impurities, or worn-out 
 matter, which seeks, but without medical aid, seldom finds, a sufficient 
 exit from the body to restore health. 
 
 First, then, if taken early, I always begin with a moderate sweat- 
 ing, which see ; and if considerable oppression of the stomach, follow 
 it with an emetic ; for if this is the case, and the accumulating viscid 
 (sticking and tenacous) mucus, undigested food, etc., are left in the 
 
396 DR. chase's 
 
 stomach, no matter what the other Treatment is, it will seldom prove 
 SRtii-factory; and it will greatly add to the danger of the bowel ulcer- 
 ation, diarrhea, etc. Let the emetic be thorough, by aiding it with 
 the warm and stimulating Diaphoretic teas, which see, keeping up a 
 little Diaphoresis (sweating) by using the warm, or rather the hot foot- 
 bath, with mustard in it if necessary, and hot irons, or bottles of hot 
 water to the extremities, and body if a slight perspiration cannot be 
 induced, or kept up without it. 
 
 ISecond, as soon as the stomach has become quiet from the effects 
 of the emetic, and a slight degree of perspiration has become estab- 
 lished: 
 
 Take tinct. of veratrum viride, 1 dr.; tinct. of aconite, | dr.; water, 
 4 ozs. ; simple sirup, 2 ozs.; mix, and give a tea-spoonful every hour, 
 until the frequency of the pulse is cont^iderably lessened, then once in 
 ]^ to 2 hours, as may be necessary to hold it there, and help to reduce 
 it to nearly a healthy standard. 
 
 The aconite is here increased over that used in the the Continued 
 Fever, for the purpose of quieting the greater nervous irritability of 
 this form of the disease. 
 
 To reduce the heat of the surface and help reducethe Fever, let the 
 weak-lye spongings be made 4 to 6 times every 24 hours, according to 
 the heat of the surface and the restlessnes of the patient; and if the ex- 
 tremities are cold, or have a tendency to chilliness, let the Capsicum, 
 or Cayenne and Whisky, which see, be well rubbed upon the feet, 
 and limbs, and as high up as the cold clamminess extends, and hot 
 drinks, or other artifiinal heat, as most convenient, be applied until 
 this is overcome ; for, unless the circulation becomes equal, all other 
 Treatment will fail. And if this coldness of the extremities prevails 
 to any considerable extent for some considerable time the sedative — 
 veratrum and aconite — doses will have to be lessened, otherwise, al- 
 though the pulse will be lessened, yet, it will also be too much weak- 
 ened, by the congestion of some internal organ by the accumulation 
 of the blood upon it, which refuses to circulate in the extremities, 
 while, on the other hand, if the general circulation is good, conse- 
 quently the pulse high — 120, or more — and the extremities warm, or 
 hot, like the surface of the body, the dose of the veratrum and acon- 
 ite may be increased by one-half, or so, or the regular dose given 
 every half hour for a few times, until the pulse is brought within a 
 reasonable range, or not above 90 beats, at most, to the minute; then, 
 the regular, or medium dose may be depended upon, by watching 
 all the particulars of the case, and adopting the various measures 
 needed to keep as near a healthy standard as possible. 
 
 And, "by the way," diarrhea is more to be guarded agtiinst by 
 the Treatment than costiveness, as before explained, Peyer's glands 
 have a tendency to ulcerate, in Typhoid Fever, and this tendency 
 must be carefully watched and avoided as much as possible by this 
 means; and, in case of costiveness, injections of salt and warm water 
 — 1 table-spoonful to a pt. — and as much injected as the bowels will 
 retain, and repeat after ^ an hour, or an hour, until a free passage of 
 the feces is obtained, will be better than toadminister cathartics from 
 their tendency to irritate both stomach and bowels. 
 
 In case of tgmpanitis (swelling, or bloating of the abdomen) bags of 
 hojis, hot, or hot flannels, or other, hot a])plTcations may be applied, 
 and if excessive, a gutta-percha tube may be introduced into therfcfum 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 397 
 
 (from rectus, straight) the termination of the large intestines, provided 
 that an injection containing a little sweet-oil, a table-spoonful or so, or 
 melted lard does not effect a discharge of the wind, or gas accumula- 
 tions. This gas being retained by the contracting force of the intes- 
 tines, may generally be relieved, also, by the administration of 10 to 
 20 drops of the tincture of lobelia, every half hour, or hour, for a few 
 times, by mouth, or by injection, according to the irritable condition 
 of the stomach. Whatever will relax the muscles will let off this gas, 
 and relieve the patient. 
 
 If the head is very hot, or painful, bathe it frequently with cold, or 
 cool water, or with warm water and afterwards fanning it to make it 
 cool, as the feelings of the patient will best endure. 
 
 The strength must be supported by light and nourishing food aa 
 much in liquid form as possible, and in case of great prostration, with 
 beaten white of egg and brandy sweetened and given by the tea-spoon- 
 ful, see Typhoid Pneumonia, or by broth and wine, as most convenient, 
 or the the taste of the patient will be the best suited with ; and as the 
 pulse is reduced by this Treatment to nearly a healthy standard, there 
 will be an increase in. the secretions, which should now be aided by 
 Diaplioreiics, and Diuretics, vfhich see , and the strength must now l>e 
 aided to bear these increased secretions, with, in addition to the egg 
 and brandy, or both, and wine, by the help of the quinine, as recom- 
 mended in Continued Fever, as often as once in 2 to 3 hours. A little 
 good hyson tea, with a little milk, will do as much as anything to cor- 
 rect, or alleviate the bad taste in the mouth, and if made weak, and a 
 cracker, or two, crumbed in, it will thereby become nourishing, and 
 may be used occasionally through the disease. 
 
 And now, a word in closing the subject of Typhoid Fever — great 
 watchfulness, or in other words, if good nursing is not given, it does 
 not matter much what the Treatment is, it will very often fail, and the 
 patient sink into stupor, delirium, and death ; but with the foregoing 
 Treatment and careful nursing, beginning eai'ly in the commencement of 
 the disease, not three in 07ie hundred need to fail, although it is looked 
 upon as a terrible enemy to life, and with the common Treatment and 
 the neglect of the patient, it truly has been. 
 
 Remittent, or Bilous Remittent Fever, — As before explained, 
 I now come to speak of a Fever that during some part of every 24 
 hours, and generallv in the morning, becomes' less ; and, hence, gives 
 us an additional advantage over it, in attempting its cu.re. It is always 
 preceeded by a chill, and after a day, or two, lassitude and weakness 
 upon exercise, or exertion in any kind of labor, walking, etc., will be 
 experienced. 
 
 Cause. — Marsh malaria, or decay of vegetable matter which loads 
 the air by which the blood is contaminated, or poisoned ; or changes 
 from heat to cold, by which the secretions are lessened, or checked, im- 
 pairing the vital, or life power to such an extent that a re-action is called 
 for to relieve the oppression, are supposed to be the causes of derange- 
 ment in the liver and other organs, by which alarge amount of bile is re- 
 tained in the system, causing this variety of Fever. It is generally 
 quite mild in the North, especially where the general surface of the 
 ground is dry and rolling ; but in the South, and where the genera- 
 surface of the country is low and flat, quite severe, and often of a con- 
 gestive and dangerouscharacteT. 
 
898 DR. chase's 
 
 Symptoms. — The principal difference in the Symptoms of this 
 variety of Fever, from others, may be found in the capriciousness 
 (changableness) of the appetite, sometimes craving food, and at other 
 times loathing it, and the bitter taste of the mouth, with a more con- 
 stant tendency to nausea of the stomach, and pretty constant costiveness 
 of the bowels and more severe pain in the head, back and limbs. The 
 urine also is usually more, or less tinged with bile. The chill is usu- 
 ally of only an hour, or two's duration, except in the congestive varie- 
 ty, when it may be, and generally is longer. As above mentioned, 
 also, the Fever becomes considerably less than usual, for a few hours 
 during some period of each day, or night, during which time sleep is 
 sought, as the patient will experience quite a degree of comfort and 
 relief during this remission. 
 
 Occasionally there is tympanitis, swelling, or distension of the bow- 
 els, in Remittent and in Typhoid Fever, the same as in inflammation 
 of the bowels, which if not speedily overcome, is followed by head 
 Symptoms from the obstruction of the circulation. M. Savet, a cele- 
 brated French phj'sician administers, for this, injections of cold water; 
 and if this does not effect a discharge, or passage of the gas, he applies 
 a catajjlasm, or poultice to the abdomen, which has been well sprin- 
 kled with fine table-salt, claiming that this will cause intestinal con- 
 traction almost instantaneously, wliich will cause the expulsion of the 
 gas. It would certainly do no harm, and has undoubtedly done good, 
 although I have not had an opportunity of testing it ; for if a case is 
 properly treated, it never reaches this stage. 
 
 Treatment. — As soon as the observation of these special SymtoTas 
 establish the fiict that you have Remittent Fever to deal with, give 
 an emetic, and afterits tliorough action, follow itwith a mild but efficient 
 {cathartic, which will prepare the way for the veratrum and aconite ; 
 spongings of the surface, etc., as directed in the preceeding variety, 
 combating any particular local difficulties by the same recommenda- 
 tions as there found, i. e., for severe pain and heat in the head, cool 
 applications, or warm water with fanning; and if bad, mustard to the 
 feet ; for nausea, mustard over the region of the stomach, etc., etc., and 
 during the remission, give quinine sufficiently often to get 8 to 12 grs. 
 given after the Fever begins to lessen before it begins to rise again. 
 Two, or 3 doses of 3, or 4 grs. to the dose must be taken during the re- 
 mission to have a 2)roper effect in cutting the Fever short, within a 
 reasonable time. 
 
 In all Fevers the room should be well ventilated, and if in damp 
 weather, it will be propper to have a fire, in a fire place is preferable 
 to a stove, with fresh air, and the clothing should be changed suffi- 
 ciently often to keep it clean, having been first well aired by the fire 
 before putting them on, bedclothes as well as body-clothes, and the 
 room also kept neat and clean ; noise, and even whispering about the 
 room should always be avoided as much as possible ; the fond, al- 
 though but little may betaken, should be of easy digestion and most- 
 ly of a liquid character, as broth from the lean meat of a chicken, beef- 
 tea, weak-hyson tea and cracker, etc., etc. 
 
 In recovering, care must be taken not to over-eat, or drink, over- 
 exercise, or allow much exposure to damp, or excessive heat, and to 
 use a tonic, for a reasonable length of time, to prevent relapse, which 
 is often worse than the first attack. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 399 
 
 Intennittent Fever, or Ague. — Ague is a species of Fever that 
 comes on with a chill at certain intervals, and runs its course, then 
 intermits (stops) and hence is called Intermittent Fever, as it entirely 
 stops, leaving the patient quite well for one, two, or three .days ; and 
 these generally take the name of every-day Ague — second-day, or third- 
 day Ague. 
 
 Cause. — Upon the Cause of Ague, there seems to have lately 
 arisen a new theory ; and I cannot, perhaps, do better in explaining 
 it, than to introduce an article from Hall's Journal of Health, for No- 
 vember, 1871. After remarking that Chills and Fever (Ague), and 
 Bilious Fever had prevailed, that year, to an unusal extent, in the 
 vicinity of New York, where the Journal is published, as well as in 
 many other parts of the country, he says : 
 
 " It very generally prevails in the Fall of the year over large sec- 
 tions of the country. Scattering cases are liable to occur anywhere. 
 These arise from individual indiscretions ; but where large numbers 
 of persons in communities are attacked, there, some general Cause 
 must prevail. This Cause has been attributed for ages to ' miasm, ' an 
 emination from the earth so subtile in its character, that for more 
 than a century the greatest skill of the ablest chemists was not able 
 to detect its nature, or define its quality. A bottle of air taken from 
 the most deadly localities was submitted to the most careful and search- 
 ing analysis without the detection of anything solid, gaseous, or liquid ; 
 nothing could be found in the bottle but air, thin air. But the mi- 
 coroscope has come to the aid of the alembic (a chemical vessel) and 
 has discovered in this, the miasmatic air, multitudes of livlny things. 
 When bottles of this air were taken from the banks of a Southern 
 iayow, and placed in the chamber of a man in Chicago, by Dr. Salis- 
 bury, he was taken with Chills and Fever in a few days, and these 
 living things were found on his tongue and within his mouth ; while 
 not a single one was to be found all over the city, except in that one 
 man's mouth, in his chamber, and in the bottles. Whether this life 
 is animal, or vegetable, is a matter of dispute, yet it seems capable of 
 producing Chills and Fever ; but whether animal, or vegetable, the 
 laws which regulate the action of miasm on the human sj^stem remain 
 the same and the mode of production, or the Causes of the generation 
 of this miasm, remain unchanged ; and these laws have been deter- 
 mined and described with wonderful accuracy. This miasna results 
 from warmth, moistui'e, and vegetation combined ; if one is absent, 
 miasm is not formed ; vegetable matter will not decay unless there 
 is moisture, it will dry up ; it will remain under water a thousand 
 years without decay, as witness the wooden piers of ancient bridges, 
 as sound to-day as when they were driven by Adam's grandson, or 
 somebody else who lived a long time ago. The heat must act on the 
 moisture before miasm becomes a product. This miasm, to be in- 
 jurious, must be taken into the system by breathing into the lungs, or 
 by swallowing into the stomach. But cold, as the 'first frosts ' which 
 are everywhere known to make it innocuous (not to communicate 
 disease) condenses this miasm, make>^ it so heavy that it falls to the 
 surface of the earth, and can be neither breathed nor swallowed ; on 
 the other hand, heat so rarefies the air in which this miasm is con- 
 tained, that it carries it up toward the clouds, where it is no more 
 breathed than if it laid immediately on the surface of the earth. 
 Hence heat and cold are antagonistic to the disease-producing eff'ects 
 
400 DR. chase's 
 
 of miasm on the human body. To freeze it out is expensive, but to 
 antagonize it by heat is possible, is everywliere practicable. 
 
 " From an hour after sundown to an hour before sunrise, the cold 
 Causes it to settle on the surface of the earth. An hour after sunrise 
 and until an hour before sunset, as a general rule, it is too high above 
 our heads to injure us, in consequence of the heat of the weather. 
 
 "As the heat must be over 80° for several days to generate miasm, 
 it follows that the time, during which we are required to battle with 
 it, is at sunrise and sunset during the Spring and Fall months. But to 
 make it safe from the first blade of grass in Spring until the killing 
 frosts of Autumn, dress by a cheerful blazing fire, and take breakfast 
 before going outside of the door ; come home before sundown, take 
 your supper before its setting, by the same cheerful blazing hearth, 
 then go and do what you please. You may sleep under a tree, or on 
 a swinging limb, and defy Fever and Ague for a century, if you only 
 keep warm, abundantly warm." 
 
 Whether the foregoing statement is true, or false, so far as the 
 cause being animal, or vegetable, I leave to the future to determine ; 
 but of the propriety of avoiding morning, or evening air, he is cer- 
 tainly sound ; but there will be many damp and chilly days in the 
 course of almost every season, in which, allowing his reasoning to be 
 correct, when the miasm will be within breathing distance of the 
 ground; and it cannot be expected that the laboring class of persona 
 can confine themselves within doors by the side of warm fires, hence, 
 there will always be more, or less persons having the Ague, who live 
 in low sections of the country where it most generally prevails. 
 
 But it is a well established fact that in the Spring and Fall sea- 
 sons of the year, the idea of building morning and evening fires in 
 the family rooms, all chilly and damp days, are of decided advantage 
 as a preventive against disease, and as promotive of general health. 
 
 We, the family, never take down our sitting-room stove, only for 
 purposes of cleaning, and immediately put it up again ; and would 
 build a fire on the '•4th of July" as quickly as in January, if the cold, 
 or dampness called for it. 
 
 Symptoms. — The Symptoms of Ague are too well understood to 
 require particular description, further than it will aid in understand- 
 ing the Treatment. It always begins with a Chill, (hence one of its 
 names, Chill and Fever) followed by Fever, which is followed by 
 sweating. 
 
 Treatmient. — There are, probably, hundreds of medicines, on 
 sale, for the cure of Ague; but I prefer to use medicines that I know 
 the composition of; hence, I prescribe the Cholagogue, which see, and 
 take it according to the directions. As it contains rheubarb, no time 
 is lost to prepare the system by cathartics. This will generally cure 
 the Ague in from 1 to 2 days' time ; after which it may be taken 
 2, or o times daily, at meal time, as a tonic, for a week, or two, and 
 but very few cases of Ague will give any further trouble. 
 
 But in Ague, as in other diseases, bathing, or even a regular sweat, 
 should not be overlooked, and all other means of rei-toring all of the 
 secretions to as healthy a condition as possible. And if there are any 
 persons who will not take the Cholagogue, allowing Dr. Ilall to be 
 correct, as to the universal nature of the miasm which produces, or 
 causes Ague, and as sulphur is known to kill these little animals, or 
 vegetable matter called mildeiu, or ground-rot, wiien upon grape vines, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 401 
 
 why may it not be used here as a physic, as well as a gargle,in Catarrh, 
 which see, and thus kill the cause at the same time it prepares the sys- 
 tem for a tonic, which shall cure the effects that have already arisen 
 from the miasm? I have no doubt but what sulphur and cream of 
 tartar would be found as good a cathartic in these cases ; but any one 
 can take such cathartic as they have been in the habit of using, if 
 they Drefer it to the Chalagonge, or to the sulphur mixture ; but that 
 is cheap and also purities the blood. When the cathartic has operated 
 pretty thoroughly, and the Ague has paid you another visitj so you 
 can tell when he will come again, have about 15 grs. of quinine, in 5 
 gr. doses, to be taken in cold strong coffee, if you wish to avoid the 
 bitter taste, taking the first dose 5 hours before the Chill will begin, 
 the second 3 hours before, and the third 1 hour before the Chill should 
 commence, which will almost certainly " break the Ague," and if it 
 does not, repeat the same course the next time with 10 grs. in 3 doses 
 as before, and not one case in aJmndred will resist it. Then to keep it 
 from returing, every seventh day, take 10 grs. of quinine in 3 doses, as 
 above, and keep the bowels regular by cathartics, and use a tonic bit- 
 ter of Peruvian bark, Colombo root, dogwood bark, poplar bark, com- 
 mon wild cherry-tree, or any other good tonic barks, or roots which 
 are known to be good to tone up the system, and which can be ob- 
 tained in the neighborhood, tinctured very strongly in spirits, or wine 
 or drank as a tea, by those who will not take wine, or any other spir- 
 itous liquors. 
 
 No fears need be entertained against the use of quinine, I had as 
 soon use it, as to use flour, each of course, in their proper proportions, 
 and for their proper uses. What has been attributed to quinine as an 
 injurious article should have been attributed to what has been com- 
 bined with it, or to a neglect to properly prepare the system to re- 
 ceive it, or a neglect to tone up the system after its use. I have taken 
 it personally, and prescribed it sufficiently, watching its effects, to 
 satisfy myself of these facts, without regard" to the opinions of others ; 
 but, of couse, I will allow every man, or woman to use their own 
 judgment about taking quinine, they have the same right to their 
 own opinion as I have to mine ; but, I will add that most of our phy- 
 sicians take the same ground that I do as to the use of this article of 
 medicine. 
 
 Those persons who are opposed to taking medicines, must meet 
 the Chill with perspiration, got up before the time for its appearance, 
 then drink hot teas through the Chill ; and during the Fever they 
 must sponge with cooZ u-aier, and take cooling drinks; and meet the 
 sweating stage with dry frictions, etc., and tone up the system with ex- 
 ercise, and nourishing diet, and get away from an Ague district as 
 soon as possible, for it is no place for only those who are not afraid 
 to take reasonable remedies in reasonable doses. 
 
 Congestive Fever, or Congestive Chills.— This is the most 
 severe and dangerous of all the malarious Fevers. It is not common 
 however, in the Northern States ; but in the low and marshy regions 
 of the West and South, is quite frequent and often fatal, in a very 
 short time, unless properly understood by the people themselves, so it 
 can be promptly treated in a rational manner, as the patient will quite 
 often have passed into a condition beyond any possibility of recovery 
 before a physician can be got to the bedside. 
 26— DE. chase's second receipt book. 
 
402 DR. chase's 
 
 Cause. — The cause, as above indicated, is malarial; and although 
 these Congestive Chills are generally of the intermittent class; yet, they 
 may occur in the remittent, but not very often. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first " fit," as Ague, or Chill Fever is often 
 called, may not vary much from the common Ague; yet, the Symp- 
 toms are generally more intense, or severe — the surface more cold, and 
 the skin more dark, or lead colored, the lips and nails almost blue, the 
 pulse more feeble, scarcely to be felt at the wrist, the breathing more 
 difficult and labored, and greater inactivity of all of the secretions 
 and excretions, the head more giddy and heavy, etc., etc., so much so 
 that the patient will care but little about himself, or herself, or of the 
 surroundings, often saying that nothing is the matter — live, or die is 
 all the same, apparently, at least. And if nothing is done to counter- 
 act, or relieve the sutferer, stupor and death may come on in tlie first, 
 and seldom further from the attack than the second, or third Chill. 
 
 Treatm.ent. — The object in these Congestive Chills, is to get up a 
 re-action, and all efforts must be directed to this end, and that too with 
 all possible speed — no time may be lost, if you do, the patient is pretty 
 sure tc be among the lost, for this world. 
 
 First, then, it is not amiss in any Chill to put the patients feet into 
 hot water — mind I do not mean warm — as hot as it can be borne; but 
 in these Congestive Chills, it is almost absolutely necessary to place 
 the whole body into hot water, keeping it as hot as it can be endured 
 without scalding, for 20 to 30 minutes; but if there is no bathing con- 
 venience — see Bathing — in the house, have sheets wrung out of hot 
 water and wrapped around the whole body, then hot irons, bricks, or 
 stones, or boiled ears of corn, or small bags of corn, or oats, placed all 
 around the patient, to get up and keep up as much heat as possible 
 until the Chill is overcome and re-action established; at the same time, 
 if Hunn's Life Drops are in the house, as they ought to be, give a full 
 dose, and repeat in half an hour, or an hour, or both if necessary ; and 
 if they are not at hand, and there is any other liniment, or spirits in 
 the house, give them freely, or as a substitute, a strong tea of Cayenne, 
 ginger, or even black pepper tea, as freely as can be borne, or got 
 down, in the great indifference and stupor of the patient; andif there 
 is quinine, in the house, or near, give 3, or 4 doses of 8, or 10 grs . every 
 half hour, which will greatly aid the restoration of the dormant, or 
 sluggish system, without the least chance of injury to the patient. 
 Notwitstanding the great prejudice of many of the honest people 
 against the use of quinine, my personal exi^erience, as well as practice 
 with others, I have no more fears in taking it than I would in eating 
 flour, as above remarked, it is the diseased condition of the system, 
 and not the quinine that does the harm. Rubbing one hand and arm, 
 and one foot and leg at a time with Cayenne, or mustard, if help is 
 at hand would be great assistants also in re-establishing the circulation. 
 
 Second.— Mter the patient has revived, and the difficulty passes 
 off, give at least 5 gr. doses of quinine every 3, or 4 hours, to pre- 
 vent the return of the Chills, which are fully as likely to return as in 
 common Ague ; and also continue a <omc and cleansing course of Treat- 
 ment for several days to aid in re-establishing general health, and 
 thereby keep off the disease ; but, in case of the continuation, or return 
 of the Chills, the Treatment will be the same, following closely with 
 mild cathartics,, tonics, etc. 
 
 But it will not be amiss to state here that these Congestive Chills 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 403 
 
 may and sometimes do arise in connection with the Remittent Fever; 
 yet, if they do, the same prompt and efficient means must be resorted 
 to, and will prove equally satisfactory. 
 
 Yellow Fever. — This Fever is a disease of hot climates ; and as 
 far as the U. S. are concerned, is almost absolutely confined to the 
 Southern States, seldom approaching the North ; and it never occurs 
 unless there has been several successive very hot days, and generally 
 not until past mid-summer ; and usually subsides also, immediately 
 after the approach of frosts. 
 
 Cause. — An intensedegreeof heat causing an unusual amount of ma- 
 larial matter from the decaying vegetable and animal matter, as found 
 in the swamps of the Southern States"; but, if the season begins only, 
 to be dry, or remains wet, with no excessive heat, it does not prevail ; 
 hence it is only occasionally that it occurs, for want of the exciting 
 Cause. And unless the season is peculiarly adapted to it, it seldom 
 efiects those persons who have long resided in the South — they be- 
 coming acclimated, as it is called — strangers, and more recent comers, 
 only, being attacked; but, occasionally, the various conditions, above 
 mentioned, all having been very excessive, the disease rages in a fear- 
 ful manner, carrying thousands of its victims to the grave, in some 
 cases with no one to prescribe for them, or assist, even, in supplying the 
 common necessities of the suffering patient. 
 
 Well do I remember how the stories of these sufferers from Yel- 
 low Fever at Norfolk and in other Southern cities in the Fall of 1855 
 called forth the sympathy and commisceration in the North; and 
 many physicians and nurses went forth in answer to the call, to aid 
 those desolate suffers, many of them never to return — their charity, 
 as might have been expected, cost them their lives, and the same un- 
 aided sufferings, which they went to relieve. 
 
 Ssntnptoms. — Yellow Fever is of an epidemic character, i. e., gen- 
 erally affects a great number in the community where it prevails at all; 
 from the fact that the cause is so extensive, but few escape its ravages. 
 It may be divided into three stages, which, in severe epidemics are 
 usually well marked, although sometimes, or when the disease is not 
 so general, the stages are less distinct. 
 
 First, there is usually the common Symptoms of Fever for several 
 days ; but sometimes only for a few hours; then a chill, in some cases 
 only slight, however, and seldom very cold, nor of very long contin- 
 uance. Following the chilly sensation, a moderate Fever manifests 
 itself, with hot, dry and harsh skin, scanty urine, and severe constipa- 
 tion of the bowels, which shows that the general secretions are all 
 very greatly deranged. Severe pain in the limbs, head, and back, 
 with very great restlessness. The stomach is also greatly opjiressed 
 and generally irritable, and most commonly retching and bilious 
 vomiting will continue through this stage, which may last from 1 to 3 
 days. The eyes are also irritable, cannot bear niuch light. The 
 tongue, for the first day, or two, usually moist and light colored, but 
 becomes red and dry as the disease progresses, with a dark streak in 
 the middle, towards the close. The pulse seldom rises above 100 per 
 minute, and has a peculiar bubble-like feeling under the finger, vanish- 
 ing almost entirely under pressure, yet in some cases it may be firmer 
 and more wirey. 
 
 Second, the Fever abates, or goes down, and all the Symptoms of 
 Fever improve, the skin softening and perhaps perspiration breaking 
 
404 DR. chase's 
 
 out ; the vomiting ceasing, or materially lessening ; and the patient 
 becomes quite comfortable, although very weak ; but the yellowish- 
 ness of the eyes and skin, peculiar to this disease (in fact the Symp- 
 tom from which it takes its name) now manifests itself, admonishing 
 you of the approach of the third stage, or stage of collapse, from which, 
 but few recover — a few hours only, carrying off the patient. 
 
 Third, — In this stage of collapse, the prostration is very great, the 
 pulse feeble, the skin a deeper yellow, the vomited matter changing 
 from the yellowish shade to a dark, or almost black, called the "black 
 vomit." Nothing can be kept upon the stomach, yet the distress and 
 pain of vomiting Avill subside ; but, in its place, the labor of the heart 
 is more considerable and distressing, the breathing also laborious, with 
 sighing, or catching for breath, etc., strength fails, delirium and insen- 
 sibility, and finally death, comes to the sufferers relief. 
 
 The black matter vomited in the last stage of this disease is be- 
 lieved, and no doubt very correctly, to be decomposed blood, which 
 from previous explanations in the description of general Fever, it will 
 be understood that in this form of Fever, the cause — miasma — has so 
 extensively diffused, or spread itself in the air, the blood has become 
 so thoroughly poisoned, it soon breaks down, and thus renders the 
 case almost, if not absolutely hopeless. 
 
 And the Symptoms are often so mild that but little attention is 
 given to them ; and, although more, or less restlessness may be pres- 
 ent, still they neglect themselves until the disease is so firmly estab- 
 lished that little hopes may be placed upon any treatment, when an 
 early attejition, with proper treatment, would have made it only a 
 mild case. 
 
 Treatment. — Although I have no personal experience in the 
 Treatment of Yellow Fever ; yet. Common Sense would teach any one 
 who is capable of forming a correct opinion from the nature and extent 
 of tlie cause, that the same Treatment that is good for a common Fever 
 would be the sensible Treatment in this ; and also teach him that, be- 
 cause this Fever prostrates and carries off its victims in 4, or 5 to 7, 
 or 10 days while other Fevers may run on 4 to 6 weeks, the Treatment 
 here, although it may be mild, must be prompt and efficient, else it 
 will be of no real benefit. 
 
 First, then, I deem it ofthe utmost importance for the person to 
 take a warm bath, with thorough cleansing and rubbing ofthe whole 
 surface, to be followed by a gentle cathartic, and with mild diuretics, 
 that the general secretions may be placed in the most favorable possible 
 conditions. 
 
 Second, place the patient in bed and keep comfortably covered ; 
 and the surface may be sponged thorouglily and often, as the Fever 
 arises; and if there is considerable nausea and vomiting, let one thor- 
 ough emetic be given, as the shock will do much towards breaking 
 up tlie unhealthy condition of the patient ; and the removal of the 
 broken down and poisonous blood from the stomach, preventing its 
 re^absorption into the system, causing a further general benefit by its 
 tendency to quicken all the secretions. Prof. Scudder, thinks that a 
 tea of peach-tree bark is very effectual in allaying the tendency to 
 nausea and vomiting. Mild diaphorectics must be given, also, to help 
 estal)lish and keep'up perspiration ; and as soon as there is any re- 
 viission,or lessening of the Fever, quinine must be given in large tlose- 
 — not less than 10 grs. for 2, or 3 times, in connection with half tea- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 405 
 
 spoonftil doses of the tinct. of gelseminnm, to be given every 2, or 3 
 hours. Although this dose of the gelsiminum, is large, yet, Prof. 
 King tells us that he has given tea-spoonful doses every half-hour for 
 4 hours, even to a young lady, followed by smaller doses to maintain 
 its effect. 
 
 Lastly, as any Symptoms may arise, or increase in severity, they 
 must be met with promptness, in a natural way — to allay nausea and 
 vomiting, mustard over the stomach, and to the feet, will generally 
 be very beneficial ; and the internal use of creosote is highly reco- 
 mended by Dr. Nott, of Mobile, for the same purpose — 20 drops of 
 creosote dissolved in a little alcohol, then mixed with the spirit of 
 miindererus, 6 ozs. 
 
 Dose, h oz., or 4 tea-spoonsfuls every 2 hours. I should say one 
 tea-spoonful every half-hour, would he less likely to oppress the stomach. 
 Mustard may be applied along the back, also to lelieve pain there. 
 By mustard, I mean, of course, a mustard plaster, in the usual way, un- 
 til its effects are shown by redness, or smarting, or both. The strength 
 must be maintained by "egg and ogg," "brandy +oddy," or "mint ju- 
 lip," which is a favorite'beverage of "the South. Beef-tea, or nourish- 
 ingsoups from oysters, chickens, etc., may also be used, even as injections, 
 if the stomach will not retain them. The stomach must not, however, 
 be overloaded in any case. Always use the utmost care, not to give 
 large quantities at a time. 
 
 The Spanish physicians, Dr. Gunn informs us, in his Family 
 Physician, mix their mustard plastei'S with vinegar to apply over the 
 stomach, and also, that they give injections of salt and water, in order 
 to overcome the tendency to the black vomit ; and that they also use 
 cream of tartar as their chief cathartic from its mildness of action, drinks 
 of tamarind water, lemonade, or otlier mild acid drinks, and in the cold 
 stage the rearm bath with mustard in it, and that they also violently op- 
 pose the use of the lancet (bleeding) and mercury ; in these I fully 
 agree with them ; for, in any Fever, heat should 'be applied to the sur- 
 face to overcome a cold surface ; and cool, or cold spongings, whichever 
 "is most agreeable to the feelings of the patient, to overcome a hot sur- 
 face where the Fever rages with excessive heat ; the head should also 
 be kept cool by cold bathings, or warm bathings, then fanning to give 
 a cool sensation, whichever is most agreeable. When the head is 
 more than usually hot, or painful, the feet are more likely to be cold, 
 or tending to coldness ; this must be overcome with mustard, or 
 with hot stones, or other heat, as most convenient. 
 
 In order to further corroborate, or prove the correctness of the 
 Treatment I have given, above, of Yellow Fever, I will also quote 
 from Dr. Beach's Family Physician. And "by the way," it will be 
 but proper to say here, that this Dr. Wooster Beach, of New York, was 
 truly the originator of the Common Sense, or American E(;lectic Prac- 
 tice of Medicine, as now followed by this class of physicians, with 
 their various imi)rovements which _/7/if?/ years of experience has added 
 to it, and which i-^ still proving so eminently successful wherever in- 
 troduced and closely followed. For a more particular account of Dr. 
 Beach's connection with the early history of the New School, see 
 the latter part of the Introduction of this Book. On the subject of Yel- 
 low Fever, Dr. Beach says : 
 
 " The only safe Treatment is stimulation. In all, where debility 
 is great, obstruction exists in some part of the system, but especially 
 
406 DR. chase's 
 
 in the skin ; hence, the insensible perspiration, by which several 
 ounces are daily discharged, from a healthy subject, is checked, and 
 the matter thus accumulated is retained in the system, or carried off 
 by other channels, producing diseased action. The skin is especially 
 inactive in Yellow Fever, and so is the liver. Hence, the bile, a fluid 
 necessary to digestion, instead of being discharged into the du- 
 odenum" (properly, the second portion of the stomach, or a space of 
 about 12 inches in length, next below the stomach, into which the 
 bile is, in health, poured from the liver and then mixes with the dis- 
 solved portions of the food as it passes on from the stomach) "is dis- 
 tributed through the system, and reaches the skin to be thrown off 
 by perspiration ; but as the skin also is inactive, and perspiration con- 
 sequently checked, this bile is retained at the surface. Hence the 
 dryness and yellowness of the skin. The stomach and bowels are also 
 paralyzed" (inactive) " therefore the loss of appetite and inability to 
 digest the food. Under this theory of causes and symptoms, the indi- 
 cation" (course pointed outj "0/ course, to use technical language, is to 
 excite action where it is most deficient, in the stomach, bowels, liver, and 
 skin ; and this can be done only by stimulants. The first step is to clear 
 the stomach by an emetic; the second by a brisk purgative ; a diapho- 
 retic should be swallowed, and the patient placed in a water, or vapor 
 batli, at a moderate heat at first, which is to be increased, according 
 to the patients strength, not exceeding 120° of Fah. till perspiration 
 appears ; and while in the bath the patient should occasionally drink 
 of ' catnip,' or other warm herb tea" (diaphoretic, of course). "On 
 leaving the bath the patient should be placed in a warm bed, and be 
 well covered with blankets, to promote perspiration. After perspira- 
 tion has ceased, the bed clothing should be gradually removed, till 
 only enough remains for comfort, and the prererition of cold." He 
 continues : 
 
 " We venture to say that this practice will cure most cases of Yel- 
 low Fever, and are told that it is almost uniformly successful among 
 the French and Spanish physicians at Havanna, while the Americans 
 and Englishare slaughtering with calomel and the lancet." (This it will 
 be remembered was written many years ago, before even the "regu- 
 lars " had at all profited from the " Medical War," arising from 
 Beach's and other Eclectic teaching). " Physicians who have attend- 
 ed Yellow Fever will admit perspiration will save the patient : a proof of 
 our theory about obstruction of the skin. They also know that when 
 perspiration first appears, its odor is offensive, and that it dyes, or 
 colors linen of a yellow, or brown color ; additional proofs of our the- 
 ory about oisirudion -ij^ </ie liver, and of the diversion" (change) "of 
 the bile from the stomach to the surface. The Innge of our practice is " 
 (therefore) "a determination of tlie vital energies from the center ioih.e 
 surface, and the excitement, or stimulation of the skin, as first remarked; 
 these are to be obtained' only, by clearing the stomach and bowels of 
 their unnaturcd loads, and exciting perspiration, and sponging the surface 
 often, with lye-u'ater." This plan will hold as good in any other Fever, 
 or inflammation, as it does in Yellow Fever. 
 
 Southern Report on Yellow Fever. — In 1855, the year that the 
 Yellow Fever made such ravages in the South, and in Norfolk, N. C, in 
 particular. Dr. Stone, an eminent surgeon of New Orleans, was introduc- 
 ed at a meeting of the New York Academy of Medicine ; and gave the 
 following valuable information respecting this terrible disease, which 
 
SECOND RECEIPT ROOK. 407 
 
 was reported by the Sri. Am., and appears to be of such apparent im- 
 portance upon the subject that I deem it propper to give it in connec- 
 tion with wliat has gone before, as it embraces some items which are not 
 embraced in the previous remarks. And as Dr. Stone has had 20 
 years of experience in the South and among tlie disease itself, it gives 
 me especial pleasure to lay his opinions before my readers, for they 
 are deeply imbued with the principles of sound common sense. 
 
 Of course, as a Northern man, I have no experience in it; and 
 very gladly avail myself of the experience of a Southern gentleman, in 
 a matter of such vital importance, to those who may come into pos- 
 session of this Work, which I hope shall continue to do good many — 
 many years, after I have passed away. The report of Dr. Stonesaddress 
 was given in the following words : 
 
 " In his opinion Yellow Fever is a specific " (positively the same) 
 "disease — the same everywhere, unmodified by topographical, or geo- 
 grapical causes, or changes of climate, but, under all circumstances the 
 same, identical and unclianged. When the Fever is epidemic " (pre- 
 vailing among the people ) " anything which disturbs the system _de- 
 velopes it" (brings it on ); "at such seasons no other disease prevails; 
 and many have it in a light manner — known to be such by the symp- 
 toms peculiar to its convalesence" (the recovery of health and 
 strength after disease ) " yet such never have it again. Even acci- 
 dents and injuries occurring at such times are sure to be followed by 
 Yellow Fever, in from 24 to 36 hours. 
 
 " Many attempts have been made by statisticts to discover its 
 cause, but, like cholera, it escapes observation. Warm climate is an 
 essential. A continued heat at a certain high degree was once sup- 
 posed to be essential, but this is now disbelieved, for, in 1847 it com- 
 menced early ; in 1853 earlier — say in the latter part of May and June, 
 when there was no steady heat. Moisture seemed not essential, for it 
 raged equally in the high lands as the low — where the high trade- 
 winds blow, or wliere the air was damp. New Orleans has daily show- 
 ers at certain seasons, and yet, without any Yellow Fever. This year 
 it was very dr}', and the sugar cane dried for want of moisture, and all 
 were suffocated by dust, when the disease first appeared. It is not 
 augmented " (increased) " by filth, or unwholesome air ; it is a deteri- 
 oration " (to have grown worse in quality) " of the vital powers, from 
 some unknown cause. Frost does not check it. As a general rule, 
 when the epidemic came early, it left early, and when late, it left late. 
 The disease has never renewed after it has ceased, by the return of 
 the people from their Summer retreats, as it would if contagious" 
 (catching, by contact). 
 
 " Some believe in its contagion, but it is incapable of generating 
 its own poison under any circumstances, were it so, being such a spe- 
 cific, marked, and formadable disease, it could not but be evident. It 
 is all around us and ice cannot so well observe this, as in smaller dis- 
 tricts where the fact is plainly to be proved. A vessel from Bremen, 
 bound to New Orleans with emigrants which came from the south 
 side of Cuba, and when one hundred miles from land took the Fevei and 
 many died. On landing, some 30 were sent to the hospital, and many 
 died there also; but, no one else took the Fever. When the Charity 
 Hospital was moved, the house was crowded, and beds were laid on 
 the floors and in the entries, etc. Many died of Yellow Fever, and 
 the beds, covered with excrements were laid in the passage, but there 
 
408 DR. chase's 
 
 was no epidemic in that neighborhood, and those lying around — even 
 the unacclimated — did not take the disease. 
 
 " Its epidemic character is almost undisputed. It woidd some- 
 times, however, appear to be contagious wliere it was not — as, for in- 
 stance, the moral effect of one case occurring in a familj^ is sufficient 
 to cause all the other members to take it — but, only,in the Yellow Fe- 
 ver region ; hence, the foregoing conclusion. Any excitement, at such 
 times was sufficient to create, or develop it. It was noticeable among 
 the unacclimated — the Northerners and others who united together for 
 self protection, the nurses and assistants were the last to take it, wliile 
 the timid, who shunned infected localities, who sneaked off to bed, 
 who feared the night air, who deprived themselves of exercise by 
 their seclusion, were by these mental causes the first to receive it. In 
 Norfolk, recently, it was believed, at first, not to be personally conta- 
 gious, but all felt that they wer^ shut up, obliged to stay and perish, 
 and the moral effect was disadvantageous. They did however, in some 
 instances, attend to their own relations, but others were unnursed and 
 neglected. 
 
 " This disease has literally no anatomical character — it is a blood 
 poison. In Yellow Fever, proper, there is no traces left to accoiint for 
 sickness, or death. Occasionally there are engorgements " (conges- 
 tion, filled with blood to excess) " from the sequela (result, from sequi, 
 to follow) " — but none to account for the black vomit, etc." (Dead, or 
 ];lack blood has, in some instances, been found in the stomach to ac- 
 count for this black vomit, showing the disease, as Dr. Stone says, to 
 be of the blood). "There was, in fact, no irritability, or tenderness of 
 the stomach, but simply hightened nervous sensibility. 
 
 " Yellow Fever is a self limited disease ; it is not to be Treated — it is to be 
 managed. All that is to be done is to keep the 'patient alive for a certain 
 time, and he will get ivell. 
 
 " The disease is ushered in with a chill, or slight rigor, often 
 scarcely noticeably, followed by heat in the forehead, pain in the head, 
 limbs, and back. If carefully managed, these symtoms will quietly and 
 gradually terminate in 2, or 3 days; but, if they get hot and dry, in 
 from 5 to 7 days, collapse, black vomit and death result. 
 
 " Among those who may be said to understand the disease, there are 
 two methods of treatment ; the expectorant — cups to the temples to re- 
 lieve cephalalgia " (headache), "slight laxatives to open the bowels, 
 and hot baths under the bed. The otliers give quinine, a remedy which 
 Dr. Stone regards as the best. His method is to give a full dose of 15 
 to 20 grs., according to strength and other circumstances at the begin- 
 ing of the disease, and perhaps 10 grs. 12 hours after; but none unless 
 on the first day ; as the second day it is entirely useless, and after that 
 actually injurious, altliough they bear it better than any other remedy. It 
 causes vomiting when given late in the disease, and is not necessary 
 for its efi'ects last several hours after its administration. Dr. Stone 
 thinks that the use of calomel should by all means be avoided. He knew 
 this, for he had followed the patients of the calomclites to the dead 
 house in plenty. 
 
 " There are some peculiarities in the disease that might not, at 
 first, strike one^the disturbed nervous system ; and especially delir- 
 ium, is one of the worst symptoms. This may appear at first, but not 
 usually. Its first evidence is restlessness and want of sleep ; objects 
 are seen as in mania-a-potu " (delirium tremens). "Narcotics pro- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 409 
 
 duce stupor and death, for the patients with this disease, are peculiar- 
 ly susceptible to the iiijlttcncc of morphine ; stimulants are much better. You 
 ■must ^vixtch to give siimnlants as earhj us j^ossible ; they then sweat off 
 and are relieved in 24 to 3G hours ; but even then they must not be 
 disturbed; if raised up they faint away, perfect and absolute rest of body 
 and mind, are indispensable. If patients become excited, the heat returns and 
 they die. Watch for sleeplessness, and give minute anodynes, and stimu- 
 lants. Give those agreeable to the palate. As they approach the 
 black vomit period with previous restlessness and acid secretions, give 
 some alkali, with minute doses — say a 20th, or a 30th of a grain— 
 of morphine, with cliarnpar/ne, ale, beef-essence, etc. Impart to the 
 patient a feeling of safety and security. The patient is to hQ managed 
 — not treated. 
 
 " Foot-baths under the clothes will often produce favorable sweats. 
 When in dry heat, forced perspiration is bad; sponging with warm 
 water is then better. The douch" (pour or flow) " is but of temporary 
 benefit, and the subsequent reaction leaves the patient worse. Spong- 
 ing with lemon juice, sweet-oil, and salt are used ; but pure water is 
 better " (I have found, in other Fevers, sponging with bay-rum the 
 best, why not in Yellow Fever? — stimulation is needed, and this is 
 very stimulating and very grateful to the patient). " Carefid covering 
 of the entire body and limbs is absolutely necessary ; but not to swelter, 
 under too much covering. If the hand only, were but exposed some- 
 times, the heat would return and a relapse follow. Some mild diapho- 
 retics " (a medicine which promotes insensible perspiration) " may be 
 given ; such drinks as the patients desire. One year they all want 
 brandy and water, other years all want malt liquors. Give that which 
 is desired, and carefully avoid even the nervous shock caused by a bit- 
 ter, or disagreeable medicine. Sponging the body under the clothes, 
 ice water to the head, generally, was followed by re-action and more 
 pain" (I think it was from the ice to the head, not from sponging, un- 
 less ice water was used to sponge with — that would cause too much of 
 a shock). "Dr. Cartwright had pursued the opposite plan of envelop- 
 ing the head in warm fomentations. 
 
 " The recent Norfolk epidemic was the identical Yellow Fever 
 seen the same in every locality, but in a severer form than ordinary. 
 It first commenced at Rio, in 1851, thence spread through Brazil, Para, 
 the Northern jjart of South America, going into the country and small 
 villages ; into the plantations heretofore unknown to be ever effected, 
 attacking negroes who seldom have it, going into the pine woods of 
 Alabama, and the heights between this State and Georgia, the next 
 year throughout Georgia and South Carolina, this year in Memphis, 
 where the epidemic was never before, and Norfolk. It is creeping 
 over the country, and there is some reason to fear, why cannot be said, 
 that next year it may reach New York. 
 
 "Dr. Stone is a man of close observation and great experience in 
 the treatment of Yellow Fever in New Orleans for over 20 years. His 
 opinions are entitled to careful consideration. 
 
 " Alas ! how terrible is the very thought that a great and popular 
 city like New York is, perhaps, standing in the pathway of this fearful 
 king of terrors. 
 
 " Inoculation for the Yellow Fever is reported to have been tried 
 in more than 1,000 cases, at New Orleans, during the past Summer 
 (1855), with perfect success." 
 
410 DR. chase's 
 
 T have found the sponging of the face and hands, and the whole 
 body and limbs, with bay-rum, to be attended with such an agreeable 
 sensation of relief, in common Fevers, pneumonias, etc., running into 
 a Typhoid, or low condition of tlie system, that I must again refer to 
 it in this connection ; for I believe it will be found of great advantage 
 in Yellow Fever ; and if the bay-rum could not be got I should use 
 even whiskey, if nothing better was at hand, or camphor spirits made 
 with whiskey, and warm, if it felt more grateful than to be used cold. 
 
 Scarlet Fever. — This disease is almost absolutely confined to 
 children, at least, it seldom elfects those beyond 20 years of age ; and 
 contrary to the efi'ect of measles, the older the person, generally, the 
 less severe the disease. It is known among physicians as scarlatina sim- 
 plex (simple Scarlet Fever), and scarlatina maligna (Malignant Scarlet 
 Fever. Some writers also make a medium division scarlatina anginosa, 
 Inflamatory Scarlet Fever) ; but this "drawing it fine" is much like 
 the style of some would-be-ladies, who make " threebitesof a cherry," 
 or, " cut a bean into halves and eat it with a fork." At any rate, 
 unless there is some throat Symptoms, it is hardly worth calling Scar- 
 let Fever, as only the mildest Treatment, upon natural principles will 
 be called for, with a little care about exposures, to prevent the severe 
 forms of the disease. 
 
 Cause. — The Cause of this disease is admitted to be contagious, 
 or catching it from others ; yet, there would necessarily appear to be 
 some other starting, or original Cause ; for it sometimes starts in a 
 neighborhood without, at least, a known case from which it might 
 have originated; yet, it is possible that it may, for a long time, lie 
 concealed in the clothing of those who have had it, or nursed, or at- 
 tended those who had ; and this thought, of some original starting 
 Cause is strengthened from the known fact, also that there are some- 
 times such a peculiarity in the conditions of the atmosphere that 
 Causes the disease to effect almost all the children of a neighbor- 
 hood, although in some cases, there is no knowledge of an exposure. 
 But, it being a well established fact that children sometimes take it 
 by its being carried in the clothes of a mother who has visited a child 
 suffering with it in the neighborhood, great care should be taken in 
 all cases to keep the rooms well ventilated, where it exists, so there 
 shall be no danger of the contagious particles from the sick making 
 any lodgment in the clothing of those whose duties call them, as as- 
 sistants to minister to the comforts of Scarlet Fever patients. 
 
 Syraptoms. — After expsoure, the disease may come on in 
 from 2 to 10 days ; usually however, in from 6 to 8 days. The usual 
 Symptoms of Fever generally manifest themselves, as langour and 
 often drowsiness, pains in the back, limbs, and head, chilliness, heat, 
 and thirst, and perhaps nausea, and finally more considerable chills. 
 The severity of the chills and other Symptoms fairly indicating the 
 severity of the approaching Fever. This Fever receives its name — Scar- 
 let — from the Scarlet appearance, or redness which accompanies the 
 disease, and which usually makes its appearance upon the surface the 
 second day after the Fever has manifested itself. This fact will make 
 it easily distinguishable from measles, the blush and spots of which 
 seldom come out before the fourth day. As the Scarlet blush appears, 
 the pulse usually increases, and the patient also becomes more restless 
 and uneasy, ana, in severe cases, delirium sometimes sets in soon 
 after. In these severe cases also, the eyes will be red, face consider- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 41 T 
 
 ably swolen, a white mucus covering the tongue which will also 
 show elevated points of a deep red; the throat, also red and the ton- 
 sils, in the sides of the throat, more, or less swollen also. The high- 
 est degree of redness, soreness, and swelling will be reached from the 
 third to the fourth day, after which, if the Treatment is favorable, or 
 the disease takes, of itself, a favorable turn, a gentle moisture, or 
 slight perspiration will take place, and the disease begin to decline, 
 known by an itching of the surface, and the scaling off of the scarf, 
 or outer portion of the skin. While, on the other hand, if the disease 
 is not properly treated the tongue and throat becomes fiery red, and 
 perhaps the whole mouth raw and tender, and thethroat becomes ul- 
 cerated down as far as can be seen, making it very difficult for the little 
 patient to swallow ; and the large amount of mucus present, causes a 
 rattling in the throat, also increasing the difficulty of breathing. And 
 this inflammation after it extends into the Eustachian tubes which 
 form the connection between the mouth and the i)iner ear, thereby 
 causing considerable pain and swelling in these parts; and the glands 
 under the ear often inflame also, ulcerate, and break ; and there may 
 be abcesses, or ulcers break in the ear, or ears, causing more, or less 
 deafness, and leave their lasting effects, even if the patient survies the 
 disease. 
 
 With Scarlet Fever there is no cough ; while in measles there will 
 be cough ; and in this disease, the redness of the surface will be more 
 uniform. There will be considerable restlessness as well as sleepless- 
 ness of the child from the smarting, or stinging of the surface, as well 
 as from the soreness of the throat, especially so in cases that take on 
 any considerable severity. The question naturally arises, here, why 
 do some cases become severe, while others are very mild? The an- 
 swer is as plain and natural as the question ! Because the general 
 system, blood, etc., in some cases is in a good and healthy condition, 
 while, in others, it is more, or less deranged and out of order. This 
 leads me to the 
 
 Treatment. — It is a well established fact, that belladonna {atropa 
 belladonna, known also as deadly night-shade, dwale, black cherry, 
 etc.,) will, to a considerable extent at least, modify, or abate the se- 
 verity of the disease, especially when its use is commenced soon after 
 the child has been exposed to the disease. So well known is this fact, 
 that, I believe, all classes of physicians recommend its use, although 
 its use is claimed to have originated with the great, little Hahnemann ; 
 great in originating a peculiar practice of medicine, and little in his 
 doses. And one thing, at least, may be relied upon in relation to his 
 followers, and that is, in the amount of medicine they give, if they are 
 true to their originator, their doses will never do any harm. 
 
 First, then, after the exposure, get tinct. of belladonna, 1 dr.; and 
 put it into a tea-cupful of water, and give it in tea-spoonful doses, 
 once in 3, or 4 hours through the day time. 
 
 Second, Bathe, or thoroughly wash the child's whole surface, every 
 evening, at bed time, with lye-water, or a plentiful use of soap, rulj- 
 bing the whole surface, after the washing, with a coarse dry towel, or 
 the hand, which will greatly add to the powers of the system to resist 
 disease, or in other words, will greatly aid to put the child into a 
 healthy condition whereby the skin, and the system generally, will 
 be in the best possible condition to bear up under disease, especially, 
 so if, at the same time the child is put upon a light diet, using milk, 
 
412 DR. chase's 
 
 as freely as it may desire, or be satisfied Avith; also givinsj; a gentle ca- 
 thartic, at once, and re^jeating it after 2, or 3 daj^s, avoiding exposures 
 to cold, or dampness of the Aveathei", whereby it might "take cold" — 
 this, in 9 cases out of 10, will remove all the danger of the disease; in 
 very many cases, at least, so modifying the disease, that there would 
 be no dangerous throat complication, from which the greatest dangers 
 always arise. 
 
 Third — On the approach of the disease, known by the chilliness, 
 let the child have your undivided attention. Extra clothing should 
 be at once wrapped around it, and its feet put into hot water, into 
 which a little mustard has been stirred, soaking them well for 15, or 
 20 minutes, giving some of the sweating, or diaphoretic teas; and as 
 the Fever comes on, add 10, or 15 drops of the tinct. of aconite, to the 
 belladonna mixture, and, if the Fever runs pretty high, give a tea- 
 spoonful of this double mixture every 2 hours until the Fever is 
 considerably reduced, then once in 3 hours, or so, to keep the Fever 
 within the bounds of moderation. This m^ay also be helped by 
 sponging the surface once in 2, or 3 hours, as the degree, or heat of the 
 Fever seems to demand. 
 
 Fourth — If the throat becomes sore, so as to be complained of, by 
 the little patient,take the best vinegar, made from ciderif you cangetit, 
 and warm it a little, unless cold is more agreeable, and take soft flan- 
 nel cloths and wet and slightly wring out of it and apply to the neck 
 and cover with dry cloths ; and as fast as this becomes hot, wet, 
 wring, and apply again, every half-hour, to an hour, or two, as re- 
 quired ; and in some cases the belladonna and aconite mixture may be 
 given as often as once in an hour, or hour and a half, to control the 
 Fever. In high Fever, the spongings may be with cool water, to be 
 agreeable to the child, keeping all parts covered, except the part you 
 are sponging. If the outside of the throat should become irritated by 
 the vinegar applications, rub with a little lard, or with a bacon-rind, 
 wiping off carefully, then applying the vinegar cloths again; and if 
 no irritation is produced, and the throat Symptoms become severe, 
 put a little mustard (flour of mustard is meant in all these items), or 
 a very little Cayenne into the vinegar until a redness is produced and 
 can be maintained. And if the evening of the second /lay, the erup- 
 tion, or Scarlet rash, does not appear upon the surface, or if it "strikes 
 in," after its first appearance, take a blanket of sufficient size to cover 
 the whole patient, the head excepted, and wring it out of hot water 
 in which a little mustard, or Cayenne, has been stirred, and wrap the 
 patient therein ; and if this does not soon relieve the dangerous Symp- 
 toms, give an emetic to aid this difficulty, which will relax the sys- 
 tem, and relieve the case, hardly ever failing. 
 
 For the throat, if there is any considerable soreness and inflam- 
 mation,takehydrochlorateofamm()nia (also called muriate of ammonia), 
 J oz. water, a tea-cupful, and give 1 tea-spoonful every 2, or 3 hours, 
 according to the severity of the soreness, or ulcerations. This article 
 is highly recommended in all diseases of the mucus membrane ; hence, 
 as the whole internal surface is covered with mucus membrane, it is 
 good in these particular inflammations of the throat. Prof John 
 King, in his American Dysj)ensatory, in speaking of this article, says: 
 
 "It has been recommended internally in all tuberculous diseases, 
 in chronic pulmonary aflections, rheumatic face-ache, hemicrania" 
 (pain in only one side of the head), "ischuria" (retention, or suppres- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 413 
 
 sion of the urine), "chronic enlargement of the prostate" (a gland ly- 
 ing along the passage of the urethra), "chronic rheumatism, chronic 
 bronchitis, neuralgia, nervous headache, chronic dysentery, amen- 
 orrhea which results from deficient uterine action, and in all chronic 
 diseases of mucus, or serous tissues." The serous tissues cover the outer 
 surface of the internal organs of the chest, bowels, etc., which also 
 secretes a fluid that keeps them moist and soft so that they move 
 upon each other without friction. 
 
 The foregoing doses are calculated for a child of from 4 to 5 years 
 old, and may be increased a little, or lessened a little, according to a 
 greater, or less age. And in case that a child is older, so as to under- 
 stand the principle of gargling, the ammonia water may be used as a 
 gargle, every hour, or so, spitting out the rinsings of the mouth ; or 
 a gargle of salt, vinegar, and water may be used, or the inhalation of 
 the vapor, or steam of vinegar and water, half and half, may be used. 
 And: 
 
 Lastly, but not "leastly," in importance, stick to these instructions 
 notwithstanding every neighbor will have a plan to recommend, by 
 which, of course, they mean well and sometimes might do well; but 
 it is not safe to be changing, when at least you have a well tried and 
 satisfactorily proved plan, which any person of ordinary Common 
 Sense, will be able to see embraces all that can be desired. All 
 that is further necessary to do is to watch the symptoms closely, and 
 meet any modification of the disease l>y the appropriate remedy, as 
 above directed ; but, in case any other plan should be adopted, let it 
 be held onto sufficiently long to give it a fair trial; but, again, do not 
 be pereuaded to make any change, without due consideration and ex- 
 amination of the philosophical reasons as to v}hy, tJie change recom- 
 mended, would be for the better. 
 
 The other Eruptive Fevers, as Measles, Small-Pox, etc., will be 
 found under their appropriate heads in the alphabetical arrangement 
 of the Work. 
 
 FILMS Upon the Eye. — To Remove.— A young gentleman, 
 who is now a butcher of this city, when a boy had a Film come over 
 one of his Eyes, which the physicians failed to cure ; but an old Ger- 
 man tanner gave bis mother the following prescription which cured 
 the case, and the Eye is still sound and good : 
 
 Take 3 cents worth of sulphate of zinc, pulverize fine and mix it 
 up with sufficient lard to form an ointment of the usual consistence; 
 and apply a little of it once, or twice daily, for several weeks, or until 
 cured. 
 
 2. M. Duputren, a celebrated French physician, for the same 
 purpose, used the oxide of zinc, white candy, and submuriate of mer- 
 cury, in equal quantities; all pulverized very finely and thoroughly 
 mixed, and blow a little of the powder into the Eye, being careful not 
 to rub nor work the Eye, soon after. But, I cannot see the object of 
 the mercury when the first preparation will accomplish all that is de- 
 sired without it. The longer standing the Film, or speck the longer 
 will the application be required to be followed, as age gives them 
 thickness, and it is not desired to put on so much as to create any 
 considerable inflammation. 
 
 FOMENTATIONS.— It is a well known fact,that heat properly ap- 
 plied, will to a greater, or less, extent, relie' e pain. From this knowl- 
 edge has arisen the very judicious plan of what is now known as Fo- 
 
414 DR. chase's 
 
 mentations, etc., etc., of applying various heated substances to any 
 particular part which, may be afflicted with any considerable pain, aa 
 to the bowels in inflammation, both to allay pain and lessen the irri- 
 tation ; to boils also, or other swellings to hasten suppuration, and to 
 aid in restoring a healthy circulation. 
 
 The American Eclectics, are celebrated for following out this 
 idea, using several at a time, or singly, the various bitter herbs, as 
 hops, wormwood, tansy, chamomile, thoroughwort, etc., boild, or 
 heated, to allay irritation and to promote suppuration ; and poppy 
 heads, stramonium leaves, or the leaves of the deadly nightshade, etc., 
 or otherwise some of the previously mentioned articles combining 
 with them a small amount of opium, whereby their anodyne efi'ect 
 is aided in allaying the pain, or inflammation in boils, white-swellings, 
 inflammation of tlie eyes, or any other parts where the severity of 
 the pain demands relief. Great attention should be given in these 
 cases, however, to wring out the water, when wet applications are 
 used, to prevent any unnecessary drippings which would wet the pa- 
 tient, or soil the bed. 
 
 2. In pleurisies, inflammation of the lungs, etc., bags of dry 
 bran, heated us hot as they can well be borne, and kept hot by fre- 
 quent changings, have done very much in breaking up the acute at- 
 tacks of inflammatory diseases — whether wet, or dry applications are 
 used, the changes must be made sufliciently often to keep up the heat 
 otherwise injury instead of benefit will be the result, more particu- 
 larly so however, with the wet applications. 
 
 3. In svirelling-s of the limbs, joints, etc., steaming of the parts 
 are often resorted to with greater benefit,by boiling the herbs in larger 
 quantities of water to allow hot stones, or hot irons to be put in occa- 
 sionally, a blanket being covered over the parts and well tucked in to 
 retain the steam. It is valuable also in felons, boils, ulcerations, etc., 
 etc. 
 
 F. MISCELLANEOUS. P. 
 
 FAINTING AND APPOPLEXY.— To Distinguish, and 
 •what to Do. — If a person Faints, he is without sense, has no pulse 
 and does not breathe. 
 
 If a person is asleep, although he has no realizing sense, yet his 
 pulse beats regularly, and his breathing is also regular, and you can 
 easily wake him. 
 
 But Apoplexy is between the two ; the heart beats, and the per- 
 son breathes as in sleep ; but there is no sense as in Fainting, and you 
 can not wake him up to a *;ense of life. 
 
 In Fainting, the face has a deadly pallor ; while, in sleep it is 
 natural ; but in Apoplexy, it is turgid, or swollen much beyond what 
 is natural, and fairly livid, or of a dark ])urple. 
 
 When a person Faints, all that is needed is to lay him down flat 
 on the floor and he will " come to." He Fainted because the heart 
 missed a beat, failed for an instant, failed for only once to send the 
 proper amount of blood to the brain. If you place the patient in a 
 horizontal position, lay him on his back, it does not require much 
 force of the heart to send the blood on a level to the head ; but if you 
 set a man up, the blood has to be shot upwards to the head, and this 
 requires much more force ; yet in nine cases out of ten, if a person 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 415 
 
 Faints and falls to the floor, the first thing done is to run to him and 
 set him up, or place him in a chair. 
 
 In Apoplexy, as there is too much blood in the head, every one 
 can see that the best position is to set a man up, and the blood natur- 
 ally tends downward, as much so as water will come out of a bottle 
 when turned upside down, if the cork is out. 
 
 If, then, a man is merely asleep, let him alone, for the face is 
 natural ; if a man has Fainted, lay him flat on his back, for his face is 
 deadly pale ; if a man has Apoplexy, set him in a chair, because the 
 face is turgid swollen, livid, with its excess of blood. See Apoplexy 
 for further Treatment. 
 
 FARMING-— A Model Farmer. — A committee appointed bj-^ the 
 New York Farmers' Club to visit Beacon Farm, at Northport, L. I., 
 managed by William Crozier, reported as follows, through its chair- 
 man, F. D. Curtis. 
 
 In 1868 there were on the place 6, or 8 cows, a pair of mules, a 
 horse, or two, and 30 head of Merino sheep. They made about 75 
 loads of manure. The 600 acres of arable land was cut into 20, or 
 more small fields, divided from each other by old hedge rows, full 
 of briars and small cedars. Several hundred acres were in the old 
 common, that yielded scant pasture for two or three months in 
 Summer. Much of this common was overgrown with oak l)ushes, 
 little cedars, and hickory stunts. Now we find the Farm stocked, 88 
 horned cattle of superior thorough bred stock, 52 horses, 27 sheep, 75 
 hogs, 300 hens, and 35 ducks ; and he buys no hay, no corn, or oats, no 
 roots. He has fifty acres in one clover field. The sole outlay for cat- 
 tle food is about $500 for wheat shorts. Instead of 75 loads of manure, 
 we estimate his compost piles for use this Spring and Summer to con- 
 tain 6,000 loads. 
 
 Manure making with this vigorous Farmer is not a theory — an 
 eflort and a wish merely — -as it is with thousands. He makes it. 
 There are the immense banks of it standing a fathom deep in the main 
 stock yard, and looming above the furrows of all the plowed fields. 
 His compost pile is not the Winter's accumulation thrown into the 
 yard from stable doors and windows to be hauled in the field in April 
 and May. Manure making composting goes on the year round ; no 
 day of Winter so frozen but it sees additions to the piles of fertilizers; 
 no Summer morning without its round of chores that swell the heap. 
 "Everything," he says, "Must have a mother; and manure is the 
 mother of all things." He keeps an ox team, and has them driven 
 steadily at work the year round, hauling absorbents and composting 
 stuff. His task is, five loads before dinner and five after dinner of 
 leaves from the woodlands, muck, weeds, and salt mud. His calcula- 
 tion is, that the solid droppings of a cow", or ox amount to something 
 like 10 loads in a year, and that 10 loads of muck and leaves should be 
 composted with it. For manure making, he says 4 sheep equal a cow, 
 a horse equals 2 cows, and 2 hogs equal a cow. 
 
 Pasture land he does not believe in. Young animals and milch 
 cows should have a small range, and run it an hour or two for exer- 
 cise. But a quarter of a mile a day is all the walk a milch cow needs. 
 This forcing a cow to range over a wild reach of hill and swamp nnd 
 moor and wood for the material to make milk of, is, he insists, the 
 crying sin of American dairymen. He is a thorough believer in cook- 
 ing for all Farm animals in Winter, and cutting green food for them 
 
416' DR. chase's 
 
 all Summer. Beginiiina;, for instance, with May, he goes through the 
 year as follows: May, old hay, the last of the stalks, and roots, and 
 rye. June, clover and oats. July, sowed corn and fresh meadow hay. 
 August, sowed corn, clover, and oats. September, sowed corn, field 
 corn, soft heads of cabbage. October and November, turnij) tops, corn, 
 beet tops, carrot tops and roots. November 15 to May 15, boiled food, 
 corn stalks, haj' and roots, steamed together and sprinkled with meal 
 and shorts, the rate being about 4 tons roots to 1 of stalks and haj^. 
 He used Prindle's boiler, large size, and a double steam box. 
 
 The stalks and roots are all cut fine, shoveled into the box, and 
 the steam let on. In about 6 houi-s it is soft so that a stick can be 
 pushed through it. It is allowed to cool to the temperature of the 
 blood before it is given to the animals. His roots, Swedes, mangolds, 
 and carrots are grown in the following manner: — Draw furrows, say 
 2 2- feet apart, and fill them with manure ; then cover with a double 
 furrow and roll flat, and open enough to receive the seed ; cultivate 
 with horse-hoe. On land not remarkably fertile he gets, 35 tons to the 
 acre ; allowing 30 bush, to the ton, that crop is 1,000 bush. He har- 
 vests by ploughing them out, first clipping the tops while in the ground 
 with a sharp steel hoe ; then he harrows over the field, lifting the 
 teeth as the roots become entangled. Then dump-carts go on and 
 gather and throw them in long piles by the road. These piles are 
 covered with tons, straw, and earth, and loads are taken out daily as 
 they are needed at the barn. With 6,000 loads of manure he has 
 enough to dress 30 acres very heavily, and all his Swedes were large 
 as also his carrots, many of them taken from anj- part of the pile, 
 measuring three inches across tlie crown. He cut 60 tons of hay, and 
 we saw at least 20 yet in the barns, (middle of Marcii), for his depen- 
 dence is upon roots. He had 32 acres in roots in 1870, and estimates 
 his crop at 30,000 bushels. 
 
 Besides these crops he has made extensive and permanent im- 
 provements. Bushes have been grubbed up, fences rebuilt on all parts 
 of the place, tough old pastiires thoroughly plowed, the forests trimm- 
 ed and raked, young groves of locusts nursed, gates hung, high yard 
 fences built and roads graded. He has the best milk'-house we have 
 ever seen not excepting the famous dairies of Delaware county, 
 west of Philadelphia. His hog pens are commenced on an excel- 
 lent model, but to describe all these and his system in connection with 
 them, would be to write a treatise on butter and pork making. 
 
 We submit this as a report of progress, and have given the chief 
 features of his faith as an agricultural thinker, and his practice as a 
 successful Farmer. Nor have we said these emphatic things from a 
 wish to praise Mr. Crozier, but simply to let Farmers know how strik- 
 ing the real successes of theii' profession are. — Hearth avdllonie, 
 
 FARM GATE — Method of Setting- the Posts to Avoid 
 Sagging-. — There is such a general annoyance with the Sagging of 
 Fariti Gates tliat I have thought it advisable to show a plan of Setting 
 the Posts, suggested by the Iharlh and Home, by which all such difii- 
 culties are avoided. 
 
 All the work may be painted 2, or 3 coats of coal tar, .before Set- 
 ting, or witli the " everlasting paittt," as given in connection with the 
 Fence Posts, — Everlasting, which see, as it is ttndottbtedlj^ a much 
 better ])lan than the coal tar. Of course it may be ojitional, with 
 every one, whether they will square up, cap, and cover their Gate 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 417 
 
 -MA.N.Ni.x 
 
 
 GETTING THE PoSTS. 
 
 Posts, or not; but they certainly should be capped; and the upper 
 hinge should go through the Post, as represented in the cut, and be 
 secured with a nut; for a driven hinge will soon draw out by the 
 weight of the Gate. It matters not with the bottom hinge, as the 
 weight of the Gate, helps to keep that one in place. 
 
 Fro. 23. 
 
 It Avill be readily 
 seen that the plan is to 
 frame the bottom of the 
 Posts into a sill, with a 
 girt to come about 10, or 
 12 inches below the sur- 
 face of the ground. The 
 dirt should be verj well 
 packed. The girt not 
 only prevents the Posts, 
 which supports the gate, 
 from Sagging towards , 
 
 the other Post, but also ' 
 
 w'ill act as a lever to 
 
 prevent it from Sagging Farm Gaii 
 
 side waj's Avhen the Gate is open, 
 
 1. FELON. — Remedies. — The London Lancet is considered high 
 medical authority by the "regulars," hence the following Receipt for 
 the cure of Felon, may be considered the latest instructions from that 
 School, upon this subject. It says : 
 
 "As soon as the pulsation, or throbbing, which indicates the dis- 
 ease, is felt, put directly over the spot, a fly-blister the size of your 
 thumb-nail, and let it remain for 6 hours, at the expiration of which 
 time, directly under the surface of the blister may be seen the Felon, 
 which can be instantly taken out, with the point of a needle, or a lan- 
 cet." 
 
 I hardly suppose that the London Lancet would answer for this 
 purpose. But a gentleman tells me, who has tried the blister plan of 
 treatment, that a white spot, or point is seen, sometimes rather more 
 deeply than the above would imply, which may be pierced with a 
 needle, but a ''lancet" would be the better, because the opening would 
 be larger to allow the escape of the matter, after which they will 
 generally get well without further trouble. 
 
 But as there are various other plans, I will name a few, as but 
 very few persons can be brought to contemplate the idea of lanc- 
 ing them, at least until they have suffered many times more pain 
 from the Felon, than the lance would cause, which is over in a mo- 
 ment. 
 
 2. Another. — An old physician informs the Journal of Medicine 
 that he has cured scores of Felons by simply wetting a cloth with the 
 tinct. of lobelia and binding it upon the parts, and re-wetting as often 
 as it becomes dry ; but this should be commenced as soon as pain and 
 swelling begins, to insure success. I know that this tinct. with one- 
 fourth as much of the tinct. of cayenne, makes a valuable liniment. 
 
 3. Another. — It has been abundantly verified that Felons have 
 been cured by steaming them several times daily, over a kettle of wa- 
 ter, in which yellow-dock root has been boiled to make a sti'ong 
 
 27 — DE. CHASE'iS SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
418 DR. chase's 
 
 liquor, a gallon, or two, the hand to be held over the kettle and cov- 
 ered with flannel, to keep in the steam, having it as hot as can be 
 well borne. Heat up the same liquor and steam the hand 3, or 4 times 
 daily, or oftener if the pain should return. This saves the injury to, 
 or stiffness of joints. 
 
 I am not i^ositive of it, but I believe that a strong decoction made 
 with tanzy, hops, or wormwood would do equally well as the yellow- 
 dock ; but if that is handy let that be used in preference. The steam- 
 ing process will soften the hard and dry skin of the hand which arises 
 from the fever attending the inflammation. And if the steaming is 
 extended to the whole body once, or twice a week, by the usual modeof 
 Sweating, which see, it would cleanse the pores of the general surface, 
 and enable the skin to throw oft" eflending matter that is being ab- 
 soibed from the Felon ; and the same will hold good of any similar 
 swelling, or sore on any part of the body, or limbs. 
 
 4. Another. — I see it stated, also, that common rock salt, such 
 as is used for salting down pork, or beef, dried in an oven, then 
 pounded fine, and mix spirits of turpentine with it, in equal parts, 
 wrap around the finger, or part afflicted, and re-wet it with the tur- 
 pentine as often as it gets dry, for 24 hours, will cure a Felon. 
 
 1. FENCE POSTS— Everlasting.— Some people may think 
 this rather a presumptions name to give to a Fence Post ; but I take 
 it from the New York Christian Advocate, which got it from the West- 
 ern Rural, which gave it as a communication ; but the nature of the 
 articles used will undoubtedly justify tlie "high sounding title," for, if 
 the charring of a Post will do much good as everybody knows it will, 
 why should it not if mixed with linseed-oil, which everybody also 
 knows to be a great preserver. In introducing the Receipt to its read- 
 ers, the Advocate said: 
 
 "There is a peculiar satisfaction in listening to the conversation, 
 or in reading the writings of positive men, of those who deal in facts, 
 and with sucii facts as have but one side and no exceptions. Such a 
 man tells us, in the Wcsterii Rural, how to preserve Posts for Fences, 
 etc. He says: " I discovered many years ago that wood could be 
 made to last longer than iron in the ground, but thought the process 
 so simple and inexpensive that it was not worth while making any 
 stir about it. I would about as soon have poplar, basswood, or quak- 
 ing ash, as any other kind of timber for Fence Posts. I have taken 
 out basswood Posts after having been set seven years that were as 
 sound when taken up as when first put in the ground. Time and 
 weather seemed to have no eflTect upon them. The Posts can be pre- 
 pared for less than two cents apiece. For the benefit of others I will give 
 the Keceipt : Take boiling linseed-oil, and stir in pulverized charcoal 
 to the (Hjusistency of paint. Put a coat of this over the timber, and 
 there is not a man who will live long enough to see it rotten." — Advo- 
 cate of Oct. nth,— 72. 
 
 This Everlasting paint, is undoubtedly far superior to the coal tar, 
 that has been used by many for a similar purpose, and the diflerence 
 in cost will not be su'tficient to keep any one from using it. 
 
 Many people think that the seasoning of Fence Posts, adds much 
 totiieir durability — there is not a doubt of it; but there is still anoth- 
 er point of great imi)ortanco, and that is, of putting the butt end of 
 Posts up, also in frame buildings, it has been verified by old mill- 
 
SECOND RErEIPT BOOK. 419 
 
 "Wrights as aninvariable, fact, that mill posts, set butt end up more than 
 doubly outlast those set top end up. 
 
 2. Another. — ^I will mention the improved plan of using coal 
 tar, as a preservative for Fence Posts, or for railroad timbers, etc : 
 
 Coal tar, 5 gals.; quick lime (stone lime freshly slacked), and fine- 
 ly pulverized charcoal, of each, 1 lb. 
 
 The charcoal and the stone lime are both to be finely pulverized, 
 and the tar made hot, in an iron kettle, then the powders stired in — 
 keeping these proportions for all that may be necessary to use. Ap- 
 
 gly hot, with a brush, or by dipping the Posts into the mixture, while 
 ot. One advantage of this, is, its proof against insects. 
 
 3. Fence Posts, Piles, and other Timber — French Method, 
 to Prevent Decay. — The following Receipt for Preventing Decay of 
 Posts.Pilos, etc., was sent to the Societe d' Encourar/ement, of Paris ; with 
 the remark that when the paint was used ''it becomes as hard as stone, 
 resists dampness and is very cheap. It has been used 5 years ; and 
 is made as follows : 
 
 "Rosin, 50 parts (ozs., or lbs.) ; finely powdered chalk, 40 parts; 
 fine, clean and hard sand, 300 parts ; linseed-oil, 4 parts ; red oxide of 
 lead and sulphuric acid, of each, 1 part." 
 
 The rosin, chalk, sand, and oil are melted together in an iron 
 kettle, and the lead and acid are then added, the acid slowly, carefully 
 mixed and applied hot. If not found sufficiently fluid, add suffi- 
 ciently more linseed-oil to allow it to spread well. When cold and 
 dry, it forms a varnish of the hardness of stone. 
 
 In applying this to any of the Fence Posts to be set in marshy 
 places it should come above the point where water in wet'times, shall 
 stand.. And I suppose properly to the whole Post. 
 
 4. Extensive experiments in Europe and the East Indies have 
 settled the fact of the value of pyroligneous acid for proferving Tim- 
 ber from rotting, that is to be placed in the ground — rail road sleep- 
 ers — more particularly, have been tested with it, and it has not been 
 found wanting. But sleepers, or as they are called in this country, 
 ties, which were laid down with them, alternately, it has been found 
 necessary to re-place, or be re-supplied, two or three times, before tho 
 decay of those which had been painted, thoroughly, Avith the acid. 
 
 The first recommendation of this article for this purpose was 
 made in this country, and published in the New York Baili/ Adver- 
 tiser, in 1S23, and as no railroads then existed, it was reccommended 
 chiefly for ship and boat building, in the following words : 
 
 " When seasoned Timber, or planks are hewn into the intended 
 shape, put them under cover for a week, or 10 days to protect tlieui 
 from the rain. During this time let the acid be applied to tlie surface 
 daily with a brush. It will penetrate an inch, or more, into the wood 
 and will be found an eflective Preservative. The central part of the 
 wood, or heart of the oak being less liable to Decomposition, it 
 will require less of the acid. The frame of the ship, or boat may be 
 put together when all of the external parts of the Timbers are com- 
 pletely saturated. Green Timber cut in thick forests, after being saturated 
 with this acid, idll be nearly as good for ships, steam and canal boats, as 
 the teak vood of the East Indies, or the live-oak of onr sea-coasts." 
 
 FERMENTATION.— To Prevent in" Wine and Cider.— I 
 see it stated in scientific papers that Wine and Cider which has been 
 allowed thorough Fermentation with access of air, and then sweet- 
 
420 DR. cease's 
 
 ened with refined sugar is not subject to after Fermentation. I can en- 
 dorse tliis, so far as Cider is concerned, having racked off 10 gals, from 
 a barrel of Cider which had been allowed to Ferment two weeks, the 
 bung being out, to which I added 10 lbs, of nice white sugar, and it 
 has not Fermented since, now over a year ; but what I allowed to re- 
 main in the barrel, witiiout racking off, although I added ^ lb. of 
 sugar to each gal. yet it did continue to Ferment, and has become, 
 now, as the saying is, "sour enough to make a pig squeal," which, to 
 me, proves the necessity of racking off from the pomace, and also, 
 probably, that 2 lb. of s#:gar is not enough for a gal. The Wine, or 
 that racked off, although still standing in a keg, is very nice — the 
 sugar adds to its alcoholic strength, as well as to Prevent its Fermen- 
 tation, no doubt. 
 
 FEVER SORES.— Successful Treatment.— White vitriol, 1 
 tea-spoonful ; copperas, 3 tea-spoonfuls ; gunpowder, 5 tea-spoonsfuls, 
 soft water, 1 qt. 
 
 Put the articles into an earthen, or glass dish, and pour the water 
 upon them, boiling hot, and stir till cool. Let it settle, and bottle the 
 clear liquid for use. It will be very black while stirring, but settles 
 very clear. Wash the sores 3, or 4 times daily. It is equally valuable 
 for fresh sores, cuts, etc. Large numbers of Fever Sores were cured 
 ■with this in Canada, by a gentleman who traveled there for that pur- 
 pose. Then I take it for granted that it will do equally well for those 
 residing in the United States. 
 
 FEVER AND AGUE, OR INTERMITTENT FEVER— St. 
 Louis Remedy. — While I was in the Russell House, at Sank Rapids, 
 Minn. I had a gentleman and his family, by the name of Hickman, 
 from St. Louis, Mo. stoping with us for some time, who, when he learn- 
 ed that I was the author of "Dr. Chase's Recipes," and would proba- 
 bly write a second work of a similar character, he psesented me with 
 their plan of " Curing Ague," which he had used for some time, and 
 knew its value ; and which, from the known nature of the articles, I 
 can fully endorse, and recommend, being much the nature of my 
 Cholagogue. It is as follows : 
 
 Peruvian bark, red, and cream of tartar, of each, 2 ozs.; Colombo 
 root, gentian and orange peel, of each ^ oz.; rhenbarb root, and chi- 
 noidin*, of each, \ oz. All the articles needing it, to be pulverized. 
 Whisky, 2 qts. Mix and stand a week, or 10 days. 
 
 Dose. — From a tea-spoonful for a small child, to 3 table-spoonfuls 
 for a man, 3 times daily. 
 
 Fever and Ague, and Boils, — Long Standing Remedy. — The 
 ground centaury (poly gala nuitallii, in English Nuttall's poly gala, or 
 ground centaury plant), is " tonic, alterative, diuretic, and anti-furun- 
 cular" (opposed to boils). " It is much used as a diuretic medicine 
 on Long Island, N. Y., where it has the reputation of being almost 
 "infallible" (specific), " as a Remedy in Fever and Ague. Two, or 
 three drs. of the plant made into a strong decoction, or tea will act as 
 a purgative. It is much used also as an alterative in Boils cutaneous, 
 or skin eruptions, and especiallg in erysipelas. A gentleman who had 
 a large Boil under his arm, which was on the ver^e of suppuration, 
 and had several smaller ones on his arms and body, macerated " 
 (steeped) " about 2 drs. of the plant in whisky, ^ pt. of which he took 
 
 *Chinoidin is found in tlie Peruvian baric, and of a very similar nature to qnlnine; but 
 by some persons is preferred as a substitute for quinine. 
 
SECOND KKCEIPT I'.dOK. 421 
 
 a table-spoonful, 3 times a day. On the seco)nl day, after commencing 
 its use, he discharged nearly four times the usual amount of urine, 
 which weaken him considerably ; his appetite improved very much, 
 and his Boils disappeared without suppurating. I have found this 
 plant decidedly efficacious in erysipelas and Boils ; and I take pleasure in 
 recommending it to the profession as a valuable remedial agent, whose 
 powers are not yet fully understood." — King's American Dispensatory. 
 
 I need orAy add here, although I have not had opportunity to try 
 this article, yet, I have always found that Prof King's recommenda- 
 tions have been found reliable ; hence, while he recommends it to the 
 physician, I recommend it to t\\Q peojde. 
 
 FILES— To Re-Out, and other Tools To Sharpen, by the 
 use of Acids. — The Scientific American informs us that " a very inter- 
 esting and economical process has been exhibited before the Society 
 d'Encouragement, of Paris, France, by M. Werdermann. Well-worn 
 Files are first carefully cleaned by means of hot water and soda, to 
 free them from grease, or oil ; they are then placed in connection with 
 the positive pole of a battery, in a bath composed of 40 parts of sulphu- 
 ric acid, 80 parts of nitric acid, and 1,000 parts of water. The negative 
 pole is formed of a copi^er spiral surrounding the files but not touching 
 them ; the coil terminating in a wire which rises toward the surface. 
 This arrangement is the result of practical experience. When the 
 Files have been 10 minutes in the bath they are taken out, washed 
 and dried, when the whole of the hollows will be found to have been 
 attacked in a very sensible manner; but should the effect not be suf- 
 ficient, they are re-placed for the same length of time as before. Two 
 operations are sometimes necessary, but seldom more. The Files thus 
 acted upon are, to all appearance, like new ones, and are said to be good 
 for 60 hours' work. M. Werdermann employs 12 medium Bunson 
 elements for his batteries." 
 
 My own judgment is that the only object of the battery, by which 
 means electricity is brought to bear upon the Files, in the process of 
 the cutting, is to save time, doing the work perhaps in a minute that 
 would require half an hour to an hour, to do without the battery; 
 hence it is, I believe a useless expense. The same proportions of the 
 Acids and water, will do the work equally well by simply placing the 
 Files in ajar, with snflicient of the mixture to cover the Files, after 
 having removed the oil and grease with the soda and water, otherwise 
 the Acids will not act upon the Files. 
 
 The plan of using a mixture of the two Acids, is undoubtedly an 
 improvement upon the old plan of using only one. 
 
 I find that in Germany, they have long practiced, even putting 
 their edge tools, razors, etc., for ^ an hour, into a dilute Acid— one- 
 20th of muriatic, or sulphuric acitl to water, by weight. When the 2 
 hour is up, they wipe it off, and after a few hours " set " the razor on 
 a hone ; and they say " The process never injures good blades, while 
 badly hardened ones are frequently improved by it, although the cause 
 of such improvement remains unexplained." 
 
 My explanation of the cause of the improvement is, that the Acid 
 carbonizes (hardens) the surface, or cutting edge. The item first ap- 
 peared in the National Intelligencer, translated from a German scientific 
 journal, which goes on to say. 
 
 " Of late, the process has been applied to many other cutting im- 
 plements. The workman, at the beginning of his noon spell, or when 
 
422 DR. chase's 
 
 he leaves oflf work at night, moistens the blades of his tools with water 
 Acidified, as above, the cost of which is almost nothing. This saves 
 the consumption of time and labor in whetting, which speedily wears 
 out the blades. The mode of sharpening here inditiated would be 
 found especially advantageous for sickles and scythes." 
 
 The Scientific American says " it may be a good recipe, but we cannot, 
 for the life of us, see into its philosophy. We can understand how the 
 dilute sulj)huric acid will combine with some of the metal, and re- 
 duce it to an oxide " (rust) " but as it will seize upon the edge of the 
 Tool more readily than any other part, how then can it sharpen the 
 edge by biting, or eating it off?" (I say by having tu^o sides, to cut on, 
 to one edge). " Dilute sulphuric acid is used in all our iron foundries 
 for eating off the scale and reducing the size of castings." 
 
 FIRE KINDLiERS— Cheap and Handy.— The Scientific Ameri- 
 can, of May 1872, informs us that " In France, a very convenient and 
 economical Fire Kindling is made by dipping corn cobs for about one 
 minute in a bath composed of 60 parts melted rosin and 40 parts of 
 tar. They are next spread out to dry on metallic plates heated to the 
 temperature of boiling water. They are then assorted, according to 
 size, and tied up in bundles. They sell for one to two centimes 
 (J cent) apiece. The' Compagnie des Allumettes Landaises' employes 
 30 workmen and makes about $40,000 worth a year." 
 
 This will certainly prove a very easy manner for families to pre- 
 pare their Fire Kindlei's ; for one corn cob, thus prepared, and lit with 
 a match will burn sufficiently long to start any fair quality of fine 
 wood; and if entered into, as a business, in large cities, would un- 
 doubtedly prove profitable. The room, or heat, to dry them will need 
 to be kep't at about 200° Fah. 
 
 FIRE PROOF WASH FOR SHINGLES.— Sulphate of Zinc 
 (white vitriol), and salt, of each, 1 lb., to lime, 1 bu. made into a wash 
 with sufhcient w^ater, and skim-milk, 1 qt. to each gallon, and apply 
 as whitewash. 
 
 1. FLAVORING- WITH LEMON AND ORANGE.— An easy 
 and successful method of Flavoring with Lemon, or Orange, is, while 
 these fruits are being used freely, with a sharp penknife, cut off the 
 yellow surface, taking as little of the white part as possible. Put these 
 thin shavings upon warm plates, and dry them perfectly ; then tie up 
 in paper bags, for use. When needed, pulverize very finel}', in a mor- 
 tar, and sprinkle into whatever is to be flavored. 
 
 Lemon, or Orange juice may be preserved several weeks, when 
 one has more than they can use, by mixing it with loaf sugar until it 
 is very thick like sii'up, without cooking, then bottle and seal. 
 
 2. Fluid Extract of Vanilla, to Make.— Prof. W. Proctor, in the 
 Am. Jour. Pharmacy, gives the following method for preparing this ex- 
 tract : 
 
 " Cut choice Vanilla, 1 Troy oz., in short transverse slices ; beat 
 it to a pulp with 2 ozs. of sugar and a little deoderized alcohol (alco- 
 hol prepared for cologne) ; put the mixture in a small percolator, and 
 pour gradually on, first deoderized alcohol, 4 ozs., and afterward di- 
 luted alcohol" (alcohol 90 per cent, and distilled water equal parts, 
 makes diluted alcohol) "till 12 ozs." (f pt,) "of tinct. are obtained. 
 Add 2 ozs. of sugar to this tinct. and evaporate it at 120° F., till re- 
 duced to G ozs. ; then add 10 ozs. of sugar and 5 fl. ozs. of water, or suf- 
 ficient to make all, a pt. Thus made. Fluid Extract of Vanilla em- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 423 
 
 bodies all the aroma" (flavor), "and is well adapted to pharmaceutical 
 and cooking purposes." 
 
 3. Sijrup of Vanilla. — To make a nice sirup of Vanilla add 1 oz. of 
 the above, Fluid Extract, to 1 pt. of simple Sirup. 
 
 1. FLOATING ISLAND.— Sweet cream, 1^ pts. ; wine, 1 gill ; 
 powdered white sugar, 1 cup ; whites of 4 eggs; dark colored jell, or 
 any kind of small fruits desired, 1 cup; flavor with any extract pre- 
 ferred. 
 
 Beat the cream, wine, and sugar well together and add the flavor, 
 and turn into a deep glass dish. Beat the whites of the eggs to a froth; 
 then mix in the jelly7or fruit, thoroughly, and pour this into the cen- 
 tre of the first, where it floats. In dipping out, take some of both into 
 each dish. 
 
 2. — Another. — Place a vessel containing 1 qt. of milk in one of 
 convenient size containing water, and set on the stove to heat. AVhip 
 the whites of 3 eggs until they will adhere to a plate if turned upside 
 down, then with'a knife pile into a pyramidal form into a deep dish. 
 Into the yolks beat 3 table-spoonfuls" sugar, and a little lemon, when 
 the milk comes to a scalding heat pour the yolks into it, and stir 10 
 minutes ; then dip it, while hot, on the whites, taking care to touch 
 every part with the hot liquid. 
 
 FLY PAPER. — Venice turpentine and molasses, in equal por- 
 tions, melted together and spread, lightly, on paper, plays stick-um- 
 fast, to all that light Tipun it. 
 
 FOOT ROT IN SHEEP. -See Carbolic Acid. 
 
 FRECKLES TO REMOVE.— See Cosmetics. 
 
 FRESH GRAPES AT ALL SEASONS.— We once knew a 
 gentleman who supplied his table witli Fresh Grapes from one Sea- 
 son to another. His plan was to gather when ripe the largest and 
 finest bunches of Grapes and pack them in saw-dust, using in place 
 of boxes common nail kegs. After carefully packing the desired num- 
 ber of kegs, he buried a lot in a trenrh dug in higli, dry ground, 
 beneath a shed where the water could neither fall nor soak 
 in. Before using the saw-dust, he carefully dried it, either in the sun 
 or in an oven, until it was entirely free from moisture. We never 
 witnessed the packing process, but we know he always had the Grapes, 
 and in this way he told us he preserved them-. After being buried 
 for months, the Grapes were as sweet and finely flavored as if just 
 gatliered from the vines. The process is cheap and may be easily 
 tested. If it will preserve the Grape, a new and profitable business 
 may be built up. Bunches of fresh ripe Grapes in the Spring would 
 be a novelty ; and being that, would command a high price. We 
 hope that some of our Grape-growers will try the experiment. — Dela- 
 ivare Repnhlican. 
 
 1. FROSTING GLASS.— A strong solution of sulphate of zinc 
 in water, is used upon the inside of Glass, which, after it becomes 
 dry, is covered with a coat of varnisli. It prevents people from look- 
 ing in, and yet does not materially obstruct the light. 
 
 2. Another. — Another and perhaps better plan is to take a ball 
 of freshly worked putty, the size of a hen's gz^, and cut it into 
 halves, then taking one of the pieces between the thumb and fingers, 
 dab the flat side upon the clean glass until suflicient of it has stuck to 
 the glass to give it the desired appearance of Frosting. This does 
 not require varnish. 
 
424 DR. chase's 
 
 FRUIT JELLIES.— To Prevent Moulding-.— Cover the surface 
 with pulverized loaf sugar to the thickness of ^ inch; then paste on 
 the paper, as usual, that has been covered on the under side with white 
 of egg, or glazed cloth. 
 
 2. In place of the powdered sugar, some drop a piece of white 
 writing paper, into brandy, or alcohol, after it has been cut just the 
 size of the tumbler then lay it upon the top of the Jell, and some 
 use the white of ege, the same as for the outer covering. 
 
 1. FURNITURE POLISHING PASTE, STAINS. FILLING 
 CRACKS AND THE PORES OP THE -WOOD, ETC.- A very 
 nice polish may l)e given to Furniture by using white wax, IJ ozs. ; 
 Castile soap. } oz. ; spirits of turpentine, 5 gill ; water, ^ gill. 
 
 Shave the wax finely and put it with the turpentine for 24 hours ; 
 then shave the soap very fine also and boil in the water and mix 
 with the wax and turpentine. Keep covered when not in use. Ap- 
 ply to the whole surface and Polish with a chamois skin or old soft 
 silk. 
 
 2. Black "Walnut, Imitation Stain and Polish. — When it is 
 desired to give poplar, or other light colored woods a finish in imita- 
 tion of Black "Walnut, or to give Black AValnut, itself, a uniform color, 
 take asphaltum and pulverize it and place it in a bottle and pour over 
 it benzole*, twice the bulk. Put in a warm place and shake it occa- 
 sionally until dissolved. Apply with a brush, or cloth. If it shows 
 too dark, reduce with the benzole. It will soon dry. Then if it is de- 
 sired to bring out the grain more plainly, use boiled oil and turpen- 
 tine ; but put no oil with the Stain, as it takes longer for it to dry. 
 
 To polish, after all is dry, use f shallac varnish and A boiled oil 
 shaking as used. Apply a little with a cloth and rub briskly. This 
 works well also on old varnished Furniture. 
 
 3. Jean John of Bockford, 111., informs an enquirer for a sol- 
 vent for gum shallac through the Scientific American, that, in place of 
 a solution of borax, which was given by an other, as a solvent, he 
 might prefer the following : 
 
 " Heat Ih lbs. of shellac in 1 gal. of rain ■water until the gum was 
 soft and stringy ; then add 1 lb. of saleratus, which will cut the gum 
 and render it clear. This is used by some Furniture dealers under 
 the name of 'light varnish'." 
 
 4. Another Polish. — Rosin and bees-wax, of each, 1 oz.; ben- 
 zine, 2 ozs. Apply with a rag, and Polish with old silk. Touch the 
 least bit of boiled oil, to gloss, as it is finished. 
 
 5. Furniture— To Fill the Cracks and Pores of the "Wood. 
 — Slack recently burned lime, and take one-third as much of this lime 
 powdered finely, as needed for filling any Cracks in Posts, or any parts 
 of Furniture, and two-thirds rye flour, and mix into a stiff paste with 
 boiled linseed-oil, and fill the Crack, with it, in preference to putty. 
 Color to suit the shade of Furniture, with burned umber, or if for 
 other colored woods use other proper coloring matter, to suit the color 
 fo the wood. 
 
 This makes a good Filling for the Porous Woods. It is applied, 
 as a Filling, by placing the Furniture so that the face, or surface to be 
 
 * Benzole is an oily substance, of great solvent powers, obtained from soft, or bitu- 
 minous coal. It will dissolve rubber, or jjutta-percha, as well as asphaltum. It is used 
 also to clean kid sloves. It is one of the .scoii-compositions— beinsr G parts of hydrogen, 
 to 12 of carbon. The spirits of turpentine was formerly used for these purposes, but it is 
 not equal to Benzole as a solvent. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 425 
 
 Filled lies level, then apply a good coat of boiled oil, and immediately 
 sprinkle the mixture all over the surface, then with a soft rag rub it 
 well into the Pores, until you see they are all well Filled. 
 
 Wipe off all superfluous oil, and mixture. Go over the whole ar- 
 ticle in the same way. And Avhen it is thoroughly dry, varnish as 
 usual. The surface will be perfectly smooth, if the Filling has been 
 properly done. The lime should be thoroughly pulverized, to avoid 
 scratching. Whiting has been used for the same purpose, but, recently 
 this mixture has been considered the best. But some persons prefer 
 to use the rye flour alone, and in the manner shown in No. 6, below. 
 
 6. Furniture Finish, for Black "Walnut — and other Porous 
 "Woods. — For Finishing Block Walnut, or any other Porous Wood, 
 if it is desired to have a smooth surface, it is important, before var- 
 nishing, to fill the Poren, so that the varnish may not enter the AVood, 
 leaving an uneven surface. There are many compounds in use for this, 
 several of which have been patented ; but a simple and effectual ar- 
 ticle is fine rye flour colored for black valnut, with a little burned um- 
 ber ; and upon this dark colored Wood, the plan of applying it is to 
 have boiled oil, with a little Japan and turpentine in it, then mix in 
 the rye flour and grind in a paint mill, and work it well into the Pores. 
 For light colored Woods the Japan woiild have a tendency to darken 
 the shade, if that is objectionable, leave out the Japan. 
 
 GALL-STONES, OR BILIARY CALCULI.— Successful 
 Remedy. — The hardening of some portion of the Gall in the Gall- 
 bladder although they take the name of Gail-Stones, they do not 
 partake very much of the nature of stone, as in the kidneys where it 
 takes the name of gravel, and is considerably like a stone ; while the 
 first is more like dried Gall itself, which it probably is, or, rather, I 
 should think, condensed Gall, for I do not see much chance for it to dry 
 in the Gall-bladder, surrounded with the fluid, of which it seems to be 
 apart; but it may be a chemical combination — there being such a 
 state, or condition of the liver, that some of the component parts of 
 the bile readily combine with other parts forming these Gail-Stones. 
 
 "Warren says: "These stones, so-called, are composed, chemi- 
 cally, of cholesterine" (a stiff fat ; a fatty substance resembling sper- 
 maceti), "bile pigment" (the coloring matter of the bile), "choleic acid" 
 (an acid found in the bile), "choleate of soda" (the choleic acid com- 
 bined with soda found in the system), "mucus, earthy salts, and mar- 
 garin" (a pearl-like substance found in some of the vegetable oil, and 
 in the fat of some animals) " and its compounds. A nucleus" (center, 
 or point) "seems to be first formed, and then a gradual accumulation 
 takes place upon its surface." 
 
 These words — cholesterine, choleic, choleate, etc., undoubtedly 
 come from the word choler, signifying anger, or ivrath, derived from 
 the French cholere, Lat. cholera, and a Greek word also, all, in their 
 respective languages, signifying the bile, which was formerly believed 
 to he the seat, or cause of anger, which, is injurious to any one, hence, 
 these words would indicate something bad, or viciovs, as against a 
 healthy condition of the bile, which is the fact. 
 
 Cause. — But few writers pretend to give a Cause for the forma* 
 tion of Gall-Stones, except it be "found in the constitution of the bile"! 
 astonishing, indeed, that is plain enough, they hit it the first time ^ 
 But what is the Cause of this particular "constitution of the bile?" In 
 
426 DR. chase's 
 
 our opinion, a degenerating condition of the general system, and a 
 changed condition of the liver, especially by which, in place of the 
 fat, Avhich usually goes to the whole system, is turned upon the liver, 
 causing what is known as "fatty liver," but which is also somewhat 
 prevented by the turning of this fatty substance — cholesterine — into 
 Gall-Stones. To substantiate this idea, I depend considerably upon 
 the following explanation : 
 
 Although but few medical writers pretend to be satisfied that they 
 can give the true Cause of this disease, yet fewer pretend to give a cer- 
 tain cure — only seek to give relief by anodynes, anesthetics (such 
 things as produce insensibility), etc., to deaden the pain as the Stones 
 are passing through the biliary duct, or pipe which connects with the 
 hepatic, or main duct leading from the liver into the duodenum, from 
 the Lat. hepar, the liver; and thus pass into the intestines to be passed 
 off with the feces; while Gravel, or Stone from the kidneys pass into 
 the urinary bladder, and these sometimes accumulate to such a size that 
 they have to be cut down upon, or rather cut up to (as the cutting is 
 from the perineum which comes from a Greek word meaning soro<f<TO, or 
 bag, literally meaning then, the part between the anus, and genital 
 organs — the lower end of the l>ody) and removed, the operation being 
 called lithotomy, from Greek words signifying astone, and tocut ; and 
 although it has usually proved a very dangerous operation, there has 
 been only a few persons who have proved competent to the work. 
 
 It gives me very great pleasure, therefore, to lay before the pub- 
 lic, a complete cure for both of these diseases. 
 
 Symptoms. — Persons who have Gall-Stones in formation, and pass- 
 ing, will have an almost constant uneasiness in the region of the liver 
 (in the right side under the short ribs), and near the pit of the stom- 
 ach," with frequent spasms, or greater severity of pain, 2, or 3 hours 
 after eating, like the pains of colic, causing him to roll and tumble 
 upon the floor, bending himself nearly double, perhaps ; and also caus- 
 ing him to press upon this region, by which he sometimes obtains relief. 
 These severe paroxysms of pain are caused by the entrance of one of 
 the Stones into the ducts which are too small to allow them to pass 
 without great distention, and sometimes pain is also caused by even 
 rather small stones whose edges are rough and jagged, tearing their 
 way, as it were. The excruciating pain stops when the Stone reaches 
 the duodenum, or upper intestine, by which route it is passed by 
 " stool." 
 
 These severe pains cause very great exhaustion, the pulse being 
 weak, the face pale, and the whole surface covered with a clammy 
 sweat. The greatest danger arises from the stoppage of a large Stone 
 in the duct, called an " impaciion," and it can, only hope to be passed 
 by great relaxation of the whole system. 
 
 The general remedies have been the carbonate of soda, 2 drs., to 
 water, 1 pt. to counteract the acid stomach, from which it was suppos- 
 ed the Stones were formed. The solution was to be taken hot, and in 
 large draughts; and full doses of opium to relieve the pains. Fomen- 
 tations, which see, of hops stramonium (.Jamestown Weed, or "jimp- 
 son"), or poppy-heads, were recommended as local applications ; and 
 finally a hot-bath, or the vapor-bath to produce free perspiration, with 
 an infusion, or tea of asclepias tiibcrosa (pleurisy root) and lobelia, to 
 produce complete relaxation ; and if the patient was not relieved, the 
 use of chloroform to control the pain, was the final resort. 
 
sb:cond receiit book. 427 
 
 Prof. Scudder says that " various remedies have been proposed as 
 a solvent" (capable of dissolving) " Gall-Stones, but with zjcj'i/ Ziii^<!, or 
 no success ; the one most relied on was a mixture of three parts of sul- 
 phuric ether, with two parts of spirits of turpentine. 
 
 " At present, however, soda and chloroform are used for this pur- 
 pose. It is believed that cholesierine is held in solution by a salt of soda, 
 and that its deposit " (as in Gall-Stones), " is evidence of a deficiency 
 of this salt; hence the bi-carbonate and sulphite" (of soda) "areusea 
 in doses of 5 to 10 grs. 3 times a day. Chloroform," however he says, 
 " is the best solvent for cholesterine, and is given in doses of 10 to 20 
 drops, once a day." 
 
 Should it not then " give me the greatest pleasure" as above re- 
 marked, to be able, as I fully believe, to give a complete cure for this 
 terrible disease, as shown in the letter below? 
 
 Treatment. — I will give the Treatment of this disease by saying, 
 that from the time that I first commenced to write this Work, there 
 has been manifested, by almost every one of my friends and acquain- 
 tances, especially those of a Ziicrary taste, not only a willingness, but 
 an anxiety to aid me in placing such things before the people as should 
 make "i)r, Chase's Second Receipt Book" really and truly what 
 might be expected of a man who had spent almost a lifetime in this 
 branch of medical and practical science. To this end a gentleman by 
 the name of Perkins, formerly a resident of this city told me of the 
 cure of Judge Paine, of Cleveland, O., of the terrible disease now under 
 consideration, — Gall-Stones, — by the use of sweet-oil. And as I had 
 not then heard of, what I now believe to have been the origination of 
 this plan, with Dr. Pitcher, of Detroit, formerly Prof, of Practice in the 
 " University of Michigan," J at once addressed a letter of inquiry to Judge 
 Paine, asking him as to the facts of the case, and whether he was will- 
 ing, for the benefit of others suffering under the disease, to let his 
 name go before the public together with all the information he could 
 give me on the subject. In answer to the enquiry I received the fol- 
 lowing letter ; and I take this public method of acknowledging my 
 indebtedness to the Judge, and in the name, and for the sake of hu- 
 manity, I thank him for it; and I would also add that I have not a 
 doubt but what those who may use the same plan, shall receive the 
 sayne benefit. Other cases soon after came to iny knowledge, as seen be- 
 low, that fully confirm and establish the success of the sweet-oil Treat- 
 ment- Judge Paines letter, or answer was as follows : 
 
 . OFFICE CLERK COURT OF COMMON PLEAS, ? 
 
 Ci>EVELAND, O., August 21, 1871. j 
 HORACE FOOTE, 1 
 
 SAMUEL B. PRENTISS, > JudgCS. 
 EGBERT F. PAINE, j 
 
 Dr. a. W. Chase: — Your favor of the 17th, is before me, and it af- 
 fords me pleasure to comply (as fur as I am able) with your request. 
 
 In 1S64, at the age of 54, and weight of 210 lbs. I found myself 
 gradually declining in health, and energy, at times, subject to the 
 most intense pain in the region of the kidneys, back, and at tlie pit of 
 the stomach. These attacks grew more frequent and severe, and to 
 my friends and physician became alarming. I was supposed to bela- 
 boring under the worst form of dyspepsia, and was treated for that by em- 
 
428 DR. chase's 
 
 inentmen of all Schools. I had but little faith in any School, and there- 
 fore tried them all, and it took them two years to reduce me from 210 
 to 150 lbs. and to convince me and my friends that there was no help 
 for me but the grave; and my sufferings were such that, at times, 
 this was not an unpleasant thought. At this point I learned from a 
 layman — not a doctor — that I had no dyspepsia, but Gall-Stones, and 
 the lay brother jjrescribed and I took his medicine and was perfectly 
 cnred. His remedy was two East India pills (sec explanation follow- 
 ing this letter) upon retiring. These did not operate as a cathartic, but 
 were a little loosening. The 2d. night upon retiring I drank a half 
 pint of Olive oil. The third night I repeated the oil, and the next 
 day I passed 38 Gall-stones of difierent sizes from pigeon shot to the 
 half of a chestnut. The fotirth night I repeated the oil, but had a 
 passage of only a few Stones, and they small. I immediately began to 
 improve and continued to do so for a month; when I was again taken 
 as bad as ever. I turned down the oil three nights in succession with 
 about the same restilt as before, and improved again. These attacks 
 continued and were Treated in the same way for six months, when I 
 found myself entirely rclieved,and the doctors in possession of more than 
 140 Gail-Stones. I have liad no trouble from any cause since. My 
 health is good and my weight about 200 lbs. The pills did not seem 
 to be indispensible, although they doubtless helped the oil. When 
 the oil is taken, the stomach should be as free as possible from acid, 
 and kept so for the night. The pills I took were procured from Doc- 
 tor Mendenhall, of Cincinnati, but I was never able to get any more. 
 This is very briefly my condition, Treatment, and the result. If 
 it should contribute in any way in relieving the dreadful suffering I 
 endured for two years I shall have been well paid for Writing, and 
 you rewarded for whatever use you choose to make of it. 
 Yours, in great hitste, 
 
 R. F. Paine. 
 
 About the time of receiving the foregoing letter of Judge Paine, I 
 learned that a friend, Chauncey Joslin, Esq., a lawyer of the city of 
 Ypsilanti, Mich., had also been cured of the same difficutly, by the 
 same Treatment. I therefore called upon him and learned the follow- 
 ing facts, i. e., that, as he believes, and as I now believe, the use of 
 sweet-oil, in the cure of Gall-Stones, originated with Dr. Pitcher, as 
 above mentioned, and in the following way. He had a case under 
 Treatment, a lady who was very bad, and at the same time, he was 
 reading the History of Sicily, where Gall-Stones are not known, and 
 where a large amount of pure Olive oil is used, at least as freely, and 
 for about the same purposes for which we use vinegar. This struck 
 him as peculiar, and he at once concltided that this free use of Olive 
 oil, and the use of the fruit as a piclie, accounted for the absence of 
 the disease in the Island of Sicily. Concluding then that what was 
 good as a preventive, would be good as a cure, he at once commenced 
 its use, to the great relief, and final cure of his first, and afterwards 
 many other, jiatients, until finally he adopted the following method 
 of giving it : 
 
 1. Give an injection of the smallest possible amount of warm wa- 
 ter, say ^ of a tea-cupful, into which put tartar emetic, 2 grs. and laud- 
 anum, 3 fl. drs. The reason of giving this by wyVciion is to relax the 
 system, relieving the pain, and to avoid disturbing the stomach, but 
 to leave it clear and fr(>e for the retention of the oil. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 429 
 
 2. Ten hours after the injection has been given, give of the pur- 
 est Olive, or sweet-oil, G to 8 ozs. All to be taken at a draught. 
 
 It will be seen, above, that Judge Paine followed the oil plan, for 
 3 nights in succession, or until he began to pass the Gall-Stones, or 
 one might hope, until lie had passed all — 38. And this plan I should 
 certainly recommend ; and the injection might also be repeated if there 
 was pain from passing the Stones through the small ducts. 
 
 The above explanation of Dr. Pitchers reasoning was given me by 
 Mr. Joslin, as having been received from the Doctor, himself, when 
 he called upon him for Treatment ; and, notwithsta,nding, that Dr. 
 Pitcher was a "regular" physician, his prescription had not come 
 " through the books," hence, Mr. Joslin informed me, that the Doctors 
 of his own city, discouraged him from using it, although they could not 
 cure him, calling it a "humbug" (and yet Dr.Pitcher wasamemberof 
 their own School — Alopathic — I should say of 7io school, if not willing to 
 learn), yet it cured him, and six others, to his knowledge, one of which, 
 however, from not obtaining a pure article had to do the work over 
 again. Mr. Joslin further informed me, that he has not felt a symp- 
 tom of the disease since his cur q three years agfOjandknowsof none with 
 the others. The "East India Pills," mentioned in Judge Paine's letter 
 was no doubt composed of the same materials as Dr. Pitcher's Injec- 
 tion, got up by someone who had heard Dr. Pitcher's explanation, in 
 order to blind his patients, and make them think that no one else 
 could perform the cure without them ; but I fully believe, with the 
 Judge, that the "pills," nor the "injection, are indispensable," but 
 that they relieve the pain of passing the Stones through the small 
 ducts, by relaxing the system, when pain is present, there is no doubt. 
 I trust that no one after reading this array of testimony will have 
 \\r\y doubt of giving the sweet-oil plan a fair and full trial. I would 
 Iso refer here to the Treatment of " Gravel," which, I believe, will 
 so prove perfectly satisfactory. It will be seen that the name of 
 )celyn — not Joslin — occurs in that disease. These gentlemen al- 
 lough spelling their names different, and not known to each other as 
 ood-relations, have undoubtedly sprung from the same English stock, 
 id by the freak of some of their forefathers, the spelling of one, or 
 e other has been changed ; but that is a small matter, as comiaared 
 ith the cure of Gail-Stones, or Gravel. 
 
 GENERAL. DEBILITY.— In the Spring, more especially than 
 other seasons of the year, many persons are afflicted with a feeling 
 General Debility, i.e., of great weakness, and sometimes with a 
 use of sinking, or faintness, yet having no especial pains, and no par- 
 ;ular apparent cause to attribute the difficulty to, the whole system, 
 )wever, being in about the same condition — weak and feeble. 
 
 Cause. — I think the Cause arises from a change in the tempera- 
 re, food, and, in many cases, neglect of the general health, i. e., 
 iring the Winter the cold air has stimulated to exercise, and called 
 r more than the usual amount af food, while, at the same time, bath- 
 gs, because " it is cold " have been neglected, so has cathartics, 
 uretics, and other necessary precautions to maintain good health, 
 d also been overlooked, as the extra exercise, above refered to, and the 
 neral hiliarity of the season has enabled many at least, to pass along 
 thout any apparent inconvenience from these neglects ; but now 
 mes on the warm., and often the damp weather of Spring, which gives 
 stimulation to the skin, but rather weakens it, while it is also more, 
 
430 DR. chase's 
 
 or less clogged for the want of proper cleansing, this is thrown back 
 upon the internal organs, and a General Debility, or an actual disease 
 is soon manifested, as a perfectly natural consequence. 
 
 Treatment. — If bathings, or general washings of the whole sur- 
 face have been neglected through the Winter, they must now be re- 
 sorted to as often as once, or tuice a week, at least, saline cathartics, as 
 cream of tartar and sulphur, citrate of magnesia, or the Seltzer Apperi- 
 ent found in drug stores, or such cathartic as any one is in the habit 
 of using, or can easily obtain, must be used to thoroughly cleanse the 
 system and prepare it for some of the tonic bitters, or the root beers, 
 or sirups as given below, will soon set most persons all right again, 
 and those who do not soon receive this general benefit, have only to 
 faithfully continue the course a little longer. The beer, or sirup refer- 
 ed to may be made as follows : 
 
 Take the bark of the root of sassafras, common black cherry-tree, 
 bark, sarsaparilla, dandelion, burdock and yellow dock, the roots of 
 each, and of each a good sized handful amounting to 3, or 4 ozs., 
 may be taken ; and in sections where they grow, a few twigs of spruce, 
 or of spicebush, or as we used to call it in western New York, fever- 
 bush, may be added. 
 
 Let all these articles be moderately boiled in 2, or 3 gallons of 
 water for several hours, or until the strength is well out; then strain, 
 and if it is prefered to use as a sirup, boil down to a proper consistence, 
 or quantity, then add white sugar at the rate of about 2 lbs. to 1 qt., of 
 the very strong decoction, and dissolve by heat; then add ^ pt. of the 
 best rye whisky to each qt., of the sirup ; or otherwise keep it in a very 
 cool place so it shall not ferment. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful to, 2, or 3 table-spoonfuls, according to 
 the age, size, and robustness of the person taking it. 
 
 But a very satisfactory way is to add sufficiently more warm wa- 
 ter to the decoction, when strained into a keg, to make about 5 gals, 
 then add about 1 lb. of sugar to each gal., or sufficient to give it the 
 proper sweetness to the taste, with yeast to cause it to ferment, as a 
 small beer; then, as soon as it has.begun to ferment, drink a common 
 tumblerful of it with each meal, and as often between meals as you 
 like. 
 
 Let this course be pursued by every family, every Spring, and there 
 will not be one-half of the present amount of sickness, especially if the 
 beer and cathartics are faithfully attended to for 3, or 4 weeks — a ca- 
 thartic being taken at least once each week. 
 
 GRAVEL— STONE, OR URINARY DEPOSITS.— The for- 
 mation of the system is such that any substance which may be intro- 
 duced into it, in food, or drink, which do not go to build up and sup- 
 port it, as well as worn out matter, shall be carried off largely, by the 
 kidneys, which, not only form a kind of strainer, but also a pumping 
 apparatus to free the system of all surplus water wherein are found, 
 sometimes acids, then again alkalies, and sometimes calcareous, or 
 Stony matter, as aLso the over abundant salts of such minerals as are 
 found in the food, or drink, as above remarked. And sometimes 
 some of these elements, or first principles that go to build up 
 the system, one found in excess of the natural wants, and it is depo.s- 
 ited, or found in super abundance in the urine, by letting it stand in 
 the vesel containg it, and sometimes they may be found to be of a 
 character not found in healthy urine ; and they may be deposited in 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 431 
 
 the kidneys, ureters (small tubes, or pipes that carry the urine from the 
 kidneys to the bladder), or in the bladder, where they take the name 
 of " Gravel ;" but, in perfect health the urine does not deposit any 
 thing of this character until after it has undergone decomposition — in 
 other words, in perfect health these elements are found in such harmo- 
 ny of combination as to cause no disturbance. 
 
 The infont, or youth, the middle aged, and the old are all subject 
 to this disease. 
 
 Cause. — The positive, or absolute cause of Gravel has not been de- 
 termined with any degree of certainty ; but the prevailing opinion is 
 that it is found most frequently in persons of a weak, or debilitated 
 condition ; and, hence, whatever will correct this tendency to debility, 
 or weakness, will also have a tendency to prevent Gravel. 
 
 Sources of Urine. — It will aid, perhaps, in understanding, or 
 judging of the cause of Gravel, to condense the foregoing remarks by 
 saying that the chief sources of urine are, first, from an over abundance of 
 fluid, or drink, taken into the stomach, which if not soon pumped off 
 by the kidneys would greatly embarrass the functions, or peculiar 
 work of the system — second, from imperfectly digested foodhy reasons of 
 which an imperfect assimilation, or adaptation of the food, or some parts 
 of it, are not pre})ared to build up the system, but must be thrown off 
 by the kidneys — and the tldrd source of urine is found in the ivorn out 
 particles of the system, which have done their work, but must then be 
 got rid ofj to prevent their decay in the system, by which its utter de- 
 struction would soon occur. 
 
 Composition of Urine. — The Urine, in a healthy state contains 
 Urea (one of the elements, or component parts of the urine, coming 
 from the Greek words which signify Urine, and to make water — it is 
 separated from the blood). Uric acid (also called lithic acid, coming 
 from a Greek word meaning a stone), sulphuric acid (an acid contain- 
 ing sulphur), phosphoric acid (an acid containing phosphorus), lime 
 magnesia, and phosphate of soda (phosphorus and soda combined); 
 but it is only, as before remarked, that this disease occurs when one, 
 or more of these are found in considerable excess. 
 
 To ascertain whether the Urine is unduly acid, let a piece of bhie 
 litmus paper (kept by druggists, or book stores) be dipped into it, and 
 the acidity of the Urine will turn the blue paper to a reddish, or red 
 color, according to the degree of acid present; but if the blue is not 
 changed, then dip in a piece oired litmus paper and if the Urine is 
 alkaline, it will be changed to blue. If no change occurs, in either 
 case, take it for granted that the difficulty is in some other portion of 
 the systems ; but if undue acidity, or alkalinity is found to be pres- 
 ent, tlie opposite — alkalies, or acids as the case may be, are the proper 
 remedies. 
 
 SsTraptoms. — Sudden pain in the region of the kidneys, some- 
 times so severe as to cause the person to faint away, or to have con- 
 vulsions. The pain may extend down to the groin and thigh, leav- 
 ing a numbness upon the side affected, and, if a male, a retraction, or 
 drawing up of the testicle, on that side. The pain is caused by the 
 passage of the Stone, or Gravel through the ureter, or tube leading 
 from the kidney to the bladder, similar to that of gall-stones passing 
 through thegall-duct. The severity of the pain of course, dependsupon 
 the size of the Gravel, or upon the roughness of its surface ; and the 
 pain ceases when the Gravel stops moving along, or when it reaches 
 
432 DR. chase's 
 
 the bladder; sometimes, liowever, the)' are so small that none, or no 
 considerable pain is felt in passing through the ureters, or in passing 
 the canal leading from the bladder, called the urethra, — the greatest 
 danger arises from some of these particles remaining in the bladder, 
 forming a nucleus, or center to which other particles adhere, until a 
 Stone, or Gravel of su(;h dimension is formed that it cannot be passed, 
 and for which, heretofore, lithotomy (the act of cutting and removal, as 
 mentioned under the head of Gall-Stones), has been the chief 
 remedy — crushing,however, has also, sometimes,been performed, called 
 litJiotrily, by introducing forceps, made for the purpose, into tlie blad- 
 der, through the uretha, to crush the Stone so linely as to allow of its 
 passage with the Urine, then to wash, or rinse out by introducing, or 
 injecting water into the bladder by tlie same passage. 
 
 Treatment. — The general Treatment of this disease has been so 
 unsatisfactory, that it gives me very great pleasure to be able to lay be- 
 fore my readers a course, or plan of Treatment which has proved so emi- 
 nently satisfactory in the case of Dr. Jocelyn, President of Albion Col- 
 lege, Mich., that it leads me to hope that it will prove, generally, as 
 satisf;ictory to others as it has to him, and of this I liave no doubt, 
 provided, that the same watchfulness and care should be given by 
 others who may have occasion to use it as he has done in his own 
 case. 
 
 And it will be but proper for me to state, here, that I have been 
 well acquainted with Dr. Jocelyn for several years, and have done 
 considerable printing for him, or rather for the College under his direc- 
 tion. And while he was at my office, at one of these times he men- 
 tioned the fact of having had the personal experience that gave him 
 this knowledge, and expressed a desire that it might be given to the 
 world through my first book of " Recipes," which I was then publish- 
 ing, but as that work was stereotyped it could not be put in ; and, hence, 
 was not obtained until the writing of this, " Dr. Chase's Second Re- 
 ceipt Book," for which he has taken especial pains to prepare it, after 
 my request for him so to do. His answer to my request was in the fol- 
 lowing words: 
 
 My Dear Doctor : — You ask me for my "Cure for Gravel." That is 
 probably dignifying the matter with too great a name. I will, how- 
 ever, give you the history of my own case. If it shall aid any poor 
 sufferer, I shall be more than repaid. 
 
 From early boyhood I had some difficulty with my kidneys. 
 About 1860, when 3(j years old, I was attacked with " Gravel." I was 
 pronounced, probably, incurable. The concretions formed in the pel- 
 vis of t lie kidneys. Some were pure lithic acid crystals — others were 
 lithate, or urate of lime and resembled what some call,, "Mulberry 
 Calculi." I have lain as long as five days in one attack passing more, 
 or less "Gravel" each day. Have been tv:enly hours in passing one 
 piece from the kidney to the bladder. I had no trouble after the con- 
 cretions reached the bladder— they passed the urethra without any seri- 
 ous dilficulty. The difficulty was'in the ureter, the passage from the 
 kidney to the bladder. I tried various and sundry remedies, the first 
 ones, of course, were recommended by my physicians, all with about 
 tlie same result. The last "attack of Gravel" I had was in September, 
 1863. (It is now Jan. 1st, '73). I have had some uneasiness since, and 
 quite frequently, for a time, passed red sand ; but since Sept. 1863 have 
 not lost a (lav from the disease. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 433 
 
 I used buchu, niter, juniper berries and whiskey, gin, lager beer, 
 at times as they were recommended to me, with little if any benefit. 
 The alcoholic and malt preparations, I think, were injurious. I am 
 confident that in my case they increased the tendency to the forma- 
 tion of Gravel. Hence I would say avoid all such liquors in Gravel. 
 I used spearmint, gravel weed, cleavers, and various other home-spun- 
 remedies, but found them simple diuretics. I also used "seven barks," 
 or "nine barks" [hydrangea arborescens — very good to expel the forma- 
 tions from the bladder), and many other preparations, but grew no 
 better. 
 
 After some months of experiment and much inquiry, and reading, 
 and consultation, and prayer, I settled upon the frllowing course, per- 
 severed in it, and under the blessing of God, I think, I am cured. 
 
 1. I neutralized the acidity of my stomach by the use of bi- 
 carbonate of potash, in doses as large as tea-spoonful doses, three 
 times a day — oftener and larger if necessary to neutralize the acidity 
 of the stomach. This frequently rendered the urine alkaline — as shown 
 by the test of litmus paper. The use of the bicarbonate of potash 
 sometimes produced a lieavy, unpleasant sensation at the neck of the 
 bladder which was speedily relieved by using tea-spoonful doses of 
 the bicarbonate of soda 2, or 3 times in the place of the bicarbonate 
 of potash. 
 
 2. I used a meat diet chiefly, and plenty of it — mostly rare beef, 
 and avoided all fruits and vegetables that would increase the acidity 
 of the system. Lemons and apples were almost the only fruits I 
 could use with impunity. A glass of crab-apple cider 2, or 3 times a 
 day, at meals, or jiure liard cider, not too hard, would sometimes aid 
 me. I used the eider part of two Winters udih benefit. 
 
 3. Good cofi'ee, the best Java, without milk, or sugar, used at each 
 meal, and sometimes at night, cold coffee, before retiring, helped me 
 much. The regular use of the best Java coffee, as above, I consider 
 one of the most benefieial things I did. Tea was an injury to me. 
 
 4. I ate freely of. raw onions — the large red onion is the best — ate 
 them at each meal. Cooked onions were worthless. , 
 
 6. When I needed a diuretic, (and I always used one if I found 
 any sand in my urine,) and after a day, or two, followed it with the 
 "Constitution Water, (an article kept by druggists). I used equal parts 
 of uva ursi and buchu- — using ^ tea-spoonful, each, of the fluid extracts 
 for a dose, every 3, or 4 hours. Tins makes the best diuretic I have ever 
 found. 
 
 If I became the least costive I used " Tarrant's Seltzer Aperient." 
 When not using the bicarbonate of potash, I would very frequently use 
 a little of the Aperient, daily. 
 
 7. As a medicine to change the secretion of the kidneys I de- 
 pended upon " Greggs Constitution Water," taken according to direc- 
 tions. I would take a bottle, or two and then desist for a time ; then 
 take half a bottle, or a bottle, depending upon my symptoms and then 
 desist entirely for a time. While taking this I did not use the potash, 
 or the .soda, unless I had a sour stomach, and then only enough to 
 neutralize the unnatural acid of the stomach. Nor did I use the diu- 
 retics at this time ; but I did use the onions and the coffee and a good, 
 well selected nutritious diet — one that would not be likely to sour on 
 the stomach. 
 
 8. I gave up the use of hard water and used filtered rain water, 
 
 28 — DK. chase's second eeceot book. 
 
434 DR. chase's 
 
 9. When suffering from a " fit of the gravel " I depended mainly 
 upon the hot bath — the whole body in water as hot as I could bear it, 
 and as long as I could endure it. When not in the bath, local appli- 
 cations of flannels wrung out of hot water applied to my back and sides 
 aided me. The use of the hot bath was to relax my system that the 
 Gravel might pass. I also used the diuretic at this time. If not suffer- 
 ing so much that I was compelled to use the bath, I smoked tobacco and 
 drank coif ee freely. Wheninthose fearful paroxysms of pain occasioned 
 by the passage of the Gravel, in addition to the use of the liot bath, and 
 diuretics the doctor would give me quite large doses of morphine and 
 ipecac, how much I do not know, as I depended on him for the dose, 
 not using narcotics at any other time as they were injurious to me. 
 
 I believe my dear Doctor I have told you all I did fir the Gravel. 
 I think I am cured, I have not had a " fit of the Gravel " since Sept., 
 1863. I was troubled with uneasiness and the passage of red sand oc- 
 casionally for some time after that. 
 
 I am still careful of my diet. I avoid, or eat very sparingly of 
 most of the acid fruits. Apples and lemons are the only two that I 
 can eat with impunity. I do not know that others can do even that, 
 and they migh eat fruits that would ruin me. Some have recom- 
 mend theuseofthepie-plantand similar fruit. Pie-plant, strawberries 
 and all such fruit I was compelled to give up while recovering, or neu- 
 tralize their acid in the stomach, with bicarbonate of potash. I eat 
 sparingly of them now, or destroy their acid with the potash, or soda, 
 as I do not desire to run any risks. 
 
 I think that by the course indicated above, and by careful atten- 
 tion to what is eaten — eating plenty of wholesome food — avoiding all 
 that disagrees with one, or sours on one's stomach, many may be aided, 
 and very probably cured of this terrible disease. 
 
 You will please pardon the length of this letter; and if after read- 
 ing it you deem its suggestions of sufficient importance to occupy a 
 place in your " Second Receipt Book " you may publish them. 
 
 JOCELYN. 
 
 Although I cannot follow this case by speaking of as many cures 
 by it, as in the treatment of gall-stoxes, yet, in a few cases where 
 there were positive symptoms indicating more, or less difficulty of this 
 character; it has given such satisfaction, that, with the known nature 
 of the articles used, I have the fullest hopes, of its general success. 
 G. MISCELLANEOUS. G. 
 
 GARDEN COMPOST, OR MANURE. — Persons living in 
 cities, or villages, who keep but few, or even no domestic animals, 
 about their stables, nmy still make quite a quantity of Manure for the 
 Garden, with but littlelabor. The plan is to carry back all the grass 
 mown from the lawn and begin 2,, or 3 Compost "heaps, upon which 
 throw slops from the house ; then the grass and weeds that are hoed, 
 or pulled from the Garden must be added to them, at each hoeing, and 
 all the offal and slops from the house be continually added to the piles, 
 in rotation, being careful to pull all the weeds before the seed is ripen- 
 ed ; then with the leaves that are shed in the Fall, together with the 
 accumulations of the hen-house, and piggery, to be intimately mixed 
 with the Compost heaps, and at the proper time, spread upon the 
 Garden, it will be found valuable, audalso very considerable, yearly, in 
 amount. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 435 
 
 GIRDLED FRUIT TREES, BY MICE, TO SAVE.— When 
 Mice Girdle Fruit Trees, in tlie Winter, for want of other food, if tliere 
 is snow on, and the ground frozen, cover up witli snow and tramp 
 down solid, until a thaw comes on, then bank up tlie earth to cover 
 above the wounds, even if it goes clear around, and the Trees will be 
 saved. If two higli for banking up, cover with clay and tie on with 
 cloths. 
 
 1. GLASS CUTTING, FOR HOME USE.— Common thin 
 Glass can be Cut very satisfactorily by taking an old worn-out three- 
 cornered file, grind the end to a three-cornered point ; heatit red hot, 
 and immediately phmge it into a mixture of snow and salt, or cold 
 water and salt. Re-touch it on the stone, to remove the scale, and it is 
 ready for use. If rightly done it will give very good satisfaction. In 
 using it hold the file nearly perpendicular, slightly inclined forward, 
 and with a gentle pressure draw it rapidly over the Glass, without 
 changing its inclination to the surftice. In Cutting thick Glass, it is 
 safer to cut on both sides before attempting to seperate the pieces, but 
 thin Glass may be Cut with the greatest facility. When the point be- 
 comes dull from use, it will produce only a ragged surface — scratch — 
 but will not Cut. It then needs re-grinding. A single turn of the 
 stone is sufficient to put it into working order again. Such a Glass 
 Cutter is very serviceable for preparing Glass for various purposes, 
 using a straight-edge, of course, as a guide. 
 
 2. Ground. Glass, Imitation, for 'Windo'ws. — To make Win- 
 dow Glass, in fronts, have"the appearance of Ground Glass, and keep 
 people from looking in, take a pale varnish and put in a small amount 
 of Paris white, and apply as a paint. Light is still admitted freely 
 throush it. 
 
 GLOSS, OR STARCH POLISH.— To give shirt bosoms, col- 
 lars, etc., a fine Glossy appearance, when ironed, make the the Starch 
 as follows : 
 
 Take a piece of white wax the size of a small hickory-nut, and 
 shave it finely, and put it into the dish with the Starch for an ordina- 
 ry washing containing J doz. shirts and a doz. collars, and pour soft, 
 boiling water, upon it. It will dissolve about as readily as the Starch, 
 and gives the desired Polish. Spermacti, or finely pulverized gum 
 Arabic, in the same quantity, will answer the same purpose. 
 
 To give the shirts the best appearance. Starch them through the 
 above, before they are hung out to dry ; then in place of sjirinkling, 
 before ironing, take a spoonful, or two of Starch, according to the 
 amount of shirts, collars, etc., in the wash, and wet it up with water 
 only so hot that the bosoms, collars, risbands, etc., may be wet in the 
 Starch and wrung, or squeezed out as dry as you can, and rolled up 
 for an hour or two, before ironing. The plan of sprinkling Stai'ched 
 shirt bosoms removes much of their stiflness, and Gloss; and the idea 
 of hanging out shirts to dry before Starching, is just so much extra la- 
 bor. Whatever needs Starching at all, do it before drying; and what 
 is to be extra nice wet them with Starch water, as above, in place of 
 sprinklinsi, or wettinc-down. as it is called. 
 
 GLUE FOR READY USB— for Furniture, Dishes, Belting, 
 etc. — For families which are constantly needing Glue to reniedy the 
 carelessness of servants, and the awkwardness of children, shown in 
 the breaking of chairs, and other articles of Furniture, Dishes, etc., the 
 following liquid Glue will give great satisfaction: 
 
436 r)R. chase's 
 
 Take a stout bottle capable of holding i pt., and put into 
 it isinglass, broken line, 2 o/s.; then put in good whiskey enough 
 to cover it all. Cork up and set by for a few days, wlien it will be 
 Ready for Use — in Summer, without heat — in Winter by warming in 
 hot water. It will keep any length of time, if kept corked. Tallow 
 the cork well ; or, what is better, after it is dissolved, is to tie a piece 
 of thin rubber over the mouth of the bottle, or dip a thin piece of mus- 
 lin into melted bees-wax and use in place of the rubber ; and if set by 
 in a tin box having a cover so much the better. 
 
 To mend Dishes, set them in the stove oven, or on the drum until 
 they are as warm as you can handle them, theji apply to both edges 
 and hold together until it " sets," which will be but a few moments, 
 then put by until thoroughly dry, before using — for split-table leaves, 
 they must be held together by clamps, until dry ; chair rounds, when 
 <jlued and re-placed will generally hold ; if not they must be kept in 
 place until dry ; for leather Belts, put a weight upon them. 
 
 Good common Glue treated in the same way, does well for wood ; 
 but as the isinglass answers for all purposes, it is decidedly preferable. 
 
 2. Liquid G-lue. — Merchant Kelly ; of Bentonville, Ind., re- 
 ports as follows to the Scientific American. 
 
 " Messrs. Editors, — The following is a method by which I have 
 prei)ared Liquid Glue, and have found it very convenient : — 
 
 "Take the Glue in any quantity desired, and dissolve it in as small 
 a portion of boiling water as possible ; it will then be found too thick 
 for use. While it is still hot, take the Glue pot from the fire, and thin 
 the Glue to the proper consistency with alcohol ; then put it in a bot- 
 tle, the mouth of which must be covered with India rubber, or other 
 material impervious to the air. 
 
 " Liquid Glue made in this manner, and placed in bottles, may be 
 keptReadv for Use for several years. 1 have some Glue, which I now 
 use, that was thus prepared six years ago, and is now as good as when 
 made. It only requires to be slightly warmed, for application, during 
 cold weather." 
 
 The alcohol prevents putrefaction and freezing, the same as the 
 whiskey does in No. 1, although the isinglass has not the same tendency 
 to putrefaction that the Glue has. 
 
 3. Qlue, Water-Proof. — Take of gum sandarac and mastic, and 
 white turpentine, of each, 1 oz.; alcohol, 1 pt. Dissolve the gums in 
 the alcohol, using heat if necessary, then add the turpentine ; and 
 have ready a very thick Glue, same quantity — 1 pt — in which there 
 has been added I an oz., of isinglass, dissolved. Make the alcoholic 
 solution boiling hot, by having it in a pan, inside of a kettle, or anoth- 
 er pan of water ; then slowly add the hot Glue, stirring constantly un- 
 til thoroughly mixed. Strain through cloth. It is to be applied hot. 
 It dries quickly, and becomes very hard ; and surfaces of wood united 
 with it do not seperate ichen immersed in boater. — Harpers Bazar. 
 
 GLiYOERINB— How Obtained, Its Uses.— Glycerine exists in 
 oil, lardj etc., and is obtained in the process of making soap, being left 
 behind in what is called the " mother liquid." It is sweet to the taste 
 and dissolves in water, and will dissolve quinine ; it is free from acid, 
 allays irritation, and does not ferment. It has been used as a substi- 
 tute for cod liver oil, is valuable for chapped hands, and sunburnt 
 faces, and for irritation experienced by some after shaving; in per- 
 fumes for the hair, etc., etc., and is growing in popularity, as a knowl- 
 
SECOND RECEIPr BOOK. 437 
 
 edge of its various uses are being extended by experience; and as it is 
 now a commercial article, and easily obtained, tliere is one application 
 which ought to become generally known. This is the pi'operty it pos- 
 sesses of dissolving out the odorous principle of flowers. The leaves 
 of roses, hyacinth, jassamine, geranium, etc., are to be put into a ground 
 stoppered "bottle, and Glycerine left in contact with them for 3, or 4 
 weeks. All of the perfume will be extracted, and as the Glj'cerine 
 will mix readily with water, a scented wash can be prepared for the 
 hands, as well as an extract made for use in the preparation of Per- 
 fumery. If the Glycerine be left in contact with red pepper balls, it 
 will extract a princiiDle very strengthening to the hair, and less dan- 
 gerous than the preparations of cantharides now often used. 
 
 1. G-RAPE CULTURE. —Notwithstanding that many foreign 
 Grape vines have been introduced into the United States, supposing 
 that they would flourish wherever peaches would do well, yet, the 
 probability is that wherever the Isabella and Catawba, which are "im- 
 proved natives," have been introduced, no other Grape will supercede 
 them in their proper latitude, in the range of the Southern shore of 
 Lake Erie, and South of that, but North of that, except perhaps on the 
 islands of that lake, the Concord and Hartford, are more reliable be- 
 cause earlier. The vinyard must be well tended; and well drained, 
 and at distances from the cities where bones in abundance can not 
 be obtained, swamp muck, exposed to a Winter's frosts, makes the 
 best manure, unless well rotted stable manure, is on hand, and is 
 thoroughly mixed with good loomy soil, as it is not expected that 
 night-soil will be made use of to any extent. 
 
 Some train their vines on wires fastened to posts 20 to 25 feet 
 apart, and some train over common trellises and allow the vines to 
 pass over and down the opposite side aaid take root again at the top. 
 No vine should be permitted fo grow only one shoot the first year. 
 
 The ground should be kept loose, free of weeds, and notwithstand- 
 ing that manure should be well mixed with the soil to a considerable 
 depth in setting out, the surface should be manured every season. 
 
 It is claimed by some, that even "barrens" may be turned into 
 fruitful vinyards— money and labor will do many things. Even in the 
 vicinity of New York city, from 1,500 to 2,000 gals., of wine have been 
 made from an acre — using 1 lb of sugar, — nothing else — to each gallon 
 of juice. Five gals, of this would make 1 gal., of brandy. The fallow- 
 ing: 
 
 2. Hints on Grape Culture, communicated to the American 
 Agriculturist, hy "Keystone," of Erie Co., Pa., will coroborate some of 
 the above points, and also give some important additional thoughts. 
 The writer says: 
 
 As to soil and site I shall say but little, only to have them high 
 and dry ; both, if possible — the latter, at all events. I have found 
 that Grapes will bear anything but too much water; in fact, I never 
 yet saw them suffer for want of it, when intelligently cared for, or 
 wholly neglected, but have, in one, or two instances, known of vines 
 being injured by extreme Summer pruning, and the damages charged 
 to the drought. At this age of Grape Culture I do not think it neces- 
 sary to waste words on this part of the subject. A comparison of the 
 extreme wet season of 1869 with the e.x;treme dry one of 1870 leaves 
 no chance for argument. Such extremes are seldom experienced, but, 
 as teachers, are worthy of our closest scrutiny. 
 
438 DR. chase's 
 
 As to varieties I would be more explicit. Having had above thir- 
 ty varieties under cultivation for several years, I can speak positively 
 and favorably of only three inaddition to the old standards — Isabella, 
 Catawba, and Clinton. These are Concord, Hartford, and Ives. Some 
 others have done well in favorable seasons, but these have invariably 
 done well. Have stood the test of 20° below zero in Winter, and 94" 
 above in Summer ; the deluging rains of 1869, and the droughtof 1870; 
 and have paid their way handsomely every season since theiirst bear- 
 ing year. It is true the quality is not best, but so long as nine out of 
 ten consumers judge by sight rather than taste, these varieties will sell 
 at paying prices. They can be grown at half the cost of Delawares 
 and lonas, while they now command nearly as much per pound in 
 market as the latter. We are told that this state of things will not al- 
 ways exist ; but my convictions are that no planter will live long 
 enough to regret his choice if he plant acres of these varieties. I know 
 the market is sometimes over-stocked with Grapes of these varieties in 
 bad condition, hut it is because of iheir had condition, and not from a 
 lack of excellence in the fruit. I have tested this many times by put- 
 ting such fruit on the market in good condition, and realizing more 
 than market quotations, with a ready sale. 
 
 I would not discourage the planting of new varieties. In fact 
 " test vines " of all of them are desirable; but the certain, regular in- 
 come from reliable varieties is what growers want, and must have. 
 When these test vines prove themselves worthy, adopt them if a grain 
 ahead of the old ones, but not until then. 
 
 What few hints I have given, if well heeded, would have saved 
 me some money, besides a good deal of vexation, and I give them to 
 save others the same ordeal. 
 
 3. Grape Grafting. — We have met with many experienced per- 
 sons who have never seen the Grape vine Grafted. The process is so 
 easy, that thousands who are anxious to possess the new varieties, 
 should especially take care of their old roots and insert scions of the 
 new. No clay, or covering of the Grafted part is necessary, beyond 
 the natural soil, below which the Graft is to be inserted. Saw off your 
 stock and put in your scion which has 2, or 3 buds upon it, wedge-f;ish- 
 ioned, asin the "cleft-Grafting" of fruit trees, and then cover up a 
 few inches, leaving 1, or 2 buds above the ground. Where the stock 
 is very large, and inconvenient to split, a gimlet hole, so made as to 
 bring the two barks together answers. The sprouts of the old stock, 
 as they start u]), to rob the Graft, must be pulled off. Grafts often 
 bear some fine clusters the first season of growth, and many more the 
 second. In this way the old stock of wild Grapes, removed from the 
 woods, are very useful, with due care. We have lately seen an old 
 Catawba vine that was wanted for shade 40 feet off, laid down for 1 
 year till it had rooted well, and then was Grafted with jjerfect success, 
 and fruited the first year. — Horticulturist. 
 
 The above knowledge will enable any person to obtain a vine from 
 the earliest and choicest varieties in their neighborhoood, when they 
 cannot obtain a root. 
 
 4. Grape Jelly. — Take as many Grapes as you design to use, 
 and put them into a jar and place it in an oven, or on top of the drum, 
 to draw out the juice, then squeeze them through a cloth, and to each 
 pt. add 1 lb. of loaf sugar if a clear article is desired, if not, use brown 
 sugar, and boil it slovyly about 1 hour ; after which, pour into the bowls. 
 
SBCOND RECEIPT BOOK. 439 
 
 tumblers, or Jell dishes recently introduced, in which it is to be kept, 
 and next day cover the top i inch thick, with powdered white sugar; 
 then, if in tlie Jell jars, screw on the top; and if to be put up in bowls, 
 or tumblers cover with paper for preservation. It will make a very 
 nice article if loaf sugar is used. 
 
 5. Grape Juice, or "Wine from Tame, and from "Wild 
 Grapes.— Under the above head, D. L., in answer to an inquiry 
 through the Scientific American says: 
 
 "That if the Grape Juice be from cultivated, or Tame varieties of 
 Grapes, the way to make good Wine out of it is to let it ferment with- 
 out any admixture of any kind, and to draw it ofl;' clear in the Spring, 
 when it will be a pure and wholsome Wine, ready for use, or the mar- 
 ket. If the Juice be from Wild Grapes, and, as is usual in that case, 
 veri/ astringent and deficient in sugar, let M. T. M. add to it equal parts 
 of water, and to each gal. of the mixture 2, or 3 lbs. of white sugar. 
 Both formulas make good Wine, but the former pleases better the 
 European and the latter the American taste." 
 
 Of course, if lib. of sugar is added to a gal. of Grape Juice, the 
 Wine will contain that much more body, or strength, and would cer- 
 tainl} suit the taste of many, better than without it ; and in the case 
 of the Wine from AVild Grapes, I should not add more than 2 qts. of 
 water to I gal., of the Juice, then add 2 lbs. of sugar to 1 gal. of the 
 mixture, it will then be very nice. 
 
 6. Grapes, Successfully Kept Until Spring. — Grapes have 
 been Kept Successfully until March, by picking them on a bright clear 
 day, when partly ripe, and the bunches cleared of all imperfect ber- 
 ries ; <^hen placed in stone jars holding 1 to 2 gals, only, and placing 
 these jars in a trench in the ground, so deep that the top of the jars 
 shall be 10 to 12 inches below the surface, placing boards over them 
 and tlien covering up with dirt — of course this could be done only in 
 a dry soil, and by sufficient covering to protect them from frosts. 
 
 7. Ripe Grapes and other fruits are also being successfully kept, 
 now, in cold cellars, or rooms purposely built, so that the temperature 
 can be kept, by the use of ice, just above the freezing point. The se- 
 cret of No. 6, is that the Grapes are not to be quite ripe when picked 
 for putting away. 
 
 GRAFTING WAX.— To work well early in the Grafting sea- 
 son, while the weather is still cool, the Wax must be a little softer, to 
 spread nicely, than later, as the weather becomes warmer. 
 
 1. Then for cool "weather, take rosin, 4 lbs.; bees- wax, 1 lb. ; 
 and linseed-oil, 1 pt. Melt all together and pour into cold water ; and 
 as soon as it is sufficiently cool to be handled, grease the hands a lit- 
 tle and begin to work it, by pulling out, doubling over, and pulling 
 out again, etc. The more it is worked, the easier it will spread, and 
 the nicer it will be. 
 
 2. For warm weather, add 1 lb. more of rosin to the Wax mix- 
 ture, above, and work otherwise the same as No. 1. 
 
 This plan has been successfully followed by a neighbor of mine 
 for several years. He has Grafted for me twice, hence, I know his 
 plan may be relied upon. 
 
 3. The Old plan was to use rosin, 1 lb.; bees-AVax, i lb.; and tal- 
 low, i lb.; otherwise worked as the above. In trimming trees, when it 
 becomes necessary to cut off very large limbs, the wound, or stub 
 
440 DK. chase's 
 
 should be covered with the Grafting Wax. The over-growth will be 
 quicker. 
 
 GRASS, OR MEADOW LAND— Successful Management. 
 — In England, the farmers have to pay a rent, that in this country- 
 would make the farmer open his eyes, with astonisJinient ; hence, 
 they must so Manage it as to obtain the largest possible production. 
 To do this they drain their Grass Lands 5 ft. deep, 66 ft. apart, unless 
 the soil is very heavy, when 33 ft. is tlie distance. Twenty loads of 
 fine compost per acre is spread each year, and the Grass harrowed 
 each Spring with a heavy iron harrow, which spreads the manure and 
 opens up the Grass. It is then rolled with a heavy roller once in each 
 direction across the field. Treated thus, a farmer is enabled to pay an 
 annual rental of $20 to $50 per acre. 
 
 If this Management is good in England, would it not prove equally 
 valuable in the United States, especially so in all of the older States, 
 where the Meadows have been long seeded down, and certainly need 
 enriching with manure, as well as loosening about the roots. " A 
 word to the wise is sufficient." 
 
 GREASE, OR PAINT SPOTS, TO REMOVE FROM CLOTH- 
 ING.— Grease, or Paint is quite often got upon a nice article of Cloth- 
 ing ; and it then becomes quite an important point to romove it with- 
 out injury to the texture of the cloth, and without change of color. In 
 cases where it has but just been done, simple benzine is all sufficient; 
 but if at all dry : 
 
 1. Take alcohol, ^ pt.; sulphuric ether, 2 ozs.; pure carbonate of 
 potash — salts of tartar, 10 grs. ; soft water, 2 ozs.; oil of bergamot 
 i oz. 
 
 Dissolve the carbonate in the water, and put the oil of bergamot 
 in the alcohol,and then mix all together and cork for use. The berga- 
 mot is only for flavor ; it will be as effective without it. Apply to the 
 Spots with a bit of sponge, wetting thoroughly, and if the Paint is at 
 all dry, or if the Grease has been on sometime, so as to have become 
 dirty, apply several times to soak up and soften the glazed surface,and 
 the dirt will crumble ofi'and brush away without trouble. 
 
 2 For common Clothing, water and alcohol, of each, 4 ozs.; and 
 aqua ammonia, 1 oz. mixed, will do as well, and be less expensive; 
 but for fine Clothing, No. 1, or benzine, or benzole, which see, is pre- 
 ferable. 
 
 3. In case any Clothing changes color by coming in contact with 
 an acid, an alkali of sufficient strength will neutralize the acid and 
 restore the color — the same holds gooil of an alkali, an acid will neu- 
 tralize the alkali, and restore the color. I had a very satisfactory ex- 
 perience of this fact only a short time since. I stooped down near 
 to a kettle of alkaline washing fluid, nearer than I supposed, when the 
 corner of a black dress-coat dipped into the fluid, which being strong, 
 immediately made it a nice brown, but the quick ajjplication of good 
 cider vinegar neutralized the alkali, and restored the color, in a mo- 
 ment. 
 
 GUM, OR PASTE FOROFFICE USB.— Soft water, 3 ozs.; gum 
 Arabic, 1 oz.; glycerine, \ oz. Dissolve by heat, and bottle for use. 
 The glycerine prevents it from si)()iling and does not injure its stick- 
 ing qualities. 
 
 1. GUN BARRELS— Improved Process for Browning.— 
 The latest and most Improved Process of Browning Gun Barrels, is by 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 441 
 
 the use of the tinct. of iodine, 1 oz.; soft water, J oz. Mix, and apply 
 with a clean rag and allow it to stand 6 hours, then use the stiff wire 
 brush upon the Barrel in the usual way, and rub it over with some 
 bees-wax dissolved in turpentine and the work is complete. With 
 the old fluids used, 24 to 36 hours were needed. 
 
 2. Varnish for Gun Barrels, Stocks, etc. — Alcohol, 1 pt.; 
 shellac, 1 oz.; dragon's blood, 2 drs. Dissolve. 
 
 This Varnish isalso used for Stocks of Guns and makes a reddish 
 brown stain. 
 
 It would be found a good Varnish for any light colored woods, re- 
 quiring such a shade of color. See also,BR0WNiN(i Iron and Steel. 
 
 3. Another. — Another plan of Browning Gtm Barrels, or other 
 articles of iron, or steel, is to dissolve in 4 parts of water,2 parts of crys- 
 talized chloride of iron, 2 parts of chloride of antimony and 1 part of 
 gallic acid, and apply the solution with a sponge, or cloth to the article, 
 and dry it in the air. Repeat this any number of times, according 
 to the depth of color which it is desired to produce. Wash with wa- 
 ter and dry, and Anally rub the articles over with boiled[ linseed oil. 
 Tlie metal thus receives a Brown Tint and resists moisture. The chlo- 
 ride of antimony should be as little acid as j^ossible. 
 
 HEADACHE. — Headache is a very frequent and annoying dif- 
 ficulty to persons not enjoying natural good health. 
 
 Caiise. — Headache may arise by a determination, or rush of 
 blood to the head, or to some other organ closely allied to it by sym- 
 pathy, as by a deranged condition of the secretions, or by the deficient 
 secretions, more particularly of the skin, or kidneys. 
 
 Symptoms. — In case of Headache from a rush of blood to the 
 Head, the pain will be intense and throbbing, flushed face, heat etc.; 
 but from ordinary causes, there will be no especial Head Symptoms, 
 except the pain, more, or less severe, according to the general derange- 
 ment which causes the difticulty. 
 
 Treatment. — If the Headache arises from a determination of 
 blood to the Head, known by the throbbing pain, and flushed face, 
 large mustard plasters to the feet, and strong ginger tea taken freelv, 
 and as hot as it can be borne, covering warm, in bed, will generally 
 give immediate relief. But, if 1, or 2 good drinks of the ginger tea, 
 with the other Treatment does not give relief, put 10 to 15 drops of the 
 tinct. of gelsiminum into a drink of the tea, which will still further aid 
 in quieting down the agitation of the blood, and thereby relieving the 
 pain — if not, the gelsiminum, in half the quantity, may be repeated 
 once, or twice, after 2, or 3 hours have elapsed, between the doses. 
 And after the attack has subsided, a course of bathing, to cleanse the 
 skin, followed by gentle cathartics, diuretics, and tonics, to imi^rove 
 the general health, will greatly tend to work such a change in the dr- 
 culation, and secretions that but little further difl^culty will be exper- 
 ienced — whatever will correct an over action, or a deficient action, in 
 any of the organs, upon general principles, will naturally aid, or en- 
 tirely cure these Head difficulties. See General Debility. 
 
 2. In cases arising from a dyspeptic, or otherwise deranged con- 
 dition of the stomach, as by eating a second, or late supper, with, or 
 without a free use of stimulating drinks, let the feet be at once pxit 
 into hot water in which flour of mustard has been freely stirred, say a 
 table-spoonful at least, giving also freely of pennyroyal, or sage tea, 
 which may be expected to relieve the stomach by vomiting, after 
 
442 DR. chase's 
 
 which apply a mustard plaster to the stomach and also to the back of 
 the neck, which will quiet botli the stomach and Head difficulties 
 And after a day, or two, let the cathartic, diuretic, and general tonic 
 Treatment, as above directed, be entered upon, to imi^rove the gen- 
 eral health, avoiding further irregularities if you desire to avoid fur- 
 ther disease. 
 
 3. Dr. Beach, in his "Family Practice, "gives an account of the 
 cure of a case of many years standing, "which had resisted all reme- 
 dies, and about every three months occasioned retching, or vomiting 
 of three days' continuance by taking a table-spoonful, daily, of his 
 compound tinct. of Senna." See Cathartic Tincture, for children, 
 and dys]iej)tics. 
 
 HEART-BURN AND 'WATERBRASH.—Notwithstandingthat 
 the lirst named of these difficnUiesis called Ileari-burn, yet, it is par- 
 ticularly a disease of the stomacli ; and notwithstanding also that these 
 difficulties are generally treated as two diseases, they are so closely 
 related to eacli other as to require no separation. 
 
 Cause.— A slight inflammation of the stomach, as well as food in 
 the stomach which does not easily digest, may cause a heat, or burning 
 sensation in this organ, creating gas, or '"wind in the stomach,"as it is 
 called, which often causes belchings of gas, and sometimes ivater, 
 when it is called "water brash," which gives the name, and conse- 
 quently the symptoms of the disease, so that further symptoms need not 
 be mentioned. 
 
 Treatment. — If the complaint is not of long standing, as there is 
 genei-ally more, or less acidity of the stomach present, a little weak 
 lye of a suitable strength to be drank, taken occasionally, may arrest 
 the difhculty by correcting the acidity and toning up tlie coats of the 
 stomach. Or the carbonate of magnesia, 1 to 2 tea-spoonsful in a little 
 spearmint tea, may prove sufficient for the emergency, some however 
 think that calcined magnesia is better than the carbonate ; but, if of 
 long standing, the catiiartic tincture, as mentioned under the head of 
 Headache, may be used, combining with that, the tinct. of the balsam 
 of Tolu, 1 oz. to the cathartic tinct. 8 ozs.; the dose being the same as 
 recommended for its cathartic action. If this course should fail after 
 a few week's trial, the tonic cathartic may be alternated with it, with 
 its accompanying tonic stimulant, as found under the head of dyspep- 
 sia, and but very few ciuses will fail of receiving permanent benefit, if 
 not an entire cure. 
 
 HERNIA, OR RUPTURE— TREATMENT, AND TRUSSES, 
 TO MAKE.— Hernia, or Uuiiture is understood to be a breaking of some 
 portion of the inner walls of the abdomen, which permits some part 
 of the intestines, or suri)erfluous fiit to jn-oject against the more ex- 
 ternal parts, by which an enlargement, or lump is, produced, which, 
 when the intestine protrudes, causes more, or les Spain and inconveni- 
 ence, and greatly endangering the life of the person by becoming 
 strangulated, i. e., by the passing down of so large a portion of the in- 
 testines, through the inner opening, that it cannot be readily returned, 
 and the pressure and constriction prevents a free flow of the blood in 
 the protruding parts, when mortilication soon takes place, and the 
 death of the patient is certain. 
 
 To prevent this danger, as soon as it is discovered that a person 
 si ruptured, let gentle pressure l)e made with the fingers, to return the 
 intestine; and keep it up by the pressure of the hand until you can 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 443 
 
 get to where a bandage can be applied, placing folded cloths under 
 the bandage to keep it back until you can get a Truss, which will keep 
 it in place. These are now kept in large quantities and varieties by 
 most druggists, out of which a cheap one may be procured to answer 
 the purpose until a permanent and good one may be made, or pur- 
 chased. For as a general thing, especially for men who have lifting 
 and straining work to perform, but little satisfaction will be experi- 
 enced by these sale Trusses. 
 
 2, In case that the intestines come down to such an extent that 
 they cannot be returned while in a standing position, lie down upon 
 the back, raising the hips a few inches, then with the thumb and fin- 
 gers compress around the neck (close to the body) of the Hernia, by 
 which means it is hoped to make the part smaller than the orifice, 
 and thus, little by little, pass it all back ; but if this cannot be done, 
 and you are away from the house, get home, or to the nearest house as 
 soon as possible, and have cloths wrung out of hot water and applied 
 for 20 to 30 minutes, then attempt again the same process of returning 
 the protrusion. If this fails for an hour, apply wet and icarm tobacco 
 leaves over the part, which will relax the system and will allow of its 
 return if it is among the possibilities. See Lock-Jaw, for the Treat- 
 ment, in case too great a prostration is produced. If this fails, there is 
 no other remedy except to call a physician and have him cut down to 
 the Hernia and enlarge the opening. If this is done before mortifica- 
 tion takes place, life may be saved ; and there is a reported case, or 
 two, where mortified intestine has been taken out, and the sound and 
 healthy parts sewed together, and the patient recovered, but I should 
 have but very little, if any, hopes of such a case. 
 
 I have worn a double Truss now about 20 years. For the first 10, 
 or 15 years I had very much difficulty in getting a Truss that would 
 set easy and keep the intestines in place ; but in 18G7, I think, while 
 in Boston, Mass,, I got one of " Marsha's Patent," which was very neat- 
 ly and very ingeniously made, and it has kept me in peace and quiet- 
 ness ever since, now, over five years. They are expensive, $25 for single 
 and $40 for double, — ten per cent discount to j)hysicians. I purchas'^d at 
 that time, of Drs. Bonsall & Lotz, No. 33 Tremont St., and Dr. Marsh 
 was then of, or at, the Astor House, New York. I know not that either 
 of these men are at the same i:)laces now, but as the Truss has given 
 me such entire satisfaction, I feel in duty bound to help others to look 
 up the same thing if they desire to do so. 
 
 3. There is also, in this city, Ann Arbor, Mich., a neighbor of 
 mine, J.W. Lawson, a very ingenious blacksmith, who has had consid- 
 erable experience and suc(;ess in making and fitting Trusses, to both 
 men and women, so much so that I have deemed it best to give an illus- 
 tration of his plan, because there is quite a perceptable difference be- 
 tween $10 and $25 for a single Truss ; and on his plan also, the second 
 pad, for a double Truss may be applied for only $2, or $3 extra. 
 
 I think the illustration and explanation will enable any good black- 
 smith to make and fit Mr. Lawson's, Truss to those in his own neigh- 
 borhood who may need them. 
 
 Fig". 24, represents Mr. Lawson's Truss, ready to be applied. 
 
 Fig-. 25 represents the iron part of the pad, before it is covered 
 with leather ; also a wrench to handle the thumb-screw, to set it just 
 at the right pitch, upon the round part of the spring, so that the pres- 
 sure may be only suflicient to prevent the intestines from protruding, 
 
444 DR. chase's 
 
 or coming down. The middle piece in Fig. 25, represents a kind of 
 wrench with which tlie fiat part of the spring may be easily bent to 
 the shape of the body. Mr. Lawson uses two of them, by which 
 means he makes the greater speed, 
 
 Fig. 24. 
 
 Fig. 25. 
 
 LAWSON S TRUSS. PAD, WRENCH AND BENDING TOOL. 
 
 Three-eighth round, bar-steel may be obtained, and flatten such 
 part a.s goes around the body ; then cover with suitable leather, 
 after having shaped it to the body, and tallow it to prevent its rusting. 
 The oth6r end, it will be seen, is also flattened to allow the riveting 
 to it, of a buckle-stnij) to hold it in place. The pad is also covered 
 with leather and stuffed a little upon the inside, with cotton batting. 
 The little wrench, for setting the thumb-screw, may be made short, to 
 allow of its being carried in the pocket, to ease, or tighten the pad, 
 according to the pressure that must be given it in case any heavy lift- 
 ing, or straining work must be done, 
 
 4. Irritation from Trusses, To Prevent.— Nearly all persons 
 who are compelled to wear Trusses, are also compelled to bear so 
 heavy a pressure, from the spring to prevent the protrusion of the in- 
 testine, that: in warm weather especially, the skin becomes so inflam- 
 ed and irritable, and such a degree of heat is felt under the pad, that it 
 becomes almost uuendurable. 
 
 For some years now, I have been in the habit of keeping a small 
 tin box. on the stand, or window, by the head of my bed, filled with 
 mutton tallow. On retiring, at night, I remove my Trusses, and apply 
 a little of the tallow, which sooths the Irritation ; and in the morning 
 before putting on the Truss I apply a little more, which almost entire- 
 ly relieves this difficulty. I think that any one trying it will seldom 
 abandon its use. The information of the benefit of this application 
 was given to me by a German barber, of this city, who, himself, and 
 his father before him were compelled to wear Trusses. It is indeed 
 valuable for this purpose, and also to apply in all chafings, etc., from 
 walking, or working. 
 
 HIVES. — This disease manifests itself in the form of an eruption, 
 or red blotches upon the surface, or skin of children, mostly. 
 
 Cause.— Obstruction of tlie circulation, and the absorption into 
 the blood of some poisonous vapors in the atmosphere, similar to that 
 of the mure simple fevers are the undoubted Cause of the disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — Large red patches with a somewhat swollen center 
 more white than the rest, with an almost intolerable itching, some- 
 thing like the irritation from nettles, make their appearance, and 
 have also given another name to the disease — " nettle rash." This 
 rash, or blotches may subside after a few hours, then re-appear for a 
 
SECOND EKCEIPT BOOK. 445 
 
 day, or two, causing considerable sickness of the little patient unless 
 properly attended to. 
 
 Treatment. — Bathe the whole surfiice, but more thoroughly the 
 affected parts, with spirits of camphor and soft water, equal parts of 
 each, and give a dose of the cathartic tincture, to operate tolerably 
 free ; and also a tea of saflVon and spearmint, every hour, or two to 
 keep the disease to the surface, and but little danger need be feared. 
 I am partial to the spearmint plant, in preference to the peppermint, 
 because of its greater diuretic properties. 
 
 HORSES, MULES, AND CATTLE— A Synopsis, or Gen- 
 eral View" of their Diseases, with their Cause, Symptoms, and. 
 Treatment, — To save a very frequent repetition of tiie prescriptions, 
 or mcdidnes used in the Treatment of Horses, Mules, and Cattle, I have 
 deemed it best to first give a description of their Diseases, and in the 
 Treatment, to refer to Medicines by theirnwvnfeer, thereby saving much 
 .space in the Book, which is clear gain to the purchaser. The Medi- 
 cines, by their numbers , will be found immediately following the Dis- 
 eases. 
 
 First, then I shall speak of internal Diseases, which include those 
 of the general system, as Fevers, Diseases of the lungs, bowels, stomach, 
 liver, kidneys, bladder, etc. 
 
 1. Fever — Simple, or Symptomatic (general inflammation). 
 Cause. — Over-exertion, high feeding, cold, etc. Symptoms in 
 
 Horses and Mules. Pulse quick, mouth hot, eyes more or less inflam- 
 ed, eats but little, and bowels costive. Sjrmptoms in Cattle, same as in 
 Horses, with a dull eye, rough coat, and horns hot. 
 
 Treatment in Horses and Mules. — In former times it was cus- 
 tomary to bleed in nearly all cases of Fever, or in general and local in- 
 flammations of any considerable extent ; but, latterly, and very prop- 
 erly, a febrifuge is considered much the better way with Horses, or 
 Cattle, as well as with persons. If the pulse, is very high (40 to 45 is the 
 general range), give No. 5, in place of bleeding, unless bleeding is 
 especially directed. Then, give No. 1, and follow with No. 3, as 
 there directed, if necessary. Keep the Horse warm and quiet, and 
 follow the cathartic. No. 1, with the fever ball. No. 9, and continue 
 No. 5 if need be. 
 
 Treatment in Cattle. — Give No. 2, until an c peration is obtain- 
 ed, in all cases, then follow with No. 15, and repeat, if needed, and 
 use No. 5, if the pulse is high. 
 
 2. Common Cold, Influenza, Distemper, or Catarrh— Cause. 
 — Sudden changes in the weather, chill from drinking cold water after 
 exercise, standing too long without proper covering, etc. Ssnnptoms 
 in Horses (and here permit me to say that the Symptoms and Treat- 
 ment will be the same for Mules as for Horses. Remembering this I 
 need not repeat the word Mules every time in connection with Dis- 
 eases, or Treatment of Horses). Eyes dull, cough, restlessness, and 
 soon after running from the nostrils and eyes, kernels under th« jaws, 
 etc., and if a rattling sound in breathing, it indicates the approach of 
 fever. Symptoms in Cattle, cough, horns and ears hot, rough coat, 
 nose dry, etc. 
 
 Treatment in Horses, — Give daily, No. 6^, bran-mashes, and, if 
 weak, No. 7. And if, as in some cases the head, or no.se, is completely 
 stopped up, causing a noise in breathing, called "roaring," use the 
 
446 DR. chase's 
 
 cephalic, or snuff powders, No. 18, according to the directions thero 
 given. For very bad cases, see Colds under the head of distemper. 
 
 Treatment of Cattle. — Give tlie cleansing drink, No. 2, and fol- 
 low with the flaxseed tea. No. 15, as needed. 
 
 3. Over-Exertion, or Nervous Exhaustion — Cause, — Pleth- 
 ory (excess of blood), too great labor, or exertion in running, etc. — 
 Symptoms in liorses. Siiivering pulse and breathing quick, and rest 
 lessness. Ssrcnptoms in Cattle, quick breatiiing, clammy sweats, etc. 
 
 Treatment in Horses. — Clothe warm and give the pectoral pow- 
 ders. No. 6h keeping quiet ; and if the pulse is too high, give the aco- 
 nite, No. 5. And if the breathing is very laborious, or hard give also 
 the drink, or draught for congestion of the lungs, No. 24. 
 
 Treatment in Cattle. — Give the cleansing drink. No. 2, and its 
 accompanying Treatment, and keep the beast warm and quiet, 
 
 4. Inflammation of the Lungs, or Pleura. — Cause. — Cold, or 
 whatever checks perspiration, by long standing after driving, or by 
 drinking cold water after driving, violent driving, over-feeding, 
 or low-feeding, kicks, or blows upon the side, etc. Symptoms 
 in Horses. The Symptoms in Inflammation of the Lungs, and 
 of Pleurisy are much the same, except that in Pleurisy the Horse 
 shows greater restlessness, and works more with his flanks, and belly 
 more contracted. Pulse quick, short cough, never lies down, but may 
 attempt it, if he does however, he is up in a moment, while in gripes, 
 or colic, he will lie down and roll about, turn up his eyes, and stretch 
 out his limbs, and have cold and clammy sweats, etc., which enables 
 one to distinguish between them, as there is also fever, in these cases, 
 instead of cold sweats. In Inflammation of the Lungs, there will be 
 a ropy and slimy matter drool from the mouth, and a yellow, or red- 
 dish matter from the nostrils, sticking to them also like glue; but it 
 does not matter much which disease begins the difficulty it generally 
 complicates both, and brings about congestion of, (or a rush of blood 
 to) the Lungs. It is often brought on by the Horse being out in the 
 cold, then brought into a close warm stable, causing this rush of blood 
 to the Lungs while the heart has not power to carry the blood through 
 the Lungs — the heart's action is overpowered — and the blood remains 
 in the Lungs, and tliickens like molasses, the Horse begins to blow and 
 heave violently, as if laboring under violent Inflammation of the 
 Lungs, which, at first, is not the case, there is actually an absence of 
 Inflammatory action. The treatment will be to overcome the debility 
 of the heart, and to render the blood, there, more fluid, otherwise 
 Inflammation will soon be comnj^nced. Symptoms in Cattle,hurried 
 breathing, cough, and often moaning, and restlessness. 
 
 Treatment in Horses. — Give No. 24, and if need be, use the 
 sweating, or blistering liniment No. 16, and No. 5, if of long standing 
 and high pulse, according to the directions, until the pulse is brought 
 down to nearly a natural condition. 
 
 Treatment in Cattle.— Use the clyster,* No. 25, and No. 26, and 
 seaton the dewlap. 
 
 In Cattle, especially, use the iodine, as explained in No, 26. 
 
 *In giving a Clyster, or more properly, an Injection, to a Horse, or to Cattle, it isnec- 
 essary to have a person with a .smiUl liand, well oiled, then wet with some of the In- 
 jection, passed into the rectum (called •'back-raking," and take out the hardened feces 
 (dung), the whole length of tlic rectum ), and what can be reached handily, down after 
 you come to where tlie rectum, or large intestine falls oil', down into tlie bowels, to make 
 room to receive 2, or 3 qts. as may be needed ; then have a tube made from reed-fishing- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 447 
 
 6. Chronic Cough, Asthma, or Heaves.^ — Cause. — Neg- 
 lected cold, voracious feeding, hard work, or injudicous treatment 
 of colds, etc.; and, if it be permitted to become settled, or "fixed," will 
 end in Asthma, or Heaves. Symptoms in Horses. — Dry cough, no 
 fever, jerking respiration. Symptoms in Cattle. — Frequent cough — 
 short and dry. 
 
 Treatment in Horses.— Give No. 7, twice daily, and occasionally" 
 No. 1. 
 
 Treatment in Cattle. — Give No. 7, twice daily, as for Horses, only 
 if the Cow will not eat the mash containing the powders, they may 
 be drenched with it, in water, or flaxseed tea, No. 15. 
 
 6. Inflammation of the Stomach, Inflammatory Colic, or 
 Gripes. — Cause. — Poisons, over eating, indigestion, and sometimes 
 from neglect of common, or wind colic. 
 
 Symptoms in Horses. — Pulse slow, great drowsiness, fever and 
 costi veness. Symptoms in Cattle. — Voracious appetite, stupor, costive. 
 
 Treatment in Horses.— -If the Inflammation of the Stomach has 
 arisen from poison, by intention, (as is occasionally the case to re- 
 move a valuable racer, or stallion, but little can be done, as, generally 
 it is not known for sometime, and even if it was, there will not be 
 much chance to remove it, or change it sufficiently quick to do any 
 good) ; but, if arising from indigestion, the accumulating food must be 
 removed by clysters, No. 25, and aconite, No. 5, if the pulse was high . 
 The flaxseed tea. No. 15, may also be given by the mouth as often as 
 by injection — cooking one pt. in 4 qts. of water; and combine with 
 what is given by the mouth, the compound tincture. No. 6, as there di- 
 rected. This relieves the pain, and the injections loosen the bowels 
 without the irritation which would be caused in giving physic — the 
 bowels however, must be opened by faithful attention to the flaxseed 
 process. 
 
 Treatment in Cattle.— Bleed, give No. 2, and clyster, No. 25,and 
 keep from food. In Cattle, however, this is not so common ; but in 
 calves, quite common ; and in this case, a table-spoonful of the com- 
 pound tincture. No. 6, may be given for a dose, and repeat every 2" 
 hours; and after the pain is relieved, give the calf a dose of castor-oil, 
 two large table-spoonfuls will generally operate in about 12 hours. It 
 generally arises in calves, when first turned out to grass, and conse- 
 quently at this time, an eye should be kept over them to prevent this 
 difficulty from getting the start of you. Chanee of food causes it. 
 
 7. Inflammation of the Bo"wels.— Cause. — Cold, indiges- 
 tible food, strong physic, or over-stimulating medicines for colic, 
 etc., and may arise from castration. Sjrmptoms in Horses. — Fever, 
 belly tense (like a drum head) and tender to the touch, and unremit- 
 ting pain, becoming very restless, and as the disease advances, all 
 the Symptoms becoming worse, or more aggravated. Symptoms in 
 Cattle. — Great restlessness and constipation. 
 
 rod, or a sweet-elcier tube, from 10 to 14 inches long, with a good clear hole through it 
 ■with a large beef's bladder tied, and securely fa.stened by a small lack, ort\vo, to help 
 make the attaclinicnt by winding with twine, etc., tlie other end of tlie tube being care- 
 fully rounded oil', and the whole tube well oiled, and entered to the falling off', then by 
 twi.siing ihe bladder, the Injection is carried where it will do good; and when all i.s 
 emplieci, remove the lube. having a wisp, or ball of straw, ready, the size of vour list,aud 
 place it upon Ihe oriliee (anus) and bring down the tail and hold it there for'lO to IT) min- 
 utes. The ordinary plan of using the short syriuge, a.s used for persons, without cleans- 
 ing the rectum is tiine and expense that amounts to nothing — doses uo good. 
 
448 DR. chase's 
 
 Treatment in Horses.- — Give the compound tincture, or anodyne 
 draught, No. 0, in o doses as directed, and if a bad case, use the sweat- 
 ing, or blistering liniment. No. 16, on the soft part of the belly, and if 
 the blister will run, there will be but little danger ; in the meantime 
 let the rectum be back-raked (cleaned out) and a clyster, or injection 
 given, No. 25, with the fiax^eed tea. No. 15, as directed for inflam- 
 mation of the stomach. 
 
 Treatment in Cattle. — Give clysters, No. 25, with a pt. of linseed- 
 oil in each, given warm always. 
 
 8. Colic and Bots in Horses, and Hoven,or Blo^wn in Cattle. 
 — Cause. — Windy, or flatulent Colic in Horses, is often produced by 
 eating greedily of clover, or other grasses, new hay, new corn, drink- 
 ing cold water, etc. Symptoms in Horses. Often lying down, and 
 quickly rising again with a spring; strikes hisbelly with his hind feet, 
 stamps with liis fore feet, and refuses all kinds of food ; and if the case 
 is bad, his body is thrown convulsively into various shapes, eyes turned 
 up and limbs stretched out as if dying, ears and feet hot, and. cold, by 
 turns, profuse and cold sweats; unsuccessfully tries to pass urine; and 
 often turns his head towards the flanks, as though he wished to re- 
 lieve the sufl'ering of those parts ; sometimes falling down suddenly, and 
 rolls upon his back, which indicates astoppage of urine ; andthe pain is 
 often increased by an accumulation of dung which presses upon the 
 distended bladder. Sometimes, in Colic, the Horse will become very 
 quiet, and perhaps eat a mouthful of food, but in inflammation of the 
 bowels the pain is constant, and belly hot, making an easy distinction. 
 As to Bots, it is not believed by veterinary surgeons, now-a-days, that 
 one case in a hundred called "Bots" is anything but severe flatulent, 
 or wind-colic ; and that no fears need ever be had that Bots will ever 
 give pain to a Horse, to any extent, and that they never eat through 
 a Horse's stomach until after death, and if ever found to have passed 
 through before the death of the Horse, it was from a perforation, or 
 hole made by disease, not by them, and that when they, do occur, the 
 proper course of Treatment is for Worms, which see. Dr. Wallington 
 tells me of a case, where a healthy young Horse, in running away, 
 with his mate, had a leg broken and was knocked in the head, at 8, 
 or 9 o'clock in the morning, and on opening him, just after dinner, to 
 prove that a Horse had no gall-bladder, the Bots had eaten a hole 
 through his stomach as big as his tist ; and, the owner said, if he had 
 not known how he had died, he would have believed that Bots had 
 killed him. 
 
 Bots appear very much like large maggots, or grubs, made up of 
 circular rings, with sharp hook-like feet to hold to the intestine with 
 
 Symptoms of Hoove, Hoven, or "Blown," in Cattle, is 
 first, a difetension of the rumen, or first stomach commonly called 
 the " paunch," the distension arising from eating freely of fresh clov- 
 er, or fresh grass, or some food which ferments and produces such an 
 amount of gas as to soon cause death unless relieved by puncture, i. e., 
 in bad cases. With this swelling, or distension of the rumen so as to 
 fill, and distend the whole abdomen, there will be a laborious breath- 
 ing in proportion to the swelling. 
 
 Treatment of Flatulent Colic in Horses,— The Treatment 
 should commence with the first symptoms, by giving the compound 
 tinct.. No. 26, according to directions there given. The compound tinct.. 
 will be found very valuable in the Treatment of Colic, or other pain- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 449 
 
 fill conditions of the Horse, Or Cattle, as well as for persons. It is well, 
 however, after the pain of Colic is relieved in Horses, to follow the 
 Treatment with the condition powders, which are made as explained 
 in the Treatment of constipation. 
 
 Treatment in Cattle, — Sometimes the drivino; of the animal 
 about reMeves a little, by cansing a gulping up of some of the gas, or 
 wind, but it never amounts to much only to give time to get some 
 person present who can perform the operation of puncture, but if no 
 one is near by, who can do it, the Cow or Ox, as the case may be, 
 will almost certainly be lost. This must be done upon the left side, 
 about half way between the haunch, or hip bone, and the first shor'^ 
 rib, and at about the distance down from the back, so that a line-meas- 
 ure that would reach along the back from the hip bone to the rib, car- 
 ried down from 
 each of these 
 points would 
 mce^atthishalf- 
 waypoint down 
 the side, being 
 the lower point 
 of a triangle, 
 which carries 
 you down be- 
 low tlie k i d - 
 neys, or spleen; 
 as here the 
 paunch, or ru- 
 men comes in- 
 to close contact 
 with the inside 
 o f t h e abdo- 
 men. 
 
 The correct 
 point for punct- 
 uring is repre- 
 sented, as near- 
 ly as can be in 
 the following 
 Illustration, 
 Fig. 2G, at C. 
 where the knife 
 is to be passed 
 in, having 
 ready a joint 
 of elder, with 
 the pith out 
 and one end 
 rounded off 
 nicely so as to 
 enter readily. 
 
 Apiece of wool twine tied around the elder which should go into the 
 rumen 4, or 5 inches, will keep it in place; other wise when the gaa 
 has considerably escaped, the paunch settles away from the surface, and 
 there is danger of some of its contents escaping into the abdomen, 
 
 89 — DK. chase's SECOD KECEIPT BOOK. 
 
450 DR. chase's 
 
 and afterwards causing the death of the animal. Keeping the elder 
 in its position, until the gas has well escaped, will prevent this 
 difficulty; then remove it and the wound will heal up without danger. 
 What is better than the knife and elder-tube, is a trochar, used by med- 
 ical men in puncturing for dropsy, and by farriers of any considerable 
 note. The trochar consists of a tube, and cutting point within, which 
 can be thrust forward, and which can be withdrawn after the punc- 
 ture is made, leaving the silver tube in place, as long as needed. 
 AVhen punctured the gas and often some of the grass, or other solid 
 food will escape through the hole with very considerable force, and 
 sometimes continues so long that it becomes necessary to make an ori- 
 fice sufticiently large to enter the hand and take out the contents of 
 the stomach, and to put in warm salt water, and then sew up, first the 
 stomach, then the outer orifice ; but this need not be undertaken with 
 any considerable hopes of success, only by a farrier who has practiced 
 the operation, or at least is well posted upon the subject, and who is 
 naturally capable of doing his work in a neatand handy manner — a ge- 
 nius. It has been ascertained, in England, more especially, or rather 
 is practiced more there than in the United States, that the chloride of 
 lime in two dr. doses, dissolved in 2 qts. of water and introduced into 
 the stomach by means of a stomach pump, and repeated an hour after- 
 wards if required, completely stops the fermentation of food, and re- 
 stores, largely, the natural conditions of the rumen; but these pumps 
 are expensive, and, I think but little used in this country. 
 
 After the animal has been relieved and the gas ceases to distend 
 the paunch, or rumen, give the cleansing drink. No. 2, and after one, 
 or two mornings have passed, the effects of the cleansing drink, or 
 physic, having also passed off, take salts 1 lb. and divide into 4 doses and 
 give one dose each morning until the whole is given, which will pre- 
 vent an other attack of the disease, and help the animal to regain its 
 natural health. 
 
 7. Diarrhea, or Scouring' in Horses and Cattle. — Cause. — 
 Change of diet, and sometimes over-feeding, hard work, debility, and 
 occasionally by a sudden check of per.spiration, or by taking cold, 
 abuse of, or over doses of physic, and poisonous plants, especially with 
 Cattle, Cause Diarrhea, or Scouring. Horses, or Mules, however, are 
 not so liable to this disease as Cattle, but it may arise in them from an 
 increased secretion of bile, or for want of proper absorption of the 
 fluid part of the feces (dung). 
 
 Symptoms, in either case are too plain to need any particular 
 description. 
 
 Treatment in Horses, will depend largely upon purgation, and 
 cordial, or tonic drinks to give general tone to the digestive organs, 
 and intestines. At first, however, give the compound tincture. No. 6, 
 and after a Couple of days if not much improved and apparently on 
 the roau to health, repeat it again ; and if this does not cure within 
 a reasonable time use the Diarrhea ball No. 28, and follow with the 
 cordial, or tonic drink, No. 29, according to the directions given in 
 connection with them. If, this and the foregoing ball, does not ma- 
 terially benefit the case within 10 days, repeat the ball, and follow 
 again with this drink, as before, taking especial care to avoid every 
 kind of^ food that would have a tendency to keep up the Diarrhea; 
 but if, in any case from some undiscovered cause, this Treatment 
 should fail to give relief, and the disease runs on into dysentery, or 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 4ol 
 
 braxy, as sometimes called, there will be but little hopes of benefit; 
 hence, nothing further need be said upon that disease ; and the same 
 remarks will hold good with Cattle — if much good is done, it must be 
 done when it is only Diarrhea. 
 
 Treatment of Diarrhea, or Scouring in Cattle will also commence 
 with gentle physic, No. 2, using only 1 lb. of salts with the full amount 
 of ginger, and doubling the amount of ginger if any repetition of a 
 smaller quantity of salts is given ; then follow with the alkaline 
 astringent. No. 30. 
 
 8. Constipation. — Cause — Dry food,too little water,want of i)roper 
 exercise, etc. Symptoms in Horses, Mules and Cattle about alike — 
 dung dry, hard, and coated with mucus. In Cattle the horns will bo 
 found hot, and the skin dry. 
 
 Treatment. — The Treatment like the Symptoms will be nearly 
 similar in all cases, physic, No. 1 and 2, as the case may be, and clys- 
 ters, No. 25, with bran-mashes, repeating the clysters 3, or 4 days in 
 succession, keeping u[) the bran-mashes, and putting into them, once 
 a day for three days at least, 1 table-spoonful of cream of tartar ; and 
 perhaps here, if in any case, the whole system being so considerably 
 out of order it would be well to use the condition powder, which is made 
 up, of the 'pectoral, cough, and purifying powders combined. In Cattle, 
 give the physic. No. 2, and clysters, repeating as may be found neces- 
 sary, using the flaxseed lea, No. 15, both with the physic and clysters. 
 In some cases with Cattle the cleansing drink, or physic, No. 2, has 
 had to be repeated until 8 lbs. of salts, says Youatt, have been given 
 before an operation was brought about; but perseverance, and after 
 care, will generally effect a cure. The flaxseed tea, for the stomach, 
 in Cattle, can be put into the bran-mash. 
 
 9. "Worms. — Worms of every kind are found in Horses and 
 Mules ; but it is very seldom that they trouble Cattle to any extent, 
 not sufficiently so to call for Treatment. In Horses, aside from bots, 
 which have already been spoken of. there are two others, the long 
 round Wonu very much resemble the common earth Worni,exceptthatit 
 is lighter in color, or white. This Worm infests the small intestines, 
 and is from 6 to 10 inches long. The "pin," or short Worm, is gener- 
 ally found in the large intestines, and are frequently voided, or passed 
 with the dung. Cause.— The Cause of Worms is generally supposed 
 to hii from unwholesome food, bad water, etc. Ssrrhptoms. — A vora- 
 cious appetite, passing Worms, and also the passing of a little mucus, 
 which runs down and dries' in a streak. When this is observed, as a 
 general tiling, it will be safe to treat for Worms: 
 
 Treatment. — Prey^are the Horse with bran-mashes,absence of hay, 
 etc., then give the Worm ball, and, oil. No. 12, and follow with the 
 purge ball, No. 13, and afterwards, if needed, the stomach drink to aid 
 digestion. No. 14, and repeat the course, after a proper interval, S to 
 12 days, if necessary, although in the Treatment of my own Horse,the 
 past season, it was not necessary to repeat, nor did I give the stomach 
 drink ; but if much debility, the drink would be needed — 8 months 
 have now elapsed, and still no further appearance, or trouble from 
 them. 
 
 10. Dropsy. — Dropsymay occur in Horses,or Cattle — Cause — De- 
 bility, injured, or poor food, pasturing on some low marshy lands have 
 a tendency to Cause Dropsy and debility of the kidneys. Symp- 
 toms.— Soft swellings of the legs, and filling of the cavity of the 
 
4r52 DR. chase's 
 
 bowels, or chest. Then, if general, or particular debility, poor food, 
 etc., have been the Cause, does it not also sugjrest the 
 
 Treatment? — Cleansing tlie system, generally. Tonics, diuret- 
 ics, and good healthy food, will, do all that can be done ; but if not 
 successful before a large deposit of fluid has taken place into the ab- 
 domen of Cattle, it must be drawn off by puncture ; but not as in ho- 
 ven, upon the upper left side, but upon th^ lower right side, 6 to 8 inches, 
 according to the size of the animal, forward of the udder, and just suf- 
 ficiently to the right of the center to avoid hitting the milk vein and 
 accompanying artery. If a trochar is used the tube can be left in until 
 all the fluid is drawn off; and it is best not to close up the wound, it 
 being small, to allow any still accumulating fluid to drain off for 2, or 3 
 days, as it will ; in the mean time, the tonic, No. 4, and the diuretic 
 Treatment as given under No. 11, for Cattle, will be having their chance 
 to do what good they can ; but, if the case has bcome chronic, or ex- 
 isted a considerable time, Youatt says : "The chance of success in the 
 Treatment of such a disease must be little." 
 
 11. Jaundice. — Both Horses and Cattle are subject to Jaundice, 
 and if not Treated early in the disease, it is liable to lead to inflam- 
 mation of the liver, and, if in old stock, pretty hard to remedy, but in 
 recent cases, and young stock a cure may be expected. — Cause. — High 
 feeding, and obstructions in the bile duct. Symptoms are about the 
 same in both Horses and Cattle — yellowness of the eyes, skin, and 
 urine, and in Cattle, great thirst and considerable tenderness across 
 -Ihe loins. 
 
 It seems almost incredible to read the accounts of some bad cases, 
 where Treatment did not succeed ; but, where calculi, or stone have 
 formed, reaching the enormous size of 5 to 17 lbs., such, however.may 
 be found in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, in London. 
 
 Treatment. — For Horses, or Mules, give the mercurial ball, No. 
 10, after preparing the Horse by mashes, etc., then follow with the 
 repeating physic, No. 3, as the case demands. For Cattle, give the 
 cleansing drink, No. 2, and follow with the flaxseed tea. No. 15, as re- 
 quired, not forgetting the mustard with the tea, after the flaxseed is 
 ijoiled — for the full 8 mornings. 
 
 12. Strang'ury,or Suppression of Urine. — Cause.— Strangury, 
 or passing the Urine by little, may arise from inflammation of the kid- 
 neys, or from a spasm at the neck of the bladder by the presence of 
 -stone, or calculi. Symptoms. — If the difficulty arises from inflam- 
 mation, there will be an unusual heat of the loins, or over the kidneys; 
 and, if from stone in the neck of the bladder, the extra heat will be 
 felt by putting the hand between the legs, behind, about half way be- 
 tween the scrotum and anus, and what Urine may be pa.ssed will have 
 more, or less mucus, or pus in it. If stone in the kidneys, the bladder 
 will generally be empty, or nearly so ; but if in the neck of the blad- 
 der, or further along in the Urethra (outerduct) the bladder will fill 
 and greatly distend, and the skin be covered with blotches, and unless 
 .a catheter is passed to draw it ofl", death will soon result. 
 
 Treatment. — Soft feed and diuretics, or Urine, powders. No. 11, 
 as there directed, followed with the compound tincture, or anodyne 
 draught, No. 6, to relieve pain, and, if need be, draw off the Urine. 
 For Cattle,use the tea from the Jnniper berries as found under No. 11. 
 
 13. Inflammation of the Eyes. — Cause. — High feeding, or ex- 
 ternal injuries; and in Horses they may arise from wolf-teeth 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 45S 
 
 Symptoms. — Eye, or Eyes partially closed, running, more or less 
 redness, etc. Cattle, especially endeavor to shun the light. 
 
 Treatment. — If from wolf-teeth, in Horses, they miist come out 
 ''root and branch," not knocked off. And use the Eye lotion, No. 23, 
 cleanse the Eyes well with warm water, and if the general condition 
 of the Horse, or Cow, is such as to make it appear necessary, give 
 l^hysic, and tone up the system with No. 4. 
 
 " 14. Milk-Fever in Cows. — Cause. — It is believed that the 
 principal Cause of Milk-Fever, or "dropping after calving," as the 
 Englisli people call it, is the diversion, or turning away of the blood 
 from the womb, (where it has for some months been very active in 
 the work of re-production) to the udder, by which the secretion, or 
 formation of Milk is now being set up ; beginning with more or less 
 inflammation of the womb, peritoneum (a thin, smooth, membrane cov- 
 ering the whole internal surface of the abdomen, and more, or less, 
 of all the organs contained in the bowels,of which it forms the surface), 
 and soon becoming an inflammatory Fever, rapid and violent accord- 
 ing to the condition of the Cow, and the appropriateness of the Treat- 
 ment ; the higher, or better conditioned Cows being more liable to it 
 than those in moderate flesh, and condition, and the former being 
 more likely to have it in its worst forms, than the latter. The Cow 
 becomes restless, shifting her position, heaves at the flanks consider- 
 ably, paws, looks wild and staring, dry, hot nose, becomes irritable, 
 and sometimes throws the head about, endangering its horns, or those 
 in reach of them. 
 
 Symptoms. — A high degree of excitement, the parts in which, 
 or near which, the circulation is being so considerably changed, have 
 greater inflammation, which assumes an intensity, and an obstinacy, 
 not experienced in any other disease. Strength fails, so that the Cow 
 often falls down, or lies down and cannot rise ; and if she has been 
 giving considerable Milk, it is now cut short, and in severe cases al- 
 most entirely arrested ; and Youatt says: "The throwing back upon 
 the system the quantity of Milk which some Cows are disposed to give, 
 must add fuel to the fire, and kindle a flame by which the powers of 
 nature are speedily consumed." 
 
 Treatment. — First, give the cleansing drink, No. 2, using IJ lbs. 
 of salts; then bleed at the jugular vein by cording the neck, as di- 
 rected for Horses ; and if the blood will flow freely, take to the ex- 
 tent of 8, or 10 qts.; then tie up the wound the same as in the Horse. 
 In 6 hours after giving the physic, give 5 lb. more of salts doubling 
 the quantity of ginger as directed in repeating after No. 2, and at the 
 same time give a clyster, or injection, and repeat the injection every 3 
 hours, and the 5 lb. of salts every 6 hours, until an operation is ob- 
 tained, as directed in No. 2. After the bleeding and physic has been 
 given, then use the aconite. No. 5, every 2 hours. 
 
 By this prompt Treatment, it may be expected that a check may 
 be given to the disease, especially if the blood was in such a condition 
 as to flow with any considerable freedom ; but if neglected long, and 
 the physic and clysters are not repeated as directed, with promptness, 
 the loss of the Cow will, generally be the consequence of the neglect. 
 And it must not be overlooked, that where a physic has to be repeated 
 several times, with a Cow, the ginger should be doubled in amount,with. 
 every repetition, as directed under that head. To hope for success, 
 the bowels must be onened early, in the case ; and if this is accom- 
 
45-4 DR. chase's 
 
 plished, the Fever will generally subside, and leave the strength quite 
 good. It is not to be understood to repeat the full dose of physic, but 
 only repeat in 5 lb. doses. The first clyster need not be given until 6 
 hours after the physic, or at the time of repeating the j lb. dose of 
 salts ; then repeat the clyster every 3 hours until a movement is ob- 
 tained. 
 
 If the Cow was not taken in hand, in the commencement of the 
 disease, and yet the bowels were successfully moved, although the 
 strength may not be sufficient to allow the Cow to "get up," do not 
 fret her, to make her rise, but change her gently from one side to the 
 other once a day only ; keeping the bowels gently open by giving the 
 flaxseed tea, No. 15, which will also give them strength ; and give 
 bran-mashes with a little salt, for 2, or 3 days, for this time giving 
 no hay ; but after this give a little hay only, for a few days more, to 
 aid them in obtaining a " cud" — when this is restored you may con- 
 sider her safe ; but still do not give her heavy "milf feed," by which 
 I mean various grains ground together ; bran and a little flaxseed will 
 be enough for a week at least. Doctor Wallington gave me the his- 
 tory of a case where the Cow could not stand upon her feet for 3 
 weeks, yet, with careful nursing, and attention to the foregoing rules, 
 she was saved. Dish water, or warm water, with bran, (but no meal) 
 ^ pt., or a pt. to a half pailful may be given often, as she will desire 
 considerable drink. 
 
 "Prevention is better than cure," and it holds as good in preventing 
 Milk-Fever in Cows, as in diseases of persons ; for there are those who 
 think that one of the principal Causes of Milk-Fever is in allowing 
 the Cow to become too fat before calving. And especially will this be 
 the case with the "improved" stock. To avoid this, about 3 weeks 
 before a Cow is expected to calve, she should be kept on "short feed," 
 no matter whether it is Winter, or Spring, — if in Winter, stop all feed 
 except dry hay. Do not be afraid that she will become poor. She must 
 be kept low, for this length of time, if you would avoid the great dan- 
 ger of Milk-Fever. And do not be so foolish as to give a pail of meal 
 and water as soon as she has calved, but, if anything is given, let it be 
 only some warm water, half a pailful, with a pt. or so of bran — noth- 
 ing else — for 24 hours. " The great source of danger is food given before, 
 or after calving. There is no safety except in abstinence to prevent 
 tJiis Fever. The second day a half pailful of bran-mash may be given 
 morning and night, and a di-ink of warm water at noon, and a small 
 lock of hay only. It being understood now, of course, that we are 
 speaking of a Cow in ordinary health, not suflering with Milk-Fever. 
 On the third day, ^ of a pail of bran may be given, morning and even- 
 ing, and about a fourth-ration of bay. And after the third day, no 
 Fever manifesting itself, full pails of bran may be given, and half-ra- 
 tions of hay for 2, or 3 days ; then full feed may be allowed ; but it is 
 best to have all water warmed before it is given up to the 4th, or 5th 
 day, and no other food, only as above directed. Mr. George E. AVar- 
 ring, in the Ogden Farm Papers, in speaking of Milk-Fover, closes with 
 the following remarks, with the first part of which I fully agree, and 
 notwithstanding I think he puts the "starving," question on prettjr 
 Strongly in his closing paragraph, the first fully agrees with expen- 
 ence. He says : 
 
 " The danger will now be passed, if the food is gradually increased 
 in quantity and richness. Another week of gqpd feeding will bring 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 455 
 
 the milk to its full flow. If the calf is removed at once, the Cow 
 should be milked from 3 to 6 times a day, according to the quantity 
 of milk in her bag, until after the 4th day, and then gradually re- 
 duced to the regular milkings. I think 10 drops ojf tincture of aconite 
 on a bit of bread" (I would say in a little sugar, see No. 5) "given once 
 a day until the milk flows regularly, would add very much to the 
 Treatment. But the great cause of the fever is kindness, We all have an 
 insane idea that food is the great cure-all, and your country Cow-doc- 
 tor will pour gruel through a horn into the stomach of a Cow that is 
 down with Milk-Fever, when she is already bloated with the gasses 
 of her undigested food, and burning up with a fire to which his food 
 is only additional fuel. What we want to do is to get the food out of 
 the Cow — not to pour more in. Our fault has been in giving too much. 
 Until health is fully restored, and the Cow raises a natural cud, the 
 less she gets to eat the better — she ought to have absolutely nothing. 
 Have no fear of starvation. No Cow falls with Milk-Fever without 
 food enough in her stomach and fat enough on her bones to carry her 
 safely through any duration of the disease, and the great fear is that 
 she has too much of both. I believe in high feeding in health and 
 high starving in all febrile disease." 
 
 Second. — The second class of Diseases of Horses and Cattle are those 
 of the surface, called skin Diseases. 
 
 1. Hide-Bound.— Cause. — Badly treated chronic diseases, 
 indigestion, cold and wet. Symptoms. — The Symptoms are 
 much alike in all domestic animals. The Skin sets tight, and the hair 
 is rough and dry, and the Skin is also considerably parched, and may 
 be full of scabs and scurf, or lumps like peas, or beans in size, and 
 chafing and rubbing such parts as can be brought into contact with tlie 
 stalls, or posts, from the great irritation existing in the Skin. Some 
 have scabs all over the body and limbs, which may be moist, or dry, 
 attended with heat and inflammation, or a discharge of humors that 
 are sharp and irritatLug, so much so, that they will chafe themselves 
 raw in many places. These Symptoms, if a man will reason a little, 
 sufliciently point out the proper 
 
 Treatment. — That is, the blood is out of order, and must first be 
 corrected by preparing the Horse, or animal, for physic, by mashes, 
 etc., then give, for a Horse, the mercurial physic ball. No. 10, at night, 
 and follow, in tae morning with No. 3, until an operation is obtained 
 — with Cattle, No. 2, following with No. 15.— Then with Horses, use the 
 purifying powders. No. 8, in his feed. This Treatment will prove very 
 satisfactory in all common cases ; and farmers generally prefer to use 
 the poivders to giving & ball ; but, in bad cases, that do not readily 
 yield to the above Treatment, give the following: 
 
 Purifying Ball. — Take Venice turpentine and Castile soap, of 
 each, 4 ozs.; beat them well together in a mortar until united; 
 thenadd — nitre, flour of sulphur, crude antimony, crocus metallorum,* 
 ginger, and gentian, of each, in fine powder, 4 ozs.; camphor gum, 2 
 ozs.; rubbed in a mortar with alcohol, 1 oz. Beat them into a proper 
 consistency for Balls, with honey, or molasses. Divide into 28 Balls, 
 each of which will contain about Ih ozs. 
 
 * Crocus Metallorum.— hitteTO-Wy, crocus TaeiiJis saffron, and vidallorum, metal,, hence 
 the term refers to a yellow, or saffron colored metal— a preparation of antimony with an 
 acid that gives it this peculiar color, considerably used m Horse medicines. 
 
456 DR. chase's 
 
 Give 1 Ball every mornino; for 14 mornings; then every other 
 morning untill all are given. But the Doctor again says, but few far- 
 mers will give the proper attention to their Horses, when sick, except 
 it be the Germans, who, he says, will give the same attention to their 
 Horses that they would to one of the family ; hence, they cure nearly 
 every case.for which he prescribes. If cure !< are to he accomplished, at- 
 tention, and care must be given, in all cases, and it is doubly necessary in 
 all cases oi impure blood. 
 
 2. Mange and Lice. — Cause. — Contagion (taking disease from 
 another by contact), probably starts from poor keeping, and it may 
 arise from long over-feeding, and want of cleanliness, and want of 
 exercise. Symptoms are about the same in Horses and Cattle— itch- 
 ing, skin in hard thick folds, or wrinkled patches, especially about the 
 neck, ears, loins, tail, etc., and the animal will rub and chafe itself 
 against posts, fences, or anything it can get at. 
 
 Treatment. — The Treatment for Mange will be the si>me as for 
 hide-bound, above, also using the Mange ointment, No. 32, both in 
 Horses, and Cattle. 
 
 If Lice are present, which is quite often the case with these skin, 
 difficulties, use the purifying powders. No. 8, as above recommended 
 for Mange ; then get red precipitate I oz.; and rub it up carefully with 
 lard, 2 ozs. and apply, rubbing it along under the mane in Horses and 
 Colts, and along the neck of Calves, and around the root of the tail, 
 and between the hind legs of Horses, or Cattle. Make a pretty 
 thorough application, and then if not all gone in about 3 days, put oil 
 a little more, will generally clear them all off. In Cattle and Calved, 
 feed sulphur to purify the blood ; as they are not common only upon 
 animals which are in poor condition. 
 
 Arsenic, h oz. to half a pail of water, and applied by washing^ 
 thoroughly wetting the parts in a warm place, has been recommended 
 for Horses as a certain cure for Lice. Hen Lice are great lovers of 
 Horses, especially if the roost is near the stable. 
 
 3. Feltoric and Farcy.— Feltoric is a violent and malignant 
 swelling of the breast sometimes extending along the belly as far as tho 
 sheath, the treatment of which will be found among the medicines, 
 under the bead of sweating liniment, No. 16, and is by some called 
 farcy, but correctly speakin'g, Farcy is a disease believed to be very 
 similar, or almost absolutely like glanders, although glanders shows 
 itself in the lining membranes of the nostrils and cavities of the head 
 connected with the nostrils, which discharge a yellow, or greenish 
 matter, and sometimes streaked with blood, which after a time cor- 
 rodes and destroys the thin bones of the part, which is also contagious, 
 to man, as well as to beast, and but few if any farriers pretend that 
 they can cure the disease, while Farcy shows itself by knotty tumors, 
 first hard, then become soft and watery, discharging an oily, or liloody 
 matter, and is almost as certainly incurable as glanders, unless taken 
 in hand, at once, on the manifestation of tlie disease. This brings us 
 to the: Symptoms. — The tumors, or swellings appear like buds, or 
 knots, or buttons, and sometimes appear on tJie head, or along the 
 jugular veins of the neck, but more commonly on the fore legs, and 
 sometimes on the hind legs, extending up the veins of the thigh and 
 into the groins, and may involve both thighs and the sheath of the 
 Horse, in which case, no hopes of a cure may be indulged — death, the 
 same as in glanders is the proper remedy; for as both diseases are lia- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 457 
 
 ble to be taken by the man who treats them, in an advanced, or last 
 stage, it is better to kill them, for self protection, as well as to protect 
 other Horses from taking the disease. 
 
 But, if on the veiy first appearance of these knots, or buttons, the 
 sweating, or blistering liniment. No. 1(5, is well rubbed in so as to blis- 
 ter thoroughly, and tJie blood is purified, as given undev the head of skin 
 diseases, many cases have been saved, especially so, wlien tlie altera- 
 tive drink, No. 33, is given every other morning, fasting 3, or 4 iiours, 
 then give a hot mash of bran and oats and warm water; and, more 
 especially may a cure be expected, if tlie lumps, or buttons do not in- 
 volve the insides of the thighs and yard. The internal Treatment in 
 Farcy, as well as the blistering, must be carefully attended to if any 
 hopes of recovery is to be entertained. 
 
 Third. — The third class of diseases of Horses and Cattle are : 
 
 Diseases of the Body G-enerally. 
 
 1. "Wounds from Incisions, or Outs — Cause. — Running 
 against a sharp instrument, or accidental Cuts. Ssrmptoms. — A clean 
 Cut, or division of the parts. 
 
 2. Contused, or Bruised and Torn Wounds, are caused by 
 blows, violent Bruises, falls, kicks, etc., tearing ojjen, perliaps unsightly 
 and uneven Wounds. 
 
 3. "Wounds of Joints and Tendons, may arise from punc- 
 tures of a sharp instrument, or kicks, letting out the synovial fluid, or 
 joint-water. 
 
 Treatment, or General Directions for the Management of 
 "Wounds. — A clean cut Wound, if of considerable length, and depth 
 also, it will be best to apply freely, the compound tincture. No. 6, and 
 then bring the edges together with as many stitches as may be neces- 
 eary to prevent the showing of a large scar — white silk thread, made 
 stout, is probably the best article to use for the purpose. Apply the 
 tincture 2, or 3 times daily, and they will often heal without matter- 
 ating if the animal is in a good condition of health. 
 
 But in contused, or deeply and badly Bruised Wounds, and in 
 Wounds made deep into the parts by the point of a sliver, or stub of 
 any kind, and especially if there is known, or believed to be any thing 
 broken ofl' and remaining in the Wound, which cannot be removed, it 
 will be advisable to make a tent* with common tow, of sufficient length 
 to reach the bottom of the Wound, tiien dip the tent in the suppura- 
 ting ointment, No. 34, and place it in the Wound until it begins to 
 run. After which use the English white-oil. No. 27, freely. When 
 it is supposed that there is anything left in a AVound of considerable 
 depth, it is w-ell to probe it with a candle. Take a tallow candle and 
 round off the end a little, and pass it into the Wound, and if the stub, 
 or sliver is left, or a part of it, the candle will be torn and jagged, or 
 notched so as to show it, and if any is found, if it can be removed it 
 should be, if it cannot be, you must depend upon suppuration to bring 
 it out, and the Wound must be kept open at the lower part of it, as 
 much as can be, to allow of its running, which must be kept up by No. 
 34, as above refered to. 
 
 *A Tent is maiie by taking a suitable amount of tow, (or old linen cloths will 
 do) and dipping Uicni into tlie suppurating ointment, when a running sore is to be made, 
 or into a little tallow and rosin melted together if the sore is only to be kept open until 
 it can heal from the bottom, rolling it up, then enter it into the Wound, leaving a little 
 to hang out to handle it by. 
 
458 DR. chase's 
 
 In "Wounds of the joints no dressing must be used that is calcu- 
 lated to make a running sore, but, the reverse, an astringent liniment, 
 No. 35, by dipping lint in it and pressing into tlie Wound, and ban- 
 daging it to hold it in place for 48 hours, bathing the parts well outside, 
 with the compound tincture, No. 6; and if there appears to be any 
 oozing from the joint on the removal of the tirst dressing, then dress 
 in the same way with No. 35 ^, gently walking the animal a little every 
 day, if the Wound will admit of it, to prevent stiftening of the joint; 
 and if these two applications fail to close up the Wound, some of the 
 honey astringent, No. 3G, must be injected into the Wound, and lint 
 introduced into it and bound on as the others have been ; keeping 
 down inflammation and swelling by the use of the cooling lotion, No. 
 20, etc. In extensive Bruises where the Horse looses appetite,see re- 
 marks following No. 36. and use No. 37, as there directed. 
 
 Fourth. — 1\\G fourth class of the Diseases of Horses and Cattle are : 
 
 Diseases of the Legs, Feet, etc. 
 
 1. S"welled Legs. — Swelling of the Legs are more common in the 
 beginning of Winter than at other times, especially with farmers 
 Horses, which are allowed to run more, or less to pasture during the 
 warm season, caused considerably by changing from grass to dry feed ; 
 and from the soft water of the streams to the hard water of the wells, 
 which especially effects the urinary organs, thickening the urine so 
 much that the kidneys do not pass it all ofl", but leaves the cast-off, or 
 worn-out matter, in the blood ; which, by the greater strain of the Legs 
 in standing upon plank, rather than the soft ground, causes the Legs 
 to Swell, and after a little, to inflame, causing scratches at first, and if 
 not remedied directly, grease is the result, which extends to the front 
 part of the Leg up to the gambrel joint, and sometimes even, up to the 
 pelly, in which cases the sweating liniment. No. 16, should be applied 
 above and upon the gambrel joint, but not below it. 
 
 2. Scratches may arise also, from neglect to properly clean the Legs 
 and fetlocks of such Horses as have longhair about these parts, espe- 
 ciallj when working in wet muddy roads, or fields. In any of these 
 cases when the Scratches first begin to show themselves, wash oft" the 
 Legs, thoroughly with chamber-lye prepared by taking a pan of it and 
 putting into it an iron wedge, or old axe head, red-hot, or such a piece 
 of old iron as may be on hand. Then, after wiping the Legs dry, apply 
 the white ointment, No. 38, twice daily. And at the same time, the 
 urine powders, No. 11, must be given in mashes, alternating with the 
 purifying powders. No. 8, to properly cleanse tbe blood. But if this 
 condition continues to get worse, or you are called to treat one which 
 has already gone on so that the whole Leg is effected with grease, or 
 thickening of tlie skin of the fore part of the Leg and a discharge of 
 fetid matter the same plan must be pursued for the urine and blood, 
 but the physic ball. No. 13, the same as we give to follow the worm 
 ball (but of course in these cases the worm ball is not to be given), 
 and clip off all the hair of the parts ; and wash thoroughly with tlio 
 burned urine, and rubbed dry ; then apply the sharp water. No. 39, and 
 follow by bandaging on the ointment for grease. No. 40, and leaving it 
 on for 48 hours, and so repeat 2, or 3 times, as directed under those 
 medicines. 
 
 3. Stifle, or Strains of the Stifle Joint— Cause.— The Cause 
 of Stifle is more commonly a Strain of the ligaments of the joint. 
 Symptonos. — The Horse after stepping carefully along with his other 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 459 
 
 feet, drags the Stifled one up to the other hind foot,and steps oflf again 
 with them, and so on. 
 
 Treatment. — Shower the Joint with a couple of buckets of cold 
 water, by having a sprinkling pot, or some dish with a spout so as to 
 pour the water upon and around the Joint, some other person patting 
 the hair and water together to get the full effect of it. Then take a 
 grain-bag and cut a round hole through both thicknesses, near the 
 bottom, of such a size as to allow the foot and leg to go through it, to 
 above the gambrel Joint. Now have the cooling lotion, No. 20, ready, 
 and an old pan, pour some of the lotion into it, and take an old flannel 
 shirt and wet it well in the pan by pouring more of the lotion upon it 
 to make it thoroughly wet; then sew it upon the prepared grain-bag 
 at such a point that, when the leg is put through the hole in the bag, 
 and the bag is turned up over the back, the flannel of 3, or 4 thick- 
 nesses, shall come over the Stifled Joint. Now tie the open end of 
 the bag, by strings, around the opposite Leg, which proves a satisfac- 
 ry way of keeping the injured Joint wet with the cooling lotion. 
 Have a string on each side of the bag near the lower end, so that 
 when it is put on, it can be tied around the injured thigh, to keep it 
 close to the flesh. Remove the bag, twice daily, and shower the Joint 
 as at first; then wet the flannel, and re-aply each time; and if the 
 flannel is wet every 2, or 3 hours with the lotion, so much the better. 
 Follow this up for 3, or 4 days ; then use the following : 
 
 Bracing Liniment. — Take the best cider vinegar, 4 ozs.; aqua am- 
 monia, 2 ozs.; egyptiacum, 2 ozs.; oil of origanum and spirits of turpen- 
 tine, of each, 1 oz.; dry white lead, in powders, 1 oz. Put in a bottle 
 and shake them well together every time when used. Apply twice 
 daily, rubbing in well each time. This Braces and strengthens the 
 cords or ligaments of the Joint ; and, it will be found a valuable appli- 
 cation after the inflammation has been reduced by the showering and 
 cooling lotion. 
 
 4. Straina^ of the Back Sine-ws. — Strains and bruises of the 
 Back Sinews, are easily discovered by the swelling, or inflammation 
 which extends from the back side of th e k nee down to the heel. The leg 
 appearing thicker and the Horse being lame. Pressing upon these 
 Sinews will also cause the Horse to flinch. 
 
 Treatment. — Use the bracing or strengthening mixture. No. 21, 
 as there directed ; and if that cannot be supplied, use the same Treat- 
 ment as for stifle as given above. 
 
 Fifth. — The fifth class of Diseases, given here are generally confined 
 to Horses and Mules. They are : 
 
 Spavin, Curb, Ring-Bone, and Splints.— Cause, — It is gener- 
 ally believed that all of the above named Diseases arise from strains 
 by hard work, or over-work, — Splints, more especially when the Horse 
 is young; and yet, some persons believe that some of them are hered- 
 itary. 1. Bone Spavin is a hard swelling upon the inside of the 
 hock, or gambrel joint, and the nearer to the joint the greater the difii- 
 culty arising from it. 2. Curb arises on the back part of the leg, 
 and perhaps a little lower than Spavin. 3. Ring-Bone arises on 
 the lower part of the pastern, near the coronet, or joining of the skin 
 to the hoof, upon the forepart of the foot, like a ring, although it may 
 appear only on the sides. 4. Splints are also hard excressences, or 
 out-growths upon the shank-bone, ujwn the fore leg of the Horse, and 
 
460 DB. chase's 
 
 unless they reach up to the joint, seldom cause much, if any, lameness. 
 All of the foregoing diseases will require about the sarae: 
 
 Treatment. — For Treatment, see the ointment for Spavins, 
 Splints, etc.. No. 41, and use the last preparation of that ointment 
 which contains the glass and tinct. of iodiTie. If the Treatment is be- 
 gan in the early beginning of these diseases, the lameness may not 
 onh' be entirely cured, but the bone enlargements also removed by 
 absor])tion ; but if of long standing it makes it a long and severe opera- 
 tion, seldom removing the enlargement, and sometimes, not even en- 
 tirely stopping the lameness — so says a lengthened experience. 
 
 5. Malleriders, and. Sallenders mean one and the same dis- 
 ease, except that the yirs< applies to the difficulty where it occurs in 
 the bend, or front of the hock -joint and the second when in the bend, 
 or back part of the knee. They are believed to be Caused by a gross 
 habit, that is, by a coarse, thick, insensible skin, or by constitutional 
 liability, and the Symptoms are an enlargement,or thickening of the 
 skin of the joint, or joints. 
 
 Treatment. — See the white ointment. No. 38, and follow the di- 
 rections for using it, there given. This will generally be all sufficient. 
 
 6. Sprain of the CoflQn-Joint. — The Coflin-Boue is the Bone 
 which is enclosed in the hoof, and is very spongy ; and the Joint is the 
 one connecting with the little pastern ; and in case of a Sprain, or 
 Strain of this joint, if it is taken in time may be cured; but, if left a 
 long time, or until the inflammation extends into tne spongy part of 
 the Coffin-Bone, but little can be done for it. Cause. — Stepping upon 
 a stone, or " balling" in Winter, may cause it. 
 
 Treatment.— First, clip off the hair about half an inch above the 
 hoof, then apply, twice daily, a bran poultice, having removed the 
 shoe, for 3 days. This will not only tend to remove the inflammation, 
 but to soften the upper edge of the hoof so that the blistering, to fol- 
 low, will reach down, or effect this Joint which is a little below the 
 upper edge of the hoof. 
 
 Second. — Apply the blistering ointment. No. 41— the first part — not 
 using the glass and iodine additions. Apply it for 6 mornings, leaving 
 the last without scraping off. 
 
 7. Founder. — Cause. — Founder is a disease, believed, by our 
 best farriers to be confined absolutely to the feet, although we often 
 hear of chest-founder. It is caused by taking cold after exercise, or by 
 over-eating of grain by accident. The S3rmptoms most prominent 
 are tenderness of the feet, and restlessness in standing upon them, ac- 
 cording to the severity of the case, and the number of feet affected — 
 generally the forward feet, but it sometimes reaches the hind ones 
 also. In that case the Horse will desire to lie down continually, and 
 will rise, if obliged to do so with ditiiculty ; and stands upon his heels, 
 which will be the fact also, in most cases, when the fore feet only are 
 Foundered, the hind feet being drawn up under him, so as to allow 
 most of the wcitrht to be thrown upon the hind feet. 
 
 Treatment.— Founder is simply an TO//am?)mfio?i of the feet; and 
 although the Treatment recommended by my friend Dr. Wallington, 
 is rather against my own judgment, so far as the bleeding is concerned, 
 yet, he assures me he has cured so many cases by it, I shall not only 
 give it, but recommend it to be followed with faithfulness. 
 
 i'Vr^^— Bleed, by placing a cord around the neck pretty tightly, 
 us shown in Fig. 27, excejjt that the knot of the cord should have been 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 461 
 
 represented over the raised jugular, as the knot helps, or should help 
 to stop the return of the blood from the head, by its pressure upon 
 the vein ; but, the engraver misunderstood, or did not follow the 
 directions. The vein may be raised by a pressure of the fingers, but 
 the movements of a Horse are often such as to make it difficult to 
 
 Fig. 28. 
 
 Fig. 27 
 
 CORD APPLIED. 
 
 BLEEDING THE HORSE. 
 
 keep them upon the vein ; hence, the cord is the better plan. It is 
 well to blindiold the Horse before the fleam is struck into the vein, 
 as represented in Fig. 28. The point chosen, generally, for bleed- 
 ing is, the jugular vein, at a point about two inches below the angle 
 of the jaw, or perhaps two inches below the union of the veins, 
 near the angle of the jaw. 
 
 The fleam should be held directly in a line with the center of 
 the vein, when it may be quickly tapped with a small but heavy, or 
 firm bit of a stick, so as to make a clean cut. Fleams should be kept 
 sharp and perfectly dean, to avoid inflammation of the vein from rust. 
 The more free the flow of blood, the better it will be ; and in the case 
 of Founder, of which we are speaking, not less than from 2i to 3 gals, 
 should be taken ; then remove the cord, which will stop the flow_ of 
 blood, and secure the woun^ by pushing a pin through the iu'O sieves 
 of the opening, as shown in Fig. 29, and wind a few threads, or some 
 
 Horse-hair, wet in 
 the blood, around 
 the pin,ns also shown 
 in the same cut, to 
 prevent further 
 bleeding. It is im- 
 portant to keep a 
 Horse from eating,or 
 chewing anything for 
 an hour, or two after 
 being bled. To do 
 this, tie his head up 
 
 Fig. 
 
 in such away that he 
 cannot reach any- 
 thing to eat, other- 
 wise there may, and 
 often is, a leakage of 
 1^ blood from the vein, 
 ™^\ which finds no out- 
 * let through the skin, 
 , „, „ but forms a swelling, 
 ■fjjl and finally an inflam- 
 mation, and i-)Ossih\y 
 p e r m a n e n t inj ury . 
 
 WOUND SKCUKED. 
 
 Second. — Remove the shoes and i)lace the feet in bran poultices> 
 cold, using no heat, but changing them 2, or 3 times daily, for 3 days ; 
 
462 DR. chase's 
 
 and pour cold water upon the poultices occasionally, or otherwise dip- 
 ping the feet into a pail of cold water once in an hour, or two, at far- 
 ther est. 
 
 Third. — As soon as the bleeding has been done, and the first poul- 
 tice has been applied, give the following: 
 
 Physic Ball for Founder. — Aloes 14 dr;^.; Castile soap, ^ oz.; best 
 ginger, i oz.; make into two balls and give both, one following the oth- 
 er immediately, as in one ball it would be too large to swallow conveni- 
 ently. 
 
 If the Horse will eat it, let bran-mashes be given to aid the action 
 of the physic; but if he will not eat, boil flaxseed, ^ pt.; in water 2 
 qts. Put it upon the fire, at first, until it boils, then set where it will 
 simmer only, for 2 hours, then give by the mouth ; and if the Horse 
 was costive before the Founder, give the same amount as an injection, 
 following the instructions under that head, of removing the hardened 
 feces, as far as a small man's arm and hand will reach them . 
 
 If these instructions are followed beginning at once, after the 
 Founder, there will be no after-trouble, or even knowledge that the 
 Horse was ever Foundered ; but if neglected for a day, or two, the 
 cure is next to impossible. 
 
 After the foregoing instructions have been faithfully carried out, 
 for 3 days the poultices may be removed, and the shoes tacked on, 
 and the' Horse led about, from time to time, as he can bear it, an hour 
 or two at a time, and as a general thing there will be but little difficul- 
 ty remaining. If there is much lameness, or tenderness apply the 
 cold bran poultices again, for the same length of time as at the first; 
 then turn him out for a week, or two. upon a low or wet pasture, 
 when he will be found all right, says Dr. Wallington "in 19 cases out 
 of every 20." 
 
 8. Sand-Cracks. — Sand-Cracks are Caused by a cut, or tread 
 upon the coronet — the top of the hoof, or by britleness of the hoof, 
 etc. The Symptoms, or evidence, is a Crack running down through 
 the whole hoof, from top to bottom, the sides of which will move upon 
 each other. 
 
 Treatment. — The best Treatment is to take a three-cornered file, 
 and file about 3 cross-marks so well down to the quick that it begins 
 to indicate, by the flinching of the Horse, that you are nearly thi'ough — 
 the idea is to get down to the quick, so diat there will be a little oozing 
 out of hoof matter to heal up the Crack ; then if the Crack is open to 
 the bottom of the hoof there must be a shoe to bind the bottom 
 tight, then an iron band around the hoof, with a screw to tighten it 
 firmly so it shall not move upon itself, after which, wet it, or soften it 2, 
 or 3 times daily with old urine. This is also one of the best applica- 
 cations to a Horse's hoof which is naturally brittle, or tender. But i-e- 
 member, never to grease, or oil a Horse's foot on account of a Crack, 
 for it makes the hoof brittle, contrary to the general opinion, while 
 the old, burned urine, or. chamber-lye has a very softening tendency. 
 Where Horse's hoofs are dry and brittle, it is common, but inju- 
 dicious practice to oil, or grease them, by which means many a good 
 foot has been spoiled. Tlio best method of keeping the hoofs tough, 
 is to wash them in the old urine, or chamber-b/e, once, or twice daily, 
 which will strengthen, toughen, and cause the hoof to grow— nothing 
 better to use in case a hoof comes off. Tliis Treatment will also pre- 
 vent hoofs from Cracking, or breaking after they are first rasped off. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 463 
 
 in shoeing; it causes tlie nails to rust also, so that a clinch will sel- 
 dom start from the time of shoeing till the animal requires again to be 
 shod. When, however, the hoofs are constantly greased, or oiled, 
 every day, the clinches will sometimes rise a ^ inch in a week's time, 
 which loosens the shoe, and causes the hoof to Crack as far as the nails 
 extend. 
 
 9. Thrush. — This disease is very much the nature of the rot in 
 the sheep's foot, causing the frog and whole inside of the bottom of the 
 hoof to rot down so much as to spoil the foot, unless attended to early 
 in the disease. • 
 
 Treatment. — 1. Pare and clean away all of the rotten part of the 
 frog, or other part of the hoof, perfectly clean. 2. "Wash the parts 
 well, 2, or 3 times daily, for 2, or 3 days, with the sharp water. No. 39, 
 which will kill the suppurative disease and begin a healthy action in 
 the hoof. Then: 3. "take about 4 ozs. of the egyptiacum, No. 36, 
 and combine with itcorrosive sublimate, in powder, 20 grs.; and alum, 
 in powder, ^ oz. Mix thoroughly. And now, a shoe must be put on 
 the same as used in case of gravel, or pricked foot, given below. Then 
 dip a pledget of hemp, or tow into the above mixture, and place it over 
 the parts, covering this egyptiacum pledget, with another pledget of tow 
 which has been dipped in common tar, and secure it in place with 
 hickory splints, the same as described in gravel also. The pledget 
 should be applied every morning, after having washed out the sore 
 with some of the sharp water. No. 36, to ensure the toughening of the 
 hoof. The pledgets \\i\\ need to be renewed 3, or 4 mornings, after 
 Avhich, morning washings with the sharp water will be all sufficient. 
 The Horse should never be worked while any of these dressings are 
 being used, or until the part is well healed so as to avoid the danger 
 of pieces of gravel getting imbeded into the soft hoof. If he must be 
 worked, remove all dressings, splints, etc., to avoid this very difficul- 
 ty, washing anew every time he comes into the stable is all that can 
 be done. To secure these dressings, or stoppings, see Fig. No. 30. 
 —4. In Stopping a discharge of this kind, it is very important to- 
 give a purge, No. 1, about imice, a week, or 10 days apart; and also the 
 urine powders, No. 11, a table-spoonful each morning, as directed un- 
 der tliat head. 
 
 10. Canker in the Feet. — This disease is generally Caused by 
 neglecting a thrush. The matter working up between the front part 
 of the hoof and the sensible part of the foot, causing, if neglected, a 
 loss of the entire hoof. — Canker, literally means an eating, or corrod- 
 ing ulcer; hence is apjilied to an ulcerating foot. 
 
 Treatment. — The foot, or hoof must be pared down so as to re- 
 move all i)utrid and rotten parts which will cause a considerable 
 bleeding, and care must be used not to get below the point of the frog, 
 or you will injure the coffin-bone, and endanger the whole joint. When 
 all the rottenness is removed, if there is much bleeding which there 
 generally will be, the Gravel-Siioe, see Fig. No. 30, must be tacked 
 on with a couple of nails, only to each side, then a handful of salt 
 must be secured upon the parts with tow, or cloth pledgets, and the 
 splints as directed in connection with Fig. 30. The next morning re- 
 move the splints, salt, etc., and wash off the blood, then wash witli the 
 sharp water. No. 39, and follow it with the 3rd instructions in th e Treat- 
 ment of Thrush, which see, just above given ; and cover it with the 
 STOPPING, as found under the head of gravel, securing all with th& 
 
464 DR. chase's 
 
 splints, as therein also described in connection with Fig. 30. Renew 
 this application, or the whole Treatment, every morning ; and should 
 there at any time appear any proud flesh, then use the styptic. No. 42. 
 One application of the styptic will generally be found suthcient, if not, 
 use it again, the next morning, when re-dressing. 
 
 During the whole of this Treatment, it is very important to use 
 the sharp water washing every morning when the dressings are remov- 
 ed, as without it the whole hoof is lost ; then there can be no shoe 
 fastened to the foot; hence no dressings can be retaiued without too 
 much bundling with clolhs, bandages, etc., which endangers the foot 
 by creating too great a heat ; therefore let me repeat it, for tlie danger 
 of tlie loss of the hoof demands it, wash the foot each day witJi the sharp 
 water, just he/ore applying the dressings, as above directed. Applying the 
 sharp water, No. 39, all over the hoof, and instep, and as high as the 
 fetlock joint, which will prevent the hoof from falling off. 
 
 Also while this Treatment is progressing, it is important to give, 
 a week, or so apart, 2, or three doses of the following: 
 
 Mercurial Physic. — Calomel 3 drs.; red nitrate of quicksilver, 
 3 scru. in line powder ; precipitated sulphuret of antimony, gum gui- 
 acum, and ginger, in powder, of each, | oz. Make into 3 balls, with a 
 little honey, or molasses. One ball makes a dose, and should be giv- 
 en a week apart, to be given at night, after tlie Horse has eaten his 
 bran-mash, and follow it next morning with No, 13, as given after the 
 worm ball. The purifying powders. No. 8, should also be used, 1 ta- 
 ble-spoonful to be given, twice daily, in a little scalded bran, or scald- 
 ed oats if the Horse refuses the bran, as some do.| 
 
 By strict attention to the above Treatment, every skillful man 
 will be able to cure the worst cases of Cankered Feet. 
 
 11. G-ravel, or Pricked Feet in Shoeing — Wounds in the 
 Feet, etc. — Horses are more subject to lameness in the Feet than in 
 any other part, which, if neglected, often goes on to serious disease, as 
 infiamrnation, ulcerutions, etc. When matter is found in any part 
 of the foot, it should be opened at once, to allow a free discharge; oth- 
 erwise the bone, which is of a spongy nature, is liable to become in- 
 flamed, and the whole Foot greatly endangered. The most dangerous 
 part about a Horse's Foot, is at the point of the/ro<7 ; which being near 
 the coffin-bone, a nail, or a stub in this part is generally attended with 
 considerable danger. 
 
 And when any stub, nail, or thorn penetrates this part of the foot, 
 if there is no drawing-knife (a small knife curved around at the point, 
 such as used by blacksmiths in paring the bottom of a hoof in shoeing( 
 at hand, the Horse had better be taken to the shoj), and the Foot par- 
 ed down to the quick, all around the part , and the i)enetrating stub, 
 or nail, removed as soon as possible. If taken in hand at once, and the 
 injury is only slight, a little spirits of turjientine ])oured upon the 
 wound, and set fire to with a hot poker, will commonly prove all suf- 
 ficient ; but the turpentine must be put out before it is all burned off dry, 
 else it will do more injury than good ; then stop up the wound with 
 the stopping dressing,'No. 43, for a night, or two, will, generally effect 
 a cure in all slight cases. 
 
 But if the wound has been made so deep as to effect the coffin- 
 bone, no time is to be lost in tlie attempt to cure. In that case, the 
 thorn, or snag being removed, and the hoof being pared down, and 
 the Wound sufficiently open to admit of it, let a small tent of lint, or 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 465 
 
 tow, be dipped into the penetrating mixture, No. 44, and pressed down 
 into the Wound ; or, otherwise take 2, or 3 feathers and tie them to- 
 gether and dip them into the bottle of the mixture, then press them 
 down into the Wound, then cover all with the stopping mixture, No. 
 43, and splints, according to the instruction under the head of thrush, 
 changing the dressings, and using the penetrating mixture, getting it 
 deep into the Wound, every morning, see also Fig., 30, for securing the 
 dressings. By strict attention to these applications, a cure may rea- 
 sonably be expected, from all Wounds of stubs, nails, thorns, gravel, 
 pricking, etc. 
 
 Bui; should any nail, or sharp snag penetrate the joint of the 
 Foot, so as to cause a discharge of the synovia, or "joint-oil," as some 
 call it, it will prove extremely difficult to cure. No time should be 
 lost, but proceed at once, to treat it as given under the head of Wounds 
 in Joints. 
 
 In cases of Wounds in Horse's Feet, from gravel, nails, or other 
 snags, it becomes necessary to secure dressings, to put in splints, or as 
 they are generally called, " Hurds ;" but with the ordinary shoe this 
 
 cannot be done very well; hence 
 every man who keeps many horses 
 about him will do well to have a 
 shoe, or two, made according to Fig. 
 No. 30, which can be readily tacked 
 on with only about 2 nails on a 
 side,and the shoe made rather thick- 
 er than the common shoe, to allow 
 the proper dressings to be put on 
 and a couple of splints to be put 
 over them and under the edge of 
 the shoe, to hold all in place, with- 
 out coming down so as to allow the 
 weight of the Horse to press upon 
 them when the foot is put to the 
 ground, or floor. Figure 1, repre- 
 sents the bevel, upwards, on the 
 shoe, 2, represents the Dressings, 
 and 3, hickory splints which can be 
 sprung in, to hold the Dressings fast. 
 GRATKL-sHOK— FOR SECURING DREBsiNas TO The bearing surface of the shoe to 
 
 THE BOTTOM OF THE HORSE'S FOOT. \)q leVCl aS USUal. 
 
 12. Poulticing in Diptheria and in Horse Distemper, or 
 
 Strangles.-In 
 
 these diseases '. 
 it is almost ab- 
 solutely neces- 
 sary to Poul- 
 tice, otherwise 
 the Distemper, 
 or Strangles are 
 pretty sure to 
 break on the 
 inside of tho2l 
 throat; and 
 
 Fig. 31. 
 
 Diptheria pret- 
 s^ty sure not to 
 "~ break atall,but 
 ^ the Horse to 
 die of suS'oca- 
 tion from the 
 ^extensive swell 
 the 
 of 
 
 I ngs m 
 ^deep parts 
 ¥ the throat. 
 In Poulticing, 
 
 it becomes ne- 
 
 FOUR AND EIGHT-TAILED BANDAGE. 
 
 cessary to prepare two bandages the first an 8-tailed bandage, and the 
 
 30 DR. chase's second RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
466 
 
 DR. chase's 
 
 second a 4-taiIed bandage, something in the form represented in Fig. 
 31, and their manner of application is shown in Tigures 32 and 
 33. — 1, is first applied as shown in Fig. 32, and 2, as shown in Fig, 
 33, more particularly described in connection with those Figures. The 
 best thing to make them of is to take an old grain-bag and cut off a 
 piece of the bottom of the bag and sew up the open end, then cut off 
 the 8 strings, or ties, about 1 inch wide, and of sufficient length to tie 
 over the noi^e, head, and neck of the Horse, as shown also in the cuts — 
 Figures 32 and 33. 
 
 Fig. 32. Fig. 33. 
 
 EIGHT-TAILED BANDAGE FOUR-TAILED BANDAGE APPLIED 
 
 APPLIED. OVER THE EIGHT. 
 
 When the bandages are both ready, wet up from a peck to a peck 
 and a half of wheat-bran, just as hot as it can be borne by the Horse, 
 then, having tied bandage 1, Fig. 31, by the strings 1 and 5, and 4 and 
 8, over the nose and neck, the middle will hang down like a bag, into 
 which dii> the hot moist bran, as full as it will hold, then tie strings 
 2 and 6 on the front of the ears, and 3 and 7 behind the ears, as seen 
 in Fig. 32, and if necessary tighten, a little, the strings first tied ; and 
 then to keep these bandage strings in place, take a piece of twine and 
 fasten them together, by first tying the end of the twine to the 
 one over the nose, then wrap it around the one forward of the ears, 
 next around the one behind the ears, then around the last one, and 
 tie, which will keep them alKin place, as seen in Fig. 33, preventing 
 them from working down by which means the Poultice might be lost, 
 or work out. Now it will be seen, by the moistening of the bandage, 
 the center portion of it will hang down considerably from the Horse's 
 neck, by wliich the desired effect upon the throat would be mostly 
 lost ; here it becomes necessary to take bandage 2, and place it up un- 
 der this baggy portion of the Poultice, and tie it, by strings 1 and 3, in 
 front of the ears, and by 2 and 4, behind the ears, which will bring the 
 hot Poultice close up to the throat, as shown in Fig. 33, and by this 
 means it will be kept firm and close to the throat, as also shown in Fig. 
 33, and by wrapping these strings around the wrapping, or securing 
 string, which runs from the nose string up over between the ears to 
 the neck string, which is also shown, as well as may be in the same 
 cut. 
 
 And now, to ensure the greatest possible benefit from this Poultic- 
 ing, let them be renewed, every morning, and evening, with entirely 
 new bran, as hot as can be borne each time. And at noon, let ban- 
 dage 2, be taken off and the strings 2 and and 3 and 7, of 1, be un- 
 tied, and about 1 i pts. of hot water be poured into the Poultice, which 
 will, 1)y the untying of the strings as directed, hang down a little 
 loosely from the neck, and stir up the bran nicely together, then re-tie 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 467 
 
 the strings and secure them there, as at first, with the securing string, 
 then re-apply bandage 2, also, which will do nearly as well as to take 
 oflF all and use new bran, saving considerable time to the laborer at 
 that time of day when he has much to do within the time that the 
 team, with which he is working is allowed for eating. 
 
 Having explained and illustrated as well as I can, the best method 
 of Poulticing in Diptheria and Distemper, I shall proceed to speak 
 more particularly of the diseases themselves. 
 
 13. Distemper, or Strangles. — Oause.^The Cause of this dis- 
 ease is somewhat obscure ; hence, it is called an epidemic, or common 
 disease, as all young Horses are liable to have the Distemper, or as the 
 English call it, the Strangles. It begins with a swelling between the 
 jaws, of an inflammatory and painful character, extending to the mus- 
 cles of the tongue, jjroducing considerable heat, or fever, and difficul- 
 ty in swallowing. The feverishness will be pretty general over the 
 whole system, painful cough, great thirst, and yet extreme difficulty 
 in drinking; the appetite being more, or less disturbed, sometimes 
 eating but very little. The swelling will mostly be confined to the in- 
 side of the jaw-bones, root of the tongue, and upper part of larynx, or 
 throat ; and if this part is much affected, the nose will be considera- 
 bly extended and held in the same position constantly, in order to re- 
 lieve, or make the breathing easier; the eyes appearing fixed, or not 
 but little change in position. This disorder sometioies discharges it- 
 self at the nostrils, when it becomes difiicult of cure, taking the name 
 of bastard distemper, and unless it receives prompt attention and the 
 proper treatment may lead into glanders. 
 
 Treatment. — Keep the Horse in a warm, comfortable stable, and 
 properly covered ; warmisli water, and hot ma.shes, are the proper food 
 and drink. Bed him well and chafe and rub the legs, and all the 
 better if the whole surface is well rubbed several times a day to help 
 draw the blood to the extremeties ; but bleeding must never be re- 
 sorted to in this disease, as it 'weakens and reiluces the system and 
 retards the suppurative process which is to be encouraged and brought 
 about by the Poulticing. 
 
 The Poulticing-, as described and illustrated under that head, 
 must now be resorted to and pursued for several days,or until it breaks, 
 or is ready for opening, (which may be known by a soft and pulpy 
 place ; then, the quicker it is opened the better. The cut must always 
 be made lengthwise of the jaw — never across it) ; and when it is open 
 it must be kept open by thrusting the little finger daily into tlie open- 
 ing, or by introducing a tent, daily, as long as the Poulticing keeps up 
 the running — if it breaks of itself the orifice will probably be too small, 
 and may be enlarged with a lance, or sharp knife, to admit the end of 
 the little finger, as above mentioned. Wash the parts daily, or twice 
 daily, with Castile soap, keeping them clean, to prevent re-absorption 
 of the matter into the system. ' Keep the parts covered to prevent tak- 
 ing cold by exposure, which is extremely liable to occur. 
 
 Many persons in Distemper resort to smoking the HorseV, nose 
 over burning leatlier, feathers, tar, etc.; but if this is done, there is 
 danger that the discharge may be breathed, more, or less, into the 
 bi'eathing passages which are thereby injured, and this injury often 
 becomes permanent. The object and desire is, to make them break, 
 or "come to a head" on the outside, so it can be opened there ; for by 
 this means the cure is quicker, and the danger of injury to the breath- 
 
468 DR. chase's 
 
 ing passages is entirely avoided, and the danger of its running into 
 the glanders is also prevented. ; 
 
 14. Colds. — It is customary, however, and proper to smoke the 
 nose of the Horse in common Colds ; but it is highly important to 
 know whether it is a Cold, or whether it is the Distemper. To aid in 
 distinguishing the one from the other, it will be important to consider 
 that the Distemper is like the measles in children — they seldom have 
 them but once. Then if you know the Horse has had the Distemper 
 when a colt, he is not likely to have it again. Then in old Horses, 
 there is not the same liability to Distemper, as there is in the young 
 Horse ; hence, if there is a known exposure which would naturally 
 give them a Cold,it will help to guide, or satisfy you that it is a Cold — 
 there is likely to be cough in all three of the diseases — Distemper, 
 Diptheria, and Cold. 
 
 Treatment. — If the Cold is bad, it will be well to make a nose-bag 
 out of some thick and firm cloth, or take an old grain-bag and cut off 
 the bottom about a foot long, and cut off the width to suit, or set a 
 little closely to the Horse's nose, and sew up the cut side, and sew a 
 tuide, stout string, upon each side with which to tie it over the top of 
 the head. Then, if pine saw-dust can be procured, take 2, or 3 qts. of 
 it and put it into the bag and pour sufficient hot water to wet it ; then 
 tie it on, that the Hor.se may breath the hot steam, which will cause 
 the nose to run, which gives relief. It will probably be necessary to 
 keep the nose-bag, containing the pine saw-dust, on for a couple of days, 
 or until the nose runs freely. 
 
 But if pine saw-dust cannot be obtained, wheat-bran may be sub- 
 stituted for it, by pouring over it, 1, or 2 ozs. of spirits of turpentine 
 before the hot water is poured upon it. 
 
 The Pectoral Po-wders, No. 6h, must also be given to save the 
 lungs, the same as in Distemper, or Diptheria. But, oi-dinarily the 
 Pectoral Powders, with bran-mashes will be sufficient to cure Colds. 
 
 15. Diptheria.— Diptheria in Horses, as with persons, has been 
 known but a very few years; and, so far as I know, no writer has yet 
 taken up and properly discussed the subject in any work on farriery. 
 The symptoms of the disease are very much the same as in Distemper, 
 the principal difference being in this, that the swelling is farther up 
 under the ear, and is of more general extent than in Distemper, the 
 swelling of which is confined more to the glands between the jaws. 
 Again, Diptheria hardly ever breaks of itself, but suffocates the Horse 
 by the extent of the throat swelling, unless properly attended to. 
 
 Treatraent. — It is very fortunate that the Poulticing Treatment 
 is properly the Treatment of both diseases, so there is no danger of 
 making trouble in mistaking one disease for the other ; but as soon 
 as any considerable swelling of the glands, or throat occur, let the 
 Poulticing, which see, be at once resorted to ; and let the Horse be 
 fed on soft diet, as bran-mashes, scalded oats, etc., as it is not best to 
 physic the Horse, but keep the bowels loose by this soft feed, and give 
 one table-spoonful of the pectoral powders, No. 6J, night and morn- 
 ing, to prevent any possibility of the disease settling upon the lungs. 
 
 The importance, however,of the poulticing must not be overlooked, 
 for it is the chief dependence ; and, to give the poultice its greatest 
 possible benefit, it must be kept close to the throat ; for if it settles, or 
 sags away from the throat, the air gets in and cools it off and the de- 
 sired effect of tvarmth and moisture is lost. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 4G9 
 
 And as soon as the poulticing has brought the swelling to "a head," 
 it must be opened, externally, for this is the object sought, remember- 
 ing, as in Distemper, never to cut across the flesh, to endanger the 
 blood vessels ; but, as the sailor would say, " cut fore and aft." The 
 poulticing may then be kept up as long as it runs freely, and pursue 
 the same course of general Treatment as in Distemper. 
 
 16. Quittor, or Ulcer at the Coronet. — ^Although I have put 
 off the subject of Quittor, or Ulcer at the Coronet to be treated upon 
 as the last disease connected with the Horse's foot, yet, it is by no 
 means of the least importance, notwithstanding it is not of very fre- 
 quent occurrence. It is claimed to belong to, or to be an Ulcer form- 
 ing on the Coronet, or crown of the hoof, or foot, immediately above 
 the hoof on the inside of the foot, called " the inside quarter," but I 
 can see no reason why it is not just as likely to occur on the outer 
 quarter, especially when it may arise from gravel, or from pricking in 
 shoeing. 
 
 Cause. — It is Caused from treading upon the " inner quarter," 
 and also from bruises, stubs, gravel, or pricking in shoeing, etc. The 
 tendency of a gravel stone, when it becomes imbedded under the 
 shoe, is to work through the bottom of the hoof,then to work along up be- 
 tween the hoof and the coffin-bone, until it reaches the coronet, where 
 it forms a hard swelling, which quite often, has to have a sharp red- 
 hot pointed iron entered through it to open the Ulcer and allow the 
 offending matter to work out; and as the tendency of this disease,like 
 poll-evil, IS to form sinuses, or pipes, it must be attended to at once, if it 
 is desired, or expected to avoid this evil and dangerous consequence. 
 
 Treatment. — The Ulcer, or Quittor opening of itself, or being 
 opened by means of the hot iron, may easily be cured by apjilying the 
 penetrating mixture, No. 44, which it will be seen is a combination of 
 very valuable and penetrating articles, stimulating to a healthy ac- 
 tion, and overcoming the tendency to pipes under the hoof. Of course, 
 it is to be understood that if the disease has arisen from gravel, prick- 
 ing, or any other cause, from the bottom of the foot, that it has been 
 properly Treated there, as under these various heads ; but as it some- 
 times will occur that the gravel has gone above the possibility of 
 reaching it from below, it then becomes necessary to take it into cus- 
 tody from above, as soon as it appears at the Coronet, by washing off 
 the dirt every night and morning before applying the mixture. The 
 Horse should have rest, and, if it gets bad, he must have rest during 
 the time of Treatment ; but if he cannot be rested, or it is not so bad 
 as to actually demand it, care must be taken to wash the part every 
 night, as soon as he comes from his work, and when it is properly dry, 
 rub in the mixture well, repeating in the morning, half an hour be- 
 fore he goes to work. 
 
 This mixture will be found excellent in curing all kinds of treads, 
 stubs, and bruises, on the feet before they are Ulrerated ; and will also 
 be found valual)le fur the "foul," or "rot" in the feet of other animals. 
 
 "When the Quittor is Ulcerated, or piped, however, which can be 
 easily told by washing the part with warm water, letting him stand 
 half an hour, or an hour, by which time, if Ulcerated, a thick matter 
 will appear over the opening of the Ulcer. Then, to ascertain the 
 depth of the Ulcer, examine with a silver probe, or if none is at hand, 
 a hen's quill, having smoothed the end a little with a file, by which 
 means also, the matter may be well cleaned fromtheUlcer; then, sup- 
 
470 DR. chase's 
 
 posing the pipe to be small, only about of sufficient size to admit the 
 hen's quill, take a piece of corrosive sublimate, tJte size of a wheat grain, or 
 the size of the pipe, and place it in the mouth of the pipe, then with a 
 piece of clean, well smoothed, hickory stick, of a size to just till the 
 pipe, the end of the stick being cut off square, so that by placing the 
 end of it upon the grain of corrosive sublimate it will not slip past it, 
 but carry it to the bottom of tlie Ulcer, wliich will need to be repeated 
 at tlie end of 2, or o days; and it will not be amiss to roll up a small 
 bit of tow and push it down tlie same way, to prevent the dissolving 
 sublimate from working out. This will kill the pipe, and cause it to 
 rise up, which after a few days, may be drawn out in the form of a 
 core, and the wound healed with the penetrating mixture, No. 44. and 
 the mixture given below, used in connection with No. 44. 
 
 In Case there should be more than one pipe, or orifice, the cor- 
 rosive sublimate must be put into each pipe, so that all may be de- 
 stroyed at one time. 
 
 After the corrosive sublimate has been introduced, as much as 
 may be necessary to destroy the pipes and fetch out the core, the feet 
 may be placed, once a day for 3, or 4 hours, in a bran poultice, which 
 will aid the progress of the work ; and when the core has come out, or 
 been taken out, by gentle pulling, not to break it off, the wound should 
 be cleansed with Castile soap, then the penetrating mixture, No. 44, 
 introduced ; and afterwards a tent of tow is to be also introduced after 
 dipping it in the following: 
 
 Mixture.— Take egyptiacum, 2 ozs.; tinct. of benzoin, 1 oz; oil of 
 vitriol (sulphuric acid), 1 dr. Let the mixture be made in a bowl, add- 
 ing the vitriol slowly, then bottle for use. 
 
 Let this wound be cleansed once daily, and Treated with the two 
 Mixtures, as above directed, securing the tent, by a roller-bandage as 
 most convenient, by passing it under the foot and around the fetlock, 
 as required. 
 
 Should there, at any time, however, be matter lodged, or confined, 
 under the hoof, the hoof must be taken entirely away in that part, and 
 a bar-shoe put on to ease the quarter and prevent the hoof from crack- 
 ing through. This cutting away the lioof prevents the injury to the 
 coffin-bone which is of so sjiongya nature as to be easily injured; and 
 if this bone is consit/cra^ii!/ injured, the Horse has no foundation left 
 for further usefulness, and, hence may as well be destro3^ed, showing 
 the greater impnrtance of close attention, and proper Treatment. 
 
 Winter and Spring are the more common seasons for Quittor ; and 
 they are more commonly the accompaniments of scratches, grease, or 
 other diseases of the sj'stem wliich quite frequently protracts, or im- 
 pedes the cure, until the Horse lias undergone a regular course of physic, 
 and other general Treatment as called for under their respective heads; 
 and the blood is more likely to become impure from urinary difficul- 
 ties than from any other source. 
 
 And I am glad to be able to add, here, in closing the Treatment 
 of the very anoying diseases afflicting the Feet of the Horse, or Mule, 
 that, from what I know of Dr. Wallington's success as a Farrier and 
 Cattle Doctor, who, as before remarked, has superintended the prepa- 
 ration, of the entire matter upon these subjects, if strict attention is 
 given to tlie Treatment of these diseases, guided by a Common-Sense 
 judgment, the people will be enabled to perform cures in the worst 
 of cases ; and especially will they be able to do so by having the neces- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 471 
 
 sary instructions at hand, so that they take the difficulties by the " fore- 
 top," as they arise, a neglect of which is one of the principal reasons 
 for so many failures, which with prompt Treatment, would have been 
 successful 
 
 The Doctor gives me an account of a gentleman who recently 
 called him to prescribe for a valuable Horse which he had, but a short 
 time previously purchased at $200 ; but it being evening— the Doctor 
 not having with him the proper medicine fur the case — notwithstand- 
 ing he was urged to go to town for medicine that night, he thought it 
 made very little diflerence, for so short a time — that in the morning 
 he would attend to it, and it would do just as well; yet, when the 
 morning came, something else also came up which drew him ofl'for the 
 day, and in the evening he would attend to it, certainly, — but the 
 evening again had its alurements, or labors, and thus the second night 
 was passed, yet the life of his prized-Horse went with it, so that on the 
 second day, he had the Horse's skin to take to town, with which to buy 
 medicine, or what else he pleased. 
 
 If people expect to cure diseases of persons, or even their domes- 
 tic animals, with such gross neglect as this, they will generally have a 
 corresponding success, and they ought not to lay it to the Doctor, who 
 prescribes, nor to the Book which contains the prescription, but to a 
 very evil and injurious habit of neglect, or procrastination which they 
 have fallen into, and to overcome which they ought to be willing to 
 make every necessary effort; and if the recital of this case, and the 
 consequent loss of another, by his own neglect, should excite anyone 
 to overcome it in themselves, without loss, my object will have been 
 attained, and I shall be more than repaid, by the saving of sufi'ering 
 to so valuable an animal as the Horse. 
 
 Skeleton and Points of a Horse Illustrated. — It is generally 
 considered by all writers upon Farriery to be of such great import- 
 ance to show the Skeleton of the Horse, and also to show his external 
 Points that I have, to save space, adopted the plan of giving them 
 both in one cut, Fig. 34, which I deem better than to have occupied 
 double the space, by giving two cuts. I have also given an Illustra- 
 tion of the internal arrangment of the Horse, which but very few writ- 
 ers have done. This is shown in Fig. 35, and I think will be found 
 very acceptable to all who take any interest in the welfare of the 
 Horse, as it will enable them the better to understand his structure 
 and consequently, his Diseases. A description of the Medicines will 
 be found immediately following tlie Illustrations, 
 
 The names applied to the different parts, in describing the Skele- 
 ton of the Horse correspond very nearly, at least, with those applied 
 to persons. 
 
 No one will accuse me of wasting space upon the page upon which 
 Fig. 34 is found ; for the noble animal is represented as being pretty well 
 surrounded with descriptive matter, — he has it above and below him, 
 before and behind him, yet he neithcK eats it, nor carries it, nor does 
 he step upon it, or back against it — and I fully believe, he who studies 
 it most, will like it best ; and the same will hold good in regard to the 
 whole Book. Hoping to be excused for any apparent jesting, which 
 some might think better to have been left out of this paragraph, I will 
 say it was written expressly to fill this page, as we could not divide the 
 cut, which would liave come half upon this page, following the original 
 copy, yet, I hope this paragraph shall not prove altogether worthless. 
 
472 
 
 DR. chase's 
 
 £ = £ 
 
 b<)= 
 
 C t. oj S -^ ° 
 
 X3^ ; 
 
 
 c - ■- •- x; 
 
 o '^ cs ^ c t, S/w ij: 
 i °s o g 5s~ !- £ s 
 
 r £ c: = o o 
 
 
 - 1; T ^ o K 
 
 Hi' 
 
 g&3t^st^^3 
 
 " 
 
 
 b^^ 
 
 .-i 0) 
 
 oT 
 
 ,j 
 
 ti-;3 
 
 «:: ? 
 
 C 
 
 = 
 
 .^^ 
 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 ,^^ 
 
 
 o u ? 
 
 ^« r^ 
 
 s 
 
 h 
 
 •^ 
 
 "3 S 
 
 :i ci c3 
 
 03 
 
 * 
 
 £■" 
 
 
 H 
 
 Oi 
 
 s til 
 
 ^.fS 
 
 o 
 
 -^ 
 
 .■I o 
 
 ^.H^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3c 
 
 c a, o3 
 
 a 
 
 ;_: 
 
 (U-^ 
 
 
 
 a 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 be 
 P< 
 
 £ aj c3 
 S m o 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 S 
 
 S S: 
 
 3 -^9 
 
 a 
 
 2^ 
 
 3 
 
 8 
 
 
 tiii 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 c ^ — 
 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 111 
 o 
 
 
 o 
 
 i 
 
 j3 . "i; o3 ° 03-Q - — 
 
 S p-^S 0) ;; i) 3 '->fl 
 ti .t'-5'S-9'E> >^ § -5 
 
 £ £C*- 
 
 „ . . . ^ . , o3 -'u 
 
 a '^ ^ a <i>2 „,A ^ l^r-l 
 
 j2£ 
 
 o.2x: 
 
 » o H t),^ •" C aj 
 
 S "'"' -ra 5 " aj ^ ^ 
 7°^ o o c ° =3 2 o 
 
 lis 
 
 "' 5"c8 
 
 aE^ 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 473 
 
 processs from the hip-joint 
 for the attachment of mus- 
 cles to give it great strength 
 — there is another upon 
 the inside, not shown, call- 
 ed trochanter minor, or lit- 
 projection. 
 12, 13. The large joint of the 
 femur, or thigh-bone with 
 the tibia, or large bone of 
 the leg. 
 
 14, Patella, or knee-pan, call- 
 ed also " the cap of the 
 knee.'' etc. 
 
 15. Gambrel-Joint. 
 
 THE EXTERN.\ I, POINTS OF 
 THK HORSE. 
 
 The dotted, or dash-like 
 lines, are calculated to show 
 pretty nearly the p(jsition of 
 the -skin, or external cover- 
 ing of ihe Horse, and with 
 but few exceptions, the en- 
 graver has made a very good 
 representation of it. 
 
 16. The poU, from the Low 
 German nolle, the head ; 
 hence poll-evil, literally an 
 evil, or bad head. 
 
 17, 17. The crest or high part 
 of the neck. 
 
 Fig. 35. 
 
 18, 19, 23. The largest and 
 smallest girth, or circum- 
 ference of the chest, except 
 that at 1 9, the dotted line is 
 a little t<30 full, and 23 is a 
 little too far hack, it 
 should be in the center, 
 under 18 and 19, the high- 
 est and lowest points. 
 
 20. Theloin.s. 
 
 21. Root of the tail, or dock. 
 
 22. The quarters. 
 21. Thebrea.st. 
 
 2.1. The point of the .shoul- 
 der. 
 
 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE HORSE. 
 
 1. Top of the head. 11. Pyloric orifice of the stomach, or en- 
 
 2, 3. The brain— divided — 3, the cerebrum, trance to the inte.stines. 
 or large, and 2, the cerebellum, or small 12. The cut edge of the diaphragm. 
 
 portion. 
 
 4. One division of the nasal membrane. 
 6. The tongue. 
 
 6. Divided vertebra, or spinal colum. 
 
 7. 7. Spinal marrow. 
 
 8. The pharynx, or back part of the mouth 
 and upper part of of the esophigus, or 
 gullet. 
 
 9. Esophigus. or gullet which carries the 
 food and drink to the stomach, at 10, 
 passing through the diaphrai^m 12. 
 
 10. Entrance, or cardiac orifice of the stom- 
 ach a. 
 
 13. The wind pipe, or trachea. 
 
 14. The lungs partly cut away, 
 l.'i. The heart. 
 
 ft. Stomach. 
 
 h. .Spleen, cut surface. 
 
 c. Kidney. 
 
 e. The straight part of the rectum which 
 falls oft' almost perpendicularly at about 
 the point where the ilivision stops. 
 /. The anus, or entrance til the rectum. The 
 uterus is shown below the rectum, with 
 its brcjad ligament, which gives it sup- 
 
 port 
 
 MEDICINES FOR HORSES AND CATTLE. 
 No. 1. Physic Ball for Horses.— Socotrine,* or Cape aloes. 8 — 10 
 — or 12 drs. (according to size of the Horse) ; ginger and Castile soap, 
 2 drs.; precipitated snlphiir of antimony, 1 dr.; kali prepared (tartrate 
 of potash), ^ dr.; oil of anise, 30 drops. Make into 1 ball with honey, 
 or molasses. " Wlien it is necessary to give physic to a Horse, if the 
 nature of the disease will permit the delay, he should be allowed bran- 
 *Socoirin€ is the name of the best article of aloes. They come from the island of So- 
 cotra, in the Indian Ocean, off the east coast of Africa. 
 
DR. CHASES 
 
 mashes (bran wet up with warm water) for at least 12 hours previous 
 to giving of the physic, and no hay on the day the physic is given. 
 He shomd be allowed chilled water (water with the chill taken off), 
 and have exercise (walked around a little) ; and if required to be re- 
 peated, a week should intervene between each treatment." But should 
 the physic ball not operate in 48 hours, in any Vase, give No. 3, and re- 
 peat No. 3 in 12 hours more, if necessary to get an operation. 
 
 No. 2. Physic, or Cleansing- Drink for Cattle. — Epsom salts, 
 1 \ lbs.; best ginger root, 1 oz. Boiling water, 2 qts., when sufiiciently 
 cool, give the wHole. And if it does not operate in 12 hours, give salts 
 ^ lb. and ginger, ^oz. every 6 hours, doubling the ginger the second 
 time. Balls must never be given to Cattle, for the ball wouW act like 
 the grass, or hay a Cow eats, filling the gullet and carrying the air 
 before it, opens a valve into the rumen, or first stomach where it never 
 acts as physic; but giving it in liquid form it goes on to the digestive 
 stomach and has the desired effect. It must be given slowly also, to 
 avoid the same danger — aloes should not be gi' en to Cattle. 
 
 In Milk-Fever the dose of salts should be 1 >} lbs. and then the 
 i^ lb. given in 6 hours in place of waiting 12 hours, as in common cases, 
 and again repeated in 6 hours, if the bowels are not fairly opened be- 
 fore. 
 
 No. 3. Repeating Physic, or Draught for Horses. — Socotrine. 
 or Cape, aloes 6 to 8 drs.; tartarized antimony, and tartrate of potash, of 
 each, 1 dr.; spirits of niter, 1 j ozs. Powder the aloes and pour on a 
 little boiling water to dissolve them, then add tiie antimony and pot- 
 ash with cold water enough to make 1 pt. then add the niter, and give 
 it carefully, from a bottle. 
 
 In any case where it is feared that a Horse is being over-purged, 
 give him No. 6, as a check, and to relieve pain. 
 
 No. 4. Tonic For Horses, or Cattle. — Sulphate of iron (cop- 
 eras), or sulphate of copper (blue vitriol) 1 to 2 drs.; camphor, 1 dr.; 
 gentian, and ginger, of each, 2 drs. Molasses to form a ball. For Cat- 
 tle, dissolve it in 1 qt. of gruel. Give once, or twice daily. 
 
 In any case of inflammation of the bowels, or colic, or general 
 weakness, this may, and should be given in the flaxseed tea, even to 
 Horses. 
 
 No. 5. Febrifuge For Horses, or Cattle — In Place of Bleed- 
 ing. — As it has been found best not to Bleed Horses, or Cattle so much 
 as formerly, it was necessary to find something that would le.ssen the 
 pulse, and still save the Blood for the future strength — this has been 
 found in the tincture of aconite 20 drops, twice daily; and in very 
 high fever, or inflammation it may be repeated every 2, or 3 hours 
 until the ])ulse is lo\vered, then, twice daily. Put it on a little sugar, 
 and draw oat the tongue, having it in a tea-spoon, put it upon the 
 tongue and keep the mouth I'losed until swallowed. 
 
 No. 6. Compound Tincture, or Anodyne Draught For 
 Horses, or Cattle. — Laudanum, and tinct. of benzoin, of each, 1 oz.; 
 oil of Juniper, A oz. spirits of niter. 2 ozs. For Horses, or Cattle, in 
 flatuent colic, or diarhea, give one-half this mount in warm water, 
 H pts-; and if not relieved in 1 hour, give half of the balance, same as 
 at first; and if need be, in 2 hours more, give the remainder, in the 
 same way. 
 
 This is very valuable for persons, in diarrhea, in doses of i to 1 tea- 
 Bpoonful, repeated every hour, or two. My friend, the English Farrier, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 475 
 
 tells me that he believes 50 families around him, besides his own, are 
 making this their chief stay in diarrliea, or Summer complaint. 
 
 No. 6 1-2. Pectoral Pow^ders— a Valuable Remedy in 
 Heaves. — ^Barbadoes tar, Venice turpentine, and Castile soap, of each, 
 4 ozs.; rust of iron, in powder, 6 ozs.; tartrate of potash, 2 ozs.; heat 
 them all well together, then add, anise seed, carraway seed, elecam- 
 pagne root, and ginger root, all freshly powdered, of each, 2 ozs.; li- 
 quorice root powdered, 4 ozs. Beat them into a mass, for balls, with 
 molasses, or honey, reserving some ol the liquorice powder to thicken 
 with if too much molasses is used. Divide into 18 balls, and 1 ball 
 given to a Horse every morning, fasting, for 2 or 3 hours after, and of 
 course nothing is to be fed before giving the ball. And in Heaves, or 
 other thick winded difficulties, continue until the whole are given. 
 And in case of Heaves, remove all dry hay, feeding corn-stalks during 
 the time ; then wait 3 weeks, and repeat the operation. Tliis Treat- 
 ment, as here given, has cared very bad cases of Heaves, jiermanently. Dr. 
 Walliagton, the gentleman who has assisted me in preparing this De- 
 partment of this Work, now drives a Mare in all the visits of his ex- 
 tensive practice, v.'hich he bought for $5, she being so bad with 
 Heaves, that in getting her home, the next day after the purchase,she 
 laid down from exhaustion, or want of breath, some 20 times in the 
 distance of 5, or (5 miles, taking all day, and until 9 at nigh, to accom- 
 plish this, to her, terrible journey. She is perfectly w^ell and shows 
 no signs that she was ever diseased. He has cured others, one of 
 which afterwards .sold for $2U0. Then let it no longer be said that 
 "Heaves cannot be cured" — they have and can be ! 
 
 No. 7. Cough PoAwders For Horses and Mules. — Rust of 
 iron, in powder, 6 ozs.; tartrate of potash, 2 ozs.; beat these well to- 
 gether, then add, anise seed, carraway seed, elecampagne root, and 
 ginger root, all freshly ground, or powdered, of each, 2 ozs.; liquorice 
 root, powdered, \ lb. Mix well together and keep dry for use. Give 
 a Horse, or Mule 1 table-spoonful, twice daily, in wet feed, as bran, 
 oats, or a little meal as they will eat best. It will soon allay cough. 
 This with Nos. 8 and 11, makes a valuable condition powder. 
 
 No. 8. Purifying- Powders For the Blood, For Horses and 
 Mules. — Black antimony, finely powdered, cream of tartar, pulverized 
 niter, and flour of sulphur, of each, 4 ozs. All being in fine powder, 
 mix together, and keep dry, for use. One table-spoonful of these pow- 
 ders may be used night and morning, mixed in bran, a little wet, or 
 wet meal, or wet oats, which ever the Horse will eat best. To be 
 used in all cases of impure blood, especially in the Spring. If stal- 
 lions are fed this, it will not only keep the bowels cool and open, but 
 give them a nice shining coat. And, if in disease, the urinary organs 
 are out of order, combine with it the urine potcder, or diuretic, No. 11, 
 and if any cough, or lung difficulty appears, combine the cough pow- 
 der. No. 7, with these two and you have a condition powder hard to be 
 beaten. 
 
 No. 9. Fever Ball For Horses and Cattle. — Niter, 4 drs.; tar- 
 tar emetic, and camphor gum, of each, 2 drs. Molasses to make 1 ball ; 
 or when given to Cattle, warm water, or gruel, 1 pt. Give twice daily 
 until the bowels are relaxed. 
 
 No. 10. Mercurial Physic For Horses and Cattle, in Jaun- 
 dice. — Calomel and ginger, of each, 1 dr.; Socotrine, or Cape aloes, 2 
 drs. For a Horse, make into 1 ball with molasses, and give at night, 
 
476 DR. chase's 
 
 and follow, in the morning with No. 3. For Cattle give No. 2, and re- 
 peat, as there directed, until it operates ; then give No. 5, as there di- 
 rected. 
 
 No. 11. Urine Powders, or Diuretic For Horses, Mules and 
 Oattle. — Rosin in powder, 1 lb.; tartrate of potash, juniper berries, 
 and Castile soap, of each, Mb. Cut the soap in thin slices,and!pulverize 
 all the others, then beat the whole in a mortar to a proper consistence, 
 and give 1 large spoonful of the powder in bran-mash, or wet oats if 
 the Horse will not eat bran-mash, twice daily. 
 
 In strangury (where the urine is passed drop by drop), and in sup- 
 pression (where none is passed) this powder will be found very val- 
 uable, hvice daily, witli a dose, or two, of No. 6, to relieve pain. And in 
 case of gravel, or stone in the bladder, these powders are to be used, 
 and onions also to be given, if the Horse will eat them raw, or cooked, 
 if he wont eat them they must be boiled and the juice, or gruel given 
 daily. Whenever the condition of a Horse is such as to require the use 
 of €071 di Hon powders, they are made by combining this, with Nos. 7 and 8, as 
 remarked under those Nos., and to be given in the feed as other pow- 
 ders are given. 
 
 For Cattle give the tea from i lb. of bruised juniper berries boiled 
 in water, 2 qts., and if gravel, give onion gruel, 2 qts. during the day. 
 In one case — a mare, she eat nearly a peck of onions in a day, and 
 with the other treatment, what was a large stone, broke up and one 
 piece came away nearly as large as a hen's egg ; and Dr. AVallington 
 says that by soaking these stones in onion juice, they crumbled to 
 powder.' Onion juice is highly recommended for Gravel, in persons, 
 which see, why then may it not be equally valuable for Horses ? 
 
 No. 12.— "Worm Ball for Horses. — Calomel, 1 dr.; Venice tur- 
 pentine, J oz.; oil of savin, 2 drs.; and Indian-pink root, and worm 
 seed, in powder, of each, 2 drs. Mix and make into 1 ball, with molas- 
 ses, and give at night, after having fed through the day with bran- 
 mashes and no hay. And directlv follow the ball with linseed-oil, 1 
 pt. in hot gruel which will warm the oil — one pt. of warm oil is better 
 than 1^- pts. cold. And the next morning you must follow with No. 
 13. Cattle are seldom troubled with worms. 
 
 No. 13.— Purge Ball for Horses; To Follow the Worm Ball- 
 — Socotrine, or Cape aloes, 8 to 12 drs. (according to the size of the 
 Horse) ; ginger, Castile soap, and oil of savin, of each, 2 drs. Make 
 into 2 balls with molasses, and give, the morning after No. 12 has been 
 given a Horse at night. (Both of the balls should be given at the 
 same time ; but in one ball it would be too large to swallow well). 
 
 Molasses, sage tea, linseed-oil, etc., has been thought to have a 
 powerful effect in destroying bots, in the stomach ; but, if 1 pt. of 
 strong wormwood tea was given to the Horse, immediately after this 
 No. 13, in treating for worms, it will be found to have an excellent 
 efl'ect in dislodging them. If this ■worm treatment is rei)eated once a 
 week for 3 weelcs, it will effectually destroy, and carry off all of the dif- 
 ferent kind of worms, in the stomach, bowels, or intestines. A single 
 course of this treatment effectually removed all appearance of woifms 
 in my own Horse, some 8 months ago (which have not yet shown any 
 symptoms of returning) ; but, in case it is deemed necessary to repeat 
 this v)orm course, once or twice (and no physic treatment with a Horse 
 should ever be given more than 3 weeks — one week apart), it should 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 47*^ 
 
 be followed by No. 14, to strengthen the stomach and help digestion, 
 as continued courrfes of physic tends to weaken the digestive powers. 
 
 No. 14. Stomach Drink For Horses to Aid Digestion. — Peru- 
 vian bark, and'niter, of each, 1 oz.; gentian r(jot, * oz. All to be finely 
 pulverized ; then mix the whole in ale, or gruel, (ale is the best), 3 pts., 
 and give J of it warm, each morning ; and 2 hours after, give warm 
 bran-mash and warm water. The virtues of this drink deserve the 
 highest commendation in restoring Horses which have been much re- 
 duced by long continued disease, or general debility, or that have been 
 over-ridden, or over-driven, etc. 
 
 No. 15. Flaxseed Tea for Cattle. — When Flaxseedteais direct- 
 ed for Cattle, the general understanding is that 2 qts. of Flaxseed are 
 to be purchased (if not on hand), then take a j pt. of it each morning, 
 and boil it in 2 qts. of water for ^ an hour, and when milk warm, give, 
 it for a dose, and repeat it, day by day, until the whole has been given, 
 unless entirely relieved before ; but, in jaundice, after the Flaxseed 
 has been boiled, and is cool enough to give, add to it 1 oz. of mustard, 
 each dose. 
 
 No. 16. S-weating, or Blistering Liniment for Horses and 
 Mules — Preferable to Ro"wels. — Linseed-oil, i pt.; spirits of turpen- 
 tine, 2 ozs.; cantharides, in powder, 1 oz., euphorbium, in powder, i oz. 
 Mix and shake them in a bottle for use. 
 
 This Blistering-oil, or Liniment, will be found excellent for all 
 inflammatory swellings, and to prevent mortification from extensive 
 external wounds. For feltoric swellings, which are of considerable ex- 
 tent upon the breast and down between the fore legs and perhaps along 
 under the belly, rub in, with the hand, or fingers , against the hair, so 
 as to get it well to the skin, morning and evening, for 2 days, about 
 one-fourth of the amount, each time, scraping ofi"any exuding matter 
 that may be upon the surface, at each application, by means of an old 
 case knife, or piece of shingle ; and generally, by the fourth applica- 
 tion there will have been established an extensive blister, and the 
 matter discharged be considerable ; now then scrape ofl" what you can, 
 and wash with warm water and scrape off again to get it as clean as 
 possible; then apply soft lard as warm as you can well apply it, for 4 
 times, night and morningthe same as before, and if the swelling is not by 
 this time considerably reduced, and the matter discharged of a proper 
 consistence — white and thick — (at first it will be thin and of a redish 
 color and perhaps more or less bloody) take up the liniment again, fol- 
 lowing with the lard, just the same as at first. Wash the hand with 
 cold water immediately after rubbing on this blistering ointment, and 
 there will be no danger of its blistering the hand. 
 
 Then, to produce, again, a quick coat of hair, and to aid the cure, 
 use the suppling liniment, or ointment, No. 17. This plan of blistering 
 is especially necessary in farcy, or feltoric, as now called (a quick 
 and malignant swelling of the skin of the breast, extending down be- 
 tween the forelegs and often along the bellv) which is pretty surely 
 fatal if not soon helped, and in swellings of the breast, or shoulder of 
 Horses,_ and especially young Colts which are beginning to work, 
 often with too large a collar, etc. To know when the blistering need 
 not be longer used press the end of the finger upon the spot, and if the 
 dent remains, there is still thick matter in, or under the skin which 
 needs to come out, if the dent evens, or fills up directly, it is in good 
 condition, and needs only the suppling ointment, No. 17. 
 
478 DR. chase's 
 
 Many persons, I am aware, objeeti:othe use of blisters, prefering 
 the old plan of roweling, lost the hair be removed and cannot be restor- 
 ed. There are but/cw who, now-a-da3's, object to use the mowing- 
 machine, in preference to the "old-man" with his old-scythe — blis- 
 ters are as much ahead of the rowel as the mowing-machine is 
 ahead of the scythe ; and, unless it is a very malignant case, which 
 requires the blisters to be repeated many times over, there is no dan- 
 ger but what the hair will again be produced, but there is great danger 
 in these bad cases of feltoric, that if the blister is not used, and that 
 speedily too, that you will have no field to mow — in other words — you 
 will have no Horse ; for a rowel will not begin, under favorable con- 
 ditions, to run much, in less than three days, and in these high in- 
 flammations, often it will not work, or run at all, and your Horse dies. 
 — Of course every one can take their choice, I should choose a living 
 Horse to a dead one — so says " Common-Sense." 
 
 In the Knots, or Lumps of Farcy, this blistering-oil should be 
 useded directly, and in quantity to correspond with the size of the 
 swelling, repeated, and followed with the warm lard the same as in 
 feltoric, above directed. 
 
 In extensive and deep seated wounds, first cleanse them by 
 washing them with warm chamber-lye, urine, then apply the English 
 white-oil, No. 27 ; but, if, in any case, there is a drying up of the 
 wound, and increased inflammation which would indicate mortifica- 
 tion, immediately apply this Ijlistering-oil, into and about the wound, 
 which will, in most cases, restore the secretion of pus (matter) and 
 again establish a healthy action and healing of the wound ; then re- 
 turn to the urine-wash and the white-oil. 
 
 No. 17. Suppling- Ointment to Pollo-w Blisters, to aid the 
 G-ro^wth of Hair, etc. — Ointments of elder, spermaceti and marsh- 
 mallows, of each. 2 ozs.; gum camphor, ^ oz. dissolved in the best 
 alcohol, 1 oz. Mix all, and tie down in a small jar for use. Wash the 
 blistered part, gently with warm water and dry with a dry cloth, then 
 gently rub this ointment all over as far as the blister extended, twice 
 daily, will soon reproduce the hair, and keep the parts soft while heal- 
 ing. It will be found also valuable in slight inflammations of the 
 sheath of Colts, or Horses, or any other irritations. 
 
 No. 18. Cephalic, or Sunff Pow^ders For Horses and Mules. 
 — Euphorbium, 1 oz.; white hellebore, i oz.; turpeth mineral (yellow 
 sulphate of mercury), ^ oz. All must be in very fine powder, and 
 thoroughly mixed in a porcelain, or Wedgewood mortar, and bottled, 
 and corked for use. 
 
 Used in colds, influenza,or catarrh, when the head is much stuffed 
 up, by taking about atea-spoontul,orwh;itwould lieuponatwo-shilling 
 piece, putting it into a joint of an elder, or tube of some kind and 
 blowing into each nostril, once daily, until relieved ; and if the Horse, 
 or Mule gets too smart for you, or too vicious to allow it to be blown 
 in ; then, in that case, take two small goose quills and tie a piece of 
 twine around them, so that they will stand the proper distance apart 
 to enter the nostrils, then wet them thoroughly, and dip them into 
 the powder to get as near as possible the c;orrect amount upon each 
 one, then enter them into the nostrils and fasten them there for a 
 time with the cord, repeating daily as long as need be; but generally, 
 it can be blown in. Extensive discharges, and consequent relief, is 
 often brought about by the proper use of this powder. If, however^ 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 479 
 
 it is blown in, great care must be talven not to draw it into your own 
 lungs. Draw in a full breath before the mouth is put to the tube, then 
 blow it with a pufi", otherwise serious injury to yourself might occur, 
 if accidentally drawn into th(> lungs. 
 
 No. 19. Camphorated Spirits For Horses and Cattle, and 
 Persons in Pains, Strains, and slight S^vellings. — Best alcohol, 
 1 pt.; camphor gum, 2 ozs. Bottle and cork for use. For pains in 
 joints, sprains, and slight swellings this will be found excellent. 
 
 No. 20. Cooling Lotion, or "Wash, Jor Horses.— Niter, 1 lb.; 
 water, 1 gal. Mash the niter and put it into a jug with half of the 
 water, and shake well to dissolve it, and, when done foaming, put in 
 the remainder of the water. It is used for strains of the back sinews 
 of the legs, often occurring in time of snow, by what is called " ball- 
 ing," also for general inflammations and strains. Apply 2, or 3 times 
 a day for 2 or 3 days ; then use the bracing, or strengthening mixture, 
 next following : 
 
 No. 21. Bracing, or Strengthening Mixture For Strains. — 
 Old verjuice )the sour juice of crab-apples, or of green, or unripe grapes 
 — a vinegar made from them), or good cider, or wine vinegar, 1 qt.; 
 camphorated spirits (No. 19), 4 ozs.; water of acetated litharge, extract 
 of lead (formerly called Goulards mixture. No. 22. Druggists generally 
 keep it), 2 ozs.; oil of origanum, 1 oz. Mix, and bottle for use. 
 
 This mixture will strengthen, or brace sinews greatly. But after 
 it has been well rubbed in, on the parts affected, take a linen (cotton 
 will do but not so good) roller, 2, or 3 yds. long, and wrap it around 
 the leg upon the swelled tendon, or sinew, in order to support the part. 
 If the swelling and inflammation be very considerable upon and about 
 the sinews, let the part be fomented (bathed bj' wringing flannels 
 out of hot mixtures) twice a day with this No. and No. 20, half and 
 half, hot, for j hour each time, then apply this mixture as first di- 
 rected ; but letting the wrapper, or roller cover from fetlock to knee. 
 And this mixture as recommended, above, for the fomentation, will be 
 found valuable for injuries about the knee, or pasterns, which Horses 
 often receive by kicks from other Horses, and I am sorry to say, also 
 often from a kick from the hostler. Rub the parts well with the com- 
 bination, and for a J pt. of the mixture, it Avould be the. better to 
 add I5- ozs. of spirits of turpentine. 
 
 No. 22. "Water of Acetated Litharge, or Goulard's Mix- 
 ture, Used in Strains, etc., of Horses. — Litharge, 1 V lbs.; best 
 cider, or wine vinegar, 5 gal. Mix and boil to 3 pts. stirring all the 
 time, then set aside to cool, and when clear, pour off and bottle for 
 use. It is a valuable medicine, used in combination with others, from 
 its cooling and repelling (driving away) efiects on inflammations ot 
 various parts, and as an eye water, or lotion by reducing with a little 
 water, etc., or better plan for the eye is to use No. 23, as follows : 
 
 No. 23. Eye Lotion, or Eye "Water For Horses and Cattle. 
 — Sulphate of zinc (white vitriol), 2 scruples; sugar of lead, and laud- 
 anum, of each, 1 dr.; water of acetated litharge (No. 22), 1 oz.; soft 
 water, 1 pt. Mix and bottle for use. 
 
 Apply with a rag, and be sure to get some into the eye by holding 
 up the nose ; and if the case is bad, cover the eye from the light, by 
 the use of a cloth properly secured. Eye diseases, and even blindness, 
 sometimes arises in Horses from what are called wolf-teeth (eye- 
 teeth). They grow down upon the nerve of sight ; then they must be 
 
480 DR. chase's 
 
 taken out by the root — never knock them off with a punch, for that 
 leaves the root to effect the nerve as bad as ever. They must be ta- 
 ken out by the use of forceps, after throwing the Horse, or they may 
 be pried out by the use of a stout chisel, or otherwise a blind Horse 
 may be expected, 
 
 No. 24. Drink, or Draught For Congestion, or Inflamma- 
 tion of the Lungs in Horses and Mules. — Aqua ammonia (full 
 strength), 2 drs.; spirits of lavender, ^ oz.; molas.ses, 1 table-spoonful; 
 water, 1 pt. Mix. » 
 
 To be given in congestion of the lungs by meansof a horn, or bot- 
 tle, only a little at a time, and not holding the head too high ; best 
 not put all into the horn, or bottle at once, for fear of strangling. Af- 
 ter the draught is given, turn the Horses head to the door, and let 
 him breath the fresh air, or walk him, gently, about for a few minutes 
 — 15, or 20 — out of doors. And if this is done at the beginning of the 
 difficulty, he will become tranquil in an hour, or two, and take to his 
 food again, almost, as though nothing had happened ; but if the case 
 has been neglected for some time, a little extra treatment will be nec- 
 essary — that is, to use No. 16, on sides and breast. 
 
 No. 25. Clyster, or Injection For Horses and Cattle. — 
 Boil flaxseed, ^ pt. in water, 2qts. sufficiently long to soften the seed 
 and form a mucilage ; then, add tartrate of potash, ^ oz.; sweet-oil 1 
 pt.; and spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. To be given as per Note, in the 
 treatment of inflammation of the lungs, or pleura. In inflammation 
 of the stomach, or gripes, or other inflammatory diseases, the flaxseed 
 tea, alone, is best, to be given, by injection, once an hour until a move- 
 ment is obtained ; but to aid physic, in common cases, give it with the 
 tartrate and sweet oil. 
 
 No. 26. Iodine, as an Alterative in Consumption, or other 
 Lung Diseases of Cattle — Iodine Ointment, etc. — Iodide of pot- 
 ash, 4 drs. pulverize and divide into 8 powders. Give 1 powder every 
 morning for 8 mornings, by putting into wet bran, stirring well into it 
 to cover the taste. Used in inflammation of the lungs of Cattle. You- 
 att recommends this very highly in Consumption of Cattle, arising 
 from neglect in the treatment of catarrh, inflammation of the lungs 
 pleurisy, etc., known by a feeble, painful, gurgling cough — used as 
 above. For the Ointment see next No : — 
 
 No. 26 1-2. Iodine Ointment. — Iodide of potash, 1 oz.; lard, 7 
 ozs., and rub them in a mortar until perfectly mixed. It will seldom 
 fail to drive away the enlargement of glands, or hardened tumors, 
 whether under, or at the side of the jaw, or around the joints ; and in- 
 durated, or caked udder, seldom resists its power, except when ulcer- 
 ation has commenced. — Youatt. But he — Youatt — and so does 
 Dr. Wallington, think that, in most cases, if commenced soon af- 
 ter a hardness is observed in the udder, the following camphorated 
 mercurial ointment. No. 26 1, in connection with the cleansing drink, 
 No. 2, and the cooling lotion. No. 20, will cure nearly all of them. The 
 camphorated ointment is made as follows : — 
 
 No. 26 3-4.— Camphorated Mercurial Ointment For Caked 
 Udders, Caked Breasts, etc. — Camphor gum, 1 oz.; alcohol, 1 tea- 
 spoonful ; mercurial ointment, 1 oz.; elder ointment, i lb. Drop the 
 alcohol upon the camphor gum, then rub the camphor very fine, after 
 which mix in the other ingredients, thoroughly rubbing together. Let 
 this be applied after every milking, night and morning, the udder 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK, 481 
 
 having been well fomented, or washed with warm water, and the re- 
 mains of the ointment well washed off at the next milking. 
 
 This has also been found very useful in scattering or curing in- 
 durated (caked) breasts of females, after child-birth,nsing some gentle 
 cathartic in connection with it, as cream of tartar, or citrate of magne- 
 sia, etc., being careful that none of it comes in contact with the nipple 
 to get into the child's mouth, when nursing. 
 
 With Cows, the udder being considerably hardened, or swollen 
 formerly called " garget," it is well to let the calf have free|access to 
 the Cow if she will allow it to suck, to keep the milk from coagulating, 
 or thickening from the heat and fever attending these indurations. 
 
 But, in cases where the camphorated ointment does not lessen 
 the induration in the udder in 3, or 4 days, recourse must be had to 
 the iodine ointment, No. 26 i, and the iodine, No. 26, may also be giv- 
 en to the Cow, internally, in doses of 6 grs., once <laily, increasing the 
 dose daily 1, or 2 grs. until it reaches 12 grs., for a dose, dissolved and 
 given in flaxseed tea, or powdered and mixed in bran-mash. 
 
 In all cases when it is fully believed that ulceration has taken place, 
 and approaches near the surface, it is best to lance, and this sometimes, 
 has to be done quite deeply, to let out the matter, and quicken the 
 process of cure. 
 
 No. 27. English WTiite-Oil For Fresh. Wounds in Persons, 
 Horses Mules, or Cattle. — Tanners-oil, spirits of turpentine, and 
 fresh chamber-lye, of each 4 ozs. Mix, bottle, and cork for use, and 
 shake when used. 
 
 Here we have the cleansing power of the chamber-lye, or urine, 
 the stiinulatingand healing properties ofthe turpentine,and thesoften- 
 ingand emollient powers ofthe tanners-oil to'allay irritation, socombin- 
 ed as to make a very valuable oil, or liniment for any, or all ofthe purposes 
 for which an oil, or liniment is used. Dr. Wallington paid $15 for this 
 Receipt, to an other English Farrier, and soon had occasion to test its 
 value. And this is the first time that he has made its composition 
 public. 
 
 In order to give confidence in its use, I will relate two incidents, 
 only, of the many that the Doctor has given me, of its benefits, and 
 successes. 1. Soon after obtaining it, he was called to a Colt which 
 had run the stub end of a bush through the upper and fleshy 
 part ofthe fore leg, just back ofthe bone, which was carried around 
 by the Colt from sometime in the day until past the middle of the 
 night, before he was called (the family all being from home and sev- 
 eral Colts running in a field where the brush had recently been cut 
 with a sharp ax, leaving a sharpened butt, by the stroke of the axe. 
 And these brush had been piled in heaps, so that by the running and 
 play of the Colts, this one was thus snagged). The legwas much swol- 
 len by this long neglect, but he removed the bush, and dressed 
 it with nothing but this white-oil. It healed readily, and left but a 
 very small scar upon each side of the leg. 2. But a short time after 
 the occurrence related above, he, in his daily rounds, was called upon 
 to " cut " (castrate) about 20 pigs, for a farmer, and after all was ready 
 for operation, and a pig catched, he put his hand to his pocket for his 
 knife, when he discovered that he had left it at his last place of stop- 
 ping where he had performed a like operation, but as one of the far- 
 mer's hired men had a dirk-knife, it was sharpened and the job com- 
 menced ; but as the man holding the pig was a little careless, he al- 
 31 — DR. chase's second receipt book. 
 
482 DR. chase's 
 
 lowed the pig to give the Doctor's knife-arm, a violent kick, in such a 
 direction that tlie long-bladed knife was puslied directy through the 
 fleshy part of tlie otlier arm, near tlie bone, when the gentleman, 
 for whom the work was being done, remarked, " there, Doctor, you 
 have got your Summer's work before you, you had better quit now 
 and go home"; but as he uses this white-oil in all cases of castration, 
 he had it with him, and poured some of it into the wound, which also 
 came out freely on the opposite side; he tied it up and went on and 
 finished his work, and went the balance of his " round," and never 
 lost an hour's time from the wound, and used nothing else upon it. I 
 am satisfied of its value, for Doctor Wallington is a man of '" truth and 
 veracity," as well as a most successful farrier ; and his object in making 
 this Receipt public through Dr. Chase's Second Receipt Book, is that it 
 may do thousands of others as much good as it has him, according to 
 their needs. 
 
 No. 28. Diarrhea Ball For Horses and Mules. — Socotrine, or 
 Cape aloes, 1 to 1 ^ oz. (according to the size of the Horse) ; rhubarb, 
 in powder, ^ oz. ; tartrate of potash, Castile soap, cut thin, ginger and 
 gum myrrh" in powder, of each, 1 oz. ; oil of juniper, 1 dr, Mix, and 
 beat them into a ball with molasses, or honey, and give, after having 
 ob.served the instructions with No. 1, and give the Horse also the same 
 after management as there given ; and after the physic is done operat- 
 ing give the following cordial, or tonic drink, No. 29, repeating it daily 
 for 4, or 5 days, as needed. 
 
 No. 29. Cordial, or Tonic Drink in Diarrhea and Scours 
 in Horses and Mules. — Aromatic confection*, 1 oz. ; prepared chalk, 
 i oz. ; tinct. of rhubarb, and aromatic spirit of hartshorn, of each, 2 ozs.; 
 laudanum, J oz. Mix, and give it in warm gruel, 1 qt. and repeat ev- 
 ery day, or every other day, for 3, or 4 times, as the case seems to de- 
 mand. 
 
 No. 30. Alkaline Astringent For Diarrhea and Scours in 
 Cattle,— Prepared chalk, 1 oz. ; opium, 1 dr. ; catechu, h oz. ; ginger, 
 i oz. ; all made fine, in eiir.h dose, and to be given in thick, warm gruel. 
 This may be repeated daily if needed, for 3, or 4 days. This treatment, 
 when commenced before the disease has become chronic, will gener- 
 ally prove successful. Occasionally in the breaking up of other dis- 
 eases, a diarrhea is a benefit, rather than a disease, but they should be 
 watched, not giving them an undue advantage, against treatment by 
 allowimi them to become too firmly established. 
 
 No." 31. Alterative Balls For Horses and Mules.— Yellow, or 
 crocus of antimony, venice turpentine, Castile soap, niter, flour of sul- 
 phur, of each, in fi"ne powder, 2 ozs.; aloes, in tine powder, 4 ozs. ; black 
 antimony, in powder, i oz. Mix and form into 8 balls, with molasses, or 
 honev. If the Horse is in good flesh give one of these bulls each morn- 
 ing for a week, fasting (on an empty stomach for 2, or 3 hours), then give 
 a mash of bran and oats twice in the day, or one ball every other 
 morning, for 2 weeks, as may be found best ; but if the Horse is in 
 poor flesh, or low condition, give the following. 
 
 No. 31 i Niter, yellow, or crocus of antimony, Castile soap, carra- 
 way seeds, "anise seeds, turmeric, and ginger, of each, 2 ozs. All to 
 * Aromatic Confection and Powder is made by talcing cinnamon and ginger, in fine pow- 
 der ofeach, loz, ; cardamon seed, the liull. or capsule removed, the seed part in hne 
 powder, and nutmeg also in flue powder, of each, }4 oz. Mix thoroughly. This torras 
 the powder, and may be used to flavor anything desired— the confection is made by 
 thoroughly mixing 1 oz. of this powdered with 1 oz. of honey. 
 
SECOND KECEIPT BOOK. 483 
 
 be finely pulverized, and made into 8 balls, with molasses, or honey, 
 and give same as No. 31. And if this course does not clean off the 
 scabs by the time the course of balls is given, then let the scabs and 
 all irritated places be dres'sed with the following: 
 
 No. 32. Mange Ointment. — Spirits of turpentine, by weight, J 
 lb.; quick silver, 2 ozs. ; hog's lard, ^ lb.; flour of sulphur, 2 ozs. ; train- 
 oil, 1 gill. Rub the silver in a mortar with the turpentine until it is 
 all taken up, then add the remainder and work well together until all 
 are united. For mange which is a wrinkled and thickened skin, and 
 for scab, after having attended to the condition of the blood, and not 
 having effected a cure, this ointment must be well rubbed upon every 
 affected part, if in warm weather, in the sun, and, if in cold weather, 
 be warmed in with a hot iron, while it is being rubbed in, which will 
 very seldom, if ever, fail to work an entire cure, if* the blood has had 
 proper attention. 
 
 No. 33. Alterative Drink for Farcy. — Prepared tutty (a pre- 
 paration of zinc) red tartar, lapis calaminaris (a preparation of zinc 
 with baryta), of each, in fine powder, 1 oz. ; alum, in powder, 2 ozs, 
 Mix and give all in tanners-ooze, or old urine, 1 qt. This will be re- 
 peated every 2nd morning for a week, as directed under the head of 
 farcy, following, after 3, or 4 hours with a mash of bran and oats. 
 
 No. 34. Suppurating Ointment For Wounds. — Basilicon 
 ointment, 1 oz.; cantliarides, in fine powder, -} oz. ; spirits of turpentine 
 by measure, \ oz. Mix thoroughly. Used to cause a wound to sup- 
 purate, or run. And in case suppuration is sought, the Horse should 
 have mashes, or soft feed, which will aid the matturation. In case of 
 roweling, which however, is not much done now a-days, the rowel should 
 be dipped into this before it is inserted. The basilicon ointment is 
 made as follows : 
 
 No. 34 1-2. Basilicon Ointment.— Yellow rosin, 2 ^ ozs.; lard, 
 4 ozs. ; bees-wax, 1 oz. Melt, strain, and stir while it cools. It is a 
 good ointment by itself, and is used considerably with other oint- 
 ments. 
 
 No. 35. Astringent Liniment For "Wounds. — Egyptiacum, or 
 honey, 4 ozs. ; wine vinegar, or best cider vinegar, 2 ozs. ; verdigris, in 
 fine powder, ^ oz. ; blue vitriol, in fine powder, 3 drs. ; corrosive subli- 
 mate, in fine powder, }> dr. ; tinct. of benzoin, 2 ozs. Mix, and shake 
 together, and shake when used. Used as the first application in 
 wounds, followed by the following, if necessarv : 
 
 No. 35 1-2. Another Astringent, For "Wounds, Joints, etc. 
 —Egyptiacum, 2 ozs. ; tinct. of benzoin and of myrrh, of each, 1 oz, ; 
 nitrous acid, 1 oz. Mix in a bottle for use. Used to close wounds of 
 joints, etc. In all cases of joint wounds the whole must be bandaged, 
 to keep the dressings in place. And in case of much swelling the 
 cooling lotion with plenty of camphor in it will be a good thing to 
 keep the outside wet with ; but, if in spite of all these, the wound be- 
 ing kept open by the frequent bending of the joint, spirits of turpen- 
 tine, I oz., must take the place of the nitrous acid, in this Receipt, and 
 the new preparation injected into the wound and bound on the out- 
 side, as before. 
 
 No. 36. Egyptiacum, or Astringent.— Honey, 1 A lbs. ; blue 
 vitriol, and verdigris, in fine powder, of each, 1 i ozs. "Melt the honey 
 over a slow fire then add the others, and boil gently until a little 
 thickened and of a redish color. This makes a very mild and satisfac- 
 
484 DR. chase's 
 
 tory astringent, used in many of the Horse medicines in this Work. 
 Stir well when used, or to be taken out to mix with other medicines, 
 with which this will greatly assist in curing all flesh wounds. 
 
 In extensive wounds and large bruises, sometimes caused by 
 running away, or by getting run into, the Horse often looses his appe- 
 tite, and seems to droop, and fall away. In such cases, besides the 
 usual treatment, as above recommended, to imjirovethe appetite, give 
 the stomach drink, No. 37, repeating every other morning for 2, or 3 
 times as may be needed : 
 
 No. 37. Stomach Drink To Improve the Appetite in 
 "Wounds. — Peruvian bark, and spirits of niter, of each, 1 oz, ; laud- 
 anum, >2 oz. Let the bark be finely pulverized, and mix all and give 
 in warm ale, 1 pt. Repeat every other morning, as needed, giving 
 soft food, like bran and oat mash, that is, boiled oats and scald bran, 
 which are easy of digestion. 
 
 No. 38. "White Ointment For Cracked Heels, Scratches, 
 Gravel in Horses, and for Michigan, or Prairie Itch, in Persons,* 
 etc. — White lead ^ lb. ; sugar of lead, and white vitriol, of each, 1 oz. ; 
 lard, 2 lbs. ; bees-wax, 2 ozs. ; sweet-oil, ^ pt. The white lead, sugar of 
 lead and white vitriol (sulphate of zinc) are to be rubbed up on a paint- 
 ers stone, with the sweet-oil just sutficient to grind, or rub nicely to 
 a consistence like thick paint. Melt the lard and bees-wax together 
 and mix all, and stir them constantly until cold. This will be foimd 
 very useful in cracked heels, or scratches, grease, mallenders, and 
 sallenders, sore shoulders, and backs, bruises, scalds, old sores, and 
 upon hard dry scabs, which it will soon remove. Apply twice daily 
 after properly cleansing and rubbing dry, in grease, or scratches. 
 
 No. 39. Sharp "WaterforG-reaseinHorses.-Rosemary, thyme 
 and sage, of each, a small handful ; soft water, 2 A galls. ; alum, and cop- 
 
 Eeras, of each, 1 1 lbs. ; blue vitriol, i lb. ; white vitriol, 2 ozs. The 
 erbs are to be boiled in the water until 2 galls, are left, then strained ; 
 and the other articles are to be all in fine powder, and added to the 
 liquor while hot, and stirred until they are all dissolved, and put into 
 bottles for use. After cleansing the heels and legs from dirt with the 
 warm chamber-lye, this sharp water is to be well swabbed in, then, 
 the ointment for grease. No. 40, is to be spread on lint, or cloths, if the 
 sores are extensive, and laid on and bandaged on carefully so it shall 
 remain on for 48 hours ; then the sharp water again, and the ointment 
 as before, for 3 times if necessary ; which with the proper course of 
 physic, purifying powders, etc., will be found sufficient to cure the 
 worst cases of grease, and, it is well known that some of them, by ne- 
 glect, become very bad. 
 
 No. 40. Ointment For G-rease in Horses. — Honey, and lard, 
 of each, ^ lb. ; balsam of sulphurf, 1 oz. ; tar, ^ lb.; white vitriol, and 
 sugar of lead, of each, 1 oz. ; alum, | lb. The first 4 articles are to be 
 melted together, and all the others finely powdered and mixed in by 
 
 *NOTE.— This Ointment has cured many verj' bad cases of the Michigan, or prairie itch 
 in persons, by giving sulphur and cream of tartar to thoroughly cleanse the system. Ap- 
 plying the ointment only once daily for about 3 days, giving the sulphur mixture at tlae 
 same time, the scabs will begin to come oil'; then use the chavibcr-lye prepared as desrib- 
 ed under the head of Diseases of the Legs in the treatment of Horses and Cattle. 
 
 ^Balsam of Sulphur is an old English preparation made by boiling, to a hot heat, sweet- 
 oil 8 parts,, with sublimed sulpur, 1 part, being careful to have a cover by you so if it 
 should take lire, boiling in an iron kettle, to cover it up, which will smother it out. 
 When they unite, cease to boil, let settle and pour off the fluid balsam, for use. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 485 
 
 stirring, and stirring until cold to keep them evenly mixed. Thi^*, in 
 grease, must be put on lint, or cloth and thorougly bound on, and kept 
 on for 48 hours, and repeat the whole as needed. No case is known 
 where 3 applications, with all ofthe purifying treatment, did not ef- 
 fect a perfect cure. 
 
 No. 41. Ointment for Spavins, Splints and. Ring-bones. — 
 Take Bees-wax, 4 ozs. ; hog's lard, 2 ozs. ; train, or common tanners- 
 oil, J pt. ; gum turpentine, or Canada balsam, 6 ozs. Simmer these 
 over a slow fire till dissolved, then put them in ajar, and add spirits 
 of turpentine, 4 ozs. ; corrosive sublimate, in powder, ^ oz.; and eu- 
 phorbium, and cantharides, in powder, of each, 2 ozs. Stir, and when 
 nearly cold, add oil of vitriol, J oz., then stir the whole until it stiff- 
 ens. 
 
 This is a most excellent ointment for all purposes when blisters 
 are required upon callouses of joints, or tendons, or strains of long 
 standing, as of the whirl-bone (patella, or knee-cap) or of the siMe, etc. 
 Where the blistering liniment would be too relaxing, this is applicable. 
 For ordinary purposes, it will be rubbed in for 3 mornings in succes- 
 sion, using a spatula, scraping off, each time, before the second and 
 third application is made, not scraping off the last time, in any case; 
 but the mouth of the animal must be kept from them. 
 
 jf(@°" But in cases of Sprains, Splints, or Ring -bones, take a 
 2 oz., box of the abov(> ointment, and add to it tinct. of iodine, i oz. ; 
 and powdered glass, -t oz. ; working it thoroughly together upon a 
 stone, or in a Wedgewood mortar. 
 
 Then, this last, is to be rubbed into the place six mornings in suc- 
 cession, with a spatula, as above, scraping off, except the last morn- 
 ing. 
 
 By the use of this double ointment, and never disturbing the scab 
 which will form upon the part, the roots of the hair will never be de- 
 stroved ;and if the lameness, or lump is not removed, it may be repeated 
 after the scurf, or scab comes off, and the hair is again grown out, 
 without danger of destroying the hair, even in repeating 3, or 4 times. 
 The lameness will quite often be entirely removed by the tirst applica- 
 tion, and with some, this is all that is desired ; bufothers will not be 
 satisfied while the enlargment remains ; then, it must be repeated until 
 its removal is nccomplished. 
 
 No. 42. Styptic for Stopping- Blood, Destroying- Proud- 
 Flesh, etc. — Take oil of vitriol (sulphuric acid), 1 oz. ; spirits of salts 
 (nitric acid), \ oz. ; corrosive sublimate, -| oz. 
 
 Mix, by first putting the sulphuric acid into a good stout bowl ; 
 then ]nit in the nitric acid, and when the effervescence ceases, and it 
 becomes cold, put into a strong bottle, and add the corrosive sub- 
 limate. This will be found a fine thing to stop the external flow of 
 blood, destroying proud-flesh, and for dressing all lacerated and bruis- 
 ed wounds, which, from their nature must suppurate to remove the 
 bruised flesh, or gangrenous part of a wound ; and for dipping a 
 feather, or two into, and entering into penetrating wounds, etc., etc. 
 
 No. 43. Stopping Dressing for "Wounds in Horses Feet. — 
 Take tar, lard and Canada balsam (which is thick turpentine), of each, 
 4 ozs. ; bees-wax, 2 ozs. ; and spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. Melt togeth- 
 er for use. This is often called for in diseases of the feet. 
 
 No. 44. Penetrating Mixture for Deep Wounds in Horses 
 
486 DR. chase's 
 
 Feet. — Tinct. of benzoin, 1 oz. ; spirits of turpentine, 2 ozs. ; egyp- 
 tiaciun, No. 3(3, 2 ozs. 
 
 Put tliese articles into a bowl, or pot that will hold 4, or 5 times 
 as much, then add sulphuric acid, k oz. ; niti-ous acid, 1 oz., putting 
 the acids in a little at a time, then immediately add alcohol, 4 ozs. 
 Mix all well and bottle for use. 
 
 No. 45. Cordial Drink for Over-Heated Horses. — Tinct. of 
 benzoin, and aromatic spirit of ammonia, of each, 1 oz. ; prepared 
 kali (tartrate of potash), ^ oz. ; fresh powdered ginger, 1 oz. All to be 
 given in cold water, 1 qt. Let this be given as soon as may be, after 
 the trembling comes on, which will be seen more particular y in the 
 tail, by an up and down, or trembling motion. It will seldom be nec- 
 essary to repeat the dose, unless some hours elapse after the trem- 
 bling, or weakness comes on, before you give the first one, then, it 
 may be necessary to repeat once, or twice, 6 hours apart. 
 
 UlktBILICAL HERNIA in Colts.— During the time that Dr. 
 Wallington was assisting me in preparing this branch of the Book, his, 
 and my own attention was called to the subject of Umbilical Hernia in 
 Colts, by some inquiries through a Western agricultural paper for 
 a Treatment, or means of curing such difficulties ; and as the answer, 
 or recommendation — bandaging — was so entirely different from what 
 the Doctor had been practicing for several years, and to his mind so 
 entirely inadequate to the necessities of the case, that he requested me 
 to write out, for him, for publication in the said Journal, his Treat- 
 ment, wiiich I did, and it was published — the substance of which is as 
 follows : 
 
 Being prepared with crooked needles, for spaying cows, he pro- 
 vides stout white-silk thread for sewing up the edge of the membrane, 
 and afterwards the skin also. He then takes the Colt into the barn, 
 laying it upon its back, with a good-sized billet of wood under each 
 side to keep it in i^osition for operation, also tying each leg to a joice 
 overhead, leading the lines from the hind legs, backward a little, and 
 the others forward, so as to take the legs as much out of the way as 
 possible, spreading them a little sideways also, to prevent the Colt 
 froni turning over in his efforts for freedom ; having also a man to 
 hold the head to prevent its being thrown about and bruised in its 
 struggles; and if another man, or two are by to assist in preventing 
 the Colt from injuring itself in its struggles, so much the better. After 
 a moment, or two of gentle caressing, the Colt will generally become 
 quiet, when he proceeds to cut through the skin, a little longer slit 
 than the opening through the membrane, the protruding intestines 
 having settled into the abdomen, he then scarifies, or rather makes a 
 cut clear around the edge of the callous ring, or opening through the 
 inner membrane of the abdomen, taking out a strip an eighth of an 
 inch in thickness, leaving the whole edge raw, so as to heal — without 
 this scarifying of the edge, it will not generally heal, hence the fail- 
 ure of the bandaging process — he is now ready to sew up the inner 
 opening, tying each stitch firmly by itself, then the outer skin in the 
 same way, and the work is complete, without bandaging it at all. In 
 one case, however, six years ago, there was a little accumulation of 
 bloody serun; between the inner membrane and the outer skin, the 
 skin, probably, having healed first, which gave it the appearance of 
 Hernia, causing the owner to fear a failure ; but, on examination, it 
 was found as above, and opened by a small })uncture, which let off the 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 487 
 
 bloody water, and in a few days, like all the rest, the Colt was well. 
 
 His last cases, tliree in number, were all performed on the same 
 day, Nov. 18, 1868, upon Colts belonging to men still living near this 
 city, so that no fears need be apprehended, by anyone having such a 
 case, to get a Farrier, or a young Pliysician (young Doctors always like 
 these cases that give them the privilege of using the scalpel) to under- 
 take the operation, with more than ordinary hopes of success. 
 
 Besides the eight cases of regular Hernia that Dr. Wallington has 
 cured, he has also succeeded with two cases of hooking, one upon a 
 Colt belonging to a gentleman of this city, from which the caul, the 
 Colt being fat, protruded, looking, he says, much like a man's shirt 
 sleeve hanging from the orifice in the Colt's side, whicli was also fly- 
 blown, it being in hot weather, causing him to draw it out a little far- 
 ther and ligate it (tie his silk thread around it) and cut it off, then 
 sewed up the inner membrane, and the outer skin, as in the cases of 
 Hernia, with the same result. The other case was a young heifer, 
 Treated the same, except there was no protruding caul to be removed, 
 and also successful. 
 
 In both of these last cases, persons said to the owners, "You had 
 better knock them in the head, or shoot them, for they will die any- 
 how," but, as often proves the case, they were "ftUse prophets." 
 
 To the foregoing plan for the Treatment of Umbilical Hernia of 
 Colts, which the Doctor has succe.ssfully practiced for some eight years 
 past, I suggested what I consider,and what he also thinks to be an im- 
 provement, and which he will adopt on all future cases, and that is 
 this, to cut out a little of the outer skin, in an oval shape, over the Hernia, 
 just sufficient to cause the skin to be a little tight, thereby helping to 
 support the pressure upon the inner membrane ; for, as he says, and 
 anyone would judge, the skin is loose, having enlarged by the long 
 continued pressure from the protruding intestines. The cutting out 
 of a piece of the skin an inch, or a little more, wide over the center of 
 the Hernial orifice coming to a point at the extremeties — more, or less 
 than an inch in width, according to the size of the Hernia — gives very 
 great su])port to the inner membrane, which I think will greatly 
 tend to insure success in the operation. 
 
 SYMPTOMS OF PREGNANCY, in Cows and Mares ; Un- 
 failing- Test. — It was formerly believed to be impossible to tell whether 
 a Cow or a Mare was Pregnant, or not, untill the motion of the young 
 could be seen, or felt ; and, so it was, in former times ; but, the recent 
 improvements of tlie stethoscope (an instrument, or tube, large at the 
 end to be applied to the object to lie examined, as the lungs, heart, bowels, 
 etc., and small at the other end to apply the ear to, which enables one to 
 tell very accurately the sounds within, and finally the application of 
 the ear enables the physician to tell almost positively the exact con- 
 dition of the internal organs of persons, as the lungs, heart,fetal heart, 
 etc.; then why should it be thought at all improbable that, with a lit- 
 tle experience, it may be applied to the Cow, or Mare, as well, with a 
 very considerable degree of certainty. It has been applicable to ascer- 
 tain the state of the circulation through most of the internal organs, and 
 consequently the precise seat and degree of inflammation and danger so 
 easily pointed out, and it may now enable the breeder, of Cattle and 
 Horses, to ascertain the existency of Pregnancy at as early a stage as 10 
 weeks. The beating of the heart of the Calf, or Colt, will be distinctly 
 heard, twice, or more than twice as often as that of the mother's and each 
 
488 DR. chase's 
 
 beating of the pulse will betray the singular double beating of the fetal 
 heart (from the Lat. foetal, a bringing forth of the young). And this 
 double sound will be followed by the rushing, sound of the blood, as 
 it passes through the placenta. The ear should be applied to the up- 
 per part of the right flank, and shifted back and forward and upward 
 and downward. Youatt says, " these sounds will soon be heard and 
 cannot be mistaken."* 
 
 Dr. Wallington, by whom my attention was called to the import- 
 ance of this subject, and who has tested ii; to his entire satisfaction, 
 both in Cows and Mares, says : "That within 10 weeks, it can be told 
 for a certainty." And now only a word more on this subject ; and 
 that is, as to the object of it. Simply, many persons would kill a Cow 
 for beef, in the Fall, if they were certain that she was not "with calf," 
 and niany persons who had "put" a Mare to a valuable Horse, if they 
 were certain of her not being "with foal," would part with her ; when, 
 if certain of the foal, would not part with her for double the money 
 they might otherwise obtain. 
 
 HANDLING VICIOUS HORSES, BREAKING COLTS, "ETC. 
 Man's welfare and happiness are so generally, and so closely con- 
 nected with the viciousness, or gentleness of the Horse, that I think I 
 cannot use a few pages of this Book to a better advantage than in ex- 
 plaining the most improved methods of Training, or Handling Vicious 
 Horses, Breaking Colts, etc. ; for, at this day, when it is possible to 
 thoroughly Break, and absolutely bring ninety-nine of every one hun- 
 dred Horses under absolute control, no man ought to permit himself, nor 
 ought he to be permitted to drive any Horse from home that has not 
 been thoroughly Trained, and thus brought under this control. It 
 will be my object and purpose to make this {)lain, step by step, as I 
 proceed. 
 
 Horses have reasoning faculties only in accordance with their ex- 
 perience. They reason of the cause only as they are affected by it, 
 hence they can be taught only by acts; with thorn " acts speak loud- 
 er than words," hence the very great importance that every act and 
 movement about a Horse, or Colt should be right— both kind and gentle; 
 for no animal has a better memory, and none are so quick to recipro- 
 cate a kindness, or to resent an injury. He has a quick eye and close- 
 ly observes every movement around him ; and every movement with 
 him, gives confidence, or otherwise excites fear; hence no one who 
 expects to Handle, or control a Horse should ever show fear, anger, 
 or excitement, but be always cool, though determined ; and as no two 
 Horses are exactly alike in disposition or habits, any more than in 
 looks, care should always be taken to ascertain the character of each, 
 as far as possible, before Handling, in any case, is commenced, so that 
 every movement may have its desired"^efi'ect. This may be done 
 
 *He gives the following extract, as proof of the position here taken, from an Essay 
 on "Auscultation, as the only unequivocal" (positive") "evidence of Pregnancy," by Dr. 
 J. C. Ferguson, Prof, of Midwifery at King's College, London. "A goat had been pro- 
 cured, for a very different purpose, by Drs. Hunt, Carrigan, and myself, and bound on 
 its back upon the operating table. I eausually" (without previous thought, some would 
 say, by chance) "applied the Stethoscope to its abdomen, without the slightest previous 
 knowledge of its Pregnancy, and was surjiri.scd td dctfct, ahnost immediately, the dis- 
 tinct, double pulsations of a foetal heart. My two friends, to whose accuracy of observa- 
 tion I have often been indebted, satisfied tliemselves. perfectly, of th' fact; and on ex- 
 amining the interns" fwomb\ "about an hour afterwards, we extracted a fcetus, the 
 heart ot which did not exceed the size of a hazle-nut. On inquiry of the person who 
 sold us the goat, and on whose accuracy we could depend, we learnt that t was ex- 
 actly 7 weeks from copulation."— Doubliu Medical Transactions, vol. 1, part l.New Series, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 489 
 
 mainly by inquiry ; but it is best not to depend upon this absolutely; 
 for, notwithstanding a man's life may be greatly endangered by it, yet 
 there are some persons who would mislead in order that he might 
 catch some one in ignorance of his profession ; hence, learn all you 
 can by inquiry, then make your approaches carefully, that no undue 
 advantage may ever be obtained over you by any Horse, whatever. 
 Notwithstanding, however, that no two Horses are exactly alike in 
 disposition, yet there are some things that effect all Horses alike, oth- 
 erwise a very different plan would have to be adopted to Handle, or 
 Break them, but, as it is, a very similar plan does for all. And 
 
 First: all Horses are effected about alike by Encourage- 
 ment. By patting and caressing a Horse, or Colt, you give him con- 
 fidence, and say what he is doing is right, no matter if he kicks at you 
 and j'ou pat and caress him you say he is doing right. This you may 
 know by the way circus Horses perform. If you get a balky Horse to 
 draw, and caress him for it he takes it no more for granted that he is 
 doing right than in the first case— the same in anything, so be careful 
 never to caress and encourage only what is right, but by gentle reproof 
 show them, in all wrong actions that they are wrong. 
 
 Second : Horses Learn by Signs. Although you cannot teach a 
 Horse the knowledge of words without a Sign, yet, with Signs they may 
 be taught almost every thing, at least, all that it is possible for them 
 to do ; and this must be shown by a forced movement of the body, at 
 first, for a forced movement is all the same to him as a ivilUng one, if 
 followed by the caressing assurance that it is right, and what you want 
 him to do. So, at first, you must not ask a Horse to do anything, or to 
 make a movement unless you have the power, or are in a condition 
 to /orce obedience. In teaching a word of command, give the word 
 just before making the Sign, and he will soon learn to make the move- 
 ment without the Sign, w-hich will be better understood as I proceed. 
 
 Third: ho^w Horses Judge of objects of Fear. All Horses 
 Judge of Objects of Fear by the touch of the lip, or by smell — hlsupper 
 lip is his fingers, and although most persons believe that he Judges 
 also by smell, yet it is more than probable that what we think he 
 seeks to smell of, is only a movement to feel of it with his lip, for it 
 will always be noticed that he must touch it. He is fearful of being 
 injured, but when he feels of it and realizes that it does not hurt him, 
 he cares nothing for any peculiar, or frightful appearance, So never 
 strike a Horse with the whip when he sees something of which he is 
 afraid, for he will think it is the object that hurts him, and will al- 
 ways be afraid of it ; but having thoroughly controled his mouth, as 
 hereafter explained by the " War-Bridle,"" so that he neither dare 
 turn to the right, or left, run back, or go forwanl when he hears the 
 word "whoa/' give that, to him, the only awful word, when he \yill 
 stop as if "struck by lighting," after w-hich g'ive him time to examine 
 it, and he will afterwards have no fears of it"^ if he does, more pains 
 must be taken to familiarize him to it, and with it. 
 
 Fourth : How, or rather "Where to Control the Horse.— The 
 whole theory of the latest improvements in Handling Horses depends 
 upon the important fact, that when you Control a Horse's mouth you have 
 in fact, Controled the whole Horse. It matters not what the bad habit is 
 if you can have his mouth, at the time, it can be broken up, in other 
 words, any evil habit practiced while in harness can be broken up by 
 the mouth, but such habits as jumping fences, etc., because you can- 
 
490 DR. chase's 
 
 not have the Control of the mouth, at the time, must be done by other 
 means. No matter how light a rein a Horse may drive under, which 
 has never had his mouth Controlled — has never been Handled, or truly 
 Broken — if he becomes frightened and attempts to run, kick, bolt, or 
 shy, you have no control over him, and your only safety is, if he runs, to 
 guide him past obstructions, if possible, otherwise, all will probablj 
 be dashed to pieces; but, if you have Control of his motith you can rid 
 him of the fear of his heels, or rather that something will injure his 
 heels by taking the things, at which he naturally shies, and familiariz- 
 ing him to them, first his nose, then his body, and finally his heels, 
 until he will give up kicking at any thing, for he learns that they do 
 not hurt him. Get, and keep the Control of his mouth and he will 
 quit bolting, or shying; and by keeping his attention on the bit he 
 will forget to look for fearful objects along the road-side, this having 
 been his evil habit, and any other, he will give up in the same way. 
 Fifth and lastly : Signs that the Horse has Yielded, or become 
 Submissive. — When you desire a Horse to do something, which he 
 prefers not to do, he will set every muscle of his body against it, and 
 resist until he realizes that resistance is in vain ; but while his mus- 
 cles are rigid and unyielding, you must not put yourself in a po.sition 
 to be kicked, for that is his manner of defending himself, or saying 
 "don't touch me." Most j>eople sujipose that if a Horse has a .stiff 
 " dock," or clings his tail tightly, that he is a stout Horse, merely, while 
 it is only a sure Sign that he is afraid of being injured by something 
 touching him in those parts, in other words, " that he is afraid of his 
 tail," and most likely will be inclined to kick if persevering eflbrts 
 are made to relieve the line, or whatever other thing it may be; but 
 if you rid him of the fear, by Controlling him, he will relax the mus- 
 cles and give up the tail, or any other part, to be Handled as you de- 
 sire. If he shows any fear, or anger by setting the muscles of the ears 
 and inclining them backward, distending the nostrils, and "fixing" 
 the eyes, hugging the tail, etc., the Handling must be continued until 
 all are relaxed, in fact, until he yieldseven the muscles of the mouth 
 and neck, so that he will answer quickly to the slightest touch of the 
 "War-Bridle," or the rein, and gives up his attempts to bolt, kick, 
 shy, or run, as the case may be, and allows you to touch every part of 
 his body and limbs without flinching, watching for him to yield at every 
 step of the Handling, and caressing as soon as he gives up; but being 
 bold and energetic, though not unnecessarily harsh, or severe in your 
 movements by which you are to accomplish it; remembering that if 
 you give up before he does, you have a very much harder job before 
 you than at first — you must know no such word as/ai7. 
 
 The "War-Bridle. — I have spoken of the War-Bridle, and of Con- 
 trolling, or Handling the Horse by it. In the hands of a stout, fear- 
 less and energetic man it is a powerful means of Controlling the 
 Horse — I have known of nrn-ie able to resist it. 
 
 Although it is caileda "'War-Bridle," yet, as a whole, it is a species 
 of "Harness" also, as represented in Fig. 36. As there represented, 
 I had one made for a Canadian pony, and have used it upon him 
 several times, for these French Canadian's are the most stubborn 
 of all the Horse-kind that I have ever seen, even the Indian ponies 
 of the West are not more stubborn and willful than they; but with 
 this "rig" upon them and a few "Handlings" none of them can 
 resist its persuasive powers, indeed, it is perfectly astonishing to see 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 491 
 
 Fig. 36. 
 
 how quickly you can cure even them, of any bad habit by this simple 
 yet, terribly powerful means of Control. It was only high-keeping 
 with but little labor that caused " Dick " to require its application 
 more than once. If applied as shown in this cut, it has undoubtedly 
 te7i time.s more power oyer the Horse than the Rarey method. 
 
 In the first 
 place have a 
 strong leather 
 girth made to 
 go around the 
 body of the 
 Horse, with 
 buckle, back- 
 strap and crup- 
 per, side-straps 
 and ring to pass 
 the "War-Brid- 
 le," or cord 
 through, as also 
 shown inFiG.36. 
 There is also 
 shown an extra 
 strap with ring 
 to pass the 
 belly-band part 
 
 WAR-BKIDLL AND HANDLING-HAENESS. Of the girth 
 
 through, with buckle-attachment to buckle around the fetlock which 
 aids materially in taking the "wind" out of the Horse, or in 
 other words. Controlling him in one-fourth of the time that it 
 could be done without it. The knee is also to be provided with 
 a leather cap to protect it from injury as the Horse comes down 
 upon it in " laying him down " as it is called. That is secured by two 
 small straps with buckles, which the engraver has failed to show. Now, 
 with a |-inch cord made of the best.Russian hemp, or the very best 
 sash-cord, fully 20 feet long, you are ready for trying your ability 
 in understanding our description, as well as your power and adapta- 
 tion to become a Horse-tamer. 
 
 Now tie a knot at one end of the cord, then an open knot in the 
 cord at the proper distance to pass around the neck the same as if put- 
 ting on a neck-halter, and slip the end knot through the other and 
 tighten it the same as if a halter, which, in fact, it is for the present, 
 then draw sufficient of the cord through, double, to make a loop suf- 
 ficiently large to allow a half-twist to be taken in it, then to be put into 
 the Horse's mouth as shown in the cut. The half-turn prevents the 
 cord from slipping. With this all arranged as shown in the Fig, you are 
 ready to proceed with the Handling; but some persons prefer to buckle up 
 the opposite foot from the one upon which side the cord ispassed through 
 the ring, as the head of the Horse is drawn towards the ring-side 
 which naturally throws his weight towards the opposite side where 
 there is n ^ leg "to support himself with, and he consequently comes 
 down sooner; but I did not do so, and conquered, why may not oth- 
 ers? I have shown it all upon one side so its manner of application 
 could be plainly seen. This is called 
 
 Laying the Horse Do"wn. — There is probably no plan yet known 
 
492 r>R. chase's 
 
 by which a Horse can be so easily, quickly and perfectly Controlled, 
 or Broken as that of laying him donm for a few times, or until he yields 
 obedience to every movement of the operator, by the War-Bridle, and 
 finally by the lines ; besides this, if care is taken to pick up and clear 
 away all sticks, stones, etc., which may be on the ground where he is 
 to be laid down, there is not the danger to yourself, nor to the Horse, 
 for the length of line enables you to keep out of reach of his feet, if 
 especially Vicious, and there is no dangfer, if ordinary care is used, of 
 injuring the Horse. 
 
 AH of the foregoing fixtures having been provided, and applied 
 according to these instructions, and the ground carefully cleared, and 
 no old wagons, sleds, or other rubbish bSing near, step backward near- 
 ly the full length of the cord and pull upon it, w^hich draws the Horse's 
 head well around to the ring-side, and if the other foot is the one 
 strapped vip, which is probably the projier one to fasten up, at least 
 it is the one that old Tamers secure, which throws the weight on the 
 quarter which has no support, and, generally, the Horse will soon 
 make an eft'ort to step, and perhaps to "rear up," struggling to free 
 himself from his terrible bondage — and I have seen them make some 
 noble bounds even upon the three legs, for their freedom — but they 
 are always compelled to yield, coming down upon the single foot for 
 a few times, and finally upon the bandaged knee, and, after a little, to 
 topple over upon the side, much exhausted by the struggles. As soon 
 as he is down it is well to have an assistant who will at once place their 
 foot upon his neck, and keep him down for a few minutes, at the same 
 time you keep the line, or War-Bridle tight in your hand, i. e., as you 
 step up towards, or to him take up the slack of the line, so that he 
 cannot jump up until you choose to let him rise ; in the mean time 
 step along his back, and slap his sides, and take hold of his tail and 
 lift it from its clinging position, from time to time, to see if he relaxes 
 his muscles, for when he does, he will allow it to be lifted as limpsey, 
 or limber as a rag. After holding him a short time to the ground, 
 even though he does not yield the point of superiority, but seeks an- 
 other opportunity of trying his strength with you, let him get up and 
 try it on; and if he steps iforward, and if he does not step, give the 
 word of command to go ahead, or " get up," or whatever term you are 
 in the habit of using, then give a sudden pull on the War-Bridle and 
 say " whoa," and if he stops, step up to the side of his shoulders an4 
 pat him with the hand, which is as much as to say " that is right," 
 but if he insists upon moving about, give him another " long pull, and 
 a strong pull, and a jiull all together," until he comes to the ground 
 again, and proceed as before; finally "laying him down" 3, or 4, or a 
 dozen times, if need be, or until he gives up every point, and lets you 
 Handle him as you choose, then let him get up, let down his foot and 
 caress him, and he will like you better than ever before. And now, if 
 he has ever been skittish, or afraid of anything, as an umbrella, bas- 
 ket, or of noise, etc., have that very thing near at hand, let him feel of 
 it with his nose, or upper lip, having the War-Bridle so you can fetch 
 him up " all standing," " on the double-quick," if need be, i. e., if he 
 is afraid of it still, and shies, or jumps away from it; and pursue this 
 course until he gives up to allow it to be laid upon him, in any shajse, 
 or way you choose without caring for its presence, caressing him ev- 
 ery time he minds you, or yields any point of his opposition, and pun- 
 ishing him with the War-Bridle every time that he will not oe qniet 
 
SECOND RKCEIPT BOOK. • 493 
 
 at the word " whoa." Having familiarized him to any and all arti- 
 cles of which he was known to be afraid, if he is, or ever has been 
 afraid of bands of music, drums, tifes, etc., take an old tin pan, or a 
 toy drum, or fife and allow him to feel of it with his "fingers" — his 
 lip, or nose — ,then gently blow upon, or beat it, as the case may be, 
 having the War-Bridle at your command so you can punish his mouth, 
 in a moment, if he moves, or shies from it, using the word " whoa" 
 every time you enforce obedience by it, so that he learns, when he 
 hears that word, to expect the yank upon the "Bridle," by which 
 that word, alone, soon Controls the Horse, knowing that if he does not 
 yield ,the punishment follows " with a vengeance" that he does not ad- 
 mire; for it must be acknc wledged that the War Bridle is severe, yet, as 
 it accomplishes its work in so short a time, and makes such a kind and 
 obedient Horse, it is certainly a justifiable plan to adopt. Of course, 
 in all these movements, as soon as the Horse minds the word of com- 
 mand, he is to be patted and caressed for a moment, which says, 
 " thank you sir," that is right. 
 
 Second: To Train to Harness.— Taking it for granted that the 
 Horse has been disposed to kick in Harness, or in some other way has 
 been fractious and irritable, when in Harness, it will now be well to put 
 the Harness upon him, removing the "War-Bridle," and putting on 
 the ordinary headstall and reins, passing the reins, or lines through 
 the thill-straps (usually called fill-straps), in place of through the 
 turrets, as this allows them to drop down along his sides, which gives 
 you Control over his body, so that you can force obedience, by 
 stepping 2, or 3 steps behind the Horse, and as many steps to the 
 right, or left, for it matters not upon which side you begin this move- 
 ment; now the line beingtaught, which passes around hisleg, orhind 
 quarter, give it a sharp pull, saying " come here sir," this causes him 
 to wheel in the direction which you pull, and as quickly as he has 
 turned as far as the purchase, or leverage on the rein, or line gives 
 you, say " whoa," then immediately step the other way and do the 
 same thing, which turns him the other way, in the same manner — do 
 this 2, or 8 times each way, until he answers quickly, with the ■ whoa" 
 at each turn, then caress him at the shoulder, neck, etc., and pass the 
 hand over his back and limbs, to show him the confidence you have 
 in him, and he will equal your (-onfidence, " every time." Iiepeat 
 this 2, or 3 times, a few minutes apart, and he will ever afterwards 
 answer to the side rein as quickly as he does to the "War-Bridle." 
 
 Third: To Train to Drive. — When the previous movement has 
 been accomplished, step directly behind the Horse, at a proper dis- 
 tance for driving him, and with snug reins, give him your usual word 
 for " go ahead." and when he makes a few steps forward give a sharp 
 "pull up," with the word "whoa," and when he stops, which he will 
 do quickly, caress him as usual, and try it again, and again, for a few 
 times, caressing every time that he answers to the word, or to the 
 reins. 
 
 Fourth: To Train to Back. — Next, then, taking your place behind 
 him, give him the word " back," and if he does not answer to it at 
 once, give him the "sharp pull" on both reins, and as soon as he has 
 made 2 or 3 steps, give him the " whoa," and if he stops quickly 
 caress him, but if he does not stop quickly, give him a sharp touch with 
 the whip, at the same time having the reins tight, so he shall not 
 
494 * DR. chase's 
 
 jump ahead, but be brought to understand just what you mean for hira 
 to do, and to do it readily ; then 
 
 Fifth: To Drive in Shafts, Breaking of Kicking, Balking, etc. 
 — If there has ever been the least difficulty in the line of Kicking, or 
 Balking it is best to have prepared a cart, of the hind wheels of an old 
 waggon, so that the axletree, which should be stout, shall come just 
 up to the quarters, or haunches of the Horse. Mortice the shafts 
 through the axle and bolt on a stout cross-bar, a few inches forward of 
 the axle will be all that is necessary, not even any hold-back irons, as 
 you will see it is desired to back the Horse onto the cross-bar, and 
 also to let the cross-bar come upon the Horse in going down any de- 
 scending ground, or hill. 
 
 The cart having been made, and you having aLso Handled your 
 Horse through all of the foregoing stages of instruction, now hitch 
 him up to the cart, but putting on no hold-back straps, the cart stand- 
 ing near a solid post, step behind the cart, keeping close reins, tell 
 him to " back," pulling gently upon the reins, and just as the cart is 
 about to strike the post, give a firm pull upon the lines so the Horse's 
 haunches shall be held firmly upon the cross-bar, giving the word 
 " whoa," and holding him to it; and if he makes strong efforts to go 
 forward, or to kick, punish his mouth with the bit, by a yank upon 
 the reins if necessary to hold him until he realizes that he is not to be 
 hurt, then ease up the grasp on the lines and allow him to straighten 
 himself ujwn his feet again, caressing as at first, or even more exten- 
 sively, passing all around him, rubbing and patting him to satisfy him 
 that no harm is to come to him from this new movement ; then, after 
 a little, let him step forward a few steps, and stop him, always with 
 the " whoa," then, holding him firmly, push the cart " ujjon his heels," 
 and if he stands it well, all right, repeat it several times by pushing 
 forward and pulling back, saying " whoa " and holding firmly upon 
 the " bit " when the cross-bar is about to hit him ; but if he does not 
 take it kindly, back him until the axletree strikes the post again, as at 
 first, caressing him at the close of each struggle in which you are the 
 master, and you must be in all, otherwise go back to the beginning and 
 " lay him down " again as at first, taking up each stage of the course 
 in regular order, and finallj^ the cart again before you put him out. 
 
 And when he will allow the cart to come upon his heels without 
 fear, or struggling, stop and caress him, then take one line from the 
 turret and step back against the wheel on the side of the loose line 
 and give your usual word for starting, no matter whether it be " go 
 ahead," " get up," or whether it be the " cluck " that some people 
 use, but it should always be the same, as regular as you say " whoa " 
 to stop him, then he will understand you, and act accordingly. Now 
 when he stai-ts, you keep your position, pulling gently upon the line 
 which causes him to make a short circle around you, this accustoms 
 the horse to the chafing of the shaft against the leg, which will prob- 
 ably, now, not frighten him at all, although he might have kicked on 
 account of it only an hour before. When one round has been made, 
 stop and caress him ; then step upon the other side and go over the 
 same ground, for you are just as likely to desire to turn around one 
 way as the other ; and after he becomes familiar to these turnings, 
 step behind the cart, both lines being loose, turn him firstone way, then 
 the other, the same as when breaking to harness; and finally, after all 
 these motions have become familiar to the Horse, to your entire satis- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 495 
 
 faction, step behind the cart, and with a close rein start him ofi' on a 
 straight line, jumping side-wise upon the axletree, and take a course, 
 if any, that is descending, so the cart shall " run against his heels " to 
 see if he will bear it without attempting to run, , or in any way show- 
 ing restlessness under the annoyance, if he does, give a sharp " whoa," 
 and the sharp pull upon the lines so as to hold him firmly to the 
 cross-bar ; this will stop him, when he must be turned around and 
 taken back to the post and repeat the process there, until he will al- 
 low the cart to come upon his heels with perfect unconcern, caressing 
 every time that the Horse does your bidding, or submits to your require- 
 ments of him. If these instructions are carried outwith judgment, cool- 
 ness and decision, you will have a Horse that is thoroughly Broken, and 
 upon which you can depend ; but, in all cases of viciousness, I deem 
 it best to repeat the process the next day, and also about one week after 
 that, by which means the Horse will be enabled to perfectly under- 
 stand what is required of him, and also learn that it is of no use for 
 him to resist you in any of y(5ur requirements. 
 
 RAISING AND BREAKING- THE COLT. 
 First: The True Method of Raising.— The Trae Method, no 
 doubt to Break a Colt with the least trouble is to Raise him up with 
 you upon terms of intimate sociability, i. e. from the time of foaling, 
 begin to pet it, and, if there are children about, to have them do the 
 same thing; and to instruct the children especially, that they must 
 never throw sticks at the Colt, nor to jump towards it, or make any 
 motions towards it that shall in any way frighten it, but, rather, to be 
 perfectly kind to it, so it shall never fear being injured when anyone 
 approaches it, for the Horse-kind are naturally very timid and fearful 
 of being injured ; but, by thus being cai-eful to show the Colt, from 
 the first time it sees you, that kindness and sociabilitj' are to govern 
 your actions towards it, it will abandon its characteristic nature, and 
 return kindness for kindness. 
 
 Second: Tlie first time the mother is to be hitched up, or ridden, 
 let a small halter, prepared for the purpose, be put upon the Colt, then 
 tied in some convenient manner to the harness, or neck of the moth- 
 er, when she may be led about a little, at first, which will soon famil- 
 iarize the Colt to leading, as it will naturally desire to follow the moth- 
 er ; thus, with but very little trouble, the Colt is soon broken to the 
 halter, and to leading, and all annoyance of having the Colt follow some 
 strange Horse, or loose its mother in the confusion of meeting other 
 Horses on the road, to the great annoyance of all concerned. Let also 
 the spirit of kindness pervade your actions towards it through its 
 whole course of Colt-life, and although there will sometime have to be 
 & struggle for the mastery, yet it vf ill he short, and will soon perch on 
 the side of intelligence — the true master. It will be all the better also, 
 even after the Colt is weaned, to occasionally put the halter upon it 
 and lead it about, caressing it also, to keep up the social feeling, never 
 allowing anyone to frighten, or injure it in any manner. But, 
 
 Third: To Catch and Halter the Colt.— Supposing the Colt has 
 had the usual " harum-scarum " way of Raising, until it is now 3, or 4 
 years old, and is afraid to let anyone approach it, taking it for grant- 
 ed that those who have Colts, to" Catch and Halter, have also other 
 Horses, I shall suppose that with these, the Colt can be brought into 
 the stable, where with a little gentleness and care, the Halter may 
 soon be put on in the usual manner, when he may be held, or tied by the 
 
496 DR. chase's 
 
 side of a well-broken Horse which you can caress, showing the Colt that 
 no injury is to be expected from you, for he will observe every movement 
 you make, and if you are cross and unkind to the Horse, the Colt will 
 more especially expect, and consequently fear the same at your hands. 
 Then, as he will permit, you may caress him and familiarize him to 
 your presence and caresses. And after an hour, or two, you may put 
 on the Handling-Harness and War-Bridle, not yet strapping up the 
 foot, then lead him out and if not wild, or vicious, you may soon pro- 
 ceed to "Lay Him Down," as described under that head, in Handling 
 the Horse; and you may proceed, by degrees, through the wliole 
 course, remembering, however, that the Colt has, as yet, no knowledge 
 of the harness, shafts, cart, or any of the movements, consequently 
 has everything to learn ; you must, therefore, be very careful in all 
 your movements, and instructions, and not expect a too rapid pro- 
 gress with him. But : 
 
 Fourth : I will again suppose that the Colt is wild, and cannot be 
 got into the stable, the door being small, and the stalls taking up 
 much of the room, he is too fearful to enter. In that case throw open 
 the barn doors, take the Horses into the barn, having no machinery 
 upon the floor that would be liable to injure any of them, and if tlie 
 Colt will not follow in, you will hitch the Horses, or Horse, as the case 
 may be, upon the backside of the floor, then with 2, or 3 assistants 
 gather around him, in the barn-yard, in such a way as to gently force 
 him towards the door, and finally into the barn, when the doors are 
 to be shut, and you may, in most cases, be able to Halter him over the 
 back, or neck of one of the older Horses ; then the other Horses will 
 be taken entirely away, that nothing may disturb, or draw ofl" his at- 
 tention from what you will then be ready to attempt to teach him ; and 
 in Handling any Horse it should be away from others, that nothing may 
 disturb or distract them. Again: 
 
 Fifth: It may be that you cannot succeed in getting the Halter 
 upon the Colt over the other Horses, then take the other Horses 
 from the barn, through the door into the stable, so as to retain the 
 Colt alone upon the floor, and proceed in the following manner. First, 
 take a very light pole 12 to 15 feet long and have a couple of gimlet 
 holes through if, one close to the lightest end, the other 12 to 15 inches 
 from it, and drive a peg into each hole, allowing them to project 
 a couple of inches, upon one side. Now having a long rope, of halter- 
 size, make a large loop at one end of it, in the form of a neck -halter, 
 and hang this loop upon the two pegs at the end of the pole, the loop 
 being large enough to pass over the Colts head ; then take the pole in 
 your hands in such a way that the loop does not slip off, but would slip 
 off readily if you turned the pegs down. Now walk around the barn a 
 little witli the pole and halter upon it, carelessly singing, or whistling, 
 as thoutrh you was not setting a trap for "Coltie," approaching nearer 
 and nearer to him and finally holding the halter end of the pole to- 
 wards him, which he will be willing to smell of and examine; and 
 while he is doing this, you must dexterously and quickly pass the loop 
 over his head and turning the pole properly, let it slip ofl' the pegs and 
 drop upon his neck, then an assistant having hold of the long end, you 
 may aid him in tightening the loop by pusliing it u}) towards a knot 
 which liad previously been tied at such a point from the end, that it 
 shall not draw so close around his neck as to choke him ; and, thus, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 497 
 
 you have accomplished all that I have undertaken to tell you in this 
 paragraph — the Colt is Caught, and Haltered. Then: 
 
 To Handle the Colt. — You will caress him, and carefully ap- 
 proach along his side until you reach his neck ; and in these cases 
 where the Colt is so fearful of you, it is best to have 2, or 3 assistants 
 to stand behind him, so he shall not back out and dodge off, for as yet 
 you are not prepared to pull much on the halter, as the knot was only 
 a make-shift to get the loop over his head ; but now you will, as above 
 remarked, approach along his side, caressing as you proceed, having a 
 regular halter in your left hand, pass the right along his neck to the 
 head, preparatory to applying the common halter ; but if he holds his 
 head high, as some will, fetch your weight gradually upon the poll, or 
 top of the neck, just back of his ears, and steadily bear down upon his 
 head until he relaxes the muscles of the neck and allows the hillter to 
 be put on ; then repeat the bearing down upon his neck as many 
 times as he resists it, caressing every time that he yields to your 
 weight, and drops the head, as you will see that this movement is tru- 
 ly in agreement with the general principles of "Handling Horses." 
 Now commence your Handling, or Breaking the Colt, by first patting 
 him along the neck and back, and then down the shoulder and leg to 
 the hoof, carefully repeating until he stands quietly through the wHole 
 movement, then lean your shoulder against him, low down upon his 
 shoulder, keeping a close halter upon him with your inner hand, then 
 pass the outer, or right hand down to the fetlock and lift the foot from 
 the ground, just a little, putting it down immediately, and caressing 
 him to satisfy him that no harm is to arise from it ; but continue this 
 movement, and hold the foot a little longer, each time until he will al- 
 low you to hold it, as if for examination, then take the opposite foot 
 through the same process, letting all of your actions, or movements to- 
 wards a Colt be doubly cautious and guarded, as compared to what 
 they might be towards an old Horse, for the Colt has everything to 
 learn — the old Horse is expected at least to understand that the com- 
 mon movements around him are not to injure him. After the Colt 
 will allow you to raise his feet and hold them a reasonable time, take 
 a light hammer and tap, gently, upon the hoof, when raised, as if 
 shoeing. And after this has been done with the forward feet, you 
 may gently caress along the body to the hind feet and Handle them 
 in the same way, if he will allow it, but if he will not, you must desist 
 this undertaking as to the hind feet until you have applied the War- 
 Bridle and got the control of his mouth, after which the Handling of 
 the hind feet may be again t^iken up and completed with but little 
 trouble ; but this much may be taken for granted that the strength of 
 a Horse is greater than that of a man, then it is of but little use foj a 
 man to grapple with a Horse on an " even-whiffletree " — the War- 
 Bridle is what gives man the advantage sought — absolute Control 
 over the Horse. 
 
 After having Handled the feet on both sides, for Handling on one 
 side does not answer for both, pat him on the hips, and pass the hand 
 down the tail, then lift it steadily and holding it up by pressure until 
 he relaxes the muscles, which he will probably, now, soon do ; then 
 repealt, and caress as he gives up any point, the same as you would if 
 the War-Bridle was upon him ; and if he will not allow all, or any of 
 these movements to be made without it, the War-Bridle must be put on 
 and managed the same as described under the various heads in Handling 
 
 32— DR. chase's SECOD RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
498 DR. chase's 
 
 Vicious Horses, which see, remembering, however, that greater care 
 and gentleness should be used with the Colt, for he has just " commenc- 
 ed going to school," and if treated kindly, and carefully will become the 
 more willing and obedient schollar. Supposing, however, that the Colt 
 has allowed you to go through with all of the foregoing movements 
 without any very considerable opposition to make it necessary to have 
 applied the War-Bridle, and that by these movements he has become 
 familiar to your presence, and is not afraid of you, you proceed 
 
 To Teach the Oolt to Lead: — By putting on the War-Bridle, 
 and placing yourself at a point against his hips, but 6, or 8 feet out, and 
 say " come here," so as to be distinctly understood, giving a sharp 
 pull on the line, or " War-Bridle" which will cause him to step to- 
 wards you, then say " whoa," and caress him the same as for the 
 Horse, which says to him that he has done all you desired of him. 
 Change from side to side, repeating the movements until he answers 
 the Word of Command without the yank on the cord. He will soon 
 learn your desires and act accordingly, and you must be satisfied with 
 even a step, or two, towards you, and caress him every time he ans- 
 wers to your call. Repeat this from side to side until he wiU follow 
 anywhere you desire, punishing his mouth, at any time, with a light 
 yank of the War-Bridle, if he stops, or refuses to follow you when you 
 start off and say " come on sir." In this way, if patience, carefulness 
 and perseverance are practiced towards the Colt, he may be Taught to 
 follow anywhere, the same as a dog, and to mind your Word of Com- 
 mand the same as an ox, or a j^oke of oxen. 
 
 To Bit the Colt. — Itbeing understood that.the Colt has been taken, 
 by degrees (a little daily ), through all of the movements, or Hand- 
 lings hiid down for the " V^icious Horse," it will be but very little 
 trouble now, to Bit him, as the previous Handlings will have given 
 full and complete control of his mouth. 
 
 And now if you will look at the "Handling Harness," in Fig. 36, 
 you will see a loop strap represented standing forward from the girth, 
 on the back, for the i)urpo.-ie of passing the " War-Bridle " through, or 
 the reins (?f a Bitting-Bridle, as you may see fit to use ; but by passing 
 the " War-Bridle through it instead of through the side ring, the loop 
 being in the Colts mouth of course, you may either stand in front of 
 the Colt, or at his withers, or shoulders, as 3^ou find best, and draw 
 gently but firmly upon the cord f(jr 2, or 3 minutes, for he will soon 
 yield a graceful curve of the neck to the demand of either " Bridle," 
 then ease on the rein, or cord, and caress as in other movements; Re- 
 peat a few times, a day, or two, apart, will enable the Colt to fully un- 
 derstand all that the " Bitting" will Teach him. 
 
 Tricks — To Teach to Horses. — There being very many people 
 who take such an interest in the Horse as to be constantly trying to 
 learn their young Horses to perform various Tricks, I will give them 
 such assistance as will enable them to take advantage of all of the 
 plans that will aid them in making their Horses more tractable, and 
 consequently more valuable. It will require, however, a very consid- 
 erable amount of patience as well as perseverence. The lessons must 
 also be repeated doily, or twice daily, for some considerable time. 
 
 To Teach to Come, or Follow at the Crack of the Whip, or 
 the Word of Command.— Better success will be had in this, if only 
 young Horses are clioaen for Teaching. See Fig. 37. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 499 
 
 Fig. 37. 
 
 If you have been at all thorough in Teaching your Colt, or 
 
 f'oung Horse to follow you in your first Handlings, it will be less 
 abor now to Teach him to follow at the Crack of the AVhip, hav- 
 ing the War-Biidle upon him, you step off a few feet and say 
 "come here sir" at the same timeCracking the whip, lightly, over his 
 hips when he will step forward perhaps more from fear of the Whip 
 than from the ( ommand, but it must be accepted as an answer to the 
 Whip and care- s accordingly ; yet, if he does not step towards you, 
 but rather seeoiS afraid of the Whip and starts off, the War-Bridle 
 
 is at h?ind to force obedience 
 and bring him to you, then 
 caress and repeat until he an- 
 swers for the Crack of the 
 Whip alone, or for the Word 
 of Command to "Come Here 
 Sir." Some of the traveling 
 trainers reccommed to reward 
 the Horse for his obedience 
 by giving him a piece of apple, 
 or a few kernels of corn, but I 
 cannot see any special reason 
 for it any more than in any 
 other movement. It is cer- 
 tainly well to learn Horses 
 not to be afraid of the Crack 
 of a Whip, for there is too fre- 
 C;uently found upon the streets 
 eome showy fop who has no 
 'ither recommendation of his 
 own to attract the attention 
 TRICK TRANiNiNG. of others, except the Crack of 
 
 his Whip. If this Trick is undertaken, however, it should be 
 known that it will require mutch patience, as well as persever- 
 ance, and it should not be undertaken, nor any other Trick, ex- 
 cept it be with a full jmrpose to carefully mix these compounds — pa- 
 tience and perseverance — and al.so to use them once, or twice daily 
 until the undertaking is accomplished — otherwise better let them 
 alone; yet all that is necessary to accomplish them is to have the 
 Horse under.~,tand you, and he will learn them as well as any other 
 act of obedience, required of him. 
 
 These lessons in Teaching to Follow should be made thorough 
 while you have the War-Bridle upon the Horse, so you can punish him 
 if he does not obey, in fact, until he is quite perfect, i. e., obeys every 
 time, before you remove the War-Bridle, for if he turns from you, 
 and you are without the means of restraint, it would be almost, if 
 not quite equal to a failure ; and it .should be only tried, at first within a 
 close yard so that he cannot, under any circumstances, trot off and 
 leave yon. You must also be very careful not to be harsh in the use 
 of the Whip, or in the Word of Command; for cheerful obedience is 
 what you desire; and it can onlv be obtained bv cheerful kindness, 
 many times repeated. 
 
 To say "Yes," by Making' a Bow.— If sufficient carefulness 
 and patience has been brought to bear upon the Horse in all of the 
 past instructions, he may already be considered about perfect, but yet, 
 
600 DE. chase's 
 
 capable of further instruction, in fact, capable of learning almost any- 
 thing, hence you may learn him to Bow, or say "Yes" in the follow- 
 ing manner. Take a pin, standing by the tshoulder, scratch him with 
 it, lightly, low down upon the breast, and ask him if he likes apple, or 
 corn, as you have handiest, at the same time bowing yourself, which 
 "will indicate to him the natural motion to make by which he would 
 brush off a fly that might be biting him, and when he Bows the head, 
 give him from the other hand, the promised reward, and also caress 
 him as though he had done just your bidding, no matter how slight 
 the indication on his part. Repeat, and continue from day to day, 
 until he will Bow his head when you ask the question, and make the 
 slightest motion towards the breast, without reward. 
 
 To Say " No." — This Trick is learned to the Horse by scratching, 
 with the pin high up upon the withers, or side of the shoulder, asking 
 any question to which he would, if he understood you, say " No," at 
 the same time shaking your own head, which he would naturally do 
 to drive away the annoying fly, the slightest motion towards which 
 must be accepted as the answer, and rewarded and caressed ac- 
 cordingly ; which, if properly followed, will soon Teach him to Bow 
 his head, thereby saying " Yes," or to shake it gracefully, thereby say- 
 ing "No," on the slightest movements towards his breast, or his 
 shoulder, by which you have Taught him. 
 
 To Teach the Horse to Kliss You. — Although there are a few 
 persons who might say this is " all nonsense," yet most young men 
 who have a nice Colt, desire to have him show off to a good advan- 
 tage; and I am among those who think that whatever does no harm, 
 but does really help to make your Horse moi-e affectionate and kind, 
 is certainly worthy of being brought to bear upon him for that pur- 
 2)ose ; and this Trick especially, is very simple and easily performed. 
 First Teach him to take a piece of an apple out of your hand, or a few 
 kernels of poped corn, or whatever he will like, gradually carrying the 
 hand nearer and nearer to your own mouth ; and if it is a long slice of 
 an apple, you may finally take it between your lips when he will take 
 it with his, at each time caressing him as for obedience in other things, 
 saying " kiss me," at each repetition, he will soon learn to make the 
 motion, or movement, at the Word of Command, although no apple is 
 given him. 
 
 " Lying down," "Sitting up," "Shaking hands," and many other 
 Tricks may be learned to almost any Young Horse, according to the 
 ingenuity, intelligence, patience and Arindness of the instructor, remember- 
 ing that in no case can you succeed by brute force, for the Horse is 
 stronger than man, and if this is to be the means of conquering the 
 Horse, he will "win every time," hence if you give way to anger, or 
 passion, which he will know as quick as you do yourself, you give him 
 the advantage over you ; but rather take courage and confidence in 
 your own ability and superiority over the Horse, from your intelli- 
 gence, and from every success that this intelligence gives you over 
 his brute force ; remembering that the duty of firmness, in overcom- 
 ing your own passions, are of equal importance to tliat of overcoming 
 the obstinacy of your pupil — the Horse — so that if you ever become a 
 successful Horseman, it will be a mutual benefit — the Horse will be 
 made kind and docile, and the man will be more kind to everything 
 about him — objects which are certainly worth more than they cost. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 501 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS FOR HORSES AND CAT- 
 TLE. — The word Miscellaneous comes from the Lat. miscere, to mix, 
 and sisrnifies that difl'erent sorts of things may come under that head, 
 and it is equally applicable to different sizes of type as to different 
 Receipts ; and I refer to the meaning of this word here, because I find 
 myself compelled to use a smaller sized type than I have been using, to en- 
 able me to get the large amount of accumulated Miscellaneous Receipts into 
 the six hudred pages which I had alotted to be the size of the Book, by which 
 I could keep the price of the Work within the reach of all ; and as two Re- 
 ceipts, in small type, will go into the space of 07?ein large type, it will 
 be seen that it is for the advantage of the purchaser to have the small 
 type used, notwithstanding old-eyes might prefer the large type, yet I 
 think that most purchasers will agree with me, that, for the Miscellane- 
 ous Receipts, which do nVjt have to be read so often as tlie Medical 
 part of the Book, it is better to use the small type, and tlius give the 
 greater amount of information. Believing this reasoning to be sound 
 and that it will give general satisfaction, I shall proceed accordingly 
 with all of the Miscellaneous Receipts coming under the different 
 letters, in the alphabetical arrangment of the Work, and although I 
 have given a very full Treatment for the Diseases of Horses and Cat- 
 tle, by Dr. Wallington, yet, I deem it best, also, to give the following 
 Miscellaneous Receipts upon their Diseases which have been given 
 me by different persons, and collected from other sources. 
 
 I5is'"I>«'^-. Cirease-Heel, etc— Remedy — Tinct. of cantharides, aqua ammo" 
 nia, and spirits of turpentine, of each, 2 ozs. ; laudanum, and chloroform, of each, 1 oz. ; 
 best alcohol, 4 ozs. Mix and keep corked for nse. 
 
 \\'ash the legs well with soap-snds, made with soft water; then with a sponge apply 
 the medicine, and repeat in 3, or 4 days, until cured; using at the same time, one of the 
 condition powders, until a better condition of the blood is obtained. 
 
 1. Blo««S. and 55i»S'-S>pavJii — Kemionly. — Blood-Spavin is an enlargement, or 
 leakage from the vein running alone the inside of the liock-joint, and a Bog-Spavin is a 
 disease of the synovial-capsule, or oil-sack of the same joint. It is fortunate that the same 
 treatment is applicable to both difhculties. 
 
 Take iodide of potas.sium, K oz. ; oil of hemlock, 1 oz. ; oil of wormwood '^ oz. ; pe- 
 troleum, or oil of stone, 1 oz. ; alcohol, 4 ozs. ; spirits of turpentine, 1 3^ ozs. ; tinct. of can- 
 tharides, 1 oz. 
 
 Make half a pailful of suds with soft soap, ifyuu have it, using warm water, into 
 which put 1 pt. to 1 qt. of chamber-lye, and if tliis is a week, or two old, it is all the better. 
 Wash and soak tlie parts well with this suds for l.'i to 20 minutes to cleanse the parts and 
 open the pores of tlie skin ; then rub on freely of the medicine, and repeat the same ev- 
 ery other day until the soft enlargement is absorbed, or gone. Use the suds with the urine 
 at each application of the medicine. 
 
 TIiiN will be ff)und valuable on enlarged sinews, or wind-galls, or any soft blemish 
 upon any part of the Horse. 
 
 2. ABiotlier. — Wash the soft enlargements with the suds as in No. 2, tlicn apply 
 the tinct. of iodine twice daily for 2, or 3 days, or until it gets a little sore ; then continue 
 the washing, drying tlie parts well with a dry cloth and rub on an ointmentmade by rub- 
 bing 30 grs., of the red iodide of mercury with any simple ointment, 1 oz., or with the 
 same amount of lard. 
 
 3. AiioSheB'.— Soft soap and salt, equal parts, are said to have cured Bog-Spavins 
 and curb wlien just coming on. 
 
 Boiif Mpavin : to Cure the I.aiiieue!S»i. — Take salt peter jAilb., and alco- 
 hol, 1 pt 
 
 Pulverize the saltpeter and put into the alcohol, and when it is disolved it is ready 
 for use. 
 
 Apply daily heating it into the enlargement for a week. The Horse will suffer con- 
 siderable pain and probably hold up the leg, and groan ; for notwithstanding you would 
 suppose this a very mild medicine, yet it is said to kill the bone enlargement, w hich 
 causes'considerable pain in tlie parts, but that will satisfy you of the value of persevereing 
 with the medicine. 
 
 This would be found a valuable remedy in chronic inflammatory,' rheumatism of 
 persons in doses of a tea-spoonful once in 3, or 4 hours, diluted with a little water. If it 
 should cause griping lessen the dose, or increase the time between them. 
 
602 DR. chase's 
 
 1. Colic, liun^ Fever, Inflatnniatioa of the Bowels, finngs, Stom- 
 »ch, <>te.— With the exception of Colic arising from long driving, tlien feeding 
 and giving water too quickly ; the following medicine will be found very safe and etfec- 
 tive in all of the above mentioned difficulties : 
 
 Tinct. of veratrum viride, and laudanum, of each, 1 oz. Mix and bottle for use. 
 
 DosK.— Two-thirds of a table-spoonful may be given, in a little warm water, and re- 
 peat every hour for 4 to 6 hours. Then 2 hours after the last dose, give castor-oil, and 
 raw linseed-oil, of each, }A pt., mixed, warm. 
 
 Feed only soft, mild feed, as bran-mash, for 2. or 3 days, to give time for the organs to 
 gain strength. Bathing the legs from a bucket of hot water will also be valuable. If the 
 urine is scanty give sweet spirits of niter, 2 ozs., with oil of juniper, 1 oz., at 2 doses, in 
 warm water. 
 
 2. Anotlier. — Simple Colic from over- feed, I have found ess. of peppermint, 2 ozs., 
 in \4, pt. of warm water a perfect cure. 
 
 in a ca.se where a Hor»e had been driven 60 miles, from morning to 4 o'clock p. m., 
 and only fed at the end of 50 miles, then watered and driven, on the other 10 miles, and 
 put up in my barn, while I was in the Russel House, at Sauk Rapids, Minn., I gave the 
 above, and in 20 minutes you could smell peppermint all over the yard— a perfect cure. 
 The Horse remained in the stable for 3 days while the gentleman went down to St. Paul 
 to purchase goods. When he came back the Horse was ready for another drive of 60 miles. 
 
 If it should not give relief in 30 minutes, repeat half the dose. I made this prescrip- 
 tion because I knew it to be good for persons, in doses of a tea-spoonful, for bad cases of 
 Colic — what is good for persons is good for Horses. 
 
 3. Anotlier.— In Colic as in other diseases, prevention is better than cure. Colic 
 may be prevented by care in feeding. When green fodder is used, such as the blades and 
 tops of green corn, Colic is common. It is caused by the production of gas in the stomach 
 and intestines from the fermentation of the food, or by permitting the^ Horse to drink 
 too freely of cold water when tired and exhausted by work. Feed sparingly of green 
 food until the animal has become accustomed to its use. Water often and give little at a 
 time and never either immediately before, or after a feed. If the Horse has been permit- 
 ted to become very tliirsty, give no more than half a pailful at a time ; letting 15 minutes 
 elapse between the drinks, until he is satisfied. If notwithstanding all care, he is troub- 
 led still with Colic, give him 2 oz. of sweet spirits of nitre and 1 oz. of laudanum in 3^^ a pt. 
 of water. If necessary repeat in i^ an hour, adding 1 oz. tincture of aloes. 
 
 Eyo Water, for Horses, <'attl«, etc.— Sulphate of zinc. 1 dr.; table salt, 1 
 dr.; laudanum, liquid measure, 1 dr.; rain water, 1 pt. 
 
 Mix and sliake occasionally until dissolved, and it will be ready for use ; keep cork- 
 ed. Apply it with a clean bit of rag 3 times daily. It will be found a good article for a 
 weak, or an inflamed Eye, in any erf the domestic animals. 
 
 1. I-'08il ill tlie Feet of Cattle.- Washing out between the hoofs by means of 
 drawing cloths, through between the claws of the Feet, which have been thoroughly wot 
 in suds made with carbolic-soap is one of the most recent cures for Foul Feet of Cattle. 
 It is necessary, however, to keep the Cattle for some little time in dry fields, or upon a 
 dry stable floor until much improved, or entirely well. After washing and cleansing, as 
 above, with the carbolic-suds, a mixture of tar and Venice turpentine, equal parts, drawn 
 between the claAvs in the same way, is considered an excellent application. 
 
 2. Another.— Washing with copperas water, 1 oz. to 1 pt. of water, is considered 
 valuable, by some ; then an ointment made with copperas, made fine, and sulphur, of 
 each, 1 oz. to lard, 4 ozs. And to give a table-spoonful, each, of sulphur and salt, by put- 
 ting into meal, daily, for a week, or ttva, if not sooner well. If the condition of the Cow, 
 or Ox is quite bad, \:< to >2 lb. of salts might be given daily for 2 to 4 days, or until a free 
 cathartic action is produced, then drop it for a weeli and renew again, if need be. The 
 sulphur and salt may also be given, daily, as above, in the meal, at noon of each day, 
 that the s-alts are given. 
 
 Oarjjet in Cows— Remedies. — This is a disease in the udder of Cows— an in- 
 flammation — which causes a thickening and curdy-like appearance of the milk, and some- 
 times it is also of a Idoody appearance. Poke-root was formerly considered a cure ; but 
 it has not always done it. A gentleman of our city, upon whom I can depend, had a 
 case of it and fed all the poke-root he could purchase in the city— about % lb— (it is not 
 
 Elentiful in some parts ol Michigan), without the least benefit, after which some one told 
 im that : 
 
 1. Tinct. of aconite , K table-spoonful, at night, given in a little damp ground-feed, 
 would cure it, and upon trial, it proved true. 
 
 2. Another.— Dr. Wallington tells me that the Iodide of potash will cure it, even 
 ■when the milk is bloody— for dose and manner of using it see No. 26 in tlie regular med- 
 icines for Horses and Cattle. 
 
 3. Beans are also sai d to cure the disease, first found out by a Cow which had the dis- 
 ease having got to a bean-stack and eaten all she desired— also proved successful since. 
 
 Manse Ointnsent.— Aloes, finely powdered, 1 dr.; spirits of turpentine, 1 oz.; 
 flour of sulphur, 3 ozs.; lard 4 ozs. 
 
 Thoroughly mix, and box for use. In mange, or rather itch, or scab, in horses, cattle, 
 sheep, or dogs, this will be found valuable. See description of that disease. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 503 
 
 Hoof Ointment. — Freshly churned and unsalted butter, and white, or pine tur- 
 pentine, of each, yi lb.; baberry tallow, Vi lb.; verdigris, 14 oz.; oil of origanum, 1>2 ozs. 
 
 Let tlie verdigris be finely palverized, and it is best to buy that wliich is already 
 pulverized, otherwise the mortar nuiit be covered closely with a cloth, as it is a bad thing 
 to breath, and it is very hard to pulverize ; then melt the tallow, turpentine and butter 
 together, and stir in the verdigris and origanum (.marjoram^, and keep stirred until 
 cool to prevent a settling of the verdigris. 
 
 This green Ointment is valuable for contracted Hoofs, corked Hoofs, cuts, bruise*, 
 €tc., use it sufficiently often to keep the parts soft. 
 
 Sweeny: Certain i;Hre. — Fresji hen's eggs, 2 ; best cider vinegar, spirits of tur- 
 pentine, and aJcohol, of each, J4 pt. Beat the eggs, as for cake, and add tiie vinegar and 
 stir until thoroughly mixed ; then add the turpentine and alcohol, and shake well, when 
 it is ready for use. 
 
 In applying this liniment, first rub the shoulder well with the bare, or gloved hand, 
 to warm it up, which enables it to a' isorb more of the liniment , then pour of ihe shaken 
 mixture into the hand and rub in well, 3, or 4 times, at each application ; then with a 
 smooth round stone, a little larger tlian the list, rub hard, upon the Sweeny for 3 to 5 
 minutes,as the Horse will allow you without too much fretting, 3 times daily. 
 
 This Receipt was obtained from an esteemed friend living in my own city, who says 
 he has cured many cases witli it ; and that he will pay $100 to see a s-weCuy lluxt tliis will 
 not cure in 3 weeks. From the nature of the articles used, and from the amount of fric- 
 tion to be applied, I should expect the shoulder to become very tender, and perhaps, so 
 much so that tlie Horse would be also very restless under its application, if it did I should 
 apply only once daily. I have very greateonlidence in it. So i have also in the follow- 
 ing, sent me by my only living brother, from Kansas : 
 
 'Sweeny Liniment. — Alcohol,! pt.; aqua ammonia (hartshorn), and camphor 
 gum, of each, 1 oz. IVIix, and when the camphor is dissolved it is ready for use. All 
 Liniments should be kept corked. ' 
 
 Wet the shoulder well, with it, then rub with the hand, and stretch tlie hide well 
 also, with a kind of lifting, or pulling motion, to loosen it from the membrane within, 
 which is one of the causes of the shrinking of the muscles of the shoulder, an<l then rub 
 well with a round stone, having a smooth surface, applying it every other day — to whicji 
 he added the following : I once cured a stage-horse with this treatment in 3 weeks and 
 drove him every day, except Sundays. I cui'ed a Horse this Fall, with the same, by only 
 3 applications. 
 
 How these men should have got hold of the stui^e. part of the treatment, I have no 
 idea, for, 1 have never seen it in print, nor have they ever seen each other, and. are now 
 about 1.000 miles apart. There woidd be no impropriety in mixing the two Linijuents, 
 rather, I know the mixture would be better than either alone ; and either of them, or the 
 mixed, will be found a valuable Liniment for all strains, or bruises of Horses, or Cattle, 
 cuts, or calks, etc.; and, I fully believe that no Sweeny can stand before them ; and it 
 will be valuable for bathing into the back of Horses, or Cattle, yes, or persons, in kidney 
 difficulties, or weakness of the back. 
 
 How to I'eed Siil5>l»HP to Cattle. — Mix'llb. of Sulphur with 6 lbs. of salt, 
 and place the mixture in a box where the Cattle can have access to it. The box should 
 be under shelter so as not to be dis.solved by rain and dew. Mr. Asa Bailey says in the 
 Albany Cultivator, that he has used this compound of salt and Sulphur twenty years, 
 and has not had a louse, or a tick on his Cattle in that length of time. 
 
 1. Washes and Ointments for Wonntls.^Soft water, 1 qt.; sulphate of 
 zinc, 1 oz.; common, table-salt 1 oz. 
 
 Dissolve these articles in the water, bottle and cork for use. For fresh Wounds, cuts, 
 and sores of recent occurrence, applied 3 times daily this will be found very useful ; but 
 for virulent ulcers of long standing,use the following : 
 
 2. W^ash for Ulcers ania 01«1 Sores.— Soft water, 1 pt.; sulphate of zimc, 
 same as above, with corosive sublimate, 1 dr.; muriatic acid, y, oz. 
 
 Dissolve the powders in the water, and slowly add the acid", and bottle for use. Ap- 
 plying 2, or 3 times daily, according to the foulness of the Sores, for a few days ; then sub- 
 stitute No. 1, as for fresh wounds, or the following oil, will be found very good, both for 
 cleansing and healing : 
 
 3. Oil for Wounds. — Neat's foot oil, l^X pts.: oil of thyme, /^ oz.; sulphuric acid, 
 lYa ozs. 
 
 Mix the two first in a druggist's mortar ; then, little by little, add the acid, stirring 
 until thoroughly mixed, and bottle for use. Especiallv valuable for bruises in the feet or 
 Cattle, or Horses. 
 
 I..acerated Wonndix in Horses and Cattle.— To Secure, and their 
 Treatment. — Many permanent blemishes which depreciate the value of Horses might 
 be prevented by careful attention as soon as the injury is inflicted. Broken slvin on the 
 knee may sometimes, for want of proper Treatment, result in an ugly scar whicli will re- 
 duce the selling value of a Horse one-fourth, or more. In farmers' stables. Horses are 
 often permitted to get loose, and the consequence is that some morning the owner finds 
 one of his animals badly kicked. A Wound made by the sharpened calks of a Horse- 
 shoe in Winter-time is a very ugly looking one, and needs some little surgery to dreas so 
 
504 DR. chase's 
 
 as to avoid a bad blemish ; and yet it may be done by the use of such skill as is at the 
 command of any one who can do up a cut on his own finger. In tlie first place, when- 
 ever an injury is intlicted, it should be attended to at once, or with as little delay as pos- 
 sible. If any dirt is in the Wound, it should be well cleansed with a soft sponge and 
 luke-warm water. Tlien with a proper needle fa curved surgeon's needle should be 
 used, and should be always on hand) and stout silk twist, pass as many stitches through 
 the edges of the wound as will draw them and hold them together, from, side to side. 
 The two ends of the thread of each stitch should be tied into a secure knot after di-awing 
 the edges of the wound closely together passing the end of the thread, in the last tie of 
 the knot, through twice. If the edges are ragged, some care must be exercised to bring 
 the corresponding parts into their proper place. 
 
 After having cleansed the Wound with the sponge and warm water, it will not be 
 amiss to wet the sponge in the White-Oil and apply to the Wound, before sewing it up, 
 and to wetting with it afterwanls, freely, from time to time ; or the above Wash, No. 1, 
 may be used, if preferred, or found best upon trial of any case ; and in case Wounds do 
 notheal readily, they require something stimulating, like No. 2, above. Or, if preferred 
 in the form of an Ointment, instead of the last : 
 
 Take lard, }4 lb.; spirits of turpentine, 1 oz.; blue vitriol (sulphate of copper), ^ oz.; 
 The vitirol should be puh-erized very finely then melt the lard and stir in, aud stir till 
 cool. Apply once, or twice daily. 
 
 Shoulder, and other Strains. Recent Spavins, etc.,— Valuable I^iiii- 
 nient For. — Best alcohol. 3 ozs. ; spirits of turpentine, spirits of hartshorn i aqua am- 
 monia), oil of origanum, olive-oil, and gum camphor, of each, 1 oz.; oils of hemlock and 
 wormwood, of each, y, oz. ; white of 1 egg. 
 
 Put all into a bottle, and shake well, applying to the Shoulder Strain, Recent Spavin, 
 etc., about 1 oz. in the day for 3 days — the fourth day, wash with Castile soap-suds, and 
 oil it with lard ; and, if after 2, or 3 days more, it appears to be necessary to re-apply, wash 
 oft" again, before applying it. This Liniment has been successfully used upon Recent 
 Spavins, by rubbing it into the Spavin 3 times daily, working it in well with the thumb 
 and finger, for 2, or 3 days, then with the back of a curry-comb, or something of that 
 character, to thoroughly rub o^'cr the enlargement for some little time, which worked 
 out a yellowish thick matter, entirely removing the enlargement. 
 
 Kin^ of Oils, or Liniment lor Horses and Cattle.— Courier's oil. 14 pt. ; 
 spirits of turpentine, 4 pzs. ; oil of vitriol (sulphuric acid), 2 ozs. Mix the two first to- 
 gether in a crock, or open-mouthed jar, then add a little at a time of the oil of vitriol, oth- 
 erwise it \viU cause considerable heat, and possibly break the vessel. When properly 
 mixed, bottle for use. 
 
 It is used in wounds which have what is called proud-flesh in them ; and to cleanse 
 old sores, to stimulate them to heal up. Apply 2, or 3 times daily, a-s the case requires. 
 
 Wintering Calves— 'I'o Slake Oood I^IJiUers.— Of course, it is not expected, 
 now-a-davs, that dairvmen will attempt to Winter only such Calves as they hope, or ex- 
 pect will Make Good Milkers. To do this, says the writer of the Ogden Farm Papers, in 
 the American Agricultnrid, " I commenced, last Fall, a new extravagance" (we now read 
 of many " new departures,") " and I am satisfied that it par/s well. I had hitherto Wintered 
 my young Calves on the same food with the yearlings, and always succeeded in bringing 
 them through the Winter in tolerable condition- quite as good as the average. Ijast 
 Winter I gave to each from % a pt. to 1 pt., a day of whole oats, and I am satisfied that 
 they have grown as fast as th"ey would have done on Summer pasture. The gro^vth too, 
 is of the right character— in the bones. They are thrifty and lusty, without being at all 
 fat, and I think have a better chance of becoming copious, bony Cows and Good Milkers, 
 than if they had received only the usual rations . Some of my neighbors feed corn meal 
 to their Calves, and I observe the effect is very diff'erent from that of oats, producing less 
 development of bone and more of fat— the opposite of what we want in Milking stock." 
 
 I»rolHse Staling? or Too Free Urination of Slorses— Remecly.- The 
 word Staling, in the place of Urination, is only applied to Horses and Cattle, and that 
 more frequently by the English people tlian by Americans. But more recently instead 
 of meaning a Profuse Urination, it has been taken as referring to a class of cases where, 
 for some reason, saltpeter, rosin, etc., has been given until J'requent atianpts are made to 
 Stale, or pass the Urine, yet, but very little is passed at a time. These cases, however, 
 are as fully under the control of the following Remedy, as those which are really Too 
 Profuse, or Free : 
 
 Powdered opium, ]4 oz.; powdered kino and prepared chalk, of each, 1 oz. (The 
 prepared chalk is a fine powder, kept by druggists). Mix with molasses to the consist- 
 ency for making balls, and make into (i balls. 
 
 "Give 1 each morning until all are taken, unless relief is sooner obtained. It is very 
 seldom necessary to use anything of this character for Cattle, if it is, it would be neces- 
 sary to give it in fiuid form. 
 
 'This is Dr. Wallington's prescription for this difficulty; and the following on the 
 diplheritic epidemic, or "epizoot," as many call it, is also from hun, and can be relied 
 upon as «n/e practice, I. e., he has given me the items and I have clothed them in my 
 own language, the same as in all other parts of the Book, in which he, or others, have 
 assisted me. 
 
SECOND KECEIPT BOOK. 505 
 
 "E|>izoot," or Horse Epidemic of lsrT2. — I cannot probably, better close 
 the subject of the diseases of the Horse, and medicines for their Treatment, than witli a 
 fewwords upon the great Epidemic of 1ST2, miw most commonly called the ' Epimot." 
 It is simply a cut-short of the word Epizootic, which may be considered as having a 
 dowbte meaning, or reference, 1st, to an origination of the disease from a very small, or 
 microscopic animal, or parasite, supposed to be floating in the air, and breathed into 
 the nostrils, throat, etc., and 2nd, havin^r reference also to a disease which may prevail 
 among animals, the same as epidemic relers to a disease which prevails, at times, among 
 tlie people. But notwithstanding the prevailing opinion that the disease originates 
 from parasitic animals, or from organic, or animal-like spores of fungi (of mushrooms, 
 or from spongy, or unliealthy growths in animals: Dr. J. J. Woodward, of the Unit- 
 ed States Army, Washington, and other mieroscopists, have made verj' careful examina- 
 tions, both of the air in stables where there were large numbers of Epizootic Horses, and 
 also of the discharge from the nostrils from tlie same, without being able to detect anything 
 in the least different from what has been found in ordinary eases ; but be that as it may, 
 the disea.se has been upon us during the Fall of '72 and the first month, or two of the 
 Winter; but, at this writing Feb lOtn, '73, has pretty well passed and left us to gain 
 what knowledge we can from tlio experiences which Farriers have had with it. As to 
 its cause however, it has left us as much in the dark as it found us— It came from the 
 East, making a pretty clean sweep ol' all the Horses in the large cities, as well as the 
 smaller ones, and the country has not been exi. mpt, and for the want of experience, some 
 valuable Horses have fallen a sacrifice to tlie disease — the Mountain Boy — a fco.OOO 
 Horse of Com. Vanderbilt, was among the number. Rest and quiet, with warm cloth- 
 ing, seems to be an absolute necessity, if the Horse is expected to get well. The Commo- 
 dore, however, thought he knew as well as his Farrier, and drove his Horse out, but re- 
 turned with pneumonia, (inflammation of the lungs), or perliaps a more correct descrip- 
 tion would have been, congestion of the lungs, which is the course the disease generally 
 takes, if exercised too much, or driven too soon. 
 
 Symptoms. — This disease is much like an influenza, i. e., the Horse will begin to 
 hang his head, perhaps the coat will be more or less rough and staring, with a dry 
 cough at first, which will increase, and become more loose. The Horse is dull, and does 
 not like to move, which is, of itself , a sign that he should not be worked. After a little 
 there will be a discharge of watery mucus from one, or both nostrils; and the mem- 
 brane of the nose which is at first pale becomes more higlily colored ; and the discharge 
 becomes thicker, and of a more yellow color, and also greater in cjuantity. And it" 
 the pulse, which at flr.«t is low. becomes quickened, the breathing will become labor- 
 ed, and perhaps considerably obstructed ; and unless the Horse is taken from his work, 
 and put into the stable, and warmly clothed (inind you warmly clothed to keep him 
 warm, not to stop up every c;rack in the stable to keep out air, he needs air, and must 
 have air), I repeat, then, unless he is taken from his work, and put into the stable, and warmly 
 clothed, the disease which at first is confined to the nostrils, bronchial tubes, etc., will soon 
 extend to the lungs, involving the j^towa— the covering membrane of the lungs — as it gen- 
 erally does in persons, when the Symptoms will follow, and make thesttccess y the treatment 
 a very doiibtfid matter. 
 
 Treatment. — In case the epidemic is in the neighborhood so that it may be .judg- 
 ed, by the manifestation of the above symptoms, that the Horse is coming down with the 
 disease, take him from work, to the stable, and. as-before remarked, if it is cold weather, 
 clothe him with a wai-m blanket, and some have even put on a "liood" (the women 
 can tell you the object of a hood, or they could before they took to the jaunty bit of stuff 
 now being only 2, or 3 inches wide on top of the head and coming to a point towards 
 each ear), and also wrapped the legs witli woolen cloths, with ad\antage to the Horse, 
 at least if this blanketing of the legs is not done, tbey should be well rubbed 2, or 3 times 
 daily, to keep up the circulation, as the feet and legs are liable to become cold ; and if 
 they do, to any extent, it would be well to take a bucket of hot water and bathe them 
 thoroughly wi'th it, then rub with dry cloths to absorb the water, continuing the friction 
 until the legs are not only dry, but warm ; after which wrap them again until tlicy main- 
 tain their natural warmth. But few Horses will eat much, at first, or forsfunc time, per- 
 haps, but they must be furnished with bran-mashes, or boild oats, in small quantities 
 at a time, and allowed only " chilled-water," that is warmish water— water with the 
 chill taken off". 
 
 And with the beginning of the disease, have made the following : 
 
 Volatile I>iiiiment, — Aqua ammonia, sweet-oil and linseed-oil, of each, 4 ozs. ; 
 and spirits of turpentine, 1 oz. Mix. and keep well corked, as it looses its power, by ex- 
 posure. 
 
 This makes a thick Liniment, or kind of opodeldoc, which must be applied freely 
 over the whole neck (under part), from ear to ear, and all down the breast, rubbing it 
 well to the skin, then cover tne breast, and the under part of the neck, wherever the 
 Liniment has been applied, with pieces of an old blanket, or such woolen cloths as will 
 cover the parts, being bound on in such a manner as to keep them in place, repeating 
 the process every morning and night, covering the parts, at once, to prevent evaporation, 
 and to keep them warm. 
 
 Keep the bowels lax by tlie use of bran-mashes if the Horse will eat them, with a 
 
606 DK. chase's 
 
 I 
 
 change occasioually to scalded oats, to keep them from " loosing heart," as loosing 
 strength is sometimes culled: but avoid all narsli medicines, and allow no bleeding as 
 the disease is one of a prostrating charactar, and strength must be husbanded rather 
 than reduced. In case of costiveness, and as an extra inducement to eat bran- 
 mashes, scalded oats, or scalded barley, a gill to a haJJ-pint of molasses and a table-spoon- 
 ful of salt may be put into a feed until a change of the condition of the bowels is brought 
 about. 
 
 And should there arise much swelling of the throat, or glands of the neck, the Lini- 
 ment must not only be used freely, but, the poulticing, as directed under that head 
 must take the place of the blankets upon the neck and throat, and the pectoral jiowdera 
 No. 6''2 must be given twice daily, in the feed. 
 
 The nature of this disease is like that of measels, or mumps in persons, that is so 
 far as a cure is concerned —they must run their natural course — and no hurrying of the 
 Treatment can hurry the ease through, Use care and wait, is about all that can be done, 
 remembering that if driven too soon, or loaded too heavy, the Horse is pretty sure to die. 
 I will only mention one case in this neigliborhood— a gentleman who needed the money 
 for a load of wood, thought he would risk a trial of working his team ; it took consider- 
 able urging to get them to town, and to get them back— the next morning both Horses 
 were dead, with congestion of the lungs. 
 
 The Treatment in Diptheeia and Distemper, and Congestion, or Infammation of 
 THE lungs would be applicable here. 
 
 H. MISCEIililiANEOUS RECEIPTS. H. 
 
 HAIR J>YE.— In Tlicee Numbers.- No. 1.— Distilled water, 4 ozs.; alcohol, 
 1 oz,; and pyro-gallic acid-'- 1 dr. 
 
 The pyrij-gatlic acid is to be put into the alcohol until dissolved, then the water ad- 
 ded, and corked for use. 
 
 No. 2. — Aqua ammonia,! oz.; distilled water, druggists keep it, loz.; nitrate of silver, 
 2drs. 
 
 Put the nitrate of silver into the ammonia until dissolvesJ then add, the water and 
 cork, for use, and keep in a dark place. 
 
 No 3. — Distilled water, 4 ozs.; sulphuret of potash, )4 oz. Mix and cork, and keep 
 cool. This No. loses its virtue in a month, or two, but it is not expensive. 
 
 To Dye the Moustaclie, (this word comes from the Greek and signifies the upper 
 lip with the hair upon it, like our word scalp, the skin of the head and the hair upon it 
 — too often taken off together, by the Indians; AVhiskers, or Hair, be sure they are clean, 
 and free from soap, and only a little damp ; then carefully apply No, 1. not getting it upon 
 the skin ; and while it is still damp, but somewhat dried, apply No. 2, also avoiding the 
 skin ; but, in case any of either No. touches the skin, it is best to have a damp sponge, 
 or a damp cloth and wipe it off immediately. Two, or 3 minutes after No. 2 has been 
 applied all over carefully, apply No, 3 which will "set" the Dye and give it more depth 
 of color, and also make it a more lively and natural black. And if there is any of the 
 silver No. on the skin, at the edges of the Whiskers, or Moustache touch it with the No. 
 3, when, with a damp spi*)Tige, it may be removed. Be careful to take up all of the No. 
 3 with tlie damp sponge, or with the damp cloth, otherwise it will give the skin a yellow- 
 ish-brown appearance trom the action ol the air upon it when you go out. 
 
 Il.iir Rcstorjitiv*>s an«l Iiivisrorators. — Alcohol, 1 qt.; castor-oil, 3 ozs.; 
 
 f glycerine, and tinct. or liquid bismuth, of each, 1 oz.; tinct. of arnica, 2 ozs.; oils of 
 avender, and bergamot, and tinct. of cantharides, of each. '^ oz. 
 
 First put the lavender and bergaraot to the alcohol, then the castor-oil and shake 
 well for a little, after which add the other articles. Shake when used. A Detroit, Mich, 
 barber has made extensive use of this to Restore the Hair, and to Invigorate the scalp, 
 and for a Hair dressing. It is best to Vjrush the head well liefore using, and use it 2, or 
 3 times a week, as needed. If this is not to be used as a dressing,but only as an Invigora- 
 tor, an additional }4 oz. of the tinct. of cantharides will improve it. 
 
 2. Another. — The most simple and pleasaiit article which I have ever used to In- 
 vigorate the sealp, to remove dandruff, and to prevent its return, is alcohol, 1 pt.; cam- 
 phor gum, 2 ozs. 
 
 Apply, daily, by means of a piece of sponge, for a month, or until the head is clean 
 and free from dandruff; then once, or twice a week, only, will keep it clean and 
 healthy. 
 
 3. Another. — Take alcohol of the best quality, 1 pt.; rain, or distilled water, 1 pt., 
 aqua ammonia, 1 oz. Mix. Wet the head thoroughly and rub it well to the roots of the 
 Hair once daily. 
 
 A gentleman of this city, now having a good head of Hair, who -n-as once as bald as 
 his hand, and supposed itj would always remain so, produced the change by the use of 
 this article. 
 
 4. Hair Restorative — French.— Most "Hair Restoratives" contain some prep- 
 *Pyro-gallic .acid grlves a power to prevent crocking, or staining shirt coUan-, bosoms 
 
 etc, with which the Whiskers come in constant contact, or, in other words it "sets" the Dye 
 and makes it far the best in use— nothing superior to it— it matters not when applieii, night, 
 or day, dark, or sunny, weather, it is all the same — our beat barbers ase it.now, altogether. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 507 
 
 aration of lead, which has proved a very dangerous thing even in Hair preparations, 
 causing a loss of the use of various muscles (paralysis), as of the eyelids, etc., and even 
 leading to huanily. It is a subject which has recently undergone a thorough investiga- 
 tion, ill the city of New York, fully establishing the fact that no preparation of lead 
 should ever enter into the Hair Restoratives, nor be used for the Hair at all. The follow- 
 ing llestorative is from a celebrated French chemist and perfumer who has taken up 
 his residence in London, Eng., Septimus Piesse, and in cases of premature baldness from 
 illn&ss, or from a lack of nourishment, from the system, will be found reliable. See his 
 explanations in connection with the Pom.\db: Restorative — French, below : 
 
 '•Take elderflower-water, and sherry wine, of each }4 Pt- ; tinct. of arnica, }-< oz. ; 
 strong water of ammonia, 1 dr. Mix and apply to the head every night, with a soft 
 sponge, and wash the head also, twice a week, thoroughly, with tepid rain water. Use 
 only soft brushes on the head while the young hair is coming out. 
 
 5. Another.— A very nice article of Hair Restorative and Dressing is made as 
 follows : Rain water, 1 pt. ; bay-rum, ]4 pt. ; aqua ammonia, 1 oz. ; glycerine, J^ oz. Mix, 
 bottle, and keep corked. 
 
 The glycerine gives it a glossiness, while the ammonia and bay-rum stimulates the 
 surface to a healthy action. 
 
 Hair Tonsc. — Tinct. of cantharides, 2 drs. ; quinine, J^ dr. ; muriate of ammonia, 
 2 scru. ; glycerine, cologne, and distilled water, of each, 4 ozs! 
 
 When there is any irritation of the scalp, this has been a favorite prescription with 
 one of our best physicians, for some time, and will be found very satisfactory as a stimu- 
 lant, or Tonic, to the scalp while at the same time it acts as a Ha"ir dressing. 
 
 2. AiioMif V. — Glyrerine, and Bay-Rum*, of each, 1 oz. ; tinct of cantharides, J.^ oz. ; 
 aqua ammonia, }^ oz. ; rose-water, y^ pt- 
 
 The use and frequency of application for any of these Hair preparati<3ns are too well 
 known to require any special instructions. 
 
 Mrs. a>r. atuiv I>rewsiii;j. — -Castor-oil, 4 ozs. ; oil of bitter almonds, 
 
 and tinct. of cantharides, of each, 1 oz. ; oil of bergamot, }^.. dr. ; alcohol, 10 ozs. 
 
 1. I'oiiiatJe For tUf Hair — Very Kiee.— Castor-oil, 6^2 pts. ; deodorized al- 
 cohol, 3' 1 pts.; spermaceti, 1 'X lbs. ; oil of cinnamon >'^ oz.; bergamot and lemon grassf, of 
 each, 2 oz.'<. ; oils of almonds, nutmeg and lavender, ot each, ^ oz. ; oil of citronella, 2 ozs. 
 
 Melt the .spermaceti in the cu,stor-oil; then, having added" the other oils to the alco- 
 hol, add tlic-(; also. Have your I'omade, or large mouthed bottles, clean, warm, and dry, 
 fill them v.hile the mixture is warm, and set where they will not cool too quickly. 
 Families can make one-sixth the amount. It will be found a very pleasant Pomade. 
 
 2. I'roi; t'roclop's Pomade.— White wax, 1 3^ ozs. ; pure glycerine, 2 fl. ozs. ; 
 castor-oil, 12 ozs. ; oil of lemon, 5 drs. ; oil of bergamot, 2 drs.; oil of lavender.water and 
 alcohol, of each, 1 dr. ; oil of cloves, 10 drops; amiatto, 10 grs. 
 
 By moderate heat dissolve the wax in one-fourth of the castor-oil, and rub it up with 
 the remainder of the oil and glycerine till it is quite cool; then add the volatile oils. 
 Lastly rub the aunatto in the water till smoothly suspended ; then add the alcohol, and 
 stir this coloring into the Pomade until it is evenly mixed,. Use the best castor-oil, and 
 as little heat as poseible, for too much heat brings out the smell, of the oil. — American 
 Journal of Pharmacy. 
 
 3. Pwma«le Restorative— Frenoli. — Almond oil, '4 lb. ; white wax, ]^ oz. ; 
 clarihed lard, 3 ozs. ; liquid ammonia, 2 fl. drs. ; otto, or oil of lavender and cloves, of 
 each, 1 dr. Place the oil, wax, and lard in ajar and set into boiling water until the wax 
 is melted ; then remove, and when nearly ready to set, or stitlen, stir in the ammonia 
 and perfumes, and put into boxes, or jars for use. covering well. Apply the Pomade at 
 night, only, not using combs, or harsli brushes during the growth of young Hajr." 
 
 The argument for the use of ammonia is. that it contains nitrogen, which is one of 
 the principle ingredients, or constituents of the Hair horn, and nails, (consequently af- 
 fords nourishment: " a.s in the immediate neighljorhood of the Hair-bulbs" .roots of the 
 Hair), " tlie blood particlas are finer, more numerous and active. It is utterly impossible 
 
 •'►Bay-Rum is an article, of which the people, generally, have but little knowledge, for 
 1 have heard the question asked, "what is It?" or "what is it made of?" perhaps more 
 often than of anj' other article. It is a verv fi-agrant liquor distilled from the leaves of the 
 Bay-tree, a species of laurel, laurus nob ilis. It is imported, I think mostly Irom the 
 West Indies : but probably more often in the form of an oil -Bav-oil— which, before the 
 tariff reduction by the last Congress, paid a duty of $17..50per lb. Now it pays 50 cents an oz., 
 or $8 per lb. The oil at wholesale, in New York Is still worth about $20 per lb. Most of the 
 Bay-Rum, now used in the United States, especially in the West, is made by the use of pure 
 spirit, or proof spirit, wi-th about 1 oz. of Bay-oil to ■=; gals. Proof spirit is pure alcohol, by 
 weight, ion parts, to waterl03 parts— by measure, 100 of alcohol to Stand a fraction oi' water. 
 
 The Bay-Kum makes also one of the most fragrant and refreshing articles with which to 
 sponge FEVER PATIENTS, with which I am acquainted ; it softens and cools the >!urface. Is 
 
 frateful to breath into the lungs, sooths the mind, and thus quiets the most irritable patient, 
 tmay be kept where the patientcan reach thespnnKo, by which he can press it in the handa. 
 cooling their heated internal surface,sponging off the face, etc., as often as he needs. 
 
 ■ tLEMON Grass is a French preparation, which will be found in the large cities, made 
 from a peculiar species of the lemon, having a very superior flavor. Po.ssibly'it may some- 
 times be made from a fragrant gratis found in India. 
 
508 OR. chase's 
 
 Jor the, animal economy to create Hair out of any oil, because oil is destitute of nitrogen ; but if 
 oil, or grease is combined witli ammonia which yields nitrogen, then great benefit will be 
 derived from the Pomade, so made; hence, all oils and Pomades,without ammonia, only 
 act as polishers, att'ording no nourishment." 
 
 Sound Common-Sense, as a trial will prove. 
 
 Hail* Curliiig' Liiquid. — Borax, pulverized, 1 oz. ; gum Arabic, pulverized, 
 y, dr. ; scalding hot water, 1 pt. Mix and stir until dissolved; then add spirits of cam- 
 plior, 2 table-spoonsful, and bottle. 
 
 On retiring, our young ladies, whose straight-locks are an annoyance to tliem, 
 will moisten the hair with tlie above, and paper, in the usual style, with jnuch hopes of 
 making a successful "friz," the next morning. 
 
 1. Hair <^ilM. — There are but few people who do not, sometimes, use Oils, or Po- 
 made for the Hair ; and those who do use them are willing to have an article costing tlie 
 least, if it is only good. A cheap and good article is made suital)le for a Hair Dressing, 
 when tliere is no baldness, nor call for a Restorative, by clarifying lard-oil, as follows : 
 
 Lard-oil 1 '4 pts. ; alcohol, 2 ozs. Bottle, cork and shake, and shake frequently for 2, 
 or 'A days ; then let stand and settle until clear, and pour off from the sediment for use. 
 
 Tliis may be flavored with oil of citronella, ber^amot, lavender, or rosemary, as 
 prefered. J4 oz. ; and if it is desired to give it color, tie alkanet root, bruLsed, M an oz. 
 in a l)it ol muslin and put into the Oil until a liglit purple shade is produced. Druggists 
 wlio desire to clarify larger quantities, for sale, will use alcohol, 1 qt. to 10 of lard-oil, ob- 
 serving a similar plan of operation. Tumeric used instead of alkanet gives a yellow 
 shade. 
 
 2. Hens Oil is a very fine oil,, free from gummiuess, and consequently makes an 
 excellent Hair Oil when flavored with oil of citronella, }/2 oz. ; and bergamot '^/i oz. to 1 
 pt. of the oil. This Receipt is as good as it is short. Other flavoring oils may be used, if 
 prefered. 
 
 3. Another— Verbena.— Cologne alcohol, ^<pt., ottii, or oil of Verbena, 1 dr.: 
 oils of lavender and bergamot, of each 20 drops. Mix". 
 
 Pure glycerine extracts the flavor from the leaves of the Verbena, or flowers, and from 
 other fragrant leaves. It is well to set them in a warm place for several days. 
 
 Hung-ary Water: l«r tiif^ HandKerchtel'. — Septimus Piesse informs us 
 that this preparation takes its name from a queen of Hungary, who, at the age of 75 years, 
 derived freshness and vigor by bathing in it ; and he also tells us that clergymen and ora- 
 tors, while speaking would be refreshed by occasionally wiping the face with a handker- 
 chief wetted with these " waters" : 
 
 " Take alcohol, 1 qt. : oil of lilnglish rosemary, Vo oz. ; oil of lemon peel, and oil of 
 balm (-mriissa), of each, ;4' oz. oil of mint, 7 drops; spirituous ess. of rose, and orange- 
 flowers, of eacli, y^ pt. Mix well and it is ready for use." 
 
 He also gives Shakespeare the credit of kno\ving the value of rosemary by tlie fol- 
 lowing quotation, " There's rosemary, that's for remembrance," claiming that tliis " key " 
 accounts for the almost universal opinion that all perfumes containing rosanary are 
 "so refreshing." 
 
 The rosemary is certainly a very grateful perfume ; but my opinion that the chief ad- 
 vantage to the queen of Hungary was from the stimulating and cleansing properties of 
 the alcohol upon the skin. Thebenefit received by the queen referred to, simply proves 
 to me or rather streiigtlicns me in the position that 1 have taken in several places in this 
 Work of recommending the use of spongings witli bay-rum, camphor made with alcohol, 
 whiskey with cayenne, etc. ; and I am now able to add .'•till further personal experience 
 in the use of spoiiging with the strong camphor made witli alcohol, when prostrated with 
 long continued mental labor ; I will add, that the stimulation is of an entire different char- 
 acter than that from drinking alcoholic liquors— they stimulate the brain and stomach, 
 causing inflammation of these organs, but upon the surface it stimulates the skin to an 
 increa.sed healthy action. I have no doubt but what tlie lives of weak and feeble old peo- 
 ple may be length ed , in many ca.ses, years, by a prudent sponging of the surface with 
 alcohol, or other spirits, while to take it internally would sliorten their lives to an equal 
 extent. 
 
 The following Receipt for cleansing the Hair, or scalp certainly belongs among the 
 Hair preparations, an<l notwitlistandiiig it commences with an S, I give it a place here: 
 
 !!»h!tnii»<to'^ For dloinoviiBS' l»iiit<lrnft'»ii(l .Scurf from tJie Head. — Al- 
 cohol, 1 pt. ; .Soft water, 3 pts. ; tinct. of caiitharides, ]4 oz. ; carbonate of ammonia, 1 oz. ; 
 carbonate of potassa, 1 oz. ; oil of bergamot, or oil of lavender, 1 dr. 
 
 Put the oils into the alcohol and dissolve the carbonates in the water and mix all. 
 It is u.sed in cases wliere the Dandruff, and Scurf in the Hair has become so excessive as 
 tofalloutand keep the coat littered with it. PouronsuflBcientto wet the Hair completely 
 then with the ends of the fingers, the Dandruff is to be worked up from the scalp thor 
 oughly, to allow the ammonia, alcohol and cantharides, which are valuable corrective' 
 
 oliampoo, comes from tlie Hindostan word tsiiampua, and litterally means to squeeze, 
 or to press ; ami was formerly applied to the thoroui^h rubbing, squeezing, and rubtiing ofthe 
 skin in the Turkish, or hot-balli, but more recently has been apiilied to the cleansing of the 
 head with an alkaline mixture of sufBcient strength tt) dissolve the grease in the dandruff, 
 and to wash out the balance as dirt. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 509 
 
 and stimulants to the skin, to have their fuU effect, and thus remove the necessity for so 
 freqent a use of the Shampoo. In washing out it will be important to keep the eyes clos- 
 ed, as it would be rather a strong mixture for their comfort. Use any of the oily Haib 
 Dressings after it, and let it be understood that any pereon whose condition of health is 
 such that Dandruff forms freely and readily it is important to tlaem to wash the head at 
 least every other day, either with plain water and soap, or with the Hair Restorative, 
 No. 3, at least twice a week, until a healthy state of the scalp is obtained, then as often as 
 needed to maitain, or keep it in a healthy condition. 
 
 The great importance of having "a beautiful Head of Hair" is my only excuse for 
 giving so much space to this subject, and as a clean Head and a healthy scalp are the 
 sure foundation from which you may expect this desirable result, your attention is es- 
 pecially called to the necessity of a frequent use of the Restorative, No. 3, or of tlie Sham- 
 poo, last given, as you find preferable. 
 
 Hair to Remove.— Although it is not best, as a general thing, to Remove Hair 
 from where it naturally grows, yet, if there are any who will do it, they will see De- 
 PILITORIES No. 8, under the head of Cosmetics. 
 
 IIAY-MAKIBr«— When it Should Be Done.— The foUowing sensible ad- 
 vice is from the Ohio Farmer, and so perfectly corresponds with the principles of Com- 
 mon-Sense, and with experience in making good Hay, that they will prove valuable to 
 Hay-Makers : 
 
 "Don't dry your Hay too much, Hay may be dried until it is as worthless as straw. 
 As a good coflfee-niaker would say : " Don't bum your coffee, but brown it, so we say, 
 don't dry your Hay, but cure it. Our good old mothers. who relied upon herb-tea instead 
 of "pothecary medicine," gathered their herbs when in blossom, and dried thara in the 
 shade. So, this is the philosophy of making good Hay. Out it in the blossom, and dry it 
 in the shade. As the sugar of the plant is in the stalk, while in blossom, ready to form 
 the seeds. If the Hay is cut earlier, the sugar is not there ; and, if cut later, the sugar 
 has been converted partly into woody matter, which cannot be made, again, available 
 as feed, making a hard stalk not relished by stock, and only eaten, upon starvation 
 
 grinciples. Hay should be well wilted in the sun ; but cured in the cock. It had better, 
 owever, be cut too green, than too dry. If on putting into the barn, there should ap- 
 pear to be danger of heating in the mow, put on a little salt. Cattle will like it none the 
 less. 
 
 " Heat, light and dry winds, will soon take the starch and sugar, which constitute 
 the goodness of Hay, out of it, and with the addition of showers, render it almost 
 worthless. Grass cured with the least exposure to the drying winds and scorching sun- 
 shine, is more nutritious than if longer exposed, no matter how good the weather. 
 
 "The true art of Hay-Making, then, consists in cutting the grass when the starch 
 and sugar are most fully developed ; and before they are converted into seed and woody 
 fibre ; and curing it up to the point when it will answer to put it into the barn, or stack, 
 without heating, and no further." 
 
 This is as valuable, in clover, if not more so, as in timothy. The principle of cutting 
 early, with grain holds equally good ; not for the purpose of getting a better quality 
 of straw; but for retaining the seed, or grain against "shelling," otherwise, as much is 
 lost, often, as will pay for harvesting. 
 
 HEAOACHE.— Dr. Gunn, before referred to in this Work, as of Bennett Medcial 
 College of Chicago, but who, as I understand, has since gone to the Eclectic College of 
 New York, in speaking of sick Headache, through the Western Home, says : 
 
 " This distressing complaint, persistent and obstinate as it frequently is when pro- 
 ceeding from a deranged stomach, should be met with a prompt evacuation of that 
 organ. When of a nervous character, we have occasionally found the use of oxide of 
 zinc, in 1, or 2 gr. doses, to be attended with excellent success ; but much better than 
 anything else is bromide of potash, given in doses of from 6 to 20 grs. 3, or 4 times per day. 
 This agent exerts a most remarkable influence in the control of this agonizing affection. 
 The following is a very convenient preparation : 
 
 "Bromide of potash, 2 drs .; fl. ex. of belladonna, J^ dr.; distilled water, 4 ozs. Mix. 
 (Let a druggist mix it.) 
 
 " Dose.— Take 1 tea-spoonful every 3, or 4 hours, until relief is obtained." 
 
 HEAI>-<!HEESE.— Head-Cheese has become quite a prominent family dish. X 
 very nice article is prepared as follows : 
 
 Let the Hogs Head be cut open, the snout cut off, brains removed, and all scaly 
 bones removed ; then, soak for a day, or so, with salt in the water, after which scrape 
 thoroughly ; and hocks and joles may also be boiled with the Heads, unless you choose 
 to salt and smoke them. Boil until very tender; and when cool to allow liandling, re- 
 move all the bones and chop finely ; then warm up with a little of the liquor in wnich 
 they were boiled, and .season highly with salt, pepper, sage, summer savory, or marjoram, 
 as you like best; and put into a strong bag, or what is more common now-a-days, into 
 deep dishes and place a plate and weigrtts upon it until cold. Sliced, and eaten cold, 
 with vinegar, pepper-sauce, or catsup, as preferred, at tea. It keeps several weeks in 
 oold weather. 
 
 2. Imitation Head-€heese, with Beef Flanfc.— Take Beef Flank (may 
 be cut on to the ribs a little, if they are carefully drawn out when boiled), and boil it 
 
510 i)H. ciiask's 
 
 vuiy tender, '.vith a liitle salt in the water; ami, as soon as cool enough to handle, 
 sprinkle salt, pepijer. sage, or summer savory, etc., as liked best, upon it. being spread 
 out flat; tlu'U roll up tiglitly and lie o, or -1 ccnds around the roll, to keep it in place un- 
 til cold: and keep in a cool place, as for Head-Cliv-ese. 
 
 For u.se, slice across one end, and eat, at tea, its Head-Cheese, from which, unless 
 informed, those who do not know would scarcely distinguish it— the fat and lean streaks 
 strongly resembling it. If boiled sulflciently tender, it is very nice. 
 
 HKMOKRHAWE.— For Hemorrhage, see Bleeding. 
 
 HKRBS.— The Time to «iatlier, ai«<l ^flettiod of Dryinjsr.— The Time to 
 gather Herbs for medicinal use is just as tliey begin to flower, as they possess the highest 
 degree of medical properties at this time. They should also be Dried in the shade, and 
 not laid so thick as to cause them to mould — if Dried in the sua they become too 
 crisp, the leaves falling olf, thereby loosing the best part of the plant. When perfe<:tly 
 Dry put them up in paper-bags, or else wrap well in paper to keep from the air, and 
 put away in a dry place. 
 
 JHt'€<>i;<i"2I — Kcmedy. — Lemon juice has been found superior to any known 
 Kemedy for Hiccough, which is a spasmodic breathing, or an .attempt to breath, but 
 which is largely prevented by a spasmodic closure of the glottis, or valve-like cover 
 whicli stands guard at the top of the wind-pipe, or trachea, to carry the food, drink, 
 etc., over it to the gullet, or esophagus, on their way to the stomach. Chloroform will 
 allay it temporally, but not so permanently as the lemon juice-. It may be taken freely*; 
 and may be mixed with sugar to make it palatable. 
 
 HOSTEY — To Keep without €r,y!<«talisEatioii. or Caiitlyiiig'. — To Keep 
 Honey all the year round without Crystalizing, or Candying, as it is more commonly 
 called, it is only necessary to place the Honey, which has previously been nicely 
 strained, in a pan, or pail which may be placed inside of another one, putting 2, or 3 
 bite of wood under the pail containing the Honey to prevent it from buring upon the 
 bottom, then fill the outer one with water and just bring to the boiling point, skimming 
 ofl'the wax and all foam which gathers upon the top. As soon as it comes to the boil- 
 ing point, remove from the stove, and after a few minutes skim, and pour into jars to 
 cool. Cover tightly and place in a cool cellar. It will pay for the trouble. 
 
 <T}rs*5>e CatH«j>. — Ripe Grapes, with sugar, vinegar cloves, and other spices, boiled 
 until tender, make an excellent relish to eat with cold meat. To be made as other 
 catsu.p. 
 
 The foregoing item turned up too late for an insertion among the G's. and for a trial 
 of it in the time of Grapes, but the thouglit of so pleasant a relish as I believe may be 
 made from the Grape fur the purpo.se indicated, makes my own mouth water so consid- 
 erably for an oppoitunity to try it. that I have thought there might be some others who 
 would also like to give it a test, and hence I give it an insertion in this place, although 
 not in connection with its appropriate letter,. 
 
 IIYOKOPMOJBIA: or Mail I5og Bite, Certain Remedies.— Mr. Ds.- 
 rius S. Wood, of this city, called my attention to his having been, for a long time fa- 
 miliar with the following Remedy for Hydrophobia, he having obtained the Receipt, 
 when a young man die is now well advanced in life) of a Dr. Soy, of Pa., who was very 
 successful with it ; and Mr. Wood has also been successful with it in many cases which 
 have been Bitten, and even badly torn, in 1, or 2 instances, by the Dog, and when other 
 animals had been Bitten by the same Dog and went Mad, oiie case even where symp- 
 toms of Hydrophobia were believed to have begun to manifest themselves. 
 
 This gentleman has a brother-in-law, a doctor, in Columbus, Wis., Dr. E. D. Ka- 
 nouse, who has u.sed the same article for a nimtber of years, once sending to Mr. Wood 
 for all of the Remedy he might have On hand, as Mad Dogs had become prevalent in his 
 section,and he had used up all of the Remedy he had. With these introductory remarks 
 I will give the prescription : — 
 
 " Take rfd chick-weed, dry, 1 oz.; strong beer, 1 qt. 
 
 " Put into an earthen vessel, and boil on coals until reduced one-half; strain, while 
 hot, through a clean cloth ; when luke-warm pat into a bottle and cork for use. Use as 
 follows: If the patient is of a strong constitution, tlie whole maybe given at 3 equal 
 draughts, each in the morning. If the patient has already had spasms,give a dose every 
 6 hours — 1 gill at a time — until the whole be given. If the patient is ot weak constitu- 
 tion, 1 gill each morning is sufficient. A chud 12 years of age, requires but half the 
 quantity of chick-weed, but the whole amount of strong beer. If under 12-years, give in 
 tnis proportion, always suiting the quantity to the strength and condition of the pa- 
 tient. 
 
 Double quantity for a beast, and give all at once. 
 
 •• For the Bite of f>>ii»ke>< bind the chick-weed on the wound. If green, bruise 
 it, and if dry, steep it, before application." 
 
 He toJd me he had cured the Bite of a potato-bug, on a ladies neck, very quickly, 
 after considerable swelling, by bniising a few sprigs of the chick-weed and putting the 
 juice only upon the inflaming Rite. 
 
 AI»»<> ivy and other vegetable poisons, as from poison-sumac, etc.; but had failed 
 where blisters were raised, in a case of poisoning by the wild-parsnip, and water fen- 
 nel (water-hemlock) — if green, bruise, and if dry, steep as for Snake-Bites. 
 
SECOND KECEIPT BOOK. 511 
 
 and in which 1 found the ibilowing endorsement of the foregoing Receipt, which" to 
 me, at least, gives great weight Lo the chick-weed cure; and I presiune tlie "Br. Wm. 
 Story" referred to at tlie close of the paragraph, should read "Soy" instead of Story ; as 
 Dr. Soy, traveled hundreds of miles in answer to calls in this line, and it was while he 
 was on one of these excursions into central N. Y., that Mr. Wood, then a young man, 
 purchased it. At the time of cutting out the Receipt, or the item, I did not think to 
 mark the name of the Georgia paper upon it, as the Item was credited, as will be seen, 
 to the Norristown, (Pa.,) Independent, I am sorry now, that I overlooked that point, for 
 my plan has ever been to gi\ e honor, to whom honor is due ; but in tnis case, I plead 
 "guilty." The following iis the article referred to : — 
 
 2. IIy<ir4P|t]iobia. — A Sliiijilc but Sure llemedy. — OonfirinHtion. — 
 The JS^orristown iPa.,) Independent says : " In 1819 one Talentine Kittering, of Dauphin 
 county, commnnicated to tlie Senate of Pennsylvania A Sure Keinedij for the BUe of any 
 Mad animal. Pie said that his ancestors had used it in Germany 260 years ago, and that 
 he always found it to answer the purpose, during a residence oi fifty years in tlie United 
 States. "He only publishes it from a motive of humanity. This Remedy consists in the 
 weed called chick-weed. It is a Summer plant known lo the Germans and Swiss by the 
 name of Gauchheil, Rother, Mayor, or Huhnerdarm. In England it is called Red Pim- 
 pernel ; and its botonical name is Angelic Phonicea. It must be gathered in June, 
 when in full bloom, dried in the shade, and then pulverized. The dose of this for a 
 grown person is a gmall tea-spon»ful,ijr in w'eight a dr. and a scru. at once, in beer, or wa- 
 ter. For children the dose is the same, yet it must be administered at three diflerent 
 times. In applying, it must be used green, cut into pieces, and mixed in the form of a 
 poultice. For hogs the pulverized weed is made into little balls by mixing it with flour 
 and water. It can also be put on bread and butter, or in honey, molasses, etc. The 
 Rev. Muhlenburg said that in Germany, 30 grs. of this powder are given 4 times aday, 
 the first day, then once a day for the whole week, while at the same time the wound 
 is washed out with a decoetion of the weed, and the powder strewn in it. Mr. Kitter- 
 ing said that he in all instances adm.inistered but one dose, with the most happy results. 
 This is said to be the same Remedy through which the late Doctor Wm. Story" (Soy, I 
 believe, Author) " au'ected so many cures." 
 
 Wright's Universal Pronouncing Dictionary lEnglish i, says of the while chick-weed, 
 " It is a species oistellaria, and ailbrds a remarkaljle inst^aice of the sleep of plants ; for, 
 at night, the leaves approach in pairs, and embrace the tender rudiments of the young 
 shoots. The leaves are cooling and nutritive, and are excellent for persons of a con- 
 samplive habit. They are useful also for stvclled hreatits." 
 
 Take the foregoilig items, as a whole, and who can doubt the value of the red chick- 
 weed as a Remedy for Hydrophobia, or Mad Dog Bites ; and the only thing to be re- 
 gretted is th.at it is not m'ore extensively cultivated ; for in Michigan, so far as I know, 
 none except Mr. Wood are cultivating it, and he on only a small scale : there may be 
 others who have obtained the seed frum him. It should be generally introduced into 
 our gardens, as it is believed that the red is not a native of the United States, and hat 
 the white, or blue which is occasionally seen in fields and roadsides are not of the 
 same value, even if of any value, at all, in Hydrophobia; yet it is possible, that they 
 also may be of some value in such cases. 
 
 Prof. .Toliii Kia's'. M. D., in his American Dispensatory, speaking of the red, 
 says : " It is a beautiful annual trailing plant, growing in fields, roadsides, etc., intro- 
 duced into this country from Eiu'ope. " ' * * * Stem from 6 to 20 inches 
 long. etc. rimvers, opposite, small but beautiful, with scarlet petals" (flower leaves) 
 " opening at 8 o'clock, a. m., and closing at 2 p. m.; in damp weather not opening at all, 
 etc. In speaking of its history, he says : " It has several names as red pimpernel, pom- man's 
 weather gkms, scarlet pimpernel, etc. It blossoms from May to Aug. The leaves are the 
 Dart used" (Mr. Wood uses the stem also, or the plant as a whole); * * * « 
 The plant appears to possess energetic properties, for according to Lindley, Orfila ki l l ed 
 a Dug by ' making hun swallow 3 drs. of the extract; upon examination it was found 
 to have inflamed the mucus membrane of the stomach.' Grenier obtained a similar 
 result. 
 
 " Properties and uses," on this head he says: "These are not fully known. It was 
 considered an antidote to poison, many years ago, and has, more recently, been employed 
 toprevetd tite evil results arising from the BUe of a rabid (mad) " animal. Its internal use 
 has been advised in mania'' (madness, insanity^ "epileptic attacks, dropsical afrectioQS 
 and other derangements of the nervous .system, but it should be employed with caution. 
 It may, hoiveyer, be used in form of poultice, as a local application to old and ill-condi- 
 tioned ulcers." 
 
 I have made theee quotations from the above mentioned valuable work, hecause 
 I think they are calculated to give confidence in the article for the Bite of a Mad Dog, 
 or other rabid animal, as cats, etc.; and also to show its value in old lilcers, swelluags,etc. 
 
 If I, or one of my family should be Bitten, I should use the red chick-weed, if I could 
 get it, expecting a cure ; if 1 could not get it, I should then use the tiirpeth-minerai given 
 
512 DR. chase's 
 
 below ; ami il spasms ftnally came on, then, I should try the m&-curial bath, es practiced 
 In India, reported, next below. 
 
 But in all cases, I should first cauterize the Bite with saleratus, if at hand, and if 
 not at hand, then any of the strong acids, or strong vinegar, and if nothing else could 
 be readily got, I would make as strong a lye as I co\ild make, quickly, with wood ashes, 
 and wash tlie wound with it, to destroy any of the virus (poison) which might remain 
 in the wound. Let no time be lost, however, immediately after the Bite, to wipe the 
 wound with a handkerchief, or hand, and wash it at the first water you come to, on 
 being Bitten, as possibly, by these means, all the virus may be wiped, or washed away ; 
 then follow up, however, to make a certainty, the above directions, in cauterizing, so 
 as to make the wound run as long as practicable, to discharge all the poison possible. 
 
 Further Testimony. — After having written the foregoing Receipts and re- 
 marks on the subject of Hydrophobia, (Providentially, at least, some would say) I took 
 up the American Eclectic Practice of Medicine, by Professors Jones and Sherwood, Vol. 
 II., (recently purchased) and at page 776 I noticed so strong a coroboration of the fore- 
 
 fonig treatment, in the history of 2 cases, I must be allowed to transcribe them. Prof. 
 ones says : — 
 
 " Very little of a practical character can be said with any great confidence on the 
 subject of Hydrophobia, and I have no time to spare in discussing the various theories 
 connected with it, but refer you" (speaking in his lectures to his students in college) 
 " to any respectable author, who will give you the stereotyped theories, some of 
 whicli are as old as the disease. 1 cannot, however, permit the present occasion to pass 
 without endeavoring to perpetuate" (continue) " the few practical items in regard to this 
 disease which I have gathered in my experience, and thus put in possession of others, 
 what I have reason to hope arid believe may be demonstrated to be a Remedy /or this hitherto 
 most frightful and fatal dismder. 
 
 " I need scarcely say to you that the whole catalogue of narcotic, stimulant, anti 
 spasmodic, and sedative measures have been rigorously tested in the treatment of this- 
 affection, and thus far, the testimony is unanimous to their utter inefficiency in pre- 
 venting, curing, or relieving Hydrophobia. The only measure on which the most mod- 
 ern authorities rely, is the prophylactic" (to guard against) "influence of excision" (cut- 
 ting out) "of the wounded part, and that within as short a period after the Bite as possi- 
 ble ; of course, the sooner it is done the greater the safety. 
 
 " €ases. — About 18 years .since, I was called into the family of a very intelligent 
 and worthy gentleman, formerly a resident of Pennsylvania. During my earliest ac- 
 quaintance with him, he informed me, that he had in his garden, a Remedy, for Hy- 
 drophobia, that he brought the seed witn him from his native State, and had continued 
 to raise it in a small bed reserved for that purpose, where he had first planted the seed. 
 He said it went to seed every year, and was thus, spontaneously perpetuated, though 
 annually (yearly), wj/iCTi in btossoTO, he cut and dried a small bundle of it. He knew the 
 common name, which is 'red chick-weed' or, 'scarlet pimpernel.' I found it to be 
 the anagaUin anensis," (this agrees with King), a little annual plant, common in some 
 of the Southern States, as well as in Pa., and resembling the white chick-weed, but hav- 
 ing a red, or scarlet blossom. This gentleman informed me that he had known and 
 witnessed its use, in a number of instances, in animals laboring under spasms of the disease, 
 with entire success". (If it will cure animals, may it not be depended upon for persons, 
 even uiter spasms); " that where he came from, in Pa., every family for miles around kept 
 it ; tliat he had been so directly and credibly informed of its success in a number 
 of cases when administered to the human species, after tlie disease was developed, as not in 
 the least to doubt the fact, and that he should feet assafe,in case of an attack of Hydrophobia.if he 
 could have this Remedy administered, as in any common disease. He discribed its 
 effects upon the system, when given as directed, and his description was fully verified 
 in two instances in which I afterward applied it. 
 
 " A girl was Bitten on the wrist, without any provocation, by a Dog belonging to 
 the family, which immediately left the house and Bit a number of hogs, as he went out 
 of the yard. He passed on to the next farm-house, where he Bit other animals, and so 
 on for several miles before he was killed. All the animals, that he was known to have 
 Bitten had the disease. As it was not known nor suspected that the Dog was Mad tUl 
 the family learned that he had been shot, it was three 6.&y^ before they became alarmed. 
 I was called to see the patient, and found that the animals tooth had gone into the 
 naked wrist. I immediately cupped" (cupping is done by scarifying, cutting several 
 little gashes with a lance, or with a spring machine which has several cutters, and ap)- 
 plying a cup from which the air is exhausted and it then acts by suction to draw out 
 blood) "and cauterize it" (probably with nitrate of silver), " and gave the anagallis, or 
 red chick-weed, according to the directions. Soon after taking the first dose she began 
 to perspire, and continued in a profuse sweat, which had an offensive odor, for the 2, 
 or 8 days that she took the medicine. The wound healed up, and she had no symptoms 
 of Hydrophobia. 
 
 " A farmer, 6 miles from town, was Bitten on his leg by his own Dog. His teeth 
 went deeply into the flesh, and made quite a lacerated wound, out it did not bleed. 
 Not then suspecting that the Dog was Mad, he gave the wound no attention at thattime. 
 But the next day, the Dog showing symptoms of Madness, was tied up, and by the next 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 513 
 
 day manifested indubitable" (certain) "evidences of Hydrophobia, got loose, left the 
 premises, and Bit a number of other animals, all of which, so far as was known, went 
 Mad. The third day after the Bite, the farmer came to town to consult me. I cupped 
 and cauterized, as for the other case, and gave him the anasalUs. I did not see him 
 again for some weeks. But he afterwards informed me. tliat, while he took the medi- 
 cine, he perspired so profusely as to wet his clothes as though they had been dipped in 
 water, and the perspiration was exceedingly oH'ensive. lie got well and is still living, 
 some 10 years having elapsed since the occurrence. 
 
 '■ The medicine is directed to be prepared by boiling about 4 ozs. of the dried plant 
 in 2 qts. of strong beer, or ale, until half evaiwrtited, or boiled away " (this amount dif- 
 fers as it will be seen by looking over the Jir.-it Receipts, but I suppose that perhaps some 
 one's experience sliowed him a necessity for it, I cannot tell, however positively ; but 
 would say that as the dose given is only half as much in quantity' as tlic first, there 
 would not be so much difference as would at first appear,). " Press out the liquid and 
 strain it, and add to the liquid, thus prepared, 2 drs. of laudanum. By an adult, in ordi- 
 nary cases, the medicine should be taken in half gill doses every morning for o mornings. 
 If symptoms of the disease have begun to be manifest, patients mu.st take more, or if the 
 symptoms are fully developed " (spasms beginii " the whole of the preparation may be 
 taken in one day, and made stronger by adding more of the anngaUis" (I should utterly 
 refuse to sanction any addition of tlie chick-weed to this dose, especially \vhen the strength of 
 4 ozs. was to be taken in one day, lest the patient might be left like Orfila's and gre- 
 nier's dogs, — as refered to above, by King — dead). " Persons Bitten are directed tolbathe 
 the wound with tlie same liquid, and to change their clothing every day wliile taking 
 the medicine. The dose for children should, of course, be in proportion to their age." 
 
 I'iiloroform has been reported to have cured some cases, I suppose after spasms 
 had set in ; butjl have not Ijeen able to find any cases refered to that would lead any one 
 to put his tru.st in it, although, if nothing else was at hand, in the spasms, I would use 
 it by inhalation, to anesthesia ainconsciousness), to relieve the patients sufferings. 
 
 3. HY»KO»»lI<»BSA— Mineral Preventive.— Notwithstanding that I 
 have very great confidence in the chick-weed Remedy so long, and so favorably known, 
 yet, as there is so much terror at once felt, upon an individual being Bitten by a Mad 
 Dog, and as there will be times and places where that cannot be obtained, I feel com- 
 pelled to give all the diilerent items of information on the subject which have come to 
 my knowledge, upon which there is any reasonable ground to hope for relief. The 
 following was first published by the Elizabethtown (N. .J.) Post. It is as follows: 
 
 " Some 3 years ago we publislied in the Post, a Remedy for that terrible disease, but 
 it seems credence was not given to our statement, for it was never copied to our knowl- 
 edge. Yet, there are still living, many evidences of its efficiency. It Wiia first prescribed 
 on a consultation of 3 physicians for an individual who had been Bitten and badly 
 torn by a Dog known to be Mad, and, we believe, after the individual had 1, or 2 
 spasms of Hydrophobia. The paitent was cured and lived many years. Of the 3 phy- 
 sicians, but 1 still survives, a man of nearly 85 years, and he has had occasion to pre- 
 scribe the same Remedy, during a long term of 50 years' practice, for otlier persons 
 Bitten by rabid animals, and always \vith success. The last time was within our mem- 
 ory, between the years 1820 and 1824, we believe, when several children in the South part 
 of Chesterfield, or the North part of Willsljorough. in this county, were Bitten by a Cat. 
 Animals were Bitten by the same Cat, and went .Mad and died. We know not if any 
 of the individuals Bitten are still living in tlnit neighborhood, but there are, undoubt- 
 edly, others who will remember the circumstances. A Remedy so well-known to have 
 heen proved a. ewe. slioutd be k-nown to tite medical profession, and to the world; and we, 
 o?ice more, publish it, hoping that many others may imbibe a portion of the faith we, 
 ourselves, have in il; ; and again prove its efficacy, should an occasion, unfortunately, 
 occur : 
 
 " Keep the sore running, or discharging matter, as long as pos.sible by dusting pow- 
 dered verdigris into the wound, and give 1 gr. of mineral turpctti* nX a do.se 3 times in 
 the day, in a little dry sugar, rubbed very tine, and washed down with warm tea, or 
 warm water, until the mouth is slightly effected with the mercury, then stop until all 
 the appearances of the allection in the "mouth have disappeared; then repeat the course 
 in the same way. Repeat the courses 3, or 4 times in G weeks, when, I consider the 
 patient out of danger." 
 
 May not this, and the ca.se from Northern India be now put together as qiiite 
 probable cases. I have no doubt of the facts a.s stated in each case. The editor of the 
 Post was so certain of the importance of the facts as lie had stated them, above, that he 
 sent a )«arted copy of his paper to the Scienlitic American, calling, t.'iereby. especial at- 
 tention to the article, and it is from this paper, of Jan. 19, 1856, that I obtained it, with 
 the remark that ■"any Remedy for this terrible disease should be hailed as a great bless 
 ing," and I would add to that remark of the Scientific American, I believe it has pub- 
 
 *" Mineral Turpeth" as above called, but more properly, turpeth-mineral, is a yellow- 
 salt containing 3 parts, or equivalents, of the prot.oxide of mercury and 1 of sulphuric acid, 
 and ha.s been used as an emetic, but more properly as a paiut. (Protoxide, is 1 equivaleut 
 of ox.vgen with 1 of tlie metal, with which it is combined, lu this case, with the mercury, 
 from which calomel has been too abundantly made.) 
 
 33— DE. chase's second receipt book. 
 
514 DR. chase's 
 
 lished more reliable, practical facts, than any half-dozen other papers published in the 
 United States. 
 
 4. ydropbobia Cure, from Northern India, and Certain other 
 Preventives.— A new Remedy for this most distressing of maladies, comes from North 
 ern India, and is attested by the medical officer at the Hoosliiarpor Charitable Dispensary : 
 
 " The patient, on admission, was suttering from violent and frequent spasms. He 
 was tied onto a chair, surrounded with blanlcets, leaving the head free, a large vessel of 
 boiling water was placed under him, and a mixture oi equal parts ofniercury and sulphur 
 well rubbed together were placed iu a piece of brolcen chatty " (I suppose chatty mfeans 
 a small earthern dish) " over a charcoal tire and put alongside of the vessel of boiling 
 water; 15 grs. of calomel were given at once and 5 grs. repeated every hour, the mercu- 
 rial vapor bath being liept up till all symptoms subsided. In about 4 hours the man 
 was perfectly calm and free from bad symi)toms; he was removed from the chair and 
 placed on a bed. The after treatment was simply tonics, nourishing food, and gargles, 
 etc., to remove tlie salivation. On the loth lie was discharged cured." — Scicntiflc Ameri- 
 can, July 15, 18G8. 
 
 If calomel can now come in and occasionally save, a life, when, and where the vege- 
 table, articles cannot be obtained, death being almost certain without, it ought to be giv- 
 en full credit, to endeavor in some small degree at least, to atone for the thousands, I 
 might, no doubt, say millions of deaths which has been caused by its use. I would cer- 
 tainly use it in this case, and be as quick about it as possible too, for, after an attack of 
 spasms; medical men have considered it absolutely incurable after the spasms have 
 set in, and have attributed what were, in some cases considered cures before these symp- 
 toms had commenced to the fact, that only about 1 in 25 cases of Bites from Rabid ani- 
 mals would ever have the disease, notwithstanding this, however, they have always 
 been willing to cut out or cauterize all cases coming to their knowledge. 
 
 5. Hydroithobia to Prevent.— r/i€ Leeds Times (England) says that " the ni- 
 trate of silver rubbed into the wound, made by the teeth of a Mad Dog, will certainly 
 cure Hydrophobia, or Prevent all injurious consequences from it. It should be applied 
 as soon after tlie accident as may be. In six weeks the virus is disseminated through 
 the whole system and then hope is gone. Youatt says he has been Bitten eight, or ten 
 times, and always cured himself by this means." 
 
 Youatt, however, recommends the crystals to be used in place of the stick. 
 
 Ilydropiiobia Cure, a»« Practiced in Tonquiii and Cochin China. 
 — The Presse Medicale Beige stales on the authority of Father Legrand de la Lisay, one of 
 the oldest and most venerable missionaries in those countries, that, there. Hydropho- 
 bia is cured with complete success by boiling a handful of the leaves of the datura stra- 
 monium" (thorn-apple, or gimpson, as some call it)," in a liter of water" "(a liter is 1% 
 pts.)" until reduced one-half and then administering the potion to the patient all at one 
 time. A violent paroxy.sm of rage ensues, which lasts but a short time, and the pa- 
 tient is cured in 24 hours. He speaks from a number of successful trials. This means, 
 of course, after the spasms have commenced. There certainly could no harm arise, 
 that is, without relief death is certain. 
 
 These leaves made up into cigars, and smoked, have been recommended in asthma. 
 
 Cure of Hytlrophobia.- After (!»nasnis had Coniinenced.— Dr. Al- 
 ford, at Flint, Mich., has Cured a case of Hydrophobia after the Spasms had Com- 
 menced. The disease did not make its appearance until 8 months after the patient was 
 Bitten. The treatment was this : Sulphate of morphia, 1 gr. was injected subcutane- 
 ously" (under the skin) "every 4 hours, and li a dr. of powdered castor given internally, 
 in sirup, at the same time. Chloroform was also inhaled in'small quantities. In about 
 half an hour, .sleep occurred, and continued over an hour. Convulsions then re- 
 curred, and continued. with intervals of variation, for about 12 hours, when tliey entirely 
 ceased. Vomiting and great prostration followed, but the patient ultimately recov- 
 ered. The excessive prostration was counteracted by wrapping the patient in a woolen 
 blanket moistened with a warm solution of muriate of ammonia, 20 grs. to the oz. 
 
 Dr. Alford states that he had another successful case of Cure of Hydrophobia 8 
 years ago. — Scientific American, May 25, '72. 
 
 INDiaBSTION.— «ee Dyspepsia. 
 
 INFLAMMATORY DISEASES. — Inflammation of the 
 Lung-s and Pleurisy. — By turning to, and reading the anatomy, or de- 
 scription ofthe Lungs and Pleura, those who are not ah'eady fa miliar with 
 their structure, and arrangement, will ol)tain a better understanding 
 of their action under disease, and the more readily will it be un- 
 derstood why one cannot be diseased to any considerable extent, with- 
 out more or less complication, or disturbance of the other; and this 
 will account for my description of them in connection, as it is almost 
 an impossibility for the substance ofthe Lungs to be Inflamed with- 
 out its affecting their covering membrane {the pleura), and the same if 
 
8ECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 515 
 
 the membrane is first attacked with disease, the parenchama (spongy 
 substance of the Lungs must also be more, or less efi'ected. Then, as 
 all classes of phj'sicians admit that the treatment must be nearly alike, 
 I have deemed it best to speak of them together, as they are actually 
 so closely connected in all respects. 
 
 The Diagnosis (distinguishing symptoms), as physicians call it, of 
 one disease from the other is this : When the membranous covering 
 of the Lungs is Inflamed, from its closer texture, and non elastic na- 
 ture, the pain is sharp and cutting Avhile from the elastic nature of the 
 parenchama, or spongy substance of the Lungs, the pain, in Inflam- 
 mation of these parts, is more obtuse, or dull ; but what will cause one, 
 may cause the other; — then, like man and wife, let them not be put asun- 
 der, without a better reason than is commonly brought forward for 
 such a purpose. 
 
 An Inflammation of such an important organ as the Lungs, it will 
 be readily understood, will materially and severely involve or effect 
 the whole system. The disease, however, by the people, is more fre- 
 quently called Zan^z/cwr, but physicians understand it to be an In- 
 flammation, and the fever attending, or rather following it, is a con- 
 sequence, or the effect of the Inflammation, as we speak of " cause and 
 efi'ect," the fever is the effect of the Inflammation. Without a free ac- 
 tion of the blood, and air, or breath, through a considerable portion of 
 the Lungs, labor, or exercise, to any considerable extent, cannot be 
 endured, nor life continued, or enjoyed, at least with the sense in 
 which the word enjoyed is commonly understood, for even only a very 
 short time. Where no exercise is taken, and, as in case of an Inflam- 
 mation, or in consumption, life may be endured—home, or suflfered — 
 although only a small portion of even only one Lung may be left in a 
 healthy condition. The Inflammation is quite frequently confined to 
 one lobe of one Lung, and most often to the back, or as physicians 
 call it, the posterior lobe ; but it may involve the whole Lung and yet 
 be confined to one Lung, in which case it is called single pneumonia 
 (from Greek words which signify the Lung, and to breathe) ; but it 
 may also involve both Lungs, when it is called double ; and when both 
 Lungs are considerably effected, there is no time to be lost, for a serious 
 case may certainly be expected ; and the investing, or covering mem- 
 brane of the Lung, pleura, as also explained, may and usually is effect- 
 ed, known by the sharp and cutting pains, as also explained above, 
 in which case it takes the name of pleuro-pneumonia, from which 
 and other conceded, or acknowledged facts, the double nature, or com- 
 bined nature of the two diseases is sufficiently established, not to call 
 for further argument to make out a point so generally known. 
 
 Cause. — It is generally understood that only what will check per- 
 spiration whereby more than the usual quantity of blood is thrown in 
 upon these organs. Cause these diseases ; but, violent exercise, and vio- 
 lent exertion in speaking, singing, and also playing on wind instru- 
 ments, whereby an increased action of the Lungs is brought about, is 
 frequentlj^ the Cause of their Inflammation, or if the covering mem- 
 brane is the weaker part, its distention by the inflation of the Lungs, 
 may Cause the main part of the disease to rest upon that part of the 
 structure. 
 
 Symptoms. — A person suffering with pneumonia especially if both 
 Lungs are aftected, to make himself the most comfortable, finds it 
 necessary to lie upon the back, and if only one is involved, the position 
 
516 DK. chase's 
 
 most generally assumed is partially upon the back, inclining con- 
 siderably to the well side, by which means the Lung is somewhat re- 
 lieved from pressure ; thei-e will be more or less pain in the effected 
 side ; short breaths will be taken, as a full breath increases the pain ; 
 a cough, dry at first, but soon more moist, the person raising a thick, 
 sticky mixture of phlegm and blood ; and. as the disease progresses 
 there will be shorter breathings, greater weakness, and probably de- 
 lirium, and especially will delirium be likely to take place if the sysr 
 tem is in a low condition of health, so that the fever becomes typhoid 
 in character (low, from broken down, or poor blood) known as typhoid 
 pneumonia, which is the most dangerous t} pe, or form of the disease, 
 and, as will be seen in the following case, calls especially for stimu- 
 lants, as brandy, or wine, and the most nourishing and strengthening 
 diet, as beef-tea, etc., and if there should be diarrhea, to control it with 
 laudanum, or other appropriate treatment. 
 
 But, to be the better understood it may be well to follow the usual 
 custom of writers upon this disease to divide the Symptoms into^Sta^res, 
 as follows: 
 
 Stages of the Disease. — Most writers upon this disease 
 {pneumonia) are in the habit of dividing it into three Stages, or condi- 
 tions, or degrees of progress when no attempt to control it is made, or 
 as shown also by its progress when the means used for its control do 
 jiot prove successful. 
 
 Auscultation. — In order to be understood in describing the dif- 
 ferent Stages of Inflammation of the Lungs, it will be necessary to, at 
 least, partially describe the jDrinciples of Auscultation, as applied to 
 the study of this disease. The word Auscultation comes from the 
 Latin Auscultatio, to hear, starting probably from auris, the ear ; hence 
 again, Auscultare, to listen ; understood by physicians to be the method 
 of distinguishing {diagnosing} the diseases of the chest by applying 
 the ear, or mostly by applying the stethoscope to the chest, or body 
 over any part of the Lungs, by which the practiced ear can tolerably 
 well distinguish the sound in disease from that of health. The steth- 
 oscope most commonly used is made of wood. A piece being 
 taken, perliaps 8 to 10 inches long and 2, or 3 inches in diameter and 
 turning it ofi' very nincely, small at one end and large at the other, 
 the inside having been bored through and nicely reamed, or beveled 
 out, the large end of which, being applied to the chest, covers consid- 
 erable more space than the ear would do, giving a more distinct sound 
 than would be obtained by the ear alone, the ear being applied to the 
 small end, receives the sound very clearly and distinctly. Some phy- 
 sicians use what might be called a double stethoscope, made as though 
 the common, or single instrument, as above described, was cut ofl" 
 about one-third of the distance from the large end, then a rubber tube 
 adjusted upon it, the tube dividing, and made of sufficient length, and 
 of proper form to be applied to both ears, considerably increasing the 
 power of hearing and distinguishing the sound, or murmur, as it is 
 ■called, of the air passing into and out of the Lungs, in health, or dis- 
 ease, by breathing, talking, coughing, blowing, etc. To be able to dis- 
 tinguish a diseased condition of the Lungs by Auscultation, consider- 
 able pains must first be taken to learn a healthy sound, by studying 
 the sound in a healthy child, as the sounds of breathing in children 
 are louder and clearer, from the fact that more air enters a child's 
 Lungs, in proportion to their size, than into those of adult, or full- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 517 
 
 grown persons. Yet there is a peculiarity in the respiration of chil- 
 dren from that of adults called puerile respiration, coming, no doubt, 
 from the words ;jue, a low whistling sound as the chirp, or whistle of 
 birds, and from puer, a child. But if this same sound should be heard 
 in an adult, it would indicate a diseased, rather than a healthy condi- 
 tion of the Lung. 
 
 When only one Lung, or only one lobe of a Lung is Inflamed, or 
 diseased, as in consumption, or Inflammation, the ear, or stethoscope may 
 be applied to the healthy one then to the diseased, alternating, or 
 changing from one to the other, and moving the instrument along, 
 from time to time, by Avhich means the extent of the diseased portion 
 may be readily made out ; but without any of this trouble, the patient 
 can generally tell by the pain and difficulty of breathing, how exten- 
 sive the disease is ; hut physicians, to show their great learning and 
 wisdom, above their fellows, must make these examinations ; and of 
 course, those of the people who undertake to prescribe for themselves, 
 or families, or ftheir neighbors, must, for their own satisfac- 
 tion, and to be able to tell when there is any improvement, 
 shown by a clearer and less obstructed sound, become familiar with 
 the difference between a healthy and a diseased sound. And another 
 advantage of this knowledge is to quiet inter meddlers, who are always 
 complaining that a patient does not get along fast enough, hence you 
 must send for the doctor, or yon will certainly die. With a knowledge 
 that the Lung is " clearing up," as it is called, and the patient feels 
 tolerably comfortable, "send the croaking busybodies to the dogs," 
 the sooner the better. 
 
 The Difference in the sounds of health, or disease, if care and 
 attention are given to the subject, may become so familiar as to enable 
 persons of only ordinary ability to make them out with pretty consid- 
 erable certainty and satisfaction. 
 
 When drawing in the breath (inspiration) the sound is consider- 
 able loader than the outgoing (expiration), tlie weaker sound immedi- 
 ately following the loader. As good a point to study this sound as 
 any, is over the region of the ^e/< Lung, pretty well "up, or near the 
 collar-bone (clavicle), about midway from the shoulder to the sternum, 
 or breast bone. The breathing murmurs, as they are called, or soands, 
 are caused by the expansion of the air-cells as the breath is drawn in, 
 and by their coutraction as the air passes out. And as these air-cells 
 are also sometimes called vessiclcs, the sound is also sometimes called 
 vesicular murmurs. Putting the ear, or instrument over the windpipe 
 and larger bronchial tubes, at the front, or near the center of the back 
 (rootoftheLungs)thesound willbeofakind ofblowing,or hollow char- 
 acter, made by the friction of the air against the large amount of surface, 
 of these large tubes; and as the tissue, or substance of the Lungs are bad 
 conductors of sound, the voice in answering questions, will not be distinc- 
 ly heard only over these regions ; or, at least, if such a sound is heard over 
 other parts it indicates a cavity, or disease. The sound is not exactly 
 alike in all por'tions of the Lungs; hence, the upper part of the left 
 Lung is chosen for the purpose of familiarizing the unpracticed ear as 
 the sound is more distinctly heard there than at other parts. And the 
 difi'erence may be studied, in a person known to be in health, by 
 changing the ear, or stethoscope from this region to other parts over the 
 Lungs. Instead of the hollow, or blowing sound, as over the large 
 tubes, there will be a rustling sound, very much like the rustling of a 
 
518 DR. chase's 
 
 new silk dress as the wearer is passing through, or around the house. 
 Flint in his valuable work on the "Respiratory Organs," calls it 
 " soft, hreczij, exparisive , comparing it to the slightly audible breathing 
 heard at a little distance from a person in deep quiet sleep, to the 
 sound produced by a gentle breeze among the branches and leaves of 
 trees." But these sounds may soon be tolerably well understood, as 
 above remarked, by ac^tual test, and will be more fully explained as 
 ■we proceed with the difl'erent Stages. 
 
 First Stage, — In the commencement, or first Stage of Inflamma- 
 tion of the Lungs, there is an over-fullness of blood in the Lung, or 
 Lungs, called by physicans, congestion, sometimes also called engorge- 
 ment, or over-crowded with blood. The Lung soon becomes more red 
 than usual, thicker, or swollen, and more heavy ; yet, there is not an 
 absolute exclusion of air, but there is less of the rustling sound, as in 
 health, when the breath is drawn in, but more of a cracking and snap- 
 ping, like the crackling sound from salt thrown upon coals of fu'e, or a 
 finer sound as if rubbing the ear-locks between the Uiumb and finger 
 close to the ear, being less distinct as the breath is Thrown out than 
 when drawn in, as before remarked. 
 
 Second Stage. — If the disease is left to itself, or if the treatment 
 is incorrect, the Inflammation will advance to the Second Stage where- 
 in the swelling, or engorgement of the Lung becomes so considerable 
 as to almost, or even aVjsolutely keep out the air, and the Lung be- 
 comes solid, or hepatized (like liver), and appears as if commencing to 
 decay, called "red softening." In this Stage there is no rustling nor 
 crackling, as the air is entirely excluded from the air-cells, but a sort 
 of whistling sound is heard by the air passing in and out of the bron- 
 chial tubes. The symptoms will now become more severe, the breath- 
 ing more difficult, the phlegm more glairy and tenacious, i. e., sticks 
 to whatever it tou(;hes, the patient becoming weaker, and perhaps the 
 delirium and muttering, becoming prominent and permanent. 
 
 Third Stage. — When the disease runs on to the Third Stage, which 
 is almost always fatal, the former, or red condition of the Lung be- 
 comes gray from the presence of matter, now found distributed 
 throughout the whole diseased portion of the Lung ; and there is 
 more of a rattling sound from the phlegm having lost its toughness 
 and becoming more fluid, so that what may be raised has a darker 
 look, and is not so tenacious, or sticky as in the previous Stages, by 
 which it may almost always be set down as a certainty that the patient 
 will fast sink, for the time has passed in which there may be a reasonable 
 ground of hope that any treatment may prove successfull and espe- 
 cially will this be the case when the disease, from the first, has taken 
 on ii/p/toid symptoms, i. e., when weariness, dizzinei^s, pain in the head 
 back, and limbs, with considerable difficulty of breathing, and tight- 
 ness across the chest, with a short dry cough, have been constant, as 
 the disease advanced; but now these active conditions pass ofi", and 
 there is left a dull pain across the chest, with the drowsiness, peculiar 
 to typhoid fever ; the skin is dry and harsh; the bowels swollen and 
 tender, and usually in these cases, with a tendency to diarrhea, the 
 passages being of a yellowish dirty color. 
 
 Treatment. — Until a very few years back, and no doubt yet, by 
 many of the older physicians of that School, calling themselves "the 
 regulars," it has been customary to begin the Treatment, of pneumonia, 
 or Inflammation of the Lung.^ as well as in pleurisy with copious 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 519 
 
 and oft-repeated bleedings, and with tartar eraectic, by which, it can- 
 not be denied, very many persons liave lost their lives who might just 
 as well have been saved, ah! mui-h better, by simply letting them alone, 
 as the following will fully show. 
 
 I am not aware what led to the following experiment of the learn- 
 ed German physician — Deitl — as given by Prof. Scudder, in his " Do- 
 mestic Medfcine," and by Profs. Jones and Sherwood, in their " Amer- 
 ican Eclectic Practice," but the facts are, that in 3S0 cases of Inflam- 
 mation of the Lungs, 85 were Treated by •bleeding alone, 106 by tartar 
 eme.ctic, 'dnd 189 by rest and diet alone; the result: 17, being 20 and 4 
 tenths per cent, of those who were bled, died ; 22, or 20 and 7 tenths 
 per cent, of those Treated with the tartar emetic also died; while of 
 those who received no Treatment except diet and rest, only 15, or 7 and 
 4 tenths per cent died. Now when you retlect that there were nearly 
 twice as many left to quiet and rest, as there w^ere in either of the other 
 plans of Treatment, notwithstanding there were 15 deaths, in this 
 class, yet the plan of i\^o Treatment has almost three times the advan- 
 tage, and proves conclusively that not only will a very large propor- 
 tion of cases of Inflammatian of tlie Lungs get well ivithnut Treatinent, 
 but, just as conclusively proves that " the regulars " used to kill (and 
 will now, if they pursue the same course) ont'-/ia(/" of all those who died 
 under their hands. Dr. Scudder adds : 
 
 " This is a strong statement but it is a true one, and is fully borne 
 out by many <if the best writers on medicine." 
 
 Dr, Scudders Treatment of this disease is so short, plain, and ef- 
 fective, being also the one which I have adopted with but slight varia- 
 tions ; and as it embodies all of the improvements of any essential im- 
 portance up to this writing, July 1872, I will give it in his own words. 
 He says : 
 
 " Have the person bathed with an alkaline wash, to prevent undue 
 heat of the skin, and apply a poultice of bran, or corn meal to the 
 chest, changing it twice a day, keeping the patient well covered. 
 Give internally, tinct. of veratrum, 1 dr.; tinct. of aconite, 20 drops, 
 water, 4 ozs., a tea-spoonful every hour until the fever is subdued, and 
 then in smaller doses. On the third, or fourth day, add a solution of 
 acetate of potash in the usual doses." See Acetate of Potash, under 
 the head of Diuretics. 
 
 "The patient's bowels should be kept regular, but active physic 
 should be avoided. If the cough is very severe, give a sufficient dose of 
 opium to give the necessary sleep. Let the patient's food be light and 
 nutricious. Keep the room well ventilated, and everything scrupu- 
 lously clean." Thus you have it in a " nut shell." 
 
 The variations which I make are as follows : 
 
 In cases where a good nurse, or plenty of help is not to be had to 
 look after the comfort of the patient, instead of the "bran, or corn- 
 meal poultice to the chest," I use a hag of hot dry bran, changing it suf- 
 ficiently often to keep it hot, and occasionally use a mustard potdtice, hav- 
 ing a thin piece of cloth between the poultice and the body, as this 
 means appears, at least, to have as good an etiect, and avoids the wet- 
 ting oi the bed clothing and the chilly dampness which will arise un- 
 less, as above stated , you have plenty of help and use great care to keep 
 the patient dry and comfortable. 
 
 Also if the case is taken in hand, at once, in the commencement of 
 the disease, I take the sweating process at first as you will see below, 
 
520 DR. chase's 
 
 but if the disease gets some days the start, then the " alkaline wash," 
 or spirit sponging, not only " twice a day " but as often as it will add 
 to the comfort of the patient. The temperature of the "wash" must 
 also be governed by the patients feelings — if he wants it cool, have it 
 so, if warm, make it to his liking. Tlie tinctures of veratrum, viride and 
 aconite, in all inflammatory diseases and in fevers, I consider almost an ab- 
 solute necessity. 
 
 I would here remark that I am acquainted with a gentleman, of 
 this city, who was successfully cured of Pleurisy, with but very little 
 other Treatment, than the bag of hot dry bran, being kept upon the 
 side for the greater portion of the day, after the case became severe. 
 As often as one became at all cool, another was ready to be applied, as 
 hot as it could be borne, by which means a little perspiration was kept 
 up, until the severity of the pain gave way, and the cure was complete 
 — infact Inflammation, nor Fever can long exist in the system after a 
 gentle perspiration is fully established, and ])ermanently maintained. 
 
 Beach considers that there is no alkaline wash equal to that 
 made by leaching ashes in the regular way, as for making soap, then 
 put sufficient of this lye to the water to give it quite a perceptable 
 slippery feeling to the hand ; and he recommends it very highly in 
 all fevers, and inflammations when there is any considerable fever, to be 
 used as often as the Jieat, or cb'y-harshness of the skin calls for it. 
 
 Sal-Soda makes a passable substitute, using of it until the same 
 slippery feeling is obtained. The putting of sufficient ashes into a 
 pail of water and stirring until a good strength is obtained, then strain- 
 ing off, also answers very well. 
 
 Typhoid Pneumonia— Comparative History of Two Cases, 
 Showing- the Advantage and Necessity of Immediate Atten- 
 tion upon an Attack. — First Case. — In May, 1SG9 I was taken with 
 JPnuemonia, or Inflammation of the right Lung, which after a few days, 
 developed strong typJioid symptoms ; but as my wife was away from 
 home, I neglected to give any especial attention to the approaching 
 disease for 3, or 4 days, until her return, by which time I had 
 been compelled to take the bed, where she found me very weak, 
 and restless ; but as we have no other Eclectic physician in the city, I 
 did not consent, until the next morning, for her to "call the doctor," 
 who, on his arrival, stated what was a self-evident fact, " that the 
 case had been too long neglected, but he would do what he could, and 
 hoped for a favorable result." And as but few physicians, when very 
 sick, pretend to prescribe for themselves, I told him to do his best, 
 merely remarking what was the customarj^ Treatment with our class 
 of physicians ; and I was very glad to discover that he was considera- 
 bly Eclectic in his own ideas of the Treatment of this disease, at least, 
 as will be seen by his answer, below, upon my requesting him to fur- 
 nish me with his Treatment of my case that I might publish it in the 
 netv Book. His answer was as follows : 
 
 " Dr. Cii.vse — Dear Sir. — The Treatment in your case of Typhoid 
 Pneumonia, in 1869, consisted of the following remedies . • 
 
 '' At first, small doses of tinct. of veratrum viride, with a solution of 
 acetate af ammonia, every 2 hours, and small doses of Dovers powders, 
 at bed time, with good diet. Also a strong liniment and mustard plas- 
 ters to the walls of the chest, which was continued for about 10, or 12 
 days. 
 
 " The Lung not clearing up, counsel was called in, and a large blis- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 521 
 
 ter was applied to the back part of the chest, where the disease was 
 the most fully developed, and followed for several days with a poul- 
 tice of flaxseed-meal, changed as often as it became at all dry, or as 
 the feeling of harshness called for it. 
 
 " The tincture of veratrum and solution of acetate of ammonia was 
 now discontinued, and an emulsion of turpentine, and tonic doses of 
 quinine, with milk punch, and iced-brandy, and porter with ess. of 
 beef was continued until you was convalescent, sponging the surface, 
 from time to time, with bay-rum, as the heat from the fever demand- 
 ed, with a few drops of laudanum put into the turpentine emulsion oc- 
 casionally, to control the tendency to diarrhea," L. 
 
 It will be noticed, above, that the Doctor uses the expression, 
 " The Lung not clearing up :"— This calls for an explanation from me, 
 as he, of course, would not lay any blame upon me for not allowing the 
 Lung to " clear up." The facts were these : The Lung was " clearing 
 up " well, so much so that I took it into my head that I was so much 
 better, I could ride out to an iron-spring, and have a drink of the water ; 
 but, notwithstanding the Doctor and my own family remonstrated 
 against it, having always done about as I pleased, and- never given up an 
 undertaking which I considered feasable, or practical, I had the carriage 
 brought out, and with two assistants, I rode to the spring, and had "a 
 drink," but, really, if one of the assistants had not have been suffici- 
 ently thoughtful to have taken along the brandy, I should not in any 
 probability, have reached the house again, alive ; for the undertaking 
 was too much for the weakened condition of the system ; and very 
 soon the disease took on more aggravated symptoms, and called for the 
 more severe Treatment, as the hlistering w^ould seem to indicate. And 
 as the Doctor, apparently believed my life might be of some use, if 
 saved, he did not abandon the case, notwithstanding my imprudence. 
 Yet, my own sufferings were much increased and double the time 
 was needed to accomplish the cure. I will add, however, m self-justi- 
 fication, that it appeared to me that I was fully able to accomplish the 
 undertaking, birt the iviaX proved me too weak, and brought on a relapse, 
 worse, as relapses usually are, than the disease itself — let all others 
 take warning, to be very careful about any over-exertion until well re- 
 cruited after any disease, unless they feel perfectly willing to suffer 
 the counsequences. 
 
 I give the Doctor, in this case, not only due credit for his close at- 
 tention to the disease, but also very great credit for having abandoned 
 the " old fogy " plan of blood-letting, calomel, etc., which used to 
 carry off so many patients suffering under these inflammatory diseases. 
 And I will also give credit to very many of his class of physicians, for 
 having taken a more sensible view of the matter and for adopting a 
 more rational Trentment, especially is this the case, I think, with those 
 who receive their medical education at the University of Michigan ; 
 and, better, far better, would it be for the patients, if this improved 
 plan should be adopted by them all — everywhere. 
 
 Second Case. — In May of the present year, 1872, I was again at- 
 tacked by the same disease, upon the same Lung. I was superintend- 
 ing the pulling down of an old kitchen, the accumulating dust from 
 the vegetable and animal matter which had l)een deposited, for years, 
 in every crevice, no doubt aided, by its being breathed into the Lungs, 
 a.s the building was torn to pieces, hastened the crisis, or culmination 
 of the disease, and gave it very severe symptoms from the first, the 
 
622 DR. chase's 
 
 difficulty of breathing and pain in the Lung being very severe ; but, 
 reaching home about noon, being an hour, or two, from the first sever- 
 ity manifested in the attack, aiid my wife being at home, this time, I at 
 once took to the Sweating Process, as will be seen under that head, 
 putting the feet into a pail of hot water, and the hands into a wash 
 basin of hot water, and the alcohol-lamp burning with its 4 wicks, 
 yet, although a very considerable heat was felt, no perspiration was 
 induced, but rather an increased pain in the head, to relieve which I 
 had cloths wet in cold water and applied to the head; and, to help 
 stiirt the perspiration and reduce the great heat of the surface, I had 
 the whole body and limbs sponged by dipping the sponge into the hot 
 water in the pail, or basin, and drank cold water freely, to quench 
 thirst, and kept up the sweating opperation for more than half an hour 
 before the perspiration became at all free, and when it did, I still kept 
 it up for half an hour longer, then I had the lamp taken out, and the 
 pail and basin of hot water removed (and by the way, these had had 
 to be replenished several times, with hot water, to keep them hot), I 
 drew the woulen blanket close around me and got into bed, having 
 been a full hour in the sweating hath, then had hot flat-irons put to 
 the feet and legs, to keep up the perspiration ; and as soon as I got in- 
 to bed, I took a tea-spoonful of the veratrum viride and aeconite mix- 
 ture, in hot spearmint tea, every half hour, and had to keep this up four hours 
 before tJw.pain and difficulty of breathing would yield to the Treatment ; but 
 at that time, or about 5 o'clock in the evening, it yielded gracefully 
 and fully, as a most submissive child, and did not even make a grum- 
 ble afterwards, but allowed me to sleep through the night as quietly 
 as I could desire ; and on the following morning, aside from the con- 
 sequent weakness, I was as " good as new." 
 
 The veratrum and aconite mixture is made as follows: 
 
 Febrifuge. — Tinct. of veratrum viride, 1 dr. ; tinct. of aconite, ^ 
 dr. ; water 4 ozs. Mix. 
 
 Dose. — In ordinary cases a tea-spoonful once an hour would be a 
 full dose ; but in a severe attack I use it as often as once in half an 
 hour, until considerable, or absolute relief is obtained. 
 
 The turpentine emulsion is made as follows : 
 
 Turpentine Emulsion. — Oil of turpentine (also called spirits of 
 turpentine), 2 drs. ; gum Arabic, and white sugar, of each, 1 oz. ; pep- 
 permint-water to make 4 ozs. in all. Mix, by rubbing thoroughly to- 
 gether. 
 
 Dose. — One tea-spoonful once in 3 to 4 hours — u.sed in low grades 
 of fever as typhoid, typhoid pneumonia, etc., where there is a tendency 
 to diarrhea,usually combining laudanum in suitable quantity (5 to 15,or 
 20 drops) to meet the mildness, or severity of thissymj)tom, with each 
 dose, as given — this is the more recent practice, formerly, it was more 
 customary to put about 1 dr. of laudanum with the above amount 
 when made — the latter course is undoubtedly the preferable plan. In 
 my case the stomach would not retain it after a few days, when mild 
 effervescing soda drinks were substituted for it for a time until the 
 stomach was again quieted. The : 
 
 Acetate of Anmonia and veratrum, in Pneumonia, as mention- 
 ed in my first case, above, was made by dissolving the carbonate of 
 ammonia in dilute acetic acid as long as it effervesces, then with a tea- 
 spoonful, or two of this solution, put 3 drops of the tinct. of veratrum, 
 prepared as follows, to make a certainty of getting it correct. Take 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 523 
 
 the tea-spoon, or one of the kind which is to be used and dip 10 tea- 
 spoonsful of water into a phial and drop into it 30 drops of the tinct. of 
 veratrum. Each spoonful, it will be seen, will contain the 3 drops. 
 To be given once in 3 hours. This is done to avoid any_ mismanage- 
 ment from the different sizes of tea-spoons found now in use. The 
 veratrum is just as certain, or specific in its action of lessening the 
 pulse, as water is certain to run down hill ; and it can be used in, even 
 10 drop doses once an hour, for 2, or 3 hours ; but the action is not 
 found so satisfactory as it is to use it in less amounts and less often, 
 then the pulse does not re-bound or rise higher and cause a greater 
 disturbance of the system — the slow, or moderate action, maintained 
 regularly, has been found much the most satisfactory. 
 
 'N. B. In case of the prostration of the system from an acciden- 
 tal over-dose, let brandy, or any spirits at hand, be used to raise and 
 support the system until its eflects pass off. Although in these cases 
 of typhoid, orlow fever, it is better to give the veratrum in small doses, 
 at intervals of 2, or 3 hours ; yet, in the acute cases like mine, of this 
 Spring, we give it more often without any danger, because the severity 
 of pain, and the violence of the disease, both help to expend the 
 strength of the medicine, or in other words require more to overcome 
 the violence of the attack ; but if such cases should not yield in 4 to 6 
 hours, it would be the safer way to lengthen the time between doses 
 to from 1 to 2 hours. 
 
 It will be readily seen by the above cases that the safety and speed 
 in curing cases of an attack of Pneumonia, or Pleurisy will very much 
 depend upon giving them immediate attention, and in not going to the 
 iron-spring ^\for a drink" before you are able to stand the fatigue. 
 
 It is a well known fact that perspiration and fever, or inflammation, 
 cannot long exist together. If a moderate perspiration can be established 
 and kept up, I will say, for 12 hours even in some cases of recent oc- 
 currence nearly every case, of the above diseases, must subside, for 
 such is a law of our being — then whatever will tend to this end, will 
 improve the condition of the patient. For instance, a patient is suf- 
 fering with a " raging fever," no matter whether the fever is the main, 
 or leading disease, or whether it arises from an Inflammation, sponging 
 the patient with moderately cold water, or a mixture of spirits and water, 
 or with a cool lye-mixture, will give very great comfort to the feelings, 
 and if repeated asoften as the feelings demand it, it will greatly helpto 
 overcome the disease — not similia similibus <'uranter,{\.h.2A heat cures heat) 
 but rather that coolness and moisture will lessen heat, and heat and 
 dryness will lessen, or overcome cold and dampness. If this is not 
 Common-Sense, then I must acknowledge that all of our common 
 ideas of things have come to us through a mistaken understanding of 
 things,—" we are yet in our sins " — we know nothing as we ought ! 
 Can this be possible? No, we receive ideas in a natural way, easily 
 understorxl by the common people as well as by the most learned. 
 As the old lady said to the infidel who was trying to reason her 
 out of her belief in a Saviour, "I cannot use as many big words 
 as you, but I know Jesus is in my heart, and j'ou cannot take 
 Him away from me, say what you may." And so the poor infidel had 
 to leave her in the enjoyment of her blessed Saviour; and so will 
 these Common-Sense principles, applied to disease, leave those who 
 believe in them sufficiently strong to give them a fair trial,, in 
 the enjoyment of good health, or the severitv of the disease will soon 
 
524 DR. chase's 
 
 be broken by these plans, and the patient placed in a condition to 
 soon regain good health. 
 
 Then, if a man has a Fever, or an Inflammation which causes a 
 Fever, with a hot, dry, or harsh skin, get up a perspiration, or sponge 
 him off, or wash off, as the condition will allow best, or as the conve- 
 niences, at hand, will best allow, with cool washes. If he is cold, with 
 a shriveled, or clamy skin, apply heat in such a way as to restore and 
 maintain a natural condition. If the bowels are costive, get a move- 
 ment by a cathartic, or injection, as the case demands. If the bowels 
 are loose, restrain, or correct their action with appropriate remedies. 
 If pain in the head, or internal organs, draw the blood to the feet with 
 mustard, or hot water, or other means, as general perspiration, or equal- 
 izing the circulation of the blood, by the best means at hand for the pur- 
 pose, all of which are explained under their appropriate heads, will 
 be found the sensible plan to adopt and to follow tip, no matter how 
 much might be said to induce you to adopt a different course of action, 
 to accomplish the desired results — stick to a natural, and consequently 
 a sensible plan, which will afford all the benefit that can be obtained, 
 no matter what may be said to induce a change in the Treatment. 
 
 INFLAMMATION OF THE STOMACH.— Physicians call this 
 gastritis, from a Greek word signifyingbelly , as the shape of the stomach is 
 asagging, or bellying form, that is it bags down on the lower side, which 
 to us would appear to make it difficult for the food to pass out, when 
 the proper work of the stomach had been performed upon it, as the 
 orifice, or opening for exit, is almost at the top of the sack, as will be 
 seen by referring to the illustration under the head of Anatomy ; 
 but the wisdom of the Creator has a reason for it, which, as in many 
 other parts of the system, are past our comprehension — we can only 
 look on with wonder and admiration. 
 
 Inflammation of the Stomach is not a very common disease, espe- 
 cially in the acute form, but, I have no doubt, in the chronic form is 
 more common than is generally supposed, in what is believed to be 
 dyspepsia, the difficulty, in very many cases, is a c/i,ro?iic Inflammation 
 of the Stomach. 
 
 Causes. — The more common Causes of an acide Inflammation of 
 the Stomach, is from corrosive poisons, accidentally, or intentionally 
 (succidially) taken into that organ. It may, however, and occasionally 
 does arise from the use of improper medicines, and from over-eating, 
 and from the use, oro6u.scofspirituousliquors, check of perspiration, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — An intense burning heat, and pain, which is in- 
 creased upon pressure ; great thirst also, which, if drink is taken only 
 in very small quantities, will increase the pain and distend, or cause 
 considerable swelling of the Stomach, restlessness and probably vom- 
 iting and prostration. The pulse will manifest all of the characteris- 
 tics of Inflammation, 9'tticA;ne.s.s, hardness, and fullness; for the blood 
 recedes from the extremeties and centers upon the Stomach, leaving 
 the skin cold and clammy; and the breathing and swallowing will 
 both be diflicult in bad cases. 
 
 Treatment. — If the Inflammation arises from poisons, they must 
 V)e removed by an emetic, or neutralized by the proper remedies; then, 
 a mustard plaster to the Stomach, back, etc., and to the feet, as soon as 
 they have been taken from the hot-water bath, into which mustard 
 lias teen freely stirred. But in ordinary cases, not arising from poi- 
 "Qns. physic and emetics must not be resorted to ; but injections of 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 525 
 
 soap-suds may be used, with the addition of any oil at hand, to aid the 
 relief of tlie bowels. And after the mustard has di-awn well, over the 
 Stomach, if the heat is excessive, let cloths be wrung out of cold water 
 and applied over the Stomach, and bits of ice beswallowed, and others 
 held in the mouth and the dissolving water from it spitten out — using slip- 
 pery-elm water, cold as may be, in very small quantities at a time, as 
 the only drink. 
 
 The tincts. of veratrum viride and aconite, in water, as used in 
 fevers, a tea-spoonful every half-hour for 3, or 4 times, then every 
 hour, may be given in the cold elm water, or marshmallow water, if 
 the first is not at hand, until the pulse has become moderate, then con- 
 tinued so as to keep it regular. What will cure Inflammation of any 
 other part will cure it here the only difference being that but little 
 can be introduced into the Stomach without aggravating the disease 
 — the work must be done almost absolutely by what is called a, deriva- 
 tive plan, that is, to draw the blood away from the Stomach, and keep it 
 away. 
 
 Some physicians recommend hot cloths, or cloths wrung out of 
 hot water over the Stomach, after the mustard has done its work ; but 
 my experience has been more satisfactory with the cold applications, 
 the relief from the ftitrmnp^ sensation being almost instantaneous, but 
 should it cause more pain, I would use the hot — not otherwise. 
 
 The nourishment mnst be of the mildesi kind, even for some time, 
 to avoid the concentration of blood in the parts to help the digestion 
 — toast-water, arrow-root gruel, rice-water, etc., or a milk-gruel, half 
 milk and half water, with but very little thickening, and if that thick- 
 ening was of oat-meal, it would be all the better, sifting out the coarser 
 parts — using only the fine. After all pain and tenderness are removed, 
 then beef-tea, soft-boiled eggs, the white only, chicken broth, free of 
 the fat, etc., may be taken, a little at a time, feeling ones way, so as to 
 avoid anything that causes pain, or even distress, or uneasiness af- 
 ter taking it. 
 
 INFLAMMATION OP THE liTVER— {Hepatitis).— The Liver 
 is a gland — the largest one in the body. The spelling in the French, 
 Latin and English vary but little, Fr. glande, Lat. glans, or glandula, 
 English gland literally meaning a little acorn ; and as a general thing 
 the glands are small, from the size of a pins head, perhaps, up 
 to that of the Liver, female breast, etc., which are more properly, an ac- 
 cretion, (accumulation) of glands combined together proving a per- 
 fect whole. They are formed of little cells which secrete, or separate 
 a fluid peculiar to the organ. The breast, or the udder of the cow, se- 
 cretes milk, the Liver secretes bile, from the blood which passes through 
 these organs. Most of the glands have ducts, or little tubes that empty 
 their secretions into a common recepticle, as the gall-bladder, the kid- 
 neys into the bladder, or common reservoir for the urine, etc., etc. 
 
 Until within the \?i?,i fifty years, the Liver has been looked upon 
 as the great disturber of the system, causing nearly all of the diseases 
 that the human family were afflicted with, and hence calomel was the 
 great cure all. The Liver must be " touched " and nothing could 
 touch " it except calomel, and there is not a doubt in my mind but 
 what that touchy article, as the boys say, has " touched off" " more 
 \i\e?, ih&mDar, pestilence, and famine, -pniXogeiher. But thanks be to 
 Eclecticism and Homeopath)^ this destruction of life by large doses of 
 injurious articles, and the abusive use of injurious plans, have largely 
 
526 DR. chase's 
 
 been given up. The Homeopaths, by their " little pills " have largely 
 aided in reducing the size of doses given, while the Eclectic, with their 
 constant cry against the use of caZome/ and the lancet, have been the 
 means of causing an " almost," I would that I could say " altogether," 
 and entirely abandoning their use. But "blue-pill" still holds too 
 large a sway over the minds of some, and even calomel by some of the 
 older physicians of the " regular" school is still held onto with a grip 
 that nothing but the death of the doctor can ever loosen — for the world, 
 the sooner they wear out, or quit practice from old-age the better it 
 will be. I am glad to state however, that in the neighborhoods of 
 colleges, where these points are fully discussed, they are fast giving 
 way to the "progress of the day." 
 
 Inflammation of the Liver, in an arute, or violent and severe form, 
 since the general abandonment of the use of calomel and blue-pill, very 
 seldom occurs ; and when it does, the usual remedies for Inflammation 
 will be found sufficient for the case without any especial instructions ; 
 but a chronic, or lingering Inflammation of the Liver will be found 
 more frequent and more difficult of cure, from its usual complication 
 with dyspepsia, gall-stones, etc., the treatment of which will be found 
 under their own heads. See Erysipelas, for a description of true In- 
 flammation. 
 
 Cause. — Probably the most frequent Cause of Chronic Inflamma- 
 tion of the Liver, at the present day, is from over-work of that organ 
 in attempting to i^roduce sufficient gastric juices to enable the over- 
 worked stomach to get rid of what has been for a long time forced 
 upon it, by which dispepsia, or Chronic Inflammation, has been pro- 
 duced. 
 
 Symptoms. — There will generally be some pain, slight, or more 
 severe, according to the degree of Inflammation, with a sense of weight, 
 or fullness in the region of the Liver, and there may be some enlarge- 
 ment of the Liver, so that it may be felt under the short ribs of the 
 right side; and sometimes there will be pain, apparently, under one, 
 or both shoulder blades, yellowness of the skin perhaps, with costive- 
 ness, or looseness alternating ; bad taste in the mouth, in the 
 morning; and the urine will generally deposit considerable sediment 
 on standing awhile ; and the whole nervous system will be more, or 
 less deranged, the patient feeling more inclined to sleep than to activ- 
 ity ; the skin will be shriveled, and the surface more, or less cold, ac- 
 cording to the severity of the difficulty. 
 
 Treatment. — In the first place begin with the last symptom men- 
 tioned, by "going for the skin," by taking a thorough sweat, then 
 every night and every morning, sponge the skin — the whole surface — 
 with the cayenne and whiskey by which means the surface will be re- 
 stored to a more comfortable condition, and be enabled to resume its 
 natural functions, — sweating, either sensible, or insensible perspiration — 
 by which the natural warmth is also restored by the presence of the 
 blood which will iiow be enabled to circulate again in the little capi- 
 lary, or hair-like vessels with which the skin is perfectly filled, and 
 in which, in health, the blood has a free circulation — this, of itself, 
 will do very much to cure the Inflammation. But : 
 
 Second, we will give a full doseof the Liver Pills, and afterwards 
 an occasional dose, in the morning, of the tonic cathartic; and if the 
 pain is considerable, apply a mustard poultice over the Liver, and 
 then follow it with a strengthening plaster to be kept on until relief 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 527 
 
 is obtained, repeating, modifying and changing tlie Treatment as dif- 
 ferent conditions may arise. 
 
 In the meantime, tlie diet must be adapted to the condition, or to 
 the digestive powers of the stomach. I have found that milk and wa- 
 ter, half-and-half, thickened a little with a spoonful of oat-meal, then 
 eaten with oat-meal mush, Graham-mush, Graham-bread, Graham 
 crackers, or light common bread, not less than one day old, etc., alter- 
 nating from one to the other , after 2, or 3 meals of each, making this 
 the pi-incipal food for a month, or more ; then, as the stomach be- 
 comes stronger, and the Liver becomes better, the dinner may be a 
 light one of such articles as the family are using, feeling your way, 
 however, so as not to use any article that rises on the stomach, by 
 which it may always be know that an article of food should be taken 
 in less quantity, until it does not " rise," or otherwise abandon it al- 
 together. 
 
 Take all possible out-of-door exercise, but not to fatigue, nor to 
 allow yourself to become over-heated by sun, or exercise; and with 
 perseverence and attention to differences which arise, most cases will be 
 greatly relieved if not entirely cured ; but if months, or years of grow- 
 ing diflBculty has been experienced, do not get discouraged because a 
 few days does not work a perfect cure. 
 
 2. The following explanation of cures in India will probably give 
 some satisfaction to cases which linger on and finally run into abscess, 
 or idceration ; and the Treatment, will undoubtedly be found as satis- 
 factory here as there. And as the cases given are so numerous, there 
 can be no doubt of the benefit arising from the Treatment followed 
 there, I take the report from the Eclectic Medical Journal, of Cincinnati, 
 O., which gives all of the other appropriate credits, and runs as fol- 
 lows : • 
 
 Chloride of Aramonium a Specific in Hepatitis (Inflamma- 
 tion of the Liver) and Hepatic Abscess (Ulceration of the Liver). 
 " — According to a paper by Dr. William Stewart in the Burma Press and 
 in the Madras Monthly Journal of Medical Science, Chloride of Ammo- 
 nium is a specific (certain cure) in certain Hepatic diseases common 
 in India. He says : 
 
 " Since the first of September, 1869, from which time the systematic 
 TreatmentofHepatitisbyChlorideof Ammonium first commenced (a pe- 
 riod of 9 months), 31 cases of the disease have been Treated, either by my- 
 self or the assistant-surgeons of the battalion; and of these 6 were undoubt- 
 ed cases of Abscess of the Liver, presenting the physical signs, the 
 general symptoms, and the well-marked hectic fever diagnostic of the 
 disease under such circumstances. In 4 of the cases the hetic fever 
 was severe ; in one especially so, and accompanied with excessive 
 wasting of the tissues, and extreme prostration of the vital powers — 
 the patient exhaling the cadaveric" (death-like) "odor at times ob- 
 served in low and exhausting disease with typhoid symptoms. 
 
 " Hepatitis is a disease of this station, and has been the occasion 
 of much mortality here, as elsewhere. From a statement, kindly fur- 
 nished by Dr. Shelton, Principal Medical Officer, British Medical Ser- 
 vice, I find that in the headquarters of the 24th Regiment, Rangoon, 
 and Detachment, Port Blair, out of a total strength of 795 men there 
 were during the year 1868, 32 admissions and 5 deaths from Hepatitis. 
 The post-mortem" (examination after death) "in each instance 
 shows the cause of death to have been Hepatic Abscess. 
 
628 DR. chase's 
 
 "During the same period, (18(i8),in the 21st Fusileers, atSecundera- 
 bad, out of an average strength of 86S ; there were 86 admissions and 
 6 deaths from tlie same cause. ThQ disease was Treated on the usual 
 expectant plan, and with a result not very satisfactory. Compare 
 these figures with those which follow, and see how different is the re- 
 sult obtained under the Treatment by Chloride of Ammonium. 
 
 " Since September Ist, 1869, to May 31st, 1870, (a period of 9 months), 
 there have been 31 admisions from Hepatitis at this station, out of an 
 a,verage strength of 608 ; of these 6 were undoubted cases of Abscess 
 of the Liver, and in several Abscess was strongly suspected. All of 
 the above were successivelj' Treated, without a single death. It is 
 also remarkable that, since the arrival of the battalion at this station 
 iit the end of December, 1868, up to May 31st, 1870, embracing a pe- 
 riod of 17 months, there have been 58 admissions from Hepatitis 
 and but one death, the fatal termination in this instance furnishing 
 negative proof corroborative of the testimony already adduced of the 
 very great success of the Chloride of Ammonium Treatment, for it is to 
 be observed that the patient died at a period antecedent to the in- 
 troduction of that practice, that dysentery of a very severe type su- 
 pervened, uncontrolled by any of the remedies employed, and that the 
 autopsy" (dissecting after death) " revealed the existence of Abscess, 
 which occupied almost the entire Liver, the structure of which was 
 reduced to a mere shell. The large intestine was ulcerated through- 
 out its entire extent, and in places gangrenous. 
 
 '• In not one of the cases Treated by Chloride of Ammonium was 
 there the slightest tendency to dysentery observed. 
 
 " According to the Army Medical Department for 1867, out of a to- 
 tal strength of 56,896 European troops in India, there were, during 
 the year, 3078 admissions from Hepatitis, and 157 deaths. During the 
 same period, 368 were invalided on account of the disease, and 96 were 
 discharged the service at Netley. 
 
 " Careful nursing is necessary, as is absolute rest in the recumbent 
 posture, since relapses may occur from so slight a cause as an attempt 
 on the part of the patient to turn in bed. In a further paper on chronic 
 Hepatic Abscess, he asserts that the remedy is equally efficacious. 'In 
 short,' he says, 'I have found it valuable in Hepatic affections of 
 whatever form, whether depending on organic disease or functional 
 derangement. I have also found chronic dysentery, associated with 
 chronic disease of the Liver, yield to a few 20 gr. doses of the Chloride 
 of Ammonium, after ipecacuanha and other remedies had failed ; and 
 I have before me notes of the case of a young officer, similarly affected, 
 whose dysentery was checked after a few doses of 8 grs. each. In 
 such cases, from 5 to 20 grs.. may be given, dissolved in two ounces of in- 
 fusion of cascarilla, twice or thrice daily, according to circumstances; 
 and, to cover the saltish taste of the medicine, a little ex. glycyrrhizse " 
 (a very large name for liquorice root) " say 5 grs. may be added to 
 each dose. In passive congestion of the Liver from cardiac disease, I 
 have found a few 20 gr. doses of the medicine to effect a remarkable 
 reduction of the enlarged viscus, and afford great relief to all the 
 symptoms ; in fact the specific " (certain) " action on the Liver is man- 
 ifested in almost all the diseases to which that organ is liable." — Med- 
 ical Press and Circular. 
 
 The experiments have been sufficient to well establish the value 
 of this article in all cases of disease of the Liver, no matter whether 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 529 
 
 the disease depends upon organic changes, or upon a change of func- 
 tion, i. e„ upon a change of action in the Liver. The proper period for 
 the exhibition of the remedy is after the abatement of acute symp- 
 toms, and when diaphoresis " (gentle perspiration) " has been freely 
 established, and it should then be administered in doses of 20 grs., 
 night and morning. About 15 minutes after the Chloride has been 
 taken, a sensation of warmth is experienced at the epigastrium " 
 (stomach) "which gradually spreads over the whole surface of the skin. 
 The patient at the same time says that he feels ' light headed.' In 
 cases of Inflammation of the Liver the pain is either removed to a 
 point higher up than the Liver, or is entirely relieved." 
 
 In chronic dysentery the Chloride may be continued for some 
 time after the disappearance of acute symptoms. It is believed that 
 very much benefit may be derived from the use of this article of med- 
 icine. It was first introduced by German and French physicians, to 
 take the place of calomel and other deobstruent medicines {i. e., such 
 medicines as would have a tendency to open the natural passages of 
 the fluids, as aperients, — those of a gently laxative character, which 
 the old school physicians fully believed, formerly, that nothing could do 
 as well as calomel), but the plan of using the Chloride of Ammonium 
 in Inflammation, or abscess of the Liver I think, original with Dr, 
 Stewart, in India, as above mentioned, and I think its reported suc- 
 cess abundantly proves, or establishes its value in all of these cases. 
 INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS, {Enteritis). -InQamtition 
 of the Bowels, or as the physicians call it. Enteritis, is an Inflammation 
 of the inner, or mucous coat of the small intestines, while an Inflamma- 
 tion of the large intestines is known as Dysentery, which see, for that 
 disease. 
 
 Cause. — Obstinate constipation is probably the most common 
 Cause of Inflammation of the Bowels, but cold and exposure, driving 
 in of measles, or other eruptive diseases, irritating, or indigestible 
 food, are also among the Causes of Inflammation of the Bowels. It 
 may arise also from a strangulated hernia, and soon prove fatal, un- 
 less the hernia is relieved. 
 
 Symptoms. — There is genearlly a slight chill at the commence- 
 ment, with uneasiness about the navel, or unbilical region, which will 
 increase to severe griping and burning as the disease advances ; and 
 if the stomach is involved there will be vomiting of bilious, or dark 
 colored matter, high colored urine, quick pulse, more or less fever, 
 and considerable prostration, or loss of strength, belching up wind, etc., 
 are among the prominent Symptoms ; pain on pressure in this disease, 
 while in colic, pressure relieves the pain, and although there is some- 
 times a diarrhea, much more commonly there is obstinate costiccness, 
 and even no downward passage of wind which causes great distention 
 of the intestines and consequently the whole abdomen is tympanitic, 
 or like a drum head. If this can be overcome, and maintained, there 
 will be but little danger in this dangerous disease. — How shall it be 
 done? 
 
 Treatment. — I answer the above question by saying in a natural 
 way ! 
 
 There being a concentration of blood upon the small intestines, it 
 
 has, of course, receded from the surface, and largely from the other 
 
 organs of the body ; and now if it be possible, from the conveniences 
 
 of the house, I would call for a full hot-bath, by which I mean for the 
 
 34— DR. chase's SECorf d receipt book 
 
530 DB. chase's 
 
 patient to he fully emersed or covered with water to the neck, as hot as 
 it can be borne, and to remain in it until at least a considerable relax- 
 ation of the system is felt — half an hour, or f , if need be, putting in hot 
 water from time to time, to keep up the temperature, then placing in 
 bed and keeping up a perspiration by applying heat to the feet and 
 legs,, by means of hot irons, bricks, stones, bottles of hot water, or ears 
 of corn boiled, etc., any of which must be wrapped to prevent burning 
 the patient. But if there is no means at hand for the full hot water- 
 bath, then take the next-best thing, the Sweating in the regular way, 
 which see, with feet and hands in hot water, followed with the other 
 above Treatment to keep up the tendency of blood to the surface ; 
 then, as oils will be retained when other cathartics would be rejected, 
 give a full dose of cold-pressed castor-oil, with half as much of the 
 best olive-oil and half a tea-spoonful of spirits of turpentine — repeat- 
 ing this dose every 2, or 3 hours until an operation is obtained; and if 
 2, or 3 doses does not move the Bowels, still repeat it, and at the same 
 time put half as much of the same into an injection of warm milk, ^ 
 pt. molasses a table-spoonful and salt a table-spoonful, and tinct, of lo- 
 belia, 1 tea-spoonful, repeating this injection, and retaining it for a 
 considerable time by folding a piece of cloth and pressing it upon the 
 anus, for that purpose, for 10 to 20 minutes at least, each time. 
 
 Fomentations of hops, hoarhound, wormwood, tansy, singly, or 
 all combined, boiled in vinegar, and wrung out pretty dry may be ap- 
 plied as soon as the patient returns to the bed, changed sufficiently 
 often to keep them hot ; and if in 10, or 15 hours I did not get a move- 
 ment of the Bowels and a pretty free relaxation of the system, the 
 wind passing off freely, so as to relieve the the distention of the abdo- 
 men, increase the tincture of lobelia in the injection and if need be, 
 use a fomentation of a leaf, or two of tobacco, as in Locked-Jaw, which 
 see, to accomplish this relaxation, for everything depends upon this — if 
 no passage of feces and wind, is obtained, downward, there may, and 
 often is vomitings of the feces upward, and the death of the patient is 
 almost certain. In case of too great prostration by the use of lobelia, 
 or tobacco, let spirituous stimulants be given, only in sufficientquan- 
 tities to revive them, lest the disease be aggrivated by their use in too 
 large quantities. 
 
 After the Bowels have been moved by the oils, they need only be 
 given once, or twice in the 24 hours to keep them in a laxative state, 
 say, only about half doses at a time of each of the oils, as mentioned 
 at first. 
 
 If therejis much fever, or a veryhigh pulse, give the veratrum and 
 aconite tinctures, as mentioned under the head of Fevers, once an hour, 
 until these are lessened and perspiration established, then once in 2, 
 or 3 hours to keep up their influence, by aiding in the equalization of 
 the blood, or, as it is called, " the circulation." 
 
 The Diet must be of the mildest kind, as the mildest gruels, sago, 
 arrow-root, corn-starch, barley-water, gum-arabic water, etc., at first, 
 and as improvement takes place, mutton broth, chicken broth, and 
 finally beef-tea, and the most tender mutton, or beefsteak, etc. 
 
 Tonic infusions, or teas, as the common wild-cherry and poplar 
 barks combined, drank for the common drink in convalessence, will be 
 found to aid in restoringthe tone of the Bowels, and the general health 
 If bitters are used it must only be of those containing but very little 
 spirits — better make the teas daily, to prevent souring, and to avoid 
 
SBCONS RECEIPT BOOK. 531 
 
 the neceesity of spirits as a preservative, which has a tendency as be- 
 fore remarked, to aggravate the difficulty. 
 
 In cases which, for a long time, there is no^ downward passage 
 opened, there is a tendency to mortification, when a poultice of the 
 wild indigo* (baptisia tinctoria), the root, leaves, or bark, or all com- 
 bined, the bark perliaps is the best, will be found one of the greatest pre- 
 ventives of mortification known. In the absence of this a poultice of 
 flaxseed, or flaxseed meal, thickened with finely pulverized charcoal 
 will be valuable for the same purpose. 
 
 " A decoction of the bark of the root is an excellent appli- 
 cation as a wash, or gargle to all species of ulcers, as a malig- 
 nant ulcerous sore mouth and throat, mercurial sore mouth " (may the 
 Lord grant that there be but few more of these), "scrofulous, or 
 syphilitic opthalmia" (sore eyes) "erysipelatous ulcers, gangre- 
 nous ulcers, sore nipples, etc. ; or it may be made into an ointment 
 for external application. As a poultice, or fomentation it is highly 
 useful in all ulcers, tumors, or Inflammations tending to gangrene" 
 (mortification). " In fetid " (having a bad smell) " leucorrhea, fetid 
 discharges from the ears, etc., the decoction will be found efficient" 
 (curative) " if injected into the parts with a suitable syringe. The 
 leaves applied in fomentations have discussed" (driven away) "tu- 
 mors and swellings of the female breast, resembling scirrhus " (cancer), 
 
 " Internally, it may be used in the form of a decoction " (tea.) 
 " or sirup,, in scarlet and typhus" (typhoid) " fevers, and all cases 
 where there is a tendency to putrescency " (mortification). " It acts 
 powerfully on the glandular and nervous systems, increasing all the 
 glandular secretions, and arousing the liver especially to a sound " 
 (healty) " action ; and is very efficient in the atonic" (weak, or ab- 
 sence of tone, or strength) " varieties of acute rheumatism and pneu- 
 monia, also in dysentery." — King. 
 
 Inflaramation of the minor organs occur so seldom, and their 
 Treatment would be so nearly uniform with that of Erysipelas, and 
 others already described it is not deemed important to follow them 
 further. If core and attention has been paid to the foregoing instruc- 
 tions as to the Treatment of Inflammations, and they are taken in hand 
 at once, on their approach, but little difficulty will be experienced in 
 this class of diseases — if the circulation is equal, there can be no coh- 
 siderable Inflammation for any length of time in any particular organ. 
 
 INFUSIONS. — Physicians generally have a great liking to call 
 things by 1;he names that are the least understood by the people ; 
 hence, infusion takes the place of tea, which everybody would readily 
 understand. 
 
 Then an Infusion means simply to make a Tea, of the herb, or 
 article directed, of a suitable strength, so that too large an amount pf 
 fluid shall not be needed to obtain the correct, or proper dose in 
 strength. It is well to cover the dish while making any of the Teas, or 
 Infusions, to prevent the evaporation of the volatile, or flavoring 
 
 ♦The Wild Indigo Is also called horse-fly weed, rattlebush, yellow broom (from Its 
 having a yellow flower), yellow Indigo, etc., etc. It is a small shrub with a branching top 
 much like a broomj flowering in July and August. It is more commonly founa on dry 
 grounds, but sometimes grows on damp, or wet land, over most of the U. S. ; and the 
 New England people eat the young sprouts, or shoots, as they do tliose of poke, for 
 ^eens, or in place of asparagus, but it should not be used after they become of a green- 
 ish color, as tney are then more drastic, or purgative. Although it is astringent, purga- 
 tive, sUmtdant, and emetic, as well as anti^ieptic (opposed to putreseucy, or mortification), 
 it is principally used for the latter purpose. 
 
632 
 
 DR. CHASE'S 
 
 parts of the herbs, or plants, and to make only so much at a time ate 
 shall be drank before it sours, or spoils. 
 
 For sweating purposes the pennyroyal, catnip and hemlock, 
 boughs, or twigs, and leaves, and the white-root, or pleurisy-root, 
 (asclepias tuberosa) would be found among the best, but others may be 
 used for the same purpose. And any article may be used for any pur- 
 pose for which it is known to be good. 
 
 2. To Allay Coughs. — Flaxseed-tea, slippery-elm, gum Ara- 
 bic-water, white of egg with sugar, not cooked, will be found valuable 
 to coat over and protect the irritated surfaces, and to modify the te- 
 nacity, or stickiness of the phlegm, etc. 
 
 3. As a Tonic, any of the bitter herbs may be used singly, or 
 in combination, such as snake-root, wormwood, tansy, boneset, hoar- 
 hound, gold-thread, hops, etc., etc. 
 
 INHALATIONANDINHALBR.— Inhaling, (or breathinginto 
 the throat, lungs,etc.), p gg mon tea-pot has often 
 
 such articles of medi- '" ' been used for this 
 
 cines as would im- W purpose ; but, with 
 
 prove the condition || that, the steam only 
 
 of the blood, or bene- ®^^i I ^^" ^^ breathed; 
 
 fit the disease, if ap- 3isli^ hence, much time has 
 
 plied upon the sur- C^™i||]|L.,.,^ been spent by vari- 
 
 face, has been recent- Clii~^-^3 °^^ persons to invent 
 
 ly revived, after hav- Pif^^ "inhalers," or "ato- 
 
 ing for a long time l|| \ |||||| mizers" as they are 
 
 fell into disuse ; and .iiJH WlM called, and I have 
 
 from the experiments I I I \\m\ used several of them, 
 
 of reliable practition- JK^ 'ill -JIt'^^ ^^* "*^* ^^^^^ '^^"-^ ^'^^^' 
 
 ers, has become very ^ t I ^^^v siderable satisfaction; 
 popular, and can be i \^^KS. after which, I took up 
 
 relied upon as a de- L I ^*^^B\ """ith a plan adopted 
 
 cided help in the li jjj|i|||^^^^^^^ ^^^fil ^^ ^ friend of mine, 
 
 treatment of all dis- I li ^^ using a common 
 
 eases affecting ^he I i i "q^^i^ine bottle," with 
 
 breathing, or respira-^^^^l^^^^^l ■ I ''' ^^^^^ fitting cork in 
 
 tory organs. Such ar- ■ I it, through which are 
 
 articles only are used |||| || I introduced two small 
 
 as are evaporative, of i |||i||^^ sized glass tubes, such 
 
 themselves, or as can ii^^^ §P|S | I ll WalHiiii l as are used to suck 
 be brought into this Bfl^^^^^W^'liiarP^lilPl lemonade through, as 
 state, in form of tine- ||||p!ili(iji^ shown in Fig. 38. 
 
 ture, then using heat, i||i|ilililB!liiiliffl||ili^^ ■ One t.u be is 
 
 or the force of the i™!'''' ' 1^^^^^^ straight and should 
 
 air to aid in throw- II,^^^^,^ 1^^ M^^^ *° within an 
 
 ing the tincture "ito^ M '''''illllllll I inch, or so of the bot- 
 
 fine spray, or atoms, |i^ of the bottle, 
 
 to admit of their l^e-'lll^^^l^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ i the other is bent 
 
 ing drawn into the ^'lillli^^^^^^^^^^^l^^^^^^^^^^i^ B holding it in _a 
 
 throat and lungs. ^*««iui|||||||^^ spirit lamp, until it is 
 
 With families, a com- inhaler. . hot enough to bend 
 
 then bending it as shown in Fig. 38, which any jeweler can do for 
 you, to make it convenient to draw the vapor through. It only passes 
 a little way through the cork. 
 
 The (lu"id to be used is ])iit into the bottle, and the straight tube 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 533 
 
 reaches well down into it. The fluid may be kept hot by liolding the 
 bottle occasionally over a lamp (the spirit lamp for sweating purposes 
 will be as good as any, and with it, any man can bend the glass tube 
 as well as the jeweler). When all is ready, apply the mouth to the 
 bent tube and draw in the breatli, which takes off a portion of the 
 air above the liquid, when other air rushes in with such considerable 
 force, that as it bubbles out at the bottom it sends up a fine spray, 
 or atoms of the fluid, so that the next and all further breathings are 
 loaded with the medicated vapors and medicines in the bottle. The 
 breath must all be drawn in thi-ough the tube, and discharged by the 
 nostrils, which at first, with some, will have to be held with the thumb 
 and finger when drawing in the breath, but after a little, it can be 
 done without such precaution. 
 
 This instrument, of course, is simple and will cost only 15, to 25 
 cents perhaps, while I would rather have it than those costing several 
 dollars. Others, like myself, can have their choice. But as this is so 
 easily kept clean, and does such good work, I think it will meet with 
 favor among the people. 
 
 Alterative Inhalent. — For an Alterative Inhalant, see Asthma. 
 Used in asthma, consumption, bronchitis, inflammation of the throat, 
 etc., or any one or two of tlie articles, in tincture, can be used alone, 
 when the whole are not at' hand. 
 
 Expectorant Inhalant. — Pleurisy-root, queens-root, squills, and 
 black cohosh, of each, 1 oz. ; lobelia, ipecac, and American hellebore, 
 of each, ^ oz. ; dilute alcohol, 1 pt. Bruise*all the articles and add the 
 alcohol, in a bottle and shake daily, for a week, and strain carefully, 
 or filter. A tea-spoonful of the tincture to 1 gill of hot water, and In- 
 hale 3, or 4 times daily, or oftener, provided that they give relief from 
 the cough, or enable the patient to raise the phlegm easier; but if no 
 relief is obtained, after a few trials, it may be taken for granted that 
 it is not doing good and may be given up, or changed according to the 
 indications. And although, in some cases the cough may be some- 
 what relieved; if the breathing becomes more difficult, a change for 
 something mure i-elaxing, or antispasmodic must be made. But in 
 most cases where the cough is dry und the expectoration difficult it 
 will relieve them, and lessen the soreness of the lungs, and the hnart-e- 
 ness, or roughness of the throat. Used in consumption, or coughs, or 
 sore throat, etc., from any cause. 
 
 Spirits of camphor and tinct. of balsam of Tolu, equal parts, 
 mixed, 1 tea-spoonful, as above, may be used the same w^ay and for the 
 same purposes ; or, any of the expectorant herbs alone, made into tea 
 may be used, as horehound, tansj', elecampane, comfrey, spikenard, 
 etc., .T an oz. steaped in a gill of water ilnd strained. 
 
 I can now add, that since wi'iting the above remarks about the 
 spirits of canipJior, I have had occasion to use it, and found very great 
 relief from its use. x\ndasit was at a i)lace where no Inhaler was 
 to be had, a sjionge was used. The case was a bad case of diptheria, 
 or as many have been calling these throat difficulties, this Winter, 
 (1872-3) the " epizoot," or horse epidemic, they have certainly very 
 mucli resembled that disease of the horse. A cup shaped sponge 
 would be the handiest ; then wet it well with strong camphor si)irits, 
 and wet the throat with it, and face too for that matter, then hold 
 the sponge over the mouth and nose, so that the breathing takes the 
 vapor right to the effected parts. It will choke, or strangle a little, at 
 
534 DR. chase's 
 
 first, but that soon passes off, when it can be breathed freely — repeat- 
 ing every hour if necessary to keep down the soreness, keeping the 
 patients bowels lax with mild medicines, and not allowing him to go 
 out of a warm room, easily controlled the case. 
 
 Ohlorofonn, 15 drops, in the bottle, then put in the water and 
 cork quickly, or sulphuric ether, same amount, and same way, of laud- 
 anum, same amount, and way, in case of pain in the throat, or lungs, 
 or restlessness, they will be greatly relieved and soothed and the pain 
 and irritability abated, or cured. 
 
 Soothing and Febrifug-e Inhalent. — Tinctures of belladonna 
 and stramonium leaves, and aconite root, of each, 1 oz.; chloroform, 
 and sulphuric ether, and laudanum, of each, 1 dr. and add to these, 4 
 ozs. of the eocpectorant Inhalant, above. These may be used the 
 same quantity as that, in all cases when fever, to any extent is 
 present, or considerable soreness of the lungs, or throat; and in all 
 chest difficulties, as asthma, consumptions, bronchitis, sore throat, etc. 
 
 1. Astringent Inhalent. — Geranium, {geranium maculatum) and 
 ■wild indigo bark, {baptisia tinctoria), golden-seal root, and red Peru- 
 vian bark, of each, 1 oz.; catechu, J oz.; dilute alcohol, 1 pt. Let stand 
 a week, or 10 days, shaking daily, and strain or filter, and add laud- 
 anum,! oz. Use this in chronic bronchitis,or latter stages of consump- 
 tion, when the expectoration is very free, same dose as the first. It 
 will tend to strengthen and heal, and thereby relieve the lax, or loose 
 condition of the parts. 
 
 2. Another. — Tannin, pulverized alum, ess. of cinnamon, of each, 
 1 dr.; rose-water, 4 ozs. A table-spoonful in hot water, 1 gill, same as 
 the first. Valuable in catarrh, as in all other cases of profuse expec 
 toration. 
 
 It is not necessary to multiply the prescriptions ; but simply let 
 it be understood that whatever medicine would be applicable for ,in- 
 ternal use, or for external application, made into a tincture, or tea, and 
 properly diluted, or used as above instructed, a tea-spoonful or two to a 
 gill of water, will be found, generally, valuable as an Inhalent. 
 
 It will not be amiss, however, to say that, in case of soreness of 
 the throat, or lungs, or nostrils in catarrh, or recent colds, etc., the 
 liniment, or pain-killer, or any other good stimulating liniment used in 
 tea-spoonful doses, the same as above, will be found very satisfactory 
 as an Inhalent ; or the tincture, or strong tea of any single expectorant, 
 astringent, or soothing and anodyne article may be used also, gen- 
 erally with success. In all cases, let the fluid be kept at such a heat, 
 unless it is desired to use something cold, as will make the vapor just 
 sufficiently warm to be comfortable for breathing. 
 
 In catarrh, to get the best effects upon the nostrils, it will be nec- 
 essary to introduce the Inhaling tube to one nostril, closing the other 
 with the hand, and closing the first upon the tube so as to draw the 
 medicines through the nostril, changing from one to the other, every 
 minute, or two, passing the breath out by the mouth. 
 
 For report of cases, see Asthma. 
 
 INJECTIONS. — Injections, or clysters, as they are technically 
 called, need no particular description, as to their manner of adminis- 
 tration, although it is but proper to say that almost any indication re- 
 quired can be affected by them, through the rectum, when the stom- 
 ach is inflamed, or from any other reason, is in such a condition that 
 medicines cannot be retained ui)on it, when given by the mouth. If 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 535 
 
 a large syringe is not at hand, a make-shift must be got up for the 
 purpose, yet, I suppose that but few families are without one. In- 
 jections are generally given warm, but sometimes, in constipation, 
 simple cold water, persisted in daily for some considerable time, 
 brings about a change. 
 
 But usually, in disease, some emollient and soothing medicine is 
 made use of as the vehicle, or means of introducing medicinal articles, 
 such as fiaxseed-tea, slippery-elm mucilage, sweet milk, soft water, 
 soap-suds, molasses, senna tea, thoroughwort tea, lobelia tea, tobacco 
 tea, or a tea of any other article the properties of which it is desired 
 to introduce. They may be used singly, or in combination, to suit the 
 disease, or conveniences at hand. A little sweet-oil, castor-oil, or lard, 
 molasses, salt, saleratus, etc., may also be introduced with the other 
 articles to meet any emergency. From I pt. to H pts. of fluid may be 
 introduced at a time. In making flaxseed-tea, about 1 gill of the seed 
 may be put into 2 qts. of water and boiled, and strained ; but lobelia, 
 Cayenne, etc., must not have more than 10 grs. to 1 dr. used for any 
 one Injection. A very little of Cayenne, 5 to 8 grs. perhaps, might be 
 introduced without steeping ; but, it is better to make a tea, and strain 
 out the drugs of all irritating articles. There are some articles, as lo- 
 belia, tobacco, etc., that will have their legitimate, or specific action 
 upon the system, no matter how they are introduced. Advantage 
 can, and often is taken of this fact, to obtain an emetic action from 
 lobelia, by Injection, and of the relaxing effect of tobacco by laying it 
 nponthestomach,as in,LocKED-jAW, which see. Cathartics, astringents, 
 etc., also have an effect when introduced by Injection, but not to so 
 full an extent, and, hence, must be used in considerable larger quanti- 
 ties, than by mouth, when the Injection is the main dependence. 
 
 1. Soothing Injection. — For all general purposes, sweet milk, 
 1^ pts.; molasses, and lard, 1 to 2 table-spoonsful, salt, and saleratus, J 
 tea-spoonful, all dissolved and made thoroughly warm, and introduced 
 in proper amounts, and retained as long as may be. In diarrhea this 
 may have i tea-spoonful of laudanum added to each Injection, and 
 used 3, or 4 times daily. If no milk is at hand, slippery-elm, mucilage, 
 or any of the other articles named, according to the necessities of the 
 case, may be taken in place of the milk. 
 
 2. Cathartic Injection. — Same as above, substituting castor-oil. 
 1 to 2 ozs. for the lard, and if there is not much pain, leave out the 
 laudanum, and add 2 table-spoonsful of the Tonic Cathartic, which 
 see, especially in colic, or cholera-morbus, but in these painful cases 
 the laudanum must not be left out but rather increased. Or: 
 
 3. Senna, \ oz., steeped in water, 1^ pts. and strained, then add 
 epsom salts, ^ to 1 oz.; ess. of peppermint, or cinnamon, 10 to 15 drops. 
 
 4. Astringent and Anodyne Injection. — Flaxseed-tea, i to 1 
 pt.; laudanum, ^ to 1 tea-spoonful. Or : 
 
 5. "White Oak, inner bark, or bruised galls, ^ to 1 oz., steeped 
 in water, 1 pt., with 3, or 4 poppy heads ; or laudanum. 
 
 6. Emetic Injection. — In cases where the stomach will not 
 allow the use of an Emetic by the mouth, powdered ipecacuanha, 2 drs. 
 in warm water, 1 pt. for an adult, may be given as an Injection. It 
 will work thoroughly, and kindly, as an Emetic. 
 
 A large Brittannia Syringe is the proper thing to use for these 
 purposes, the old plan of using a bladder will answer, but is very infe- 
 rior as compared with the Syringe. 
 
586 DR. chase's 
 
 Whenever the stomach is in so irritable a condition that articles 
 of such a kind as are needed can not be given b)' the mouth, the Syringe, 
 and outer treatment that will correct the secretions must be the main 
 dependence. 
 
 ITCH, {Scabies — Psora). — The Itch is a contagious eruption, so well 
 known that it needs no particular description ; but there is no one 
 who does not consider it a disgraceful companion ; and I have no doubt 
 but what this idea of shame for any one to have it has arisen from the 
 fact that it is fully believed that those of very cleanly habits never 
 have it ; the shame arises, therefore, from the idea that neglect to keep 
 ones self perfectly clean has led to this disease which is confined to 
 the skin. 
 
 Cause. — It is generally admitted that a very minute spider-like 
 insect, bearing the large name, acarus scabies, makes a lodgment in the 
 dirt and sweat between the fingers, and around the bends of joints, of 
 neglected children, from which it burrows, or cuts its way through the 
 cuticle, or outer scarf-skin, causing a fester, or little pustule, in which 
 it moves about, producing the symptom from which the disease takes 
 its name — itching— the Itch. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first indication of the disease will be small 
 pointed white blisters, or vessicles between the finger^ and perhaps 
 around the wrists, bends of the elbows, etc, filled with avratery fluid ; 
 and as these are broken by the clothihg, or by scratching, a scab will 
 be formed, from which the latter part of the " large name" has arisen 
 — scabies, or scabby disease. The intensity, or severity of its Itching, 
 especially nights, from the warmth of the bed, will enable any one to 
 decide as to whether it is the Itch, or some other eruption. And it is 
 said never to occur on the face. It is said also that James I. King of 
 England, clairned that the disease was only fit for kings, as the luxury 
 of scratching was too great to be allowed to the common people — our 
 answer to that would be, he must have been a dirii; fellow, or he would 
 not have known it; otherwise there is no more shame in having this 
 disease than in having any other. 
 
 Treatment. — Although it is claimed by some that this disease is 
 confined to the skin, and therefore does not need any constitutional 
 Treatment, still, I deem it best to give a few doses of sulphur and 
 cream of tartar, the mixture being made by using twice as much sul- 
 phur as of the other, and mixed with molasses, or sirup, to be taken 
 each morning, on first getting up — sometime before breakfast. 
 
 2. To avoid the smell of sulphur in the ointment, take sulijhur 
 vivum, in fine powder, which is a grayish article having none of the 
 smell nor looks of sulphur (it is kept by druggists, and is sometimes 
 called horse-brimstone I, and Venice turpentine, of each, 2 drs. ; lard 2 
 ozs. Mix by melting the lard and turpentine together, and stirring 
 in the finely powdered sulphur, as above, and stir until it is cold. Ap- 
 ply night and morning, after having first washed the parts as well as 
 can be done, with warm suds, or soap and water, and drying by press- 
 ing a dry towel, or cloth upon the parts, to absorb the water ; and in 
 very bad cases, apply at noon also, in the same way. A few days will 
 generally cure the worst cases, wi^^hout the annoying smell that arises 
 when a child comes near the fire, if common sulphur is used, which 
 may be done, however, if the sulphur vivum (native, or live sulphur) 
 cannot be obtained. 
 
 3. If the common sulphur is to be used, take of it. 1 oz. ; carbo- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 537 
 
 nate of potash (salts of tartar), 1 dr. ; lard, 2 ozs. Mix and use as the 
 other. If desired, a few drops of any of the essential, or flavoring oils, 
 berganaot, sassafras, lemon, etc., may be used to help cover the disa- 
 greeable smell of the sulphur. 
 
 I. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. I. 
 ICE-HOUSES— ^VithoHt. and Witli st, Presorviiis C'Jiamber. for 9Iilk 
 Fruit, and Otlier Ves'stal)!**.— There is about as great a variety of opinions in 
 regard to how an Ice-House should be built, to preserve Ice wcl-l. as there is upon any 
 other subject; and as I have had codsiderable personal experience, as well as the obser- 
 vation of how others have done these things for about 50 yeai-s, I think I shall be able 
 to give such instructions, by the help of othei's, that entire satisfaction will be experi- 
 enced by those who adopt the plans here given ; and as 1 have no particular desire to 
 appear wise, above my fellows, by claiming that which does not belong to me, I begin 
 by giving the experience of a gentleman of I'a., as reported to the Scientific American, 
 after he had tested it iwo years, the whole of which I fully endorse, and believe to be 
 practicable. The letter v/ill explain itself, and is as follows : 
 
 Messrs. Editors. — " The best time for building Ice-Tiouses is now close at hand " 
 (Oct.) ; " and as it is not genera,lly known that with a little additional expense, an Ice- 
 house can be built so as to answer the double purpose, of keepin{/ ice, and preseiinng milk, 
 butter, etc., I will therefore, give a description of one, for the benefit of your numerous 
 readers, which I built two years ago, with a Preserving Chamber, for this purpose. 
 
 :' Ice can be kept, in large quantities," (not very well in small quantities) " during 
 the whole Summer season in houses built entirely above ground ; but where it is desired 
 to have a Preserving Chamber, and to ensure a sufEiciently low degree of temperature to 
 attain good results, it is indispensabt y necessanj that the earth should be banked up to the 
 hight of several feet against the outside of the btiilding. 
 
 '• In constructing my Ice-house, I took the advantage of a convenient and descend- 
 ing spot, and sunk a pit 15x18 /ee<, and from 4 to 5 deep ; walled it up to the hight of 9 
 feet, banked the earth up to the top of the wall " i which would be 4 to 5 feet above the 
 top of the ground) " all around, except a space for a door-way. Upon the wall, I put a 
 frame 6 feet high, which gives a hight, inside, from the bottom, to the comb of the roof, 
 of over 20 feet. I put in heavy sills at the bottom, except a space 4 feet square, for the 
 Preserving Chamber. Upon the side. I put a floor of 2-inch nak plank and on top of 
 the plank, a floor of 1-inch pine, .jointed'' land I will say matched) "closely. The 
 floor has a descent of 2 inches towards the Preserving Chamber, and it condu'cts the 
 waste water from the Ice to this Chamber. I put in an inside frame, and lined it in- 
 side; this left a space of (i inches between the lining and the wall, to fill in with saw- 
 dust,and the partition between the Ice and Preserving Chamber is also double, and filled 
 in with sawdust. 
 
 " To complete the Preservin.^ Chamber, I first put in clean sand to the depth of 4 
 inches; then paved it with "medium burned bricks, they being preferable to hard, on 
 account of their capacity to absorb, and retain, a greater amount of water. Pains was 
 taken to have the floor exactly level in the one direction, and also very tight, so that all 
 of the vmste water, from the melting of the Ice, shall be conducted to" and distributed 
 regularly upon the bricks. This keeps them so constantly cool as to preserve Milk, dur- 
 ing the hottest seai-on. for from 33 to 36 hours, ))erfectly sweet, and Butter very hard. 
 One valuable feature belonging to this mode of preserving Milk and Butter is, that during 
 the warmest weather of the Summer, when cold sweet Milk : and Butter of a degree of 
 solidity equal to tlaat of the Winter is appreciated as one of our greatest luxuries, we can 
 have it so from the simple fact, that, at that particular time, the supply of the cold ice- 
 water is the greatest. 
 
 " Butter made and kept in this way, does not become so soon soft, after being 
 brought to the table, as that which has been kept in a spring-house, by setting in the 
 water; nor do thunderstorms appear to hasten the developement of lactic acid. We 
 have noticed no pereeptable difference in the length of time which the Milk has remain- 
 ed sweet in regard to clear or stormy weather. I have observed at diftercnt times, by- 
 placing the thermometer within 1 foot of the brick, in the Preserving Chamber, that the 
 temperature was about 54° while it was 95"^ in the shade, outside. The sand underneath 
 the bricks subserves an important purpose, by retaining the water, and supplving it to 
 the bricks, by capillary attraction, at such times as there is not a great supply coming 
 from the Ice. 
 
 " The space above the Preserving Chamber should be open and unobstructed to 
 the roof, and, over the Ice, there should be good ventilation to the roof to carry off all 
 vapor which may arise from the milk. 
 
 " An Ice-house constructed in this manner, is one of the best of investments for a 
 farmer ; for, besides securing the luxury of preserving Milk and Butter, cool, vegetables 
 of diflferent kinds may be preserved fresh until a succeeding crop grows. I kept last 
 year's beets good during this Summer ; also cabbages. The latter were laid upon the 
 Ice, which gave them a crispy sweetness perfectly delicious in the very warm -weather 
 
538 DR. chase's 
 
 of last June. Vegetables may also be preserved, in this manner, by farmers, so as to bring 
 (hemfresh to the market in early Summer." 
 
 Christina. Pa. Sam. L. Denny. 
 
 I have given this lengthy description, because I look upon the "Preserving Cham- 
 ber" as of very great importance, believing that it will pay, many times the additional 
 cost of making ; and now 1 wUl add a few^ facts which experience has shown to be, if 
 not an absolute necessity, of very great assistance, in Preserving Ice through the Sum- 
 mer: — 
 
 1. If you have a hill, sloping to the North, dig your Ice-house there, and bank up 
 as much, on the lower side, as the dirt thrown out will do, and more if you think best 
 — if no hill — put your Ice-house on the North side of the largest building you have, so 
 as to throw it, as much as posssble, in the sliade, and never less than 12 to 15 feet square. 
 
 2. In all cases make the floor, sides, door, and roof with double walls, and fill 
 them in with chaff, straw, or sawdu.st, packed as tight as possible ; and the higher it is 
 banked up, on the outside, the better. 
 
 3. In filling, put in as large, and thick Ice as can be handled, leaWng a space next 
 the wall, all around, of at least 6 inches, to be closely packed with straw, or sawdust, 
 wetting whichever you use, as you put it in, whicli adds much to the safety of the Ice. 
 Place the blocks as close as possible ; and fill all crevices with smaller pieces, then fine 
 Ice to make all perfectly solid ; and, notwithstanding that many say freeze it together by 
 throwing on water, I say, unless the weather is very cold, do not put on any water at all, 
 as the water will thaw out much of the flue Ice, thereby making cracks, which you 
 are trying to avoid. 
 
 4. I would only add, that if the Ice-house is built of sufficient hight to allow the 
 Ice to be put in 10, or more feet deep, I should make a water-tight floor over the Pre- 
 serving Chamber at 5V<, or 6 feet, double, if necessary, filling the space with sawdust, so 
 as to make the Ice cov8r the whole size of the building above that, as it would be 
 cooler from the larger amount of Ice used, and put a double tube, made of boards, say 
 with a 4-inch hole in the center, to run up through the Ice as a ventilator, to carry off 
 the warmer air from the upper part of the Preserving Chamber. 
 
 5. Where it is only desired to put up Ice without a Preserving Chamber, it is not 
 necessary to be so particular about the floor, and perhaps not absolutely necessary to 
 have any floor at all, yet if a brick floor was laid, it would be cooler, than a floor of 
 sawdust, and aid in keeping the Ice from melting at the bottom. And of course, in aU 
 cases. Ice must be covered with straw, or sawdust to the depth of 2, or 3 feet to prevent 
 it from melting on the top. 
 
 1€E-€KEAM.— Morning's milk 3 qts. ; nice sweet Cream, 1 qt. ; nice, fresh-laid 
 eggs, 1 doz.; No. 1 coffee sugar, 1 lb. ; fl. ex. of lemon vanilla, or peach, to suit your taste. 
 
 Bring the milk and cream to a scalding heat and remove from the fire; and having 
 beaten the eggs to a perfect froth, stir them in quickly, adding the sugar and flavoring it, 
 it is ready to freeze. And it will be all the better if this is not done only a sufficient time 
 before it "is needed to allow y^, or J-i of an hour for freezing it ; then pour into the freezer 
 and keep it in continual motion till wanted ; as slow freezing separates the waterj- parts 
 of the milk into icy particles ; while the quickly frozen Cream has a smooth Creaminess, 
 not otlierwise obtained. It can be frozen in a deep, covered tin pail holding about 6 qts., 
 by setting it in a water-bucket, and packing broken ice around it, mixing In about a 
 pint of salt, being careful however, not to get any of this Into the Cream in lifting the 
 cover to scrape off the frozen Cream to allow other portions to come in contact with 
 the freezing surface ; but if Ice-Cream is to be made pretty often, it would be better to 
 get a small " freezer " at once. 
 
 It can be increased in quantity, a little, by stirring into the scalding milk 3 table- 
 Epoonsful of com starch ; but it gives it a floury taste easily detected by those who are ac- 
 customed to a good anicle. If it is frozen before you are ready to serve it, let it stand in 
 a cool place, covering the whole with a wet blanket, More sugar may be be used, but it 
 is a fact, however, that, the sweeter the Cream, the dryer will one be after eating it ; and an- 
 other fact is of very great Importance to remember, that is, that Ice-Cream reduces the 
 temperature of the stomacli below that at which food will digest, and tlie more "ice 
 cold^' drinks, even water, taken after the C'ream, makes it so much the worse for health, 
 until the stomach has become " soured," then farewell to comfort, as well as to health, 
 
 INCENSE FOR THE SICK-ROOM.— Cloves and allspice, of each, K' oz. ; gum 
 benzoin, % oz,; cascarilla bark (it comes from the West Indies in quills much like cinnamon 
 bark, of a very grateful flavor), and cinnamon bark, of each, 1 dr.; orris root, sandal 
 wood and nutmeg, of eacli, 3-. dr. 
 
 Pulverize, or grind all these articles very fine, and thoroughly combine, or mix 
 them and keep well corked to prevent evaporation of the flavor; and if any one or two 
 of the articles cannot be got, the balance will do very well. To use, to correct the odor of 
 Slck-Rooms, have a red hot shovel, or coals, or hot cinders, and drop a pinch, or two, 
 with the thumb and finger upon them. The odor of the Incense will be very grateful to 
 the feelings of the patient. , , ^ ^ , 
 
 INKS.— Nut-galls, and sulphate of iron (copperas) to set the color, and gum to give 
 body, and to hold the color in suspension, is all that Is needed to make good durable 
 black Ink for writing purposes. For copying sugar is added, 2 to 8 ozs. to each gaL 
 
SKCOND RECEIPT BOOK. 539 
 
 Other colors may be made by using any of the ordinary coloring "stufiFs" used for color- 
 ing woolen, or silk goods. 
 
 1. Black.— Soft water.l gal.; best uut-gaUs, bruised, 1 lb.; green copperas, and gum 
 Senegal, (if this gum is not to be obtained, gum Arabic is the next-best), of each, 2y, ozs. 
 
 Boil the bruised galls for 3 hours, in .3 qts. of the water, adding boiling water, from 
 time to time, to make up, for evaporation. When settled, strain, and press out the clean 
 liquid. Dissolve the gfum and the copperas, each by itself in H pt. ol^the water and add 
 to the gall-liquid— in a bottle and cork for \ise. If it is short of a full gallon, make it up 
 with hot water. 
 
 This makes a good business Ink, rather pale when first written with; but all the 
 better for that, as it penetrates the paper better than a thick Ink, which all are that are 
 Black at first. 
 
 A Mr. Archilbald Patterson recently read a paper before tlie Glasgow Chemists' and 
 Druggists' Association which embraces some verj' valuable Ink Receipts, I can only find 
 room, however, for the Receipts, I wish 1 could, for the remarks connected with them.as 
 they embrace the full philosophy of Ink making. First, he says: 
 
 " Concerning the composition of Ink : When we look at the usual source, namely, 
 galls, one would at first imagine that gallic acid wrought a most important part in its 
 manufacture, but such is not the case. The galls are used in the process, not because 
 they are rich in gallic acid, which they are not, although it is from them we obtain most 
 of the gallic acid of commerce, but because they contain a high percentage of tannic 
 acid. 
 
 2. " The proportions which appear most suitable, and upon which most dependence 
 can be placed, are — bruised galls, 1 lb. ; to tliis add 1 gal., of boiling water, and one- 
 third of the weight of the galls, namely, 5J/^ ozs. of sulphate of iron, in solution; also 3 ozs. 
 of gum Arabic previously dissolved, and a few bruised cloves, or a few drops of creosote, 
 or carbolic acid, dissolved in methylated spirits. It is better to allow the galls to macer- 
 ate for twenty-four hours, then to strain the infusion, and add the other ingredients." 
 
 3. The late celebrated chemist. Dr. Penny, of Anderson's University of Glasgow, 
 Mr. Patterson went on to say, used the following/or7?!«^i,or Receipt: 
 
 " Bruised galls, 12 ozs.; macerate for a week in 1 gal. of cold water, then add 6 ozs. 
 of sulphate of iron in solution, and 6 ozs. of mucillage of gum Arabic, and 5, or 6 drops 
 of creosote." 
 
 " The learned Doctor," he continues, "has here taken advantage of a fact well known 
 to chemists — namely, that tannic acid is more soluble in cold, than tu hot water — hence 
 the cold maceration is prescribed, which I believe is pretty generally employed by first- 
 cdass Ink manufacturers. 
 
 4. "The celebrated blue-black Ink prepared by Messrs. Dtincan, Flockhart, & 
 Company, is said to be made by the process of cold maceration. A formula, said to be 
 theirs, of which the following is a copy, was printed and circulated some years ago by 
 an English gentleman. It explains the process more fully : 
 
 Bfne-black and Copying- Inks.— Blue Aleppo galls (free from insect perfora- 
 tion) 4U ozs.; bruised cloves, 1 dr.; cold water 40 ozs.; purified sulphate of iron, fi^j ozs.; 
 pure sulphuric acid ( by measure), 85 minims ; sulphate of indigo (in the form of a thin- 
 nish paste), and which should be neutral, or nearly so. ^4 oz. 
 
 " Place the galls, when bruised, with the cloves, in a 50 oz. bottle, pour upon them 
 the water, and digest, often daily shaking for a fortnight. Then filter through paper In 
 another 50 oz. bottle. Get out. also the refuse of tlie galls, and wring out ot it the re- 
 maining liquor through a strong clean linen, or cotton cloth into the filter, in order 
 that as little as possible may be lost. Next put in the iron, dissolve completely, and 
 filter through paper. Then the acid, and agitate briskly. Lastly the indigo, and thor- 
 oughly mix by shaking. Pass the whole through paper. Just filter out of one bottle 
 into the other till the operation has been completed. 
 
 " On a large scale, this fine Ink may be made by percolation as Duncan, Flockhart, 
 & Company and others in Edinburgh do it, the above being said to be their Receipt. 
 
 " The weights used are avoirdupois, and the measures used are apothecaries' meas- 
 ures. 
 
 " l^ote. — No gum or sugar is proper, and on no account must the acid be omitted. 
 When intended for copying, 53^2 ozs. of galls is the quantity. 
 
 " You will observe that there are several peculiarities about this Writing Fluid, 
 namely : — Frst, the cold process is used. Second, the want of gum. Third, the use of 
 sulphate of indigo, which is a solvent for the black precipitate, the tanno-gallate of iron; 
 hence the gum Aral^ic is not required, as it is only used to suspend this precipitate. 
 Fourth, the deficiency of iron, which may be accounted for by the pure protosuiphate 
 being used, which cannot contain, or should not contain, any oxide, so that all the iron 
 is fr^ to combine with the tannin. Fifth, the use of free sulphuric acid, which is gen- 
 erally looked upon as detrimental to Writing Fluids, but which must be introduced here 
 for iome purpose, of which I am as yet ignorant. 
 
 " Let us now glance at the properties of the various ingredients used in the process. 
 If we use an excess in galls, we simply throw away money, and render the Ink more 
 liable to mold. If we use an excess of iron, the galls being insufficient to decompose it, 
 the characteristic color of its oxide is soon shown by the Writing becoming brown. The 
 
540 DR. chase's 
 
 use of an excess of gwsa. causes the Ink to clog the pens, and the Writing to be wanting 
 in fluency. The water should be as soft as possible — that is, it should contain no lime, 
 or other earthy matter; hence rain water, or, better, distilled water; is frequently pre- 
 scribed in Receipts, for making Ink. 
 
 5. " The cheapest Ink which has hitherto been introduced is one composed of a 
 saturated solution of logwood obtained by boiling 22 lbs. of logwood in a sufliciency of 
 water to produce, after being strained, 14 gals, of liquor; to this decoction 1 lb. (avoirdu- 
 pois) of yellow chromate of potash (not bi-chromate) is added in solution ; the propor- 
 tions arel.CKX) parts of solution to 1 of chnnuate ; the change of color is not an immedi- 
 ate one, but gradually becomes darker. The experiment may be tried, on the small 
 scale, by using logwood, a l^i lb. boiled in water to produce 1 qt., to which when 
 strained, add 20 grs. of chromate of potash in solution. 
 
 " We will now glance at the composition of "writing fluids" used for special piur- 
 poses ; tlius we know that writing which is intended to be copied is written with Ink 
 containing either gum, sugar, treacle, glycerine, or some such substance which causes 
 the writing to retain moisture, so that a copy of it may be produced even after the orig- 
 inal writing has become dry, by being simply damped and pressed. 
 
 " The follo\ving formula requires no press, but may be copied by placing a damp 
 sheet of copying paper on the writing intended to be copied; aboVe this sheet of copy- 
 i;ig paper a sheet of ordinary writing paper must be placed, and then pressed with a 
 paper-knife. 
 
 6. "' Copyiiijsj Ink. — Mix .30 grs. of ex. of logwood; 7 grs. of (crystal soda; J^ oz. 
 of water. Boil till dissolved ; then, while stirring well, add 30 grs. of glycerine, 1 gr. of 
 chromate of potash, previously dissolved, and4grs. of powdered gum Arabic. 
 
 7. '• IiMlestruetiltle ink for Deeds, etc. — Dissolve 25 grs. of powdered gum 
 copal in 200 grs. of lavender oil, by the aid of a gentle heat; then add 2 J.^ grs. of lamp 
 black, and }4 gr. of powdered indigo. 
 
 8. Another.— for the same purpose : 
 
 In 18 ozs. of water, boil' shellac, 2 ozs. and borax, 1 oz., when cold, filter and mix 
 with 1 oz. of .gum Arabic dissolved in 2 ozs. of water, to which add powdered indigo and 
 lamp-black as much as may be required. 
 
 9. '" Ked Ink. — Is commonly prepared by boiling brazil wood, 2 ozs. in .32 ozs. of 
 water, to which add. after the decoction has been strained, V^ oz. of chloride of tin, and 
 1 dr. of powdered gum Arabic ; then evaporate to 16 fluid ozs" Or : 
 
 10. Dissolve No. 40., carmine, 1 dr. in 14 ^ dr. of liq. ammonia, then dissolve 20 
 grs. of powdered gum Arabic in 3 ozs. of water' which add to the dissolved carmine. 
 
 H. "' Blue Ink . — Jlay be prepared by dissolving 2, or 3 ozs. of sulphate of indigo 
 in a gal. of water ; or by rubbing together 1 oz. of oxalic acid, and 2 ozs. of fine Prus- 
 sian blue, or be.st Chinese blue. 
 
 12. Ink I'owder.— May be prepared by mixing— powdered galls, 4 ozs.; pow- 
 dered sulphate of iron, 1 oz.; powdered gum Arabic, 1 oz.; powdered white sugar, ]4 oz.; 
 powdered cloves, 1 dr. 
 
 "To these proportions add of water 1 qt. and macerate, or steep for an hour or two. 
 " Note. — The quantity of sulphate of iron is small because it must first be dried, and 
 will thus lose the weight of water evaporated. 
 
 13. " Ink in fakes. — Maybe prepared by evaporating good Ink to dryness in 
 shallow dishes, but the best results are obtained by dis.solviiig Chinese Ink in water. 
 
 14. " Markiiis" Ii»k. — This substance is so well km >wn that little may he said 
 on the subject. The process is founded on the chemical fact tliat, l-y applying "heat to a 
 salt of silver in combination with other ingredients, the writing becomes immediately, 
 and should remain, permanently black ; the formula of Prtjfessor Redwood is a good 
 one: 
 
 Dissolve separately— nitrate of silver, 1 oz.; crystal carbonate of soda," I'sal-soda) 
 "V4 ozs,; mix the solution, and collect the precipitate on a filter: wash well, then in- 
 troduce the moL^t precipitate into a mortar, and add 8 scru. of tartaric acid: triturate 
 till efi'ervescence ceases ; then add of liq. ammonia fort, a sufliicient quantity to dissolve 
 the tartrate of silver, to which add 4 fl, drs. of archil, 4 dre, of powdered wliitc su^ar, 
 and 12 drs. of powdered gum Arabic, and makeup to 6 fl. ozs., if required, with distilled 
 water. 
 
 15. "Crimson Marking- Ink. — Is prepared by adding 6 grs. of carmine to 
 the liquor ammonia of the above formula, but it soon loses its crimson color, and be- 
 comes, like other Marking Inks, a black color. 
 
 " In conclusion, I cannot lay aside this subject without referring to the beauty, bril- 
 liancy, and variety of color produced from aniline, whereby we can procure any shade 
 from the mo.st brilliant scarlet tri the most sombre black : and should we at any time be 
 deprived of Ink from the ]iresciit sources, we may rest content that so long as our coal 
 fields yield their .sparkling riches, so long may we, without fear, look forward to un un- 
 limited supply of our Writin.g Fluids." 
 
 Kiaek Ink not C«»rro'iliBi}j' <o Ste<'l I'ens. — I will give one more Receipt for 
 school purjioses not Corrodhig to Steel Fens: 
 
 Best bruised nut-galls, 3 ozs, ; gum Senegal. 1 oz. ; copperas, 1 oz.. and 1 }.; drs. ; aqua am- 
 monia, 12 drops ; alcohol 1 }4 ozs. ; rain, or distilled water, 1 qt., and 1 gill. ' 
 
SECOND RKCEIPT BOOK. 541 
 
 Digest the whole in an open iron vessel until the fluid has assumed a deep black 
 color ; then strain, or filter and bottle for use. 
 
 16. Yellow Ink.,— French berries, 1 oz. ; alum, \4 oz. ; gum Arabic, 3^oz.; soft 
 water, )4pt. 
 
 Boil all together for a few minutes, and strain, and bottle. Used for sketching, 
 when ditferenl colors are desired. 
 
 17. Ink for Zinc Isabels for Trees. — Verdigris, and sal ammoniac, of each, 
 pulverized, 30 grs. ; gum Arabic, pulverized, and lamp-black, of each, 8 gprs. ; soft water 
 54 oz. 
 
 Dissolve the gum in a little of the water and rub up the lamp-black with it ; and put 
 into an ounce phial, with the other articles. The nature of this is such that if Zinc Labels 
 are written upon \vith it, with a quill pen, it corrodes the Zinc only sufficient to show the 
 letters well ; and it will last for a long time, while the common Ink soon fades out, and 
 you are left to guess what your fruit is, until it bears. 
 
 18. Indellible Re<l Ink. for .Harking Liiiien. — Vermilion, 34 oz. ; salt of 
 steel, 1 dr Rub them with linseed-oil. Tliick, for type, or plate; and thin For brush, or 
 pen.— The sail ofsleel is Griffith's Mixture {Mistura Ferri Composila) of the Pharmacopias. 
 
 19. Iinlestructabie Ink for Filling: I.ietters in Stone.— Pitch melted 
 and darkened with lamp-black. 
 
 INTER KST— Simple and Perfect Itlethod of Reckoning all Rates. 
 ■ — Multiply the principal, in dollars, by the number of days ; then divide Tjy 73— the an- 
 swer is the Interest at 5 per cent, in Cents. For 6 per cent, add 1-fifth ; for "per cent, add 
 2-fifths; for 8 per cent, add,3-tifths; for 9 per cent, add 4-fifths, and for 10 per cent double 
 the first amount. 
 
 To reckon Interest at 30 days for a month, gives you only 360 days for a year— five 
 times 73 make 365, so, by the above rule you obtain the Interest on every day the mo ney 
 is out, which is true and honest between man and man. 
 
 Example.— For $100 for 1 year at 5 percent, would be $5.; then itis evident that 
 for 73 days it would be $1, or 1-flfth of that amount. For SlOO for 73 days, multiply the 
 days, for convenience, by the amount, would give 7,300, which, divided by 73 gives 100 
 Cents as the interest. Now to get the Interest at 6 per cent, divde the 100 cents by 5, the 
 Answer is 20, or 1-fifth, which added to the first, gives S1.20,— the Interest at 6 per cent — 
 twice 20 would be 2-fifths,— 7 per cent— 3 times 20 would be 3-fifths. — 8 per cent — 4 times 
 20 would be 4-fifths,— 9 per cent, and twice 100 cents would be the Interest at 10' per 
 cent, for the 73 days. This will work just as satisfactory on any amount and on any oth- 
 er number of days; but there is 7!0 ott«- number, except the s«;CTi<y-f/!rf«, which will di- 
 vide 365 without a fraction, which is not so satisfactory ; hence, the 73 has been taken. A 
 very little practice upon this plan of Reckoning Interest will, I believe, give l)etter 
 satisfaction than that of tables, or any other way. 
 
 INK ST,4,IXS— To Remove from <llotlilng-.—" Shirley Dare" writing to a 
 Chicago paper, gives the following information how to Remove Ink Stains. Its value 
 will be appreciated by all ; 
 
 •' By the way, now that every woman does so much writing, it is certainly very mucli 
 worth while to know how to take Ink spots out of colored clothing. The writer, " on a 
 summer's day," wlien it seemed that one had enough to do to support life without extra 
 trouble in the torrid heat, once upset a bottle of Ink into her lap, over a linen dress, 
 stripped with brown and white, and trimmed with many rows of brown braid. Agha,st, the 
 first thought was that the dress was ruined ; the second was to dip the skirt at once into 
 warm water, rinsing as much Ink out as possible, but what was left made a rueful sight 
 — hand breadths of doleful, thunder-dark color over the light summer dress. Quick, it 
 was again plunged into a warm solution of oxalic acid — hot, that it might take effect 
 sooner. Care was taken to dip only the spots into this liquid and in a minute they faded, 
 of course taking the color of the stripes with them. The linen was rinsed in warm water 
 again, an wet with a dilution of ammonia, and the dress was as good as ever. Hence- 
 forth I keep high and sublime courage over all Ink mishaps, sure that acid and ammonia 
 and care will make it all right again. The process must be gone through as quickly as 
 possible, when once begun, but it will cancel old Ink spots on wool, cotton or linen." 
 
 2 Lemon juice, wliile the stains are recent, will do the same thing on white goods, 
 and if there is any color changed, a lye from wood ashes will neutralize the acid and re- 
 store the color ; and wood-ashes put onto recent Ink spots, on the floor, and kept moist for 
 24 to 48 hours, will remove it to a depth, so as not to show. 
 
 IRON RUST— to Remove from Clothing'. — Various articles of table linen 
 becomes spotted from the wash-kettle ; and ladies clothing sometimes becomes stained 
 from the steel-stays in corsets, etc. This may be removed by rubbing a cut lemon over 
 the spots to wet them fully \vith the juice then rub on salt and hang them out in the sun. 
 for a time, and if not removed the first time give a second rubbing with the lemon and salt 
 
 2. Oxalic acid dis.solved in water is perhaps the quickest way ; but needs to be, 
 washed out as soon as the spot is removed, otherwise it will injure the clothing. 
 
 IRON AXIiES — to Case-Harden. — Have Prusiate of potash pulverized and 
 spread out upon a piece of flat iron, or stone, so that when the Axle is heated ju.st to 
 a red heat, it can be rolled in the powder, thoroughly, then turning it up, or rather down 
 quickly, pour some cold water upon it, and dip into cold water as quick as possible. 
 
642 DR. chase's 
 
 The Axle will wear many years longer tor it. Crooked articles may have the powdered 
 Prueiate sprinkled upon them. 
 
 JAUNDICE.— The word Jaundice comes from the French 
 /aune, meaning yellow, or /aunisse, Jaundice, or yellow disease; in 
 ancient English it was called Jaunis. If the cause of the disease couldbe 
 as readily told as from whence comes the name, there would be but 
 little trouble to find the remedy ; but this cannot always be positively 
 designated, or determined, from the many complications which, 
 more, or less aid in originating it, among which may be mentioned 
 the following : 
 
 Causes. — A positively known Cause may be that of obstruction 
 of the gall-ducts by the passiige and stoppage of gall-stones, between 
 the liver and gall-bladder, which wouldbeknownby the symptoms of ex- 
 cruciating pain, etc., as given under that head, which would also call for 
 the treatment there given. It may arise also from an obstruction be- 
 tween the gall-bladder and the intestine, or duodenum, where the 
 bile is poured into the intestine about 4, or 5 inches from the stomach. 
 The bile becoming thickened, or by the presence of large gall-stones 
 in this outer duct known by physicians as the ductus communis chole- 
 dochus (common duct, or union of the ducts, from the liver and gall- 
 bladder) so completely closing this pipe, nr duct, that the bile which 
 should have a free exit, is thrown back upon the blood, and is, there- 
 fore, -re-absorb and carried to all parts of the system, showing the posi- 
 tive symptom — yellowness — or Jaundice. Diseases of the liver, or of 
 the heart, which may cause pressure upon the ducts, by tumors, or 
 enlargements, are also believed to be Causes of Jaundice. Drunken- 
 ness is also known to be the Cause of Jaundice in many cases. 
 
 And yet, there are those who claim that the bile is formed in, or by 
 the blood, and not in or by the liver, as more commonly believed, 
 and that the office of the liver is as a strainer to separate the bile 
 from the blood, wherefore, from inflammation, or sluggish inactivity 
 of the liver this office of straining off the bile from the blood is so 
 greatly interfered with, that it remains in the blood until its con- 
 tinued accumulations Cause it to show upon all of the outer sur- 
 faces, and in case of death, is found even in the bones, and all the 
 tissues, or different parts of th« system ; and, from the well known 
 fact that hot baths, or sweating hot drinks, emetics, cathartics, diu- 
 retics, and tonics, or alteratives, properly adminisetred, so frequently 
 cures the Jaundice, as well asmost other diseases, by restoring the general 
 health, I am favorably inclined to a belief of this latter position. 
 
 SjrmptorQS. — After what has been said, I need not dwell upon 
 the leading Symptoms — yellowness of the skin, whites of the eyes, 
 etc., but proceed to say that the urine will also be yellowish, or saf- 
 fron-colored, sometimes to so great an extent that white cloths dip- 
 ped into it will be stained quite yellow. The stools, or feces are whit- 
 ish, or clay-colored, or in other words, lack color, with sometimes 
 looseness, and at other times constipation of the bowels. There is 
 often but little appetite, or even loathing of food, with a sense of 
 weight, or distress in the stomach, and soreness also, and possibly 
 sickness of the stomach with vomiting, bitter taste in the mouth, 
 more, or less pain in the regirn of the liver, increased by pressure, 
 dullness, or even sleepiness, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — When it has been fully ascertained that there is 
 such a condition of the system established that Jaundice, or yeUow- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 543 
 
 ness of the skin, or eyes, or both are being manifested, take a hot 
 bath, or the usual Sweating process, which see, and follow it up with 
 an emetic, which together will relax the system generally ; then 
 sponge the surface with spirits, or with Cayenne and Whiskey, which 
 see, if that is at hand, to stimulate the skin to an increased and healthy 
 action ; and as a drink, with the emetic, give a strong, warm tea made 
 of the leaves and flowers of the boneset {eupatorium perfoliaMim), as 
 this is recommended in this disease by nearly all Schools of medicine. 
 
 2. If the bowels are Zoose, give an injection of warm slippery- 
 elm water with a tea-spoonful of salt in it; and, on the other hand, if 
 there is constipation, give an injection of warm water having a table- 
 spoonful of epsom salts dissolved in it, following, at bed time, with 
 a cathartic calculated to act on the liver, the Hepatic, or Liver Pill, 
 will be valuable, to betaken in sufficient quantities to mov-e the bowels 
 pretty freely ; and these should be repeated once in about 4 days, and 
 the emetic every other day, for 2, or 3 weeks, or until the full 
 benefit of their action is manifested by an improvement in the con- 
 dition of the patient. In connection with this Treatment a diuretic 
 should also be given. The acetate of potash will probably be found 
 the most appropriate. Dr. Scudder thinks that this article helps to 
 remdve the coloring matter of the bile more readily than any other ; 
 which is done perhaps, by dissolving, or making more fluid, that por- 
 tion of the blood which becomes thickened in this disease, and also 
 corrects the condition of the kidneys. Some persons like the action 
 of the fluid extracts of buchu and uva ursi, kept by druggists, combined 
 in equal quantities, in doses of from half to a tea-spoonful 3, or 4 times 
 daily ; but if the stomach is much disturbed, this often causes an in- 
 creased oppression of that organ, the smallest dose then should be 
 taken. 
 
 3. The following Tonic is highly recommended in this disease: 
 Wild cherry-tree bark, sheep laurel leaves {kalmia latifolia — 
 
 known also, as laurel, lambkill, big-leaved ivy, spoonwood, mountain 
 laurel, calico bush etc.), barberry bark [berberis vulgaris), bitter root 
 (apocynum andrcesamifolium, also known, as dogsbane, milk-weed, etc., 
 it will be remembered that the object of giving these technical, as well 
 as the common names is to avoid the possibility of mistake in articles 
 not well known). Take 1 oz. of each of the 4 articles, and steep them, 
 being well covered, for an hour, or two, in pure cider, 2 qts. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful, or two before each meal, and at bed- 
 time. An egg taken in a glass of pure cider, between meals, in some 
 cases, that is when the stomach does not sour, will prove valuable — 
 some prefer, however to leave out the yolk. I think it will nourish, 
 and not injure the action of the albuminous part. If all the articles 
 cannot be got for the Tinct. as above, take peach-tree, bark of the root, 
 and the wild-cherry tree bark, of each, 2 ozs., and steep in the cider, 
 and use as the other. Cider alone, has been found valuable in many 
 cases. And where cider cannot be obtained, gin will be the next best 
 to use, and "good rye" the next in order. 
 
 4. An acid drink, and an acid bath are both looked upon as val- 
 uable aids in this disease. To prepare the first, have 1 dr. each, of ni- 
 tric and muriatic acids, in ground stoppered bottles, as they will cut 
 and destroy corks very quickly, and if either is allowed to get onto 
 the clothes, will eat a hole through just as quickly, drop 2 drops of ni- 
 tric and 3 drops of the muriatic into a tumbler of water, stir and drink 
 
544 DR. chase's 
 
 2, or 3 times daily. It ought not to be more sonr than a good lemon- 
 ade. To prepare the bath., take dilute muriatic acid, 9 fl. ozs. ; dilute ni- 
 tric acid, 6 fl. ozs. Mix, and add water, 1 pt. To use, put 3, or 4 table- 
 spoonsful of this mixture to water, 1 qt., or to give it the taste of com- 
 mon, or weak vinegar ; then sponge the whole surface with it, and if 
 it cause pricking, or a tingling sensation to the skin, it is of the correct 
 strengrti, if it does not, add a little more of the mixture. This acid 
 bathing may be used on the alternate days from that on which the 
 emetics are given. 
 
 5. Dr. Grunn says he has used Sweet-Oil with great advantage af- 
 ter giving the emetic in this disease. A ^ pt. daily in divided doses. 
 If it is caused by the drying, or hardening processes of the gall-fluid, as 
 in gall-stones, it may be taken for granted that it will prove valuable. 
 6. Dr. Johnston, of London, says he has cured very severe cases 
 with pills made of dried ox-gall, 5 gr. doses at first, increased tolOgrs., 
 3 times daily. 
 
 Females, in the middle months of pregnancy are occasionally 
 troubled with Jaundice from a pressure of some of the organs upon 
 the gall-ducts ; but this need not cause alarm as the later natural ris- 
 ing, or change in the position of the womb, will generally relieve the 
 difficulty. An occasional cathartic of a very mild character, and ly- 
 ing nights upon the left side, will further aid in giving relief. 
 'j. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. J. 
 
 JAPABT VARNISH FOR IIARNKSS. CARRIAGE-TOPS, ETC— 
 
 Boiled linseed-oil, 1 gal.; burnt umber, ]/^ lb.; true asphaltum, S)-^ ozs.; turpentine suf- 
 ficient to thin it properly. 
 
 Grind the umber with some of the oil ; melt the asphaltum in a little of the oil also, 
 by heat ; then add the umber mixture and the balance of the oil and boil ; and when 
 cool, reduce to a proper consistence for use with turpentine. Applied to Harness, Car- 
 riage-tops, etc., by means of a bit of sponge with a wire twisted around it for a handle. 
 
 JAMS, — Blackberry.— Mash the Blatikberries, cover them with white sugar, 
 and stand them over night, in a cool place. Use sugar, 1 lb., to 3 lbs. of berries. In the 
 morning, boil for 20 miniites, stirring well, but iising no water. Have the Jars hot, the 
 same as for Canning Fruit, which see, and put in the Jam while hot, and screw on the 
 lids immediately — tightening them again, when cool. 
 
 2. Raspbberries may be treated in the same way, with the same success. If it 
 is desired to be free of the seeds, the mixture must be strained through a thick muslin 
 cloth before boiling ; but it does not pay for the trouble, since Jells are now mostly used 
 for flavoring drinks for the sick, while Jams are eaten more as a sauce, or used in mak- 
 ing pies, tarts, etc. The English people are in the habit, however, of putting a wine- 
 glass of brandy to each pt. of the berries — every one can suit themselves. 
 
 3. Apple Jell. — A very nice Apple Jell is made by taking sour Apples, pealing, 
 coring, and slicing ; then just cover witli water and boil until quite soft, and draining 
 off through a colander, without squeezing, unless it be to place a plate upon them with 
 a little weight upon it. Then boil down the juice one-half, and to each pt. put 1 lb. of 
 sugar, white, or brown, as you wish it light, or dark, and boil until it Jells. 
 
 4. Another.— Where many Ap])les are being pared, an excellent Jell is made, 
 also, by boiling the parings, same as above, then squeezing the pulp tlirough a colander, 
 and adding sugar and boiling to suit, and using for Jell-cake — this was the custom with 
 the cook, at the Russell House, in Minn., for some months before I knew it ; and when it 
 came to my knowledge, I thought it was too good " to go back upon," especially when 
 I was paying %V? T^t barrel for Apples, further, I believe, the flavor is better than that 
 made from the pealed Apples, for it is a well known fact that the richest flavor. of 
 fruit is in, or near the skin. 
 
 5. Orape Jelly. — A very nice colored, and fine flavored Jell is made from ripe 
 Grapes. Pick any quantitj', you desire, of nice ripe Grapes from the .stems; and extract 
 the juice by setting them in tlie stove-oven, using a wooden spatula, or paddle to stir 
 with, when all arc nicely burst open, strain out tlie juice, and boil the strained j uice for 
 20 mintites, skimming well ; then for each pt. of the juice, after boiling, add white sugar, 
 1 lb., and boil 15 minutes more, or sufficient to cause it to form the Jell, when a few 
 drops of it is cooled. Stir carefully when boiling to avoid burning. 
 
 The Jell-jars now kept by dealers saves much trouble in putting up. Sprinkle the 
 top i^-inch deep with fine sugar and screw on the top, or if bowls are used, do the same, 
 and tie on waxed cloths, or wliat is equally good is to take white writing paper and cov- 
 
SECOND EECEIPT BOOK. 545 
 
 er one side of it with the white of egg, beaten, the paper being cut large enough to lap 
 over the edge ^^^ to -'4 of an inch, first having cut into the edge of the paper every inch, 
 or less, so it wilt fold down smoothly to the bowl, or tumbler, and the egg will hold it 
 without tying, and keep it air tight. 
 
 6. Cireen-Grape Jell.— I see it stated that Green Grapes make a very nice Jell, 
 
 yet 
 
 enough to go with the Js : 
 
 Flour, sifted, 1 lb. ; white sugar, % lb. ; butter, '4 lb. ; eggs, 4. 
 
 Make the dough as soft as you can knead it; then take off small pieces and roll %vith 
 the flat of the hand upon the table, into long round rolls, and cut off into pieces about 6 
 inches in length, form into a circle, pressing the ends together, lay them upon pulver- 
 ized sugar, keeping the sugared side up, put into tins, and bake only until slightly 
 browned. 
 
 KID GliOVES— to Clean.— Kid Gloves are a very easy thing to get diity, and 
 as easy to Clean, if you know how ! Then ; 
 
 Take alcohol, any quantity, and camphene, one-fifth as much, by measure, and cork 
 for use.— This makes old-fashioned burning-fluid. 
 
 Place the Glove, smoothly, on a table or board, and with a sponge apply the mixture, 
 rubbing the surface with it until the dirt and grease are removed ; turning, and spong- 
 ing the inside also, otherwise it will strike through again, soon. Then clean them thor- 
 oughly by dipping into the tea-cup in which you have poured an ounce, or two, of the 
 fluid, and squeeze out, 2 or 3 times ; then blow into the cuft-end to inflate the fingers, and 
 dry in a moderately warm place, stretching the fingers from time to time, to prevent 
 shrinkage. 
 
 It would be best to do this work by daylight, as the mixture is inflammable, or rath- 
 er the gas arising from it. 
 
 LIVER — Ulceration. — For a description of the Liver, its Ulcera- 
 tion and dysentery, arising from it, its treatment, etc., see Inflam- 
 mation OF THE Liver. 
 
 LUMBAGO.— A Safe but Amusing Cure.— "The following 
 amusing, though slightly painful incident, actually occurred at a 
 farm-house not a great many miles from the village of Capetown, C. 
 
 W. All are subject to the ills of the flesh, and Mr. , a worthy 
 
 and highly rebpected man, was very severely afflicted with that pain- 
 ful complaint. Lumbago" (a rheumatism, or a rheumatic pain in the 
 loins and small of the back); "so much so, indeed, that he could not 
 stand erect, and could walk with great difficulty. As is common in 
 such cases, it was thought desirable to rub the afflicted part with some 
 spirituous compound "(liniment) ; " and that the application might be 
 the more e^ectual, the good-man was sat with hisback to the fire while 
 the good-wife gave sweet relief— now applying the spirituous oil — now 
 warming her palm over the cheery-blaze, and again chafing the af- 
 flicted part. While thus engaged, it unfortunately" (can't see it in 
 that light) "happened that, without the good-dame observing it, the 
 spirit upon her hand took fire, and she, with a ' magnetic pass, ' at 
 once set the old gentleman's back in a blaze. The effects produced 
 were akin to miraculous. He bounded up with a new-born energy, 
 rushing around the house, and uttering a string of expletives totally 
 unworthy of a deacon. But fortunately, the fuel that supplied the 
 fire was soon exhausted and did not set his clothing on fire. Tired 
 and sore, he was put to bed, and we are happy to add, Cured of his 
 Lumbago, and has never had it since." As it Cured the patient, I 
 could not see the " unfortunately." 
 
 If any one should doubt these statements, let them dip their hand 
 into alcohol and hold it over a candle, or other blaae, and they will 
 find it to take fire immediately and burn freely, for a moment, and 
 until the alcohol is nearly gone, it will not burn the hand. It will do 
 the same with a liniment. 
 
 LUNGS — To Expand. — It is a very general fault with the peo- 
 34 — DK. chase's second receipt book. 
 
546 DR. chase's 
 
 pie in not being more efficient in daily Expanding the Lungs to their 
 fullest capacity ; for want of this, they are much more liable, like any 
 other half-exercised organ, to take on disease. This may be largely 
 prevented, by repeated daily inflations ; and the proper time for it is 
 upon rising in the morning, by standing upright and throwing the 
 head back, draw in all the pure air that the Lungs will contain; then 
 throw the arms back, and slowly blow out the breath — let this be done 
 several times every morning and the chances will be much against your 
 having the consumption. See Ixfammation of the Lungs. 
 L. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. L. 
 
 I.,ABEL.IKO OX TIN,— The difficulty of making Labels sticlc upon Tin arises 
 from tile extreme smootliiiess ol'tlie surface; to overcome tliis inconvenience, roughen 
 the surface witli sand-paper before putting on tlie Label. This is a quick process on the 
 tops of Tin boxes ; but for Labeling upon the sides of boxes, or cans, the quickest way is 
 to have the Label made long enough to go more than around, the extra part being blank, 
 or without printing, to allow the other end to lap over it, and all is right, even with com- 
 mon paste. 
 
 2. ^Vetting: the Tin with common white-wash and wiping off, after it is dry, 
 roughens the Tin about equal to sand-papering, as the lime corrodes the surfacesome- 
 what. 
 
 I,A€QUERS, I>eep Gold and other Colors.— Alcohol 1 pt,; seed-lack, 3 
 ozs. ; tumeric, 1 oz. ; dragons blood 14 oz. 
 
 Put all in a bottle and digest (to soften by heat and moisture) for a week, shaking 
 frequently, and filter. 
 
 Lacquers are used on polislied metal, etc., to prevent rust and for producingldiffereiit 
 shades of color. 
 
 2. For Yellow.— Tumeric , aloes, saffron, and gamboge are used. 
 
 3. For Red. — Annatto, or dragon's blood. 
 
 4. For Tin.— Color shellac varnish with turmeric for brass color; and with an- 
 natto for copper Color. 
 
 5. Pale Liacquer — for Brass.— Alcohol, 2 gals. ; Cape aloes, cut small, 3 ozs. ; pale 
 shellac, 1 lb, ; gamboge, 1 oz. ; or in these proportions, — Scieniijic American. 
 
 Place the articles in a bottle with the alcohol, and shake occasionally until dissolved. 
 Then let settle and pour of, or strain. Used to prevent tarnishing from exposure ; and 
 generally appUxl while the Brass is warm. 
 
 6. l.ae«|uer. or Varnisli for Polislied Iron, or Steel.— Mastic, in grains, 10 
 ozs. : gum camphor, 5 ozs. ; tears of gum sandarack, 15 ozs. ; elenii, 5 ozs. ; alcohol, 1 gal. 
 
 Put in a suitable bottle or can, and digest, or keep warm, shaking frequently until 
 dissolved; and if too thick for use at any time, add alcohol. It will preserve Iron, or 
 Steel from rust, and not obstruct their brilliancy. 
 
 I.ACTIC A1TI> IN DYSPEPSIA.— Lactic Acid in doses of 20 drops, to be 
 taken in 3^ an oz. of water, is reported to be highly useful in those forms of Dyspepsia 
 which resist alkalies. 
 
 EARI> ISElVnERIXO: to be Almost Free of .Scrap and very W'bite. 
 — Take water, V^ pt. ; and saleratus, 1 table-spoonful. 
 
 Dis.solve the' saleratus in the water in the kettle you are to try out your Lard in ; then 
 put in the Lard— this quantity will be sufficient for an ordinary diunei 'pot, or l-paU 
 kettle full. The Lard will be venj White, and scarcely any Scrap will be lett, as the Sal- 
 eratus dis,solves out ail the Lard, leaving hardly any of the membrane that covers the leaf, 
 and the Lard will keei> better also. It will smell a little soapy when it first begins to cook, 
 but do not be afraid, it will come out nicer and whiter than any you ever Rendered be- 
 fore — pure and free from any unpleasant flavor. 
 
 I.iA\*'X— To IttaUe aiid Seed. — " The making of a LawTi on our prairie soil is a 
 very simple proce-ss. In the first place, the surface must be deeply plowed, or spaded 
 and smoothed down, and rolled. It is then ready for seeding. We may mix say, 2 qts., 
 of thnothy, 2 qts., of clean blue-grass (or its equivalent in the chaff ), lib., of white clover, 
 and 4 lbs. of red clover for an acre. After sowing, pass over it with a light harrow, or 
 stir the .soil with a steel rake, and again roll. This last operation is very important, as 
 the soil must be compacted on the seed and the surface lelt smooth. The quantity of 
 seed, as given above, is abundant, if the soil is properly prepared. It must be borne in 
 mind that, in seeding a Lawn, it mn.st be done very early in the season, or we make a 
 failure. The better plan is to i)repare the Lawn in the Autumn, and seed in March, or 
 April, just before the frost is out We then run no risk. If we do the work in the Spring, 
 no time is to be lost after the frost is out. The blue-grass, which is to be the main reli- 
 ance for the turf, will require 2 years, atlea.st, to make a. good turf; in the meantime, 
 the timothy and red clover will'make a good showing, and by the 1st of May the Lawn 
 will present a good appearance. The red clover is a biennal, " (lasts only 2 years — from 
 6ts, twice, and aiuni.i. a year) " and, if not allowed to go to seed, will be entirely out at 
 the end of the second year." — North- Western Cliristiaji Advocate. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 547 
 
 If I had not known this seeding to be as applicable to timber-land sectionsof country 
 aa'to the Western prairies, I would not have given it an insertion. 
 
 1. liEATIIER PRESERVATIVK.S, Applicable to Boots and Shoes, 
 Harness and Belts — Oerinan IWetlio*!.— The Shoe and'. Leather Reporter trans- 
 lates a Receipt from the Gerber Ccntrler which it says insures great durability to Leather, 
 and also makes it very pliable and soft ; and especially adapted to Boots and Shoes, 
 Harness and Belting. It is as follows: 
 
 " Tallow, 21 parts, melted in a vessel, to which is added rosin, 3 parts, and melted 
 and well mixed together. In another vessel is put 70 parts of pure rain water and 7 
 parts of good wa.shing-soap, added and dissolved by bringing to a boil ; then add tlie first 
 mixture, and again bring to a gentle boil when it is ready for use." Apply only what 
 will enter the Leather within a reasonable time.— Any measure, or weight, as a table- 
 spoonftil, or an ounce, or ^i oz. may be taken to designate the parts, as they are called 
 in the Receipt. 
 
 2. Water Proof for Boots and Shoes.— The Scientific American says that 
 "one of the very best compounds known to us for rendering Leather, Boots and Shoes 
 almost perfectly Water -Proof, and at the same time keeping them soft and pliable is 
 composed of: — 
 
 " Fresh beef tallow'" (suet), " 1 lb.; yellow bees-wax, 1 oz ; shellac }/g oz. 
 
 " Melt the tallow first, and remove all the membrane from it; then add the bees- 
 wax, in thin shavings, and when it is melted and combined with the tallow, add the 
 shellac, in powder, and stir until it is melted. Bees-wax is one of the best known pre- 
 servatives of Leather. Apply warm, to sole and upper, with a rag, or sponge, before 
 the fire, or stove, to soak in the compound, being careful not to burn the Leather.. If 
 the Boots are blacked" (polished ) "before the application of this preparation, they will 
 remain black and shining for a long time after it is applied ****** 
 A liberal application of this every two weeks, during Winter, will keep Boots and Shoes, 
 that are worn daily, Water-Proof, and .soft." 
 
 3. Snbstituting mutton suet, the same quantity, for the beef tallow, this will 
 make an excellent composition for preserving and softening Harness. Tlie Harness, 
 after washing and drying may first be blackened with shoe-blackmg, then apply the 
 above. 
 
 EE.4THER BEETS— To Cement.— A strong, or thick solution of Russian, isin- 
 glass is the best thing to use for this purpose, for common dry rooms. If the Belt is clean 
 and free from oil, and the Cement put on hot, whether Leather, or cloth, it will hold, if 
 weighted until dry. 
 
 EEATHER, BRONZE COEOR— To Make.- The light Leather that chil- 
 dren's shoes a'-e made of, resembling Bronze in color is made as follows : 
 
 Logwood, and red-sanders of each, 1 lb. ; water, 1 gal. ; alum, 1 oz. 
 
 Boa the dye-woods 1 hour in the water, strain and add the alum, and sponge the 
 skins with the clear liquor. 
 
 EEATHER— To Fasten to Iron Pulleys.— It is quite often necessary to en- 
 large an Iron Pulley to increase the speed. First, then paint the I'ulley with a good 
 coat fif white lead paint, and let it dry ; tlien use common glue, or the Leather Belt 
 Cemknt, above, and there will be no difSculty in making the Leather stick to the Pulley. 
 
 EEMOBiABE POWWERS.— Pulverized sugar, 3 ozs. : citric acid, ^oz.; oil of 
 Lemon. 5 drops. 
 
 Thoroughly mix the articles, bottle and cork, to keep from the air. A rounding tea- 
 spoonful of the mixture to a ^4 pt. tumbler of cold water makes a pleasant Lemonade. 
 
 EE5IOX €REAM. — Squeeze a large Lemon, and grate the peel, add \y, cups of 
 water, and heat it over the fire. While it is heating, rub 2 table-spoonsful of corn-starch 
 smooth, and beat the yolks of 3 eggs ; then stir the Lemon-water gradually into the corn- 
 starch, add the egg, and set it on the fire to tliicken gradually, like boiled custard. Af- 
 ter it is done beat the whites of the eggs stiff' and stir them in; then pour into smaU 
 tumblers, or Lemonade glasses and set them in the ice-chest to get very cold by dinner 
 time. 
 
 They are delicious ! Try them. 
 
 EIME IX THE EYE— Remedy.— It is quite often that Lime is got into the 
 Eye ot those who are working among it. As soon as possible, then, drop in water made 
 very sweet with sugar, 
 
 EI011T>IX«.R0I>S— Best Material for— Form, Attachment, and 
 Oround t'onnection.— The fact as to the importance, or necessity of putting Light- 
 ning-Rods upon all buildings to protect them against Lightning, was too long ago con- 
 ceded to call for any argument to establish that position ; hence I may enter at once 
 upon the consideration of the 
 
 Best Material of Which to MaUe Them.— Considering the cost of Material, 
 copper has been conceded to be tlie «f'.s? Material of which to Make Them, as the small 
 amount needed in a Rod, does not greatly exceed the cost of other metal, especially when 
 the corrosive nature— tendency to ru.st— of iron is considered, especially when it is consid- 
 ered tliat copper is over 7-timefc the better conductor. The points should be plated with 
 gold, or silver. 
 
 Best Form for Eis-htuins'-Rail*.- .\nd I am aware of the fact that some 
 
648 DR. chase's 
 
 men claim that electricity passes wholly upon the surface, while there are others who 
 <'laim that it is only static electricity— (SXGCtncity at rest— that always disposes itself upon 
 the surface.but that active electricity — electricity in motion— pervades, or passes through the 
 <mtire suhdance of the bar, or Lightning-Rod ; hence the qnaittity of metal, as well as the 
 ■kind of metal are important items of consideration in the construction of Lightning-Rods. 
 Upon the fact as to the quantity of metal, a celebrated French chemist — Pouillet— has 
 shown this point in a very decisive manner. He measured the conducting power of a 
 fine wire of cylindrical form — the form that presents the least possible surface in pro- 
 portion to its cubic contents — and then having flattened and annealed it, he tested it 
 again. Its surface was enormously increased, but its power to conduct electricity was 
 considerably lessened. An experiment equally decisive and perhaps somewhat more 
 easily performed, is at the command of every one who has access to a small electrical 
 machine and a 2 qt Leyden jar. Take a fine gold wire, say one fiftieth of an inch in 
 diameter. This wire will present nearly the same surface as a ribbon of metal 1-32 of an 
 inch wide. The wire will carry off, without being injured, any charge that can be im- 
 parted to the jar. If however, we pass the charge through a strip of gold leaf having 
 several times the surface of the wire, it will be completely burned up. 
 
 Then, although it would appear that the round Rod would carrj' off more elec- 
 tricity than the flat form containing the same amount of metal, yet for convenience of 
 carrying about and of putting up, </(e^a/ copp«'-s<Mp has been conceded, in this city at 
 leat, as the bed Form that can be used— the width of the strip being adapted to the size 
 ■of the building — two. to two and a half inches being considered sufScient for a common 
 ■dwelling-house, or barn. 
 
 Slaiiner of Attach in eiit. — The manner of Attaching Lightning-Rods to the 
 building has received considerable attention ; and it has been conceded that it is not at 
 all necessary to isolate them, but with staples of iron, or a flat bit of iron to go across the 
 flat copper-strip, and thus tack directly to the building — not isolated at all. The one 
 put upon the tower of the 1st Presbyterian Church, in this city, is put upon the sheeting 
 oefore the slating was put on. There is said to be no danger of the electricity leaving the 
 Kod. If however, there are metallic roofs, iron, or tin gutters, iron railings^ etc., the 
 Lightning-Rods must be connected with them, to carry ofiFall electricity that might other- 
 wise accumulate, or be received from the storm-clouds, -which would endanger the 
 building. And there is another point in the arrangement of the Rod that is of great im- 
 portance. I refer to the hight that a Lightning-Rod should extend above the roof, or 
 the highest part of a building ; and here, again, the French have settled thisTsoint for us, 
 as the French Academy of Science, after first having reccommended that Lightning-Rods 
 need not extend more than from 9 to 12 feet above the roof; but their furtlier experi- 
 ments proved that a Lightning-Rod was only capable of protecting a space covered by a 
 radius equal to twice the higliit of the Rod above the most elevated part of the building," 
 i. e. that a Lightning-Rod will protect a space, sideways, upon the roof, only twice tne 
 distance of its /iiV;^, so if a Rod is carried up 12 feet high, it will protect 24 feet, each 
 way, upon the roof. This will enable any man to tell wTiether he would prefer one, or 
 more, to ensure his whole building. 
 
 Oroiind t'oiiiiections.-Notwithstanding the ma^mai of which the Rod is made 
 may be the best in use, and that its hight and attachment to the building may hefavltkss; 
 yet, if it is not properly connected with wet, or damp earth, it is worse than none at all; for 
 there may be better inside conductors than the dry earth with which the Rod j connected, 
 then, of course, the Lightning will leave the Rod for the inside, endangering life as it 
 passes. Then : 
 
 As iron is a better conductor than water, if you are in the city so that you can con- 
 nect with gas, or water pipes, do so by all means; but if neither of these are near you, 
 the next-best thing is to dig a hole 6 to 10 feet in depth (unless you have permanently 
 wet earth at a less depth), and run the Rod to the bottom of it, then rivet it to a sheet 
 of copper, at least 2, or 3 feet square, and put a few inches of earth back upon the sheet 
 of copper ; then put in a tube-like box to come to the top of the ground, to admit water 
 to be occasionally poured in to keep up a moisture around the plate, then fill in the 
 earth, or what would be perhaps as well, fill up the hole with cobble-stones and use the 
 place as a sink-hole which will always keep it wet at the bottom. If there is a batli- 
 room connected with the house, the water trom that might be led into this place, either 
 of which plans will prove successful; but unless some of these plans are adopted, the 
 Rod must be caried down to permanently moist earth, which is not reached short of a lev- 
 el of the water in the wells of the vicinity. The common practice of driving a croW bar 
 down a few feet is not at all relialile— it may terminate in dry sand, or other soil; but 
 even if it did not, the amount of surface at the bottom is too small to be of any service 
 whatever. These facts have been gathered from various Scimtific sources which can be 
 relied upon as practicable. 
 
 L.I IV I MENTN.— Liniments are employed in frictions upon the skin, or by wetting 
 flannels in them and laying upon inflamed parts that are too tender to allow them to 
 be rubbed in ; and they are often taken internally in sore throat, colic pains, etc. They 
 are especially valuable in rheumatism, quinsy, sprains, bruises, painful swellings, etc. 
 They both act as counter irritants, and as strengthening lotions. Alcohol usually forms 
 the base, or foundation for Liniments, proper, as it dissolves gums and essential oils, of 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 54^ 
 
 rij!,'l^"^°**^°^i*^^™,^''® composed; but there are others which are more of a soanv 
 hnu/,^' T^ec"y speaking an opodeldoc (the first part of the word opo bSng joi^ied wi?h 
 balsam-opo-balsara, dessignating a thick vegetable Juice; hence TheoDfirash,Tp«r« 
 eelsus, who Webster says, '■ liked to coin arbitmry and unmeaning names'^' Sprf^^^^^ 
 J^h^o^"'^^^"' to a thick kind of soapy Liniment.., whiXTcompo^d "of soap cam^ 
 of w.;,v,; n^f'r"'^'^'''^ P^' '-^P' turpentine and alcohol, as will be seen befm?efth^r 
 of which mav be used accorduig to the circumstances calling for them as deemed best 
 
 ^,,r.iZ' **" *V^ desired to use it as a blistering Liniment,for Horses uoon Snrains snlints 
 
 si fir ''4™'°™»»" »•"»"" ''"■'^^^^^^^^^ 
 
 ^^„,' ^^^ gave me the history uf a bad case of Croup, where it was used with .snnh 
 KtoZ'Ti 'h^- ^^f ^ °S^ °f f'^e Professors of the University, fvChad been called to 
 Dortions' ''t^i^''^ for the prescription-he gave him the articlesused buf nottl e pro^ 
 Cfitonhind ''^^^'''"'''^" "''"'" 'l^^'^"*'"'^^' ^"' 'l™^^^^*^-^ ^^iJl do welfto 
 
 rru '^' ^*"?**.**?*"? T'iiiinieiit, or Black-oil for Poll-Evil Fixtiiii «#« 
 hnrJ^'irl^'''''^'' Signifies a pipe, or narrow opening into some fl^hy part !n" case '^f 
 horses It has more particular reference to a swelling upon Wie withers or shoulder nf 
 the animal with a.Fidulous. or pipe-like opening, commnnly caUed a - t'^i^t^^l" v "^^^^^ 
 
 lo make the Oil or Liniment, which will be of a dark color or Black • 
 fluid measure"''' °''' ' "''= "'' "'■^P'^"' ' °^«-= °^1 °'' ^''t""! . sulphuric acidV2 ozs., all 
 hMnjn,,°l^l>P"°^';'''?^''^ ^2,'?<^t'^''^gto™i^'hem In, so it can be poured into a hnttlf. 
 
 peiitiiie aq"uramm^nV.*'tin,'f*-7^'''"'-'''''^^ H^^- = ^'c^iol, linseed oil, spirits of tur- 
 
 ?his ^'^^^f'^^X^',:^^;:^^^^^ of cac.h. 4 o^s. Mix. 
 
 u;rp^??^*^*;»f^S^?;^^-;Sweet-oil,2^o.s.; aqua ammonia, 1 oz.;-spirits of 
 
 Spon'^aTo'sebyreTpll^^^^^^^^ once cured 3 warte 
 
 ^^^Spints of turpentine and sweet-oil, equal parts of each, applied daily, for a month 
 
 One was situated where the collar chafed it, another upon the back part of the fore 
 
550 DR. chase's 
 
 leg, so that it was chafed by the girth until it sometimes bled, and the other upon the 
 nose so that the noee-strap of the halter chafed it. All I can say is this, I have not a 
 doubt of tiie fact, but if so simple a Liniment would cure them, certainly any of the 
 stronger and more complicated Liniments would do the same thing. 
 
 7. Soap liiniment, or Opotlelcloe. — White bar soap, 2 ozs. ; camphor gum, 1 oz.; 
 oil of rosemary, 3 drs. ; oil of origanum, % oz. ; aqua ammonia F F F strong, 1 oz. ; alco- 
 hol, iy> pts. 
 
 Shave the soap fine, and put it into the alcohol, and digest on a sand-bath, or 
 keep in a warm place until the soap is dissolved, then add the other articles and put 
 into wide-mouthed bottles. It cools to a soapy, or half solid mass— called Opodeldoc, 
 which Prof. King considers much superior to the common article called by that name. 
 It is used to relieve pain in swellings, rheumatisms, bruises, sprains, sore throat, and in 
 fact wherever a Liniment is appliable. 
 
 8. Liethiaii liiiilnient, or 0^>odel<loc. — Dr. Tilman Douglass gives this name 
 (Leiluan, which means, to induce lorgetfulness of pain), to the following preparation : 
 
 " Digest a bar of fresh turpentine soap, and gum camphor, 4 ozs. in alcohol, 1 gal. in 
 a jug, or bottle in the hot sun, or warm place, for two weeks ; and, while hot bottle in 
 4 oz. large mouthed bottles, to each of which put in chloroform, 1 dr., and shake occas- 
 sionally while cooking, as it coagulates, like opodeldoc. 
 
 " The mode of applying it is, to coat the part well, and cover it immediately with 
 paper, which will adhere firmly, and produce a gentle burning, tingling, sensation, 
 which, in neuralgia, rheumatism, irritability of the stomach, cramps, colic, etc., is per- 
 fectly delightful." — Memphis' Medical Recorder. 
 
 If there is any difficulty in getting the turpentine soap, take the common nice white 
 bar soap and add oil of turpentine, 4 ozs. with the comphor. And it will do just as well 
 to set the jug, or bottle in a warm place in the house, as in the sun — the object is 
 warmth to dissolve. 
 
 9. Neuralg'ia I^iiiiment.— Alcohol 95 per cent, spirits of turpentine, sulphuric 
 ether, chloroform, laudanum, and gum champhor. all liquid measure except the cam- 
 piior, of each, J4 oz. ; oils of cloves and lavender, of each, J 4 oz. Mix, and keep corked. 
 
 This will be" found a very valuable Liniment for Neuralgic pains of the face, or any 
 other part. If the pain is not relieved by rubbing it on; wet a piece of brown paper with 
 it, and hold on as long as can be done without blistering. For decaying and painful 
 teeth, apply with lint and rub upon the gums. For internal pains, as wf colic, pains in 
 the stomach, etc., take from: 10 to ;!0 drops in a little sweetened water, or s^jirits and wa- 
 ter, according to the severity of the pain ; and repeat in 15 to 30 minutes if necessasy, un- 
 til relieved. It will be found a valuable Liniment for any and all purposes for which 
 Liniments an^ used, and if it was not a little more expensive than the common Lini- 
 ments, it would be more generally used, no doubt. • 
 
 LiKJlIIf* PHYSK'. OR rOOI.INtt PUROATIVE.— This preparation has 
 been highly recommended, under the name of wliite Liqxiid Physic, or Davih' Physic. 
 The following is the prescription : 
 
 " Take sulphate of soda ^glauber salts), ^ lb.; water, l}^ pts.; dissolve, and then add 
 nitro-muriatic acid*, 2 fl. ozs. and powdered alum 1 dr. ands grs." 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful in a gill of water 3 times daily. It is to be taken by draw- 
 ing through a joint of reed, elder, glass-tube, or a large straw, so it shall not come in 
 contact with the teeth. In dysentery it is to be given every hour ur Ml it opperates 
 slightly ; then every 3, or 4 hours — rinse the mouth, after each dose, with a weak .solu- 
 tion of saleratus water, or a little baking soda dissolved in water, which neutralizes the 
 acid, and saves the teeth from its corroding efleets upon them. It is used as a cooling 
 purgative whenever there is a feverishness present, also in colic, disea,ses of the liver, 
 diarrhea, as a substitute for mercury. The advantage of the sulphate of soda,is, that it is 
 " an efficient, cooling and laxative, or purgative, promoting secretion and exhalation 
 from the membrane of the stomach and intestines without causing inflammation or 
 fever, and the acid acts upon the liver also without causing inflammation. " In inter- 
 mittent fever," says King, " given in laxative doses, it has proved highly beneficial, 
 especially when occuring in broken-down constitutions, and has cured the most obsti- 
 nate cases of dysentery ." 
 
 I-0<'IiKi»-.I AW— Cured with Tobacco after a L,ock of 40 Hours.— 
 Aaron Baker, of Mount Vernon, Ind. gave the history of a ca-se of Locked-Jaw, to the 
 Scientific American, which was published in that paper, Aug. 28, 1869, as follows : 
 
 " Messrs, Editors: — Reading in the late papers the account of the recent death of 
 the Engineer Roebling, from tilivma, or Locked-.Iaw, reminded me of an incident in the 
 military campaigns of a friend, a Major in the 10th Indiana cavalry during the late war, 
 and wliich he, only a short time ago, related to me, among other events of his soldier 
 life. 
 
 " In view of the late unhappy event, above mentioned, I deem it worthy of being 
 generally known, as his remedy is very simple, quick, efficacious, and obtained almost 
 anywhere. It would, in the alcove case, have certainly saved the life of a very useful 
 
 *Nitro-muriatic acid is ordinarily made with twice a.s much of the muriatic (usually 
 called hydrochloric) acid as of the nitric, but for tlie preparation of this Liquid Physic they 
 should be used, says King, " in equal propdrtioiis." 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 551 
 
 man. The Major's command was then— Christmas 1864— in middle Tennesee, near the 
 Alabama line. One of his men was wounded slightly in the loot, hardly serious enough 
 to go back a few miles to the nearest hospital ; and, as the command was after a short 
 march, to go into Winter quarters, mid not wisliinfj to leave the command he conclud- 
 ed to press on with it. The consequence was he tunk cold in his wounded foot, and 
 tetanus ensued" (set in) "before they reached their Winter quarters. All their sur- 
 
 feons and assistants had bceen left at various hospitals, and the hospital-Steward, 
 nowing nothing better to do, had made arrangements to abandon the man as hopeless, 
 to die at a plantation. The Major casually learned his condition, and as it was 
 a case of life, or death, anyhow, or rather certain death, he resolved to ti-y an 
 experiment, and save a life if possible. The man had had the Locked-Jaw niore 
 than forty hmirs, they had no medicines along, useless if they had, and the Ma- 
 jer's only resource was a plug of navy Tobacco. He cut off a square o( it. it was about 3 
 inches square put it in a mess-pan witii boiling water until it was lieat through, and 
 saturated " fsoaked-fuUi " witli the water; taking it out he allowed it to cool, so as not 
 to blister, then flattening it out, heplaced it on the pitof the man's stomach. In about5 
 minutes the patient turned white around the lips, which also began to twitch— the man 
 was getting very sick" 'then I think was the proper time to have taken off the Tobacco) 
 "—and in 9, or 10 minutes the rigid muscles relaxed, and his jaws fell open. Indeed, it 
 seemed as if the patient would fall all apart and go to pieces, so utterly was his entire 
 muscular system relaxed. The Tobacco was immediately removed and some whi.sky 
 gruel " (gruel with whisky in it) " was given to stimulate him. Next day the man was 
 taken along in an ambulance, and in a few days, mounted his horse, all right, as bold 
 a "soger bov" as any. So much for a dead man. 
 
 " it seerns necessary, in this disease to produce nausea, or sickness of the stomach, 
 to cause the rigid musrles to relax. It is very difficult, or almost impossible, to adminis- 
 ter internal medicines, und some external application becomes necessary to produce this 
 nausea, and this is furnislied liy the Tobacco. The Major found, afterwards, that damp 
 Tobacco applied to any part of the body, would produce sickness, but, much more quick- 
 ly, of course, when applied over the stomach." 
 
 " [We give the above for what it is worth. Tlie remedy proposed is one of great 
 power, and would need to be used with extreme caution, to avoid fatally nicotizing the 
 patient. — edsj." 
 
 It is a well known fact that the editors of the tndy scientific paper, above named, are 
 as cmitioii.-< in recommending a powerful article to common use. as they are exact in all 
 their scieiititic problems, or items, wliich fully accounts for their caution as to the use 
 of the Tobacco in Locked-Jaw; but when we consider also that it is equally "well 
 known " that this disease is not only, a very dangerous one, but that it is almost always, 
 a fatal one, hence, I think tliat notwith.standing their caution is well meant, it will have 
 a tendency to make people otier-cautious, which I also think will be shown by the fol- 
 lowing statements of scientific physicians. 
 
 Beach says ; — " There is no disease wliich is treated with such a variety of medi- 
 cines as the Locked-Jaw. There arc as many different applications as there are physi- 
 cians, none of which seem to have much effect." 
 
 This 1 take to be almost equivalent to saying that nothing can be done, although he 
 recommends attention to the wound, from whicli it generally arises, steaming it over 
 bitter Iwrbs, slippery-elm poitttice, etc., and the vapor-bnlh, all of which are v :y well, so 
 far as tliey go ; but they will not gencraUy go far enough to save the patients life. 
 
 Waeren says ; — " The only known remedies for this disease are chlorofwm and ether, 
 taken either into the stomach, or by inhalation, in quantities to control the spasms, and 
 to be pursued as long as they continue to occur. The costiveness must be removed by 
 1, or 2 drops of croton oil, administered in a spoonful of gruel." 
 
 SciiDDER says: — " Opium and chloroform seem now to be our principal remedies, as 
 they give ease when ail others fail. Opium may be given in doses of 5 grs., or sulphate of 
 morphine in do.ses of 1 gr. Chlorofijrm, however, answers a better purpose; as by its 
 continued use we can control the .spasm and pain. Ansesthesia " (sleep, or insensibility 
 to pain) "need not be deep, but should be So continued as to prevent a return of the 
 convulsions. Nicotine" (the poisoning principle contained in the Tobacco; "has been 
 used in Dublin with mrw-e marked stirrexK tlian has attended any other agent, and I will 
 certainly try it, should I be so unfortunate as to have another case. It is given in doses of one 
 drop, in wine, and repeated as often as may be necessary to controf the convulsions, and 
 if need be, the dose is increased to tivo drops, and if rejected by the stomach, it may be 
 used as an enema" i injection]. "Cases are reported, in which it is manifest that the 
 remedy exerts a marked controlling power over the disease, which may be rendered 
 curative, with proper care. 
 
 " It must not be forgotton that the patient needs sustenance" (strength from food) 
 "through this prolonged muscular action and pain. It should be given m the form of 
 rich animal broths and milk, with a sufficient amount of brandy. If It cannot be 
 taken by the mouth, on account of the convulsive action, it should be used as an enema." 
 
 These last instructions as to maintaining tlie strength of tlie patient, are very im- 
 portant, and correspond exactly to the course pursued by the Major, in the above case, 
 with his whiskey gruel ; but they also show that Prof. Scudder is not satisfied with any 
 
552 DR. chase's 
 
 former plan of treatment, but was ready to try the Nicotine, as soon as a case should 
 offer ; and I most cheerfully recommend him and all others to try the tobacco, using, 
 however, judgment and care as to the length of time it is kept on, for if the full relaxa- 
 tion is not obtained at first, it could be put on again, thereby saving all risk of over-doing 
 — sustaining the strength and counteracting the tendency of the Tobacco to produce ex- 
 tensive prostration, by the use of the whiskey, or braiidy, beef-tea, etc., etc., according to 
 the conveniences at hand, with which I consider the Tobacco not only perfectly safe, 
 but decidedly the best article now known for Locked-Jaw. 
 
 MASTURBATION (Onanism— Self-Polution).— Webster says 
 that Masturbation conies from the Latin masiurbari, to practice 
 Onanism, ])robably from manus, the hand, and stuprase, to defile, or 
 pohite ; literally meaning then to detile, or polute with the hand. The 
 practice, however, is not Onanism, properly understood, but the result 
 being the same, and its sin of such a character as to have called upon 
 God for Onan's destruction. The habit has drawn upon itself this dis- 
 graceful name by those, probably, who did not fully understand the dif- 
 ference. Onan was the second son of Judah, who refused to raise up a 
 family name to his elder brother, etc., whose sin had caused his de- 
 struction at God's hand. The record of Onan's destruction is in the 
 following words: " And the thing which he did displeased the Lord: 
 ■wherefore he slew him also." The histor} of the whole matter is 
 found in the 38th chapter of Gen. 
 
 There is no habit of vice, probably, which works a greater, or a 
 more terrible and lasting injury upon the body and mind of the youth 
 of our land than that of Masturbation. And were it not from the fact 
 of its being begun so early in life that the children, girls as well as 
 boys, do not realize its great sinfulness, before God, as well as the fact 
 that it will utterly destroy both body and soul ; and also that parents 
 are not aware of the great extent of its practice, I should not have in- 
 troduced ti e subject into this Work. But from the publication of my 
 first book, I have had hundreds of letters, I believe I may say thous- 
 ands, of inquiry to know how they can get rid of the consequences of 
 this terrible evil which they have brought upon themselves before 
 they knevv what the consequences would be. The consequences are 
 so awful, and the prospect of cure so feeble and unpromising, I dare 
 not refuse to lift a warning voice aginst it in this public manner, and 
 to put parents upon theirguard toinstruct the youth under tneir charge, 
 that it will utterly enfeeble both body and m.ind, and in the end lay 
 very many of them in an early grave, or leave them with a dwarfed 
 and enfeebled mind, and perhaps in a lunatic asylum, for the balance 
 of their unhappy lives. The time was when God came out in judgment 
 and cut off the wicked in their wickedness; but latterly. He leaves 
 them to suffer on through lif"., with weakness of body and mind — the 
 consequences of their ignorance, or of their uickedness. 
 
 " The fact that the ceremony of marriage has been performed, will 
 not save people from the consequences of venerial excesses. The laws 
 of our nature remain the same; and if violated, we must suffer the 
 consequences. Hundreds and thousands are hurried into a premature 
 grave, or made wretched while they live, by diseases induced by these 
 excesses, with no knowledge as to their causes." "The practice of Self- 
 Polution " says Beach, " pervades all ranks, male and female. Pro- 
 fessed Christians are often among its victims. Sometime since, says 
 Mary S. Gove, ' I became acquainted with a lovely and intellectual young 
 man, who was a student in one of our theological seminaries. His 
 health became so poor that he was obliged to leave the seminary and 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 553 
 
 return to his friends. I saW him lose his reason and become a maniac. 
 I was satisfied from all the symptoms in the case, that this sin was the 
 cause of his wretched condition. He died without recovering his rea- 
 son, and a friend of his, who was in the seminary with him, told me, 
 after his decease, that he was indeed a victim of ' solitary vice ' (Mastur- 
 bation) "' that it caused his death.' " 
 
 If this sin could get such a fast hold upon one who had once vowed 
 to love and serve God, need we have a doubt that it is at the bottom of 
 the failing health of many of those young men vv'ho now-a-days, as 
 well as in this case, have to leave our colleges and universities, and final- 
 ly compel them to abandon a literary course of life, in which they 
 might otherwise have succeeded beyond many of their fellows — in- 
 deed the knowledge which my opportunities have placed before me 
 puts it beyond a doubt. 
 
 Prof. John King, of Cincinnati, 0., in his extensive work on 
 "Chronic Diseases," says that "in the course of the last 28 years, I have 
 treated 2,751 males and 117 females, whose ailments were brought 
 on by this habit ; and in addition to this, during the same length of 
 time, I have received communications from more than 4,000 persons, 
 victims of Self-polution, who did not come under my treatment, either 
 because I could not promise quick cures, or, for pecuniary, or other 
 reasons. I state this to show the prevalence of the vice, and its evil 
 results, although denied by many practitioners, who ought to know 
 better." 
 
 Physicians although knowing the cause of weakness and failing 
 health of the young persons whom they are called upon by parents, to 
 prescribe for, dare not tell the parents for fear of giving oflense and 
 thereby losing their practice. 
 
 Be^tch gives an account of one. He says : " A short time since 
 I was conversing with a physician who seemed to feel deeply on 
 the subject. "But," said he, " what can be done ? I dare not oflfend 
 parents by telling them the habits of their children. I was called to 
 a j'outh who was destroying himself by this practice, but I dare not 
 mention it. The parents would have been very angry if I had." 
 
 A man who is afraid to fulfill the duties of his position PS a phy- 
 sician, or any other position as a morally responsible man, is not fit 
 for the office, or relation which he holds. 
 
 Dr. S. B. Woodward, superintendent of one of the N. Y. hospitals 
 for the insane, makes the following remarks upon the practice of this 
 evil. He says : " For the last four years, it has fallen to my lot to 
 witness, examine, and mark the progress of from 10 to 25 cases daily, 
 who have been the victims of this debasing habit, and I aver that no 
 cause whatever, that operates on the human sj-stem, prostrates all its 
 energies, mental, moral, and physical" (rel-Ating to the body), "to an 
 equal extent. I have seen more cases of idiocy from this cause alone, 
 than from all other causes of insanity. If insanity and idiocy do not 
 result, other diseases, irremediable and hopeless, follow in its train, or 
 such a degree of imbecility" (feebleness of body, or mind) " marks its 
 ravages upon bodv and mind as to destroy the happiness of life, and 
 make existence itself wretched and miserable in the extreme." 
 
 With a knowledge of these facts before me, let me ask if I should 
 do my whole duty in writing this "Second Receipt Book" if I did not 
 lay these facts before my readers? And let me also ask my readers if, 
 since they now know the awful consequences of this terribly de- 
 
554 DR. chase's 
 
 structive habit, I may not reasonably hope that a very great amount 
 of suffering may be, and will be avoided by giving heed to these in- 
 tructions ? 
 
 But the consequences of this base habit are so wide spread and ter- 
 rible, I do not feel like proceeding to its symptoms without having 
 quoted the following sensible remarks from " Warren's Household 
 Physician." He says : " There is probably no vice to which so many 
 boys and young men, and even girls and yoi;ng women, are adicted, 
 and from which so many constitutions break down, as from Self-polu- 
 tion. Small boys and girls learn the vile practice of the larger ones at 
 school, and generally continue it up to maturity without the least sus- 
 picion that they are afflicting upon themselves either a moral, or a 
 physical injury. 
 
 " This comes of the false modeMy, aTid bastard morality which witJi- 
 holds from the young, all knowledge of the proper functions" (especial 
 work, or adaptation) "of their xexual organs, and of the inconceivable 
 mischief resulting from their abuse. A gentleman of distinction 
 lately said to me," says Dr. Wurren, " 'I instruct my boys as faithfully 
 on this subject as upon any other moral, or physical question, and I 
 tell my wife it is her duty to do the same with the girls.' This is 
 wise. Yet, how few parents ever speak to their boys, or girls on the 
 subject, or give them the least reason to suppose that there is any bet- 
 ter rule for their conduct than their own desires !" 
 
 The reason of this neglect, I am aware, arises more from diffidence, 
 or delicacy than from a want of interest upon the subject, and partially 
 also for a want of knowledge as to the result, or consequences to the 
 children, by this neglect. Let such, not only read and ponder well 
 this whole fubject, but place, also, such knowledge in the hands of 
 their children, and point out this matter for their especial considera- 
 tion as early in life us they can read and reflect upon any subject what- 
 ever. 
 
 Smyptoms. — While sprightliness, vivacity and activity are the 
 leading characteristics of the young who do not indulge in the habit of 
 Self-pollution ; upon the other hand,those who do, will be fcund dull, 
 weak, inactive, and feeble, a l)urthen upon themselves and their 
 friends ; indolence, restlessness, melanclioly, and forgetfulness, weak 
 back, headache, indisposition to study, loss of confidence in them- 
 selves, not willing to look any one in the face, languid and pale coun- 
 tenance, desire to be alone, etc., etc., and in females, hysterics, per- 
 haps, whites and all of the attending Symptoms of general weakness, 
 and debility ; noctural, or night emissions are frequent because the 
 enfebled organs are not able to retain the seminal fluid that, even, 
 their dreams of indulgence cause to be produced ; and in cases where 
 this abuse is carried to its fullest extent, the drain upon this, the 
 most vital part of the system, is so great, that the whole person, physi- 
 cally, morally and mentallv, becomes a wreck — the nerves tremu- 
 lous, memory gone, the gait feeble from failing strength, the mind be- 
 coming confused, and finally chaotic, or idiotic, the insane asylum, or 
 an early grave closes the scene ; far worse even than most other evil 
 practices, or habits that if once given way to, it is very seldom aban- 
 doned ; and the consequences are as certain as their continuance ; for 
 as long as the indulgence is permitted no treatment whatever can give 
 any considerable relief; and it is a difficulty, or self-produced disease, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 555 
 
 that treatment can seldom hope to give any relief— not the least hopes 
 of it unless the habit is absolutely abandoned. 
 
 Treatment. — The last, above remarks hold out but very poor 
 prospects of its being of any use even to speak of Treatment at all: — 
 Why? For the plain and simple reason, that the indulgence draws 
 upon the nervous system to such an extent that it is broken down, and 
 almost absolutely "destroyed, and the nature of the human organiza- 
 tion is such that, "if the nervous part of the system is destroyed, the whole 
 foundation is destroyed — in other words there is nothing to build 
 upon ; and I care not what the Treatment may be, if the habit is still 
 indulged in, the difficulty will become worse and worse, in spite of the 
 Treatment; and even if it is given up, the improvement must neces- 
 sarily be more slow than in convalescence, or recovery from any of 
 the ordinary diseases, as they do not so extensively destroy the ner- 
 vous influence which must be brought into an active condition to 
 build up the health from the prostration of any disease. 
 
 Then although it will be extremely difficult for the person to re- 
 strain themselves from the indulgence, the mental and moral nature 
 being completely broken down, the heart deadened to all sense of 
 moral obligation, and the will too feeble to resist temptation, or to ex- 
 ecute any determination for amendment, it will be a hard thing to 
 abandon the habit, yet, it must be done, or no hopes of improvement 
 cart ever be expectcid. 
 
 Parents, or whoever the responsibility of the case may rest upon, 
 must do every thing that can be done to give strength to the moral 
 nature of the patient, the same as with a child; for their minds will 
 often be found weaker to resist temptation in this particular direction 
 than that of the merest child. The sin of lascivious thoughts even, 
 must be pointed out, and all such thoughts must be driven from the 
 mind ; and the opposite sex must be thought of only in a virtuous 
 sense, with a consideration of the moral obligations that we are all 
 under to be virtuous, even in thought, as before Him who knows, and 
 will hold us responsible even for our thoughts, for " he that looketh 
 on a woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her, al- 
 ready, in his heart." This must not be, but rather, let a pirn be fol- 
 lowed that 1 have seen suggested by some writer, whose name I can- 
 not now remember, whenever one of the opposite sex comes into your 
 presence, or passes before you, let a thought of prayer be at once ad- 
 dressed to the throne of Grace, for their welfare, and for help to ena- 
 ble yourself to resist any temptation to evil thoughts that might oth- 
 erwise arise. 
 
 Employment of some kind that will have a tendency to engage 
 the mind will be very necessary to success. 
 
 Daily bathing, or sponging the surface, in moderately cool water, 
 or spirits and water will greatly aid the restorati(Mi_ of the external 
 secretions; and washing the private parts twice daily, morning and 
 evening, in cold water, will have a tendency to check the circulation 
 of blood there, and thereby turn the mind to other considerations. 
 
 The food also should be of the most nutritious character, but only 
 in quantities that will allow of perfect digestion. 
 
 And while some physicians recommed, to young men, the culti- 
 vation of the acquaintance of some virtuous female for the sake of 
 company and sociability, to lead their own minds from the subject of 
 their evil propensities, I have been in the habit of recommending an 
 
556 DR. chase'8 
 
 entire different course, i. e., to supply one's self with a few books that 
 shall be calculated to lead the mind to a realizing sense of one's re- 
 sponsibility to God, and to the world ; and also to take a sufficiency 
 of vegetable food, preparitory to a hunting excursion into the back- 
 woods, where hunting may supply wild game in abundance for the 
 table. The hunting gives the necessary amount of exercise, and the 
 entire absence of female company, together with the reading of moral 
 and religious books, not novels, many, if not most of which are cal- 
 culated to excite the sexual passions rather than to restrain them, 
 having a companion, also, if possible, who knows the condition of the 
 patient, that he may help to lead the mind out after God, and conse- 
 quently to a virtuous course of thought, and by this means, I have 
 succeeded in establishing a habit of thought that has, in many cases, 
 .triumphed over the difficulty. 
 
 When this course cannot be taken, it must be approached as near 
 to as possible at home. The plainest food must be used, roasted, or 
 broiled, lean meats, with only the common vegetables, maybe eaten, 
 which are of the easiest digestion, so that the system shall obtain the 
 most nourishing support, from the least possible amount of food, as 
 every power is weak, and requires the greatest care to commence and 
 follow up a course that shall establish and carry out apian of recruit- 
 ing and building up the system, which will, of course, give strength to 
 the moral sense of right. 
 
 As to medicines, only those that will help to correct any condi- 
 tion of an unhealthy character, and to tone uj) the general health, is 
 about all that can be used with any hopes of benefiting the patient. 
 I say patient, because one who is in this condition, although he, or 
 they, may be up and about, yet, they are in a worse debility, than one 
 with a souiid constitution, who is just recovering from a severe fit of 
 sickness ; for his debility, as I have before stated, arises from the 
 great draft that has been made iipon the nervous system. 
 
 As to medicines, such articles must be used as will meet the_ wants, 
 or indications of the system — if the bowels are costive, such articles of 
 food, or medicine must be used as will correct this difficulty — if the 
 urine is scanty, or Jiigh colored, a diuretic will be needed —the bath- 
 ing, or sponging will help to correct the parched and dried up con- 
 dition of the surface ; and as there is known to be great weakness 
 and debility, a tonic will certainly be required ; and if there is cos- 
 tiveness, as well as weakness present, the Cholagogue, which see, 
 may prove as good as any. If need be, however, the rheubarb may 
 be droped from it, or so much of it as will just keep the bowels regu- 
 lar ; or, if preferred, li oz. of of the red, or best Peruvian bark,coarsely 
 ground, together with 1 oz. of cloves and cinnamon, may be all put to 
 1 qt. of any good domestic wine, or "port " if no domestic is at hand. 
 This might however be prepared in larger quantities, say 1 gal., keep- 
 ing the same proportions of the other articles, as this tonic will have 
 to be continued for some time. 
 
 Dose. — A wine-glassful, half an hour to an hour after each meal. 
 
 3. And if there is considerable debility present, there may be pre- 
 pared the following stimulating tonic to use before the meals : 
 
 Aromatic spirits of ammonia, tinct. of Jamaica ginger, chloroform, 
 and sulphuric ether, of each i oz. Mix. 
 
 Dose.— Put 20 drops of this to half a glass of milk, or slippery elm 
 water, to be taken just before meals. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 557 
 
 4. In cases where the habit has been indulged in for such a 
 length of time that nocturnal emissions — night emissions of seminal 
 fluid occur, involuntarily i. e., without an actual repetition of the in- 
 dulgence at the time ; but from its so frequent previous repetition 
 such a condition of the system has been established, and the mind 
 has so often also, been led into that train, or course of thought, that, 
 during the hourti of sleep, it again falls into libidinous, or lustful 
 thoughts, or impure dreams of sexual indulgences; and the habit, 
 with some, has been allowed to have such full control for so long a 
 time, these night emissions do sometimes occur involuntarily, even 
 after the person has realized the terrible condition he is in, and does 
 the best he can to think of other things, and to change his mind and 
 thoughts to a virtuous and correct course of action. In such cases the 
 following pill may be prepared and taken : 
 
 Gum camphor pulverized, 30 grs.; salvy extract of belladona* 5 
 grs.; oil of cubebs, 25 drops. Mix, and make into pill-mass by using 
 equal parts of pulverized gum Arabic, and pulverized cubebs, and 
 divide into 30 pills. 
 
 Dose. — One pill may be taken 3 times daily, one being taken at 
 bed time. 
 
 In conclusion, I would say to parents, you must not let your sons, 
 nor your daughters remain in ignorance of the terrible consequences 
 arising from these indulgences. Dr. Warren says: "It is plainly 
 your duty to enlighten and to warn them. It is a matter in which, 
 young persons are generally disposed to do right, if rightly instructed. 
 Avail yourselves of your right to give counsel, and, if need be, to use 
 authority." 
 
 If physicians, or parents need, or desire any further instructions 
 upon this subject, they will find an exhaustive exposition of all the 
 different conditions, in Prof. King's "Chronic Diseases," which can be 
 obtained by addressing him, at Cincinnati, 0., the work, however is 
 expensive, $15, but it contains 1,600 pages, and there is no other work, 
 to my knowledge, half so valuable, or full; and the expense is noth- 
 ing to be compared with the advantage to be derived from it, in cases 
 of extreme debility arising from these "Self-abuses," and yt, the na- 
 ture of many of the articles called for, in that work, for this disease is 
 such, that it would be of the utmost importance to have the case 
 Treated by a physician, even with that valuable work before him ; 
 and, I will again say before closing, that unless the person will wholly 
 and totally abandon the habit, he need never expect to be benefitted 
 by any course of Treatment whatever — tis an impossibility — and even 
 after its abandonment, and the commencement of a correct course of 
 action, and a correct course of Treatment, the amendment will be slow 
 — very slow — sometimes making one believe that they are not im- 
 proving at all. But suppose it is, it is the only right course, and must 
 be held on to, until time, and the re-cuperative powers of the system, 
 with the aid of tonics, alteratives, etc., have again established a fair 
 condition of health — an absolute restoration to perfect health, if the 
 habit has been long indulged, need never be expected. 
 
 *Atropa BelladonTia is also known by the names of deadly nightshade, dwale, and from 
 the little black fruit it produces is also called black cherry. It is a native of Europe, but 
 we have it growing in gardens, and other rich soils, calling it garden nightshade. It is, 
 in large doses, an energetic poison ; but in small doses it acts kindly upon the nervous 
 system, and gives tone to the involuntary muscles, and hence, is valuable in treating 
 the above difficulty. 
 
558 DR. chase's 
 
 Such being the terrible consequences of an indulgence, for any 
 considerable length of time, in this rightlj- named habit — " Self-abuse," 
 or rather "Self-pollution," could I be excused, if I had passed over this 
 subject without having lifted a warning voice against it, notwithstand- 
 ing its extreme delicacy? and as I close, I will say to all youth who 
 have not already commenced it, let no amount of persuasion from older 
 companions lead you into it ; and to those who have been led into its 
 evil practice, abandon it at once, as you hope for any degree of health 
 in this world, or for the "Joys of the world to come." 
 
 MEASLES.— This is a disease peculiar to childhood, although 
 those who do not have it when young, are liable to take it even in 
 adult age ; for instance, I well remember that my own mother had 
 the Measles at the same time myself and several of the other children 
 had them. 
 
 Cause. — It is a contagious disease,or in other words, it is " catch- 
 ing." And as children have them easier, generally, than adults, or 
 grown persons, I deem it best not to make any especial effort to pre- 
 vent children from taking them ; but, after a known exposure, to 
 observe proper precautions against taking cold, wliich is liable to in- 
 crease the danger; and as Winter or Spring is generally the time of 
 their prevalence, there should always be great care to clothe warmly, 
 and to avoid exposures to storms, or cold. Persons who have the true 
 Measles, seldom, or never have them again, although, I have heard 
 persons claim to have had them the second time. The disease ap- 
 pears in from 7 to 14 days after an exposure, occasionally, it is believed 
 to have not made its appearance until considerably later. 
 
 Symptoms. — Mea^les begin much like a cold, or catarrh in" the 
 head, with chilliness, or shivering, thirst, restlessness, perhaps sneez- 
 ing, hacking, dry cough, headache, dulness, sore throat, sickness of 
 the stomach, and sometimes vomiting, with a discharge of mucus from 
 the nose, and tears, or running of the eyes of a scalding character, the 
 eyes and general surface of the face, neck, and breast, and perhaps the 
 whole surface more, or less swollen ; for the disease is a true inflam- 
 mation of the skin. The eyes will not bear the light without irritation. 
 This condition will continue 3, or 4 days, with conside"able fever, 
 when, on the 4th day, the eruption, much resembling flea-bites, makes 
 its appearance, being slightly elevated from the general surface, so as 
 to give a rough feel to the skin, if the hand is passed over it. These 
 specks appear first upon the forehead, in half-moon shaped spots, ex- 
 tending to the neck, and then around the nose and mouth and finally 
 over the face, and the 5th day upon the body, and the 6th upon the 
 legs and arms, and sometimes upon the arms by the 5th day. If evary 
 thing passes on comfortably, the eruption will begin to disappear after 
 3 to 4 days from its first appearance, or in from 8 to 10 days from the 
 commencement of the disease, entirely disappearing in 2, or 3 days 
 from the time it begins to disappear, when the scarf-skin begins to 
 come ofi" in dry dandruff-like scales. It will subside in the order of 
 its appearance — disappearing first where it first appeard, continuing 
 to decline in the same way. If cold is taken, there may arise inflam- 
 mation of the stomach, lungs, or bowels when the eruption may dis- 
 appear, sooner than it should, causing a greater danger in the case. 
 
 To distinguish Measles from scarlet fever, remember that in the 
 latter the whole surface takes the scarlet-blush, while in Measles the 
 distinct little red spots are, at least for a time, sure marks by which 
 
SECOND -RECEIPT BOOK. 559 
 
 to distinguish one from the other ; and the inflammation, in Measles, 
 causes a red appearance of the skin, while in scarlet fever, the blush, 
 or tint of the surface is more of a yellowish shade, and the latter 
 disease will produce its characteristic appearance on the 2d day, and 
 Measles not until the 4th. See Scarlet Fever. 
 
 As a general thing, from the 9th to the 11th days, in Measles,there 
 will arise a looseness of the bowels, profuse sweating, or vomiting, by 
 which the poisonous matter arising from the disease is carried, or 
 thrown from the system, which, of itself, would naturally indicate the 
 course to be pursued in the treatment. 
 
 After a kruown exposure of a child to Measles, if the same course 
 is pursued as recommended in the treatment of scarlet fever, to put the 
 child into the best possible condition of health, it will be of the ut- 
 most practical advantage in the treatment of the case. 
 
 Treatment. — In ordinary cases of Measles the Treatment should 
 be very simple and mild. In the first place when there are any symp- 
 toms indicating the approach of the disease, let care be taken to avoid 
 exposures to cold, damp, or wet, which would be likely to increase 
 the severity of the disease, and if the above precautions have been ob- 
 served, but little danger need be apprehended. Soak the feet in hot 
 water for half an hour ; and if the room is warm and comfortable, and 
 if it is not, it should be made so, then, at the expiration of the half 
 hours' soaking of the feet, remove the clothing and wash the whole 
 surface with hot water, and soap, or some weak-lye in the water, as 
 most convenient, then rub, or wipe the little patient dry and place in 
 bed, covering sufficiently to keep perfectly comfortable, and give a tea 
 of saffron and Virginia snake-root, or the pleurisy-root, asdepias tu- 
 berosa, in place of the snake-root, or it would be all the better to use 
 equal parts of each with the saffron, which will act as, a diaphoretic, 
 tending to produce sweating, or rather tending to cause the disease to 
 make its appearance upon the surface and to hold it there ; Sudorific, 
 OR Sweating Tinct. which see, may be used; and at night let a mild 
 cathartic be given, the sulphur and cream of tartar mixture is perhaps 
 as good as anything, to cleanse the bowels, and carry off any offend- 
 ing, or poisonous matter that might accumulate there from "^he disease. 
 And the cathartic may be repeated every second, or third day, at least, 
 and it may be repeated more often if deemed best. With this course, 
 keeping the patient warm and comfortable, avoiding exposures to cold 
 drafts of air, the eruption may be expected to make its appearance in 
 its regular time; and even then, the same Treatment maybe con- 
 tinued, gently, to keep the eruption to the surface. But should the 
 cough be troublesome, half as much of lobelia herb, may be used as of 
 the other articles, in the tea, giving it once in an hour, or two, which 
 will correct, as far as it may be done, that difficulty. Yet, any of the 
 expectorants may be used in place of the lobelia, by those who think its 
 taste too nauseous, but none other is equal to it in all respects. 
 
 But, in case of considerable fever, the Febrifuge, which see, may be 
 given in doses to suit the age of the child, if the child is 5 to 7 years 
 old, the tea-spoonful dose may be given every 2 hours instead of every 
 half hour as there directed for an adult ; and this may be continued 
 until the fever has been largely reduced, at the same time, sponging 
 the surface, and using the hot foot-bath, to aid in lessening the fever 
 and to induce a favorable turn of the disease; and if there is a crav- 
 ing for cold water, it may be given in small quantities at a time, and 
 
560 DK. chase's 
 
 if it is acidulated with lemon juice and sweatened a little, it will be 
 all the more grateful and beneficial; keeping the patient, however, 
 comfortably covered, in bed, avoiding every possible exposure to cur- 
 rents of air. 
 
 In case of severe bronchial, or throat inflammations and cough, 
 besides the expectorant Treatment, the vapor of vinegar and water 
 may be inhaled, and a little paregoric, or laudanum may be put in 
 also to assist in allaying the irritation of the throat ; and a few drops 
 of the tinct^ of lobelia might also be droped into the inhaling fluid, 
 with great advantage. 
 
 If the eruption does not come out readily, in any case, at first, or 
 recedes, from taking cold, a mustard plaster over the stomach and 
 bowels, together with the hot foot-bath, and hot teas, will be found 
 very efficient in establishing it. 
 
 It is necessary also in Measles, to be very careful to avoid all ex- 
 posures to cold, even for some considerable time after the disease has 
 subsided; for the danger is greater in this, than in almost any other 
 disease, of complicating an inflammation of some particular organ,and 
 leaving perhaps a permanent deafness, weakness of the eyes, or cough, 
 or some other complication difficult to remove; then, if " It is better 
 to prevent disease than to cure," it will certainly hold good here. 
 
 If from any exposures during the progress of Measles, by which 
 cough becomes pretty firmly established. Prof. Scudder thinks that a 
 tea made from cloi'fr hay, or the tinct. of drosera, 1 dr. to water, 4 ozs. 
 :given in tea-spoonful doses every 4 "hours, '■ will be found much better 
 than the ordinary cough medicines in use." 
 
 For a description of the drosera, see the 1st note on page 129, and 
 the case of cough in chronic bronchitis connected with it, page 128. 
 If the clover io at hand, a tea can be readily made with it, and used 
 according to the severity of the cough. But, if great care is taken in 
 clothing children warmly, and in not permitting them to expose 
 themselves to drafts of air, nor to have damp, or wet feet, and the 
 bowels, and skin, are kept in a healthy condition, during the progress 
 •of Measles, and for some time after, there is but little more danger in 
 this disease than from any other. 
 
 2. A Oase in Point. — The Prof, in a recent No. of the Journal 
 gives a "case in point." He says : 
 
 " A child of my own had Measles, during one of the worst ende- 
 mics" (a disease peculiar to apeople,nation, or city — equivalent to epi- 
 demic, reaching many people) "we ever had in this city, and as a 
 sequel" (consequence, or result) "had that perisent irritation of the 
 bronchii" (bronchial tubes), "with cough which is so unpleasant, and 
 so frequently fatal. 
 
 " After an ineffectual use of the ordinary means, I put her on the 
 tinct. of drosera, J oz., water, 4 ozs.; a tea-spoonful, 4 times a day. 
 "Was entirely relieved in a week, or 10 days ; and though the cough 
 would return with every slight cold for a year following, it was al- 
 ways speedily relieved by the same remedy. 
 
 " I have now prescribed the drosera in scores of cases, and never 
 think c f prescribing anything but that, or the clover hay." 
 
 MUMPS. — Mumps is an inflammation, which causes a swelling 
 of the parotid glands (parotid comes from Greek words signifying near, 
 or beside, and the ear) which are situated pretty close under the ears, 
 just at the upward bend, or angle of the lower jaw. These glands 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 561 
 
 assist in furnishing the saliva for moistening the food and aiding in 
 its digestion. 
 
 Mumps are most common with children from 7 years and upward ; 
 but younger children are liable to them, so are adults, who miss them 
 in childhood ; and thej^ may occur upon one side only, or upon both 
 sides at once ; but if they occur only upon one side, at first, the per- 
 son is liable to have them again, but upon the other &ide. 
 
 Cause. — Contagion, or taking it from others, the same as measles, 
 small-pox, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — There are generally catarrhal Symptoms manifested, 
 at first, together with soreness and swelling of the glands at the bend 
 of the jaw, which may become so much swollen as to make swallow- 
 ing, and even breathing, difficult, the pain also being considerable ; 
 and both the swelling and pain may increase for 4, or 5 days, making 
 it sometimes difficult even to open the mouth. Some persons think 
 it may be distinguished from quinsy, or other swellings of the gland, 
 or glands from a cold, by the sharpness of the pain in the gland 
 caused by taking vinegar into the mouth, if it is INIumps. The swell- 
 ing will not show much for the first day, but will increase for 4, or 5 
 days, then, decrease, and perhaps entirely disappear in from 8 to 10, 
 or 12 days ; and after the swelling begins to subside on the one side, 
 it may arise on the other,which is quite often the case ; but, as before 
 remarked, it may be wholly confined to one side. 
 
 If the swelling and pain are great, there will be fever and its at- 
 tending Symptoms — quick pulse, dry skin, constipation, high-colored 
 and scanty urine, furred tongue, etc. 
 
 If any exposures to cold are allowed to take place tlie swelling and 
 pain are liable to be translated, or transferred from the neck to the tes- 
 ticles of the male, or the breasts of the female (the words coming from 
 the Latin trans, over, or across, and ferre, to bear ; hence our word ferry, 
 no doubt, to carry across a stream). To save this complication, avoid 
 taking cold ; for the treatment, of this complication of Mumps, see the 
 explanation under the head of Camphor and its Uses. 
 
 Treatment. — The patient must be kept warm and comfortable, 
 better in bed than about the house. Perspiration should be aided by 
 the use of warm teas,|and if any considerable severity, soaking the feet 
 in hot water. If costive any mild cathartic may be used ; and the 
 swollen glands may be covered with cotton, or flannel bandages wet 
 with any good liniment 3, or 4 times daily, applied warm, as cold ap- 
 plications increase the pain for a time. Dr. Beach recommends the 
 following liniment, for this purpose, as particularly applicable : 
 
 " Castile-soap, scraped, 1 dr.; oil of sassafras, i oz.; sweet-oil, 1 oz,; 
 camphor gum, 3 drs. Mix and apply three times a day, warm." 
 
 My own experience and practice leads me to the use of spirits of 
 camphor alone, used freely ; and in case of translation, as above 
 spoken of, to the breasts of females, let them be kept perfectly wet 
 with the spirits of camphor, by covering the cloths, by which means 
 it is applied, with oiled silk, to prevent the evaporation ; and in case 
 of srnall boys,it may be applied in the same way to the swollen testicles, 
 keeping the cloths perfectly wet, until the swelling begins to subside. 
 In very severe cases, the hot bath, or regular sweating process will 
 help to reduce the inflammation, with anodynes to allay pain, as par- 
 egoric, or laudanum in proper doses according to age. 
 
 It need not be expected that any Treatment can cut the disease 
 
 36 — DR. CHASE'S SECOND EECEIPT BOOK. 
 
562 DR. chask's 
 
 short of its regular course, all that should be attempted is to keep the 
 patient as comfortable as possible, and to meet any unusual manifes- 
 tation, promptly, by the use of such remedies as would be applicable 
 in ordinary cases for the same condition, or manifestation of disease. 
 M. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. M. 
 
 MAHOGANY — Imitation. — The surface of any close-grained wood, or wood, 
 the grain of which has been properly filled, may be made to Imitate Mahogany, after 
 planing andsmothing, by rubbing it with a solution of nitrous acid; after which ap- 
 plying with a soft brush, a mixture of alcohol, 1 pt., in which 1 oz. of dragc>n's blood 
 and % oz. of sal -soda have been dissolved ; polished as usual. 
 
 2. Cold- Pressed liuseed-oil is good as a renewer, when polishes diminish in 
 briliaucy. 
 
 MANURING COMPOSTS, ETC.— General and Special Instruc- 
 tions. — There are but few subjecti; of greater interest to the fai-mer and gardener, 
 than that of Manuring; and in this day of honed, as well a.s dlahcmtst actimly, iii selling 
 Manuring " Composts," and Receipts which pretend, at least, to tell how to make them, 
 it is well that those of our ngricuUurista, who most need Manures, and who are 
 therefore, tlie most liable to be deceived by the advertisements in some of the agricultural 
 papers, should have something reliable to depend upon, whereby they may save their 
 money in not purchasing the three a.nd five dolhir Receipts, with which but few, at least 
 will be satisfied, should they obtain them. I am glad to be able to say, however, that 
 there is occasionally an agricultural paper which will not advertise such Receipts. The 
 following item upon this subject, is from the American AgricuUitrisi, printed by Orange 
 Judd & Co., 245 Broadway N. Y. one of the most reliable monthlies upon the subject of 
 agriculture that we havein this country. It says: 
 
 We see continually in the agricultural papers very attractive advertisements of se- 
 cret Receipts, for sale t(jr fl to So, for compounds which will restore fertility to worn out 
 land, bring orchards into bearing, drive away insects, save labor, produce great crops, 
 and do wonders generally, for tlie farmer. We are often pressed to advertise these things 
 and always refuse. Not because the venders of the secrets are not, or may not be honest, 
 and not because the Receipts are worthless, but because the real information is readily 
 obtained from other sources at a much lower price, and because the effects are always 
 overstated. A judicious mixture of lime and salt, with ashe^ and bone-dust, will do won- 
 ders almost any where, if properly applied. The admixture of Iwn dung, or other highly 
 nitrogenous Manure will greatly increase the effects. Any of our careful readers ought, 
 we think, to be able to make a Compost for grass, potatoes, corn, or roots, out of tlie 
 above ingredients which would bo worth more than any one of these 5-dollar Receipts. 
 
 2. irtilizin^f Bones, for Manure.— As Bones seem to occupy a prominent 
 place in nearly all of tlie Composts, I shall endeavor to give the easiest metliod of soften- 
 ing or dissolving them to inake them available; and m th a first place, in order that 
 there may be Bones on hand to dissolve, place a box, or large cask, at some convenient, 
 but out-of-tlie-way-place, for their reception, and then throw all that are found on the 
 place into it, first having put a layer of wood ashes upon the bottom ; and when a com- 
 plete layer of Bones covers the ashes, put on more ashes, and so keep on until you have 
 enough for a large kettle full on hand, wetting each layer of ashes as they are put^upon 
 the Bones, wliiwi will cause, to some extent at least, their disintegration (decompo- 
 sition, or begin to dissolve them), so that it will take le'-s boiling to ultimately dissolve 
 them. In this way, if there is a dead horse, or two on the farm, by carelessness, or old 
 age, there may be quite an accumulation, yearly, of this valuable help in making up 
 the Manure or Comi>ost-heap for future use. 
 
 And in the neighborliood of the villages and smaller cities, if the boys are given to 
 imderstand that o cent a pound will be paid at scmie certain place for all the fresh Bones 
 (which is less than Compost manufacturers pay for them in the large cities by the hund- 
 red tons), hundi-eds of pounds may be gathered yearly. Old Bones, however, which 
 have bleached by sun and rain are of but little value. Whoi a sufficient amount has 
 been saved, say 1-barrel, or thereabouts, put some of them into the large kettle which has 
 been set for general farm (purposes, and put in more fresh ashes, with a peck of fresh 
 stone-lime for each barrel of Bones; then cover with water, and boil moderately for a 
 couple of days, or until you see that all, except the hard shin-Bones, perhaps, have be- 
 come softened so as to easily pulverize, or mash into a salvy cun.sihtenc«, which will al- 
 low them to be ea.sily mixed with muck.lnam, ashes, and hen, or otlier Manure, accor- 
 ding to what you desire to use it for, orthe quantity you may have; if in large quantities, 
 mix it into the general Comp(ist-heai)S, lor grain lands; and if only in small quantities, 
 with hen Manure, for the garden. This will be found just as satisfacti)ry, and consider- 
 able less expensive than to dissoh e Bones by the use of sulphuric acid, as the maniifac- 
 turers of C^onipcjsts do; for liie farmer buying it (the acid) in small qiiantities, would 
 have to pay much larger prices than Uie "nianulacturers wlio buy it by the ton. 
 
 3. But, if there is no kettle on the place suitable for dis.solving tiic Bones, as above, 
 it still may be done very satisfactorily, by using about half as much sal-soda as lime, 
 breaking up both, ratlier finely, ami mixing in with the Bones and ashes, as they are 
 
.SB:'<)VI> KKCKtl'T BOOK. 563 
 
 pla<iod in the box, or iMisk, as above rei-oiaraended, wetting ami keeping tiie inass wet 
 from 6 to 10 weelcs, will liave tlie same eircct as the 24 hours boiling. It will require 
 about a barrel of sound, unleachod wood ashes tor each barrel of Bone.s. If the box, or 
 cask is tiglit to prevent leakage, so much more will be saved ; and the more ashes, lime 
 andsoda are used the quicker will be the process; but. it would also require a larger 
 amount of muck. loam, or fine earth to be mixed with it before applyinu: to crops, such 
 a.s corn in the hill, or sowing upon wheat, or other crops. Undoubtedly, however, the 
 better and more economical way to use this Compost is to mix it with a sufficiency of 
 muck, leaves, and barn-yard Manure, then spread upon the ground and plough it in 
 and mix it well with the soil, which will soon, nearly double the amount of cropsnvhich 
 may be raised to au acre. 
 
 4. Value of Salt as a :^Iaunre. — Extensive experiments have been made with 
 common Salt as a Manure, until it is well settled that Salt will hasten the ripening of 
 wheat several days, bringing it on before the rust will effect it, gives a more plump grain, 
 brighter straw, etc. It is recommended to use it in quantities from 2 to 4 bushels to the 
 acre, sowing just before seeding, and harrowinsr it in with the seed, or before seeding if 
 the seed is to be drilled in. For other crops sow after the ground is broken, before har- 
 rowing. 
 
 5. Value of Wood Ashes for Wheat.— Experience has also shown that 
 Wood Ashes, in quantities of 6 to 8 bushes to the acre have a decidedly marked effect; 
 they push the Wheat ahead the same as salt, several days, thus getting it ahead of the 
 rust, while they also strengthen the stem, making it less likely to " lodge," or fall down, 
 after which it seldom fills well. .Vshes are certainly valuable upon, or mixed into the 
 ground for any crops, and especially valuable in proper quantities around fruit trees. 
 
 Where Bones cannot be had, either of the above articles, will in a measure, substi- 
 tute them ; and the salt might be mixed, with advantage, into the Compo.st-heaps where 
 Bones are used. 
 
 6. Value of Poultry, or Hen ^Vlauure. — Actual experiment has shown 
 " That the droppings from 4 Brahma>< for I nii?lit weighe<i in one case exactly 1 lb., 
 and in another more than -K lb., au average of nearly 4 ozs. each bird. By drying, this 
 was reduced to not quite IJ^ oza. Other breeds make less ; but allowing only 1 oz. per 
 bird daily of dry Manure, 50 fowls will make, in their roosting house alone 10 cwt., 
 per annum of the best Manure in the world. Hence l^ an acre of poultry will make 
 more than enough Manure for 1 acre of land, 7 cwt., of guano being the u.sual quantity 
 applied per acre, and Poultry Manure being even richer than guano in ammonia and 
 fertilizing salts. No other st nk will give an equal return Ln this way; and these fig- 
 ures demand careful attention from the large farmer. The Manure, before using, should 
 be mixed with twico its bulk of earth, and then allowed to stand in a heap, covered 
 with a few inches of earth till deeompo.sed throughout, when it makes the very best 
 Manure which can be had. — Scieiiiific American. 
 
 This item I think will go to prove the Bramahs the best fowl for Manure, while 
 under the head of Fowls— The Best for Eggs, .\nd Generai, Plirposks, it will be seen 
 that they are po.ssessed of other valuable qu;ilities also. 
 
 7. Value of Swamp Wuck for Coinpostiiuf.— The following statement 
 Is from the Hearth and Ho>tw.. sinothcr agricultural paper published by Orange, .Tudd 
 A Co., of N. Y,, and shows the importance, as seen by agricuUurists, of Swamp Muck as 
 a Manure, and the manner of makmg the most of it, or in other words, of turning it to 
 the best account. It says : — 
 
 " Gathering Manure should be the work of every day during the year, not othermse 
 occupied. There cannot be too much Manure on hand. Where farms in good condi- 
 tion and carrying a fair allowance of stock, this work is a matter of routine, and is 
 constantly in operation. But where the farm is poor, has been " run down," and is now 
 In process of recuperation, it is a matter of anxiety and labor to make the most of all 
 sources, of fertilizintj matter. Where a deposit of Muck is at hand, the matter is simpli- 
 fied. To a poor farm it is like a " bank deposit" to a poor man. His draughts are there 
 instantly honored. Almost any day of the year one may dig Muck, and a goodly pile 
 may always be in course of preparation for his Compost-heap. The stables shovild be 
 spread with it six inches deep ; oidy. however, when well cured, and dry, and pulver- 
 ized. The cow-sheds should be abundantly supplied with it. and the cows should be 
 kept up at least during the night, if not during part of the day, and fo<ldered with green 
 feed. The fowl-house should be litierally spread with it. and it may be put a foot deep 
 in he hog-pen, to be turned over and over by the animals. An earth-closet should be 
 supplied with it, and a pile of it should receive all the kitchen and chamber slops. 
 When all these demands are supplied, pile up a quantity of Muck and mi.x a bushel of 
 freshly slacked lime with every load ot it, taking care to cover up the lime with several 
 inches of the Muck. Salt, or brine, in small quantities, will make a valuable addition, 
 as it will hasten its decomposition and im^rease its usefulness. When you have plenty 
 of Muck prepared and well mi.xed and rotted, spread it on the raeadovvs at any time of 
 the year when you have the opportunity ; dress the orchard with it, put it on" the gar- 
 den, give 20 loads per acre to the ,a;r,)und you have in pret>aration for wheat, and har- 
 row it in immediately before sowing. By following this plan it will not be long before 
 the farm will be enabled to carry more stock, which will give more Manure. Many 
 
564 DR. chase's 
 
 fiirmers will say,on reading this, "How can I manage to do it ?" we have not the time, nor 
 the opportunity ; it is every day's work with us to get along as we are doing. We would 
 say to such, " You are farming too much land." Leave a portion without cropping, or 
 in grass, plow less, and take the time saved to collect a pile of Manure, which you will 
 spread on a smaller piece of ground than usual, and give such attention to this matter 
 as we recommend; gradually enlarge your bounds year by year, and you will soon dis- 
 cover where the profit comas in. Commence at once ; a week's, or a month's tune saved 
 in the commencement may save a year's time in results. 
 
 For further confirmation as to the importance of Composting, see Model Farmer. 
 
 S. iVaiiure to be i^prcad as Hauled Out.— There is no question but 
 what Manure should he Spread as it is Hauled Out. Either Spread it from the wagon, 
 or have some one to do it at once ; otherwise the rains will soon leach out more than the 
 
 g roper portion of its strength where the heap lies; and experience has shown that oats 
 ave " lodged " upon those spots the first year after, and wheat the second year also, be- 
 sides rusting, only in those rank places — therefore Spread your Manure as it is Hauled 
 Out. 
 
 9. S*oor f..an(I to '•' Briu^ up'" in tUe Absence of Manure. — There is 
 much natural Poor Land, or Land that has been worn out, in sections of country where 
 but little stock is kept, and hence it becomes important to " Bring Up" such Land to a 
 condition that will allow " cropping" to be continued, or resumed, as the case may be. 
 I will suppose, however, that corn was the last crop ; and that the amount raised hardly 
 justifies the idea of another crop without an eflbrt at recuperation. According to the 
 size of the field, then, begin to phiw in June so that all shall be ready for sowing to 
 buckwheat early in July ; and as the crop is about half blossomed, or just as it begins 
 to blossom, if you have a large field, begin to turn it under, so as to get it all plowed in 
 before any seed has matured. If it is well turned in, it may lay 2 to 3 weeks before har- 
 rowing and cro.s,s-plowing; but if it was not well covered, better harrow at once, then 
 wait a couple of weeks before plowing again ; and if you have any Manure at all, it 
 might be spread on the most barren knolls before this plowing. Now spread evenly 
 from 20 to 2-5 bushels of freshly slacked lime to the acre, and thoroughly harrow in ; 
 when, if the ground is quite Poor, it would be better to sow it to rye, %vhich is not so ex- 
 haustive as wheat, but if judged to be of sufficient strength itmay be drilled with wheat; 
 and the following Spring seeded to clover, with not less than 1 bushel to 4 acres. 
 Don't pasture this after taking oft" the wheat, or rye ; but the next year it may be pastur- 
 ed, and the following Summer, the sward should be turned in at about the same time 
 the buckwheat was, after which it will bear wheat, successfully. In this way, with care 
 to put on more than is taken off', with deep plowing, '■ Poor Land " may be brought up 
 ■" Without Manure." 
 
 HI APS— to Mount upon Muslin.— To Mount Maps upon Muslin, take the 
 Muslin, cut to the size desired, and lay it smoothly upon a table, or board made for the 
 purpose, and sponge it with water until it lies smt)othly upon the table ; now paste the 
 Map and lay it upon the wet Muslin ; then place a paper upon the surface and carefully 
 rub it from the center until all the air, and wrinkles are out. When it is dry it will leave 
 the table without trouble, and remain perfectly smooth. 
 
 MATt'HE)«{— without Sulphur.— Professor H. Dusance, of New Lebanon, N. 
 Y. tells us, through the Sdentiftc American, that—" These fancy Matches are easy to pre- 
 pare. The wood mast be drier than by the ordinary process ; the ends of the Matches 
 ranst be heated until thevseem a little burned ; then you have a fiat-bottomed dish sheet- 
 ed with tin, or lead, on which is melted stearic cuild, about ' 2- or % of an inch deep. Put 
 i;he ends of the Matches in this bath and a little of the greasy liquid is absorbed by capil- 
 lary attraction, penetrating all parts of the wood. The Matches are then dipped into a 
 paste composed of phosphorus, a parts; gum Arabic '^ part; water, 3 parts ; sand, 2 parts; 
 brown oxyd of leacf, 2 parts ; coloring matter, 1 part. These Matches develope the light 
 with more rapidity than those made with sulphur and do not emit any bad smell, for 
 .the wood and grease bum at the same time. The cost is about the same ; for where you 
 ■would use 10 lbs. of sulphur, only 1 of stearic acid is required." 
 
 2. Another composition is phosphorus, 4 pajts (read ozs., grs., or lbs., as you 
 please), niter, 10 ; fine glue, 6 ; red ochre, or red lead, o ; smalt, 2. 
 
 Soften the glue witli a little water, in a dish of water by heat, to a smooth jelly; 
 then pour into a warm porcelain mortar, and when cooled to 140°, or 150° rub the phos- 
 phorus with the glue until intimately mixed, then add the niter, lead, and histly the 
 smalt, mixing each into a uniform paste. These do not crack, on using, like those hav- 
 ing the chlorate of potash in them— are not " percussion." The chlorate of potash be- 
 ing exceedingly explosive, requires the greatest care if used. 
 
 3. Matches without Phosphorus— To Stand Rougrh Handling.— A 
 patent was taken out in Sweden for making Matches Without Phosphorus, as follows : 
 
 "Chlorate of potash, 5 parts ; bichromate of potash, 3 parts; oxide of lead" (litharge) 
 " 1 part- ground together in a solution of gum-Arabic, to form a paste. 
 
 " The splints are prepared in sulphur as usual ; then dip the same as though phos- 
 phorus was used ; but by the phosphorus having been left out the match will not ign;tO 
 ■without rubbing upon a rough emery surface, or sand paper, or ground glass, saving aU 
 danger of self-ignition by Rough Handling." 
 
SECOND RKflEIPT BOOK. 565 
 
 ME AI),— There are many drinks got up now-a-days called " Mead ;" but the genu- 
 ine article, as originally used among the northern nations of Europe, was made by dis- 
 solving honey in 3 times the amount of water, and adding a little ground malt, and a 
 piece of toasted bread which had been immersed in yeast, flavoring with spices to suit, 
 and allowing it to ferment. The following, however is more in accordance with the 
 present custom. 
 
 2. Mead.— Honey, 3 gals. ; water, 1 bbl. ; oil of nutmeg, J^ oz. ; oil of lemon, 1 oz. ; 
 yea.st, 1 qt. 
 
 Bring the honey to the boiling point; being careful to lift it off, at this time, so it 
 shall not boil over, and pour it into t)ie barrel ; and in 30 minutes add 1 gal. of cold 
 water and the oils, and yeast, and (ill up the barrel witli water. After fermentation it 
 will be ready for use. 
 
 MEATS— Curiii^ST, Sniofcing:, Drying: and Keepinff.— Mr. R. M. Conklin, 
 in the Country Gentleman, gives the following sensible method of curing and keeping- 
 Hams: 
 
 1. " After cutting out the Hams, they are looped by cutting through the skin so as 
 to hang in the Smoke-room, shank downwards ; then take any clean cask of proper 
 dimensions, which is not necessarily to be water-tight. 
 
 Cover the bottom with coarse salt ; rub the Hams with fine salt, especially about 
 the bony parts ; and pack them in the cask, rind down, shank to the center, covering 
 each tier with fine salt ^4 incl\ thick ; then lay others on them letting the shank dip 
 considerably, placing salt in all cases between each Ham as they are put in, and be- 
 tween the Hams and the sides of the cask ; and so on,putting salt on each layer as before di- 
 rected; giving the thick part of the Ham the lagest share. As the shank begins, more 
 and more, to incline downward, and if this incline gets too great, put in a piece of pork 
 as a check. I let them lie 5 weeks, if of ordinary size, if large, 6 weeks, and then Smoke 
 them in my 
 
 2. Handy Sinoke-IIonso.— " I have constructed a Smoke-Room over my 
 kitchen, in the garret— made dark— and so as to admit Smoke from the chimney. Here 
 [ hang the Hams and let in Smoke until they are Smoked enough, and this completes 
 the whole operation : nothing more is done — no securing against flies, for they never 
 enter this dark chamber, and when we want a Ham we go to the Smoke-Chamber and 
 take it from the hook. During a period of 25 years I have not lost a Ham ; but before 
 adopting this mode, through careless Smoking, injudicious salting, or froni flies, I was 
 constantly suffering disappointment with my Hams. Possibly Hams may have a better 
 flavor by using other ingredients with salt, yet where I have had opportunities of tast- 
 ing Hams, thus Cured, I confess my inability to detect their superiority." 
 
 Where persons are so situated that this arrangement could not be adopted for Smok- 
 ing, Meat, it would be well to have the Smoke-House large enough to have an entry, 
 or double door, so that if flies should get into the dark entry, they would be l&ss likely 
 to get through the second door— thusbeing able to keep all dark within, keeping a can- 
 dle handy to use when entering. 
 
 3. Another.— Tho.se who prefer the saltpeter, potash, sugar, etc., may like the fol- 
 lowing plan, recently published and endorsed by the Scientific American'. I will only 
 add. in regard to it, that in the many experiments with Receipts given by that paper 
 with an endorsement like the following, which I have italicised, at the close of the Re- 
 ceipt, I have not yet found one to fail my expectations. It is as follows : 
 
 " To 1 gal. of water, take l'^ lbs. of salt, K lb. of sugar, J.^ oz. of saltpeter, ^.4 oz. of 
 potash. In this ratio the pickle to be increased to any quantity' desired. Let tfiese be 
 boiled together until all the dirt from the sugar rises to the top and is skimmed off. 
 Then throw it into a tub to cool, and when cold, pour it over yoiur beef, or pork, to re- 
 main the usual time, say 4, or ,") weeks. 
 
 "The Meatmustbe well covered with pickle, and should not be putdown foratleast 2 
 days after killing, during which time it should be slightlv sprinkled with powdered salt- 
 peter, which removes the surface-blood, etc., leaving the Meat fresh and clean. Some 
 omit boiling the pickle, and find it to answer well, though tlie operation of boiling pu- 
 rifies the pickle by throwing off the dirt always found in salt and sugar. IJ this Receipt 
 w properly tried it wiU never be abandoned. Tliere is none thai surpasses it, if any so good." 
 
 I have t^o/iCiSf'-? the two last sentences in this Receijrt because of their positive en- 
 dorsement, knowing them to be worthy of confidence. 
 
 4. Anottier.— 'n^VaUei/ Farmer, f^ives a plan fur curing Hams. Beef etc., with 
 the following comments which are largely tinctured with Coimnon-Sense. It says : 
 
 " Few persons understand the proper ingredient.'^, and exact proportions to muke a 
 suitable pickle for curing Hams, Beef etc. Tliis is the season" (January) " when such 
 information is useful. The desideratum" (the thing wanted, or desiredi " is to cure the 
 Meat, so that it will keep in hot weather, with the u.se of as little salt as possible. 
 Pickle made in the following manner will acconiplisli this: — 
 
 " Salt.— coarse, or alum salt is the best— P^ lbs.; .saltpeter, }/, oz.; molasses, 1 pt, or 
 sugar— brown, 1 lb.," (I like the sugar bestt; saleratus. 1 tea-spoonful; water, 1 gal.; 
 and increase in the same proportions for any amount desired. 
 
 " Bring the liquor to a boil, taking care to skim just before it begins to boil. Let the 
 pickle cool, then pour it over the Meat until entirely covered. The Meat should be 
 
566 DR. chase's 
 
 psMjked in clean tight casks, and should remain in the pickle 6, or 7 weeks, when it will 
 DC fit to smoke. (Jreen-hickory wood is the best article for this purpose. Shoulders pre- 
 pared In the same way are nearly as good as Hams. This pickle is just the thing to 
 makf nice corned-Beef, or corned-Beef tongues, or any lean Meat for Drying." 
 
 5. Meats— Fresh In Sniuiaer from Winter Killing:. — It is not gener- 
 ally known, notwithstanding it is the fact, that any, or all of the Fresh Meats, Kified in 
 Winter, may be kept Fresh for Summer use. All tli at i.s necessary, is to take any kind 
 desired, when properly cooled for packing ; but instead of packing, slice up, free of 
 bone, and fry it only sufficient to bring out the fat, sprinkling on a little salt and pep- 
 per, as if for present eating, tlien put it up in large jars, cutting so it shall pack closely 
 as put in, pourin» on the not gravy to fill all the holes between pieces, and the top o"f 
 the Meat should have, at least, 1 inch of gravy over it; Fat Meat wiU furnish its own, 
 but lean, must liave it furnished in the form of nice sweet lard, or butter, as prefered. 
 It works equally well with veal and venison as with pork and beef. The only fault I have 
 heard found with the plan, is, that " 1 did not put up half as much of it as I wish I 
 had." Re-fry when used. 
 
 6. Meat— Effects of Heat in Cooicin^. — A well-cooked piece of Meat, should 
 be full of its own juice, or natural gravy. In roasting, therefore, it should be exposed 
 to a quick tire, or an already hot oven, tliat the external .surface may be made to con- 
 tract at once, and the albumen (a part much like the white of an egg, containing much 
 of the sweetness of the Meat) to coagulate before the juice lias time to escape from 
 within. And so in boiling. When a piece of beef, or mutton is plunged into boiling 
 water, the outer part contracts, the albumen which is near the surface coagulates 
 (changes into a curd-like state), and the internal juice is prevented from escaping into 
 the water by which it is surrounded, or from being diluted, or weakened by the ad- 
 mission of the water into the Meat. When cut up, the Meat yields much gravy, and is 
 nice in flavor. Hence a beef-steak, or mutton-chop is done, (or should be done) quickly, 
 over a brisk iire, that the natural juices may be retained. On the otlier hand, if the 
 Meat be exposed to a slow Are. its pore-s remain open, the juice continues to flow from 
 witliin, asit runs out from near the surface, and the flesh shrinks, and becomes dry, 
 hard, and unsavory, or tasteless. Or, if it be put into cohlor tepid vvater.which is gradu- 
 ally brought to a boil, much of the albumen is extracted before it coagulates, the natu- 
 ral juicesribr the most part, flow out, and the Meat is served in a nearly tasteless state. 
 Hence, to prepare good boiled Meat, it should be put into water already tioiling. But to 
 make beef-tea, mutton-broth, and Meat-soups, the flesh should be put into cold water, 
 and this afterwards very slowly wanned, and fnially boiled. The advantage derived 
 from Simmering depends very mucli upon the effects of slow boiling, as above de- 
 scribed. 
 
 These are the views of Liebig. and Prof. Johnstone, on cooking Meats, and ought to 
 be heede<l by everj- one, who wishes to appropriate the full strength of the Meat to 
 their own strength." 
 
 Mllil.. PICKS— Maltina- and Tempering;,— There is, probably no subject 
 which has come under discus-sion within the last 10 years upon which there is such pos- 
 itively opposite opinions as upon the question whether any solution, aside from pure 
 water, is of any avail, or not, in Tempering Mill Picks. Some claim, and positively assert 
 there is, while others are as positive tliat there is no advantage in adding anything to the 
 water except perhaps salt, which all rather seem to concede takes off the tendency of 
 water to take the spheroidal, or round form when coming in contact with hot iron, 
 or steel. 
 
 Thin and small articles which only require a small degree of hardness, have been, 
 and with the regular manufacturers still are Tempered in oil from the fact that it does 
 not cool them so quickly as water, and consequently doe.s not cause them to warp, or 
 bend in Tempering; and on the other hand where it is desired to cool small articles 
 quickly, to give them a greater degree of hardness than usual, quicksilver is used. 
 
 2." The Following' instructions from a Mr. Isaac B. Hymer, of Ind. was report- 
 ed through the tS«>7)?(/i<r yl7«o7'can, during the last great discussion upon this subject, 
 and .seems to embody so much Common-Sense, drawn as he says, " from many years ex- 
 perience as a miller and builder of Fench-hurrs," that I have concluded to let him settle 
 the question for my readers. He says : 
 
 " In the first place, get double refined cast-steel, made expressly for Mill Picks. Be 
 careful in drawing out the Pick not to heat the steel higher than a cherry red. Use an 
 anvil and hammer with smooth faces. Wlien finishing the Pick do not strike it on the 
 edge, but hammer the Pick on the flat side, striking light and often, until the steel is 
 quite dark, letting the blows fall so as to close the pores of the steel. If the last blows 
 strike the edge of the steel, the Pick will fly and 'spawl' off. When a dozen Picks are 
 ready to Temper, get 2 gals, of rain water, from which the chill should be taken, if in 
 Winter, by dip))ing a hot iron in it, add 2 lbs. of salt, which dissolve, and your bath is 
 complete. Heat your Picks gradually from the center, and let the heat run to the point, 
 and when it is a darkchem/ red, dip the pointof tlie Pick vertically" (perpendicular) " into 
 the bath and hold it still, not moving it about to find a cool place. When the heat has 
 left the part immersed, take it out and cool the balance of the Pick in ordinary water 
 used in the shop. This proces-s should i>e repeated on the other end of the IMck. When 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 567 
 
 taken out of the Temperingbath the Pick will look silvery white. The use of the salt is 
 to clean the scale from the stetl and make it tough. With the edge made by this procflSR 
 the Pick will cut clean, clear, and line, .such a cut a.s millers need for ' cracking.' 
 
 3. The long continued controversy which tliis paper had opened by publishing 
 its disbelief in the use of "solutions" for Tempering Mill Picks, was closed in the fol- 
 lowing words : 
 
 " Of artificial solutions we have no end. Most of our correspondents belleTe in put- 
 ting salt in the water, but those who adrocate this, base their approval on the fact that 
 it seems to prevent the spheroidal state which takes place in pure water, and thus the 
 water adheres more closely to the steel and cools it more rapidly. We are willing to 
 concede this mfr/^an^ca^ action of salt, but it is evident that it would not do for such 
 grades of Temper in steel as can only be obtained by .slower cooling. Indeed some tools 
 are best Tempered in water with the chill taken ott'. 
 
 " On the other hand we have i>lenty of letters from practical men who are convinced 
 that aU solutions are better replaced with pure water. 
 
 " One gentleman of verv Ions: experience and everj' way &practic(U as well as a i¥n- 
 CTiit^ meclianic, takes this Ki-ourid ; and, in addition to his own experience, furnishes 
 us with the experience of N. P. Ames, late of Chicopee, Mass., who, some :>;, or 40 years 
 since, succeeded in making sabres, swords, and cutlasses in this country, that would 
 stand the U. S. Government tests. After expending much time and more tlian f 3,000 in 
 experiments with various 'solutions' and baths, he found that heating ill a diarcoal fire, 
 hardening in pw)-e spn7!£r wa^er, and drawing the temper in a c/tarcoa/^am« was the best 
 practice. 
 
 " A correspondent writes us, from Chicago, an interesting letter in favor of the pure 
 water practice, which we should be glad to publish, iis he evidently has based his views 
 both upon study and long practice ; but our friends who favor 'solutions' might deem 
 us partial as we publish nothing on their side of the question. This writer seems to 
 have " touched hard pan" when he says; " Let co-la))orers discard all superstitions, so- 
 lutions, incantations, etc, and pay more attention to how they heat steel, before harden- 
 ing, and, my word for it, they will soon lose trust in solutions. 
 
 * * * * •* * * * S: * « * * * * * * * * * 
 
 " FmaHy, we consider th&t chemical rcadionn do vol tnke place in the. act of hardening 
 and Tempering dcd. where those terms are understood to mean the process of hardening 
 steel by sudden cooling after heatinjj it and subse(iuently drawing the Temper by heat. 
 This being the case, we see no use ot solutions except perhaps as in tlie case of brine of 
 common salt they cause the water to Au(7 the metxd more clnxely,&m\ thus facilitate the 
 cooling. We are confident, however, that if the cMrocter of the steel be thoroughly un- 
 derstood previous to hardening and Tempering, and heating and working be regulated 
 accordingly, water, pure and simple, is all that is wanted to secure any degree of harden- 
 ing, and the proper Temper, upon subsequent heating, if the latter is done judiciou.sly." 
 
 It may appear to some, that 1 have given too much space to this sul.iject; but\yhen it 
 is considered that there are manv men who travel the country selling tlieae Receipts for 
 the various 'solutions for Tempering Mill Picks,' and taking "their $5. and SIO, almost 
 daily, and sometimes several times a day from the hard earned money of the "country 
 blacksmith," it is deserving of the very consideration that I have given it. 
 
 And I will now only add, that, in my own opinion (and probably no man in the 
 United States, has traveled as extensively, seeking items of a practical characier and 
 talkipg with as many practical mechanics and business men, as I have done, having 
 traveled all over '20 States in this work), to make good Mill Picks, the sled must be the beet 
 cast-strel and jiever heated ab(/ve a rhe>~rp red ; that it mv!:t be hammered at as low a heal as can 
 be done without cracking the Me^i ; filing the point sharp, grinding would probably be better, 
 then Tempering at a cherry red, in the scut bath, as given above rvill stive the most perfect and 
 entire saXisfartion. 
 
 4. WorRiiig. Pnrifyine and Tempering Steel— Fseel by the Govern- 
 ment. — Notwithstanding the lollowing process is a patent, I shall give it, as it may aid, 
 somewhat, in settling the question of whether there is, or is not any advantage in using 
 " solutions " for Tempering Steel ; as it appears to me that our Government would hardly- 
 pay 810,000 for the privilege of using It in its shops, if there was nothing in it; but, 
 possibly, I may be in error, if so, however, the superintendent of the "shops," and Con- 
 gressmen were deceived before me ; but, be that as it may, no doubt something may be 
 learned from it by every mechanic who works in Steel, and if tliere is any value in 
 " solutions," the articles used in this, and the preparations, will be found as valuable as 
 any; and, although no one would have a legal riglit to u.se them just as there given, nor 
 to adopt the wJiole process, yet, 1 think the knowledge to be gained from it, as a whole, 
 " will pay." The publication was given in the Scicniifi/: Americaii of A\ig. lOth, 1S72, and 
 was as follows: 
 
 " All sorts of mixtures and methods of Tempering Steel have been invented, and the 
 sales of patent rights therefor have, in many cases, brought in fortunes to the pat- 
 entees. One of the most promising, profitable, and apparently excellent of these 
 patented processes is that of Garman & Siegfried, owned by the Steel Refining and Tem- 
 pering Company, Boston, Maas. Congress has appropriated SIO.OOO to pay for the 
 
568 DR. chase's 
 
 right of use in the Government shops. It is said to impart an extraordinary hardness 
 and durability to the poorest qualities of Steel. 
 
 The following description of the process is from Siegfried's specification, patent of 
 July 16, 1872 : 
 
 " I first heat the Steel to a cherry red, in a clean smith's fire, and then cover the Steel 
 with chloride of sodium (common salt), purifying the fire also by throwing in salt. I 
 work the Steel in this condition, and while subjected to this treatment, until it is brought 
 into nearly its finished form. I then substitute for the salt a compound composed of the 
 following ingredients and in about the following proportions: One part, by weight, of 
 eachof the following substances; chloride of sodium," (salt,) "sulphate of copper, sal 
 ammoniac, and sal-soda, together with one-half part, by weight, of pure nitrate of potas- 
 sa, said ingredients being pulverized and mixed. I alternately heat the Steel and treat 
 it by covering with this mixture and hammering until it is thoroughly refined and 
 brought into its finished form. I then return it to the fire and heat it slowly to a cherry 
 red, and then plunge it into a bath composed of the following ingredients in substantial- 
 ly the following proportions for the required quantity: of rain water. 1 gal.; alum, 
 sal-soda, sulphate of copper, of each 1 14 ozs. ; of nitrate of potassa," (nitre) " 1 oz. ; and 
 of chloride of sodium." (salt) "6 ozs. The.se quantities and proportions are stated 
 as being what I regard as practically the best, but it is manifest that they may be slight- 
 ly changed without departing from the principle of my invention. 
 
 " What I claim as my improvement in the art of Refining and Tempering Steel, and 
 desire to secure by letters patent is the successive processes, or steps of the process, with 
 the use of the materials or their equivalents, substantially as .set forth." 
 
 Those who still believe it is of importance to \ise anj-thing more than salt in the bath 
 for Tempering Mill Picks, will find this last mixture equal to any ; and it is only the use of 
 the whole process that would subject any one to prosecution for violation of the patent. 
 
 mil^K— Its "Value as an article of Food.— Those who make it an object to 
 select such articles of wholesome Food as are the cheapest may find something of Value 
 in the testimony of Dr. Oliver C. Wright, of Providence, Rhode Island, who talks thus 
 about the nutritive Value of Milk : 
 
 " The nutritive Value of Milk, as compared with other kinds of animal Food is not 
 generally appreciated. There is less difference between the economical Value of Milk 
 and beef-.steak, or eggs, or fish, than is commonly supposed. The quantity of water in 
 a good qualitv of Milk is 86 per cent, in round steak 7.') per cent. From several analyses 
 made last Winter, I estimated sirloin stake, reckoning loss from bone, at 35 cents a lb. 
 as dear a.s Milk at 24 cents a qt.; round steak at 20 cents a lb. as dear as Jlilk at 14 cents 
 a qt. Many laborers who pay 17 cents for corned beef would consider themselves hardly 
 able to pay 10 cents for Milk, when in fact, they could as well afford to pay 15 cents. 
 
 Milk is a most economical Food for either the rich, or poor. It ought to be more 
 largely used. If the money expended for veal and pork were expended for Jlilk, I 
 doubt not it would be an advantage both to the stomach and pocket especially during the 
 warm season. Relatively speaking then, Milk at 10 cents, or e-ven 12 cents a qt. is the 
 cheapest animal Food that can be used, ^^'hether farmers can afford to produce it cheaper, 
 is a matter for them to decide. A very large number of poor people refrain from its use 
 from mistaken notions of economy, notwithstanding they are excessive meat eaters." 
 
 MODEIi MIIiK-HOUSE.— By refering to FARMiNr,— Model F.\rm. it will be 
 seen that reference was there made, bv the committee, to Mr. Crozier's Milk-house. 
 That committee afterwards made the following report on the Milk-house, which will, 
 no doubt, prove valuable to all whose situation will ju.stify them in following out his 
 plans. The report was as follows : 
 
 " The walls are 36 by 18, and it is divided into ice-honse. Milk-room, and butter- 
 kitchen. Two tubes, or conductors, go down from the upper part of the ice-house. 
 They are made of boards 8 inches wide and an inch thick, with many holes bored in 
 them. The holes allow the cold air to enter from the ice, and it pours in a stream from 
 the mouth of the tubes into the Milk-room. The temperature of the air, as it comes out 
 at the mouth of tlie tubes, is about :VP. As the Milk-room has thick Walls, and the win- 
 dows are high, this flood of air at 3.')° is able to lower the mercury to 62°. and even 
 -ower. in July. Sometimes he closes one tube to keep the room from growing too cold. 
 The draft is the strongest in the hotest weather. In Spring and Fall there is little cur- 
 rent, and in Winter, wlien the fire in the stove is constantly burning, the draft would be 
 the other way— but then, the mouths of the ice-tuhes are clo.sed. By this arrangement 
 the desired temperature is secured the season through, and there is no diflTerence be- 
 tween the June liutter and his Januarv butter. He makes 'June butter' the year round. 
 The stone work was much of it done by farm hands; the hemlock cost $20 per M., and 
 the pine S.30 and S35. The whole building cost him S6.W. He gets 10 cents a lb. over the 
 market price. Making, say. 200 lbs. a week, his gain is $20 a week by having the best 
 arrangement for butter-making. Thus his Milk-house pays for itself every nine months, 
 to say nothing of the greatly increased facilities for doing work afforded by a pump, 
 churn, and stove so convenient. He consumes about a ton of anthracite in the four 
 coldest months, and a slight allowance is to be made for wood used in Summer to heat 
 water for washing and scalding. Your committee could see nothing wrong and much 
 that was exactly right about this House and this system ; and wherever ice freezes to 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 569 
 
 the thickness of 3 Inches and over, it may be confidently recommended to every but- 
 ter-maker who Milks a dozen cows." 
 
 MORTAR— SII.ICATE: (becoming' like flint), Suitable for Cobble- 
 Stone Houses — Recent experiments in Europe, go to show that common Mortar 
 may be made a perfect Silicate (like flint), by combining with it just before using, finely 
 ■pulverized, unslacked lime. Tlie Mortar is first to be made by using " well slacked lime, 1 
 bu. to fine clean sand, 3 bus.; to be carefully and well mixed, in the usual way. Then, 
 when ready to proceed with the work, at the rate of M of a bu. of the " finely pulverized, 
 but wislacked lime," is to be mixed into such a part of the Mortar as can be used soon. 
 The % bu. being sufficient for the whole amount of Mortar made. " In four days " says, 
 the report, " it became so hard that a pointed iron could not be driven into it; and it 
 clung with equal tenaciousness to the stone of the wall." 
 
 We have nere, then, a very valuable discovery, which must also be of great account 
 from an economical point of view, when we con.sider the high price of the Portland, or 
 other cements, or as tney are called, " water limes." But it must be remembered, as 
 above remarked, it has to be used quickly after the uiislacked lime has been added, but 
 the same is the case also in using any of the " cements." A little experiment will tell 
 how much can be made at one time. 
 
 Having often observed Cobble-.Stone Houses, there always appeared, at least to me, 
 to be an insecurity about them. They look as though they could not support them- 
 selves, as the round form of the stones cannot bind upon each other, but must depend 
 entirely upon the strength of the Mortar. Then if we get a Mortar that becomes a sili- 
 cate (sHex. or silicis, flint) no danger need.be apprehended of a "tumble down" over our 
 heads. This is what this Mortar becomes ; and an experiment of a smoke-house, or oth- 
 er small building will satisfy any one of its practicability, especially where large flat 
 stone cannot be obtained without large expense. 
 
 MlTCIIiAGE FOR l,ABEl.S— Permanent.— If Labels are to be prepared, or 
 used extensively 
 
 Take water, 20 ozs, (1^^ pts.); glue, 5 ozs.; rock candy, 9 ozs.; gum^Vrabic, 3 ozs. 
 
 Soak the glue 24 hours in the water, adding the candy and gum, and dissolve all 
 when it is ready for use. When warm, it can be brushed upon Labels, that have been 
 tacked upon a board, and allowed to dry. Use a glue kettle for the purpose, to avoid 
 burning the Mucilage. \Vhen needed, moisten, as yon would post-office stamps, and 
 apply. 
 
 JMlncilag^e for Liabeling for I>amp Cellars, etc.— For Labels to be kept in 
 Damp Cellars, as for soda-water, Seltzer water, wine, etc., make a Mucilage with rj'e 
 flour and glue, and to each pound, add spirits of turpentine and linseed-oil varnish, of 
 each, }4 oz-, making the Mucilage pretty strong of glue. 
 
 NETTLE-RASH, or Hives.— This disease takes its name from 
 the fact that it appears upon the surface in blotches, or patches looking 
 almost exactly like the blotches raised by pricking with Nettles, i.e., 
 elevated spots on the skin with a whitish, hard center, and reddish 
 base, the same as occurs at eery point where the "sting" (as the 
 sharp brier-like hairs of the Nettle are called) enters the skin, especially 
 the tender skin of the child. 
 
 Cause. — Nettle-Rash is not contap:ious, nor is it dangerous ; but 
 some persons are predisposed to it ; hence, even slight errors in diet, 
 or with some persons, particular articles of food, as mackerel, clams 
 oysters, strawberries, cucumbers, mushrooms, etc., are liable to bring it 
 on, in children, more particularly. 
 
 Symptoms. — The blotches, referred to above, are generally more 
 or less irregular in shape, and attended with inflammation of the whole 
 skin of that part ; and these blotches may change from one point to an- 
 other; and is sometimes attended, or preceded with fever, headache, 
 bitter taste in the mouth, and perhaps with nausea and vomiting. 
 There may be several of these blotches arise and somewhat run into 
 each other, and perhaps may thus entirely encircle the body, from which 
 fact the disease has sometimes taken the name of shingles, as they are 
 lappedupon each other in laying; sometimes also called herpes, from a 
 Greek word which signifies, to creep, for as before remarked, it is lia- 
 ble to change places, or creep, and thus extend itself over considerable 
 surface. 
 
 Treatm.ent. — First, if there is much nausea m the approach of 
 
570 DR. chask's 
 
 the disease, the Liquid Physic, which see, will be a good article to 
 give, as it allays nausea, and opens the bowels gently, which are both 
 important in any disease of this character; and as the blotc^hes ap- 
 pear, bathe the spots well with spirits of camphor to allay the itching; 
 and if the sponging is extended to the whole surface, so much the bet- 
 ter. The SuDORiFic,or Sweating Tinc, which see, may be given to 
 aid in keeping the disease to the surface, for in most of these skin dis- 
 eases, if cold is taken, they are liable to "strike in," affecting the 
 stomach with nausea, and irritability. With care on this point, there 
 will be but very little danger. If the liquid physicis not at hand, sul- 
 phur, 1 part to cream of tartar, 2 parts, may be mixed in molasses and 
 given in proper doses, or salts may be given, in the absence of others ; 
 and if no camphor is at hand, saleratus-water may be used for bathing. 
 
 NEURALGIA. — The word Neuralgia, comes from Greek words 
 which signify a nerve and pain, therefore, it is understood to mean 
 pain in a nerve ; its particular application, however, is to pain in a 
 nerve, or nerves of the face ; but it is just as applicable to pain in a 
 nerve of any other part, and is often so used. 
 
 Cause. — It is generally understood that the Cause of the disease 
 is cold, exposure to damp, or cold currents of air; but it may arise, 
 and often does arise from debility of the nervous system, which would 
 Cause a general debility if it did not previously exist, whereby the 
 digestive apparatus would be disturbed. Causing, or producing, from 
 the necessity of the case, the general weakness for want of nourish- 
 ment. 
 
 The idea has been recently advanced, also, that a state of exalta- 
 tion of the nervous system may Cause Neuralgia such as the nervous 
 stimulants, tea, coffee, tobacco, opium, and ardent spirits — if any one 
 who is in the habit of using any, or all of these articles, doubts the 
 fact, let them abstain from their use a day, or two and they will give 
 up thepoint — but it would be doubtful, even then, if they would perma- 
 nently give up the use of the articles; it is certainly their privilege to 
 continue their use, but the consequences no one can bear for them — 
 it is their own to hear, as well as to choose between aright course and 
 a wrong one. 
 
 Ssrmptoms. — It generally commences with sharp shooting pains 
 from the forehead, eyebrows, or from about the eyes, cheek, or from 
 the teeth, or from the face where the teeth have been removed, and 
 often attended with considerable twitching of the muscles. The pain 
 will dart along the nerve like the piercing of a small sharp instrument, 
 causing the most excruciating agony, making the strongest man, some- 
 times, to moan like the weakest child, drawing tears from those, even, 
 who never cry for any other reason. The stoutest heart must quail 
 before it, as well as the weakest — it is, indeed, " no respecter of per- 
 Bons." 
 
 Treatment. — The following general directions, of Dr. Cone, will 
 be found so eminently practical, that it will be hard for any man to 
 improve upon them; hence I give them a place here: 
 
 "The Treatment of Neuralgia consists in correcting any derange- 
 ment of the system, such as indigestion, which is almost always asso- 
 ciated with Neuralgia, and should be Treated as heretofore indicated, 
 with such modifications as may be suggested ; or as the experience 
 of the patient shall indicate; which, of course, will include the action 
 of the various secretory glands of the body ; and the patient must, if 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 571 
 
 he would either regain health or perpetuate it, abstain most scrupu- 
 lously from all predisposing causes, and especially from the use of all 
 nervous stimulants ; and from all pursuits, or business that interferes 
 with the general health. Good health is incompatible with Neuralgia. 
 Secure and maintain healthy blood, and there will be no Neuralgia; 
 and the blood must be made healthy in all its constituents, before 
 there will be any permanent relief in Neuralgia. Hence the import- 
 ance of the patients using a good, rich, but plain nourishing diet, es- 
 pecially the more digestible meats; and addicting himself to invig- 
 orating exercises in the open air ; and all his pursuits, or pleasures 
 should be of a character to strengthen, and give tone and vigor to the 
 brain, nerves, muscles and blood ; he should avoid all heated rooms 
 — all effeminating pleasures ; if he be a scientific individual, he should 
 never prosecute abstruse studies too long, or immediately after a meal ; 
 if a speaker, he should avoid making a labored etFort while the pro- 
 cess of digestion is in its first stage, or within an hour at least after a 
 meal; and if from acute disease, or from any other cause, he be debili 
 tated, he should pursue an invigorating course until his health and 
 strength are perfectly restored. In one word, never suffer impaired 
 health to continue, or a reproof that will not soon be forgotten, will be 
 administered." 
 
 If the bowels are costive, in chronic Neuralgia, they should be 
 gently moved (but not purged) by the use of any of the gentle laxatives 
 as they correct and carry off any acidity of the stomach and bowels. 
 For arresting and mitigating the severity of suffering, in acute Neural- 
 gia, more active cathartics must be resorted to ; and the Febrifuge 
 may also be given to reduce the acti\'ity in the condition of the blood ; 
 and the 
 
 Neuralgia Liniraent must also be applied to the parts, freely, 
 and it may be well also to tak(> a few drops of it, occasionally, to pre- 
 vent any disposition for the disease to translate itself to any of the 
 interna] organs, which it sometimes does, with immediately fatal re- 
 sults. See No. 9, jiage 550, also No. 8, same page, for Lethian Liniment. 
 
 The Lethian Liniment may be i^refered by some, and will 
 often be found valuable. 
 
 As soon as the case is brought under the action of the foregoing 
 general Treatment, if the case is at all periodical, or in other words, 
 IS less severe one part of the day than at other times, quinine should 
 be given in from 3 to 5 gr, doses once in 2 to 3 hours, which will also 
 have a great tendency to relieve the pain, and to cut short the disease. 
 
 Whatever will tend to give general health will aid in relieving 
 Neuralgic pains ; hence, as I have been very careful in giving such 
 instructions under all of the general heads, I think no one will be 
 at a loss to know how to proceed with any particular symptoms which 
 may arise in any particular case — equalize the circiilatinv, restore general 
 health, avoid the cause of disease, and relief must soon follmu, in any and 
 all cases. 
 
 N. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. N. 
 JTAIIiS OROWINO INTO THE FliESH— Painlesfii Remedy.— An 
 eminent Fi-ench physician has published an account of the efficiency of the sesquichlo- 
 ride of iron for curing the growth of the Nails into the Flesh, and as it is of importance 
 to both the soldier and the citizen, we give the result of an experiment by an army sur- 
 geon. He says : 
 
 " I may here remark that ulcers about the Nails are occasionally observed among 
 our soldiers, having escaped the attention of the medical boards, or being caused by thg 
 pressure of the boot during marches. Under th&se circumstances a prompt and Painless 
 
572 DR. chase's 
 
 cure may be affected by inserting the dry sesquichloride between the Nail and the pro- 
 truding Flesh, and powdering the latter with the same substance. A large bandage 
 should be applied over all. On the following day the exuberant flesh " (" proud flesh," 
 or extra growth of fle.sli) " is found to have acquired the hardness of wood ; suppuration 
 speedily ceases, and a cure follows after two ( ir three applications. In the course of 4, or 
 5 days, or in a week at the furtherest. the oritijinal 'pain ceases, the swelling subsides, and 
 the patient is able to walk. Naught remains but tne hardened protruding flesh, which 
 falls away about a month after the application of the sesquichloride of iron." 
 
 This will, undoubtedly, be found very satisfactory, much more so than pouring in 
 hotrtallow. or dissecting the Nail out by the roots, hitherto adopted by surgeons. Pres- 
 •sure must Ix' avoided in all these cases when there is any tendency tosuch a difficulty; 
 and, in all cnses. Nails should be i»crmitted to grow out to the end of the toe. I have 
 known ditllculty to arise fnmi cutting the Nails back, until the flesh raised up pa.st the 
 end of the Nail, so the conuT of the Nail had to be dug out. This is easily avoided by 
 letting the Nail grow out to the end of the toe, as we do our finger Nails. 
 
 NERVOl'S PIIiI..S.— Iodide of iron and ex. of gentian, of each, 1 dr. ; powdered 
 savin leaves and powdered Ignatius bean, of each, 2scru. Mix and make into 60 Pills. 
 
 Dose.— Two Pills, 3 times daily, with frictions or .sponging to the spine and limbs, 
 with strong camphor spirits, followed with friction. 
 
 This was first prescribed by T. C. Miller, M. D., for Nervous debility, known by fre- 
 quent, or constant headache, sleeplessness, lo.ss of memory, or confu.sion of mind, palpi- 
 tation of the heart, and all the Nervous diseases of females arising from gener.il debility, 
 which in their cases are also generally accompanied with various derangements peculiar 
 to their systems. The reason given for this change from the alcoholic ex. of St. Inatius' 
 bean, where 30 grs. of that, with 10 grs. of gum Arabic was to be made into 40 Pills, and 1 
 taken night and morning, is, says King, that "with many persons that would prove 
 dangerous ;" but with this you have the benefit of the alterddvr properties of the iodine, 
 and' also the toiic aid of the iron ; besides the Ifinatius amara " posses.ses, of itself, an 
 influence over the Nervous sy.stem, of a Ionic and stiwulating character, not belonging to 
 nux vomica, or strychnia," which are generally used for these purposes. 
 
 But should the extract be used, the 30 grs, dividing it into 80 to 100 Pills would, con- 
 tinues Professor Kin^, " remove the danger attending their use." 
 
 Tlie.se Nervous di.seases quite often arise from a want of proper assimilation of the 
 food to the w.ants of the system, in other words from a greater or less degree of dyspep- 
 sia; then, what will restore general health, and maintain it, will remove these Nervous 
 difficulties. 
 
 BfOSE BIjEED— Reiiifdy.— Take skunk-cabbage root pulverized very finely, 
 precipitated chalk, tannin, and starch, of each. i/J' oz. Mix and use as a snuff, and if 
 need be fill the nostril with it : and it would be found valuable to put into .small wounds, 
 also, that continue to Bleed from the small vessels that have been cut off. 
 
 In either case, it will be well U^ pursue a course of treatment that will increa.se the 
 tone and vigor of the system, for this leakage of Blood is not common, except in cases of 
 weakness and debility of the general svstcni. 
 
 lVOITRI.SHI>'« sun* FOR IX VAI,II>S.— In cases where Invalids are very 
 feeble, requiring considerable Xourishmcnt to keep tliem from failing altogether, the 
 following Soup will be found verj- satisfactory: 
 
 Take young and tender lean beef, or veal, cut into smallish pieces, 2 lbs. ; and pearl 
 barley, '<( lb., and put them into 1 qt of cold water, and slowly bringto a boil, and con- 
 tinue to simmer, or halt'-lioll until it becomes of a creamy consistence, having put in a 
 little salt, and a small sprinkle of pepper ; and if cellery is at hand, and its flavor is lik- 
 ed by the patient, put a little of it in during the boilin.g. Serve warm, and a,s freely as 
 mav be borne without distressing the stomach. 
 
 "5roUBISHlX<i E>'^E]»IA. <»R INJECTION.— In cases when Nourishment 
 cannot be retained upon the stomach, the patient rau.st be sustained by Injections of 
 beef-tea, strong chicken broth, (', e. broth boiled down until it is quite thick and rich. 
 Other liquids, known to possess highly Nourishing properties may be u.sed, as sago, or 
 arrow-root broths, etc. In cases attended with extreme prostration, a trifle of spirits, 
 may also be' added to stimulate the bowels to take up a larger proportion than they oth- 
 erwise would. Persons liave been supported for several days, in this way. 
 
 2. The above Noiirisliiiig Soup lor Invalid!*, would be equally valua- 
 ble as a Nourishing Enema. 
 
 NEIITRAI.IZlNCi PHYSIC, or Compound Powder of Rhubarb.- 
 Best Turkey Rhubarb, bicarbonate of potash, and peppermint herb, of each, equal parts, 
 say 1 oz. will be sufficient to prepare at one time, for family use. Pulverize the Rhu- 
 barb and peppermint, and sift through a sieve, or a fine gauze; then pulverize the bicar- 
 bonate and mix all tlioroughly, bottle and keep corked. 
 
 Dose. — For a child, imt a tea-spoonful into a tea-cup, and half fill it with boiling 
 water — steei> fialf an hour, strain and sweeten. For a child of 1 year, give half tea- 
 spoonful doses every hour, or two, if 2 to 3 years, a tea-spoonful. An adult might take 
 tlie whole at a do.se, and repeat every 3 houns — or put in 3 tea-spoonsful, and take one- 
 third at each dose. 
 
 It will be found a valuable laxative, in costiveuess, or other difficulties requiring 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 573 
 
 laxatives ; and it will be found as valuable a Neutralizing Physic, or corrective when 
 the bowels are already lax, or loose from eating unripe fruit, or other vegetables, as is 
 often the case, causing irritation of the stomach, known by acidity, nausea, or bv vomit- 
 ing. As heretofore used the bicarbonate of pota,sh has not been used sufficiently strong 
 to Neutralize the acidity ; hence the desired relief has not been always obtained. 
 
 2. Neutralizing Oortlial. — If any persons prefer to prepare it at once, in the 
 Cordial form, have 4 ozs. of the Powder made, and steep it in water, 1 pt. ; strain and 
 press out, to which, add, alcohol, 1 gill, oil of cinnamon and wintergreen. of each, ]4^r. 
 and white sugar, 1 lb. The oils should be put into the alcohol before it it is added. 
 Shake until the sugar is thoroughly dissolved. 
 
 Dose. — For an adult, a table-spoonful ; for a child of 2 to 5 years, a tea-spoonful, to 
 be repeated in from 1 to 3 hours, as needed. See also Neutralizing Cathartic 
 Cordial. 
 
 O. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. O. 
 
 oakum: as a BRESSING for burns ANB UUCERS.— Ithas been 
 for some time conceded that Oakum made a good Dressing for Burns and Ulcers, heal- 
 ing some extensive sores with remarkable rapidity ; and inducino a healing action in 
 indolent Ulcers that arise from a defective condition of the digestive 8y.stem, preventing 
 all offensive smell, is cheap, saves time and trouble in Dressing, and another important 
 point is — the scars do not contract, as thev usuallv do, in Burns. 
 
 OBOR FROM PER**PIRATION— Remedy.— This very great source of 
 anoyance may be entirely removed as follows : 
 
 Mix a table-spoonful of the compound spirits of ammonia in a small basin of water. 
 By washing the arms, arm -pits, and hands witli this solution, the skin will*be left clean 
 and sweet. It is cheap and harmless, and is much preferable to the perfumes and un- 
 guents which cover up and disguise but do not correct the cause. 
 
 OIIi-C'liOTHS, to Preserve their Polish.— If it is desired to have Oil- 
 cloths retain their Polish, or lustre, they must not be washed, only with Castile soap, as 
 the more common soaps are too caustic, destroying the lustre. If that has already been 
 injured, have a coat of copal varnish applied, and avoid common soaps in the future. 
 
 OIIi-STONES — TO FACE. — Tack sand-paper upon a smooth piece of board 
 that is out of wind, and rub the stone upon it. It soon levels the Stone, and as the 
 work progresses, the surface of the paper becomes more smooth, leaving an even surface 
 upon the Oil-Stone. 
 
 OINTMENTS.— Ointments are calculated to contain the properties of such medi- 
 cines as may be desired to use by external application, softer than plasters, or salves, as 
 unsalted butter, or lard, and sometimes some of the oils aie used, by also adding a little 
 wax to give them a consistency equal to that of lard, or butter. In making Ointments 
 from dry herbs, or leaves, it is well to stew, or simmer them in water and alcohol, equal 
 parts, as water alone, nor will the butter, lard, or oil alone, extract all the properties of 
 vegetables, But by simmering in the spirituous mixture these properties are all obtain- 
 ed ; then the butter, or lard, or oil added, and the simmering continued until the water 
 and spirits are evaporated, then strain, and you have the full power of the articles. 
 
 1. Ointment — Stramonium and Hop — for Salt-Rheum, Burns, 
 Ulcers, Painful Tumors, etc.— Take Stramonium (jimpson) leaves, 4 ozs.; 
 Hops, 2 ozs. ; lard, 6 ozs. ; alcohol and water, of each, 1 giU, or sufficient to cover the 
 herbs, whicli will be simmered an hour, or so, then add the lard and continue to sim- 
 mer until the leaves are all crisped, strain and box for use. 
 
 This has been found valuable In all of the above named difficulties. Apply suf- 
 ficiently often to keep the parts soft, and moist. 
 
 3. Mrs. IrVoirs Ointment— for Burns, Old Sores, or Fresh 
 Wounds, etc.—" Take what square-stem roots you can grasp in your hands, to about 2 
 lbs. of mutton tallow. Simmer down to a thick Ointment, or Salve, and flavor with any- 
 thing that suits the fancy." 
 
 The above Receipt was sent to me by a brother-in-law, Samuel Elliott, of Franklin 
 Station, Coshocton Co., O., with the following statement, which sd thoroughly convinc- 
 ed me of its value that I give it a place, and have also taken the labor of looking up the 
 importance of the root, of which it is made, all of which will be explained below. Re 
 says: 
 
 " It is far ahead of anything that I have ever seen tried. Mr. Wolf told me, a short 
 time since, that he could not get his corn harvested if it was not for this Salve (he puts 
 in from 200 to 250 acres every year). We all use it for Burns, Old Sores, and for Fresh 
 Wounds, etc." 
 
 I then turned to King's American Dispensatory to see what the Square-Stem was, and 
 found it to be scrofidaria Nodosa, also known as figwort, healall, carpenters-square, and 
 square-stalk, while, in Ohio, it also bears the name of square-stem. And it is recom- 
 mended as an " alterative, diuretic, and anodyne, highly beneficial in diseases of the liver, 
 scrofula, skin diseases, and dropsy, decoction, or tea ; and as an Ointment, is considered 
 valuable in bruises, rinqworm, piles, inflammation of the breasts, painful swellings, itch, etc., 
 and the root, in decoction, drank freely, restores supjjressed" (stopped) "menses, and re- 
 lieves pains in painful menstruation — dose of the tea, 2 to 4 ozs,"— 34 gill to 1 gill. 
 
 If this can be beat by any other article, I should like to hear from that other article 
 
574 DR. chase's * 
 
 — I thiak It ftilly justifies Mr. Elliott in saying as he did in his lettec, " you may chris- 
 ten it Mrs. Prank WoU-s World Beater." 1 think in sections where it grrows, its use will 
 give general satisfaction. 
 
 a. Mayer's — tJerman— or Compound liCait Oiiitnieiit, for Outs, 
 ^Vound!«. lUt-ers and Sktn Diseases.— Olive-oil. 214 lbs. ; white turpentine, }4 
 lb.; bees- wax and nnsalled butter, of each, ^Ib. ; red lead, lib.; honey, % lb. ; pow- 
 dered camphor, 14 lb. Melt the bees-wax, white turpentine, butter and olive-oil togeth- 
 er, and strain ; then heat them to nearly the boiling point, and gradually add the red 
 lead, stirring the mixture ('onstantly until it becomes black, or brown ; then remove 
 from the lire, and when it is somewnatcool, add to it the honey and camphor, previous- 
 ly mixed together, 
 
 " This forms," says King, " a very beautiful Ointment for all kinds of Ulcers. Cuts, 
 -Wounds, and several cutaneous " (Skin) "Diseases. It is of a more solid consistence 
 than Ointments are generally. It is highly prized by.the German population, who have 
 held it lor a long time, as a secret among themselves. The profession are indebted to 
 Mr. Jos. P. Mayer, of Cincinnati, for a knowledge of it." — The Germans call it Zusam- 
 mengesetzto Bleisable. _ 
 
 It has been extensively used by Eclectic practitioners for several years, and the 
 people will no doubt, use it for general purposes, and feel as grateful to me for its intro- 
 duction to them, as the profession to Mr. Mayer. It will usually be spread upon soft 
 linen for application. 
 
 4, Elder-Flower Ointment and Oil.— "In the Ivondon Pharmacopoeia" ("a 
 book describing how to make medicines) " the Flowers are directed to be bbiled with 
 tlie lard, in making ungiierdum sambud" (Latin for Ointment of Elder- Flowers\ "By 
 this process the odor of the Flowers is entirely destEoyf-d, and the Ointment acquires an 
 erapyrcumatic smell " (a smell of burnt animal, or veg»'table mattcrl "from the action 
 of heat on the Flowers. To obviate this result, and to make an Ointment po.^sessing 
 the pleasant odor of Elder- Flowers, I beg tu suggest the following process, which I have 
 found effectual. 
 
 " Melt the lard at the lowest possible temperature at which it assumes the fluid form, 
 and introduce into it as many Flowers as the melted lard will cover. Macerate " ("steep) 
 "them at the above temperature for 12 hours, and then strain off the lard through a 
 piece of linen, without the least pressure. By this means, an Ointment will be made, 
 when the lard is cold, which represents that which the college really intended it 
 should be. 
 
 " The Oil of Elder- Flowers requires no heat for its preparation, and is prepared pre- 
 cisely as the Ointment, with the exception of the heat, using sweet-oil, or nice lard-oU 
 in place of the lard, as the only object of the heat is to melt the lard, and besides its em- 
 ployment on any other ground is objectionable, especially as it volatilizes the odorous 
 principle of the Flowers." — Septimus Pie»se. 
 
 The Elder-Flower Ointment is valuable in scalds and burns, and is also used as a dis- 
 cutient (driving away ) in eryiipela*, etc. The manner of making it is applicable to mak- 
 ing any Ointment of flowers. 
 
 5. Fever-Sore Ointment. — Extract of tobacco (kept by druggists). 1 dr. ; alco- 
 hol, 1 oz. ; bee.s-wax, l-i oz. ; lard. 4Vi ozs. Dissolve the ex. in the alcohol, having melt- 
 ed the bees-wax and lard together, add the dissolved ex. and continue the heat to eva- 
 porate the alcohol. Stir tillcold. 
 
 " This," says King " may be prepared by taking the fresh leaves of tobacco, 2 lbs. ; 
 lard, '4 lb. ; alcohol. J^ pt. ; "wax, 1 oz. Mix and slowly simmer together until the leaves 
 are crisped, and then strain and press out through linen," The dried leaves are not con- 
 sidered of any account for an Ointment, nor is ping tobacco considered as good, for it 
 has previously been dried. To make from the ex. when it can be obtained, is the least 
 trouble. 
 
 Tobacco Ointment, if properly made, is considered valuable in Fever-Sores, effections 
 of the skin, piles, .scald-head, irritable swellings, painful ulcers, etc. I have been in- 
 formed of a case of a Fever-Sore, of 17 years standing, cured by it— in that case also the 
 Ointment was made from plug tobacco, ' f the amount as of the " fresh leaves " as above 
 given. Rosin too, has been used, but it makes the Ointment too hard, stiffening the 
 cloths too much to fit to depres,sions in the ulcers. 
 
 «. Spermaceti Ointment— for Chaps, Chafins'S. Dressinsf Blisters, 
 etc,— Spermaceti. 3 drs. ; white wax, 1 dr. ; olive-oil, 1}4 ozs. Melt over a gentle Are 
 and s-tir until cool. Applied in any of the above cases, and to any irritable surfaces; 
 but it is not an Ointment for long keeping; hence, it Is made in small quantities at a 
 time. 
 
 7. Ointment for Xenraleia.— Albumen, or white of egg, 1 dr.; rhigolene, 4 
 ozs. ; oil of peppermint. 2 ozs. ; collodion and chloroform, of each, 1 oz. Shake occasion- 
 ally for 24 hours, "which," says Dr. ,T. Knox Hodge, "gelatinizes" (hardens) "into a 
 seiiii-solidified" /half-hard) " opodeldoc-looking compound, which will retain its con- 
 sistency and hold the ingredients intimately blended for months, which he also says, 
 " will relieve facial, or any other Neuralgia almost instaneously."— Gewj?''^ Medical 
 Oomvnvitm. , , , ,, 
 
 This was republished by the Ecle^ic MedUxU Journal for Jan, 1873, from which I 
 
SEt^OND RKt;EIPT BOOK. 575 
 
 have taken it ; but as yet I have had no occasion to use it. I am satisfied of its vahie 
 however, as the rhigolene is a highly volatile article distilled from petroleum, which 
 •ome prefer to ether as a freezing anescethetic, " being more certain, and more rapid in 
 Itfl action, more easily controlled, odorless and less expensive." If not generally kept 
 yet by druggists, they will obtain it when the demand will justify it. 
 
 8. Discutieiit Oiiitiuont, or Ointment to I>rive Away Swellings, 
 Tnmors, etc.— Bark of the root of bittersweet, leaves of stramonium (jimnson), cl- 
 cuta (water hemlock), atropa belladonna (deadly night-shade), roots of the yellow dock 
 and poke, and Venice turpentine, of each, 2 ozs. ; water, and alcohol, of each, 1 pt. ; lard 
 
 lib , ^ , 
 
 Bruise all of the roots and put into a suitable kettle for stewing ; then put on the al- 
 cohol, and sufficient of the water to cover all of the articles well, and keep them moder- 
 ately hot for 12 hours ; then add the lard and increa.se and continue the heat until the 
 roots and leaves are all crisped ; then strain and add the Venice turpentine, and keep it 
 well stirred while cooling. The spirits are necessary to obtain all the properties of the 
 articles. The water hemlock and deadly night-shade will be found with me druggists. 
 Apply freely to any indolent swelling of the glands, or enlarging tumors, 2, or 3 
 times daily, covering the parts with cotton, keeping it in. place by bandaging, or other- 
 wise heating it in thoroughly for half an hour, each time, by means of a hot iron, or by 
 the stove. Probably the most would be absorbed by covering it with the cotton and 
 bandaging. It is reported to have cured, even bronchocele, or enlarged neck, also call- 
 ed goiter, which comes from the Lat. guUur, the throat ; hence we have also the word 
 guttural, a sound formed in the throat. 
 
 9. Pile Ointment.— A patent was granted in 1844 (expired in 1868) to Wm. W. 
 Riley, of Mansfield, O. for the cure of Piles, as follows : 
 
 Flour of sulphur 2 ozs. ; powdered nut-galls, 1 oz. ; opium powdered, 1 gr., intimate- 
 ly mixed with lard until the proper consistence is obtained. 
 
 To be applied night and morning, to the parts. It is a good preparation, in fact, the 
 probability is that no patent was ever taken out for any medical preparation, except for 
 such as the patentee had been using with success. 
 
 A course of general treatment siiould be pursued that will restore general health, 
 and especially overcome any tendency to Con.stipation, which see. 
 
 OMELET, PO,V€HEO E««S, ETC.— Sweet milk, 1 cup; flour, and butter, of 
 each 1 table-spoonful; eggs, well beaten, 6. 
 
 Rub up the flour with a little of the milk and add the rest; stirring in the butter, 
 which has been melted; salt, then, the eggs being well beaten, stir them in also ; hav- 
 ing a bit of butter in a frying pan. or stew dish, beginning to get hot, pour in tlie Ome- 
 let mixture, and cook slowly, stirring all the time until the whole is quite thickened; 
 then let it re.st until the bottom is nicely browned ; when it may be turned bottom up, 
 upon a plate ; or if it sticks to the bottom of the dish, cut it into piecs of a suitable size 
 to serve, 1 piece to the plate of a g'uest. It should be % to IV^, inches thick. For variety 
 2, or 3 ozs. of cold fried ham, cold veal, or cold chicken may be nicely chopped and 
 seasoned and stirred in to this mixttire before frying; or a little grated sweet corn left 
 from dinner may be stirred in, or coarse, cooked hominy, in place of the sweet corn ; then 
 dip in spoon-fuls into a frying dish, having a little butter hot, and nicely fried, in place 
 of oysters for tea. Some pereons prefer pounded cracker in place of the flour, or a table- 
 spoonful of cracker and a tea-spf)onful of flour to each 4 eggs, to be mixed just before 
 putting upon the griddle; then turn up the edges as soon as it begins to set. Some pre- 
 fer no salt to be put into the Omlet, but to let each guest season to suit themselves. 
 
 Again some persons think that " The best and nicest Omelet is made with one egg 
 to one spoonful of milk. For an unexpected guest, this one-egg Omelet is just the thing 
 for luncheon, or tea, as it is easily made and turned olTthe griddle .so handsomely." 
 
 2. Poached Eg-gs. — Break a sufficient number of Eggs to meet the wants of 
 those to be at tea, and beat them well, in a basin which can be set on the stove, or have 
 a little butter in a frying pan, and poiu- in, stirring until they are thick. Serve on but- 
 tered toast, or vnih toast, as you chose. 
 
 OBf lOXS — To Pickle. — Take rather small Onions, and as nearly of one size as 
 possible, peel and wash them; sprinkle freely of salt over them, then pour on sufficient 
 boiling water to cover them, stir up to dissolve the salt, cover and let stand for 24 hoiirs ; 
 then place them in jars and pour boiling cider vinegar over them, into which you had 
 put whole pepper-corns and mustard .seed before bringing to a boil, sufficient io entirely 
 cover them. 
 
 1. OYSTERS,— Fried, E<4caloped. ,Son|>. etc.— Take the largest ones, and 
 rinse them in cold water to free them from bits of shell ; then dip them into beaten egg, 
 and then into finely rolled cracker crumte, both sides, and fry in butter, not too hot- 
 turning over when the first side is nicely browned. Serve while hot; and this holds good 
 with Oysters, no matter how they are cooked— a cold Oyster, unless raw is not a " treat." 
 
 3. E»icaloped Oysters.— This dish should undoubtedly be called, simply, 
 Baked Oi/sters, the word Escaloped having reference to a bivalve, or Oyster shell ; but 
 possibly the name originated by their being baked in a fluted, or Escaloped dish, the 
 edges resembling, somewhat, the edge of an Oyster shell. They are also called scolopod, 
 or scolloped, but Escaloped, is the more correct spelling. To prepare the dish ; 
 
576 DR. chase's 
 
 Obtain a suflBcienev of such as you choose to use— the small Oystere are erjual in fla- 
 vor to the largest, they also cook quicker. Rinse them in cold water, a.s all Oysters should 
 be, if you do not wish to break your teeth with bits of shell, and strain the juice. 
 Powder the crackers finely, (light, dry bread crumbs may be used) and butter the pan 
 nicely; then put in a laver of the crumbs , and dip a few spoonsful of the Oyster Juice 
 over the cracker to moisten it and put on also a few bits of butter, then a layer of Oys- 
 ters, and upon these sprinkle a little salt and pepper, sufficient to season well ; then 
 crumbs and Oysters, again, until the pan is nearly full, finishing with crumbs— having 
 put on all the juice, and if vou think this will not give sufficient moisture to wet all the 
 crackers, a little rich milk,"or sweet cream may be added for that purpose. Bake until 
 the Oysters are cooked through, otherwise, no seasoning will overcome a .sense of raw- 
 ness—about 1 hour will be sufficient. If the top is likely to be too much browned, put a 
 piece of white paper over it. 
 
 3. Oyster Stew, or Soup.— Take the Oysters into a di.sh of cold water to nnse 
 off bits of shell ; strain the liquor for the same purpose; and to each pt. of the liquor add 
 milk, or water, }/• pt. Place this upon the fire and bring to a boil, thickening it with a 
 tea-spoonful, or two of flour , rubbed .smoothly with a little cold water ; then put in the 
 Oysters and as soon as they begin to boil again, remove from the fire and serve. Let the 
 seasoning be done by each one at table, to suit their own taste. Salt must not be put into 
 them in scalding, nor scalded long, unless you wisli to both .shrink them and make 
 them hard and tough. Always served with crackers; 
 
 PALSY— PARALYSIS.— Palsy, or Paralysis is the loss of vol- 
 untary motion, and sometimes of feeling also in the part. If confined 
 to an arm, or leg, it is generally called Palsy of such a part. If it af- 
 fects one whole side it is called hemiplefjia, from Greek words signify- 
 ing half, and to strike— a stroke, then, aifecting half of the body, on one 
 side ; if the entire lower half, it is called paraplegia; and if attended 
 with trembling, it is called shaking-Palsy. 
 
 Cause. — It may follow an attack of apoplexy. It may be Caused 
 by tumors which press upon nerves, preventing a free flow of the ner- 
 vous fluid into the limbs, or organs affected. Whatever tends to re- 
 lax, or reduce the general system will have a tendency to lessen ner- 
 vous activity, and thereby produce Palsy. Those who work in the 
 manufacture of white lead, and painters also, using white lead for a long 
 time, especially if they allow it much upon the hands may have this 
 disease. 
 
 Symptoms.- As a general thing, there is no particular warning 
 of its approach; occasionally however, numbness, with coldness and 
 slight twitchings of the mtiscles have preceded it. If the brain is 
 much affected, the face is likely to be distorted, the speech indistinct, 
 and the judgment and memory also affected. In long continued cases, 
 the muscles of the limbs are likely to waste, as well as to become soft 
 and flaccid ("flabby"). If it arise from Apoplexy, the Symptoms of 
 that disease, which see, would be likely to have attended it, whereby a 
 preventive treatment as there recommended, should have been 
 adopted. It mav however, come on slowly, affecting the muscles of 
 the tongue, mouth, eyelids, or a finger, hand, or arm, and only grad- 
 ually extend to other parts ; but these are the exceptional cases. 
 
 Treatment.— When a whole side is affected, or both of the lower 
 extremities — hemiplegia, or paraplegia — it is seldom that much relief 
 can be obtained, especially so if motion and feeling are both suspend- 
 ed; but in recent cases, some relief may be hoped for by pur.suing a 
 similar course to that directed as preventive, or to relieve after Apo- 
 plexy, which see. If there is spasms of the muscles, contortions of 
 the face, with pain, etc., make the following : 
 
 Liniment for Palsy. — Tinct. of lobelia and sulphuric ether, of 
 each, 2 ozs. ; tinct. of Cayenne, laudanum, of each, 1 oz. ; chloroform, 
 J oz. Mix and keep corked. 
 
 Dose.— Give internally in a little sweetened water, ^ tea-spoonful 
 
SECOXD RECEIPT BOOK. 577 
 
 every 20 minutes until the pain and spasms are relieved. At the 
 same time bathe the parts with the same, and also the back, especial- 
 ly close alonfj the spine with it, using V)risk friction with the hand, 
 until the violent symptoms are allayed ; then, active cathartics, and 
 probably the following stimulating iNJEcmoN, will have to be used to 
 remove the constipation, especially will the stimulating injections 
 have to be used if it is paraplegia, or a Palsay of both lower limbs, in 
 which case prepare the following : 
 
 Stimulating Injection. — Take Cayene and lobelia pulverized, of 
 each, a small tea-spoonful, boiling water, 1 pt. ; castor-oil, sweet-oil, or 
 lard, 1 gill, common salt, a table-spoonful. Mix all, and when cooled 
 to allow its use Inject one-half at first and retain it as long as may be, 
 and soon after, the balance, still as warm as can be used. This Injec- 
 tion will be a great help in moving the bowels, which are, in these 
 cases, very inactive. Cathartics, and possibly the Injections may have 
 to be repeated every 3, or 4 days, for some time. And the frictions 
 with the liniment, as above, or with the NEURALCriA Liniment, or with 
 any of the strong liniments, must be kept up daily, or twice daily. 
 
 After the spasms, and contortions have subsided, besides the fric- 
 tions, daily, the common Nervous Pill, which see, may be taken 
 night and morning, or the following : The salvy ex. of hyosciamus, GO 
 grs. ; ex. of aconite, and macrotin, of each, 30grs., (all of which are, or 
 should be kept by druggists generally), make and divide into 30 pills, 
 1 to be taken night and morning, will greatly aid in allaying the ner- 
 vous irritability ; and after a couple of weeks Treatment, as above di- 
 rected, any of the good ionic bitters of this book, or such as have been 
 generalh'' used, with all other care and Treatment calculated to restore 
 general good health, by restoring all of the secretions, as far as can be 
 done, will also require the attention of those wlio have the case in 
 charge. 
 
 P. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. P. 
 
 PAI>"TER-S. OR I.KA1»-PARAI,YSIS OF THE WRISTS— to Avoid. 
 — Experience has shown that what is called Lead-Paralysis, or loss of motion of the 
 Wrist-joints, among Painters, is largely owing to the habit they have of washing the 
 hands in turpentine to remove the paint. This dissolves the Lead, zinc, etc., allowing 
 it to be more freely absorbed than would otherwise occur: therefore to Avoid the Par- 
 alysis, Avoid the turpentine — soap was made to wash with. 
 
 PAI3f KIIiLiEK— For Billious Colic a!«d otber Internal Pains. — 
 Best alcohol, 1 pt. ; opium, gums camphor, Arabic, and guaiac, balsams of fir and 
 Copaiba, of each. }4 oz. Mix, and shake occasionally until all is dissolved. 
 
 Dose. — Half to a tea-spoonfvTl, according to the severity of the pain, in Colic, or other 
 Internal Pains, in which it has been found valuable. See "also Hunn's Life Drops, Neu- 
 RALGi.-v LiNiMF.N'T. ptc, for internal use. 
 
 PALPITATION OF THK HE.\RT, Immediate and Permanent 
 Relief.— Hall's Journal of Health, says that a lady of 40 years, who has been troubled 
 for 12 years with periodical P.alpitation of the Heart, found Immediate and Permanent 
 Relief ill the use of soda-water; and that afterwards, experiments showed the Relief to 
 come from the carbonis acid gas, contained in the soda-water. 
 
 1. PEACH TREES— Proper Care of.— Peach Trees require, to begin with> 
 a rich soil and careful cultivation ; then every year, a careful examination for wormsi 
 especially just between the ground and air (as the sailor would say, "between wind and 
 water"), at the same time, if it is in the Spring, putting a shovelful of wood ashe.s 
 around the roots; and when 5. or 6 years old, the sod should be removed from the top 
 of the roots hack about 2 ft., and left off a week, or so, and the rough bark scraped otf, 
 and a wash of lime and salt to the trunk a foot, or two up, and top of the roots, before 
 the dirt is replaced. 
 
 This plan gives the Marylanders the largest and most profitable crops, that are ob- 
 tained anywhere. 
 
 2. Peach Borer— A Remedy.— We find in the Southern Cuttivator an article 
 from H. F. Grant, of Glynn Countj', Georgia, in which he gives a sure Remedy against tho 
 Peach Borer, but whicii is nothing more or less than that which we have for many 
 
 37— DR. chase's second RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
578 nR. chase's 
 
 years practiced with our dwarf-pear stockx, (quinces,) viz : Remove the earth from 
 around the trunk, say 4, or f> inches ; then wrap round the same, as far down as is prac- 
 ticable, a bandage of cotton cloth so as to be t. or 5 inches above the ground wlien the 
 earth is put back, havintr secured tlie bandage with cotton twine Tliis is allowed to 
 remain on. according to Mr. Grant's phiu. as long as it is whole, and then it is to be re- 
 placed with another; we mention thia. although never tried, we had no doubt that this 
 bandage method would be equally effective applied t(j Peach Trees, etc. We recom- 
 mended, however, the removal of the cloths aliouttho first, or middle of August, and to 
 renew them again as early in the Si)ring as tlie condition of the ground will admit of 
 the operation. We think so .still, as there will then be no chance of neglecting to renew 
 when the old bandages are no longer a protectioii. We never liail a Borer in our quince 
 stocks wliere this Remedy was properly ut^i^A.—frennmitrnvn Tderrraph. 
 
 It would appear that the Borer doe~s his work " between wmd and water," so if this 
 part is protected with the bandage, lie has no cliance. 
 
 3. Peach Trees— OI«l one«< !»Iaile 5Iore Fruit fal. — Dr. Oeorge P. Wood, 
 President of the American Pliilosophical Society, having noticed that his Peach Trees, 
 alter producing a few crops, ceased bearina and died in a few years; and believing that 
 the cause of decay was worms at the roots <« the Trees, he put into operation a plan for 
 the destruction of the worms. lie dug holes five or six inches deep at the base of the 
 stem, scraped away all the worms that could be found and filled up with wood ashes 
 fresh from the stove, which of course contained all tlie potash. This was done in the 
 Autumn of 180:1, with a result in the following Spring at which he was astonislicd. The 
 Trees appeared to have been restored to all their early freshness and vigor — put forth 
 bright green leaves, blossomed copiously, and liore a heavy crop of Fruit. On reflection 
 Dr. Wood attributes the favorable results more to the effect of the potash contained in 
 the ashes than to the destruction of the worms. 
 
 I have no doubt but what it benefits both ways— against the worms, and ,to make 
 them more thrifty, and give them more vigor and strength, and consequently More 
 Fruitful. The strength of the ashe.s dissolving out into the soil around the roots of the 
 Tree makes it too strong of alkali to allow the Borer to live there : and no doubt tlie ap- 
 plication of the ashes would go far to relieve the necessity of the bandaging at the root 
 Ot the Trees as recommended in No. 2, above, see No. 4, also. 
 
 4. Peaeli Tree fr'orty Year.s <»irt. iu a Taas.v Bed.— A writer in a New 
 York paper recommends sowing Tansy about the roots of Peach Trees as a means of 
 preserving them. He says he once knew a large Peacli Tree which was more than 40 
 wears oid while several generations of similar Trees in the same soil had passed away. 
 This led to an examination, and it was found to be in a Bed of Tansy, If was naturally 
 inferred that the preservation of tliis Tree to such agreen old age was attributed to the 
 presence of this plant. It was decided to try the experiment on others, and accordingly 
 a few of the roots were placed about each of the fither Trees on the premises, some of 
 which gave signs of decay. Not only has it preserved tliem for several years, l)Ut reno- 
 vated those that were unsound. The odor of this plant, he says, doubtless keeps oif the 
 Insect enemies of this kind of Tree, and it is believed that it would have the same effect 
 on others, as the plum, apple, and pear, as well as the sycamore and other ornamental 
 trees. 
 
 The word Tansy comes from a (Jreek word which signifies immortal— exempt from 
 liability to die. It is certainly a very bitter herb, and undoulitedly. as above remarked, 
 has a tendency to keep away all insects tliat would injure the roots of any Tree, 
 
 5. Peaches Uposi the WiUI Pliiiii Stoclk — A correspoudent of the Ohio 
 <?!t;«iOT/ar, savs that the Peach may be grafted upon the Wild Plum, partaking of its 
 hardiness agiiinst Winter-killing and in starting late in the Spring, and in its long life, 
 and in bearing ever\- year. 
 
 Tliese are certainly desirable points to attain ; and I can see no reason in nature why 
 it may not pr®ve itself true. 
 
 PE.ICHES— Qniclt Process of Peeliiijs:.— It is not generally understood 
 tliat Peaches may be Peeled by putting them into hot lye, for a moment, then into cold 
 water to remove the lye, and to cool them for handling. 
 
 The lye may be leached oft' iu the usual way, or made quitf: strong by putting ashes 
 intf) hot water, and straining off, wlien tlie full strength is obtained— remember the lyo 
 mu.st 1)6 strong ; then, when ready to proceed, put the lye into a suitable kettle, and 
 bring it to aboil, putting in the Peaches and stirring about with a skimmer until the 
 skin begins to loosen, which you can tell by putting one into cold water to allow you to 
 take it in the hand, when by pushing with the thumb, or by a clasping motion of the 
 hand the skin will slip ofl^rea<lily; then skim out ;is (luickly as possible into the cold 
 water, and the Peelings will slip oil' as readily as the skin from a boiled beet, and ten of 
 them to whore you could pare one with a knife, especially after you get a little use to it 
 — none of the Peach is wasted, and time is saved. The water removes the alkad, and 
 the alkali causes the skin to .slip, and to start quicker also than the use of water alone. 
 
 2. Pickled Peaches — S^veet. — Now that Pcache-s may be picked from a 40 
 year-old Tree, and the orchard kept free of Borers also, it will certainly be dcsii-able to 
 be able to have a nice Sweet- Pickle of this delicious fruit; for every additional variety 
 of form in which this or any other fruit may be brought to the table, adds to the enjoy- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 579 
 
 ments to be derived from the good things which the wisdom of God has placed before 
 us for that very purpose. Then, after having peeled the Peaches, as above : 
 
 Take 7 lbs. or them, not stoned, white sugar, :? lbs. good vmegar, 1 pt. ; cinnamon, 
 cloves, or allspire to ta.ste. 
 
 Tie up the gmund spices in a cloth and put with the sugar and vineg.ir. and heat to 
 a scalding heat, then pour over the Poaches: and let them stand 2, or 3, days, when it 
 wiU be necessary to scald all lotfetlier again, which will prevent tmy after working. 
 
 This plan of not removing the stones, gives the Peaches abetter flavor: and the use 
 of only 1 pt. of vinegar allows tliom to be di.shed-up with some of the juices, as sauce, 
 whlleVith a larger amount thev can only be used as other tart Kckles. 
 
 PI<"KI..F,I> «"RAB-APPI.i:S— Swopt.— To Crab-apples. 1 qt., put sugar. 1 i)t.. 
 and just vinegar enough to cover, a little whole spices, or if ground, tie them up, as for 
 peaches ; boil slowlv until the Apples are tender, but not to allow them to break to 
 pieces. Scald again" after 3, or 4 days ; then put in jars. 
 
 PICKliED TOMATOES— Sweet.— Slice green Tomatoes, 1 gal., pour over 
 them suflficient water to cover tln-m ; sprinkle salt (jver the top about a quarter of an 
 inch thick : let them stand 24 hours, then drain from the brine. Put them into a large 
 kettle ; add a quart of sugar, and vinegar enough to cover them, and a good handful oi 
 allspice and cloves, unsround. Let them boil up, and take off the fire and put into jars. 
 
 1. PirKl.EI> C'Uri':^IBERS— Without Vinesfstr.— Sometimes it is of im- 
 portance to have a nice Pickle without Vinegar; for, in some plac&s it is difficult to ob- 
 tain agood qualitv of Vinegar: then, as there are but few neighborhoods but what there 
 can be obtained a'plenty of grape leaves, take the German method, and proceed as fol- 
 lows: 
 
 Carefully wash the Cucumbers, so as not to bruise them ; then place about a doz. 
 large grape leaves upon the bottom of a 4, or .5 gal. keg, or stone-jar: now pack a layer 
 of Cucumbers snuglv on the leaves, and sprinkle over them a small handful of salt. 
 Then lay vine leaves atjain. and then f'ueuinliers andsalt. and repeat the order till the 
 ve.ssel is" nearly full. Cover over with vine leaves, and put a round board on the leaves 
 with a clean .stone on the top. Fill the ves^el with water till the Cucumbers are cover- 
 ed; the board will prevent them from swimming on the water and so becoming expos- 
 ed to the air. Taste the liquid : it should be i>le;isantly salt ; add a little salt if it is too 
 flat. Let the whole stand, in a not too cool place, for 3 weeks, when the Cucumbers will 
 be sour and ready to eat. They will keep all tlie Winter if put in a cool place. No Vin- 
 egar is necessary! The Pickle.s will be of an olive color, and are more wholesome than 
 pvoisonous bright green sulph\iric acid and brass kettle Pickles sold in almost every 
 store. 
 
 This method originated in Germany, a country where it is said that dentristy is not 
 so perfect as it is in this country ; hence, they endeavor to make their Pickles in such 
 a manner as not to destroy tho.se necessary accompaniments of good digestion — the 
 teeth 
 
 •i. PI€KEEI> C'lJOl'MIJERS— With "Vinejfar.— Cut the Cucumbers from 
 the vines every morning, leaving a short bit of stem, for if pulled off they are likely to 
 rot. beginning where the stem was broken from the skin. Be careful also not to bruise 
 them, for that causes decay. If it is desired to make .some directly for use, first sprinkle 
 a handful of salt upon them, then cover them with boiling water and let them stand 
 until the water is cool. When cold, drain off the salt water, and place the drained Cu- 
 cumbers in the Pickle Jar and cover them with boiling Vinegar, in which you have 
 scalded such spices as you desire. In 3, or 4 days you will have a nice crisp, or lirittle 
 Pickle, much better, and quicker for having soaked the acrid gum out of them with the 
 boiling water. 
 
 3. .?eca?^d— The scalding, even, of all that you desire to put up in salt for family 
 use, will be an advantage in soaking out the natural gum. and increase their likeliness 
 to keep ; then drain, after the scalding, and put a layer of salt on tlie bottom of the bar- 
 rel, then Cucumbers, then salt, as in ordinary packing when not scalded. No water is 
 needed: but they should he weighted to hold them close, and under the brine which 
 they will make by yeaMing up their own water. When needed for iLse take out of the 
 brine and cover them again with boiling water, and let them soak rjne day, then change 
 again for more boiling water ; and thus, in 2 days they will be ready for scalding Vine- 
 gar : when, if soaked in cold water, it takes 3, or 4 days to •' freshen " them sufficiently. 
 No fears need be entertained as to the use of the boiling water, for my wife has used it 
 in " freshening " her Pickles for some time, and I am so well assured as to the propriety 
 of scalding them when " picked off," or rather cut off, that I have no hesitancy in rec- 
 ommending it. 
 
 Fresh Cucumbers, nor fresh Tomatoes, make as nice and crisp a Pickle to be cut at 
 once into Vinegar, as they do for having been first soaked in either cold, or scalding 
 brine ; not necessarily very long — a day, or two in cold water and salt, and an hour, or 
 two in hot, only, are required to remove their acrid and unhealthy juices. 
 
 1. PIES— i'oooa-Xtit Pie.— Beat 2 eggs with '< cup of wliite sugar, to a froth, 
 and a trifle over 1 pt. of sweetmilk. Crack the Cocoa-Niit. and drink oft' the liquor, if 
 yon like it , and scrape out the soft inside a little, take out the solid white part, and 
 scrape off the brown that peels from the shell, grate the white part and add a cup of it 
 
680 nR. f'HASK's 
 
 to the custard prepared as above. No spi-e should be added, or it' anything, only a lit- 
 tle nutmeg. Lime a deep Pie-di.sh with Pie paste, and fill with the Cocoa-nut custard. 
 No upper crast is necessary. Bake in a quick oven, and be sure and don't bake it too 
 long, just till it thickens and rises up light. Any thing that has custard sus its chief prep- 
 aration should never be baked till the whey separates I'roiu the curd. 
 
 Some persons think it advisable to bake a custard Pie crust before putting in the 
 ■custard ; but my wife says if the paste is made sufficiently rich, the custard will not soak 
 into the crust if the Pie is put into a hot oven as soon as it ought to be after the custard 
 ifi dipped in. 
 
 3. L.emon €ii!>itard Pie.— Water, 1 qt. ; brown sugar 1 rounding cup-ful ; 2 
 Ivemons ; 4 eggs; corn starch, 4 heaping table-spoonsful ; salt, just a pinch ; butter, 1 oz. 
 
 Put the sugar into a 2 qt. basin with the water and place on the stove until it comes 
 to a boil ; wet up the corn starch in a little cold water, and as the other comes to a boil, 
 stir in the starch and let it cook a very few minutes, stirring it to prevent burn- 
 ing upon the bottom ; then remove from the stove. Pour the whites off from 2 of the 
 eggs, and beat up the balance all together and stir into the Pie mixture, while it is still 
 hot. The butter and salt to be added at this time. Peel the skin from the Lemons aud 
 cut the iusides, very fine, into the mixture; and chop up the peel finely also, with the 
 chopping-knife and put iu ; then stir all well and set back upon the stove for a minute, 
 or two, then dip into the crusts. This amount makes only 2 round-pan pies. When 
 done, beat the whites of the eggs several minutes, with a table-spoonful of white sugar 
 and spread over the Pies, and brown nicely. This amount makes the Pies none too 
 thick to suit most people. Any one desiring sourer, or sweeter,;or less in thickness, af- 
 ter a trial, can vary it to suit themselves. 
 
 3. JLeinon l»ie. — For 1 Pie, take 1 large Lemon, or 2 small ones, peel and slice. 
 The crust being ready upon the plate, put on a large cup of sugar, and place the sliced 
 I^emon upon the sugar; chop the peeling fine aud spread it over the slices and dust over 
 about 1 spoonful of Hour; then take hali a cup of water and dip it, with a spoon, over 
 the whole, before putting on the top crust. Bake same as the orange. 
 
 4. liemoii Pie— Extra. — Take 3 good sized Lemon ; 2 eggs ; raisins, sugar, and 
 water, of each, 2 cups ; sweet cream, or rich milk, 4 table-spoonsful ; flour, 2 table- 
 spoonsful. 
 
 Roll the Lemons, then grate off the yellow, which contains the flavor, and peel off 
 the white and throw away, because it is bitter ; now cut in two, squeeze out the juice, and 
 chop the pulp and the raisins tine ; beat tlie eggs, sugar, flour, water, and cream togeth- 
 er, in the order named, and stir in all ; a rich paste for 2 pies, with 2 crusts being ready, 
 put in the mixture, using the white of egg as mentioned in No. 6, to prevent the juices 
 from running out, cut an ornamental center, to let out the steam, bake to a nice brown. 
 I think there are but few who will not consider them exlra nice— molasses, or sirup, 2 
 cups, may take the place of the sugar, using water only ]4 cup, but the sugar is prefer- 
 able. 
 
 5. Mlnce-Ples.- Boil the beef or tongue until perfectly tender ; clear it from the 
 bones; chop it fine, add an equal weight of chopped tart apples, a little butter, or fine 
 suet. Moisten with cider, wine, or brandy ; sweeten with sugar aud a little molasses ; 
 add mace, cinnamon, cloves, and salt to suit the taste ; also raisins, citron, and Zante cur- 
 rants. Make the Pies on shallow plates, with an opening in the upper crust, and bake 
 them 1 hour, in a slow oven. 
 
 6. ]»Iock-:»Iince, or C'racUer Pie for D.vspeptics.— Take 8 good sized 
 Crackers, and roll them fine; water, molasses, aud brown sugar, of each 1 cup; vinegar 
 and butter, of each, >^ cup; raisins, nicely chopped, 2 cups; ciunamon, allspice and 
 cloves, of each, finely ground, 1 small tea-spoonful. Make ::5 Pies. 
 
 Before putting on the top crust, wet around the outer edge of the bottom one with 
 beaten white of eggs, which, by the pinching, cements the two crusts together preventing 
 the juices from flowing out ; and this plan will hold good with any juicy Pie. This was 
 a favorite with us at the Ku.sscll House, and it still " holds its own.' 
 
 7. Another ;moc1i Mince- Pie With Ksss.— There may be some who 
 •would prefer to use Eggs, as follows : Six crackers powdered fine, molasses and sugar, 1 
 cup each ; vinegar and butter, V^ cup each ; raisins chopped fine, J/^ lb. ; 2 beaten Egg»^, 
 in pla(!e of the water; spices to taste. 
 
 8. Oran^ce Pie.— For 1 Pie, take 2, or 3 Oranges, according to size, peel aud slice. 
 The crust having been put upon the plate, sprinkle over the crust, 1 small cup of sugar, 
 tlien place the sliced Oranges upon the sugar, and add a very little water, to make it 
 sufficiently juicy. Put on a top crust, the same as directed for " Mock-Mmce," above, 
 bake to a nice brown.; 
 
 9. PumpUinJPie.- Choose the best Pumpkins that can be found. Take out the 
 seeds, cut the rind carefuUv away, and then cut the Pumpkin into thin and narrow bits. 
 Stew over a moderate fire in a little water, just enough to keep the mass from burning, 
 until soft. When sufficiently cooled, rub through a sieve. Sweeten with sugar. The 
 sugar and eggs should be beaten together. The flavoring requires ginger, or nutmeg, 
 and salt. To 1 qt. of Pumpkin, add 1 qt. of milk and 4 eggs for ordinary richness. 
 
 Heat the Pumpkin scalding-hot before putting it upon tlie cru.st to bake, otherwise 
 the crust will lie soaked. Bake in a very hot oven. 
 
SECOND KEf'.KIPT BOOK. ,581 
 
 lO. Tart- Pies.— Stew the apples, peaches, or cranberries, and strain when soft. Grate 
 in lemon-peel; add sugar to suit tlie taste. To make the Pies cut smooth, add a beaten 
 egg for each Pie. Malce an under crust of pa.stry ; put upon it the fruit; ornament with 
 a rim and narrow strips of pastry. As soon a.s tlie crust is done, remove from the oven. 
 
 1. Pllil^S — I^iver Hills — New. — Take ex. of dandelion, '< dr. ; ex, of hyoscy- 
 amus, 15 grs. ; mandrake and bloodroot, of each, veiy finely pulverized, }4 dr. ; oil of 
 peppermint to work it into Pill-ma.ss. Divide into 3 gr". Pills, or about t!."j to 40 Pills. 
 
 Dose. — To act gently upon the Liver, take 2. or 3 at Ijcrltime, and if they do not move 
 the bowels the next day, repeat 1. or 2. at night again, and so along, to cause a daily 
 movement; but not to exceed two, without lessening the Dose. For a more active ca- 
 thartic, see C.\Ti[.\RTi(s, and no, 2, below. 15ut for a t'lrpid and inactive Liver I have 
 found no combination of medicine to work so satisfactorily. It is alterative as well as 
 corrective, lessening the tendency to constipation, l)ut never increasing it. I keep these 
 in the house for personal use. 
 
 2. C'atliartic and l>ivor Pills.— Podophyllin. 20 grs.; leptandrin, sangui- 
 narin, ipecac, and Cayenne, of each, l.j grs.; ex. of mandrake, and hyoscyamua, of each, 
 10 grs. ; oil of peppermint to work it. Divide into 30 Pills. 
 
 Dose.— As an active Cathiirti(.-, 2 to 1 Pills; as an alterative upon the action of the 
 Liver, 1 Pill daily, or every other night, as found necessary for a daily movement. 
 
 3. I^axativo Pill.— Podopliillin. 15 grs.; leptandrin. and the compound ex. of 
 colocynth, of each, 1 dr. ; ex. of dandelion, and Ca,stile soap, of each, \i^ dr. ; ex. of bel- 
 ladonna, and pulverized ipecac, of each, grs. Mix and divide into 180 Pills. 
 
 Dose.— The proper Dose will be explained in the following history of this Pill— It 
 originated with Prof. Edwin Freeman, of Cincinnati, who is a practioner in that city, 
 and also a Professor in the Eclectic Medical Institute, and in presenting this Pill to the 
 profession, tlirough the Eclectic Medical Journal, made the following explanation of his 
 manner of using it. He says : 
 
 " 1 have used this Pill for a long time, and as it meets a good many indications, is 
 very easy to take from its mintiteness. and does not gripe nor render the patient sick at 
 the stojiiach, I think it.proper to call attention to it. 
 
 ■' Cnlinarily 1, to 6, taken at bed-time, are sufficient to give two, or three dejections" 
 nno\ements) •• in the morning, without irritating the stomach or producing a .severe ef- 
 fect, an<l this may be repeated the next night if necessary, and the patient will continue 
 to feel imprfived. 
 
 '• Fur H.vBiTUAi, CON.sTiPATioN, I usually begin with a cathartic Dose. I follow 
 ttiis with 1. morning and night, or 2 at night and one in the morning, if 1 be not suf- 
 ficient, until the bowels become quite free. I then give 1 at night, and when the pa- 
 tient shall, from tliis minute dose, be able to relieve himself. I leave ofi' altogether. 
 
 '• I have observed that podoiihvUin is often objectionable to an irritable stomach and 
 duodenum by lieiuggiveu in too larije doses, ami uncombiucd with any agent sufficiently 
 active to carry it speedily out into the intestinal canal, and 1 almost invariably make 
 sucli a combination wlien I ^ive it as a cholagogue cathartic " ( a medicine calculated to 
 a<t on the Liver, carrying oti the bile). " I like lielladonna in this connection, as I im- 
 agine that it a,ssists in lircaking up passive liver congestions." 
 
 He formerly used tlieui by dividing into fiO Pills'; Inn of late, and to be used as a cor- 
 rective, as above recommended, he thinks their actinu is better in the small division. 
 1 am as much, if ufit more in favor of the use of hyocyamus, as will be seen in No. 1, 
 above, as Prof. Freeman is of tlie belladonna. The liyoscyamus is, 1 think, the most 
 so<i(hing and calmative in its action, but a like quantity of it might be used with thebel-. 
 ladonna, should any line choose to do so, as it is valuable a,;^ainst constipation, acting 
 also, more than the belladonna, upon the svnipathetic nerves. 
 
 PI.HPI.KS AXJ» FACE WOKxTIS— to Kradicate.— For Pimples on the face, 
 dab the spots 3, or 4 times daily, with strong spirits of camphor; and take a little sul- 
 phur, every second evening for 2, or ;i weeks, which has I'cen mixed up with a little 
 sirup — not over ' ., a tea-spoonful. This will also Eradicate Fiice Worms, if anv exist. 
 
 I. PI.OWr.VG- WEEP \^n SHAIiEOW— the Best Time lor Either. 
 — " It is said that everything has, at least, t\vo sides, and Plowing does not offer an ex- 
 ception. One party says, ' Plow Deep, or reap a poor harvest,' and another says, ' Do it, 
 and get no harvest at all.' These parties seem to be antipodes "' i oposites) •• i m the Plow- 
 ing (jiucstion ; but. in reality mean about the same thing. The first, by Deep Plowing, sim- 
 ply intends to .say, not that scarifying the soil a few inclies deep will not !>rodnce a tol- 
 erable crop, when the process first commences; but tnat following this up will ultimate 
 in little more than the seed, even by the aid fif manure. The second, in objecting to 
 Deep Plowing, because it throws to'the surface for the seed-bed, cold, stitt', and inert mat- 
 ter, does not really imply that at some time, not remote, this may be a beneficial pro- 
 ceeding. Present results are looked at by one party, and future ones by the other. 
 
 " If land, Plowed Shallow for a series of years, is Deeply broken up in the Spring time, 
 making the seed-bed a subsoil one, it is pretty safe to assume that the Summer crop, 
 wliateverit may be, will not show any improvement overtlte previous one produced by 
 Shallow PJowirig. Butsuppo.se the Deep breaking up is done in the Fall, allowing the 
 frosts of Winter and Spring to act upon this sub-stratum, molifylng and pulverizing It, 
 doe^ any experienced fanner doubt that an added If v.'^f of fertility hdn ben paired by the pro- 
 
682 nn. ciiasic's 
 
 cess .' This is a fair statement of the question of Shallow and Deep Plowing, and proper- 
 ly understood, there is little, or no antagonism" (opposition) "'between those wno are 
 regarded by some as occupying antagonistic \>ns\tiiins."—H>irnl jVew V<irtei: 
 
 My experience has shown me, that when a tUrm has been over-worked, where the 
 Plowing has also been ShuUow; for Sprinar crops. Plow about 1 inch, or 1 V^'inclies deep- 
 er, only, than has been furmrrly done, yon begin at once, to get the benifiL from Deep 
 Plowing; then, in the Fall, go 2, orS inches Deeper, still, and you soon'get the full bene- 
 fit of Deep Plowing, with none of its drawbacks. 
 
 2. Fall Plowing of *"lay Liancls.— The treatment of Clay Lands, as far as all 
 the operations of culture are involved, is in many respects widely different from that of 
 sandy Lands. In some particulars the very opposite treatment is required. Under 
 draining is the tirst step towards the best system of culture on Clays ; and Fall Plowing is 
 indispensa'le, whether the land is under-drained or not. It is, in fiictthe only economi- 
 cal way of getting Clay soils into anything like tillable order for Spring crops. Proba- 
 bly one-quarter to one-third of the labor of fitting such Lands for corn, may be saved by 
 Plowing before Winter. 
 
 We find, indeed, that many farmers who own sandy, or gravelly-farms are frequent- 
 ly practicing Fall Plowing, and believe they find an advantage in the svstem.notonly in 
 tiie saving of time in the Spring, but in a certain amelioration of the flinty soil,' which 
 the frosts effect very cheaply. Any improvement which can be brought 'about during 
 the Winter montlis is doubly profitable, for time is saved, and the frost does just what 
 the cultivator and harrow would be employed to do. 
 
 POISONING— AOOIDENTAL AND SUICIDIAL— Reme- 
 dies. — No one, perfectly in their right mind, it wonld appear to me, 
 would attempt to cut^hort their own lives'; for although an exact ap- 
 preciation of the .^uttering tliey bring upon themselves may not be 
 fully realized, yet, I should suppose that the thought of it would be 
 sufficiently a|>palling to deter any one from it. Could they see the 
 agony of one under the influence of a corrosive Poison, it certainly 
 would be more than one could contemplate with any degree of compos- 
 ure ; hence, I am bound to believe that it arises from at least, a tem- 
 poral msami?/. Whenever a well grounded fear of such an undertak- 
 ing is forced upon you, guard well the person, and let no possible 
 chance occur, wherein the persuij might accomplish the undertaking. 
 But as the space which I originalh' intended this Book to occupy as a 
 whole, is already filled, 1 shall put the Receipts and general directions 
 under this head, in the smallertype, as I hope they will not have to 
 be read so often, for actual use, as to make it bnrthensome for any one 
 to read them. 
 
 I shall oidy take up such articles as are used ordinarily, about the 
 house for doniesti(^ uses, or which may be resorted to generally, for 
 self destruction. 
 
 1. Poisonings by Opinni, Morphine, I<an<lannni. etc. — As Laudanum 
 is probably the most commonly resorted to, tiy the insane, of any of these articles above 
 named, for the purpose of destroying themselves, and as the treatment, symptoms, etc., 
 would be the same, I need not make any farther distinction, but proceed to the : 
 
 SyinptoniN. — The Symptoms of I'iiisonin^ by Opium, Morphine, or by Laudanum, 
 would be the same — .stupor, or insensibility, and also a disposition to sleep, and so far as 
 the person is concerned, an absolute inability to prevent themselves from sleeping. 
 This indicates, at least, a part of the 
 
 Treatment. — The person must be aroused by shaking, and i f already very stupid, 
 by (lashing cold water upon the face, neck, an<i breast, especially if snoring, or as the 
 doctors would say. " ftertorouK breathing" has .set in. In tlie meantime, let some 
 one mix a tea-spoo'nful of ground mii.'<tard. and ha!f as much salt, in a little waiTn waier, or 
 strong Coffee, or strong tea, warm, and pour it down, repeating it every five to ten min- 
 utes until free vomiting takes place :;at tlie same time, with an assistant upon each side, 
 keep the person in constant motion; no matter how much he may try to lie down, forste 
 to eight hours, as the effects of opium do not work off entirely, in less time. But/ew, tem- 
 porarily insane, desire to make the .second attempt— the sufl'cring is sntliciently horrible 
 to areu.se tlie better feelings of their nature, and overcome the fatuity, or illusory condi- 
 tions of mind that have led to such an attempt to avoid some imaginary evil. 
 
 2. Poisoning: by Arsenic.— This article probably, is,'next to laudanum, the 
 most frequently obtained for the purposes of Suicide, and as " rat-poison," etc., is more 
 frequently than any other Poison, likely to have .Vccidents arise from its being about the 
 
 ■ house. 
 
SECOND RKCEIPT BOOK. 583 
 
 Symptoms.— The first Symptoms arisins from its use is nausea and faintness, 
 which are soon followed with 6((ni(n,(7pa//i in the .stomach, with obstinate vomiting, 
 dryness of t)ie throat, with cravin;^ for drink, any kind of which intensifies, or increases 
 the vomiting ; finally diarrhea, distended bowels, small, quick and feeble pnLse, cold and 
 clammy surface, perhaps delirium, convulsions, and death finally relieves the sulTerer. 
 
 TrViitiinMit. — Whenever it is believed that Arsenic has, accidentally or intention- 
 ally been taken, if there are eggs in tlie house, let the whites of 2, or 3 be .got down as 
 soon. as possible, if no eggs are at hand, milk, or oil. or melted lard, be swallowed, then 
 tickle he throat and fauces with a feather, or with the finger,to excite vomiting without 
 delay, as every minute adds to the danger ; inlhe meantime, repeatthe mustard and salt 
 emetic, as with the Laudanum, also repeating the oil, egg, milk, or lime water, and the 
 emetic, by the feather, linger, or mustard for several times, to got as much of it out of 
 the stomach as possiole. And if assistants were at'hand, one should have started to the 
 drug store for the hydrated sesqui-oxide of iron, to be given in doses of a iable-spoonful every 
 /yteen minutes, until relief is obtained. 
 
 Second: Since the use of Paris-green for the destruction of potato -bugs, the following 
 Item was published, I think, by the" Hearth and Home, showing how to make a substitute 
 for the \vrfmied o.wdf above called for, or rather what I should call, a "home-made" 
 hydrated sesqui-oxide of iron, where druggists do not keep it. It will undoubtedly be found 
 to answer every purpose of the other. It is made as follows : 
 
 " Di.ssolve copperas in hot water, keep warm, and add nitric acid until the solution be- 
 comes yellow. Then pour in ammonia water— ctimmon hartshorn— or a solution of car- 
 bonate of ammonia until a brown precipitate falls. Keep this precipitate moist and in 
 a tightly corked bottle. A few spoonsful taken soon after even a bad case of Poisoning 
 with Pa"ris-green, or Arsenic, is a perfect reinrdy. Every fa;-mer who uses Paris -green for 
 the bugs should keep this medicine always in his house." 
 
 3. Poisoning' by t'orrosivo Kublimate. — Accidents sometimes arise from 
 this article being used in solution to destroy bugs, aliout the house, and it is occasionally 
 resorted to for Suicidial purposes. 
 
 Symptoms. — The Symptoms are very similar to those from arsenic, with the ad- 
 ditional irritation whicli extends to the urinary organs ; and in case no relief is obtain- 
 ed, and the worst conditions arise, the dryness of the throat may even prevent speech, 
 and fl. doziness, or stupor may also arise, as in Poisoning with laudanum. 
 
 Tfrt'atmont.— ^Yhite of eggs, milk mixed with wheat flour, or water mixed with 
 the same, as thick as it can be got down, saleratus water, flaxseed tea, weak lye, any of 
 therii, and the prompt emetic— never use lobelia, or any other of the slow acting emetics 
 in case of Poison, as the sickness caused before they act, only makes the case worse. If 
 the patient is saved, in case of Poisoning by Corrosive Sublimate, salivation w'ill undoubt- 
 edly arise to annoy them. 
 
 4. Poisoning; l»y Strychnine. — Strj-chnine is sometimes resorted to for self 
 destruction, and accidents have arisen from "it.s having been, used as a ''rat-poison." 
 If taken with a purpose for destruction, unless their hopes is to go quickly by taking a 
 large dose, its work is generally quick, and the destruction pretty certain — an over-dose 
 may cause its own rejection by vomiting. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first sensation arising from its use is said to be a feeling of 
 weight, and consequent feeblene.ss of the limbs, followed with rigidity and spasms of the 
 limbs in case of motion ; and if the dose is only such as to take its fullest effects, the en- 
 tire body will be convulsed, and the suffering extreme ; and whoever sees it will desire 
 to be excused from even beholding it agnin — death closing the terrible sufitering. 
 
 Treatment.— A mustard, or mustard and salt emetic, as in No. 1, as there is noth' 
 ing quicker than this ; pour down '., pt. to 1 pt, of sweet-oil, lard-oil, or melted lard 
 forcing its ejection by thrusting the linger down the throat as soon as the oil is down, 
 then repeat the oil again, and its throwing up al.so in the same manner, for 2, or 3 
 times ; then if there is any gum camphor in the house, give half a tea-spoonful of it, in 
 powder, and repeat in 15 to 20 minutes for 2, or 3 times ; and if no camphor gum is at 
 hand, give the spirits of camphor, in table-spoouf\il doses, 2, or 3 times, after which a 
 little chloroform may be inhaled to quiet the remaining distress. 
 
 Dr. Gunn in closing his remarks on Poisons, in his " New Domestic Medicine " says : 
 "Always remember that sweet, or olive-oil is an antidote to all vegetable and animal 
 Poisons, as well as most mineral Poisons. Give it freely." Although I think this is 
 " putting it on rather thick," yet. it is a good article, and should be kept in every house. 
 
 Besides what lias been recommended here, in ca.ses of Poisoning, that every one may 
 know what to do at once, I most certainly advise the sending for a physician, and allow- 
 ing him to take the full charge of the case, as soon as he arrives, telling just what has 
 been done and doing as quickly as possible what you are prepared to do. 
 
 1. POL.ISH— FRENCH FOR FFRBTITrRE.- The celebrated French Pol- 
 ish for reviving old Furniture is made as follows : 
 
 Alcohol. 1 qt. ; pale shellac, 1 '^Ibs. ; gum mastic, lightest colored, 2 ozs. 
 
 Dissolve without heat, by shaking, or stirring until all is dissolved. .Apply with a 
 sponge, or soft woolen rag, and rub down with a dry soft rag. 
 
 8. Polishing: Furniture.— Ladies will be glad to know that a little sweet-oU 
 
584 i>K. chase's 
 
 spread over their Furniture with a bit of rag; then rubbed with a piece of old soft silk 
 until it is properly dry, gives a beautiful gloss. 
 
 POUK— WIFFEKKNT AMOUSTTS FRO:*!^ FIFTY POITXDS OF 
 CORX, WIFFERENTI.Y FEI>.— An experiment was made in 111., and reported 
 through the N. Y. Farmer's Club, showing the Amount of Pork made from 'lOlbs. of 
 Com, the swine jDeing over 4 months old, and put in comfortable pens with plenty of 
 dry straw, as follows : 
 
 50 lbs. of Com, whole and raw, will make 10 lbs. Pork. 
 50 " " ground " " 15 " 
 
 50 " " " and fermented, will make 17 '• 
 
 50 " " cooked " " •' '• 21 " 
 
 I have no doubt but what this would be about the proportions of Pork made from 
 that amount of Corn under the different plans, of preparing it. In sections of country 
 where Corn fetches a good price, this saving of it would be advisable ; but in 111. where 
 Corn is so plenty and cheap as to allow of its being used in the place of stove-wood there 
 would be no particular object in saving; it, for the labor might as well be given in rais- 
 ing more Corn, as to be spent in grinding, cooking, etc., except perhaps, the teaching 
 of those around you that there is a right, as well as a wrong wav of doing things. 
 
 POTATOES— their Value as Food lor Stock.— A subscriber a.sks us 
 whether Potatoes are worth more than 25 cents per bu. for feed. We do not think they 
 are worth so much if fed raio, but when cooked we have fed them to Stock rather than 
 sell them at 40 cents. Potatoes contain a large percentage of starch" (from 11 to 25 per 
 cent), " and are estimated to be worth more than carrots and half a.s much as hny, weight 
 for weight, but if fed raw, much of the starch, which would be utilized if they were 
 cooked, escapes undigested. — Hearth and Hume. , 
 
 POWERFIJE i'ESlEKT. For ^Vood, Porcelain, Olass an«l Stone.— 
 A Cement of great adhesive power may be made by rubbing together, in a mortar, two 
 parts of nitrate of lime, twenty-five of water, and twenty of powdered gum Arabic, this 
 forming a transparent Cement of wonderful strength, and applicable to Wood, Porcelain, 
 Glass and Stone, The surfaces to be united should be painted with the Cement, and 
 firmly bound together until the drying is complete. — America7i ArtUan. 
 
 2. Powerful L<i<iuld tJlue — also 'Water- Proof.— A powerful Liquid Glue 
 can be made by dis.solving Glue in nitric ether. This ether only takes up a certain 
 quantity of Glue, so that there is no danger of the solution being too concentrated. 
 The Glue obtained in this way can be made to have the consistency of molasses, and its 
 power is twice that dis,solved in hot water. A few pieces of India rubber of the size of 
 a bullet put into the glue, and well shaken, will dissolve in a lew days, and add to the 
 adhesiveness of the preparation, and also make it proof against the action of moisture. 
 — Jaariud of Applied Chem. 
 
 1. PiJDl>IX«iS--.lll the Year- Round Puddinsr.-Line a basin with pie- 
 paste, and spread on 3 table-spoonsful of any fruit-jam — raspberry is very nice— have 
 Deaten together, bread crumbs, sugar, and butter, of each, 3 ozs. ; the rind grated, and 
 the juice of a small lemon; add all to the jam, and bake % 8.n hour. Eaten with any 
 
 SWG6t SflUcG 
 
 2. Apple Charlotte Pudding-, for Oyspeptics.— Line a well-buttered 
 dish with evenly-cut slices of bread, removing the crust— a stale loafof light bread is the 
 best; reserve 2 circular slices for the bottom and top. Butter the slice only on the side 
 touching the dish. Have ready some stewed tart apples, cooked with as little water as 
 pos.sible. Sweeten and flavor with lemon, or nutmeg. Fill the dish with the Apple- 
 sauce, stirring in a tea-spoonful, or more of butter ; put on the circular cover of bread, 
 well-buttered on the upper side ; press it closely upon the Apples. While the Pudding 
 is baking, cover it with paper for y, an hour, and then remove the paper and allow the 
 top to get niccly^browned. When done, loosen the bread from the dish with a knife, 
 tmd turn out the form carefully. To succeed, it is necessary to have the oven quite hot, 
 so that every part of the Charlotte is well browned. The top may be covered|with icing, 
 or pulverized sugar. Serve with either hard, or soft sauce. This Pudding is delicious, 
 and, com]iaring well with the richer Puddings, is one over whicli the Dyspeptic may 
 laugh and be merry. It mav be made of uncooked Apples, if fine tart ones. Peel and 
 core; pack closely in the djsh, filling in with cut pieces; flavor with .pieces of citron, 
 lemon, or slices of lemon and sugar. Allow 2, or 3 hours' baking. 
 
 The only difficulty about this Pudding is, that all who " sit at the table " where it 
 is served, desire to become Dyspeptics, at least as long as the Pudding lasts. 
 
 3. C'up Puddins.— Flour, 3 Cups; beef suet, milk, molas.'ies, or simp, raisins, 
 andEng., or common dried currants, 1 Cup of each; cream of tartar, 4 small tea-spoons- 
 ful, and 2 of soda, and 1 of salt. 
 
 Chop the suet fine ; put the cream of tartar and soda into the milk and molasses, 
 'Jien Rift in the flour, stirring thoroughly, and add the suet, fruit and salt, mixing 
 thoroughly. If you have a .'<tcamer, steam it 2 hours in a basin, if no steamer, put it 
 into a bag and boil the same length of time, not putting it into the water until the water 
 hmls. Serve with your customary sauce. It will be found very light and nice, if done 
 correctly, although no eggs are used. 
 
 4. Custard Puddint; With Indian-Meal.— Scald 3 heaping table-spoon*- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 586 
 
 ful of sifted Indian-Meal into 1 qt. of boiling milk. When removed from the tire, add 1 
 tea-spoonful of salt, 1 table-spoonsful of sugar, 1 table-spoonful of butter. Stir t<jgether 
 in a little milk, 1 tea-spoonful of strong ground ginger, 1 grated nutmeg, 1 tea-spoon'ul 
 of ground allspice, and 1 of cinnamon. Add this to the Pudding; 3 eggs, well beaten 
 must be stirred in last. This Pudding requires a very hot oven; hake 1 hour. When 
 properly done it will have a jelly around the edge, and the Custard will be thoroughly 
 blended with the Meal. 
 
 5. Indian Meal PutUling- Boiled.— Sour milk, or what is better, butter- 
 milk, 3 cups ; sifted Indian Meal, 3 cups ; flour l^-^ cups ; sugar, o table-spoonsful, or mo- 
 lasses to equal it; 1 egg; a little salt; soda dissolved in the milk, 1 tea-spoonful. 
 
 Dip the Pudding ba^ into boiling water ; then dust the iusido with flour; tie it up 
 allowing a small space lor it to swell, and put it in a kettle, having a table plate in the 
 bottom, and water sufficient to cover, already boiling before the Puddidg is put in. 
 Boil 2 hours. On taking from the kettle immerse it for an instant in a pan of cold water, 
 then serve vnth cream and sugar. It is also good eaten cold. 
 
 6. Indian Padding Baked. — Milk, 1 qt. molas.ses, 1 pt. ; 6 e^gs; suet, chop- 
 ped, 3-2 lb- ; Indian-meal, 6 cups ; cinnamon, 1 tea-spoonful; a lew apples. Warm the 
 milk and molasses together ; beat and stir in the eggs ; mix the suet with the meal, pour- 
 ing in the milk and molasses ; then slice in the apples. Bake ly.j to 2 hours according to 
 the he^ of the oven. 
 
 7. Anotlier. — Scalded milk, 3 pts, ; flour,! good handful; eggs, 3; molasses, 1 
 gill ; salt ; Indian-meal to make like batter for pancakes. Bake. 
 
 8. Poor man'<( Indian Pndding'. — Sweet milk scalded, 1 qt. ; molasses, 1 
 cup ; salt, !<i tea-spoonful ; ginger, 1 tea-spoonful ; stir in 7 heaping tablc-spoonsful of 
 Indian-meal. Bake 2 to 3 hours. Eat with butter, or sugar. I was just poor enough, only 
 last week, to like this very much. 
 
 9. Rice Pttdding — Baked.— Milk, 1 qt. ; rice, before boiled, 1 cup ; butter, suf- 
 ficient, a table-spoonful, or 2; a little salt; sugar and raisins to suit. Bake. This may 
 be made from Rice left over from a previous meal ; and any spices may be used, if de- 
 sired. This is for those who do not like eg^s, and 1 art little butter in their Puddings ; 
 those who like the eggs and more butter will take the following : 
 
 10. Rice Pndding. — For a good sized family, boil a sufficiency of Rice until it 
 is perfectly soft ; then add butter, and sugar, of each, J^ lb. ; 4 eggs ; 1 nutmeg ; and wine 
 to suit. Rake. 
 
 11. Orange and Cocoa-nnt Meringne a Substitute for Pnddings. 
 — In cases where it is not convenient to have a cooked Pudding, a simple and delicious 
 Meringue may be made as follows : Take 1 doz. sweet Oranges, peeled and sliced, 1 grat- 
 ed Cocoa-nut, and Vi ^ Pt- or more of powdered sugar. Spread a layer of the Orange in 
 a glass dLsh, scatter the Cocoa-nut thickly over it, sprinkle sugar over this. Then put on 
 another layer of Orange, with Cocoa-nut and sugar over as before. Fill up the dish in 
 this way, having Cocoa-nut and sugar for the top layer. Cut through in sections with a 
 sharp knife when serving. Very nice, even if you could have had a cooked Pudding. 
 
 12. Potato Pudding. — Take 6, or 8 large mealy Potatoes, peel, boil and mash ; 
 6 eggs: white sugar, butter, flour, and sour milk, of each, 1 cup; soda, }4 tea-spoonful, 
 rolled tine. Mix the butter with the Potatoes while hot ; when cool, add "the flour ; beat 
 the yolks of the eggs and sugar together ; then add them and the whites to the Potato 
 and flour mixture, then the sour milk and beat all well and add the soda. Bake in a 
 buttered pan, in a moderate oven— serve hot — wine sauce, or other liquid sauce. 
 
 13. Suet Pudding. — Suet and rivisins chopped flue, of each. 1 cup; sweet milk 
 and molasses, of each, 1 cup ; salt, 1 tea-spoonful ; .soda, j/o tea-spoonful ; and sifted flour 
 to make a batter as thick as for pound c'ake ; boil in a bag, or what is better steam it. 
 Dried cherries, or dried berries make a good substitute for raisins. 
 
 14. Sweet Pudding. — suet and raisins, as in Ko. 13; sour milk, 1 cup; 3 eggs 
 beaten; white sugar, Icup; soda, 1 tea-spoonful; a little salt; flour for a .stitl" batter; 
 steam about 2 hours. Liquid sauce. 
 
 1. PU»l>IJr« S.4.U«"ES— Spreading Sauce.— vSugar, 2 cups; butter. 1 cup; 
 beat together, and flavor with ex, of lemon, vanilla, or nutmeg, or grated nutmeg, as 
 you choose. In thesea.son of fresh lemons, the juice of a small one will improve it. 
 
 2. liiquid, or l»ip Sauce lor Puddings. — Sugar, butter and flavoring, as 
 above ; water, 1 pt. ; flour, 3 tea-spoonsful. Bring the water to a boil, having rubbed the 
 flour smooth with a little cold water stir it in, and add the butter and sugar ; and just be- 
 fore serving, add the flavoring extracts : 
 
 3. Second— If it is desired to use wine, or brandy in Pudding Sauces, use less water, 
 and when the flavoring extracts are added, put in the wine, at least 1 gill— brandy a Ut- 
 Oeless. 
 
 4. Ornamental Sauce for Puddings, Blanc- Slange, etc.— Whites of 4 
 eggs ; strawberry, or raspperry-jam, or the preserved fruits, 1 cup. Beat the whites to a 
 froth and stir in the preserved fruit, and beat well together. The fresh fruit may be used 
 by using a sufficiency of sugar, beating all well together. Served by dipping over Pud- 
 dings, Creams, or Blanc-Mange. 
 
 PUMPMIKS TO DRY RETAINING THEIR NATURAl. FIXATOR. 
 — Peel and cut as for cooking ; then slice Ihem very thin, spread on tin, or other. driers and 
 
586 DR. chassk's 
 
 expose to a moderate heat in the stove oven. Thus Dried, the Pumplcin -will retain its 
 Natural Flavor. To prepare it for cooking, soak it in water for a few hours. 
 
 It is a well known fact that the I'umpkin. as dried now-a-days, by boiling ma-shing 
 and drying, is not equal to the old plan of hanging ii up to dry. The above plan gives 
 the Flavor equal to tlie old plan ; but at lirst, it is nece.ssary to dry it in the stove h> pre- 
 vent souring. It can afterwards be put in the sun, if finished, fof an hour, or two in the 
 stove to kill fly deposits which would otherwise produce worms. Then put up in paper 
 bags 
 
 PrRIFYING THE Bl,00».— A well known physician says that he considers 
 the following prescription for Purifying the Blood as the best he has ever used : 
 
 " Take yellow dock root, 1 oz. ; horseradish root, 14 oz. ; hard cider, 1 qt. A wine- 
 glassful 4 times daily." Slice the Roots. 
 
 That both of these roots are alterative, there is no doubt, and that the .cider is valu- 
 able in its action upon the sj-stem, in dyspepsia, I know. Otlier roots might be used with 
 these, or substituted for them, by any one who knows other roots to possess such proper- 
 ties as they desire the action of upon their systems. 
 
 Pi:TfeH> SOKE THROAT— Suceessfiil Remedy.— Nelson's Amcyican 
 Lancet gives the following facts in relation to an effectual cure of this terrible di.sease : 
 
 " Aboy 12 years old ; all the sjanptoras of maHfjnitnt Sore Throat, with eruption of the 
 face and neck of a dark color; eruption extended over the wiiole body on tlie 4th day; 
 symptoms (if ulceration and typhoid fever; pulse small, throbing. and quick; mind 
 wandering, and incessant muttering; inability to articulate intelligiljly ; alternate se- 
 vere pains in the head and abdomen, little sensibility in the Throat: small white gray 
 spots throughout tlie mouth, tongue, and fauces, or Throat, and numerous petecliuic" 
 (purple spots which appear on the skin in mali^iant fevers) " on the face and alidomen. 
 
 " Ordered fresh brewers yeast, and water, ot each, y., pt. ; and brown sugar sufficient 
 to flavor — 1 table-spoonful to be taken every 2 hours; gargle often with borate of soda " 
 (borax), " honey, and strong infusion of sage; occasional sinapisms" (mustard plaster) 
 " to the throat. 
 
 " Up to this time, the fever and eruption had been regularly intermittent, coming on 
 about, 2 in the morning, and subsiding about 12, noon, when the skin became quite 
 smooth, and very slight signs of the eruption. Great change had taken place the next 
 morning; had rested tolerably well during the night; tongue and mouth nearly reliev- 
 ed and clean, fever and eruption quite moderate, and passed olf before i» o'clock; could 
 eat with facility " (without difficulty i, "and food was allowed him freely. He contin- 
 ued the yeast mixture for 2 days more, when all that was required to constitute him per- 
 fectly well, was strength." 
 
 For many years the yeast plan, in Sore Throat, has been considered very valuable; 
 and the mustard plasters and gargle, as above given, would certainly verj- much im- 
 prove the treatment ; with .soaking the feet in hot water, once or twice, daily, with an 
 occasional mustard plaster to the feet also, and I do not see how anything better could 
 be done. 
 
 QUINSY— TONSILITIS.— As remarked iinder the head of In- 
 flammation, the techmcaln-dmes of diseases ending in itls, .signifies an 
 inflammation ; tlieu as Quin,'-;y is an inflammation of tlie Tonsils, it 
 takes that termination. The Tonsils are two almond-like shaped 
 glands situated, one upon each side of the throat, or fouces, between 
 the two side curtain-like folds of the fauces, the first fold being just at 
 the back part of the mouth, and about an inch, or so from the other — 
 easily noticed on looking into the mouth. 
 
 Quinsy is a very singular disease, in as much that generally, the 
 swelling does not spread to the other parts of the throat ; and 
 it is singular also in being hereditary with some families, and in fact 
 that those who have it once are more likely to have it again. 
 
 Cause. — Whatever will excite inflammation in other parts, is 
 equally likely to Cause Quinsy in those who are at all predisposed to 
 it; and more likely to occur in the opening of Spring than at any oth- 
 er time ; then beware of wet feet, or any sudden check to perspira- 
 tion. 
 
 Symptoms. — Quinsy may begin with a distinct chill, followed 
 with more, or less fever, according to the severity of the chill — the 
 more severe the chill, the higher will be the fever, and as a natural con- 
 sequence, the greater will be the severity of the disease ; and the more 
 prompt must be the treatment. But it may manifest itself more mild- 
 
SECOND RECKIPT BOOK. 587 
 
 ly, beginning with slight soreness of the throat, increasing however, 
 until the swallowing becomes difficult, the digestion also becoming 
 deranged to a degree corresponding with the other Symptoms. The 
 skin will be dry and harsh, with some fever, and the general secre- 
 tions considerably lessened, if not almost entirely arrested. Pain will 
 soon arise in the Tonsils, and a constant desire to swallow, and as the 
 inflammation increases, swallowing becomes more and more difficult, 
 and sometimes almost, or entirely impossible, in which cases, of course, 
 the consequences are easily understood. But it does not generally 
 prove fatal. Hoarseness however, is common, and guttural, or throat 
 cough, with difficulty in clearing tlie throat of the mucus accumulat- 
 ing there, thirst increasing, tongue, and throat swelling, and pulse 
 rising perhaps to 130, or more to the minute ; the patient being obliged 
 to keep the sitting position to prevent sutfocation, until the suppura- 
 tion, which often takes place, has become " ripe " and breaks, giving 
 almost instant relief. In such cases keep from swallowing the matter 
 if possible. It may occur in one Tonsil, or in both at one time ; but 
 more commonly only in one. 
 
 Treatment. — The disease being an acute inflammation of the 
 Tonsil, or Tonsils, it stands to reason that if anything can do any good, 
 such general Treatment as has been recommended in the different in- 
 flammations, as in Erysipelas, Inflammation of the Lungs, and Pleu- 
 ra — Sweating, etc., if promptly taken up might reasonably be expect 
 ed to break up the disease, a prompt emetic, will also be found a great 
 help in accomplishing this undertaking, at any rate, this course will put 
 the system into the best possible condition to combat with the enemy 
 — Quinsy — following the foregoing Tx'eatment with an active cathartic 
 will also further this end. 
 
 The Volatile Liniment recommended to be applied to the throat, 
 in the Epizoot, or Horse Epidemic of 1872, will be found equally val- 
 uable applied to the throat in this disease, keeping the throat cover- 
 ed with flannel, using all the linhuent that can be borne without caus- 
 ing too much external irritation ; using at the same time appropriate 
 Inhalation, which see, or inhaling the steam from having boiled 
 hoarhound, catnip, bonset, sage, wormwood, hops, etc., all, if to be ob- 
 tained, if not, not less than 3, or 4 of them. The steam may be breath- 
 ed from the spout of a tea-pot, or l)y means of the Inhaler, keeping it 
 as hot as can be borne for 5 to 10 minutes at least, every 2, or 3, or 4 
 hours, as the case seems to deman<l. If this Treatment does not break 
 up the inflammation and stop the progress of the Quinsy, then it has 
 been the custom to moderately continue the Treatment, modifying 
 any part of it according to the condition of severity, until the ulcera- 
 tion, or maturation has become complete, and breaks, or is lanced, as 
 may be deemed best, from which time the relief, and improvement 
 will be \ery rapid. If the fever, in any case, should become very 
 high, use the Febiufuge, according to directions under that head. A 
 gargle of sage tea, borax and alum, has also proved valuable. 
 
 But Prop. S( rnuERin his Eclectic Practice informs the profession 
 that he has found the use of acou/^e in spray, to the parts, '•almost 
 specific" (positive cure) "intheearlystagesofthedisea.se." In ap- 
 plying the spray, he uses the tinct. of aconite 1 dr. to water, 4 ozs. ; but 
 the steam may be used, in which case he only uses 2 ozs. of water to 
 the dr. of tinct. He uses it as often as once in 4, or 5 hours, for 5 min- 
 utes at each tiHie, until relief is obtained. In manv cases," he contin- 
 
588 DR. ("hask's 
 
 ues, " I have succeeded in arresting the disease with one application." 
 But, he addij, " it is well to have the patient spit out the aconite that 
 accumulates in the mouth, as there will be too much to swallow." 
 
 This last precaution is very necessai-y to observe faithfully ; and al- 
 though I have not had an opportunity to try this myself, I "have the 
 utmost confidence in it, and if there was no means of atomizing the 
 spray, at hand, I should recommend to use the 1 dr. of tinct. of aconite 
 to 4 ozs. of water, and gargle with it, being careful to spit out the fluid, 
 repeating the gargle 3, or 4, or 5 times, at each gargling, and to do it a.s 
 often as above recommended in ajjplying the spraj*. 
 
 In all cases where the disease continues to suppuration, it is best 
 to await its own opening, unless thereis danger of suffocation by the 
 extreme swelling, in which case, it would, as a general thing, no doubt 
 be best to call a physician to lance it, although there would be no 
 danger unless the knife, or lance was thrust deeper than there was 
 any necessity for. Sometimes this disease occurs so often with per- 
 sons predisposed* to it, that the Tonsils become ■permanently enlarged, 
 so much so, it is deemed best to cut them. oflT, thereby removing the 
 ])0ssibility of its occurring again — this also is the work of a surgeon, 
 and a good one, at that. 
 
 Q. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. Q. 
 
 QUACK-GRASS, TO DESTROY; ANI> PROPER MANAGEMENT 
 
 Of A SUMMER-FALI.iOW.— A correspondent desires us to give our views on the 
 best methods of destroying Coucli-Grass, and also on what a Properly jNfanaged Summer- 
 Fallow should be. First, as to the Couch-Grass. We know of no way of destroying this, 
 but plowing, harrowing, and bringing the roots to the surface, and gathering them up and 
 bunting tfwm. They are then effectually disposed of. Let this be done persistently and 
 thoroughly, and the pest will be got rid of. If a common harrow does not bring the 
 roots to the surface, make some teeth slightly curved forwards at the bottom, and use 
 them in the harrow, and all the roots will be torn up in time. 
 
 Second, our ideas of a Properly Managed Fallow arethatit should consist of plowing, 
 harrowing, rolling, if necessary, picking up and destroying weeds that can not be killed 
 by any other means, and by the use of all the devices known to agriculture to reduce 
 the soil to a proper tilth, or condition, and to destroy all weeds. If these two things are 
 done by any means— and whatever they may be we do not care, so that the ends are ac- 
 complished—we should then say that we had a Properly Managed Summer-Follow. 
 But a Fallow that presents a green surface is not Properly Managed, nor is one in which 
 roots that are tenacious of life are permitted to lie on the surface in the vain hope that 
 the heat of the sun will kill them, but which revive tlnd sprout, with the first shower. 
 Work on a Summer-Fallow must be constant and judicious to be effectual. — American 
 Agriculhirist. 
 
 Certainly the foregoing instructions are worthy of attention. The main objects of 
 Summer-Fallowing is to give rest to the land, and to kill weeds, then if they are. allowed 
 to grow all over the field, for the want of being kept turned under, what rest does the 
 land get?— plough and harrow sufficiently often to keep them down, is the only course 
 to do much good. 
 
 But SHorLD the above plan fail to destrov all of the "Quack-Grass," which is also 
 known as couch-grass, also known in some places as twitch-grass, quich-grass, quick- 
 grass, witch-grass, dog-grass, and creeping-wheat-grass, follow up the Summer- Fallow- 
 ing, after the wheat is off, by cultivating com and hoeing it thoroughly, then plow well 
 in the Fall, and as soon as the ground becomes dry in the Spring, put on a good cultiva- 
 tor, work up the roots, and exi>ose them to the frosts at night and sun by day ; then put 
 on a harrow with the teeth pointing a little forward; when the drag gets full, raise 
 it up and drop the roots in rows so as to gather them up and put into the compost-heap, 
 and by thoroughly working the land every other day for 6 to 10 days, the roots will 'be 
 mostly extracted,' and the land brought under good cultivation. 
 
 Althoug Quack-Grass may remani, if not properly destroyed by cultivation, in land 
 after it has been made quite- rich, yet, it is believed not to start in lands unless they have 
 been over-worked, and consequently become poor — then to avoid' the labor of its 
 destruction, keep yoiu: land in good condition, and cultivate it thoroughly, when under 
 cultivation. 
 
 RHEUMATISM.— This disease is one of those mysteries, the 
 cause of which, as well as the treatment, has baffled the medical profes- 
 sion from its earliest history to the present time ; and there has not 
 
SECOND RECKIPT BOOK. 589 
 
 be^^n any satisfactory agreement, even yet, as to its positive chanu-tcr 
 — one claiming it to be an inflammation, and the other tliat it is pure- 
 ly and absolutely nervous. It has features that satisfy the disput- 
 ants upon both sides that their^s is the right side ; while the facts 
 would seem to indicate it to be a mixture of t\\e two — originating, prob- 
 ably, in the nerves, but extending to, and exciting in the fibrous por- 
 tions of the joints and muscles an inflammatory action which has been 
 taken, like fevers, for the disease itself; and this, it is considered is 
 well established by the fact of its translation, or change from one part 
 to another called metastasis, which is not the case in purely inflamma- 
 tory diseases. Both parties agree however, in supposing the disease 
 to start from poisonous matter retained in the blood from a fiiilure of 
 some, or all of the secreting organs, or functions to carry off such mat- 
 ter as is taken into the system which does not go to build it up ; or of 
 matter that has done its work and then becomes necessary to be car- 
 ried out, called effete, or wornout matter, which in the failure of the 
 secretions to carry out, is deposited in the fibrous tissue of the joints, 
 and tendinous parts of the muscles, producing, when the more acute or 
 inflammatory form of the disease is neglected or improperly treated, 
 the chronic, or lingering form of Rheumatism so difficult to cure. 
 
 Cause. — Although it is believed that the first start, or Cause of 
 Rheumatism is as above stated, yet, the absolute, or exciting Cause, is 
 generally set down as cold, from changes in the atmosphere, check of 
 perspiration, arrest of secretions, fits of indigestion from over-eating, 
 etc., etc. ; but the acute disease is most likely to arise from exposure 
 to wet and cold, sometimes after violent, or long continued exercise by 
 which the whole system is very much prostrated and fatigued. 
 
 Sjnxiptonis. — Chilliness, or even a well marked chill most gener- 
 ally ushers in the disease, followed, perhaps, with high fever, in- 
 tense pain, a furred tongue, a full and active pulse, followed with pro- 
 fuse sweating which has a sour smell, reducing the strength but not 
 relieving the pain ; the urine will be high-colored and scanty; the 
 joints swelling, and very tender to the touch, and manifesting the 
 most excrutiating pain on any attempt to use them. And this is that 
 form of the disease liable to metastasis, or change from one place to 
 an other ; the word coming from Greek words which signify from, and 
 to place in another way, and sometimes it goes to the heart, when it is 
 almost always fatal ;' but I am glad to be able to add that this is not 
 common — only occasional ; yet it quite often changes from one joint, or 
 set of joints to another. 
 
 Treatment. — If I have led my readers this far through " Dr. 
 Chase's Family Physician and Second Receipt Book," without having 
 fairly indicated, and most thoroughly instructed them to a correct un- 
 derstanding of the Treatment for the conditions here pointed out, I 
 have most certainly labored in vain. 
 
 First, then : If the skin is deficient in action, take a sweat, once in 
 2, or 3 days, or, otherwise sponge the whole surface, at least twice daily 
 with strong camphor spirits, or Cayene and whisky (the first is best if 
 alcohol is used, with 4 ozs. of camphor gum to 1 qt.). 
 
 Second : To reduce the pulse and overcome the fever, administer 
 the /e6ri/u^e, as directed under that head, to accomplish the object 
 sought, or at least to keep it within reasonable bounds. 
 
 Third: If the stomach is over-loaded, or deficient in dction, throw 
 it ofi'and stimulate it to actioH by an emetic, repeated perhaps, once a 
 
590 DR. chase's 
 
 week, as required, following with tonics and alteratives as demanded 
 by the condition. 
 
 Fourth : If the bowels are inactive, which they generally are in 
 this disease, the tonic cathartic, and if need be injections will correct it, 
 if properly followed. 
 
 Fifth: The kidneys being deficient in their action, the acetate of 
 potash, will equal, if not exceed any other diuretic in this difficulty. 
 
 Lastly : To subdue and quiet the pain in tlie parts, let the free use 
 of the nuralgialiiihuent, lethian liniment, volatile liniment, or such oth- 
 er as may be at hand, or easily obtained, be applied, and if absolutely 
 necessary, opium, or morphine may be given internally to help allay 
 pain ; but let them be discontinued as soon as possible, lest a habit be 
 established for their continued use. But now do not let it for a mo- 
 ment be supposed that this plan will cure every case ; for if it would, 
 the " mystery " of the disease would be at once I'emoved, and it would 
 stand, like other diseases, shorn of its, sti-ength, it will however, if ta- 
 ken in hand promptly, relieve very many cases, and save, or prevent 
 the establishment of chronic Rheumatism ; yet, if this does not cure 
 at once, it is following a Common-Sense course, calculated to correct 
 the secretions and to bring about a healthy condition of the systepi, 
 which must certainly be accomplishetl before a return to health can 
 be expected. 
 
 Chronic Rheumatism.— This form of Rheumatism is seldom at- 
 tended with much fever, and it is generally confined to the joints; but 
 may affect the muscles of the shoulders, hips, loins, back,|head, etc. And 
 although it is not supposed to be attended with inflammation ; yet, as 
 it is quite often attended with enlargement of the joints, 1 think there 
 is, at least, a little inflammation, for without it there would be no con- 
 siderable enlargement. Old persons are the most subject to this form 
 of the disease, and with some of them it has proved very obstinate — 
 even incurable. Young persons may have it, of course, but it is not so 
 common with them, nor so obstinate in resisting reasonable and per- 
 sistent means of cure. 
 
 Besides the foregoing Treatment, it is deemed by many, necessa- 
 ry to give an alterative which shall also have a tendency to correct the 
 action of the secretions, and prevent the formation of the poison that 
 they believe to be the real cause of the disease ; an^ among the arti- 
 cles recommended as a specific — positive cure — in Rheumatism, is the 
 6?acA; cohosh (cimieifuga racemosa — by physicians, it is more commonly 
 called macrotys — it is claimed that the leaves of this plant drive away 
 bed-bugs, hence the first part of its name from cimex a bug, and fugo, 
 to drive away, it is also known as rattle-root, black snake-root, 
 squaw-root etc.) Gum guaiacum (or what is a more satisfactory name 
 for us to pronounce, is, guiac, the former being the Haytian name, 
 from whence it comes), is also considered specific in its action against 
 Rheumatism, so also is our common pokeroot. 
 
 Dr. Gunn, in describing the guiac, after saying that it is "a great 
 Rheumatic remedy," says: It is usually taken in tinct. in doses of 1 
 to 3, or 4 tea-spoonsful, 2, or 3 times a day. But a very good way to 
 use it for Rheuniatism is in bitters ; that is, say 1 oz. of the gum powder- 
 ed, and put into 1 qt. of good old rye whisky, and taken in ordinary 
 sized-doses " (the same as given just above), " 3, or 4 times a day. By 
 adding 1 oz. ; each, of pokeroot and black cohosh root, you have one 
 of the best articles there is for constitutional, or general Rheumatism, 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 591 
 
 or chronic Rheumatic conditions of the system." Of course these 
 roots should be pu.lverized, and stand 10, or 12 days, shaking daily, to 
 get the full strength, or if needed .sooner it must be kept warm, but 
 corked to prevent evapoi'ation: 
 
 Oolclucum, seed or root, has also been considered specific in its 
 action against Rheumatism, either taken in tinct., or pulverized and 
 mixed in sirup ; in the form of the compound tine, it is propably as 
 good a way as any to take it. 
 
 Prof. King in the American Dispensatory, 8th Ed. 1871, says of 
 this tinct. It "' forms an excellent agent in inflammatory Rheuma- 
 tism and gout, and has proved a superior remedy in phlegmasia dolens, 
 or the swelled leg oi parturient women." It is made as follows : 
 
 " Colchicum seed, in line powder, 2 ozs. ; black cohosh root, made 
 fine, 3 ozs. ; diluted alcohol, 2 i)ts. Form into a tinct. by maceration" 
 (steeping,) '' or by displacement" (leaching), " or it may be made by 
 adding together equal parts of the tinctures of Colchicum seed, and 
 black cohosh root." 
 
 Standing 2 weeks and shaking daily will do as well for home use. 
 
 Dose. — " The Dose is from 10 to 60 drops, in a little sweetened 
 water, every 1, 2, 3, or 4 hours. Iodide of potassium, 15 grs. to the oz. 
 of Tinct, may frequently be added with advantage." 
 
 1. The Black Cohosh, alone, has also acquired the reputation of 
 being a specific in acute, or inflammatory Rheumatism. 
 
 A friend of mine, of this city, a Mr. Morris — having experienced 
 its advantages, and knowing of its being successfully used in other 
 cases, gave me his plan of using it as follows: 
 
 Tincture of Cohosh for Inflammatory Rheumatism. — 
 Whisky, 1 pt. ; black Cohosh root, 2 ozs. Dose — 1 table-spoonful, 3 
 times daily. 
 
 2. I Shall now proceed to give a prescription for an Alterative 
 Tincture for Rheumatism, which combines all of the prominent arti- 
 cles which are accredited as specifics — positive cures^n the disease, 
 and also some of the leading articles among those considered highly 
 valuable in it. 
 
 Colchicum seed ; black cohosh root ; bitter-root (apocynum andro- 
 ssemifolium — I shall give the technical names of only such articles as ' 
 are not generally known, so that druggists can make no mistakes, 
 this is also known by the common names of dogsbane, and milk-weed) ; 
 pokeroot ; gum guiac; blue-flag root ; prickly-ash bark ; wintergreen 
 leaves, 2 ozs., and of each of the other scvm articles, 1 oz. ; best gin, 2 
 qts. Pulverize all, put into the gin, and shake every day for 2 weeks, 
 when it will be ready for use. 
 
 If the wintergreen leaves are not to be had, the ess. of wintergreen, 
 2 ozs. will answer the same purpose ; and if all of the articles cannot 
 be ob*^ained — the black cohosh and colchicum seed, and the guiac, are 
 neve-r to be left out— still the Tincture may be made, and will do well. 
 Whieky may take the place of the gin, but I do not consider it equal ; 
 and alcohol 1 qt. and water 1 qt. may take the place of either ; but 
 good gin is the best. All of the articles in this Tincture are among 
 those named by Prof King, in his great work—" Chronic Diseases," 
 which he says, "I have used with the greatest success, for neutraliz- 
 ing, or removing the Rheumatic poison." They are not, however, in 
 the same combination ; but as there is no natural antagonism 
 
692 r)E. chase's 
 
 between any of them, but all agreeing together, and working in har- 
 mony, I deem it better than to use 2, or 3 alone. 
 
 Dose. — A table-spoonful, in a small glass of sweetened water, at 
 meals, and bed-time. 
 
 But let it be distinctly remembered, as at first remarked, the gen- 
 eral health must be looked after — the skin, the kidneys, the bowels, 
 the liver, and the digestion must all be attended to, aided and assisted 
 when needed, using sueh remedies as are recommended in their ap- 
 propriate places for these derangements as they arise — so shall your 
 care te rewarded with success. 
 
 3. The Carbonate of Lithiu* has also been found valuable in 
 inflammatory Rheumatism. The gentleman who called my attention 
 to it said he had suffered 2 years with the disease, and at the time he 
 learned of it, he had been confined to his bed for a long time. His 
 directions were to obtain 1 dr. of the salt and divide it into 8 powders, 
 and take 1 for a dose, 3 times daily ; and lie said the first 8 doses took 
 him off" the bed and enabled him to walk about. He was still using 
 it when I saw him. What 1 have further learned of it is explained in 
 the note. I see no reason why it might not be used, where it can be 
 obtained, in place of the acetate of potash, as a diuretic, in connection 
 with the other Treatment, as first recommended in this disease. 
 
 4. It is highly important to keep the bowels solvent (i. e. not too 
 loose, nor at all boimd up,) in Rheumatism, no matter what may be in 
 use to correct the poison of the blood ; and probably sulphur, or salts, 
 are as often prescribed as any other artic^les. The following is a favo- 
 rite form to use the first, in combination with such other articles as 
 will also help to correct the general difficulty. 
 
 Rheumatic Cathartic and Diuretic, — Best Holland gin, 1 qt. ; 
 flour of sulphur, 4 ozs. ; tinct. of juniper berries, 1 oz. ; ess. of winter- 
 green, ^ oz. Mix, and shake when taken, as the sulpbur settles. 
 
 Dose.— A small wine-glassful before each meal until the bowels 
 are gently moved ; then wait a day, or two, and repeat, as at first. 
 The gin, juniper and wintergreen Avorks on the kidneys, which, in 
 Rheumatism, are nearly always at fault, besides making a means of 
 easily taking the sulphur, which works on the blood, as well as the 
 bowels, materially correcting the whole difficulty. 
 
 Secondly have the oil of cedar on hand, and rub the aflfected part 
 with it, the same as you would a liniment, 2, or 3 times daily, unless 
 it makes too much soreness, if so, less often. The same treatment as a 
 whole, for sore throat, is valuable also, putting 2, or 3 drops of the oil 
 upon sugar and slowly eating it. Apply the cedar oil to the outside of 
 the throat freely also. In cough arising from haAnng taken cold, and 
 for pain in the breast, from the same cause, the cedar oil, or oil of hem- 
 lock, taken in the same way, on retiring, is very valuable. 
 
 ♦Carbonate of Lithia is a mineral, first discovered in 1817 (the year of my birth) ; but 
 of still later introduction into use as a medicine. It has been recommended, in England 
 for internal use for persons troubled with g6ut, to dissolve the chalky deposits from the 
 joints, or to prevent a further deposit by carrying the lithic acid out of the system, by its 
 action over that suit in the urine, and also in Rlieumatism, attention being first called 
 to it, for this purpose, by I>r. Alexander Ure, of London, in 1843. Dr. Garrod, also of 
 London, afterwards says, ''he has found tlie Carbonate of Lithia, in dilute" (weak) 
 "solution, not only to exceed the other alkalies in rendering the urine neuter, or alka- 
 line, but also to act powerfully as a diuretic, probably more so than the corresponding 
 salts of potassa and soda." 
 
 He gives the dose as 3 to 6 grs. and says, " it is most advantageously given in cartKjnic 
 acid water "—tile dose takew by the gentleman who gave me the prescription would be 
 7V^ grs., while 5 grs. would be a medium dose, and safe in all ca-scs 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 593 
 
 RIOKLETS— RACHITIS.— The word Rickets* seems to have no 
 particular meaning except as to its application to this disease ; but 
 rickety, we all understand to refer to weakness, or feebleness in the 
 joints; it may be said of a person, or of a machine, if want of firmness 
 IS manifested, we say they are rickety — have got the Rickets, etc., — 
 are shaky and weak, especially in the joints. 
 
 This is particularly a disease of children, as much as chronic 
 rheumatism is of old age — both distorting to a greater, or less extent, 
 unless properly managed, all who are attacked. 
 
 Cause. — Debility, probably, covers the whole ground. If chil- 
 dren are stout and healthy, their food giving them its full strength, 
 there is no Rickets — no weakness — no trembling — no distortion, or 
 getting out of shape like an old "rickety-bedstead" tumbling down 
 every time you desire to use it — so with the weak and feeble child, it 
 has scarcely strength even to totter about the house. The bones fail- 
 ing to receive their proper amounts of the phosphate and carbonate of 
 lime, phosphate of magnesia, or phosphate of ammonia, or their ox- 
 ides of iron or manganese, they are left in their soft, and to some ex- 
 tent, in their gelatinous state, as when born ; and they are consequent- 
 ly easily distorted from the weight of the body, or by the drawing of 
 the muscles more in one direction than in the other. 
 
 Symptoms. — Besides the Symptom, above mentioned, of gener- 
 al distortion, the bowels often become considerably enlarged ; the face 
 may be swollen so as to change the features, more or less ; the fore- 
 head becoming prominent, the body wasting, the spine usually bend- 
 ing forward, and perhaps having a side curve also, the breast also be- 
 coming full and prominent, and the neck being short, the head in some 
 cases, apparently sitting directly upon the shoulders, and the chin 
 upon the breast ; the joints may also become enlarged ; and the pelvis 
 distorted, so much so, in the female, sometimes, as to preclude the posi- 
 bility of child-bearing.f 
 
 Treatment. — In the beginning of the disease, or upon the first 
 
 ♦Rickets, as applied to disease, by some, is supposed to have been derived from the 
 Greek word which givejs the technical name of the disease, meaning the same by which 
 physicians know it— Rachitis — the back-bone ; but there are others who believe it took 
 Its common name— Rickets— from a man by the name of Ricketts, of England, who, in 
 about 1620 and from that on for sometime was very successful in curing this disease — 
 this might have been the reason of the name ; for, in those early days, it was customary 
 to give names to disease arising from such circumstances ; hence King's evil, was appli- 
 ed to the scrofulous enlargement of the glands of the neck, because it was then firmly 
 believed that a king's touch Mould cure it. So firmly was this believed in the time of 
 Charles II, (of England) that in 12 years he applied the "royal-touch" to no less than 
 92.107 persons, as shown by the records in the royal chapel. 
 
 tThere was a case, however, in the Northern part of this State where a female with 
 this condition of pelvic difficult^', became pregnant; but the physician having the ca.se 
 In charge knowing that she could not be delivered in the natural way, brought her to 
 the University, during the medical session, when, after consultation with the Professors, 
 bne of them performed what is called the "Caesarean operation," /.e, cutting through the 
 side of the abdomen, and womb, and taking the child out in that way — called Cse^arean, 
 because it is said that .Julius Cse^ar was delivered by this operation — the child lived, and 
 so far as I know is doing well, but the mother died. It is considered a dangerous opera- 
 tion ; yet, occasionally even the mother lives. An acquaintance of mine — a physician — 
 who attended lectures" in Philadelphia, has often told me of " a pair of twins" who 
 were exhibited to the class, that had been delivered in this way, the mother living, and 
 bearing still another child which was also delivered in the same manner, and she still 
 survivmg — probably the most remarkable case on record. At the time this gentleman 
 saw the children, they were 11 and 12 years of age — he having attended lectures two win- 
 ters in succession, the children being presented each year. The mother then, being al- 
 most always sacrificed, no man should, for a moment even, permit himself to, thinK of 
 being the caiuie of such a sacrifice. 
 
 S8— OR. chase's second receipt book. 
 
594 DR. chase's 
 
 manifeetiition of any of the symptoms that would lead one to expect 
 the child to be liable to it, let only the most vrholesome articles of 
 food be given to it — candies and rich cake must be absolutely prohib- 
 ited ; playing, or romping out-of-doors must be encouraged ; and in 
 place of a " dip into a tub of cold water" every morning, or " the cold 
 shower-bath," as was at one time considered almost an absolute necessi- 
 ty, let sponging be done alternately, morning and evening, first with 
 camphor spirits, or the Cayenne and whisky, then the next time with 
 salt water, made just warm enough to be comfortable; and then for 
 the shock that the cold water was intended to give to the system, let 
 there be brisk frictions with the hand, or with a piece of dry flannel, 
 or with a very soft flesh-brush, as may be the most agreeable to the 
 little patient; and the sirup of the hypo-phosphites, which are now 
 kept by druggists, may be biven 3, or 4 times a day, in doses of i tea- 
 spoonful, or according to the directions accompanying the bottles; or 
 the hypo-phosphite of lime may be obtained and given in 1 to 3 gr. 
 doses, in sweetened water, 3, or 4 times daily, according to its agree- 
 ment with the stomach, or its apparent benefit to the general system. 
 
 As a laxative, to be taken once, or twice a week, according to the 
 condition of the bowels, rhubarb and ginger root, pulverized, of each, 
 ^ oz. ; and calcined magnesia, .} oz. ; may be mixed, and given in doses 
 of f to a tea-spoonful, according to the age of the child, beginning with 
 the least dose, and repeating it, or increasing it as found necessary to 
 keep the bowels in good condition — the sulphur and cream of tartar 
 might take its place occasionally. And the acetate of potash, or other 
 diuretics will be used as needed to correct any defects in the action of 
 the kidneys — the acetate is probably the best in this, or any other dis- 
 ease of a scrofulous character, like the Kickets. 
 
 If any considerable degree of deformity has taken place before the 
 Treatment is commenced, it may not be remedied ; yet, its further pro- 
 gress may be stayed ; but, if it is commenced in time, it may reason- 
 ably be hoped that no deformity shall occur. 
 
 R. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. R. 
 
 RAISED BISCUIT— VERY SUPERIOR.— Milk, 1 pt. ; less; butter Igill; 
 sugar ]/^ pt., or a little less; 2 good sized potatoes baked quite dry, scraped out from the 
 skin and mashed ; salt 1 tea-spoonful. Mix all. over night, with a penny's worth of yeast 
 — a little less than y, pt.— and flour to give the ri^ht consistence. In the morning, mold 
 by hand with as little additional flour as possible. This will make about 3 pans of Bis- 
 cuit nice enough to pay for till of the trouble, otherwise you can call on me for the bal- 
 ance. If an entirely plain Biscuit is desired, leave out the sugar. 
 
 R,\TTEESXAKi: bites— several remedies.- l. Wl^iconsin 
 Remedy. — Take the yolk of an egg and stir into it as much salt as will make a good 
 salve ; spread upon a cloth and apply to the wound ; and we will insure your life tor a 
 sixpence. — Wis. Fcn-raer. 
 
 2. MliMNoiiri Remedy.— K. J. C, of Centerville, Mo., in writing to X\\q Scientifle 
 American, on that subject, says : ''Tlie best Remedy I ever tried for a Snake Bite was whis- 
 ky and red pepper, a table-spoonful to ]4 pt. of the whisky, for a dose, to a grown ne- 
 gro man ; 2 doses made him drunk, and cured him. This Remedy has often been tried 
 with success, in this region." 
 
 I have known it to be tried in the region of Ann Arbor, Mich., for Massasauger bites, 
 without the red pepper, and proved jvist as successful. At any rate, I should not advise 
 the use of mrjre than a tea-spoonful of the red pepper for a dose. 
 
 3. Sliehi^aii Remedy. — William Lyon, of Clinton County, Mich., was bitten 
 on the 24th inst., by a Rattlesnake. An immediate application of saleratus prevented a 
 fatal TesMlt.— Lansing (Mich.) Daih/ lirptthlican (.July 30, 1872. 
 
 This needs no further comment, in Mich., than" to say that a little .saleratus could be 
 easily carried in the pocket when men are going out to work upon a marsh, where the 
 Mas.sasauger is known to inhabit, and thus save a life occasionally. The saleratus no 
 doubt, neutralizes the poi.ion, at (ince, and is therefore reliable. 
 
 4. Virginia Reme<iy. — The PcUrgburgli (Xn.) Express, informs us "that a car- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 595 
 
 penter, while pulling down an old house, wtus Bitten by a Rattlesnake, on the finger, 
 which swelled to 4 times its usual size, directly. But that he was entirely cured so that 
 he went to work again in 2 hours, by a poultice of onions, tobacco, ana salt in equal 
 proportions." 
 
 It certainly has the credit of cheapness, quickness of action, and of being almost 
 always within ea*y reach. 
 
 5. Texas Bfew Remedy.— A gentleman signing himself " Lacon," from Gal- 
 veston, Texas, in writing to the Scientific American on tlie Remedies for Snake Bites, not- 
 withstanding he believed, with the editor of that paper, that whisky, or other alcoholic 
 stimulants was the test known Remedy, drank to intoxication, yet, he wished to give 
 the treatment of a physician who lived for many years upon the Brazos River, where 
 poisonous serpents, such as Moccasin-snakes, Rattlesnakes, Cotton-mouths, etc., 
 abound, and the Bites of some of which are soon fatal. The New Remedy was pure 
 olive-oil, a table-spoonful to be g^iven every half hour until relieved, commencing as soon 
 as possible after the infliction. This he suvs, " he has never known to fail." 
 
 1. RAT EXTERMINATION— WITHOIJl POISON— Austrian llctta' 
 od.— In your paper No. 14, Sept. 30, 1871, query 21, T. C. H. wishes to know some means 
 of expelling Rats from a building. Let him catch, by any ordinary trap, 3 Rats, put them 
 in a cage constructed of wire, in any place which is plagued by this animal, and g^ive 
 them no food whatever. On the 3rd day he will find only 2 Rats, one being eaten up by 
 the 2 others, and on the 6th day, only 1 rat in the cage. Let him give the survivor his 
 liberty on the 7th day, and he will be, in the course of one week, rid of all the Rats ex- 
 cept the 1 monster which ate up his 2 brothers, and which he may feed for sympathy's 
 sake. This mode was adopted with great success in a building in the former Thiergar- 
 ten at Vienna, where all other means to expel these animals were usele,ss.— L. S., of 
 Vienna, Austria. — SeierUiflc American. 
 
 2. A Novel Rat Trap. — A gentleman of Brooklyn who had '' an increasing 
 family," of Rats, in spite of Arsenic and other Rat Exterminators, wrote to the New 
 YoTk'S-unday Tivw. for relief, and rereivi'd the following answer: 
 
 "Take a mackerel barrel, for instance, and fill it to about one-third its height with 
 water. Then place a log endwise in the wat<'r, so that one end of it will just remain 
 above the surface. Make the head of the barrel a little too small to fit, and sustain it by 
 two pins to the inside of the top of the barrel, .so that it will hiuip:, as if on a pivot and 
 easily tip by touching either side. On this head thus suspended, secure a piece of savo- 
 ry meat. The first Rat that scents it, will, to get the meat, leap (Jii the barrel head. The 
 head will tip, or tilt, precipitating him into the water, and resume its position. The 
 Rat in the water will swim to the log, get on the end of it, and squeal vociferously. His 
 cries will bring other Rats, all of whom will be tilted into the water, and all of whom 
 will tight for the only dry spot in it — the end of the log. As oidy 1 Rat can hold it, the 
 victor will drown all the rest, and can, in the morning be drowned himself. We have 
 seen 20 Rats caught in 1 night by such a trick." 
 
 The Sunday Times is correct in theory ; for it is nothing less nor more than the old 
 French plan whicli is still followed in Paris liy men who make that their business; and 
 if the contrivance is ingeniously arranged, and the fried pork, or cheese bait is made 
 sufficiently enticing, success will follow. See No. 3 for flavoring the bait. 
 
 3. Rat Catching' Effectnai. — Use the common wire, box-trap, with spring; 
 but scent the bait with a drop of the oil of rhodium— the oil of rhodinm is made from a 
 Chinese ruse, and is very peculiar and penetrating in its flavor. Why should it not be 
 as good for baiting Rats as for baiting fish ? 
 
 4. Old Plan of Driving Away. — An old work on " rat catching " gives what 
 it claims to be a very successful method of driving them away. It says : 
 
 " I shall here give the reader another maxim I have nflen followed very successfully. 
 Take common tar, 1 pt. ;vitriol (sulphuric acid,) ^< oz. ; common salt, a good handful. 
 
 " Mix well together in an old deep pan, soak some pieces of coarse paper in it, and 
 place them in the holes, sufficient to stop them, and lay a brick over the hole; and if 
 you should find any ot the holes opened again, then put in some more; and if it is done 
 as it ought to be, they will never approach there agani while either taste, or .smell re- 
 mains in it." 
 
 Chlorine gas will fill the holes, from the acid and salt, while the tar vapor also, with 
 its daubing their.feet, will, undoubtedly, have the desired effect. 
 
 5. New Yorfc Method.— But few subjects, of a practical character, are gener- 
 ally complete without something from the Scientific American. The following item was 
 publ).shed in that .Journal. Sept. 14th, 1872. After speaking of other plans, it says: " We 
 come to the New York plan. The floor near the Rat hole is covered with a thin layer of 
 moist caustic potassa. When the Rats walk on this, it makes their feet sore; these they 
 lick w ith their tongues, which make their mouths .sore ; and the result is that they shuu 
 this locality, not alone, but appear to tell att </i« /?a/« in the neighborhood about it, and 
 eventually the house is entirely abandoned by them, notwithstanding the houses around 
 may be teeming with Rats." 
 
 I think that with some one of the ft)regoing plans, there will be but little dlflBculty 
 in clearing the premises of Rats withoid the danger attending the itse of poisons. 
 
 R.\SPBERRY— BEST TIME FOR PRUNING.— There seems to be con- 
 
696 DR. t'HASK8 
 
 Biderable controversy as to the proper <ime for Pruning tlie black-cap Raspberry, some 
 contending for Fall, and the others for Spring Pruning; but from what lean learn of 
 those who cultivate them for a business, and from what I have experienced with those 
 in the garden, I am satisfied that the Best Time is the Spring. Of cotirse. as soon as they 
 are done bearing, Prune out the old stock, and cut off all the canes yon leave, of the 
 new growth, to the hlght you desire; then leave what sprouts may come out near 
 where they are cut off, to grow without further Pruning until Spring, at which time, 
 Prune off to thedesired length. If these sprouts, or limbs are cut oft' in the growing time 
 of the Fall, they will send out so many small limbs, or branches as to spf)il the whole; 
 and if cut off late, thcv are likely to kill back more than they would if left until Spring. 
 
 RIBBON»i TO RENKW.— Wash them in a cool suds that has been made with 
 nice white soap, and iron while damp. If the Ribbon is to be stiftened, dip it into water 
 that has a littlegum Arabic dissolved in It; and in ironing it, after it has been dipped 
 In the gum Arabic water, cover it with a clean cloth, otherwise the iron will stick to the 
 Ribbon. 
 
 RK'K WAFFIiES.— Take Sgills (Xpt.) of cold boiled Rice, warm it with 1 pt., 
 of milk, mix it smooth ; then take it from the fire, and stir in 1 pt. of cold milk and a 
 tea-spoonful of salt. Beat 4 eggs, and stir in, with flour enough to make a stiff batter. 
 Cook on u griddle, or in Waffle irons. 
 
 RUBBER BOOTIS TO PATt!H.— Take a piece of a wornout Boot, or Shoo for 
 the I'atch ; then to break up the gloss of the Patch, and the Boot, as far as the Patch is 
 to extend, rub it with sand-paper. Coat both with liquid Rubber 4, or 5 times, letting 
 each coat dry before putting on tlie next; do the same again and apply the Patch to the 
 Boot and apply pressure while the last coat is soft, and tne work is complete. If liquid 
 Eubber is not kept by the druggists, dissolve small bit*: of pure Rubber in spirits of tur- 
 pentine to the consistence of thin molasses, by keeping it warm. 
 
 R17L,E.S OF RAIEROAO TRAVEL AND RI6HTS OF PAS.SEN4JER.S. 
 — The following ''Rules" are based upon legal decisions, and ought to be universally 
 known. The courts have decided that applicants for tickets on Railroads can be ejected 
 if they do not offer the exact amount of tneir fare. Conductors are not bound to make 
 change. All Railroad tickets are good until used ; conditions " Good for this day only," 
 or otherwl.se limiting time of genuineness, are of no account. Passengers who loose their 
 tickets can be ejected from the cars unless they purchase second ones. Pas.sengers are 
 bound to oliserve decorum in the cars, are obliged to comply with all reas(jnab!e de- 
 saands to show their tickets. Standing on the platform, or otherwise violating the Rules 
 of the company, renders a person liable to be put from the train. No Pa.ssenger has a 
 right to monopolize more seats than he has paid for: and any article left on, or in the 
 seat while the owner is temporarily absent, entitles him to his seat on his return. 
 
 SEDATIVES AND NARCOTICS.-Si-datives are niedicine.s 
 which to a rortain extent at least, allay the irritation of tlie nervoii.'^ 
 system, and thereby control the action of the arteries, by calming and 
 lessening tlie action of tlie lieart ; and consequently, are now, exten- 
 vsivelv nsed in inflammations and fevers torednce the circulation, aid- 
 ing thereby, the restoration of the secretions to a healthy standard. 
 The word comes from the I-at. fedare, to allay, to calm ; heni^e. Sedate, to be calm and 
 dignified. 
 
 Asmight be .supposed, they are powerful, and unless used with care, danger will ari.se 
 from them; but wM care, they are perfectly safe; and. in fact, we should think we 
 could not get along without them in the treatment of fevers, or inflammations, which 
 cause more or less fever; and as I have only recommended the use of two of our best 
 Sedatives, in combination, under the name of Fkbrifuuk, which see, on page n02, I 
 ■will only further remark here, that it .should he labeled by the druggi.st, when obtained, 
 -and then it should be kept where no one will touch it who does not understand that if 
 taken in large doses, either accidentally, or to try to reduce the pulse too quickly, fatal 
 results may follow ; but if used according to dirertiims, they are perfectly safe and 
 reliable. 
 
 Narcotics, or the really only true Narcotic— opium, or morphine, made from it— 
 if used in too large quantities is equally as dangerous as the Sedatives. Narcotiiai allay 
 pain, while Sedatives allay excited action and irritability of the nervous, and arterial 
 systems; hence 1 speak of them in connech'mi, although belonging to di.stinct classes. 
 Opium, or morphine, however, I never use if I can pr)ssil)ly avoid it, as they so quickly 
 establish an ajjpetite, or craving necessitj' for their repetition ; vet in the severest pain, 
 there is no substitute for them ; but their extensive use in the form of " Soothing Sirup" 
 has been an outrage upon tlie incredulous and unwary, that has resulted in the 
 untimely deaths of tliousands of children, which might have otherwise lived as a bless- 
 ing to those who have ignorantly been the means of their destruction ; for, as before 
 remarked, although there is but one really true Narcotic— opium— there are other agents 
 which will induce sleep by removing the ca«-ti« of pain. Then with smaU children, or 
 In chronic disea.se, where it is probable that Narcotics would have to be used for a long 
 time, it 1.S far better to resort to diaphoretic, or sweating and stimulating articles com 
 
SH;C0N'1) RKCKIPT BOOK. 597 
 
 bined, which will have a tendency to lessen pain by correcting, and removing the cause, 
 as far as possible. In such cases : 
 
 Take tinct's. of valerian, lobelia, ginger, sweet-flag, and anise, of each, 1 dr.; com- 
 pound tinct. of lavender, 2 drs. ; cliloroform and sulphuric ether, of each, ]/^ dr. • 
 simple sirup, 4 ozs. Mix— Dose. — For a child 1 to 3 years old, 10 to 30 drops— still 
 younger, 3 to 8 drops — an adult 1 tea-spoonful to a table-spoonful, once in y, an hour to 
 2 hours, according to the severity of the pain, or nervousness of either chil(f, or adult. 
 
 The Narcotics proper, — morphine and opium — are seldom useil for chihlren, at all; 
 and if it is deemed best to use them with adult.s. a dose of morphine, in ordinary cases, 
 is only 3 s of a gr. ; wliile ,'j gr. would be the extent in severe citses — one-sixth of a gT. 
 equalling 1 gr. of opium. The opium however, is given with adults in 1 gr, doses, and 
 in the most severe and excruciating paiiw, even L' to 3 grs. ; but it must be remembered 
 that such doses are " no childs play," nor may they be repeated soon, even in the most 
 agonizing distress — not oftener than once in 8 hours, while in moderate doses of y^ to 1 
 gr. it might be repeated in 2 to 4 hours, in cases where the jiain demands it; and the 
 morphine in Vg to ^i gr. do.><e~s must not be repeated oltener than 2 to I hours, and as be- 
 fore remarked, Ha'fT given to children. 
 
 STIMULANTS.— Stimulants are a class of medicines which in- 
 erea.se temporarily, the vital activity of the system, throujjh their in- 
 flnence upon the nerves, the atlniinistration of which, it is desirable 
 to time so that the di^restion, or other function for which they are used 
 shall be aided in receiving an IncreaHed strength from their use, other- 
 wise, so far as theirinternal administration is concerned, they may as 
 well not be given, as a greater degree of prostration follows, than preceeded them ;* and 
 especially will this hold good with all alcoholic Stimulants, as tovic bitters, etc., which are 
 recommended in any disease. To aid digestion, from '^ to an hour after the meal is a 
 good time for them, as they ilien Stimulate the stomaclfto i)our out more gastric juice, 
 causing a more perfect digestion. .\nd as the alcoholic portions are ab.sorbed into the 
 blood, u general increased vital force is also gained from the larger amount of nour- 
 ishment wliich thegeneral system receives thereby. If this position is not the fact, alco- 
 holic Stimulants are an injury instead of a benefit, even in disease— and mv experience 
 as perfectly satisfies me of their benefit, as above explained, as it does that tliey are only 
 an injury to those in health, and that they should never be taken onlv as a medicine. I 
 do not recommend them before meals, unles.s the appetite is entirely at fault; for as a 
 general thing people are disposed to eat too much ; then, as brandv^ wine, porter, ale, 
 beer etc., will increase the apetite if taken before meals, they only involve the necessity 
 of a larger quantity to be taken after meals to help digest it, which will soon disturb and 
 destroy the health instead of improve it. Pure grape wines, with sufficient sugar to 
 make them palatable, I find most valuable for dyspeptics, for it acts in place of water, 
 which some can not take, and also " fiUs the bill " as a Stimulant. Fruit wines will oidy 
 partially till its place. 
 
 a. CapMicniii as a Stliniilant.— Capsicvim. or as it Is more generally called 
 Cayenne, taking its name from a town of that name in South America, is probably the 
 purest and mo.st perfect Stimulant that we have. This article is so vnluabie, yet such a 
 universal prejudice exists against \is use, on account of its firev taste, I feel desirous to 
 <luote from Kiuo;'s American Dixpensaloru, under the head of its proucrfies ami uses, he says : 
 
 " Capsicum IS a pure, energetic, permanent. Stimulant, pro.hicing, in large doses, 
 vomiting, purging, pain in the stomaeli and bowels, heat and inflammation of the 
 stoniach, giddiness, a species of intoxieation, and an enfeebled condition of the ner- 
 vous pt)wer." (Remember tliis is only its injiidieious u,«e, in larcje doses which no one 
 has any need to give.) He continues: " The infusion" (tea i " is much used in colds, 
 catarrh, hoarseness, etc. In dyspepsia, it Stimulates the nerves of the stomach, pro- 
 motes the .secretion of the digestive Juices and assists peristaltic motion." (This has 
 relerence to tlie clasping and compres.sing motions of tlie intestines which carries for- 
 ward the refuse matter fntm the food not dissolved in the digestive process, expelling 
 it from the .sy.stem, for as a circle of the inte.'^tine contracts, the <me below it relaxes 
 and so on through the entire length). "It forms an exeellent addition to quinia" 
 i<tainine) ' in intermittents, where there is a deficienevof ga.stric.-iusceiaibility." (When 
 the stomach does not readily take up, or appropriate medicines received into iti. "It 
 has been also used in spasmodic affections, passive h.'morrhages. especiall v uterine, and 
 when combined with the compound powder of ipecacuanlia, will, in many in-tances, 
 arrest hemorrhage after parturition" (child-birth) " promptly. It has been u.sed suc- 
 ce.«.sfully in Asiatic cholera. A preparation made by adding Voan oz. of Capsicum, and 2 
 drs. of salt" (V., oz.) ■' to V^ pt. each, of vinegar and water, hasljeen found an excellent 
 anti-emetic, in all cases oj vomiting or navsm. To be given in table-spoonful doses as 
 often as required. It has received the name of anti-emetic drops. Capsicum may be used 
 wherever a pvre Stimulant is indicated, in all cases of diminished vital action, and may 
 be combined beneficially with other remedies in order to promote their action as 
 emetics, cathartics, diaphoretics, tonicf. et(?. 
 
 DosK of the powder, from 1 U) 6 grs. ; of the tinct, from '^ a f1. dr. to 1 fi dr " 
 
698 DR. chase's 
 
 Ab I call it, our Cayenne and Whisky, which see, makes an excellent application or 
 ■bathing medium in all cases of cold extremeties, internal iuflnmraations, to draw the 
 blood to the surface, bathing once, or twice a day in extreme cases, brings a fine glow 
 of warmth that I know of nothing else capable of doin<?. It is used of common 
 strenj^th, as a gargle in sore throats ; and the concentrated tiiict. 1 oz, of the powdered 
 Cayenne to 3 ozs. of alcohol, it is used as a counter-irritant ; and as a cure for chilbl&ina 
 and toothache. It is rubbed over the chilblain with a piece of sponge " until a strong 
 tingling and electrical feeling is produced, daily until entirely well. Unless the skin is 
 broken it never makes a sore by injuring the skin. 
 
 I ha^•f taken up so much space with the great StimulaTti— Cayenne — I shall devote but 
 little spac^e to the others. I should not have given it the consideration I have however, 
 if I had not known it to be worthy of all the attention I have bestowed upon It. 
 
 3. lIiinn'N liife I>rops as a Valuable Internal Stimulant — 
 Known also as €onipound Tincture of €ajeput. — It is composed of olla 
 of Cajeput, anise, and cloves, of each, 14 oz.; alcohol, 4 07..s. Mix. Prof. Scudder says of 
 this article : 
 
 " It is the most valuable Internal Stimulant in exhaustive discharges from the 
 bowels with which I am acquainted, and one of the mo.st efficient in all where a prompt 
 diffusible Stimulant is necessary. It is almost a specific" (positive cure) " in cholera 
 morbus ; one of the best remedies in Asiatic cholera, and answers an admirable pur- 
 pose in congestive chill and sun-stroke. 
 
 " Dose. — In cholera morbus and cholera we give it in tea-spoonful Doses, every few 
 minutes, until re-action commences" (until they begin to revive), "when the Dose is 
 lessened. It quiets the irritation of the stomach, and checks vomiting." 
 
 4. Ittustarti Plaster a.s an External Stimulant. — A Mustard Plaster ap- 
 plied Externally, as against internal inflammations and irritations probably, has no 
 equal. It is made by wetting up ground Mustard to asalvy consistence with warm water, 
 or cold, if not so cold as to make one shiver to whom it is to be applied, spreading it 
 upon thin muslin, of double the size of the Plaster, then folding the dry side over and 
 laying tlie wet side upon the patient, so as to get a quick action, removing it when the 
 smarting lannot be borne longer; and repeat, if necessary as soon as the smarting sub- 
 sides; or it may be changed the width of it, in very severe internal pain, nausea, or irri- 
 tation. Use it full strength, and take it off the sooner, is better than corn-meal adulter- 
 ations and longer applications. 
 
 5. Stimulating^ L.inimcnt— Balcom's— Very EflScient.— Best alcohol, 1 
 pt. ; oils of origanum and wormwood of each, 1 oz. ; gum camphor and powdered Cayenne, 
 of each, 1 oz. ; aqua ammonia, 4 ozs, It may be mixed, corked, and shaken daily for a 
 week ; or what is better is to put one-fourth of the alcohol upon the Cayenne and shake 
 it daily for a week or 10 days, to extract the strength of the pepper, then strain, or filter 
 it and mix with the others. It must be kept corked, as ammonia is very evaporative. 
 
 This will be found a Very Efiicient Stimulating Liniment, for external, or internal 
 use, for man or beast. Mr. Balcom from whom I obtained it thinks there is no other 
 equal to it— it is certainly a strong Liniment in all of the good things it contains, and 
 it contains nothing except what is appropriate, Its application to any external part 
 will Stimulate it to action, and the Cayenne will cause a warm and healthy glow, that 
 will be sensibly realized. 
 
 Dose. — It may be taken internally in Doses of from 10 to 30 drops, for an adult, ac- 
 cording to the severity of the pain, and repeat as Ilunn's Life Drops No. 3. above. Any 
 Other Liniment according to its strength, will also be found Stimulating, and applicable 
 for external use, so also will the camphor spirits, or the Cayene and whisky, refored to 
 in other places in this work, all will be found Stimulating to the surface, and effectual 
 for the purposes intended. 
 
 SCROFULA. — Almost every writer upon this disease begins by 
 saying that the name is derived from Scrqfa, a hog; and also teaches 
 us that the eating of pork is likely to produce the disease, as the hog 
 is peculiarly liable to a similar disease of the glands, but in 56 years 
 of life, I have yet to see the first hog that manifests any external 
 appearance similar to the Scrofulous glands of jn-rsons. The name 
 comes, no doubt, from the Lat. Scrofulu:, the name applied to this disease, which comes 
 however, from Scrofa, the literal meaning of which is a breeding sow ; hence some sup- 
 pose that the comparison more properly refers to the resemblance of the glandular 
 swellings to pigs huddled together, or otherwi.se to the rapidity of their increase, which, 
 probably, comes nearer to the facts in the case. And Inter investigations also go to 
 prove that what is now called Scrofula, is not similar to any disease of the hog. And 
 even Galen and Celsus — ancient medical writers — preferred the name Stmma, from the 
 Lat. Sliiio, to heap up, as more correctly descriptive of this disea.se. It has also been 
 called King's Evil, because the kipgs or France and England were formerly believed to 
 be able to cure it by simply putting their hand upon It. Queen Ann, in 1707. 1 believe, 
 was the last to proclaim this power, and she called upon her subjects to come to her for 
 the purpose of healing. See note under the head of Rickets. In my day, I have heard 
 
SECOND KEC'KIPT BOOK. 599 
 
 people claim that the touch of the 7th successive son, was able to accomplish siich 
 cures — I have seen 7th sons, but no cures of Scrofula by their touch. With these intro- 
 ductory remarks I proceed to a description of the disease. 
 
 ScrofiUa is undoubtedly a constitutional taint of the system, manifested by a swell- 
 ing, or enlargement of the glands, most frequently beginning in those of the neck, 
 accompanied, sooner, or later, with inflammation and a continual deposit of tubercular 
 matter in these glands, much as such deposits are made in the lungs in tuberctilar con- 
 sumption, and, no doubt, of a very similar character. 
 
 Cause. — Whatever has a tendency to reduce, or change the blood from a perfectly 
 healthy condition, will have a tendency also to debilitate tlie general system, and espe- 
 cially so in the glandular bodies where there is less activity, from their nature, than in 
 the general system, except perhaps in the little glandular bodies of the lungs where the 
 blood is oxygenated, and who shall be able to tell us that the very Cause of this disease 
 may not be from a failure of the lungs to properly oxygenate the blood. Some writera 
 have called consumption pidmcmary Scrofxda, which it undoubtedly is. 
 
 Symptoms. — Scrofula as a general thing, first manifests itself by the appearance 
 of small, hard, but moveable kernels, just under the skin of the neck, without soreness, 
 or even redness for a long time, perhaps 6 months or a year before they reach any con- 
 siderable size, or manifest any soreness to ju.stify the idea that any inflammation is pres- 
 ent. They may becoroe very large, and they sometimes appear also in other parts. 
 They keep on enlarging however, until after a while they suppurate — form j>t«— the 
 word coming from siii>, under, and puris, pus, literally then — generate pus under the 
 surface. And when this is known to be the case, it is best to lance them to prevent the 
 destruction of the skin, which, if it comes to the surface of itself, destroys more of the 
 surface than would occur if lanced, making a larger scar that generally heals with a 
 puckered appearance, considerably disfiguring the parts. 
 
 The discharge is not usually a healthy white pus, but more of a watery, curd-like 
 mixture. It is most commoil with children of from 2 to 10 years of age, it may how- 
 ever, occur later, but very seldom in adult age, except it be in a different form, as in con- 
 sumption, liver affections, etc. The disease is confined to the glands, and generally to 
 the glands of the neck. The ulcers heal slowly, and unless proper treatment is adopted 
 others arise also and run the same course, perhaps for years, or until the system is ex- 
 hausted, or by some turn, the vis natura, (strength of nature) asserts her rights and 
 throws off the disease, which is not often the case, without: — 
 
 TreRtment. — First, as " To Prevent Disease is better than to Cure," let such a 
 course be adopted with ail children, of avoiding all errors in diet, all locations and all hab- 
 its that are not in accordance with Common-Sense, i. e. let all children have good food, 
 and only in proper quantity, for instance, the mother's milk, if the mother is healthy, 
 and if she is not, let a healthy wet-nurse be obtained whose child is about the same age 
 of the one to be given to it ; but if the child is obliged to be raised "by hand," let the 
 milk from only one cow be used ; and, for very young children, a little sweat cream, or 
 a very little unsalted butter be added, to make it as near like woman's milk as possible, 
 for woman's milk contains less cheese, but more sugar than cow's milk, this is to avoid 
 constipation with the chihl. Older children should have good bread and milk, bread 
 and butter, the butter not too free, but in moderation, with a little sugar to make it 
 more palatable, and to supply a demand of the sj'stem for sweets— if the system did not 
 demand, the appetite would not, generally, crave it. Ripe fruit may also be allowed, but 
 not green, in any case, not even cooked, for it is not healthy for even grown people. And 
 children, nor those of more adult age, of a Scrofulous tendency especially, should ever 
 be allowed to gorge themselves with pastries, or sweet meats of any kind, for they are too 
 much, even for those in health — health and such a diet will not long stay together. Coun- 
 try air, and plenty of play, or out-of-door exercise are also of the utmost importance. 
 
 Second: Ifthe tumors have madetheirappearance.theDiscrcTiENT Ointment. which 
 see, shoula.be applied to them, to drive them away, rubbing the ointment well into the 
 tumors 2, or 3 times daily, and at the same time taking a cathartic, and a diuretic to o&rry 
 off what may be thrcnvn hack upon the system by the discutient ; the whole surface to be 
 stimulated by the camphor, or Cayenne sponging, with frictions following, to the whole 
 surface also ; and in this way many cases will be prevented from ulceration. But : 
 
 Third : Supposing matiiration, or ulceration to have commenced and progressed 
 to such a degree as to prevent its dispersion, or driving away ; then, says Dr. Beach, "I 
 have found, by experience, the bayberry to be one of the most exlraordtnary remedies in 
 Scrofula, particularly in a state of idcer, of any other article, either in the animal, vege- 
 table, or mineral kingdoms ; and if there is a specific" (positive cure) " in this com- 
 plaint, I think it is this very plant, or shrub. I have never yet known it to fail in a 
 single instance, in all rtiy practice, in the most advanced amd worst stages of the com- 
 plaint, apd when they have been Treated, without benefit, by our most popular physicians 
 and surgeons." 
 
 The manner of using the bayberry is to make a s<ro7i{7 t«o of it, and with a proper 
 sized syringe, to inject, night and morning, alternately with a solution of the Vbq«- 
 TABLE CArsTic. which see— a t^a spoonful of that to soft water, )4 pt. is the proper pro- 
 portion to inject ; and the sinuses, or orifices are to be kept open by the introduction of 
 tents, made of twine, or strips of cloth, dipped into melted bees-wax, and introduced to 
 
600 DR. chase's 
 
 the depth of the ulcer. In this way they heal from the bottom. I say Oiey, for there 
 may be 2 or 3, or even ^ doz. or more. Beach ^ives an account of 1 case where there 
 were 15 openings at one time, and yet he cured it with this Treatment. 
 
 2. Iodine has also been considered a valuable remedy, almost, if not absolutely a 
 specific— perfect, or positive cure. A favorite prescription with some has been, Iodine, 
 30 grs.; Iodide of potassium, 60 grs.; in water, 4 tea-spoonsful— Dose 5 drops, in a little 
 water 3 times a day, for a few days; then Increasing 1 drop daily, for the Dose, until it 
 reaches 15 drops. 
 
 3. Iodide of potas-iium, 1 oz.; in connection with the compound fl. ex. of gentian, 
 ^pt. Dose — a tea-spoonful for a child, as No. 2, has also been looked upon as very 
 valuable. Or any of the Alterative Sirups, which see, may be used in place of the 
 fl. ex. the Dose being the same ; but I would not put the Iodide into more than 4 ozs, (Vt 
 pt.) at a time, as it is believed by some that the Iodide soon loses its alterative power by 
 mixing it with sugar, or sirups containing sugar. 
 
 4. Iodide of potassium ointment rubbed upon the tumors, night and morning, has 
 been successfully used in many cases — Iodide, 1 oz, to lard, 4 ozs. well mixed. 
 
 5. Salt Water bathing is claimed to be very desirable, in Scrofulous taints of the 
 system. If I used them, it would only be once daily, and spirit bathing also daily — one 
 in the morning, the other in the evening. 
 
 6. Prof. Scudder, discarding all of the older plans of Treating Scrofula, uses 
 rumex crispus (yellow dock root) alnvs .it-n-tildta (tag alder bark, called also smooth alder, 
 common alder) Scrofularia nodosa (figAvort. ibr a description of which see, Mrs. Wolfe's 
 Ointment FOR Burns, etc.) podopMto?» (mandrake root) and rorydalin (squirrel corn, 
 called also, wild turkey pea, stagger-.weed, etc.); and combines with them any other 
 articles indicated, or known to possess alterative properties, that are easily obtained ; 
 and. in connection with these he prefers the Acetate of Potash, which see, as a diu- 
 retic alterative in place of iodine or iodide of potassium, which are so generally used with 
 this disease, claiming " it to be. as much more efficient than iodide of pota-ssmm, as this 
 is over epsom .salts." He uses also the bitter tonics, iron, the hypophosphites, etc., which 
 are kept by druggists. 
 
 Lastly: I would say that by occasionally changing from one of the above plans of 
 Treatment, to one of the others (for no one thing will have the same good effect, verj- 
 long continued, that it will if changed, or even dropped for a time), say every two 
 months, using also the precautions to keep the bowels regular, theskin clean and active- 
 ly healthy, and the kidneys also, not over stimulated, nor left too inactive; and the re- 
 sult will soon begin to .show, and the ultimate end be generally satisfactory. 
 
 So much has been said of Mr. I.ongworth's Remedy for Scrofula, of Cincinnati, the 
 great wine dealer of that place, that I hardly feel justified to leave this disease without 
 giving it. He says: 
 
 " Take aqua fortis " (nitric acid), "loz. ; put it on a plate, and lay in it 2 copper 
 cents; it will effervesce strongly; when it ceases, put to it 2 ozs. of pure strong vin- 
 egar; or use 1 table-spoonful of aqua fortis, and 2 of vinegar. Leave in the cents. Apply 
 it to the sores twice a day, with a soft brush, or rag. It should and will occasion pain ; if 
 it is too severe, a little pure rain water may be added." 
 
 N. LONGWORTH. 
 
 The following letter was addressed to Mr. Longworth, after he had given the Re- 
 ceipt to the public. It will explain itself, and, no doubt, satisfy many persons of the 
 value of the Receipt. It was as follows : 
 Nicholas Longworth. 
 
 Dear Sir. — With gratitude and pleasure, I avail my.self of the present opportunity to 
 acquaint you with the gratifying results from the use of your valuable prescription for 
 the cure of Scrofula, In myVase it has done wonders, for to all appearance it appeared 
 to be a hopeless one, in as much as it originated from a sprain in the ankle, many years 
 ago, when yet a boy, and growing worse from year to year, \nitil I lost the use of my 
 foot alt<jgether, and my leg had dwindled away to half the thickness of the other, which 
 wjmpelled me to use a crutch and wooden leg. When I commenced with your 
 prescription, I had 2 running sores on my ankle ; in the course of tu-dvr months, 1 heal- 
 ed up, and in two months mort. the other. I am now enabled to use ray foot in walking, 
 with but .slight as,sistance from a cane; wooden leg and crutch both di.scarded. I felt It 
 my duty to inform you of this, prompted by deep felt gratiudc to you for giving pub- 
 licity to this remedy, and likewise for the sake of such as may be similarly aflQicted. 
 
 Yours truly and gratefully, 
 
 E. T. PORTER. 
 
 I have had another object in view also, in laying this last item before the public ; It 
 is this— the nece.ssity of perseverance in these Scrofulous, or erny chronic disease; you 
 will see by my italics, above, that it took Mr, Porter " twelve" months to cure the first 
 sore, and Jfoiirteen months for a perfect cure of all; then, let no one give up discouraged 
 because a few weeks, or a few months does not Work a perfect cure, in a diseii.se that 
 may have been bom in you, or has been years increasing in strength after having been 
 originated by some accident over which you had no control ; or even from some known 
 neglect, or what may be worse, from some actual sin of your own — whatever may have 
 been the cause, if it lias been years adding strength to .strength, do not expect that a/ew 
 
8KtX).Nn KKiHlFl BOOK. 601 
 
 dai/s only shall eradicate any such taint from the .system— it is not in the /^a<H re of our 
 constitutions— correct Treatment, long continued, is our only hope. 
 
 SMALL-POX. — Siuall-Pox is a disease Lharacterized by fever, 
 generally acute, or inflammatory ; but occasionall> of a low, or 
 typhoid character, attended with vomiting and pain, or soreness of 
 the stomach, followed by an eruption — in fact, it is an "eruptive 
 fever." The disease is generally divided into two classes, called dis- 
 tinct and continent ; Ijut if they bad said that some persons do not have 
 it bad, but some others do, it would Have covered the same srround : tlie flrd are those 
 who have it slightly, as we may say, the eruptions, or pustules, being only few in num- 
 ber, remaining distinct, i. e., separate and apart from each other— not touching each 
 other; while the second are those who liavc it so badly tliattlie pustules cover nearly the 
 whole surface, and what they do not cover at first, the swelling continuing, they run 
 tog:ether, as the meaning of ronfiucnt is, a flowing together— the whole surface becoming 
 as it were, one entire scab. The'ditt'erence may ari.se from the different conditions of the 
 system in different persons, or from a greater virulence, or poison iu the matter that 
 communicates it, or it may be partly from tioth. But, it stands to reason, that if the 
 wftofesurface is covered with a sore, tlie pain and sutfering, and the consequent danger 
 will bo greater than it would be if only hnlj, or ihree-fo'urths of the surface is covered. 
 This leads me to the 
 
 Cause.— The disease is conveyed from one to another by what is known as conta- 
 gion, coming in contact with persons who have it, or with clothing which contains 
 matter from those who have had it. Some writers have also supposed tliat Small-Pox 
 was in/eWio!is, t. e., that it diffused itself iu the air .so as to be communicated in that 
 way. Probably it may be given by the breath of those laboring under the disesise, and 
 it may .so diffuse itself in the air of the rof)m occupied by a Small-Pox patient; but 
 there is no jirobability that, as some have suppo.sed, it is so infectious as to communi- 
 cate itself to the out-door air to such a degree that others would take the di.sease with- 
 out entering the house. 
 
 Symptoms. — i^mall-Pox begins much like a fever, or an ague, with chilliness, 
 alternating with flashes of heat, pain in the head, small of the back, perhaps sore 
 throat, unwillingnes,s to move about much, nausea, and .sometimes vomiting as above 
 remarked, when the fever takes on a typhoid character ; there will be thirst,' and per- 
 haps, stupor al.so. The time from the exposure to the time of coming down with the 
 disease varies from 7 to 16 days, but generally, will be 11 to 12 days; but the general 
 fever Symptoms, such as a feeling of languor, or weariness, poor, or variable appetite, 
 costivenes.s and scanty urine, dryness of the skin, etc., will be gradually increasnig up- 
 on the patient for :$ or 4 days before tlie chill puts in its appearance. The chill may be 
 slight, and it may be well marked, and the fever will usually correspond witli the chill ; 
 and so, also, may be expected the severity of tlie liisease ; if the chill is severe, and the 
 fever high, the more severe the disease througli it.s wtiole course. About the 3d or 
 4th day from the chill, the eruption will appear on the face, neck, and breast, in suc- 
 cession, as in measles. And it may be distinguislied from measles by the fact that the 
 eruption begins as a hard, red point, gradually enlarging to quite a pimple, increasing for 
 4 or 5 days, by which time they will have extcnde<i more or less over the whole body. 
 The pimples become vessicle.sl little blisters , which are bound down in the center, 
 making the appearance of a dent, as the blister fills. It may be distinguished from 
 scarlet fever by the fact that in that disease there is only a blush of the whole surface. 
 From the 6th t<j the 8th day from the cl) ill the blisters, or vessicles will have become 
 pustules, i. e., a process of maturation will be set up, and jnis, or matter will be formed, 
 which loosens the center binding, or rather, the skin ulcerates and the tilling of the ulcer 
 hursts off from its center, making an orifice in the surface, from which tlie matter oozes 
 out, and by about the llth to the 16th day, the scabs, or the whole surface, if it is the 
 conAxient type, will become dry, and in 3 or 4 days from this time will begin to fall off, 
 and disappear, in the same order of their appearance. Although the scabs may begfin 
 to scale off from the 14th to the It'ith day. yet, they may not all disappear for several 
 days, or even weeks. For the first :; or 4 days the fever will be quite persistent, or steady, 
 except It wUl be a little higher through the night than the day, after which, when the 
 pustules are filled, the fever subsides, and until about the llth day from the chill, or 
 commencement of the fever, the 8th of the eruption, a secondary fever arises, probably 
 from the absorption of matter from the pustules, in tri the blood, thus re -poisoning the 
 system, with which the patient is more likely than at any other time to be 
 carried off. 
 
 In mild cases there will be but little difficulty from the eruption ui)on the internal 
 surfaces of the mouth, throat, bronchial tubes, etc., and only slight fever, as before re- 
 marked ; but in bad cases, the fever will be high, the skin hot, dry, and harsh ; and per- 
 haps stupor and delirium, and the eruption upon the intemal surface will cau.se difficul- 
 ty in breathing and swallowing, by the accumulation of a tough and topji mucus, mate- 
 rially obstr'U'ting the passages to the stomach and lungs causing death by .suffocation; 
 the air passages being full, tlie air does not reach the lungs, consequently tlie blood is 
 
602 DK. chase's 
 
 not purified but remains dark, giving the surface the same dark appearance, the difficul- 
 ty also increasing by the re-absorption of the exuding matter that reaches tae stomach. 
 
 Tpeatnient,— In the approach of Small-Pox, unless one knows that he haa been 
 exposed to the disease, no one can positively distinguish it from the approach of an or- 
 dinary fever ; but fortunately, the Treatment should be about the same ; the only differ- 
 ence being in this, if it was known to be Small-Pox, there need be no particmlar effort 
 to produce sweating with a hope to break up the fever before it becomes fully establish- 
 ed ; for although With pj'oner Treatment the Small-Pox may be lightened, it cannot be 
 stoped; it may undoubtedly be modified and rendered much more mild than it other- 
 wise would be, and also materially shortened in the period of its duration. 
 
 In the first place, then, let the whole surface be sponged with warm weak lye water, 
 at least twice daily ; this may be made witli ashes, saleratus, or sal-soda, as most conve- 
 nient. If there is much nau.sea, from an apparent accumulation of morbid, or unhealthy 
 matter in. the stomach, a mild emetic should be given ; and if constipation is present, 
 a mild ca'^hartic should follow the emetic; and the Febrifuge, mu.st also be given to 
 lessen the fever, by keeping down the arterial excitement, a-s directed under that head, 
 which see. A diuretic should also be given to correct any diflBculty that may be pres- 
 ent in the urinary secretions, and the Acetate of Potash, which see, may be used in 
 moderation for that purpose. The sponging must also be kept up, which will materially 
 lessen the dry-harshness of the skin. The patient should be kept comfortably warm In 
 bed, but not too warm. I would use nothing more stimulating to the surface than the 
 alkaline spongings, nor should there be any internal remedies given that are calculated 
 to drive out the eruption, as this would aggravate the disease by increasing the eruption. 
 Opium may be vised however, if there is extreme restlessness, or delirium present, see 
 Narcotics, for the doses. If such a course is pursued from the beginning tliere will be 
 but few rnnfluent, or bad cases of Small-Pox developed ; and especially will this t>e the 
 case, if, after a known exposure, the person is immediately vaccinated, and adopts a 
 mild and unstimulating course of diet, which should be done in all cases, no matter 
 how many times you may have been vaccinated before. 
 
 The same coiirse should still be pursued even after the eruption appears, except that 
 the Febrifuge, or Sed.vtives, which see, should be lessened in the doses ; and instead 
 of the weak lye, or saleratus water spongings, let Castile soap and warm watertake their 
 place, using a soft sponge and being careful not to rub in sponging, but rather to 
 keep the sponge full, and press it gently upon the surface until the pustulas are complete, 
 and the matter begins to ooze out after which sweet-oil, or sweet-oil and glycerine maybe 
 used to keep the surface soft. As drink will be craved, let a little slippery elm be put 
 into water, and drank freely, alternating with sassafras water made in the same way by 
 using the bark from the roots, lemonade, currant, or other jelly water, toast water, etc., 
 not keeping the patient confined to any one thing which will soon become distasteful. 
 And as the process of maturation is very exhaustive, the patient must be sustained by 
 the most nourishing food which can be taken, as corn-meal gruel, barley water, ripe 
 fruit, especially roasted apples and occasionally broths, if they agree with the stomacn, 
 the corn-meal gruel however, and roasted apples should be taken as freely as may be 
 borne, as their tendency is to aid in keeping the bowels lax, which must be" done, if need 
 be with gentle Laxatives, wliich see, to aid in carrjing off tlie virus which is thrown 
 off by the internal surface, of a similar character to that of the external surface ; for as 
 at first remarked, this is a disease of the skin, and as the mucus membrane of the inter- 
 nal surface is only a reflexion, or inward folding of the skin somewhat modified, the 
 disease is there, as well as externally — remember this, as well as the other instructions, 
 and you will have butlittle to fear for the patient. 
 
 But, in those cases where the blood has been very mucli poisoned, known by the 
 blueness, or lividity of the surface, and the mucus membrane of the mouth and throat, 
 and considerable nervous prostration, the emetic will be repeated, and preparations 
 made for a warm bath. This is now borne out and supported by the best physicians in 
 private practice, and in the hospitals. 
 
 The Dublin Journal of Medical Science gi\es an account of its use by Wm. Stokes, 
 M. D.. and by the Vienna Hospitals. It was given under the head of 
 
 Warm Bath in Small-Pox, as follows — Dr. Stokes says : 
 
 " ' We can not doubt that the mortality in Small-Pox hospitals would be greatly 
 diminished by the use of the Bath.' " He describes a case in which the pustulation was 
 almost universally am^itcn< ; the purulent' " (pus-like) "'matter highly putrescent'" 
 (becoming putrid) '"the hemorrhagic' " (bleeding) '"state developed ;the body one uni- 
 versal ulcerous sore, and the blackness of the worst purvura' " (purple, or livid spots 
 from exuding blood in the skin) "' developed; theodor'of an intensely pungent and 
 offensive character, which seemed to pa.<is through the bystander like a sword. Stimu- 
 lants alone, freely and constantly employed, seemed to preserve the patient alive. The 
 pulse was rapid, weak, and intermitting ; and for several days we despaired of his Ufe. 
 At this juncture I happened to describe the case to my colleague, Mr. Smyly, who sug- 
 gested the trial of the Warm Bath, with the view of relieving the terrible suffering. A 
 Bath in which he could recline was speedily procured ; and. pillows being adjusted in 
 It, we lifted the sufferer in. and placea him in the recumbept position. The effect was 
 instantaneous and marvellous. The delirium cea.sed as if by magic ; it was the delirium 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 603 
 
 of pain, and the patient exclaimed, ' Thank God ! thank God ; I am in heaven ! I am 
 in heaven ! Why didn't you do this before ?' The fetor immediately and completely 
 disappeared, so that, on entering the ward, no one could suppose that there was a case 
 of Small-Pox in it. He was kept at lea.st a?i*» hours in the Bath, during which time 
 brandy was freely administerea, and omitted only when it showed symptom-s of dis- 
 agreeing with the brain. He was then removed to bed. The .surface was clean, and In 
 many places the sores looked healthy and white. The Bath was repeated next day, 
 after which he fell, for the first time, into a tranquil slumber. From this time his re- 
 covery wa.s progressive, delayed only by the formation of abscesses and great soreness 
 of the feet. That this gentleman's life would have been sacrificed but for the timdy 
 use of the bath, few who have had any experience in prognosis' " (the art of foretelling 
 the termination of a disease by the symptoms— the word coming from Greek words 
 which signify to foreknow) " ' can reasonably doubt. He was in the condition of a 
 patient every portion of who.se skin had been burnt and ulcerated. * * * This 
 case and its singular result, in addition to the experience of Hebra, justifies the recom- 
 mendation of the use of the Bath. No danger attends its employment; and, in asthenic 
 cases,'" (cases characterized by debility) "'stimulants can be freely used. In the 
 Vienna Hospital patients have been kept continuously in the Warm Bath for ove himdred 
 hours, with good effect.' " — Eclectic Medical Jo/iirnal. 
 
 To prevent pitting in ordinary ca.ses, the face should not be exposed to the effects of 
 heat, or light — the room being kept as dark as can be and allow the nurse to get about 
 it — not forgetting the gentle but frequent use of the Castile soap and warm water, and 
 the use of the sweet-oil and glycerin to keep the skin soft. 
 
 The FoLLOWiNO remarks of Prof. Scudder, of Cincinnati, who has a large practice 
 there, and his repKirtof four cases, in answering the inquiries of a correspondent of the 
 J'oMrTia/, above quoted from, will go to corroborate the above teaching, showing its ad- 
 vantages if properly followed. But I will let him speak for himself. He says : 
 
 " With regard to the mortality, I may say that in a practice of 16 years, yielding a 
 large number of cases, there has been but (me death. And these csises, to use the lan- 
 guage of a poet, have been ' from grave to gay, from lively to severe.' And as others of 
 my professional acquaintance have not been so successful, I am Inclined to think that I 
 have had the better Treatment. 
 
 " There are 3 features in this disease that demand particular attention : 1, The disease 
 is exhaustive; _', there is impairment of the function of the skin ; 3, there is the tend- 
 ency to blood poisoning — sepsis" (from the re-absorption of the poison into the system). 
 " If we neglect to provide against these, in severe cases we may have death result from 
 any one ol the three. 
 
 " We say therefore : That we must keep the stomach and intestinal canal in good 
 condition for the reception of food, and for its digestion ; and see that the patient has it 
 frequently and in proper form. That under no circumstances must the eruption be 
 determined to tlie skin so as to impair its function to the amount of tive-sevenths. That 
 in all cases the patient be protected against blood poisoning, and that the proper anti- 
 septics" (acids, and salines as directed) " be continuously used. 
 
 " I recognize the fact that the same pathological laws govern this as other fevers, and 
 that therapeutic means are quite as dennite and certain. As i.s the frequency of pulse 
 and increase of temperature, so is the severity of the disease — marked by arrested secre- 
 tion, impaired digestion, derangement of the nervous system, blood-poisoning, and ex- 
 tent of eruption. As we follow the ordinary indications in the Treatment of a fever — 
 bring down the pulse, lessen the temperature, establish secretion, and support the 
 strength, the disease becomes mild, and the eruption discrete" {distiiui, as before called). 
 
 " I propose, therefore, the use of the proper .sedatives, the Bath, alkaline diuretics, 
 and occasional laxatives, and the proper antiseptics, with good feeding, as a rational 
 Treatment of Small-Pox. I claim that with this Treatment, the disease may not only be 
 rendered much milder, but in some cases may be aborted," (may not be fully develop- 
 ed,) "as I have conclusively proven in my practice. 
 
 " The ordinary Treatment of this disease is radically wrong, and is in part the cause 
 of its fatality. As is well known, it consists in the frequent and continuous use of pur- 
 gative and stimulant means to determine the eruption to the skin. The one impairs the 
 action of the intestinal canal, the other the function of the skin. Both are absolutely 
 prohibited in my Treatment, under all circumstances. I may also say that the patient 
 cannot bear the use of the large doses of veratrum named in the books, and a fatal result 
 may be readily obtained with this. 
 
 <'a«»e 1.— M. — A member of the present class was attacked in the following way: 
 Had suffered for three days with a cense of depression, aching in the back and limbs, and 
 loss of appetite. Then a well marked chill, followed by high fever. 
 
 When I was called, found the pulse full and hard, 120 per minute, skin dry and hot, 
 face flushed, eyes bright, tongue pallid and coated from base to tip with a very nasty 
 white coat, throat much swollen, showing a bluish pallor, is very restless and cannot 
 sleep, no appetite. 
 
 Ordered— Bicarbonate of soda to water to make a pleasant drink, and give him 
 all he wishes. Tinct. veratrum, 10 drops; tinct. gelseminum, '.iO drops ; water, 4 ozs, ; a 
 tea-spoonful every hour. 
 
604 DB. chask's 
 
 Found the next morniug that he had taken the soda water by tlie piiU. and that it had 
 passed off freely by the bowels. The pallor of mucous membranes w as replaced by deep 
 redness, the pulse was iK); patient better in every respeet. Continued the sedative, and 
 ordered for the day, diliUed muriatic acid as a drink. The third day from chill, the 
 6rupti(ju commenced making its appearance; and the next day covered the body as 
 thickly as I ever saw it in the severest confiutnt form of the disease. 
 
 On the fourth day, sulpluuoas acid wa.s given as the antiseptic, the veratrum being 
 continued. And this was the Treatment so long as any was needed. The eruption in 
 the tliroat was as severe as ever I witnessed it. and the discharge from the mouth exces- 
 sive, 'i'he eruption on the face did not till, neitlier did it on many parts of the body. 
 Medi(Mne was susi>cn(lcd tlie 8th day. 
 
 « 'ask II. — <'otiflvi lit SinnU-Pox. — L. "s , confluent Small-Pox of severest type. Throat 
 
 symptoms very marked, and secretion of mouth and throat abundant and offensive. 
 Tlie odor of Small-I'ox is so strong that it permeates the entire iKjuse. and is almost un- 
 endurable in the room. It is now the 5th day from the chill ; the patient has t)cen In 
 the hands of another pliysician, and doct(jrs are changed because it is impo.ssible for 
 him t/) take medicine. Has had purgatives every day and various nasty potions. 
 The one favoralile feature is— the eruption is out, though the skin is duskv. Find it ab- 
 solutely imjio.ssible for patient to take medicine or f(n>d ; the stonuicli would not toler- 
 ate it. and the patient can not swallow it. 
 
 Treatment. — Have the stove taken out of the room, and a lire built in tlie open 
 lire-place ; one window being 0])ened to give free ingre.ss of air. The room thoroughly 
 cIeAne<i, thejnUient wnnhed. and clotfiimj of person and bed changed. Let the mouth and 
 throat be washed with salt water sufficiently ofti'ii to free it from the sei'retions, and 
 give small portions of a weak salt water.as a drink. Burn a small portion of sulphur by 
 the bedside every three hours. Wash the patient thoroughly with soap and 
 water every day. 
 
 On the 2d day the patient was able to take food, and from the :id day on, he took 
 corn-meal, gruel and milk freely. The unplea-sant odor had nearly disappeared the 3d 
 day, and the septic" (blood poisoningi •' symptijms rapidly abated. " The patient made a 
 good convalescence iti the usual time, no medicine having been given. 
 
 t^ASE \\l—Coiifliirnt Siiidll-PiKc—S , at, .'S, never vaccinated, has had severe fever 
 
 4 days, with pain, fullness of skin, throat symptoms, and peculiar odor that indicates 
 8mall-Po-\. The skin is flushe<l and dusky, the patient is comatose (a deep, or lethargic 
 sleep from which itisditlicult to arouse one). 
 
 Pres(;ribed— Tinct. of aconite. <lrops ; tinct. of belladonna, 10 drops ; water, 4 ozs. ; 
 a tea-spoonful every hour. 
 
 In li; hours the nervoas system was freed, the patient conscious, and the eruption 
 coming out nic-ely. Sulphite of soda, tlie antiseptic indicated, was prescribed in addi- 
 tion, and with cleanliness, the use of the Bath, and fluid food, the patient convalesced 
 at the usual time. 
 
 Ca.se 1\' — Confluent Small- Pox.— ( ' , is now in the 7th dav of the disease, eruption 
 
 out and lilling. Pulse is small and hard, 120 beats per minute', temperature 106°. Skin 
 diLsky, eruption dark colored, mouth dry, tongue almost black, sordes on teeth, has 
 been delirious since the lid day. 
 
 Prescribed— Dilute muriatic acid, }4 oz. ; simple syrup, \4 o/.. ; a tea-spoonful every 
 2 hours in his drink. Tinct. of aconite, 20 drops; tinct. lobelia, 20 drops; water. 4 ozs. ; 
 a tea-spoonful every hour. Fluid food with a small portion of brandy every 8 houi-s, 
 and quinine inunction to the abdomen. 
 
 Lived tlirougli it, and made a good convalescence. 
 
 These cases will indicate my method of Treatment, which is bu,sed on the general 
 principles so often referred to in this.Iournal. 
 
 This «ect/rtrf case shows what surface washing, and cleanliness will do, even when 
 in an apparently hopeless condition— either the warm washing, sponging, or the Warm 
 Bath should always he used, according to the demand of the case, experience has abun- 
 dantly proved this plan to be correct. 
 
 2. A Doctor M. F. Dumas, M. D. of McNutt. MLss. reports through the Eclectic Medi- 
 cal Journal, the Treartment of 138 cases of Small-Pox in one year, without t hi loss o/ a cax, 
 among whom were three Allopathii; physicians and tlieir families. His principal 
 remedies were : 
 
 Norwood's tinct. of veratrum, and Sterne's fl. ex. of aconite root (both kept by drug- 
 gists i in small doses, largely diluted witli water, repeated often, and continued through 
 the disease, (a full dose for an adult of the tinct. of veratrum would be ,S drops repeated 
 every ii homs— the Hncl. of aconite root might take the place of the t\. ex. and the full 
 dose of the tinct. would be li dro]>s cmee in 3 hours— then what might be called a " small 
 dose" of the two might be, .say, ;'.0 drops of each tinct. to 4 ozs. of water, and give 1 tea- 
 Kpf>onful of this in a good swallow of sweetened water, every hour;. 
 
 He also gave }-i to 'i, gr. of macrotin each day, and also" sulphate of magnesia to 
 Of»en the btiwels when costive; counteracting diarrhea, which. occurred in a lew ca.se.s, 
 witli appropriate remedies. He also u.sed, a.s a tonic, sulphas liydrastia and quinine— 
 tliey may be used in equal parts, in doses of the mixture say h grs. 3 times daily — the 
 Af/rfra.-'fm, is made from the golden seal. And previous to the eruption be used cool 
 
SKCONO I^WKllT LOOK. 605 
 
 water and soap externally ; and during the eniptlon warm water .vit)! I.abarraque's 
 Liquor of the Chlorinated Soda, (it is a disinfecting fluid i 1 fl. oz. to moderately warm 
 water2qts. Washing morning and evening with this, then annointlug with olive-oil, 
 which he says " acted like a charm." Diet of milk and bread. Of the i;J8 cases, 40 were 
 of the confluent, and 1.5 of these 40 were malignrnt ; 60 distinct ; and 38 varioloid. Some 
 of his patients " suffered severely, with sore throat, so much "o that they could scarcely 
 swallow or breathe, one of which sutfered with convulsions also ;" and while he was 
 bathing the throat and .spine with a liniment; given below, she accidentally got to in- 
 haling the liniment, which relieved her in ."i minutes, and speedily subsided iJy its con- 
 tinued use ; and he afterwards used it in other cases of severe throat s>Tiiptoms with 
 the same results. I shall call it 
 
 Dr. Daina«i' liiniinent for Inhalation in Sniall-Pox. or otlier Sore 
 Throats. — Oilsof sassafras, origanum, juniper, and hemlock, of eacli,l oz.;8trongspiTits 
 of ammonia and chloroform, of each, 4 07-s. ; .spirits of niter, 1 pt. Mix and shake well 
 when using. He applied it externally to tlie Throat as well as to inhale it ; but lie attrib- 
 uted its success chiefly to the inhalation of the chloroform and ammonia of the mixture. I 
 have no doubt of the benefit of the mixture as a whole, both for inhalation, and for ex- 
 ternal application also, in any Sore Throat, or for general stimulating purposevS, for man, 
 or beast. It can not but be valuable, for there is no inert, or useless article in it. All ex- 
 cept 3 of his patients escaped the secondary fever, and they had it only slight, and only 2 
 outotthe whole were severely pitted, although he did not exclude the light, nor did seri- 
 ous disease of the eyes occur, "aa they sometimes do, nor had any one dropsical swellings ; 
 and although a few had inflammation of the lungs, as complications, his only addition- 
 al Treatment for that was warm wet cloths constantly kept upon the chest. He vacci- 
 nated several ca.ses, even after the Small- Pox made its appearance, which modified and 
 benefit the cases. 
 
 In cases which he knew of, after exposure, he prohibited the use of meats and salt, 
 and advised milk and bread diet, and a tea made of red sassafras root, taken cold for a 
 constant drink— washing the surface every day, and keeping the bowels in a soluble 
 condition with sulphate of magnesia, and gave a small dose of macrotin (macrotin Is 
 made from the macrotps, or black cohosh — small dose would be }-i to V, gr.) once a day. 
 He closes his communication in the following words, with which I fully agree: 
 
 " Now I claim that the disease in all of these cases was modified and rendered mild, 
 and the duration of the disease shortened, secondary fever prevented, also pitting pre- 
 vented, by the Treatment instituted. The veratrum, aconite and ablutions " (washings) 
 " le.s.sened the intensity of the fever, thereby preventing an increase of the generation of 
 virus. I further am of the opinion that the macrotys has a special aflinity toward neu- 
 tralizing the virus. The tonics," (hydrastiaand quinine), "assisting the digestive appara- 
 tus, and aided by the sedatives in bracing up the nervous system, caused the peculiar 
 appearance of the eruption, and thereby prevented pitting and secondary fever." 
 
 !t, Small-Pox— ralifornia Remedy. — Notwithstanding I have already giv- 
 en what I Ijnow to be perfectly relinble Treatment for Small-Pox ; yet as there are those 
 who believe there is, and pn.ssibly there may be benefit derived from some other plans, 
 I will give a few other items ; and the first one is from a correspondent of the SfocMon (Cal.) 
 JFeraM. who speaks as follows concerning the Small-Pox and its Remedy : 
 
 " I herewith append a Receipt which has been u.sed in hundr eds of cases. It will 
 prevent, or even cure the Small-Pox, tliough pittings are filling. When Jenner discov- 
 ered " Cow-Pox," in England, the world of science hurled an avalaiiclie of fame upon 
 his head ; but when the most scientific school of medicine in the worlil— tha', of Paris- 
 published this Receipt, as a panacea" (a cure-all) ''for Small-Pox. it passed unheeded. 
 But it is as unfailing a.tfaie, and conquers in every instance. It is harmless when taken by 
 a well person. It will at so cure scarlet fever. Here is the Receipt, as I' have u.sed it, and 
 cur»d my children of scarlet fever; here it is as I have used it to cure the Small-Pox. 
 When learned physicians said the patient must die. it has cured : 
 
 "Sulphate of Zinc, 1 gr. ; fox-glove" (digitalis), •' 1 gr. ; sugar, }A tea-spoonful ; water, as 
 given below. 
 
 "Mix the sugar and powders with 2 tea-spoonsful of water; when thoroughly mix- 
 ed, add 4 ozs, of water. 
 
 " Dose. — A tea-spoonful every hour. Either disease will disappear in 12 hours. For 
 a child, smaller Doses, according to age. If counties would compel physicians to use 
 this, there would be no need of pest-houses. If you value advice and experience, use this 
 for thai ierible disease." Daily (Detroit) Post. 
 
 Notwithstanding the dose, here, seems to be rather Homeopathic, and the a-ssertion 
 " either disease " — Small-Pox, or scarlet fever—" will disappear in 12 hours," is certainly 
 unreasonably absurd, yet it is possible, nay, I think it Tnther probohle tl)at it may do good, 
 especially if given 3, or 4 times a dav, ever)' dav from the time of a known exposure. 
 
 4, To Prevent Pitting-.— S. H. Potter, M. D., an Eclectic of Hamilton, O. who 
 has had many years of experience where there hius been much of this disease, to Prevent 
 Pitting and disfiguring the face, recommends the following 
 
 Ointment.— Lard, 3 ozs. ; glycerine, 2 oz,s. ; finely pulverized charcoal, 1 oz. Make 
 into an Ointment, and carefully annoil the face, and ail parts uncovered, first having 
 sponged the parts clean The object of the charcoal is as an antiseptic* opposed to putri 
 
606 DR. chase's 
 
 fication I, and also to prevent t±ie action of light on the parts. "This," he tays, "will 
 dissolve all incrustations, allow the matter to escape, will neutralize the irritating virua 
 and promote healthy granulations, not allowing the true skin to ulcerate, and leave no 
 reeultiug Pite. Great care is required to not allow any crusts to remain around the 
 mouth, or nostrils where the breathing causes them to form more readily and adhere 
 more firmly." 
 
 5. C'lay>Dre£ising*i in Small-Pox.— Dr. E, S. Bunker, of Brooklyn, N. Y. 
 writes to the Medical Record, that during the prevalence of the disease there, he used 
 Clay-Dressings in 2 cases of decided confiuenl (the pustules covering the surface and run- 
 ning together) with decided success, " there being no disfigurement in either case " — 
 both young women. 
 
 In each case, he dusted finely-sifted Pipe-Clay over the face as soon as the pustules 
 became fairly developed, "which formed immediately, a clean, dry, wholesome scab; 
 abolished the intolerable itching and burning ; served apparently as a good absorbent of 
 infectious material ; and scaled off during convalesence, leaving underneath a soft, 
 natural integument." 
 
 In closing the subject of Small-Pox, I have only to add, with all this array of testi- 
 mony from those who have had extensive experience with the disease, and with the 
 various Keceipts from outside sources to nuidify its severity, prevent pittMijy, etc., if the 
 eennejutdlUy and the same dijonnity of features still occur, it will generally be from the 
 neyUct ol those who have the patient in charge. 
 
 SUDORIFIC, OR SWEATINGTINOTURE.— Virginia snake- 
 root, iperacuanlia, pleurisy-root (asclepias tiiberosa), each in fine 
 pOAvder, saft'on and camphor gum, of each of the above articles, 1 
 oz. ; yellow ladies'-slipper (ci/j[3ry^cdua/i puhescens — known also as yel- 
 low-moccasin flower, nerve-root, American valerian, etc.), of the root 
 coarsely bruised, 4 ozs., alcohol, 1 qt. ; water, 1 pt. Bottle and let 
 stand 10 days to 2 weeks, shaking occasionally, when it maybe filtered, strained, or left 
 upon the drugs, if for family use. Tlie ladies' slipper is used in place of an oimce of 
 opium which w as formerly used in this connection, as the action of opium can not be 
 borne by some persons. 
 
 DosE.^One tea-spoonful in any of the warm teas used for S\^■eating purposes, repeat- 
 ing once an hour will keep up a perspiration in ordinary cases. But in pleurisy, or any 
 other acute inflammation it might be given oftener, or in larger Doses. It may be used, 
 and will be found valuable in all cases calling for diaphoretics, or Sweating medicines. 
 Soaking the feet in hot water in connection with the use of any Sweating medicine, 
 when the Alcohol Lamp, represented below, is not at hand 
 
 3, Another— -Orig-iiial — Ileaclies. — " Virginia snake-root and ipecac, each in 
 fine powder, saft'rou, camphor, and opium, each in moderately coarse powder, 2 ozs.; 
 Holland gin, or Jamaica spirits, 3 qts. Let stand 2 weeks and filter. 
 
 "Dose. — One tea-spoonful, given in a tumblerful of catnip tea, every hour„or two till 
 it produces perspiration." — Beaches Family Practice. 
 
 Dr. Beach, with whom this Receipt originated, still further remarks concerning it: 
 " ThLs medicine is y)robably, unsurpassed in fulfilling the indications for which it is 
 given, which is generally to produce free perspiration. One, or two doses, aided by 
 warm infusions, and bathing the feet, cause a copious perspiration. Hence it is useful 
 in a variety of diseases: infever, inflammations, etc., 1 know of nonicdicine so certain in 
 its operation." A tea-spoonfxil of this exceeds, a very little, 1 gr. of opium, and 1 gr, of 
 camphor. 
 
 This was for many years the principal article used for this purpose ; but some phys- 
 icians have been oppo.sed to the use of opium, and hence have substituted the ladle's 
 slipper ill its place, as abo\c, for tliere are many persons wlio can not take opium at all. 
 
 SWEATING— Alcohol Lamp for S-weating- Purposes. — 
 
 Formerly, it has been customary to get up perspiration by putting al- 
 cohol into a saucer, and setting it on tire, the saucer to be placed un- 
 der a wood-bottomed chair, and the person to be Sweat, sitting in the 
 chair, ccjvered with blankets. But, the surface of the blaze was so 
 large, it made the heat too great upon the parts near the blaze to 
 be borne with any kind of comfort; while some have also claimed 
 it to have been dangerous ; but all these difficulties have been re- 
 medied by the invention of a Lamp, made of tin, represented in 
 Fig. 39, cup-shaped, with a cover, having 4 tubes about the .size of 
 a common wooden pencil, for wicks, made by using a screw-cap, 
 such as tinners keep for kerosene-oil cans, which Any one of them 
 ■will make for a few shillings. There should be little tin caps to cover 
 the M'icks when not in use, to prevent evaporation. There are only 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 607 
 
 8 wicks shown in the cut, but there should be 4 in making. The heat 
 from on« of these 4-burner Lamps is sufficient, and it is perfectly safe, 
 and does not burn the legs nor other parts, as the old saucer plan did. 
 See Dr. Johnson's Cure for Colds and Recent Catarrhs. 
 
 Families living any dis- 
 tance from town should buy 
 at least 1 qt. of Alcohol at a 
 time, and keep it in the 
 house for this purpose, and 
 aKo for camphor, as it is al- 
 ways handy to fill the cam- 
 phor bottle from, for ordi- 
 nary use, 1 oz. to 1 pt. ; but 
 for strong, putting in 1 oz. 
 of gum for each h pt. of Al- 
 ^^5^ cohol. The blankets are re- 
 ^p> presented as thrown back 
 ^*^^ m order to show the Alco- 
 hol-Lamp^wash-bowl of hot 
 water for the hands, and a 
 bucketful of the same for 
 the feet. When all is adjust- 
 ed the blankets are to be 
 closed around the patient, 
 to retain the heat. A dipper 
 of hot water may be added 
 to the bucket, or changed in 
 the bowl, as they become 
 SWEATING PROCESS. cool, to specd the Sweating 
 
 Process, but I seldom allow a patient to leave the chair in less than 
 half an hour, no matter how profuse they may Sweat. 
 
 S MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. S. 
 
 SAIiT-RHEUM OIXTMENT.— Sour wine, 1 pt. ; twist-twbacco, 1 plug; pul- 
 verized gun powder, 1 table-spoonful : rosin the size of a hickory-nut; lard, 1 tea-cupful. 
 Break up the tobacco and steep it in the wine ; then strain and add the other articles in 
 a suitiible dish to simmer to an Ointment. 
 
 While this Ointment is being used upon any skin eruption, sulphur and cream of 
 tartar, or salts, or some other gentle cathartic should be taken internally to carry off what 
 may be thrown in upon tlie blood. In cases of 7>n}-sing children being troubled with 
 Salt-Rheum, the Ointment will be applied to thera, but the mother, or nurse may take 
 the cathartic. This Ointment will be found valuable in any eruption of the skin. 
 
 Prof. King, in his very large and valuable work on " Chronic Diseases," in speaking 
 of these irritable conditions of tlie skin says: 
 
 "The treatment mu.st be chiefly directed to the diseased conditions associated with, 
 or giving rise to the er(/;/i'_')/ia " (disease of the skin). ''Keeping tlie bowels regular by 
 laxatives; the kidneys by saline diuretics " (diuretic salts, as acetate of potash, cream 
 oftartar, etc.. which help to carry out the urea, or other solid elements, or material found 
 in this class of disease, while the vegetable diuretics more especially increase the flow 
 of water only}; "the skin, by slightly stimulating alkaline batlis. Tonics, as quinia" 
 (quinine^ "hydrastin" (made from the golden seal— a tea from the golden seal will 
 do), " etc., if there is much debility ; iron if there isenemia" (paleness and weakness, 
 from absence of iron in the blood), "or 'Elixir of Cinchona," (I'eruvian bark) " '[and 
 iron.' " This " Elixer " is an article kept by druggists. 
 
 The name Cinchona has been applied to Peruvian bark from the wife of CountCin- 
 chon. who, while viceroy of Peru, was cured by it of an intermittent fever, and she, on 
 her return to Spain, gave general aid in spreading a knowledg of the remedy, which is 
 a spex-ific (positive in its action) in all periodic " intermittent" fevers. See Chol.4.gogue. 
 
 SAIjVES. — Salves, if pn>perly made, will be of such consistence as to keep their 
 position, when applied, notwithstanding the warmth of the body. Rosin, bees-wax, and 
 mutton tallow are generally used as the means of holding such remedial agents as w© 
 
608 »i:. chaxk's 
 
 know to possc'-N^istrHngtlifniiig, or lieHliug proptTties which it is desired to apply to the 
 aurface. If in any case tlicy are found too solt, increasing the amount of rosin will give 
 the desired strengtl) of adliesion so as to hold them in place. For burns, or other oi>en 
 sores they should be more like oinimaits than Salves. 
 
 1. I^alve for €uts. BriilMeN. BoIIh. Etc.— Rosin, lib.; mutton tallow, loz., 
 bees-wax a!id Burgundy-pitch, of each. Vo oz. ; balsam of fir and Venice turpentine, of 
 each, V4OZ. ; oils of spike, hemlock, cedar' origanum, wormwood, laudanum, and pul- 
 verized camphor gum, of each, 1 dr. 
 
 The oils, balsam, laudanum and turpentines can all be put into I phial, in piirchas- 
 iug. Melt the rosin, tallow, bees-wax and pitch together. When a little cool, add the 
 oils, laudanum, etc., stir in the pulverized camphor, and pour into cold water; then, by 
 greasing the hands, it can be pulled and worked, as shoe-maker's wax until it is all in- 
 nmately mixed; when it can be rolled into suitable sized sticks for use. or for sale. 
 
 For Cuts, Bruises, Boils, and all general purposes this .'iaive has no superior. It will 
 remain upon the spot where it is placed, not shifting by the motion, or heat of the body 
 
 2. Salve for Streiij^tlieniiiK' and KtiiniilatiiiK; Purposes. — In weak 
 back, pains in the back, or other parts, liver affections, etc., where it is desirable to ap- 
 ply a Strengthening Salve, or " plaster," as usually called, make the same as No. 1, add- 
 ing very finely pulverized \ erdigris, ] dr., at the same time the camphor gum and oils 
 are being added. The verdigris is stimulating, as well as detergent /. e., has a tendency 
 to scatter, or drive away disease from the parts. 
 
 Healing' !$alve, — Take a good sized handful of comfrey root, wash and bruise it, 
 and stew it in about 1 pt. of unsalted lard until crisped; then strain, and add pulver- 
 ized gun powder, 2 table-spoonsful, and spirits of turpentine, 1 table-spoonful, stirring as 
 it cooLs to keep evenly mixed. 
 
 This makes a very valuable Healing Salve; the comfrey root of itself even, freshly 
 dug and bruised, makes " an excellent application to bruises, fresh wounds, sore brea-sts, 
 ulcers, white swellings, etc." The comfrey root may be successfully combined with oth- 
 er articles in cough sirujis, and ail affections of the lungs, or throat, also in inflamma- 
 tions of the stwmach or intestines, in fact, in any portion of the internal mucus mem- 
 brane, as it is a mwtilaginous article, and helps to coat them and thus protect from irri- 
 tation. 
 
 Bell's Salve, or Ointment for It4*li and other Skin I>iseases.— 
 Lard, V4 lb. ; spirits of turpentine, red precipitate, and rosin, of each, J^ oz. ; pulverized 
 corrosive sublimate, 2 grs. Melt and mix. 
 
 This prescription was successfully used for many years, by a gentleman whose name 
 it bears, in all eriip/ire Diseases, as Itch, salt-rheum, etc., as preferable to all others. 
 There are but few persons who have not sometime in their lives been familiar with the 
 " precipitate Ointment " in Itch— Grandfather Bell prefered the above combination to 
 the old mixture, and I agree with him in its superioritv over the old Ointment. 
 
 SOAL,DS AXn BIRNS— Lotions to Believe Pain and Aid in Heal- 
 ing.— Carbolic acid crystals, 1 dr. ; oil of pennyroyal and spirits of turpentine, of each, 
 2 ozs; ; water, 5^4 pt. 
 
 After mixing the above, a cloth saturated in the Lotion should be placed over the 
 Burnt surface, and kept constantly wet, without removal. It fs also advisable to place 
 over this, some carded wool, or cotton batting, to exclude the air more effectually. The 
 carbolic acid gives immediate Relief in Scalds and Burns. 
 
 2. Carbolic Acid, 1 part, and sweet-oil, 6, or 7 parts, applied with lint and cov 
 ered with oil-silk, or tin-foil has been found useful in some Scalds and Burns. 
 
 SCALE IN STEAW BOIEEBS— To Remove, and to Prevent For- 
 niatlon.— Water is rendered hard by the presence of earthy salts, such as carbonate 
 of lime and magnesia, and these are kept in -solution by the aid of the free carbonic 
 acid gas which the water contains. By boiling, the gas is expelled and the salts precip- 
 itated, when they appear as a crust on the bottom and sides of the vessel, as may be 
 seen in any old tea -kettl* where hard water has been habitually used. 
 
 "Dr. J. G. Rogers, in an important paper read at the recent meeting of the Ameri- 
 can Association for the Advancement of Science, after enumerating the various sub- 
 stances which, in Boiler waters, contribute toward the formation of this crust or Scale, 
 gives us some valuable practical information concerning the effect of the crusts upon 
 the BoOers, and how their formation maybe prevented. Both dissolved and suspended 
 matters are thrown down by boiling and evaporation, and slowly accumulate as a 
 whitish, tough, porcelain-like layer, which may attain an unlimited thickness. The 
 evil effects of this formation are due to the fact that it is a poor conductor of heat. Its 
 conducting power, compared with that of iron, is as one to 37,Vo. This known, it is 
 readily appreciated that more fuel is required to heat water thro'ugh Scale and iron 
 than through iron alone. It has been demonstrated that a Scale 1-16 of an inch thick 
 requires the extra expenditure of 15 per cent more fuel: As the Scale thickens the 
 ratio increases ; thus wnen it is % inch thick, 60 per cent more fuel is required ; at J-' 
 inch, 150 per cent, and so on. To raise Steam to a wcjrkmg pressure of 90 lbs., the water 
 must be heated to o20 deg. Fah. This may be done through a '.f shell by heating the 
 external surface to about 32.5 deg. Fah. If a ^ inch Scale intervenes, the Boiler must 
 be heated to 700 deg. Fah,, almost a low red heat. The higher the temperature at which 
 
SECOND RECKIPT BOOK. (509 
 
 iron is kept, the more rapidly it oxidizes; and at any temixirature above 600 deg. it 
 soon becomes granular and brittle from carbonization or conversion into the state of 
 cast iron. Weakness of Boiler thus produced predisposes to sudden explosions, and 
 makes expensive repairs necessary. To prevent the formation of Scale, the author rec- 
 ommends the use ol tannate of soda. This is put into the Boiler at regular intervals iu 
 amounts proportioned to the hardness of the water. It quickly dissolves, and. without 
 foaming or injury to the Boiler, efTectivelv accomplishes the desired result. In the re- 
 action which takes place, the tannic acid leaves the soda and combines with the lime 
 of the carbonates to form tannate of lime. This is precipitated as a light, flocculent, 
 amorphous substance," (flaky mass, with no definite form) "which does not subside, 
 but eventually finds its way to the mud-receiver, in the comparatively still water of 
 which it is deposited as a musliy sediment that may be readily blown off as often as 
 required. The sulphate of lime" is decomposed by the carbonate of soda of the tirst re- 
 action, soluble sulphate of soda and carbonate of lime being formed. The latter is 
 converted into tannate of lime by fre.sli portions of the tannate of soda. The pre.sence 
 of the alkali prevents all action of the acid on the iron. Extensive trial of this method 
 has demonstrated its utility in all kinds of Boilers, and its eflScacy, safety, economy, 
 ease of applic.ation, and adaptability, will commend it for general u.se."— (Ja/ax)/ 
 
 2. Sal-Soda, technically called carbonate of soda, has been found f^eriua/, and also 
 the cheapest article to use both for Preventing the Formation, and also to dissolve and 
 Remove it. This I have tested ; as the Ann Arbor F*rinting and Publishing Company, 
 which is to publish this Book, and of which I now have the Superinteudency, purchas- 
 ed a 15-horse-power Boiler which had been used about a year, upon wliich quite a 
 Scale was already Formed; but our engineer— Mr. BoUes— told us he could Remove it 
 with Sal-Soda, wliicli we instructed him to do ; and he has accomplished it by intro- 
 ducing only 2 lbs. of the Soda at a time, about 3 weeks apart for only 3 or 4 times, put- 
 ting in twice before blowing off. What did not blowout was Removed by scraping out at 
 the bottom, each time of blowing off. In a Boiler of this size, the water only being of 
 medium hardness, 1 to 2 lbs, at the tilling, would undoubtedly be suificient to Prevent 
 its Formation ; but if ver.i/ hard water, proportionally more, while for Removing the 
 Scale, already deposited the 2 lbs. is not too much. The suspension of oak blocks, -1 to 6 
 lbs. a month," for each horse-power in the Boiler has been patented for this purpose, and 
 the introduction of Mahogany saw-dust, 18 qts. to a 10-horse power Boiler, every 3 
 months, and various other articles have been recommended, and many al.so patented; 
 but when we have found a cheap, and easily obtained article tliat answers every pur- 
 pose, we may well be satisfied. 
 
 In ca.se of very hard water, and large Boilers, I certainly recommend the use of the 
 "deposit-heaters" which have bean proved to take out very much of the lime. With 
 these and the occasional use of the Sal-Soda, there will be "no danger. That my recom- 
 mendation, however, of the Sal-Soda may not seem to stand entirely alone, I ^vlll give 
 the statement of a gentleman of Mo., to the Scientific American, as follows. He says : 
 
 "I have used Sal Soda for several years, and find it works charmingly. My Boiler 
 was second-hand when our firm bf)u.ght it, and the Scale was more than J-g of an inch 
 thick. By tlie use of 10 lbs. of Soda a week, I have succeeded in getting it as clean as if 
 it had not been used a day. The Boiler is as clean of Scale as if new. My Boiler is 26 
 feet long by 40 inches diameter. 
 
 3. Soale. or Koiler Iiiornstation — To Prevent — From Twenty 
 Years Experience. — The writer says : "Clean out every 6 weeks, and put in one 
 peck ofrije, has en abled me, for 20 ycars^ to have perfect success, although I have used 
 nard water." 
 
 I have not, now. a recollection of who this writer was, nor from what paper it 
 was taken ; but I deem it not amiss to give it ; for it will give a chance for any who 
 desire to do so, to make an experiment, which may prove successful — the size of the 
 Boiler not being given, my judgment would be that the peck would be sufficient for a 
 15 or 20-horse-power Boiler, only. 
 
 SmXCI^ES— to Klake Fire-Proof. — Mr. John Mears informs the readers of the 
 Boglon CuUivaior, that he has prepared Shingles in the following manner, and after efeyen 
 years, and using sei'cn forges in his blacksmitli shop, he has never seen a Shingle on fire, 
 nor a nail started. His plan is to have " a large trough, and put into it, 1 bu. of stone 
 lime, ]4 bu. of refuse salt and .5, or 6 lbs. of potash, adding water to slack the lime and 
 dissolve the alkali and salt — well knowing that pieces of an old lime-pit, a soap-barrel, 
 or pork-tub, were not the best kindling stuff, and having long since learned, while at 
 the Vineyard Sound, that white-wash made with hot salt-water, would endure far long- 
 er than that made with fresh water, absorbing moisture, striking into the wood better, 
 and not peeling and wa,shing off. I set the bimdles of Shingles nearly to the bands, in 
 the wash for 2 hours; then turned them end for end. for the same tinie. When laid on 
 the roof and walls, they were brushed over timce with the liquid, and were brushed over 
 at intervals of 2, or 3 years after." 
 
 There is no doubt of the success of this plan, for all ordinary purposes against sparks 
 etc. ; but if an adjoining hovise was to burn, causing great heat and a very large amount 
 of fire to drop upon the Shingles, it might need watching, and care to prevent burning. 
 
 39— DR. chase's SFX'OND RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
610 DR. chase's 
 
 SIIiVKR WARE, JEWELiRY, ETC. TO CEEAN.— Aqua ammonia, 1 dr. 
 
 'a tea-spooiii'ul} ; soft water, 4 ozs. (i<i pt.). Bottle and keep corked. 
 
 To Clean Silver Ware, wet a pieee of soft flannel, or i-otton flannel and carefully rub 
 the Ware with it, and wipe dry with your chamois, as usual. For Cleaning Jewelry, 
 chains, etc,, that are uneven in .surface, put them in a tumbler of the liquid, and with a 
 soft tooth-brush, go over them to remove dirt, tarnish, etc., from the crevices, carefully 
 drying with the chamois, and by heat, if neces-sary. 
 
 With the addition of a little whiting to this, to be shaken when used, it has been 
 peddled over the country a.s an exceedingly valuable compound — the whiting may be 
 put in, or u.<e it in powder with the chamois, for poli.shing. 
 
 SIKilT4»!>»— 1. Simple Sirup.— The foundation of all Sirups is what is known 
 by druggist a.« Simple Sirup, made us follows : 
 
 Keflned, or loaf sugar, 4 lbs. ; soft water, 1 qt. ; keep the proportions for any amount 
 desired. Dissolve by heat, just bringing to a boil. 
 
 3. Sirups lor the SicK.— This Simple Sirup, should be kept in every house- 
 hold as a convenient vehicle, or means of giving medicine, especially to children, and 
 as a ready mcaais of preparing a beverage for the Sick. A ttible-spoonful, or two of this 
 with any of the fl. exs. of fruit, as lemon, orange, raspberry, strawberry, etc., to suit the 
 taste, put into a tumbler and till with cold water, gives the Sick a " cooling drink " in a 
 moments time. 
 
 3. So»la Sirups— Fruit and Berry Flavors. — To make any Flavored Sirup 
 for Soda-drinks, take the Simpi>e Sieup above, and dissolve tartaric acid in it, at the rate 
 of 1 oz. to each pt. of Sirup and put into bottles and add a sufficient amount of fl. ex. of 
 such Fruit, or Berries a« you desire, and also add about a table-spoonful of gum Arabic 
 water to each bottle to hold the gas. Pour of these Sirups, any Flavor desired, into a 
 tumbler, and fill half, or two-thirds full with ice-cold water, and stir in '% tea-spoonful 
 of bi-carbonate of Soda, or sufiicient to neutralize the acid in the Sirup, which seta the 
 carbonic acid-gas free, or in other words, makes it foam, when it is ready to drink. 
 
 4. Sirup of C'ottee. is made by i)uttiiig the best ground Coftee, 1 oz. to 1 pt. of 
 hot soft water and letting it steep properly without loss of Flavor by evaporation, and 
 strain nicely through muslin: then adding 1 Vi lbs. of loaf sugar onljr and bring just to 
 a boil, and bottle. Half a wine-glass of this to 'a glass of cool water gives the sick " cold 
 coffee "—night, or day, always readv. 
 
 5. Sirup of Tea, is made the same as for coflTee, using 1 oz. of black, or such 
 Tea as is prefered by the patient; and boiling 5, or G minutes, or properly steeping and 
 straining while hut.' Bottle and cork to prevent loss of flavor, with all Sirups. 
 
 SIRFF" FOR OIARRHEA— also H.axative au<l Corrective in Con- 
 stipation. — Best rhubarb, and pure carbonate of potassa, of each, % oz. ; golden-seal 
 root, and cinnamon bark, of each, 1 dr. : rellneil, or loaf sugar, }^lb. ; ess. of peppermint, 
 14 oz. ; alcohol of 76 to So per cent proof 1 i)t. ; water, y, pt. 
 
 Pulverize the rhubarb, golden-seal, and cinnamonT Put them into a dish that can 
 be closely covered and put on half of the alcohol and all of the water, steep thoroughly, 
 strain and press out while hot; then add the sugar and carbonate of potassa, and dis- 
 solve by heat; then add the balance of the alcohol, and the ess., and bottle for use. 
 
 Dose.— For a child of 1 yr. y, tea-spoonful, of 2 to l yrs. 1 tea-spoonful, for an adult 1 
 to 2 table-spoonsful ; and in Diarrhea the Dose may be repeated every hour, until the 
 color of the passages are changed, then less often, as the case demands. 
 
 The character of this Sirup is such as to correct the acidity of tlie stomach in Diar- 
 rhea, and also to inne it up in Constipation, having first in both diseases, acted a.s a Lax- 
 ative. It may be use<l in few drop doses even, with the smallest children, sufficiently 
 often to correct either Diarrhea, or ('onstiimtion. 
 
 SI.iEEPliESSNESS— » Renietly. — Sleeplessness is generally experienced only 
 by those of a nervous temperament, or who have become nervous from disease. 
 
 It is cau.sed iiy an over amount of blood to the brain— nature's Remedy is that which 
 will turn the blood to its legitimate (proper) channels— the extremeties, surface, etc ; for 
 these persons will be found with cold feet, and cold surface ; then iQtfriclimi be applied 
 to the whole surface, on retiring, with a flesh-brush, or a dry coarse towel, until the sur- 
 face tingles with a pleasurable sensation of warmth, which arises from the circulation 
 of the blood in the parts. And if on awaking in the niglit, you can not get to Sleep again, 
 in a reasonable time, arise and apply the 6)-Ui7i a(/(un; and aX least twice a week, take a 
 bath, .see Bathing, using Castile soap to the surface freely, with friction until a warm 
 healthy glow covers the whole surface. 
 
 This rule can be applied in castle, or cabin, and with a better success than the old 
 way of " anodynes." Out of door exercise, during the day, to those who can walk, just 
 enough not to feel fatigued, will also help these cases of extreme reatlessuess ; and those 
 who can not walk, must ride out and enjoy the scenery as much as passible, with a plea- 
 sant companion who shall be able to draw the invalids attention from himself a.s much 
 as he can. 
 
 SOAPS.— Soap is simply a chemical combination of potash, or soda, with fats, or 
 oil and water in proper proportion ; and notwithstanding there is much said of "luck" 
 in making good Soap, or in believing that some persons can not make Soap, all that is 
 necessary to enable any one to make good Soap, is to have good strong lye, or potash, or 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 611 
 
 caustic soda, and water, and they certainly will combine in the right proportion ; if there 
 is grease left on the top, when cool, it needs more strong lye, potash, or soda, as the case 
 may be Potash makes soft Soap, and caustic soda is used in making hard Soap. Man- 
 ufacturers use soda-ash, which is an impure caustic carbonate of soda and consequently a 
 cheaper article tlian the pure carbonate— sal-soda ; but as the soda-ash may not be kept 
 by druggists, in sections of the country where the manufacture of Soap is notcarriedon, 
 a caustic-socia lye may be made, as folhjws : „. . . -^i , . „ 
 
 1. Caustif-Soda lije for Soaps, and for Washing' Fluid Pur- 
 poses.— Take sal-soda, I lb. ; stone lime, 1 lb. ; water, }A gal. ; and keep these propor- 
 tions for an v amount desired to make, jj ., ^ ,. 
 
 Boil to dissolve the Soda, which will slack the lime and also add its Causjic 
 strength to the Soda, having stirred it a few times while boiling, remove Irom the fire 
 and let it settle— the clear Lve is to be poured oti' for use. For Washing Purposes, about 
 4table-spoonsfulof this Lye put to a boiler of clothes, which have been soaked over 
 night or even for an hour, tlien wrung out and Soaped, they may be boiled tor 20 or 30 
 minutes, without having previously been rubbed at all ; when with slight rubbing, and 
 rinsing, clotliing comes out nice and clean, without having been injured by the Lye- 
 saving much labor of rubbing, saving also, the wearing and tearing of clothing by the 
 rubbing process. 
 
 2. Hard Soap— To MaUe— Whit<?, and Yellow.— To Make Hard White 
 Soap take any quantity of the C.\ustic Lye, as in No. 1, above, or we will say, stone lime 
 and Sal-Soda, of each, 6 lbs. ; and water, 3 gals. ; clean lard, or tallow, C lbs. After the 
 Lye has been settled and poured off, as m No. 1, add the fat, and boil until it is of a 
 thick and Soapy consistence ; then pour into a square box, and when cold, it may be 
 cut into bars, or it may be left in the kettle to get cold, then cut out in pieces and al- 
 lowed to dry for use. 
 
 S. Yellow. Hard Soap.- To make the Yellow Soaps.a.ny of tlie coarser fats may 
 be used, in place of the "clean lard," or tallow, as in No. 2. the Soda, lime, water, etc., 
 being the same ; then add, with the fats, anywhere from 1 to 2 lbs. of rosin, to each lb. 
 of fat, which gives touglmess and durability to the Soap so it does not wear out so quick- 
 ly by rubbing it upon tlie wet clothes, in washing— this is its only object— it adds noth- 
 ing to the strength of the Soap, so far as removing dirt, or dissolving grease in the cloth- 
 ing is concerned. 
 
 4. SliaUers Soft Soap.— Potash, 6 lbs. ; grease, 7 lbs. ; to make 40 gals., or 1 
 bbl. of Soap. 
 
 Toilet Soap.— Mutton tallow, 1 lb. 2 ozs. ; Caustic Soda (soda-ash), 1]4 lbs. ; olive- 
 oil, 2 ozs. ; oil of bergamot, 1 oz., or bergamot, rosemary, and lavender equal parts, to 
 make 1 oz. would make a nicer flavor. 
 
 Use sufficient water to dissolve the Soda ; then put in the tallow and olive-oil and 
 boil to thoroughly incorporate and form the Soap. Lard may be used, but it does not 
 make as hard a Soap ; and either requires considerable boiling. The flavoring oils are 
 not to be put in until the Soap is a little cool. 
 
 Where the soda-ash cannot be obtained, Sal-Soda, 1 lb. and lime 1 lb., as in No. 1, to 
 make it caustic may be used, but it will require more boiling, in making the Soap, to 
 remove the surplus water. 
 
 Oil of bitter almonds makes a very pleasant flavoring for Toilet Soaps. 
 
 SOLDERS.— Solders are of two kinds, luird and soft. Hard Solders require a red 
 heat to melt them; and are used for gold andsilver work, steel, and gun-metal, gener- 
 ally used, or fused, by means of the blow-pipe. The edges to be united must be clean- 
 free from rust, grease, or dust. 
 
 1. Hard "Solder, For Gold.— Gold, 13 grs. ; pure silver, 4 grs. ; pure copper, 
 7 grs. Melt together and run into a bar, to aid in rolling out thin, to cut easily into 
 strips for use. 
 
 2. Another.— Another Hard Solder for Gold is : take Gold of the quality desir- 
 ed to Solder, 6 parts ; silver, 1 part, copper, 2 parts— proceed as above. 
 
 3. Soft Solder for Gold.— Gold, 4 parts ; silver, 1 part ; copper, 1 part— pro- 
 ceed as in No. 1. 
 
 4. Solders for Gold of DiflEerent Fineness.- Gold, 4 parts ; silver, 3 ; 
 copper, 1 ; zinc, ]4 part. Used for 16 carats Gold and upwards. 
 
 5. Gold and'Silver, 3 each ; copper same as No. 4. Used for 14 carats in fineness. 
 
 6. Gold, 2 ; silver, 3 ; copper and zinc same as 4 and 5. Used for lower qualities 
 than 8. 
 
 Melt the Gold, silver, and copper in a crucible ; then add the zinc and run into bars, 
 * rolled, and cut, as required. 
 
 7. Hard Solder for Silver.— Fine Silver, 4 parts; copper, 1 part ; melted to- 
 gether and rolled into sheet, to be handily cut into strips. 
 
 8. Soft Solder for Silver.— The softer Silver Solders are more generally used, 
 when its strength will be sufficient, as it is easier fused, or melted. It consists of Silver, 
 2 parts ; brass. 1 part, and a little arsenic added just as it is melted. 
 
 9. Another.— Silver, 19 parts ; sheet brass, 10 parts ; copper, 1 part. 
 
 10. Solder for Platetl Silver.— Silver, 1 dr. ; sheet brass, 2 peny weights. 
 
612 DR. CHASE.S 
 
 These can be run iuto convenient bars for rolling into sheets of a convenient thick- 
 ness to cut iuto strips for use. 
 
 A strip of the Silver Solder is put on the joint and the blow-pipe soon melts it when 
 it runs into the seam, tilling it completely, if it was dean, and the proper ^w« used. 
 These Solders can be powdered, for use, if deemed best. 
 
 11. Solder, for White Metals. — Tin, 10 parts; copper, 6 parts; brass, 4. 
 Melt the copper and brass and add the tin ; then stir and pour into cold water, which 
 granulates it. It is then dried and pulverized, for use. 
 
 If it is desired to have something to fuse, or melt easier, add 2 parts of zinc. 
 
 13. Solder for Iron. — Sheet brass cut into proper sized pieces, and laid on the 
 joint witli powdered borax. Held in the fire with light blowing. 
 
 13. Solder for Tin.— The best Solder for Tin, is pure Banca Tin, and pure lead 
 of each, equal parts. As yet, the purest Tin we have is the Banc&, which comes from 
 an island of that name oft the coast of Summatra; but discoveries of this metal have re- 
 cently been made upon the northern shores of Lake Superior. Its quality however, has 
 not yet been determined. 
 
 This last Solder is especially adapted for Tin work, lead and tin pipes, etc. ; but it is 
 sometimes used on brass, copper and gun-metal, using for these last a Jtiix of rosin and 
 sal-ammoniac; and for sheet iron Soldering this last flux is the appropriate one — for the 
 more common soldering purposes, a solution of sal-ammoniac is run along the seam with 
 a bit of sponge, fastened to a bit of wire, or the chloride of zinc (all the /;inc that will 
 dissolve in muriatic acid), then jjowdered rosin is dusted along the seam also. Zinc is 
 a difficult metal to Solder for it oxidizes (rusts ) so quickly; and it readily volatilizes 
 (evaporates) also, if the heat is too great. 
 
 14. Flnxes for the Different Metals.— The word Flux comes from the 
 L&t.fl^ixum, to flow, and signifies such articles as when placed upon Metals and brought 
 to a proper heat, will of themselves not only clean the surface, at least to a certain ex- 
 tent, and consequently flow over and into the joints, whereby the Solders also the more 
 readily follow, and thus, the Solders l)eing of a sufficient strength, a firm joint is made. 
 If a fluid Flux is used, it is rubbed upon the parts with a bit of sponge before putting on 
 the Solder; and if a powder is used they are dusted over the parts and a strip of the 
 Solder also laid on, then the heat is applied. The articles used, as Huxes, are borax, 
 Bal-ammoniac, rosin, and the muriate of zinc with sal-ammoniac added, as a fluid Flux. 
 
 SOKE THROAT-PUTRID, OR RI.AC K-TONGrE— Remedy.— Flour 
 Of sulphur, and alum, of each, }^ oz. ; copperas, and white vitriol, of each, 20 grs. ; honey 
 sufficient quantity. 
 
 Put the alum, copperas, and vitriol upon a shovel and hold it over hot coals un- 
 til the water of crj'stalizationis driven offby the heat, and the mixture becomes dry; 
 then pulverize finely, and mix with the sulphur; and then mix all to the consistence of ' 
 molasses, with honey. 
 
 For an adult, a little of the mixture can be taken into tlie mouth and worked back 
 to the root of the Tongue and into the Throat by holding the head back, as if gargling; 
 then spit out, at first; after which take a bit mo're to the bulk of a common sized pea, 
 and swallow, 2, or 3 times daily. For a child swabbing, or wetting the back part of the 
 mouth must suffice. In all cases, a mild cathartic is valuable, as salts, or sulphur, etc. 
 
 For domestic animals it can be used more freely, as it will be found valuable for 
 them, in what is called black-tongue, which has, at different times, been verj' trouble- 
 some in various parts of the United States. 
 
 SPICED VIXEGAR FOR PICKEES.— For every qt. of best cider Vinegar 
 take black pepper, 1 oz. ; salt, ginger, allspice, of each, J^ an oz. ; all of which must be 
 bruised and placed in ajar, or bottle, with 2, or 3 small sized red pepper pods, or a little 
 Cayenne, if any is desired— many persons can not relish the red pepper at all— and put 
 the Vinegar upon them and keep warm for several days, or .steep in an enameled 
 sauce pan for 2, or 3 hours, stirring occasionally, or shaking if in a bottle ; then strain. 
 
 Some persons will prefer cinnamon, mace, "or some other flavor than those mention- 
 ed. They cansubstitutcany one, with one ofthe others, as may suit their taste best. Upon 
 most articles being Pickled", as cucumbers, beets, peaches, walnuts, etc.,, it is best to put 
 this Spiced Vinegar upon them hot; but on cabbage, alwavs put it on cold. 
 
 SPIXAE AXD >EITRAEGI<" AFFECTIONS— Valnable Remedy.— 
 ■Good cider vinegar, 1 pt. ; sal-ammoniac, called also muriate of ammonia, 1 oz. 
 
 Dissolve the gum ammoniac in the vinegar, and bottle, to prevent evaporation, and 
 bathe the Spine, 2 or 3 times daily with it ; and if the urine is scanty or high colored, as 
 it most generally is in these Spinal difficulties, one of the diuniica should be taken in 
 •connection witli the outward bathings. This will also make a valuable gargle in sore 
 throat. 
 
 King s.\ys, in speaking of sal-ammoniac, 'as an external application it is used in 
 the form of a plaster, or lotion, as a stimulating discutient and has been found valuable 
 in chilblains, indolent tumors of all kinds, contusions," (brui.ses) "gangrene" (mortifi- 
 cation) "psora" (itch) "opthalmia" (sore eyes— the word coming from Greek words 
 which signify the eye, and, to see ; hence we get ophthalmic disease— disease of the 
 eye or its membranes— which prevents one from seeing ; straining the eyes would seem 
 to be the original meaning of tlie words) " cynanche" (malignant sorethroat— this word 
 
SECOXn KKCEIPT BOOK. 013 
 
 also coming from (ireek. words which signify a dog, or a dog's collar, and, to choke — 
 quinsy, and c'lcmp, as well as all malignant, or ftorf Sore Throats, which see, may be 
 included under the Tiame ci/)iancht) " and in stimulating clysters" (injections) " and is 
 also very beneticial in hemicnuiia" i^pain afl'eeting only one side of the head) "rheu- 
 matic lace-ache and other Neuralgic Aft'ections. in whicli it may be taken internally, 
 in doses of a table-spoonful every hour, of a solution of 2 drs. of the sal-ammoniac dis- 
 solved in 6 fl. ozs of water" (^>i of J4 Pt • "and continued until relieved." 
 
 Could any one ask more of anv one article V 
 
 STYPTIC. To Stop RIeediii;;' After Kxtracting- Teeth.— "Among 
 the multitude of known Styptics used to stop excessive lilccding after Tooth Extrac- 
 tion, I am not aware if every dentist has tried the effect of'2or3drops of tinctura 
 capsici '\tinct. of capsicum)" on wool, tirmly pressed into the cavity; my experience 
 goes to prove it the l^est remedy extant ; oi\e application generally answering the pur- 
 pose." — Brit Journal oj Denial Sriaice. 
 
 2. A ]^eiv Styptic— Collodion, lOU pai'ts : carbolic acid, 10 parts ; Pelottse's 
 tannin, 6 parts ; benzoic acid, from the gum, 5 parts. Mix the ingredients in the order 
 above written, and agitate until perfect solution is effected. This preparation has a 
 brown color, and leaves on evaporation, a strongly adherent pellicle. It instantly co- 
 agulates blood, forming a con.sistent clot, and a woinid rapidly cicatrizes (heals) uhdei- 
 its protection. 
 
 In this Receipt we may use drops, or grs. in place of "parts" — it matters not the 
 measure, or weight, keeping, however, the same proportions. 
 
 SULiPHL^ROl'S At'ID- to Make.— .\s Sulphurous Acid is sometimes needed 
 and as it is not always kept by druggists, in small places, I give a formula (Receipt) 
 from the London Chemical Gazelle, so that druggists can prepare it. when called for: 
 
 '■ Take stick sulphur, in fragments. 2 ozs. ; and sulphuric acid. 25 ozs., and place 
 them in a glass flask, furnished with a glass-gas tube. After this, heat it over a spirit 
 lamp, when the sulphur will soon melt and an evolution" (to roll out) " of Sulphurmis 
 Acid will take place, which is conducted by the tube into the condensing vOssel, 
 throiigh cold water." 
 
 Srx STROKE— t* Prevent.— It has been aflirmed that those who fill the top 
 of the hat with cotton batting will not be .Struck down by the extreme heat of the Sun. 
 
 It is also claimed that a lining of yeUinv paper in thehat is a positive preventive of 
 Sun Stroke from tlie fact that the yellow paper destroys the chemical rays of the Sun, 
 which are believed to be the cause of Sun Stroke. 
 
 SWEET POTATO BAEES FOR FRYIXO.— First boil the Sweet Potatoes, 
 then carefully mash the farinaceous, or soft part. Boil in the mean time 1 pt. of milk, 
 putting in a little lemon peel, a couple of small lumps of sugar and a little salt. When 
 the milk boils, take it off the fire and add the I'otatoes. so as to form a paste, or rather 
 a tolerable thick mush. When cool, make it into Balls; cover these with crumbs of 
 bread and yolk of egg. Fry them to a nice brown color, and serve them up \\ ith sugar 
 strewed over them. 
 
 TAPE- WORM.— The Tape-Worm is fiat and jointed, tlie joints 
 somewhat resembling the appearance of gourd seeds. The Worm is 
 found from .] an inch to nearly an inch in width, and from 2, or o feet 
 to over 100 feet in length— Dr. Gunn informs us that he has seen one 
 that "measured a hundred feet." Many have been found from 30 to 50 feet in length. 
 Each joint has pores, Dr openings by which it sucks up the chyle, or nourishing part of 
 the food which is calculated for the support of the person's system, leaving them more, 
 or less emaciated from this riibliing process, which is constantly going on, the Worm 
 generally occupying the upper portion of the intestines, hxmi the fact, no doubt, that it 
 finds the chyle— see the proce.'^s of Digestion— the more nourishing to itself, the nearer 
 it gets to the stomach. 
 
 Cause. — Some believe the Tape- Worm to be a pa)a.*t</c, or perhaps more correctly, 
 a cystic (dwelling in cysts, or bladder-like cells' parasite of the hog; and to be introduced 
 in to the human system by eating pork which has not been cooked sufficiently to kill 
 them ; then let pork eaters have it well cooked. It is more likely howeverto be a natural 
 consequence, of .some particular condition of the system, adapting it to become the hab- 
 itation of this, or other classes of Worms, which is not fully understood so as to be guarded 
 against with any degree of certaintv. 
 
 Symptoms.— One of the leading Symptoms of Tape-Worm is a voracious appe- 
 tite, as the Worm is so peculiarly con.structcd, having these pores, or mouUis, as above 
 mentioned, on both'sides of eacli joint, it takes up all along its length, what should go 
 to build up the strength of the pef.son, but the only positive Symptom of Tape-Worm is 
 the passage of portions of it in the discharges. With this certainty manifesting itself, 
 no time need be lost in entering upon its 
 
 Treatnieut — Specific, or Positive Remedy.— It is but a very few years 
 .since a Positive, or Specific Remedy has been found for Tape- Worm. Many articles 
 have been used that have sometimes removed them, but not always ; but in the Decem- 
 ber number of the Eclectic Medical Journal, Professor F, J. I^ocke, reports the manner of 
 giving the ftcirA- 1)/ the rout <ij' the ponum-anate (granati radicis cortex) which makes it SO 
 
614 DR. chase's 
 
 positive in its action as to entitle it to be the specific (positive cure) ; while in its fonner 
 manner of giving it. it was not always to be depended upon. Tlie pomegranate is a small 
 tree, or slirub growing upon the shores of the Meditcranian, in Persia, China, etc., and 
 has been naturalized on some of the West India Islands, and other warm climates. The 
 technical name of the tree is pimica granata. 
 
 It has been formerly used in only 2 oz. doses of the bark ; steeped in water, 1 qt. , 
 boiled to 1 pt. ; then given in doses of one-fourth of that amount, every 1, or 2 hours— 
 not always witli success, as before remarked,— but the writings of some German physi- 
 cians, among whom was Kuhenmeister, led him tn try larger doses, until he reached a 
 dose of //«?/■ (ijiojmd steeped in water 1 qt. and 'o pt. and boiled to 1 pt. given in three 
 doses, 2 hours apart, not giving the 2nd nor 3rd if the 1st dose elfected the object, but he 
 combined with each dose 5 drops of oil of anise, and the fl. ex. of jalap, 1 dr. I will now 
 let him speak for himself He says : 
 
 " Of the constitutional effects of pomegranate it is not necessary for me to speak at 
 this time. Certain it is that the agent is iwt poisonous to man in the large doses I have 
 given. It is slightly nauseous and gently hixutive. To insure its rapid passage through 
 the bowels a brisk purgative should be combined with the pomegranate; an agreeable 
 stomachic may be added to counteract the nausea excited. Some sensitive persons 
 might have vomiting produced by large doses of the agent, or active purging. As a gen- 
 eral thing the nausea is not distressing; and tlie downward action is too moderate. 
 
 Case in Practice.—" To illustrate the effect of the Remedy as T prepare it, I will 
 
 report a case; Dr. called on me, saying that he was troubled with a Tape-Worm, 
 
 parts of which had escaped, or had been expelled on diflerent occa.sions. He had taken 
 koosso, male fern, and at different times, other remedies in greater or le.ss repute. I as- 
 sured him that I could secure the expulsion of the Worm ; and volunteered to prepare 
 and administer the Remedy. I took of the bark of the pomegranate root, half a pound, 
 to this I added 2 ' .; pts. of water, and boiled the liquid down to 1 pt 
 
 Dose.—" Of thfs decoction I gave the patient 6 ozs. after adding n drops of he oil of 
 anise, and 1 dr. of tlie fi. ex. of jalap. I should have given about the same amount in 2 
 hours if the desired effect had not been produced. In 40 miimtes after the first and only 
 Dose was swallowed, an evacuation of the bowels occurred, and the entire Worm— head 
 and all— was fimiid to be expelled. In about 15 minutes after the medicine had been 
 taken, nauseous sensiitions were excited whicli resulted in a slight attempt at vomiting, 
 but not enough fluid was thrown from the stomach to interfere with an efficient action 
 of the medicine downwards. Thepalicni .<ud;ril a lemon to allmj the nausea. 
 
 " To complete the report I will say tliat r, hfnirs before the Remedy was given, an ac- 
 tive cathartic was taken, with an idea of preparing for a speedy contact of the pomegran- 
 ate with the Worm. . 
 
 " In this case the effect was rapid and .satisfactory, no part of the parasite being lost. 
 In some cases the slender neck of the Worm might be severed in the act of expulsion, 
 and pass unobserved, though the death of the creature might be assured. The presence 
 of the entire Worm in the discharge, is alone satisfactory. If the head of the Worm 
 does not appear in the evacuation, it is be.'^t to administer a second dose of the medicine 
 and await its action. If, at a subsequent period, it be known that the Worm was being 
 reproduced from the nnexpelled and living head, a repeated trial of the medicine might 
 be made, but I have not had a failure. If I ever fail with the Dose recommended, I 
 shall administer a larger one. ******* ,,j. 
 
 "In conclusion I deem it of consequence to say that the decoction should be prepar- 
 ed in an earthenware vessel ; and that the pomegranate bark should be of good quality. 
 Bark a year old, if properly preserved, retains its qualities ir, sufficient strength to prove 
 efficient Care should be exercised to guard against adulterations. 
 
 Particular Instrnoiions in <.iviii» the Medicine.— " To avoid misap- 
 
 Frehensioii, and to place the prescription and method of preparation in a compact form, 
 will repeat to some extent what has already been said : 
 
 " Take a '^ lb. of bark from the pomegranate root add 2 and a >< pts. of boiling water, 
 let the mixture .stand in a warm place for at le<i.st 2 hours, then boil down to 1 pt. strain 
 while hot, through a fine wire strainer. To every 6 ozs. of the decoction add 1 dr. of 
 the fl. ex. of jalap and r^ drops of the oil of anise. Six ozs." (% pt. ) " of the preparation 
 is regarded as a dose ; and tne Medicine should he given warm. It should be repeated 
 every 2 hours until the Worm is expelled. Three hours prior to the administration_ of 
 the first dose tlie l>owcls should be evacuated by the action of a cathartic, none being 
 better than our anti bilious phvsic."— This physic is made as follows : „ . . . 
 
 Anti Bilious Physic— Kecommended to he Oiven with Medicine 
 for Tane-Worni.— Take Alexandria senna, 1 oz.; jalap, K oz.; cloves, or ginger, J-, 
 dr. The articles are all to be in fine powder, then evenly mixed and bottled.— /?rac/i. 
 
 This mixture is also known among Eclectics, &s p-uhns jalapx conipositios (compound 
 powder of jalap"!. „, .,. ^ j 
 
 Dose.—" One dr." (a tea-siioonful), " put into a gill " (K pt.) ' of boiling water and 
 allowed to stand till cold, then sweeten if desired, and drink the whole contents. —King 
 He also adds : " milk, wine, cider, lemonade, or coffee, etc., may be substituted, m Pro- 
 per cases, for the water. In febrile " i fever) " diseases its utility " (u.'^efulness) ' whl be 
 much increased by adding about 10 grs. of bitartrate of i)Otassa to each dost. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 615 
 
 This physic is considered valuable in almost any kind of disease, except inflamma- 
 tion of the stomach, or howels. "An excellent purgative, useful in nearly all cases 
 where such action is required." 
 
 2. I>r. Woiiilainl-s rarohoratioii. — Dr. Weiiiland, of I'oston, after having 
 dissected 5.000 animals to examine for Tape-Worm, and finding over 200 species (dill'er- 
 ent in kind, or each one liaving some certain mark, or form distinctly different from any 
 of the other kinds, the word coming from the Lat. specere, to look), only 5 of which were 
 found in man, gives his Coroborating testimony also in favor of " the pomegranaU: bark as 
 the best Remedy for Tape-Worm, altlmugh h e was not then informed of it« use only in the 
 2 oz. doses, a-s at first, above mentioned. 
 
 <S. Dr. FisU's Further Testimony in Favor of I>r. I^ooke's 8{>eci- 
 flc for Tape-AVomi. — .Tust as I was preparing the above matter for the ])ress, April 
 2, 1873, my Eclectic Mcdiral Journal com&sto hand with this further testimony in fanrr of 
 Prof. Ijock's Treatment of Tape-Worm, by the large doses of pomegranate, as above re- 
 commended. This Testimony is from F. H. Fisk, M. D. of Springfield, Mo., and as the 
 presence of this Worm is met with so seldom, it is of the utmost importance to report such 
 cases when they do occur, for if only erne man in a thousand is troubled with them, it is 
 of the same importance to him to be rid of it as it would to any one of the thousand, even 
 if all of them needed the Remedy. The following is the report : 
 
 " Mr. D. W.. a clothier, called on me on the -1th of the present month, and said he 
 had po.sse!<sion of a Tape-Worm, which he would 'like to be rid of." Two, or three 
 Regulars had given him heroic doses of tui-pentine, with only the eil'ect of causing a dis- 
 tressing condition of the anus and rectum, and bringing away about 10 feet of the 
 Worm. I had Mr. W. to take a pill at bedtime. Februarj- 4th, 1873, and anothertlic next 
 morning, composed of : podopliyllin, lejitandrin, aa. grs". ss." (of each, ^^^gr.) " He ate 
 very little breakfast, and a dish (if oy.steri for his dinner. At fi V^ p. m. I gave him 6 
 ozs. of the following ; I \i\T.t -a hnlj pwnicl of ihi bark of the root nf the poviegranate in a tin 
 boiler, and poured upon it 2 y., pts. of hot water, and allowed it to stand for 4 hours, 
 where it kept warm. I then boiled it down to 12 ozs. " Cj-i pt.) " decanted the liquid, 
 and added 2 drs.ll. ex. jalap, and 2 drs. fl. ex.. rhei. aromat. " (aromatic fl. ex. of rliuliarb). 
 
 " At 8U p. m. I ^ave the remainder of the preparation, and at ^l^, p. m, the bowels 
 moved, when the \\ orm — a tirniacucurbitira" (long Tape-Worm ~) "wa.s expelled, with no 
 extraordinary effort of the bowels. No nausea, no griping or other unpleasant eli'ect at- 
 tended the action of the Remedies. The medicine was given warm. The whole length 
 of the ^^'orm was about 2.T feet. The >\'orm was dead, as not a joint from the head to 
 the tail moved after it was expelled." 
 
 Tapo-'Worni— Siiceessfnl Ronie<ly. T..ons° H'sert in India.— Kameela 
 (Mallotus PhiUippiveni-i.<) " lias been known as a Remedy for Taiic-Worm, among Euro- 
 pean and American phy.sicians, for only a few years, though lov{j l;nown and employed 
 for this purpose in Imlia. Dr. C. Mackinnon, asiirgeon in the English army in India, 
 first made its properties known to the profcmon ; he having been almost invariably 
 successful with it. Since which, other practioners haveemployed it with equal success. 
 
 Dose. — " In Do.'ies, of from 2 to 4 drs. it purges, often with griping, or nausea and 
 vomiting, and producing from 4 to 10, or I.t stools. The Worm is usually expelled entire ; 
 but sometimes without the head, in the 3rd, or 4th .stool, after 3 drs. of the powder have 
 been administered. A strong Alcoholic iin-ctvrc uc/.v more mildly and mith more undfomi 
 effects. The dose of the powder, for an adult, is from 2J-i to 3 drs., in mucilage, sirup, or 
 other vehicle. The Dot^e of the tincture, made in the proportion of 3 ozs. to J/^ pt. of al- 
 cohol, is I', oz., to be K'pcated if necessary." — King. 
 
 I should recommend the tincture; and the probability is that the article will have 
 to be sent for to some of the large-city druggists, if so, in any case of .sending for arti- 
 cles, always write what is called the /fc/!»;Va^ name, found in brackets, as well as the 
 common name. Kotwithstanding I should prefer the pomegranate, if I had occasion to 
 use either, I have deemed it but proper to give this prescription a place, liere^ for it 
 may be needed where the pomegranate can not be obtained ; and I will also quote a 
 passage, upon the subject of Tape-Worm, from a recently published medical work, by 
 Dr. Warren, as his Remedy can be easily obtained almost anywliere, although 1 think 
 if he had known of the above items lie wcmld not have said that "no other Remedy 
 has yet shown itself as efifectual !vs pumiikin-seeds" — he wrote of course frcmi what he 
 knew — that much good, and no doubt some permanent cures have been made with 
 them, there is no doubt, and what has been done, may be done again. 
 
 Dr. Warkkn says in his " Household Physician," publishe<l in Boston in 1870, that 
 " for the tapc-n-orm. no other remedy has yet shown itself as eflTectual as pum2^kin-.'>eeds. 
 The seeds should be well bruised, and steeped in water. This should be drank freely 
 for several days, if need be. It is believed to be a sure remedy, even in cases of several 
 years standing." 
 
 Abyssinian Remcnly — Ifa.s Removed over 300 Tane-'Wornis in 
 Ctaicag'o. in Two Years.— Before leaving this subject, notwitlistandine I am 
 pressed for room, unless I greatly extend the size of the Book beyond my original de- 
 sign, I feel that I must mention one more Remedy — the Abyssinian — kous"so, spelled also 
 kosso, and cossoo (bi-ayera anthelmintica), wliich has been used for many years, but not 
 with the same success that has attended its more recent use, especially in" this country. 
 
616 DK. ciiask's 
 
 S. H. Potter, M. D., of Hamilton, O., calls especial attention to the kousso (brayera), 
 from the fact that men were going arounil the country and finding cases of Tape- Worm, 
 then finding a pliysieian who was willing to pay SlOO for the Receipt if he removed the 
 Worm. This liaving been done near him, as I judge from his communication to the 
 Eclectic Journal, in 1872, 1 believe, he desired to stop such proceedings by maknig known, 
 more publicly, what he calls "the most eftective" of all of the "specifics." but it should 
 be remembered that this occured before Prof. Lock had made public, the Ti-eatment, as 
 given in the first instance, above. 
 
 The kousso is a shrubby tree growing in Aby.ssinia, seldom exceeding 25 feet in 
 hight ; and tlie flowers are the part used, by re<lucing them to a fine powder, which is 
 of a brownish color, of a bitterish taste, tlie tea, made from the powder, it is said, re- 
 sembles a weak senna tea. King.says : " Itsoperation is safe, speedy and most eflectual, 
 rarely causing any anoyance, or uneasiness, except a slight nausea, and tliis but sel- 
 dom; occasionally emesis " [vomiting] "takes place, or diuresis" (increased flow of 
 urine], "A gentle cathartic after its operation is also advisable. As far as it has been 
 used, it has not failed to kill and expel the worm." 
 
 ;7Iaiiii«r of takings;', smd the Mose.— After having kept the patient on a low 
 diet, or considerably short of full diet for a day, or two, and having given a cathartic so 
 as to have the bowels in a loose condition: 
 
 Take 4^ drs. [14 oz. and ^/i dr.) and put into }4 Pt- of warm water and keep warm 
 for 15 minutes, not to boil ; then stir and take in 1, 2, or 3 Doses, following each other 
 every few minutes, if not all taken at one time. Lemon juice may be taken, or tama- 
 rind water may be taken freely before and after the kousso, to prevent nausea ; and Dr 
 Potter says; " I always give it alter fasting and in a loose condition of the bowels, and 
 follow it with a brisk purge of oil and turpentine emulsion, and it succeeds charmingly, 
 and with little inconvenience or detriment to the patient." 
 
 It is possible that the Chicagoans have more Tape- Worms than in other places, to 
 give a chance for the successful Treatment of 300 cases in two years time, but this the 
 Doctor says was the case. 
 
 TONICS. — I now come to speak of the last class of medicines re- 
 fered to on paise 64 under the head of Altkrative.s, which see, where 
 the names of all of the different classes will be found and can be referred 
 to as desired. 
 
 Tonics, as a class, are used to improve the condition of the digestive organs, 
 whereby the digestive powers arc increased, which also improves the appetite; or in 
 other words, calls for more food which furnishes more nourishment to supply the renew- 
 ing vigor and strengtli of the body, as a whole. But as a .general thing Tonics are com- 
 bined with altenUive!^ and .■<timi(lants, by whicli their own powers are increased, and 
 change is the sooner made, for the better. Gentle catliartics, or(//»iv?;/c.'<may also be com- 
 bined with them, in moderate quantities, saving the trouble of taking medicine at so many 
 different times through the day, and also to save losing time to jirepare the system by the 
 administration of cathartics before beginning the Tonics ; as, for instance in case of ague, 
 etc,, the Chalagogue. or Billious Tonic, wliich see, on page 251, is a Tonic having in 
 combination with it, cathartic and stimulant articles, making it a valuable preparation 
 for general purposes, requiring these different properties. I shall only refer to a few of 
 the leading Tonics, by name, the principal one of which, in periodic diseases, must be 
 Bet down as the Peruvian bark, or quinine, which is made from it. 
 
 <^uiiiine, is the active principle of Peruvian bark, and from the fact tliat the dose 
 required is so much less than of the bark, it has generally been substituted for it ; 
 but for females and those of a weakly habit of body, I greatly prefer (in i>lace of the 
 Quinine), the best red, Peruvian bark, pulverized, and combined with any of the other 
 Tonics, with wine and a small portion of whisky, or alcohol added with it, say wine 1 
 qt. ; whisky y.2 pt., or alcohol 1 gill, and not less than 1 3^ to 2 ozs. of the bark, adding 
 also any other roots, or other barks whicli are mentioned below, adding cinnamon, 
 cloves, etc., as a stomachic, which will also improve the taste of the bitters. 
 
 Iron appears to occupy a place among Tonics, but it is believed, agtiin, by others, 
 that it is not absolutely Tonic in itself, yet as it appears to have some direct action upon 
 the blood, making it more red, or florid in appearance, as we say a florid countenance, 
 meaning a red and healtliy appearance, and as Iron has this eflect upon the blood, it is 
 generally prescribed for tliose of a weak habit of body, indicated by a pale countenance, 
 etc., especially with femate. It may be given Ijy fifing up iron "wire and putting J^ 
 oz., or so into a qt, of wine, or into aiiy of the Tonic bitters; or it may be given by put- 
 ting li oz. of the carbonate of Iron, kept by druggists, into tlie above amount; or the 
 •' Elixir of CaJisaya and Iron," which is also kept bv druggists, may be used. I have 
 often prescribed it in these weak and feel)le cases with the greatest benefit. 
 
 Golden-Seal (fiijdnistiis Canaderms). wild cherry tree bark iprunus Virginiana) 
 dogwood bark (rornu.< Florida^, popular bark (liriod'cndroii tidipijera — the tulip tree) 
 known also as white poplar, yellow poplar, white-wood, etc., is a stimulant Tonic and 
 somewhat aromatic, valuable after intei-mittent fevers, chronic rheumatisms, chronic 
 inflammations, etc., etc. 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. G17 
 
 €olIin$ionia''' is claimed by Prof. Scudderasa valuable article to increase the ap- 
 petite and aid digestion, and improve the secretions. I will close the subject of Tonics 
 by quoting from his " Domestic Medicine, upon this article. He says : 
 
 €oIliiisociia.^"The CoUinsonia is my favorite remedy in many of the cases re- 
 quiring an agent to increase the appetite ami digestion. Its action is gentle, but per- 
 sistent, not only increasing the tone of the stomach, but strengthening the nervou.s 
 system, and improving secretion from the skin, kidneys and bowels. I direct essential 
 tincture of CoUinsonia and simple sirup, equal parts, a tea-spoonful four times a day. 
 
 OonipouiKl CoUinsonia and I'liK^Kgtiioms Tonic for tho Xci'ves, — 
 Take of essential tinctui'e of CoUinsonia ami simple sirup, equal parts. 7 ozs. ; tinct. 
 of pliosphorus, ' i oz. ; essential tinct. of leptamlra, 1 '^ ozs, ; citrate of iron, 1 dr. This 
 posseses, in addition to its Tonic properties, phi )sphiirus ui a solualile form, for the 
 nutrition of the Nervous tissues, and iron to incica.so the red ulobules of the blood. 
 T. MISCELLANEOUS RECEIPTS. T. 
 
 1. T.\NI>ri:^r<J SKIXS WITII TIIK WOOJ^. ok tf.4IR ox.— First 
 thoroughly soak the Skins in soft water; and then with an old knife, or sword-shaped 
 stick, or a "piece of an old scytlie about 'J ft. long, with handles of wood at each end, re- 
 move all flesh and fat, and trim otf skirts, or rougli edges; then make a mi.xture of pul- 
 verized alum, 1 lb. ; with salt, y.j lb.: and wheat bran, 2 liandsful, formed into a paste 
 with a little water, and spread over each Skin— this makes enough for 1 Skin only— then 
 roll it up and let it lie in the shade for 3, or 4 days; then sliake olf, and rub and pull 
 the Skill, as it begins to get a little dry until it is soft and pliable, and the gi'eat job 
 of Tanning a Sheep Skin, Deer Skin, etc., as the case may be, is done. This is from a 
 practiced Tanner. 
 
 2. .'Vnothci*. — Nail the fresh Skins tightly to a board, the flesh side out; then 
 with a blunt knife remove all the fat and flesh ; and rub in fine chalk until the chalk 
 begins to powder and fall off; then loosen the Skin and fill it with finely-ground 
 alum and wrap it closely and lay Ijy for 2, or 3 days in a dry place, after which shake 
 out the alum and work well and" the thing is complete. 
 
 TAPIOCA— i^uitable Food for (;iiil(lron at Time of Weaning.— 
 Tapioca is a very nourishing diet, as well as deuiulcent, /, ('. of a mucilaginous nature, 
 protecting the stomach and bowels from irritati<_)n like slippery elm, and is valuable for 
 infants about being Weaned, as it is not as likely as most other farinacious — flour-like 
 preparations— to sour on the stomach. .\ little sugar may be added to improve the taste, 
 or the juice of raisins, prunes, lemon juice, or wine, or spices, to suit the taste of adults, 
 in sickness.— A79»f;. 
 
 TOE-NAIIi — InjErrowiu^' — Painless Remedy. — Henry Finch, M. D., re 
 ports, through the British MediaU Journal, that neither of the cutting, or burning opera- 
 tions are at all necessary for the complete and rapid cure of Ingrowing Toe-Nail. If a 
 small, thin flat piece of silver plate be bent at one edge into a slight deep groove, and af- 
 ter the Toe has been poulticed 21 hours, slipped beneath the edge of the Nail, so as to 
 protect the llesh,from its pressure, and the rest of the thin plate bent round the side and 
 front of the Toe, being kept in position with a small portion of rosin plaster passed round 
 the Toe, a speedy and almost Painless cure will take place; and tlie patient, after the 
 first day, has the additional advantage of being able to walk. Dr. Finch has followed 
 this method in numerous ca.ses with uniform success. 
 
 T0.1IAT0 SOUP- KXCEL,L,ENT,— Nice ripe Tomatoes, peeled and cut fine, 1 
 pt. to each qt. of water necessary to make as much Soup as will be required for the 
 family, and 1 pt. of sweet milk for each pt, of Tomatoes, with salt and pepper to taste, 
 and a little butter. 
 
 Boil the Tomatoes in the water, until perfectly soft and dissolved ; then add the 
 milk, salt, pepper and butter, just before serving. I have never eaten Soup of any kind, 
 to suit me as weU as this ; and the first time we tried it, the girl living with us, who 
 would never eat Tomatoes before, in any form, liked this very much. 
 
 Tomatoes— to Dry for ^Vintcr Use.— Small sized, but quite ripe 
 Tomatoes are to be chosen. Wash and scald them with boiling water; then peel, and 
 squeeze, singly, in the hand, to remove a little of the juice, or water, after which slice 
 them and dry on tins, in an oven, to prevent souring. For use, soak awhile, then stew, 
 or cook as /rcs/i Tomatoes — .saves the expense of canning. 
 
 Tomatoes Slieed and Dressed to Resemble Strawberries.- Take 
 
 * CoUinsonia Canadensis, common names " Stone-root, ox-balm, and by some also 
 known as hardback, horseweed, heal-all, richweed, etc., is an .American herb, with a 
 knobby root, and a four-sided stem from 2 to 4 ft, in hight, is found growing in rich 
 moist woods, from Canada to Florida, blowing from July to September. The whole 
 plant has a peculiar, lemon-like, balsamic odoi-, rather disagreeable in the root and a 
 spicy, pungent taste " (a kind of a pricking, or piercing taste, the word coming from the 
 Lat; pangere to prick), " water, or alcohol extracts its virtues ; boiling destroys it, as the 
 active principle is volatile. The fresh root is the part usvil."— King. 
 
 This article however must not be confounded with the •<c/vhdaria nodosa, describ- 
 ed on page 573 under Mrs. Wolf's Oint.ment for Burns, etc.. notwithstanding that ar- 
 ticle also bears the common names of heal-all and square-stem, they are not the same. 
 
618 DR. chase's 
 
 fully ripe Tomatoes and peel and Slice them as if for pepper salt and vinegar ; but in 
 place of them, cover the surface pretty freely with pulverized white sugar, then cover 
 them with claret wine ; and they will very nearly resemble Strawberries — being very 
 nice. But when no wine is at hand, use vinegar, if sharp, diluted half, or more, with 
 water. I have no doubt but what any of the fruit-wines would do very well in place of 
 the claret; but I did not get the Receipt until too late to try only the claret, with that 
 the dish will astonish most persons with its near re.semblance to Strawberries. 
 
 TOAST WITH INDIAN liKEAl>,— Place 2 qts. of milk over the fire. When 
 it boils, add a spoonful of flour to thicken, a tea-spoonful of salt, a small lump of butter, 
 
 2 table-spoonsful of sugar ; have ready, in a deep dish, 6, or 8 slices of light Indian 
 Bread Toasted. Pour the mixture over them, and serve hot. 
 
 1. TOOTH POWII-EK.— Precipitated chalk (kept by druggists), 1 oz. ; very 
 finely pulverized borax, 1 dr. ; rose oil 2, or 3 drops. Intimately mix and keep in closely 
 covered boxes for use. 
 
 To use, dip a soft Tooth-brush into a tumbler of water and brush the whole surface of 
 the Teeth thoroughly with the Powder, then rinse out by taking a mouthful, or two of 
 water and re-brusiang, at least once daily. I consider the morning, on rising, the most 
 appropriate time for it. This has been used by Dr. Jackson, one of our city dentists, 
 for several years, and reeommodcd it in his practice. I have used it now for 
 1 3^, or 2 years, beginning its use by liis recommendation, and I find it keeps the Teeth 
 peifectly white, and the gums in a healthy condition also. 
 
 3. Dr. Porter, another of our dentists recommends to dissolve camphor gum, 
 
 3 grs. in a trifle of alcoliol and mixing into the Powder No. 1, in place of the rose oil. 
 He considers the camphor improves tiie condition of the gums; and, of that fact there 
 is not a doubt, in cases wliere there is any tendency to sponginess, or bleeding of the 
 gums. See Tooth Powder, No. 9, under tlie head of cosmetioi, page 297, for the further 
 action, and the necessity for the use of Tooth Powders. 
 
 ULCERS. — Ulcers, .ire more commonly known as " fever sores," 
 " old sores," etc., from which there is generally a discharge of matter, 
 more, or less offensive ; and also as a general thing attended with 
 some inflammation, and not nnfrequently with considerable pain. 
 
 Cause. — Injury to the parts, or from an inflammation, or from a fever, or from a 
 scrofulous taint of tJie system, which may leave an acrid or poisonous matter in the 
 blood; then a slight injury may locate it in any part of the system; but most frequently 
 upon the legs, because blood even, does not flow uphill as easily as it does down. 
 
 Treatment.— To reduce inflammation, poultice with slippery-elm, changing as 
 often as need lie, night and morning, generally ; washing with Castile soap and warm 
 water at each change of the poultice. Cathartic, diuretic, and alterative Treatment 
 must also be attended to, if success is expected to follow. And in cases wliere there is 
 fungus, or proud flesh, a.s it is called, a little of the Veget.\ble C.-^ustic, which see, may 
 be tinely pulverized, and a little of it dusted upon that part. It might be well how- 
 ever, if none of that is on hand to try the burned alum, at first ; but if that does not suc- 
 ceed the caustic will have to be resorted to ; and in case of sinuses, or openings from any 
 deep seated Ulcer, V, * tea-spoonful of the vegetable caustic may be dissolved in ^ pt. ol 
 rain water, and a little of it injected into the opening, increasing the strength of it a lit- 
 tle if it can be borne any stronger. A wash made the same as for Ulcerated Sore 
 Mouth, below, will be found valuable. Washing an Ulcer in simple lye water, of such 
 a strength as not to cause too much smarting has proved valuable. The washing should 
 be extended to 20 minutes, or y, an hour, twice daily. It may be well also to support the 
 limb, as soon a.s it manifests a disposition to heal, with the B.vndage, which see explain- 
 ed at page 139, Fig. 20. In applying a bandage to any part of a limb where its shape 
 throws the bandage from its regular form, turn it with a fold, as seen at Fig. 20, to carry 
 it straight again, and be careful that the pr&ssure is equalized by its application, other- 
 wise injury in place of good would result. 
 
 After healing is fairly established, Mayers Ointment, which see, or any of the com- 
 mon ointments may be used as a common dressing, with the addition of pulverized 
 camphor gum, }4 oz. to a tea-cupful of ointment, or a littfe camphor spirits may be put 
 into the suds, of warm water witli which they are washed, or better still if both is done, 
 as it gives an increased stimulative action to the i)arts. 
 
 Dr. Beach says he has cured cases that " baffled the skill of all physicians," by the 
 u.se of an ointment made of "sweet clover tops and stalks, burdock leaves, and parsely " 
 {apium petroselinum, the root, or seeds, I believe, will do equally well), "a handful o. 
 each ; boil in water till you get the strength ; .strain and add rosin, 1 lb., and fresh but- 
 ter, % lb. Simmer until of a proper consistence." He adds : "this Receipt cost SoO." 
 
 ULCERATION OP THE MOUTH, FAUCES, ETC., REME- 
 DY. — A very valuable Remedy for Ulcers of the Mouth and Fauces 
 (the back part of the Mouth and upper part of the throat) is to take 
 golden-seal root {hydrastus Canadensis) and blue-cohosh root {coulophyl- 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 619 
 
 lum thalictroidrs), equal parts of each, and make a strong decoction, or 
 tea and sweeten it well with honey. , „ 
 
 Use as a gargle in all L'leerations of the Mouth and Fauces, and after gargling and 
 cleaning the Throat with it; then swallow a tea-spoonful, or two; gargUng and .swal- 
 lowing 3 or 4 times daily. It is also valuable as an injection into the bladder, in Ulcer- 
 ation of that organ, by reducing with a little water; or in this case the golden seal may 
 be used alone ; injecting aftur urinating, and retaining it as long as you can. Prot. King 
 Claims it to have almost perfect control over iniiammations and Ulcerations of mucus 
 tissues— uses it in diseases of the eye, as well as the bladder. Mouth, stomach etc., and 
 has used it over 20 vears with .success. It has been claimed as a valuable Remedy in 
 cancers by the Indians; but Prof. King has had no success with it in cancer, and thinks 
 it was only used by them, to color, and thereby blind the real agent which performed 
 the cures— no doubt of it, for it has no caustic proyierties. 
 
 It is also a valuable tunic, used internally in dyspepsia, chronic affections of the mu- 
 cus coats of the stomach, and other organs, catarrhal afl'ections, erysipehis, remittent, 
 intenuittent, and tyi^hoid fex'ers, torpor, or inactivity of the liver, and whenever tonics are 
 required. It is known in some sections of the country as yellow puccoon, ground rasp- 
 berry, tumeric root, etc. . , ^ . ,,, i ■« i 
 
 2. l*rivct leaves, in decoction, or tea is also recommended in the same difficul- 
 ties being astringent, are also valuable in chronic bowel complaints. Ulceration of the 
 stomach and bowels, as a gargle for Ulcers of the M(Kith and thnjiu; and as an injection 
 for Ulcerated ears with otfeiisive discharges, lencorrhea, gleet and Ulceration ol the 
 bladder, and iu diabetes. The leaves, when they can be obtained, might be combined 
 with the golden seal and cohosh, without injuring their action, but with a pro.spect of Im- 
 provement. It is grown in gardens, hedges, etc. 
 
 3. The Eartli t'liro For Ulfers.— I dried and pulverized some clay, says a 
 a writer in T!ie Omntry Gmtlcman, and recommended it as a valuable remedy to a neigh- 
 bor woman who had for 10 vears had a very bad Ulcer on her ankle. She had paid our 
 best physicians over %'M for treatment, without any relief. She applied the dried clay 
 almost constantlv for about 6 months, and a perfect cure has resulted. The first effect of 
 the preparation was to remove inllammation and relieve pain, and now she says there is 
 no scar remaining, and her limb, which was stitf and lame, is as elastic as when she was 
 a girl. The woman is a very large, fleshy peraon, about 10 years of age. I consider the 
 test a very severe one, and the result very satisfactory. About a gallon ot pulverized 
 clay was used. . ,.,,.,. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN.— The Universit3- ot Michigan, 
 situated in the City of Ann Arbor, is an institution of which every cit- 
 izen of the place feels justly proud ; and as the design of this Book is 
 to give the people valuable' information, and as many persons will see 
 this 'Book who would not otherwise know of the existence, or advantages, pecuniarily, 
 in making this their place for study, I deem it both proper and right to give an Illus- 
 T14.4.T10N of'lt, and to point out the advantages of attending it, instead of the very much 
 more expensive ones of the eastern cities, where over $100 yearly is charged for tuition, 
 while at this in.stitution, no tuitiwi at all is charged. Residents of tlic .'^tate pay an admis- 
 sian fee of $10 and non residents an admissimt. lee ofifi'), wliicli entitles each one to all of 
 the privileges and a<lvantages of eitlier of the Departments of the University until they 
 graduate; i>esid&s this admission fee, to be paid only OTWe, an aniuial fee of-^lO is charged 
 to residents and non residents alike, to keep up the incidental expenses of the institution. 
 The reason for this liberality on the part of the University will be understood by read- 
 ing the following quotations from its Calendar lor 1872-3. recently issued. It says : 
 
 "The University of Michigan is a part of the public educational system ot the State. 
 The Constitution of the State provides for the perpetuation of the governing body of the 
 Institution, the Board of Regents. Tliev are elected for terms ot eight years by popular 
 vote. In accordance with the law of the State the University aims to complete and 
 crown the work which is begun in the public schools, by furni.shing ample facilities for 
 a liberal education in Literature. Science, and the Arts, and for thorough and extended 
 professional studv of Jledicine and Law. Through tlie aid which has been received 
 from the United .States and from the State it is enabled to otler its privileges, without 
 charge of tuition, to all persons, of either sex, who are qualilied for admission. Its re- 
 lation to the public schools of the State has now become even closer and more vital than 
 formerly, since under certain conditions the graduates of Higli Schools are'received into 
 the Universitv without examination. While Michigan has endowed her University 
 primarily tbr"the higher education of her own sons and daughters, it must be understood 
 Uiat she also opens the doors of the Institution to all students, wherever their homes. 
 Students from other States are asked to pay a larger admission fee than students^frora 
 Michigan, but they receive their instruction and access to all the advantages of life at 
 the University, without incurring anv charge for tuition. It is in this broad, generous, 
 and hospitable spirit that the University has been founded, and that it endeavors to do 
 its work. 
 
 " The University is organized in three Departments, as follows: the Department of 
 
[620] 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. 621 
 
 Literature, Science, and the Arts ; the Department of Medicine and Surgery; and; the 
 Department of Law." 
 
 Expense of Koard, etc. — " The admission fee is paid but (nice, and entitles the 
 Btudent to the privileges of permanent memherehip in any Department of the University. 
 The annval tax is paid the tirst year.and every year thereafter," until the course is com- 
 pleted. 
 
 " There are no dormitories and no commons connected with the University. Stu- 
 dents obtain Board and lodging in private families for from tliree to five dollars per 
 week. Clubs are also formed, in which the cost of board Is from one dollar and a half 
 to two dollars and a half i)er week. 
 
 " It is proper to say, iu answer to numerous inquiries, that the University does not 
 undertake to furnish manual labor to students. Yet a considerable lumiber of students 
 find, in the city, opportunities for remunerative labor. 
 
 "Room rent varies from seventy-five cents to two dollars per week for each .student. 
 
 ■' The annual expenses for students in tlie Academic Dejiartmeut for the last few 
 years, wduding clothing and incidentals have been, on tlie average, about S8f)2. The ex- 
 penses of Law and .Medical students are from 3il50 to S-0() jier term of six months." 
 
 I think that students, or others who have, or may visit tlie University will acknowl- 
 edge that the cut, connected herewith, gives a fair representation of" the University 
 buildings, and of the " college campus," or grounds, at this writing. 1S73. 
 
 The Hall, or central portion of the main building of the University which has recent- 
 ly been built at an expense of over iflOO.OOO, fills the space of 133 feet which before exist- 
 ed between what are now called the two wings — previously separate buildings— mak- 
 ing a total frontage of nearly 350 feel, with a depth in the main building of 180 feet, liaving 
 four lofty stories, 15, 14, 13 and 15 feet high respectively, and the whole surmounted by a 
 large dome, reaching the hight of 140 feet above the ground. 
 
 The great Hall itself is 130.x80 feet, and 46 feet high ; and is capable of seating 3,000 
 people — The main floor will seat 1,700 and the gallery 1,300. 
 
 The total number of students in attendance during, the college year of 1872-3 was 
 1,164 — divided as follows; in the Literary Department, 476— Medical, 357 — Law, 331, 
 coming from 30 different States, and Territories, the District of Columbia, Ontario, Nova 
 Scotia, the Hawaiian Islands, and from Japan, which I think, fully -justifies the idea 
 prevalent with us, that the University of Michigan holds a prominent position among 
 the educational institutions of the Western World. 
 
 I shall only add, that any one desiring further information upon the subject will 
 address the Steward of the University, who will forward the Calender, which wQl give 
 all particulars, as to age, qualifications, etc., necessary for admission. 
 
 URINARY DIFFICULTIES— Diiiretic Compound for.— In 
 
 ooninion case.s of partial .suppression, or scanty Urine, or when it is 
 high colored the following Oonipound will be found very useful: 
 
 Trailing arbutus (for a de.-icription of this plant see Diuretics, 
 page 318), queen of the meadow root, dwarf-elder bark,, and marsh-mallow root, of each 
 coarsely pulverized, 1 oz.; good gin. and boiling water, of each, 1 pt.; honey 1 lb. All 
 of the plants, or herbs, are kept by the principal druggists. 
 
 Put the gin upon the mixture in a dish that can be closely covered ; then pour on 
 the boiling water, cover up and keep hot for 3, or 4 hours; then strain and add the 
 honey, keeping corked. 
 
 Dose. — One to 2 table-spoonsful, ordinarily, 3, or 4 times daily ; in b*d cases every 
 liour, or two until relieved, or benetitted; then le.ss often, as needed. Prof. King says, 
 that in gravel, "a corresponding quantity of wild-carrot root and seed may be advan- 
 tageously added to the other articles." He also thinks highly of it " in chronic catarrh 
 of the bladder" (if a catarrh of the head, which is an inflammation of the parts causes 
 a discharge from the nostrils, a catarrh of the bladder may also be expected to cause a 
 discharge from that organ), " suppression of Urine, high colored, or scalding Urine, in- 
 flammation of the urethra" (the external pa.ssage from the bladder), "and other dis- 
 orders of the Urinary organs." 
 
 VEGETABLE CAUSTIC— Vegetable Caustics act much more 
 mildly than mineral, and perhaps for the removal of fungus flesh, or 
 what is generally called " proud flesh " nothing will be found better 
 than Beach's Vegetable Caustic made as follows : 
 
 " Ma ke a strong lye of hickory, or oak ashes, put into an iron kettle, and e vaporat 
 till dry ; pulverize and preserve in covered vessels." I would say bottle and cork. 
 
 " This Caustic is highly useful in the treatment of fistulas; also in indolent ulcers of 
 every character. It removes fungus flesh without exciting any inflammation, and acts 
 but little, except on spongy, or soft flesh. It is useful in cancers, and in every case 
 where a Caustic is required." — Beach's Family Practice. 
 
 1. VERMIFII«E— Morrows— Very Vuliiable,— A \ ery valuable Vermi- 
 fuge is made as follows : 
 
622 DR. chase's 
 
 Oil of turpentine, and oil of anise, of each, ^4 oz. ; castor-oil and wonnseed-oil, of 
 each, 1 oz. Mix. 
 
 Dose.— For an adult, 1 tea-spoonful every 2 hours. Children according to age. 
 
 T. V. Morrow, M. D., formerly a Professor in the Eclectic Medical Institute, and 
 author of a work on Practice, considers this a very satisfactory and effectual remedy 
 for worms, using a cathartic, after it has been used 2, or 3 days, if the stomach will 
 bear it so long. ., ^ . 
 
 2. Vermifus-e.— Castor-oil, and oil of wormseed, of each, 1 oz. ; oil of anise, and 
 tinct. of myrrh, of each, V-, dr. ; oil of turpentine, 10 drops ; and croton-oil, 1 drop. Mix, 
 
 Dose.— A tea-spoonfurevery 2 hours for 10 to 12 hours, and if the worms do not pass 
 off, a cathartic should follow. 
 
 3. Verinilu»t'. l.axatlve, and Tonic, lor Pale and Sickly Chil- 
 dren.— Ked cedar 'junJperiW Hr<7WMa7ia) apples, 1 lb.; black alder {priiios verticillalus) 
 berries, 1 pt. ; alcohol, 1 qt. ; molasses, 1 pt 
 
 The cedar apple is formed much the same way as nut-galls on the oak, by the bf)ring 
 of a worm, then an exudation, or issuing of a matter that dries, etc. These are bruised 
 and with the alder berries, put into the alcohol and molasses for 2 weeks. 
 
 Dose.— For a child 1 to 2 years old, 1 tea-spoonful, 3 times a day. It will prove Ver- 
 mifuge, Laxative and Tonic. Prof. King says he has used it in hundreds of cases with 
 much success. The more recent the.aitlcles are gathered the better. 
 
 4. A Good 'Vernilfug'e.—Santouine, rubbed very fine, 16 grs. ; Glycerine, 1 fl. 
 oz. ; rubbed with the above, adding it slowly ; then add tinct. of rhubarb and aloes, 2 fl. 
 drs. Mix. Shake when useing. 
 
 Dose.— 10 to 60 drops each day, according to age.— M. F. Dumas. I should give it in 
 divided Doses. The combined tinctures of rhubarb and aloes are calculated to work ofi 
 the worms. 
 
 VIBTEtiAR FOtt FAMIL,IES— To MaUe.— .A. neighbor of mine keeps up her 
 Vinegar for Family use by placing in a suitable jug, Orleans molasses, 1 qt. ; soft water, 
 
 5 qts. ; and yeast J-^ pt. , 
 
 Setting in the sun, in Summer, and by the stove in Winter, shaking the jug every day, 
 during the first 3 weeks, while it is making, and has no further trouble. 
 
 Vinejfar from the Jnice of Sug-ar Beets.— The Juice of 1 bu. of Sugar 
 Beets, worth 2o cts., and which any farmer can raise with little cost, will make from 5 to 
 
 6 gals, of Vinegar equal to the best" elder wine Vinegar. First wash and grate the Beets, 
 and expres.s the Juice in a cheese-press, or in any way that a little ingenuity can invent, 
 and put the liquid into a barrel, cover the bung with gauze and set it in the sun, and in 
 15 to 20 days it will be tit for use. By this method tlie very best of Vinegar may be made 
 without aiiy great trouble, and I hope all who like good Vinegar will try it.— Ohio Valley 
 Farmer. 
 
 Re<l Raspberry Vine«i;ar For Invalids.— Put 1 qt. of good Vinegar over 2 
 qts. of berries. I>et them stand over night, strain, and pour the juice over 2 more qta. 
 of berries; stand over night, then strain again. To every pint ot juice allow 1 lb., of 
 white sugar. Let it come gently to a boil, and bottle for use in small-necked bottles. 
 One table-spoonful to a gla.ss of ice-water makes a refreshing Summer beverage, and is 
 also excellent for Invalids. — American Agrindiurift. 
 
 "WARTS— to Cure. — HalVs Juiimal of Health, which is reliable, 
 says that to dip a stick, the size of a knitting-needle, into muriatic acid, 
 and touch the top of the Wart, night and morning, with what adheres 
 to the stick, will effect a painless cure. 
 
 Let only a V^ oz. be hot, in a glass-stoppered bottle, and keep it out of the way of chil- 
 dren, ofFof your clothes, and off of the skin, and you are safe. 
 
 2. Moistened pearl-ash, applied to the top of the Warts, for several days, has remov- 
 ed them also. 
 
 3. Sal-Aniinoniac— Two, or 3 cents worth in a gill of soft water, and the Warts 
 wetted with it frequently for a week, or two. has removed them. 
 
 4. The same treatment with a weak solution of potash has done the same ; and 
 will have the same effect on oorns. If used sufficiently strong ; and do not get it upon the 
 sound surface. 
 
 5. Dr. Rainey, of St. Thomas' Hospital, I^ondon, has written an article to the Lan- 
 cet, detailing the effects of creosote applied to Warts. He applied it freely to an obsti- 
 nate Warty ex(>ressence on the finger, then covered it over with a piece of sticking plas- 
 ter. This course he pursued every 3 days for 2 weeks, when the Wart was found to have 
 disapeared, leaving the part beneath it quite healthy. 
 
 WASHING MADE EASY, or Bfew Washing Fluid.— Take unslacked 
 lime, 1 lb. ; soda-ash, 2 lbs, ; boil in 4 qts. of water ; then let settle and pour off the clear 
 fluid; thcni put on 1 qt. more of water and stir up and when It has settled pour off again 
 with the first. Use 1 cup-ful for a Washing. Soak the clothes over night. Have the 
 Buds boiling hot and put in the-'clothe-s and boil 10, or 20 minutes— rinse out, only need- 
 ing to rub very slightly, any staind, or particularly soiled places, as shirt-wristbands, 
 neck-bindings, et'i 
 
SECOND RECEIPT BOOK. '623 
 
 In plac&s where the soda-ash can not be obtained, see Caustic-Soda Lye, etc., page 
 611; 
 
 WENS— A Painless Cure.— Mr. M. M. Lee, of Battle Creek, Mich., writes to the 
 Detroit Tribune, Nov. 3, 1871, saying : 
 
 " I saw in the Farmers' Column of the Tribune an inquiry by Mr. Neve for a Cure for 
 Wens. You say they must be cut out. I have Cured many of them by taking soap from 
 the side of the "tub or barrel, where it had become partly dried, and rubbing it on the 
 Wen once a day for a few days. If the Wen has become hard, apply the soap, and after 
 a little while, wash it oft' and" apply more, until it is Cured. I have Cured them after 
 they had broke and run for a month. Please publish this for the benefit of Mr. Neve 
 and others." I have not tried this ; but if it is good for Mr. Neve, it will be good for any 
 one who has a Wen. 
 
 2. It is said that if all the salt that will dissolve in the yolk of an egg is applied to 
 Wens every 12 hours, that it has, and will remove tliem. 
 
 WIXJES— Blctt'Uborry Wine.— Having measured and mashed your Black- 
 berries, or dew berries iu a suitable tub, pour boiling water, 1 qt. for every 4 qts. of ber- 
 ries, stirring them occasionally until the next da;.' ; then strain ; and to each gal. of the 
 fluid add 4i<; lbs. of cru.slied, white sugar, dissolving it by pouring some of the Wine 
 upon the si^ar and mashing, and pouring off, until all is dissolved, putting iuto a suit- 
 able sized, clean cask, and stand witli the bung out, for 2 weeks; then bung down till 
 Spring ; when it will be fit forbottloiiig; or it may remain in cask if you choose ; but it 
 will be better if bottled, althougli most people would be glad to have it, even, in casks. 
 It makes a very valuable tonic Wine, suitable for nearly all medicinal purposes. Age- 
 still improves it. 
 
 2. Wines from the Wild Grape.— Take any quantity of sound, Wild|Grapes; 
 with a common cider press, press out the juice, put it into barrels cover the bung tight- 
 ly ; after fermentation has ceased, cork it; place in the cellar: In 12 months 
 you will have good Wine, which improves by age; let it stand on its lees — not stirred 
 nor racked. — Scieniiflc American. 
 
 3. Oin^er Wine.— Take 16 qts. of soft water, and boil it ; add 1 lb. of bruised 
 Ginger root; infuse (Steep) it in the water for 48 liours, placed in a cask in a warm situ- 
 ation ; after which time, strain oft' this liquor and to it add 8 lbs. of lump sugar, 7 qts. of 
 brandy, the juice of 12 lemons, and the rinds of 12 oranges; cut them; steep tne fruit and 
 rinds of the oranges for 12 hours in the brandy ; strain the brandy ; add it to the other 
 ingredients ; bung up the cask ; and in 3, or Iweeks it will be tine ; if it should not, a 
 little dissolved isinglass will soon fine it, i. f., settle it and make it clear. 
 
 4. White Wine— from t'irter.— Nice apple cider, made without water, 16 
 gals.; nice strained honey, 16 lbs.; white tartar (.argal, or white tartar is the deposit of 
 Wine upon the sides of the cask), 4 ozs. ; cinnamon, cloves, and mace, of each, 1 oz. ; 
 rum, 1 gal. 
 
 Thoroughly mix the honey, cider, and argal. Tie the bruised spices in a cloth and 
 suspend them in the Wine, while fermenting. After the fermentation add the rum. 
 Where honey cannot be readily obtained, I should nearly as soon use white sugar lb. 
 for lb. ; but there is a little different flavor from the honey. 
 
 Whitewash that will not Rub oil".— To every pail of Whitewash, prepared 
 in the ordinary way, add a pint of Hour made int<j starch or paste. To the Whitewash 
 for the hen-house add gas-tar, a gill to a pailful. This will prevent or disperse lice. 
 YEAST— In Rhyme— very Fine. 
 
 A handful small of fragrant hops deposit in a kettle ; 
 
 Then add a pint of Adam's ale, and boil them till they settle ; 
 
 Then if you wish to brew good Yeast, lively and sweet, you'd oughtcr 
 
 Take four potatoes, medium sized, and wash them well with water; 
 
 Divest them of their jackets nextr--in common parlance, skin 'em — 
 
 And faithfully dig out the eyes ; there's dirt imbedded in 'em — 
 
 Then make assurance doubly sure and banish all pollution, 
 
 By subsequently giving them another grand ablution ; 
 
 Then boil them— naif an hour, perhaps ; of course, your judgment;using, 
 
 Or steam them, if yuu like it best ; the method's of your choosing. 
 
 But whether boiled or cooked by steam, the procens should be rapid; 
 
 Potatoes moderately cooked are heavy, soggy, vapid. 
 
 Then mash them thoroughly, each lump with vigor pulverizing, 
 
 And put them in a vessel which leaves ample room for rising ; 
 
 A cup half filled with sugar add ; 'twill sweeten it enough. 
 
 It needs the same amount of salt ; you'll find it quantum suff (sufficient quantity). 
 
 The hop infusion strain in next, a pint, you mind, by measure ; 
 
 Then with two quarts of water warm, dilute it at your pleasure, 
 
 And to gently keep it moving, from circumference to center, 
 
 Never fail to bid your sihvr spoon its hidden depth to enter ; 
 
 Then add two brimming cups of Y'east, and quickly take occasion 
 
 The fragrant mixture to subject to brisk manipulation. 
 
 And, when the entire ingredients are mingled well together. 
 
 Then give the opportunity to rise, according to the weather— 
 
624 i)K. chase's 
 
 In Winter set it near the stove, and oft renew the fire; 
 
 In Summer place it farther oflf; the temperature is higher — 
 
 Then pationtlj' tlie issue wait, while Time his flight is winging, 
 
 Its status scanning now and then ; and when you hear it singing, 
 
 And see upon its surface — now here, now there — a bubble. 
 
 You'll feel a thousand-fold repaid for all your toil and trouble. 
 
 Give to the winds all idle fears ; all doubts, all scruples banish ; 
 
 And when the bubbles thicken fast, and crowd and break and vanish. 
 
 The Yeast is prime, your toil is o'er, success has crowned persistence, 
 
 And loaves of tender, light, sweet bread are looming in the distance. 
 
 Oliver Optic's Magazine. 
 
 € ABTCERS.— The importance of the following cures of Cancer, I deem to be of 
 sufficient importance to justify their insertion here, as a knowledge of them, and, in fact 
 their occurrence, took place after I had passed these subjects in their regular order. 
 
 A Cancer <;iire<l in Fourteen I>ays — The Medical Farculty Nou- 
 pinsed. — Under this heading, the Detroit Post, of Dec. 31, 1872, with the leading sen- 
 tence of ■ important if true," republished a statement from the Kaiisas City Tiincs, of 
 Dec. 24th, that a large Cancer had been extracted, '■ root and branch, without pain, and 
 by the simplest means from the left cheek of Mr. C. A. Chace, freight agent at Kansas 
 €ity, of the Hannibal and St. Joseph Railroad." 
 
 " But, as I have now reached the last page of the reading matter of the Book, I shall 
 be compelled to coiidense the account given of the Cure, I will say however, that I deem- 
 ed it of sufficient importance to write to the gentleman for a confirmation, or denial of 
 the statement, and received the letter given below from Mr. Brooke "formerly a resi- 
 dent of this city, with whom I was well acquainted, confirming the whole thing. There 
 is no doubt, therefore, of the truthfulness, of the report. 
 
 The Cancer first made its appearance on Mr. Chace's left cheek just below the eye, 6 
 years before, as a small red spot, which developed, or grew into what is known, no 
 doubt, as a Rose Cancer, for which, for the last 2 years, says the statement, " Mr. Chace 
 has tried every medical advice and treatment, and still the horrible protuberance con- 
 tinued to grow, and threatened ultimately to eat the face and cause him to lose the use 
 of one eye. A council ot physicians, was held a few weeks ago, when it was proposed 
 to cut out the Cancer from the face." But at this time, a Professor Kellogg of that 
 cit)' who Jwas proprietor of the Turkish baths, said that he oould " Cure the Cancer in 
 fljieen ctai/s if his directions were strictly complied with." 
 
 Accordingly ' he was placed in the Turkish bath for 2 hours each day, for 7 
 days, with a temperature of 170, when it was found that the Cancer was dropping out 
 entire. It first became red on one side and then burst the skin. Mr. Chace applied, 
 by Prof. Kellog's advice, a poultice, which aided in drawing the Cancer from the cneek." 
 
 The Cancer came out on the fourteenth day, with the roots, or " fangs, attached, 
 leaving nothing except the ugly indentation in the face where the Cancer had been." 
 
 The Cancer in its .shriveled condition, when extracted, was only •' about the size 
 of a hazel-nut. 
 
 " Mr. Chace and family areofcour.se much delighted at this almost miraculous case, 
 which is as surprising as it is important to the public. The discovery made and the 
 cure performed by Prof. Kellogg by means of hot vapor baths is one of the most useful 
 as well as the most remarkable on record." 
 
 Mr. Brooke's letter upon this subject was as follows : 
 
 Kansas City, Mo., March 28th, 1873. 
 Dr. a. W. Chase, 
 
 Dear Sir : Dr. Kellogg handed me to day your letter to him enclosing " clippings" 
 on the Cures of Cancer by Turkish Baths asking as to their correctness, knowing I was 
 acquainted with you, he wished me to answer, as you would be the more likely to give 
 credence to the same from me. I have kiiown Mr. C. A. (^hace ever since he came to 
 this city some four years ago, the Medical gentry advised the knife as the only alterna- 
 tive in his Cancer, but did not seem to like to undertake the job, poor Chace became 
 very despondent when lo ! Dr. Kellogg opened out here with a Turkish Bath. Mr. Chace 
 began to take them, and in less time than that promised the whole of the mass dropped 
 out, root and branch, leaving hardly a scar to mark the spot of the terrible destroyer. 
 Mr. D. S. Twitchele, formerly of Ann Arbor, also Mr. Spalding know Mr. Chace, well, and 
 can also vouch for the Cure. Hoping you are still prospering, I remain. 
 
 Yours Truly, 
 
 CHAS. BROOKE. 
 
 1 will now bring the reading matter of the Book to a close, by saying that I have 
 just cured another case of Cancer with Dr. Hale's Cancer Remedy, as given ou page 
 166. and therefore, still further recommend that Receipt. 
 
I NDEX. 
 
 Ahreviations Used in this "Work, 
 24. 
 
 Abortion — Can s e s, Symptoms 
 Treatment, 25-28. 
 
 Abrasions, or Bruises — Treatment, 
 29. 
 
 Abscess, or Suppuration — Treat- 
 
 |j' inent, 28, 29. 
 
 Absor])ents Description of, 50. 
 
 Acid, Sulphnn)us— To Make, 613. 
 
 Ague — See Intermittent Fever. 
 
 Air, Hot Bath, 84-8H. 
 
 Alabaster and Marble Cement, 240. 
 
 Alcohol Lamp for Sweating Pur- 
 poses, 60H, (>07. 
 
 Ale, See Brewing. 
 
 Almonds, Milk of, For the Com- 
 plexion, 298. 
 
 Alteratives, 64-69. 
 
 Alterative Inhalant, 59,533. 
 
 Alterative Cathartic, 173. 
 
 Ammonia in Snake Bites, 74. 
 
 Analine Colors, 279, 280. 
 
 Anatomy — Bones, Muscles, Heart, 
 and Circulation, Arteries, Veins, 
 Capilaries, and Respiratory or 
 Breathing Apparatus, Digestive 
 Organs, Stomach, Duodenum, 
 Intestines, Liver, Spleen, Ab- 
 sorbents, Lacteals, Lymphatics, 
 Thoracic Duct, Nervous System, 
 Brain, Spinal Cord, etc., 29-57. 
 
 Anemia, or General Weakness, 
 131,132. 
 
 Anodyne Injection, 535. 
 
 Antidote for Poison by Carbolic 
 Acid, 232. 
 
 Antispasmodics, 69, 70. 
 
 Ants— To Destroy, 72, 73. 
 
 Apple Butter Without Apples, 73. 
 
 40— DK. chases' second RECEIPT BOOK. 
 
 Apple Butter — To make with Ci- 
 der, 73. 
 
 Apples Spiced, 74. 
 
 Apple Parings — Dried for Jelly, 74. 
 
 Apples — To Can, 226,227. 
 
 A ] )0 pi exy — Can s e , S y m p t o m s , 
 Treatment, 57. 58. 
 
 Apparatus, Bathing, 84. 
 
 Aqua Ammonia — Its Domestic 
 Uses, 74. 
 
 Aquarium — To make, 241. 
 
 Arterial and Veinous Circulation, 
 (Illustkated), 40, 42. 
 
 Arteries (iLLrsTR.vTED), 39. 
 
 Ashes, as a Manure, 563. 
 
 Assafci'tida, Antispasmodic, 70. 
 
 Asthma — Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, 58-64. 
 Permanent Cures in, 61. 
 Spasmodic — Eelief in, 59, 60. 
 Cases in Practice, 61-64. 
 
 Astringents, 70-72. 
 
 Astringent Inhalent, 534. 
 
 Astringent Injection, 535. 
 
 Artichokes — As food for Stock, 75. 
 
 Axle, or Lubricating Grease, 75. 
 B. 
 
 Babbit's Anti-Friction Metal— For 
 Boxes, 137. 
 
 Bacon, Curing, Smoking, etc., 
 — Western Fashion, 137, 138. 
 
 Baking Powders, 137. 
 
 Baked Beans — Verv Nice, 137. 
 
 Balsam— For Coughs, 301, 302. 
 
 Bandaging — In Broken Limbs, Ul- 
 cers, etc., (illustkated), 138, 139. 
 
 Barrels — Cider, to Clean, 261. 
 
 Bathing — Necessity for Regularity 
 and Frequency of, Uses of Water, 
 Bathing a Law of Nature, Prac- 
 tised by Ditferent Nations, Ef- 
 
 (625) 
 
026 
 
 fects of, The Skin with its Per- 
 spiratory Tube unci Sweat Glands 
 (illustrated), Sensible and In- 
 sensible Perspii-ation, Diseased 
 Conditions Requiring Bathing, 
 Temperature of Baths, Cold, 
 AVarm, Hot, Cool, Temperate, Te- 
 pid, Transition — Kinds of Bath, 
 Shower, Douche, Sitz, Full, Hot 
 Air, Bathing Apparatus, etc., (il- 
 lustrated), ()l-75-86. 
 
 Bath, Warm, Antispasmodic, 70. 
 
 Bath, Warm, In Small Pox, 602. 
 
 Bee-Keeping and Bee-Manage- 
 ment — Description of the Dift'er- 
 ent Classes of Bees, The Queen, 
 Worker, Drone, Queen Cells, 
 Col. J. B. Iloit's Instructions in, 
 Bee Culture for Women, Mrs. 
 Tupper's Letter on Bee-Keeping, 
 Prize Essay By Mrs. E. S. Tup- 
 per. Production of Honey in Dif- 
 erent Countries, Hives, Machine 
 for Extracting Honey from the 
 Comb, Size and Shape of Hive, 
 How to Change Bees Without 
 Loss from Con)mon to Movable- 
 Frame Hives, Storing Honey in 
 Boxes, Artificial Swarming, 
 Swarming, vs. Non-Swarming, 
 Non-Swarming Attach m en t , 
 Uniting Bees, Honey Resources, 
 or Bee Food, Bees should be 
 near Water, tlie Bee-Moth, The 
 Italian Bee, Changing from Com- 
 mon to Italian Bees, Best way to 
 Rear Italian Queens, Subduing 
 Bees, Bee-Dress, etc.. Adapta- 
 tion of the Business to Women, 
 Reports of Success in Bee-Keep- 
 ing from Ladies, Colored Wo- 
 man's Report of Success in Bee- 
 Keeping, Bee-Moths — Different 
 Methods of Destroying, Robbing, 
 to Prevent, 8(5-1 2L 
 
 Bees — Young Ladies' Report of 
 Success in Wisconsin, 140-142. 
 
 Bee and Wasp Stings and Insect 
 Bites— To Cure, 121. 
 
 Beef^Scotch Method of Drying, 
 139. 
 
 Beef Tea, Methods of Making, 140. 
 
 Beers, Pops, etc. — Ginger Beer, 
 Root Beer, (linger Pop, Spruce 
 
 Beers, 14:], 144. 
 
 Belting — the kind that Saves Most 
 Power, To Prevent Eating by 
 Rats, 144-145. 
 Leather Belts, to Cement, 547. 
 
 Bii-d Skins, and other Animal Sub- 
 stances, or Anatomical Speci- 
 mens — To Preserve, 142, 143. 
 
 Bites and Stings of Insects, 121. 
 
 Bites of Snakes, Insects, See Clay, 
 or Earth, etc., 204,265. 
 
 Blackberry Root, Astringent, 72. 
 In Diarrhea, 315-317. 
 
 Blackberry Root Sirup — For Diar- 
 rhea and Summer Complaints of 
 Children, 145. 
 
 Blackberry Cordial, 145. 
 
 Blackl)erry Jams, 544. 
 
 Blackbery Wine, 623. 
 
 Black-Tongue, or Putrid Sore 
 Throat, 612. 
 
 Blackboard-Surface — For School 
 House Walls, Plaster for. Paints 
 for. Liquid Slating for, etc., 
 145, 147. 
 
 Bleeding, or Hemorrhage — Suc- 
 cessful Remedies, in Nose Bleed 
 — Sim])le but Efiectual Remedy, 
 Monsel's Persulphate of Iron an 
 Etiicient Remedv, Table Salt, 
 Gallic Acid, Bugle Weed, Elix- 
 ir of Vitriol, Tannic Acid and 
 Stvptic Powder as Remedies, 
 Position also Remedial, 121-127. 
 
 Blood, to Purify, 586. 
 
 Boil! ng Oil — For Carriage Painting, 
 140. 
 
 Boils, Cuts, Bruises, etc., Salve for, 
 608. 
 
 Bones, Description of, (Illustrat- 
 ed), 30-32. 
 
 Bones, for Manure, 562, 563. 
 
 Boots — Water-proofing and Soft- 
 ening, Blacking Liquids for, 
 French Polish, etc., for. Oil Pa.'^te 
 Polish Blacking for, Blacking for 
 the Edge, 147-149. 
 Cement for Mending, 240. 
 
 Boots, Rubber, to Patch, 596. 
 
 Bowels, Infiammation of, 529-531. 
 
 Brain, Description of, 51-57. 
 
 Bread Making — From Yeast, Yeast 
 (;akes, Salt Risings, etc.. Wheat 
 Bread, Raised Biscuit, Indian 
 
627 
 
 Bread, Johnny Cake, Potato 
 Bread, Hop Yeat^t — Inii^roved, 
 Boston Brown Bread, (xraham 
 Bread, Urahani Bisenit, Bottle 
 Yeast — Valuable for Families — 
 Started without Yeast, INIrs. 
 Hammonds Reniarks upon 
 Breads, Gems, Brown Bread, 
 Parker House Rolls, Corn Bread 
 — Prize Receipt, 149-155. 
 
 Breathing, Forced in Asthma, 59. 
 
 Brewing — Description of Utensils 
 used in. Beer, Ale, Brewer's 
 Yeast — Sub.stitute for, etc., 
 155-159. 
 
 Bricklaying — Proverbial, but Cor- 
 rect Method, 159. 
 
 Brown's Chloralum — new Disen- 
 fectant, 353. 
 
 Bronchitis — Cause, Sj' m pt om s. 
 Treatment, Case in Practice, In- 
 halations of Value in, 127-129. 
 
 Bronchocele, Goitre, or Swelled 
 Neck — Cause, Treatment, Alter- 
 ative Tonic, Ointment, Iodine 
 Paint, or Tincture — new Method 
 of Cure, Case as Practiced in Ben- 
 gal, India, Connected with Ane- 
 mia, or General Weakness, Leu- 
 corrhea, etc., 129-132. 
 
 Bronze Color for Leather, 547. 
 
 Browning Iron and Steel — Without 
 Heat, U)4. 
 
 Browning Gun Barrels, 440,441. 
 
 Bruises, Treatment, 132. 
 Nye's Liniment for, 549. 
 
 Bruises, Cuts, etc., Salve for, (it)8. 
 
 Buildings — Concrete, 280-285. 
 
 Burns and Ulcers, Dressing for 573. 
 
 Burns and Scalds — Treatnient,Cold 
 Water, Cold Milk, Cider Vinegar, 
 "Old School " (Regular) applica- 
 tion, Carbolic Acid, Whites of 
 Eggs, Salves, Newremburg Plas- 
 ter, Common Strammonium 
 Ointment, Charcoal, Sulphate of 
 Iron, (Copperas), Liniment, Var- 
 nish in Burns — Recent French 
 Discovery, Dr. Gidley's Oint- 
 ment, Clinical Case, Case in 
 Practice, 132-136, 232, 573, 
 
 Burning out Stumps, 164. 
 
 Butter Making— Keeping and Pre- 
 paring for Market, Establishing 
 
 Butter Factories, ftc. How to 
 Preserve for Two IMonths with- 
 out Salting, Philadeli)hia Plan, 
 Rules for Making Good Butter, 
 Cooling and Warming Cream in 
 Butter Making, Profits of a But- 
 ter Factorv, New and Successful 
 Method of Packing Butter, But- 
 ter Preserved Sweet for Seven- 
 teen Years, etc., 159-164. 
 C. 
 
 Cakes — General Directions, Tea, or 
 Cup Cake, Lady Cake, Honey 
 Cake, AVedding Cake. Mrs. 
 Pride's Wedding Cake, Patriot 
 Cake, French Cake, French Loaf 
 Cake, Hartford Loaf Cake, Our 
 Family's Raised Cake, Cookies, 
 Jelly Cake, Lemon Jelly Cake, 
 Orange Jelly Cake, Cocoa-Nut 
 Variety, Cream Variety, Kansas 
 Luncheon Cake, Soft Molasses 
 Ginger-Bread, Buns, or Sweet 
 Cake, Indian Griddle Cakes, 
 Buckwheat Griddle Cakes, Rye 
 Griddle Cakes, Hominy Cakes, 
 MufKns, Muthn Griddle Cakes, 
 Short-Cake, Velvet Cake, Cocoa- 
 Nut Cake, Frosting and Orna- 
 menting Cake, Lemon Cake, 
 Sponge Cake, Dough-Nuts, Crul- 
 lers, Cliocolate Cake, Cream 
 Cake, White, or Silver Cake, 
 Yellow, or Gold Cake, Fruit 
 Cake, White Mountain Cake, 
 Frosting for. Ginger Snaps, Cur- 
 rant Cake,Snow-BallCake,Crum- 
 pets. Corn Starch Cake, Raisin 
 Cake, ('anadian Cake, Plain 
 Short Cake, Apple and Peach 
 Cake, Jvimbles, Hickory-Nut 
 Cake, White Sponge Cake,Coti'ee 
 Cake, Hard Times Cake, 21(^-220. 
 
 Camphor p]lixir — For Cold-Sores, 
 Chaps, Pimpled Face, etc., 221. 
 
 Camphor — Its uses. Camphor Spir- 
 its, or Spirits of Camphor, Cam- 
 phor Liniments, Camphorated 
 Oil, Camphorated Oil Liniment 
 — very Powerful, Camphor Spir- 
 its Successfully used in Relapse, 
 or Settling of Mumps, a Case in 
 Practice, 221, 222. 
 
 Cancer — Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 
628 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 ment, Dr. Hale's Remedy, (with 
 this, the Author has Cured two 
 ■Cancers), Beache's Discutient 
 Ointment for Cancer, Painless 
 Cure for Cancer, Remedy for Lu- 
 pus (Cancer of the Skin), Dr. 
 Fell's Remedy, Carbolic Acid 
 useful in, 170, 171. 
 
 Cancer Remedies — Miscellaneous 
 — Dr. Declat's Remedy for Can- 
 cer of the Tongue, Gamble's Pa- 
 tent Cancer Ointment, Drs. Bone 
 and Henry's Cancer Salve, Mor- 
 mon Cure for Cancer, etc., 
 222-225. 
 
 Cancer Cured in Fourteen Days, 
 by the Turkish Bath, and an ad- 
 ditional Curel)y the Author, 624. 
 
 Canker — Thrush, or Sore Mouth — 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment 
 171, 172. 
 
 Canker and Nursing Sore Mouth — 
 Remedy, 225. 
 
 Canning Fruits — Directions for. 
 Improved Method for Canning 
 Peaches, Canning Apples for 
 Springand Summer Use, 225-227. 
 
 Capillaries, 42. 
 
 Carbolic Acid — Its Make and Uses 
 in Medicine, in the House, and 
 on the Farm, A Disinfectant, 
 Valuable in Medicine, Valuable 
 for Scab and Foot-rot in Sheep, 
 Remedy for Flies and other in- 
 sects on Cattle and Horses and 
 for Fleas on Dogs, Destroys In- 
 sects and their Eggs on Trees, If 
 put in White-wash and in Wall 
 Paper Paste will Drive away 
 Cockroaches and other Insects, 
 Preventive of Putrefaction and 
 of Fermentation, Cures Vomit- 
 ing, Gives Immediate Relief in 
 Scalds and Burns, and Bites and 
 Stings of Insects, Carbolic Salve, 
 Antidote for Poi.soning by Car- 
 bolic Acid, 13.3, 227-232, 353. 
 
 Carbolic Acid for Cancer, 170-171. 
 
 Carbuncle — Cause , Symptoms, 
 Treatment, Dr. Gunn's Method, 
 Casein Practice, 208-210. 
 
 Carpet Rags, To Color, 278, 279. 
 
 Capsicum as a Stimulant, 597. 
 
 Carpets, Clothing, etc. — To Clean, 
 
 or Renovate, 232, 233. 
 
 Carriage Varnish — Pale and Good, 
 233. 
 
 Carrots — The Best Vegetable for 
 Cattle and Horses, 233. 
 
 Case Hardening Iron — Different 
 Processes, also English Patent, 
 233, 234. 
 
 Castor-oil— Made Palatable, 234, 
 235, 237. 
 
 Catarrh Remedies, 188, 191, 235, 
 23«. 
 
 Cateri)illars on Trees and Schrub- 
 bery, to Destroy, 23(). 
 
 Catchup, or Catsup — From Toma- 
 toes, 236. 
 From Grapes, 510. 
 
 Cathartics — Laxatives, Mild and 
 Cooling Cathartics, Active Ca- 
 thartics, Cholagogue Cathartics, 
 Violent Cathartics, Mild and Al- 
 terative Cathartics, Neutralizing 
 Cathartic Cordial, Tonic Cathar- 
 tic, Compound Podoj)hyllin Pill 
 — for the Liver, Anti-Bilious 
 Pill, 172-175. 
 
 Cathartic Injection, 535. 
 
 Cathartics, in Fever, 391. 
 
 Cathartic for Rheumatism, 592. 
 
 Cathartic Electuaries, and Taste- 
 less Infusions, Castor-oil, and 
 Senna, for Children, 237, 238. 
 
 Cathartict Tincture for Children 
 and Dyspeptics, 238. 
 
 Caustic-Soda Lye for Soaps and 
 for Washing Fluid, (311. 
 
 Cements — For General Use, For 
 Leaky Tin Roofs, for Stopping 
 Leaks Around Chimneys, for 
 Leather Belts, For Cracks in 
 Cast Iron Kettles, For Iron or 
 Stone, For Plastering Cisterns 
 on the Ground, For Emery- 
 Avheels, For Mending Boots and 
 Shoes, For Marble and Alabas- 
 ter, For Fish-Tanks, for Stop- 
 ping Cracks in Glass Vessels to 
 Resist Water and Heat, for Wat- 
 ter Pipes, etc., Pitch and Gutta- 
 percha Cement, Turkish Cement 
 for Water Pipes, etc., Very Hard 
 Cement, Glycerine'Cement, 238- 
 242. 
 
 Cement for Leather Belts, 547. 
 
^ 
 
 (529 
 
 Powerful Cement, Powerful Li- 
 ^ quid Glue, 584. 
 
 Cesspools, see Disinfectants. 
 
 Champagne from Cider, see Cider. 
 
 Chaps, Pimpled Face, etc., 221. 
 
 Charlotte Russe, 242. 
 
 Cheese Manufacturing — Its Pro- 
 cesses and Progress, Extent of 
 Production, Kinds of Cheese 
 Made in Difi'erent Countries, 
 Auierican Cheese Superior, 
 Swiss School of Milk Production 
 and Management, Cost of a 
 Small Cheese Factory, 24J2-249. 
 
 Cherry Pectoral, or Cordial. 194. 
 
 Chestnuts— To Plant for Timber 
 and the Fruit, 249. 
 
 Chicken Head-Cheese, 261. 
 
 Chickens and other Fowls — To 
 Prepare their Flesh for the Din- 
 ner, or Tea-Table, 261, 262. 
 
 Children, Cathartics for, 237, 238. 
 
 Children with Dysentery, 329. 
 
 Chills, Congestive, 401-403. 
 
 Chimneys, to Stop Leaks, 239. 
 
 Chlorine Gas, a Disinfectant, 353. 
 
 Chloroform — As a Solvent and 
 Anesthetic, or Producing Insen- 
 sibility to Pain, and as a Reno- 
 vator, "59, 250. 
 
 ('holera — Cause, Symj)toms, Treat- 
 ment, Dr. Morrow's Mode of 
 Treatment. Cholera Mixture, 
 Cholera Emetic, Hunn's Life 
 Drops for Cholera, etc., English 
 Remedy for Cholera, and Diar- 
 rhea (Tested in 240 Cases with- 
 out a Failure), Remedies for 
 Cholera (successfully used by 
 Rev. Dr. Hamblin of Constanti- 
 nople in Hundreds of Cases), 
 Cholera Treatment, as Practiced 
 in India by the Inspector Gen- 
 eral of Hospitals, 175-182. 
 
 Cholera ]\Iorbus — Cause, Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, Tincture for. 
 Injection for, etc., 182, 183. 
 
 Cholera Infantum — Cause, Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, 183, 184. 
 
 Cholera, Cholera-Morbus, Colic 
 and Painful Diarrhea — "Very 
 Valuable " Remedies, 250. 
 
 Chohigogue, or Bilious Tonic, 251. 
 
 Chronic Rheumatism, 590-592. 
 
 Cider — Its History, ^Manufacture 
 and best Methods of Keeping, in 
 Europe and the United States, 
 P^nglish Method of Keeping, or 
 Management of Cider, Benjamin 
 Beecher's Champagne from Ci- 
 der, Wine Maker's Manual on 
 Cider, Pure Wine of Apples, Ci- 
 der as a Medicine in Dyspepsia, 
 Rheumatism, etc.. Caution in re- 
 gard to its Use, To Clean old Ci- 
 der Barrels from Mold and Mus- 
 tiness, 251-261. 
 
 Cider, To Prevent Fermentation, 
 416-420. 
 
 Cider Wine, 623. 
 
 Cisterns, To Plaster on the Ground, 
 240. 
 
 Cisterns and Filters — Directions 
 for Making (Illustrated, 262- 
 264. 
 
 Clay, or Earth Poultices — Valua- 
 ble in Small Pox, Stings, Insect 
 Bites, Rattle-Snake Bites, etc., 
 264, 265. 
 
 Cleansing Wool — New and Valua- 
 ble Method, 255. 
 
 Clay Dressings in Small Pox, 606. 
 
 Climate in Consumption, 285-287. 
 
 Clock Oil, 266. 
 
 Cockroaches — DeadShot — and oth- 
 er Certain Remedies, 266, 267. 
 
 Cohosh Black, Alterative, 66. 
 
 Cohosh, Tincture of. For Inflam- 
 matorv Rheumatism, 591. 
 
 Colds— How Taken, Treatment, Dr. 
 G. Johnson's (London, England) 
 Cure for Colds and Recent Ca- 
 tarrh, Sweating Process, Very 
 Successful Remedy ff)r Chronic 
 ('atarrh Arising from Colds, 187- 
 192. 
 Ancient Method of Cure, 267. 
 
 Cold-Sores, Chaps, etc., 221. 
 
 Cold-Chisel— To Make at Home, 
 267, 268. 
 
 Cold Cre'uns — For Irritation of the 
 Skin. Chaps, Cracks, etc., 268. 
 
 Cold Pink, or Turkey Head- 
 Cheese, to Make, 268. 
 
 Colic — Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, Prof. Scudder's New Treat- 
 ment of Colic, 185-187. 
 
 Colic, Pain-Killer for, 577. 
 
€30 
 
 Colic — Verv Successful Remedy, 
 268, 269. ■ 
 
 Cologne, or Perfume — For the 
 Hair, 270. 
 
 Colored Lights — Red, Green, and 
 Blue Fire. For Rooms, Without 
 Sulphurous Odor, 269, 270. 
 
 Coloring — Domestic and Manufac- 
 turing Processes, To Prepare Tin 
 for Acids, To Make Coloring 
 Acid, or Muriate of Tin for 
 Scarlets, Indigo Compound, or 
 Chemic for Blue and Green, 
 270, 271. 
 
 Colors on Wool — Scarlet, Crimson, 
 Scarlet with Lac, Madder Red, 
 Yellow with Fustic, Yellow with 
 Oak Bark, Sumac or Peach-Tree 
 Leaves, Orange, Dark Green, 
 Green with Bark, Blue, Prussian 
 Blue, Tan Color, Snuff Color, 
 Dark Brown, Madder Brown, 
 London Brown, Wine Color, 
 Maroon or Brownish Crimson, 
 Black, Black with Barks, Green 
 on Wool or Silk, with Picric 
 Acid, To Re-Color Shawls and 
 Old Goods, To Scour Wool, etc., 
 271-275. 
 
 Old Style Dark Blue, on Wool, 
 277. 
 
 Colors on Silks — Same Colors as on 
 Wool, 275. 
 Pink on Silks, 278. 
 To Renovate and Re-Color Old 
 Silk Ribbons, 278. 
 
 Colors on Cotton Goods — Black, 
 Green, Tan, Yellow, Orange, 
 Drab or Brown, Yellow Drab, 
 Slate Drab, Madder Drab, Red 
 Drab, 275-278. 
 
 Coloring Carpet Rags, Yellow, 
 Orange, Green, Blue, Murexide 
 and Analine Colors, 278-280. 
 
 Comfrev Root, 328, 329. 
 
 Composts, Manuring, etc., 562-564. 
 
 Concrete Buildings in the United 
 States and Europe — Their Cheap- 
 ness, Security and Methods of 
 Construction, 280-285. 
 
 Congestive Fever, or Congestive 
 Chills, 401-403. 
 
 Consum])tion — (Jause, Symptoms, 
 Treatiuent, Pulmonary Sirup, 
 
 Dr. Wa.ren's Cordial, Dr. Hale's 
 Cough Tincture, Dr. Dowry's 
 Hygienic and Climatic Treat- 
 ment, Inhalation, Travel, 192-203 
 Effects of Climate, 285-287. 
 
 Constipation— Treatment, 290, 291. 
 In Dyspepsia, 357. 
 Laxatives in, 610. 
 
 Cookies, 213. 
 
 Cooking Food For Stock — When 
 it Pays and When Not, For Fat- 
 tening Pigs, Great Economy in 
 Feeding, Cooking Potatoes for 
 Swine, 287-290. 
 
 Cooking Rice, 290. 
 
 Copper Wire — For Mending Har- 
 ness, Trace Chains, Thills, etc., 
 291, 292. 
 
 Cordial, Astringent, 72. 
 
 C^irdial, Cathartic, 173. 
 
 Cordial Diuretic, 318, 319. 
 
 Cordial, Neutralizing and Cathar- 
 tic, 573. 
 
 Corn — To Have the Earliest Ripen- 
 ing, Corn Hulling — Directions 
 for Preparing, Fried Hominj% 
 C!orn Raising — Salt as a Manure, 
 Action of Salt in Plants, 292, 293. 
 
 Corns— Sir Humphrey Davy's Cure, 
 Removal and Cure, 293, 294. 
 
 Cosmetics, For the Complexion 
 — Their LLses and Manufac- 
 ture — Embracing Pearl Powders, 
 French Blanc, Rouges, Milks and 
 Emulsions, Pomades, Hair Dyes, 
 De})ilatories for Removing Su- 
 perfluous Hair, Tooth Powders, 
 Remarks on, Toilet Soaps, Cos- 
 metic Soa]:)s, Milk of Wax for tlie 
 Skin, Milk of Almonds for the 
 Comi)lexion, Perfumery for the 
 Breath, Lotions to Remove 
 Freckles, 294-299. 
 
 Costiveness, Manifesting Derange- 
 ment of Digestion, 192. 
 
 Cotton Goods, To Color, 270-280. 
 
 Coughs — In Recent Colds — Imme- 
 diate Relief— Cough Sirups, Bal- 
 sams, Lozenges, Tinctures, etc., 
 Cough Mixture, Cough Drops, 
 Cough Sirup, Tar Sirup for the 
 Lungs, Coughs, etc.. Whooping 
 Cough Sirup, Morris' Cough Bal- 
 sam, Brown's Cough Balsam, 
 
631 
 
 Cougli Lozenges, A Remedy for 
 Cough and Sore Luiig^, 2yi>-o02. 
 
 Cougli Tincture, 195. 
 
 Coughs and Colds— Cause, Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, Cough Elixir, 
 Dr. Hall's Safe and Simple Man- 
 ner of Curing a Cold, 20.'>, L'04, 
 
 Crab-Apples, Pickled, 57it. 
 
 Crac-ked Wheat and Oat Grits- 
 Valuable Articles of Diet, 302, 
 303. 
 
 Cranberry Sauce and Jelly, 303. 
 
 Cranberry, High, Antispasmodic, 
 70. 
 
 Cranesbill, Astringent, 71. 
 
 Cream of Tartar, (iS. 
 
 Cream Cake, 218. 
 
 Cream, Lemon, 547. 
 
 Croup — Cause, Sym{)t()ms, Treat- 
 ment, Soap Liniment for. Prof. 
 Scudder's Plan, Inhalation, 
 Alum Emetics for, etc, 204-208. 
 Paris Remedy, Dr. Gunn's Rem- 
 edy, Simple Remedies, 303,304. 
 Nye's Liniment for, and for Gen- 
 eral Purposes, 547. 
 
 Cucumbers-Salting for Long Keep- 
 ing, and Pickling, 306, 307. 
 
 Cucumbers, Pickled, 579. 
 
 Curculio On Plumbs — A Preven- 
 tion, Also Preventives Against 
 Frosts, 305, 30(i. 
 
 Curing Hams, 304, 305, 505. 
 
 Curing and Smoking Bacon, 137, 
 138. 
 
 Curling Liquid for the Hair, 508. 
 
 Currant Worms — To Kill, 305. 
 
 Custards— Plain, To Boil, to Bake, 
 307. 
 
 Cutting Timber — To Avoid Pow- 
 der-Post, 308. 
 
 Cuts, Bruises, Boils, etc.. Salve for, 
 608. 
 
 Cut-AVorms- To Outwit, 308. 
 
 Cuts, Wounds, etc., Ointment for, 
 574. 
 
 D 
 
 Dandruff — Simple Remedy for, 
 347, 348. 
 To Remove, 508, 509. 
 
 Deafness-Causes,Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, Diaphoretic, or Sweating 
 Tincture for, 309-310. 
 
 Deafness, Simple and Effectual 
 
 Remedv, 348. 
 
 Debility, General, 429, 430. 
 
 Decoctions, 310. 
 
 Delirium Tremens, Cause, Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, 310, 311. 
 
 Deinlatories, 296, 297. 
 
 Diabetes, Causes, Treatment, Rem- 
 edies, Cases in Practice, 311-313. 
 
 Diaphoretics — Powders, etc., 313- 
 315. 
 
 Diarrhea— Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, 315-317. 
 
 Diarrhea and Summer Complaints, 
 145. 
 
 Diarrhea, Painful, Treatment, 250. 
 
 Diarrhea — Valuable and Effe(;tual 
 Remedies. Diarrhea Tincture — 
 Very Valuable, Diarrhea, Or 
 Cholera Tincture — Use of Sugar 
 in Diarrhea, 348-350. 
 Special Food for Dyspepsia and 
 Diarrhea, 357, 358. 
 
 Diarrhea, Sirup for, 610. 
 
 Diet, In Dysentery, 329. 
 
 Diet, Necessary in Dys])epsia, 342. 
 
 Digestive Organs, Description of 
 4.5-49. 
 
 Digestion, Described, 329-347. 
 
 Digestion, Assisted, 344, 345. 
 
 Diptheria — Successful Treatment, 
 Cases in Practice, 350-352. 
 
 Diseases of Horses, Mules and 
 Cattle, 445-506. 
 
 Discutients — To Drive Away Tu- 
 mors, Swellings, etc. — Ointment, 
 and Liniment for, 317, 318-575. 
 
 Disinfectants— Cheap and Effectu- 
 al, 352, 353. 
 
 Dyspeptics, Cathartic for, 238. 
 
 Diuretics — Cordial, Elixir, Lini- 
 ment for, 318, 319. 
 
 Diuretic Compound, 621. 
 
 Diuretic for Rheumatism, 592. 
 
 Doses of Medicines for Different 
 Ages, 24. 
 
 Doughnuts, 217, 218. 
 
 Dressing for Burns and Ulcers, 573. 
 
 Drinks, Effervescing, 380, 381. 
 
 Droi)s, Cough, for, 300. 
 
 Drops— Hunn's Life, 598. 
 
 Dropsy — Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, Cajeput Liniment, for the 
 Loins in Dropsy, 319-326. 
 Russian Remedy, 353-356. 
 
632 
 
 Drunkenness, To Cure, 356, 
 
 Drying Herbs, 510. 
 
 Duodenum and Stomach (illus- 
 trated), 47. 
 
 Dutchnuin'sTempei'ance Lecture — 
 Short but Sound Common Sense, 
 for the Boys, 358. 
 
 Dysentery — Bloody Flux, Cause, 
 Symi)toms, Treatn'ient, Treat- 
 ment in Small Children, 326-329. 
 Remedies in, 356, 357. 
 
 Dyspepsia — Indigestion — Cause, 
 Description of Digestion, Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, AUerative, 
 Stimulantand Restorative Tonic, 
 Aromatic Tonic, Dr. Edward 
 Cone's Treatment, Dr. Halstead's 
 Old Plan, Digestability of Dif- 
 ferent Kinds of Food Compared, 
 Observations upon Digestion 
 from the Case of Alexis St. Mar- 
 tin, whose Stomach was open to 
 View, Digestion Assisted, Tonic 
 for Dysyepsia, Fevers, etc., 329- 
 347. 
 Lactic Acid in, 546. 
 
 Dyspepsia — Constipation, ^itc., 357. 
 
 Dyspepsia and Diarrhea — Spiecial 
 Food For, 357, 358. 
 E 
 
 Earth, or Clay Cure for LTlcers, 619. 
 
 Ear Ache — Successful Remedy,37('. 
 
 Earth. Dry, A Disinfectant, 353. 
 
 Eclecticisjn — Explanation of. Ec- 
 lectic Institute (illust.), 376-380. 
 
 Edge Blacking — See Blacking for 
 the Edge. 
 
 Effervescing Drinks — For Fever 
 Patients, or for Summer Use, 
 Fruit Jellies, as Cooling Drinks 
 for the Sick, Eflervescing Pow- 
 ders, etc., 380, 381 . 
 
 Eggs — Their Preservation for Fam- 
 ily Use, or for Shi])ping, French 
 Method of Preserving Eggs, 
 Fresh Laid Eggs in Winter — 
 Method of Feeding, Also Best 
 Method of Summer Feeding, 
 Country G'entlcmmt'a Method of 
 Feeding Fowls, The Best Fowls 
 for Eggs and for General Pur- 
 poses, To Pickle Eggs, 381-386. 
 
 Eggs, Poached, 575. 
 
 Eggs, Whites of, for Burns, 133. 
 
 Elder Flowers, Alterative Tea, 66. 
 
 Eider Flower Ointment, 575. 
 
 Electricity — The Advantage of its 
 Use in Treating Some Chronic 
 Diseases, 358-362. 
 
 Elixir, Diuretic, 318, 319. 
 
 Elixir, Expectorant, 372. 
 
 Emetics — Eclectic Emetic Powder, 
 EmeticTincture, Acetous Emetic 
 Tincture, Dr. Bone's Emetic and 
 Cathartic Powder, Directions in 
 Giving Emetics, 362-364. 
 
 Emetic Injection, 535, 
 
 Emetic for Croup, 208. 
 
 P^metics, In Fever, 391. 
 
 Einery-Wheels, Cement for, 240. 
 
 Emulsions, 296. 
 
 Epilei)sy, or Falling Sickness, 364, 
 ;)()5. 
 
 Erysipelas — St. Anthony's Fire — 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 Local Applications, Sulphate of 
 Iron in Erysipelas, 365-370. 
 
 Expectorants— Tincture for Chil- 
 dren, Sirup, Elixir for, 370-372. 
 
 Expectorant Inhalent, 533. 
 
 Excretions — Explanations, 375,376. 
 
 Extract of Vaniha, To Make, 422. 
 
 Eye Remedies — Care of the Eyes, 
 etc.. Inflammation of the Edge 
 i){ the Lids, Cause, Symptoms, 
 Treatment, Eye-Water and Oth- 
 er Prescrii)tions for Weak and 
 Inflamed Eyes, Eye-Salve, Eye 
 Granulations — Remedy, 372-375. 
 
 Eye, To Remove Films from, 413. 
 "Lime in the Eye, 547. 
 F 
 
 Face Worms— To Eradii-ate, 58L 
 
 Fainting and Apoplexy — To Dis- 
 timruish, and What to Do, 414. 
 
 Fall Plowing for Clav Lands, 582. 
 
 Failing-Sickness, 3(14, 365. 
 
 Farming — A Model Farmer, 415. 
 
 Farm Gate— Metliod of Setting the 
 Posts to Avoid Sagging (illus- 
 tkatkd), 416, 417. 
 
 Fattening Pigs, 287-290. 
 
 Febrile i)iseases — or General Fe- 
 ver, Causes, Remote Causes of 
 Fever, Symptoms of General 
 Fever, Treatment of General, or 
 Continued Fever, Sweating, 
 Emetics, Cathartics, Strength- 
 
633 
 
 ening Food, Treatment After 
 the Establishment of Fever, 
 Febrifuge, Typhoid Fever, Es- 
 pecial Cause of Typhoid Fever, 
 Symptoms, Treatment, Remit- 
 tent or Bilious Remittent Fever, 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 Intermittent Fever, or Ague, 
 Clause, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 Congesti' e Fever, or Congestive 
 Chills, Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, Yellow Fever, Cause, 
 Symptoms, Treatment, Scarlet 
 Fever, Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, 387-413. 
 
 Febrifuge, 392,393. 
 
 Febrifuge Inhalant, 534. 
 
 Felon— Remedy, Cause, Svmptoms 
 Treatment, Felon Salve", 386,387. 
 
 Felon— Remedies, 417, 418. 
 
 Fence Posts — Everlasting — Fence 
 Posts, Piles and Other Timber, 
 French Method To Prevent De- 
 cay, 418, 419. 
 
 Fermentation, To Prevent in Wine 
 and Cider, 419, 420. 
 
 Fever, General, 387—113. 
 
 Fever Sores — Successful Treat- 
 ment, 420. 
 
 Fever and Ague, or Intermittent 
 Fever — St. Louis Remedy, 420. 
 
 Fever and Ague, and Boils — Long 
 Standing Remedv, 420, 421. 
 
 Files— To Re-Cut, and Other Tools 
 To Sharpen, by the Use of Acids, 
 421, 422. 
 
 Films Upon the Eye — To Remove, 
 413. 
 
 Filters and Cisterns, 262-264. 
 
 Finish, For Black Walnut and 
 other Porous Woods, 425. 
 
 Fire Kindlers — Cheap and Handy, 
 422. 
 
 Fire-Proof Wash for Shingles, 422. 
 
 Flavoring with Lemon and Orange, 
 Fluid Extract of Vanilla, To 
 Make, Sirup of Vanilla, 422, 423. 
 
 Floating Island, 423. 
 
 Fluxes for the Ditferent Metals, 
 612. 
 
 Fly Paper, 423. 
 
 Fomentations, 318, 319-413, 414. 
 
 Foods, Digestability Compared, 
 342, 343. 
 
 Food, In Fever, 391. 
 
 Food, For Stock, 287-290, 584. 
 
 Foot-Rot in Sheep — See Carbolic 
 Acid. 
 
 Fowls, How to Feed, 381-386. 
 
 Freckles, To Remove — See Cos- 
 metics. 
 
 French Blanc, 295. 
 
 Fresh Grapes at All Seasons, 423. 
 
 Frosting for Cake, 216, 219. 
 
 Frosting Glass, 423. 
 
 Fruit Cake, 218. 
 
 Fruit Jellies, 381. 
 
 Fruit Jellies — To Prevent Mould- 
 ing, 424. 
 
 Fruits, To Can, 225-227. 
 
 Furniture Polishing Paste, Stains, 
 Filling Cracks and the Pores of 
 the Wood, etc.. Black Walnut 
 Imitation Stain and Polish, 
 To Fill the Cracks, and Pores of 
 the Wood, Furniture Finish for 
 Black Walnut and other Porous 
 I Wcods, 424, 425. 
 I French Polish for, 583, 584. 
 
 G 
 ! Gallic Acid, Astringent, 71. 
 
 Gall-Stones, or Biliary Calculi — 
 j Su(;cessful Remedy, Cause Symp- 
 I toms. Treatment, Cases in Prac- 
 j tice, 425-429. 
 
 Garden Com])ost, or Manure, 434. 
 
 Gelseminum, Antispasmodic, 69. 
 
 General Debility— Cause, Treat- 
 ment, 429, 430. 
 
 Gintrer Bread, 214. 
 
 Ginger Wine, 623. 
 
 Girdled Fruit Trees, by Mice, To 
 Save, 435. 
 
 Glass Cutting, for Home Use — 
 Ground Glass, Imitation, for 
 Windows, 435. 
 
 Glass, To Frost, 423. 
 
 Glass Vessels, To Stop Cracks, 241. 
 
 Gloss, or Starch Polish, 435. 
 
 Glue for Ready Use — For Furni- 
 ture, Dishes, Belting, Liquid 
 Glue, Water-Proof Glue, 435, 436. 
 
 Glycerine — How Obtained, Its 
 Uses, 436, 437. 
 
 Glycerine Cement, 240. 
 
 Goitre or Swelled Neck, 129-132. 
 
 Gold, or Yellow Cake, 218. 
 
 Gold, Solders for, 611. 
 
634 
 
 Grape Culture— Grape Grafting, 
 Grape Jelly, Grape Juice or 
 Wine from Tame or from Wild 
 Grapes, Grapes Successfully 
 Kept Until Spring, 437-439. 
 To Keep Fresli at All Seasons, 423. 
 
 Gra])e Catsup, 510. 
 
 Grape Jelly, 544, 545. 
 
 Grafting Grape Vines, 438. 
 
 Grafting Wax, 439. 
 
 Grass, or Meadow Land — Success- 
 ful Management of, 440. 
 
 Gravel — Stone, or Uniary Deposits, 
 Cause, Sources of Urine, Com- 
 position of Urine, Symptoms, 
 Treatment, Case in Practice, 430- 
 434. 
 
 Granulations of the Eye, 374, 375. 
 
 Grease or Paint Spots, To Remove 
 From Clothing, 440. 
 
 Griddle Cakes — Indian, Buck- 
 wheat, Rye, Wheat Flour, Muf- 
 fins, etc., 214, 215. 
 
 Gum, or Paste for Office Use, 440. 
 
 Gun Barrels — Improved Process 
 for Browning, Varnish for Gun 
 Barrels, Stocks, etc., 440, 441. 
 H 
 
 Hair Curling Liquid, 508. 
 
 Hair I)ve — In Three Numbers, 506. 
 
 Hair Dyes, 29(5, 297. 
 
 Hair Oils, 508. 
 
 Hair Restoratives and Invigora- 
 tors, 506, 507. 
 
 Hair Tonics — Pomade for the 
 Hair, Very Nice, Prof. Proctor's 
 Pomade, French Pomade, Re- 
 storative, etc., 507, 508. 
 
 Hair, To Remove, 509. 
 
 Hams, To Cure, 304, 305. 
 
 Handling Vicious Horses, Break- 
 ing Colts, etc., 488-50(t. 
 
 Hard Soap, White and Yellow, to 
 Make, 611. 
 
 Hay-Making — When it Should be 
 Done, 509. 
 
 Headache — Cause, Symj)toms, 
 Treatment, 441, 442. 
 
 Head-Cheese — Also Imitation 
 Head-Cheese with Beef Flank. 
 509. 
 
 Head-Cheese, with Turkey, 268, 
 
 '. With Chicken, etc., 261. 
 
 Healing Salve, 608. 
 
 Heart-Burn and Water Brash, 
 Cause, Treatment, 442. 
 
 Heart, Palpitation of, 577. 
 
 Heart and Circulation, (illustra- 
 ted) 36-38. 
 
 Hemorrliage — See Bleeding. 
 
 Hernia, or Rupture — Ti-eatment, 
 and Trusses, to Make, (illu.stra- 
 ted), To Prevent Irritation in, 
 442-^44. 
 
 Herbs — The Time to Gather, and 
 Method of Drying, 510. 
 
 Hiccough — Remedy, 510. 
 
 Hives, or Nettle Rash — Cause, 
 Symptoms, Treatment, 444-569. 
 
 Hominy, Fried, 292. 
 
 Honey and Hives, See Bee Keep- 
 ing." 
 
 Honey — To Keep Without Crys- 
 talization or Candying, 510. 
 
 DISEASES OF HORSES AND CATTLE. 
 
 Horses,Mules and Cattle — A Synop- 
 sis, or General View of their 
 Diseases, their Causes, Symp- 
 toms and Treatment, 445-500. 
 Big-Leg, Grease-Heel, etc. — 
 
 Remedy, 501. 
 Bleeding Horses in Founder, (il- 
 lustrated), 460^62. 
 Blood and Bog-Spavin — Remedy 
 
 501. 
 Bone Spavin, to Cure the Lame- 
 ness, 501. 
 Canker in the Feet — Cause, 
 Treatment, Physic for, 463, 464. 
 Chronic Cough, Asthma, or 
 Heaves — Cause, Symptoms, 
 Treatment, 447. 
 Colds — Treatment, Pectoral Pow- 
 ders, 468. 
 Colic and Bots in Horses, and 
 Hoven or Blown in Cattle, 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment 
 in Horses, Treatment in Cat- 
 tle (illustrated), 448^50. 
 Colic, Lung Fever, Inflamma- 
 tion of the Bowels, Lungs, 
 Stomach, etc., 502. 
 Common Cold, Influenza, Dis- 
 temper, or Catarrh, Cause, 
 Symptoms, Treatment, 445. 
 Consti {lation — Cause, Symptoms, 
 
 Treatment, 451 . 
 Diarrhea, or Scouring, Cause, 
 
635 
 
 Symptoms, Treatment. 450, 451. 
 
 Diptheria— Treatment, 468, 4()0. 
 Dropsy — Cause, Symptoms, 
 Treatment, 451-452. " 
 
 "Epizoot," or Horse Epidemie 
 of 1872,Symptonis, Treatment, 
 Volatile Liniment for, ete.. 
 505, 500. 
 
 Eye Water, for, 502. 
 
 Feltoric and Farey — Symptoms, 
 Treatment, 456, 457. 
 
 Fever, (General Inflammation), 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 445. 
 
 Foul in the Feet of Cattle, 502. 
 
 Founder — Cause, S y m p t o m s , 
 Treatment, Physic Ball for 
 Founder, etc., 4(50-462. 
 
 Garget in Cows — Kemeilies, 502. 
 
 Grayel, or Pricked Feet in Shoe- 
 ing — Wounds in the Feet, etc.. 
 Grayel-Shoe, For Securing 
 Dressings to the Bottom of the 
 Foot (Illustrated), 464. 
 
 Hide-Bound — Cause, Symptoms, 
 Treatment, Purifying Ball, 455. 
 
 Heaves — Permanent Cures in, 
 see Pectoral Powders, 475. 
 
 Hoof Ointment, 503. 
 
 How to Feed Sulphur to, 503. 
 
 Inflammation of the Bowels — 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 447, 448. 
 
 Inflammation of the Eyes — 
 Cause, Symptoms. Treatment, 
 452, 453. ' 
 
 Inflammation of the Lungs, or 
 Pleura — Cause, Sympt o m s , 
 Treatment, 44(5. 
 
 Infiamnuition of the Stomach, 
 lutiammatory Colic, or Gripes, 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 447. 
 
 Jaundice— Cause , Symptoms, 
 Treatment, 452. 
 
 King of Oils, or Liniment for 
 Horses and Cattle, 504. 
 
 Lacerated Wounds in — To Se- 
 cure and Treat, 503. 
 
 Mallenders and Sallenders,Cause 
 
 Symptoms, Treatment, 460. 
 
 Mange and Lice — Cause, Symp- 
 toms and Treatment, 456. 
 
 Mange Ointment, 502. 
 
 ]Milk Fever in Cows — Cause, 
 Symptoms, Treatment, 453. 
 
 Oiffor Wounds of, 503. 
 
 Over-Exertion, or Nervous Ex- 
 haustion — Cause, Symptoms, 
 Treatment, 446. 
 
 Poulticing in Diptheria and in 
 Distemper, or Strangles, Ban- 
 dages ho\y to be Applied (Il- 
 lustrated), 465-468. 
 
 Profuse Staling, or Too FreeUri- 
 jiation of Horses-Remedy, 504. 
 
 Quittor, orLTlcer at the Coronet 
 — Cause, Treatment, Mixture 
 for, 469-47 L 
 
 Sand Cracks — Cause, and Treat- 
 ment, 462, 463. 
 
 Shoukler and other Strains, Re- 
 cent Spavins, etc.. Valuable 
 Liniment for, 504. 
 
 Skeleton and Points of a Horse 
 (Illustrated), 471-473. 
 
 Spavin, Curb, Ring-bone and 
 Splints-Cause, Treatment, 459. 
 
 Sprain of the ColKn-Joint — 
 Cause, Treatment, 459. 
 
 Stifle, or Strains of the Stifle 
 Joint-Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, 458, 459. 
 
 Strains of the Back Sinews, 
 Treatment, 459. 
 
 Strangury, or Suppression of the 
 Urine— Cause, Sym p t o m s , 
 Treatment, 452. 
 
 Sweeny^Certain Cure for, Swee- 
 ny Liniment, 503. 
 
 Diseases of the Legs and Feet — 
 Swelled Legs, etc., 458. 
 
 Symptoms of Pregnancy, in Cows 
 and Mares-T aifailingTest, 487. 
 
 Thrush— Treatment, 463. 
 
 Umbilical Hernia in Colts — Suc- 
 cessfully Treated, 486, 487. 
 
 Washes and Ointments for 
 Wounds. 503. 
 
 Wash for Ulcers, etc., 503. 
 
 Winterin<r Calves — to Make 
 Good Milkers, 504. 
 
 Worm s — Cause , S y m p t o ni s , 
 Treatment, 451. 
 
 Wounds from Incisions, or Cuts 
 — Cause, Treatment, or Gen- 
 eral Directions for tlie Man- 
 agement of Wounds, etc., 457. 
 
636 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 MEDICINES FOR HORSES AND CATTLE. 
 
 Medicines for Horses and Cattle, 
 473-486. 
 
 Alkaline Astringent for Diarrhea 
 and Scours in C'attle, 482. 
 
 Alterative Balls for Horses and 
 Mules, 482. 
 
 Alterative Drink for Farcy, 483. 
 
 Anodyne Draught, 474, 
 
 Astringent Liniment for Wounds 
 and Joints, 483. 
 
 Bracing, or Strengthening Mix- 
 ture for Strains, 479. 
 
 Camphorated Ointment for 
 Caked Udders, etc., 480, 481. 
 
 Camphorated Spirits for Horses 
 and Cattle, in Pains, Strains, 
 and Slight Swellings, 479. 
 
 Cephalic, or Snuf!' Powders, 478. 
 
 Compound Tincture, or Ano- 
 dyne Draught for, 474. 
 
 Cooling Loti(jn, or Wash, for 
 Hor.'^es, 479. 
 
 Cordial Drink for Over-Heated 
 Horses, 48(5. 
 
 Cordial, or Tonic Driuk in Diar- 
 rhea and Scours, 482. 
 
 Cough Powders for, 475. 
 
 Clyster, or Injection for, 480. 
 
 Diarrhea Ball for, 482. 
 
 Diuretic, for, 476. 
 
 Drink, or Draught for Conges- 
 tion, or Intiammation of the 
 Lungs in Horses, etc., 480. 
 
 Egvptiacum, or Astringent, to 
 Make, 483. 
 
 English White-Oil tor Fresh 
 Wounds in Persons, Horses, 
 etc., 48L 
 
 Eye Lotion, Water for, 479, 502. 
 
 Febrifuge for Horses or Cattle — 
 In Place of Bleeding, 474. 
 
 Fever Ball for, 475. 
 
 Flaxseed Tea for Cattle, 477. 
 
 Injection, for, 480. 
 
 Iodine, as an Alterative in Con- 
 sumption, or other Lung Dis- 
 eases of Cattle, 480. 
 
 Iodine Ointment, 480. 
 
 King of Oils, or Liniment 504. 
 
 Liniment, Sweating or Blister- 
 ing, 477, 478. 
 
 Liniment Astringent, 483. 
 
 Liniment for, 504. 
 
 Lotion for the Eye, 479, 502. 
 Lotion, Cooling, for 479. 
 Mange Ointment for, 483. 
 Mercurial Physic for Horses and 
 
 Cattle in Jaundice, 475". 
 Mixture, Goulard's, 479. 
 Mixture, Penetrating, 485. 
 Oil for Wounds, 503. 
 Oil— English White, 481. 
 Oils, King of, or Liniment, 504. 
 Ointment, Basilicon, 483. 
 Ointment, Cami)horated, 480. 
 Ointment for Grease in, 484. 
 Ointment, Hoof, 503. 
 Ointment, Iodine, 480. 
 Ointment for Spavins, Splints 
 
 and Ring-bones, 485. 
 Ointment, Suppling, 478. 
 Ointment, Suppurating for 
 
 Wounds, 483. 
 Ointments and Washes for 
 
 Wounds, 503. 
 Ointment, White, 484. 
 Pectoral Powders — a Valuable 
 
 Remedy in Heaves, 475, 
 Penetrating Mixture for Deep 
 
 Wounds in Horses Feet, 485. 
 Physic Ball for Horses, 473. 
 Phvsic, or Cleansing Drink for 
 
 Cattle, 474. 
 Physic, Repeating, 474. 
 Powder, Cough, 475. 
 Powder, Cephalic or Snuff, 478. 
 Powder, Purifying, 475. 
 Powders, Urine, 476. 
 Poulticing in Diptheria, Distem- 
 per, etc., (Illustrated), 465. 
 Purge Ball for Horses, to Follow 
 
 the Worm Ball, 476. 
 Purifying Powders, 475. 
 Repeating Physic, for, 47 L 
 Sharp Water f(jr Grease in, 484. 
 Stomach Drink for Horses to 
 
 Aid Digestion, 477. 
 Stomach Drink to Improve the 
 
 Appetite in Wounds. 484. 
 Stopping Dressing for Wounds 
 
 in Horses feet, 485. 
 Stopping Blo(»d. etc., 485. 
 Styptic for Stopi)ing Blood, De- 
 stroying Proud-Flesh, etc., 485. 
 Suppling Ointment, to Follow 
 
 Blisters, to aid the Growth of 
 
 Hair, etc., 478. 
 
637 
 
 Suppurating Ointment for 
 Wounds, 483. 
 
 Sweating or Blistering Liniment 
 Preferable to Rowels, 477, 478. 
 
 Tincture, Compound, 474. 
 
 Tonic Drink in Diarrhea, etc., 482. 
 
 Tonic for Horses or Cattle, 474. 
 
 Urine Powders for, 476. 
 
 Wash for Ulcers, 5(:)3. 
 
 Wash, Cooling, 479. 
 
 Water, or Goulard's Mixture, 
 Used in Strains, etc., 479. 
 
 White Ointment for Cracked 
 Heels, Scratches, Gravel in 
 Horses; and for Mii-higan, or 
 Prairie Itch, in Persons, 484. 
 
 Worm Ball for Horses, 47(5. 
 
 Handling Vicious Horses, Break- 
 ing Colts, etc., 488-500. 
 Colts— True Method of Raising, 
 To Catch and Halter, To Han- 
 dle, To Teach to Lead, To Bit, 
 495-498. 
 
 Horses — To Train to Harness, 
 To Train to Drive, To Train to 
 Back, To Drive in Shafts, 
 Breaking of Kicking, Balking, 
 etc., 493, 494. 
 
 How, or rather Where to Con- 
 trol the Horse, 489. 
 
 Laying the Horse Down, 491—493. 
 
 Signs that the Horse has Yield- 
 ed, or become Submissive. 490. 
 
 Tricks— to Teach to, 498. 
 
 To Teach to Come, or Follow at 
 the Crack of the Whip, or the 
 Word of Command, (Illus- 
 trated), 498, 499. 
 
 To Sav "Yes" by Making a 
 Bow" 499, 500. 
 
 To Sav " No," 500. 
 
 To Teach the Horse to Kiss 
 You, 500. 
 
 H. Miscellaneous. H. 
 Hulling Corn, 292. 
 Hungarv Water, For the Hanker- 
 chief, '508. 
 Hunn's Life Drops as a Valuable 
 
 Internal Stimulant, 598. 
 Hydrophobia, or Mad Dog Bites, 
 
 Certain Remedies, — Confirma- 
 tion, Mineral Preventive, Cure 
 
 from Northern India, and Certain 
 
 other Pj-eventives, Cure as Prac- 
 
 ticed in Tonquin and Cochin 
 China, Cure of Hydrophobia af- 
 ter Spasms had Commenced, 
 510-514. 
 
 I. 
 
 Ice-Cream, 538. 
 
 Ice-Houses — With and Without a 
 Preserving Chamber, for Milk, 
 Fruit and other Vegetables, 537. 
 
 Imitation, of Mahogany, 5()2. 
 
 Incense for the Sick-Room, 538. 
 
 Indelible Ink, 541. 
 
 Indigestion — See Dysjiepsia. 
 
 Inflammatory Diseases Inflam- 
 mation of the Lungs and Pleu- 
 risy, Cause, Symjitoms, Stages of 
 the Disease, Auscultation, First 
 Staiie, Second Stage, Third Stage, 
 Treatment, 514-520. 
 Typhoid Pneumonia — Compara- 
 tive History of Two Cases, 
 Showing the Advantage and 
 Necessity of Immediate Atten- 
 tion upon an Attack, 520-524. 
 
 Inflammation of the Bowels, ( En- 
 teritis )-Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, 529,531. 
 
 Inflammation of the Liver — {He- 
 jmlitisj-Canse, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, 525-529. 
 
 InHammation of the Stomach — 
 Cause, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 524,525. 
 
 Infusions, or Teas, 531, 532. 
 
 Inhalation and Inhaler (Illustra- 
 ted) — Alterative Inhalent, Ex- 
 pectorant Inhalent, Soothing 
 and Feln-ifuge Inhalent, Astrin- 
 gent Inhalent, 532-534. 
 
 Inhalation in Asthma, 59. 
 
 Inhalations, 129, 199, 200. 
 
 Inhalation in Small Pox, 005. 
 
 Injections — Soothing, Cathartic, 
 Astringent and Anodyne, also 
 Emetic Injection, etc., 534-536. 
 
 Injection, Nourishing, 572. 
 Stimulating for Palsy, 577. 
 
 Injection in Cholera Morbus, 183. 
 
 Injection in Diarrhea, 315-317. 
 
 Inks — Black, Blue-Black and Copy- 
 ing Inks, Indestructible Ink for 
 Deeds, Red Ink, Blue Ink, Ink 
 Powder, Ink in Cakes, iNIarking 
 Ink, Crimson Marking Ink, 
 
238 
 
 BliK-k Ink not Corroding to 
 Steel Pens, Yellow Ink, Ink for 
 Zinc Labels for Trees, Indelible 
 Red Ink for Marking Linen, In- 
 destructible Ink for Filling Let- 
 ters on Stone, 538-541. 
 
 Ink Stains — To Remove from 
 Clothing, 541. 
 
 Interest Simple and Perfect 
 
 Method of Reckoning all Rates 
 — Example, 541. 
 
 Intermittent Fever or Ague, 399. 
 
 Intestinal Canal, (Illustrated), 48. 
 
 Introduction, 19-23. 
 
 Invalids, Nourishing Soup for, 572. 
 
 Invigorators, Hair, 50(5, 507. 
 
 Iodide of Potassa, an Alterative, 66. 
 
 Iodine Paint for Bronchocele, 130. 
 
 Iron Axles — To Case-Harden, 541. 
 
 Iron Rust — To Remove from 
 Clothing, 541. 
 
 Iron, Solder for, 612. 
 
 Iron and Steel, To Brown, 164. 
 
 Iron or Stone, Cement for, 239. 
 
 1 1 ch , ( Scabies Psora ) Ca use, 
 
 Symptoms, Treatment, 536, 537. 
 J. 
 
 Jaundice — Causes, Sym p t o m s , 
 Treatment, 542-544. 
 
 Japan Varnish for Harness, Car- 
 riage Tops, etc,, 544. 
 
 Jams — Blackberry, Raspberry, 544. 
 
 Jelly — Apple, Grape, etc., 544. 
 
 Jelly Cake, 213. 
 
 Jelly, Cranberry, 303. 
 
 Jelly, Grape, 438, 439. 
 
 Jellies, to Prevent Moulding, 224. 
 
 Jumbles. 220, 545. 
 L. 
 
 Labeling, on Tin, 546. 
 For Damp Cellars, 569. 
 
 Lacquers, Deep Gold and other 
 Colors, For Yellow, For Red, 
 For Tin, Pale Lacquer for Brass, 
 Lacquer, or Varnish for Polish- 
 ed Iron, or Steel, 546. 
 
 Lacteals, Description of, 50. 
 
 Lactic Acid in Dispepsia, 546. 
 
 lactic Acid and Pepsin, 344. 
 
 Land, Poor, to Bring up Without 
 Manure, 564. 
 
 Lard Rendering, Almost Free of 
 Scrap and Very White, 546. 
 
 I^wn — To Make and Seed, 546. 
 
 Laxatives, 172. 
 
 Laxatives in Constipation, 610. 
 
 Leather Preservatives, Applicable 
 to Boots and Shoes, Harness and 
 Belts — German Method, Water 
 Proof for Boots and Shoes, 547. 
 
 Leather Belts— To Cement, 239, 
 547. 
 
 Leather, Bronze Color, 547. 
 
 Leather — To Fasten to Iron Pul- 
 leys, 547. 
 
 Lemonade Powders, 547. 
 
 Lemon Cake, 217. 
 
 Lemon Cream, 547. 
 
 Lights, Colored, 269, 270. 
 
 Lightning-Rotls — Best Material for 
 — Form , A tta c h m e n t , and 
 Ground Connection, 547, 548. 
 
 Lime in the Eye — Remedy, 547. 
 
 Liniments — Nye's Liniment for all 
 Sprains, Bruises, Fresh Wounds 
 on Man, or Beast, alsc for Rheu- 
 matism on Man and Croup of 
 Children, Scarret's Liniment, or 
 Black Oil for Poll-Evil, etc., 
 Brown's Liniment, White 
 Liniment — Thick, Wart Lini- 
 ment, Soap Liniment or Opodel- 
 doc, Lethian Liniment or Opo- 
 deldoc;, Neuralgia Liniment, 
 548-550. 
 
 Liniment, Camphor, 221. 
 
 Liniment, for Croup, 204. 
 
 Liniment, Cajeput, in Dropsy, 321. 
 
 Liniment, Discutient, 318. 
 
 Liniment, Diuretic, 318, 319. 
 
 Liniment, To Relieve Burns, 135. 
 
 Liniment Stimulating — Very Ef- 
 ficient, 598. 
 
 Liquid Glue, 436. 
 
 Liquid Physic, or Cooling Purga- 
 tive, 550. 
 
 Liver, Description of, 49. 
 
 Liver, Inflammation of, 525-529. 
 
 Liver — Ulceration of, 545. 
 
 Loaf Cake, 212. 
 
 Locked-Jaw — Cured after a Lock 
 of 40 Hours, 550-552. 
 
 Lotions for Freckles, 299. 
 
 Lotions to Relieve Pain, in Scalds 
 and Burns, 608. 
 
 Lozenges, Cough, 302. 
 
 Lubricating, or Axle Grease, 75. 
 
 Lumbago — A Safe but Amusing 
 
639 
 
 Cure, 545. 
 
 Lungs and Respiratory, or Breath- 
 ing Apparatus, 42-45. 
 
 Lungs, Sore, 302. 
 
 Lungs — to Expand, 545, 546. 
 
 Lye — Caustic for Soap and Wash- 
 ing Fluid, 611. 
 
 Lymphatics, Description of, 50. 
 M 
 
 Mad-Dog Bite — Certain Remedies, 
 510-514. 
 
 Mahogany — Imitation of, 562. 
 
 Manuring Comi)osts, etc — General 
 and Special Instructions, Utiliz- 
 ing Bones for Manure, Value of 
 Salt as a Manure, Value of Wood 
 Ashes for Wheat, Value of Poul- 
 try or Hen Manure, Value of 
 Swamp Muck for Comjiosting, 
 Manure to be Spread as Hauled 
 Out, Poor Land to "Bring Up" 
 in the Absence of Manure, 562- 
 564. 
 
 Manure, Garden Compost, 434. 
 
 Maps — To Mount on Muslin, 564. 
 
 Marble and Alabaster, Cement, 240. 
 
 Masturbation (Onanism — Self Po- 
 lution) — Svmptoms, Treatment, 
 552-558. 
 
 Matches — WithoutSulphur,Match- 
 es Without Phosphorus — To 
 Stand Rough Handling, 564. 
 
 Mead, 565. 
 
 Meadow Land, Successful Manage- 
 ment of, 440. 
 
 Measles — Cause, Sym})toms, Treat- 
 ment, A Case in Point, 558-5()0. 
 
 Meats — Curing, Smoking, Drying 
 and Keeping, Handy Smoke 
 House, Meats — Fresh in Sum- 
 mer From Winter Killing, Ef- 
 fects of Heat in Cooking, 566. 
 
 Medicines for Horses and Cattle. 
 473-48(). 
 
 Mill Picks — Making and Temper- 
 ing, Working, Purifying and 
 Tempering Steel — Used by the 
 Government, 56t)-5()8. 
 
 Milk — Its Value as an Article of 
 Food, 568. 
 
 Milk-House, Model, 568. 
 
 Milk in Scalds and Burns, 132. 
 
 Mortar — Silicate (Becoming like 
 Flint), Suitable for Cobble-Stone 
 
 Houses, 569. 
 
 Moths, Bee, To Destroy, 121. 
 
 Mucilage for Labels — Also Label- 
 ing, for Damp Cellars etc., 569. 
 
 Muck, for Compost, 563. 
 
 Mumps — Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, 560-562. 
 
 Mumps, Settling, to Cure, 222. 
 
 Murexide and Analine Colors, 279. 
 
 Muriate of Tin, or Coloring Acid, 
 271. 
 
 Muscles (illustrated) 33-36. 
 
 Mustard, Plaster as an External 
 Stimulant, 598. 
 N. 
 
 Nails — Growing into the Flesh — 
 Painless Remedy, 571. 572. 
 
 Narcotics and Sedatives, 596, 597. 
 
 Nettle-Rash, or Hives — Cause, 
 Symptoms, Treatment, 444, 445. 
 
 Nerves, Description of, 51-57. 
 
 Nervous Pills, 572. 
 
 Nervous Svstem, (Illustrated), 
 51-57. 
 
 Neutralizing Physic, or Compound 
 Powder of Rhubarb, 572, 573. 
 
 Neutralizing Cordial, 573. 
 
 Neuralgia Cause, Sympto m s , 
 
 Treatment, 570, 571. 
 
 Neuralgia, or Spinal Affections — 
 Valuable Remedy, 612. 
 
 Neuralgia Liniment, 550. 
 
 Nose-Bleed — Simple but Effectual 
 Remedy, 122, 572. 
 
 Nourishing Squp for Invalids, 572. 
 
 Nourishing Injection, 572. 
 O. 
 
 Oakum as a Dressing for Burns 
 and Ulcers, 573. 
 
 Oak Bark, Astringent, 71. 
 
 Oat Grits, 302, 303. 
 
 Odor from Perspiration — Remedy, 
 573. 
 
 Oil-Cloths, To Preserve their Pol- 
 ish, 573. 
 
 Oil-Stones, to Face, 573. 
 
 Oil, for Clocks, 266. 
 
 Oil, Camphorated, 221. 
 
 Oils, Hair, 508. 
 
 Ointments — Stramonium and Hop 
 — For Salt-Rheum, Burns, Ul- 
 cers, Painful Tumors, etc., 133, 
 573. 
 
 Ointment— Mrs. Wolfs, For Burns 
 
640 
 
 Old Sores, or Fresh Wounds, 
 etc., 57o. 
 
 Ointment for Bronchocele, 129. 
 
 Ointment for Cancer, 167. 
 
 Ointment, Gilman's Cancer, 224. 
 
 Ointment — Mayer's — German — or 
 Compound Lead Ointment, for 
 Cuts, Wounds, Ulcers and Skin 
 Diseases, 574. 
 
 Ointment andOil of Elder-Flowers, 
 574. 
 
 Ointment for Fever-Sores, 574. 
 
 Ointment, or Salve for Itch and 
 other Skin Diseases, 608. 
 
 Ointment S})ermaceti — for Chaps, 
 Chafing, Blisters, etc., 574. 
 
 Ointment for Chapped Hands, or 
 Lips, 2()8. 
 
 Ointment, Neuralgic, 574. 
 
 Ointment to Prevent Pitting in 
 Small-Pox, «)05, 606. 
 
 Ointment r)iscutient — To Drive 
 awav Swellings, Tumors, etc., 
 317, 318, 575. 
 
 Ointment for Piles, 575. 
 
 Omelet, Poached Eggs, etc., 575. 
 
 Onions — To Pickle, 575. 
 
 Ornamenting Cake, 216. 
 
 Oysters — Fried, Escaloped, Soup, 
 etc., 575, 576. 
 
 P 
 
 Painter's, or Lead-Paralysis of the 
 Wrists — To Avoid, 577. 
 
 Paint Spots, or Grease, to Remove 
 From Clothing, 440. 
 
 Pain-Killer — For Bilious Colic, and 
 Other Internal Pains, 577. 
 
 Palpitation of the Heart, Immedi- 
 ate and Permanent Relief, 577. 
 
 Palsy — Cause, Symptoms, Treat- 
 ment, Liniment for, etc., 576. 
 
 Palsy, Stimulating Injection for, 
 577. 
 
 ParalysivS — Palsy, 576, 577. 
 
 Paste, or Gum for Office Use, 440. 
 
 Peaches, Improved Method of 
 (Janning, 226. 
 
 Peach Trees — Proper Care of. 
 Peach Borer — A Remedy, Old 
 Ones Made More Fruitful, Peach 
 Tree Forty Years Old in a Tansy 
 Bed, Peaches Upon the Wild 
 Plum Stock, Quick Process of 
 Peeling Peaches, Sweet Pickled 
 
 Peaches, etc., 577-579. 
 
 Pearl Powder for the Toilet, 295. 
 
 Peeling Peaches, Quick Process, 
 578. 
 
 Perfumery, for the Breath, 298. 
 
 Perfume— For the Hair, 270. 
 
 Perspiration, Sensible and Insen- 
 sible, 77-79. 
 
 Physic, Liquid, 550. 
 
 Physic, Neutralizing, 572, 573. 
 
 Pickled Crab-Apples — Sweet, 579. 
 
 Pickling Cucumbers, 306, 307. 
 
 Pickled Cucumbers — Without Vin- 
 egar, 579. 
 
 Pickled Cucumbers — With Vine- 
 gar, 579. 
 
 Pickled Eggs, 386. 
 
 Pickled Onions, 575. 
 
 Pickled Tomatoes— Sweet, 579. 
 
 Pickles with Spiced Vinegar, 612. 
 
 Pies — Cocoa-Nnt Pie, Lemon Cus- 
 tard Pie, Lemon Pie, Lemon 
 Pie — Extra, Mince Pies, Mock- 
 Mince, or Cracker Pie for Dys- 
 peptics, Orange Pie, Pumpkin 
 Pie, Tart Pies, 579-581. 
 
 Pills — Liver Pills — New, Cathar- 
 tic and Liver Pills, Laxative 
 Pill, 581. 
 
 Anti Billions Pill, Podophvllin 
 Pill, 174. 
 
 Pills, Nervous, 572. 
 
 Pimpled Face, Chaps, etc., 220, 221. 
 
 Pimples and Face Worms — To 
 Eradicate, 581. 
 
 Pitting, to Prevent, in Small-Pox, 
 605, 60(). 
 
 Plated Silver, Solder for, 611, 612. 
 
 Pleurisy, 514-520. 
 
 Plowing— Deep and Shallow — The 
 Best Time for Either, Fall Plow- 
 ing of Clay Lands, 581, 582. 
 
 Plums, To Save from Curculio and 
 Frosts, 305, 306. 
 
 Pneumonia, Typhoid, 520-524. _ 
 
 Poisoning — Accidental and Suici- 
 dal — Remedies, Poisoning by 
 Oj)ium, Morphine, Laudanum, 
 etc.. Symptoms, Treatment, 582. 
 
 Poisoning bv Arsenic, Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, 582, 583. 
 
 Poisoning by Corrosive Subli- 
 mate, Symptoms, Treatment, 
 583. 
 
«J41 
 
 IVtisoniiiii liy Strichniiie, Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, 58:1 
 
 PoLsoiuuii bv Carbolic Acid — 
 Antidote, 232. 
 
 Polish, for Furniture, 424, 425. 
 
 Polish — Freiu:h for Furniture. 583. 
 
 I'omades, Hair, .507, 5()S. 
 
 Tops, Ket-rs, etc, 14;!, 144. 
 
 Pork — Ditlereut Amounts from 
 Fifty Pounds of Corn, Difterent- 
 ly Fed, 584. 
 
 Position, to Stop Bleeding, 124- 
 127. 
 
 Posts, Fverlastiiiii, 41S, 411>. 
 
 Potatoes — Their Value as Food for 
 Stock, 584. 
 
 Potatoes, Cooked foi- Swine, 287- 
 290. 
 
 Poultices, Clay or Earth, 204, 205. 
 
 Powders, Diaphoretic, .■>13-315. 
 
 I'owder, Eft'ervescinir, 281. 
 
 Powder, Emetic, (Cathartic, :!0;),3(J4. 
 
 Powders, Lemonade, -547. 
 
 Powder, Pearl, for the Toilet, 205. 
 
 Powerful ('ement. For Wood, Por- 
 celain. Class and Ston(\ Power- 
 fid ] liquid (due, .584. 
 
 Preservatives for Lc-ather, 547. 
 
 Puddings — All the Year-Hound 
 Pudding, A|(p]e Charlotte Pud- 
 ding, for Dyspeptics, Cup Pud- 
 ding, Custard Pudding with In- 
 dian Meal, Indian Meal Pud- 
 ding Boiled, Indian Pudding 
 Baked, Poor Plan's Indian Pud- 
 ding, Rice Pudding, Baked, Bice 
 Pudding, Orange and Cocoa- 
 Xut Maringue, a Substitute for 
 Puddings, Potatoe Pudiling, Suet 
 Puddi ng, Sweet Puddi ng, ')S4. .585. 
 
 Pudding Sauces — Spreading Sauce, 
 Li(|ui<l, or Dip Sauce, Orna- 
 mental Sauce for Ptnldings, 
 Blanc Mange, etc., 585. 
 
 Pumpkin Butter, 73. 
 
 Pumpkins to Dry, Retaining their 
 Natural Flavor, -585, .58(;. 
 
 Purgative, Cooling, 550. 
 
 Purifying the Blood, 580. 
 
 Putrid Sore Throat — .'Successful 
 Remedy, 580. 
 
 Putrid Sore Throat, or Pdack 
 ToTigue — Remedy, (il2. 
 41r-i)i: chask's sixoNi) UKrioipx hook. 
 
 Q 
 
 Quack-Crass, To Destroy, and 
 Proi)er Management of a Sum- 
 mer-Fallow, .588. 
 
 Quinsy — Tonsil itis. Cause Symp- 
 toms, Treatment, 58()-588. 
 R 
 
 Railroail Ti'avel, Ruh's, etc.. 50(). 
 
 Rai.sed liiscuit — Very Superior, 595 
 
 Rat Extermination, Without Poi- 
 son, Au.strian Method, A Novel 
 Rat Trap, Rat Cattdiing Effectu- 
 al, Old Plan of Driving Awav, 
 New York Method, 5V»5. 
 
 Rattlesnake Bites — Several Reme- 
 dies, .594, 595, 
 
 Rasplierry — Best Tijne for Prun- 
 ing, 595, 590. 
 
 Rasp])erry Jam, .544. 
 
 Red Raspld'rry Vinegar, 022. 
 
 Remittent Fever, or Ague, 397,398. 
 
 Restoratives for the Hair, 500-508. 
 
 Rhubarl), Burned in Diarrhea, 316. 
 
 Rheumatism — Cause, Symptoms, 
 Treatment, Chronic Rheuma- 
 tism. Tincture of Cohosh for In- 
 liammatory Rlienmatism, Rheu- 
 matic Cathartic and Diuretic, 
 .588-.502. 
 
 Ri])bons, To Renew, 590. 
 
 Rouges, for the Face, 295,290. 
 1 Rickets — Rachitis — Cause, Symp- 
 j toms, Treatment, 593. 
 i Rice Wafl'Ics. .590. 
 i Rice Pudding, .5.S5. 
 j Rubber Boot.s, To Patch, -590. 
 I Rules of Railroad Travel, and 
 I Rights of Passengers, .590. 
 
 Rupture, or Hernia, 442 — 444. 
 S. 
 
 Saltinii Cueiunbers, IJOfi, .307. 
 
 Salt, As a :\Iainue, 292. 293. .503. 
 
 Salt-Rheum Ointment, 007. 
 
 Salves — Salve for Cuts. Bruises, 
 Boils, etr.. Salve for Strengthen- 
 ing and Stimulating Purposes, 
 lli'aling Salve, liell's Salve, or 
 Oinlmeni for lt<'h and other 
 Skin Diseases, 008. 
 
 .<alve for Burns, i:!:!, 134. 
 
 Salve. Carbolic, 232. 
 
 Salve for the Eye. ;'>74. 
 
 Salve Candile's Patent for Cancer, 
 
C4'2 
 
 Salvo, Uis. lioiic aiitl IhMin's for 
 Cancer, 224. 
 
 Sauce, ('ranl)eiTv. :5(i:!. 
 
 Scab aiul Foot-Hot in Slicep, See 
 Carbolic- Acid. 
 
 Scalds and Burns — l.otions to Re- 
 lieve Pain and Aid in Healing, 
 608. 
 
 Scalds, See Burns and Scalds. 
 
 Scale In Steam Boilers — To Re- 
 move, and to Prevent Forma- 
 tion, Scale or Boiler Incrusta- 
 tion — To Prevent — From Twen- 
 ty Years Experience, ()(».S, (i09. 
 
 Scarlet Fever — Cause, Svm]>tonis, 
 Treatment, 410-412. 
 
 Scarrett's Liniment for Horses, 549. 
 
 Scrofula — ( "ausi', Sym|)toms, Treat- 
 ment, 508, <M)1. 
 
 Scurf, to Remove, 508, 5u0. 
 
 Scullcap and Skunk Cabbage, 
 Anti-spasmodics, 7(i. 
 
 Sedatives and Narcotics, 50(!, 507. 
 
 Sel f-Poli ut i on , 552-558. 
 
 Senna — Electuary or Sirup, Taste- 
 less Infusion foi- Infants, i';!8. 
 
 Shampoo, For Removing Dandruff, 
 508. 
 
 Shingles— To Mak Fire-Proof, (iOO. 
 
 Shoe Blacking. 147-140. 
 
 Short Cake, 215. 
 
 Silks, To Color, 270-280. 
 
 Silver, SoUler for, (11 1. 
 
 Silver Ware, Jewelrv. etc.. To 
 Clean, 010. 
 
 Silver, or White Cake, 218. 
 
 Sirups — Simple Sirup, Simp for the 
 Sick, Sixla Sirups — l''ruit and 
 Berry Flavoi-s, Sirup of i'uH'ce, 
 Sirup of Tea, Old. 
 
 Sirup for Diarrhea — .\l.-o Laxa- 
 tives and Correctives in Consti- 
 pation, (;i(i. 
 
 Sirups, Altei'ative. 04-00. 
 
 Siruj), Black l)erry Root. 145. 
 
 Sirup for Cough, ":;()(). :;oi. 
 
 Sirup, l-'jXpectorant, :!71, l!72. 
 
 Siru[), Pulmonary, lo:;, 104. 
 
 Sirup of N'anilia, To ]\Iake, 42:!. 
 
 Sleeplessness — A Remedy, (ilu. 
 
 Small- Po.x < ,'ause. Sy m pt oms. 
 
 Treatment, Warm Bath in Small- 
 Pox, Continent Small-Po.x 
 
 Treatment, Dr. T)umas' Liniment 
 
 for Inhalation in Snuill-Pox, or 
 other Sore Throats, California 
 Remedy, To Prevent Pitting. 
 Ointment, Clav Dressiui: in 
 Small-Pox, etc.," 001 ,-006, 
 
 Smoke-House, 505. 
 
 Smoking, ^leat, 5(15. 
 
 Smoking, Curing, etc.. Bacon, l.')7. 
 
 Soajis — Caustic-Soda Lye for Soaps, 
 and for Washing Fluid Purpos- 
 ses, Hard Soap — To Make — 
 White and Yellow, Shakers 
 Soft Soap, Toilet Soap, 010, Oil, 
 
 Soaps, Cosmetic, — To Make, 297. 
 
 Soft Soap, to Make. (ill. 
 
 Solders — Hard Soldei', for Gold, 
 Soft Solder, (iold Solders for 
 Gold of Ditferent Fineness, Hard 
 Solder for Silver, Soft Sohler for 
 Silver, Solder for Plated Silver, 
 Soldei' for White iNIetals, Solder 
 for Iron, Solder for Tin, Vhixes 
 fortlie Different Metals, OIL 
 
 Sore Month, See Canker. 
 
 Sore Throat, Putrid — Successfid 
 Remedy, 58(>. 
 
 Sore Throat — Putrid or Black 
 Tongue^Remedy, 012. 
 
 Soup for Invalids, 572. 
 
 Soup, Oyster, 575. 
 
 Soup, Tomato, 01 7. 
 
 Spiced Vinegar foi' Pickles, 012. 
 
 Spinal Conl, I)escri]>tion of, 515-57. 
 
 Si)inal and Neuralgic Affections — 
 Valuable Remedy, 012. 
 
 Spirits of Camphor, 222. 
 
 Spleen, Description of, 40, 50. 
 
 Sponge ( ake, 21 7. 
 
 Sjiruins, Ibuises. I'^resh Wounds, 
 etc., 540. 
 
 Stains for Furniture, 424, 425. 
 
 Stains — Ink, to Remove, 541. 
 
 St. Antliony's Fire, :Ui5-.'!70. 
 
 Starch Polish or (iloss, 4;!5. 
 
 Steel an<l Iron, To Prown, 104. 
 
 Steel, Working, Purifying and 
 Tempering, .5()()-50S. 
 
 Stillingia, Compound Sirup of, 05. 
 
 Stimulants — Caj^sicum as a Stimu- 
 lant, Hunn's Life Drops as a 
 Valuable interuid Stimulant — 
 Mustard Plaster as an Ivxternal 
 Stinmlant, Stinndating Liniment 
 — Balcoms' — Verv Ktlicient, 507. 
 
(;4:j 
 
 stimulating Salve, ti08. 
 
 Stints, of Bee andWasj) — To Cure, 
 
 Stock, Cooking Food for, 287-290. 
 
 Stomach and Duodenum, (Ii.lus- 
 TRATKD), 47. 
 
 Stomach, Intlamination of, ■")24. o2o. 
 
 Strengthening Salve, (i()8. 
 
 Styptic, or to Stop E>lee<ling After 
 Extracting Teeth, Bi:J. 
 
 Styptic, See No. :>, 122. 
 
 Styptic Powder, 124. 
 
 Sudorific, (ir Sweating Tincture, 
 (JDO. 
 
 Sugar, Useful in Diarrhea, -loO. 
 
 Sulphurous Acid, Disinfectant, l!5:>. 
 
 Sulphurous Acid — To Make, Gi;5. 
 
 Sulphur and Cream of Tartar, As 
 Medicines, 08. 
 
 Summer Complaint, 145. 
 
 Suniuier-Fallow, Proper Manage- 
 ment of, .i,S8. 
 
 Sun Stroke — to Prevent, fji:'>. 
 
 Su[>puration — See Abscess. 
 
 ."^weati ng — Alcohol Lamp for 
 Sweating Purposes, ( li.MyinAT- 
 Knl. GdlJ, 007. 
 
 Sweating, in Fever, ."Wl. 
 
 Sweating Process for Col. Is, 188. 
 
 Sweating Tincture, 000. 
 
 Sweet potato Palls, 0]:!. 
 
 Swelled Neck, (loitre. or Pron- 
 chocele, 120-i:;2. 
 
 Swellings, To Drive Awav. Ml 7, 'MS. 
 T 
 
 Tannic Acid, Astringent, il. 
 
 Tanning Skins with the Wool or 
 Hair on, 017. 
 
 Tape- Worm — Cause, Symjjtoms, 
 Treatment — Specific, or Positive 
 Remedy, ('ase in Practice, l^ar- 
 ticular Instructions in Prepar- 
 ing and (riving the Medicine, 
 
 Anti-Pilious Physi( Pecom- 
 
 mended to be (Jiven with Med- 
 icine for Tape- Worm, Successful 
 Ivcnied}', Pong Fsed in India, 
 Abyssinian Remedy — lias Re- 
 moved over .'100 Tape-\\'orms in 
 Chicago, in Two Years, Manner 
 ofTaking, andthe Dose, Ob'.-OKi. 
 
 Tapioca — Suitable Food for Chil- 
 dren at Time of Weanini:. 017. 
 
 Tea. Peef, to :\rake. 140. 
 
 Thickened Milk, to Make, 290. 
 Thoracic Duct, Description of, oO. 
 Thrush or Sore Mouth, See Canker. 
 Tind)er, to Avoid Powder Post. 
 
 ao8. 
 Tindjei', To Prevent Decaying, 418. 
 Tincture, Antispasmodic, 09. 
 Tincture of Catechu, Astringent, 71 
 Tincturt', fm- Cholera, ;549. 
 Tincture of Cohosh, 591. 
 Tincture for Cough, 19.">. 
 Tincture, for Diarrhea, ?A9. 
 Tincture, Emetic, 'MV.l, :>04. 
 Tincture, Expectorant, :]71. 
 Tincture, or Iodine Paint, for 
 
 Bronchocele, Rio. 
 Tincture. Sudorific, 0(»(i. 
 Tin Roofs, lement for l^eaks, 2;>9. 
 Tin, Solder tor, (;12. 
 Toast, with Indian Bread, ()18. 
 Toe-Nail — Ingrowing — Painless 
 
 Kernel ly. td7. 
 Toilet Soap, (dl. 
 Tomatoes, Pickled, o79. 
 Tomato Soup — Excellent, 017. 
 Tonnitoes, to Di-v for Winter Use. 
 
 017. 
 Tomatoes Sliced and Dressed to 
 
 Resemble Strawberries, 017. 
 Tonic, Alterative, 129. 
 Tonic Cathartic, 17:!. 
 Tonic — ( '(impound Collinsoidaand 
 
 Phosphorus, fortlie Nerves, (517. 
 Tonic, For Dyspepsia, etc.. lU."), :',40. 
 Tonics, for the Hair, .')07. ')0.s. 
 Tooth i^iwders.297, 018. 
 Tools, To Sharpen bv Means of 
 
 .\cids. 421, 422. 
 Trachea. Lungs and Heart, (ii.i.is- 
 
 ti;ati:o). 4:'.. 
 Training Horses. 49;',, 494. 
 Travid — In Consumption. 2(>1. 202. 
 Tru.sses, To ]\[iike (ii.i.rsruATia)) 
 
 442, 444. 
 Tumors, To Drive Away. :;i7, I'd 8. 
 Typhoid Fever, :'>9:!-:'>97. 
 Tvphoiil Pneumonia. 5l'()-.524. 
 
 U 
 riceralion of the Uver, 540. 
 Ulceration of tlu- Mouth, Fauces, 
 
 etc., 018. 
 ricers, Cause. Treatm'.'nt,etc., 018. 
 ricer.<— Earth Cure for. 019. 
 I'luversiiv of Michigan, (ii.i.L'S- 
 
(544 
 
 TUATKDi — I)e.scni)tioii, and Sav- 
 in<» of FiXpeuse by Attending it, 
 
 Urinary DitHcultics — Diuretii; 
 Coniixnind for, (ilM. 
 V 
 
 Varnish in Bnrns, l.'Jii. 
 
 \'arnish, Carriaiio, '2'.V.\. 
 
 N'arnisli, ForCinn Barrels, otr., 441. 
 
 Varnish, Jajjan, ">44. 
 
 Varnish, For Polished Iron and 
 Steel, o4(). 
 
 Veins ( ii.iASTRATKi)) 40. 
 
 Vegetable Cansti( — For Proud 
 Flesh, etc., (52]. 
 
 N'erniifuges, (521, (522. 
 
 Vermifiiue, Laxative and Toni(^ for 
 Pale and Sickly Children. (522. 
 
 Vinegar, Spiced, Foi- Pickles. (512. 
 
 V^inegar, foi' Families, to Make, (522 
 
 Vinesar fi-oni the .Juice of Sugar 
 Beets, (522. 
 
 Vinegar — Red Haspl)erry — For In- 
 valids, (522. 
 
 W. 
 
 Warm Bath in Small-Pox. (5(i2. (KKi. 
 
 Wart IJninienl. ^A9, o.'Ki. 
 
 Warts— To Cure, (522. 
 
 Washing Flui<l, To :\lake. till. 
 
 Washing Made Hasv. or Washing 
 
 29S. 
 
 ff, 
 
 Fluid, ()22. 
 Water Brash and Heart Burn, 442. 
 Water in Burns and Scalds, i:!2. 
 Water Pipes, Cement for. 242. 
 Water Pnjof for Boots, 147, 14S, :A7. 
 Water Proof (due, 4:)(5. 
 Wax for (drafting, 4:!ll. 
 Wax, Milk of. For the Skin 
 Wedding Cake, 211, 212. 
 Wens — A Painless Cure, (52::. 
 WJiite <.r Silver Cake, 21S. 
 Whitewash that will not Hub 
 
 (;2;!. 
 Wines — Wine of Apjiles, Pure, aoJ^. 
 Wine — From Blacktterry, from 
 
 Wild (iraix's, from (iinger, and 
 
 from Cider, (52;{. 
 Wine, to Prevent Fermenlatirui in, 
 
 419,420. 
 Women, Bee Culture for. !i4-98. 120. 
 Wool, to Color, 270-280. 
 Wool, to Cleanse, 2oo. 2.>(). 
 Wof)l, To Scour, 27'"i. 
 Worms— Cut, to Outwit, nOS. 
 Worms. Currant, To Kill. liOn. 
 
 Y. 
 Yeast Brewer's — Substitute for, los 
 Yeast — InlJhvme — YervFine, (52;!. 
 Yellow F.'vei", 408—410; 
 Yellow, or (lold Cake, 21 s. 
 
 IN1>EX TO lI.I.rSTKAT14»XN. 
 
 Fij 
 
 0. 
 10. 
 11. 
 12. 
 
 i:i 
 
 14. 
 
 15. 
 
 1(5. 
 17. 
 IS. 
 19. 
 20. 
 
 . 1. B(mos— Skeleton, :;i. j 21. 
 
 Muscles — Side ami Lind).-. ;14. j 22. 
 
 Mns.-le.s- Back, :;.'>. : 2:5. 
 
 Heart— Structure of. :!7. | 24, 
 
 Heart and Blood Vessels. :',S. j 26. 
 
 Arterial System, :59. i 
 
 Venous System. 40. j 27, 
 Arterial and \'(Mious Circida- 
 
 tion,41. ; :'>0. 
 
 Trachea, Fungs and h<'art, 4.".. ; 151. 
 
 Stomach and Duodenum. 47. | 
 Intestinal Canal, 4S. :52, 
 
 Nervous System, '>2. ' 
 
 Nerves — Motor and Sensitive ' :>4. 
 
 Hoots, .■>4. ; 
 
 Skin, Sweat (ilaiids. Duct. 78. ' :5(>. 
 
 Rubber Bath. 84. ! 
 
 Queen Bee, 87. 1 37. 
 
 Worker P.ee, 87. j 38. 
 
 Drone ]5ee, 88. i 39. 
 
 Queen Cells, 89. | 
 
 Bandaiiiuir, 139. I 4(t. 
 
 Filtering Cistern, 263. 
 
 Ecle<;tic Medical Institute, 377. 
 
 Farm Gate, 417. 
 
 25. Trusses- To Make. 444. 
 
 Point to Puncture in Hoven of 
 
 Cattle. 449. 
 28,29. BleedingHorse, A|)plying 
 Cord — Securing AVound, 4(51. 
 
 Gravel-Shoe for Horse. 4()'). 
 
 Poulticing in Dii)theria- -To 
 
 Make Bandages. 4(5."). 
 .■'.3. FV)ur and Fight-Tailed Ban- 
 dage — To Ap|)ly, 4(10. 
 
 Skeleton and Points of the 
 Horse, 472. 
 
 War-Bridle and nandlinu Har- 
 ness, 491. 
 
 Ti-ick Training. 499. 
 
 Inhaler and Inhalation. r):{2. 
 
 Sweating Process, Alcoliol 
 Lamp, etc., (507. 
 
 I'niversitv of Michigan, ti2(t. 
 
■•- '■*^-. -_/■ yM£'. ' u .<.^ ' --^te;-. "*<!■. .**'^ .-Jk 
 
 
 v-s^ 
 
 •- ^-^s^' 
 
 
 'bV" 
 
 V . t • 
 
 
 . , -, • o,^ 
 
 .•^ r-> ',:? ^-* a"' ^^ . -i^^mi^.^ .-f^ ^^^ 
 
 < > s • ' 
 
 * -or A- • 
 
 
 
 jPv!, 
 
 
 
 
 vOv\ 
 
 .*^^. 
 
 
 O. * 
 
 <==»^ ■ft.**' 'il,"* ^^ 0^^ -^"' "^^ 
 
 0" ♦ 
 
 o V 
 
 n-^ <;^ P^^ .» -0.' 
 
 
 -^_ '."-^^ -^ -,,,•- ^-^^ O^ *e,o 
 
 'v/>$- 
 
 
 

 ^^0^ 
 
 
 
 v^-^ 
 -j.^ -^^ 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 o, ^<;